NG

Nua bi
LI Pa ay oY
EGP, VAS RS
Ly 55 bf 4
FD) Z
=, 7 Aan)
4

NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE. Vol. IX. SUPPLEMENT.

a’ -& REVISION

|
|

OF THE

-LEPIDOPTEROUS FAMILY |
SPHINGIDAE.

BY THE
Hon. WALTER ROTHSCHILD, Pu.D.,
AND
KARL JORDAN, M.A.L., PH.D.

(WITH 67 PLATES.) |

ISSUED AT THE ZOOLOGICAL MUSEUM, TRING, APRIL 1903. |

PRINTED BY HAZELL, WATSON & VINEY, Lp., LONDON AND AYLESBURY.

1903.

~“
™~

A REVISION

OF THE

LEPIDOPTEROUS FAMILY
SPHINGIDAE.

Novirares Zoontocicr. Vor. IX. Suppeemen’.

A REVISION

OF THE

LEPIDOPTEROUS FAMILY

SPHINGIDAE.

Hon. WALTER ROTHSCHILD, Pu.D..,
AND KA £- z

KARL JORDAN, M.A.L., Px.D.

Y
ne

(WITH G7 PLATES.)

IssuED Av tnk ZooLrocicAL Museum, Trine, Maren 1903,

PRINTED BY HAZELL, WATSON & VINEY, Ly., LONDON AND AYLESBURY,

1903,

it i PRINTED ny oegll
HAZELL, WATSON AND aa LD,
LONDON AND ‘ .

xa" a

ile

Ihe

Il.

CO

IyTRODUCTION , ’
GENERAL SUBJECT
SYSTEMATIC SECTION

CATALOGUE AND INDEX.

NTENTS.

PAGE

vil

XV

Slo

INTRODUGEION.

oy researches in Sphingidac, which have been carried on conjointly for
several years, and of which we now publish the results, were undertake
with the purpose of giving a sound basis to the classification of these insects
by an extensive study of their morphology.

Classification is an interpretation of facts. The facts are to a great extent
details of the anatomy and morphology of the beings classified. As it is,
therefore, largely circumstantial evidence which guides the classifier, the first
step towards a correct classification is to fiud out as many facts as possible.
In interpreting these facts or characters presented by the individuals—the indi-
vidual is the basis of all research—one starts with the assumption that what
has been found to be true in the necessarily limited number of specimens
investigated, holds good also in the vast multitude of individuals not compared.
The possibility of an error in this respect can be lessened by the comparison
of a large material of individuals. How large it should be, nobody can predict.
To ascertain the extent of variation of the chief classificatory unit, the species,
the material is never too extensive.

On the knowledge of the extent of variation of the species of a family
depends the stability of the superstructure of genera, tribes, and subfamilies.
Au ideal classification could be drawn up, if all the species were known which
are in existence and which have been. As this premiss cannot be fulfilled, we
have to be content with the species that are known. And _ here, again, the
foundation of the superstructure will be the safer the more species have been
examined.

We have endeavoured to comply with these three primary demands ou a
classifier as far as it was possible for us: many facts, many individuals, many
species. We have not restricted ourselves to a comparison of the pattern,
general appearance of the body and wings, and of the ueuration, but have taken
into the scope of our research every part of the skeleton of the imagines, and
hence have given a broader basis to our conclusions than has ever before been
done in this family. Since the structure of the Hawk Moths has never been

peaneied to any extent—the Sphingidae being in this respect one of the most

( vii )
neglected families of large insects—we could scarcely ayoid discovering orgatis
hitherto overlooked, aud throwing a new light on others which, though kuown
to exist, had not been studied comparatively.

The organ of friction on the clasper and eighth tergite, found in many
males ; the structure of the inner surface of the palpi; the development of the
pilifer and the antennal end-segment ; the special structure of the merum of
the meso- and metacoxae; the diverse development of the abdominal spination ;
the reduction of the pulvillus and paronychium of the claw-segments ; certain
differences in the end-segment of the antennae ; the peculiar mid- and hindtarsal
comb, etc, have never been taken into account in the classification of the
Sphingidac.

However, we were very much hampered in one respect. We should have
liked to extend our researches in the same degree to the early stages. The
Sphingidae Veing tor the greater part exotic species, the larvae and pupae are
known only of a comparatively very small proportion. We were faced nearly
everywhere by a lack of material. Though we have tried, during the years
devoted to study of these insects, to obtain larvae and pupae from all countries
where we have correspondents, we had very scant success, and scarcely any
success in procuring the first larval stages. The larvae and pupae of many of
the commonest Hawk Moths are still unknown quantities.” Nevertheless, our
studies of the early stages have not been quite fruitless, inasmuch as they
showed us that it is as dangerous to generalise from a few specimens or
species in the case of larvae and pupae as it is in the case of imagines. The
studies proved to us on the one hand that the deductions commonly drawn
from the characters of European Sphingidae are faulty in many respects, and
on the other hand that one meets in the larvae and pupae with similarities
in not nearly related species and conspicuous dissimilarities in close relatives,
just as one finds such puzzles in the adults—puzzles which are stumbling-
blocks for the classifier, and a source of pleasure for an inquisitive mind.

The figures of the larvae and pupae are, with few exceptions, of little
use, if drawn by amateurs who do not recognise and emphasise the essential
points. The illustrations of pupae especially leave much to be desired. We
draw attention to the following particulars, which we venture to hope will not

be so often neglected in future by the artists who are trying to give an

* As the ordinary, non-resident, collector in the Tropics shuns inflating larvae on account of
the time it occupies and the trouble it gives him, we think it advisable to call attention here to the
following very simple method of preserving smal] larvae. Put the larva, after it is suffocated by
benzine or chloroform, into a glass tube heated over a flame, The specimen will contract, then expand
and burst, and dry in this expanded state. Let the tube cool and take the larva out. In absence of

a glass tube, one may use a piece of tin or anything that will stand heating.

(ix )

adequate picture of a chrysalis: position of the glazed portions of the eye ;
length of the tongue; anterior femur (externally visible or not); structure of
stigmatical areas of the abdomen; shape and armature of the cremaster,

The number of individuals and species of Sphingidae contained in the
Tring Museum is considerable, there being in the collection nearly 16,000. speci-
mens, belonging to 660-odd species. Though this material is vastly larger than
that contained in any other collection, it was nevertheless uot sufficient to form
the basis of a thorough revision of the family. Since many of the species of
Sphingidae are very difficult to distinguish, and therefore the descriptions aud
often also the figures not exact enough, it was necessary for us to examine the
specimens on which the names proposed by previous authors were founded, in
order to find out how many species are known and which are the proper names
for them.

It has been our good fortune to have our appeal for help addressed to
private collectors and museums responded to with the greatest liberality.”
Without this kind assistance it would have been altogether impossible to
disentangle the synonymy and to bring the species which were insufliciently
described into their proper place in our classification. We gratefully ackuow-
ledze here the help received from the authorities of the British Museum, of
the Museums at Oxford (Hope Department), Dublin, Paris, Bruxelles, Berlin,
Dresden, Miiuchen, Stettin, Copenhagen, Stockholm, Vienna, Madrid, New York,
and Brisbane; and we are no less grateful for the kind assistance rendered
by H. Druce, L. W. Distant, W. Schaus, Colonel Swinhoe, M. C. Piepers,
P. C. T. Snellen, G. Weymer, G. Semper, Dr. A. Pagenstecher, A. Bang-Haas
(coll. Staudinger), P. Dognin, P. Mabille, Dr. W. J. Holland, and Charles
Oberthiir ; who all either sent us photographs, types, and other specimens, or
allowed us to ‘visit their collections and to study the material contained therein.—
Maximas collegis gratias !

An important point for the satisfactory progress of our work was a
comparison of the long series of types of Walker’s and Boisduyal’s descriptions,
contained respectively in the magnificent collection of Mons. Charles Oberthiir
and in the British Museum. A closer study of these specimens than had
hitherto been attempted was absolutely necessary. For Boisduval, when
visiting the British Museum in the forties of the last century, had named
in manuscript and made notes upon the Sphingidae of that collection, which
names were for the greater part adopted by Walker in 1856, but often applied
to other species than those for which Boisduval had intended them to stand.

This muddle became intensified by Boisduval, who, in his monograph published

* Only two letters of inquiry have been left unanswered. ‘The names of the addressees may be

passed over in silence,

(=)

in 1875, gave descriptions taken from his own specimens and applied the before-
mentioned manuscript uames to species which he believed to be the insects
he had so named in the British Museum, but which were often not the same.
Moreover, Boisduval failed to recognise many of the Walkerian species, and
deseribed them again under new uames. The confusion thus occasioned has,
we hope, been successfully cleared up in the present Revision.

There are 770 species contained in this Revision. Of these we have not

seen the following :—

Hyloicus francki, ). 135; known to us from the description.—Kausas.

Lapara pineum, p. 1O1; known to us from the description and figures.—
N. York.

Lapara halicarniac, p. 153; known to us from the description aud figure.—
Florida.

Polyptychus goodi, p. 245; kuown to us from the description aud figure. —
W. Africa.

Smerinthulus (?) decoratus, p. 3023 known to us from the description and a
sketch.—Sikhim.

Sataspes ribbed, p. 474; known to us from the description and figure —Celebes.

Euproserpinus euterpe, p. 615; known to us from the description. California,

Arctonotus terlooi, p. 606; known to us from the description and fignre.—
W. Mexico.

Hippotion butleri, p. 760; known to us from the description and figure.—
Madagascar.

The names of which we have seen the types are marked with an asterisk
(*) in the bibliography.

Since Linné and Fabricius the Spdingidae of the globe have been five times
classified, revised, or catalogued. Hitbner, in his Ver. beh. Schmettlinge (about
1822), was the first to propose a detailed classification of Lepidoptera. The work
was, in spite of all its glaring mistakes, far in advance of the time, and was
therefore almost entirely neglected by the contemporary entomologists, and sub-
sequently forgotten or treated as not being worth consideration. We do not
see any reason for rejecting the generic names published by Hiibner in the
Verzeichniss. The definitions are insufficient and often incorrect, and the species
considered, generically the same belong often to widely different groups, while
close allies stand widely separated. That is quite true; but the badness of the
classification and of the definitions is—perhaps unfortunately—no valid argument
against the adoption of the names. If it were, we should likewise have to

reject a multitude of names proposed by more recent authors, whose definitions

Ga

do not apply to the species generically defined, containing erroneous and quite
misleading statements, or whose genera contain very heterogeneous elements, as
do, for instance, many of Walker’s genera. Though, in the original definition of
Protoparce (type: rustica), Burmeister stated that the pupa had no projecting
tongue-case (which it has) ; though Staudinger erroneously said of his new genus
Dolbina that it had only ove spur to the hindtibia, aud MHuwe made a similar
mnistake in the definition of Smerinthulus ; and though the definition of Moore’s
Hathia is so vague as to apply to a host of other SpAingidac as well (as many
of Moore’s definitions do),—these names can aud will not be rejected on that
account. There is no line to draw between good and bad definitions, sutticieut
aud insuflicieut descriptions ; and every description is incomplete.

The first after Hitbner to treat again upon all the SpAingédac was Walker,
who, in the List of Lepidoptera Leterocera of the British Museum vol. viii.
(1856), gave descriptions of all the known genera and species and numerous
new ones. His bibliography is generally good, but his descriptions are often
so bad that it is impossible to recognise the species without seeing his
specimens. He has been much attacked on the Continent, and his names have
been ignored to a certain extent by a few authors. Walker did not attempt
w Classification of the Sphingidac. Ue simply described the genera in the
order he thought proper, without bringing them into groups. His genera are
very often as unnatural as many of Hiibner’s.

Boisduval followed in February of 1875 with a monograph of the family,
containing more exhaustive descriptions of the species and genera. The
Sphingidae are divided in this work into a number of subfamilies, of which
definitions are given, rather a rare occurrence in lepidopterological works of
that time. In the nomenclature of the subfamilies he followed the old Freuch
custom of employing scientific terms in a gallinised form—a bad custom, which
was formerly in vogue also in the nomenclature of species and genera. The
monograph, though far above that of Walker, had two great drawbacks: it did
uot contain all the species described up to 1874, and names already employed
by Walker were used again for other species (see above). We mention inci-
dentally that Boisduval’s names have priority over those of Butler which were
published in the Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. of 1875.

The Revision of Sphingidae by Butler—which came out early in 1877, not
in 1876, as is quoted by some authors—is scarcely more than a synouymic list
with occasional remarks. The genera are grouped into four subfamilies, but not
defined, except the new ones. Though the definitions of the subfamilies are
based almost entirely on the quite imperfectly known early stages, the grouping

Is, nevertheless, au advance on Boisduval’s classification. ‘The work would have

(x1)
been much improved if Boisduval’s species and genera had been incorporated into
the body of the Revision instead of being given as an appendix.

The youngest work ou the Sphingidac of the globe is contained in Kirby’s
Catalogue of Lepidoptera Heterocera (1892). As a list of names this catalogue
has been of great help to us. The classification adopted in it has been much
blamed by some authors as being arbitrary. But we think that one should not
expect too much from a catalogue. Even the best is full of errors, as a
cataloguer of insects cannot possibly have intrinsically worked out all the groups
catalogued.

Besides these five general works, there are numerous treatises dealing with
the Sphingidae of certain restricted districts. Apart from a host of popular
handbooks, there are two works on the Palaearctic Hawk Moths worthy of
special notice. These are by Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. vol. ii., and by Tutt,
Brit. Lep. vol. iii. Bartel gives lengthy and generally accurate descriptions,
but relies too much on others, whose errors he repeats without having examined
the insects himself and formed his own opinion. ‘Tutt’s work is of quite a
different kind. It is the most intrinsic ever written on Palaearctic Lepidoptera.
The third volume comprises ouly a portion of the Sphingidae ; the remainder of
the family will appear in the fourth. The work will be of the greatest help
to the scientist who knows the matter well enough to be able to distinguish
between what is sciecutific and what appears merely in a scientific garb. The
usefulness of the work could have been improved, we think, by a condensing
of the contributions of the collaborators, and mistakes could have been avoided
by the omission of references to foreign species with which the respective
collaborators were not sufficiently acquainted. However, as it is, there is nothing
written anywhere on European Lepidoptera coming up to it in thoroughness.

The Indian Sphingidae are dealt with by Hampson in Blanford, Mauna
Brit. India, Moths vol. i. (1892). The volume should be consulted with some
caution, since many distinct species are treated in it as being identical.

The species occurring in the Philippines are contained in Semper, Sc/mett.
Philipp. vol. xii. (1896), where many figures of larvae and pupae are given.

Miskin gave a catalogue of the Australian Hawk Moths in the Proc. Roy.
Soe. Queensland vol. viii. (1891).

A monograph of the North American Sphingidae by J. Smith is contained
in the Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. vol. xv. (1888). It is the best work on Nearctic
Hawk Moths, though the classification is faulty in many respects, owing to
Smith’s limited acquaintance with the forms not found in North America.

The Cuban species are described and catalogued by Grote and Robinson in

the Jour. Ent. Soc. Philadelphia vol. y. and vi. (1865, 1867), and again by

( xiii )
Gundlach in his Contr. Ent. Cubana (1881). The former paper was the best
written on Sphingidae up to that time.

The Central American Hawk Moths are enumerated and partly described
and figured by H. Druce in the Biol. Centr. Americana, Lep. Het, A883—1896).

The species occurring in the Argentine Republic are dealt with by Burmeister
in his Deser. Rép. Argentine vol. v. (1878) and Atlas (1879). The deseriptions
and figures of the earlier stages are of importance, Dnt several mistakes in
identification ocenr.

There is no list of the African species.

Besides these more important works, which are purely systematic, there are
treatises of another natnre, dealing with the markings and colour of larvae, like
Weismann’s Studies in the Theory of Descent, anid Piepers’s paper on the
larvae of Sphingidae published in the Tijdschr. Int. for 1897.

All the systematie works referred to suffered from a lack of knowledge of
the morphology of the Sphingidae. Nenvration, the organ generally relied upon
in the classification of Lepidoptera, being of little assistance in the Hawk Moths,
the authors seized upon any superficial characters, and thns were led astray.
We hope to fill up that gap in onr science by the present Revision—at least
to a certain extent. Nobody can be more aware of the incompleteness of our
researches than ourselves. The subject is far too large to allow of being treated
after a comparatively small number of years of study in any degree approaching
completeness. Nevertheless, we may fairly claim to have given a new foundation
to the study of the SpAingidae. The groundwork for future researches is there ;
future authors will more clearly see their way, and be able to concentrate their
efforts on the elucidation of the numerous points only cursorily touched upon
in this Revision.

We haye generally abstained from giving detailed description of any stage
of the known species; but the keys to the genera and species, and the indication
of some trenchant feature of shape, colour, pattern, or strneture under each
species, will, we trust, be an efficient guide also to those who wish to nse the
work as a means of determining the names of the material in their collections.
Thongh we hope not to have missed any names, we have not attempted to
give a complete bibliography of all the species.

The work is divided into three parts :—

I. General Subject.

II. Systematic Section.

Ill. Cataloene and Index.

I. GENERAL SUBJECT.

HE researches embodied in a work like the present are of two very different
kinds. We had, firstly, to study the insects dealt with; and, secondly, to
study the names bestowed upon them by previous authors. It may sound almost
ridiculous, but it is nevertheless true, that in many cases the time one has to
spend over the nomenclature of a form, in order to clear np nomenclatorial muddle
and to find out what form authors have meant to designate with a certain name,
equals or surpasses the time one can, for certain reasons, devote to the study of
the natural history of the animal. Surely this is wrong. The Natural History
of the animal being the subject of our science, the accessory subject of nomen-
clature should never have assumed such magnitude. It is waste of energy.
However, we have patiently to bear the fruits of the sins of onr forefathers in
science, and those who come after us will again mutter bad langnage. One may
kick, bnt one has to suffer. We have no sympathy with those of onr contem-
poraries who contribute unnecessarily to the burden, which is in itself superfluous,
and detracts from the efforts devoted to our science. The system of naming the
groups of individual specimens of animated nature has been invented as a help
to the student of science, but it has been carried out from the beginning in such
a way that it necessarily developed into a bother as well. Why? Beeause the

PRINCIPLES OF NOMENCLATURE
were not strict enough.

Science is a republic where everybody may do as he likes. There are no
laws which can be enforeed; and nobody can be prevented from publishing
what he pleases. This freedom is a great boon to science. Unfortunately, the
results of scientifie research and those of nomenclature are of quite a different
standing. If the purported results of scientific investigations prove to he
erroneous, they are repudiated and forgotten. If somebody propounds “laws ”
of development which are found to be erroneous, science passes on without
troubling any longer abont them. If somebody considers the battledore scales
of Lycaenidae to be fungi, or the maxillary palpi of Pulicidae to be antennae,
such statements are disproved, and are no further encumbrance to science.
Statements of fact, and conclusions, once proved to be erroneous, no longer
ocenpy the time of the scientific student; science is rid of them. Science can
never get rid of a name of an animal or plant once published—unless quite a
different system of designation be adopted than that employed since the time of
Linné. We cannot simply ignore a name which is a record of an animal or
plant. For we must keep a record at least of all the forms which have become
known to science, since we cannot have a record of all the forms that exist and
haye existed. Even names which are synonyms cannot be dropped ; they must

( xvi )

he carried on for two reasons. Firstly, if they were dropped and forgotten,
they wonld in many cases be employed again for something else, and thus land
us inevitably in a muddle. Secondly, closer research often proves that what was
considered the same at one time is really different, A form may for a long
time be lost sight of, but scientists will sooner or later become aware of the
oversight, if the name is kept on record. Tor instance, in our case, the Hawk
Moths described by Linné and Fabricius respectively as Sphinx thyelia and
boerhaviae have heen treated as the same for about 120 years. When we looked
up the original records, we found them to refer to two widely different insects
belonging to different genera. However, if it is granted that it is necessary, for
the sake of completeness of onr knowledge, to keep on record all the names
siven to forms of animals and plants, it will also be conceded that if is an
unjustifiable act—heeanse it adds unnecessarily to the burden—to suppress a
name and replace it by another.

Some of the older writers did not seem to think much of recording an
already named species under a new name and treating the older name as a
synonym. Tabricins—a great and influential man in his time—set a very bad
example to his followers not only by his insufficient descriptions, but especially
by his arbitrary changing of names. For no reasons whatever he superseded
names given by Drury, Cramer, and others, by names of his own invention, and
employed—worst of all—the rejected names for other species, thus entangling
the nomenclature to such an extent that it is difficult to find one’s way throngh
the impasse. With such an example before them, one cannot wonder that
others followed suit. Boisduval especially seems to have found great pleasure
in his names being printed. One cannot help smiling when one finds him
coolly replace Papilio euchenor by a new name, “ «arion Boisd.,” and sees the
mannseript-names which he had bestowed at one time or the other upon
Sphingidae appear in his monograph of the family under species which had
meanwhile been baptised by others. It may be comforting to an anthor who
comes foo late to be nevertheless able to launch his names on the scientific
world, but it shonld not be done. When Science was in its infancy, a little
playing like this may have been pardonable, but nowadays there is no excuse
whatever for playing at nomenclature. “The species described by Jones as
conformis stands in my collection under the name of ase//vs mihi,” or something
to that effect, is not only a foolish thing to publish, but is an intolerable crime,
which should always be met by an energetic rebuff. Vanity has something to
do with this kind of proceeding, though there is really nothing to be proud of
in giving a name to a specimen and avoiding criticism by shunning publicity.
int we do not quite understand what is the object of those who are busy
publishing mannscript-names which are given by others and which they find on
specimens in collections. As it is of no advantage whatever to science, whether
it becomes known or not that a bird or butterfly which has a valid name stands
in this or that mnsenm under this or that mannscript-name, there must he
some other reason for wilfully increasing the list of synonyms. Is it to prove

( xvii )

that the respective authors of the manuscript-names were too lazy to write ont
a description and make it public, or that they were not sure if the forms named
were really new? Is it to show that the respective authors who gave names
to individual specimens of one and the same species really did not know enough
of the things they baptised? Is it to demonstrate the carelessness of the
respective authors who bestowed, in the collection, a name on an animal for
which a name had already been published? Surely if the authors of the names
had intended to publish them, we may leniently assume that they would have
found time to reconsider the matter before rushing into print. We should not
pry into the private foibles of others, and thus detract from their fame. Only
published matter is common property, which scientists are bound to critically
examine. We have seen many collections with numerous manuscript-names, but,
we are glad to state that the bad habit of naming specimens in collections
without troubling about publishing a description is very much on the decrease—
at least among scientific systematists. The habit has come down to us from
a time when few people worked at the same group.

There is another class of no less objectionable names which gives little credit
to those who are responsible for their introduction. It is a matter of self-evidence
that, if somebody claims credit for a discovery, he has to state what his discovery
is. Let us assume that A publishes a note maintaining that he has found a
new component of air, which he calls so-and-so, but abstains from explaining
what it is he has discovered. Another, B, working in the same line, also finds
a component of air, which he describes and designates with a name. Then A
(or one of his followers) gets up and claims priority for his name.—Another
case. The morphologist C announces that he has found in a certain group of
animals a new secondary sexual organ, to which he gives a name. There the
matter drops ; nobody can possibly tell what the new organ is. Some time
after, several secondary sexual organs are discovered in that group, and described
and named. Now the knowledge of the structures has become common property
to scientists, somebody examines the preparations of (, and, finding that the
naked name published by C applies to one of these organs, maintains that
the name given by © should be employed for it instead of the later name,. which
was accompanied by a proper description.

There can be no doubt what the verdict of scientists would be in either
case. Science is knowledge of nature. Anything new which does not increase
our knowledge of nature is outside the pale of scientific work, and what we do
not know is not yet part of science. Facts professed to be new, and new
interpretations of facts, do not advance our knowledge if they are kept secret.
We know @ priori that there are many facts to be discovered and new interpre-
tations of facts to be offered. A naked name or technical term, however, does
not tell us what is the nature of the conception for which the name is meant ;
and as long as we are left without this knowledge, the name or technical term
has no standing in science. Name and technical term are nothing but arbitrary
means which science employs as a convenient abbreviation for expositions of

b

( xviii )
facts and for the result of lengthy inductions. The name as such is not part
of science ; we might employ a number, or a letter, or some other sign instead
without interfering in the least with that part of knowledge which is thus
designated.

It is obvious that these deductions * which apply to science in general apply
also to the nomenclature of classificatory work, if the work is meant to be
scientific in all its branches. Facts and ideas in classification require explanation
like any other facts and ideas in science. Families, subfamilies, and all the other
classificatory units down to the individual varieties require exposition by definition.
The definitions bring into order the chaotic mass of individuals which forms the
subject of classificatory research. Howeyer, instead of operating with the defi-
nitions, the systematist employs, for the sake of brevity, names for them, thus
simplifying reference. Every name is a term for a definition,

It follows from this that a name which 7s vot a term for a definition—7.e.
for which no definition has been given—has no standiug. Naked names, with
which classification has been favoured in abundance, are no valid terms; they
become so only from the time when the fact or idea is published for which
they are meant to be employed as a convenient means of reference, and therefore
cannot take precedence over a name which has been defined before that time.
An anthor who publishes a name for a genus, variety, family, etc., either has
some kind of defiuition in his head—and then he should not keep this definition
a secret,—or he has not—and then he should not propose a name for something
he does not know, and of which therefore he cannot be certain that it exists at
all. The action of an author who publishes naked names is as indefensible as
would be that of a describer who published names for the respective subspecies,
for instance, of those Oriental Papilios which are as yet not known from certain
islands, but which doubtless occur there, and which are certainly different from
the subspecies of all other places. We appeal to secretaries of scientific societies
and to the editors of scientific journals to suppress all new names which are
not accompanied by some kind of definition. Systematic work should no longer
adhere to the bad habits of the middle of the last century, when the Linnean
method of classification, though so young in years, had already become weak as
if from old age and had lost its vigour, and classifying was to a great extent
more a pastime than a science. A catalogue of names like Dejean’s, containing
thousands of nomina nuda, published there for the first time, is, we hope, an
impossibility in our time; but single nomina nuda still at the present day
appear even in works professing to be scientific.

It follows further, that, if we do not wish to jeopardise altogether the
efficiency of nomenclature as a convenient means of reference and communication,
and thus efface the motive which induces scientists to burden themselves with
@ nomenclature, it is absolutely necessary that a definition should be replaced

* We understand under deduction the process of reasoning by which we conclude from a general

law the correctness of single cases; under induction the process of reasoning by which from single
cases a general law is formulated. ;

(Cx)

only by one and the same name, and that a certain name should apply only to
one and the same animal everywhere. Whoever adheres to this principle of
stability of nomenclature must concede that this end can only be attained
by adhering to the first defined name for every animal or plant. No
compromise is possible. Personal preferences for euphony, so-called purity of
language, etc., must be sacrificed by all those who sincerely advocate stability
of names ; there is no help for it.

A publication is meant to distribute knowledge acquired by the author.
The publication of a new scientific fact or idea is meant to enable the reader to

understand what is discovered. As even nowadays names without any attempt

at exposition are considered valid by a good many systematists, it cannot be
wondered at that the definitions published are not always so precise as to
advance the knowledge of the reader beyond the fact that something hitherto
unknown to the author is defined. We have the description, and do not know
what to make of it; we have a name, and know perhaps what it signifies
philologically, but not what its meaning is in natural

excuse for unnecessarily vague definitions

science. There is no
of varieties, species, genera, etc. ; but
there is much in the method of so-called systematic work which explains the
frequency of inadequate descriptions. Incompleteness is an inherent character
of classificatory research ; the best definition is not complete, and may, therefore,
any day become insufficient for recognising the species and variety defined,
or must be modified in the case of genera and the higher classificatory cate-
gories. A character apparently not worth mentioning to-day may become very
important when more allied forms are known. But then, what is the use of
having descriptions at all? They are nothing but a record sufficient for the

time (or meant to be so). They do not profess to be final, though the author
may aim at finality.

Here, as everywhere, the advance towards completeness
is gradual.

As our knowledge increases, the definitions of species, genera, etc.,
become widened or restricted. The definitions change in scope, while the name
which was valid for the original definition remains the same. This contrast
between a stable nomenclature and a labile knowledge is a nomenclatorial evil
and a souree of much disagreement among systematists. If we tried to make
the names as labile as is our knowledge of nature, the remedy would be worse
than the evil. Albeit we cannot do away with the evil altogether, we are at
least able to mitigate its severity by the application of a dose of common-sense.

We all know that the number of specimens on which the definitions of
new species and varieties are based—it is of no consequence for our argument
which classificatory category the reader designates with the word “species ”—is
extremely small compared with the number of individuals existing. Innumer-
able species have been described from single specimens. Though this specimen
or these few individuals may have been abnormal, though the definition is after-
yards found not to cover the entire species at all, as an original definition
seldom does—unless it is so vague as to cover other species as well—the name
given to the first-named individual or individuals is accepted for the vast

( xx )

number of specimens which are later found to belong to the same species, be
they practically identical or be they very different in appearance. Preference is
given to the first name, though the species may later have been much better
described under another name. Nobody with a sense of responsibility will now-
adays re-name a species, variety, or genus of which he knows that it has a
name, on the ground that the original definition does not apply to all the
specimens of the species, or all the species of the genus, for which the original
name is now employed. Everybody who agrees that for the sake of a stabile
nomenclature the first name should strictly be preserved, gives to the first
individual or individuals which became known to science an importance in respect
to nomenclature which none of the later-discovered specimens can acquire.

Now, if a definition is not sufficiently precise to recognise by it the species
or variety, there is one way of solving the riddle, accepted by all systematists,
we think, If there should be somebody who objects to this means of finding out
the meaning of published but insufficiently defined names, and advocates that
such names should be dropped, he will doubtless retract the objection, if he comes
to think of the consequences. To drop such names, though theoretically justi-
fied, is impossible, as such a procedure would give the careless worker and
the ambitious amateur of the worst sort an excuse for inventing new names
wholesale. The means referred to of ascertaining the meaning of an original
definition is the comparison of the original specimens. If they are not pre-
served (or if the author has based the name on an inaccurate figure or on
an insufficiently precise description of an earlier writer), the name cannot take
priority over another name; it may be put down as a query synonym under
some species with which the definition agrees best, or may be enumerated as
species indeterminata at the end of the catalogue of the group. There are very
few defined names of Sphingidae which we cannot refer with certainty to any
species known to us: Sphinw ixion and Sphinx belis of Linné; Sphinx leuco-
phaeata and Chaerocampa thalassina of Clemens; Smerinthus decolor, Sphinz
trojanus, Chaerocampa brasiliensis, Macroglossa tristis, and Oenosanda chinensis
of Schaufuss, are examples. If the originals are there and are sufficiently well
preserved, we may be spared all difficulties, or we may get more deeply entangled
in the meshes of nomenclatorial controversy according as we find one or more
originals. Let us consider the two cases separately.

(1) If the species (or variety) was based on one individual, or, at all
events, if only one individual (authentic, of course) is preserved, and there is
nothing in the deseription which distinctly points to the definition being based
on seyeral different specimens, we are quite certain of what the name applies
to. And that is all we require.

(2) If the species was based on several specimens, we may find that they
belong to one species (or variety), or to more than one :—

(a) If they are actually of one species (or variety), there is again no
uncertainty about the application of the name. But we must remember that to
pronounce two or more individuals to be specifically the same is nothing else

( xxi )

but a conclusion, and that a conclusion may be erroneous. Those who have
some experience in systematic work will know that every now and again it
happens that the specimens which one author considered to be the same
species (or variety) are proved by another to represent several. The reader
will find a number of instances illustrating this experience, if he looks over
the synonymy in the present work. Therefore, what appeared to be certain
may become uncertain again, if there are more than one original specimen.
Some authors will, indeed, accept the identification even if it is based on some
such mistake, because they consider a name far too unimportant to justify a
strict adherence to principles, if a change of names is involved. However, the
majority of classifiers will oppose a name which is incorrectly applied. This
spirit of opposition against all mistakes is very healthy. We should deplore its
absence ; for we are sure, because we know instances, that he who intentionally
overlooks errors in apparently irrelevant matters, will treat in the same spirit
also details of fact which appear to him trivial, which may, however, be of the
greatest bearing upon general questions, and, therefore, mislead altogether the
generaliser who has to depend on the accuracy of the specialist.

(6) If it is proved that the original specimens belong to more than one
species (as do, for instance, the originals of Walker’s Macroglosswm_ sitiene,
corythus, Nephele viridescens, etc.), systematists have adopted several methods
of narrowing down the conglomerate to one species. These methods are as
follows :-—

(4) First method of restriction: The name of a composite species is to be
restricted to that component which is the first to which the name is afterwards
applied by the same or some other author. Illustration: Macroglossum corythus

A,
of 1856 consists of three species { B, Of these B is the first mentioned as
C.
corythus after 1856; ergo, the name of corythus is restricted to B.—To be
certain of the result, it is necessary to know which is the first, and that
requires a knowledge of all the books where the name occurs, and, moreover,
a knowledge of what is meant therein by the name. These premisses may
sometimes easily be got over, but they present more often difficulties which are
as intricate as those which the method professes to solve.

(6°) Second method of restriction: The name is to be restricted to that
component of the composite species which remains after the other components
have been subsequently separated under new names. Illustration: Macroglosswm

’ A,
corythus +B, As A and B are described as new in 1875, the name corythus
C.

remains for C.—To arrive at this result, one has to inquire into the descriptions
of the new species, in order to find out whether the new names really apply to
A and B; the new species will in many cases again be found to be composite.
The method, therefore, creates new difficulties in trying to remove the old ones.

( xxii )

(c?) Third method of restriction: As the first and second methods are
opposed to one another, differing nearly always in the results attained, we
reject them both. The energy spent on the book-research which either method
requires is misapplied, reminding one too much of the famous fight against
windmills. Nomenclature is not part of nature; it is an auxiliary means
invented by the classifier for his own convenience. What in the name of
common-sense compels us, then, to turn a convenience into an inconvenience?
There is a wide scope for research in nature requiring all the energies of
scientists. Why, then, impose upon scientists those unnecessary labours which
have only a nomenclatorial, but no scientific result? The method adopted by
ourselves is at once logical and very simple, and removes all the difficulties as
far as that is possible. Our method of dealing with composite species (and
genera) is to narrow all cases down to the case dealt with under (1) by simply
applying also here the law of priority recognised by nearly every classifier as
the only means of arriving at a stable nomenclature. From the sequence
of the localities under a composite species, or from the characters mentioned
in the definition, or from the bibliography referred to by the author of a new
species, one is able to draw up a sequence of the components of the species.
If Macroglossum corythus, as conceived by Walker in 1856, consists of three
species, A, B, C, we have :—

A= WM. corythus ;

Macroglossum corythus\ B = M. corythus ;

le = M. corythus.
Each of the three components is M/. corythus, according to Walker. According
to the law of priority, the same specific name cannot stand twice in the same
genus, and the name occurring more than once can be valid only for the species
which was first published under that name, or which stands first in the book
where the name is defined for the first time. This rule being applied to the
above case, it follows that the name corythus can stand for A only. All we
have to do, therefore, is to find out the sequence of the components of a

composite species. This is mostly easy, especially in the case of geographically
separate forms,

In the case of composite genera the sequence is given by the names of
species mentioned, there being very few genera defined withont reference to
one or more species. Strict adherence to the above rule makes the first species
mentioned the type of the genus.

{One might object that this mechanical application of a rule leaves it
entirely to accident which species becomes the type of the genus, or to which
particular portion of a composite species the specific name is restricted; and,
further, that the author did not intend to give the first species or the first
specimens respectively any such pre-eminence, and that the “type” thus fixed
may be just the one to which the description applies least. We reply, firstly,
that we do not know the intentions of the author, as he did not state them ;
and, secondly, that, if the description applies accidentally less well to the species

( xxiii )

or specimens first in the sequence than to the others, this argument holds
equally good in the case of the types fixed by any other method of restriction.
We invite the reader to find out the types of such genera as Papilio, Sesia,
and Zygaena by all three methods. A glance at the original definitions of these
genera suffices to fix priamus, tantalus, and filipendulae as the respective types
according to the third method. A study of several families is necessary before
the types can conscientiously * be ascertained by the first and second methods,
since the species originally included in each genus belong to different families.

In mammals and birds and several other groups of animals the second
method has almost generally been adopted, for genera at least. If the
systematists have there really arrived at a stable nomenclature, no change 1s
necessary, a stable nomenclature being the main aim of the principles of
nomenclature. In Lepidoptera, however, and other insects, the first and second
methods, less often the third, have been followed, and that has landed us in
such a muddle that there is no question of stability having been attained. This
being so, we should have adopted, as a matter of course, the surest method of
restriction for the sake of avoiding waste of energy, even if our method was
not the logically correct one for all who agree that strict priority has to be
adhered to.

If the authors of the names for varieties, species, genera, etc., had done
from the beginning what we now have to do with their names; if the authors
had restricted every name in the way that we now are compelled to restrict it,
much time would have been saved. We all agree that a specific (or varietal)
name based on one specimen, and a generic name founded on one species,
are as valid as names based on more material. Further, if all names were
based on one individual or on one species respectively, there would be no
composite species and genera; and if the original individuals of each species
and variety were preserved, scarcely any difference of opinion would arise among
careful workers about the application of the names. We cannot alter what has
been published; but our contemporaries and the scientists who come after us
have it in their own hands to simplify nomenclature in the way here indicated
by making all names monotypical.

We do not know who was the first to fix a type (=typus) for the name
of a species, variety, or genus. The nomenclatorial term appears already in
1816 (Dalman). The word tyye was perhaps not the best that could have
been chosen, as it had already a definite meaning also in science, signifying
that which is typical for a group of units. But as we frequently use in science
the same word for different conceptions (claw, wing, tarsus, lip, mandibles, tail,
tongue, etc.), the philological objection against the term “type” is not of much
weight. However, the difference between the meaning of the word as used in
ordinary language and the meaning of the nomenclatorial term has occasioned
confusion, and hence led to another kind of objection.

* Some writers have simplified matters for themselves by ignoring the exotic species altogether! !

(_ xxiv )

Some authors, accepting the word “type” in the ordinary sense implying that
the specimens called types are typical individuals, very properly reply that these
types are often aberrant specimens, and very seldom the most typical for the
group of individuals to which they belong. This confusion of the verbal and
the technical meaning of the word “type” misleads those authors to insist further
that, there being no “types” in nature, one individual being no more a pre-
eminent representative of the species (or variety) than another, the word “type”
as a nomenclatorial term has no standing. It is obvious that those authors fall
into a deplorable error of confounding the names, which are the product of
scientists, with the objects named, which are the product of nature. Certainly
there are no types in the nomenclatorial sense in nature, but there are also
no names. ‘he type is as such not at all the type of the species, but is the
type of the arbitrary name given to the first specimen or specimens, and applied
by common consent to all the specimens which belong to the species, of which
the type-specimen is only a member, like any other individual.

Those who have the stability of nomenclature at heart, and are unwilling,
When proposing a new name, to lay an avoidable burden on scientists—and who
do not consider themselves infallible—should mark one individual as type (= typus)
of the name, and make a clear statement to that effect when publishing the name—
and one individual only. Jyery care should be taken to have such individuals
preserved. There is neither justification for opposing this usage by which the
systematists benefit enormously, nor for employing the purely nomenclatorial term
“type” in any other nomenclatorial sense than the one here advocated.

As a name is not valid if the animal or plant has already an earlier valid
name, we reject also all those uames of composite species and varieties of which
one of the components has an earlier valid name, and the names of composite
genera and higher categories which comprise the type of an earlier validly
named genus or higher category respectively. Temnora brisaeus of Walker
(1856) has no standing, because it is a mixture of several species, of which one
is Cramer's pylas (1779). Dalman’s Hemaris (1816) is a synonym of Macro-
glossum (1777), because it includes the type of Macroglossum. And for the
same reason the subfamily name Macroglossinae (1875) becomes a synonym of
Sesiinae (1819). Ambulyx of Walker (1856) cannot stand, as it includes
Amplypterus of Hiibner (1822). In general terms :—

If A is based on a,

or on a and 4, which are not cospecific, respectively not congeneric, ete.,
or on a, b,¢,

” ” ” ” ” ” 2
and B is based on a,
or on é and a, _ is * ” » ” ”
or on a and 4, s ia . 5) ” ” ”
or on ¢ and a, Pe + 5 ” ” ”
or on a and ¢, % » ” ” ” ” ”

or on 4, a, ¢, or a,b, c, or a, ¢, B, ete.

then B is a synonym of A.

( xxv )

This does away with some names proposed in scamped work, of which science
would be well rid, especially with those names which are founded on actually the
same material. Before a new name is introduced, the author should ascertain
to the best of his ability that the material for which the name is meant to
stand has no earlier name. ‘This is a demand on a describer, on the fulfilment
of which classifiers should rigorously insist.

In an ideal nomenclature a name should convey to the systematist the
characters of the animal or its place in the system. As long as the classification
is not final this is not possible, and final it will most likely never be. One
step towards this goal was made by Linné himself when he established it as a
rule that an animal or a plant was to be designated by a generic and a specific
name. In Lepidoptera he tried to go even further by indicating, in the case of
some groups, by means of a certain ending to the specific name (-ed/a, -ana, etc.),
to which family the species belonged. But this proved to be a complete failure.
The Linnean binominal system of nomenclature had the one great advantage
that, when the number of forms became larger and larger, there was no serious
objection to employing the same specific name in several genera. In Linné’s
time, when so comparatively few animals and plants were known, the generic
name was indeed sufficient to tell the scientist the position of the form in the
system. This is no longer the case. By far the larger number of generic names
do not convey any idea to scientists, except to a few specialists who happen
to know them; the family or even the order to which the genus belongs has
generally to be added to make clear what is meant. So far students of natural
science have adhered to the Linnean binominal system with that tenacity with
which human beings generally cling to what they have become accustomed by
long usage. However, a great change has taken place in one direction. When
the theory of descent threw an entirely new light on the forms of animated
nature, the study of variation became an all-important subject. That the species
were more or less variable was long known. But now the variability assumed
quite a different aspect. It was found that there were different kinds of variation.
Whereas formerly the chief object of classificatory research was to separate the
individuals into species, and group these in genera, and so on, now there were in
addition the several kinds of varieties to be carefully studied. For this purpose
a nomenclature of varieties is as necessary and as convenient a help as the Linnean
binominal nomenclature is to the student of species and higher categories.

Systematists agree that the name of a species, genus, or family must be of
the same form, so that one recognises by the name (or rather the formula)
which classificatory category of units is meant. A family name must be different
in form from a subfamily name, and a genus name from a non-generic name.
The name itself must show us whether it designates a species, a genus, a variety,
a family, etc. The efficiency of nomenclature would be nil if one could not see
from the name that Charaxes castor designates a species, Papilio a genus,
Agaristidae a family, according to common agreement, Sphinwx ocellata x Amorpha
populi a hybrid, Araschnia levana f. t. prorsa a seasonal form, etc. This is so

( xxvi )

self-evident that we ask ourselves in wonder how it is possible that there
are systematists who do not—should we say will not ?—recognise the necessity
of it. If Fringilla coelebs is accepted as a formula for a species, Sphinx
atlanticus is also a designation of a species, and not of a genus or a variety
or a subspecies. To speak of “species” Sphinx ocellata and of “ subspecies ”
Sphinx atlanticus is a coutradiction unworthy of science.

In former times varieties were looked upon as freaks of nature. They were
to many a classifier an interesting nuisance, which often threatened to upset
the balance of his well-fixed species, and were on that account more often
entirely put aside than welcomed as an object for research. Esper, who went
perhaps deeper into the phenomena of variation than most of his contemporary
entomologists, already distinguished between ordinary varieties (Abweichungen)
and abnormal individuals (Ausartungen). However, as long as the principle of
evolution underlying these varieties was not recognised, there was no need to
study them systematically, and to work ont a system of nomenclature which
would bring into order the chaos of varieties, as did Linné’s binominal system
the chaotic mass of species.

From Linné onwards varieties, if provided with a distinctive name, are
recorded in various ways. The following names may serve as illustrations :
Papilio iris luteus; Columba oenas 8. domestica; Phasianus gallus B. gallus
cristatus ; Phasianus colchicus (B.) Phasianus varius. The word varietas,
introduced by Linné as subordinate to species, meant anything deviating
obyiously from the normal individuals of a species. The practice of putting the
term in an abbreviated form, as varict. or var., before the varietal name does
not seem to have sprung up before the beginning of the nineteenth century,
and the use of the term aberratio (ab. = aberr.) is still younger. Not rarely
the “variety”” was in reality the normal form, while the “species” happened
to be described from aberrant specimens. There was no strict rule for the
employment of rar. or ab.; some treated well-marked varieties as var. and less
obviously different individuals as ad., the distinction between var. and ad. being
merely quantitative ; while others employed ad. for abnormal specimens ocenrring
singly among the normal ones, and var. for the regularly observed varieties.
There are many collectors and classifiers, representing the stagnant element
in this department of our science, who look at varieties still from either of
these standpoints.

Since the middle of the last century, when natural science stepped from

childhood into manhood, the study of variation has gradually become more
methodical, with a change in the

PRINCIPLES OF CLASSIFICATION,

and has now attained a height of which our forefathers in science did not dream.

New lines of research bring to light new series of facts; and new kinds
of facts require a new terminology. It will not do to have the same

nomenclatorial formula for a species as for a genus ; and so it will also not

( xxvii )

do to name all kinds of varieties in the same way. It was Staudinger who
first separated the varieties of Lepidoptera into two categories: geog raphical
and non-geographical varieties. There is indeed a great difference between
these two categories, as we shall see later on. Unfortunately Staudinger adopted
for the geographical variety the old term varietas (var.), and for the second
kind the term aderratio, giving both terms a definite meaning which they
did not originally have. He should have invented a new term at least for
the geographical variety. As it was, the application of var. and ad. remained
in as great a muddle as before.

While there was thus some sign that the relation of the varieties towards
each other was assuming a clearer aspect, at least to some authors, a curious
misunderstanding crept in, which prevented many classifiers from perceiving the
true relation of the varieties towards the species. It is self-evident that two or
more different-looking animals which are found not to be specifically distinet
from one another belong to the same species, 7.2. are components of this
species. All the components together are the species. This is a truism. How-
ever, systematists became accustomed to look upon that particular component
which was first described and named, and of which the name was accepted as
the name for the entire species, as being the species, while it was, as a matter
of course, only one of the components of the species. It is utterly wrong to
say that the first-described form is the species and the later-described forms
varieties of it. We know, for instance, that Araschnia levana and prorsa are the
same species ; neither lerana nor prorsa is the species, but the pale spring-form
levana and the darker summer-form prorsa together are the species, thus :—

levana | ;
_ -= species.
prorsa |
It is purely conventional, on grounds of nomenclatorial efficiency, and has
nothing to do with the relation of the summer- and spring-broods towards each
other, or with the causes and the origin of such horodimorphism, that the
first-given name, lecana, is applied to the species. In doing this people forgot
that the name Jdevana, originally standing for part of the species, was now
employed for the whole as well, and that therefore the true relation between
the species and its components is this :—
spring-brood levana | P
summer-brood prorsa | — Bngtles ena.
Or, if we use the term f. ¢. (= forma tempestatis) for horodimorphic forms, we
have as formula for the insect :—
; f. t. levana ;
Araschnia levana
| f. t. prorsa.
Instead of employing this formula, classifiers spoke and speak of a species
levana, meaning the spring-form, and a variety prorsa, meaning the sammer-
form, co-ordinating the one with the other :—
Araschnia levana ;

Araschnia levana var. prorsd.

(_ xxviii )
This is wrong, as the spring-form is no more the species than is the
summer-form.

What we have said here in regard to seasonal varieties, applies also to
geographical and individual varieties. Which of the components of a species
is the first-deseribed and -named form depends in nearly every case entirely
upon accident. The first-named form may be the most aberrant and the very
youngest development of the species, having originated from one of the later-
described compounds of the species. To call this accidentally first-named
portion of a species the species and the later-named forms varieties of the first,
is a Indicrous confusion of facts. And yet, systematic work, from mammals
downwards, teems with this glaring misconception.

As nomenclature is a convenient auxiliary to classification, as it is sub-
servient to science, and must therefore be accommodated to the latter, it should
not form a hard-and-fast structure, into the compartments of which the results
of classifieatory research have to be squeezed somehow. The distinction between
tle scientific part and the accessory nomenclatorial side of classification should
never be lost sight of.

The aim of scientific research is to discover and elucidate the phenomena
of nature. Classification, as part of science, aims at an understanding of the
connection between the individuals. To attain this object it relies on facts
discovered by two lines of research: firstly, on the facts relating to the body ;
and, secondly, on the facts relating to life. And here, as in all scientific
research, we find the primary question underlying all investigations to be
difference or no difference, because science is always comparative, consciously or
unconsciously. Morphology and anatomy provide the classifier with the knowledge
of the body. In a vast number of instances there is no other knowledge available
than this, to build a classification upon. The corporeal facts of the morphologist
and anatomist are, however, no absolutely trustworthy basis for a superstructure.
For the primary units of the classifier, the individuals, are always different from
one another to a certain extent, and therefore cannot be proved to be classi-
ficatorially identical by corporeal comparison alone. As in inanimate nature
identity can be established by action and reaction, so also in animated nature.
The observed differences and apparent identities in the bodies of the individuals
have to pass the higher criticism of the knowledge of the phenomena of life.
Two individnals may appear very different to the morphologist ; but the classifier,
who knows from observation of the living animals that one is the offspring of
the other, cannot establish any other connection between them than that of parent
and offspring, however conspicuous the bodily differences may be. The differences
between young and adult, male and female, parent and offspring, brothers and
sisters, however prominent they are, lose all the classificatory importance which
the morphologist and anatomist (and the classifier misled by him) thought they
had, when biology establishes the true relationship of such individuals. On the
other hand, apparently insignificant corporeal differences, which the morphologist
may scarcely deem worth noticing, often turn out to be differences between

(xxix )

animals which are entirely independent of one another. The conclusions based
upon the facts of anatomical and morphological research must always give way to
the direct proofs of biology. The significance of corporeal characters is established
by biology. Anatomy and morphology give the quantity, biology determines
the quality. It is therefore obvious that the classifier should not let himself
be guided in his judgment solely by a consideration of the quantity of bodily
characters, but always keep in mind the higher criticism of quality. If he does
this, he will not easily fall into the error of treating two groups of individuals
as being of the same classificatory category (variety, species, genus, etc.), if
‘piological considerations are against it. If the classifier had no other guide
than corporeal similarities and differences, the classification would merely be an
artificial arrangement, without regard to the true connection between the animals
classified. Such a classification, perhaps very useful for the mere collector,
might be likened to an arrangement of minerals according to their external
features, without any regard to their chemical composition.

Although there are no biological data available of most animals, of which
we know nothing but what the dead bodies or portions of them (embryo to
adult) tell us, the scientific classifier has nevertheless another guide. This
guide is the principle of judging from analogy (the word used in the logical
sense). We give two illustrations. If in a certain country the spring- and
stmmer-broods of a certain group of species have been proved to be different
in all the species examined, we may safely conclude that they differ also in
those species of the group which have not yet been examined. Therefore, forms
of that group of which it is only known that they differ in the same way
as the horodimorphie forms of the better-known species must also be treated as
seasonal varieties, and not as distinct species. As we have found that the
genital armature, though individually variable, does not exhibit any seasonal
differences in those species of Lepidoptera of which forms proved to be seasonal
have been examined by us, we are bound to conclude that Lepidoptera which
do constantly show differences in those structures are not seasonal forms of one
species. The premiss is the better established, and hence the conclusion is the
more likely to be correct, the more species have been examined. This deductive
reasoning, though logically exact, will never give us certainty. For the animals
as we know them are the product of evolution; the result of evolution is
dependent on the nature of the animal and of the evolving extraneous factors ;
these extraneous factors being independent of the animal, their combination
with the internal factors—which combination determines the line of develop-
ment—depends on accident; results determined by accident cannot be deduced
from an a priori law. That means, we do not a priori know that what holds
good in all the cases examined is true also in every case not yet examined.
Nearly all the so-called “laws” in biology are nothing but more or less well-
formulated rules of probability admitting of exceptions. A rule may*apply to
every individual case within a certain group of animals; but the further away
we go from that group, the greater becomes the chance of exceptions turning

(xx })

up. It is hasty to generalise from a limited group of animals, though biologists
are nowadays in the habit of doing so. Every group first requires independent
be true in another group can be pronounced

investigation before a rule found to
to be true also in the one under consideration. The “laws” of development
have all a premiss; they are true only under certain conditions. The scientist
must, therefore, always remain aware that the unexpected may happen, and
individual cases turn out to be exceptions. For instance, what the classifier
considered to be a generalised character may turn out to be a specialisation, and
what is a specific difference in one group may only be seasonal in another.
Since the classifier is in the same position as the commentator of a book which
is written in a language only imperfectly known to him, and from which many
words and whole pages are missing, there is necessarily a certain amount of
assumption in classificatory work which makes the results proportionately unstable.
However, the degree of instability can be lessened to a great extent. Just as we
know «@ priori that a certain character which appears generation after generation
in the larger number of individuals of a species will finally be present in all
(if the conditions of life remain the same), so the probability of the correctness
of a conclusion in classification will become certainty, if all the details of the
animals and all the facts of their biology render it probable that the conclusion
is correct.

In order to approach this certainty the classifier has to give his conclusions
the widest possible basis. The results of anatomy and morphology must be
checked off by biology, and the conclusions derived from one organ by the
conclusions based on every other part of the body. If one organ contradicts
the other, there is a mistake either in observation or in interpretation. The
more such mistakes are discovered and corrected, the safer the superstructure of
conclusions will be. Grouping the animals according to the apparent develop-
ment of one organ leads to an artificial arrangement; grouping them in
accordance with all organs checked off by biology results in a final classification.
However, finality, even if the classification is restricted to a small group of
beings, entails such au enormous expenditure of energy that it can be approached
only gradually in the course of time by continued co-operation between the
various lines of research.

All classification begins with the discrimination between individuals. Every-
body distinguishes between the specimens he observes around him and brings
them into groups, thus setting up a rough kind of classification. Experience
shows which individuals stand in the possibly closest blood-relationship—that of
parent and offspring, and of brothers and sisters. The classifier starting with
this experience, which can be corroborated over and over again, has therefore as
foundation for classification a solid fact which will remain firm when a flimsy
superstructure that a wild fancy may think fit to erect is blown away. Obser-
vation of the individnals so closely connected as parents and offspring teaches us
that there is always a certain amount of corporeal difference between them, every
individual having an individuality. We notice this variability in all organs

( xxxi )

when studying them closely. There is no constancy. How far the variability
extends is a primary subject of investigation. Lepidoptera are the most convenient
group for the study of variation, as they can be comparatively easily reared and
experimented upon. Variability may be fairly equal in all organs, or may be
excessive in one and slight in others; variability of one certain organ may
always be accompanied (within one group of animals) by variability in certain
other organs, or the variability may be quite independent. Variability (= state
of being different) is to be accounted for by two kinds of variation (= process
of becoming different): firstly, ¢ndividual variation, pertaining to brothers and
sisters ; and, secondly, generatory variation, pertaining to parent and offspring.
Individual variation is normally such that there is a gradation from one
extreme to the other, the number of individuals becoming, however, smaller
towards the ends : monomorphism, respectively—chromatism. Or the individuals
which are all the offspring of the same parents fall into two or more groups,
which may or may not be connected by intergradations : di- or polymorphism,
respectively—chromatism. In every case there appear occasionally specimens
which stand outside the ordinary range of variation. Such aberrations are
generally aberrant in one organ only, and otherwise quite normal. Aberrations
should not be confounded with monstrosities, in which the deviation from the
normal is due to injury of the early stages. The dimorphism of commonest
occurrence is sexual, the purely sexual characters being nearly everywhere in
sexually separate animals accompanied by differences in size, colour, and some
kind of structure. Marked dimorphism in both sexes is comparatively rare.
But where such di- or polymorphism exists, and where the similar individuals
of both sexes are referred to under one name, it must not be implied that the
similar specimens are biological entities. They constitute like aberrant indi-
viduals a morphological or anatomical unit named in contradistinetion to the
other individuals. A black ¢ of Papilio machaon is not more nearly related to
a black ? than to its own normally coloured brothers and sisters, and the brown
3d of Mimas tiliae are as much the dd of the green ? ? as of the brown ones,
in spite of corporeal similaritivs and dissimilarities, and in spite of similarly
coloured specimens bearing the same name in classification. In most groups of
Lepidoptera the variability of the males is inferior to that of the other sex, there
being numerous species in which the male is monomorphic, while the female is
polymorphic. In such cases the females are generally protectively coloured or
otherwise adapted in several directions, and may occasionally become mono-
morphic again or more constant than the males, in consequence of the best-
adapted form becoming prevalent and finally appearing alone. The habit of
naming varieties has been in vogue among entomologists and conchologists more
than among any other systematists on account of the great variability of insects
and shells; and as the student of variation requires names for the sake of
brevity of reference, there is nothing to be said against the habit. But since
every individual deviates in some organ from the mean, there is some danger

of the naming turning out indiscriminate. Fortunately, Lepidopterists have so

( xxxii )
far confined themselves to ardent baptism of individual varieties showing some
distinction only in colour, pattern, or shape. There is, of course, no reason
for such restriction. There is just as much justification in Lepidoptera as there
is in beetles for naming structural varieties. If it is not objectionable to baptise
sculpture-varieties of Carabus, there can also be no objection against providing
with a name, for instance, the numerous individuals of Chalcostidae which are
different in nenration. However, it is our opinion that the naming of individual
varieties should not go further than is necessary, and that only the student of
variation can decide how far it is necessary.

Conspicuous individual variability is observed among Sphingidae both in
the larvae and the adults, the caterpillars of Mdacroglossum and Cephonodes and
the imagines of some Ambulicinae being very variable in colour.

The differences between parent and offspring are no less marked in many
instances than those of the offspring ¢mfer se. The generations as they follow
one another are either practically the same, or there is a cycle of more or
less different generations. In Lepidoptera the cycle is generally restricted
to two or three broods. As these coincide in time of appearance with the
seasons as a rule, this particular kind of “ generatory” variation is called
seasonal. Though as a matter of course the individuals of each separate brood
are a biological entity varying individually in the way explained above,
there is nowadays a great inclination amongst systematists as well as
biologists to confound seasonal with individual variation. If two different
specimens are offspring of the same female, they are surely not seasonal
varieties. At the bottom of the confusion lies the assumption that, since
seasonal variation depends on meteorological differences of the seasons, all
differences are cansed to appear by such factors. This assumption is certainly
incorrect, and therefore the indiscriminate treatment of different - looking
specimens as seasonal quite misleading. Everybody may draw conclusions as
he pleases, but the facts must be represented as they are; they must not
be tampered with. Seasonal variation is observed in several instances among
Sphingidae. The most remarkable cases are found in Huemorrhagia and
Hyloicus. Though we know that generatory variation is often structural in
insects (Aphidae, Physopoda, etc.), we were nevertheless surprised to find
a structural difference in the claw-segments of the two forms of Hylotcus
perelegans, which forms we presume will turn out to be seasonal.

Having studied the differences between the individuals proved by rearing
to be parents and offspring, the student will be able to select from the
individuals at large those which a comparison of their bodies convinces him to
be so nearly identical with the specimens reared that they might very well be
brothers and sisters of them. But knowing that corporeal similarity is no
absolute proof of biological identity, he will prudently test his conclusion—
perhaps gather some female moths which come to his lamp and which seem to
him identical to all intents and purposes, get eggs from them, and rear the

5D*
larvae. To his astonishment he finds that the apparently identical females have

( xxxili )

produced two very different kinds of caterpillars, from which he obtains in the
course of time a series of imagines again very much alike, but presenting now
to his searching eye and suspicious mind some slight differences. Continued
experiment with the two insects proves to him that he has to do, not with a
dimorphic larva, but with two entirely independent beings, which fly together
and feed as larvae on the same plant, and which are scarcely distinguishable
as adults, and are nevertheless perfectly kept apart in nature. He realises
that there is a gap between these two kinds of insects which is utterly different
from the gap between the varieties which stand in the relation of parents and
offspring ; that there is an effective barrier which lies in the nature of the
specimens themselves, separating the two sets of individuals completely, though
there is no extraneous barrier between them. And by studying further the life
around himself, the student will perceive that the animated world is composed
of a multitude of such sets of specimens, of such entities, all separated by that
same kind of barrier. The knowledge of the existence of this barrier is essential
for the classifier. What the barrier is the student cannot know with certainty.
The corporeal differences observed in the individuals are not the barrier, but
are only accessory to it.

Passing now into a neighbouring country, the scientist will find practically
the same composition of the fauna, though some old friends may be missing
and some strangers may meet his eye. A good many of the entities will
indeed be identical with what he knew before, but others appear in an altered
garb. In one the range of variation has remained the same; but the indi-
viduals which were in the minority in the first place are here in a majority,
the mean of the variability having changed. Another entity, which was known
to him as being monomorphic, is dimorphic in the new locality. A third,
which was seasonally variable there, does not exhibit seasonal variability
here. Among the specimens of a fourth entity there appear individuals
different from what the student had hitherto seen, the range of variation
having become shifted or widened. In others, again, he finds the proportion
of such different individuals to be larger and larger, until the student
comes to entities of which all specimens exhibit some distinction from the
individuals of the former country. They are the same entities, but with a
difference.

Now, in which relation to each other stand such geographically separated
entities? The two extreme cases are these :—

(1) The geographically separated entities are, each taken as a whole,
identical, with the same range of variation and the same mean of variability.

(2) The geographically separated entities are different from one another in
all individuals.

Between these two extreme cases there are all intergradations. The
difference may be found only in a very small proportion of the specimens,
or only in one sex, or in the greater number of individuals, or in nearly all,
or in all. The difference may be structural, or chromatic, or both; it may be

c

( xxxiv )

conspicuons or scarcely perceptible ; the gap between two geographically separate
entities may be small, or large, and it may be completely bridged over by
individuals from other countries. A careful observer of any group of sexually
separate animals will know many instances referable to the Various Cases
alluded to. We will call such geographically separate animals which are
different, geographical representatives.

In order to see clearly what the difference means, it is necessary to
know the meaning of identity in geographically separate individuals. If two
geographically separated specimens prove on comparison to be identical, or are
considered identical, the student has to conclude that they are not separated by
that barrier which we have above characterised as effectively keeping the entities
of the same country (= synoecic entities) apart. As each of the two individuals
is a portion of an entity in its native country, these two respective entities
are also not separated by that barrier. That means, the two entities together
are only one single entity separated from all the others by the above barrier.
We cannot help adding, that it appears very strange to us to see some indi-
viduals pronounced identical, and to find them, nevertheless, treated by the same
author as belonging to two “species.” *

It is clear, from what we have just said, that geographically separate
animals which are identical in some of the individuals, or, in other words, of
which the range of variation overlaps (A! varying from 1 to: 5, A* from 4 to
12, A® from 7 to 19, At from 18 to 21, ete.), are one biological entity ; that
is to say, the geographically separate different specimens are the product of
geographical variation of the same animal.

It is a difficult task to find out the limits of variation. The material
which comes into the hands of the student being insignificant compared with
the number of individuals at large, it depends upon chance that the extreme
individnals become known. Experiments, especially with Lepidoptera, have
proved that the range of variation can be increased artificially. That is to say,
the capability to vary is greater than we generally observe it to be in the
material collected, and therefore we must expect that the range of variation is
in many cases actually more extended than we see it, and that, consequently,
very often also those geographically separated different animals overlap in
characters which differ constantly in the specimens contained in collections. If
the number of individuals is small (we know frequently only one or a few
Specimens, often only one sex), it is the merest assumption to say that all the
specimens of the respective locality are different from all the individuals of a
certain other locality. Aud an author who makes such a statement is no less
liasty or superficial in his judgment than the one who waves the distinctions
aside as being of no importance. However, if there is any reason for expecting
the characters to overlap, it follows from what we said before, that the
individnals from the two places together belong to one entity. The accom-
panying diagram (Fig. 1) demonstrates perhaps more clearly the correctness of

* Bee Nov. Zool. TX. p, 459 462 (1902).

(exxxy™)

our argument than any words. The diagram illustrates an extreme hypothetical
case. The curves A! and A? represent the variation* of two geographical
representatives. The extent of variation, @ c, is the same in both repre-
sentatives, but the means are different. The small number of specimens, a 4,
belonging to A? are identical with the majority of the individuals of A, while
the small proportion 4 ¢ of the specimens of A! are the same as the majority
of A®. It is obvious that there is little chance of the student getting any of
the specimens a 6 of A? and J ¢ of A’, if he has not a really large material
at disposal. To him A! and A? would appear to be separated by a gap; they
would appear to be constantly different, though they are, each taken as a whole,
morphologically identical.

Two sexually or otherwise di- and polymorphic animals do not. differ in
all specimens in the same way; one sex or one set of individuals may be
distinguishable by colour, the other by shape; one form may be paler, another
darker, than the respective forms of the animal with which they are compared.
To find ont the differences between two geographical representatives which are

A! Fie. 1. A?

di- or polymorphic, it is necessary to compare the corresponding forms with
one another, just as one has to compare sex with sex, larva with larva of
the same stage, pupa with pupa. There are also monomorphic geographical
representatives which differ from one another in a similar way, some individuals
differing in shape, others in colour, others again in pattern or in structure.
The difference between the two representatives is also often constituted by the
ensemble of the characters in each individual.

Such cases lead over to those in which the geographical representatives are
completely separated by a gap in their morphology, either in one or in several
organs. If At, A®, A®, At, etc., are the representatives of one certain type of
animal, inhabiting, for instance, each one particular island, and B', B’, B%, B*, ete.,
those of another type of animal found on the same islands respectively, there is
a corporeal gap between A! and A’, etc., and between B! and Bb’, etc., which
do not live together, as well as between A! and B', A* and B’, ete., which live
together. And now the question arises, Are the gaps between the various A’s

* The ordinate gives the number of individuals, the abscissa the degree of difference.

( xxxvi )

and those between the various B’s biologically equal to the gaps between the
synoecic A’s and B’s? Does the barrier which we know to exist between the
aynoecic Al and B!, which oceur together, exist also between A’ and A’, which
are geographically separate? There are many scientists who say Yes, and many
who say No. Let us consider first the arguments advanced for the correctness
of an affirmative answer.

(1) The geographical representatives A’ and A? are constantly different ;
ergo, there is a constant barrier between them, as in the case of A? and Bl.—
Firstly, this is begging the question. Secondly, we have seen above (p. xxxiii)
that corporeal differences as such do not constitute the barrier existing between
A' and B' Thirdly, in a vast number of cases it is mere guess-work to
maintain that A! and A2 are constantly different ; all we know of them is that
they are different under the special conditions under which they are living,
similarly as seasonal varieties may be constantly different if the conditions are
constant. If the constancy of the special conditions falls, the constancy of the
corporeal difference between A! and A? will certainly or perhaps—we cannot tell
a priori which is correct—also break down.

(2) Al and A® are geographically isolated. They form therefore separate
biological entities which do not interbreed and fuse—We reply, firstly, that this
is again a restatement of the question; secondly, that, as there are numerous
cases of identical individuals (as far as there is identity in individuals) being
geographically separated from one another, geographical isolation as such is no
criterion whatever ; and, thirdly, that the facts of A’ and A? being geographically
separate, and A! and B! living together, constitute certainly not an agreement,
but, on the contrary, a difference in the relation between A! and A?®, and A! and
B', respectively.

Our arguments for geographical representatives not having a prior? the
same biological standing as the synoecic animals which are separated by the
barrier before characterised (p. xxxiii), are as follows :—

(1) The geographically separated and morphologically distinguishable
representatives A’, A®, A%*, etc., are morphologically and anatomically more
similar to one another than to B!, B?, B, ete. The A’s are modifications
of one and the same type, the B’s of another, the C’s of a third, etc., and
each type as a whole stands in contradistinction to the other. This is a
statement of fact, not of opinion. Now, since the existing modifications are
the result of evolution from the ancestral types, it follows that phylogenetically
A’. A®, A’, ete., stand in closer relation towards each other than do the
synoecic animals A’, B', Cl, D!, ete., the A’s forming one branch, the B’s
another, the C’s a third, ete., of the phylogenetic tree. This differenee in
the degree of blood-relationship between the geographical representatives
(= geographically separate components) of one type and between synoecic
types is very conspicuous in all classes of animals where adequate material
has been conscientiously studied. From the point of view of a morphologist
alone, all the animals which are clearly geographical representatives of one

( xxxvii )

another have a different standing in classification from the non-geographical
entities.

(2) If a small proportion of the specimens of A’ and A® are the same,
and A! and A? (or one of them) are brought under conditions which favour
the appearance of the characters of this small proportion in each case,
bionomics teach us that A? and A? will in the course of time become more and
more similar, overlap wider and wider, and become finally identical. That is
to say, A' and A? cannot live together without fusion. However, if A‘ and
A®, which differ, say, in 99-9 per cent. of the individuals, cannot exist together
as separate entities, A? and A®*, which are connected by intergradation in the
intermediate countries, or A? and A‘, of which the ranges of variation are
contiguous, or At and A®, which are separated by a small gap, have no chance
of remaining separate entities, if by accident brought under the same con-
ditions of life. As there is a gradation in the morphological difference between

geographical representatives (see Fig. 2, in which the curves D', D?, D?, etc., are

Fie, 2.

the geographical representatives), some being slightly, others more distinctly,
and others again widely different, it is obvious that the chance of the
representatives not overlapping in characters, under those altered conditions
of life above referred to, becomes larger and larger, the wider the morphological
gap is between them. From this point of view it depends, therefore, entirely
upon the characters of the geographical representatives whether these can
exist together or not, 7.e. whether there is a similar gap between A’ and A?
to that between A! and B'. In other words, considering the gradation in
the morphological differences, there are morphologically different geographical
representatives which can certainly not exist together without fusing to one
entity, and there are others which may be so far settled in their characters
that a fusion will not take place.

From what we have said it follows that it is wrong to treat all
geographical corporeally different forms indiscriminately as being separated by
that same barrier which prevents synoecic animals from fusing. As science
does not knowingly perpetuate errors, the contention which we have
demonstrated to be erroneous should be abandoned by those who claim their

( xxxviii )

work to be wholly scientific; and nomenclature, the language of classification,
should therefore have a different formula for the two different conceptions, if
classification is meant to be precise. And the language recording in formulas
the results of classification must be precise, because science has specially
invented the formulas to prevent confusion arising.

However, before going further, let us consider another side of the question.
It might be argued, with some degree of justification, that nomenclature is
a practical invention for the convenience of the classifier (and those who make
use of classification), and, as we said above, must not be turned into an
inconvenience. Now, if the classifier is compelled to distinguish between
geographically isolated forms which are equal to distinct synoecic animals, and
such which are not, and again between geographical and non-geographical
corporeally distinct animals, an amount of work is thrown on him which he
could easily avoid by treating all definable forms in the same way, as being
all co-ordinate. Those of our readers who follow classificatory literature * are
aware that we are not stating an imaginary case, with the object—as so often
happens in science and elsewhere—of demolishing an opinion which nobody
entertains. The procedure above advocated is certainly a great simplification
of work. But we may be allowed to state in response that a far greater
simplification can be attained by putting all geographical modifications of the
same type down as identical, nomenclatorially and classificatorially. If the
splitter who indiscriminately calls everything definable a “species” claims
the right to live, ourselves as impartial onlookers must concede the same right
to the Inmper who treats everything not conspicuously different as being
identical. These two opponents are almost hopelessly at loggerheads. We say
almost; for we perceive some glimmer of hope of a good ending in the fact
that, as in the struggle between two nations the victor becomes generally
influenced by those details of civilisation in which the vanquished excels, both
the lumper and splitter will profit from one another in the course of time,
both remaining victorious in the struggle till the end, the one knocking over
what the other considers distinct, and the other separating again what the
former has put together as the same. Do not let it be truly ad infinitum. We
sympathise with both; for we believe that we understand the cause of the
struggle and the reason’ for its unreasonable continnance. When Linné invented
his nomenclature (binominal, except most Lepidoptera) for his classification, he
started with the conception that the animated world was composed of a great
number of forms which, though variable to a certain—mostly small—extent,
were fixed entities. These entities he defined as species, and designated each
with a name. The introduction of a precise discrimination (or what was meant
to be precise) between the species, and their fixation in classification by a name,
gave a great impulse to collecting and studying the forms of animated creation.
During the last century the material increased at such a rate that the number
of species known to Linné became soon insignificant as compared with what

* See, for instance, Verh. V. Intern. Zool. longress p. 910 (1902).

( xxxix?)

more extensive collecting brought to light.* Among the new materials the
systematist found a multitude of forms connecting by all kinds of intermediate
grades a great number of hitherto well-separated “species.” In dealing with
these intermediates systematists adopted three methods.

The one class of describers, disregarding variability, thought to carry out
in the correct way Linné’s method of classification and nomenclature by applying
Linné’s term “species” to every group of individuals which they found to be
definable. As every individual differs to some extent from the other, every
specimen was naturally a trap for these anthors, who continually considered
individual differences to be specific, and hence described an army of “ species”
which had no standing at all.

Another class of systematists, noticing the links connecting what otherwise
appeared to be distinct “species,” were inclined to regard everything similar as
being the same. They forgot that the first object of the describer is to distin-
guish between what is distinguishable, and they were still further carried away
by the reaction against the indiscriminate creation of species which necessarily
set in.

There was, therefore, a kind of excuse for the one as well as for the other
class of systematists; the one student erring in being too zealous in applying
throughout what he thought to be the generally adopted Linnean method
of dealing with the animated world, and the other falling into mistakes by
over-zealously correcting the errors (or what appeared to him as such) of the
former.

The right path lies, as it mostly does, in the middle between those followed
by the extremists. A third class of students, keeping their mind unbiassed, were
led along this middle path by their own power of discrimination. They learnt
from the investigation of the mass of material in museums and private collections,
and from observations ‘on living specimens, that neither everything similar is
identical, nor everything dissimilar is specifically distinct.

It is the lack of discrimination which prevents either extremist from
finding the right path. However, the work of the splitter has a great advantage
over that of the lumper. The differences which he points out between tne

* The numbers of species described by Linné in Syst. Wat. ed. x. 1758 are as follows ‘~~

Mammalia . A ; é . a 6 : 6 + 184
Aves. F ‘ < 5 b 6 0 0 F - . 554
Amphibia. fF 5 5 ‘ . c é ‘ . 218
Pisces . A “ : c . . . 0 fs F ee cits)
Coleoptera. 5 5 . . ‘ 5 . . 665
Hemiptera. c 4 “ 5 5 . . raed i
Lepidoptera . A . . . 5 . A . 542
Insecta { Neuroptera . ty : . E 5 ° 7 60
Hymenoptera . 4 . : . a A 2 . 229
Diptera . 5 : é 3 : 4 5 5 LSS
Aptera . . . : . . . . . - 229
Vermes . 927

Total . ; . . 4371

(Gals)

animals are there. In the statements of fact he is correct; but he errs in
the interpretation of these differences. His sight is keen, his reasoning—less so.
The lumper, on the other hand, does not perceive the differences, or he perceives
them only in a hazy way; he puts them down as insignificant and passes on,
halting only if there is a conspicuous quantity of difference which impresses itself
on his mind. His eye and reasoning are on the same level, and his work is
generally scamped. As he depends in his judgment on the conspicuousness of
the characters, he naturally falls constantly into the error of treating as the
same what differs in non-contrasting colours or in vaguely perceived structures,
and as distinct what differs in contrasting colours, in shape, size, and other easily
noticed characters. It may appear ludicrous to the non-initiated, but it is
nevertheless true, that in one and the same group of animals—for instance,
Lepidoptera—the same kind of difference is considered by the same authors as
being of no significance in the case of small forms, where it requires careful
research to find the distinctions (Zpiplemidae, Geometridae, Thyrididae, ete.) ;
while it is treated as being specific in the case of large ones, where even a dull
eye cannot fail to perceive the difference (Papilio and other butterflies). Sombre-
coloured animals (some Sphingidae, Noctuidae), small forms (Hpiplemidae), and
such with a uniform pattern (Micronia, for instance), are generally great
stumbling-blocks for the Iumper. ‘The author who treats everything definable
as distinct has at least method in his errors; the author who depends entirely
on what appears to him to be a sufficient quantity of difference is quite arbitrary
in his judgment.

The errors of an author arising from physical shortcomings, lack of training,
and a certain flightiness in reasoning may leniently be passed over, if the
mistakes are not persisted in when they have clearly been pointed ont. However,
the direct misstatements as to variation and distribution, which the lumper is more
liable to make than the splitter, are scarcely pardonable. If it is the object of
the systematist to elucidate facts, and not to conceal them or to misstate them
so as to mislead, it is wrong for an author to suppress distinctions which he
has noticed; to refer to differences which are geographical, as if they were
individual ; to consider characters as seasonal which he knows not to be seasonal ;
to pronounce a form constant, if he knows only one or a few specimens ; to treat
another as being individually variable, though he knows only single individuals
from different countries. In short, it is wrong—and may become objectionable,
because bordering ou charlatanism, if the misrepresentation is made deliberately—
to represent anything to be what it is known not to be, or what on a little
consideration it would have been known not to be. Neither the author who
considers every form definable as being specifically distinct, nor his opponent
who treats as identical everything of which the distinguishing characters do not
appear to him to be conspicuous enough, fulfils one of the primary demands
on the conscientious classifier—namely, to discriminate carefully between the
differences presented by the various forms of animals he has to deal with, instead
of lumping and separating indiscriminately.

(xii)

We are aware that a good many systematists, both among amateurs and
professionals, have no higher object than naming and arranging the material in
their collections, and maybe issuing books to enable others also to name and
arrange the specimens, the knowledge aimed at being a knowledge of some
distinguishing characters, and especially the name of the “species.” However,
the knowledge of the alphabet does not carry with it the knowledge of the
language, and he who knows the words and speaks a language is not yet a
philologist. So there is also in classification a higher object to be attained than
merely describing, baptising, and arranging in some arbitrary order the forms of
animated nature. This higher object is to understand the phylogenetic relation
between the forms, and on this understanding the scientific classifier bases
his system.

In order to comprehend the connection between the forms, it is necessary
to know what it is that separates them. It was the one kind of difference to
which we have referred before, separating the animals which exist side by side,
the one effective barrier consisting of differences in the organisation of the
animals themselves, which was the keynote to the Linnean Reformation of
Natural Science and to the Darwinian Revolution. The individuals within the
barrier form an entity which has an existence independent of all the other
entities. Hach entity was in the Linnean classification understood to be a special
creation, and the effective barrier to be intended to prevent fusion of the entities.
This was the conception to which Linné applied the term species. And this
was again the conception which formed the subject of Darwin’s Origin of Species.
The great, mystery which the theory of descent sought to explain was the fact
of the co-existence of such innumerable independent species, all separated by
that gap which we know to keep the species apart. How did this specific
barrier come into existence, if not erected by special creation? That is the
fundamental question which is before scientists. The question is not solved by
looking it straight in the face and then shelving it by applying the term
“species ” to something else than what it originally meant. No friend of true
research should let pass unchallenged what so many classifiers nowadays try to
do—namely, to substitute for true species the geographical form. We know that
a specific barrier exists between synoecic animals; we know that there is
a morphological distinction between geographical representatives. Can the one
barrier which we know to be specific honestly be replaced by the geographical
difference which at the highest may be assumed to be specific, and of which
we know that it is mot always specific? We shall oppose any such attempt at
underhand shifting of the meaning of the term “ species,’ which would misguide
the public and prevent the student himself from seeing clearly the question
at issue.

If the specific barrier is the result of the evolution of the organic world
by natural causes; if, further, the multitude of species is the outcome of the
divergent development of species into a greater number of species,—then we
have to search for the rudiment (= beginning) of the specific barrier among

( xlii )

differences found within a species between the various component varieties and
individuals. Therefore it is necessary, in order to understand the origin of the
specific barrier, to study the varietal differences, and find out among which
varieties there is a rudimentary specific barrier, and hence which varieties are
rudimentary (= incipient) species. It has been shown by one of us* (and
therefore we do not again fully enter into the same question) that the development
of gamogenetie species into two or several species is not possible without an
effective extraneous barrier between the varieties, which barrier prevents the
fusion of the varieties, as does the specific barrier the fusion of the species,
and, further, that this extraneous barrier is provided by geographical separation.
Isolation of one or more mutating factors is the cause of the portion of a
species subjected to them becoming different from the other components which
stand under other influences. All our researches confirm this conclusion based
on the facts of variation, and all attempts to demonstrate the possibility of the
separation of a species into several without some kind of local isolation are
fallacious in reasoning. Geographical variation leads to a multiplication of the
species ; non-geographical variation at the highest to polymorphism. Geographical
variation is, therefore, of another kind than non-geographical variation, and
therefore geographical varieties have a different standing in the evolution of the
organic world from the individual and generatory varieties.

Geographical varieties as incipient species are the next classificatory category
below species, just as subfamily is a degree lower than family, and no better
term could have been invented for them than subspecies. With subspecies we
designate, therefore, nothing else but the geographically separated different
components of one and the same type, which components represent together
a species. The criterion of a subspecies is not a certain amount of difference,
but bodily difference and geographical separation. Synoecie varieties—i.e. varieties
from the same locality—are never subspecies. We have to emphasise this
distinction, as many authors constantly confound subspecies with non-geographical
varieties. There are comparatively very few species which do not vary
geographically. It was an ardent opponent of Darwin—Wiegand—who put forward
as an argument against the theory of evolution that geographical variation was a
conditio sine qua non for the correctness of the theory of descent, and that there
was no such general basis for evolution. Systematists have proved by their
minute research that geographical variation is the rule and not the exception,
and they may be justly proud of this result of their untiring labours. Curiously
enough, non-systematists do not generally seem to be aware of this result, nor
to fully comprehend its bearing on the theory of descent.

A species which has not developed into subspecies (= geographical varieties
= geographical races or forms) may be individually or seasonally di- or poly-
morphic, and similarly the individuals of a subspecies may all fall into seasonal

and these into individual varieties. As the species of a genus are co-ordinate

* See “Mechanical Selection” in Nov. Zool. iii. p. 426 (1896); “ Reproductive Divergence, etc., in
Natural Science xii. p. 45 (1898),

( xliii )
with one another and subordinate to the genus, so are the subspecies co-ordinate
with one another and subordinate to the species of which they are the components.
Since Linné applied the term varvetas to the forms which are not specifically
different, we do not see any reason against the use of this very convenient word
in the same sense for all the components of a species which differ from one
another. We understand, therefore, under variety not a particular category of
the components of a species, but employ the term for all the different members
of a species indiscriminately. The different categories of varieties must receive
special terms in a precise classification, and special formulae must be employed

for them in a precise nomenclature.

We distinguish three categories of varieties, namely :—

I. Individual variety.—The following terms are employed by us:

(1) ad. = aberratio for individuals which stand outside the normal
range of variation.

(2) f. = forma in the case of di- and polymorphism. If a form
occurs rarely, it may be termed /. aé., in contradistiuction to
je norm.

(3) 2-f. or d-f,, if the respective form belongs to one sex only.

(4) f. loc. = forma alicuius loci, if, in the case of polymorphism, a
form is restricted to one portion of the range of the respective

variety or species.

II. Generatory variety.—This variety is seasonal in Lepidoptera, and is
designated as
(0) f. t. = forma tempestatis.

Il. Geographical variety or subspecies.—This is the highest category of
varieties. As the term varietas includes also other varieties,
it cannot be employed as such for the geographical variety except
in a precise nomenclature; either a specifying attribute must be
added (var. geogr.), or an abbreviation of another term chosen
(subsp.). But we do not see that it is at all necessary to put
any such abbreviation of a term before the subspecific name.
We can do without the encumbrance of the abbreviation—what
we can do without is unnecessary : and what is an unnecessary
encumbrance in nomenclature, common-sense compels us to
drop—by

(6) Simply mutually agreeing that a subspecies is designated by its
name added to that of the species without any abbreviation before
the subspecific name. This means simplification of nomenclature,

nothing else.

The following diagram illustrates the nomenclatorial relation towards each

( xliv )
other of the various categories of classificatory units from the individual variety

upwards to the genus :—

fe
faites
subsp. ab.
18 Ue
é.
pete g—f.
9—f.
subsp. 3o-f.
| jet
species 16 Ais 9—f,
| of
ab.
ab.
subsp. ab.
ab.
f. norm.
eae subsp.
species | be
foat:
BPEciee f. norm.
f. ab.

species f
species £

There seems to us to be some confusion existing in the minds of some
systematists with regard to the degree of phylogenetic relationship of the
auimals classified and the nomenclatorial position of the units towards each
other.

Although it is the highest object of the researches of the systematist to
elacidate the phylogenetic connection between the classificatory units from the
individuals upwards to the family, order, etc., the linear arrangement of the units
in the system gives but a very scanty elucidation of their evolution. If a genus
is a development from another, it may be put behind the older one; but this
method at once breaks down if there are several genera derived from one,
especially if one of the derivatives has again given rise to a series of genera.
And nomenclatorially the classifier can do even Jess. In nomenclature all the
units of one category are co-ordinate units ; all the species, all the subspecies, all
the genera, ete., are respectively co-ordinate with one another. The classifier
cannot make any nomenclatorial difference whatever between phylogenetically
younger and older genera, between the parent- and daughter-species, between
the generalised and specialised subspecies. We have the same nomenclatorial
formula for every genus (Papilio, Fringilla), for every species (Papilio priamus

( xlv )

Fringilla coelebs), for every subspecies (Papilio priamus poseidon, Papilio
priamus priamus, Papilio priamus coelestis). If the classifier wishes to represent
the probable phylogenetic origin of the units which stand co-ordinated in his
system and nomenclature, he has to take recourse to the figurative tree, or must
give a kind of pedigree, as we have done in the present work. Fringilla coelebs
does not mean that coelebs is a derivation from Fringilla, but that it forms part
of the genus Fringilla; and Papilio priamus poseidon must not be interpreted
as signifying that poseidon is derived from priamus, but that it is one of the
several components which together form the species Papilio priamus. This
confusion of ideas has been occasioned by the unfortunate habit, which many
classifiers cannot shake off, of regarding the first-described component as the
typical form of a species, as the “Stammart,’* as the phylogenitically oldest
portion of the species, or in the case of a genus as the phylogenetically oldest
species of the genus, while it is merely the accidentally first-baptised form. Is
the distinction between what is phylogenetically and what is nomenclatorially
the oldest really difficult to perceive and to comprehend?

The classification of the lower categories from individual variety to species
is in a different position to that of the higher categories (from genus upwards).
While the species and varieties are realities which can be tested by observa-
tion of the live specimens and by experiment, there is no such test possible in
the case of genera, tribes, families, etc. These higher categories are definable
groups of allied species. The criterion of their being realities, or, as one is
used to say, of their being natural, is threefold :—

(1) The group must be definable—.e. must not so intergrade with another
that there is no line of division, or that the line of division is arbitrary.

(2) The contents of each group must be homogeneous. Elements of
different origin, though perhaps similar in consequence of convergent development,
must not be brought together.

(3) Each higher category must have a separate definition based on other
characters than those referred to in the definitions of the respective lower
categories. The characters which make an animal specifically distinct do not
make it also generically distinct, nor can the same character upon which a genus
is based be employed to characterise a tribe or a family.

To define genera and higher units is not always an easy matter. In order
to render a definition precise, a close study is necessary of the forms which
come under the unit defined, as well as of the forms of the allied units. The
difficulties encountered have induced many authors, especially in Ornithology
and Entomology, to propose names for genera, subfamilies, and families without
attempting a definition. The naked names thus introduced are a fit testi-
monium paupertatis for their authors. In our opinion, the thoroughness of the
researches in systematic work can best be estimated from the degree of exactness

* The word “Stammart"’ is much employed by German writers in this erroneous and misleading
sense, See Reichenow, in Verh. V. Intern. Zool. Congress p. 911 (1902).

( xlvi )

of the definitions of genera and higher units. For the degree of exactness
depends here (1) on the more or less intrinsic study of a larger number of
forms than in the case of species and varieties, and (2) on the correctness of
the author’s inductive reasoning.

The classifieatory category coming in our system of classification next to
the species is the genus. Some authors interpolate between genus and species
a category they call subgenus. From a comparison of a number of subgenera
which have been defined, we are able to state that they had either no standing,
being groups of species quite arbitrarily put together, or they represented well-
defined homogeneous groups—é.e. were equal to a genus. We do not see any
possibility of distinguishing between a defined genus and a defined subgenus.
To call one defined group a genus and another defined group a subgenus is quite
arbitrary. As there is a gap between every two species, and mostly between
the varieties as well, and, further, as the species fall into groups different in
extent or different in composition, according to this or that organ being taken
as the basis of the grouping, the limitation of the genera would be entirely left
to the personal opinion and ability of each individual classifier, if there was no
general definition of what kind of classificatory unit a genus is meant to be.
Systematists differ, indeed, very much in the extent given to genera, some
authors adhering to large unwieldy groups of the Linnean type, and others
erecting a genus for almost every species, and sometimes even for subspecies.
In order to check arbitrariness, to escape uncertainty as far as possible, and
to make generic classification more stable, we think it advisable to define a
genus as a classificatory unit one category higher than species comprising one
definable group of species.

In many cases the group contains only one species by the other members
having become extinct, or by there being as yet only one species known, the
other species being still undiscovered.

In the present Revision of the Sphingidae it has been our special endeavour
to give a solid foundation to the genera, supplementing and rectifying the vague
or faulty definitions with which the workers in this group of insects have
contented themselves. Though many genera hitherto considered to be valid
haye been shown by us to have no standing, the number of genera of
Sphingidae has been much enlarged, owing to the closer examination of the
insects proving many groups of apparently similar species to be heterogeneous.
We have laid special stress upon the genera as conceived by us representing
stages in the evolution of the Sphingidae.

There is nowadays a tendency among British Lepidopterists to imitate
some American leading spirits in Lepidopterology in shifting the term “ family”
(familia; designated by the ending -idae according to common consent) to
a lower category than that to which it was originally applied. We do not
see what good it serves to call, for instance, all the Hawk Moths together
a superfamily, and the next divisions of it families. It is an entirely
superfluous innovation, and only leads to confusion, like all shifting of

( slvii )
terms. We divide the Sphingidae into the following eight classificatory
categories :—
I. Individual variety.
II. Generatory variety = seasonal variety.
III. Geographical variety = subspecies.
IV. Species.
V. Genus.
VI. Tribe.
VII. Subfamily.
VIII. Family.

Before we proceed to state some of the general results of our study of
the Sphingidae, we give a summary of the morphology of these insects, which
will enable the reader to more fully comprehend some of the conclusions
bearing on phylogeny and distribution.

MORPHOLOGY OF SPHINGIDAE.

The dorsal skeleton of the head (PJ. LXII. f. 6) is divided by two
transverse sutures into clypeus (c/), epicranium (ecr), and occiput (occ). The
last is always a narrow transverse plate more or less distinctly placed at an
angle to the convex epicranium ; it is as a matter of course longer transversely
in those species in which the eyes have a more oblique position than in those
which have less obliquely placed eyes. Compare Pl. LXI. f. 6 and Pl. LXII.
f. 6. Its anterior edge is generally faintly incrassate in the middle. The
epicranium forms laterally the sockets for the antennae, which stand nearer
the eye in some Hawk Moths than in others; the suture between epicranium
and elypeus is just in front of the antennae, ending in the antennal grooves.
The clypeus is the largest plate of the three; it is more or less strongly
convex, especially mesially. It bears at the anterior margin the labrum
(i, Pl. LXI. f. 6. 8. 9. 10. 11, also Pl. LXII.). The two are almost merged
into one, the suture being mostly not distinct. The labrum is in most instances
raised to a large, transverse, cariniform tubercle, which is generally vertical in
front. It projects sometimes frontad over the base of the tongue, concealing
the mesial part of the epistome (ep), and is occasionally very small (Pl. LXII.
f. 3). The epistome is a transverse plate of variable dimensions situated in
front of the labrum, with which it is so completely fused that it is not easy
to say where the one begins and the other ends. It is especially large in
a number of Ambulicinae with otherwise reduced mouth-parts (ey, Pl. LXL.
via NOG UL FI GROUT Gig 20 tsp)

This epistome covers the base of the tongue. When normal, it has a thin
mesial lobe and a large process at each side. The mesial lobe varies in size and
somewhat in shape, and is rarely absent (Pl. LXI. f. 10; Pl. LXII. f. 1), this
occurring when also the other mouth-parts exhibit a high degree of reduction.

( xlviii )

The lateral processes (p, Pl. LXI. f. 6—11; Pl. LXII. f. 1—5) are designated
“pilifer” by Kellogg *), and are often erroneously considered to be homologous
to the mandibles. The normal pilifer is a curved obtuse process, concave and
flattened on the innerside, and is beset on the inner surface with a great number
of long stiff bristles which project over the base of the tongue, which they
touch. The pilifer and its bristles undergo various modifications. The bristles
become modified into scales, either partly or all (Pl. LXI. f. 11), or they
become fewer in number and disappear finally nearly completely (Pl. LXI. f. 10).
At the same time the pilifer may become shortened and lose the appearance of
a process, being represented in the most reduced state known to us by a broad
obtuse projection (Pl. LXI. f. 10). Two other modifications are represented by
Pl. LXII. f. 4. 5. In fig. 5 the pilifer (py) is almost stalked, and projects far
beyond the mesial lobe, which is large. In fig. 4 the whole epistome is
enlarged together, produced forward, the pilifers being close together and very
broad, and projecting little beyond the mesial lobe, which is very small.

Quite different from these modifications is that observed in all the species of
Choerocampinae, and only in this subfamily. Pl. LXII. f. 2 represents a species
of Celerio: the pilifer (y) is long, somewhat twisted, and the apical portion
is clothed inwardly with short bristles, while the proximal portion bears the
ordinary long bristles, the two kinds of bristles contrasting very strongly with
one another. “This character is of surprising constancy; its significance in
classification will be understood, when the characters of the palpus and antenna
are taken into consideration at the same time.

Between pilifer and eye, supporting the former laterally, there is a more or
less triangular projection, which is an enlargement of the brim which separates
the eye from the large labial cavity of the underside of the head. We term
this projection “genal process” (gp of PJ. LXI. and LXIL). The upper
portion of this genal process is often distinctly separated by a suture, and
corresponds to the mandible (md, Pl. LXII. f. 4), as pointed out by Kellogg,
1. c. The genal process is very large in Macroglossum (Pl. LXI. f. 9), Sesia,
and allied genera, reaching often to the tip of the pilifer. In the Choero-
campinae (in all of them) it is smaller than anywhere else (Pl. LXII. f. 2),
not showing in a lateral view the distinctly triangular form observed in all
other Sphingidae with well-developed tongue. The suture between genal
process on the one side and labrum and clypeus on the other ends often (many
Ambulicinae) in a deep groove (f, Pl. LXI. f. 10. 11). If we examine the
underside of the head after the removal of the labial palpi (Pl. LXI. f. 7;
Jip is the groove in which the palpus is inserted), we find again the pilifer
and the genal process between eye and tongue, and observe below the pilifer
close to the tongue on each side a short process, dilated apically in the species
figured, which process is the remnant of the maxillary palpus (map). It is
in most cases densely clothed with loug white scales, which project beyond the
pilifer and genal process, being visible also in dorsal and lateral aspects of

* Amer. Naturalist xxix.\p. 546 (1895).

( xlix )

the head (Pl. LXI. f. 6. 8). The size of the vestigial maxillary palpns is not
constant in the family, nor has the palpus always the same shape. The
transverse arched stripe of chitin between the Tabial palpi is the mentum; in
front of it we find often a vestigial, very feebly chitinised submentam.

The before-mentioned mouth-parts of Lepidoptera have attracted much
attention on the part of scientific entomologists since Walter’s now famous
paper on the mouth-parts of Micropteryr.* The distinctions exhibited by them
within the families of Frenata have, however, not been made use of in
classificatory work. The parts are covered by the labial palpi as a rule, and
are not visible without pushing the palpus away from the head. A drop of
benzine, or, better, a drop of alcohol, applied to the base, is generally sufficient
to make the palpus so flexible that it is movable, and allows the genal
process and pilifer to be studied without injury to the specimen. The two
parts of the caputal appendices which remain to be discussed, tongue and
labial palpus, are better known to the classifier, though the descriptions given
of them go seldom beyond length of the former and ontline and general aspect
of the latter,

The length to which the tongue has developed in the family Sphingidae
is an exceedingly striking character. Here we find the longest tongue of all
insects. But what is far more interesting for the student of comparative
morphology as well as the classifier is the fact that the length of the tongue
yaries in this family to such an enormous extent as it does, the extremes
being represented by Cocytivs, in which the tongue is sometimes little short
of 25 cm., and Polyptychus, where we find species with a tongue represented
by two tubercles barely longer than 2 mm.

A comparative study of the tongue (glossa) of Lepidoptera is a desideratum.
It is formed by the first pair of mavxillae, and consists, as is well known, of
two halves closely applied to each other (Pl. LXII. f. 2). Each half is
concaye on the inner side, and bears at the upper inner edge a very dense
fringe of ciliae. The trans-section is in Sphingidae short kidney-shaped, or
nearly circular, apart from the inner concave portion. Laterally at the base
the tongue has very often a patch of minute hairs; in a few cases hairs are
found all over the dorsal surface. Within the cavity of each half we find, in
dry specimens, a large trachea and the residue of the dried-up muscles, nerves,
etc. The sucking-tube itself (PI. LXII. f. 2, tv) formed by the two halves
of the glossa is closed above by the fringe, the ciliae of which are soldered
together to form a membrane, which is often quite smooth, showing no trace

of transverse striation indicating the ciliae. When the tongue becomes reduced,

the two halves are less firmly applied to ove another, and the transverse
striation of the closing membrane of the tube becomes distinct, till with the
further reduction of the glossa the two halves separate and the closing
membrane assumes the form of a fringe of separate ciliae (Pl. LXI. f. 11;

Pl LXII. f. 4. 5), this fringe finally disappearing (Pl. LXI. f. 10; Pl. LXIL.
* Jen. Zeitschr, Naturm. v, 5, p. 75i (1885).

d

Cis)
f. 1). The fanctionless tongue loses the transverse annulation ; it is very
feebly chitinised, and varies individually in length. It not rarely bears scales,
and is occasionally tuberculated.

The longest tongue oceurs in the tribe Sphingicae, which tribe contains,
however, also species with a very short and functionless tongue, and one species
with just a vestige of it (llenbechia). A short tongue is frequently found
among the Ambulicinae, in which subfamily it is always shorter than the body,
but often strong, and in the latter case not showing any sign of reduction.
In the Sphingulicae the tongue is also very weak and short in most species.
In the other groups of Sphingidae the tongue is never excessively long and
never very short, always preserving the ordinary structure and rigidity. It is
scarcely necessary to point out that the functionless glossa is a derivation from
a tongue efficient as a sucking-tube.

As varied as the other mouth-parts are also the labial palpi, shortly
designated as “palpi” in Lepidoptera. Though this designation is, strictly
speaking, not correct, it is very convenient and quite precise enough, as there
ean be no doubt that the labial palpi, and not the vestigial maxillary ones,
are meant, when speaking of the palpi.

The palpus, if not reduced, is large, broad in lateral aspect, closely
contiguous to the head, and has a short third segment. A palpus like this
does not occur outside the family. However, where the palpus is reduced, the
general aspect is insufficient to recognise it as a Sphingid palpus. The most
slender and at the same time longest palpus is found in Z7nostoma and in the
3 of Cressonia, in which latter genus the ¢ palpi are strongly divergent. A
very large and rounded palpus is met with in Pachylia, Eurypteryx, Protoparce,
and other genera. Reduced palpi oecur abundantly among Ambulicinae and
Acherontiinae, while the palpi of the other Sphingidae are mostly of medium
size or large, very seldom small. The size of the palpus depends on the
width of the segments and upon the scaling ; a broad segment covered by short
scales appearing much slenderer than a narrower one with long erect scaling
(Pl. LIX. f. 26. 27). It is, as a rule, also the scaling which gives the terminal
portion of the palpus its particular shape. The triangularly pointed palpus and
the broadly rounded one, as described in systematic work, may have similar
segments when denuded. If one speaks of the shape of the palpus, one means
the palpus inclusive of the scaling as it appears in a perfect specimen. There
is distinct sexnal dimorphism in the palpus among Ambulicinae, the palpus of
the male being often larger than that of the female.

There are always three segments; the third is, however, nearly always
very short and concealed in the scaling of the second, projecting as a little
knob. In the few cases where the third segment is more distinct it is conical,
sometimes naked and horn-like (Cocytius ; Xanthopan); it is never long, slender,
and rod-like. In narrow palpi it is often as broad at the base as the second
segment is at the end.

The first segment is the longest as a rule, but there are many exceptions

(hh)

in which the first is not longer or is shorter than the second. The segment
is curved, lying along the eye. The inner surface (Pl. LIX. f. 26. 27; Pl. LX.
f. 1) is more or less regularly annulated or wrinkled, flattened, or slightly
convex, or somewhat concave. It is naked, except the edges, with some long
hair-like scales ; or it is more or less loosely scaled for the greater part. The
scaling at the apex of the first segment (Pl. LIX. and LX.) is either short, or
long and rough, or long and quite regular, affording in several cases conspicuous
characters of taxonomic value—as, for instance, in the subfamily Choerocampinae,
where the two Neotropical genera and the cosmopolitan genus Celerio have
the scaling always rongh and irregular, while all the allied Old World genera
with the exception of Pergesa and Mhodafra, derivations from Celerio, have
it regular (PI. LIX. f. 19—21. 26. 27). A character of the greatest importance
in the classification of the Hawk Moths is found at the base of the first
segment. That is a patch of variable size of short (and doubtless sensory) hairs,
which is always present in one section of the family (a, Pl. LIX. f. 26. 27),
except a few reduced forms, and eqnally constantly absent from the other
section (Pl. LX. f. 1). The trustworthiness of the distinctive character was
discovered after we had separated the Acherontiinae (= Acherontiicae + Sphingicae
+ Sphingulicae) and Ambulicinae from the rest of the family on other grounds.
This basal patch was found in Butterflies and treated upon at some length
by Renuter.* It is of wide occurrence in Moths. Its absence from Acherontiinae
and Ambulicinae has nothing to do with the reduction of the palpus, as it 1s
absent from the large palpi of Protoparce and other Sphingicae, while it is
found in the other subfamilies on the relatively small palpus of Oryba, Berutana,
and other genera. The basal patch is present in Geometridae, Notodontidae,
Agaristidae, Noctuidae, Pyralidae, etc., etc., and assumes sometimes an obviously
distinetive form. We have not noticed it in Satwrnitdae and allied groups, nor
among Lasiocampidae, Bombycidae, Eupterotidae, and some other groups. How
far this organ can be made use of in the classification of these families more
complete research must show; but we are justified in maintaining that the
basal patch will prove itself elsewhere an equally good distinguishing character
as we find it to be in Sphingidae.

The first segment of the palpus exhibits also on the outer side characters
of taxonomic value. There is a kind of transverse crest near the eye in Basiothia,
Aleuron, and Unzela, and the apex of the segment is strongly convex externally
or angulate in these genera; the crest is also found in Gurelca and Sphingo-
naepiopsis. A peculiar modification is found in one genus of Acherontiinae
(Megacorma) and in a great number of Choerocampinae. It is illustrated on
Pls. LIX. and LX. There is at the apex of the segment, ventro-laterally, a
space devoid of the ordinary scaling, being either quite naked or clothed with
a few long hair-like but flat scales. The scaling around this naked space,

* Acta Soe. Se. Fenn, xxii. 1 (1896).—Reuter says that the basal patch of Heterocera is never
elevated as in Rhopalocera. We find that it is sometimes raised to a conspicuous ridge, for instance
in Pyralidae.

(in)

which is often somewhat concave, is more or less regular, especially ventrally,
and, surrounding the naked space, forms a kind of cavity (gr, Pl. LIX.
f, 13. 16. 17. 18. 25; Pl. LX. f. 3). The naked membrane is doubtless sensory,
but we could not find any external sensory organs in the dry specimens. The
long hair-like scales situated in many species on this naked membrane are
not of a sensory nature. There is every intergradation between a rudimentary
cavity and a large regular one. This specialisation is found only among
Oriental and Aethiopian SpAingidae, not in American ones. The joint between
the first and second segments is exposed in the species which exhibit the
cavity. A naked and exposed joint is also met with among Améulicinae, but
no cavity.

The second segment undergoes many modifications in shape; it may be
subeylindrical, quadrangular, triangular, ovate; it may be longer or shorter
than broad, or square. In Tinostoma it is three times as long as broad. It is
angulate at the upper outer corner in Alewron and Unzela. The scaling of the
two palpi generally covers the base of the tongue; but there are instances where
the mouth-parts are exposed. This is the case when the scaling of the second
segment is very short, as in Pl. LIX. f. 10. 11. 26.

The inner surface of the second segment exhibits some remarkable specialisa-
tions. It is normally scaled all over, but we find the scales very small and
rather dispersed in Huchloron (Pl. LIX. f. 24), so that the membrane is
partly naked. In all the other species of Choerocampinae these small rounded
scales have all, or nearly all, disappeared, leaving the segment bare except at
the edges (Pl. LIX. f. 19—21. 26. 27). The character is quite constant, and
oceurs only in those species which agree also in certain characters of the pilifer
and of the antennal end-segment, and form the subfamily Choerocampinae. The
scales at the upper apical angle of the segment with naked inner surface are
either short or form a conspicuous tuft, which projects ventrad (Pl. LIX.
f. 19—21. 26. 27). This difference is of importance, the absence of the tuft
being characteristical for the fifty species of the purely American genus
Xylophanes, which has, unlike the Hastern representatives of the subfamily
Choerocampinae (Rhodafra and Pergesa excepted), the scaling at the apex of
the first segment irregular, as stated above. We have not ascertained the trne
nature of the naked membrane, but assume that it serves as an organ of sense.
A specialisation reminding one of that just described is found in the genus
Psilogramma of the subfamily Acherontiinae. Here the segment bears a naked
longitudinal stripe not far from the upper edge, the stripe appearing as a
prolongation of the naked part of the first segment. The modification does not
occur in the otherwise very closely allied genus Lewcomonia.

A third modification peeuliar to the Acherontiicae, but vestigial also in one
genus of Sphingicae, is represented by figs. 1 and 2 of Pl. LX. Here the
second segment is concave on the inner surface; the scales at the edge of
the cavity (c) project over it, forming a kind of roof. The concave part is
either practically naked or scaled. The transition from the vestigial groove of

i

( liii )
Xanthopan to the deep and naked cavity of Acherontia and Herse is found
in Megacorma and Coelonia.

The third segment bears at the end a small and deep cavity of a sensory
nature. We have not studied this organ.

The great variety in the structure of the antennae” of the Heterocera is
repeated to a lower degree in most families of larger extent, and this makes it
generally impossible to give of these organs a short family diagnosis which is
true of all the species of the respective groups. The stereotyped description
of the Sphingid antenna handed down from Linnean times applies only to a
portion of this family. The prismatic, clubbed, and hooked antenna is by no
means common to all the Sphingidae, a large proportion of the Hawk Moths
deviating widely from this type. However, comparing each type of antenna of the
present family with the corresponding types of other families, we shall always
find some difference, and very often some striking difference, revealed by the
closer examination of the special structures.

The generalised type of antenna of Lepidoptera is, in our opinion, that in
which the dorsal surface is wholly scaled, while the ventral surface is scaleless,
being clothed instead with a dense covering of fine hairs. This type is derived
from an antenna entirely ciliated. Besides the protective scaling and the sensory
ciliation there are other organs present, such as sense-bristles and -cones, both
of which are rather easily discernible and of considerable taxonomic value. The
scaling of the butterfly antenna is reduced apically and in a number of groups
altogether absent, except the first segments (Danainae, Papilios allied to
sarpedon, etc.). In Heterocera we find the scaling extending to the last or
last but one segment, but meet also with antennae which have lost the scaling
(Saturniidae and close allies ; Pelochyta). The arrangement of scales in two
recular transverse rows on each segment which is prevalent among Butterflies,
and is found also in a very great number of Moths, does not obtain among
Hawk Moths except on the distal segments in a number of species, the scales
being comparatively small and very numerous. Where among Butterflies and
Moths the area covered by the fine sensory ciliae is reduced, the ventral surface
becomes often partly scaled, the loss of the sensory function being followed by, or
going hand in hand with, the appearance of scales, in Lepidoptera the normal
clothing of the epidermis where no organs with special function are required.
The proximal segments of the antennae of Sphingidae are occasionally nearly or
totally scaled—namely, where the antenna is strongly clubbed. That means,
where the sensory function is more concentrated distally, the proximal segments,
which are reduced in width and function, have acquired an ordinary covering
of scaling on the underside. This is most evident in Rhopalopsyche, a genus
with also otherwise remarkable antennae. The appearance of scales as a sign
of loss of function, or of weakness, is strikingly illustrated by other organs.
We have seen above that the reduced tongue becomes scaled in some instances,
and that the bristles of the pilifer are replaced in many reduced species by

* Compare Bodine, rans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xxiii. p. 1 (1896); Jordan, Nov. Zool, vy. p. 374 (1898),

( liv )
scales. A further confirmation of the view just expressed, that the ventral
sealing of the antenna is a relatively young character, we find in the fact that
there are sometimes scales on the underside of the antennae of hybrids where
there should not be any, these scales being doubtless an expression of weakened
vitality. We predict that by breeding in and in specimens will result which
show a more extended antennal scaling than the normal individuals. The
antennae of the Aegeriidae and Castniidae, which resemble in general appear-
ance somewhat a clabbed Sphingid antenna, differ essentially from the latter
in having the greater part of the ventral surface scaled, agreeing in this respect
with the antennae of a great many Zineidac. Among the latter family (or
group of families, perhaps), and among the Limacodidae, we find antennae which
are almost entirely covered with scales.

Before following the somewhat complicated development of the sensory
surface, we shall shortly refer to the sense-cones and sense-bristles. The sense-
cones discovered by Bodine do not occur in Rhopalocera, but are widely distributed
in Heterocera, They are ventral, mesial, and apical in Sphingidae, one on each
segment, except the end-segment and the basal one or ones (PI. LX. f. 4—29, ec),
from which they are absent. The cones of the distal segments are generally
more prominent than those of the proximal segments. They do not always
stand exactly at the apical edge of the segment, being not rarely removed
somewhat basad (compare, for instance, Herse convolvuli). However, they are
never absent and never abandon the mesial position in this family. They
are wanting in the Castniidae, Aegeriidae, and Zygaenidae ; their absence is a
distinctive character not difficult to recognise. They are present on the clubbed
antennae of Agaristidae and Cocytia.

The sense-bristles are stiff hairs of varying length. The Lepidoptera most
primitive in respect to these organs have a complete belt of such bristles on
each segment. Among Rhopalocera we find such a belt preserved in Lycaenidae
and Hesperiidae; we meet with it again among the Jugata and many Hetero-
cerous Frenata. Some of the dorsal bristles are, however, generally reduced and
covered by the scaling. This is the case also in Sphingidae. The normal
number of the bristles found in the Hawk Moths on the non-scaled surface, if
we except the end-segment, is two on each side (Pl. LX. f. 14), one being dorso-
lateral, the other ventro-lateral and basal. The number is sometimes doubled ;
but there is never a complete transverse series, and the bristles are never apical,
the Sphingid antenna differing therefore obviously from that of <Agaristidae,
Zygaenidae, and many other clubbed and non-clubbed antennae.

The dorso-lateral bristles situated close to the edge of the scaled area are
very often so prolonged and become so stout that the antenna has the appearance
of being pectinated; in fact, that bristle has often been mistaken for a pectina-
tion.* We meet with this development very commonly in filiform and setiform
antennae, but never among Sphingidae.

The ventral and lateral surface of the antenna of Heterocera, as far as

* Nov. Zool, iii, t. 4. f. 5—11,

(lv)

it is not scaled, is covered with ciliae, only the parts near the joints and
close to the dorsal scaling being in many cases naked or sparsely ciliated.
Pagenstecher * calls the antennae of Callidulidae “ naked,” and Hampson +
describes those of Agaristidae as being “not ciliated.” Both authors are
wrong, the antennae of Callidulidae and of <Agaristidae being sealed above
and ciliated below. There is no antenna among Lepidoptera which is not
ciliated, and the term “naked” can with some justification ouly be employed
for antennae which are not scaled, and therefore have a naked dorsal surface
(apart from some bristles and setiferous pits). The evenly ciliated ventral surface
as we find it in Rhopalocera among the Lycaenidae and Hesperiidae, and in
great abundance among the Heterocera, more especially in the female sex, far
less often in the male sex, represents a generalised state of development from
which a variety of specialisations have started, which, though resulting in
widely different structures, have nevertheless all the same tendency—namely,
to make the antenna more efficient as an organ of sense. This is accomplished
by enlargement of the area bearing the sensory organs—/.e. by the increase in
their number—or by concentration of the organs, or by enlargement of the
organs themselves, these modifications obtaining either singly or together. The
concentration of the ciliated area into such well-cireumscribed grooves as are
described and figured in Nov. Zoor. vi. p. 374. t. 14. 15, does not occur among
the Heterocera. The enlargement of the distal part of the antenna into a
club, which is normal for Rhopalocera, among which non-clubbed antennae are
extremely rare (Pseudopontia), is met with in a number of Heterocerous families,
such as Castniidae, Aegeriidae, Sphingidae, Zygaenidae, Agaristidae, Callidu-
lidae, and also among Geometridae and Noctuidae. As regards mere outline,
the clubbed antennae of representatives of different families are sometimes not
distinguishable. The Australian Castniidae, which appear to form a different
subfamily from the Neotropical species of that family, resemble in the short
and abrupt club certain Preridae, and some Hesperiidae and Neotropical
Castniidae have practically the same antennal outline as some Sphingidae. The
most strongly clubbed antenna of Sphingidae we find in Haemorrhagia and
Rhopalopsyche ; from these to the setiform antenna of Megacorma there occur
all intergradations in shape. It is by no means only the ciliated surface which
becomes expanded in the clubbed antennae of Sphingidae. The dorsal area is
often proportionally more enlarged than the ventral area. This can best be seen
in a frontal view of a segment of the club of Cephonodes or Haemorrhagia,
where the axis of the club will be found further ventral than in a segment
from the middle of the antenna. By axis we mean an imaginary hollow
cylinder of the width of the joints.t There is no real axis, each segment
representing, so to speak, a box with an opening each at the proximal and
distal sides. The edge of this opeuing is more or less raised and joined to the
edge of the opening of the next segment. The diameter of the cavity of the

* Tierreich xvii, (1£02). t Lepid. Phalaenae iii. p. 515 (1901).
} Joint and segment should not be confounded,

( lvi )

segment containing the nervular, muscular, and vascular apparatus is larger than
that of the openings, which serve as doors to the cavity. That is espécially the
case in the segments of the club, as can be seen in fig. 19 of Pl. LX., which
represents the left half of a segment, divided sagitally, of the club of the
antenna of /Haemorrhagia fuciformis, viewed somewhat from the distal side to
show the distal surface. ‘The difference in the position of the axis is illustrated
by figs. 17. 18. 25 of Pl. LX.

The fine ciliae are never essentially prolonged in Rhopalocera ; they are
also short in some families of Heterocera—for instance in Castniidae and
Agaristidae. In such cases the two sexes do not differ, or differ only slightly in
the antennae. Among the Sp/ingidae there is only one genus (hopalopsyche)
in which there are uo prolonged ciliae in either sex. Such instances as
these are quite an exception among Heterocera, the antennae of which show
generally marked sexual dimorphism. The specialisation refers to the length
and arrangement of the cilae and to the configuration of the ciliae-bearing
surface.

The ciliae are seldom nearly all prolonged and irregularly distributed. Of
more common occurrence is that specialisation in which some of the ciliae have
become long and are arranged in a subapical and a subbasal vertical row, the
two rows becoming fused into one dorso-laterally, forming a kind of flattened
half-ring in a lateral aspect of the antenna. These seriated ciliae are apparently
always fasciculated, two or more ciliae arising from a common tubercle (PJ. LXI.
f. 1—4), or from a common pit. The ciliae of the two rows curve towards each
other and project laterally, so that they form a kind of pocket in a ventral
aspect (PI. LX. f. 15). The apical row does not extend so far ventrad as the
basal row, and the ciliae in and near the ventral mesial line are always
shortened in Sphingidae. The ciliae of the apical row are shorter than those of
the ventral row; compare Pl. LX. f. 17, distal aspect. These fasciculated ciliae
as illustrated on Pl. LX. are not confined to the Sphingidae; they are found in
Notodontidae, Noctuidae, Arctiidae, ete., etc. However, they occur in all the
males of Hawk Moths, except Rhopalopsyche, and are also present in a good
many females, though they are here always developed in a lesser degree than
in the respective males.

The fasciculated prolonged ciliae are not present on cylindrical antennae.
Their appearance is always accompanied by a modification of the surface of the
segments. The lateral surface encircled by the rows of ciliae becomes flattened
or impressed, and the segment dilated ventrad and compressed, appearing some-
what prismatical in a distal or basal aspect (Pl. LX. f. 17). The depth of the
lateral groove and the length of the ventral projection are very different, not
only in various Sphingidae, but also in other Heterocera (Pl. LX. f. 17. 25. 27).
The ventral projections of the adjoining segments lie either closely together, or
are more or less separate (Pl. LX. f. 16. 22. 26. 27). The ventral outline of
the segment is in most cases nearly straight, but in many Sphingidae and
other Heterocera we find the segment sinuate in a lateral view (Pl. LX. f. 22. 26)

( lvii )
to a more or Jess obvious degree. Such serrate antennae are not rarely found
among the Ambulicinae. The sinuous ventral outline does not occur in clubbed
antennae, in which also the lateral grooves are less deep and less large
than in non-clubbed antennae.

A step further than the ordinary fasciculated antenna is that in which
pectinations make their appearance. As there are no fasciculated antennae among
Rhopalocera, so there can be no pectinated ones, as the latter type is a derivation
from the former. We are accustomed to speak of pectinated antennae, if the
segments have lateral expansions or branches. The term comprises, however,
morphologically very different elements. Among Sphingidae there occur only
two kinds of pectinations, and these alone we shall deal with. We see from
fig. 16 of Pl. LX. that the dorso-lateral part of the segment just above the
groove is somewhat dilated laterad; the expansion is more distinct in a frontal
aspect (Pl. LX. f. 17). If this dorso-lateral expansion becomes more or less
prolonged, we have a strongly or a slightly pectinated antenna of the form
represented by figs. 23. 27. 28. 29 of Pl. LX. If the scaled dorso-lateral area
takes part in the expansion, the side-branches are scaled above (PI. LX. f. 29);
if the expansion is restricted to the non-scaled area, the pectinations are naked
above. Comparing figs. 16. 17. 23. 27, it will be obvious that, the branches
being lateral expansions of the upper edge of the grooves, the ciliae are naturally
confined to the under surface of the pectinations. This type of pectination is
of wide occurrence, being met with in many families of Heterocera, and is easily
distinguished from another type, not found in Sphingidae, which has the ciliae
all round the side-branches. At the tip of the branch we find generally a
prominent sensory bristle (Nov. Zoot. iii. t. 4. f. 3. 4), corresponding to the
dorso-lateral bristle of setiferous antennae. The pectinations of Sphingid antennae
have no such bristle at the ends. Rudimentary (= incipient) pectinations are
rather often observed among Ambulicinae (= Ambulicinae + Smerinthinae of
Butler), while distinctly pectinate antennae are rare; Pl. LX. f. 28. 29 represent
those in which the branches are longest, one an Ambulicine species, the other
an ally of Macroglossum. In the latter species the branches of the inner
(anterior) side are somewhat longer than those of the other side. Such
asymmetrical development is very common in the antennae.

The second type of pectinated Sphingid antenna is illustrated by figs. 1—5
of Pl. LXI. In figs. 1 and 2 (Polyptychus mutata) we see the dorso-lateral
expansion (dlp) well developed, and observe that its underside bears a number
of fascicles of ciliae. These ciliae stand mostly upon tubercles like the more
ventral fascicles, and the ventro-lateral tubercles are seriated and are situated
upon a slightly raised carina (ve). If these two carinae, one apical and the
other basal, become higher and higher, or are produced laterad, what will be
the result? We shall have a segment with two processes on each side, the
processes being compressed and bearing like the carina the fasciculated ciliae
at the narrow edges, not upon the flat vertical sides (Pl. LXI. f. 3.4.5). This
very peculiar type, which comes close to the type found in most Saturniidae

( lviii_ )

and near allies,* but is not identical with it, occurs only in two species of

Ambulicinae, each representing a genus of its own—namely, Monarda and
Cressonia. In figs. 1 and 2 both kinds of Sphingid pectinations are incipient.
If the dorso-lateral expansion (dlp) became prolonged, the result would be a
pectinated antenna of the first type; if the subventral carinae (vc) became
prolonged, we should have a pectivated antenna of the second type. The dorso-
lateral expansion is very rudimentary in MJonarda and Cressonia, and the upper
fascicles stand apart from it, having in a dorsal aspect (Pl. LXI. f. 5) the same
appearance as in ordinary fasciculated antennae, this being a special feature of
the Sphingid bipectinated antenna. The asymmetry of the segment is distinct
in fig. 4.

As said above, the fasciculation, pectination, and the compressed shape of
the antennae obtain in a much higher degree in the male than in the female ;
yery often the female antenna is simple where the male antenna is complex in
structure. Now, the question arises, Does the simple antenna really represent
the more ancestral state of development as maintained above, or is the simple
cylindrical segment derived from a more complicated segment in consequence
of the reduction or loss of the special structures? Poulton, from researches on
the pupae of some Saturniidae, came to the conclusion that the second alternative
was correct—namely, that the short-branched Saturniid female antenna was a
development by reduction from a longer-branched antenna. Though the con-
clusion was perhaps rather hasty, inasmuch as the fact was not taken into
account that the specialisations of the male are often transplanted on to the
female, it was nevertheless suggestive, and served to draw the attention to a
neglected point. If one considers the case of the similarity in the sexes of
Rhopalopsyche by itself, one must come to a conclusion similar to that arrived
at by Poulton. For the absence of fasciculated ciliae from the male of Rhopalo-
psyche cannot be explained by assuming that this genus had preserved the
original simple state of ciliation ; such an explanation seems to us to be almost
absurd, considering that Rhopalopsyche is in all other respects very specialised,
and is the only exception from the rule among all the Sphingidae. And
therefore there remains only the second alternative—that the male antenna of
Rhopalopsyche has lost the fasciculated ciliae, and thus become simple. If that
is true—and it cannot be seriously doubted, we think—one might conclude with
some degree of justification that the same line of development from the com-
plicated to the simplified observed in this male obtained also in the female sex
of Sphingidae; that is to say, that the simple female antenna of Sphingidae
was a derivation from a fasciculated female antenna. And it might further be
advanced, as a confirmation of the evidence upon which that conclusion is based,
that there is a wide-spread tendency of retrogressive development in Sphingidae,
to which we shall have to draw attention in many places of this Revision.
However, when we take into consideration the two types of pectinated antennae
found within the same subfamily of Sphingidae (Ceridia, Pl. LX. f. 27. 28;

* Smith, Yat. Amer. iii, p. 2 (1887); id., Zrans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xv. p- 230 (1888),

|

ix)

aud Cressonia, Pl. LXI. f. 3. 4. 5), the question assumes a different aspect.
Following the same line of argnment, we should have to attribute to the
ancestor of Ceridia an antenna with long pectinations of the first type in both
sexes, and to the ancestor of Cressonea one with long pectinations of the second
type. Therefore, according to this, the common ancestor of both genera, or the
ancestor of the subfamily Ambulicinae, would have had an antenna combining
both types of pectination—namely, a long subdorsal branch and two long
subventral branches on each side, a type which does not occur anywhere. If
we go further and construe by a similar line of argument the ancestral type of
antenna of Saturniidae and Notodontidae, and then that of the common ancestor
of these families and the Sp/ingidae, we arrive at a form of antenna combining
all the various types of pectination which are morphogenetically different. In
short, if the above line of argument were correct, we should have to attribute
to the ancestral antenna of the Lepidoptera all those special features found in
the Order which are not derivations from one another. That would be absurd.
And yet, if we look over the literature bearing on classification, we often
encounter absurdities akin to the above.

Going back to the alternative presented above, we hope to have now
shown that the pectinated antenna is indeed a derivation from the fasciculated
one; that the pectinated antennae of the males are more advanced than the
simple or the less strongly pectinated antennae of the females, these coming
nearer the ancestral form.

As said above, the specialisation of the male antenna is often observed in
the female—the groove, the fasciculated ciliae, and the pectination being more
or less distinct. We shall call such female antennae andromorphie in the body
of this Revision. There are female antennae which are much more strongly
compressed and deeper-grooved, and have longer fasciculated ciliae than the
male antennae of other species (compare the genus Polyptychus).

The sexual differences observed in the antennae of Sphingidae and other
Heterocera are either such of degree, where the male characters reappear in
the female, or of kind, where the special male characters are quite absent from
the female; and the occurrence of such sexual dimorphism is an indication of
differences in function, and not of different capacity in the sexes of acquiring
the specialisations. In other organs the females are not rarely more advanced
than the males; there is therefore no general rule in this respect. However,
it is true of the antennae that the female sex is never in advance of the male.
This is explained by the different réle the sexes play in courtship, especially in
finding one another, the male antenna being very specialised in cases where this
sex has to search for the sedentary female. The sluggish Ambulicinae have,
in accordance with this explanation, on the whole more strongly compressed,
grooved, and ciliated antennae, and more often subpectinate ones than the
members of the other subfamilies of Sphingidae.

Specialisations of one sex are latent in the other, and may occasionally put
in an appearance where they are normally absent. Tor instance, the metallic

Ci}

colours of males are found sometimes in females in sexually very strongly
dichromatie species, such as Papilio priamus. The occurrence of andromorphic
female antennae is, we think, in many cases due to a similar transmission. In
several instances the male characters are the stronger pronounced in the female
antennae of Sphingidae the more marked the specialisation is in the male
antennae; while, on the other hand, there are species with almost simple female
antennae in spite of the highly specialised male antennae. Polyptychus carteri
and Cressonia juglandis are good illustrations for the one and for the other
type. Where the male specialisation is not at all or only in a very slight
degree transmitted to the female antenna, there must be some cause at work
checking the transmission.

The most distal segments, which we have as yet not taken into account,
are more or less similar in the sexes. The well-known hook in which ends. the
antenna of very many SpAingidae, but not of all, occurs in all subfamilies. The
segments are broader and longer ventrally and dorsally (PJ. LX. f. 11. 12).
The ciliae-bearing surface is thus more exposed, and doubtless made more
efficient. The special male features are not, or slightly, marked on the most
distal segments ; the cone is prominent, and the sensory bristles are often more
numerous and longer than on the more proximal segments. The last but one and
the previous segments are occasionally conically produced ventrad (Pl. LX. f. 7).
Of particular taxonomic value is the end-segment. The length and shape, and the
clothing with scales and bristles of this segment, vary very much and offer good
distinguishing characters of genera and even tribes. Figs. 4—12 of Pl. LX.
are illustrations of various kinds of end-segments. The segment is very thin
and very long, almost filiform, bristle-like; or thin and short; or broad,
compressed, elongate-conical in side-view ; or short, broad, and conical. All the
end-segments which are produced into a filamentous process like figs. 4. 5. 9, or
are very thin and cylindrical (figs. 11. 12), we call long; and those which are
not produced into such a process and are conical in a lateral aspect we call
short (Pl. LX. f. 6. 7. 8. 10). The scaling is often very sparse, loose, and rough
(Pl. LX. f. 4. 9); it projects often as a kind of tuft beyond the tip of the
segment, if this is short (PI. LX. f. 6. 7). The sensory bristles are in most
cases irregularly distributed. Many species have two at the extremity. In
Haemorrhagia, Sesia, Macroglossum and genera with similar antennae the slender
end-segment has several long bristles at or near the tip (Pl. LX. f. 11), the
segment resembling that of the subfamily Choerocampinae, in all species of which
we find a slender but comparatively short end-segment (Pl. LX. f. 12), which
bears six or more long apical and subapical bristles. The same end-segment is
met with in Panacra, but nowhere else. This brush of hairs: reminds one of
the end-segment of Aegeriidae and Neotropical Castniidae. The brush of these
insects (Pl. LX. f. 13) differs, however, very essentially in consisting of a
great number of long, hair-like, flattened scales.* Incidentally we mention
that Paranthrene, which is considered an Aegeriid, has no aegeriad antennae,

* These scales look too much like bristles in the figure.

(Giz)

but tineiform ones, and surely does not belong where it stands in the
Catalogues. The only end-segment which would be confounded with that of a
Castnia or Aegeria is found in Enyo, where the segment is provided with
a brush of long narrow scales which stand all round the segment apically.
Both the long and slender segment, and the short and» broad one, are of
equally wide distribution among the Hawk Moths. The long type, as illustrated
by figs. 4. 5. 9 and 11. 12 of Pl. LX., does not seem to occnr outside the
family. It is found in all SpAingicae (except Oligographa), Acherontiicae, a few
Ambulicinae, and many Sestinae, Philampelinae, and all Choerocampinae. The
short type of end-segment has no special Sphingid character by which it could
be distinguished from the end-segments of all other Heterocera.

The question whether the long or the short end-segment is the more
generalised in Sphingidae has puzzled us a good deal. Judging from the other
Heterocera, one is inclined to pronounce the short segment to be the original
one. And this is doubtless true as regards the Heterocera as a whole. But
if we consider the development of the antennae and other organs in Sphingidae,
we find that the forms with short end-segment in the subfamilies Seszinae and
Philampelinae are doubtless derivations from more generalised forms which
have a long end-seement. Compare, for instance, Zemnora, Antinephele,
Gurelea ; and Deilephila and Darapsa. Further, we observe in the Ambulicinae
that the genera Amplypterus, Protaumbulyx, and Oxryambulyx, which have a long
end-segment, are in many respects more generalised than the allied genera
Trogolegnum, Orecta, Callambulyx, ete., which have a short end-segment.
Therefore we conclude, that the general tendency of reductive development
observed in the palpi, legs, tongue, etc., applies also to the end-segment of
the antenna. We attribute accordingly a long thin end-segment to the
ancestral Sphingid as a distinctive feature.

The eye does not call for many remarks. It is subglobular, its edge being
either nearly circular, or regularly rounded above and more straight below and
behind. Its anterior edge is less widely apart from the mesial line of the
head than the hinder edge, the eye being oblique in position, the head
narrowing frontad. This is most evident in Macroglossum, Sesia, Haemorrhagia,
and allies (P]. LXIL f. 6). The eye varies much in size; the largest eye is
found in Oryba. Where the mouth-parts are much reduced or obliterated, the
eye becomes also reduced. It is never hairy itself, but is often covered above
by a kind of eye-brow, and below by a large tuft of hairs, which is especially
large in Rhodoprasina, where the tuft covers the lower half of the eye
(Pl. LIX. f. 12). We have not found a vestige of the ocelli.

Before entering upon the description of the thorax and its appendages, we
think it necessary to emphasise what will have become evident to the reader:
(1) That there is an obvious tendency of reduction in the head and mouth-
parts ; (2) that this tendency is far more apparent in the Sphingidae without
basal patch of sensory hairs on the inner surface of the first palpal segment
than in the others; and (3) that the reduction of the cranium, eye, and

( Ixii )
mouth-parts occur generally together, and are accompanied by the appearance
of roughness in the scaling of the head and often by the appearance of scales
on the pilifer and tongue in place of bristles and hairs. The roughness of the
sealing is here a sign of weakness of the species, suggesting an analogy with
the shagginess of weakly individuals of mammals.

Little has been published bearing on the comparative morphology of the
trunk of the thorax of Lepidoptera, authors having confined themselves generally
to a comparison of the thorax of the Lepidoptera Jugata with that of the
Frenata One of us has given an account of the mesosternite of the Mhopa-
locera,* and tried to unravel the homology of the various plates composing
the sternal part of the mesothorax. Onur researches on the thorax of the
Heterocera are not yet ripe for publication. The sterna of the various
Heterocerous families are more equally developed than in the families of
Butterflies ; such specialisations as we have found there do not occur here.
But there are also in the /eterocera thoracie characters distinctive of genera,
tribes, and families. The most variable part of the thorax within a Heterocerons
family is generally the metanotum. We shall restrict our description to the
thorax of the Sphingidae.

The denuded prothorax does not apparently offer characters of taxonomic
value in this family. The mesonotum (Pl. LXII. f. 6, dorsal view ; PJ. LXIII.
f. 1, lateral view), composed of the praescutum, scutum, and _ postscutum
(= scutellum), is very large, as in most /enata, occupying by far the larger
part of the notal region, the pro- and metanotum leing quite small as compared
with the mesonotum. The praescutum (psc) is distinctly triangular in dorsal
view, penetrating between the halves of the scutum, or it is transverse. It is
vertical in lateral aspect. The scutum (msc) is widest behind and little longer
than broad; the mesial suture vanishes in front or is here vestigial. The
postseutum (mscl) varies obviously in size and shape (Pl. LXIL f. 6. 8), the
anterior and posterior angles being more acute in Macroglossum, Sesia, and some
allies than in most other Sphingidae.

The praeseutum of the metanotum is not visible in the figures. The scutum
(mtsc) is divided like that of the mesonotum, but the two halves are widely
separate, the postscutum of the mesonotum projecting between them. The
postscutum (scl) is always narrow. In Seséa and allies (Pl. LXII. f. 6) it is
overlapped by the mesothoracical postseutum, which reaches to the first abdominal
tergite, while it is free in the other Sphingidae (Pl. LXIL f.8; Pl. LXIIL. f. 1).

The ventral parts of the meso- and metathorax are never so different in
size in any Frenata as are the nota, though also here the mesothorax is the
larger of the two. Pl. LXII. f. 7 represents the mesosternite in a frontal
aspect, the dorsal and ventral mesothoracical endoskeleton (enxdosc) being visible

in the cavity of the thorax. The mesial plates of the sternite, the sternum (sé),

and peristernum (pest) are not completely separated from one another; the
sternnm is elongate-triangular; there is generally a small membranaceous area

* Verh. V. Intern. Zool, Congress p. 816, t. 1. 2. 3 (1902).

a ae

a

( Ixiii_)

at the upper end of the mesial suture. The peristernnm (pest) is always
subvertical, as in other Lepidoptera, with the exception of the higher Rhopa-
locera (Papilionidae, Pieridae, Nymphalidae, and some Frycinidae), in which
it is a transverse belt, and in which the sternum has assumed a pentagonal
shape. It is large in Sphingidae, and remains broad at the obliquely truncate
upper end, where it leans against the parasternum (past). This is a large plate,
extending obliquely dorsad and mesiad from the meral suture (smn, Pl. LXIII.
f. 1), separating the meral and sternal parts of the sternite, to the membrane
connecting meso- and prothorax. The plate is angnlate behind at its upper
corner. It is large in Hesperiidae and all Heterocera, and always small in the
Butterflies. Between it and the notum the mesothoracie tegula (mfy) is inserted.
Below the parasternum we find the episternum (es¢), with which are fused the
hyposternum (/yst) and the marginal stripes along the coxal cavity. The
suture between episternum and sternum is distinct, while it becomes occasionally
obsolete at the upper end near tde parasternum, where it separates the
episternum from the peristernum. The episternum is always obliquely truncate,
with the upper inner angle more or less pointed, owing to the large development
of the parasternum. In the Butterflies (except a portioa of the Hesperiidae)
it is quite different in shape, the mesosternite of a Butterfly being always
distinguishable from that of a Moth by the development of the para- and
episternum. In Sphingidae and several other families of /Heterocera sternum
and episternum are separated, while the latter and the hyposternum are merged
together. There is another group of families in which sternum and episternum
are fused, while the comparatively large hyposternum is free. This distinction
is possibly of value in the examination of the true phylogenetic connection
between the families of Heterocera.

The division of the meral half of the sternite into plates, some of which
are visible also in a frontal view of the breast, will be understood by comparing
P]. LXILL. f. 1. 2, which are representations of the breast in a lateral aspect.
The meral suture is more heavily drawn in these sketches than the other sutures,
in order to make the division into a meral and a sternal part more obvious.
Along the meral suture we find two more or less strongly convex plates, which
may be termed the paramerum (pam), corresponding to the parasternum, and
the protomerum (prm), corresponding to the sternum. The area behind these
two plates is occupied by the large epimerum (eym), corresponding to the
episternum ; from the epimerum is separated by a more or less distinct suture,
which often vanishes behind, a marginal stripe (p), situated along the meral
cavity (= posterior part of coxal cavity bearing the merum), and divided by a
vertical suture into a small frontal piece and a large posterior stripe. The
epimerum becomes membranaceous above. In this membranaceous area, between
forewing and episternal plate, we observe a curved stripe of chitin, serving
most likely as a kind of spring.

The metasternite is more simplified than the mesosternite. The episternum
and epimeram are the only large plates; the other plates are more or less

( Ixiv )
fused with them, the sternum being, however, always preserved as a narrow
separate stripe.

The coxa is inserted in a groove formed by the sternal part of the
sternite ; it bears the trochanter (¢roch), and is supported behind by the merum.
It will be observed from the figures that the midcoxa is much slenderer than
the merum, while the hindeoxa is larger than the respective merum. There
is a very remarkable specialisation found in the merum. The hinder edge of
the merum is normally rounded; but in Pachylia, Nephele, and other genera
the edge becomes carinate and angulate; in the higher Sesiénae and Philam-
pelinae the angle assumes more and more the shape of a sharp triangular
process, reaching the highest point of specialisation in Cephonodes (Pl. LXIII.
f. 2). The mesosternal merum shows this specialisation first, the metasternal
one slowly following. The processes project so far sideways that there is room
for the femur between the process and the breast. The femur is generally found
in this position. The object of this specialisation is doubtless to prevent the
legs and the incision between meso- and metathorax from being a hindrance
in the darting flight of the insects. This becomes quite evident when we
compare the abdomen, which is closely appressed to the breast in the forms
with strongly angulated merum, and bears very strong and flat spines, making
the abdomen very smooth.

In the upper corner between coxa and merum we find the trochantinus
(tchin), a1 small plate which is more or less subglobose. The femora do not
offer any characteristic points. It is a curious fact, however, that they remain
always simple, even in cases where the tibia has become strongly spinose.
Tibia and tarsus undergo several modifications. Their relative length is often
variable either specifically or generically. A tibia clothed with scales and some
hairs, and truncate at the end, may be called a normal one. The apex of the
foretibia is often produced into a strong process (a thorn), which character is
sometimes of generic, sometimes only of specific value (Pl. LXIV. f. 16). Such
a thorn is found here and there in all subfamilies (except Choerocampinae). It
is a specialisation often combined with other specialisations. It would, however,
be erroneous to say that a species possessing the thorn was in every respect
more specialised than the allied species which is devoid of that character.
For instance, Cephonodes picus has an armed foretibia, while hylas possesses
no thorn, but Ayl/as has a decidedly more specialised sexual armature.

The spinosity of the tibiae is often an accessory character found in the
species which show reduction in the appendices of the head and thorax. But
the appearance of the spines is not invariably associated with a reduction of
the legs in length, nor are the spines always met with on reduced tibiae.
Spinosity of the tibiae occurs commonly among Acherontiinae and Ambulicinae ;
it is also found in some genera of Sphingidae semanophorae. The spines appear
first near the apex of the tibia, and the foretibia is the first, the midtibia
the second, and the hindtibia the last to acquire spinosity. The hindtibia is
frequently much more densely spinose than the midtibia, and the foretibia

(G@ixu)

has the spines mostly along the outer edge, where they become sometimes very
stout and long (Proserpinus ; Arctonotus). The spurs of the tibiae are organs
of much importance in the classification of Moths, their number and length
being constantly made use of in systematic works in the definition of genera.

The epiphysis or spur of the foretibia,* which we consider homologous with
a proximal spur of the hindtibia, varies in length and position in the Sphingidae.
It is never absent, as in Chalcosiidae for instance. The most remarkable form
is that in which the fringe is obliterated (Ceridia). The midtibia has one pair
of slender spurs, which end in a naked point as a rule and are proximally
generally cylindrical. They are sometimes of the same length, but as a rule the
outer or anterior one is shorter. A quite exceptional development found among
the species of the American Choerocampine genus Xylophanes leads to the outer
spur being the longer one of the two. The variation in length is considerable,
the longer spur being sometimes as long as the tibia and frequently barely
longer than the tibia is broad. There are on the spurs generally some long
hairs, which develop often into spines. The spinosity of the spurs is a feature
often met with in species with spinose tibiae, and is, like the latter, a sign of
reduction or weakness.

In some cases we find a series of stiff scales along the side towards
the tarsus, resembling a serrated crest (Macroglossum); while there occurs a
conspicuous comb of bristles on the shorter spur in Nephele and Centroctens
(Pl. LXIV.f. 8). The comb of Nephele and Centroctena has most likely the same
function as the comb of the tarsus, as described below. The midtibial spurs are
never absent from Sphingidae.

The hindtibia possesses normally two pairs of spurs, one terminal, and
the other more proximal, situated sometimes in or near the middle of the tibia,
sometimes near the terminal spurs. The shape and structure of the hindtibial
spurs resemble those of the midtibia ; they are longer on an average, the longer
apical hindtibial one being never shorter than the longer midtibial one, but
very often surpassing it in length. They are less often spinose ; the inner one is
neyer shorter than the outer one of the same pair, and the comb or crest found
in Nephele, ete., is less strongly developed. The proximal pair disappears very
often. The gradation from a tibia with long proximal spurs to one without a
trace of them is complete, there being many species with very short spurs, and
one (Parum porphyria) in which there are two very short proximal spurs or
only one or no spur. Here we have a case where there can be no doubt about
the direction of the line of development. The absence or reduction of the
proximal pair of spurs is a specialisation, the species thus characterised repre-
senting a younger stage of development than those in which the proximal spurs
are long. And therefore we can safely conclude that also in the case of the
midtibial spurs shortness is a sign of reduction. Short spurs are seldom found
outside the Acherontiinae and Ambulicinae, and the cases where the proximal
pair of the hindtibia is absent are nearly all confined to those two subfamilies,

* Kathreiner, Zllustr. Zeitschr. Entom. iv. p. 118. 161, Plate (1899),

( Ixvi )

the only species with one pair of hindtibial spurs not belonging to those groups
being a member of the Philampelinae (Microsphinx).

We agree with Kolbe in considering the spurs to be modified spines ;
they are morphologically homologous with hairs, but they are spines with a
matrix of their own which develops scales, hairs, and spines giving the mid-
and hindtibial spurs the same covering as have the tibiae. It sounds curious
that we are speaking here of a scaled and hairy hair, but it is nevertheless
correct. We refer the reader to another instance where an ordinary spine has
developed into a scaled organ similar to the spurs. One of the ventral rows
of spines on the tarsus is in some Syxtomidae more prominent ; the spines are
longer and stonter than ordinarily, and are densely scaled !

There are normally four ventral rows of spines on the tarsus of
Lepidoptera. The regularity of these rows is very often disturbed by inter-
mediate spines, or by the disappearance of spines. A remarkable development
commonly found in Noctuidae, Arctiidae, Agaristidae, Syntomidae, Cocytia, etc.;
but not met with in Sph/ngidue, is that in which the two inner rows merge
together into one, so that there are apparently only three rows. In Zygaenidae,
Lasiocampidae, some (reometridae and Notodontidae the ventral spines are very
numerous and arranged in more or less regular transverse series. The lateral and
dorsal sides of the tarsus are also spinose; the latter spines of the compressed
mid- and hindtibiae, for instance, are very numerous. The anterior tarsus
shows different modifications in the spines from the mid- and hindtarsi. The
external row (or row 1) of the foretarsus contains often some long spines
(Pl. LXIY. f. 1—5) ; not rarely these long spines alone are present and are
enlarged to curved claws, there being generally present three such spines on
the first segment, and one special one on the following (Pl. LXIV. f. 5). In
most cases the long spines are accompanied by some small ones, generally
placed near the base of the segment. Such claws as these are commonly found
in Acherontiinae, accompanyivg other modifications (reduction of mouth-parts,
spinosity of tibiae, ete.) ; they are wholly absent from all other Sphingidae except
Choerocampinae, where they occur occasionally in a lesser degree of development.

Another modification obtains in Coeytivs. In this genus of Acherontiinae,
especially in the males, the fourth row of the foretarsal sezments resembles a
short-toothed comb or rake, the spines standing rather close together and being
directed ventrad and somewhat curved (PI. LXIV. f. 6). The spines of the other
rows have, in some species, disappeared for the greater part (Pl. LXIV. f. 10).

The foretarsal spines of Cephonodes are mostly reduced to hairs.

The midtarsal spines have also their specialisation. Here it is the fourth
row. The basal spines of this are prolonged to long bristles (Pl. LXIV. f. 7),
forming the midtarsal comb alluded to very frequently in the body of this
Revision. The comb is very strongly developed in Cocytius, Protoparce, and
other Acherontiinae, and gradually disappears (as a comb) in the weaker
members of the subfamily, the bristles assuming the normal length. In
Ambulicinae it is not met with, not even in forms with such long legs as are

( ixvir )

possessed by Campsogene and Protambulyx. Here the corresponding spines are
slightly thinner than the more distal ones, but very little longer, the most
basal ones being even shorter than these. The comb occurs again in the
Sphingidae semanophorae, especially in the lower forms ; but the bristles never
attain the length they have in Acherontiinae, resembling always more ordinary
spines and becoming gradually shorter (Pl. LXIV. p. 8). It will be noticed
in the figure quoted that the third row of spines does not reach the base of
the segment.

The hindtarsus is generally longer than the midtarsus, but agrees with it
in appearance. The comb, however, is less strongly developed, and is not part
of the fourth but of the third row of spines, which is very strange, and, like
all strange things in morphology, very interesting. The combs of mid- and
hindtarsus serve doubtless both the same purpose—we think, of keeping the
abdominal fringe of the wing in order, and, in the dd, perhaps also to brush
the tuft of the abdominal scent-organ. As the hindtarsus is in a different position
to the body and wings, the position of the comb has become altered, or, rather,
another row of spines has developed into a comb. As the four ventral rows
of spines of the three tarsi are homologous organs, and as the comb of the
hindtarsus is homologous to the third row of spines of the midtarsus, we see
clearly that the appearance of the comb on the hindtarsus is not due to an
inner factor of development causing the comb of the midtarsus, developed for
some purpose, to be repeated on the hindtarsus. It must have been an
extraneous factor—i.e. adaptation—which was the cause of the development
of the same kind of organ from different sources.

The second and fourth rows of spines of the first segment of the hindtarsus,
or only the fourth, do not reach the base.

The fifth segment of all tarsi bears some stout and pale sensory hairs at the
end on each side close to the apical spine, forming often a brash. There are two
long bristles dorsally close to the edge, curving ventrad (Pl. LXIV. f. 9—15).
In a few instances the number of bristles is larger in some individuals, there
being occasionally as many as four or five; but this is quite an exception. The
pair of bristles is normal not only for the Sphingidae, but also for a number
of other families. In Butterflies and Skippers we find from four to ten bristles ;
in Sphingidae, Noctuidae, Notodontidae, Lasiccampidae, etc., there are two ;
while the bristles are absent or vestigial in Pyralidae, Zygaenidae, Aegeriidae,
Hepialidae, Vineidae, ete. The character is of taxonomie value. Thyrididae
with two bristles and Pyralidae without them can thus readily be distinguished.
In Saturniidae and Uraniidae the two large bristles are generally accompanied
by several smaller ones.

The claw-segment is one of the most interesting organs of insects, on account
of its very numerous modifications. It does not seem to us to have been made
use of in systematic works on /eterocera. The elements of which it is composed

are the claw (onychium), the false claw (paronychium), the pad (pulvillus), and
the empodium.

( Ixviii )

The empodinm is in Lepidoptera a small tubercle above the pad between
the claws, bearing one bristle, seldom two. It is widely distributed among the
pad-bearing species, but is seldom found in Sphingidae (Sphingulus; Hopliocnema).
The claws are simple in Sphingidae, not divided or toothed ; they are dilated at
the base (Pl. XLIV.) The pulvillus (pzdv) varies much in size in Lepidoptera,
and is often absent, the presence or absence frequently characterising genera and
whole subfamilies, but forming not rarely a distinction only of specific value.
Absence of the pulvillus is of common occurrence among <Acherontiinae and
Ambulicinae ; while the organ is very seldom obliterated in the other subfamilies,
Arctonotus and Euproserpinus being the only instances. The paronychium (par)
is membranaceous, ventral and lateral in position, finely ciliated on the surface,
and provided with a more or less long fringe at the edges. Its special shape
varies much in insects. It is generally deeply sinuate mesially, and each half
may be again divided (or perhaps produced) into two lobes. The paronychinm
of Sphingidae possesses in its most generalised state two slender lobes on each
side (Pl. XLIV. f. 9. 10), of which the upper (or lateral) lobe is generally the
longer, very rarely the shorter one. The reduction of the paronychinm begins
with the ventral lobe (Pl. LXLY. f. 11. 12); this is always the first to disappear,
there being no Hawk Moths which possess the ventral lobe and are devoid of
the lateral one. ‘The remaining lobe becomes also gradually shortened, and
disappears too, the paronyechium then being represented by a small ciliated
membrane, which is often less distinct than in f. 14. 15 of Pl. LXIV. The
reduction and, practically, obliteration of the paronychium occur very often in
Acherontiinae and Ambulicinae, rarely in the other subfamilies. The difference
in the paronychium is often employed by us in the definition of genera. However,
there are genera (fyloicus) in which the absence or presence of a paronychial
lobe indicates only specific distinctness, and sometimes not even that. Hyloicus
perelegans consists of a black-backed and a grey-backed form, which are found
in the same country, and are most likely seasonal forms. The black-backed form
possesses, like most other Hyloicus, a long lateral lobe (Pl. XLIV. f. 13), which
is represented in the grey-backed form by a short triangular flap (PI. LXIV.
f. 14.15). This difference within the same species is of considerable significance.
The case teaches us distinctly that the same kind of character is by no means
everywhere of the same taxonomic value. No morphological character is a priori
of specific or generic value or indicates a higher category than genus. ‘he
taxonomic value of a character has to be studied in each group of species; a
difference which is insignificant here may be very important there.

The reduction of the claw-segment—or, rather, of the paronychium and pad,
for the claws never disappear, nor do they lose the ordinary shape—begins in
Sphingidae with the obliteration of the paronychial lobe. From this second
stage lead two paths to the abolition of the pulvillus and paronychium. ‘The
ordinary path is that on which the third stage is represented by a segment
without (or with strongly reduced) pulvillus, and with well-developed lateral
paronychial lobe; while the fourth stage is attained when this lobe has also

( Ixix )

disappeared. We meet with this development, which is illustrated on Pl. LXIV.

by figs. 9

15, in Acherontiinae and in Ambulicinae, also in the other subfamilies,
but here less often. The intermediate stages are numerous; but these are
generally of little systematic importance, as it is scarcely possible to distinguish
diagnostically, for instance, between a long and a moderately long lobe. However,
intermediate stages in the development of the claw-segment are often wanting
between one species and its nearest ally, or between one genus and the next.

The second line of development is represented by the two closely allied
genera Kentrochrysalis and Sphingulus. The former possesses a’ complete
paronychinm and a pulvillus; the latter genus has only a pulvillus. Here
the paronychium has disappeared before the pulvillus. The intermediate stage
between the two genera is not known; in this the paronychium would have one
lobe. Nor is the fourth stage without pulvillus. the one following Sphingulus,
as yet known. The fact of the pulvillus having been preserved in Sphingulus
and the paronychium lost is important. Such an exception from the general
tule demonstrates that an external cause determined which of the possible lines
of development that single species out of many had to follow. A_ similar
development occurs among the Ambulicinae.

The scaling of the tarsis and tibia is sometimes a distinguishing character of
genera. As a rule the mid- and hindtibiae appear strongly compressed, owing to
the scaling being longer above and below than on the sides. The scaling between
and near the spurs is mostly long and tuft-like, and so is that ventrally at the
base of the first mid- and hindtarsal segments. In Pachygonia the proximal
segments of the hindtarsus appear triangularly dilated, owing to a high crest
of scales. The mid- and hindtarsi of Macroglossum and some other genera are
compressed, especially the first segment, which has become strongly asymmetrical,
its first inner row of spines being ventral, while the first outer row is almost
subdorsal.

The singularly meagre success attained in the definition of genera of
Sphingidae by the authors of the old school—meagre even from their point
of view—was mainly due to the wings seldom offering in the neuration such
obvious distinctions as are found in other families of Lepidoptera. The neuration
is indeed surprisingly constant in the main features, apart from some exceptions
like Cephonodes with a very short cell to. the hindwing, and Daphnusa with
SC* and R? of the hindwing on a long stalk. In consequence of this relative
constancy, the neuration of a Sphingid can scarcely be confounded with that of
species of cther families. On the forewing (Pl. LXV. f. 1) we find a five-branched
subcosta, SU; the first branch, SC!, arises between middle and end of cell; SC”
and SC* are on a long common stalk branching off before the upper angle of the
cell; from this stalk SC? turns towards the costal margin not far from the tip
of SC* In very many species, or in many individuals, SC* is not present at all,
it being generally either very weak or absent; the vein is of no constancy
whatever, and consequently of no taxonomic value within the family. SC* ends
in the distal margin just below the tip of the wing, and joins here sometimes

( Ixx)

SC*® (Macroglossum ; Sesia; etc.) ; SC! and SC* are on a stalk, and separate at
about one-fourth the way from the cell to the apex of the wing (subcostal fork).
The radial vein, R, has the three branches situated as follows: R! at the upper
angle of the cell or from the stalk SC‘, but never standing far from the angle
of the cell; R? nearer R* than R', but never at the lower angle of the cell,
sometimes central. Of the two branches of the median vein, M, the proximal
one, M*, arises mostly before or in the middle of the cell, seldom beyond ;
and M! stands proximally of the lower angle of the cell, which it approaches
sometimes without reaching it. SM! is absent; it will be found designated
as (SM!) in the descriptions of this Revision. SM?’ is supported basally by a
remnant of SM°, the two forming a fork; SM° is rather long, disappearing
generally in SM° at a point where the wing is about as broad as SM* is long.
The fork is mostly distinct, but in Macroglossum and some allied genera SM? is
so close to SM? and is so weak that one can scarcely speak of a fork; while
in other genera (Marwmba, for instance) the fork is very obvious. The cross-vein
D? between R! and R? is very oblique; D* is mostly somewhat curved; D# is
a direct continuation of M. The costal vein of the hindwing ends costally of
that point of the wing which is farthest from the base; it follows on the whole
the curve of the costal margin, and is accordingly bent backwards and again
forwards in Degmaptera with sinuate and lobed costal edge. The first branch
of the submedian vein is generally designated as the “bar,” connecting SC
with C; it is the vein forming together with C the small subbasal cell of
Butterflies. This bar or SC! branches off in or before the middle of the cell ;
in the latter case it is mostly weak and long (A/acroglossum, for instance). SC?
and R! are generally on a short stalk, seldom on a long one, or come from a
point or are slightly separate. R* varies much in position; it is more or less
central, standing sometimes nearer the upper angle of the cell, sometimes nearer
the lower one. R* comes from the lower angle of the cell, and is nearly stalked
with M', this vein arising in all genera, except Cephonodes, from before the
angle. Its position is occasionally constant within a genus or a species, and
different from that which it occupies in the next. M’ stands mostly beyond
the middle of the cell, approaching M' occasionally. The first submedian vein
is absent as on the forewing ; SM* and SM* are present. The cross-vein D?
between R* and R° is transverse or oblique, straight or curved ; D* is mostly
oblique, seldom transverse ; while D* appears as prolongation of M. When D*
is transverse, the lower angle of the cell is 90° or obtuse (Amphion; Orecta ;
Rhodoprasina ; Cypa; Lycosphingia; ete.).

The frenulum and retinaculum are present in all generalised forms. There
exist, however, quite a number of genera in which they are reduced, vestigial,
or absent. Such genera are found only among the Acherontiinae and Ambulicinae
(= Sphingidae asemanophorae), which therefore may be called frenulum losers.
The frenulom is especially often Jost in slow-flying species, or such species
as have a tumbling flight like Butterflies, and not the darting flight of the
greater portion of the Sphingidae. The wings of the frenulum losers are generally

(Clke.ar 9)

broad and often leaf-shaped. However, the breadth of the hindwing or the
dilatation of the costal margin of the hindwing is not the cause of the loss of
the frennlum. The absence of the frenulum and the weak power of flight are
the result of the same tendency to retrogressive development, but they are not
dependent on one another. There are quite a number of SpAingidae with broad
wings and heavy body (Marumba and Lophostethus, for instance), and such with
strongly dilated costal area of the hindwing (Stolidoptera, Hypaedalia), which
have preserved the frenulum. The reduction of the wing-power, the modification
of the shape of the wings, and the loss of the frennlum and retinaculum occurring
together is to be understood in the same sense as the occurrence of such
wing-characters as those together with reduced mouth-parte, for instance.

The glossy patch of modified scales found on the underside of the forewing
near the base before the hinder margin does not extend beyond SM? and stops
generally at. SM*. It is elongate and more or less pointed distally behind SM’.
The scales of the patch are broadly rounded at the end, entire (not dentate),
sometimes subtruncate, often somewhat asymmetrical, and never elongate-
pointed. The non-scaled area which is found, for instance in Notodontidae,
within this patch or proximally of it, and which is covered with fine short
hairs, is not met with in Sp/ingidae. In front of the patch of scales just
described there is another, separated from it by hair-scales. This patch is not
distinct in all species, but sometimes rather conspicuous—for instance in Herse
convoleuli and Pholus labruscae. It is situated behind M, extending occasionally
into the cell, and consists of entire, more or less lanceolate scales, which are
often directed obliquely costad.

The glossy and sharply defined basal costal patch on the upperside of the
hindwing is composed of scales similar to those of the corresponding patch
of the forewing.

The generalised forewing of the Sphingidae is elongate-triangular in shape,
about 23 times as long as broad, with the apex acute, the hinder (or anal)
angle distinct, the outer (or distal) margin entire and shorter than the hinder
(or inuer or abdominal) margin, and the latter slightly convex proximally and
slightly concave distally. Departures from this type are very numerous.
There occur triangular entire wings which are three times as long as broad,
and others (rarely) in which the distal margin is as long as or longer than
the hinder margin. The opposite development results in a short and broad
“bombycine” wing similar to that of broad-winged Notodonts or Lasiocampids,
with obtuse apex, a form which is found in a number of Acherontiinae (Lapara,
Hopliocnema, ete.) and Ambulicinae (several Polyptychus, Pl. I. f. 10. 11), which
have lost the typically Sphingid aspect. The apex is sometimes produced into
a hook (Lycosphingia), and the hinder angle is often very obtuse, in one
case completely rounded (Phylloxiphia, Pl. I. f. 4), and produced backwards in
the rather numerous species with more deeply sinuate hinder margin (PI. I.
f. 5. 6. 9). The distal margin is entire, concave, straight, or convex, bisinuate,
dentate, scalloped, or strongly lobed, The irregular distal margin does not

( Ixxii )
oceur in Acherontiinae, and is rarely met with in Choerocampinae (Phanoxyla
hystrix) ; among the other subfamilies this form of wing is often found. The
lobe at R® is generally the most prominent; but this rule does not hold good
in every case—in Pseudenyo, for instance, there is no distinct lobe at R*, but
a prominent lobe at R’. :

The hindwing is scarcely less variable within the family than the forewing.
The apical angle, the point farthest from the base, lies at SM’ or (rarely)
at R'; the anal angle at SM®% The distal margin is less irregular than that of
the forewing in the lobate species—as a rule convex, sinuate before anal angle
or not; the apex is very often completely rounded (PI. I. f. 5. 6. 8. 10 11, 12).
The costal margin, ordinarily straight proximally and slightly convex distally,
undergoes very conspicuous modifications. It is dilated into a proximal lobe
(Macroglossum aquila; Giganteopalpus ; Aleuron); or the costal area before
vein ( is widened and, when the insect is at rest, overlaps the forewing,
recurving and enveloping the costal margin of the latter (Stolidoptera and
Hypaedalia): or the costal margin is dilated distally, and either sinuate
proximally of the lobe or not (Degmaptera); or it is dilated proximally and
distally and sinnate between the lobes ((Gwredca). :

Though the opinion to which Butler gave expression in 1875, that an
obvious difference in the shape of the wing is a generic difference in this
family, is not correct in its entirety, the wings of close allies and of the sexes
being sometimes very different (Pl. I. f. 1, ¢; 2, 2), a special wing-form is,
however, in many cases accompanied by other distinguishing characters, and
restricted with these to an assemblage of allied species constituting a genus.
In such cases the shape of the wing is a very convenient character to recognise
a genus by, or to be used ina key. Protambulyx (Pl. I. f. 3) and Oxyambulyx
(Pl. I. f. 2) illustrate this point, all the species of the former genus and
its close ally Amplypterus, which two genera are purely American, having the
apex of the forewing truncate-sinuate, while all the species of the purely
Oriental genus Oxyambulyx have the apex acute. Oxyambulyx and Protambulyx
can, therefore, easily be distinguished by the shape of the wing. However,
this distinction alone would not justify us in treating the insects referred to as
generically different; the jnstification lies in the whole organisation of the
species proving them to belong to two sharply defined groups, each containing
material which is inter se more closely related than with the members of the
other group.

The abdomen of Lepidoptera is composed of ten segments. The ninth and
tenth of the d and the cighth to tenth of the § are modified, so that the last
one of ordinary appearance—the last of descriptive Lepidopterology—is the
eighth in the d and the seventh in the 2. The first segment is short and
generally overlooked in ordinary descriptive work; it has no free sternite, and
the tergite lies often close against the thorax (Pl. LXIII. f. 1. 2).

The base of the abdomen of a number of families of Moths exhibits very
distinctive features, here being found organs of various kinds, most likely all

(_ Ixxiii_)

of a sensory character, the metanotum occasionally taking part in the peculiar
structures. The Sphingidae have nothing of the kind, but possess other
specialisations in the abdomen, of which an armature consisting of spines is
the most notable one. The spines stand at the edges of the segments, and are
found on segments 2 to 8 in the d and 2 to 7 in the %. The dorsal spines
are stronger than the ventral ones; the latter are often very weak, while the
former are strong; or the ventral ones are only vestigial or are absent, while
the dorsal ones are numerous. The longest spines are on the seventh tergite.
We find three main types, illustrated by Pl. LXII. f. 9. 10. 11.

The most frequent type is represented by f. 10. Here we have several rows
of elongate, flattened spines, those of the proximal row being (as is always the
case) the shortest, and those of the last row the longest, so that the upper
ones cover the next only partly. The spines of this type vary in the different
species (resp. genera) from being very strong (Phrywus lineata; Atemnora) to
being very weak, disappearing in some Ambulicinae altogether, or rather
developing all into scales (Lycosphingia; Cressonia; Langia). Where the
spines are weak, the skeleton of the segments is also weak. The reduction
in the degree of chitinisation of the spines is generally accompanied by a
decrease in size, and often by an increase in number. In some instances
weak spines are distributed all over the tergites, this being due to the scales
of the under layer having become spiniform (Amébulicinae ; Marumba ; Clanis ;
etc.). Where the spines are longer, more conical, and more strongly chitinised,
their number is generally smaller (Cocytivs, for instance). This variable type
is found in all subfamilies, the strongest reduction of the spines occurring in
Acherontiinae and Ambulicinae,

In the second type, represented by Pl. LXII. f. 11 the spines are similar
to those of the strongly chitinised form of the first type, except in the spines
of the first row being short and rounded. The spines are all flat, black and
glossy, being very strongly chitinised. The type is very constant in itself,
and there are no intergradations between it and the preceding, except on the
proximal sternites. This kind of spination makes the abdomen smooth and
slippery, the spines lying very closely upon the following segment. The
spines of the sternites are the same as those of the tergites, only the
proximal ones of the proximal sternites being a little longer. The type is
confined to Sesia and allies and Macroglossum and allies—i.e. to the most
specialised genera of Sesiinae and Philampelinae. The basal sternite (= sternite
of second segment) is spinose in the species with this type of spination
(Pl. LXIII. f. 2).

In the third type, which is connected by intergradations with the first,
there is only one series of spines (Pl. LXII. f. 9), which stand often well
apart, and are long, conical, and very strong. ‘The form of this type without
any small spines occurs only on the last tergites ; on the more proximal tergites
and on the posterior sternites smaller spines appear between the long ones,
while on the basal segments the spines are all short and flat, the uniserial

( Ixxiv )

arrangement, however, being preserved. The uniserial spination is found only in
Pseudosphinz and allies, Pachylia and allies, a number of Xylophanes, and in
Pholus—i.e. in generalised forms of the Sphingidae semanophorae.

The second type of spination has arisen from the first; there can be no
doubt on this point, if one compares Atemnora and Macroglossum, and the
members of the Sesia series of genera; it represents the highest specialisation in
one direction. Which, however, is the original spination of Sphingidae? Does
the weak spination of the higher Ambulicinae and Acherontiinue represent the
generalised state, or is a stronger chitinised type more ancestral ?

There is a complete gradation from Cressonia, Langia, ete., without spination,
through the reduced Sphingidae with weak spines, to the strong uniserial
spination of Pholus, Pseudosphinz, ete. Spination is certainly a specialisation.
It is restricted to the Sphingidae, the only approach to spination we know of
being found in the American Castniidae. Therefore one cannot seriously doubt
that the ancestral Heteroceron from which the family Sphingidae has arisen
was a Lepidopteron without abdominal spination. But was the abdomen of the
early Sphingid also spineless? or was the acquisition of spination among the
first specialisations by which the early Sphingid deviated from its allies?
Where there is a series of quantitative gradations from a to z, the student
is easily inclined to consider @ the beginning and z the end of the develop-
ment. The presence of such a series is, however, no proof whatever that the
quantitatively lowest degree is the pylogenetically oldest stage. The mistake
has been made, and will often be repeated no doubt. It is a very natural
and very convenient conclusion. If this view were correct in our case, the
Hawk Moths most generalised in spination would be the few species which
have no spines (Cressonia juglandis, Langia zenzeroides and Lycosphingia
hamatus), and next would come a great mass of genera with weak spines. All
these weakly spined Hawk Moths are weak also in other respects; they are
reduced and otherwise modified forms, showing reduction and modification in
the mouth-parts, scaling, legs, wings, and sexual armature; they are decidedly
developments from less reduced types. It is true, a specialised insect may have
preserved one or more generalised characters ; but it would be very singular,
—and is surely improbable—if such a number of species of various subfamilies
had all preserved the same ancestral spination, and become in other respects
so diversely modified. On the contrary, one is bound to conclude that the
probability is altogether in favour of the weak spination being also a
character acquired—i.ec. that the weak spination is the result of the reduction
of a stronger spination, as the short tongue, the short antennal end-segment,
the small palpus, the short spurs, ete., etc., are the results of reduction.

The first abdominal segment (at! and pp, Pl. LXIL. f. 6.8; Pl. LXIIL f. 1)
consists of a tergite (at') and a more or less triangular lateral plate, the
parapleura (pp). The tergite varies much in length, and offers distinguishing
characters, being, for instance, reduced to a very narrow stripe in Macroglossum
and allies, while it is about half the length of the second tergite in Haemorrhagia,

( Ixxv )

Sesia, etc. There is no trace of real spines on the first tergite, or on the
parapleurae. The latter are always simple, flat, not raised in front to a flap ;
in short, there is nothing recalling the special strnctures of some other
Heterocerous families. In front of the parapleura we find the first abdominal
stigma (sti); it lies free in the membrane. The stigma of ,the species in which
the abdomen is pressed closely against the breast is not visible without separating
the abdomen from the metanotum. The second to sixth tergites are essentially
of the same structure, the spines of the posterior ones becoming stronger, however,
as said above. The seventh tergite is longer, with the sides more strongly
converging anad in most species; it has a quadrangular shape in Sesia, Macro-
glossum, ete., or becomes more or less conical or elongate-trapeziform (most
genera). The eighth tergite is small, and partly (¢) or completely (%) concealed
by the seventh. This segment will be described below. The parapleurae of
segments 2 to 8 are membranaceonus and bear the stigmata. The second
stigma, however, is situated upon the tergite (PI. LXIIL. f. 1), and the third one
half upon the tergite and half upon the parapleura. The eighth segment and
following have no stigmata.

The sternite of the first segment is absent, or perhaps vestigial and merged
together with that of the second. In the special part of this Revision we
understand under second, third, etc., sternite, the sternite of the second, third,
ete., segment. In Sphingidae, as well as other families, the structure and shape
of the sternites of the first and last segments require special attention, as they
undergo sometimes remarkable modifications. The second (= basal) sternite of
Sphingidae touches the merum of the hindcoxa, with which it is connected
by a short membrane. In by far the larger number of species it is slanting
(Pl. LXIII. f. 1), transversely impressed in front, the impression ending at
each side in a small but often deep groove, and is mesially carinate in front,
the carina fitting in between the coxae. The sternite of Macroglossum differs
from the normal type in the narrower frontal part being vertical, and the main
portion of the plate on a level with the following segments and with the
posterior trochanters; the low mesial carina is found on the vertical portion
of the segment, and the anterior edge of the horizontal portion is smooth and
evenly curved. Haemorrhagia, Cephonodes, and a tew allied genera have the
frontal part of the segment also vertical, and so incurved that the edge of the
horizontal part projects forward. This edge is not simple as in Macroglossum,
but is mesially produced into a conical obtuse tubercle, which fits in between
the posterior pair of trochanters (Pl. LXIIL. f. 2; in this figure the interspace
between abdomen and coxa is purposely drawn too wide, in order to show the
process of the sternite).

The sternite of the seventh segment appears in the female sex of Sphingidae
in two principal types. The ordinary type is that illustrated by Pl. XIX. f. 11
and PJ]. LXIII. f. 3 and 4. Here the apical portion of the sternite is more
or less broadly membranaceous ; the stronger chitinised plate is short, broadly
rounded, or sometimes elongate-trapeziform, with the apex faintly sinuate. The

i( Ixxvi )

plate is not so sharply limited as it appears to be in the figures. It does not
bear any spines.

The second type is represented by Pl. LXIL. f. 5 and 6, The membrane
connecting the sternite (vii. v) with the tergite (vii. ¢) is very small; the
sternite is not membranaceous apically, the strongly chitinised plate extending
right to the apex. The plate varies in form and size, occupying sometimes
the whole ventral side of the segment, the tergite being scarcely visible in a
ventral aspect of the abdomen (f. 6); or it is smaller, trapeziform, the tergite
encroaching upon tbe ventral side (f 5). The apex of the sternite is either
totally spinose (Sesia, Cephonodes, etc.), or at least spinose laterally (Pachygonia).
This type is a derivation from the first.

The seventh sternite of the male of Sphingidae is normal, being similar to
that of the sixth. The eighth sternite, however, is modified; it is always
without spines, deeply sinuate as a rule, and occasionally incrassate mesially or
produced into a process (Pl. XXII. f. 18—29). In the Sesénae and Philampelinae
with a stumpy abdomen (Sesia, Pachygonia, Macroglossum, ete.) it is very short.
The eighth tergite of the male is spinose. It varies in size and shape like the
seventh. It is long, and appears conical in dorsal aspect in Acherontiinae, for
instance, and short and flat in IMacroglossum, Sesia, and allies.

The abdomen taken as a whole is mostly elongate-conical. Deviations from
this form, which represents the generalised type, are numerous. We mention
that the abdomen is ovate in some Haemorrhagia, flat and broad in Hypaedalia,
broad and stumpy in Pachygonia; that it is horizontal in most species, and
curved upwards in many Ambulicinae and some Acherontiinae.

The sealing of the posterior segments exhibits sometimes striking features.
The scales at the ventral apical angles are occasionally prolonged to tufts (many
Sesiinae and Philampelinae ; Oxyambulyx ; Poliana,; ete.). The long scales of
the seventh and eighth segments form tufts especially liable to modifications.
In Pachygonia the abdomen is triangularly truncate with a short lateral tuft;
this tuft is prolonged in Himantoides, the “tail” appearing divided. The
expansible fan-tail found in numerous Sesiinae and Nephelicae is generally
tripartite ; it occurs also in Cypa and allies, of the subfamily Ambulicinae.
The modification in the skeleton of the fan-tail segments consists in the plates
being short and amply movable. There is no additional division of the
segments besides the separation into a tergal and a sternal plate. We have
not studied the muscular apparatus.

The modifications of the scaling of the abdomen are very instructive. The
upper scales are generally elongate, more or less hair-like in appearance, and
the underscales large, multidentate. Among the Sphingidae asemanophorae we
find a good number of forms which have instead of the broad underscales long
hair-like ones, which are often modified into lanceolate spines resembling the
weak spines at the apices of the segments in the respective species. Kellogg
drew the conclusion, from his studies of the scales of Lepidoptera, that the
hair-like scales represented an older type than the broad multidentate scales.

( Ixxvii )

We have arrived at the opposite opinion. The shagginess of the scaling of
Haemorrhagia, many Ambulicinae, and Acherontiinae is a specialisation derived
from the more smooth scaling preserved by the majority of Sphingidae. We
find shagginess only in also otherwise much specialised forms. Roughness of
the scaling and development of broad scales into long ones accompany nearly
always the retrogressive development of other organs.

The copulatory apparatus of the male is composed of the ninth and tenth
segments, in some cases also the eighth segment taking part in the formation
of the apparatus. The accompanying diagram (Fig. 3) will make clear the
relative position of the various elements of the clasping-organs.

The ninth segment is a strongly chitinised girdle, broadest above, and here
sinuate basally (PJ. XLII. f 2. 3. ix.t). This belt is ventro-laterally dilated into
a large flap (Cl), the clasper or valve, which corresponds to the pleura and sternite

IXt

Xt

‘

Fig. 3.

of the segment and bears the harpe (/7), the sternite being divided mesially,
as is mostly the case with the ninth sternite of insects. The pleura is attached
to a proximal stripe of chitin (Fig. 3, pl) and to the sternite. The tenth
segment (Fig. 3, X.t and X.r) stands in very close connection with the ninth ;
there is no intersegmental membrane between them, except occasionally a
remnant on the upperside. The tenth tergite is strongly chitinised like the ninth
segment, while the sternite is occasionally weak. The tenth tergite is movable
in a vertical direction, or, if completely divided, also mesiad.

3etween the sternite and tergite we find the anus (A), and between the
tenth sternite and the ninth the penis-faunnel (?-/’), from which protrudes the
penis-sheath (/).

None of these organs are constant within the whole family of Sphingidae.
The yariety in their structure is enormous. But in spite of the seeming
eccentricity in the development, the lines along which modification took place

( Ixxvili_)

are here and there plainly visible, and there is not rarely a conspicuous
homogeneity preserved in more than one group of species or of genera, and in
more than one particular structure, as we shall see by reviewing shortly the
mass of specialisations described in the systematic part of the Revision.

The tenth tergite bears stiff hairs, which stand either singly or form a
more or less dense covering on the upper and lateral surface. The hairs are
generally directed frontad, not anad, and are occasionally so close together that
the proximal outline of the tergite cannot be ascertained without removing the
covering of hairs. There are two principal forms of the tergite, it being either
divided mesially or simple. The symmetrically divided tergite represents the
generalised state of the segment. If the two halves are divided down to the
junction with the ninth segment, they are a little movable against each other ;
but as a rule tiie two processes are not separated proximally, and therefore
move together and only vertically (Pl. XXVI. f. 28. 33; Pl. XLIL f. 1—26).
We find the divided tergite preserved in some generalised Acherontiinae, some
Ambulcinae, and the Sesiinae. It appears in many modifications. From the
divided tergite the undivided one has developed in two ways :—-

(1) One side of the tergite becomes obliterated, a type which is found only
among the Sesiinae, and of which we shall have to speak later on.

(2) The tergite becomes narrower, the processes shorter, and the mesial
portion correspondingly longer, resulting in a narrow sinnate tergite and then in
a non-sinuate one. This is the ordinary type of a simple tenth tergite. Here
the single, symmetrical process is generally more or less compressed, convex
above, the apex curved downwards to a hook and mostly pointed. The variety
in this type is very great, as a look at the figures will show (Pls. XXV.,
XXVI., XXVII., XLIV., etc.).

The tenth sternite is a belt running from the base of the tergite ventrad,
encircling a membranaceous area, from which projects the anal cone, the end of
the gut (A). The ventral transverse part of the sternite is in by far the larger
proportion of Hawk Moths as strongly chitinised as the vertical side-parts,
and produced into one or two processes or lobes of various shapes and sizes.
In some cases the transverse portion is very feebly chitinised and does not form a
distinctly separate plate (Pl. XXIV. f. 16; Pl. XXV. f. 12. 27); in other species
it is a very low ridge without lobe or process (Pl. XXV. f. 1. 24; Pl. XXVI.f. 1).
As a rule the sternite is shorter than the tergite. However, in some Sestinae
(Pl. XLII. f. 11. 25; Pl. XLII. f. 1. 4.5) the reverse is the case. The sternite
is simple or divided ; it may agree in this respect with the tergite (Pl. XLIII.
f, 1), or it may be divided when the tergite is simple (Pl. XXV. f. 20; Pl. XXVI.
f. 36), or simple when the tergite is divided (P]. XXVI. f. 1—14). It is never
hairy like the tergite, but the apex is often granulose, the granules bearing fine
bristles, most likely of a sensory nature (Pl. XXIII. f. 1. 2. 22). At the inner
side of the lateral part of the sternite we find, especially often in Ambulicinae,
the membrane swollen to a hump beset with sensory hairs (Pl. XXVI. f. 5. 9).
An asymmetrical development of the sternite will be referred to below.

( lxxix )

The clasper of Sphingidae is normally sole-shaped (Pl. XXXVIII. f. 5),
with the dorsal and ventral margins rounded. The size is variable. The
principal modifications are as follows :—

(1) Modifications by reduction. When only shortened, the clasper assumes
the stumpy form as illustrated by Pl. XXXII. f. 18.19. When only narrowed,
we have the narrow clasper of Callambulyr (P]. XXXIV. f. 19. 20), a common
type among Ambulicinae. The longest and proportionally narrowest clasper is
found in Himantoides and Sesia (P]. XLVIIL. f. 1. 15). The broad clasper
touches the tenth tergite, while the narrow clasper stands apart from it, if the
reduction has taken place in the dorsal portion of the clasper. The interspace
between clasper and tenth tergite is then covered by the long fringe of hairs of
the former.

(2) Modification by division and the development of a special armature
(apart from harpe). Lobes, processes, teeth appear very often in connection
with the reduction of the clasper. Compare Pl. XXXII. f. 12.13; Pl. XXXIII.
fbb 20. 22..23);) Ply XK. £ 3) 28:3 Pl. LE fl22; Pl LI. £: 1.6.

The clasper is not solid, but consists of an external and an internal plate,
between which the remnant of the matrix is found. It is an outgrowth from
the segment, and can best be likened to the wings. The inner sheath is more
or less covered with hairs, which are often very dense, very stiffand long. The
hairs of the distal half of the clasper are directed dorso-basad (Pl. XXXVI.
f. 9; Pl. XXXVII. f. 15). They are not generally drawn in the figures. The
inner sheath is in most species raised into special armatures. There is
very often a conspicuons subdorsal longitudinal setiferous fold (Pl. XXXVI.
f. 18. 19. 20). A dorso-basal ridge or process is commonly found among
Ambulicinae ; it is seldom spiniform (pdb, Pl. XXXIII. f. 21; Pl XXXVIIL
f. 7), mostly almost membranaceous, compressed and beset at the edges with
setiferous tubercles (pd, Pl]. XXXII. f. 6—11.15. 17.18). The ventral armature
of the clasper is termed the harpe; it begins at the ventral basal (hollow)
incrassation of the clasper, which is the principal part of the sternite proper,
and extends more or less distad and dorsad. If the harpe is reduced, the line
of separation between the triangular sternite and the main part of the clasper
(= plenra) is plainly visible (PI. XLV. f. 26; PI]. XXXL f. 2; Pl. XXXV. f. 20),
bunt as a rule the ridges or processes of which the armature consists are continued
over the pleura, the inner sheath of which takes part in building up the
structure. The harpe is so diversified that it is impossible to give a general
description of this armature. It is on the whole more complicated in the
Sphingidae asemanophorae than in the Sphingidae semanophorae, but we find also
among the latter sometimes species with formidable-looking harpes (P]. XLVIII.
f. 17—27). The barpe of Choerocampinae is as a rule a simple, slightly curved,
slender process (PJ. LI. f. 8); an armature of the same type is not rarely
met with among Philampelinae (PI. L. f. 32). As a rule tle processes of the
harpe lie upon the inner surface of the clasper; but occasionally the sternal
part alone forms the armature, and is situated below the main part of the

( Ixxx )

clasper (PI. XXXII. f. 1.14; Pl. XXXIV. f. 6). In by far the greater number
of species the harpe is shorter than the clasper. A dense patch of scales is
found on the harpe of nearly all Protoparce and in many other Acherontiinae.

The right and left clasper and harpe are generally the same in outline and
structure. However, there are exceptions, asymmetrical development occurring
also in these organs, as will be detailed below.

The external plate of the clasper is divided by a longitudinal rib-like
incrassation into a narrow dorsal and a large ventral portion. The dorsal part
is generally concave above the rib. Upon and near the rib there is a peculiar
modification of the sealing found in a great number of Sphingidae. We
consider it an organ of friction, by means of which a sound of some kind is
produced. We do not know whether a similar organ occurs anywhere else
amoung Lepidoptera. There are two types of this organ, the one contined to
the Sphingidae asemanophorae, the other to the Sphingdae semanophorae.

In the former group of Sphingidae it is a patch of scales lying more or
less flat upon the clasper (PI. LVILI. f. 29—32). The patch as well as the
scales vary in the different species (respectively genera) in shape and size.
The patch is as a rule restricted—being, for instance, narrowly halfmoon-shaped
in Protambulyx strigilis (P]. LVIII. f. 30), triangular in Protambulya« euryalus
(Pl. LVIII. f. 32). But in some cases it is very large—Amplypterus (Pl. LVIII.
f. 29). The scales of the patch are rounded and entire, or elongate and dentate
(Pl. LVIII. f. 35); the middle ones are half erect in Poliana buchholzi and
micra. A peculiar modification obtains in Polyptychus trisecta and P. ortho-
graphus (pp. 243. 244). Here the scales are obliterated for the greater part,
the dorsal area of the clasper being naked and rough with some granules.

The friction-organ of the Sphingidae semanophorae consists of lanceolate
scales which are half erect. The scales are very numerous and small
(Pl. LVILL. f. 36), or are reduced in number and have increased in size
(Pl. LVIII. f. 37), the smallest number, namely one, being found in /Iippotion
rebeli and isis. The scales are strongly striped, have generally # prominent
midrib, and are more or less obviously asymmetrical (Pl. LVIII. f. 38); they
are more often truncate than pointed. In Oryba hadeni (Pl. XLVI. f. 4)
the organ is entirely different, consisting of a large mass of Jong, wire-like,
brittle hairs.

Among the Ambulicinae with friction-patch on the clasper we find a number
of species which possess a corresponding organ of scales on the inner side of
the eighth tergite. This organ is almost confined to the Ambulicinae, being
found elsewhere only in some Acherontiinac, not in any Sphingidae semanophorae.
The organ consists of one single row of large scales, or of several rows. The
scales are ribbed, and are so closely applied to each other, or are even soldered
together, that they form a kind of ribbon at the apical and lateral edge of the
tergite, the flat ends of the ribbon being directed towards the clasper. This
ribbon is either continuous from one side to the other (Pl. LIX. f. 1), or it is
interrupted apically (Pl. LVIII. f. 39. 40; Pl. LIX. f. 2). The scales of the

( Ixxxi )

ribbon are homologous ‘to the undermost scales of the tergite, which stand in
other species at the very edge of the segment, and are also here often turned
internad. The organ is as a rule visible without dissection, but has as yet
escaped observation, as has also the friction-patch of the clasper. There can
be no doubt that the ribbon of the eighth tergite and the patch on the clasper
form together one (stridulating) apparatus.

Is the friction-patch a new acquisition, or have the species which are
without it lost this organ? In the Sphingidae asemanophorae the organ is
found in the more generalised forms and never in the strongly specialised
(reduced) species. In the Sphingidae semanophorae the organ is absent from
many of the most specialised genera; it consists of a multitude of small scales
in several generalised genera (Pholus, for instance), and its development cul-
minates in some Hippotion with one large scale. From these facts we conclude
that the ancestral Sphingid possessed a friction-patch which consisted of
numerous small scales not very different from the ordinary scaling of the
clasper, a patch perhaps similar to that of Pholus and Pseudosphing (P). LVII.
f. 36). From this indifferent patch the two modifications arose,—in the one type
the scales remaining numerous and becoming closely packed together, as in
Psilogramma, Meganoton, Protambulyx, ete.; in the second type the central
scales becoming enlarged and seriated, and assuming a half-erect position, with
the broad sides turned more or less dorsad and ventrad, as in Nephele, Deile-
phila, Theretra, ete. In the Sphingidae semanophorae, where retrogressive
development is comparatively rare, the friction-scales are found in the greater
number of species. They are lost in the reduced or otherwise strongly
specialised forms like Sphingonaepiopsis, Proserpinus, etc.; they are also absent
from modified claspers like those of Haemorrhagia, Perigonia, ete. Among the
Sphingidae asemanophorae the friction-patch is comparatively less frequent. Of
Acherontiinae only Old World genera have preserved it, not one of the
numerous American species possessing the organ, while a large proportion of
Old and New World Ambulicinae are provided with it.

The area between the two claspers and the tenth sternite is more or less
membranaceous. There is a central hole, of which the edges are more or less
raised and chitinised, forming what we have termed* a penis-funnel (Fig. 3,
P-F). This penis-funnel (P-F, Pl. XXIX. f. 38. 39. 47; Pl. XXX. f. 41;
Pl. LI. f. 17—25) is vestigial or distinct ; it has often a special shape, and has
an armature of its own which is of great help in the discrimination of species
in more than one case (see Nycerya, p. 414, Pl. LIII. f. 44—48: compare also
Pl. XXX. f. 38—388; Pl. LIIL:f. 13. 14). Above the penis-funnel there is in
a few cases a further armature consisting of a pair of processes, one on each
side (nm, Pl. XXY. f 2).

From the penis-funyel projects the penis-sheath, of which the former is a
support. The penis-sheath is provided at the end, or near it, with processes
and teeth of various shapes and sizes, this armature being as diversified as that

* Nov. Zool. vy. p. 561 (1898).

f

(Cikesaat >

of the clasper. The processes are either firmly connected with the sheath, of
which they are an outgrowth or a prolongation (Pl. XXX. f. 22. 48), or they
are more or less movable against the sheath, the base of the process at the
juncture with the sheath being partly membranaceous, forming a kind of joint
(Pl. XXX. f. 31; Pl. LIV. f. 1—12). The long and slender whip-like process
found in Perigonia, Sesia, and some allies bears two sensory bristles at the end.
We can distinguish two kinds of processes: (1) the process is a prolongation
of the apical edge of the sheath, and is accordingly flat or concave on the
innerside (P]. XXIX. f. 9. 12); or (2) the process is an outgrowth from the
surface of the sheath, an enlarged tooth, and accordingly more or less conical
and hollow, at least at the base (PJ. XXIX. f. 47; Pl. XXX. f. 38).

The processes are short or long, single or double, simple or dentate. The
most remarkable is that of 2. sagra (Pl. LIV. f. 18). The teeth on the
processes and on the sheath are small or large, single or in patches, irregularly
distributed or seriated, forming serrate ridges. They are in most cases solidly
connected with the sheath, not breaking off easily. There is, however, a second
kind of tooth, which is easily detached from the sheath. This tooth, which has
a central and three or four lateral branches, is found in Theretra latreillei and
allies (Pl. LVIIL. f. 4—7). The spine-like teeth of Xylophanes nechus (Pl. LVII.
f, 18. 19) also break off easily. The same obtains in centroctena ruther fordi.

Within the penis-sheath we find the membranaceous penis proper, the duct
of the sperma. This duct can be pushed out, and enters the vaginal orifice
with the help of the accessory appliances. The duct has in most cases an
armature of its own. It is either partly beset with small teeth (Pl. XXIX.
f. 34. 41. 42; Pl. XXX. f. 12), or the teeth are enlarged to stilettos
(Pl. XXIX. f. 40; Pl XXX. f. 44). In other cases we find two or three
slightly more strongly chitinised denticulate processes of various lengths and
shapes (Pl. XXIX. f. 7. 8. 9. 21; Pl. XXX. f. 16—19). Or the love-daggers
are strongly chitinised, acute or club-shaped (PI. LY. f. 44; Pl. LVI. f. 41).

The armature of the penis-sheath and penis serves a double purpose. The
firm processes and teeth of the penis-sheath are grasping-organs like the harpe.
But the processes are often far too long for that purpose alone. Now, the
fact that the peculiar dentition of Theretra latreillei and allies is easily
detached, and the detached teeth are fonnd in the vaginal cavity of the females,
makes it evident that the armature of the penis and penis-sheath is a means
to stimulate the female, analogous to the apparatus found, for instance, in
some Rodents. :

The sexual apparatus is of great taxonomic. value, and we have taken special
care to dissect as many species as we could. Ina number of cases the apparatus
is the only safe guide in the recognition of species. From this point of view
the Sphingidae can be divided according to the sexual armature into the following
categories :—

(1) Species which are not different from their nearest relatives in these organs.
—Nephele is an example of this kind. Some Choerocampinae allied to gallii

( Ixxxiii_ )

and euphorbiae also do not show any apparent differences. Pyotoparce florestan
and Chlaenogramma jasminearum, though generically distinct, have the same sexual
armature. This kind of identity should not be confounded with similarity arising
out of reduction. It happens that members of different subfamilies become similar
in one or the other organ in consequence of the loss of special structures. Such
species are, however, never the same in all parts of the copulatory apparatus, as
is the case in the insects mentioned before, the list of which is by no means
exhausted by the few species used as illustrations to show that it is quite erroneous
to maintain that all specifically distinct Lepidoptera exhibit differences in the
copulatory organs.

(2) Species which are different from the nearest relatives, but do not show
any marked geographical variation in the sexnal armature.—Here belongs by
far the greater proportion of the Hawk Moths. The specific differences are very
slight or very conspicuous, or intermediate in degree. They may be found in one
single organ, or in more, or in all. The differences may be slight in some
species, and great in others of the same genus. Two species may differ strongly
in external features, and little in the sexual armature, or the reverse may be the
case. There is every conceivable gradation in this respect. There is always
some individual variation, as a matter of course. When examining the
armature of only one individual, one is sometimes induced to consider a certain
outline or structure as specific, while it is in fact only an individual character ;
if possible, a number of specimens from different localities should be examined.
Individual variation is most obvious in species with complex structures, but it
is here far less easily misleading than in the case of simple structures, because
the specific differences are as a rule more conspicuous there than here.

(3) Species which differ in the copulatory organ from the allies and vary
in themselves geographically.—Geographical variation is most often met with
and is most conspicuous in those forms which are sedentary in habits. Sluggish
species with functionless mouth-parts and reduced power of flight, species of
which the sole function as imagines is propagation, are especially liable to
develop into geographical races with differences in the sexual armature. The
phenomenon occurs often among <Ambulicinae. The geographical differences in
these organs, which may or may not be accompanied by differences in external
features, are occasionally surprisingly great. In Pseudoclanis postica from
West and East Africa (Pl. XXXII. f. 12. 13), and Polyptychus trilineatus’ from
Ceylon, North India, and the Philippines (PI. DOIG Tek o-O OS RSet
we have extreme cases of geographical variation in the copulatory organs,
which cases are the more instructive as the races exhibit only slight external
differences. Oxyambulyax substrigilis (Pl. XXX. f. 3. 4. 5) is also an example
to the point. It is quite erroneous to say that differences in the sexual armature
are always of specific value. Geographical races may be different or not in
these organs; and the difference may be minute or conspicuous. It is idle to
maintain that geographical representatives are specifically distinct, if the sexual
armature shows obvious differences. What one inyestigator considers obvious

( Ixxxiv )

in these organs (as well as in others), a second student does not think worth
noticing; and what appears to us to be an insignificant distinction may
actually be an accessory character of a very important distinction so far hidden
from us. Moreover, even if only quantitatively considered, there is no line of
separation between conspicuous and inconspicuous differences ; and there being
geographical races which are not constantly different, the differences being
found only in a larger or smaller proportion of the individuals, there is also
no line of separation between geographically separate portions of a species
which are different in all individuals and geographically separate portions of
a species which are not different. Therefore to say which geographical
differences are specific and which not would be entirely dependent, not on the
facts, but on the personal view of the investigator. Specific distinctness, however,
as we conceive it, is a phenomenon in Nature independent of the student, and
therefore independent of all individual opinion. A view of specific distinctness
making it dependent on personal opinion must, therefore, necessarily be erroneous.

The taxonomic value of the sexual armature is not confined to subspecies
and species. In many cases there are peculiarities in these structures which
relate to all the species of a genus, and only to these. Or a group of genera
possesses in some or in all members a certain structure not found elsewhere.
In fact, the genital organs are very often of great help in locating a genus
or a species correctly. We will give some illustrations. The series of genera
from Hemeroplanes, Pseudosphina, etc., upwards to Sesta, Haemorrhagia, and
Cephonodes, has the tenth segment (d) of the same type; we find here only
modifications of one type of anal segment, which do not recur among all the
rest of the Sphingidae semanophorae. Within this series we find in several
genera a very peculiar whip-like penis-sheath (PI. LIV.), not met with anywhere
else. Nycerya hyposticta with this whip will at once be recognised as a relative
of coffeae, ete., and not of Protambulyx, with which it has been associated. The
clasper of Nyceryx is always different from that of Perigonia. The tooth of
the penis-sheath of Protoparce is always directed towards the right side, of
Cocytius towards the left. The harpe of Herse convolvuli and the other species
of the genus is different from that of <Acherontia, but the harpes of both
genera are built up after the same type, confirming the conclusion arrived at
from other characters, that J//erse and Acherontia are near relatives. The
friction-patch of the clasper consists in Sphingidae asemanophorae of a great
number of mostly small scales lying more or less flat on the clasper; such
patches as represented by Pl. LVIII. f. 29—34 do not occur in the Sphingidae
semanophorae. On the other hand, this section possesses in many members
a friction-organ of large erect lanceolate scales which is not met with among
Sphingidae asemanophorae (Pl. LVIII. f. 37). The ribbon of friction-scales on
the innerside of the eighth tergite is found only in Ambulicinae and some
Acherontiinae. This may suffice to show that the sexual apparatus should not
be studied merely with the view of finding differences between species.

The general results arrived at with respect to the male sexual armature

( Ixxxyv )

hold good also in the case of the copulatory organs of the female sex, with the
exception of the differences being more often insignificant (quantitatively) or
apparently absent. This is due to the vaginal armature being on the whole
not so strongly chitinised, and therefore offering, where more or less mem-
branaceous, far less obvious differences than in the case of the stronger-chitinised
male organs. However, there is an abundance of species, especially among
Sphingidae asemanophorae, in which the sexual armature of the female presents
very striking characters (Pl. XVII. f. 1. 2. 3), and the differences between the
species, where these organs are less complicated, become in most instances also
apparent when the structures are closely compared.

While the organs of copulation of the male can be dissected from the body
without destroying the seventh and eighth segments or cutting off the hinder
part of the abdomen, it is necessary to remove the seventh to tenth segments
of the female in order to relax them, and then draw them apart, which can
be done with the help of a pin. The vaginal armature lying hidden in a cave
in most species must be pushed outside by pressure from the inside to become
plainly visible.

The ninth and tenth segments are fused into one (JX + X, Pl. XIX. f. 11. 12)
and covered with bristles of various length, which are doubtless sensory in
function. Between the two halves of this double segment lies the anus, and
ventrally of the anus the aperture of the oviduct. The segment is always short
in Sphingidae, and there is no ovipositor. The vagina has the same position
as in other Lepidoptera—namely, between the seventh and eighth sternites.
The vaginal area is more or less sunken between the two segments, but not
always—the vaginal orifice of Cocytéus, for instance, lying on a level with the
seventh sternite, and being plainly visible after the removal of some scales.
The vaginal orifice is surrounded by more or less obvious folds, ridges, processes,
grooves, which are doubtless adapted to the clasping-organs of the male. The
orifice is mesial and central, sometimes more proximal, sometimes more distal.
In the species with asymmetrical male clasping-organs it is shifted towards the
left side (PI. XLI. f. 1—3). The armature of the vagina is also asymmetrical
in Clanis bicolor (Pl. XVI. f. 7), of which the male is not known, and in
Fippotion lycetus (Pl. XLI. f. 17), the male armature of which is symmetrical.
It is perhaps necessary to add that the armature is never absolutely symmetrical
in either male or female, the two sides differing fer se just as much as one
individual does from another, and the apex of the penis-sheath being seldom
the same right and left.

The vaginal area is generally naked, the scaling being restricted to the
more or less completely membranaceons eighth sternite. But in some species
the sealing extends into the vaginal cavity (Pl. XXI. f. 12. 15). We find also
oceasionally species which have the vaginal armature provided with dispersed
(sensory ?) hairs (PI. XX. f. 22).

The part of the vaginal area in front of the orifice is termed in this Revision
antevaginal plate, and the posterior part postvaginal plate.

( ixxxvi )

Besides the vaginal ventral area there is the eighth tergite which forms
part of the copulatory apparatus of the female. This tergite, covered by the
seventh, is never spinose; it varies in size and shape (Pl. XV. f. 9. 13;
P). XVI. f. 6. 9—11. 16; Pl. XVIL f. 5—8), and is in many cases different in
the species of the same genus, occasionally even in geographical forms of the
same species (Pl. XVIII. f. 5. 8). The most remarkable eighth tergites are
those represented by Pl. XVII. f. 10 and Pl. XVIII. f. 7. In the former there
exists apparently a gland (0), from which a groove leads anad to a deep cavity.

The geographical variability of the sexual armature is very instructive for
the beginner in the study of comparative morphology. The similarity between
the structures of the various subspecies is evident in spite of the differences ;
the modifications are easy to perceive, and there is no difficulty in recognising
the homology. The meaning of evolution and of relationship is very clear when
a series of subspecies is compared with one another and with the nearest allied
species.

No less instructive is the asymmetrical development of the armature found
in a number of Sphingidae. From one point of view the asymmetry is even
more interesting than the geographical variability. For it is in the case of
geographical modifications not rarely impossible to say with certainty which of
the modifications is the oldest, while there can be no doubt about the asymme-
trical armature being a development from a symmetrical one. Therefore it is
easy to make out by comparison of all the allied species which was the ancestral
form of the armature. We have here not only the fine of development, but also
the direction followed (see p. Ixxiy.). Apart from the penis, the armature of
which is nearly always asymmetrical, we meet with asymmetry in the claspers
and harpe and in the tenth segment of the male. There is outside the Sesiinae
only one ease of obvious asymmetry in the harpe, which occurs in a species of
Polyptychus, x genus of Ambulicinae. In Polyptychus dentatus (P]. XXXIV. f. 6)
the harpe has a long ventral process (pv); the processes of the right and left
harpe are the same in length, and both harpes are quite separate from one another.
In a closely allied species, Polyptychus trilineatus, 1 remarkable modification
is observed. The ventral processes (pv) of the right and left harpe are fused
proximally in the Philippine form of trilineatus (Pl. XXXIV. f. 7) ; the process
of the right harpe (left in figure) is small and slender as compared with the
process of the left harpe. In the North Indian form, P. trilineatus undatus
(Pl. XXV. f. 2, pr), the two processes are fused together to a fishtail-shaped
structure, and in the Ceylonese subspecies, P. trilineatus luteatus (Pl. XXXIV.
f. 10), the process (pr) appears as a single asymmetrical one, which does not
show a trace of its being the product of the fusion of two processes, except at
the base, where the two halves extend upward on each side, surrounding the
penis-sheath. This combination of geographical variation and asymmetrical
development is very interesting. It will be seen, moreover, trom the figures
quoted, that the upper, shorter, process (pm) of Polyptychus dentatus is of different
length right and left in P. trilineatus (pdl and pdr).

( Ixxxvil )

The tenth segment is apparently always symmetrical in the Sphingidae with
the exception of Sesiinae, where it is asymmetrical in a great number of species.
The tenth segment of the Sesiinae is normally divided into a right and a left
lobe, the tergite (X¢) as well as the sternite (Yr) (PI. XLUL f. 1—25). In
most species of Sesiinae the tergite remains symmetrical ; in the highest members
of the subfamily it undergoes, however, peculiar modifications. The nearly
symmetrical ninth and tenth tergites of Haemorrhagia and Cephonodes (Pl. XUILI.
f. 6, 21) become twisted (Pl. XLIII. f. 8. 11), and the left half finally nearly
obliterates, being represented only by a broad semi-detached swelling (/) at the base
of the right process (left in figures), as shown in f.15—18 of Pl. XLII. The
sternite of Haemorrhagia venata and Cephonodes janus has two unequal processes
(Pl. XLII. f. 12. 14. 20); the right one of them disappears, as more fully
explained on p. 461, there being scarcely a trace left of it (PI. XLII. f. 25, 7),
the sternite having a single process. This ventral process becomes shifted
towards the left side in Cephonodes, lying finally in a plane with the tergite,
and forming with the latter a horizontal forceps (PI. XLIII. f. & 9).

In Enyo japix (Pl. XLIYV. f. 7) the sternite has become simple, but the
left process has not entirely disappeared. In Himantoides, also with a simple
tenth tergite, the sternite has preserved a remnant of the aborted left process
(Pl. XLIV. f. 8), which remnant appears as a tubercle on the left side of the
sternite beyond the middle of the latter. The sternite of Hpistor (Pl. XLIV.
f. 10. 11) is simple but asymmetrical at the end; it is doubtless a development
from a symmetrically divided sternite, but there is as yet no species known
which shows an intermediate stage. In Calliomma parce and Leucorhampha
ornatus the left process of the sternite is shorter than the right one, while in
Pachylia resumens (P1. XLII. f. 6) the right one is a little longer than the left.
In all these cases the sternite is in advance of the tergite in the asymmetrical
reduction.

The right and left harpes are conspicuously different in several Ses¢inae.
Pachylia darceta (Pl. XLV. f. 26. 27) has on the left harpe a large curved
process, which is represented on the right harpe by a small tooth only. In
Aleuron neglectum and Kpistor lugubris we find the right harpe produced into
a long conical, elbowed process (Pl. XLVI. f. 13), while the left harpe is very
short (Pl. XLVI. f. 12). ‘Differences which are not quite so conspicuous are
observed in the allied species and genera. Sometimes the claspers are obviously
different right and left—as, for instance, in some /pistor. The most remarkable
cases are again found in the genera Haemorrhagia and Cephonodes. The latter
genus has no free harpes; the right and left claspers are always different in
size and shape (PI. LI. f. 22—25; Pl. LII. f. 1—3), the contrast being strongest
in C. trochilus. In all Cephonodes, as well as in all Haemorrhagia, the left
(right in figures) clasper is reduced or modified. The right and left harpes of
Haemorrhagia venata ave practically the same (Pl. LIL f. 5); in the other
species the left is always shorter than the right, the latter being often long
and club-shaped, whereas the left one is vestigial (Pl. LI. f. 17—21; Pl. LIL. f. 4).

( lxxxvili )

Asymmetry is also observed in the armature of the penis-fannel—for instance,
in Nyceryax ericea (Pl. LIII. f. 44).

Another kind of asymmetry occurs in the legs and antennae, Here the
difference is not observed in the appendages of the left and right side of the
body, but in the right and left side of the appendages themselves. The antennae
and legs are on the whole cylindrical, but in most instances the internal and
external sides are more or less different. This is especially noticeable in pectinated
antennae, and in the spines of the tibiae and tarsi.

Besides the differences in the genital armature and in the frenulum and
retinaculum, the two sexes of the Sphingidae show very obvious distictions in
other organs. These distinctions are the result either of the different develop-
ment of one or the other organ in the two sexes, or of the appearance of
special structures confined to the male. The sexual dimorphism is accordingly
relative or absolute, the former being far more frequent among the Sphingidae
than the latter as regards variety in the differences. One absolute sexual
distinction occurs in all species of Hawk Moths. This is a scent-organ*
situated at the base of the abdomen. It is found in all species. The orifice
of the organ lies in the pleural membrane above the upper edge of the basal
sternite (Pl. LXIIL. f. 1. 2, gl). It is a cavity from which protrudes a bundle
of long scale-hairs, which serve as distributors of the scent produced by the
scent-cells. A-groove or fold runs backwards from the orifice of the cavity
over the pleura of the third segment, ending on the fourth. The tuft is
sometimes retracted into the cavity, but frequently projects in the dry cabinet-
specimens. Its colour is occasionally carmine or pink (Yemnora). The organ
is essentially the same as that found in some Notodontidae.

Another scent-organ is found on the hinder side of the anterior coxae.* It
oceurs in all groups of Sphingidae, but is very frequently absent or vestigial.
The difference in the degree of development is often very pronounced in closely
allied species. In Coelonia fulvinotata the organ is very strongly developed,
while it is vestigial in Coelonia solani ; and Chromis erotus and heliodes differ in
a similar way. The organ is more often preserved and on the whole more
prominent in the Sphingidae semanophorae than in the Sphingidae asemanophorae
(Acherontiinae and Ambulicinae).

A third scent-organ is met with in one species only of Philampelicae—
namely, in Macroglossum godeffroy’. In this insect the mid- and hindtibia are
the bearers of the organ, which consists of a subbasal groove, situated on the
outer side, and of a large tuft of hair-scales.

In the d of Sesia fadus there is a black tuft of scales at the base and
another near the apex of the foretibia, not met with in the other species of
Sesia. We do not know the nature of these tufts.

In the genus /pistor we find a peculiar scent-organ on the forewing,
reminding one very much of ‘similar organs observed in Lithosiinae. The cell
of the forewing of the males of Mpistor gorgon, E. taedium, and FE. cavifer is

* Haase, Tris i, p. 159 ff. (1887).

(Clbseab-¢ ))

distorted, being covered on the upperside by a fold projecting backwards from
the subcostal vein and ending beyond the apex of the cell between R! and R’.
The width of the fold is different in the three species, being greatest in Hpistor
gorgon. Underneath the fold—é.e. covered by it—there is a mass of rather large,
short, broad, non-dentate, creamy white scales and a bundle of woolly scale-hairs.
The distortion of the cell and the neuration is best visible on the underside of
the wing, where the cell bears short scaling, contrasting with the more woolly
sealing on the rest of the wing. In the d of Mpistor cavifer there is, besides,
another structure on the forewing, consisting of an oblong and rather large
cavity on the upperside in the cell near the base. The cavity bears erect
scale-hairs ; the wing bulges out on the under surface, and is here covered with
short and broad scales. All three species have a very woolly abdomen in the
male sex, the hair-scales, which are long subdorsally, being directed obliquely
dorsad (except on the first tergites) and massed together in flakes. The
hindlegs, inclusive of the tarsi, are also very woolly in these males, appearing
compressed and broadened. Such sexual distinction in the legs like this occurs
also elsewhere, the forelegs of Chromis erotus, the hindlegs of Pholus anchemolus,
and the hindtibia of Himantoides undata, for instance, being broadly scaled in
the males and simple in the females.

The sexual differences in the antennae have been noted above. Rhopalo-
psyche is the only instance where the antennae are the same in the two sexes.
The palpi are on the whole smaller in the female than iu the male; the most
obvions differences occur in the Ambulicinae. The tongue is not rarely shorter
in the female than in the male (Protambulyx, for instance). The abdominal
end-tufts are also very often different in the sexes, the female possessing in such
cases the more simplified tuft or no taft at all (Mpistor ; Sphecodina ; Cypa ;
Dilophonota ; ete.). The abdominal side-tufts of Oxyambulyx are present only
in the males. The spurs of the mid- and hindtibiae aud the tibiae themselves
are occasionally longer in the male than in the female (some Polyptychus), while
the hindtarsus is longer in the ? than in the ¢ of Pachylia ficus and Pholus
anchemolus; aud the armament of the tarsi is also not always the same in the
sexes, the peculiar protarsal comb found in Cocytivs being a male character
(Pl. LXIY. f. 6). The sensory hairs at the end of the fifth protarsal segment
(ventral side) are on the whole better developed in the female (PI. LXIY.
f. 13, 8).

The wings, which are generally more elongate in the male, show very con-
spicuous dimorphism in some iustances: Polyptychus paupercula and contraria ;
the species of Smerinthulus and Degmaptera ; Oryba achemenides ; Epistor.

More frequent than conspicuous difference in shape is dichromatism. The
sexual difference in pattern and colour is often so striking that the sexes have
been mistaken for distinct species. Such obvious differences are observed in

“pistor, Himantoides, Oryba achemenides, Pseudosphina, Isognathus, Krinny?s,
Coelonia fulvinotata, Herse convolvuli (not cingulata), Metamimas australasiae,
aud other species.

( xe )

In the body of the Revision many details of the morphology of the
Sphingidae will be mentioned which we have only touched upon in the fore-
going summary. Though the Hawk Moths are a compact group, the diversity
of development within the family is nevertheless so great that the subject is not
in any way exhausted by our researches, to which time, material, and ability
have set limits. Classification was the avowed object towards which the
researches in the structure of the Sphingidae were undertaken. However,
since classification as we conceive it gives expression to the blood-relationship
of the forms classified, and since no sound verdict about the degree of relation-
ship can be given without an inquiry into the phylogenetic development of
the characters which distinguish each Hawk Moth, it is manifest that with the
apparently narrow object of giving a classification of the Sphingidae issues are
entered upon which bear upon the broad questions of development of the
animated world, of which questious we have never lost sight in straggling
through the embarrassing mass of detail presented by the 770 species of Hawk
Moths. The value of detail for the solution of general questions has again
and again been forced upon us during the preparation of this Revision.

At first sight it appears to be of little consequence whether 750 or 770
species of Sphingidae are known; whether <Alewron iphis is the same as
neglectum, or distinct; whether Odontosida belongs to the Philampelinae or
Ambulicinae. The distinguishing characters upon the discovery of which so
much labour is expended in classificatory research may not seem to be worth
the trouble, being apparently of interest only to the collector and specialist.
Indeed, if systematic work did not go beyond distinguishing and naming the
forms of animated nature and putting them into some kind of order, there
would be justification for those who smile at the efforts of mere systematists.
However, the discovery of distingnishing characters assumes at once an entirely
different aspect, if the solution of the question “species or no species” is
considered bnt a stepping-stone towards the higher aim of understanding the
How? and Why? in Nature. That //yloicus perelegans has a grey form so
closely resembling //yloicus chersis that it bas hitherto always been mixed up
with it, will not interest anybody except perhaps North American Lepidopterists.
But if we add that this grey form has a reduced paronychinm like chersis, while
the paronychium is always distinctly lobed in the black-backed form, a difference
often distinguishing genera or even subfamilies in Lepidoptera, the rigidity of
what is elsewhere a specific or generic character breaks down at once, and it is
farther evident that, the agreement in the paronychium of the grey-backed per-
elegans with chersis being observable only under a high magnifying power, there
are similarities which are decidedly not mimetic. Whether the right or left harpe
of Pachylia darceta is the stronger developed, or whether both are the same,
is as indifferent a qnestion to the non-specialist as is the result of a cricket
match to a Continental. However, if one knows that in the Sestinae with
asymmetrical development of the claspers the left side is the more reduced,
and remembers the haste with which “laws” in development are often

( xe )

formulated by biologists, the case of Pachylia darceta becomes of general
importance, counselling caution, since darceta has the right harpe more reduced,
and hence proves either that there is no inherited tendency in the Seszinae to
a left-sided reduction, or, if there is, that the opposite development has taken
place in spite of that tendency. It may be a matter of little moment to an
outsider that the only species in the second division of the Sphingidae which
has in the pupa a projecting tongue-case, as it is found in many Acherontiinae,
is Rhyncholaba acteus; but the matter becomes different if we explain that,
firstly, the presence of a free tongue-case in Rhyncholaba and Acherontiinae is
not a sign of relationship, as the organisation of the insects proves, and hence
demonstrates the possibility of the appearance of a similar conspicuons character
in very distantly related groups, and, secondly, that the similarity again cannot
be mimetic, since the pupae are buried.

In chemistry and physics minute research discloses the secrets of Nature.
In biological sciences minuteness of research is as much required as there, if
we wish to understand the phenomena of life. Systematic work can do much
towards that end; it is the only means of checking off, proving and disproving,
generalisations. But to serve as a reliable censor of conclusions, the observa-
tions must be exact, and therefore minute, since exactness cannot be attained
without minuteness of inquiry. A simplification of systematic research by
narrowing it down, as advocated in certain quarters, to the solution of the
questions “obvious difference or no obvious difference, hence species or no
species, genus or no genus,” takes the life out of it. But if these questions
are made subordinate, and therefore systematic work subservient, to the higher
issues of biology, the dry detail of distinguishing characters and the apparently
futile labours of the deseriber of species and other classificatory units become
all-important in the science of life, as supplying sound criteria, where otherwise
a lively imagination might run wild and substitute plausible assumptions for
facts. Looking from this point of view at the diagnoses of the genera and
species of Sphingidue it will be found that they are a source for information of
a general character.

If we compare the pedigrees (facing pp. 24, 499, ete.), with one another, and the
characters there mentioned with the fuller descriptions given in the body of
the Revision, the first thing which strikes one is the frequent repetition and
reappearance of the same diagnostic character (for instance, the absence of a
pulvillus, or the spiuosity of the tibiae). Whether our classification is accepted
as valid or not, the fact remaius that there is very frequently a close agreement
in one or more characters between species and genera of near or of distant
relationship in the Hawk Moths, an agreement which renders the classification
of the Sphingidae especially difficult. Since the agreement refers to many details
of many organs, as well as to the colour and structure of the scaling and the
shape of the body and wings—which give the insect its habitus—the Sphingidae
furnish indeed an abundance of material for a Study of Similarity, towards
which we offer a few remarks.

( xeli )

Although phylogenetically closely allied forms may differ from each other
in ove or more organs to a surprising extent, they are generally similar to one
another, if not in aspect, at least in structure, and if not at one stage, at least
at others of the metamorphosis of the individuals. The same kind of similarity
or identity we meet again in species or genera which are not nearly related, but
have preserved one or more characters of the common ancestor. It is evident
that this kind of agreement stands in contraposition to similarities which are
the outcome of evolution. The preservation of four wings in Lepidoptera,
Orthoptera, Hemiptera, ete., and of six fully developed legs in most insects,
the oceurrence of ocelli in many Heterocera and other insects, of filiform or
setiform antennae in most orders of Arthropoda, and the retention of a pad to
the claw-segment of the tarsus in many Butterflies, Moths, and other insects,
or of a frenulum in one Butterfly and the greater proportion of Moths, ete.,
etc., establish a similarity in respect to the said characters which is manifestly
of quite a different kind from the similarity established by the acquisition of
clubbed antennae or of a sucking-apparatus, or by the loss of the wings or
the mouth-parts, or by the adaptation to bark in colour and pattern, or to leaves
and sticks in shape.

Though the distinction between a resemblance preserved and a resemblance
acquired is obvious, it is not so sharp as it appears to be at first sight,
since the two kinds of similarity are connected to a certain extent by that
acquired resemblance which is the direct outcome of inherited community of
characters. We find, for instance, that the distribution of pale and dark
colours on the legs of Arthropoda stands normally in close connection with the
articulation, the segments being very generally pale-coloured at the joints.
White-tipped tarsal sezments, and tibiae with three pale rings are of common
ocenrrence among insects, as are white-rivged antennae and white-ringed abdomina.
Where there is a break in the surface of the skeleton of insects, there is normally
also a break in the coloration. Thus we fiud a stripe along the eye and lines
at the edges of the thoracical plates in members of nearly all orders of insects.
The wing is perhaps the best example of a conspicuously coloured, regularly
interrapted surface, where the connection between the pattern on the one hand
and the outline and the division of the surface by the veins on the other is
very obvious in a great many insects. The original pattern of the insect-wings
(outstretched) is symmetrical to the body and symmetrical to the veins. On the
triangular wings of Lepidoptera the modifying influence of the cross-veins and
the oblique distal margin is especially conspicuous. The position of new markings
is dependent on the position of the old ones, new lines appearing often along
the old ones and rings around spots. The external lines of a vast number of
Heterocera are distally concave between the veins according to the undulation
of the distal margin of the wing, while the proximal lines are distally convex
(respectively dentate) between the veins. The median space of the forewing
extending from the costal to the iuner margin and including the cross-veins
seems to be greatly influenced in its pattern by these veins, a large number

( xciii )

of Lepidoptera exhibiting the same kind of median space, contrasting with the
rest of the wing cither by being different in colour or by the absence of lines
transversely to the veins. The appearance of a “stigma” or a kidney-shaped
mark on the wings of so many Lepidoptera is the direct consequence of the
possession of cross-veins. Since the division of the wing-membrane is so
similar in the various groups of Lepidoptera, it is only natural that there are
many points of agreement in the pattern of species belonging to not nearly
related groups. It is not the occurrence of this kind of similarity which is
astonishing, but that it does not occur everywhere, and that—bearing in mind
the remarkable phenomenon of ‘ Mimicry ”—Nature has abandoned in most cases
similarity, though it offers such great protection to the species, as we must assume
it to do, judging from the great number of cases of “protective” resemblance
at which Nature has arrived in a roundabout way. However, notwithstanding
the differences—in the first instance the outcome of segregation—outweighing
the similarities, the agreement in some such detail as referred to above, which
resemblance is the result of a general agreement in the structure of the insects,
is the starting-point for a development towards more conspicuous similarities.
The pale superciliary stripe, for instance, is continued in many Sphingidae over
the pronotum and along the sides of the mesonotum ; a mesial stripe begins
between the two lateral ones on the occiput and runs over the thorax, ending
on the abdomen. The lateral lines converging frontad, the three together are
similar to an arrow. The same arrow-pattern is met with in other orders of
insects—for instance, in Coleoptera (Curculionidae, Cerambycidae, etc.) ; and
the agreement extends even further, the mesial vitta being either simple or
divided into two lines, and these lines being either parallel or divergent behind,
in the Hawk Moths as well as the Beetles. Moreover, the mesial vitta of
the head and thorax becomes a sutural vitta on the elytra of Coleoptera, and
similarly the hinder edge of the forewing of Lepidoptera, which corresponds
to the sutural edge of the elytra, assumes often the pale colour of the thoracical
mesial vitta in those Heterocera in which the wings have a roof-shaped position
over the abdomen when the specimen is at rest. The conspicuous colouring
(sealing, pubescence, or pigmentation) of the mesoscutellum found in many
insects and the three rows of spots so frequently occurring on the abdominal
sternites belong to the same kind of resemblance as the thoracical vittae, the
respective markings being homologous in the various insects, evolution starting
from similarity and resulting in higher resemblance. In structure the same
phenomenon is no less frequently observed. Here we may conveniently dis-
tinguish between similarities arrived at by retrogressive and by progressive
development.

Reduction of organs occurs very commonly among Sphingidae, and leads often
to the loss of the organs. The disappearance of the horn of the larva in some
Philampelinae and Ambulicinae and in Lapara (Acherontiinae); the reduction of
the tongue-sheath of the pupa in Ambulicinae and several Acherontiinae; the
absence of an externally visible sheath of the anterior femur of the chrysalis in

( xciv )

species of various subfamilies of Sphingidae; the loss of the tongue in some
Ambulicinae and Acherontiinae, of the proximal pair of spurs, of the pulvillus
and paronychium, of the frenulum and retinaculum ; the reduction of the mid-
and hind-tarsal comb and of the palpi; the reduction of the tarsal spines in
number, of the tibiae and tarsi in length and of the head in size; the loss of
the fascicnlated ciliae in the male antenna of Rhopalopysche, of the abdominal
spines in varions Ambulicinae, of the patch of sensory hairs at the base of
the palpi in the Sphingidae asemanophorae, and Gurelca and allies among the
Sphingidae semanophorae, of the bristles on the pilifer, ete., establish between
these Sphingidae, as well as between them and other Lepidoptera, a similarity
in the points mentioned which is of importance for the proper comprehension
of the origin of agreements in structure, since there is no doubt that, at least
in most cases, these negative characters are independently acquired in the
various groups of Spiingidae and other Lepidoptera. The loss of the wings
in a number of Lepidoptera, and of the hindwings in Diptera and many Beetles,
may be mentioned in this connection. The independent effacement of differences
in consequence of loss occurs also in pattern. Uniformity in colour may be
arrived at either by the exaggerated development of one colour leading to the
suppression of a pattern, or by the markings disappearing on account of the
non-development of the pigment (or of the particular structure in case of
structural colours). The pattern is in most cases only partially effaced. The
partial transparencies of the wings as found in Cocytius and some Haemorrhagia
have no more to do with one another than have the entirely white anterior
wings of some Beetles (elytra) and Butterflies. The loss of markings in Mimas
tiliae is as independent from that of Amorpha populi, as is the disappearance of
yellow abdominal side-patches in certain Acherontiinae and some Macroglossum.
The pale colour frequently exhibited by a large percentage of specimens
which are obtained by breeding in and in—for instance, in Amorpha populi—is
due to the meagre production of dark pigments, and reminds one of the pallid
cave-insects. The weakening effect of breeding in and in and the result of a
life in dark caves are, therefore, similar in so far as both lead to the loss of
pigment, producing clayish ochraceous forms. The causes are different ; the
result is similar. Indeed, if the numerous cases of the disappearance of
distinctions in structure, colour, or pattern are inquired into, it will be found
that the causes of the loss of distinctive positive characters and the reasons for
their disappearance are as different as the starting-points of the retrogressive
development which resulted in the effacement of the positive characters, replacing
the picture which was variegated in pattern and structure by a clean surface.
The reduction of organs is often accompanied by the appearance of certain
positive characters in Sphingidac. The small head is frequently crested; the
small eyes become lashed, and the reduced tibiae often spinose. The abdomen,
which has very weak spines at the edges of the segments, is often spinulose all
over the tergites or assumes a woolly appearance. Weakened power of flight and
broadened wings are frequently associated. ‘The positive and negative characters

( xev )

are not necessarily dependent on one another. Spinosity of the tibiae, for
instance, occurs in very many insects without a reduction of the tibia having
taken place, and eye-lashes are not always a sign of a reduced head. <A
conspicuous specialisation which is of common occurrence in insects is the pro-
longation of the foretibia into a pointed thorn. We find this thorn or claw
among all subfamilies of Sphingidae except Choerocampinae. The prolonged
outer spines of the first protarsal segment (generally three in number) found in
many Sphingidae and other Heterocera are also a specialisation which does not
necessarily indicate relationship, and so are the clubbed antennae. of Sphingidae,
Butterflies, Aegeriidue, some Noctuidae and Geometridae, Agaristidae, ete. The
pectination of the antennae is of special interest. We find such antennae in
several orders of insects. The remarkable point is that there are antennae which
are similar in aspect to the pectinated ones, but are not pectinated. They are
of two kinds. The one type is that commonly found in the males of Sphingidae
where the seriated cilae look in a dorsal view like lateral expansions of the
segments; and the other type, not met with among Hawk Moths, possesses a
heavy subdorsal bristle on each side, which Entomologists have often enough
confounded with a true process of the segment. Here we have an obvious
resemblance not based on homology. Likewise, the pectination of the antennae
of Cressonia and Ceridia, or of Suturniidae and Eupterotidae, though the
antennae are similar to one another in aspect, are not homologous. Tibiae
mottled with single dark scales have very often the appearance of being spinose.
In the place of the before-mentioned foretibial claw there is in some other
Sphingidae (for instance, some Polytychus) a heavy spine homologous to a hair,
not to the claw. The horn-like projection of the palpus in the Acherontiine
genera Cocytius (America) and Coelonia (Africa) is the third palpal segment,
while the equally conspicuous projection found in the Sesiine genera Alewron
and Enyo (America) is a process of the second segment. The same segment has
acquired a projection similar to the latter in the very distantly related African
genus Hypaedalia. Similarities analogous to the above occur also in pattern.
Lines, streaks, and spots on the wings, and spots and belts on the abdomen,
superficially but strikingly alike in different insects, often prove on closer study
not to be homologous, the belts being, for instance, basal to the segments in one
insect and apical in another, and the wing-streaks standing here upon the veins
and there between them. Such similarities, which mostly do not affect the
general habitus of the insect, are nevertheless very instructive.

There is another kind of equally remarkable resemblance in some details
met with among Sphingidae which appears at the end of more or less distantly
related branches. It is a priori conceivable that a certain character of structure
or pattern present in closely related forms is preserved when these forms
develop divergently further and further. Now, just as this certain character may
be lost in the one branch, or in some members of it, at one period, and in the
other branch at the same or another time, so the character may at one time
or the other develop progressively in either branch, and this progressive

( xevi )
development lead independently to an identical specialisation in the two divergent
branches. The spination of the abdomen furnishes a noteworthy illustration.
In the higher Sesiinae the spines become very strongly chitinised on the tergites
and sternites, and those of the proximal row assume a short and broad form in
Sesia, Cephonodes, and Haemorrhagia ; the same form of spination is found again
in the highest genera of the tribe Nep/elicae of the subfamily Philampelinae—
namely, in Macroglossum, Rhopalopsyche, and Leucostrophus—and only here. In
the Philampelinae there appear here and there characters which are met with
again among the Ses/’nae—for instance, the very strongly clubbed antennae, the
angulate mid- and hindcoxal merum, the close connection between abdomen and
thorax, the fan-tail, etc.: while, on the other hand, P/ilampelinae have also
arrived at similar specialisations as Cloerocampinae—tfor instance, in the shape
of the chrysalis, the sexual armature, the end-segment of the antennae, and the
ocellated spots of the caterpillar. The American Choerocampine genus Phanoxyla
is a derivation from Nylophanes, from which it has become different in acquiring
an apical tuft to inner surface of the second palpal segment, a tuft which is
present in many Old World Choerocampinae. The peculiar cavity at the end of
the first segment of the palpus, on the onter side, occurring in all species of the
Choerocampine genus V/eretra and the derivations from this genus, is acquired
also by a few species of the allied genus Hippotion, and it is highly surprising
that the same -peculiar specialisation, which does not seem to occur outside the
Sphingidae, is as conspicuously developed in one solitary species of Acherontiinae,
in Megacorma obliqua, the relationship of which with the Choerocampinae is
very distant. This similarity reminds one of the projecting tongue-case of the
pupa of the Choerocampine genus F/yncholaba and many Acherontiinae, a
Sphingid character confined to that one genus and the one subfamily. The
pattern of the Hawk Moths offers also obvious illustrations of the kind of
resemblance under discussion. The most striking is the similarity in the
pattern of the abdomen of the lower Acherontiinae and the higher Philampelinae.
Here we find those conspicuous yellow side-patches bordered by black which are
restricted to these insects. The white abdominal belt of the American genus
Sesia and the African Philampeline genus Lewcostrophus, which belt Entoimo-
logists have erroneously considered to indicate a close relationship between the
insects, may also be mentioned, as well as the black-bordered yellow hindwing
occurring in many Sp/ingidae and other Moths, and the white fringe of the
first abdominal tergite of the Oriental Dedlephila hypothous and the American
Aleuron iphis and allies. The antemedian and discal blackish brown bands on
the forewing acquired here and there in Sphingidae are the result of the inter-
spaces being filled in with blackish brown scaling. These examples of similarity
are a kind of belated expression of relationship.

It will be observed that in a few of the instances mentioned the agreement
in some character affects the aspect of the insects which have the character in
common. There is a complete gradation from similarities in some small detail
to similarities of the ensemble.

a

( xevii )

The cases of mutual agreement in aspect may be classified in two groups—
similarity as the outcome of adaptation towards the same or similar extraneous
objects, and similarity as the product of alaptation to each other.

The colour and pattern of the upperside of the body and forewing of
Sphingidae ave very generally imitative of the bark of trees, variegated with
algae and lichens. ‘The bark-pattern is common to a great many Moths,
Beetles, Orthoptera, etc. The similarity is often enhanced by the appearance
of projections—as, for instance, the thoracical tufts of Lrinnyis, Pseudosphins,
Hemeroplanes nomius, Mpistor, and Notodontidae. The silvery marks of the fore-
wing of Nephele, Hemeroplanes, Madoryx, etc., and, among Noctuidae, of Plusia,
break the uniformity of the wing, as do white lichens that of the bark. The
subapical buftish patch of Hurypteryx molucca and some Notodonts has the
same effect. The shape of the distal margin conforms very often to the irregu-
larity of the bark. A dentate, scalloped, or Jobate distal margin may be
acquired almost everywhere. In Sphingidae a very irregular distal margin occurs,
commonly among Ambulicinae, Sesiinae, and Philampelinae. In Acherontiinae
the margin is at the highest undulate, while there is one (American) species of
Choerocampinae which has an irregularly lobed forewing looking like a piece
of wood (Phanoxyla). A resemblance to leaves is also frequently met with,
especially among Ambulicinae. The Jeaf-like forewing may either be entire and
have a dark apical line indicating the midrib (Clanis, some Polyptychus), or it
may be irregularly lobed. Phylloxiphia (Pl. I. f. 4) has perhaps the most leaf-
like entire forewing among Sphingidae, the midrib being here represented by a
line running from the apex to near the base. The clayish colour of this insect,
agreeiug with the colour of dry leaves, occurs abundantly in Hawk Moths. A
leaf-imitation after the well-known pattern of Gastropacha quercifolia, in which
the widened hindwing projects beyond the costal margin of the forewing, is
found in some Ambulicinae, Sesiinae, and Philampelinae—namely, in Amorpha,
Calasymbolus, Phyllosphingia, Stolidoptera, and Hypaedalia, perhaps also in
Degmaptera.

Besides the imitations of leaves, bark, and other non-animal subjects,
there are striking cases of resemblance to other insects among the Sphingidue.
The imitation of humble-bees and humming-birds by some Sesi/nae is well
known. And here again similarity between the mimetic Hwproserpinus flavo-
fasciata and the mimetic Haemorrhagia diffinis is purely adventitious, both
imitating the same or similar models, and therefore resembling also each
other.

The resemblance of two species to each other acquired indirectly in the
way indicated is of frequent occurrence. And it is easy to perceive that, since
the similarity has independently arisen, insects similar to each other in this way
may occur in widely separated countries.

Though very many Sphingidae are similar to one another, there does not
seem to be a species which mimics another Sphingid—/.e. of which the pattern
or shape has been developed directly in relation to the other,

( xeviii )

The various kinds of similarities shortly referred to are met with again in
other groups of insects. They demonstrate, we think, not only that there are
various ways to arrive at and different causes for resemblance, but also that
there is abundant material of similarity in details upon which selection may
seize, and modify and augment the incipient resemblance, and produce those
wonderful likenesses which illustrate that fascinating phenomenon called
Mimicry.

A study of resemblance from this point of view is incidentally also a study
of relationship, and therefore an essential part of classification. It is well known
that the older students of Entomology were frequently taken in by similari-
ties which do not indicate relationship, associating often widely different species
on account of superficial resemblance. The older systematic works, and old
collections which have not been disturbed, testify to this abundantly. But even
modern work, or rather work of recent date, is not free from striking blunders
of this kind, although the flourishing study of Mimicry has, or should have,
made everybody suspicious of mere resemblances in aspect. We well remember
trying in vain to convince a famous Lepidopterist, now dead, that the streaked
Indian Papilio macareus, xenocles, etc., are not nearly related to the streaked
form of Papilio clytia ; and we notice in a recent number of Lepidoptera Indica
that the mimetic Papilio rhetenor and its models are housed in the same
Moorean genus. The association of the Sphingidae with the Aegeriidae and
Zygaenidae from Linné down to recent times was due to a certain similarity in
the shape of the antennae being erroneously interpreted as meaning relationship.
The older writers were the more convinced of the correctness of the association
of the <Aegeriidae with the Hawk Moths, since the clear-winged Aegeriids
appeared to them to be connected with the ordinary Sphingidae by the equally
clear-winged species of the Sphingid genera Cephonodes and Haemorrhagia.
The fallacy of the conclusion has now become evident to every student of
Lepidoptera, though perhaps not to every collector of “flies.” The similarity
of Pseudosphinx tetrio to species of Protoparce, the “Bombycine” appearance of
Aretonotus lucidus and Lapara, the resemblance of Deidamia inscriptum and
other Philampelinae to certain Ambulicinae (= Smerinthinae auct.), the agree-
ment in appearance between Proserpinus flavofasciata and Tlaemorrhagia, of
Nyceryx hyposticta and Amplypterus, of Akbesia davidi and Proserpinus, of
Sesia and Leucostrophus, etc., ete., have frequently misled even modern classifiers
of Sphingidae.

The student who tries to build up a classification based on relationship has
to beware especially of two kinds of similarities referred to above: (1) similarity
as the outcome of reduction, and (2) similarity as the result of adaptation to
similar extraneous objects or to each other.

The first point is the more frequently overlooked in classification, and requires
some further explanation.

If a, 6, c, d are four organs of a species or a genus, and a’, J’, c’, d’ the
same in their most reduced state; if, further, the species or genus develops

a a

:

( xcix )

inte four others by one of the organs becoming reduced in each, and these
four again into more in the same way, we have the following diagram (for the
sake of convenience in printing the middle part of the diagram has not been
completed) :—

V. abd ab'e'd' abd ab'ed ab'ed ab'cc rf abd abd ab'e'd abd abled whed
| | | | | | | |

IV. abd ab'ed’ abe'd’ abled a bed’ whe’ I wh'ed' wbhe'd ab'ed’ abled wbhe'd ab’e'c if
| | | | | | | | | | | |

| | | | | |
Tl. wb'ed abe'd abed' a bed’ [ abe'd’
| 3 ce | ‘i
Il. A: abed ab'ed abe'd abed’ : D.
NAL pe ee | |
|
15 abed

The development, starting from I., results first in a series of four derivations
(IL.) differing from one another in two organs. The second series of derivations
(III.) contains forms deviating from each other in two, three, or four organs.
In the third series (IV.) the forms differ only in two organs, or are
identical. And we arrive finally (V.) at a series of identical forms. There is
divergency from I. to III, and convergency from III. to V. Considering now
the phylogenetic relation and the similarity of the various modifications, it
will be found that the derivations of A in series IV. are more similar to
the derivations of D in the same series than to A in series II., and
that the derivations of A in series V. are indistinguishable (in organs
abed) from the respective derivations of D in the same series, while they
are different from the forms in series IV. from which they are derived. It
is therefore evident that the classifier who judges from these organs abcd
alone cannot possibly find out the trae phylogenetic connection between the
various forms. He will easily mistake the forms which are equally reduced
for forms which are closely allied. To him the members of series V. will
appear to be very near relations, while they are in fact the end-products of
different phylogenetic branches.

Let us take as illustration the retrogressive development so often observed
in Sphingidae of the tongue, the midtarsal comb, and the claw-segment. If
we start from a form with long tongue, with midtarsal comb, and with fully
developed pulvillus and paronychium, and assume as before that one of these
organs becomes reduced in each derivation from that ancestral type, we arrive
finally at forms which agree with one another in having all the four organs
reduced. Therefore the reduction of the tongue and the absence of the mid-
tarsal comb, of the pulvillus, and of the paronychium in those species or genera
are not an expression of close relationship. Looking at the pedigree of the
genera of Sphingicae (facing p. 30), it will be noticed that a reduction and loss

Ce)

of organs like those oceur indeed in many genera which stand far apart. Loss,
reduction, and fusion may occur independently everywhere. An _ instructive
illustration of erroneous classification of this kind outside the Sphingidae are
the Ithomiinae (= Neotropinae), which are divided by Salvin and Godman and
later on by Schatz into two groups, the one containing the forms with strongly
reduced forelegs, the other those with less reduced forelegs. The groups as
they thus stand comprise quite heterogeneous material; they are not a division
based on relationship, bnt on similarity in that one organ, each group containing
genera which have their nearest relatives in the other, the species or genera
with reduced forelegs being derivations from such with more fully developed
forelegs. The striking resemblance in pattern between certain members of the
two groups is explained, at least in some cases, by the similar species being
nearly related, and not by having developed convergently.

A form which has lost an organ becomes not only similar in this respect
to another which has equally lost it, but also to those which never did possess
the structure. The abdominal spination, which is apparently confined to the
Sphingidae, is lost in several genera, which therefore agree in the non-spinose
abdomen with the Notodontidae, for instance. The loss in many Sphingidae of
the midtarsal comb, of the forecoxal scent-organ, and of the friction-organ of
the clasper constitutes again similarity with Notodontidae, Saturniidae, and other
Moths, and not relationship.

There is another point illustrated by the pedigrees of Sphingidae which is
of equal classificatory importance. A genus and a species are a composition of
many organs; and since each organ becomes in most cases modified independ-
ently from the other, it is evident that a species or genus may be specialised
in some and generalised in other organs. It is indeed a rule holding good in

5)

nearly all Sphingidae—we say “nearly” in order to be on the safe side—that a
species or genus is further advanced than its nearest allies in some respects
and at the same time left behind in other details. This being so, it is clear
that a genus or species is not (or rarely) a direct derivation from another.
Though we have directly connected the genera with one another in the
pedigrees, we do not mean to say that, for instance, Proserpinus is a derivation
from Rhodosoma as this is now, but wish to indicate only that Rhodosoma is
of all recent genera the one which comes nearest in the characters mentioned
in the pedigree to the ancestral genus of which Proserpinus, Amphion, and
Sphecodina are developments. Each genus is, so to speak, the end-development
of its own branch. In the pedigree facing p. 499 the genera Mnpinanga, Rethera,
Cizara, and Rhodosoma are thus connected :—

Rhodosonva
| Rethera
Cizara

|

Enpinanga

)
We have adopted this kind of connection for the sake of simplicity of printing.

The pedigree should read as follows :—

Rhodosoma Cizara Rethera Enpinanga

If connected like this, each genus may have acquired its own specialisations after
the point of separation, and each may also have preserved generalisations lost

by the nearest allies after separation.

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.

The Hawk Moths are an essentially tropical family, the number of
species existing in the temperate regions being comparatively small. Very
few Sphingidae extend into the Arctic Regions, and then only as occasional
visitors, no species being known to breed beyond the Arctic Circle, though some
(Amorpha populi and amurensis, Sphinx ocellats, Celerio gallit, Hyloicus
pinastr’) may be expected to occur as far north as their food-plants go. As
the vreater number of species have: a powerful flight, and are, moreover, often
wanderers, covering wide distances, the area inhabited by some of the species
is very extensive. ;

The proportion of geographically uniform species of Sphingidae is large as
compared with other families of Lepidoptera. Methodical research has proved
to the systematist that countries like West and East Africa, India and the
Malayan Islands, Central and South America and the Antilles, the Andes and
Eastern Brazil, ete., ete., are inhabited by special races of nearly every species
of Butterfly there occurring. The student is, a@ priord, certain in most cases
that a species of Butterfly not yet discovered in some such district will, if
Occurring, exhibit some kind of distinction. In Sphingidae a prior’ conclusions
like this would mostly be wrong. Since geographical variation depends on
geographical isolation, it is evident that those Lepidoptera which are stationary
are far more variable geographically than those which are not prevented by
geographical barriers from constantly crossing over to other districts. The
power of flight, however, is as such no factor effacing the geographical
barriers. The swilt-flying Charaxes and Papilio vary geographically as much
as do slow-flying Butterflies; and in birds—which may be called stationary
from the point of view of a student of geographical distribution in so far as
they breed in their native country—geographical variation is also the rule and
not the exception. On the contrary, the more powerful the flight, the more is
an animal enabled to flee from or resist the factors of passive distribution
(water aud wind), to counteract their influence. But if powerful flight and the
habit of wandering during the period of propagation coincide in a species, the

( cn )

geographical barriers become ineffective, and the influence of isolation (segrega-
tion) is annulled. The wandering Hawk Moths, like Acherontia atropos, Herse
convolruli and cingulata, Mippotion celerio and osiris, Deilephila nerii, Theretra
nessus, ete., do not yary geographicaily, or only in a slight degree. However,
considering what we have said about the power of flight” and isolation, it
cannot be wondered at that a good many species of swift-flying genera have
developed into geographical varieties (= subspecies) in spite of their power
of flight. Notwithstanding this fact, in the Sphingidae the rule holds good
that, on the whole, the sluggish species are more often and more distinctly
variable geographically than the swift-fliers, and that, further, the areas of
the geographical races of slow-flyers are mostly smaller than those of the
subspecies of Jess slaggish Hawk Moths, as exemplified by Ambulicinae and
Choerocampinae.

There is only one cosmopolitan Sphingid, Celerto lineata; it consists of
three subspecies, one inhabiting the Western Hemisphere and two the Eastern.
Herse convolculi and Hippotion, celerio oceupy practically the whole Old World,
while Herse cingulata and Protoparce sexta ocenr from Canada to Patagonia.
One species (Celerio gallii) is common to the Nearctic and Palaearctic Regions.
Cephonodes hylas is found, in three subspecies, from Sierra Leone to Mada-
gascar and eastwards to Australia, with a wide gap in the Malay Archipelago.
Deilephita nerii inhabits the whole Aethiopian Region, and extends far into
Enrope and south-eastwards into Western India and Ceylon. A number of
species occur all over the Aethopian Region withont being split up into
subspecies (//ippotion eson; Basiothia medea; Coelonia fulvinotata; ete.) ;
others are of wide distribution in the Palaearctic or Oriental Regions (Maero-
glossum stellatarum; Hippotion boerhaciae, velow; Theretra nessus ; Cephonodes
picus; etc.); and others again occur all over the Neotropical Region or go
even far into the northern half of the New World (Xylophanes tersa, pluto;
Pseudosphinu tetrio; Erinnyis alope; Epistor lugubris; ete.). The distribution
of such common species is very instructive in one respect. Although their
range is wide, it is nevertheless restricted, and we ask ourselves, What
antagonistic factors are there preventing these Sphingidae from oceupying the
whole globe?

A country must be accessible to a species. If there is a practically
unsurmountable physiographical barrier, the species have little chance of passing
over it. The swift-flying Sphingidue are not able to cross the Atlantic and
Pacific Oceans, none of the New and Old World species being identical, not
even Celerio lineata and gallii being the same in the Western and Eastern
Hemispheres ; and the Indian Ocean is an equally effective barrier. But there
is no such barrier to prevent Macroglossum stellatarum, which ranges from
Morocco and Ireland to Japan and North West India, from going farther south
and east in India; no physiographical chasm faces in Spain the Aethiopian
Mippotion osiris, which extends from Madagascar to the Pyrenean Peninsula ;
no geographical barrier keeps the African Deilephila nerii back from settling

( ci )

farther east than South India and Ceylon, and prevents Protoparce ochus, 80
common in Mexico, from extending southward beyond Venezuela; no ocean,
no high mountain-range, and no wide desert restrict Ovecta to Southern
Brazil and Argentina, Vheretra capensis to South Africa, Hyloicus lugens and
allies to Central America, //yloicus chersis and allies to North America (and
Mexico), and Celerio vespertilio to Central and South East Europe. The range
of these Sphingidae is restricted because the conditions of life (temperature,
food, composition of fauna, ete.) are not suitable outside their present range.
It is therefore evident that the limits of the range of a species are determined
by two kinds of factors: physiographical barriers, beyond which the species is
physically prevented from going; and biological barriers, beyond which the
species is uot able to exist. This being so, it follows that it is erroneous to
conclude that the limits of the range of species indicate always that a physio-
graphical barrier has formerly existed, that there was in -the Continent or
the chain of Islands a discontinuity barring the way. One has to carefully
discriminate between those facts of geographical distribution which allow of
conclusions being drawn as to the former configuration of the earth’s surface,
and those facts which are the result of the action of biological canses.*

Since anything strange attracts more attention than the normal, it is not
rarely the unexpected upon which the student of geographical distribution lays
most stress, often exaggerating the significance of single cases and drawing
conclusions from them which are contradicted by the other, normal and hence
neglected, cases. Some small percentage of an Indian element in the fauna of
Madagascar misleads many a student to treat Madagascar as standing faunistically
closer to India than to Africa, and some small but conspicuous difference in the
fauna of Bali and Lombock, which difference is in insects not larger than that
between most other adjacent Malayan islands, gave rise to the famous but (in
Lepidoptera) arbitrary Wallacean line separating the Malay Archipelago into a
western and an eastern district. Among the Sphingidae we find a number of
Species and genera with a peculiarly striking distribution which might easily give
occasion to similarly fallacious and misleading conclusions. Cephonodes hylas
consists of three subspecies, which occur one in Africa and Madagascar, another
in India, China, and Japan, and the third in tropical Australia, no representative
being found in the Malay Archipelago. Celerio lineata has two subspecies in
the Old World: one inhabiting continental Asia, Africa, and Europe; and the
second tropical Anstralia. The genus Nephele, so common in the Aethiopian
Region, has but one species each in India and the large Sunda Islands and
Australia. All these insects are so common that it is not likely that they have
been missed by the collectors in the Malay Archipelago. Further, the genus
Cephonodes \vas four species in the Malagassic Subregion, six in the Papuan
Subregion, and not more than two anywhere in India and the Malay Archi-
pelago. Looking at such cases, the Antarctic Continent most conveniently comes
on the scene as a deus ex machina to explain the peculiarity in the distribution,

* See also Nov. Zool, iii. p. 505 (1896).

(‘civ )

while the trne cause of the absence or scarcity of those insects in the Malay
Archipelago is probably of quite a different kind, as we shall see later on.
The North American Sphecodina abbotti is confined to the Atlantic side of the
Continent ; the only other species of the genus (the only near ally, in fact, of
abbott) is restricted to the Pacific side of Asia (Amurland, China). The Indian
genera Apocalypsis and Pseudodolbina stand quite isolated in the Old World,
their nearest (and very close ally) being the Neotropical Huryglottis. The
South African genus Rhodafra comes nearest to the Palaearetic Pergesa. If we
compare such cases with the distribution of Celerto, of which one species is
cosmopolitan, one Holarctic, several Palaearctic, and one each Malagassic, Argen-
tinian, Chilian, and Cuban, while two are confined to the Sandwich Islands, it
becomes obvious that the interrupted range of genera or allied genera is the
result of the extinction of the insects (or allied species) in the now non-inhabited
intermediate districts rather than the result of great geographical changes. We
have to do here with the remnants of once more uniformly distributed groups,
remnants existing where by chance the conditions were favourable for their
preservation. However, it is not our inteution to speculate on the apparently
abnormal distribution of single species and genera, fascinating as it is, but to
lay before the reader a short summary of the actual state of the distribution
of the Sphingidae, from which he will better understand the composition of
the Sphingid fauna of the various areas than from a speculative elucidation of
single cases. Accepting the Wallacean division of the globe into five Regions,
we have a distribution of the 770 species of Hawk Moths, as illustrated in the
table on the opposite page.

There are only 2 species common to the Western and Hastern Hemispheres,
each represented in America by 1, and in the Old World one by 2 and the
other by 1 subspecies. Of the remaining 768 species, as yet known, 293 are
peculiar to the New World, including the Sandwich Islands (3 species), and 475
to the Eastern Hemisphere. Since the Papuan Subregion and Africa harbour
without doubt a great many undiscovered species, proportionally more than South
and Central America, we can estimate the proportion of the species inhabiting the
New and Old Worlds as being 1:2, or presumably 320-odd to 650-odd. The
superiority of the Hast over the West of the globe in the number of species of
Hawk Moths is quite intelligible, since tropical America is far smaller than
the tropics of the Eastern Hemisphere, does not offer so much variety in the
conditions of life, and is not so broken physiographically. A heteromorphie
country has a heteromorphic fauna.

The paucity of the Sphingidae in the temperate Regions is very apparent
in the table. North America, Europe, North and Central Asia, and Palaearetic
Japan, where few new species will be discovered, if any, possess only 100-odd
species peculiar to them, as compared with 620-odd peculiar to the only
partially explored tropical and subtropical countries. New discoveries will alter
the proportion so much to the disadvantage of the northern temperate Regions
that the proportion will ultimately be about 1:9, according to our calculations.

(ev )

‘suolsey uerdomjoy
pure ‘[eyWaNGQ ‘oyorvarTeT ey 0} ULTIMO. satoads Jo siaquinu oY} aN sUOISay oes 94} Suyoounoo sjoyoviq Av[NSueyoor-uou 94} 4e siaqmnu ayy ‘suordayy

CA} ose} 0} UOMIMIOD sayoads jo JoquINU oy} ore suotday uvidotqjay pu oorvoR[eq 94} Satyoauuoo -——- sjayouvrq iv[Nsuvjzoor ay} ye sdoqumu ony, .

— —— ———— — ||
| t |
ae | i oc | i 6I |
GLP t £66 I a aN eae rN ame eA C3 | . ~ OLA = 12701
| I |
y |
ew | | I €
98 3 9¢ | I 12 I So SS | "PPL © apudunoosa0yD
ain Se - — |
| ; I . |
G € |
98T : && | = TL ri) Com ~9 &T- ~AT | * 61S f apupadunpy
I 6
9% : 96 = Sess 6 soem) (:} | ~ .° TOE seprusssay
| L @
a § : Ge | — *S tees 2 E ten) C | * OST ¢ apoynquy
= Se = wi | :
|| | aN ae ee
| I
=
| | Zeon z
6g : $8 | — | 8T ti; 11 ae ey 4] || * QE + enuequosayor
sasoydstumagy ‘aroydstaa “aorna “LOLs “uoLsa “LOLDay “molaa ‘<etin :
UL94SU OL eon | “aeyttodous0) sadorcins Rane ee seus Beaty STIRYAG DS

«SdLoddsS FO NOILOATMLSId

( ew)

The differences in the number of species between the three tropical Regions
are not considerable, the Neotropical Region possessing altogether 286, the
Aethiopian 179 (many new ones will be discovered), and the Oriental 250. The
Palaearetic and Nearctic Regions have each 75 species.

The differences in the distribution of the species of the five subfamilies
into which the Sphingidae fall in our classification are remarkable. The
Acherontiinae and Sesiinae are for the greater part American, while the
Ambulicinae, Philampelinae, and Choerocampinae have more representatives in
the Old than in the New World. The difference is especially large in the case
of the Sesiinae on the one hand, and Ambulicinae and Philampelinae on the
other. The proportion between western and eastern species of Acherontiinae
(84:52) is almost exactly reversed in the Choerocampinae (56: 86). The
Ambulicinae ave most numerous in Africa, nearly half of the Pdilampelinae are
Oriental, and about one-third of them Aethiopian, while the Neotropical Region
has scarcely one-twelfth of the total. North America has no single species of
Choerocampinae of its own, but Central and South America possess more species
than any other single Region. The number of species of Acherontiinae is much
larger in the Neotropical Region than anywhere else.

However, the numbers of species which inhabit a country in themselves
cannot be trusted when forming an opinion on the diversity of its fauna.
Comparing, for instance, the number of Choerocampinae peculiar to the Neo-
tropical Region with the number of purely Palaearctic species (48), it would
appear from these figures alone that the Palacarctie Sphingid fauna was not
more diversely developed than the Choerocampinae of South and Central
America ; whereas, in fact, these Neotropical Sphingids belong to only three
allied genera, 7.¢. are very homogeneous, and the Palaearctic species to more than
twenty genera of five subfamilies. The diversity in the development of a family
is better illustrated by the genera of the country, since a genus is a category
higher than species, representing as it were the generalised state of development
of which the varions congeneric species are modifications. Each Region has one or
more genera ccntaining a large number of species, while the nearest allied genera
comprise as a rule few or single species. Protoparce, Krinnyis, and Xylophanes
are large Neotropical genera ; Hyloicus vas numerous species in North America,
Celerio in the western half of the Palaearctic Region, Macroglossum and Theretra
in the Oriental Region, and Polyptychus in Africa. Such genera and the com-
monly occurring species give a country its special feature from the point of view
of a collector, while the number of genera and their diversity are the more
important feature for the classifier and for the student of the origin of the fauna,
relying as they both do principally upon the affinities presented by the genera.

We have grouped the 770 species of Sphingidae in 167 genera, of which
the table here following gives the numerical distribution. Since genera are
groups of species, and hence generally of wider distribution than single species,

the number of genera common to adjacent Regions is proportionally very much
larger than the number of species common to them.

| - ¥ | :
|
\| it
L Sa = Fe
— | 9 €L € at | |
90T : $¢ G | 88 OF ak oe OE 9% ie * LOT = 1810,
= = = = a = rae = => - = —— = = = —— 1 = Sees a
|
I
I a ey |
—— | | I z | I
IL VA I | Ce SO = SS — ae. Tt Saga anurdUnoonaoy)
€ |
5 — Se
——— | I epee 2 I |
1g : 8 = aa a Se SCS la + TP s apurjadunpey
es r a mae : =a
Be I
> ——————
S) poe I | | L
S é : 1% = Sa — —_—"—_- FI let FY : avurysag
,
I ee eet
—_——_ | € 9 I I he
ts : 8 = Cantina aC ——. | FP ¢ epmoynquyp
= ae za | Za _ I
| il I i}
i | : = |
Peters | ee el aa | ;
1X2 : cL \| I IL Le Saree =a 9) | PP ¢ apuajnosayop
a= tees |
‘odoydstmo Fy ‘adoydstma i “UOLd0 yy “moLdayy MOLBaY “noldayy “aor say | r : =
W19}segq 110489 \\. | *avztjodouisoy uvidoiqjay [eNO dYolwavleg o1jowa wordo.qoan } SSS LS

‘VUANES FO NOMWMAGIUMISIG

( eviii )

The New World has 54 genera which do not occur outside it; 106 are
peculiar to the Eastern Hemisphere; while 7 are common to both. The pro-
portion between genera and species is, therefore, nearly the same in either
hemisphere. Taking into account the origin of the genera as shown in the
following pages, and leaving aside the truly cosmopolitan Celerio, there are 53
genera of American extraction, against 113 of Old World origin.

Some significant discordance will be found in the numerical distribution of the
genera and species when comparing the two tables (pp. cv. and cvii.). The Western
Hemisphere has one and a half times as many species of Acherontiinae as the
Old World, but they are more uniform, belonging only to 16 genera; whereas
genera, representing
many more steps in the development of the Acherontiinae than do the Trans-
atlantic forms. On the other hand, the 26 Old World species of Sest’nae belong

‘

the species of the Eastern Hemisphere are grouped in 2

only to 3 genera, while America possesses 22. In Choerocampinae America, with
its 3 genera, of which 1 is cosmopolitan (Celerio), stands far behind the Old
World, which has 12, though the proportion of the species is 53:85.

The difference in the proportion of the species and genera is instructive in
another respect. Looking at the table of genera, it will be manifest that the
student of geographjcal distribution who bases his conclusions on the Sesinae
alone would have only one centre of development, which has given off a few
branches to other countries ; there would be no question of “Regions.” If he
took the Choerocampinae as the basis of his zoogeographical division of the
earth, Aethiopia and Indo-Australia might become Regions and the rest of the
globe appendages of them. If he based his exposition on the Phélampelinae,
Africa, Indo-Australia, and North America would rank as Regions, and South
America, Europe, and temperate Asia appear to be zoogeographical appendages of
them. While in the case of the Acherontiinae there would be four Regions. It
is evident from this that the division of the globe into zoogeographical Regions
is different according to which group of animals is taken as the sole basis of
the division, or, in other words, that the division which is correct in one group
of animals does not necessarily apply to every other group. That the Neotropical,
Aecthiopian, and Oriental Regions are nevertheless natural zoogeographical
districts in all larger groups of land and freshwater animals is not to be
wondered at, since these Regions comprise each the subtropical and tropical
parts of a continent and its satellites of islands. America north of Mexico
and Europe and temperate Asia are by no means so well characterised as, and
co-ordinate to, the other three Regions.

In the above tables of distribution we have included the Papuan Sphingidae
in the Oriental fauna. Australia, New Guinea, the islands farther east, and
those westward to the Moluccas have 26 genera of Hawk Moths, of which 6
have not been found elsewhere. The Palaearctic Region has 7 peculiar genera
out of 30. These figures alone would show, therefore, that the Papuan countries
were as much entitled to the rank of a Region as the northern temperate Old
World zone ; or, on the other hand, since the proportion of genera peculiar to

( cix )
each is so very small, that neitber the Papnan nor the Palvearctic countries can
be considered to be a Region in the distribution of the Sptingidar. But if we
sink them both to the rank of a Subregion of the Oriental Region, with which
the Palaearctic countries have 18 genera and Papuasia 19 in common, the most
characteristic feature of the temperate Old World would be swallowed up; the
Oriental Region would receive foreign elements, and hence the relation of the
fannae of the Old and New Worlds be very much obscured. The Palaearctic
countries being particularly important as a connecting-link between the Old and
New Worlds, having many affinities with North America, as we shall see further
on, we give them the rank of a Region, in spite of the close relationship with
the Oriental fanna. Here again we see that the purely numerical consideration
of a fauna does not give its true position in respect to geographical distribution.

In order to understand the composition of the fauna of a district, the
geographical origin of the various members has to be inquired into. A point
essential towards this object is manifestly the knowledge of the relationship of
the various species. And as the grouping together of species into genera is
meant to be a grouping of species of the same origin, it is further evident that
the correct composition of the genera and their correct position in the classification
are necessary premisses for sound zoogeographical research. Exponents of z00-
geography who rely on catalogues—in which the distribution is far more erratic
than in Nature—having themselves not enongh knowledge of the animals to
detect mistakes, cannot go beyond the numerical stage in the treatment of the
distribution, and, if they do, will as often be wrong as right in their conclu-
sions, constantly finding in the faunae discrepancies and similarities which are
nothing but the result of an insufficient study of the animals in question. If
we took, for instance, the classification of the Sphingidae in Kirby’s Catalogue,
Butler's Revision, Druce’s Heterocera of Central America (in Biol. Centr. Amer.),
and Hampson’s Moths of India as the basis for the exposition of the geographical
distribution of these insects, we should find a far greater similarity between
the Neotropical Region and the tropics of the Old World than there really
exists, numerons genera being said to ocenr in both the Eastern and Western
Hemispheres, while closer inspection proves these genera to be qnite “ unnatural ”
(heterogeneous), and the various heterogeneous components to belong to different
genera peculiar either to the New or to the Old World, Protoparce, “ Diludia,”
“ Triptogon,”’ “ Ambulyx,” Pseudosphing, Darapsa, Pergesa, Macroglossum,
“ Aellopus,’ “ Choerocampa,’ Theretra, etc., ete. being names employed
erroneously for mixtures of Old and New World Sphingidae.

Proceeding to examine more closely the composition of the Sphingid fauna
of the various Regions, we take them in the order as they come in the tables of
distribution on pp. cv. and cvii. The Neotropical Region is inhabited by 32 genera,
containing 237 species. Two of the genera (Celerio and /lerse) and one species
(Celerio lineata) are cosmopolitan. The remaining 37 genera may be classed
in two groups: 22 which are confined to the Neotropical Region, and 14 which
occur also outside it. We will examine the latter first. They are: Protoparce,

(cx )

Hyloicus, Chlaenogramma ; Protambulyx ; Pseudosphine, Erinnyis, Grammodia,
Pachylia, Epistor, Cautethia, Perigonia, Sesia ; Pholus ; Xylophanes. In addition
we must mention Sphinx, Pachysphinz, and Arctonotus, which extend from North
America into Mexico, and are not truly Neotropical. Hyloicus has many
species outside the Neotropical Region ; but the section of the genus which is
Neotropical does not occur northward of the Southern United States. Chlaeno-
gramma consists of two species, one inhabiting the Atlantic Subregion of North
America, the other Argenutina.* Protoparce has two truly Nearetie species
(quinquemaculatus and sexta), besides a great number of Neotropical ones ; the
same applies to Pholus. The remaining 10 genera are Neotropical, extending in
one or a few species into the Southern States of the Nearctic Region, or going
farther north without having developed Nearctic species. Among the 22 genera
confined to the Neotropics there is only one (Monarda) which is not of Neotropical
origin, belonging to the branch of the Améulicinae to which Cressonia, Sphina,
Amorpha, etc., belong, and of which the Oriental Callambulyx is the most
primitive genus. All the other 21 genera are truly Neotropical. Hence it is
clear that the only foreign element in the Neotropical Region is Monarda,
and this is known only from Mexico. None of the other Regions have such an
almost exclusively autochthonons Sphingid fanna. The Neotropical genera of
Acherontiinae are all developments from the same stem, of which Cocytius,
Amphimoea, and Protoparce are the most generalised divisions, coming near the
Old World genera Xanthopan and Meganoton, which are, however, still lower
in organisation than Cocytius. None of the New World Acherontiinae have
preserved the organ of friction of the claspers and eighth abdominal tergite,
which a number of the Old World genera have retained.

The 4 Ambulicine genera of the Neotropical extraction are Protambulya,
Amplypterus, Orecta, and Trogolegnum. The last two are clearly modifications
of Amplypterus, and this and Protambulyx are near allies of the Oriental
Compsogene, which is the most primitive of all recent Amébulicinae. It is
worthy of note that both derivative genera occur in the border districts of the
Neotropical Region, Orecta in the South and Trogolegnum in the North.

The Sestinae are a special feature of the Neotropical fauna, the very few
genera (3) occurring outside it being derivations from the Neotropical stock.

The Philampelinae are very poorly represented ; the two genera occurring are
confined to the New World, and closely allied to one another, 7inostoma being
found on the Sandwich Islands only, while P/olws is widely distributed over
America and contains many species. The Choerocampinae are rather uniform
in development, there being only three genera, of which one is cosmopolitan.
The other two are truly Neotropical, Xylophanes with fifty species and
Phanoxyla with one, the species of Nylophanes which are found in the Nearctic
Region being Neotropical ones extending northward. Phanoxyla is a specialisa-
tion of Xylophanes, and this is a derivation from the cosmopolitan genus Celerio
—i.e. from an ancestral genus of which Celerio is the nearest recent representative.

* The locality Costa Rica is doubtful.

(C @al_ ))

As a matter of course the Neotropical SpAingidaec are uot uniformly
distributed within the Region, though the greater proportion is found nearly
throughout the tropical part of South and Central America. The commonest
species of which large numbers of individuals seem to occur everywhere are: Herse
cingulata, Cocytius duponchel, Protoparce sexta and rustica, Protambulyx strigilis,
Amplypterus gannascus, Pseudosphinx tetrio, some Erinnyis, Pachylia ficus and
resumens, Mpistor lugubris, Pergesa lusca, Xylophanes pluto, chiron, and tersa.

The temperate South of the Continent, which is much poorer in species and
genera than the tropical districts, is characterised by the specialised genera
Neogene and Orecta, which, though penetrating into the tropics, do not extend
very far northward. There are further in this sonthern district, which reaches
on the east coast to Espirito Santo and in the La Plata region to Tucuman
and Paraguay, a number of species which have not been found farther north,
besides some subspecies. We meet there with Protoparce bergi, P. tucumana,
P. diffissa petuniae and diffissa diffissa, P. manducoides, Hyloicus maura and
justiciae, several Nyceryx, Chlaenogramma undata, Aleuron prominens, Xylophanes
depuiseti, X. xylobotes, X. schausi, X. pistacina, X. isaon, X. aglaor, Hemeroplanes
grisescens, Celerio euphorbiarum, Pholus satellitia analis, Enyo japyx discrepans.

Chili has only two species of Hawk Moths—Celerio annei and Protoparce
sexta caestri. Herse cingulata may also occasionally put in an appearance, but
is not recorded.

The discrepancy in the Sphingid fanna of Central and South America,
though many of the apparent differences in the composition of the fauna will
most likely disappear on further research, is not inconsiderable. No species of
Euryglottis has as yet been found in Central America, notwithstanding the
species not being of rare occurrence in Colombia; Protoparce stuarti, trimacula,
scutata, petuniae, Hyloicus maura, justiciae, Pholus cissi, obliquus, several Pro-
tambulyx and Amplyterus, and a number of Xylophancs, Nyceryx, Madoryx,
etc., have not turned up in Central America; while Protoparce dilucida, occulta,
sesquiplex, muscosa, corallina, lanuginosa, crocala, several Hyloicus, Pholus
typhon, Amplypterus donysa and ypsilon, and some Xylophanes are not known
from South America. Such differences as these are found everywhere between
districts of wide extent, areas differing physiographically like the Andes and Brazil
being naturally more or less different in the composition of the population, whether
there ever has been a geographical barrier or not between the districts.

The lesser Antilles are rather imperfectly explored. The few species of
Sphingidae known from there are widespread. It is, therefore, the more
remarkable that the common Protoparce rustica, which ranges from Argeutina
northward to North America and the larger Antilles, has developed into a
subspecies on the lesser Antilles as it has on the Galapagos Islands, while it
does not vary geographically on the Continent and on the large West Indian
islands. The occurrence of Protoparce rustica harterti on the lesser Autilles
(inclusive of Bonaire and Curacao, but exclusive of Trinidad) is an indication
that more species may be represented by special races on these islands.

( exii )

Several of the Neotropical Sp/ingidae were first described from the small
islands of St. Christopher, Antigua, and St. Cruz. We have not seen any
specimen from there.

The four larger West Indian islands, Cuba, Haiti, Porto Rico, and Jamaica, are
not very different in their Sphingid fauna from Central America, and agree closely
with that of the Bahamas and Florida. They form together a West Indian dis-
trict, characterised by the absence of many Neotropical species and the occurrence
of one genus and several species peculiar to them, besides several subspecies.

Apart from Florida, which has a namber of North American Sphingidae,
there is no Nearctic element in the district. An exploration of the Lepidopterous
fauna of Cuba and Haiti is a desideratum, the material in collections being
very scanty. The species occurring are distributed as follows, those peculiar to
the district being marked with an asterisk (*). The subspecies in brackets are
given in the list to show the distribution of the species outside the district.
The North American species occurring in Florida are left out.

F a 2 : A g Occurrence outside the
E 5 Ss s = rs) district.
= 3 J s S s
fe <2) iS) iss] a 5
Acherontiinae.
Herse cingulata” 5 ‘ x x x x x x N. and S. America,
Cocytius cluentius ; 2 ae x x x x | Neotropical R.
—duponchel . 3 a — és x — a » ”
*— antaeus antaeus . 5 : — x x x = x gaat
(——medor). . . — — | Neotropical R.
* Protoparce sexta jamaicensis x — x x x x ae
(— — sewta, ete.) . % at = pee = — | Nearctic and Neotr. R.
— afflicta : i x x x = — | Amazons.
— rustica rustica. { : x x x x x x Neotropical.
(— — harterti) aS ae = = — — | Lesser Antilles.
*— brontes brontes = a — - x —
*— — cubensis . x == x x x — —_—
* Nannoparce poeyi poeyi F = x = x —
(——haterius) . : -| = = = = — | Yucatan.
Ambulicinae,
Protambulyx strigilis — . 2 — x x x x Neotropical R.
*#_ carteri 0 : : : x x — == = = ==
Amplypterus gannascus . a — x — = x | Neotropical R.
Sesiinae.
Pseudosphinz tetrio x x x x x x ” ”
* lsognathus rimosa rimosa — — x x x = sar
(— — inclitus) — = = Bs = — | Central Am.
(— — pedilanth) _ — — — — — Venezuela,
*_— congratulans _— a x — _ —
Erinnyjis alope. x x x x x x | Neotropical R.
— lassauxi f. merianae x — x x x — | Central America.
— ello x x x x x x Neotropical R.
— oenotrus x _ x _— x x ” ”
— crameri F : | — _ x x — x ” ”
— obscura ? 5 5 x — x x x x ” ”
— domingonis . : aa — x x — — ” ”
*— gquttularis . é a -| — _ x x = = ==
Grammodia caicus . x — x x — — | Neotropical R.
Pachylia ficus . od x x x x 5 ”
*— syces insularis . — _ x x = x ==
(— — syces) . - — = — — — | Neotropical R.
—resumens . . * J x = x x — x ” ”

Florida.

Bahamas.

Haiti.

Porto Rico.|

|

Jamaica.

Sesiinae— continued.

* Madoryx pseudothyreus
Hemeroplanes calliomenae
— parce . ; % :
Epistor lugubris lugubris.

*— — latipennis 6
— ocypete S

* Himantoides undata

*Cautethia noctuiformis

*_ grotei .

*Perigonia divisa
— lusca f. lusca
— — f. interrupta

* lefebraei
— jamaicensis .

*— glaucescens ‘

Eupyrrhoglossum sagra

*Sesia blaini 5

*_ tantalus zonata
= — tantalus)

— — clavipes)
— fadus ,

Philampelinae.

*Pholus satellitia satellitia
*— _ posticatus z
(— — licaon, ete.) . 5
*_ strenua : & 0
— vilis vitis
*—_ — hesperidum
— fasciatus. Q
— labruscae

Choerocampinae.
Xylophanes pluto

*_irrorata ,
*— gundlachi ,
*—hodocera . 5
*— poreus porcus . 5
(— — continentalis)
—chironchiron .
— — nechus
—tersa .
*— suana. 5
*—obinsoni . :
*Celerio calverleyi
— lineata lineata
— — livornica)
— — livornicoides)

x[ 1 xxx || x]xx |x |x |xx |x

EKG || xox [ER |

Wee esl it te i Ieee

| x |
| | eee ee Pees | [lee ese

|

| 2s les | seca

Decale scalar]

Occurrence outside the
district.

S. America.
Neotropical R.

” ”

Neotropical R.

|

S88 |loeea th ||

[ape lieeaes 1) (ie aceite xe

I Nesecit tel Wee

| 23

ecm |||! |

Pes estes te yy

|

Neotropical R.

Neotropical R.

S. America.
C. and S. America.
Neotropical R.

Neotropical R.

Neotropical R.

Neotropical R.

Neotropical R.

Neotropical R.

Neotr. and Nearctic R.
Europe, Asia, Africa.
Australia.

Among the 22 genera and

60 species

occurring are 1 genus, 20 species,

and 11 subspecies peculiar to the district. The genus Himantoides is confined
to Jamaica; it is closely allied to Cautethia, which is not found on Jamaica,

bnt occurs on the other islands, as well as in Florida and Mexico.

While

Porto Rico, Haiti, and Cuba do not apparently differ except in the number of

species, Jamaica has some specialities restricted to it.
undata, we find in Jamaica Protoparce brontes brontes, Epistor lugubris latipennis,
Perigonia jamaicensis, Pholus vitis hesperidum, Pholus satellitia satellitia,

Besides Himantoides

h

( exiv )

NXylophanes chiron chiron, which are either absent from the other islands, or
represented by other subspecies.

The Lepidoptera of the Galapagos Islands are almost entirely unknown.
The fauna is very poor in Butterflies; but the Moths, especially the smaller
kinds, seem to be fairly well represented. Dr. Holland, when describing the
Galapagos subspecies of Protoparce rustica,* said that he had received larvae
of five species of Sphingidae. In the Tring Museum there are six species of
Hawk Moths from this group of islands: Herse cingulata, Protoparce rustica
calapagensis, a new species of the same genus, a new subspecies of Hrinnyis
obscura, E. ello, and Celerio lineata. Some species of Xylophanes, aud one or
the other genus of Sesi/nae—Perigonia, for instance—must be expected to ocenr,

The Sandwich Islands have six species of Sphingidae. Protoparce quinque-
maculatus blackburni is a well-marked race of the common Nearctic ‘‘ Potato-worm.”
Tinostoma smaragditis is a very peculiar specialisation of the Neotropical genus
Pholus ; as yet only one imperfect specimen is known of this remarkable insect.
The other three species belong to the cosmopolitan genus Celerio. They are
Celerio lineata lineata, identical with American specimens, and Celerto calida and
wilson’, which have their nearest relative in Celerto annet from Chili and Peru.
The affinity of the Sandwich Island Sphingid fauna is, therefore, absolutely
with America.

The Sphingidae of the Nearctic Region offer, we think, more interesting
points in their distribution and relationship than those of tropical America. As
said above, quite a number of Neotropical species extend into the warmer districts
of North America, some going regularly or occasionally to New England. If
we exclude this purely tropical material, which is foreign to the Nearctic Region
proper (Protambulyx strigilis, Pachylia ficus and resumens, Erinnyis alope and
oenotrus, Pseudosphinx tetrio, Xylophanes pluto, Perigonia lusca, ete.), and
deduct also Herse cingulata and Celerio lineata lineata, which occur everywhere
in the New World, there remain 29 genera with 65 species. Among these
there are again several which are Neotropical, but may be called inhabitants
of the Southern States. Pholus vitis, labruscae, Erinnyis ello, Epistor lugubris,
Sesia fudus, and Xylophanes tersa have a similar position in the North American
fauna, as have Acherontia atropos, Herse convolvuli, and Hippotion celerio in
the fauna of Europe. They are immigrants from the south. Two other
Neotropical species have developed into Nearctic subspecies: Pholus satellitia
pandorus and Protoparce sexta sexta. Among the rest there is one Holarctic
species, represented in North America by one of its two subspecies (Celerio gallii
intermedia). All the others are Nearctic, but all are derivations from tropical
genera. We can group them in two sections, according to their origin—the one
section containing specialisations of the Neotropical stock, the other the genera
derived from the Old World stock. We add to the Neotropical section the

Neotropical species which have settled in North America, north of Florida,
in order to make the list complete :—

* Proc. U, St. N. Mus. xii, p. 195 (1889),

NEOTROPICAL SECTION.

Acherontiinae.

*Protoparce sevta sexta. t

*— quinquemac. quinquemaculatus.
*Ohlaenogramma jasminearum,
*Dolba hylaeus.
*Tsogramma hageni.
*Ceratomia amyntor.
*_ undulosa.
*— catalpae.
*[soparce cupressi.
*Dictyosoma elsa.
*Atreus plebeja.
*Hyloicus eremitus.
*_ eremitoides.
*— separatus.

chersis (3 subsp. and 1 in Mexico).

¥_
*—_ vpancouverensis.

*— libocedrus (2 subsp.).
*— perelegans.

*— canadensis.

*— francki.

*#— kalmiae.

*— gordius (2 subsp.).

*— luscitiosa.

*— drupiferarum (2 subsp.).
*— dolli (2 subsp.).

*— sequoiae.

*Lapara coniferarum,

*— pineum.

*— bhombycoides.

*— halicarniae.

Ambulicinae.

No species.

Sesiinae.
Erinnyjis ello.
Sesia fadus.
Epistor lugubris.
* Haemorrhagia thysbe.
*— gracilis.
*— diffinis (3 subsp.).

*_ brucei.

Philampelinae.
Pholus labruscae.

*— satellitia pandorus.

*— achemon.

— vilis,
Choerocampinae.
Xylophanes tersa.

Besides Celerio lineata lineata and C
a truly cosmopolitan genus,

( exv )

OLD WORLD SECTION.

Acherontiinae.
Herse cingulata.

Ambulicinae.
*Sphina cerisyi (4 subsp.).
*_ jumaicensis,

*Calasymbolus excaecata.

*— myops.

*_ astylus.

*Pachysphine modesta (2 subsp. and 1 in
Mexico).

*Cressonia juglandis.
(Vonarda ory« in Mexico.)

Philampelinae.
*Ampeloeca versicolor.
*_ myron.

*Darapsa pholus.
*Sphecodina abbott.
*Deidamia inscriptum.
*Arctonotus lucidus.
(— terlooi in Mexico.)
*Amphion nessus,
*Proserpinus gaurac.
*— juanita (2 subsp.).
*— clarkiae.

— flavofasciata (3 subsp.),
* Buproserpinus phaeton,
*— euterpe.

1, galli intermedia of doubtful origin, being members of

t The species and subspecies marked with an asterisk (*) are restricted to the Nearctic Region,

or extend southward only in Mexico,

( exvi )

It will be observed that all the <Acherontiinae except Herse are of
Neotropical extraction, being derivations from Protoparce. One of these genera
extends into the Palaearctic fauna (//yloicus), and has given rise to another
genus in N.W. India (Thamnoecha). The Atlantic Lapara is also a develop-
ment of Hyloicus. The most generalised Nearctic species of Hyloicus are
eremitoides and separatus ; they are closely allied to those Hyloicus which are
purely Neotropical (geminus, lugens, istar, etc.). We shall refer to this particular
relationship again when discussing the Palaearctie SpAingidae. The Ambulicine
genera of North America (as well as the Mexican genus Monarda) are all of
the Old World branch of the subfamily, which branch begins with Callambulyz,
itself not very far from the most generalised Ambulicine genus Compsogene,
confined to the Indo-Malayan Subregion. Sp/inx is common to North America
and the Palaearctic Region, and has its older members in Central Asia (Sphinx
hindermanni and caecus); one of the two Nearctic species is strongly specialised
(jamaicensis). Calasymbolus is a derivation from Sphinx, and Pachysphinx and
Cressonia (as well as Monarda) come also very near Sphina and Amorpha (see
pedigree of Ambulicinae).

The only Sesiine genus of North America which is not a recent immigrant
from the Sonth is /aemorrhagia with four species. It is distributed over the
Palaearetie Region, and has one species in India and another on the Moluccas
(Amboina, venata). The six genera of Philampelinae peculiar to the Nearctic
Region are not nearly related to the Neotropical Philampeline genus Pholus,
which represents an ancestral branch of the subfamily not occurring in the
Old World, but are specialisations of Old World genera. Ampeloeca (versicolor
and myron) and Darapsa (pholus) are very closely allied to Ampelophaga of
the Oriental Region and Pacific Palaearctic Subregion, being, like the Syrian
genus Berutana, derived from it. Sphecodina, Deidamia, Arctonotus, Amphion,
Proserpinus, and Euproserpinus have nothing to do with Haemorrhagia, with
which they are generally associated in classification. They belong to the Afro-
Oriental tribe Nephelicae of the Philampelinae.

North America has no species of Choerocampinae to itself, the three species
occurring in the temperate districts being NXylophanes tersa, which is Neo-
tropical, Celerio gallii, which is Holaretic, and Celerio lineata, which is
cosmopolitan, the American subspecies C. lineata lineata extending over both
New World Regions.

A few of the Nearctic genera reach southward into Mexico. Dolba hylaeus
is represented in Mexico by a younger genus, Dolbogene, containing, like Dolba,
only one species (/artwegi). One of the subspecies of Sphina cerisyi, of
Pachysphinx modesta, and of Hyloicus chersis occur in Mexico. Hyloicus
separatus of Kansas, Colorado, and New Mexico is found also in Mexico.
Arctonotus terlooi is an inhabitant of West Mexico, which is geographically very
closely related to the arid parts of the South-western States: California, Arizona,
Colorado, aud New Mexico. Not one of the genera of Old World extraction
extends farther south than Mexico.

( exvii )

The distribution of the Hawk Moths of North America illustrates a marked
faunistic division of the Continent into an Atlantic and a Pacific Subregion.
The Atlantic Subregion reaches westwards to the Mississippi plains and includes
part of Texas. It contains far more Neotropical immigrants than the Western
Subregion, Florida offering special facilities for a northward migration of the
Neotropical Sphingidae of the West Indies, none of the Neotropical species
which occur regularly or occasionally in Georgia, Carolina, ete., being absent
from Cuba. The genera characteristic for the Atlantic Subregion are thirteen :
Dolba, Ceratomia, Isogramma, Isoparce, Atreus, Lapara, Ampeloeca, Darapsa,
Deidamia, Amphion, Calasymbolus, and Cressonia, besides Sphecodina, which
oceurs, however, also in the Pacific district of the Palaearctic Region. The
Atlantic Subregion is, therefore, rich in genera peculiar to itself, while the
Pacific side of the Continent, from the Rocky Mountains to the Pacific Ocean,
has only three genera restricted to itself (Arctonotus, Euproserpinus, and
Dictyosoma). Of these western genera, Arctonotus and Huproserpinus are
derivations from Proserpinus, and Dictyosoma from the Atlantic Ceratomia.
The two Pacific species of Proserpinus and the only European one are more
specialised than the two species which belong to the Atlantic Subregion. We
have, therefore, the remarkable fact that what is characteristic for the Nearctic
Region is essentially Atlantic. The Atlantic Subregion is the birthplace of the
Nearctic Sphingid fauna. This is borne out by the two Holarctic genera Sphenx
and Haemorrhagia, which have together five species in the Atlantic and only
two in the Pacific Subregion of North America. This distribution gives a hint
how to explain the glaring contrast existing between temperate and tropical
America in the Sestinae and Choerocampinae. One would have expected to find
that, as is the case in Acherontiinae, the large Neotropical stock of Seséinae
had given rise to a crop of Nearctic specialisations, and that the Choerocampine
genus Xylophanes, flourishing with fifty species in the Neotropical countries,
had some special representatives in temperate North America. Temperature
and other atmospheric factors as such cannot be the cause of the deficiency in
the North American fauna, since the Sesiine genus //wemorrhagia is almost
exclusively an inhabitant of the northern temperate countries of the Old and
New Worlds ; since, secondly, the Palaearctic Region has eight species of Choero-
campinae to itself, besides Pergesa elpenor, which reaches into India; since,
thirdly, temperate South America has several Sesi/nae and Choerocampinae which
do not go far north into the tropics ; and as, fuurthly, the tropical plains as well
as the temperate high mountainous districts of South and Central America are
inhabited by Sesiinae and Choerocampinae. However, if it is hardly possible that
conditions of life are at the root of the discrepancy, the paucity of Seszinae
in North America and the absence of any indigenous species of Choeroca npinae
from that Region must find an explanation in the geographical history of the
Western Hemisphere. The explanation is rendered complicated by the fact
that there are no less than seven purely Nearctie genera of Acherontiinae
which are of Neotropical extraction, and therefore apt to contradict any likely

( exviil )

explanation which takes cognisance only of the Sesiinae and Choerocampinae.
The only plausible explanation is, we think, the following : South America was
at an early period divided into an Atlantic and a Pacific Island (or Archipelago).
The Atlantic Islands were in connection with what are now the West Indies,
and these were continuous with the Atlantic portion of North America, which
was likewise divided, by a broad sea corresponding to the Mississippi plains,
into an Atlantic and a Pacifie Island (or Archipelago). This Atlantic country
was contiguous with the land north and east, and hence stood in connection
with North Europe, perhaps as India and Australia are connected by an Archi-
pelago. If we now assume that the Seséinae and the ancestral Xylophanes
were almost entirely restricted to the Pacific Island of what is now South
America, while the Acherontiinae were essentially inhabitants of the Atlantic
Neotropical Archipelago or Island, or there represented by some generalised
genera, like the early Protoparce, Amphimoea, and Cocytius, it is evident that
there was no barrier to prevent the Acherontiinae from entering the Atlantic
Nearetic Islands, and crossing over the northern countries to North Europe
and Asia, whereas there was little chance of the early Xylophanes and the
Sesiinae reaching the Atlantic and northern countries.

The only northern Sesiine genus (Haemorrhagia) being a highly specialised
one, and the tropical Old World genera Cephonodes and Sataspes being still
more modified, speak for the distribution having taken place in the direction
indicated ; and the great percentage of elements of Old World descent in the
Atlantie Sphingid fauna of North America corroborates the evidence adduced
that there was a road of communication in the North between the Western
and Eastern Hemispheres.

The Atlantic Nearctic Sphingidae extend in Canada partly westward, and
meet the western species in British Columbia and Washington. The Rocky
Mountains and the platean west of them have uo pronounced peculiarities in
the Sphingid fauna.» The only distinctive features of this central district, which
ranks as a Subregion in other groups of animals, are a species of Haemorrhagia
not found outside the area (drwce?) and the subspecies Haemorrhagia diffinis senta:

The Palaearctic Region embraces Europe, North Africa, Syria, Central
Asia, Persia and Afghanistan, North China, Amurland, and the three main
islands of Japan. It is inhabited by 75 species of Sphingidae, belonging to
33 genera :—

‘

genera and 52 species are peculiar to the Palaeartic Region.

ety es » Ll ,, oceur also in the New World.

1 genus — is found in the Nearctic and Oriental Regions.
13 genera and 16 ,, occur also in the Oriental Region.

Gl ‘5 » 8% 4, occur also in the Oriental and Aethiopian Regions.
— yy » 2 4, occur also in the Aethiopian Region.

eo ess » Ll ,, are cosmopolitan.

33 genera and 75 species.

( exix )

The comparatively large number of genera occurring in the Palaearctic
Region is accounted for by the fact that many Oriental genera extend north-
ward in single species. It is curious that this northward extension obtains here,
as in the Nearctic Region, in the eastern district. The two cases are, of course,
purely analogous. Tropical China being continnous with Amurland and India,
and Formosa connecting with China the chain of islands running from Japan
southward, there is a convenient bridge from the Tropics to Japan and
Amurland. This close geographical connection between India and Japan ex-
plains the contrast in the relation of the Palaearctie countries with the Oriental
Region on the one side and the Aethiopian Region on the other. Numerous
Oriental species of Hawk Moths range northward into Amurland and Japan,
while only three African ones reach Europe (Acherontia atropos, Deilephila
nerii, and Tlippotion osiris), besides the Afro-Oriental traveller Hippotion
celerio, which comes to Western Europe most likely from the West Coast of
Africa, like Deilephila nerii. The Sahara is an effective barrier between the
Palaearctic and Aethiopian faunae.

The Oriental species which are found as such in Japan, North China,
Corea, or Amurland cannot be counted as Palaearctic. Acherontia styx,
Oxyambulyx ochracea, Clanis bilineata, Cephonodes hylas, Acosmeryx naga,
Macroglossum pyrrhosticta, corythus, faro, passalus, Gurelca masuriensis, Theretra
nessus, pinastrina, Rhyncholaba acteus, and also the Chino-Japanese Parum
colligata, are outside the proper Palaearctic fauna. These elements are com-
paratively recent immigrants, and correspond to the Neotropical immigrants of
North America. That the road by which they travelled is, however, an old
one is proved by the numerons eastern Palaearctic genera, species, and sub-
species which have their nearest relatives in the Oriental Region. Five species
common to both Regions are represented in each by a different subspecies :
Psilogramma menephron, Phyllosphingia dissimilis, Marumba sperchius, Ampelo-
phaga rubiginosa, and Langia zenzeroides. The eastern Palaearctic species,
Callambulyx tatarinovi, Marumba gaschkewitschi, jankowshii, maacki, Oxyam-
bulyx japonica, schauffelbergeri, Acosmeryx castanea, Rhagastis mongoliana, and
Theretra japonica, belong to Oriental genera; and Dolbina exacta and tanerei
have near allies in North India in Dolbina inexacta and Dolbinopsis grisea,
and Hyloicus caligineus in Thamnoecha uniformis. None of these Palaearetic
species extend to Central Asia or Hurope.

Of the remaining nineteen genera found in the temperate zone of the
Eastern Hemisphere we may dismiss Herse, which is represented only by the
wandering //. convolvuli occurring all over the Old World, inclusive of New
Zealand, which no other Hawk Moth has reached. Three are restricted to the
Pacific district : Sphingulus, Kentochrysalis, and Sphecodina. The last genus
has only two species, one of them occurring in the Nearctic Region; the
distribution is in so far curious as the Palaearctic species is Pacific and
the Nearctic one Atlantic. The genus is a derivation from the Afro-Indian
Philampelinae. Kentochrysalis and Sphingulus, together with Dolbina, belong

( exx )

to the small tribe Sphingulicae, which has one more representative in North
India (Doldinopsis) and three in Australia (Tetrachroa, Synoecha, and Hop-
liocnema). These seven genera are all that is left of the tribe; perhaps a
few more species than are known may be discovered in the Himalayan
countries, China, and Australia. The tribe is probably very ancient, and had
formerly a more uniform distribution in the Oriental Region, only remnants
being now extant.

The difference between the Western and Eastern divisions of the Palae-
arctic Region is enhanced by Central Asia, Asia Minor, and Europe possessing
five genera not occurring in Amurland and Japan. Sphingonaepiopsis is
Palaearctic, Oriental, and African, and is, like the West Palaearctic and
Nearctic Proserpinus, a derivation from the African Philampelinae. Akbesia,
found only in Syria, comes nearest to the Aethiopian genus Batocnema.
Berutana from Syria and Persia is a specialisation of Ampelophaga inhabiting
India, China, Amurland, and Japan. ethera of Central Asia and Afghanistan
has its nearest ally in the Oriental Region, and is of Oriental extraction. To
these genera we must add the African Detlephila nerit and Acherontia atropos,
which do not occur in the eastern parts of the Palaearctic Region ; and Theretra
alecto, which has developed into a pale subspecies in Syria, occasionally
occurring northward to the Caspian Sea, but rarely entering Europe.

There are now left to be discussed the genera ranging from Europe to
Japan. Macroglossum has one species which is much specialised, and is
nearest in characters to some Aethiopian ones, but may be a development
from an Oriental species (of the group of Jéelis). Macroglossum stellatarum
occurs all over the Palaearctic Region, and goes southward into North-western
India. J//yloicus is Palaearctic, Nearctic, and Neotropical; it is of American
origin, and has five species in the Palaearctic fauna, three being restricted to
the Pacific side (caligineus, oberthueri, and crassistriga) and two occurring from
Spain to Japan (pinastri and ligustr’), but having developed into a western
and an eastern subspecies. Méimas comes from the Afro-Indian stock of
Ambulicinae; it contains only one species, represented in the west and the
east of the Region by a well-marked subspecies (Mimas tiliae christophi and
Mimas tiliae tiliae). Amorpha is a development of the Oriental branch of
Ambulicinae ; its two species overlap in Russia and Transcaspia, A. amurensis
ranging from Amurland to North Russia, and A. populi in three subspecies
from Morocco, Spain, and Great Britain eastward to Central Asia and Asia
Minor. Sphinx is likewise a derivation from Oriental Ambulicinae (Callam-
bulyx) ; it has apparently come into Europe by way of Afghanistan and Persia,
Central Asia possessing the most primitive member of the genus (Sphina
hindermanni), while Europe (Sphinx ocellata) and North America (Sphine
Jamaicensis) have the most specialised ones. Europe and Japan have only one
species of Sphinz each, while Central Asia has two, Amurland three, and
North America two, besides the derivative genus Calasymbolus. Haemorrhagia
is, like Sp//na, Holaretic, but has one species in India (saundersi), and another,

( exxi )

which deviates much from the rest of the species, in Amboina (venata).
1. fuciformis oceurs all over the Palaearctic Region, and reaches into India;
it is separated into a western and an eastern subspecics ; Amurland, China,
and Japan have three species (staudingeri, beresowshkii, and radians) not
occurring in the western district, and A. tityus does not go farther east than
the Alai Mountains, while 4. croatica is confined to South-eastern Europe
and adjacent districts, ducal/s to Central Asia, dentata to Syria, and rubra to
Kashmir. The genus Celerio, which is cosmopolitan, gives a special feature
to the Atlantic half of the Palaearctic Region, where it is more abundantly
developed than anywhere else ou the globe. The genus is doubtless an old
one, and had formerly more species in the tropics, the one each in Madagascar,
Argentina, Chili-Peru, Cuba, and the two on the Sandwich Islands being
remnants of a formerly less erratically distributed genus. The genus has given
off two branches: Rhodafra in Southern Africa, and Pergesa in the Palaearctic
Region. Pergesa has four Palaearctic species, one ranging from West Europe
to Japan, China, and North India (elpenor), a second extending from West
Europe to Central Asia (porcedlus), a third occurring in Central Asia (svedlus),
and a fourth in Amurland and Japan (asholdensis). A fifth species of Pergesa,
closely allied to elpenor, is found in North India (rivwlaris).

The marked difference in the composition of the Sphingid fauna of the
Atlantic and Pacific Subregions of the Palaearctic Region is illustrated by the
following tables of distribution, in which the purely Oriental species which
range into Japan without having developed into Palaearctic subspecies are

not mentioned :—

DISTRIBUTION OF THE GENERA OCCURRING IN THE
PALAEARCTIC REGLION.*

|

sof |) cas Fs ms
Oe eg : = < =|
aS Eel a es Fa §
238 ok 2 =| rs 2 rs Descent
$Wa a £ 2 ) yenus
gE: ees 2 2 2 ie of Genus.
4a | ad S < Zz A
Acherontiinae.
Tlerse ‘ x x x x x | Oriental.
Acherontia x x x x — ~ Afro-Indian.
Psilogramma . —— x x =s, — = Oriental.
Hyloicus F x x = — x x American.
Dolbina . = x x — “= — Oriental.
*Kentochrysalis. _- x 7
*Sphingulus = x = = = = 5
Ambulicinae,

*Akhesia . x — — — — — Aethiopian,
Oxyambulyx — x x — — — Oriental.
Marumba x is x — = — ”
Langia = x x = — —_

Ja ” i
Mimas x x — == — == Afro-Indian.
Callambulya = x x = = — a iadian:
Sphins é x x oss = x 2
Phyllosphingia _ x x — — = -

* The purely Palaearctic genera are marked with

an asterisk (*),

—_
ic}
tal
4
=]
a

See se sae lee 2
2 = a g a =
seit & $ rd 3 2 2 Descent of
She | g be es 4 £ 3) 2 Genus.
BES | sss ° ce & 3
Sse | 238 = Ey o 3
a2 | ane is} < A z
Sesiinae.
Haemorrhagia x x x = x _— American,
Philampelinae.
Deilephila x — x x — = Afro-Indian.
Ampelophaga . — x x — — — Oriental.
*Berutana. x = = = = a *
Acosmeryx == x x — aay = 7%)
*Rethera . bate x — _ _ = = ny Be ‘
Sphingonaepiopsis x _ x x — _ ethiopian.
Sphecodina — x = — x _ Afro-Indian.
Proserpinus x = = = x ae .
Macroglossum . x Be x x = = ”
Choerocampinae.
Celerio x x > x x x Cosmopolitan.
*Pergesa . _ x x — _— — Palaearctic.
Hippotion x BG x x —_ Afro-Indian.
Theretra . 4 Ss x x oe = _ Oriental.
Rhagastis 5 — x Rc ee = pan x

DISTRIBUTION OF THE SPECIES OCCURRING IN THE
PALAEARCTIC REGION.*

idl Gee a jceake | Pane =
ae) ge | 2g ee
Sha | obs $ = as) 5
Ze || Ses 2 ‘a = —
3 (Sis oo ae 3 8 8
4qag |S2a] 6 4 A 4
Acherontiinae.

Herse convolvuli 6 ° A x x x x —
Acherontia atropos . ‘ J 6 5 x — — x — —
—styx . . 4 c — x x — — _—
Psilogramma menephron . = x x x a =
*Hyloicus ligustri ligustri . x — = = ae =
*— — constricta — x = = = ax
*— crassistriga . : a x go = és =
*— pinastri pinastri . x = = = = —
*— — morio == x as = =s3 —
*— caligineus . — x 24 = = =
*— oberthueri Es x ta as nee =
*Dolbina tancrei As x nee .= = =
*— eracta . : i — x = a = =
*Kentochrysalis streckeri — x 3, ae = =
*— consimilis — x == ze a= —
*— sieversi = x = a feos =

*Sphingulus mus = x = ote 2h

Ambulicinae.

*Oxyambulyx japonica — x a = = —
— schauffelbergeri SS x ed a = =
*Marumba quercus . x ues a _ = =
— sperchius . ‘i as x x = = ae
*— jankowskii . - = x = — = —
*— maacki % aS x —_ = = =
*— gaschkewitschi ai = x a = = =a
Langia zxenzeroides = x x = = ==

* The species restricted to the Palaearctie Region are marked with an asterisk (*).

en eae oe
Ke

( exxiii_)

Atlantic

Subregion of

Palaearctic R.

| Pacific

Subregion of

Palaearetic R,

Oriental R.

Aethiopian R.

| Nearctic R.

Neotropical R.

Ambulicinae—continued,

*MVimas tiliae tiliae

*— — christophi
*Callambulyx tatarinovi
*Sphine kindermanni.
*— caecus « 9
*— ocellata é %
*— planus . 4
*Amorpha populi
*_ amurensis .
Phyllosphingia dissimilis .

Sesiinae.

* Haemorrhagia ge
*_ yadians 3

*— fuciformis fucif. . a °

*_ —affinis . c : °
— beresowskii , P : :
— staudingeri : 9
— croatica 4 a : Fi
— rubra t

— dentata

— ducalis

aK OK OK ok ok

* i

oun.
Deilephila nerii t c
Ampelophaga rubig yinosa .
*Berutana kotschyi
*Acosmeryx castanea .
*Rethera komarovi 5 :
go Phingonaepiopsis gorgon .
— kuldjaensis . a .
BSphecodina caudata .
5 Proserpinus proserpina
*Macroglossum stellatarum §

Choerocampinae.

*Celerio euphorbiae § .

4— gallii . ‘ 0

*— nicaea §

*— zygophylli

*— vespertilio

*— hippophaés . c

— lineata . a :

*Pergesa elpenor elpenor
— —lewisi . c
ac — fraterna)

— porcellus ,

a suellus.

*— askoldensis . aiid
Hippotion celerio 5 ‘
(— osiris). . 5 . c
Vheretra alecto. : é

*— japonica. eee
*Rhagastis mong goliana é 3

sas lee eS Iles

eg eseed| if I Ss les

2S || SORES ET Ills

| || Sees I Sees |) I Sees ss bs Soke Soe

el eee

xx | [xx] | 1x

heses TH |

7 genera and 23 species occur in the Atlantic
Pacific

12 ” ”
ey ea

+ Kashmir.

”

are common to both Subregions.

’

’

Subregion,

”

t PD. nevii extends into the Western Peninsula of India and Ceylon.

§ On the Oriental Region only in N.W. India,

( exxiv )

The larger proportion of the genera and species occurring in the Palaearctie
Region are of Oriental extraction. Those of the Atlantic Subregion have come
over Afghanistan and Persia, those of the Pacific Subregion over China. Ten
of the genera do not ocenr in the Oriental and Aethiopian Regions, to which
number must be added Haemorrhagia, which is not of Tropical Old World origin,
and Dolbina, which extends only into North India. Of the ten genera characteristic
of the Palaearetic Region, two are of American descent (/Hyloicus and Haemor-
rhagia). When discussing the Nearetic Sphingidae, we drew attention to the fact
that the tropical //yloicus are more generalised than the Nearctic ones. A similar
phenomenon obtains in other genera. The European Marumba quercus is more
specialised than the Oriental species of the genus and than sperchius. The
Syrian Afdesiv is more specialised than the Aethiopian Batocnema, its nearest
ally. The youngest member of Callambulyx is the Palaearctie tatarinovi, the
Oriental rudricosa being the oldest. The most aberrant species of Sphinx is
the Nearectic jamaicensis (=geminatus), and the genus Sphinx has given rise in
North America to the specialised genus Calasymbolus. Of the various subspecies
of Sphinx cerisyi, the Mexican one is the most generalised. The American
Pachysphinx, Monarda, and Cressonia are younger members of that same
branch than is the Palaearetic Amorpha, and this is much more specialised
than the Oriental Callambulyz. The Syrian genus Berutana and the Nearctic
genera Ampeloeca and Darapsa are derivations from the Oriental genus Ampelo-
phaga. The southern Palaearctic species of J/aemorrhagia (croatica, dentata,
rubra, ducalis) have kept the complete or nearly complete covering of scales
to the wings, which the mimetic species have lost; the Atlantic Nearctic
Haemorrhagia gracilis and thysbe are also more generalised than diffinis and
brucei ; and Proserpinus gaurae and juanita more than the Pacific species of
the genus and its derivative Huproserpinus. The most specialised species
of the cosmopolitan genus Celerio are Palaearctic, and the two genera which
have branched off from Celerio are South African and Palaearctic. Macro-
glossum stellatarum is in structure and colour one of the most specialised
species of this large Afro-Oriental genus. Orecta, inhabiting temperate South
America, but extending beyond the Tropic of Capricorn, is a derivation from
the essentially tropical genus Amplypterus. These cases show that the extra-
tropical Sphingidae are derivations from a tropical fauna, and that specialisation is
generally highest in the districts farthest from the original country.

There are some apparent exceptions which, on closer inspection, only prove
the rule. olba of North America is more generalised than Dolbogene from
Mexico ; Dolbina inexacta from North India more specialised than D. tanerei
from Amurland and Japan; Vhamnoecha from North India more than the
Palaearetie Hyloicus, and Dolbinopsis from North West India more than the
essentially Palaearctic genus Dolbina. In all these cases the southern Sphinx
is a derivation from the northern, these insects being acquisitions from the
Temperate Zone, existing only in the borderlands of the Tropics.

The Oriental Region is not larger in extent than the Neotropical and

( exxv )

Aethiopian Regions; but, being almost exclusively tropical and very hetero-
morphic, has the largest number of Sphingidac. The richest in Sphingidae are
the western districts, India and the larger Sunda Islands; farther east there
is an obvious decrease in the number of species and genera, though Australia
possesses some genera of its own, and has, like the other Papuan countries,
many species which do not reach India. Macroglossum remains abundant in
species almost everywhere except on the outlying islands. Pstlogramma menephron,
aud several species of Theretra, Hippotion, and Macroglossum, are common from
Tndia to Queensland and the Solomon Islands. The 251 species which are
known belong to 64 genera. The distribution is as follows :—

36 genera and 226 species are Oriental.

13 x COO! 5s occur also in the Palaearctic Region.
ar. ” 3 oy ” ” ” » and Aethiopian Regions.
6 ” ” 1 + aA i » Aethiopian Region.

1 genus occurs in the Palaearctic and Nearctic Regions.
2 genera and 1 species are cosmopolitan.

The proportion between purely Oriental and not purely Oriental genera and
species is: genera, 36 : 28; species, 226: 21. The percentage of purely Oriental
genera appears to be small from these figures, owing to the fact of all the
genera found also outside the Oriental Region being included in the 28,
though many of them are actually Oriental, especially those extending north-
ward into the Pacific Subregion of the Palaearctic Region, as detailed above. To
arrive at the correct figures, we have to separate the indigenous genera, which
may have sent out some species beyond the limits of the Region, from the
genera of extraneous extraction. For the sake of simplicity we shall distinguish
ouly between tropical and northern temperate genera, leaving the discussion of
the relation of the Oriental fauna with the Aethiopian till we are dealing
with the latter.

The mountainous districts of North India and China have biological
conditions favourable for species of the Palaearctic Zone. We find here several
northern Sphingidae and members of Palaearctic genera—for instance, Celerio
euphorbiae and nicaea, Pergesa elpenor, Haemorrhagia fuciformis, Dolbinopsis
grisea, and Thamnoecha uniformis. Phyllosphingia, Parum, and Dolbina reach
from Amurland or Japan to Assam or Sikhim. All the other genera common
to the Palaearctic and Oriental Regions are tropical ones, the proportion of
tropical to non-tropical genera of the Oriental Region being 58 : 6.

Only 7 genera out of the 64 oceurring are derivations from the American
stock (Apocalypsis, Pseudodolbina, Coenotes, Thamnoecha, Haemorrhagia,
Cephonodes, and Sataspes). The Australian genus Coenotes, of which only
one species is known, is, like the North Indian genus Apocalypsis and its
derivative Pseudodolbina, a xoogeographical puzzle. Coenotes is very close
to Neogene from Argentina and Brazil, and Apocalypsis equally near
Curyglottis from tropical South America, The agreement between the

( exxvi )
respective Oriental and Neotropical genera is so close that we must consider
the relationship real.

The rest of 51 genera are endemic to the tropics of the Old World. Most
of these genera are Indian. Their distribution shows that the division of the
Oriental Region into a western and an eastern Subregion is not better established
in the Sphingidae than in most other families of Lepidoptera. There is no line
of division. The Papuan and the Indian elements, each taken as a whole, overlap.
There are, however, two centres in the development of species in the Oriental
Sphingid fauna: Continental India (inclusive of Burma and tropical China, of
which the Sphingidae are very imperfectly known), and tropical Australia and
the Papuan Islands. The Malay Archipelago, from the Malay Peninsula to the
Moluceas avd the Tenimber Islands, is exceedingly poor in species of its own,
and possesses only one genus peculiar to itself, Giganteopalpus, of which the
single species is as yet found only on Java, Sumatra, and Borneo. All the other
Oriental genera which do not occur on the mainland are found only in Australia,
not even in New Guinea, all the Sphingidae of the Papuan and Pacific Islands
eastward to Fiji and Tahiti being members of genera ranging to India and
partly to Africa. The island of Celebes has no single species of its own, and
only two or three subspecies, which is very remarkable, considering that the island
has a very distinctive population in many families of Lepidoptera and of other
animals. Though the distribution of the Sphingidae over the Archipelago is not
fully known, the following table will give an approximate idea of the extent of
the Indian and Papuan species in the Archipelago. We leave out all the Indo-
Chinese species which have not been found in the Archipelago, but add the
Australian ones; to shorten the table, we exclude also the species common to
both Subregions. The Papuan species are marked with an asterisk (*). The
column “India” embraces Continental Asia as far as it belongs to the Oriental
Region ; the “ Lesser Sunda Islands” comprise the islands from Lombok to Alor ;
the “Moluccas” the southern and northern Moluccas (Amboina, Ceram, Buru,
Batjan, ete.) ; “Tenimber” includes the islands between Timorlaut and Wetter;
and “ Oceania” means the islands south and east of the Solomon Islands :—

é | P
= a
; 3 | I
an = F <] oa
rF) a | : 1
wll ime a 5 | B 2 S) gi
S| Bde ed. | on 21h (ead E/4/21 8/4
-|o/8/] 0! & }melel ge] 2] o ‘s|/ S| a a
sig| 3 Sl) sla] 5s nO ice oe | £
Slels | Els] S22) el ele) 2) Ss) eels
o\'s >| a/é = i] nl
A S/S/G]al oi} o)/o!/ Oo] SO) h),-| 5/4) 6) 9
Alal|2/RIRIS|/RA B/S /OlAIM | 4d/a|/ a/R] alo
Acherontiinae.
* Herse fasciata ae a pes |p Yc
*— luctifera . : . ‘ po x x |x x cy
*— godarti F 5 5 F = —|— | — | =| — |) — eS eee
Acherontia styr —. : fxs |ael sel xe lord x =e! sis /— lea 2 ee SS
— lachesis P 5 IxlxIlxlxixlx xlx = os
Meganoton nyctiphanes . Pa a 2 a fee — = — — --
*Leucomonia bethia . = — = —|>) Sas
*Coenotes eremophilae —, : — —|{—|—] x |—|—|—
*Tetrachroa edwardsi : = — |) se eS
*Synoecha marmorata . «| —|— |] —| —] —|—| — |) — = = x | = SS
*Hopliocnema melanoleuca 6 J | pe (a ae fe ea fa |e | ea (es || —

( exxvii )

Ambulicinae.

Compsogene punopus
Oxyambulyx bima .
— substrigilis .
— ¥_ meek.
*_ wildei.
+*— subocellata .
— semifervens .
*— dohertyi
* Metamimas australasiae
*Coequosa triangularis
Clanis euroa .
— Leucophlebia lineata
— Polyptychus trilineatus
Marumba dyras.
—*_amboinicus. —.
_— spectabilis . :
— timora
— Daphnusa ocellaris .
Smerinthulus terranea
— quadripunctatus .
— — dohrni : 2
| Degmaptera olivacea
Callan yx rubricosa

Sesiinae.

‘aemorrhagia venata
3 Cephonodes spoons di

lifunsis . .
Sataspes infernalis .

—tagalica . é
5 eal : é

Philampelinae.
*Chromis heliodes .
*Deilephila protrudens
_ Ampelophaga linigera
Blibia dolichus.
Acosmeryx socrates .
*—miskini . .
*Panacra micholitz .
— — busiris : a
*— splendens . .
— malayana 3
——automedon . C
— dohertyi
— tiridates
—variolosa . “
— mydon
*Angonys boisduvali
%—meeki. . .
Enpinanga vigens .
—borneensis .
—labuana . .
Cizara ardeniae .
*Nephele didyma
TU,

= 3
ie -
€| |E] |e oN elk Shel
s| a = DR) i) a sa et ;
B/E] 6|6 Pan ea iroaleeaaliecs Ble\2|8l¢
On leeee ea ||| eneee | eet eo 5s|€|3s ‘g
Sia pes] at |) ee) rT) read eee | [ee 5/6|/8/¢8
mla|| Els] 2/8] elslSlelels/Fla| leis
ae SI Slale|slel2ica o| A =| BS | el =o | Oo
SS (2 (Sle Slalele|ol;a|e) <|2)<|R\alo
|| 01 x — = —|— =
— | —|— | —} — | xX | — — —
SE) SOUR Te
— —s —_ — — x |—
ao ees | ate x |x eee
Pal -Sal tessa be x —|— —_—
== | a SS ee ee ee
—|— _— = — x x
= = — x|— —_
= || ae 2=5)| 8 es he 12
— | — | — | — | — | — | -- > — | — — | —
Pe ||P. | hoc joao baSel bea fee Sl I x —_— _—
Ss |= —|x =||= —|— —|— —
561) OS iliex x|x — = ll Pi I
x |=} x |—|— == —|— _ =
== xix a) ft | S|
B81) S31] SS |] S85) SS) Se | x =
—|x |—| xX |— — | — — —|— —
= x 23)
| ie. = — =) os, = =
=e x eae = oes =
x1 x |x| x J—| x |— =| — — —
| i a ee S| S|
—|—|—|—}—|—|— = x |— x
= —|— x|— — —|— x x
x |—|—|—|—|—] «| x }—}—}|—|—|—]—] x |—|—-|—
fe |) ee) |) | |) et ff SS SS
x|x|—|—|x|x|x x — xe || —\—
es | |e a |e re ne ee er | ae et ele
=| |S =|] 4S) = — = = ==||53
x =|) % —|— == /=/= = = =
x |—|—|—| xX |= | — — — —|-- =
—|— —\|— —_—|— bs — | — | — | — | YS I
== = SS ee se
= — = |= x || = |x| x | x)—
— —|]—!| X | — | — —_—|— — | —_ | —
PR |S eS | EY | eee | ee Pf ff
C—O ek => =
pn a a | a re A a ee ae a
I ed eo ee ed I I "OX I I I I
Fe Ne = =i =
—|—|—|—|—]—|— | —|—|]—] x |—|—] x] x }—] x }—
—|—|x]xJ—|x/—|—|— —| —|—
x |—|—| xX | Ke ee I I er I I I I
—| x |=) x J SS SS FS I FS FF FH le SI I
— | — | — | — | Ke I dS — | —
eS | SY ff |
x|x|x]x}] x] x] x }—|—|—}—|—}|—|—|—|—|-|—
— | — | — | | | — |} — | — — — I I SS Od XI
en ee ——a —|x
=|2 |=. |SeSeSeaeceSesse
|| | ee ee ee
OX I OI OI
x|x}—|—|—| x |—|—| —|— | —|-—|— |---| -|-|-
— | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — }— | — | — —| x j—|—|—

3 2
al ld pleale
o 7 . oi] s
Se esa esa foes Z 3/4|8 Sy esilies
13/2/8121. sls elers '/@/|8
Ss 5 .
S\s\elelele el slelSlelsleleialz
Elsl@la@la|Slalela|cla|s|<|2/<|a
Philampelinae— continued.
Gurelea hyas « : x — x —|— —|— —|—
Sphingonaepiopsis pumilio SESH I eas - = =
Euryptery« bhaga x ~ x _— = ||—
*_molucca . —|— —}]—}]/—}] x J—J —] x |} J =
Gigantcopalpus mirabilis |S el
Macroglossum avicula . | a SS ee el
— gyrans . ° : Pa > Sad Piel Te en [at Stn oo Va | I Fa a el ee || =|
—vacillans . ; fff | ee
—assimilis . A * x |= ]—J— I Ke I eI I ee
— fruhstorferi ° 4 —|—|—|—|—] x |= JH KS SI I
*—calescens . 4 5 —|—|— |} —| —] =| =] — | — | — | | | I X 1S 1 *
— castaneum « : a) ee eI Oa el I I a
— pyrrhosticta 5 : ~|xl—lx|—l—l x} x |= J HJ Hae eI et
— troglodytus . 4 9 1x — J | | XS SSS HS SS SS | SS ee
me aaa 2 ‘ 2 a pe a | a | 52 te
*_ungus Pdi tan Pea eal th |) ke aes
— sitiene : ' o x === | & | SS = SI a SSS A ES Ele
*_ stigma 2. . sSaSaeSS SSS SeeSsee|Hi iS \=
—heliophila . 6 5 Bi aes Wiss Vesa Wessel ess fd fe fel ee | ||
ele . = 5 Sa i eens eg a en a a Se | | os
+ albiqu : ‘ 2 = | S| SS Sle S| SS SS SS Se Slee
Vateai. c 5 | eee fe fee Pome fe A PS
+_hirundo . : j os a ae ee ee Se | Se |) Se
*_ rectans ieee é a (a ee (ee gS |
*_nubilum . % . SS Se a ea aa
+*_ godeffroyi . 3 ° ./—/—|/—|— —|— —|— =|—| x
— variegatum . i" s ete Nl pg | |
gon Siaucuptera. E . 1x} xJ—l—J—] & JJ = | — | SH FSS Se lS
*— vidua. a : j—J—J— | =] — J — | - J —— x —
*_joannisi— . : | SSS a See SS a SSS SS a Se
—semifasciata. : x |S IS SS SS SS SS SS BS SS al ee
— aquila t % : Lx} x tx doe} x tx |J—l—|— f= Hf =] HPA HK] I
— sylvia : . : Px] xe Il xe Pd xe |S I SS SS SS SS SS SS
*_eichhorni . 2 A De Se a Se SS eS eS SS SS 2S SS SS SS eee
— mullifascia . : F j= Sls) 2 SS SS 2 SS SS
—hemichroma .. x (—l—l x | x se |S SS | Ss = | SS | SS SS SS SS
—faro . . . : Lx} x Px] eH) eH | S| SS SS SS SI SS al
wmeekin oo 8 ce Se SS SS a SS a SS SS es a al
—mitchelli. : : oN se) SS a ye | eS SS aS Sa SS
*— phocinum . < : (—j— | — | — | — es — ps
—buruensis . . a a ef i i
*_micacea . : : == a a | ce ee
— splendens . : : ea fe ep ef | a ed P| Sey) oe |S |] os ==
Choerocampinae.
Celerio lineata : | silesealt=— | Sa) | ee eS SS SS SS ea Slee
Hippotion echeclus . : el x |—lo | x doe |e] xe J— ld x J} = | HR | He
— rafflesi Q é : efx l—} sxe |Sl—] & |= — |S) x SS SS EE aa SS
*_brenus . C mf se ce
*— sxerofa ee | sles a je a | | a PO a fe fe | — |
Therabodudi | « jclaliviniSeSsa222e22S ae
*— queenslandi A A = | a a a a ie ||| ||
—inearnata . z ; a a SS SS SS SS a ee
— sndistncla i ee Se a Sl eal ed ee
*—jinornata . . . i) ee a S| a FS ef Pe [Pte] ||
— tryoni a ae a ee ee a hee be (a ee a i fel feweg tavanh——| — —
—alecto. A : 3 eh eh a SS | Sl eee
— suffusa E ‘ % edie [se Se sel a SS SS SS
— lycetus 2 2 else — =) xe SS SS SS SS Sa
%_margyita. . ©. .J—|—|—/—/—|—|—/—|—|—-J—-J—/—=/- 1] x =|
‘—brunnea 5 is i a
(es ||

— turneri r 0 5 S

( cxxix )

a | | | ; |
a | d |
ye etant le fok fale it
= US) Ft l(a
ls | 2 | 2 si 4 | al 2 5
3/ 3 = g i) wll) ee o/s | 4 |
18) 2] o6/e coal 2| a| 3 fis) 2) 8
a] Silal|o|@| .|] 3) 8) 8/8] 8s 5| S| a] ¢
|.8) 2 al e|S|e]2 Bl sb) [aan =] i o| 2) s
belel el Sslelelsl S| slsle|s)el-| | 2
j= el oe LES sis ag I 4|A4/< |
——— —— - | = |- = = | -|-
: . | | i}
Choerocampinae— continued. | |
| |
Theretra insignis t = : x | x |e fe el ee
Rhyncholaba acteus ‘ 57) | Pasa rosin | BaP bee [issn Pike al hace, =| eal) seen =-
Rhagastis castor
— acuta . = : oA iievee fire x - | x |
—albomarginatus . : 21 x |—| x] x |— | a= a) S| es ee i
Cechenena aegrota . Isc seal ia Hes =| =) a =| :
— lineosa : BNA Supe hsv fe |- j= |= =
— pollux: : : : , x “4 |= || == || ||) =

y+ Andamans.

Besides these 117 species,* there are 45 which occur from India to Papnasia.
Only 26 species are peculiar to the area from Malacca to the Moluccas, and of
these Oxyambulyx semifervens and Sataspes ribbei are doubtfully distinct. Judging
from the number of Papuan species described in this Revision, it is evident
that further explorations will add substantially to the list of 58 Sphingidae
peculiar to the Papnan Region. Of the 45 species common to both Subregions,
no less than 15 have developed into a western and an eastern subspecies. The
genera restricted to Australia are 7—namely, Leucomonia, Coenotes, Tetrachroa,
Synoecha, Hopliocnema, Metamimas, and Coequosa. Of Papuan origin are probably
also Chromis and Angonyx. It will be seen from-the above table that the
cosmopolitan genus //erse has its headquarters in Papuasia, where 4 species
oceur out of the 5 (convolrul’ is not in the list). It was originally most likely
Papuan, and took in Australia the place of the Indo-African genus Acherontia.
Only Herse convolvuli has wandered beyond the Papuan Subregion. The American
Tlerse cingulata may be a development from either convolvuli or godarti. There
is morphologically rather more evidence for godarti than for conrolruli Veing
the ancestor of cingulata ; but geographically convolvuli las the advantage, since
it does not require the construction of an Antarctic Continent to bring it into
geographical connection with the range of cingulata.

The scarcity of indigenous species in the Malay Archipelago, from Malacca
to the Moluccas, and the practical absence of genera restricted to these islands,
and, further, the extension of Papuan species towards the west, and of Indian
ones far towards the east, demonstrate that the Sphingid population has come
to those islands by comparatively recent immigration from both sides. If we
call to mind the erratic distribution of Cephonodes hylas, which is found (in three
subspecies) in the Aethiopian Region, in India, China and Japan, and again
in Australia and on Flores ; of the two Oriental species of Nephede, which oceur in
India, Java, and Australia, of Celerio lineata, which inhabits Continental Asia and
Australia, but not the Archipelago; of the Sphingulicae, which are restricted to

* Lurypteryx shelfordi described on p, 813 is not included in this number.

( cxxx’ )

Australia and to North India and the Pacific Palaearctic Subregion * ; and couple
these facts with the absence of indigenous genera from the Archipelago (except
the Malayan Géganteopalpus) and the scarcity of peculiar species, it becomes
highly probable that one and the same cause lies at the bottom of these
phenomena in distribution. The simplest explanation would be to assume that
the Australian and Asiatic Continents were at an early period in the history of
the Sphingidae at least as closely connected as they are now, the connection
allowing of the Asiatic fauna extending into Australia, and that later the inter-
jacent district became so far submerged that the fanna was practically destroyed.
With the separation of Asia and Australia by a wide gap, the condition for
the evolution of special genera and species was given in Australia. The reason
for the seven endemic genera of tropical Australia not having migrated over the
Papuan Islands may be purely biological ; or it is possible that at least two of
them (Leucomonia and Tetrachroa) really do occur outside Australia, but have
not yet been found.

The Indo-Malayan Subregion has twice as many species of Sphingidae as
the Papnan Subregion, there occurring nearly 190 species, of which 150-odd do
not extend into the Papuan countries. The canse of the contrast is easily
perceptible. Papnasia is isolated from all Continents except Asia. Its entire
Sphingid population is Indian in extraction, perhaps with the exception of
Coenotes, which has closer affinities to the Neotropical Neogene. Since the
greater proportion of the Sphingidae are swift-flying and of wide distribution,
and as a good many exist under adverse climatical conditions, and hence prove
themselves to be remarkably adaptive, it appears to us to follow that the
Sphingid fauna of Australia would contain a good mixture of South American
and African elements, if there had ever, within the history of Sphingidae, existed
an Antarctic Continent connecting these countries with one another, and suitable
for the existence of Hawk Moths. India and the neighbouring tropical districts
of Asia, on the other hand, have had an influx from the North and West, and,
being mountainons, offered at the same time the necessary conditions of life for
the maintenance of a great variety of species. It is especially the North Hast
of India, and most likely Burma and China—both of which are very imperfectly
explored—that harbour the largest number of Sphingidae. South and West
India are much poorer in Sphingidae, as is indeed the case with nearly all
groups of Lepidoptera. Though the absence of very many of the Himalayan
species and genera from Ceylon and South India is compensated for to a certain
degree by the appearance of some forms which do not extend to Sikhim, Assam,
and Burma, we emphasise that the Western Peninsula and Ceylon have very
few species of their own and no genus peculiar to themselves, the differences
being chiefly subspecific. The significance of this fact will be understood if we
add that a few Palaearctie and African species reach into the Western Peninsula
or the adjacent North Western districts (Mucroglossum stellatarum, Deilephila

* The Australian Papilio leosthenes, which has its nearest relatives in Asia and Europe, may be
mentioned in this connection,

( exxxi )

nerii, Haemorrhagia fuciformis). Since there is no barrier to prevent these
species from going farther east, it is manifest that the reason for their restriction
to, and their occurrence in, South and West India is biological. That is to
say, the Western Peninsula offers conditions of life suitable to those Palaearctic
and African species, while the Central North and East of India do not. The
differences between the West and North Hast are biological, most likely meteoro-
logical. There is nothing whatever in the composition of the Sphingid fauna
(and of other families of Lepidoptera) to indicate that there ever was another
road of communication between the Western Peninsula inclusive of Ceylon and
Continental Africa than South Persia and Arabia, though the road may have
been less barren.

The species which are common to the Oriental and Aethiopian Regions,
besides the before-mentioned Deilephila nerii, which is decidedly African, are only
four—namely, /erse concolvuli, Cephonodes hylas, Celerio lineata livornica, and
Hippotion celerio. Two of them are wanderers, occurring nearly all over the
Hastern Hemisphere (Herse convolvuli and Hippotion celerio) ; Celerio lineata
livornica is also a wanderer, but does not go farther east than Continental
Asia and Japan, lineata being absent from the Malay Archipelago and repre-
sented again by a special subspecies in Australia (C. lineata livornicoides) ; and
Cephonodes hylas from the Aethiopian Region is subspecifically different from
the Oriental Aylas. It is evident that, apart from the three wanderers, no
exchange has taken place within more recent date. Nevertheless, there is a close
affinity between the two tropical Old World Regions dating from a more remote
period, evidence of which is found in the genera Acherontia, Clanis, Leucophlebia,
Polyptychus, Sphingonaepiopsis, Deilephila, Nephele, Cephonodes, Hippotion, and
Theretra, which are found both in Africa and India. There are, besides, several
Acthiopian genera which are close allies of Indian ones—for instance, Pemba,
Poliana, Maassenia, Rhadinopasa; and the Oriental genus Grurelca is a derivation
from Temnora, Rhodosoma of India comes close to Hypaedalia of West Africa,
and the Aethiopian Atemnora is the prototype of Mucroglossum, the fifty-one
Oriental species of which are almost 25 per cent. of the total number of
species of Oriental Sphingidae.

The African Sphingid fauna is as yet very imperfectly known. The pro-
portion of undescribed species arriving from there is very large. We do not
think the number of species and genera is much inferior to that of the Oriental
fauna. There are as yet known 52 genera and 179 species,* of which 38 genera
and 172 species are peculiar to the Aethiopian fauna, a proportionally very large
number. Acherontia atropos and Deilephila nerii, which extend outside the
Region, but are also Aethiopian in origin, must be added, making a total of 174
truly Aethiopian Sphingidae. The separation of the African Continent into a
Western, a Southern, and an Eastern district is not very distinct in the Hawk
Moths. The faunistic differences between the West African forest region and the
drier and more open districts of the Eastern side of the Continent are biological

* Hippotion aurora, described on p. 812, is not included in this number.

( exxxii )

in origin, and not caused by a geographical barrier having existed at an earlier
epoch. Where the physiography of West Africa is similar to that of the
Eastern districts, a similar fauna appears—as, for instance, in Angola and the
Hinterland of Sierra Leone and of the Gold Coast ; and where in Hast Africa there
are extensive forests, insects of the West African type turn up. The genera
Polyptychus aud Temnora have very many species in West Africa and few in
Hast Africa; but allowance must be made for the fauna of East Africa being
less explored than that of the West Coast. The South of the Continent, from
Capetown to Benguella and the Zambesi, is physiographically and fannistically
similar to that of East Africa. There are, however, some species of Lepidoptera
which do not go far northwards into the tropics. Of Hawk Moths, Zheretra
capensis, Polyplychus mutata, and Oligographa juniperi may be spoken of as
being characteristic of this area. Some other species (Rhodafra opheltes and
marshalli, Temnora natalisand namaqua, Microsphing pumilio, Leptoclanis pulchra,
etc.) are too rare to be safely regarded as being restricted to the South.

The differences between Madagascar and the Continent are very obvious.
The Malagassic Subregion has 4 genera of its own (Panogena, Lomocyma,
Temnoripais, Maassenia) and 26 species* and 6 subspecies restricted to itself,
out of 23 genera and 44 species. We append a list of the species found in the
Subregion, those confined to it being marked with an asterisk :—

Occurrence outside the Malagassic
Subregion.

Acherontiinae.

Herse convolvuli . : : 3 : P i Old World.
Acherontia atropos . ‘ 5 Z i 5 : Africa ; Europe.
Coclonia fulvinotata g : ‘ 7 j § Africa.

*— solani

*Xunthopan morgani pracdicta teen ees : The other subsp. African.
*Panogena jasmini .
*— lingens . 2
*Lomocyma oegraphe

Ambulicinae.
*Butocnema coquereli (2 subsp.) =
*Pseudoclanis qrandidieri —
*Polyptychus meander eae

Sesiinae.
Cephonodes hylas virescens. é é : Africa.
—apus .

*— trochilus
*— leucogaster .

%.

Philampelinae.
Delephilaineri= \,, Va 70 ae ee Africa; Europe; W. India & Ceylon.
* Maassenia heydeni .
*Nephele densoi

— comma

Africa.

” Hippotion aurora, described on p, $12, is not include| inthis number.

( exxxiii )

Occurrence outside the Malagassic
Subregion.

Philampelinae—continued.

*Nephele ocnopion oenopion — . , ; ‘ The other subsp. African.
%— — slictica . 5 : : 5 2 : ; —=
*Lemnora grandidieri : ‘ . ; 5 -—
*_ marginala comorane . ; : : ; i The other subsp. African.
*— fumosa peckoveri

” ” ” ”

*— palpalis ; -
*Temnoripais lasti . ‘ ; : ; : : —
*Sphingonacpiopsis obscurus — . 7 : 6 ; —

altemnora westermanni . ; ; : : : Africa.

*Macroglossum alluaudi ; 3 ; : : ae

*— goror . 5 ‘ F ‘ : a 5 <=

*_ milvus : a 3 : : , ; : ——
*_ qesalon

*$— pachycerus . é : : : * F ——

Choerocampinae.

*Celerio biguttata . ; j ; : : : —

— lineata livornica 5 F 5 ; F Africa ; Europe; Asia.
*Buchloron megaera laucorduirei — . . : ; The other subsp. African.
Basiothia medea . é . . : : ? Africa.
*_ laticornis . ¢ 7 A a F : —
*/Hippotion batschi . : 5 ‘ : . all —
*_ saclavorum a 5 F : 5 5 na ==

*_ butleri , : ; A 5 5 5 a a

— balsaminae. ‘ F : ; q F ; African.

— osiris . Africa.

— eson Africa.

*Theretra orpheus intensa

*— geryon ; ‘ : ; : : F : | =
| The other subsp. African.

The Malagassic Sphingidae are thoroughly African, the only species indi-
cating an affinity with India not shared by the African Continent being
Hippotion geryon, which is close to the Indo-Australian velox, and Maassenia
heydeni, which stands intermediate between Nephele and the Oriental genus
Acosmeryx. The existence of four species of Cephonodes in the Subregion and of
five Macroglossum, while Africa has only one species of each genus, is a striking
feature of the fauna, which, however, does not demonstrate a closer affinity with
India or with Australia, but is the consequence of the Subregion being an
Archipelago, and the wide separation of the islands offering a condition for
the development of special species. The various species of Cephonodes and
Macroglossum, indeed, do not occur over all the islands, and most of them are
quite restricted in range. The similarity between the Malagassic and Oriental
faunae is much inferior to that existing between the African Continent and
India. However, the few affinities which there are, taken together with the
presence of African genera in India, and of Oriental ones in Africa, prove a
rather close connection between the Aethiopian and Oriental faunae, each having
profited from the other. There is no such agreement between Africa and
South America. These Continents have no genus in common except the two

( exxxiv )

cosmopolitan ones (//erse and Celerio). The affinity which there exists between
the Neotropical and Aethiopian Regions is shared by India.

Since low types of all the subfamilies of SpAingidae, with the exception of
the Sesiinae, oceur in the tropics of the Western and Eastern Hemispheres, there
is indeed a close affinity in this respect between the tropics of the Old and
New Worlds. But the affinity constituted by the presence of allied low types has
quite a different bearing on questions of geographical distribution from that affinity
which is established by the occurrence of closely related specialised genera and
species. Let us take, for instance, the <Acherontiinae and Ambulicinae. The
lowest African, Indian, and American genera \anthopan, Meganoton, Cocytius,
and Proteparce are as nearly related to each other as the younger derivatives
Hyloicus, Ceratomia, Thamnoecha, ete.; and the generalised Ambulicine genera
Protambulyx, Amplypterus, Compsogene, wd Oxyambulyx are phylogenetically as
closely connected as are the specialised genera Sphinx, Amorpha, Pachysphina,
Phyllosphingia, Cressonia, ete. The migration northwards and westwards into
the Nearetic Region of the derivations from the ancestral Oriental Ambulicinae,
represented by Amplypterus in the present epoch, and the extension of the
derivations from the lowest Neotropical Acherontiinae, Protoparce, or an extinct
genus similar to it, north and eastward into the Palaearctic Region as far south
as the Himalayas, and, further, the modification of either branch into a number
of genera, have required a long time. Since not one of the younger derivations
from the Oriental <Ambulicinae and African Acherontiinae occurs in South
America, and none of the younger developments of the Neotropical branches of
these subfamilies are found in Africa or India, though the younger developments
have become distributed northward as widely as stated above, it is obvious that
there was no direct connection between the Neotropical Region and Africa and
India during that period in which the evolution and distribution of the younger
members of the two subfamilies took place. That is to say, the time which
has elapsed, since the African Xanthopan and the Neotropical Cocytius, or the
Indian Compsogene and the Neotropical Amplypterus, closely allied though they
are, became geographically separated, is more remote than that which elapsed
since the Nearetic and Palaearctic Regions exchanged a number of specialised
genera, The distribution of the other subfamilies confirms this conclusion. The
generalised Ses¢/nae occur only in the Neotropical Region, not one species being
peculiar to any other region, though one single specialised—the most highly
specialised—Dranch has crossed to the Palaearctic Region, and established itself
in two genera in the tropics of the Old World (Satauspes, Cephonodes). The
oldest genus of Philampelinae is again Neotropical (Pholus). It is sharply
separated from the rest of the subfamily, and the only one occurring in the
Neotropical Region, besides a derivative from Pholus found on the Sandwich
Islands (7ixostoma). All the other Philampelinae are of Old World extraction,
and have partly migrated from the Eastern Hemisphere into the Nearetie
Region. In both the Sesiinae and Philampelinae the geographical barrier
between the Eastern and Western tropics must haye been effective at a very

(_ cxxxy )

early period of the history of Sp/cngidae, since otherwise an interchange of the
widely distributed genera, like the Old World Philampelinae: Deilephila and
Nephele, and the New World Sesiinae: Pseudosphinx, Erinnyis, Pachylia, ete.,
would have heen the unavoidable consequence of the presence of some kind of
geographical bridge between tropical West and Hast. In the Choerocampinae
we have again a similar kind of distribution, The Neotropical Region has only
the genus Xylophanes, besides the cosmopolitan Celerio and a derivation from
Xylophanes. All the eleven Old World generalised and specialised genera have
been debarred from entering the New World, though they are quick flyers and
mostly of wide distribution ; and the Neotropical genus Xylophanes, though very
generalised, has no representative in the Hastern Hemisphere.

The affinity which exists between the Neotropical Region and the Tropics
of the Old World is geologically remote, but phylogenetically close. The
distinction between close blood-relationship in the faunae which means recent
geographical connection, and close blood-relationship which indicates remote
geographical relation of the countries, which distinction is clearly demonstrated
by the distribution of the Sphingidae, is of the highest importance in studies of
geographical distribution. The distinction is entirely effaced and the student led
astray, if the genera are not studied and defined with the view of giving in the
classification adequate expression to the phylogeny of the family.

We divide the Sphingidve into the following gronps :—

A. Sphingidae asemanophorae.—p. 3.

Snbfamily Acherontiinae.—p. 4.
Tribe Acherontiicae.—p. 4.
Tribe Sphingicae.—p. 27.
Tribe Sphingulicae.—p. 154.
Subfamily Ambulicinae.—p. 166.

B. Sphingidae semanophorae.—p. 347.

Subfamily Sesiinae.—p. 349.
Tribe Dilophonoticae.—p. 352.
Tribe Sesiicae.—p. 372.

Subfamily Philampelinae.—p. 475.
Tribe Philampelicae.—p. 475.
Tribe Nephelicae.—p. 498.

Subfamily Choerocampi nae.—p. 672.

.

Il. SYSTEMATIC SECTION.

Famtry SPHINGIDAE.—Typus: Sphinx ocellata.

Sphine Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim).

Sphinges Scopoli, Intr. Hi-t, Nat. p. 413 (1777) (partim).

Sphingides Latreille, Hist. Crust. Ins. xiv. p. 126 (1805) (partim); Leach, in Brewst., Edinb. Encycl.
ix. p. 130 (1815).

Sphingidae Samouelle, Ext. Comp. p. 243 (1819): Westw., Brit. Moths 1. p. 5 (1843): Walk., List
Lep. Ins. B.M. viii. p. 76 (1856) (descr. of Sphing. of the globe) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond.
ix. p. 511 (1877) (revis. of Sphing.) ; Smith, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xv. p. 49 (1888) (monogr.
of N. Amer. Sphing.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 624 (1892) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Muuna Brit.
Ind., Moths i. p. 65 (1892) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 11 (1899) (deser. of Palaearct.
Sphing.).

Sphingidae + Sesiidae Stephens, Tllustr. Brit, Ent., Haust. i. p. 104 (1828).

Sphingidi Boisduval, Ind. Meth. p. 32 (1829) (catal. of Eur. Sphing.).

Sphingiadae Harris, in Sillim., Jowrn. Se. Art xxxvi. p..290 (1839) (monogr. of N. Amer. Sphing.),

Sphingidae + Orthidae, Swainson & Shuckard, Hist. Nat. Arrang. Ins. p. 101 (1840).

“ Sphingides” Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 1 (1875) (monogr. of Sphing.).

qq globular or slightly flattened, almost smooth, without distinct excrescences,
the structure being microscopical.

Larva cylindrical, or tapering in front, third and fourth segments often swollen;
skin covered with setiferous granules, or smooth, the granules often present only
in first stage; segments ringed; head rounded or triangular, apparently always
rounded in first stage, sometimes first rounded, then triangular, and again rounded
in last stage (llema, see also Clanis); eleventh segment with horn, which is
occasionally replaced by a button-like knob, horn longer in first than in later stages,
often carried upright or leaning forward in first stages and movable at will, bifid
in first stages, or at least with two apical setae, varying in structure from being
covered with large setiferous tubercles to being nearly smooth.

Pupa: segments 5 and 6 of abdomen movable (three joints) ; tongue-case
reaching to evd of wing-cases, or shortened, often compressed, cariniform, enlarged
basally or projecting free, sometimes rolled in spirally ; sides of abdomen generally
more strongly sculptured than dorsal and ventral parts of sommites, stigmatical
area mostly transversely ribbed or carinate ; cremaster very variable, bifid as a rule,
often with spines and hooks. Free in a cell in the ground, or in a very loose cocoon
on the surface between leaves, or beneath surface, seldom span up on branch of
food-plant (Calliomma).

Imago varying in length of body from 12 to 80 mm., and in length of forewing
from 10 to 90 mm. (Sphingonaepiopsis obscurus and Cocytius antaeus).—Tongue
varying from being several times as long as the body to being reduced to two
small tubercles.—Pilifer clothed with bristles or scales, the brush even, or the
bristles short at apex, or absent.—Genal process naked, mostly triangular, very
often reaching to tip of pilifer—Labrum convex in middle, often raised into
a rather prominent tubercle—Palpus very variable in size and structure ; first
segment with or without patch of sensory hairs on inner surface at base ; inner
surface of second segment scaled or partly naked, sometimes excavate ; scaling

B

(2)
at apex of first segment externally sometimes forming a kind of cavity ; third
segment mostly short, always shorter than second is broad, naked and conical if
very prominent.—Eye variable in size, naked ; xo ocelli.—Scaling of head often
raised to a crest, especially in forms with reduced head.—Antenna filiform, setiform,
or clavate, prismatically compressed or cylindrical, tapering at end, and mostly
curyed to a hook, sometimes pectinated ; eud-segment long or short, scaled dorsally,
the scaling mostly dense and forming often a dorsal tuft projecting distad, or sparse
and rough, or almost absent. There are often long bristles on the end-segment,
two at and near the tip, and several scattered over the surface of the segment ; the
whole dorsal surface of antenna scaled, two rows of scales to each segment, but
the rows quite irregular, proximal segments scaled also ventrally in a few cases
where the clubbed antenna is very thin basally. Ventral surface densely clothed
with fine hairs ; besides, there are some subdorsal and lateral sense-bristles, not

:

obyious except on distal segments ; a single ventral mesial sense-cone on each
segment, apical or subapical. d: with one exception (Rhopalopsyche), the segments
impressed at the sides and provided basally, dorsally, and apically along the groove
with a row of fasciculated long hairs, the proximal row of hairs of either side
continnons ventrally, but the hairs always shorter in and near the ventral mesial
line, the distal rows seldom extended to the mesial line. Sometimes the dorsal
edge of the groove widened laterad to a process which bears the fasciculated hairs
on the underside at the edges. In two other genera the basal and distal edges
of the grooves are ventro-laterally produced into a process each—z.e. into two
processes on each side of the segment, the compressed processes bearing the fascicles
at the npper and ventral edges. 2: without fasciculated hairs as a rule; however,
there are many forms in which the segments resemble those of the d, but the
fasciculated hairs and the pectinations are not so long, and the grooves not so
deep.—Sterna: parasternnm of mesosternum large, epi- and hyposternum fused
together, sternum and peristernum separate; suturale of mesomerum swollen.—
Abdomen: first tergite shorter than second, a mere linear stripe in Macroglossum,
tergites 2 to 8(¢), or 2 to 7 (2), and sternites 2 to 6 (d, 2) or 2 to 5 (many ? 2)
armed at end with spines, variable in number, size, and chitinisation, spines of
tergites generally stronger than those of sternites, the latter often without spines.
Some forms have the tergites spinose all over, while the spines are wanting in others.
3 always with tuft of long (scent-distributing) hairs in groove above upper edge
of sternite of second segment (sternite of first segment absent, or probably fused
with that of second).—Legs : sternal (= frontal) part of coxae not carinate except
close to trochanter; meral part of midcoxa reaching farther dorsad than sternal part,
the coxo-meral sntare slanting ; hinder edge of meral part of midcoxa, or of mid-
and hindcoxa obtusely rounded, or carinate, or triangularly produced into a sharp
tooth; trochantine distinct ; forecoxa in ¢ often with strongly developed scent-
organ; tibiae simple or spinose, foretibia often ending in a thorn or claw;
midtibia with two apical spurs, which are sometimes much reduced ; hindtibia with
two pairs, or the proximal pair absent; the spurs occasionally spinose, in a few
cases the spines long and arranged in a single row, comb-like; tarsi with four
ventral rows of spines, often with additional spines, especially on outer surface ; not
rarely some or many of the spines absent, and some developed to prominent hooks ;
4th row of midtarsus and 3rd of hindtarsus often basally developed into a prominent
comb; fifth segment with two (seldom four) long dorsal terminal bristles ; pulvillus
present or absent; paronychinm with two pairs or one pair of lobes, or vestigial ;

(3 )

claws simple.—Frenulum and retinaculum present or absent ; an elongate subbasal
patch of glossy, modified, scales on forewing below behind SM’, on hindwing above
before C.—Neuration ; forewing: no areole; SC! and SC?* before apex of cell,
SC? and SC} on a long stalk, free part of SC? very weak and short, and mostly
absent (individually variable); SC* ending close to apex of wing, sometimes
continued along edge aud joining SC! at apex, SC® from SC! at about one-third
the way from cell to apex, R' from upper angle of cell or shortly stalked with
SC; R? from below centre of apex of cell, but always well above angle; M’
before angle of cell, M? in or near middle of cell; SM! absent, SM° forming fork
at base with SM?; upper angle of cell more distal than lower angle—Hindwing :
GC and SC? separate, connected with one another by a conspicuous slanting bar
(= SC) in or uear middle of cell ; SC? or (seldom) R# ending at farthest point of
wing ; R! from upper angle of cell, often from SC?; R? in or near centre of cell,
never from lower angle ; R*® and M! separate, or (seldom) stalked ; SM! absent.—
Genital armature of ¢: tenth segment simple or divided, the tergite as well as
the sternite, the latter often without process, the segment asymmetrical in several
instances. Claspeis very variable in size and shape, often with a patch of friction-
scales dorsally on outer surface, the number of such scales sometimes reduced to
one, in many cases this organ quite absent ; in some Ambulicinae a corresponding
organ on innerside of eighth tergite. Armature of eclasper very variable according
to species and genera, sometimes the two sides different. Penis-sheath and penis-
funnel also much diversified in the family.—Genital armature of $: vaginal
aperture generally surrounded with ridges, processes, or folds, but often lacking
special armature, occasionally asymmetrical in position.

Distribution: all regions except the antarctic zone, reaching northward to
Lapland, southward to New Zealand and Patagonia, most plentiful in the tropics.

The bulk of the species of this family is easily recognised by their peculiar
and well-known habitus, but some might easily be passed over as Notodonts. An
examination of the antenna, abdomen, and neuration will show their true position.

IL. A. Sphingidae asemanophorae.

First segment of palpus without patch of short sensory hairs on the inner
surface near base.

Il. B. Sphingidae semanophorae.

First segment of palpus with a patch of short sensory hairs on the inner surface
near base.

II. A. Sphingidae asemanophorae.

The patch of sensory hairs is absent from the palpus in all the species. The
friction-scales of the d lie flat upon the clasper.* The tendency of development
in this section of the family is reduction of orgaus, leading to the disappearing of
the tongue, frennlum and retinaculum, pulvillus and paronychium, of the proximal
pair of spurs of the hindtibiae, the friction-scales of the d, the meso- and metatarsal
combs, and the abdominal spines, the most reduced forms representing the highest
stages of development. ‘The bristles of the pilifer become rather often modified into
scales, or disappear almost entirely in a few instances.

* Except middle ones of Poliana buchholzi; see p 39.

(4)

Larvae cylindrical, or slightly tapering in front, but then granulose ; head
large and rounded, or triangular, always rounded in first stage.—Cosmopolitan,
Here belong the subfamilies AcuERonTUNAE and AMBULICINAE.

Susramity Acherontiinae.—Typus: Acherontia atropos.

Manducae Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 138 (1822) (partim).

Sphingini Grote & Robinson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 161 (1865) (partim ; om. nud.).
“ Achérontides”” Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 4 (1875).

“ Buryglottides ” id., l.c. p. 58 (1875) (partim).

Acherontiinae Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 517 (1877).

Sphinginae id., lc. (1877) (partim).

Owing to the frequent reduction or obliteration of a number of organs in this
subfamily and the Amdulicinae, there is no single distinguishing character applying
to all species. The two subfamilies can, however, be separated by taking several
characters together, as explained under Amdulicinae (see this subfamily).

The subfamily is divided into three tribes, of which the third comes very near
the Amdulicinae in several respects: Acherontiicae, Sphingicae, Sphingulicae.

Trise Acherontiicae.—Typus : Acherontia atropos.

Manducae Hibner, lc. (1822) (partim).
“ Achérontides ” Boisduyal, l.c.
Acherontiinae Butler, 1.c.

3%. Palpus on the innerside without basal patch of short sensory hairs ;
second segment impressed, this cavity covered by a roof of long scales (P]. LX. f. 1).
Labrum raised to form a rounded carina, which is highest mesially. Tongue
strong, either longer than the body or shorter than the thorax—in the latter case
(Acherontia) very stout. Genal process very small. Second segment of palpus
considerably shorter than the first, third small; first externally with deep apical
cavity in sealing in Megacorma. Antennal segments impressed laterally in do ;
subprismatic, with the sides rather rounded in , distal segments compressed, in
transsection elongate-elliptic, in side-view subserrate dorsally as well as ventrally ;
end-segment dong and thin, with long scales and bristles. Abdominal tergites and
sternites with several irregular rows of spines at the apical margins. Spurs of
tibiae unequal, hindtibia with two pairs ; pulvillus present or absent ; paronychium
with two lobes or one on each side. ;

3. Scent-organ of anterior coxa present, but not always conspicuous. Tenth
abdominal tergite long, more or less pointed. Clasper rough with short spiaiform
setae near the apex of the harpe; the patch of friction-scales on the outer side,
if present, large, consisting of multidentate scales; apical edge of clasper with
bristles, which are sometimes (Coelonia) short aud stout, spiniform. Harpe short,
divided into two or three processes, the upper process armed at the edge with long
teeth in Megacorma.

2. In front of the vaginal orifice there is a flap, rounded, truncate, or divided.

Larva cylindrical, head and first segments smaller; a green and a black form
with intergradations ; thorax sometimes (Coelonia) with humps. Larva of Mega-
corma not known.—Food : Solanaceae, Convolvulaceae, seldom Euphorbiaceae.

(5)

Pupa: tongue-sheath free and recurved in Herse, free and not recurved in
Coelonia, not free in Acherontia, always reaching to end of wing-cases. The pupa
of Megacorma is not known, but has doubtless a free tongue-case.

Hab. Cosmopolitan; one species in America and ten in the Hastern Hemisphere.

This small tribe is a derivation from the following one, with which
it is closely connected through Coelonia and Xanthopan. The relationship
between Acherontia and the genera with which it is here united to one group has
never been noticed before. Acherontia occupies in the classification of all authors
quite an isolated position. //erse and Coelonia have been considered generically
identical either with Protoparce or with Hyloicus, and the Sphinx here called
Megacorma as a near ally of the common Oriental menephron, standing in Kirby’s
catalogue under Meganoton. When studying the structure of the species in
question, we were struck by the great similarity between Acherontia and the
Aethiopian Sphinx described as Protoparce fulvinotata, named below Coelonia.
In faet, Acherontia is nothing else but a derivation from Coclonia; it is a
Coelonia with a short and stout tongue. This conclusion, derived from the
comparison of the structure and of the wing-pattern, is born out by the caterpillar,
which has in both Acherontia and Coelonia the well-known tuberculated ~-shaped
horn. Now, Coelonia shows close affinities in the pattern and structure of the
imago with Nanthopan—and we have no doubt also in the caterpillar, which,
however, is not yet known of Xanthopan,—a genus of Sphingicae in which even
the peculiar structure of the inner surface of the second palpal sezment (described
above) is indicated rndimentarily. And the relationship of Xanthopan with
other genera of Sphingicae, e.g. with Panogena and Cocytius, is unmistakable.
We have, therefore, a gradation from the Sphingicae through Xanthopan and
Coelonia to Acherontia, the Death-head Moths being the most highly specialised
of this series. Herse (convolvuli, cingulata, etc.) is an offshoot from this branch,
and so is Megacorma, both of which agree with the other two genera of Acherontiicae
closely in the specialisation of the second palpal segment. In Herse and
Acherontia a further specialisation obtains, which is largely observed again among
the Sphingicae, namely, the reduction of the pulvillus of the tarsal claw-segment.
The paronychia, too, lose their ventral and long lateral flaps in Acherontia. The
humped thorax of the larva of Coelonia is very significant. We shall see that
among the lower Sphingicae, from which the Acherontiicae are derived, a similar
structure of the larva occurs.

The cavity at the end of the first palpal segment of Megacorma is a singular
character which does not occur again among the Sphingidae asemanophorae, while
it is found in many Old-World species of Sphingidae semanophorae belonging
to Theretra and allied genera. Such parallel development is met with everywhere
in the present family, and shows at what peculiar results a classifier will arrive
who bases his judgment on one organ only. Acherontia is another instance : here
the palpi do not touch one another, and therefore do not conceal the base of the
tongue ; the same is the case in several genera related to Theretra.

Keys to the genera :

A. Imago.
a. Tongue shorter than the thorax, the latter above
with skall-mark 4 : : ‘ ‘ . IIL. Acherontia.
. Tongue longer than the body, thorax without skull-
mark ; 2 : P : ‘ ; : metas

(6)

h. First segment of palpus externally with large apical

cavity formed by the sealing. A ‘ . IL. Megacorma.
Sealing of palpus normal : c es:

c. Pulvillus not obviously reduced ; ground colour of
hindwing yellow, abdomen with yellow patches . IV. Coelonia.
Pulyillus of tarsal claw-segment vestigial, or at least
very small, ground colour of hindwing not bright
yellow, abdomen without yellow lateral patches . I. Herse.
B. Pupa (not known of Megacorma).

a. Tongue-sheath not free. . : : : . Acherontia.
* free 2 ; : : : : ae
b. * not recurved. : 5 F - Coelonia.
i recurved . : ‘ c : . Herse.
C. Larva (not known of Megacorma).
Horn ~-shaped, thorax without humps. 2 . Acherontia.
mrs » with % : . Coelonia.
Horn simply eurved, thorax without humps. . Llerse.

We believe —if prophesying is admissible—that the larva of Megacorma will
turn out to have humps and a horn with an upward curve.

I. HERSE—Typus: convolvuli.
Sphinx Linné, Syst. Nat, ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim). ;
Herse Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. p. 762 (1815) (partim ; type: convolvulé).
Agrius Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 140 (1822) (partim).
Protoparce, Butler (non Burmeister, 1856), Z'rans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 606 (1877) (partim) ;
Moore, Lep. Ceylonii. p. 4 (1882) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. India, Moths i. p.103 (1892).
Philegethontius, Kirby (non Hiibner, 1822), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 687 (1893).
The species united here under Oken’s generic term are all closely allied with
one another in structure and pattern. They show close affinities to Coelonia
and Acherontia, aud have nothing to do with Protoparce (type: rustica), or with
Phlegethontius (= Cocytius).
32%. Tongue very long, strongly thinning apicad. Palpus without cavity in
the scaling at the end of the first segment externally, second segment about a
quarter shorter than the first; inner surface of first longitudinally impressed ;
cavity of second deep, covered by «a conspicuous roof of scales (PJ. LX. f. 1).
Antenna almost equal in width from near base to near hook in ¢, slightly elubbed
in %. ‘Tarsi slender; foretarsas with several prolonged external spines ; mid- and —
hindtarsus with basal comb of biistles ; posterior tibia longer than first tarsal —
segment ; pulvillnus very small, paronychium with one lobe at each side instead of two,
the smaller yentral lobes obliterated. Scaling of antennae white from base to tip.
3. Procoxal scent-organ not strongly developed. Tenth abdominal tergite
more or less dilated before end (Pl. XXVI. f. 15-18), apex pointed, compressed ;
sternite membranaceous, without lobe, continnous with the anal cone, which is_
long. Clasper sole-shaped, rounded, dilated dorsally before end, this portion curved
inwards, inner surface with long bristles, except near apex of harpe, where the
bristles are short and stout, spine-like. Harpe rather short, with two distal lobes,
one above the other, both curving upwards and inwards, the upper one always
pointed, the lower one spatulate or also pointed. Penis-sheath much thicker

than in Acherontia, without armature. A patch of large multidentate scales
on clasper. ;

‘saTeos-uoTjoraz

“AVOILENOY HOV
JO suuas [eysoouy

‘padeys-— ‘paqyrnosaqny uoy §

*saqo

“OPISIOUUT UO aavoUod A[Su0I4s
‘adams quauras Tedyed ysaryy

“AVNITINOWAHOV

ee ee

*‘padeys-—

fe
‘paqe[noreqny uroy ‘pedurny xeroqy 1 BART
eye} MepHNU payrpour Aq Sts TIM radsurp

—

“pomre Jou t[vaYys-stua,y

“Ops [Ova UO saqoy

OM} GGT urNIToLuore,T
‘quasard snqpraqn,y

“AVOIDNIHdS “AVOITOONIHdS

“qQml0d YAIM snsiejosapy
“BUO] vunaquE Jo juamsas-pugq

“‘jusurmoid you

quamisas [edped par OL

‘OpISIOUUL WO aAvouoD AYYSYs quauses Tedjed puooag
*a[dunts quam3as edyed qsargy
‘Baoy Ataa onSuoy,

i

r
paduny xeroyy :varery
T0484 TT tanya

‘quasamd snqprayug
“qur0d TITAN snsrmjosayy
queurdes [edted puosag

“suoy 190A ansuoy,

“VINOTHOO

I

‘padeyqs-— ‘paqe[nozaqng uroy ‘

Gam)

a

aqu[No1aqng xv10y. : BareT
‘9qOT eNO YAM TANTO<UOIE,T

BultoU ‘uasard snqytatug
“mod TALIM snsuejosapy

‘aavouoo A]daep 4quomSas Tedjed puosag
‘e[dums quatazes peded 4sIy

“BUO] aNSuOy,

CNMONY LON)

=
=
‘padeqs-— ‘paiejnoraqny u10y Safduns xvr0yy :vareq -
*OqOT au0 WIT cAMITOLUOILY
‘quasqe suqprayn,y
“{m109 InoYIIA snsiBzOsayy
‘aawouod A[doap quawSes [eded puosag
‘a[duts qnamges Tedyed qsary
‘qn04s ‘axoopury puosaq Surpuazxa eusuoy,
AONE LON)
*padeys-— ‘payrmnorzaqny w1oy ‘ ardumts xei044 : varery
*SOQO] JNOY{IM vANTyOATOIeT
‘quasqe snq[taqng
“Qulod FnoYIIM susiej0se pr
‘eavou0d Ajdaap quamSes edyed puooag
‘adams yuouses Tedqed ysaryq
“§NOys “4104s onFuog,
‘VILNOUTHOV

Pe Toe el

pedeys-— you styy ‘ajdumts us0y pue XBIOU} : BAIT
“@QOT ONO GAIA cANIYOLUOTE,T
“peonpar snyprarug
“qUI09 YAIM susIEyzosapy
‘oavouod <[daap quamSos Tedjed puooag
‘e[dumts quourSas [dyed 4SILy
“Sug, anzu0y,
“‘ASuaH

=
(Cumouy you BAIeT)

‘Opts Yous Wo saqo] omg QI wMIqoLuoreg

‘quasoid snqratng
“quI09 TAM snsieyOsayy

‘aawouod A]4q51]s yueuZes Tedjed puosag

“ATreureyx9 Aytavo [worde (qt queutses yedyed qsirq

‘Buoy 419A anduoy
‘VNYOOVNRI

CB)

9. Asmall flap in front of the vaginal aperture (Pl. XXII. f. 4. 5).
Larva: a green and a brown form, sometimes almost black, very variable ;
horn (of adult) simply curved, nearly smooth ; head similarly striped with black
as in Acherontia and Coelonia.—Food-plants: Convoloulus, Ipomoea.

Pupa with free, recurved, tongue-case ; in a cell in the ground.

Hab. Cosmopolitan ; four species in the eastern, one in the western hemisphere.

Key to the species :
a. A yellow tuft at each side of the metanotum . 2. 77. luctifera.
No yellow tuft at each side of the metanotum . : b.
4. Abdominal tergites white at base with large
black patches at sides, hindwing dark
brown with a pinkish tint on the inter-
spaces between the black bands . : . 1. A. fasciatus.
Abdominal tergites with buftish lateral patches,
hindwing pale buff between the black bands,
the black discal band narrower, not double 3. J. godarti.
Abdominal tergites with red or rosy red patches C.
c. Hindwing rosy red, discal black band not divided 4. 77. cingulata.
Hindwing dull grey, without red, discal band
more or less double. ¢ : . . 5. H. convolvult.

1. Herse fasciatus.

*Sphine fasciatus Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 94 (189+) (Lifu ;—Mus. Tring) ; id., /.c. iii. t. 13. f. 9
(1896).

2. Similar to the following, but easily distinguished by the absence of yellow
spots from the metanotum, the strongly marked black lines on the seventh tergite,
and the peculiar vinaceous tint both on body and wings. The rounded flap before
the vaginal aperture as in ductifera.

There is no stigma on the forewing, the antemedian and discal lines are barely
vestigial, the traces of the external discal line consist of long, thin, almost longi-
tudinal, streaks which form very acute angles upon the veins; a long, thin, black
streak R*—M!, a similar one behind M! mostly rather faint; a large, blackish
brown, postmedian costal cloud. ‘The external discal band of the underside of
the hindwing is dentate. The black mesial line of the abdomen, above, is sharply
marked; the seventh tergite has, besides, a black line on each side corresponding
to the black lateral patches of the other segments.

arly stages not known.

Hab. Lifu, Loyalty Islands ; 5 ¢ ¢ in the Tring Museum.

2. Herse luctifera.

* Macrosila luctifera Walker, List Lep. Ins. B.M. xxxi. p. 35 (1864) (N. Guinea; Mysol; Ceram ;—
Mus. Oxford).

Pseudosphine (?) luctifera, Butler, Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 610. n. 3 (1877).

*Protopara schmeltzi Butler, Ann. Mag. N. I. (5). x. p. 158 (1882) (Australian Region ;-—Brit. Mus.).

Pseudosphinz luctifera, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 32. n. 127 (1892) (N. Guinea, type ;
Ceram ; Dorey ; Morty).

Meganoton (?) luctifera, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 683. n. 12 (1892).

Philegethontius schmeltzi, id., lc. p. 688. n. 17 (1892) (Oceania).

*Phlegethontius lixi Rothschild, Noy, Zoor. i. p. 94 (1894) (Nicura, Brit. N. Guinea ;—Mus. Tring),

*Protoparce triangularis Holland, Noy. Zoou. vii. p. 556. n. 155 (1900) (Buru ;—coll. Holland).

(9)

3. A fairly constant spécies, which reminds one of the Neotropical Protoparce
maura on account of the yellow metanotal tufts. Besides this tuft on the
metanotum there is present in ductifera a smaller yellow spot on each side at the
end of the mesonotum. The bases of the abdominal tergites are white laterally ;
the black mesial line is marked, but not very strongly. The stigma of the forewing
is distinct, white; the antemedian and discal lines are more or jess dentate, the
inner discal one and the outer antemedian one more pronounced ; a curved post-
discal band of patches. The hindwing shaded with blackish brown all over,
theabdominal region more or less grey, the black bands not distinct, more clearly
marked pusteriorly. Lines of forewing more distinct in ¢ than in @.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite more triangular than in the other //erse, much
less dilated before end (Pl. XXVI. f. 18). Both processes of the harpe (Pl. XX XY.
f. 6) curved upwards and pointed, the lower one the shorter, the armature
resembling that of cingulata.

?. Flap in front of the vaginal orifice nearly as in cingulata, more strongly
chitinised than in convolvuli ; no obyious tubercles at the sides of the aperture.

Early stages not known.

Fab. Southern Moluceas to New Guinea; probably all over the Papuan
snbregion.

In the Tring Musenm 7 ¢d,4 22 from: Amboina; Stephansort and Huon
Golf, German N. Guinea; Milne Bay, British N. Guinea, i. iii. iv. 1899 (A. S.
Meek) ; Nicura, British N. Guinea (Lix).

3. Herse godarti.

Sphinz godarti Macleay, in King, Surv. Austr. ii. p. 464. n. 166 (1827).

Diludia (?) godarti, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soe, Lond. ix. p. 615. n. 13 (1877).

(2?) Linneria eremitus, id., ibid. p. 620. n. 1 (1877).

Pretoparce abadonna, Kirby (non Fabricius, 1798), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 238 (1877) (Queensld. ;
= godarti) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 271. t. 27. f. 3 (1886) ; Misk., Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld.
viii. p. 23. n. 39 (1891) (partim ; Brisbane ; Rockhampton).

Sphine distincta Lucas, Queenslander xxxix. p. 894 (1891, May); Misk., lc. p. 64 (1891)
(= abadonna).

Phlegethontius abadonna, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Tet. i. p. 690. n. 40 (1892) (partim ; Austra!.).

Phlegethontius (7) distincta, Kirby, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 38 (1894).

The Fabrician abadonna is convoleuli as pointed out by Auriviilins, Lax.
Tidskr. xviii. p. 153. n. 83 (1897).

3%. The buffish colour of the sides of the abdomen and of the hindwing, as
well as the simple and narrow black discal band of the latter, distinguish this
species at a glance from convolvuli. First protarsal segment with three long
curved spines. do darker on forewing than &.

d. Tenth abdominal tergite in shape midway between those of cingulata and
concolvuli, dorsally less impressed than in either of them. Both processes of the
harpe (Pl. XXXV. f. 7) pointed as in cingulata and luctifera (and fasciatus most
likely, of which the g is not known); the ventral process as short as in lucti/era,
but the upper one more evenly curved; ventral margin of clasper produced into
a short process near the harpe, this process rough with setiferous tubercles.

%. Not dissected. arly stages unknown.

Hab. Queensland and N.W. Australia.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd, 1 % from: “ Queensland” ; Coomooboolaroo,

: (10 )

Dnaringa, N. Queensland (A. 8S. Meek), and Townsville (Dodd). In the British
Musenm and the Hope collection at Oxford from N.W. Australia, neighbourhood
of Sherlock River.

4. Herse cingulata.
Merian, Jns. Surin. t. 64. fig. infer. (1719).

Sphinx convolvuli var., Drury, Illustr. Ex. Ins. i. p. 54 & Index, t. 25. f. 4 (1770) (St. Christopher) ; 5
Cram., Pap. Ev. iii. p. 55. t. 225. f. 1 (1782); Abbot & Smith, Lep. Georgia p. 63. t. 32
(L, ps 7) (1797); Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 544. n. 27 (1775) (sub syn.) ; id., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 150.
n. 46 (1781) (sub syn.) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 97. n. 50 (1787) (syn. Ba: id., Lut. Syst. iii.
1. p. 374. n. 54 (1793) (sub. syn.) ; Esper, Schmett. ii. p. 53 (1779) (sub syn.) ; Walk., List
Lep. Ins. B.M, viii. p. 212. n, 1 (1856) (sub syn.) ; Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus.
E.I.C.i. p. 267. n. 616 (1857) (sub syn.) ; Misk., Proce. Roy. Soc. Queensl. vii. p 23. n. 38
(1891) (sub syn.); Meyrick, Fauna Hawai. i. 2. p. 193 (1899); Dyar, Canad. Ent, xxxii.
p- 156 (1900) (Hawaii).

Sphinx cingulata Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 545. n. 29 (1775) (Am.); id., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 151. n. 48
(1781) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 97. n. 52 (1787); Gmel., Syst. Nat, i. 5. p. 2386. n. 164 (1790) ;
Fabr., Hut. Syst. iii. 1. p. 875. n, 56 (1793) (Am. mer.); Harris, in Silliman,, Journ. Science &
Art xxxvi. p. 293. n. 1 (1839) (Middle & South. States); Burm., Sphing. Bras. p. 69 (1856) ; _
Walk., List Lep. Ins, BM. viii. p. 215. n. 3 (1856) (Jamaica ; St. Domingo; Mexico) ; Lucas,
in Sagra, /ist. Cuba vii. p. 296 (1857) (Cuba); Ménétr., Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus, Petrop.,
Lep. p. 90 n, 1490 (1857) (Brazil ; Sandwich Is.) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860) ; Lintn.,
Proc. Ent. Soe. Phil. iii. p. 650 (1864) (good deser. of larvae); Herr.-Seb., Corresp. Bl. v. p. 59
(1865) ; (Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 69. (1865) (Cuba) ; Boisd., Cos. Lép.
Guatemala p. 74 (1870); id., Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 95. n. 32 (1875) ; Méschl.,' Verh.
Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 346 (1876) (Surinam) ; Dew, Mitth. Miinch. Ent, Ver. i. p. 92
(1877) (Pt. Rico) ; Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent. V. Lép. p. 322. n. 3 (1878); id., Le. Atlas

p. 31. t. 12. f. 1. 6 (1879) (larva, pupa); Grey, Canad. Ent. xi. p. 140 (1879) (Albany Co.,
N.Y., June 2nd).

Sphin affinis Goeze, nt. Beytr, iii. 2. p. 215 n. 41 (1780).

Agrius cingulatus, Hiibner, Samm. Ex. Schm, ii. t. 165 (1806-) ; id., Verz. bek. Sehm. p. 140. n.
1507 (1822).

Macrosila cingulata, Clemens, Journ. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. iv. p. 164 (1859) ; id., in Morris, Syn. Lep.
N. Am. p. 188 (1862); Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. vi. p. 329 (1866) (Cuba) ; id., Trans. Am.
Ent, Soc. iii. p. 185 (1870) (Cuba); id., Can. Ent. iii. p. 101 (1871) (Alabama) ; Thaxt., Psyche
i, p. 30 (1874) (Mass., vii. one specim.) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N.H. ii. p. 227 (1875) —
(N. York to Cuba) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 211. n. 100 (1881) (Cuba) ; Moff., Can. Ent.
xiii. p. 256 (1881) (Long Point, Can.) ; Albr., Ent. News vi. p. 145 (1895) (Los Angeles).

Sphinx druraei Donovan, Brit. Ins. xiv. p. 1. t. 469 (1810) ; Steph., ZU. Brit. Ent., Haust. i. p. 120 —
(1828) (England, imported).

Sphinx pungens Eschscholtz, in Kotzebue, Reise iii. p. 218. t. 11. f. 28 (1821).

Phiegethontius cingulata, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N.H. iii. p. 224 (1877) 5 Mart., Trans. Dept. Agr
Illin, xviii. App. p. 158 (1880) (larva); Fernald, Can. Ent. xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Maine, ix.,
2 specim.) ; id., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 35 (1886) (Orono, viii.) ; Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 40
(1886) (West Indies northw. to Canada) ; Edw., Bull, U.S.A, Nat. Mus. p. 47 (1889) (liter. rel.
to transf.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.i. p. 689. n. 35 (1892) ; Dyar, Ent. News vi. p. 95 (1895) (life
hist. ; Honolulu) ; Bonningh., Jris xii. p. 110. n. 1 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

Protoparce cingulata, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 608. n. 18 (1877) (Jamaica ; Haiti;
N. Granada; Mexico) ; id., Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. p. 484. n. 63 (1878) (Jamaica) ; Smith,
Trans. Ann. Ent, Soc. xv. p. 170. t. 8. £. 9 (genit.) (1888) ; Trum., Ent. News vii. p. 29 (1897)
(S. Dakota); Pit. & Bioll., Lep. Het. Costa Rica p. 11 (1897) (Ira Candelaria) ; Hamps.,
Ann. Mag. N. H. (7). vii. p. 251 (1901) (Nassau, Baham.).

Macrosila (Sphinx) cingulata, Mann, Psyche ii. p. 75 (1877) (liter. rel, to metam.).

Sphine (Protoparce) cingulata var. decolora Edwards, Papitioi ii. p. 11 (1882) (Indian R.., Florida, in
colls. Edw. & Neumoeg.) ; id., Bull. Am. Mus. N.H. iv. p.170 (1892) (Indian R.).

Protoparce cingulata var. Gecoloratie (Ns Smith, Zrans, Am. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 170 (1888).

3%. Some of the older writers on Lepidoptera considered this to be a variety
of conrulvuli, and quite recently the same opinion has been advanced by a few
authors, who—most likely—did not compare the insects side by side. In appearance

(11 )

cingulata comes certainly near convolvuli, but there are many points in which the
two differ more than cingulata and godarti. For instance, the latter two agree
in both processes of the harpe being pointed, in the pulvillus of the tarsi being
strongly reduced, in the black median band of the hindwing being simple. Moreover,
the tenth abdominal tergite of the ¢ of godarti stands intermediate between those
of cingulata and convolvuli, so that one might consider céngulata with as much
reason a New World representative of the Australian godarti as a representative
of convolvuli, which inhabits nearly the whole eastern hemisphere including
Australia.

Metanotum with a buffish white lateral tuft which is not distinctly tinged
with pink. The discal lines of the forewing, which is broader than in convolvuli,
are much less deeply zigzag than in that species; the series of postdiscal ovate
markings is nearly complete, reminding one of ductifera.. The black discal band
of the hindwing is simple, but includes a more or less distinct pale spot at SM?;
the basal and antemedian black bands form an irregular ring, the basi-abdominal
portion of which is much blacker than in convolvuli. End of the white palpus as
well as upperside of head also darker. Palpus: Pl. LX. f. 1, inner side.

The antemedian band of the hindwing touches often the discal one behind
M’. The red colour of the abdomen and hindwings seldom disappears entirely
(ab. decolora) ; intergraduate specimens are not so rare. An individual (?) from
Costa Rica in the Tring Museum has barely a trace of red on the hindwing, while
the red colour of the lateral patches of the abdomen is much reduced in extent.
No specimens have as yet been observed in which the red colour was replaced by
clayish yellow.

3. Procoxal scent-organ with longer hairs than in convoleuli. Tenth tergite of
abdomen much more dilated before end, broadly impressed above (PI. XXVI.
f. 17). Both processes of the harpe pointed, sometimes of nearly equal size
(Pl. XXXYV. f. 5), generally the lower one shorter and more obtuse.

?. The groove in front of the vaginal flap found in convolvuli is absent from
cingulata ; the low ridge behind the orifice is mesially less tuberculiform, being
more evenly arched.

Larva as variable as that of convolvuli, which it resembles.—Food-plant :
Ipomoea.

Pupa with recurved free tongue-case. Burmeister, /.c., figures the chrysalis
as having the tongne-case not recurved ; this is clearly a mistake, or the individual
from which the sketch was taken was abnormal. Merian’s figure of a chrysalis
on Plate LXIV. resembles that of Burmeister ; this is strange.

Hab. America, except the extreme south and the far north; a tropical and
subtropical insect, rarer in temperate regions, occurring as a straggler as far north
as Canada ; Galapagos and Sandwich Islands,

In the Tring Museum 170 odd specimens from various places from Canada to
Argentina, besides some larvae and pupae.

5. Herse convolvuli.

Moefnag., Archetypa i, t. 8 (1592); id., Divers. Ins, t. 5 (1630) ; Mouf., Theatr. Ins, p. 91. £. 1
(1634) ; Hollar, Div. Ins. t.3.f. 1 (1646) ; Goed., Metam. iii. p. 34. £. v. (1.) (1669); id., Ins, ed.
Lister p, 36. f, 27 (/.) (1682); Merian, Mur. Ins. ii, t. 25 (1683) ; Réaum., Hist. Ins. i. p. 292.
t. 13. f. 8 (1734) ; Swamm.,, Bibl. Nat. p. 223. t. 29 (1738) ; Roes., Ins. Belust. i. 1. p. 49.
Riot 5 (1746) ; Wilke, ngl. Moths p. 9. t. 21 (1747) ; Résel, Zusect. Belust. iti, p, 35, t. 6
f. 8 (1755) ; Hemmerich, Coll. Curious Ins. t. 6. £. a (175-?, no date) ; Geoffr., /ist. Nat.

(12 ) :

Ins. ii. p. 86. n 9 (1762); Gronov., Zoophyl. p. 202. n, 821 (1764); Seba, Thesaur. iv. t. 53,
f. 17 (1765) ; Harris, Aurel. t. 21. fig. c. d. (1766) ; Schaeff., lem. Ent. t. 116. f. 2 (1766) ;
id., Jeon. t. 98, f. 1, 2 (1766) ; Goeze, Bonnets Abh. p. 95, n.9 (1773) ; Ernst & Engyr,, Zns, Bur. .
iii, p. 13. t. 86. fig, d. e. t. 87. fig. i, k (1782) ; iid., Zc. p. 123. t. 122 (1782) (¢).

Sphinz convolvuli Linné, Syst. Nat. ed, x. p. 490. n, 6 (1758) ; Poda, Mus. Graec. p. 80. n. 3 (1761);
Scop., Ent. Carn. p.184. n. 468 (1763); Linné, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 345. 0.5. (1764); Hufo., Berl. Mag.
ii. p.176. n.3 (1766) ; id., Jc, p. 192. Anm. 3 (1766) ; Houtt., Natu. Hist.i. 11. p. 412. n, 6 (1767);
Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 798. n. 6 (1767); Miill., Naturs. v. 1. p. 637, n. 6 (1774) ; Meinecke,
Naturf.i. p. 233 (1774); Harris, Engl. Lep. p. 30. n. 205 (1775); Fuessly, Verz. Schweiz. Ins. p.32.
n. 614 (1775); Fabr., Syst. Bnt. p. 554. n. 27 (1775) (syn. pro parte); Den. & Schiff., Syst. Verz. *
Schm. Wien p. 41 (1776); Miill., Zool. Dan. p. 116. n. 1336 (1776); Kithn, Beschift. Berl. Naturf.
Freunde iii. p. 38 (1777) (v., viii.) ; Gladb., Verz. Schm. p, 29. t. 13, f.1. 2 (1778) ; Fuessl, Mag.
Ent. i, p. 262 (1778); Leske, Anfangsgr. Nat. p. 457.n, 3 (1779); Esper, Hur. Schm. ii. p. 52. t. 5
(4, 1.) (1779) (syn. pro parte) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii, 2. p. 147. n. 6 (1780) ; Blumenb., Handb.
Nat. p. 364. n. 3 (1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins, ii, p. 150. n. 46 (1781) (syn. partim) ; Fourer., Ent.
Paris ii. p. 254. n, 9 (1785) ; Fabr., Mant, Ins. ii. p. 97. n. 50 (1787) (syn. partim) ; Lang, —
Verz. Sehm. Augsb. p. 66 (1789) ; Borkh., Schm. Eur. ii. p. 97. n. 3 (1789) ; Sepp., Nederl. Ins.
iii. p. 165. t. 50. £. 5. 6 (178-); Rossi, Fauna Etrusca ii, p. 162. n. 1055 (1790) ; Vieweg,
Tabell. Verz. Brandenb. i. p. 9. n. 11 (1790) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. 1. 5, p, 2376. n. 6 (1790) (syn.
partim) ; Brahm, /nsectenkalend. ii. 1. p. 522. n. 382 (1791); Schwarz, Raupenkal. p. 351 —
(1791) ; Fabr., Syst. Ent. iii. 1. p. 374. n. 54 (1793) (syn. partim) ; Hiibn., Sammi. Eur. Sehm.,
Sphing. t. 14. £. 70 (1796) ; Donov., Brit. Ins. vii. p, 31. t. 228 (1798) ; Prunn., Lep. Ped. p. 82.
n, 168 (1798) ; Schrank, Fauna Boica IL. i. p. 223. n, 1384 (1801) ; Walken., Faune Paris., Ins.
ii. p. 279 (1802); Thunb., Mus. Nat. Ups. xxiii. p, 9. (1804) ; Turt., Syst. of Nat. iii. 2. p. 176
(1806) ; Shaw, Gen. Zool. vi. 1. t. 73 (1806) ; Ochs., Schm. Mw. ii, p. 236. n. 2 (1808) ; Nagel,
Hiilfsb. Schmett. p. 153 (1818) ; Sam., Ent. Comp. p. 244 (1819) ; Latr., in Nouv. Dict. d' Hist.
Nat. xxxii. p. 24 (1819); God., Lep. France iii, p. 26, n. 4. t. 16 (1821); Vogel, Schmett.
Cabinet ii. p. 17. t. 6. £. 2.a.b. e. (1822) ; Lep. & Serv., Ene. Méth. x. p. 465. t. 65. f, 1—3
(1825) : Steph., ///ustr. Brit, Ent., Haust. i, p. 119 (1828) ; Meig., Handb. Schmett. p. 98. n.114
(1829) ; Boisd., Ind. Meth. p. 48. n. 394 (1829) ; Steph., Cat. Brit. Ins. ii. p. 31 (1829) ; Meig.,
Syst. Bearb. Eur. Schm. ii, p. 114. n. 15. t. 66. £. 2 (1830) ; Boisd., in Voy. Astrol. p. 184 (1832)
(Taiti) ; id., Fauna Madag. Bourb. p. 77 (1833) (Madag.; Bourb. ; Maurice); Canten., in
Silberm., Revue Ent. i. p. 77 (1833) (Dép. du Var, vi. ix.) ; Beske, ibid. ii. p. 177 (1834) —
(Hamburg) ; Friv., ibid. ii. p. 181 (18384) (Hungary) ; Lucas, Lép. Eur. p. 115. t. 47. f. 1 (1834) ;
Thon, Nat. Schm. p. 106. t. 53. £735. t. 54, £. 736. 737 (1837) ; id. & Reich., Ins. Krebse d
Spinnen p. 106. t. 53. f. 735. t. 54. £. 736. 737 (1838) ; Ramb., Fuune Andal. p. 332 (1842)
(Malaga) ; Westw. & Humphr., Brit. Moths p, 12. t. 3. £.1.2. 3. (1843) ; Eversm., Mauna Volgo-

Tral, p. 112 (1844) ; Guér., in Lefebvre, Voy. Abyss. p. 386 (1845) ; Pierr., Bull. Soc, Ent. France
p- 86 (1846) (Paris); Bell, ‘bid. p. 94 (1846) (Bretagne) ; Boisd., in Delegorgue, Voy. Afr.
Austr, p. 595. n. 113 (1847) (Natal) ; Herr.-Sch., Hur. Schm. ii. 1. p. 90, n. 27 (1847); Assm.,
Zeitschr. Ent. Breslau i. p. 5 (1847) ; Lucas, Expl. Algérie, Artic. iii. p. 371, n, 68 (1849) ;
Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 212. n. 1 (1855) (syn. partim.) ; Moore, in Horsf. & Moore,
Cat. Lep. Mus. ETC. i. p. 267. n. 616. t. 9. f. 3. 3a (U., p.) (1857) (syn. partim.) ; Ménétr.,
Enwm. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 90. n. 1489 (1857) (partim) ; Girard, Bull. Soc. Ent,
France p. 220 (1859) (action de la Benzine sur les muscles) ; Brey., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. iv. p. 92
(1860) ; Orv., Zoologist xviii. p. 6818 (1860) ; Schw., Verh. Nat. Ver. Anh. xx. p. 24 (1861); —
Siev., Bull. Moscow p. 140 (1862) (St. Petersb.); Mann, Wien. Ent. Mon. vi. p. 66 (1862)
(Brussa) ; Led., ‘bid. vii. p. 22 (1863) (Bulg., Rumel.); Wallengr., Shand. Het. Fir. p. 29. n. 1
(1863) ; Ball., Bull, Moscou p. 364 (1864) (Gorki) ; Wallengr., Kongl. Vet. Ak. Handl, v.4.—
p. 19 (1865) (Caffe. or.) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 793 (1865) (Bengal) ; Guen., in
Vinson, Vog. Mudag. p. 30 (1865) ; Koch, Indo-Austr. Lep. Fauna p. 54 (1865) (=roseafasciata) ;
Maur., Tijdschr. Ent. ix. p. 174 (1866) (Limburg); Snell., Viinders Nederld. p. 98 (1867)
(vi. vii. E. ix. x.); Hinterw., Progr. Oberrealsch. Innsbr. p. 229 (1868); Bien., Lep. Erg.
Reise Pers. p. 32 (1869) (Astrabad, viii.) ; Tengst., Act. Soc. F. I. Fenn. x. p. 90 (1869) ;
Backh., Entom. iv. p. 133 (1869); Good., ibid. p. 148 (1869); Gunn, ibid. p. 149 (1869);
Hell., Ent. Mo. Mag. v. p. 160 (1869) ; id., Uc. p. 206 (1859) ; Hutch., ibid. p. 254 (1869) ;
Hell., /.c. vii. p. 139 (1870) ; Knaggs, thid. p- 160 (1870) ; Stef., Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. ii. p. 280
(1870) ; Targ.-Tozz., ibid. p, 358 (1870) (odour) ; Heyl., Tijdschr. Ent. xiii. p. 146 n. 67
(1870) (Breda) ; Brutt., Progr. Dorpat Gymn. p. 23. 0. 2 (1872) ; Buckl., En. Mo. Mag. ix.
p. 286 (1873) (larva); Doubl, Entom. vi. p. 560 (1873) (larva) ; Siebke., Znt. Ins. Norv. iii.
Pp. 25. n. 1 (1874) ; Boisd., Spee. Gién, Lip. Hét. i. p. 94. n, 81 (1875) ; Newm., Entom, viii.

(43.9

p. 272 (1879) (larva) ; Katt., Ext. Nuchr. ii. p. 12 (1876); Braun, ‘bid. p. 62 (1876); Bosw.,

Scott. Nat. ii. p. 265 (1876) (Orkney) ; Oberth., £t. d’ Ent. 1. p. 31 (1876) (Collo, vi. ix. x.) ;
Snell., Vijdsch. Ent. xx. p. 3. n. 13 (1877) (Java); Pott., Trans. Watf. N.H. Soe. i. p. 108
(1878) ; Moll., Ent. Nachr. iv. p. 91 (1878); Bosw., Scott. Nc +f ly. p. ane Dew.,
Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver, iii. p. 26 (1879) (Chinchoxo) ; Snell., /.c. xxii. p. 64. n. 5 (1879)
(S. Celebes) ; Oberth., Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova xv. p. 172. n. 61 (1879) (Abyssinia) ; Weil.,
Progr. Oberrealsch. Innsbr. p. 15 (1880) (Tauferer Thal); Theden., Ent. Tidskr. i. p. 197
(1880) (Sweden) ; Kil., Jahr. Nat. Ges. Graub. xxiii. p. 43 (1880) ; Oberth., Ht. d' Ent. v. p. 28.
n. 69 (1880) (Askold, ix.) ; Plotz, Stett, Hut. Zit. xl. p. 77. n. 286 (1880) (Afr. occ.) ; Sandabl,
Ent. Tidskr. i p. 213 (1881) ; Albr., Bull. Moscow p. 379 (1882) (Moscow); Weism., ed.
Meld., Stud. Theor. Desc. i. p. 261, t. 3. f. 16, t. 6. f. 52 (1882) (larva) ; Oberth., Lc. xviii.
p. 733. n. 82 (1883) (Bogos) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Gres. Wien xxxili. p. 287. n. 77 (1884)
(Caffraria) ; Rom, Mém. Lép. i. p. 69 (1884) (Borjom ; Tiflis; Derbent): Pouj., Bull. Soc.
Ent. France p. 165 (1885) (éclosion) ; Lampa, Ent. Tidskr. vi. p. 26. n. 110 (1885) (Skand.,
Finld.) ; Demais,, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 55 (1886) (Reims) ; Pagenst., [ris i. p. 86. n. (1886)
(Arn) ; id., Jahrb. Nass, Ver, Nat. xxxix. p. 109. n.1 (1886) (Aru) ; Amel., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr.
xxxi. p. 261 (1887) (Dessau) ; Buckl., Larvae Brit. Moths ii. p. 22. 108. t. 21. f. 2. t. 22. f. 1
(1887) ; Christ.,in Rom., Mém. Lép. iii, p. 54 (1887) (Askhabad); Heulz, Bull. Soc. Ent. France
p- 196 (1888) (Hérault, common) ; Pagenst., Jalb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xli. p. 103. n. 194 (1888)
(Amboina); Alphér., in Rom., Wém. Lép. v. p. 83.n. 19 (1889) (ob Nor) ; Mina-Pal. & Failla-
Ted., Nat. Sic. vil. p. 41 (1889) ; Gr. Grschim., in Rom., MJém, Lép. iv. p. 510. n. 201 (1890)
(Pamir) ; Meyrick, 7. N. Zeal. Inst. xxii. p. 213 (1890); Baker, Tr. eke Soc. Lond. p. 204
(1891) (Madeira) ; Vins., Pap. Bourbon p. 13 (1891) ; Alphér., Lec. vi. p, 3. n. 68 (1892) (China) ;
Stand., ibid. vi. p. 219. n. 207 (1892) (Amur, rare); White, Butt. & Moths Teneriffe
p. 65 (1894) (= batatae); Reb. & Rog., in Baum., Wessailand p. 338. n. 164 (1894);
Kill & Cafl., Jahrb, Nat. Ges. Graub. xxxviii. p. 19 (1895); Bonj., Bull. Soc. Sc. Nat. Ouest
France vi. p. 29 (1895) (Nantes) ; Voss, Tijdschr. Ent. xli. p. 79 (1898) (Apeldoorn) ; Bartel, in
Riihl, Grossschm, ii. p. 38 (1899); Braz., Hntom. p. 15 (1899) (larva).

Herse convolvuli, Oken, Lehrb, Naturg. iii. 1. p. 762. n. 1 (1815).

Sphinx abadonna Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 435 (1798) ; Auriv., Ent. Tidskr. xviii. p. 153. n, 83
(1897) (=orientalis).

Agrius convolvuli, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 140. n. 1506 (1822).

Sphinx patatas Ménétriés, Lc. p. 90, n, 1491 (1857) (Taiti ; nom. indeser. /).

Sphinx roseafusciata Koch, Indo-Austr. Lep. Fauna p. 54 (1865).

Sphine pseudo-convolvuli Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. p. 15, (1870) (Natal),

*Sphine convolvuli var. distans Butler, Voy. Erebus &: Terror, Zool. Ins. p. 30. t. 9. f. 11 (1874)
(N. Zeal. ;—Jus. Brit.).

Protoparce convolvuli, id., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 609, n, 19 (1877) (England; S. Afr.) ;
Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 182. n, 305 (1884) ; Druce, in Moloney, West Afr. Forestry p. 493.
n. 14 (1887) ; Holl., Tr. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 67. n. 27 (1889) (Afr. oce.) ; Misk., Proc. Roy.
Soc. Queensl. vil. p. 3. n. 38 (1891) (Vict. ; N.S.W.; Brisb. to Cardwell) ; Auriv., Ent. Tidskr.
xill. p. 183. n. 232 (1892) (Camer.) ; Dist., Natural. Transvaal p. 236 (1892) (Pretoria) ;
Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. a4 Moths i. p. 103. n, 162. £. 60 (1892) ; Semp., Schmett.
Philipp. li, p. 404. n. 51. t. H. f. 5.6. 7 (/., p.) (1896) (Luzon ; Bohol ; Mindanao ; Cebu ; v.—x.,
xii.—ili.) ; Leech, Zr. Mnt. Soc. Loti p. 286. n. 62 (1898) (Japin; China) ; Dudg., Journ.
Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 416. n. 162 (1898) (Sikkim ; Bhutan ; up to 7000 ft., vii—viii.) ;
Nurse, bid. xii. p. 513 (1899) (Cutch) ; Pagenst., in Chun., Zoologica xii. 29. p. 16. n. 16
(1900) (Ralum, viii. ii.; Kinigunang); Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. ili. p. 101. n. 735
(1901).

Protoparce distans Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 609. n. 20 (1877) (N. Zeal. ; Austral.).

*Protoparce orientalis id., lc. n. 21. t. 91. £. 16. 17 (L, p.) (1877) (N. India ; Ceylon ; Burma ;
China; Japan; Java ;—Mus. Brit.);id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 670. n. 35 (1880) (Formosa) ;
Fors., Tr, Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 391 (1884) (life hist.) ; Butl. lc. p. 494. n. 48 (1884) (Aden) ;
Swinoh., ibid. p. 289. n. 20 (1885) (Poona, vi. viii.—x. ; Bombay, ix. x. ; l. on Colia) ; Moore, ibid.
p. 596 (1855) (Pt. Blair); Swinh., Lc. p. 435. n. 16 (1886) (Mhow, vi. vii. ix); Butl., Le.
p. 379. n. 97 (1886) (Campbellpore, viii.) ; Warr., ibid. p. 293. n. 2 (1888) (Campbellpore,
vi. vili.) ; Leech, ibid. p. 588. n. 30 (1888) (Yokohama ; Fushiki; Hakodate ;=orientalis) ;
Swinh., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe. iii. p. 119. n. 14 (1888) (Karachi, iil,—ix.) ; id., ie Ent.
Soc. Lond, p. 165. n, 22 (1890) (Mandalay ; Rangoon ; Moulmein).

Protoparce pseudo-convolvuli, Butler, Trans, Zool. Soc. Tou ix. p. 609 n. 22 (1877) (Natal).

Macrosila convolvuli, Butler, Papilio ii. p. 7 (1882) (specim. from N. Zeald. dist. spec.).

(14)

Sphine convolvuli var. batatae Christ, Mitth. Schw. Ent. Ges. vi. p. 346 (1884); Alphér., in Rom.
Mém Lép, v. p. 223. n. 18 (1889) (Teneriffe) ; Bartel, in Riithl, Grossschm. ii. p. 43 (1898).
Protoparce convolvuli var. distans, Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 220 n. 5, (1888) (Fiji ; N. Guinea ;

N. Hebrid. ; N. Caled. ; W. Austr.).

Philegethontius convolvuli, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 690. n. 36 (1892).

Phlegethontius pseudo-convolvuli, id,, l.c. n. 37 (1892).

Philegethontius reseofasciatus, id, lc. n. 39 (1892) (=distans).

Phlegethontius orientalis, id., l.c. n. 38 (1892); Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xl, p. 367. n. 41 (1895)
(Java).

Phlegethontius abadonna, Kirby, /.c. n. 40 (1893) (partim).

Sphinx convolvuli var. orientalis, Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii, p. 43 (1898).

Sphine convolvuli, Pierret, Bull. Soc, Ent. France p. 54, (1842) (gynandr.) ; Alt., Stett, Ent. Zeit xxi.
p. 91 (1860) (gynandr.); Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xxxy. p. 89 (1882) (gynandr.) ;
Eckst., Ber. Oherhess. Ges. xxvi. p. 3. t. 2. £. 3 (1889) (gynandr.).

Sphine convolvuli var. alicea Neuburger, Zeitschr. Ent. iv. p. 297 (1899).

Sphine convolvuli var. nigricans Cannaviello, Bull. Soc. Ent, Ital. xxxii. p. 295 (1900).

$%. Palvillus of claw-segment decidedly longer than in the other Herse, a
distinct black flap being present. ? more uniform in colour than the ¢ on thorax
and forewing. Metanotum with a red side-patch, which is more or less different
in tint from the abdominal patches. The various names given to this widely
distributed species are based upon slightly differing individuals from various
countries. Although it is true that the Australian specimens are on an average
rather small, and have, in the ¢, the dise of the hindwing just outside the cell
between veins R! and R* rather more brown than the African and European
individnals, a longer series of specimens shows that these distinctions in size and
colour do not hold good. Such and similar differences referred to by many authors
as being exhibited by individuals from this or that locality are not at all local.

The red metanotal and abdominal patches are very rarely replaced by yellow
ones; such an aberrational individual is described from Nantes by Bonjour,
Bull. Soc. Sc. Nat. Ouest France vi. p. 29 (1896).

Thorax : Pl. LXII. f. 7.8; Pl. LXIIM. f. 1.

3. Tenth tergite rounded-dilated before end (Pl. XXVI. f. 15. 16), apex —
compressed, higher than broad, pointed ; ventral process of harpe (Pl. XXXV. f. 4) —
somewhat spatulate as in Coelonia fulvinotata, the patch of setiferous tubercles of —
the clasper near the end of the harpe as in the allied species ; but the tubercles
resp. setae rather denser ventrally close to the harpe, and this portion of the
clasper a little incrassate or even faintly produced ventrad, the slightly projecting
part being the rudiment of the process found in godarti.

?. The mesial flap (w) in front of the vaginal aperture arises from an
impression, and is very thin; it belongs to the membrane connecting the seventh
and eighth sternites ; at each side of the vaginal orifice there stands a tubercle (c),
and behind the orifice (V) another (4) (Pl. XXII. f. 4. 5).

Larva varying from green to black ; head striped as in Acherontia; a dorso-
lateral yellow streak from head to horn, and yellow oblique stripes on segments
4 to 11, generally accentuated at the upper end by a yellow dot. Horn with small
tubercles.—Food: Convolvulus, especially arvensis. ‘

Pupa: tongue-sheath recurved frontad, tip nearly reaching base.

Hab. Wastern hemisphere except the higher latitudes, rarely in Siberia, straggler
in northern countries. ‘

In the Tring Museum several larvae, and over 350 imagines from a great
number of localities, from Europe to the Solomons and Madagascar.

The Berlin Maseum possesses a series of individuals of both sexes—we received

(15 )

a pair in exchange—from Jaluit, Marschall Islands, which differ markedly from
all our convolvuli. The specimens are small and very pale, paler on body and
forewing than the individuals. from other localities, at least in the ¢ sex, and
have a yellowish grey tint, which is very distinct in the d. | We think it advisable
to await further evidence of the constancy of the characters which distinguish the
Jaluit specimens before naming the form.

Il. MEGACORMA gen. noy.—Typus: obliqua.

Macrosila Walker, List. Lep. Het. BM. viii. p. 198 (1856) (partim).

Sphinx, Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 69 (1875) (partim).

Diludia, Butler (non Grote & Robins., 1865), Tr. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 612 (1877) (partim).
Meganoton, Kirby (non Boisduval, 1875), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 682 (1892) (partim).

Pseudosphine, Hampson (non Burmeister, 1856) in Blaaf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 104 (1892)
(partim).

3$?. Tongue much longer than the body. Second segment of palpus narrower
at base, triangular, very much shorter than first segment; apex of the latter
with a regular and large cavity; on the inner surface the first segment flat,
not obviously concave as in Herse, scaling at apical margin very regular
(Pl. LX. f. 2), this scaling visible from the onter side (Pl. LX. f. 3);
inner surface of second segment all scaled, cavity less deep than in Herse and
Acherontia, the roof of scales over the cavity not quite so distinctly separate from
the other scaling of the segment than in the allied genera.
far from base, gradually thinning towards end. Thorax very long, extending far
beyond the base of the forewing. Tarsi long, slender, spines short ; middle and
hinder tarsi with conspicuous comb of prolonged spines; hinder tibia as long as
first tarsal segment ; pulvillus present, paronychium with two lobes on each side.

g. Tenth abdominal sternite with a broad rounded mesial lobe, convex below.
Harpe armed with long teeth. Clasper with a large patch of very broad, multi-
dentate scales, and eighth tergite with elongate, tawny, friction-scales at the apex :
these scales turned inside, but not forming a ribbon as in Ambulicinae. Anterior

coxae with scent-organ ; the tufts of hairs generally visible without removal of
the coxae.

Antennae thickest not

?. Bighth tergite shallowly and broadly sinuate, the angles strongly rounded.
Vaginal ‘plate membranaceous proximally, much folded; anterior margin of the
yaginal orifice produced into a truncate, feebly sinuate, lip, the angles prominent ;
post-vaginal part of plate more strongly chitinised, smooth, short (I’l. XXIL. f. 3).

Barly stages not known.

The peculiar structure of the palpi has been overlooked; the conspicuous

eayity formed by the scaling at the end of the first segment of the palpi is similar
to that found in 7/eretra and allies.

Hab. Oriental Region.
One species.

6. Megacorma obliqua.

* Macrosila obliqua Walker, lc. p. 208. n. 15 (1856) (Ceylon ;—Mus. Brit.).
*Sphine nestor Boisduyal, l.c. p. 113. n. 54 (1875) (Himalaya, § ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

Diludia obliqua, Butler, Lc. p. 614. n. 10 (1877) (Ceylon) ; Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii. p. 4. t, 74. f. 2, (1882).
Meganoton obliqua, Kirby, lc, n. 2 (1892) (Ceylon).

(al6m) =

Meganoton nestor, id., lc. n. 3 (1892) (Himalaya); Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xl. p. 367. n. 40 (1895)
(Java). } ;

Pseudosphinz discistriga, Hampson (non Walker, 1856), lc. p. 105, n. 169 (1892) (partim); id.,
Illustr. Typ. Spee. Lep. Het. B.M. ix. p.3. 0.52 (1893) (partim) ; Pagenst., in Chun, Zoologica xii.
1. p. 17. n. 17 (1900) (partim ; Ralum, N. Britain = N. Pommern).

$2. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXVI. f. 19) resembling in a dorsal view
that of Herse convolvuli, slenderer in a lateral view, gradually narrowed to a point.
Clasper sole-shaped, rounded-dilated dorsally before end, ventral margin oblique ;
harpe (PI. XXXY. f. 8) with a broadly sickle-shaped distal process, which points
dorsad, and is armed at the rounded ventro-distal edge with long suberect teeth,
the most proximal tooth broad ; spines of clasper near harpe longer than in the
species of Herse. Penis-sheath unarmed externally, as broad as in Herse. Vaginal
plate see above.

The specimen recorded by Pagenstecher from Ralum (Dahl, 3. i. 97) is in the
Berlin Museum, where we have examined it. It is obdigua, Pagenstecher himself
says, de., that the individuals recorded by him as déscistriga correspond to the
obliqua and discistriga forms. Following Hampson, unfortunately too closely,
he gives as synonyms of discistriga—which should stand as menephron—three
distinct species; the four species thus treated as one belong, in fact, to three
genera.

There is no species with which obliqua could be confounded, if one compares
the palpi, or the size of the thorax, or the pattern of the body and wings.

The insect is apparently rare, but has a wide range.

Hab. Ceylon, N. India to the Bismarck Archipelago, probably in all the Indo-
Malayan and the Papuan countries, but so far found only—to our knowledge—in
Ceylon, Burmah, Sumatra, Java, Neu Pommern (N. Britain).

In the Tring Museum 3 dd, 1 ? from: Ceylon; Bassein; Burma ; Benkoelen,
W. Sumatra (Bricsson).

Ill. ACHERONTIA.—Typus : atropos.

Sphing Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1858) (partim) ; type: ocellata).

Acherontia Laspeyres, Jenaische Allg. Lit. Zeit. iv. p. 99 (1809) (type: atropos) ; Ochs., Schm.
Eur, iv. p. 44 (1816).

Atropos Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. p. 762 (1815) (type : atropos).

Brachyglossa Boisduyal, Ind. Meth. p, 33 (1829) (nom. maxime supervac.; Acherontia cit. sub
synon, !!).

Manduca Hiibner, Tentam. p. 1 (1806) (nom. indeser.!) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 700 (1892).

As Manduca of Hiibner is a name without definition, it is not a scientific term,
and cannot supersede Acherontia. Hiibner himself employed the name later on
not for a genus, bat for a whole ‘“stirps.”

3%. Tongue short, very thick, hairy, opening before end large, dorsal. Palpi
not touching each other, second segment a little shorter than the first ; carina of
clypeus and base of tongue visible. Antenna thick, much shorter than the forewing
is broad at its widest point. Body very stout. Legs short and stout; anterior
tibia short, a little longer than the cell of the hindwing is broad ; spur reaching
end of tibia; lateral spines of anterior tarsus heavy; middle and hinder tarsi
strongly compressed, spines heavy ; two ventral rows, besides an interno-lateral
row of shorter ones, and a number of dorsal and subdorsal spines representing the

(ais)

fourth row ; these latter spines fewer in number and gradually more ventro-lateral
on the distal segments; no comb of prolonged spines; posterior tarsus as lone
as the cell of the hindwing. Pulvillus absent, paronychium reduced to a short
broad lobe. Scaling of body and legs (inclusive of spurs of mid- and hindtibia)
woolly ; scales of the upper layer of the forewing multidentate, the teeth long and
thin, especially on the under surface, the scales of the hindwing longer, narrower,
partly hair-like, the broader ones deeply slit or long-toothed.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite long, slender, pointed (Pl. XXVI. f. 20. 21), the
same in the three species of the genus; harpe with two processes or teeth
(Pl. XXXV. f. 1.2.3); clasper sole-shaped, with a patch of large multidentate
friction-scales. Penis-sheath long and thin, without armature.

2. Aperture of vagina with an elliptical rim ; eighth tergite shallowly sinnate.

Larva with tuberculated horn, which is horizontal with the end recurved,
about =-shaped.

Pupa withont free tongue case.

Hab. Old World, except the Papuan subregion, occurring as far east as Ceram
and the islands north of Timor.

Three species.

Much has been written about the sound produced by the imago. The origin
of this sound has often been erroneously attributed to friction. There can be no
doubt whatever that the real cause of the squeak is the forcing of air through the
trunk, though it has not been ascertained with certainty whether this air comes
from cavities in the head or from some other source, for instance the sucking
bladder. The imago produces this sound occasionally when still enveloped by
the skin of the chrysalis. The larva makes another kind of sound, most likely
with the mandibles.

Key to the species :
a. Hindwing above with a large black patch in basal

half 5 : : : : : : . 7. A. lachesis.
Hindwing above with the basal half yellow . : oni
b. Abdomen beneath with black segmental bands . 8. A. atropos.
Abdomen beneath without black segmental bands,
only with small black mesial spots . : ob wah cies

7. Acherontia lachesis.

Sphine atropos, Stoll (non Linné, 1758), in Cramer, Pap. Eu. iii. p. 74. t. 237. f. a. (1779) (Sava) ;
Gray, in Griffith, Anim. Kingd. xv. t. 137. f. 4 (1832).

Sphing lachesis Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 434. n. 26-7 (1798) (Ind. or. ;—Mus. Copenhagen) ;
Auriv., Ent. Tidskr. xviii. p. 152. n. 79 (1897) (= lachesis of Moore, etc.).

Acherontia morta Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 140. n. 1496 (1822); Butl., Zr. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix.
p. 598. t. 92. f. 9 (/.) (1877) (Java, Hongkong, Assam, Ceylon) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc.
Lond. p. 595 (1879) (Pt. Blair ; = satanas = lethe = ? lachesis); Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc.
Lond. p. 613 (1881) (Kurachi, vii. viii., common) ; Swinh., ibid. p. 290, n. 24 (1885) (Poonah,
vi. viii.; Bombay, viii. ix.; sound of /., variat. of 7. ace. to food) ; id., /.c. p, 435. n. 15 (1886)
Mhow, ii. ix.); Leech, 7r. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 119. n. 90 (1889) (Kiukiang); Swinhb., 77.
Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 164. n. 21 (1890) (Moulmein) ; Hamps., J//ustr. Typ. specim. Lep. Het.
BM, viii, p. 2. n. 29 (1891) (Nilgiris, 6,000 ft.) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 30.
n, 122 (1892).

(?) Spectrum charon Billberg, Enum. Ins. p. 83 (1822) (nom nud. ; Tava).

*Acherontia satanas Boisduval, Spec. Gién. Lép. i. t. 16. £. 1 (1836) (coll. Charles Oberthiir) ;
Blanch., in Jacquem., Voy. Ind, iv. p. 23. n. 19 (1844) ; Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep.

C0]

( 18 )

Mus. B.1.C.i. p. 267, n. 615. t. 9. £. 2. 2a (0, p.) (1857) ; Ménétr., Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr,
Lep. p. 93. n. 1554 (1857) (Ind. or.) ; Walk., Jowrn. Linn. Soe. Lond, vi. p. 85. n. 14 (1862)
(Sarawak); Feld., Wien. Ent. Monat. v. p. 30. n. 33 (1862) (Ning-po) ; Moore, Proc. Zool.

Soc. Lond. p. 793 (1865) (Balasore) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 7. n. 3 (1875) ; Snell.

Tijdschr. Ent. xx. p. 4. 0. 15 (1877) (Java); id., Le. p. 67 (1877) (Sumatra); id., /.c. xxii.

p- 63. n. 2 (1879) (S. Celebes); id., in Snellemann, Fauna Midd. Sumatra ii. p. 29 (1892).
*Acherontia lethe Westwood, Cab. Or, Ent. p. 87. t. 42. £. 2 (1848) (Mus. Oxford) ; Walk., Cat. Lep.

Het. B.M. viii. p. 235. n, 2 (1856) (Assam ; Ceylon) ; Wall,, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 10 (1864)

(alive in England.).

Acherontia circe Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.1.C. i. p. 267. n. 615 (1858) (sub syn. ;
nom, maxime supervac.).

Acherontia lachesis, id., Lep. Ceylon ii. p. 6. t. 77. £. 1. 1b. le. (L, p., 7.) (1882) ; Pagenst., Jahrb.
Nass. Ver. Nat. xli. p. 103. n, 191 (1888) (Amboina) ; Hamps.,in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths i. p. 67. n. 89 (1892); Semp., Schm. Philipp. il. p. 390. n. 20. t. 9. £. 1. 2. 3 (1. p.) (1896) ;
Piep., Tijdschr. Ent. x1. p. 104 (1897) (Java) ; Leech, Zr. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 275. n. 33 (1898)
(China, vi. vii. viii.) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N.H. Soc. xi. p. 406. n. 89 (1898) ; Bartel, in
Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 25 (1899).

Acherontia styx, Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 518. n. 1 (1884) (Karachi, vii. viii, larva
different on diff. plants).

Manduea lachesis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 700 n. 5 (1891) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xl. p. 368.
n, 42 (1895) (Java).

Manduca lachesis ab, atra Huwe, le. (Java, 3 ).

3%. The amount of black is very variable both on abdomen and wings ; the
black colour generally more extended on the abdomen of the ¢ than on that of
the ?. The stigma of the forewing is small and white; it is contiguous with a
black patch situated in the apex of the cell; the line at the proximal side of the
same patch forms a kind of ring before the inner margin, being joined behind
SM? to a.discal line.

Palpi widely separate at end. Spines on the outer side of the first sezment
of the foretarsus numerous. Metanotum and end of mesonotum marked with red
hairs; edge of skull-mark also generally with some red hairs. The white scaling
at the end of the antenna a little more extended than in atropos; antenna longer
than in atropos, in 3 as stout as, but in 2 obviously thinner than, in that species.

3. Armature of harpe (PI. XXXYV. f. 2) represented by two parallel hooks, ”
sinus between them rounded (in dorsal view).

?. Vaginal aperture provided proximally with a transyerse ridge or flap, which
is rounded laterally and shallowly sinuate mesially. F

Larva: a yellow form with oblique red bands, and a green form with oblique
yellow bands bordered with blue in front.—Food-plants: Antidesma, Datura,
Nicotiana tabacum, ete. !

Hab. Krom China, N. and 8. India, Ceylon, eastwards to the Southern Moluccas
(Ceram, Amboina). Not yet found in N.W. India and Japan.

In the Tring Museum 70-odd specimens from: Ceylon, 8. India (Nilgiris)
Sikkim, Assam, China (one of them labelled.“ Pekin”), Malay Pen., Sumatra, Nias,
Borneo, Palawan, Jaya, Lombok, Timor, Celebes, Ceram.

8. Acherontia atropos.

Aldroy., De Anim. Ins. p. 363. £. 3 (1602); id., Le. ed. Franc. p. 96 (1618); Moufet, Theatr.
Ins. p. 89. fig. (1634) ; Schroeck, Ephem. Ac. Nat. Cur. Dec. 2. Ann. 7. Obs. 254. p. 475 (1688) ;
Albin. Engl. Ins. t. 6 (1720) ; Réaum., Hist. Ins. i. p. 293. t. 14. £2; id., Le. ii. p. 289. t. 24.
f. 4. 5 (1736) ; Wilke, Engl. Moths Cl. LS.B. p. 9. t. 1 (1747) ; Roesel, Ins. Belust. iti. p. 15.
frontisp (\.). t. 1. f. 1-4 (U, p.). t. 2. £. 5. 6 (i) (1755) ; Hemm., Coll. Cur. Ins. t. 1. £. a, b. @
(1,7) (175-2); Linné, /ter Hasselquist pp. 408, 417. n. 104 (1757) ; Jonst., Theatr. Anim.

(19 )

iii. t. 7. £ 1 (i.) (1757) ; Sulz., Kennz. Ins. p. 121. t. 15. £. 88 (1761) ; Roes., lc. iv. p. 234
(1761) ; Geoffr., Hist. Ins. ii. p. 85. n. 8. (1762) ; Harris, Aurelian t. 37 (1766) ; Schaeff.,
Icon. Ratisb. t. 99. £. 1. 2 (1766); Degeer, Hist. Ins. ii. 1. p. 242 (1771); Kiihn, Anleitung
p. 71 (1773) ; Martini, Allg. Gesch. Nut. i. p. 89 (1774), iii. p. 493. t. 113. £. 1.2 (L). 3 (p.).
4 (excrem.). 5. 6 (i.) (1777) ; Ernst. & Engr., Ins. Eur. iii. p. 80. t. 105. fig. d—f. t. 106
fig. g—k (1782).

Sphinx atropos Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 490. n. 8 (1758) ; Scop., Ent. Carn. p. 184. n. 469 (1763)
(sound of imago and larva); Linné, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 348 (1764) ; Houtt., Naturl. Hist. i. 11.
p. 424. n. 8. t. 84. f. 3 (1) (1767); Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 799. n. 9 (1767) ; Miill.,
Naturs. v. 1. p. 638. n. 9. t. 14. £. 3 (1.) (1774) ; Goeze, Bonnets Abhandl. p. 94. n, 2. (1774) ;
Fuessly, Verz. Schweiz. Ins. p. 32. n. 616 (1775); Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 539. n. 1 (1775) ; Harris,
Engl. Lep. p. 30 n. 206 (1775) ; Cram., Pap. Exot. i. p. 123. t. 78. f. 4 (1775) ; Den. & Schiff.,
Verz. Schm. Wien p. 41 (1776) ; Kiithn, Naturforsch. ix, p. 93 (1776) ; Esper, Schmett. i, p. 27
(1777) ; id., Le. ii. p. 69. t. 7 (1779); Leske, Anfangsgr. Naturg. i. p. 457. n. 4 (1779) ;
Blumenb., Handb. Naturg. p. 365. n. 5 (1779) ; Mein., Naturforsch. xiii. p. 176 (1780) ; Goeze,
Ent. Beytr. wi. 2 p. 155. n. 9 (1780) ; Hiibn. & Fuessly, in Fuessly, Arch. Insectgesch. ii. tab.
(1781) (sound of larva); Fabr., Spee. Ins, ii. p. 144. n. 23 (1781); Barbut, Gen. Ins. Linn.
p- 178 (1781); Fourer., Ent. Paris. ii. p. 253. n. 8 (1785) ; Fabr., Mant. Ins, ii. p. 95. n. 26
(1787); Borkh., Schm. Eur. ii. p. 88. n. 1 (1788) ; Sepp, Nederl. Ins. iii. p. 97. t. 27. f. 4.
t. 28. £. 5. 6 (178-) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2378. n. 9 (1790) (p. parte) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst.
iii. 1. p. 364. n. 27 (1793) ; Prunner, Lep. Ped. p. 84. n. 171 (1798) ; Donov., Brit. Ins. ix. p. 3.
t. 289 (1800) ; Schrank, Fauna Boica ii. 1. p. 224. n. 1387 (1801) ; Walck., Puune Paris. Ins.
ii. 278 (1802) ; Thunb., Mus. Nat. Ups. xxiii. p. 9 (1804) ; Shaw, Gen. Zool. vi. 1. t. 74 (1806) ;
Turt., Syst. Nat. iii. 2. p. 172 (1806) ; Ochsenh., Schm. Eur. ii. p. 231. n, 1 (1808) ; Hiibn.,
Eur. Schm., Sphing. i. t. 13, £. 68 (1805—) ; Nagel, Hiilfb. Schmettsamml. p. 150 (1818) ;
Sam., Ent. Comp. p. 244 (1819) ; Latr., in Nowe. Dict. Hist. Nat. xxi. t. 24. f. 4., xxxii. p, 23
(1819) (eri) ; Wood, Z7/. Linn. Gen. Ins. ii. p. 7 tab. (1821) ; Godart, Lep. France iii. p. 16.
t. 14 (1821) ; Lep. & Serv., Enc. Méth. x. p. 465. t. 63. f. 9-12 (1825) ; Latr., in Cuvier, Regne
Anim., Ins. t. 146. £. 2 (1833) ; Beske, in Silberm., Revue d’ Ent. ii. p. 177 (1834) (Hamburg) ;
Bory, ibid. ii. p. 179 (1834) (Canaries) ; Frivald., ‘hid. ii. p. 181 (1834) (Hungary) ; Luce., Lép.

A Bur, p. 116. t. 48 (1834) ; Eversm., Fauna Volgo-Ural. p. 113 (1844).

Acherontia atropos, Laspeyres, Jenaische Allg. Lit.-Zeit. iv. p. 99 (1809) ; Ochsenh., Schm. Eur, iv.
p. 44 (1816) ; Hiibn., Verz. beh. Schm. p. 139. n. 1494 (1822) ; Steph., 72/. Brit. Ent., Haust. i.
p. 114 (1828) ; id., Cat. Brit. Ins. ii. p. 31 (1829); Thon, Nat. Schm. p. 108. t. 53. £. 744-6

* (1837) ; Duponch., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 54 (1838) (cri) ; Nordm., ibid. p. 55 (1838) (cri) ;
Duponch., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 59 (1839) (cri) ; Goureau, ibid. p. 125 (1840) (cri) ; Blanch.,
Hist, Nat. Ins. iii. p. 480 (1840) ; Ramb., Faune Andal. p. 331 (1842) ; Westw. & Humphr.,
Brit. Moths p. 9. t. 2. £. 1. 2. 3 (Iuy ps i.) (1843) ; Abie., Bull. Soc, Ent. Fr. p. 50 (1843) (cri) ;
Ghil., ‘bid. p. 72 (1844) (eri) ; Paris, ibid. p. 95 (1846) (cri) ; Bell., :bid. p. 110 (1846) (eri) ;
Lab. & Guen., ibid. (1846) (var. of 7.) ; Bell., ‘bid. p. 111 (1846) (var. of 7.) ; Paris, ibid. p. 112
(1846) (cri) ; Assm., Zeitschr. Ent. Breslau i. p. 5 (1847) ; Boisd., in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr.
p- 595 (1847) (Natal) ; Herr.-Sch., Hur. Schm. ii. 1. p. 90. n, 28 (1847) ; Lucas, Expl. Algérie,
Art. iii. p. 371. n. 69 (1849) ; Blanch., in Orb., Dict. Hist. Nat. xi. p. 756. Atlas Lép. t. 17
f. 1 (1849) ; Noye, Trans. Nat. Hist. Antig. Penzance i. p. 122 (1851) ; Becker, Bull. Soc. Ent.
France p. 8 (1854) (1. on tobacco) ; Walk., Lep. Het. BLM. viii. p. 233. n. 1 (1856) ; Hoeven,

‘Yjdsch. Ent. ii. p. 11 (1859) (sound prod. by stridul.; literature); Mann, Wien. Mint. Mon.
iii. p. 92 (1859) (Sicilia) ; Verl., Zijdschr. Ent. iii. p. 24 (1860) (sound of larva) ; Westw., ‘bid.
p- 120 (1860) (sound not stridul.) ; Maitl., ibid. v. p. 20 (1862) (sound) ; Siev., Bull. Moscow
p- 140 (1862) (St. Petersb.) ; Hopffer, in Peters, Reise Mozamb. p. 424 (1862) ; Wallengr.,
Skand. Het. Fjtr. p. 20. n. 1 (1863); Ball., Bull. Moscow p. 363 (1864) (Gorki) ; Guen., in
Vinson, Voy. Madag. p. 30 (1865) ; Girard, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 49 (1865) (var. of 1) ;
Newm., Entom. ii. p. 280 (1865) (life bist.) ; Johns., ‘bid. p. 325 (1865) (noise) ; Merr., ibid.
p. 325 (1865) (breeding) ; Wallengr., Kongl. Sv. Ac. Handl. v. 4. p. 19 (1865) (Caffr. or.) ;
White, Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinb. iii. p. 345 (1866) (Shetland) ; Capronn., C. 2. Soc. Ent. Bela.
x p. 16 (1866); Light., Mut. Mo. Mag. ii. p. 116 (1866) (larva on Symphoricarpus) ; Mauriss.,
Tijdschr. Ent. ix. p. 174 (1866) (Limburg) ; Gavere, ibid. x. p. 197, n. 67 (1867) (Groningen) ;
Bonn., Entom. iii. p. 42 (1867) (breeding) ; Smith, Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinb. iii. p. 353
(1867) ; Snell., Vlind. Nederl. p. 100 (1867) (vi., viii., ix.) ; Voll., Tijdschr. Ent. xi. p, 12
(1868) ; Hinterw., Progr. Realsch. Innsbr. p. 228 (1868); Bury, Zoologist (2). iv. p. 1913
(1869) (atropos and bees); Tengstr., Ac. Soc. F. I’. Fennica x, p. 6. n. 90 (1869) ; Bien., Lep.
Ergeln, Reise Persien p. 32 (1869) (Astrabad) ; Sideb., Proc. Lit. Philos. Soc. Manch. ix.

20>)

p. 62 (1870); Staint., Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 14 (1870) ; Heyl., Tijdschr. Ent, xiii, p. 146,
n. 66 (1870) (Breda); Thorpe, Hxtom. v. p. 143 (1871) (breeding) ; Lock., ibid. p, 458 (1871) ;
Brutt., Progr. Gymn. Dorpat p. 23. n. 1 (1872); Moseley, Nature vi. p. 151. fig. (1872)
(sound) ; Christ., Steft. Ent. Zeit. xxxiii. p. 216 (1892) (Derbent, 1, on Zygophyllum) ; Corb.,
Entom. vi. p. 520 (1872) (hibern.); Girard, /.c. p. 192, 221 (1873) (eri); Christ., Hor. Soc,
Ent. Ross. x. p. 31 (1873) (Gjas) ; Laboulb., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 537 (1878) (eri) ; Siebke,
En. Ins. Norv. iii. p. 22. n. 1 (1874); Weyenb., Tijdschr. Ent. xvii. p. 168 (1874) (sound,
1. & p.); Land., Jahrb. Westph. Proc. Ver. Wiss. Kunst p. 55 (1874) ; Boisd., Spee. Gén Lép.
Hét. i. p. 5. n. 1 (1875) (Africa ; Asia er err.) ; Roch., Pet. Nouv. Ent. i, p. 472 (1875) (eri) ;
Oberth., Lt. d’ Ent. i. p. 31 (1876) (Oran ; Collo) ; Gasch., Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 509 (1876)
(migrat.) ; Swint., Ent. Mo. Mag. xiii. p. 217 (1877) (sound) ; Butl., 7. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix.
p. 598, n. 3 (1877) ; Schoy., Nyt. Maz. Nature. xxiv. p. 150 (1879) ; Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent.
Ver. iii. p, 26 (1879) (Chinchoxo) ; Kill., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub. xxiii. p. 43 (1880) ; Marsh.,
Scott. Nat. v. p. 36 (1880) ; Weiler, Progr. Oberrealsch. Innsbr. p. 15 (1880) ; Arnb., Sitz.-Ber.
Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien. xxix. p. 54. fig. (1880) ; Theden., Hnt. Tidskr. i. p. 197 (1880) (Suecia) ;
id., Lc. ii. p. 105 (1881) ; Westw., in Oates, Vatabeleld. p. 355 (1881) ; Const., Bull. Soc. Ent.
France p. 76 (1882) (Cannes) ; Auriv., Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ac. Handl. xix. 5. p. 131. n. 166 (1882) ;
Albr., Bull. Moscow p. 379 (1882) (Moskau) ; Romanoff, Mém. Lép. i, p. 69 (1884) (Tiflis ;
Borjom ; Lagodekhi; Lenkoran ; Daghestan ; Helenendorf); Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 129.
n. 300 (1884) ; Lampa, Ent. Tidskr. v. p. 26. n. 109 (1884) ; Sandb., ‘bid. vi. p. 194. n. 4. (1885)
(Sydvaranger) ; Poujade, Bull, Soc. Ent. France p. 165 (1885) (éclosion) ; Oberth., ibid.
p- 215 (1885) (Bretagne, abundant) ; Fallou, ibid. p. 226 (1885) (localit. in France) ; Seriz.,
Bull. Acad. d’ Hippone xx. (Sep.). p. 9. n. 57 (1887) (Collo) ; Druce, in Moloney, West Afr.
Forestry p. 493. n. 12 (1887) (Gambia); Amel., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxxi. p, 261 (1887)
(Dessau) ; Denfer, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 200 (1889) (cri, pupa) ; Mab., ibid. p. 234 (1889)
(Afr. ; Asie ex err.) ; Holl., Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 67. n. 25 (1889) (Gaboon) ; Mina-Pal.
& Failla-Ted., Nat. Sic. vii. p. 41 (1889); Redlich, Ent. Zeit. Guben iii. p.130 (1890) (sound) ;
Cuisine, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 104 (1890) (aberrat.) ; Boise, ibid. p. 35 (1890) (cri de la pupa
avant éclos.); Baker, 7. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 204 (1891) (Madeira) ; Vinson, Papill. Bourbon
p. 13 (1891) ; Dist., Natural. Transvaal p. 236 (1892) (Pretoria, IIT.) ; White, Butt. Moths
Teneriffe p. 64. t. 4. £. 1 (1894) ; Barrett, Zep. Brit. Isl. ii. p. 16 (1895); Holl., in Smith,
Unlen. Countr. Afr. p. 412 (1897) (Somalild.) ; Aign., Jllustr. Zeitschr. Ent, iii. p. 337 (1898) ;
id., le. iv. p. 3. 177. 211. 289. 377. 355. cuts (1899) (sound prod. by stridul.) ; Vos, Tijdschr.
Ent. xii. p. 79 (1898) (Apeldoorn) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grosssehm. ii. p. 17 (1899) ; Staud. &
Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 98. n. 717 (1901) (p. parte), ‘

Atropos solani Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. 1. p. 762. n. 1 (1815) (=atropos). «

Spectrum atropos, Billberg, Enum. Ins. p. 83 (1822) (Suecia).

*Acherontia sculda Kirby, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 242 (1877) (“ Borneo” err. loc. ;—Mus. Dublin) ;
Waterh., Aid Jdentif. Ins. ii. t. 141. £. 2 (1884).

Sphync atropos, Vogel, Schm. Cabinet i. p. 22. t. 6. f. 4. a. b. (1821).

Brachyglossa atropos, Boisduval, Ind. Meth. p. 33 (1829) -(v. ix.) ; id., Faune Madag. & Bourb
p. 77 (1833) (Mad.; Bourbon; Maurice); Cant., in Silberm., Revue Ent. i. p. T7 (1833)
(Dép. du Var, iv., ix.).

Sphinx atropus (!), Swains. & Shuck., Hist. & Arr. Ins. p. 101 (1840).

Sphync (Acherontia) atropos, Heulz, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 7 (1887) (1. on Fraxinus).

AAcherontia atropos, Taschenberg, Zeitschr. Ges. Naturw. xxii. p. 520 (1863) (gynandrom.).

Manduca sculda Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 700. n. 3 (1892) (“ Borneo” ex err.).

Manduca atropos, id., l.c. n. 4 (1892).

3%. A decidedly Aethiopian insect, which extends far into the Palearetic
Region, being in the more northern districts, however, a visitor only, which does
not survive the winter as a rule. It does not occur in the eastern countries of the
Palearctic Region (Japan, Amurland), nor in the Oriental Region, the eastern
insect, which many authors have confounded with atropos and recorded as such,
being in colour and structure quite distinct. In Siberia proper no representative
of Acherontia is found.

The specimen of Acherontia described by Kirby as sculda, with the erroneous
habitat ‘“ Borneo,” is nothing else but an individual of atropos.

A. atropos is a white crow among the large Lepidoptera occurring in Burope :

( 21 )

it is a species without named ads. and vars., though its individual variability is not in-
considerable. The frightening skull-mark, the symbol of death, apparently suppressed
all earthly vanity in those who were or are the possessors of aberrant specimens.

The forewing is occasionally nearly all black, with the lines obscure and the white
or ochraceous scaling in the subapical region obliterate ; on the other hand there occur
individuals with an unusually large ochraceous subapical patch. The discal band
of the hindwing is sometimes absent, or vestigial ; the outer band is also occasionally
obsolescent. Seldom are both bands nearly fused to one; more often is the external
one so enlarged distad that the yellow marginal spots are reduced to dots. The
amount of black on the underside of the wings is also variable; the discal band
of both wings is not rarely absent or vestigial, the stigma of the hindwing is
sometimes wanting. The skull-mark of the thorax is very seldom absent. The
black segmental bands of the abdomen below are complete, and never reduced to
mesial spots. Some individuals have the underside of the abdomen nearly all
black ; in others, especially often in bred ones, the under surface of the body is
fuscous, in which case neither the yellow nor the black bands are clearly defined.
On such individuals as the latter Leech’s assertion that those black bands are
sometimes quite absent from the abdomen of atropos may have been based.

We do not find any difference in structure or colour between the Aethiopian
and Palaearctic atropos, but the tropical specimens are on average, especially in
the ¢ sex, smaller than the northern individuals ; we say expressly on an average,
as many Aethiopian examples surpass the medinm-sized Palaearctic ones. Antenna
short and stout, shorter than in the other species, more obviously so in ? than
in d, middle segments in 2 at least four times as high as long (PI. LX. f. 20,
lateral view). Foretibia a little shorter than in the other species; foretarsus
(Pl. LXIV. f. 1) with numerous spines on the outer side of the first segment,
and more than one row on the outerside of the second and third segments ; middle
tibia obviously shorter than first tarsal segment, while in the other species it is as
long as this; hinder tibia as long as tarsal segments 1 and 2 together.

3. Ventral process of harpe (Pl. XXXYV. f. 1) dentate, carinate on the upper
surface ; the upper process a triangular tooth, the broad sides of both processes
vertical.

2. Vaginal aperture without special armature.

Larva: a green, red-striped, and a brown form.—Food : Solanaceae, but also
observed feeding on Fraxinus and other plants.

Hah. The whole of the Aethiopian Region, the Palearctic Region as far north
as the Shetland and Lofoden Islands (found once); eastward to Transcaucasia and
North Persia, westwards to the Azores.

In the Tring Museum 80 specimens from various parts of Hurope and
Continental Africa, Azores, Madagascar, Mauritius, Réunion, besides a number of
European larvae and pupae.

9. Acherontia styx.

*Sphins (Acherontia) styx Westwood, Cab. Or. Ent. p. 88. t. 42. £. 3 (1848) (E. Indies ;—Mus. Brit. ).
Acherontia styx, Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. £.1.C. i. p. 266. n. 614 (1857) (Java,
Penang, Dukhun, Madras) ; Ménétr., Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 93. 0, 1555 (1857)
(Ind, or.) ; Boisd., Spee. Gén, Lép. Hét. i. p. 6 n. 2 (1875) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit.
Ind. Moths i. p. 67, n. 88. £. 40 (1892) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Ow. i. p. 30. n. 121 (1892) ;
Piep., Tijdschr. Ent. xl. p. 98. t. 1. £. 18, 19 (horn of 7.) p. 102. t. 4. f. 4 (larva) (1897).
Acherontia medusa Moore, l.c. (1857) (sub synon.) ; Bartel, /.c. ii. p. 25 (1899).

(22 )

Acherontia atropos, Walker, Cat. Lep, Het. B.M. viii. p. 234, n. 1 (1856) (partim) ; Leech, Proc.
Zool. Soe. Lond. p. 587. n. 29 (1888)7(= sty = medusa; Japan, China) ; id., Tr. Hnt. Soe.
Lond. p. 118. n. 89 (1889) (= medusa = styx; Kiukiang); Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. France
p. 234 (1889) (p. parte) ; Leech, Zr. Ent. Soc. Lond. p, 274. n. 32 (1898) (Japan ; Gensan ; =
styx = medusa ; syn. partim) ; Bartel, in Rithl, Grossschm. ii. p. 24 (1899) (p. parte).

Acherontia ariel Boisduyal, /.c. sub syn. (1875) (nom. max. supervac.).

Acherontia satanas, Cuisine, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 234 (1889) (satanas = atropos! Darjiling).

Acherontia atropos var. styx, Staudinger & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 98. n. 717.4 (1901).

$2. The structural differences between atropos and stya as pointed out below
have entirely been overlooked by those authors, cited above, who maintained that —
the two insects are the same species, though these differences are obvious enough,
if one compares the species side by side. The insects are also constantly dis-
tinguishable in pattern. A¢vopos cannot even be called an Aethiopian representative
of the Indo-Malayan sty, for it is by no means nearer related to styx than it is
to dachesis, agreeing with the former in the hindwing having no black subbasal
area, with the latter in the black-banded abdominal sternites, the denser spinose
outerside of the foretarsus, and the stouter antenna of the 3.

The skull-mark of the thorax is anteriorly narrower than in afropos, and not
constricted in the middle; it is more a likeness of the Neanderthal Schiidel than
of the skull of a Cancasian with well-developed cranium. The narrowness of the
cranial part, so to speak, is due to the greater anterior width of the mesothoracic
tegula in sty, and the constriction of the mark in atropos is partly due to the
tegula being widened behind. The abdominal sternites, which, in atropos, are
always provided with broad black basal bands, bear in styz only small mesial basal
spots. The anterior tibia is marked with yellow buff, and the tarsi are not ringed
with white but with buff. The black subbasal line of the forewing above is less
curved distad in the cell. The under surface is paler yellow than in atropos.

The individual variability is not inconsiderable. The skull-mark is often black
with a pale ochraceous edge, in other individuals it is nearly tawny ochraceous ;
it is on the whole more uniform in colour than in dachesis and atropos. The black
bands at the apices of the abdominal tergites are more or less dilated laterally as
a rule, sometimes so strongly that they touch each other, at least on the proximal
segments. In a good many individuals, however, the dilatation of the bands is
not considerable, sometimes very slight. The bluish white line of the metanotum
is always present, and rather conspicuous in good specimens. The white or buftish
subbasal and diseal interspaces between the black dentate lines of the forewing are
generally not so pronounced as in atropos ; the stigma is buffish. The discal black
band of the upperside of the hindwing, on the whole more proximal than in atropos
and more straight, has not disappeared entirely in any of the specimens examined,
but it is reduced in width and length in many examples; the black outer band of
the same wing is mostly more deeply incised between the veins than in atropos,
often separated into vein-streaks, which are connected with one another by diffuse
black sealing. On the underside of the forewing there is in most specimens a
blackish cloud in the cell along M proximally of middle ; the discal third of wing
is generally much shaded with black; there are two discal bands and the trace of
a third ; the second is often rather indistinct, seldom not present as a band or line,
the first varies in position, standing sometimes close to the cell. The stigma of —
the hindwing is occasionally obliterated ; the discal band touches the stigma in

some individuals. Size very variable, the smallest specimens from Central and
Western China.

( 23 )

@%. Antenna much slenderer and obviously longer in both sexes than in
specimens of atropos of the same size ; the middle segments in the ? barely three
times as high as long (PI. LX. f. 21, lateral view). Anterior tibia longer than
in atropos, first segment (PI. LXIV. f. 2) slenderer, and, like the other segments,
with less spines than in either atropos or lachesis; the lateral apical spines
obviously prolonged ; the number of spines individually variable as in the other
species ; middle tibia as long as the first tarsal segment ; hindtibia equal in length
to tarsal segments 1 to 3.

3. The ventral process of the harpe (Pl. XXXYV. f. 3) almost vertical on the
plane of the clasper, its broader side nearly horizontal; the second process triangular
as in atropos, its broader side dorso-ventral (vertical) ; both processes simple or
indistinctly notched. Tenth sezment represented by Pl. XXVI. f. 20. 21.

2. Aperture of vagina without process, but there is a mesial carina running
proximad from the rim of the opening.

Larva: according to Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 290. n. 25 (1885),
yariable in colour like that of A. dachesis; those feeding on potato bright canary
yellow with violet stripes, those feeding on jasmine, Datura, Colea, and Erythrina
green with purple stripes bordered with yellow. Swinhoe does not give a distinctive
character between the larvae of lachesis and styx. Moore, l.c., figures the larva
of styx as green with yellow stripes. Swinhoe may have confounded the larvae of
the two species. Further researches are necessary.—Food: Sesamum, Datura,
Solanum, Coccinia, Colea, ete.

Hab. Indo-Malayan Subregion as far north as Japan, exc to Ceram and
Kisser, westward occasionally occurring in Asia Minor; one specimen received
from Barberton, Transvaal (most likely imported to S.E. Africa on board a ship).

Two subspecies :

a. A, styx sty.

*Sphinx (Acherontia) styx Westwood, l.c.

Acherontia styx, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soe. Loud. p. 793 (1865) (Bengal) ; id., Lep. Cey!. ii. p. V7. t. 76.
f. 1. la. b. ¢. (i., l., p.) (1882) ; Fors., Vr. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 392 (1884) (larva & pupa noticed) ;
Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 290. n. 25 (1885) (Poona ix., Bombay ix. x. ; J. sound, colour
variable acc. to food) ; id., l.c. p. 435. n. 14 (1886) (Mhow, ix.) ; Warr., ‘bid. p. 293. n. 3 (1888)
(Campbellpore, vi.) ; Swinh., Journ. Bombay N.H. Soc. iii. p. 119. n, 13 (1888) (Karachi, vii.
viii.) ; Dudg., ‘bid. xi. p. 406. n. 88 (1898) (Sikhim ; Bhutan ; up to 6000 ft. ; iv.-vi) ; Nurse,
ibid. xii. p. 513 (1899) (Cuteh).

Acherontia medusa, Moore, /.c. (1857) (partim).

Manduca styx, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 700. n. 1 (1892).

3%. Forewing above with tawny russet streaks, and a patch of the same
colour beyond the greyish white discal lines.

Hab. Continental India: N. India to Ceylon and Tenasserim.

fu the Tring Museum 6 3d, 8 22 from: Ceylon; South India; Ajmere,
Angust ; Calcatta; Khasia Hills; Sikkim ; Chittagong Hills ; Tenasserim.

b. A. styx crathis nom. nov.

(?) Spectrum charon Billberg, Enum. Ins. p. 83 (1822) (nom. nud. ; Java).

*Acherontia medusa Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.1.C. i. p. 267. n. 614 (1857) (sub
syn.; partim; Java, Penang); Butl., 7’. Zool. Soc. ee ix. p. 597. n. 2. t. 92. f. 10 (1., p.)
ei) (Java, China, Philipp., “ East India” | Japan) ; id., Mlustr. Typ. Spec. Lep. Het. BoM.
iii. p. 3. t. 41. £. 5 5 (1879).

( 24)

Acherontia styx, Moore, l.c.; Snell., Tijdschr. Ent. xx. p. 4. n. 14 (1877) (Java) ; id., Lc. xxii. p. 63.
n. 1. (1879) (S. Celebes) ; id., Uc. xxxiv. p. 253. n. 160 (1891) (Flores) ; id., in Snellemann,
Fauna Midd. Sumatra ii, p. 29 (1892) (Ft. de Kock ; Soepajang, iv.) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr.
xl. p. 368. n. 43 (1895) (Java) ; Semp., Schmett. Philipp. ii. p. 390. n. 19 (1896) (N.W. Luzon).

3. The tawny russet sealing of the forewing above reduced or absent.

Hab. Japan, China, Malay Peninsula eastward over the Malay Archipelago
to Kisser and Ceram.—Type: Java.

In the Tring Museum 27 33, 33 2? from: Japan, Loo Choo Islands, China,
Penang, Sumatra, Borneo, Java, Lombok, Kisser, Celebes, Ceram.

A Borneo ? in the K. Naturalienkabinet at Miinchen has velvety black
forewings with the markings obliterated, except the stigma, a discal line in costal
half, a line before hinder angle, and a 3-shaped submarginal mark at R*, which
are all conspicuous on the dark ground.

IV. COELONIA gen. nov.—Typus : fulvinotata.

Sphinx, Boisduval (non Linné, 1758), Faune Madag. Bourb. p. 76 (1833).
Protoparce, Butler (non Burmeister, 1856), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 606 (1877) (partim).
Philegethontius, Kirby (non Hiibner, 1822), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 687 (1892) (partim).

A connecting link between Acherontia and the Sphingicae, showing also very
close affinities to Herse and Megacorma.

3%. Tongne very long, thicker distally than in Herse. Palpus without orifice
externally at the end of segment 1; segment 2 obviously shorter than in Jerse.
Antenna of ¢d thinner than in Herse, more setiform ; of ? not clubbed. ‘Tarsi as
in /lerse, but externo-apical spine of segments of foretarsus not much prolonged ;
paronychiam with ¢vo lobes on each side. Abdomen above with tufts of raised
scales. Distal margin of forewing sinuate posteriorly. Clasper with a large patch
of broad, multidentate, slightly modified scales. Penis without armature. Lobe
covering vaginal orifice large.

Larvae: thorax with paired humps on first and second somite (/fulvinotata),
or with a middle crest of pointed humps on all three tergites (solani); horn
recurved as in Acherontia, tubercled (fulrinotata), or smooth (solané).—Food-plants :
Dahlia, Solanum, Duranta.

Pupa with free tongue-case, which is not recurved. Underground in a cell.

Hab. Aethiopian Region.

Two species.

If Boisduval’s description of the larva of solani is correct, the two species
differ essentially in the larval as well as in the imago state, C. fulvinotata coming
nearer Acherontia, solani approaching somewhat Herse.

Key to the species :

Hindwing below with the basi-abdominal region

yellow ‘ : : : : P . 10. C. fulvinotata.
Hindwing below with the basi-abdominal region
white .

‘ . dll. GC. satan.

(25 )

10. Coelonia fulvinotata.

Sphinw solani, Herrich-Schaeffer (non Boisduval, 1833), Avsser. Schm.i. p. 101 (1854) ; Guen., in
Vinson, Voy. Madag. p. 30 (1865) (Madag.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 85. 0. 19 (1875)
(partim) ; Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ner. iii. p. 26 (1879) (Chinchoxo) ; Mab., Bull. Soc. Ent.
France p. 294 (1879) (Madag.) ; Ploetz, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xl. p. 77. n..287 (1880) (Afr. oce.).

Macrosila solani, Walker, List Lep. Het. B.M. viii. p. 206. n. 13 (1856) (Natal, Ashanti, Maurit.,
Madag.).

*Protoparce fulvinotata Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 11 (1875) (S. Africa ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,
Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 606. n. 2 (1877) (Natal ; Ashanti) ; Holl., Trans, Am. Ent. Soc.
xvi. p. 67. n. 26 (1889) (Kangwé, 9 ).

*Protoparce mauritii Butler, /.c. n. 3 (1877) (Mauritius, Natal ;—Mas. Brit.) ; Saalm., Lep. Madag.
p. 132. n. 303 (1884) ; Fawcett, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. xv. p. 311. n. 15. t. 48. f. 9. 10, 12 (/.)
11 (p.) (1901) (life history).

Protoparce solani, Saalm., J.c. p. 129. n. 301 (1884) (partim) ; Druce, in Moloney, West Afr. Forestry
p. 493 (1887) ; Méschl., Abh. Senkenb. Nat. Ges. xv. p. 70 n. 155 (1890) (Accra).

Philegethontius fulvinotata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 687. n. 3 (1892) (S. Africa).

Phiegethontius mauritii, id., l.c. n. 4 (1892) (Natal, Maurit. ; citat. incorr.).

Philegethontius solani, id., lc. n. 5 (1892) (Madag. ; partim).

32%. Often confounded with solani, and standing generally under this name
in collections. The distinctions given by Butler, /.c., between /uleinotata and
mauritii are individual, but it may nevertheless be true that the insular specimens
are a little different from the Continental ones on close examination of a long
series. So far we can only say that we do not know of any difference that holds
good. The sexes are different in colour, the subapical region of the forewing being
whiter in the 2 than in the g. Antenna white at the tip. Metanotum with
rosy red hair-scales, reminding one of similarly coloured scales on the thorax of
Acherontia lachesis.

3. With a strongly developed procoxal scent-organ (as in Megacorma), the
long hairs of this organ generally visible without removal of the coxae; in
Acherontia and Herse the organ is vestigial, or at least not so strongly developed,
and it is also much less conspicuous in solani. Foretibia short, very broad on
account of the long dense scaling; foretarsus also short, long-scaled internally.
Tenth abdominal tergite as in Herse convolvuli, less high before end, but a little
broader; sternite with a mesial lobe as in Megacorma, but differently shaped
(Pl. XXVI. f. 24). Processes of harpe as in //. convolvuli, the ventral one longer
(Pl. XXYV. f. 10).

9. The flap covering the orifice of the vagina (Pl. XXII. f. 9) much larger
than in the species of /erse, mesially membranaceous, divided into two flaps
(a) which become narrower proximally.

Larva and pupa see above.

Hab. Aethiopian Region, from Sierra Leone to Madagascar, Mauritius and
Bourbon.

In the Tring Museum 26 3d, 27 2? from: Sierra Leone (Stevens, x. ;
Mitford) ; Bopoto and Yakusu, Upper Congo (K. Smith) ; Namaqualand ; Natal ;
Zomba, Nyassaland (Dr. P. Rendall, April, May); Mikindani, German HE. Africa
(Reimer) ; Butiti, Loro, 7. iv. 99 (Dr. Ansorge); Grande Comore ; Madagascar.

( 26 )

11. Coelonia solani.

Sphinx solani Boisduval, Faune Madag. & Bourb. p. 76. 0.1. t.11. f. 2 (1833) (Bourbon ; Mauritius ;
descr. of larva & pupa); id., Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 85. n. 19 (1875) (partim) ; Vins., Pap.
Bourbon p. 13 (1884) (haee spec. 7). .

Sphinx astaroth Boisduval, /.c. p. 86. n. 20 (1875) (Brazil ?). 4

Protoparce solani, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 606. n. 4 (1877) (Madag.) ; Saalm., /.c.
p. 129. n. 301 (1891) (partim).

Protoparce solani var. grisescens Saalmiiller, /.c. p. 129 n. 302. t. 3. p. 37 (1884) (Nossi-bé).

Phlegethontius solani, Kirby, l.c. n. 5 (1892) (partim).

Philegethontius solani var. a, Prot. s., var. grisescens, id., Le.

Phlegethontius ashtaroth (!), id., lc. p. 688. n. 7 (1892) (Brazil ?).

$2. Boisduval, in 1875, mistook /uleinotata for his solan?, and redescribed
a bad specimen of the latter as astaroth, Saalmiiller, accepting Boisduval’s
identification of 1875 as correct, gave a detailed description and a good figure of
an individual of soland under the name of grisescens.

The type of astaroth is most likely no longer in existence. The type of solani
is not in Oberthiir’s collection, but there is a specimen in the Paris Museum which
may be the type or acotype. The original drawing of the figure published by
Boisduval is in Oberthiir’s possession (together with the drawings of all the
plates of the Faune de Madag. § Bourb., Lép.), and is a very exact likeness of
the present insect.

C. solani is much more grey than fulvinotata, and differs in many details.
The lateral patches of the abdomen are less yellow, being nearly white. The
hindwing, above, has the whole basal half yellow, there being within this area only
two rather small, oblique, black streaks, one at the base of M®, the other at SM°
near the black discal band ; beneath, the hindwing is white at the base and along
abdominal margin, not yellow. The apical spine of the protarsal segments is longer
than in the preceding insect, and the external spines are less numerous.

3. Foretarsus longer than in /ulzinotata, scaling not prolonged ; foretibia also
longer and much shorter scaled; forecoxae with the scent-organ small. Tenth
tergite of even width (in dorsal view) from near base to beyond middle, then rather
suddenly narrowed and again remaining of even width to the apex, which is
trancate (Pl. XXVI. f. 22. 23); the dorsal surface projecting apicad, the apex
appearing to be toothed in a side-view ; tenth sternite longer than in /u/einotata,
broadly rounded at end. Clasper more oblique ventro-distally than in the
preceding species, with an elevated patch of spiniform bristles which nearly
reaches to the dorsal margin ; harpe with three instead of two processes, the two
corresponding to those of fulvinotata both long and pointed, the third shorter,
ventral, almost straight, pointing -dorso-apicad (Pl. XXXYV. f. 9).

%. Flap in front of the vaginal orifice not divided, rounded, longitudinally
wrinkled (PI. XXII. f. 7).

Larva: according to Boisduval greyish, spotted with black ; head with six
black stripes; three first segments with a dorsal crest composed of rather sharp
tubercles ; horn filiform, smooth.

Hab. Bourbon, Mauritius, Madagascar, Comoro Islands. Not on the Continent.
A long series from Grande Comore (L. Humblot) in Charles Oberthiir’s collection.

In the Tring Museum 2 63,1 -% from: Bourbon (Maillard) ; Grande Comore
(Humblot, received from Mons. Charles Oberthiir).

( 27)

Tree Sphingicae.—Typus : Hyloicus ligustri.

Manducae Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 138 (1822) (partim).

Sphingini Grote & Robinson, Proc. End. Soc. Philad. v. p. 161 (1865) (partim ; nom. nud.),
“¢Buryglottides ” Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 58 (1875) (partim).

Sphinginae Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 517 (1877) (partim).

3%. Tongue varying from being many times as long as the body to being
very short. End-sezment of antenna always dong, rough with dispersed long
scales and bristles, reduced in length in Oligographa. Second segment of palpus
on innerside normally scaled, not sunken or only slightly concave, in Pslogramma
with a naked streak ; third segment in some of the otherwise more generalised
genera long and prominent; palpus small and rough-scaled in many of the
specialised genera. Size of head and eyes very variable; the latter generally
lashed in the reduced forms, and the head often crested. Pilifer normal, or the
bristles modified into scales. Spinosity of abdomen varying; the spines very
weak in the specialised genera, seldom absent ; there are always more rows than
one to each segment; the spines of the sternites always much weaker than those
of the tergites. Tibiae simple or spinose, foretibia often ending in a thorn ;
proximal pair of spurs of hindtibia present or absent ; mid- and hindtarsus with
comb or without; the bristles of the comb very long in the generalised forms ;
foretibia not rarely reduced in length and then armed with stout and long
spines externally ; pulvillus and paronychium present or absent, the pulvillus
disappearing before the paronychium, there being no species with pulvillus and
without paronychium, the order in which these organs become obliterated being
this: ventral lobes of paronychium, pulvillus, lateral lobes of paronychium.

3. Some of the lower (= generalised) genera have a strongly developed
procoxal scent-organ, a friction-patch on clasper, and a mesially divided tenth
segment, or one of these characters ; the last two characters occurring only in Old-
World forms, none of the numerous American species possessing a friction-patch,
or having the tenth tergite mesially divided. Armature of clasper and penis-sheath
very variable ; the armature of the latter, if there is any, consisting of one, seldom
two, apical processes, which are rarely dentate.

?. Antenna in many cases with traces of the fasciculated ciliae found in the
%, and more often incrassate distally than in the d. Vaginal plate often rather
large, and mostly provided with some kind of armature.

Larva cylindrical; head seldom triangular; horn always present, either
~-shaped (lowest form), or simply curved; thoracical segments sometimes humped ;
longitudinally striate, or obliquely banded, or with large patches.—Food-plants :
Coniferae, Ligustrum, Solanaceae, Mentha, etc.

Pupa: tongue-case reaching tip of wing-cases (except Ceratomia), free
projecting or not, recurved or not, in one case spirally rolled in (Cocytius
cluentius). ’

Hab. Cosmopolitan. More abundant in the New World as regards number
of species ; of the 112 species known 84 being American belonging to 16 genera,
28 Old-World forms belonging to 17 genera; one of the genera is common to the
Palaearctic and Nearctic Regions, there being altogether 32 genera of Sphingicae.
Only one genus (Hyloicus) occurs in the Old and New World, being Holaretic.
Africa harbours doubtless many unknown species of this tribe.

( 28 )

The table inserted above shows the gradual reduction of the organs mentioned
in the table. It will be observed that the highest forms, or the most reduced in
this case, become similar in structure in consequence of the loss or reduction of
“organs, thongh the insects are of different origin. Such apparently convergent
development is remarkably well illustrated by this tribe of Hawk Moths.

The naked streak on the innerside of the second segment of the palpus reminds
one of the palpus of Theretra and allies, as do amongst the Acherontiicae the
palpi of Megacorma and Acherontia, though in other respects.

The great number of genera in the Old World, and the occurrence in the o
of a friction-patch and a completely divided tenth tergite only in some Old-World
forms, together with the fact that the Acherontiicae are represented in the New
World only by one species, and the third tribe Sphingulicae not at all, show clearly
that the subfamily Acherontiinae is of Old-World origin. The same applies to
the allied subfamily Amdulicinae.

Key to the genera:
a. Third segment of palpus naked, pointed,
prominent. . F b.
Third segment of pula not aan : : Cs
4. Long terminal spur of hindtibia a little
longer than tibia; clasper with
friction-patch (3) . : : . V. Xanthopan.
Long terminal spur of hindtibia shorter
than tibia; clasper without friction-
patch. ; ¢ : é . XVIL. Cocytius.
ec. Pulvillus present . ° : d.
absent, or reduced to a abi
triangular lobe
d. Foretibia with spines : 5
x simple . é : ; teers
e. Two pairs of spurs to hindtibia : é
Onepair , ,, 3 - XXXVI. Thamnoecha.
f. Paronychium with two lobes on at
side; ground-colour of hindwing
yellow. - ‘ VI. Panogena.
Paronychinm with one fee on oth
side; ground-colour of hindwing
not yellow : E : : ; 2 eee:
g. Spurs densely spinose, long apical one
of hindtibia half the length of the
first tarsal segment : é XVI. Praedora.
Spurs not spinose, long apical one 2
hindtibia more than half the length
of the first tarsal segment. toe ae
i. D? of hindwing very oblique, twice the
length of D’; Africa . | . XI. Pemba.
D* of hindwing not very oblique, as long
as or shorter than D*; America. : .

ss

k.

mM.

nh.

p:

( 29 )

Long terminal spur of hindtibia equal-
ling in length first tarsal segment .

Long terminal spur of hindtibia obviously
shorter than first tarsal segment

Paronychium with two lobes on each side
” 9, One lobe ”» 9 ”

Long terminal spur of hindtibia half
the length of the first tarsal seg-
ment; America .

This spur only one-fifth Shatin fre
the tarsal segment; eye not lashed ;
Oriental Region

This spur only one-fifth eee fae
the tarsal segment; eye lashed ;

Madagascar ;
End-segment of antenna Sins
” ” ” long

Pilifer normal :
» With bristles and rales
Second segment of palpus with naked
stripe on innerside ee) ie
Second segment of palpus without raked
stripe on innerside
Eye strongly lashed
», not, or feebly, lashed
Spurs long .
3; Short

. Mesotarsal comb strongly ideyaloned|

hindtarsus with the bristles of the
third row also prolonged near base
of tarsus

Mesotarsal comb eanned or aheen

. Stalk of SC’ and R?! of hindwing shorter

than D’;
America
Stalk of SC? and R! of Meine ener
than D’; mesotarsus with comb ;
Old World F : :
Tongue longer than body ; first segment
of foretarsus with some A
spines .
Tongue not ioaper ee ode first
segment of foretarsus without some
prolonged spines
Foretibia not spinose, or alse a ow
spines at tip, then abdomen with
yellow patches :
Foretibia spinose, abdomen
yellow side-patches

no comb to mesotarsus ;

without

XXXIIL Atreus.

XXVI. Lsogramma.

l.
XVIII. Amphomoea.
VII. Meganoton.

XII. Lomocyma.
XIV. Oligographa.
‘ M.
n.

XV. Hoplistkopus.
X. Psilogramma.
0.
p-
q:

XXIV. Dolba.
XXV. Dolbogene.

XIX. Protoparce.
lp

XX. Chlaenogramma.

IX. Leucomonia.

VIII. Poliana.

aR

~

- American

v.

( 30 )

. Thorax and legs very rough with erect

hair-scales, tongue long .
Thorax and legs not rough with erect
hair-scales

. Pilifer normal, with the evaenitey vas

lowish brown bristles
Pilifer with bristles and scales, or the
bristles all modified

». Mesotarsal comb strongly developed

tongue long
Mesotarsal cant absent or reatieial
Oriental ; forewing more enn 50 mm.
long :
Oriental ; forming less ane 40 mm. wiewe

. First tarsal segment short, with a few

long stout spines, Uapekas
without lobe .

First tarsal segment short, sith a fo
long stout spines, paronyehium
with one lobe

. Tongue longer than the body, eecotareal

comb present 2
Tongue shorter than the aay a meso-
fea comb vestigial or absent

. Paronychium with lobes ; eye lashed ;

America

Paronychium with lohan eye tee ached
Australia :

Paronychium without ibbexe 3 eye so
lashed; America .

Abdomen black and white at eaue or
tibiae scarcely with any spines

Abdomen almost uniform in colour

. Hindwing above greyish olive-brown

” ”

ferruginous

V. XANTHOPAN gen. noy.—Typus :

XXL. Luryglottis.
we.

a.

: y.
XIX. Protoparce.

XXIL Apocalypsis.
XXIII. Pseudodolbina.

XXVIII. Lsoparce.

,

Ce
_XNIN, Nannoparee.
a.

XXXI. Neogene.
XXXII. Coenotes.
XXX. Dictyosoma.
XXXIV. Hyloicus.
XXXV. Lapara.

XXVIII. Ceratomia.
XI. Dovania. ’

morgane.

Macrosila Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 198 (1856) (partim).

Protoparce, Butler (non Burmeister, 1856), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 606 (1877).

Amphonyx, Ploetz (non Poey, 1832), Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 77 (1880); Moschl., Abh. Senk. Naturf.
Ges. xv. p. 70 (1890); Auriv., Ent. Tidskr, xiii, p, 183 (1892).

3%. Pilifer much longer than genal process, which is rounded ; tubercle of

labrum obtuse, truncate in front.
laterally at the extreme base.

Palpus peculiar :

Tongue much longer than the body, carinate
not scaled space of internal surface

>.
Heat pists

soe ,
Shy

THAMNOECHA. LAPARA. DICTYOSOMA. 170 face page 90
Tongue short. Tongue very short. Antenna of 9 andromorphic. ISOPARCE, a
Palpus small. Pilifer normal. Tongue short. Tongue very short.
Pilifer normal. Fore-midtibiae spinose. Pilifer with bristles and scales, _Palpus small
Tibiae not spinose Hindtibia with two pairs Palpus small. Pilifer normal.
Hindtibia with one pair of spurs, of spurs. Tibiae simple. Tibiae simple.
Mesotarsal comb absent Mesotarsal comb present. Mesotarsal comb absent. Mesotarsal comb absent.
Pulvillos absent, Pulvillus absent. Pulvillus absent. Pulvillus absent.
Paronychium without lobe. Paronychium without lobe Paronychium without lobe. Paronychium absent
rs | | | ef 7
HOPLISTHOPUS te pore A - al % |
Tongue short ‘ongue moderately long rLOICUS CERATOMIA. 50G
Pilifer with bristles and Pilifer normal. Tongue long or short Antenna of 2 simple. ANE ore ab.
scale Pilifer normal, COENOTES. Tongue reduced, audromorphign Tt
Tibiae simple Foretibia spinose, Tongue short and weak Palpus reduced, P

Mesotarsal comb absent

Palvillus absent

Paronychium with one lobe,

Mesotarsal comb present or
absent.

Pilifer scaled.

Pilifer normal

Tongue reduced,
Palpus reduced.

Palvillos present. 4 : 1 Palpus small. Tibiae simple. Piliter no
Paronychiam with one lobe, Clasper without friction. Pulvillus absent. ; Tibiae simple, Mesotareal comb absent, Toresmlauinias ¢ nose.
Clasper without friction-patch, patch Paronychium with or with- Mesotarsal comb absent. Pulvillus absent, Mesotarsal combabseat
a out one lobe. Pulvillus absent. ae Paronychium with one Pulvillus present.
rake Paronychium with lobe vestigial lobe. Paronychium with one
tAEDORA s
range ano Tongue long. lobe,

r
th bristles and
or normal,

Pilifer ¥
sles,

Piliter normal
Tibiae spinose,

NEOGENE,

|
|

Fore-oldtibiae spinoee Mesotarsal comb reduced. erence
Mesotarsal comb absent Palvillus Present Pilifer with scales.
Po present Paronychium with one lobe. Palpus stout. CHLAENOGRAMMA.
Psronychiam with one Tibiae simple. Tongue long
be | PSILOGRAMMA, Mesotarsal comb vestigial. Palpus normal
Claspor without friction- Second palpal segment Pulvillus absent, Pilifer normal.
patch: with naked stripe on Paronychium with lobe. Tibiae simple.
| innerside. Mesotarsal comb absent,
PEMBA Tongue long Pulvillus present,
Tongue moderatelylong. | Pilifer normal. Paronycbium with one
Pilifer normal Tibiae simple. NANNOPARCE, lobe.
Tibiae spinose Mesotarsal comb long. Tongue long.
Midtarsal comb absent. | Pulvillus present Bristles of pilifer modified
Palvillus present | Paronychium with one Foretibia simple
Paronychium with one lobe PSEUDODOLBINA. Mesotarsal comb present,
lobe Clasper with friction- Antenna of 9 simple, Pulvillus absent.
Clasper without friction- pateh, Eye lashed Paronychium with one lobe
patob. LL Rest as before.
a | DOLBOGENE,
Eye lashed.
POLIANA LEUCOMONIA B Tongue long.
Antenna of 9 with pro- Tongue longerthanthe body, | Pilifer normal
ed cilia Pilifer normal. APOCALYPSIS. EURYGLOTTIS, PROTOPARCE, Palpus normal.
Tongue not longerthan body, Tibiae simple. Antenna of 9 Antenna of 9 simple, Palpus normal ‘Tibiae simple.
Pilifer normal Mesotarsal comb reduced andromorphic. Scaling of thorax and legs erect, Pilifer normal. Spurs short

Tibiae simple Pulvillus present Eye not lashed. Eye lashed Tibiae simple. Mesotarsal comb present.
Mosotarsal comb reduced, Paronychium with one lobe. Rest as before, Tongue long. Mesotarsal comb pre- Palvillus present,
Polvillus present. Clasper with friction-patch Pilifer normal. sent. Paronychium with one lobe.
Varonychium with one lobe | Tibiae simple, Pulvillus absent.
Clasper with friction-patch Mesotarsal comb present. Paronychium with one DOLBA.
Pulvillus absent, lobe. Eye lashed.
a ] Paronychium with one lobe. Tongue long.
OLIGOGRAPHA (NOT KNOWN), Pilifer normal.
End-segment of antenna Tongue long T Palpus normal.
, Pilifer normal PROTOPARCE ‘Tibiae simple.
Tongue long Tibiae simple. Eye not lashed Spurs long.
Pilifer normal Mesotarsal comb present. Tongue long. Mesotarsal comb present.
Tibine simple Pulvillus present. Palpus normal, Pulvillus present,
Mesotarsal comb reduced. Paronychium with oue lobe, Pilifer normal Paronychium with one lobe
Puyillus present Clasper with friction-patch, Tibiae simple.
Paronychium with one lobe Mesotarsal comb present.
Clasper without friction- MEGANOTON. Pulvillus present
scales Tongue long, Paronychium with one lobe.
End-segment of palpus not | =
LOMOCYMA prominent, PANOGENA |
Tongue Pilifer normal, Tongue long. AMPHIMOEA.
Pilifer non Foretibia simple. End-segment of palpus prominent. Tongue long.
Tibiae simple Mesotarsal comb present Pilifer normal Pilifer normal.
Mesotarsal comb present Pulvillus present. Foretibia spinose. End-segment of palpus not prominent
Polvillus present Paronychium bilobed Mesotarsal comb present, Tibiae simple.
Paronychium bilobed Clasper with friction-scales. _Pulvillus present. Mesotarsal comb present.
Clasper without friction- Paronychium bilobed. Pulvillus present

patch

Clasper with friction-patch,
|

End-segment of antenna

very long.
Tongue long.
End-segment of

J
(NOT KNOWN).
Pilifer normal
Tibiae simple.

Mesotarsal comb present.

palpusnot Pulvillus present,

Varonychium bilobed.

cocyTIUus.
Tibiae simple.

Mesotarsal comb present.
Pulvillus present.
Paronychium bilobed.
Clasper without friction-

Tongue very long,

End-segment of palpus
long, naked.

Second segment not con-

naked, but prominent, Paronychium bilobed. cave. St
“coond segment not concave. Clasper with friction-patch. Pilifer normal. | patch.
|
XANTIOPAN,
Tongue very long, pester pon present.
End-segment of |pus prominent, naked. 1 jus present, .
Second segment ght comets oninner Paronychium bilobed at each side.
surface. Clasper with friction-patch.
Pilifer normal. (Larva: thorax humped ?
Tibiae simple. horn tuberculated? ~-shaped ?).
EE
|
SPHINGULICAE, SPHINGICAE. DN A
| |
|
ACHERONTIINAE.

of first segment with long hairs; internal surface of second segment concave nearly
as in Acherontiicae, but densely scaled; third segment conical, naked at end,
projecting as in Cocytivs. Antenna of even width from near base to hook, very
slender in $, with long end-segment, which is rough with long broad scales ;
penultimate segment as long as high (¢), or a little longer, the preceding ones
gradually much higher than long; hook long and slender. Tibiae nof spiny ;
segmeut 1 of foretarsus as long as tibia, but shorter than segments 2 to 5 together,
with three rows of spines externally, row 1 being doubled ; there are, moreover,
numerous intermediate spines, so that the rows become irregular, spines of normal
row 2 a little longer than those of row 1 ; first segment of midtarsus one-fourth, that
of hindtarsus one-third longer than the other segments together ; comb of midtarsus
basal, followed by a number of thin and short bristles or spines, so that the remainder
of row 4 appears to be separated from the comb by a gap; spines of row 3 of
first hindtarsal segment gradually longer basad, forming a comb of rather stout
spines ; spurs long, very unequal, short one of midtibia half the length of long one,
or less ; long distal one of hindtibia one-third shorter than the first tarsal segment ;
pulvillus present, paronychium with two lobes at each side. Distal margin of
forewing sinuate before posterior angle.

Early stages unknown.

Hlab. Africa and Madagascar, occurring most likely also on the Comoro
Islands.—One species.

As explained above, this genus connects the Acherontiicae with the Sphingicae.
The prolonged third palpal segment it has in common with Cacytius (= Amphonyx) ;
an obvious similarity with one species of Cocytius (C. cluentius) exists also in the
tenth abdominal tergite of the 3.

12. Xanthopan morgani.

*Macrosila morgani Walker, List Lep. Ins. BM. viii. p, 206. n, 12 (1856) (Sierra Leone ; Congo ;—
Mus. Brit.) “4

Protoparce morgani, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 607. n. 5 (1877).

— Amphonyx morgani, Ploetz, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xii. p. 77. n. 288 (1880) (Fernando Po) ; Méschl., ADh.
Senk. Naturf. Ges. xv. p. 70. n. 156 (1890) (Gold Coast) ; Auriv., Ent. Tidskr. xiii, p. 183.
n. 231 (1892) (Cameroons, 1 ¢).

Philegethontius morgani, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 688. n. 10 (1892) (Afr. occ. ; syn. ex parte).

3%. Segments 2 to 4 of foretarsus almost black.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite curved, dilated at the end, which is divided into
three lobes ; the side-lobes are broad, obliquely rounded, while the middle lobe is
gradually narrowed to a point (Pl. XXVI. f. 25. 26. 27), the tergite resembling that
of C. cluentius; sternite long, dilated at end, truncate-sinuate, the sides turned
upwards as triangular lobes. Clasper round at end, ventral margin almost straight,
ebliqne; a small patch of modified scales ; harpe (P]. XXXYV. f. 13) basally with a
high oblique ridge, vertical upon the plane of the clasper, mesially dilated-rounded
dorsally, apex truncate, with the edge raised, produced dorsad into a short hook,
apical part of harpe clothed with stiff hairs; a patch of long bristles above the
base of the harpe. Penis-funnel prolonged dorsally, rounded at end, forming a
half-eylinder, which surrounds the penis-sheath and is deeply sinuate ventrally
at the base ; the funnel is armed with two lobes (Pl. XXVIII. f. 30, p-r); penis-
sheath ending in a short, flattened, obtuse process which is separated from the
sheath on one side by an incision.

( 32 )

?. Postvaginal plate triangular, sealed laterally, separated from the vaginal
plate by a narrow strip of membrane ; vaginal opening longitudinal, the side-edges
of the opening raised to ridges, which terminate abruptly distally, while they
become gradually lower proximally (Pl. XXII. f. 6).

Hab. Aethiopian Region.—Two subspecies.

a. P. morgani morgani.

* Macrosila morgani Walker, L.c.

3%. Underside of abdomen white.

Hab. West and East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 8 3d, 2 2% from: Sierra Leone ; Upper Congo ; Cubal
River, Angola, March 1899 (Penrice) ; Dar-es-Salaam.

b. P. morgani praedicta subsp. nov.

3 9. Breast and abdomen beneath with an obvious pinkish tint. Upperside
of body and forewing, and underside of wings also somewhat pinkish. Black
apical line of forewing, extending from costal to distal margin, broader than in the
preceding, black discal streak R*—M' also heavier.

Hab. Madagascar.

Type (¢) in coll. Charles Oberthiir ; a female specimen in coll. Mabille.

Wallace, in Na tural Selection, p. 146 (1891), speaking of the adjustment
between the length of the nectary of orchids and that of the proboscis of insects,
says: “In the case of Angraecum sesquipedale it is necessary that the proboscis
should be forced into a particular part of the flower, and this would only be done
by a large moth burying its proboscis to the very base, and straining to drain the
nectar from the bottom of the long tube, in which it occupies a depth of one or
two inches only... . I have carefully measured the proboscis of a specimen of
Macrosila cluentius from South America, in the collection of the British Museum,
and find it to be nine inches and a quarter long! One from tropical Africa
(Macrosila morgani) is seven inches and a half. A species haying a proboscis two
or three inches longer could reach the nectar in the largest flowers of Angraecum
sesquipedale, whose nectaries vary in length from ten to fourteen inches. That
such a moth exists in Madagascar may be safely predicted, and naturalists who
visit that island should search for it with as much confidence as astronomers
searched for the planet Neptune,—and I venture to predict they will be equally
successful.”

As the tongue of P. morgani praedicta is long enough—about 225 mm, =
8 inches—to reach the honey in short and medium-sized nectaries of Angraecum,
the moths will not abandon the flowers with especially long nectary without trying
to reach the fluid, which fills up, in hot-house specimens of Angraecum, about
oue-fourth of the nectary. The result would be that flowers with exceptionally
long nectaries would be as well fertilised as such with short nectaries by a moth
which could reach the fluid in the long nectaries only when a greater quantity
of nectar had collected. X. morgani praedicta can do for Angraecum what is
necessary ; we do not believe that there exists in Madagascar a moth with a
longer tongue than is found in this Sphingid.

( 33 )

VI. PANOGENA gen. nov.—Typus: jasmini.

Sphinx, Boisduval (non Linné, 1758), Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 69 (1875) (partim).
Diludia, Butler (non Grote & Rob., 1865), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 168 (1877).
Protoparce, id., l.c. p. 169 (1877).

Meganoton, Kirby (non Boisduval, 1875), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 682 (1892) (partim).
Philegethontius, id. (non Hiibner, 1822), /.c. p. 687 (1892).

The two species treated under this new term come in general appearance as
well as in structure close to Xanthopan. They differ inter se rather obviously
in the one species (jasmin?) haying the midtibia spinose, while they are not spiny
in the other (/ingens), in this respect jasmini being the more specialised species.

3%. Genal process triangular, almost reaching to the end of the pilifer.
Not scaled inner surface of first palpal segment quite naked ; third segment more
or less prominent, its tip zot naked ; inner surface of second segment not concave.
Foretibia spinose, midtibia with or without spines ; first protarsal segment as long
as, or shorter than, the four others together; mid- and hindtarsus with comb,
bristles of midtarsal comb gradually shorter, assuming gradually the length and
stoutness of the more distal spines, the comb ditfering in this respect obviously
from that of Xanthopan; short spur of midtibia about half the length of the
long one ; first segment of hindtarsus at least half as long again as segments 2 to5
together; pulvillus present : paronychium with two lobes at each side.

3. Clasper with a patch of broad friction-scales, the scales nearly all minutely
dentate. Tenth tergite elongate, pointed, not divided, clothed with some long stiff
hairs ; sternite elongate-triangular. Penis-sheath with a long, slender, recurved
process, which points proximad and lies more or less closely upon the sheath.

?. Eighth sternite short; orifice of vagina transverse.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Madagascar.—Two species, both with the ground colour of the hindwing
yellow.

Midtibia spinose ; black discal band of hindwing not

dilated basad behind cell, base of hindwing all

yellow . ‘ é ‘ ; : : 0 13. P. jasmini.
Midtibia not spinose; black discal band of hindwing
dilated basad, extreme base black . ; - . 14. P. lingens.

13. Panogena jasmini.

*Sphing jasmini Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 114, n. 55 (1875) (Tananarivo ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir) ; Mab., Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 295 (1879) (Madag.).

*Diludia chromapteris Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 168 (1877) (Madag. ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Saalm.,
Lep. Madag. p. 132. n. 307 (1884).

Diludia jasmini, id., lc. n. 306 (1884).

Meganoton jasmini, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 683. n. 22 (1892) (Madag.).

3%. Body and forewing whitish grey; abdomen with whitish grey lateral
patches. Midtibia spinose; first segment of foretarsus shorter than segments
2 to 5 together, with some prolonged spines ; long terminal spur of hindtibia about
% the length of first tarsal segment. Third segment of palpus rather prominent.

d. Venth abdominal tergite gradually narrowed to a point, slightly curved,
with some long stiff hairs, upperside strongly convex, extreme end suddenly
hooked ; sternite little shorter than the tergite, clongate-triangular, flat, the sides

D

( 34 )

distally not turned upwards, apex obtusely pointed. Clasper: patch of large
friction-scales on the outer side not sharply defined, dentition of these scales rather
heavy ; harpe indicated by an incrassation of the ventral margin of the clasper,
densely clothed with short scales ; xo free process. Penis-sheath: pointed process
apically curving laterad (P]. XXVIII. f. 36).

?. Vaginal plate short ; a flat, transverse, rounded ridge behind the vaginal
opening more strongly chitinised, brown, the rest of the plate membranous ; mouth
of vagina transverse, subapical (Pl. XXI. f. 9), the membrane convex mesially on
account of the internal vaginal tube being rather strongly chitinised.

Hab. Madagascar, apparently all over the island in suitable places.

In the Tring Museum 10 dd, 1 &.

14. Panogena lingens.

*Protoparce lingens Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 169 (1877) (Madag.;—Mus. Brit.) ; Saalm.,

Lep. Madag. p. 132. n. 304 (1884) (Nossi-bé).
Sphinx lingens, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 295 (1879) (Madag. ).
Philegethontius lingens, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i. p. 687. n. 6 (1892),

3d. Much darker than the preceding ; abdomen with yellow lateral patches.

The yellow discal band of the hindwing sometimes reaching costal margin, but
mostly shaded with black or brown in anterior half. Third segment of palpus
less prominent than in jasminz. Midtibia not spiny; first segment of foretarsus
as long as segments 2 to 4 together; long terminal spur of hindtibia not much
over half the length of the first tarsal segment. Antennae of ¢ thicker than in
Jjasmini.
3. Tenth abdominal segment not obviously different from that of jasmini, the
sternite less flat, the margins somewhat turned upwards. Clasper: patch of
modified scales longer, better defined, the scales less denticulate; harpe small,
not scaled on the inner surface, but clothed with some hairs, with two apical
tooth-like processes, both triangular, one pointing distad, the other dorsad
(Pl. XXXY. f. 11). Process of penis-sheath as in jasmini, less curved apically,
with a minute tooth-like carina before end.

2. Vaginal plate as short as in jasmini, especially the postvaginal portion,
which is reduced to a transverse stripe; much more chitinised than in jasmini
except quite proximally ; mouth of vagina very transverse, covered in front by a
rounded, transverse ridge, which is mesially sharply rounded-sinuate (PJ. XXL. f. 10).

Hab. Madagascar ; apparently rarer than the preceding.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd, 2 3.

This and the preceding may perhaps be generically distinct from one another.
The differences in structure which we have found are noted above; the spinosity
of the midtibia in jasmin? is the most prominent difference.

VII. MEGANOTON.—Typus : nyctiphanes.

Macrosila Walker, List Lep. Ins. B.M. viii. p. 198 (1856) (partim).

Meganoton Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 58 (1875) (partim; type: nyctiphanes) ; Kirby,
Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 682 (1892). j

Sphina, Boisduval (non Linné, 1758), l.c. p. 69 (1875).

( 35 )

Diludia, Butler (non Grote & Rob., 1865), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 612 (1877) (partim).
Pseudosphine, id. (now Burmeister, 1856), L//ust. Typ. Spec. Lep. Het. B.M.y. p. 15 (1881); Hamps.,
ia Blanf, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 104 (1892).

6 ?. Antenna long and slender, with a long and slender hook. Palpus large,
prominent, second segment almost as broad in side-view as long. Hyes large,
not lashed. Legs long; tibiae not spiny ; foretarsus without prolonged spines,
first segment shorter than segments 2 to 5 together ; midtarsus with very strong
basal comb which terminates abruptly, being continued by much shorter bristles ;
comb of hindtarsus also prominent, the spines gradually shortening distad ;
spurs long, long apical one of hindtibia at least two-thirds the length of the
first tarsal segment, which is /ovger than the tibia and also than the other four
segments together; hindtarsus more than twice the length of the cell of the
hindwing (measured along SC); SC*° and R? of hindwing on a rather long stalk ;
D? very oblique. With pulvillus and paronychium, the latter with ¢vo flaps on
each side.

d. Clasper with patch of modified scales on outer side; penis-sheath armed
at end with one or two long tapering processes which are curved basad (Pl. XXVIII.
f. 33. 34. 35).

Larva (of nyctiphanes ; not known of the other species) with the third thoracical
segment mesially produced into a conical tubercle; horn tubercled, curving upwards,
~-shaped.

Pupa (of nyctiphanes) with free tongue-case, which is not recurved.

Hab, Oriental Region.—Three species.

Key to the species :
a. Hindwing with several pale spots on the dise 15. MW. nyctiphanes.
Hindwing without pale spots on the dise LS
6. Abdomen with yellow lateral patches . . 16. ML rufescens.
7 without yellow lateral patches - 17. ML analis.

15. Meganoton nyctiphanes.

*Macrosila nyctiphanes Walker, List Lep. Ins. B.M. viii. p. 209. n. 16 (1856) (Silhet ;—Mus. Brit.);
Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I.C.i. p. 268. n. 617 (1857) (Silhet) ; id., Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 675 (1867) (Silhet).

Maerosila nyctiphares (!), Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 89. n. 1469 (1857)

Ind. or.).

rion Ss Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 59. n. 1 (1875) (N. Ind.) ; Kirby, Cat.
Lep. Het. i. p. 682. n. 6 (1892) (Silhet).

*Pseudosphine cyrtolophia Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 259 (1875) (Madras ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans.
Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 611. n, 7. t. 91. £. 11-13. t. 92. £, 6 (1877) (larva, pupa).

Myloicus cyrtolophia, Kirby, l.c. p. 694, n. 8 (1892) (Madras).

Pseudosphine nyctiphanes, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 610. n. 6 (1877); id., Zllust. Typ.
Spee. Lep. Het. B.M. vy. p. 15. t. 81. £. 7 (1881) ; Pagenst., Zris iii. p. 2. n. 2. (1890) (Palawan) ;
Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 105, n. 167. f. 59 (L., p.) (1892) (Silhet,
Andamans, Perak, Singapore) ; Swinh., Cut. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 32. n. 125 (1892) (Silhet,
Singapore); Semp., Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 405. n. 53 (1896) (Palawan).

Pseudosphins cyrtolophia, Hampson, l.c. n. 168 (1892) (Madras),

3%. Rather variable in size. Ground colour of forewing in some specimens
darker, in others paler, in the latter case the lines more prominent; outer margin
nudulate ; pale band of hindwing not quite constant in position. Hye large, palpus
very large, third segment distinct. First segment of foretarsus as long as segments

( 36 )
2 to 4 together. Row 2 of spines of hindtarsus (segment 1) beginning at basal
fourth.

g. Tenth tergite long, compressed, carinate below, highest beyond middle,
strongly curved at base, then nearly straight, and at apex again curved, tip
truncate; the broad and rather long lobe of the sternite flat, slightly curved
upwards, deeply sinnate, each half rounded externally, angulated at the sinus.
Clasper broad, dilated dorsad before middle, long hair-scales of dorsal margin and
scaling proximally of patch of modified scales white ; this patch clay-colour, large,
the scales small, very close together, longer than broad, somewhat narrowed at
end, bidentate (Pl. LVIII. f. 35) ; harpe with a spatulate process, which is curved
upwards at end, the oblique upper edge irregularly notched and toothed (PI. XX XV.
f. 12). Penis-sheath with ¢2vo long processes close together, one longer than the
other (Pl. XXVIIL. f. 33), the longer one denticulate. Eighth segment laterally
tufted ; on the inner surface on each side with a series of large friction-scales
(P1. LIX. f. 2), which are not present in the other two species of the genus.

2. Vaginal plate (P]. XXI. f. 16) much folded, raised mesially from base
to vaginal cavity ; the proximal edge of the latter raised into a double tubercle.

Larva and chrysalis see above.

The type of cyrtolophia is a small of this species; there is no difference
between it and nyctiphanes either in colour or structure; the vaginal plate is as —
in nyctiphanes ; the wings are very much broken at the tips.

Hab. North and South India, Ceylon, Andamans, Burmah, Malacca, Borneo,
Palawan.

In the Tring Museum 13 36d, 10 22 from: Ceylon; Khasia Hills (October);
Jaintia Hills; Burmah; Perak; Penang, 20. vi. 98 (C. Curtis); Andamans; Sarawak;
Palawan.

al a ct pe “a
eminem nae

16. Meganoton rufescens.
*Diludia rufescens Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 260. n. 57 (1875) (N. India ;—Brit. Mus.).
Diludia rubescens id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 615. n. 18 (1877) (nom. nov.).
Pscudosphine discistriga, Hampson (non Walker, 1856), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 105.
n. 169 (1892) (partim).

3%. Palpus as large as in nyctiphanes, second segment shorter than broad
(scaling included). Antenna of d rather thicker than in xyctiphanes. Abdomen
with 3 or 4 distinct yellow side-patches bordered above by a black continuous band. —

The species bears a remarkable resemblance to the American Cocytius lucifer,
as well as to dark specimens of the Oriental Psélogramma menephron, with which
Sir George Hampson confounded it.

As Butler’s earlier Diludia rufescens aud the present insect belong to two
different genera, there is no necessity to reject the name of rufescens for this
Meganoton.

3. Tenth abdominal segment very peculiar (V1. XX VL. f. 30.31. 32): the tergite
gently curved, strongly spatulate, the sides of the dilated apical portion clothed —
with some long stiff hairs and turned downwards, apical margin rounded-truncate
(Pl. XXVI. f. 30, dorsal view); the tergite thin; the sternite longer than the
tergite, suddenly turned upwards near end, and, moreover, produced at the curvature
into an obtuse process (Pl. XXVI. f. 31), which is compressed like the vertica
cleft apical part of the sternite (Pl. XXVI. f. 32). Clasper: ventral margin”
oblique ; dorsal one first straight, then somewhat dilated and turned inward ; apex
obliquely rounded ; patch of friction-scales clay-colour, the scales large and multi-

( 37 )

dentate ; harpe produced into a curved, almost finger-like, pointed, ventral process
(Pl. XXXYV. f. 15), the oblique upper margin dilated into a triangular lobe, which
is armed with teeth. Penis-sheath with one curved process, which is less than
twice as long as the sheath is wide (P]. XXVIII. f. 34); the process recurved
towards the sheath.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XXI. f. 14) rather strongly chitinised, glabrous,
convex mesially, vaginal cavity before middle, covered by a long sinnate-truncate
lobe which narrows distad.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. North India to Queensland ; rare, few specimens in collections.

Two subspecies :

a. M. rufescens rufescens.
*Diludia rufescens Butler, /.c. (1875).
Diludia vubescens, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Ox. i. p. 33. n. 131 (1892) (Silhet).
Meganoton rubescens, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 682. n. 9 (1892).
Pseudosphinx discistriga, Hampson, l.c. (partim).
*Meganoton cocytioides Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 543 (1894) (Andamans, Labuan, Mindanao). .
32. A smaller form than the following ; sides of mesothoracic tegulae of the
same clayish brown colour as the forewing ; margin of hindwing almost eyen ;
fringe of both wings less extended white; underside of both wings darker. Harpe
of 3: the dorsal lobe with several prominent teeth.
There is perhaps a darker continental and a paler brown insular form.
Hab. North India: Sikkim, Silhet; Andamans; Borneo; Mindanao; Sula Islands.
In the Tring Museum: Sikkim, 3 dd ; Sula Mangioli (W. Doherty, Nov. 1897),
te?
Our Sula specimen has munch paler forewings than the Sikkim dd, and the
transverse dentate lines are more or less obliterated.

b. M. rufescens severina.
Macrosila severina Miskin, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensid. viii. p. 25. n. 42 (1891) (Cape York).
Meganoton severina, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 683. n. 17 (1892).
*Meganoton cocytioides Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 89 (1894) (Pt. Mackay ;—Mus. Tring) ; id.,
Le. iii. t. 13. £. 6 (9) (1896).
Pseudosphine discistriga, Hampson, l.c. iv. p. 453. n. 169 (1896).

3%. Sides of mesothoracic tegulae buffish white, strongly contrasting with
the forewing. Forewing above shaded with olive-grey scales, especially in post-
discal and basal regions, the oblique streak in apex of cell centred with brown,
a separate black spot at upper angle of cell. Hindwing, above, paler at costal and
abdominal margins than in the preceding form, the pale discal band more distinctly
indicated, especially at anal angle, outer margin distinctly scalloped. On the
underside, the internal margin of the forewing very pale. Harpe (Pl. XXXY.
f,15); the dorsal lobe produced into one large tooth, besides some minute ones.
Tenth segment see Pl. XXVL. f. 30. 31. 32.

Hah. North Queensland.

Tn the Tring Museum 14, 2 2 ? from Pt. Mackay.

17. Meganoton analis.
*Sphine analis Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 78. £. 4 (1874) (Shanghai ;—Mus. Tring) ; Boisd., Spec.
Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 111. 1. 51 (1875); Butl., rans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 613. n. 5 (1877)
(hab. 7).

( 38 )

*Diludia grandis id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 260. n. 56 (1875) (Nepal ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,
Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 614. n. 11 (1877) (Nepal).

*Diludia tranquillaris id., Lc. p. 641 (1877) (Darjiling ;—coll. Staudinger) ; Moore, Descr. Lep. Atk.
p. 7 (1879).

Pseudosphine discistriga, Hampson (non Walker, 1856), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 105.
n. 169 (1892) (partim),

3%. Distal margin of forewing not undulate as in the two preceding species,
shallowly sinuate before posterior angle. Second segment of palpus rather smaller
than in the other species. Row 2 of spines of first segment of hindtarsus extending
close to the base as in Pstlogramma.

3. Tenth tergite divided into two long and slender processes, which are
regularly curved downward and gradually narrowed to a point (Pl. XXVI. f. 33) ;
the processes approach each other a little in middle ; the sternite is produced into
a long cylindrical process, which is slightly bent downwards at end, the apex obtuse.
Clasper sole-shaped, dorsal margin bent inwards ; the large clay-coloured patch |
of modified scales on the outer side consisting of large, multidentate, ribbed scales ;
harpe ladle-shaped, minutely dentate (Pl. XXXV. f. 14); subdorsal longitudinal
groove of clasper sharply defined, deep, the fold below it with long bristles.
Penis-sheath with one pointed process (Pl. XXVIII. f. 35), which is rather broad
at base. Highth tergite without friction-scales on the inner surface.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XXI. f. 15) very feebly chitinised, the whole postvaginal
part membranous and scaled, the antevaginal part also membranaceous ; from the
vaginal cavity a narrow stripe of chitin extends to each side; the upper edges of
these plates continuous, forming an arcuate ridge which borders the vaginal cavity
behind ; the proximal edge of the cavity formed by a very thin membranous fold,
which is preceded by a stronger fold.

Early stages not known.

The species is a connecting link between Meganoton and Psilogramma.

Hab. China; North India.

In the Tring Museum 3 od, 4 9% from: Shanghai; Darjiling (Pilcher) ;
Khasia Hills ; Cherrapunji.

VIII. POLIANA gen. noy.—Typus : buchholzi.

Diludia, Butler (non Grote & Rob., 1865), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond- p. 13 (1875).
Sphine, Plotz (non Linné, 1758), Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 76 (1880).

Protoparce, Druce (non Burmeister, 1856), Ent. Mo. Mag. xix, p. 18 (1882),
Meganoton, Kirby (non Boisduval, 1875), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 683 (1892).
Phlegethontius, id. (non Hitbner, 1822), lc. p. 688 (1892).

3%. Tongne as long as, or shorter than, the body. Genal process about as
high as pilifer. Segment 2 of palpus as long as 1. Antenna with short hook,
penultimate segment much shorter than high. First segment of foretarsus multi-
spinose exteriorly at the base, as long as tibia, longer than segments 2 to 5
together, without obviously prolonged spines; midtarsus with reduced comb,
Segment 1 about one-third longer than tibia and than segments 2 to 5; hindtarsus
twice as long as the cell of the hindwing, first segment 1} to 2 times the length
of segments 2 to 5 together; spurs very long, apical one of hindtibia at least

( 39 )

two-thirds of first tarsal segment ; pulvillus and paronychium present, the latter
withont ventral lobe. SC? and R? of hindwing on a rather long stalk.

3. Clasper with patch of friction-scales ; no corresponding scales on inner
side of the eighth tergite. Spurs longer than in &.

?. Antenna somewhat grooved laterally, with distinctly prolonged seriate
ciliae.

Early stages not known.

Hab, Africa.

Two species.

Distinguishable from Meganoton by the shorter hook of the antenna, the
penultimate segment of which is shorter than high, the much shorter tongue,
the longer and narrower second segment of the palpus, the proportionally longer
first protarsal segment, and the absence of the ventral flaps of the paronychia ;
from Leucomonia by the absence of long claw-like spines from the first protarsal
segment, the much longer tarsi and shorter tongue.

Key to the species :
Forewing without black discal streaks between

Rand M . F : : - : . 18. P. buchholzi.
Forewing with black discal streaks between R*
and M!. : - : : : ; . 19. P. natalensis.

18. Poliana buchholzi.

Sphinx bucholzi Plotz, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 76. n, 285 (1880) (Benjongo).

*Protoparce laucheana Druce, Ent. Mo, Mag. xix. p. 18 (1882) (W. Afr. ;—coll. Druce).

*Protoparce weiglei Méschler, Abh. Senk. Naturf. Ges. xv. p. 70. n. 154. t. 1. £. 24 (1887) (Accra ;—
coll. Staudinger).

Meganoton buchholzi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i. p. 683. n. 20 (1892).

Phlegethontius laucheana, id., l.c. p. 688. n. 8 (1892).

Phlegethontius weiglei, id., l.c. n. 9 (1892).

3%. Both sexes have a prominent spine (not thorn or claw) at the end of
the foretibia exteriorly, which is wanting in natalensis. First segment of hind-
tarsus about 14 times as long as 2 to 5 together. The upperside of the forewing
has nearly the aspect of that of pale specimens of Protoparce rustica; the white
stigma is conspicuous; there are no longitudinal black streaks between R* and
M’ ; antemedian area white, especially behind; a large median costal area centred
by the stigma more or less olive or yellowish olive, this colour spreading distad
to margin ; three dentate discal lines, the interspace between the second and third
more or less white.

3. Long apical spur of hindtibia almost equal in length to the first tarsal
segment. Tenth tergite not divided, dilated just before the end, which curves
ventrad and is pointed, widened part convex above, feebly carinate, the carina
extending to the tip, underside prismatically carinate ; sternite nearly as long as
the tergite in a side-view, narrowing to end, which is sinuate. Clasper almost
of equal width from middle to end, apex rounded; there is a long patch of narrow,
non-dentate, pointed (lanceolate) friction-scales, all short except the middle ones,
which are strongly prolonged and stand upright, forming a long and high crest,
which is very conspicuous; no friction-scales on the innerside of tergite 8; the
inner surface of the clasper is deeply concave ventrally in middle. In this cavity

( 40 )

lies the harpe, which is comb-like, bearing at its upper edge several large pointed
teeth, the apical tooth projecting from the cavity. Penis-sheath without external
armature, but with a spiniferous flap inside.

9. Eighth sternite long; vaginal orifice somewhat transverse, the edge
somewhat raised, but without process.

Hab. West Africa, apparently very rare. Besides the three types of buchholei=
laucheana=weiglei there exists in collections, to our knowledge, the following

specimen only: 1 2 Mus. Roy. Bruxelles, from Karrongo, Stanley Falls, Upper
Congo.

19. Poliana natalensis.

*Diludia natalensis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 13. n. 29 (1875) (Natal ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,
Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 616. n. 21. t. 94. £. 5 (1877).

Acherontia spei (! !) Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 13, sub n, 29 (1875),

Meganoton natalensis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 683. n, 21 (1892) (Natal).

3%. The species has somewhat the appearance of very pale individuals of
Psilogramma menephron. There are two black streaks on the disc of the forewing
between R* and M*. The first segment of the hindtarsus is about twice as long
as the four other segments together.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite cleft to middle, the two halves close together, not
separately movable as in Pslogramma, each half elongate, with parallel sides in
a dorsal view, prismatically compressed, the underside convex, subearinate, apex
blunt in dorsal, sharp in lateral view ; sternite broad, a little longer than broad,
rounded at end. Clasper long, dorsal margin somewhat rounded, ventral margin
shallowly sinuate ; a narrow longitudinal stripe of friction-scales on the outer side,
the scales large, broadly rounded at the end, not erect, dark wax-yellow with brown
edges; harpe (Pl. XXXY. f. 18) with a single process, which is rather short,
somewhat twisted, and truncate. Penis-sheath (Pl. XXVIIL f. 38) armed with a
short, stout, conical tooth, which points sinistro-laterad.

2 not dissected.

Hab. South and East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from the Kikuyu Escarpment, British Hast Africa,
January 1901 (W. Doherty) ; another from Natal.

The Kikuyu specimen is more yariegated with brown than the southern
individuals which we have seen.

Butler, dc., says: Our example bears a label by the collector bearing the
following inscription: “ Acherontia spei 3. Only two 2 specimens taken in 1857
(one of them lost). I have not observed that peculiar chirping noise ; had they
chirped I am sure I would have observed. Query, Does the ¢ only chirp, and
the % not?—W. Gs.” “T have not thought the MS. name applicable, and
therefore have not used it.”

The reader will have guessed, without being told, that ‘spec., and not spei, is
written on the label. However, if Butler mistook sec. for a manuscript name spet
which he did not think applicable, why did he publish it ?

( 41 )

IX. LEUCOMONIA gen. noy.—Typus: bethia.

Diludia, Kirby (non Grote & Rob., 1865), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 243 (1877).
Maerosila, Miskin (non Walker, 1856), Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii. p. 24 (1891).
Meganoton, id. (non Boisduval, 1875), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 682 (1892).

3%. Antenna (?) subeylindrical, not impressed, ciliae not prolonged ; hook
(2) short, penultimate segment (and preceding ones) shorter than high. Hye
not lashed. Tibiae not spiny ; foretibia and first segment of foretarsus rough with
long scaling ; spines of row 2 of first protarsal segment prolonged, apical spines
of the other segments also somewhat prolonged; bristles of comb of midtarsus
shorter than in Meganoton, the comb consisting also of fewer long bristles ; basal
spines of third row of first hindtarsal segment little longer than the more distal
ones; hindtarsus not much longer than the cell of the hindwing; pulvillus and
paronychium present, the latter without ventral flaps. D? of hindwing with a
rather long spur proximally running out into the middle fold of the cell, which fold
extends nearly to the base.

3. Sexual armature similar to that of Pstlogramma. Patch of friction-scales
on clasper larger, comparatively shorter.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Australia.

One species.

20. Leucomonia bethia.

*Diludia bethia Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 243 (1877) (Rockhampton, ? ;—Mus. Dublin) ;
Waterb., Aid Identif. Ins. ii. t. 140. £. 4 (2) (1883).

Macrosila bethia, Miskin, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii. p. 26. n. 44 (1891) (Rockhampton).

Meganoton hethia Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 683. n. 19 (1892).

*Meganoton distinctum Rothschild, Noy. Zoon. i. p. 89. t. 7. f. 12 (1894) (N. Queensland ;—Mus.
Tring).

3%. Upperside of body and forewing and the whole underside almost
uniformly white, forewing with a black, thin but prominent, oblique apical line
which is almost straight. Hindwing blackish brown, grey-white in anal region.

g. Tenth tergite deeply divided into two slender processes which lie close
together ; sternite (Pl. XL. f. 12) broad and short, sinnate, the lobes broad and
rounded. No free harpe. Penis-sheath with a short process similar to that of
Psilogramma menephron.

9. Vaginal plate with a small mesial sinus apically, proximal part of plate
much folded transversely, the folds irregular, mouth of vagina antemedian, the
postvaginal part of the plate somewhat convex mesially, slightly concave and
sealed laterally, with the rounded disto-lateral margins somewhat raised.

Hab. Queensland and West Australia ; rather rare in collections.

In the Tring Museum 4 ?2 from: Queensland; Derby District, West
Australia.

A 3 and 2 ? 2 in the Dublin Museum.

( 42)

X. PSILOGRAMMA gen. nov.—Typus : menephron.

Sphinx, Cramer (non Linné, 1758), Pap. Exot. iii. p. 164 (1780) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i.
p. 87 (1875).

Hyloicus Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 139 (1822) (partim).

Macrosila Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 208 (1856) (partim).

Anceryx id., l.c. p. 225 (1858) (partim) ; id., l.c. xxi. p. 36 (1864).

Meganoton Boisduval, /.c. p. 58 (1875) (partim).

Diludia, Butler (non Grote & Rob., 1865), Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 13 (1875).

Pseudosphinz, Hampson (on Burmeister, 1856), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 169 (1892).

3. Antenna shorter than in Meganoton, hook shorter, penultimate segment
about as long as high, the preceding ones shorter than high. Palpus differing from
that of aiZ the other species of the present subfamily in the second segment having
a naked stripe over the inner surface (as prolongation of the naked stripe of the
first segment). Labram very little raised in middle. First segment of foretarsus
somewhat longer than segments 2 to 4 together ; comb of midtarsus well developed,
that of hindtarsus as in Meganoton ; long spur of midtibia about 4, the long apical
one of hindtarsus nearly 2, the length ‘of the respective first tarsal segment.
Pulvillus and paronychium present, the latter with ove lobe on each side.

3. Clasper with patch of modified scales, the scales large, rounded, entire,
multistriate ; harpe vestigial (P]. XX XV. f. 20), represented merely by a thickly
scaled slight incrassation of the ventral margin of the clasper; process of penis-
sheath short, forked. No friction-scales on the inner surface of eighth tergite.

?. Antenna subeylindrical, ciliae not prolonged.

Larva : thoracical tergites with small conical tubercles, arranged in transverse
rows; head minutely granulose all over, somewhat narrowing above; horn and
anal segment very rough with conical tubercles, horn curving upwards, ~-shaped ;
dichromatic, one form green with white oblique stripes, the other with a broad
brown dorsal band, constricted on each segment, beginning on the third thoracical
segment, large lateral and ventral patches also brown.

Chrysalis with a long free tongue-case which is not recurved.

Hab. Oriental Region.—Only one species.

The genus is a development of Meganoton, being more specialised in the palpi
and paronychium.

As will be seen from the above synonymy, the species has been treated under
seven generic names. The reference to Psewdosphinx—proposed by Burmeister
for a Sphingid belonging to another subfamily—is wild, to say the least.

21. Psilogramma menephron.

Sphinx menephron Cramer, Pap. Ev. iii. p. 164. t. 285. f. A (2 ) (1780) (Amboina).

Hyloicus menephron, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 139. n. 1485 (1822).

* Macrosila discistriga Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 209. n. 17 (1856 ;—Brit. Mus.).

Anceryz pinastri var., id., l.c. viii. p. 225. sub. n. 1 (1856).

Meganoton discistriga, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 59. n. 2. (1875).

*Sphinx abietina id., l.c. p. 108. n. 47 (1875 ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

*Diludia vates Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 13. (1875) (Ceylon ; Madras ;—Mus. Brit.).

Pseudosphing discistriga, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. India, Moths i. p. 105. n, 169 (1892)
(partim).

Meganoton (?) menephron, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 683. n. 13 (1892),

3%. Variable in colour and size geographically and individually ; in most
localities there is a dark and a pale form. The various subspecies are not well-

(43°)

defined. Cramer’s figure is bad, the subapical white patch of the forewing is an
exaggeration.

3d. Tenth tergite divided into two slender processes which lie close together,
but are movable separately, they are curved (Pl. XXVL. f. 28. 29); sternite short
and broad, the lobe broader than long, truncate-sinuate, the angles slightly produced,
sides distally rounded-dilated, Patch of modified scales about three times as long
as broad, deep brown except at edges (PI. LVIII. f. 34). Process of penis-sheath
(Pl. XXVILI. f. 31) very characteristic, sometimes distinctly asymmetrical. We
have not noticed any difference in the sexual armature of dd from different
localities. Head see Pl. LXI. f. 6. 7.

?. Postvaginal portion of vaginal plate chitinised, smooth, scaled, halfmoon-
shaped, somewhat truncate, the lateral margins elevated; vaginal cavity surrounded
proximally and laterally by a wrinkled membranaceous ridge (Pl. XXII. f. 9).

Hab. Oriental Region : Ceylon to Japan, eastwards to New Caledonia.

Three subspecies :

a. P. menephron lifuense.
* Meganoton lifuense Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 90. t. 7. £. 20 (1894) (Lifu ;—Mus. Tring).

3%. The palest form, some specimens nearly all white on the thorax and
forewing ; the black discal “streaks R°—M? of the forewing thin, often partly or
totally obsolete. The subspecies is variable; in the darker specimens the discal
lines of the forewing are rather pronounced, and there is not distinct medio-costal
brown area; in the paler individuals the markings, inclusive the proximal part
of the apical black line, become indistinct.

Hab. Litu, Loyalty Islands.

Fourteen specimens in the Tring Museum.

b. P. menephron menephron.

Sphin menephron Cramer, l.c.; Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xli. p. 104, n. 195 (1888) (Amboina).

Myloicus menephron, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 139. n. 1485 (1822).

*Macrosila discistriga Walker, List Lep. Ins. B.M. viii. p. 209. n. 17 (1856) (Silhet ; Hongkong ;
N. China ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. B.I.C. i. p. 268, n. 618
(1857) ; Walk., /.c. xxxi. p. 34 (1864) (Cambodia ; Ceram) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.
p. 793 (1865) (Bengal).

*Macrosila casuarinae Walker, List. Lep. Ins. B.M. viii. p. 210. n. 19 (1856) (Sydney ; C. York ;—
Mus. Brit.) ; Misk., Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensid. viii. p. 24. n. 41 (1891) (Neweastle ; Brisbane ;
Rockhampton ; Cardwell; C. York ;=nebulosa ; on Tecoma and Jasminum).

Anceryx pinastri var. 8, Walker, Lc. viii. p. 223. sub n. 1 (1856) (N. India).

Sphine emarginata Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cut. Lep. Mus. E.I.C.i. p. 268. n. 618 (1857) (sub
synon., nom. max. supervac.).

Macrosila darius Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 89. n. 1470 (1857) (Silhet ; nom
nud.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét, i. p. 59. n. 2 (1875) (sub synon.).

Macrostila (!) discistriga, Semper, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien. xvii. p. 699. n. 8, (1867) (Bohol, larva).

Megqanoton discistriga, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 59. n. 2 (1875) ; Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver.
Nat. xliy. p. 104. n. 193 (1888) (Amboina) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 682. n. 7 (1892)
(E. Indies) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitsch. x1. p. 367. n. 39 (1895) (Java).

*Sphing abietina Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 108. n. 47 (1875) (Himalaya ;—coll. Oberthiir) ;
Snell., Tijdschr. Ent. xx. p. 2. n, 12 (1877) (Java) ; id., lc. xxii. p. 64. n. 6 (1879) (8, Celebes) ;
Pagenst., /ris iii. p. 2. n. 1 (1890) (Palawan).

Sphine casuarinae, Boisduyal, l.c. p. 109. n. 49 (1875).

( 44 )

*Diludia vates Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 13. n. 28 (1875) (Ceylon ; Madras ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii, p. 3. t. 74. f. 11a (1882) ; Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soe. p. 289, n. 21 (1885)
(Poona; Bombay, viii-x.); id., Zrans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 165. n. 23 (1890 (Moulmein) ;
Hamps., ///ustr. Typ. Spee. Lep. Het. B.M. viii. p. 2. n. 32 (1891) (Nilgiris) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep.
Het. Mus. Ox. i. p, 34, n. 135 (1892) (Bengal).

Diludia casuarinae, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 615. n. 14 (1877) (Sydney) ; Swinh., Lc.
i. p. 34. n. 134 (1892) (N.S. Wales ; Moreton Bay).

*Diludia nebulosa Butler, /.c. ix. p. 615. n. 15 (1877) (Cape York ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Druce, Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 571. un. 2 (1888) (Aola, Guadalcanar).

Diludia discistriga, Butler, Lec. ix. p. 615, n. 16 (1877) (Hongkong ; N. China; Java; Masuri ;
Bombay) ; id., Jdlustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B.M. iii. p. 3. t. 41. £. 6 (1879); Moore, Lep.
Ceylon ii. p, 3. t. 73. f. 1. la. 1b (1.,p., 7.) (1882) ; Pagenst., Jvis i. p. 41. n. 1 (1885) (Ceram) ;
Hamps., J/lustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B.M. viii. p. 2. n. 31 (1891) (Nilgiris, 3000 ft.) ;
Swinh., /.c. i. p. 33. n. 130 (1892) (China ; Ganjam ; Silhet ; Burmah).

*Diludia melanomera Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 615. n. 17. t. 94. p. 4 (1877) (Silhet ;—
Mus. Brit.) ; Swinh., /.c. i. p. 33. n. 129 (1892) (Berhampore ; Silhet : Singapore).

*Diludia macromera Butler, Ann. Mag. N.H. (5). x. p. 435. n. 7 (1882) (Sarawak ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
Swinh., /.c. i. p. 33, n. 132 (1892) (Ceylon).

Sphinx ahrendti Pagenstecher, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xli. p. 104. n. 196 (1888) (Amboina ; nom.
nud. “ Plétz” in litt.).

Pseudosphine discistriga, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 105. n. 169 (1892)
(partim) ; id., Z/lustr. Typ, Spee. Lep. Het. B.M. ix. p. 3. n. 52 (1893) (partim ; Ceylon) ;
Semp., Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 404. n. 52. t. m. £. 5. 6. 7 (l., p.) (1896) (Luzon ; Bohol ; Cebu ;

Pagenst., in Chun, Zoologica xii. 29. p. 17. n, 17 (1900) (partim ; Kinigunang ; specim. ex
Ralum = Megacorma obliqua).

Diludia increta, Swinhoe, /.c. i. p. 33. n. 133 (1892) (Assam),

Meganoton melanomera, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 682. n, 8 (1892) (Silhet).

Meganoton vates, id., l.c. p. 683. n. 11 (1892 (India ; Ceylon).

Meganoton vates var, a., Sph. abietina, id., l.c. sub n. 11 (1892) (Himalaya).

Meganoton (?) menephron, id., /.c. n. 12 (1892) (Amboina).

Meganoton macromera, id., 1.c. n. 14 (1892) (Sarawak).

Meganoton casuarinae, id., 1.c. n. 15 (1892) (Australia).

Meganoton nebulosa, id., l.c. n. 16 (1892) (Australia).

$%. A very variable form as regards size and colour. The individual
variability of this insect was not recognised by Butler, who bestowed no less than
four names upon the differently coloured specimens, though the insect had already
six names given to it. Besides these ten names (menephron, discistriga, casuarinae,
emarginata, darius, abietina, vates, nebulosa, melanomera, macromera) there are
two more, increta and ahrendti, under which it has been referred to. An ample
supply ! 5

On the other hand, Sir George Hampson, knowing that menephron, or discistriga
as he calls the species, showed a great, amount of variability, considered nearly all
the oriental Sphingids which have grey forewings marked with black as being
individuals of one and the same species. Thus we find knocked together in Fauna
Brit. India, Moths I. and 1V., under the name of discistriga no less than five species
belonging to four genera and to two tribes.

There are three principal types of aberrations: (a) a pale form (/f. vates) ;
(4) a pale form with conspicuons black medio-costal area on the forewing
(/. casuarinae); and (c) a dark form (f. menephron).

The /. caswarinae seems to be confined to Australia and New Guinea, where
the brown form is very rare. ;

The mesonotum has sometimes two black dots ; the foretarsal segments 2 to 5

are often dark brown. Very large specimens occur in the Bismarck Archipelago.
Larva and pupa see above.

( 45 )

Hab. China to Ceylon, eastwards to the Solomon Islands, more or less common.

In the Tring Museum 180-odd specimens from a great number of localities «
one caterpillar.

c. P. menephron increta.
*Ancery« increta Walker, 1c. xxxi. p. 36 (1864) (Shanghai ;—Brit. Mus.); Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc.
p. 589. n. 33 (1888) (Japan).

Diludia increta, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 615. n. 19 (1877) (Shanghai; nec Masuri &
S. India) ; id., ZJ/ustr. Typ. Spee. Lep. Het. B.M. iii. p. 4. t. 41, £. 7 (1879) ; Leech, Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond. p. 120. n. 98 (1889) (Kiukiang).

Pseudosphinx discistriga, Hampson, in Blanf., Fawna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 105. n. 169 (1892) (partim).

Pseudosphinx increta, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 288. n. 65 (1898) (Japan ; Kiukiang ; Ichang ;
Omei-shan).

Meganoton increta, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 682. n. 10 (1892) (China ; Japan).
Sphina inereta, Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 51 (1899).

$2. A pale form, not always distinguishable from the pale individuals of
m. menephron. The forewing of a uniform grey colour, with the transverse lines
more or less obliterated ; the black oblique bar at the end of the cell, the apical
half-wing, the costal markings midway between the two—the costal part of the
discal lines—and the two discal streaks very prominent on the pale ground. In
two of our specimens, without further indication of locality than Japan, those black
markings are much enlarged, the two discal streaks being only separated by
the vein, and the costal and apical markings being twice as heavy as in ordinary
individuals.

Hab. Japan ; Corea ; China.

No dark form known from Japan, while in China ¢xereta merges into menephron.
Common in Central and South Japan, not known from Yesso ?

In the Tring Musenm 80-odd specimens ; 4 caterpillars.

XL PEMBA gen. noy.—Typus: distanti.

3. Tongue rather short, shorter than in Psélogramma. Pilifer with bristles.
Palpus very slender, elongate, just visible from above, not dilated distally.
Antenna shorter than cell of forewing. Foretibia armed with some long spines
externo-laterally at and before end ; midtibia with very few spines near the spurs ;
spurs long, long terminal one of hindtibia nearly as long as the first tarsal segment ;
first segment of foretarsus shorter than tibia, not quite the length of segments
2 to 4 together, with three external prominent spiues; no midtarsal comb ;
pulvillus present, paronychium with one slender lobe at each side. SC’ and Rt of
hindwing on a stalk, R? near lower angle of cell, D? very long, very oblique, slightly
angled, D* shorter than D'.

Tenth tergite deeply divided. Harpe vestigial. No friction-patch. Penis-
sheath with a short bilobate process as in Psilogramma.

? and early stages not known.

Hab. Pemba I., Bast Africa.

One species.

Distinguished from Psilogramma, which it resembles most in the sexual
armature, by the fore- and midtibia bearing some spines, in the absence of a

( 46 )

midtarsal comb, the slender palpus, ete. From Lraedora it differs, besides the
sexual armature, in the long spurs and the Jong cross-vein D?° of the hindwing.
The genus connects Praedora and Hoplistopus with Psilogramma, but does not
show a trace of the peculiar naked stripe of the last, which is a specialisation not
acquired by the common ancestor.

22. Pemba distanti spec. nov.

3. Whitish grey ; a lateral spot on metanotum, a series of dorso-lateral spots
at the apices of the abdominal segments, and a mesial line on the abdomen black.

Wings, upperside. Forewing whitish grey like thorax ; an indistinct costal
spot at basal third, another in front of upper angle of cell, two very thin discal
streaks R'5—M2, an oblique thin line from tip of SC towards disc, and the fringe-
dots at the end of the veins brownish black, a trace of a discal band beginning at
costal margin before fork, convex down to M’, then straight, another band parallel
with this and proximal of it, beginning at the costal spot, interrupted between R!
and M'. Hindwing unicolorous, very thin brown fringe-spots at the ends of
the veins.

Underside grey, no markings excepting a short apical oblique line on forewing
and the small fringe dots.

Tenth tergite (PI. XXVII. f. 1. 2) divided as in Psilogramma menephron, but
the two processes wider apart and more strongly curved downwards ; sternite
(Pl. XXVII. f. 3) very short, with a small round lobe at each side, mesially
curved upwards, ~~-shaped in an apical view. Clasper (Pl. XXXYV. f. 25) long
sole-shaped, the inner sheath, just above the triangular ventro-basal part which
represents the harpe, raised into a low sharp ridge (7). Penis-funnel (P—F) a
short half-cylinder, open above, the ventral edge curved downwards ; penis-sheath
(Pl. XXVIII. f. 32) with a two-pointed short process which projects laterad.

Length of forewing : 34 mm.

Hab. Pemba Island, Hast Africa; 1 3 in coll. W. L. Distant.

XII. DOVANIA gen. nov.—Typus : poecila.

3. Pilifer normal. Tongue well developed (length?). Hye lashed. Palpus
roughly scaled like body and legs, obtuse. Antenna very strongly compressed,
setiform, hook long and quite gradual; segments ventrally not quite touching
one another (side-view). Spines of abdomen numerous and small. Tibiae not
spinose ; spurs long, almost equal in length, long terminal one of hindtibia about
one-fourth shorter than the first tarsal segment ; first segment of foretarsus short,
little longer than second, with three stout external spines besides a smaller basal
one ; midtarsus without comb; pulvillus absent ; paronychium with one lobe on
each side. Wings entire; cross-veins of hindwing strongly oblique, D° twice as
long as D*, this shorter than D! ; SC? and R' on a stalk.

Tenth tergite simple, narrow, sharply pointed ; sternite much broader, shorter,
troneate, with the angles rounded (Pl. LIX. f. 4). Clasper reduced, without friction-
scales ; harpe broad, concave, roundedly dilated dorsad at end; inner surface smooth,

( 47 )

dorsal and apical edges denticulate (Pl. LIX. f. 3). Penis-sheath somewhat curved,
with a short conical horizontal apical tooth pointing dextro-laterad (Pl. LIX. f. 9).
? and early stages not known.
Hab. British Central Africa.
One species.

23. Dovania poecila spec. nov. (Pl. VI. f. 9, 2).

3. Black, with few white hair-scales. Antenna (except scaling) hazel colour,
Abdomen with broad creamy buff rings, which are broadly interrupted above, widest
laterally, and confined to the tergites.

Wings, upperside. Forewing olive-black, with the black lines indistinct,
traceable in consequence of the presence of bluish white scales in the interspaces ;
an area at lower angle of cell and extending on to dise without these scales; a
triangular costal apical patch deeper black and continued backwards as a kind of
submarginal band; an angle-shaped apical spot followed behind SC* by a line, white ;
stigma ferruginons yellow; fringe with traces of white spots. Hindwing ferru-
ginous, base and abdominal margin black ; fringe brown, with small white spots.

Underside : brown, both wings ferruginous on disc; this colour extending
to distal margin except in front and behind; the two white markings near tip
of forewing as above ; hindwing with a bluish white postdiscal band, which is not
well defined, and traces of some discal bands ; there are also some bluish white
sealing on the forewing in outer third.

Length of forewing: ¢, 36 mm.

Hab. District of Dowa, or Chiwere, Central Angoniland.

1 3 in the Oxford Museum.

XIU. LOMOCYMA gen. nov.—Typus : oegrapha.
Sphine, Mabille (non Linné, 1758), C. RR. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxviii. p. 187 (1884).

3%. Antenna (¢) strongly compressed, the fasciculated ciliae long, ventral
series not reaching mesial line, ultimate segment shorter than in Psilogramma,
Meganoton and allied genera, the preceding ones all shorter than high. Eye
lashed. Tibiae not spiny. First segment of foretarsus long-scaled, appearing
inerassate, externally with 3 or 4 moderately prolonged and somewhat curved
spines, externo-apical spine of second segment also prolonged ; first segment of
mid- and hindtarsus much longer than the other segments together, and longer
than the tibiae. Midtarsus with comb as in Meganoton; spines of row 3 of first
segment of hindtarsus little prolonged basally, row 2 almost reaching base ; spurs
long, long apical one of hindtarsus about # the length of first tarsal segment ;
pulvillus and paronychium present, the latter with to flaps at each side. Distal
margin of wings scalloped, fringe long.

d. Clasper without patch of modified scales ; penis-sheath without armature.

%. Postvaginal part of vaginal plate chitinised, broadly rounded apically ;
mouth of yagina proximal, a thin membranaceous fold runs from side to
side bordering the vaginal cavity proximally, antevaginal part of vaginal plate
membravaceous.

( 48 )

Larva and chrysalis unknown.
Hab. Madagascar.
One species.

24. Lomocyma oegrapha.

Sphinx oegrapha Mabille, /.c. (1884) (Madag.).
Hyloicus (?) oegrapha, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 694. n. 16 (1892) (Madag.).

$2. The species bears a superficial resemblance to certain American
Dilophonota.

$. Tenth abdominal tergite produced into a long, strongly curved, obtusely
pointed, subeylindrical process ; sternite very short, the lobe shorter than broad,
truncate, angles very strongly rounded, distal margin mesially continuous with
the under surface of the anal cone, sides somewhat turned upwards. Clasper small,
sole-shaped, dorso-apical margin turned inwards, rough with long scaling ; sub-
dorsal fold high basally, ending abruptly ; harpe produced into a single, long,
slender, pointed, process, curved upwards, bearing a minute tooth on the distal side.
Penis-sheath dorsally produced into a very short rounded lobe, directed distad ; no
tooth or hook.

Hab. Madagascar ; apparently rare.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢, 1 ? from Madagascar, without more precise locality.

XIV. OLIGOGRAPHA gen. noy.—Typus: juniperi.

Sphinx, Boisduval (non Linné, 1758), in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. 11. p. 595 (1847).
Anceryx Walker, List Lep. Ins. B.M. viii. p. 229 (1856) (partim).
Hyloicus, Butler (non Hiibner, 1822), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 617 (1877).

3%. Antenna thickest beyond middle, almost clubbed in 2; end-segment not
more than two and a half times as long as high, not produced into a bristle-like
process, dorsally covered with long scales; no prolonged fasciculated ciliae in ?,
those of d about half as long as the segment is broad dorsally. Tongue longer than
the body. Pilifer normal, genal process triangular, as long as pilifer. Palpus
somewhat prominent, visible from above. Eyes lashed. Tibiae not spinose ; first
segment of foretarsus rather densely spinose externally, spines of first row a little

longer than the others; midtarsus with comb, but the bristles of the comb not —

much longer than the ordinary spines; first segment of hindtarsus longer than
segments 2 to 5 together, a little shorter than the tibia ; spurs long, long apical one
of hindtibia about 3 to } the length of the first tarsal segment ; pulvillus present,
paronychium with one lobe on each side.

Larva and chrysalis not known.

Hab. 8. BE. Africa.

The end-segment of the antenna is comparatively very short, reminding one
of the antennae of Volbina and allies.--A derivation from Lomocyma.

25. Oligographa juniperi.

*Sphine juniperi Boisduval, lc. p. 595. n. 112 (1847) (Natal) ; id., Spec. Gén, Lép. Hét. i. p. 107.
n. 40 (1875) (Natal ; Hottentot country). ‘
Sphine juniperae (!), Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 89. 0.1475 (1857) (loc. err. !).

2

( 49 )
Anceryx juniperi, Walker, /.c. vili. p. 229. n. 12 (1856) (Natal).

Hyloicus juniper’, Butler, l.c. ix. p. 617, n. 9 (1877) (Natal) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 694. n. 15
(1892) (Natal).

do. Tenth abdominal tergite gradually narrowed, slightly curved, pointed,
compressed, highest beyond middle, clothed with numerous short hairs, dorsally
sulcate and bicarinate, below carinate ; sternite elongate, slightly narrowed to end,
somewhat convex below, straight, curved upwards at extremity, sinuate, the
angles strongly rounded. Clasper without friction-scales, sole-shaped ; harpe
(PI. XXXY. f. 16) with a single obtuse and somewhat concave process, which
bears a tooth on the external surface, upper edge of harpe dilated and
dentate. Penis-sheath with a very long denticulate process, curved proximad
(PI. XXVIII. f. 37).

?. Vaginal cavity subapical (Pl. XX. f. 23), large, transverse, the ante-
vaginal portion of the plate conyex, the proximal edge of the cavity gently sinuate,
eighth sternite very short.

Hab. Natal.

In the Tring Museum 21 3d, 7 2 2 from; Namaqualand; Bashee R., Caffraria ;
Natal ; Delagoa Bay.

XV. HOPLISTOPUS gen. nov.—Typus : penrice?.

g. Tongue about half the length of the body. Pilifer with bristles and a very
few scales; genal process triangular, nearly reaching end of pilifer. Palpus slender,
visible from above, first segment with rough hairs. Antenna as long as cell of
forewing, not strongly compressed, not higher than broad, distinctly incrassate
distally, hook short, fasciculated ciliae of basal row of segments very short mesially,
distal rows reaching about half way down to the mesial line. Scaling between
antennae prolonged to a crest. ‘Tibiae not spinose, longer than the respective first
tarsal segment ; first segment of foretarsus about twice as long as broad, armed
with three stout spines, the apical one nearly as long as the segmeut, curved, second
and third segments about equal in length, apical spines also prominent ; midtarsus
without comb ; first segment of hindtarsus about as long as the four others together ;
long distal spur of hindtibia about one-third the first tarsal segment, the two pairs
rather far apart; pulvillus and paronychium present, the latter with one lobe ;
abdominal spines very weak, none on sternites.

3. Tenth abdominal segment strongly compressed, almost vertical at the
sides, narrow, curved, obtusely pointed, dilated veutrad, so that it appears truncate
in side-view (PI. XX VIL. f.9, 10); the sternite produced into a very long process,
which is deeply divided into two long, slender, pointed lobes, which remind one of
the tenth sternite of 47. ligustri. Clasper rounded sole-shaped ; harpe (Pl. XXXV.
f. 21) very short, dilated dorsad into a dentate lobe. Penis-sheath without
armature,

?. Unknown.

Larva and chrysalis unknown.

Hab. South-West and South Africa.

Two species.*

* Two more African genera of this group see Appendix.

10)

(50 )

26. Hoplistopus penricei spec. nov. (PI. NIT. f. 5, d).

3. Body and wings smoky grey above and below, very uniform in colour.
Sealing of antenna greyish white. Abdomen with two rows of black patches
laterally, the patches not very distinct.

Wings, above. Forewing : on disc a series of very thin black streaks between
veins, the series ending in the oblique apical line, similar but shorter streaks upon
the veins at end ; there is a faint indication of discal and postdiscal transverse lines
not far from inner angle, and also an indication of a grey submarginal band ; fringe
paler between veins, the nerve-dots ill-defined. Hindwing unicolorous, fringe
white, with minute smoky grey dots.

Underside without markings, long. hairs of cell of forewing paler grey, nerve
spots of fringe better defined than above.

Length of forewing : 24 mm.

Hab. Munyendi River, Angola, April 1900 (Penrice), 1 ¢ in Mus. Tring.

A second &, with scarcely any markings, in Mus. Stockholm from Damaraland,

27. Hoplistopus butti spec. nov. (PI. V. f.15, 3).

d. Structurally the same as penrice?, the two insects being perhaps only
cospecific subspecies. Body and wings whitish grey, far paler than in penriced ;
mesothoracie tegula with black upper edge; abdomen with one series of black
spots, which is dorso-lateral, or there is a second row of spots below the first.

Forewing above: a line in cell and one or more lines on discs between the
veins black ; an oblique black apical stripe ; two parallel lines on disc, S-shaped,
feebly marked, followed distally before inner margin by a linear patch representing
a third line.

Hab. Beaufort West, Cape Colony.

3 34, all imperfect, in the Tring Museum, collected by Mrs. Butt.

XVI. PRAEDORA gen. nov.—Typus: marshalli.

3. Differs from Hoplistopus in the following points :—

Palpus rather more prominent; fore- and midtibia spénose ;.foretibia with
some long blunt apical spines, terminal spine more than a third the length of the
tibia ; first segment of foretarsus as long as 2 to 4 together; spurs spinose ; long
terminal one of hindtibia a little longer than half the first tarsal segment.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite very strongly compressed, carinate above, vertical
at the sides, curved, pointed, evenly narrowed ; lobe of sternite rounded-triangular,

very obtuse, nearly as long as tergite; clasper narrow, sole-shaped, long-scaled

outside, dorsal margin curved inward mesially, subdorsal fold of inner surface

high, inner surface beset with small tubercles ventrally and distally ; harpe
(Pl. XXXV. f. 19) ending in a gradually narrowed ventro-distal process, which

is curved inward and upward distally. Penis-sheath without armature.

%. Antenna sub-andromorphic, with long seriated ciliae. Vaginal plate

(Pl. XXL. f. 12) sinuate, the edge rugate.
Larva and chrysalis unknown,
Hab. Bast Africa,
Two species.

(pila)

28. Praedora marshalli spec. nov. (PI. V. f. 16, 3).

3. Body above brownish grey, collar with au almost white thin transverse line,
sides of mesothoracie tegula brownish black ; abdomen with a series of small mesial
dots and a lateral longitudinal band which are brownish black, two widely separate
rows of dorsal dots whitish and not strongly marked; underside grey, palpus brown
at side.

Wings, above. Forewing: grey, some antemedian lines undulating, curving
costad, two distal lines, the external one more distinct, S-shaped, a postdiscal,
more or less zigzag, line, more distinct in frout, some submarginal angle-shaped
spots, pointing distad, more or less jointed to the post-discal line, and a distinct
lunule SC°—R', all brownish black ; stigma white, edged with black ; fringe brown,
with heavy whitish grey spots. Hindwing: pale greyish brown, darker distally,
fringe as on forewing.

Underside brownish grey, both wings with traces of two discal lines.

Length of forewing: 3d, 20 mm.

Hab. South-East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Umtali, Mashonaland (G. A. K. Marshall),
received from the British Museum, where there are several specimens from the same

place, as well as 2 3d from N’Gami (F. D. Lugard).

29. Praedora plagiata spec. nov. (PI. XII. f. 9, ?).

?. Pilifer without scales, only with bristles. Foretibia shorter than first
dorsal segment, with two apical spines, one dorsal, long, curved, the other externo-
lateral, shorter, besides a few short spines concealed under the rather rough scaling
(midtarsus and hindleg not preserved). Antenna short, slender (tip broken).
SC? and R! of hindwing from a point, not stalked ; head tufted ; occiput and upper-
side of thorax blackish brown, edge of pronotum and middle of mesonotum greyish
white; abdominal tergites wood-brown, paler at the edges, with vestiges of three
rows of brown spots or interrupted bands, one row dorsal, the other lateral ; under-
side clayish grey, without black patches.

Wings in tint similar to the body. Upperside. Forewing : grey, with a faint
pinkish tone ; a large brownish black middle patch, narrowing behind, extending
from base of M! well upon disc, widest at costal margin, where it becomes paler in
middle, continued to inner margin by two discal lines ; antemedian and subbasal
brown lines ill-defined, three in number, the second and third heavier marked at
the costal margin ; beyond the patch there is an indistinct discal line bordered with
buff distally, a still more indistinct, zigzag, postdiscal line, some geminate vein-
dots, indicating the submarginal line, and au obliquely longitudinal dash ending at
the tip of SC’, where it is preceded by a small black angle-shaped mark; fringe
chequered brown and white. Hindwing greyish brown, palest at base, without
markings ; fringe white with brown dots.

Underside : cinnamon bistre brown, base a little paler, disc of both wings
crossed by three very indistinct parallel lines.

Vaginal plate (Pl. XXI. f. 12) sinuate, the edge produced into a broad rounded
lobe at each side ; subcarinate mesially, obliquely wrinkled proximally, the wrinkles
ocenpying a triangular mesial space.

Length of forewing : ?, 29 mm.

Harly stages unknown.

Hab, Region of M’Pala, Tanganyika (Guillemé), 1 9 in coll, Charles Oberthiir,

( 52 )

30. Praedora leucophaea spec. nov. (Pl. LXVI. f. 10, 2).

&. Pulyillus narrow; lobe of paronychium very slender, short. Body greyish
white, with some clayish scales here and there; abdomen appearing ringed with
clay-colour owing to grease.

Wings, upperside. Forewing greyish white ; costal margin slightly concave
as in preceding ; markings clay-colour ; an antemedian band of two lines, curved
costad in front ; between it and base traces of three lines, indicated at costal margin
by three spots ; a trace of a white stigma just outside antemedian band ; a broader
discal band, proximally convex and distally concave between veins, consisting of
two lines with the interspace filled in; between: this band and outer margin
a double line, the inner one vestigial, slightly accentuated by vein-dots ; the outer
one distinet, consisting of half-moons which are convex distally ; a submarginal
line of vein-dots ; fringe clay-colour, with small greyish white internervular
spots. Hindwing pale clay-colour, with a vestige of deeper coloured submarginal
band, which becomes a little more distinct in a side-view.

Underside grey, shaded with clay-colour, distal margins more greyish white-——
Forewing with three faint parallel discal lines, evenly curved, not dentate, distances
between lower angle of cell, first line, third line, and distal margin about the
same. Hindwing also with three lines, the first just in front of apex of cell,
abbreviated, the second about 14 mm. outside lower angle of cell, the third at R*
a little nearer cel] than distal margin.

Length of forewing: d, 20 mm.

Hab. Luitpold Mountains, near Ikutha, Brit. B. Africa.

One din the Tring Museum, received from Messrs. Staudinger & Baug-Haas.

XVII. COCYTIUS.—Typus: antaeus.
Sphinz, Cramer (non Linné, 1758), Pap. Bu. i. p. 124 (1775).
Cocytius Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 140 (1822) (type: antaeus).
Phlegethontius id., le. (type: cluentius).
Amphonyx Poey, Cent. Lep. t. 4 (1832) (type : duponchel).
Macrosila Walker, List. Lep. Ins. B.\M. viii. p. 200 (1856) (partim).
Amphionys (!), Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 289 (1856).
Ancistrognathus Wallengren, Ufv. Sv. Vet. Ac, Handl. xv. p. 138 (1858) (type : antaeus).

3%. Differs from Protoparce and Amphimoea in the third segment of the
palpus being prolonged into a pointed, conical, naked horn. Paronychium with
two lobes on each side. The third row of spines on all or only on the distal segments
of the foretarsus of the d developed into a comb. Antennal segments of ? without
basal rows of prolonged ciliae.

Spines of abdominal tergites heavy, conical, those of the 7th resp. 8th
segment long; no spines or only vestiges of such on the sternites. Mesonotum
as a rule with two white dots, mostly covered by the upper edges of the meso-
thoracic tegula, The scales in the middle of the abdominal tergites raised into
more or less conspicuous tufts or crests. The first segment of the foretarsus with
numerous short spines at the outerside ; in the d the 3rd row dense on segments
1 to 5, or 2 to 5, or 3 to 5, and the spines directed laterad, and somewhat curved,
forming a peculiar kind of comb (Pl. LXIV. f. 6. 9. 10); the spines of row
1,2 and 4 of segments 2 to 5, and of rows 2 and 4 of segment 1 few in number,

( 53 )

the apical spines often alone representing these rows, C. duponchel being the most
advanced species in the development of this tarsal armature; in the 2 the
spination more normal, the spines of row 3 not or less obviously directed laterad,
and rows 1, 2, and 4 always present, though the number of spines is generally
smaller than in row 3, segment 1 excepted.

The transparent spaces on the dise of the hindwing are the result of the
obliteration of the lower layer of scales and of the modification into hair-seales of
the scales of the upper layer; this development is vestigial in clwentius and
beelzebuth, which do not possess the large transparent spaces ; a similar deyelop-
ment is observable on the forewing, where the scales in the proximal half or
two-thirds of cellules R'—M? are half erect in several species and, especially on
the under surface, reduced in size.

Larva: clothed with fine hairs; head narrowing above, subtriangular: horn
granulose, curving downward ; one or more white side-bands.—l’ood : Anonaceae.

Pupa: tongue-case free, either spirally recurved (cluentius), or not recurved
with the end resting against the breast, prominently ringed ; metanotum with two
patches of rongh tubercles, abdominal segments 2 to 8, or 2 to 7 with a long,
transverse, basal patch of the same rough structure ; a short tuberculated ridge
behind the first stigma at the anterior edge of the mesonotum, cremaster
acuminated, ending in two points.

Hab. Tropical and subtropical America, occasionally farther north as a straggler.

Five species.

The genus contains the largest Sphingids. Its species haye the longest
tongue, measuring in large cluentius about 25 mm. (Smith, in Trans. Amer. Ent.
Soc. xv. p. 152 (1888) curiously states that the tongue sLicHTLy exceeds the tip of
the abdomen in length).

Key to the species :

a. Hindwing without transparent discal inter-

spaces. : c ‘ ; . F a ts
Hindwing with transparent discal interspaces . bn Ae
6. Abdomen with five yellow spots. i . 31. C. eluentius.
Abdomen with three yellow spots . : . 32. C. beelzebuth.
c. Transparent spaces distally indented between
the veins . : : : ¢ : . 384. C. antaeus.
Transparent spaces not indented between the
veins : . : : : : 4 ath

d. Postdiscal line of forewing crossing SC* nearer
apex of wing than upper angle of cell;
forewing of ? with white apical patch and
other white markings, d more uniform in
colour, black streaks R*—M? not very
prominent on account of the dark ground
colour of the wing . 5 ; : . 33. C. duponchel.
Postdiseal line crossing SC4 midway between
apex of wing and upper angle of cell, or
nearer cell; forewing similar in the sexes,
paler than in antaeus, discal streaks
R'—M? prominent; no obvious white
markings, besides stigma. : : . 93d. C. lucifer.

( 54 )

Pupa known of three species :

a. Tongue-case spirally rolled up ° ; . C. cluentius.
Tongue-case not spirally rolled up . : : a iD

4. Abdomen without patch of tubercles upon

segment 8 : ; 5 : F C. duponchel.

Abdomen with a rough patch of tubercles

upon the 8th segment —. b ¢ . Crantaeus.

31. Cocytius cluentius.

Merian, Jus. Surinam. t. 3 (1705) (larva, pupa).

Sphine cluentius Cramer, Pap. Ex. i. p. 124. t. 78. f. B (1775) (Ind. oce.) ; id., Le. ii. p, 43. t. 126.
f. A (1777) (Surinam) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 1. p. 219. n. 53 (1779).

Philegethontius cluentius, Hiibner, Verz. beh. Schm. p. 140. n. 1500 (1822). x

Amphonyx cluentius, Poey, Cent. Lep. p. 4 (1882) ; Ménétr., Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep.
p- 90. n. 1488 (1857) (Haiti) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soe. Philad. v. p. 67 (1865) ; id., Le.
vi. p. 329 (1806); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 62. n. 1 (1875) (Cayenne; Antilles ;
cit. falsa) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 345 (1876) (Surinam) ; Dew., Mitth.
Miinch. Ent. Ver. i. p. 92 (1877) (Porto Rico) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 600. n. 6 —
(1877) (Brazil; R. Janeiro ; Haiti); Burm., Deser. Rép. Arg. v. p. 316 (1878) (partim: caterp.
that of P. albiplaga) ; Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 483, n, 56 (1878) (Jamaica) ; Gundl.,
Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 205 (1881) (Cuba) ; Druce, Biolog. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 18. n. 4
(1881) (Chiriqui) ; Edw., Papilio iy. p. 12 (1884) (Vera Cruz) ; Pitt. & Bioll., Lep, Het. Costa
Rica p. 11 (1897).

Maerosila cluentius, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p, 200. n. 3 (1856) (Brazil; Rio de Janeiro ;
St. Domingo; Surinam) ; Herr.-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 59 (1865) (Cuba).

Cocytius cluentius, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 687. n. 10 (1892) (S. Amer. ; Antilles) ; Rothsch.,
Noy. Zoot. i. p. 541 (1894) (Aroa); Bénningh., Jris xii. p. 114. n. 13 (1899) (Rio de Janeiro).

3. The pattern of the forewing reminds one of Dilophonota; cellules R3—M2
almost normally scaled, the multidentate scales being dense also near cell; the
dise of the hindwing has no transparent spaces, the modification of the scales
to hairs not being completed on either side; the scales of the upperside much
narrower than those of the underside. Legs slenderer than in the other species —
of Cocytius. Scaling of pronotum prolonged to two tufts or crests ; mesial tufts of
abdomen seldom distinct, represented by vestigial short carinae. Base of hindwing
black ; yellow subbasal area completely separated into three patches. 7

3. Foretibia as long as, midtibia about 1 mm., and hindtibia about 2 mm.
longer than, the respective first tarsal segment. Foretarsus with comb on segments
3 to 5, segments 1 and 2 with one internal row of spines, which is more or less
incomplete ; the external row of segment 2 is irregular, the apical spine prolonged ; —
the other segments have very few spines, mostly apical, representing rows 1, 2, 4,
first segment nearly twice as long as the second, segments 2 to 5 together half as
long again as the first. Clasper comparatively small for a species of this genus ;
harpe with a flat, rather short, obliquely rounded, process (P]. XX XVII. f. 8), which
is densely hairy at upper apical margin and bears on the external side (towards the
clasper) a series of sharp, recurved, marginal teeth (Pl. XXXVII. f. 9); above
the base of the harpe there is a strongly chitinised fold which is clothed with long
and more or less horizontal bristles. The penis-funnel is prolonged (Pl. XXXVII.
f. 8), somewhat bone-shaped in a lateral view, dilated and truncate at end, ventrally
open, this opening elongate lyre-shaped; the penis-sheath is very slender and
apically produced into an obtuse flat lobe which appears pointed in a side-view,
and is gently enrved ; no teeth. Tenth tergite (PI. XXVIIL. f. 35) comparatively —

( 55 )
short, suddenly curved downward at apical third, somewhat dilated before this
hook, tip slightly spatulate (PI. XX VII. f. 36); sternite membranaceous, without
a lobe, differing in this respect from all the other species of Cocytivs, as well as from
the species of Protoparce.

?. Spination of foretarsus almost normal, row 3 of segment 5 dense. Pro-
portional leneth of tibiae and first tarsal segments as in d; first segment of
foretarsns as long as segments 2 to 5 together, these being much shorter than
in d. Vaginal plate (Pl. XIX. f. 8) very much less chitinised than in the other
species of Cocytius, being for the most part membranaceons and almost regularly
folded, the lateral edges are stronger ; there is a longitudinal mesial groove from
the mouth of the vagina backwards ; within this groove we find a rod-like, smooth,
glossy, strongly chitinised, carina, which vanishes near the distal margin of the
plate; at each side of the vaginal aperture there is a stronger chitinised oblique
short fold.

Larva with seven white oblique stripes, which meet on the back, but do not
extend laterally below the middle.—Iood : Anona.

Pupa: tongue-case rolled in, making 24 windings, not strongly ringed, almost
smooth towards apex; eye more prominent than in anftaews; mesonotal and
abdominal rough patches similar to those of antaeus, first abdominal tergite more
roughly grooved at the base than in antaeus, eighth segment without patch, only
with some dispersed punctures; cremaster narrower than in antaeus.

Hab. Tropical America from Mexico to Southern Brazil ; West Indies.

In the Tring Museum one chrysalis, and 6 dd¢,18 29 from: Jalapa, Mexico ;
Bogota ; Aroa and Merida, Venezuela ; Brit. Guiana; Minas Geraes; Rio de
Janeiro ; Jamaica.

32. Cocytius beelzebuth.

*Amphonyx beelzebuth Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 63. n. 2 (1895) ut ;—coll, Charles
Oberthiir) ; Schaus, Lint. News vi. p. 141 (1895) (synonymy).

Amphonyx godarti Boisduvyal, l.c. t. 5. f. 1 (1875) (laps. cal.).

Amphonyx vivularis, Druce (on Butler, 1875), Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 18.n. 3 t. 3. £4
(1881) (partim ; Chontales, Nicaragua, Chiriqui).

Cocytius beelzebuth, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 686, n. 4 (1892) (Hab. ?).

Cocytius godarti, Rothschild, Noy. Zoot, i. p. 91\(1894) ; Binningh., /ris xii. p. 114. n. 14 (1899)
(Rio de Janeiro).

3%. Owing to an error in the letterpress of Boisduyal’s Plate V., where the
present species is named godarti instead of beelzebuth, the names of beelzebuth and
godarti have several times been misapplicd. The basal and submarginal areas
of the forewing are greener than in any other species of Cocytius, and there is
a green patch distally and costally of the stigma; the scaling in cellule M'—M°
is, on the underside, less dense than elsewhere on the wing, the scales of the upper
layer being hair-like; that cellule is, therefore, somewhat transparent, except
towards margin ; a similar process of reduction is going on in cellule R’—M" ; the
hindwing has no transparent patches, but vestiges of such are noticeable between
I’ and M’ close to cel] proximally of the band of yellow discal spots. Foretarsus
with the comb of spines on segments 2 to 5 in 3, the comb much less conspicuous
in 2, the spines being in this sex more normal in position and direction, pointing
more distad than in d. Midtibia a little longer than (¢), or as long as (%),
hindtibia as long as (3), or a little longer than (%), respective first tarsal segments.

g. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXVII. f. 43. 44) elongate, widest in middle,

( 56 )

slightly hooked, pointed, longitudinally impressed from tip to middle on the ventral
side (Pl. XXVII. f. 44), the edges of the groove notched, ending proximally in
a tooth-like ridge, before which (at proximal side) there is a larger number of
hairs ; sternite with a long, curved, mesial lobe, which is gradually narrowed to
a point (Xv), the subdorso-lateral edge of the sternite is somewhat recurved,
forming a fold which bears some hairs. The clasper is not larger than in
lucifer, differing obviously in size from that of antaeus and duponchel ; harpe
ventrally produced into a distal process, somewhat as in Amphimoea walkeri, this
process slightly spatulate, the upper edge of the harpe not dentate, bat proximally
divided into two low ridges (Pl. XXXVII. f. 10); there is no conspicuous dense
tuft of bristles on the harpe or near it. Penis-sheath produced into an apical lobe
(the tip of which is broken off in the only ¢ dissected) ; there is no tooth ; before
end we find another lobe (PI. X XIX. f. 10) which points proximad, but does not
project beyond edge; the sheath protrudes from a short penis-funnel, which is
collar-like, open ventrally, clothed with minute hairs, and bears dorsally a strongly
chitinised flat process which narrows distally and is trancate-sinuate at the end.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XLX. f. 9) resembling that of C. lucefer to a certain
extent ; the opening of the vagina is free, the proximal and lateral edges raised
in a semicircle ; behind the aperture, within the semicircular wall, stands a fold
or elongate tubercle at each side; the aperture is less distal in position than in
lucifer, but much more distal than in axtaeus.

Larva and chrysalis not. known.

Hab. Nicaragua to Rio de Janeiro, probably in all suitable localities in tropical
continental America. .

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Espiritu Santo, and 1d and 1 2 without
locality (from German dealers).

33. Cocytius duponchel.

Amphonyx duponchel Poey, Cent. Lép. Cuba texte & f. 4 (1832); Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soe.
Philad. vy. p. 67 (1865) (Cuba) ; id., Le. vi. p. 329 (1866) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix.
p. 599. n. 1 (1877) (Haiti; Jamaica); Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p, 207 (1881) (1. on Anona &
Bocagea).

Macrosila jatrophae, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 200, n. 4 (1856) (partim) ; Clem., Journ.
Ae. Se. Philad. iv. p. 162. n. 54 (1859) (partim).

Amphionyx (!) duponchelii (!), uucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 299 (1856).

Macrosila duponchel, Herrich-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 59 (1865) (Cuba).

Amphonyx godarti Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i, p. 65. n. 4 (1875) (Minas Geraes 2 ;—coll.
Charles Oberthiir) ; Schaus, Hut, News vi. p. 142 (1895) (= affinis).

*Amphonyx duponchelii ( 1), Boisduyal, le. n. 5 (1875) (Cuba, ¢) ; Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep.
Het.i. p. 17. n. 1 (1881) (Chiriqui, Haiti; Jamaica ; Cuba; Trinidad); Pitt. & Bioll., Zep.
Het, Costa Rica p. 11 (1897).

*Amphonyx rivularis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 11. n. 22 (1875) (Ega, ¢ ;—Mus. Brit.).

Cocytius godarti, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 686. n. 5 (1892) (cit. partim).

Cocytius duponchelii (!), id., Le. n. 8 (1892) (Antilles) ; Rothsch., Noy. Zoou. i. p. 541 (1894) (Aroa);
Boénningh., /ris xii. p. 113. n. 12 (1899) (Ric de Janeiro ; rare).

*Cocytius affinis Rothschild, Noy. Zoou, i. p. 92 (1894) (C. Amer. ; Venezuela ;—Mus, Tring) ; id.,
lc. p. 541. (1894) (Aroa).

3%. The commonest species of the genus. We cannot find any difference
between West Indian and Continental specimens. The black discal dashes R*—M*
of the forewing are not prominent. The dirty white stigma is transverse, kidney-
shaped. The transparent space R'\—R? of the hindwing is, at R', shorter than the
black marginal border is broad.

( 57 )

3. All the segments of the foretarsus have the second internal row of spines
developed into a many-toothed comb; the other rows of spines are reduced; the
first segment has only the external row inelusive of the numerous additional
externo-lateral, irregularly placed, spines ; the second and fourth rows are indicated
by one or two spines apically ; the second segment with a few external spines
representing row 1, the third segment with still less spines, fourth and fifth
segments with only the comb, and at apex a single spine as a remnant of row 1 ;
first segment very much shorter than tibia, little longer than the second, very
faintly curved. First segments of mid- and hindtarsus as long as the respective
tibia. Tenth abdominal segment similar to that of lucifer; the sternite much
broader and also shorter. Clasper very large; its dorso-apical margin strongly
eurved inwards ; harpe an elongate triangular process (PI. XXXVIL f. 5) curved
upwards at end, pointed, sharply dentate along its subventral edge, and also at
the upper edge near apex ; a large tuft of long and strong bristles at the upper
edge near the base of the process. Penis-sheath (PI. XEX. f. 14) armed at end
with a long, horizontal, slightly curved tooth, which bears another smaller tooth
at the proximal side.

?. The comb of spines on the foretarsus is not well marked, the spines of the
second internal row being directed distad, as in the case of an ordinary tarsus ;
but these spines are rather close together, and the comb-like arrangement becomes
more apparent on the distal segments ; all four rows present on all the segments ;
first segment almost as long as the tibia, nearly twice the length of the second
segment. First segments of mid- and hindtarsus about 14 mm. longer than the
respective tibia. Vaginal plate broad, the slanting lateral edges somewhat recurved
(Pl. XIX. f. 6), forming a low ridge; mouth of vagina beyond middle, armed
proximally at each side with a triangular flat lobe, the apex of which is more or
less rounded. The forewing is rather prominently marked with white ; there is
a white, generally conspicuous, dash distally of stigma.

Larva not known. Pupa: tongue-sheath much shorter than in the other
species (cluentius, antaeus), only 12 mm. long from the base in a straight line to
the end, ringed as in anfaeus, the underside smooth ; abdominal patches as’ in
cluentius, eighth segment without one, all the patches narrower in middle than
towards sides.

Hab. Neotropical Region inclusive of the West Indies.

Poey, when describing this species, said: “ J’ai suivi MM. Latreille et Godart
(Bne. méth.) dans Vusage de ne point écrire les noms propres au génitif.”

In the Tring Museum 1 pupa, 130 odd specimens from: Jamaica; Cuba ;
Mexico, southward to Bolivia and southern Brazil.

34. Cocytius antaeus.

Sphine antaeus Drury, Illustr. Ex. Ent. ii. p. 43. t. 25. f. 1 (1773) (Jamaica).

Sphing caricae, Miller (non Linné, 1758), Natwrs. v. 1. p. 638. n. 11. t. 20, f. 2 (1774).

Sphing jatrophae Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 538. n. 8. (1775) (= antaeus Drury, Jns. 2. t. 25. £. 1;
Merian. Surin. t. 38!).

Cocytius jatrophae, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 140. n. 1497 (1822) (=medor=hydaspes).

Amphonyx antaeus, Poey, Cent. Lép. Cuba (1832) ; (=caricae of Miiller ;=jatrophae=hydaspus
medor) ; Smith, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 153 (1888) (Florida) ; Edwards, Bull. U. St. Nat
Mus. xxxvy. p. 45 (1889) (liter. rel. to transform.).

Macrosila antaeus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 200. n, 4 (1856) (partim ; Jamaica ; Haiti ;
Mexico; Honduras ; Ega).

Ancistrognathus antaeus, Wallengren, Ofv. Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ac. Handl. p. 138 (1858).

( 58 )
Amphonyz jatrophae, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, 64, n, 3 (1875) (Am. mer. ; Antilles).
Cocylius antaeus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Met. i. p. 686. n. 3. (1892).

We do not believe that Cramer’s Aydaspus is based on anything else but a
specimen of avtaeus with the abdomen of eluentius, the posterior spots of which
were bleached to white; the bad drawing of the hindwing suggests that the
specimen was mutilated.

22. Cellule M'—M? of forewing semitransparent, the scaling not being dense
and the scales of the upper layer being hair-like on the under surface, the black
dash in this cellule, therefore, more or less obliterated ; the dash R®—M? much
heavier, but the modification of the sealing also here apparent ; the buffish white
subbasal line, which is separated*into a costal, a more distal cellular, and a
postcellular portion, differs from the same line of duponchel in the posterior portion
being more distal and standing at right angles to M, this portion being in fact a
little farther from the base than the costal one, while in duponchel the reverse is
the case; the postdiseal line more curved than in duponchel. The transparent
spaces of the hindwing are long, space R'—R®* being obviously longer than the —
brown border of the wing is broad; the spaces are incised distally, the brown
border being more or less strongly dentate between the veins ; cellule M*—(SM’)
anteriorly more or less semitransparent. Underside often rather conspicuously
washed with ochre yellow.

3. Foretibia very little, midtibia obviously, longer and hindtibia a little shorter,
than the respective first tarsal segments ; anterior tarsus as in duponchel, but the
first segment possesses only the external spines, the comb being but represented
by one or two apical spines, the other segments with a few more spines than in
duponchel. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXVII. f. 41. 42) somewhat bi-areuate
in side-view, apex pointing downward and distad, more or less acute, long ; sternite
similar to that of /wcifer, but the sides more parallel and the apex rounded-truncate.
Clasper large; harpe with a strong subcylindrical process, which is rather club-
shaped, being dilated at end, the distal part heavily dentate ; above the harpe
near the base of the clasper is a high fold (Pl. XXXVII. f. 6) beset with
numerous long bristles. The penis-funnel is represented by a kind of collar-shaped
fold, which is open ventrally and is clothed with minute hairs ; penis-sheath
(Pl. XXIX. f. 15) with one small tooth before end.

?. Foretarsus with all four rows of spines present, comb of second segment
not so regular as in d, and the spines directed more distad ; foretibia little longer,
mid- and hindtibia 1 to 2 mm. longer, than the respective first tarsal segment.
Vaginal plate very large, strongly chitinised also apically, but with few or no
seales (P]. XIX. f. 5), subtruncate, lateral edges incrassate or recurved ; mouth
of vagina free, with the edge not so much raised as in lucifer and beelzebuth,
more proximal in position than in ahy other species, being much nearer the base
than the apex. Specimens that have copulated bear generally a high longitudinal
crest of a whitish substance on the vaginal plate.

Larva greyish green, one broad white oblique stripe ending at the horn ;
stigmata yellow; no green oblique side-bands on segments 4 to 11.—Food: Anona,
not Jatropha.

Pupa: long and rather slender (length 90 mm.), eighth abdominal tergite
with divided patch of tubercles.

Hab. Neotropical Region, including the Antilles and Florida, occasionally
farther north.

G22")

a. C. antaeus medor.

Merian, Jus. Surin. t. 3. & 38. (1705) (imago).

Sphinx hydaspus Cramer, Pap. Ev. ii. p. 31. t. 118. f. A (1777) (Surinam ; artefact !).

Sphinx medor Stoll, in Cramer, /.c. iv. p. 215. t. 394. f. A (1782) (Surinam).

Sphinx hydaspes (!), id., Le.

Sphinx anonae Shaw, Natur. Miscell. xiv. t. 566. 567. (180-).

Amphonyzx (!) jatrophae, Boisduyal, Cons, Lép. Guatemala p. 75 (1870) (“ Linné” as author !).

Amphonyx medor, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 599. n. 4 (1877) (Mexico); Schaus, Lut.
News vi. p. 142 (1895) (= tapayusa) ; Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 17. 0. 2 (1881)
(Jalapa ; Valladolid ; Yucatan ; Eeuador ; Guiana).

Amphonyx tapayusa Moore, Proc. Liverp. Soc. xxxvii. p. 245, t. 7.f. 1 (/.) (1883) (Brazil, E. D. Jones).

Amphonyx antaeus, Méschler, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 345 (1876) (Surinam ;=jutrophae=
hydaspes=medor) ; Edw., Ent. Amer. ii. p. 163 (1887) (pupa).

Cocylius medor, Kirby, l.c. p. 686. n. 1 (1892) (Mexico ; S. Amer.).

Cocytius hadaspus, id., l.c. n. 2 (1892) (Surinam) ; Rothsch., Noy. Zoor. i. p. 91 (1894) (= medor).

Cocytius antaeus, Kirby, /.c. n, 3 (1892) (partim) ; Béoningh., Jris xii. p. 113. n. 11 (1899) (Rio de
Janeiro ; larva!).

Cocytius tapayusa, Kirby, /.c. p. 687. n. 9 (1892).

Cocytius cluentius, Troschel, Ent. News xi. p. 334 (1900) (Chicago, Oct. 6th).

3. The continental form. Darker than the following, the forewing more
variegated ; the black markings more prominent; the yellow patch of the hindwing
deeper sinuate as a rule.

Hab. Florida to South Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 1 pupa, and 12 dd, 30 from: Mexico ; Costa Rica ;
Venezuela, etc.

6. C. antaeus antacus.

Sphinx antaeus Drury, l.c.

Amphionyx (!) jatrophae, Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 299 (1856) (Cuba).

Maerosila anthaeus (!), Herrich-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 59 (1865) (Cuba).

Amphonyx antaeus, Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. v. p. 66 (1865) (partim ; Cuba) ; iid., /.c. vi.
p. 329 (1866); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 599. n. 3 (1877) (Haiti; syn. partim) ;
Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. i. p. 92 (1877) (Surinam) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 206
(1881) (syn. partim ; Cuba, descr. of larva); Dyar, Proc. U. St. N. Mus. xxiii. p. 256 (1900)
(Florida; descr. of stages of larva).

Coeytius antaeus, Kirby, l.c. n. 3 (1892) (syn. partim ; Antilles) ; Rothsch., /.c.

The insular form. The differences between this and the preceding subspecies
are by no means constant.

Hab. Antilles,

In the Tring Museum 13 ¢6d,2 2 from: Jamaica; Nassau, Bahamas (Sir

G. Carter).

35. Cocytius lucifer spec. nov.

*Amphonyx morgani, Boisduval (non Walker, 1856), Spéc. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 66. n. 6 (1875)
(“Sierra Leone” err. loc, ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

*Amphonyx rivularis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 11. n. 22 (1875) (partim ; 9); id., Trans.
Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 599. n. 2. t. 94. f. 6 (9 ) (1877) (hab ?); Druce, Biol. Centr. Am., Lep.
Het. i. p. 18. n. 3 (1883) (partim).

Cocytius rivularis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 686. n. 6 (1892) (partim) ; Rothsch., Noy. Zoot. i.
p. 91 (1894) ; id., Z.c. p. 541 (1894) (Aroa).

The 3 of rivularis described before the ? by Butler, 2.c., belongs to C. duponchel.
The insect erroneously ideutified by Boisduval as Walker's morgani, and described
by him as such, Zc., is the present species.

( 60 )
22. The brownish black markings of thorax and forewing prominent on the
greyish green ground. The discal streaks R*—M? of the forewing, though often
thin, are both well marked. The markings of the upperside, the marginal area of
the hindwing, and the underside of the wings are often more or less walnut-brown.
The mesial line of the abdomen is mostly prominent, sometimes faint, or widely —
interrupted. Both sexes with comb of spines on segments 2 to 5 of foretarsus.
Foretibia a little longer than first segment of foretarsus, this segment about twice
the length of the second. Midtibia barely 1 mm., hindtibia 24 to 3 mm., shorter
than the respective first tarsal segment.
dé. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXVII. f. 37. 38. 39. 40) prismatically
compressed, carinate below, slightly convex above, rounded-dilated distally, the
apex a little curved ventrad, with three broad and short teeth (PI. XXVII.
f. 39), of which the middle one is the shortest; ventral surface with long
bristles forming a beard before apex ; sternite flat, slightly convex ventrally,
sole-shaped (Pl. XXVII. f. 40). Clasper smaller than in duponchel; harpe
(Pl. XXXVI. f. 7) with long curved process, which is somewhat ladle-shaped,
and is sharply dentate distally at lower and upper edges, dorsal side of harpe
densely clothed with bristles, a patch of very long bristles dorsally of base of —
harpe. Penis-sheath with two small teeth before the end (Pl. XXIX. f. 13), the
upper one of them minute.
?. The vaginal plate (Pl. XIX. f. 7) less broad than in duponchel, the
mouth of the vagina subapical, the edge of the opening raised, but there is no
special armature.
Early stages unknown.
Hab. Neciec oie Region, exclusive of the Antilles.
In the Tring Matsean 93d, 9 2% from: Jalapa (type); Orizaba ; British
Honduras ; Costa Rica (Underwood); Rio Dagua, Colombia (Rosenberg) ; Aroa,
Venezuela.

XVII. AMPHIMOBA gen. noy.—Typus: walkeri.

Amphonyr, Boisduval (non Poey, 1832), Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 67 (1875).
Cocytius, Kirby (non Hiibner, 1822), Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 686 (1892).

3%. A connecting link between Protoparce and Cocytius. Terminal surface |
of palpus more square, and the third segment little more prominent, than in
Protoparce. & without the peculiar comb of spines on the foretarsus found
in Cocytius, 2 with prolonged ciliae at base of antennal segments. Paronychium
with ¢wo lobes on each side. Abdomen with four yellowish dorsal stripes ;
yellow lateral patches of segment 8 and following longitudinal. Dise of hind-
wing semitransparent. ‘

Larva and chrysalis are probably those figured as jatrophae by Burmeister
(see below).

Hab. Tropical Continental America.

The only species agrees in most characters with Cocytius, but differs remarkably
in the third segment of the palpus not being prolonged to a naked horn. It does
not fit into Cocytius, nor can it be placed into Protoparce.

( 61 )

36. Amphimoea walkeri.
*Amphonyx walkeri Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 67 n. T (1875) (Oyapock ; Guyana ;—coll.
Charles Oberthiir); Schaus, Ent. News vi. p. 142 (1895) (=stawdingeri=magnificus); Druce,

Biol. Centr. Amer., Let. Het. Suppl. p. 311. n. 3. t. 65. £. 4 (1896) (Chontales, Nicaragua ;
Chiriqui; Guiana).

*Amphonyx stardingeri Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6). ii. p. 237 (1888) (Chiriqui ;—coll. Staudinger).
Cocytius staudingeri, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. 1. p. 686. n, 7 (1892) (Nicaragua ; Panama).

Cocytius walkeri, id., lc. p. 687. n. 11 (1892) (Cayenne !).

*Cocytius magnificus Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 92. t. 7. £. 21 (1894) (Brit. Guiana ;—Mus. Tring).
Amphonyx walkeri (?), Bonninghausen, Jris xii. p. 114. n. 15 (1889) (Rio de Janeiro).

8%. Bedy buff yellow beneath ; ventral scales of second segment of palpus
very long, mostly buff yellow. Proportional length of tibiae and first tarsal
segments nearly as in Cocytius lucifer.

$. Tenth abdomiual tergite (Pl. X XVII. f. 33) strongly compressed, carinate
above, apex suddenly curved downwards ; sternite very short, reminding one in
size and position of that of Protoparce trimacula, the lobe shorter than broad,
truneate (Pl. XXVII. f. 34), with the angles rounded. Clasper not exaggerated
in size, as it is in Cocytius duponchel; harpe (Pl. XXXVII. f. 11) resembling
that of Protoparce ochus, with a curved ventral process and a flat dentate upper
ridge, no tuft of long bristles upon or near the harpe. Penis-sheath (Pl. X XIX.
f. 16) armed with two small teeth, one near the end, the other more proximal.

2. Vaginal plate (PI. XIX. f. 10) laterally recurved, forming rather prominent
ridges, mesially convex ; the mouth of the vagina subapical.

Hab. Tropical Continental America, from Nicaragua to Southern Brazil,
probably occurring farther north.

In the Tring Museum 2 ¢ 3,3 ? 2 from: Pambilar, Hcuador ; British Guiana;
Surinam ; San Leopoldina, 8. Brazil.

In coll. Charles Oberthiir a fine series from St. Rosa, Colombia; Guiana; and
Petropolis. In the Museum at Bern from Para (Goeidi).

The pupa figured as that of C. antaeus (=jatrophae) by Burmeister, Descr.
Rip. Argent. vy. Atlas t. 11. f. 1. 5a. 5B (1879), aud which we received from
St. Catharina is, we believe, that of A. walhker?, as it differs remarkably from
the pupae of cluentius, duponchel, and antaeus, which are contained in the Tring
Museum. It might possibly be that of C. lucifer (= rivularis auct.), but we
expect the pupae of lucifer to possess the peculiar rough patches found in the
other species, and not met with in the chrysalis figured by Burmeister. This
chrysulis is shorter and thicker than that of avtacus ; the tongue-case is longer and
evenly curved, while in antaeus it is nearly straight before the clubbed end; the
rings are high and extend to the middle carina on the underside, while in the
pupae of Cocytius the underside has no rings, they extend also closer to the end
of the free tongue-case, and each ring is laterally (as well as dorsally and ventrally)
interrupted. The rough patch behind the thoracical stigma is indi¢ated, bat there
are no rough patches either on the metanotum or on the abdomen. The cremaster
is broad, rounded, terminating in two subapical and two apical points.

The larva and chrysalis figured by Merian, Ins. Surin. t. 28, belong possibly to
this species ; the chrysalis is certainly not that of duponchel, and it is much too short
for antaeus, though it has, like antaeus, the tongue-case subapically straightened.

The larva figured by Burmeister agrees with that of Merian t. 38 in having
dark green lateral bands besides the posterior white band which ends at the base
of the horn. It lives on Jatropha. The excrements are small,

( 62)

XIX. PROTOPARCE.—Typus : rustica.

Sphine Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim) ; type: ocellata).

Manduca obscura Hiibner, Samml. Ex. Schm. (1806-24), :

Hyloicus id., Verz. bek. Schm. p. 138 (1822) (partim) ; type: péinuastri).

Acherontia, id., l.c. p. 139 (1822) (partim).

Cocytius id., lc. p. 140. (1822) (partim ; type: antaeus).

Phlegethontius l.c. p. 140 (1822) (partim ; type: cluentius).

Protoparce id,, Burmeister, Schm. Bras. p. 6 (1856) (type : rustica).

Maerosila Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 198 (1856) (partim ; includes rustica).
Diludia Grote & Robinson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 188 (1865) (type: brontes).
Syzygia id., lc, p. 189 (1865) (type: afflicta).

3%. Tongue as long as the body or longer. Genal process nearly reaching
end of pilifer. Labrum raised mesially into a rounded tubercle, truncate in front.
End-segment of antenna long, thin, clothed with long dispersed and half erect
seales. Palpus large, terminal surface in a plane with frons, segment 3 minute,
2 shorter but somewhat broader than 1. Hye large, feebly or not at all lashed.
Tibiae without spines.* First segment of midtarsus with a comb of long bristles
near base; first segment of anterior: tarsus with a number of spines at base —
exteriorly, besides the usual external row, some of the spines of the segment long in
a number of species. Spurs unequal, long terminal one of hindtibia varying in the
different species from one-half to three-quarters the length of the first tarsal segment.
Mesonotum with a short double crest of scales in many species. Pulvillus present
or absent ; paronychium always present, with one lobe on each side.

do. Antenna in some species (carolina, dilucida, afflicta, etc.) obviously longer
and thicker than in others (ducetius, petuniae, ete.) ; segments laterally impressed,
ciliae of basal row short ventrally, the distal row of. ciliae not extending to the —
ventral surface. Tenth tergite slender, more or less slightly hook-shaped, dorsally _
impressed in middle proximally, ventrally subcarinate before end, with dispersed
erect or suberect hairs, tip pointed or slightly sinuate ; tenth sternite with a mesial
lobe which varies in length in the genus, the lobe often canoe-shaped, with the
end truncate or sinuate. Penis-sheath armed at or before end with a prominent,
triangular, compressed, more or less horizontal tooth, which is sometimes replaced —
by one or two small ones; three minutely granulose, membranaceous, com-
pressed lobes in the interior of the sheath (Pl. XXIX. f. 21). The clasper is
sole-shaped ; its upper margin dilated before end and turned inward in all species
except lefebure? ; the inner surface is densely clothed with stiff hairs, which point
dorsad and proximad ; harpe normally with a ventral, more or less horizontal, hook,
and a large dentate process or ridge lying more or less flat on the inner surface
of the clasper. In one species (rustica) the ventral hook alone is preserved ; in
others (ochus, lefeburei, petuniae) the dentate part is reduced in size, while in others’
again (/lorestan, sesquiplex, trimacula, ete., etc.) there is no ventral hook ; the
harpe of dalica (= garlepp?) stands intermediate between the second and third
harpe-form. In all species there is a conspicuous patch of suberect scales (generally
white) at the base of the dentate lobe of the harpe, rustica without such a lobe
being alone an exception.

?. The antennal segments are not, or very feebly, impressed laterally ; the
basal ciliae are sometimes slightly prolonged (this is especially the case in

* P. quinquemaculatus alone has a few spines at the tip of the foretibia.

( 63 )

lefeburet). The eighth abdominal tergite is feebly sinuate, or rounded-truncate ;
the sternite strongly chitinons, forming a glabrous postvaginal plate. The vaginal
aperture is covered in front by a broad chitinous lobe of variable length ; there
is a transverse ridge at the base of the lobe where the intersegmental membrane
joins the vaginal armature ; chitin-plate of seventh sternite rather short, rounded
at end, or sinuate, the distal part of the sternite membranous or semimembranous.

Larva: cylindrical, head rounded, not obviously narrowed above; horn simply
curving downward, granulose ; segments 4 to 11 with oblique side-bands (except
in albiplaga). Not known of many species.—F ood: Solanaceae.

Pupa: tongue-case free, curved, the tip nearly touching the breast.

Hab. America, from the North to the South, most plentiful in the tropics.

Thirty species.

Attempts have been made by several authors to divide the assemblage of
species here united under Protoparce into a number of genera. We have vainly
endeavoured to find reliable characters to distinguish generically such different-
looking insects as rustica, ochus, lefeburei, brontes, florestan, sexta, ete., ete. It
is true the species do not agree in all respects. Yes, there are even groups of
closer allied species in Protoparce as conceived by us ; but the differences between
these groups disappear, the gaps are filled up by intergraduate forms, when all
the species are compared. Some species have a larger and more prominent head
than others, some have longer antennae, larger or more obviously lashed eyes, or
long and strong spines on the foretarsus, or possess very long spurs, or mesial
tufts of half-erect scales on the abdomen, or similar tufts at the apical edges of
the tergites; many have yellow abdominal patches, and many have none; there may
be a large pulvillus in one species, and a near relative may be without such a pad.
Not one of these characters can be relied upon in splitting up the genus Protoparce
into several definable genera, which contain at the same time the species which
are nearly related to one another. It is only possible to define such ‘“ genera”
as Diludia and Syzygia, if one disregards the intergraduate forms altogether.

We emphasize that the presence or absence of a pulvillus, though a very
convenient character for the separation of the species in a key, cannot serve as a
basis for the division of the genus into two natural groups.

The genus is essentially tropical; two species extend far into the southern
temperate zone (sexta, petuniae), two into the northern temperature zone (sexta,
quinquemaculatus). It represents the stock from which several genera of the
Nearctic region have originated. There are two very interesting points to be
observed in this respect :

1. The similarity between the genera Atrews, Chlaenogramma, Daremma, and
some species of Protoparce (rustica, forestan), in pattern and structure is so close
that one can scarcely fail to recognise the near relationship of these insects.

2. The distinguishing characters of those offshoots from Protoparce—i.e. from
ancestral forms which would fit into Protoparce as conceived by us—are essentially
negative, consisting of differences which are the outcome of a progressive reduction
of organs. It is very interesting to follow this reduction of organs as it goes on
and on in the assemblage of genera placed here between Protoparce and Ellema.
The several series into which these genera arrange themselves demonstrate clearly,
by the close connection still existing between the genera of each series, that the
direction of development is from the forms with developed organs to those with
reduced organs ; that Protoparce is not the heterogenous product of a convergent

( 64 )

development of offshoots from Daremma, Atreus, Chlaenogramma, ete., ete., but
that these genera are derivations from a common stock similar to Protoparce,
possessing a long tongue, a pulvillnus, a paronychium, a frenulum, a midtarsal comb
and unarmed tibiae. The pulvillus disappears already among Protoparce. The
loss or reduction of one or the other of these organs is accompanied in most cases —
by the appearance of spines on the tibiae, beginning with the foretibia. With
the reduction of the tongue goes hand in hand a shortening of the tongue-case
of the chrysalis, the projecting “ nose ” disappearing finally. In the present group
the pulvillus is the first to be lost, aud then the paronychium; while in the tribe
Sphingulicae, the forms with a short terminal antennal segment, the paronyechium
is lost in one genus, while the pulvillus is still there.

The distinguishing characters of the species of Protoparce are often not very
pronounced, especially as regards the pattern of the wings and body. In several
instances we have not been able to separate two species with certainty except by
the help of the genital armature. On the other hand there are species, quite
distinet in pattern and certainly not forms of the same species, which show no
differences in the sexual organs. The opinion held by many entomologists that
different species are always different in the genital armature is quite erroneous.
The best instance to repudiate that assumption—it is, of course, nothing else but
an assumption—is that of Chlaenogramma jasminearum and Protoparce florestan,
which, though generically distinct, have nevertheless exactly the same genital
armature in both sexes.

Key to the species :

a. Claw-segment without pulvillus ; a es
” with ” : : gs
6. Forewing without complete lines, for
the greater part clayish tawny
ochraceous like thorax : . 49. P. ochus.
Forewing without transverse lines
except a postdiscal one ; for the
greater part greyish white . . 45. P. leucoptera.
Forewing with numerous transverse
lines ; greyish brown, yellowish,

or olive F : : ; ; plac?
c. Second abdominal segment without
yellow side-patch : : . OL Pustuarit.
Secondabdominal segment with yellow
side-patch . : ; ; : Mend .
d. Abdomen with more than three
yellow side-patches . ; : Pe
Abdomen with three yellow side-
patches ; , : : 5 ohn:

Abdomen without yellow side-patches ealir:
e. White spots of fringe of forewing mere
dots, very much smaller than the
brown portions of the fringe ;
thorax olive, or olive-green ; fore-

tibia not armed ; , ; eer afs

h.

(65 )
As before, but thorax ashy grey ;
foretibia with some spines at tip .
White spots of fringe ashy grey,
about the same size as the brown
portions : : : :
White dorsal dots of abdomen small
or absent ; forewing with large
black median costal area
White dorsal dots of abdomen con-
spicuous ; forewing without large
black median costal area

. Forewing above greenish grey ; hind-

wing above with two distinct
whitish bands. ; :
Forewing above not greenish grey ;
hindwing above with three or four
whitish bands . :
Forewing above pale grey (ground
colour); abdomen with two widely
separated rows of white dorsal
dots 3 : :
Forewing above in various brown
shades ; abdomen with the white
dots close together on each seg-
ment, or without such dots
Forewing above with a pale sub-
marginal line which is parallel to
outer margin, is not zigzag, and
does not extend to apex of wing .
The submarginal line zigzag
Forewing with five large sericeous
black discal patches which are
sharply marked ; spots of fringe
and heavy submarginal line pale
buff; sides of mesothoracic tegula
creamy buff, very sharply con-
trasting with the broad black
mesial stripe of the tegula .
Forewing more uniform in colour;
black discal patches smaller and
less prominent, the dark area
formed by them distally less
concave between © and R?;
submarginal line whitish grey ;
lateral border of tegula less pale,
black streak narrower .

hk. Underside of abdomen shaded with

brown; sexual armature see PI,

SARVI. £35 Pl. XIX. f. 27,

39. P. quinquemaculatus.
h.

41. P. lucetius.

38. P. afflicta.

37. P. sexta.

40. P. dilucida.

44. P. hannibal.
Ys

46. P. pellenia.

m.

p-

q-

( 66 )

Underside of abdomen not shaded with
brown; sexual armature see
Ply RXXVI. £2); PIS XeGEXe
£26.

Pale lateral stripe| icf Hagens ard
pale markings of forewing more
whitish grey; sexual armature
see Pl. XXXVI. f. 10

Sexual armature (Pl. XX XIX f. 6. 7)

= as (Pl. XXXIX. f. 2) .

A triangular white space in front of
stigma

No triangular white es, in Saute of
stigma

. First segment of eaten with four

large spines externally

External spines of foretarsus not re-
markably prolonged except apical
one. : : : : ;

Forewing above with white apical
patch bordered behind by the
oblique black apical line

No such white patch

Forewing above whitish grey
” ” olive ” .

Forewing above whitish grey itl
a blackish brown band running
obliquely from costal margin
across end of cell to apex
of M'. :

No such band

Abdomen with three ae pellers
side-patches

Abdomen without yellow pidespatehas

A white triangular space in front of
stigma of forewing

No white triangular space in vfrobk
of stigma of iin hindwing
nowt

No white brio alae Bre in stant
of stigma of forewing ; hindwing
for the greater part white

Median interspace of forewing above
broadly buftish white .

Median interspace of forewing atiage
not buftish white

. Basal third of hindwing eee eel

sharply contrasting with brown
outer two-thirds .

47.

48.
42.
43.

54,
40.
53.
61.

59.
60.

50.

5d.

P. scutata.

P. tucumana.
P. petuniae.
P. occulta.
P. albiplaga.

n.

P. dilucida.
P. rustica.

P. corallina.

p-
P. sesquiplex.
P. muscosa.

P. lefeburei.
r

P. trimacula.

. P. manducoides.

. P. leucospila.

P. dalica.

. BP. crocala.

( 67 )

Basal third of hindwing not grey,
and not sharply contrasting with
brown outer two-thirds : : 2) RE
v. Ground colour of body and wings
creamy buff, no white stigma on
forewing ; no black line on thorax 66, P. berg?.
Ground colour more whitish grey ;
forewing with white stigma : o . Oa
w. Pronotum and anterior part of tegulae
brownish black; black spot at
each side of metanotum bordered
with russet-pink and buff; no
black streaks R°'—M? on forewing 58. P. brontes.
Pronotum with black band which
connects the black streaks of
tegulae : 2 : : ;
x. Forewing heavily marked with black
lines; a patch before oblique
apical line, and ground-colour of
disco-marginal area R'!—R*, ex-
tending to costa between postdiscal
and second discal lines, greyish
white ; no black streaks R*—M?’,
or these streaks short and not
very distinct ; distal margin con-
cave before hinder angle. . 62. P. lichenea.
Forewing much less heavily marked,
the white colour more extended,
two long black streaks RS—M*? . 63. P. florestan.
Forewing more uniform in colour,
much less white, oblique apical
line not broadly bordered with
white in front. : : . 64 P. lanuginosa.

37. Protoparce sexta.

Spline sexta Johansson, Amocn. Acad. vi. p. 410. n. 81 (1763) (Carolina ; Jamaica).

Sphing carolina Linné, Mus. Lud, Ulr. p. 346. n. 6 (1764) (Carolina ; Jamaica); id., Syst. Nat.
ed, xii. p. 798. n. 7 (1767) ; Fabr., Syst, Ent. p. 539. n. 9 (1775) ; id., Spec. Ins. il. p. 144. 0. 21
(1781) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 94. n. 24 (1787) ; id., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 363, n. 25 (1793) ; Gmel.,
Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2377. n. (1790) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 216. n. 4 (1856) ; Boisd.,
Spec. Gén. Lép. Hit. i. p. 70. n. 1 (1875).

Manduca obscura carolina, Hiibner, Samml, Ex. Schm. i. t. 170. £. 3. 4. (1806-).

Phlegethontius carolina, id., Verz. bek. Schm. p. 140. n. 1503 (1822).

Maerosila carolina, Clemens, Journ. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 165. n. 59 (1859).

Protoparce carolina, Butler, Vrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 607. n. 11 (1877).

Philegethontius sexta, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p, 688. n. 13 (1892).

d %. Second segment of palpus as broad as long, rounded ventrally. Antenna
long, stout in 2, hook rather short. Foretibia short and broad, a little longer than
first tarsal segment, which bears externally four large spines, besides some small

(68 ) 3

ones; the foretarsus is somewhat longer in ? than in d, and has more small |
external subdorsal spines. Mid- and hindtibiae as long as the respective first
tarsal segments. Spines of abdominal sternites weak. :

3. Tenth tergite of abdomen somewhat dilated before end, which is strongly
convex above, apex sinuate (Pl. XXVII. f. 16, distal view); side-margins of
sternite dilated before end, curved upward, the dilated triangular portions
leaning towards each other; tip of sternite rounded; harpe with a long ventral —
pointed process, which is slightly curved (Pl. XXXVI. f. 4. 5. 6), and a broad upper
process or lobe which lies on the surface of the clasper is more or less triangular,
and has the apical and dorsal margins dentate ; the size of this lobe is variable. —
Penis-sheath with a short, broad, acute, terminal tooth as in petuniae.

?. Plate of seventh abdominal sternite about as broad at base as long, truncate.
Anteyaginal lobe broad, obtuse, rounded triangular, with the indication of a mesial
sinus, concave proximally as a rule, the impression bordered proximally at each
side by an oblique low ridge or fold, which is sometimes very inconspicuous.

Larva with oblique lateral bands. Tongue-case of pupa straight, reaching about
halfway to end of wing-cases.—Food-plants : Solanaceae.

fab. America.

We can distinguish four geographical forms :
jamaicensis from the West Indies: Jamaica, Haiti, Cuba, Bahamas ;
sexta from Canada to Honduras ;
paphus from Costa Rica to Argentina ;
caestri from Chili.

The differences between these forms are very slight, caestr? alone being fairly
constant and more easily recognisable.

P. sexta

a. P. sexta jamaicensis.

Browne, Hist. Jamaica p. 438. t. 43. £. 7 (1756). ‘

Sphinx carolina Auct. vetust. (partim) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. MW. vili. p. 216. n. 4 (1856) (partim);
Lue,, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 296 (1856) ; Herr.-Sch., Corresp. BI. iii. p. 59 (1865) (Cuba) ;
Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. v. p. 37 (1865) (Cuba) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 70. n. 1
(1875) (partim).

Sphine paphus, Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 89. n, 1482 (1857) (Haiti).

Macrosila carolina, Grote & Rob., /.c. p. 162. n. 81 (1865) (Cuba); Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 210.
n. 19 (1881) (Cuba ; larva, pupa).

Protoparce carolina, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 607. n. 11 (1877) (partim) ; Dew., Mitth.
Miinch. Ent. Ver. iti. p. 92 (1877) (Porto Rico); id., in Wieg., Arch. Naturg. p. 12 (1878)
(Cuba, larva). {

*Protoparce jamaicensis id., l.c. p. 608. n. 12 (1877) (Jamaica ;—Mus, Brit.).

Phlegethontius jamaicensis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 688. n. 12 (1892) (Jamaica).

3 ?. Differs from sevtu sexta in being duller in colour, in the forewing being
generally more russet, and the hindwing more brown. The difference is not
constant.

3d. Dentate lobe of harpe as broad as in the northern continental form sexta.

Larva with the black dots proximally of the side-bands not quite so distinct as
in seata, sometimes absent (in our Jamaica larvae).

Hab. West Indies: Jamaica, Haiti, Cuba, Bahamas.

In the Tring Museum some larvae and 16 6d, 19 2% from: Jamaica ; Haiti
Nassau, Bahamas (Sir G. Carter).

( 69 )

6. P. sexta sexta.

Sphinx sexta Johansson, 1.c.

Sphinx carolina Linné, Fabr. et alia, /./. c.c. (partim) ; Drury, I//ustr. Ex. Ins. i. p. 52 t. 52. £.1&
Index (1771-73) (N. York) ; Curt., Brit. Ent. v. 195 (1828) (England ; larva, imago) ; Steph.,
lllustr. Brit. Ent., Haust. i. p. 118 (1828); Abb. & Smith, Lep. Georgia i, p. 65. t. 33 (1797) ;
Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sc. & Art xxxvi. p. 294. n. 2 (1839) (partim? including quinque-
maculatus); Glov., Rep. U. St. Dept. Agric. p. 157 (1873) (larva and pupa, fig.); Harris, /ns. /nj.
Veg., ed. Flint, p. 322. figs. 145-47 (1863) (larva, pupa) ; Leydy, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad.
p. 237 (1882) (life hist.) ; French, Trans. Dept. Agr. Illin. xv. p. 168 (1877) (larva) ; Mart.,
ibid. xviii. p. 103 (1880) (larva) ; Coq., ibid. p. 158 (1880) (larva) ; Pilate, Papilio i. p. 66
(1882) (Dayton, 0.; common) ; Kent, in Riley, /ns. Life ii. p. 283 (1891) (Mississippi, larva
abund.) ; id., /.c. iii. p. 338 (1892) (Roxie ; common).

Phlegethontius carolina, Hiibner, l.c. (partim) ; Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. N. Sci. iii. p. 225 (1876) ;

Fern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 31. n. 11 (1886); Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 40 (1886) (partim) ;

Edw., Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus, xxxv. p. 46 (1889) (liter rel. to transf.) ; Beutenm., Bull, Am.

Mus. N. IT. vii. p. 298. t. 4. f. 4. (.) (1895).

Sphina carolinus (!), Emmons, Nat. Hist. N.Y. p. 218. t. 40. f. 10 (1854)

Sphinx nicotianae Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus, Petr., Lep. p. 89. n. 1480 (1857) (Am. sept.).

Macrosila carolina, Clemens, Journ, Ac. \, Sci. Philad. iv. p. 165. n. 59. (1859) (pt.) ; id., in Morris,
Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 189 (1862); Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. N, Sci. ii. p. 227 (1875) (pt.); id.,
Canad. Ent. iti. p. 101 (1871) (Alabama); Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 30 (1874) (Newton, Mass., vil.) ;
Edw., Proc. Calif. Ac. vi. p. 92 (1876) (on tobacco, Calif.) ; Behr., Papilio ii. p. 2 (1882)
(California).

*Sphinz lycopersici Boisduval, Spec. Gién. Lép- Hét. i. p. 71. n. 2 (1875) (Calif.) ; Edw., Ent. Amer.
iii. p. 222 (1888) (Calif.).

Protoparce carolina, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. G07. n. 11 (1877) (pt.); Smith, Trans.
Amer. Ent, Soc. xv. p. 167 (1888) (partim) ; Moff., Canad. Ent. xxix. p. 177 (1897) (London,
Canada) ; Trum., Ent. News viii. p. 27 (1897) (S. Dakota); How., Yearb. U. St. Dept. Agr.
p- 126 (1898).

Maerosila (Sphinx) quinquemaculata, Mann, Psyche ii. p. 75 (1877) (partim ; descr. of larva).

Philegethontius sexta, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 688. n, 13 (1892) (partim).

$2. The white submarginal zigzag line of the forewing is, as a rule, very
pronounced. The black bands of the hindwing vary in width, and the middle ones
also in position, the white interspaces are often as much shaded with blackish
brown as in jamaicensis, from which some Central American specimens are not
distinguishable.

3. Dentate lobe of harpe broad (Pl. XXXVL. f. 4); but in one of our Orizaba
individuals (f. 6) it is as narrow as in the South American paphus.

Larva: the side-bands bordered by a row of black transverse dots. Mexican
specimens not described ; ?if identical with North American.

Hab. Canada (rarely, straggler) to Honduras, westward to the Pacific.

Boisduval’s lycopersici is based on specimens from California with the white
markings of the forewing prominent. Our Californian examples are not different
from most of the eastern individuals.

In the Tring Museum a series of larvae and pupae, and 50 odd specimens from
Canada, the United States, Mexico.

d. P. sexta paphus.

Merian, Ins. Surin. t. 57 (1705) (1, p., ¢.).

Sphinz paphus Cramer, Pap. Ex. iii. p. 39 t. 216. f. B (1779) (Surinam) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2.
p. 226, n. 82 (1780) ; Boisd., Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 74 (1870); id., Spee. Gén. Lép. Het.
i. p. 72. n. 3 (1875) (Guiana) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, xxvi. p. 346 (1876)
(Surinam) ; Burm., Deser. Rép. Arg. vy. p. 319. n. 1 (1878) (partim ; larva).

Piilegethontius paphus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 140. n. 1504 (1822); Kirby, Cat, Lep, Het. i.
p. 689. n. 30 (1892) ; Bonningh., /ris xii. p. 110, n. 3 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

( 70 )

Sphins cestri (!), Boisduval, /.c, p. 72. n. 4 (1875) (partim ; Paraguay).
*Sphinx nicotianae id., lc. p. 75. n. 7 (1875) (Colombia ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).
*Sphine tabaci id., l.c. p. 78. n. 10 (1875) (partim ; Paraguay ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

*Protoparce griseata Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 259 (1875) (Venezuela ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,
Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 608. n. 14. (1877).

Protoparce paphus, Butler, /.c. ix. p. 608. n. 13 (1877) ; Druce, Biol. Centr. Am., Lep. Het. i. p. 21.
n. 5 (1883) (Panama; Guiana); Kaye, Trans. Ext. Soc. Lond. p. 139 (1901) (Trinidad).

Pratoparce carolina, Druce, lc. p. 21. n. 3 (1883) (partim) ; id., Le. Suppl. p. 315 (1896); Pitt. &
Bioll., Lep. Het. Costa Rica p. 12 (1897).

Protoparce jamaicensis, Druce, l.c. p. 21. n. 4 (1883) (partim ; Chiriqui, Panama) ; id., Je. Suppl.
p. 315 (1896) ; Pitt. & Bioll., /.c. (1897) (San José)

Philegethontius sexta, Kirby, l.c. p. 688. n. 13 (1892) (partim).

Phlegethontius nicotianae, id., l.c. p. 689. n. 24 (1892) (Colombia).

Phlegethontius griseata, id., l.c. n. 26 (1892) (Venezuela).

Protoparce nicotianae, Schaus, Ent, News vi. p. 142 (1895) (= jamaicensis).

Phlegethontius carolina, Bonninghausen, /.c. p. 111 (1899) (Rio Grande do Sul).

32. White submarginal line of forewing less prominent than in the preceding
form; white bands of hind purer white. Ground colour of forewing variable,
sometimes as pale as in caestr?. Size also obviously variable.

3. Dentate lobe of harpe narrow (Pl. XXXVI. f. 5).

Larva without lines of black dots.

Bonninghausen, /.c., remarks that the North American carolina does not occur
in tropical South America, but is found again in Rio Grande do Sul; he records,
however, paphus from Rio de Janeiro, which is the same species. Such apparent

‘anomalies in the distribution of species as the one mentioned by Bonninghausen
disappear in most cases on closer examination, not being founded on fact, but on
the mistaken identity or specific distinctness, as the case may be, of geographical
races of the same species.

Hab. Costa Rica to Argentina.

In the Tring Museum 80 odd specimens from various places, also a series of
caterpillars.

d. P. sexta caestri.

Sphinx caestri Blanchard, in Gay, Hist, Chili. vii. p. 52. t. 5. £. 9 (1854) (fig. mala; Chile).

Sphinx eurylochus Philippi Linn. Entom. xiv. p. 273. n. 13 (1860) (Chile).

Sphina cestri (!), Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Heét, i. p. 72. n, 4 (1875) (partim ; Chile).

*Sphine tabaci Boisduval, /.c. p. 78. n. 10 (1875) (partim ; Chile ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

Protoparce eurylochus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 607. n. 8 (1877) (= caestri 2) ; Kirby,
Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 688 n, 20 (1892).

Protoparce caestri, Caly.-Bartl., Cat. Lep. Chile p. 12 n. 90 (1886) (= ewrylochus) ; Kirby, Le. p. 689
n. 21 (1892).

Protoparce tabaci, Kirby, l.c. n, 32 (1892).

3%. A small and very pale form. The white submarginal line of the forewi
is vestigial or absent, the black discal line rather prominent on the pale ground,
The white dorsal dots of the abdomen are conspicuous. Sexual armature as in
paphus.

Hab. Chile.

A series of 6 dd, 5 2 2 in the Tring Museum.

38. Protoparce afflicta.

Sphinx paphus (?), Herrich-Schiiffer, Corresp. Bl. iti, p. 59 (1865) (Cuba).
Sphine afflicta Grote, Pror. Ent. Soc. Philad. y. p. 71 (1865) (Cuba) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. J
i. p. 77. n. 9 (1875) (Cuba ; Haiti).

—

(71)

Syzygia afflicta Grote & Robinson, Proc. Ent. Soe. Philad. v. p. 189 (1865) (Cuba) ; Kirby, Cat.
Lep. Het. i. p. 685 (1892) (Cuba).

Maerosila afflicta, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond, ix. p. 611. n. 1. (1877) (Cuba); Walk., List
Lep. Ins. B, M. xxxy. p. 1855 (1866) (Cuba) ; Grote, /.c. vi. p. 329 (1867) ; Gundl., Cont. Ent.
Cubana p. 213 (1881) (Cuba ; larva, pupa).

32%. Aclose relative of sevta. Antenna long, very stout in d. Proportional!
length of tibiae and tarsi as in seta; first segment of foretarsus with fonr stout
spines externally and a number of small ones, which are more numerous at base ;
no pulvillus.

6. Sexual armature essentially as in sexta, dentate lobe of harpe narrower
(elyxex XVI. f. 7).

2. The antevaginal lobe a little broader and shorter than in se.cta, the oblique
ridges on its proximal surface as in sexta.

Larva green, with paler green side-bands and two pale dorsal lines ; stigmata
white.

Hab. Cuba and (according to Boisduval) Haiti; Amazons.

In the Tring Museum from: Cuba, 1 d, ex coll. Felder; 1 ?, ex coll. Felder,
probably also from Cuba; Manaos, 1 ¢ (received from Herr Fruhstorfer); no
locality, 2 dd, 2 2% (received from French and German dealers), probably
§. American continent ; 1 d from Nassau, Bahamas (Sir G. Carter).

It is not possible to say without a better material than we have examined
whether the insular and continental specimens exhibit any constant differences.

39. Protoparce quinquemaculatus.

Sphinx quinquemaculatus Haworth, Lep. Brit. i. p. 59. n. 3 (1803) (England !); Steph., //. Brit. Ent.,
Haust. i. p. 119 (1828) (England ; imported).
Phlegethontius celeus Hiitbner, Samml, Ex. Schin. ii. t. 377 (1824 ?).

3%. Differs from all the other species of Protoparce in the foretibia bearing
some spines at the end. Smith, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 164 (1883), makes the
erroneous statement that the foretibiae are armed with spinules in Protoparce
carolina and rustica.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXVII. f. 23. 24) prismatically compressed,
pointed, hooked ; sternite similar to that of Protoparce lucetius, hannibal, sexta,
ete., elongate, obliquely trnncate in side-view, lateral margin turned upwards
before apex. Clasper as in P. sexta and allies; harpe (Pl. XXXVI. f. 15)
with a patch of erect scales, outline nearly as in P. stuarti and ochus, feebly
dentate at distal margin, ventrally produced into a short process. Penis-sheath
with an apical tooth (Pl. XXIX. f. 27), the conical tooth pointing dextero-laterad
and a little distad.

?. Vaginal plate large, distal part triangular ; a fold or ridge runs from the
vaginal aperture towards each side (Pl. XX. f. 6).

Larva similar to that of P. sexta, covered with numerous small pale dots, a pale
infra-stigmatal, longitudinal, interrupted band, no black transverse lines in the
grooves. Very variable in colour, green, brown, black.—Food : Solanaceae, especially
tomato and potato.

Popa: tongue-case longer than in P. seta, reaching beyond the tip of the
antenna-case, much more arched.

Hab. Nearctic Region, southward to Mexico; Sandwich Islands.

Two subspecies :

(172)

a. P. quinquemaculatus blackburni.

*Protoparce blackburni Butler, Ent. Mo. Mag. xvii. p. 6 (1880) (Honolulu ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Blackb.,
Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). vii. p. 319 (1881) (descr. of larva).

Phlegethontius blackburni, Kirby, Cat. Len. Het, i. p. 688. n, 18 (1892).

Sphine celeus, Meyrick, Fauna Hawai. i. 2. p. 193 (1899).

3. The series of white triangular postdiscal spots on the upperside of the
forewing extending to the costal margin.
Not different in structure from the Nearctic form.

Larva described by Blackburn, /.c.; it agrees apparently perfectly with the
Nearctic larva.

Hab. Sandwich Islands : Honolulu, Oahu.
13 1 $ in the British Museum.

6. P. quinguemaculatus quinguemaculatus.

Sphinx quinquemaculatus Haworth, /.c.; Wood, Ind. Ent. p. 246. t. 53. £. 23 (1839) ; Harris, ed.
Flint, Zns. Inj. Veg. p. 320. £. 142. 143. 144 (1862).

Sphinx carolina Donovan (non Linné, 1764), Brit. Ins. xi. t. 361 (1806) ; Harris, in Sillim., Journ.
Sci. Art xxxvi. p. 294. n. 2 (1839) (partim).

Phlegethontius celeus Hiibner, l.c. ; Fern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 33. n. 12 (1886) ; Grote, Hawk Moths
N. Am. p. 40 (1886) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus, xxxv. p. 46 (1889) (liter, rel. to transf.) ;
Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. iv. p. 65 (1892) (larva).

Sphinx quinquemaculata (!), Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 217. n. 5 (1856) (U. St.); Jaeg., —

Life N. Am. Ins. p. 189 (1859) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860) ; Lintn., Proc. Ent.
Soc. Phil. iii. p. 648 (1864) (larva, pupa) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soe. Philad. v. p. 163.
n. 82 (1865) (Atlantic district!) ; Tenn., Manual N. Hist. p. 392. fig. (1867) ; Beth., Canad.
Ent. i. p. 17 (1869) ; Riley, Missouri Rept. i. p. 95. £. 38 (1869) ; Glov., Rept. U. St. Dept. Agr.
p- 80. fig. (1870) ; Reed, Rept. En. Soc. Ont. p. 419. fig. (1871); Cook, Rept. State Board
Agr. Mich. xii. p. 117. fig. (1873) ; Gentry, Canad. Ent. vi. p. 88 (1874) (Germantown, Pa.,
larval var. in autumn) ; Pack., Comm. Ins. p. 197. fig. 239 (1874) ; id., Half-hours with Ins.
p. 205. fig. (1877) ; id., in Hayd., Rpt. p. 780, fig. (1877) ; French, Trans. Dept. Agr. Illin. xv.
p- 169 (1877) ; Beth., Canad. Ent. x. p. 218 (1878) ; Ball., Ins. Lives p. 95. fig. (1879) ; Beth.,
Le. xii. p. 101. fig. (1880) (life hist.) ; id., Rept. Ent. Soc. Ont. p. 25. fig. (1880) ; Mart., Trans. —
Dept. Agr. Illin. xviii. App. p. 104 (1880); Reed, Rept. Ent. Soc. Ont, xii. p. 65 fig.
(1882); Lintn., Papilio iv. p. 145. n. 3 (1884) (R. Grande, Texas); id., Rept. Massach.
Board Agric. p. 180 (1885) ; Riley, Insect Life iii. p. 111 (1891) (remedy against larvae) ;—
Kent, in Riley, Jnsect Life iii. p. 337 (1891) (Roxie, Mississippi, larva abund.) ; Johnst.,
Canad. Ent. xxx. p. 72 (1898) (Hamilton, Ont.; common).

Macrosila quinquemaculata, Clemens, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 166. n. 60 (1859) (U. St.
incl. Calif.) ; id., in Morris, Syn, N. Am. Lep. p. 190 (1862) ; Lint., Ent. Contr. i. p. 192 (1872) ©
(N. York, ix.) ; Thaxt, Walihos i. p. 30 (1874) (Newton, Mass., a Worthingt., Canad. Ent.
x. p. 16 (1878) (Ghicago, E. ix.-x.); Bebr., Papilio ii. p. 2 (1882) (California) ; Albright,
Ent. News vi. p. 145 (1895) (Los Angeles).

Macrosila celeus, Edwards, Proc. Calif. Ac. N. Sci. vi. p. 92 (1875) (Calif.).

Protoparce teleus, Butler, Trane Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 607. n. 9 (1877); Smith, Trans. Ann. Ent.
Soc. xv. p. 165. t. 8, f. 7. 8. (genit.) (1888) ; Dyar, in Riley, Znsect Life iii. p. 322 (1891) _
(N. York, at electr. light) ; Cross, Ent. News vii. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampshire, rare) ; Trum., —
Ent. News viii, p- 27 (1897) (8S. Dakota) ; How., Yearb. U. St. Dep. Agr. p. 126 (1898).

Macrosila (Sphine) carolina, Mann, Psyche i li, p. 73 (1877) (partim ; descr. of 1. ty Scudder).

Sphinx maculata (!), Grote, ' Papilio i iii. p. 110 (1883) (err. typ.).

Phlegethontius quinquemaculata, Beutenmiiller, Bull. Am. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 297. t. 4. f. a Soe ’
(N. York, 2 broods ; deser. of /., p. d i.).

3%. The series of greyish white postdiscal triangular spots of the upperside
of the forewing abbreviated costally.

Hah. United States, from the Atlantic to the Pacific; Canada ; southward to
Mexico.

(73)

The larva described in Psyche II. p. 73 as carolina and generally referred to

that species is the larva of quinguemaculatus, while the description of the larva

named there on p. 75 Macrosila (Sphinx) quinquemaculata fits the larva of
P. sexta (= carolina).

In the Tring Museum several larvae, and 70 odd specimens from various places
of the United States and from Mexico.

40. Protoparce dilucida.

Protoparce dilucida Edwards, Ent. Amer. iii. p. 89 (1887) (Vera Cruz); Beut., Bull, Am. Mus.
N. H. viii. p. 170 (1896) (“Jalapa,” typ. specim. ex coll, Edwards) ; Druce, Biol. Centr. Am.,
Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 316. n. 6 (a). t. 68. £.5 () (1896) (Vera Cruz).

Phiegethontius dilucida, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i. p. 688. n. 15 (1892) (Vera Cruz).

*Phlegethontius indistincta Rothschild, Nov. Zoot. i. p. 93 (1894) (Honduras ;—Mus. Tring) ; Druce
Le. n. 6 (B) (1896).

3. Antenna long and, in d, thick in comparison to the size of the species.
First segment of foretarsus externally with four very strong spines and a few
smaller ones ; long spur of terminal pair of hindtibia three-quarters the length of
the first tarsal segment. The number of yellow lateral patches to the abdomen
not constant, there being normally 4 such spots, seldom 3 only. No pulvillus.

3. Tenth tergite of the general form of that of the allied species, more
compressed, distinctly raised mesially ; the lateral edge of the sternite turned
upward close to the apex. Clasper elongate sole-shaped, dorso-apical margin bent
inward ; harpe peculiar, having only a single process, which is rounded at end and
dentate at the upper margin (Pl. XXXVI. f. 8). Tooth of penis-sheath long,
apical, distinctly turned upward, nearly as in muscosa.

¢. Highth abdominal tergite mesially concave, appearing sinuate apically,
with the stronger chitinised sides somewhat prominent. Antevaginal lobe long,
triangular, apex rounded, oblique basal ridges continuous mesially, not high,
standing almost at right angles to one another, the point of the angle being,
however, strongly rounded.

Larva and chrysalis unknown.

Hab. Mexico to Honduras.

In the Tring Museum 16 33,3 22 from: Cordoba, Mexico; Brit. Honduras ;
Honduras.

41. Protoparce lucetius.

Sphine lucetius Stoll, in Cram., Pap. Ez. iv. p. 21, t. 301. f. 8. (1780) (Surinam) ; Walk., List Lep.
Ins, B. M. viii. p. 221. n. 14 (1856) (Brazil) ;'Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi, p. 346
(1876) (Surinam ; hace spec.?); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 74. n. 6 (1875) (partim ?
Brazil; Cayenne); Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent. V. Atlas p. 57 (1879) (Buenos Ayres).

Pilegethontius ucetius, Hitbner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 140. n, 1501 (1822); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.
p. 689. n. 31 (1892) (S. Am.).

Sphing i Burmeister (xon Cramer, 1779), Sphing. Bras. p. 68, n. 6 (1856) (Rio de Janeiro ;
partim ).

Protoparce lucetius, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 608. n. 17 (1877) (Brazil).

Ephinz lutetius (!), Burmeister), Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 320 (1878) (= 2 hannibal ex err.).

Philegetontius (!) contracta (?), Peters, [Jlustr, Zeitschr, Ent. iti. Heft. 22. t. 1. £. 8. 8a (1898).

3%. The slaty black sericeous patches on the upperside of the forewing are
very pronounced and form, together with a patch in the cell, a large semicircle

(74) 2

filled up with black scaling ; this area contrasts in many specimens strongly with
the paler, rasset, basal and distal areas. The discal and postdiscal lines are, near —
R*, less curved than in petwniae, but more so than in sevta. The white dots of the —
fringe encroach sometimes on the wing, being slightly enlarged basad ; they are
often barely indicated and sometimes quite absent. Antenna obviously slenderer
than in sexta, slightly thinner than in petuniae. First segment of foretarsus, as
in petuniae, with four long and several small spines exteriorly. Vo pulvillus.

é. Tenth abdominal tergite rather broad, flattened above before the convex
end, whieh is hooked and pointed, and here somewhat rounded-dilated laterally ;
sternite rounded at end, similar in shape to that of petuniae, but the turned-
up portion of the leferal margin more proximal, the narrowed apex therefore
longer. Clasper rather broadly sole-shaped, ventral margin strongly oblique
in distal half; harpe (Pl. XXXIX. f. 3. 4): ventral process rather obviously —
hooked, the tip curving basad ; dentate process large, extending to near, or even a
little beyond, dorsal edge of clasper, sickle-shaped, twisted at the end, this narrowed
end-part not constant in size and dentition. Tooth of penis-sheath triangular, |
horizontal, rather shorter than in petuniae. 3

?, Eighth abdominal tergite not sinnate, mesially not obviously impressed ;
sides more strongly chitinised than disc. Vaginal armature similar to that of
occulta, but the antevaginal lobe shorter. :

Larva: with six side-bands according to Peter’s figure (/.c.) ; correct? this
species ?

Pupa: tongue-case recurved, its end resting against the underside of the sheath
near the base (Peters, /.c.).

Boisduyal’s description of the larva and pupa, /.c., does not agree with Peter's
figures.

Hab. Costa Rica to Buenos Ayres.

Two subspecies :

a. P. lucetius nubila subsp. nov.

3%. Forewing more elongate than in the following subspecies, basal and
diseal areas much less russet, the black postdiseal line less curved ; brown bands
of the underside of the hindwing feebler marked.

g- End of tenth abdominal tergite a little less convex and less hooked.
Clasper shorter, ventro-distally more oblique; harpe much nearer the end of
the clasper (Pl. XX XIX. f. 3), the dentate lobe more strongly rounded, and apical
narrower.

%. Vaginal armature : antevaginal lobe short (not sinnate), the oblique proximal
ridges strongly turned frontad, almost’a in a plane with the lobe (Pl. XX. f. 5).

Larva and pupa not ean.

Length of forewing: 3,40 mm.; ?, 43 to 44 mm.

Hab. Costa Rica, 1 3,229. We have some doubts about the correctness
of the locality. >

The difference in the length of the clasper and in the position of the har
between this and the following form is very remarkable; as we have only one
individual of the & sex, we do not know whether the difference is constant.

(75 )

b. P. lucetius lucetius.
Sphinx lucetius Stoll, l.c.
*Proloparce contracta Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 12 (1875) (Rio de Jan. :—Mns. Bri!.).
Phlegethontius contracta (?), Bonninghausen, /ris xii. p. 111. n. 6 (1898) (Petropolis).

*Sphine panaquire Berg, An. Soc. Cient. Argent. xix, p. 266. n. 1 (1885) (Salta ; Catamarea; -Mus.
Buenos Ayres).

Phiegethontius panoquire (1), Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 689. n. 25 (1892) (“ Buenos Ayres” ex err).

3%. This form varies obviously in size and colour. The forewing is in some
specimens more elongate than in others; the marginal dots are liable to obliteration ;
the base and disc are not seldom strongly washed with russet, in which case the
medio-costal bla:k area is very prominent. The abdominal tergites are occasionally
edged with white. In three of our d¢ from S. Brazil the harpe extends a little
beyond the dorsal edge of the clasper, while in a fourth it reaches just to the edge.

We have only one ? from Cayenne; it is apparently slightly faded ; its fore-
wing is greyer in tone than in the southern specimens. Still more greyish olive
are two males (our only ones) from Chanchamayo, Peru; in these the white fringe-
dots are very conspicuous, the harpe is rather narrower and at the apex not twisted.
There is possibly a northern and a southern subspecies in South America.

In a large ? from Argentina—no special locality is given—with black fringe

to the forewing, the black antemedian line of the hindwing is connected with the

double discal line only along (SM°) ; another 2, from Buenos Ayres, has the fore-
wing much suffused with black ; a specimen from Minas Geraés has no fringe-spots,
which are also absent in the specimens described as panaquire from Salta.

As the insect is not rare in southern Brazil it should not be difficult to find out
whether Peter’s figures of the larva and pupa are correct.

Hab. Surinam ; Peru; Brazil ; Argentina.

In the Tring Museum 11 33,13 ?2 from: Chanchamayo, Peru ; Cayenne ;
Minas Geraés, February (Kennedy); Nova Friburgo; Santa Catherina ; Sao
Paulo; Buenos Ayres; Salta, N.W. Argentina.

Besides the before-mentioned Salta specimen which we received from the
anthor of panaquire, Dr. Berg sent us for comparison a “type” specimen of panaquire.

We do not find these individuals different from some of our ducetivs specimens from
Brazil.

42. Protoparce petuniae.
*Sphine petuniae Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 73. n. 5. t. 5, £. 2 (1895) (Brazil ;—coll.
Charles Oberthiir).

Stoll’s rough figure of /wcetius bears some resemblance to this species, but
represents undoubtedly the preceding insect named contracta by Butler. Boisduval
(Lc.) described under lucetius both the present species and ducetius, we believe, while
he considered the form from the Province of Rio de Janeiro as distinct, naming it
petuniae ; the Argentinian subspecies, which is the most easily recognisable one,
he treated as a variety of petuniae, and again as a separate species under the
name of cestri. Other authors have scarcely been more successful in dealing with
the present species and its relatives, and that is not to be wondered at, since these
species do not exhibit very striking external differences.

3%. Antenna shorter and slenderer than in sexta. Discal and postdiscal lines
of upperside of forewing rather strongly angled near R*, much less evenly curved
than in sewta; the black and the buffish white spots of the fringe nearly equal

( 76 )

in size. Abdomen without distinct white geminate dorsal dots. Armature of
foretarsus similar to that of a/ficta. No pulvillus.

o. Tenth tergite pointed, not sinuate ; sternite (Pl. X XVII. f. 19. 20) obtusely
pointed, lateral margins curved upward, obliquely truncate distally. Clasper
elongate sole-shaped, distal portion of dorsal margin dilated and eurved inward ;
harpe with a ventral, acute, rather long, conical process; the dentate lobe
individually variable, dorsally truncate, distal angle acute or rounded, dentition
often vestigial (Pl. XXXIX. f. 6. 7). Penis-sheath with a single apical tooth,
which is almost horizontal, pointing very feebly distad (Pl. XXIX. f. 24).

%. Eighth tergite of abdomen truncate with the angles rounded, mesially with
a triangular impression. Antevaginal lobe (Pl. XX. f. 4) broad, transverse, —
apical margin slightly, and angles strongly rounded, structure of surface
variable ; oblique ridges low, widely separate proximally (Pl. XX. f. 4). Plate
of seventh sternite obviously sinuate at apex.

Larva green, with seven white oblique bands which extend over two segments ;
horn little curved, with small granules.

Hab, Neotropical Region.

We distinguish three subspecies :
diffissa from Argentina and Paraguay.
petuniae from Sta. Catharina to Minas Geraés.
tropicalis from the countries north and east of the province of

Minas Geraés as far north as Colombia.

P. petuniae

a. P. petuniae diffissa.

Sphing cestri, Boisduval (non Blanchard, 1854), Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 70. n. 4 (1875) (partim)
Paraguay); Burm., Descr. Rép, Argent. v. p. 321. n. 2 (1878) (partim; Buenos Ayres,
Mendoza, Tucuman, Paraguay) ; id., /.c. Atlas p. 31. 57. t. 12. f. 5 (U.). 11 (p). (1879).

Sphina petuniae var., Boisduval, lc. p. 74. sub n. 5. t. 5. £. 2 (9 ) (1875) (Buenos Ayres).

*Sphinx diffissa Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 82 (1871) (Buenos Ayres).

Protoparce diffissa id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 607. un. 7. (1877) (Buenos Ayres).

Philegethontius diffissa, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 689. n. 22 (1892) (Buenos Ayres).

Protoparce diffusa (!), Druce, Biol. Centr, Amer. Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 315 (1896) (diff. from petuniae).

3%. Asmall pale southern form. The black postdiscal line of the forewing
strongly marked, while the white submarginal zigzag line is not prominent, being
generally barely indicated ; the lines are sometimes all obsolescent, except the black
postdiscal one.

Larva with 7 white lateral bands ; stigmata white, three blue dots near each.

Hab. Argentina, common as larva on Gost um ; Paraguay.

In the Tring Museum 8 dd, 8 ? ? from Argentina.

b. P. petuniae petuniae.

*Sphine petuniae Boisduval, /.c. n. 5 (1875) (Rio de Janeiro ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).
Phlegethontius diffissa, Kirby, l.c. p. 689. n. 22 (1892) (partim).

Phlegetontius (!) petuniae (?), Peters, JUlust. Zeitschr. Ent. iii. Heft. 22. t. 1. £. 6 (1898) (larva).
Phlegetontius (!) petuniae, Bonninghausen, Jris xii. p. 110. n. 4 (1898) (Rio de Janeiro).

$%. The forewing on the whole more russet than in the tropical form; the
ground colour variable, there occurring darker and paler specimens.

Larva: according to Peters’ figure with 7 side-bands which have dark (r
borders (correct ?).

(77)

Hab. Southern Brazil as far north as the province of Minas Geraés.
In the Tring Museum 5 346,12 2? from: Santa Cathariua ; Rio de Janeiro ;
Minas Geraés, February (Kennedy).

c. P. petuniae tropicalis subsp. nov.
Phlegethontius lucetius, Rothschild (non Cramer, 1780), Nov. Zoot. i. p. 541 (1894) (Aroa).

3%. Thecommon tropical form differs from typical petuniae in having a darker
—less yellowish—forewing. The ground colour of the forewing is, however, variable,
some individuals being decidedly more russet than others, thongh not so pale as
pet. petuniae. The anterior part of the disc of the forewing is sometimes rather
black, contrasting with the paler basal and posterior region.

Larva and pupa not described.

Hab. Tropical South America from Minas Geraés to Colombia ; not in the
Central and Pacific parts of the Andes, except Ecuador and Colombia.

In the Tring Museum 45 specimens from: Brit. Guiana (type d); Venezuela ;
Colombia; Ecuador.

43. Protoparce occulta sp. nov.

Protoparce lucetius, Druce (non Cramer, 1780), Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 21. n. 6 (1883)
(partim ; Chiriqui); id., l.c. Suppl. p. 315 (1896) (Orizaba; Cordova; Jalapa ; Guatemala ;
Costa Rica) ; Pitt. & Bioll., Lep. Het. Costa Rica p. 12 (1897).

Protoparce petuniae, Druce (non Boisduval, 1875), l.c. Suppl. p. 315 (1896) (partim ; Jalapa).

o?. A very puzzling species, which we cannot distinguish from P. petuniae
tropicalis except by the sexual organs. There is nothing constant in the pattern
and colour of the wings and body by which the two insects can be separated. The
only difference which we can find is the slightly greater width of the wings in
occulta. In a good many specimens of occulta the brownish black bands on the
underside of the hindwing are farther apart anteriorly than in petuniae tropicalis,
but this character is quite variable.

3. Tenth tergite obviously broader than in petuniae, the sternite slenderer,
with the lateral margin less turned upwards. Harpe (Pl. XXXIX. f. 2) similar
in shape to that of ducetius, hannibal and others ; ventral finger-like process short,
more or less rough with notches and teeth at the dorsal edge; dentate lobe
sickle-shaped, large, dorsal edge doubled at apex ; there are some granules and tecth
on the surface of the lobe near the upper edge; the lobe is somewhat twisted
apically, being here almost vertical to the surface of the clasper ; the dentate end is
much broader when looked at from the ventral side than it appears to be in the
figure. Tooth of penis-sheath rather broader than in petuniae.

%. Bighth tergite truncate, angles rounded, sides strongly chitinised, the less
chitinised middle part impressed in dry specimen, this groove with almost parallel
sides, not triangular as in petuniae. Antevaginal lobe triangular, rounded at end
or feebly sinuate, surface variable in structure, but as a rule mesially carinate
(PI. XX. f. 3); oblique ridges (7°) high, forming a slanting roof over a deep transverse
groove which lies proximally of them ; at the proximal side of this groove there
is at each side a smooth, concave, transverse plate (7) which is rounded mesially ;
this plate is not present in petuniae, the proximal part of the armatnre being
membranous and much wrinkled in that species.

Larva (from Mexico) in size similar to that of P. sexta. Entirely bright
green; a few small yellow excrescences on segments 2, 3 and 4. Seven white

( 78 )

side-bands, the first beginning on fifth segment ; the bands not extending on to the
following segments, except in an indistinct greenish colour; they are above very
indistinctly edged with purplish green; the seventh band extends to the horn,
which is rather long, green, very rough, with the excrescences slightly reddish —
(Schaus zn Uitt.). s

Hab. Central America only, from Mexico to Panama, where it replaces
petuniae.

In the Tring Museum 50 specimens from Central America: Mexico (type:
Orizaba) ; Honduras ; Costa Rica.

We cannot regard this insect as a subspecies of petuncae, considering that the
sexual organs of the other species of Protoparce do not vary geographically to any
extent, and that the southern form diffissa of petuniae does not differ in those
organs from the other two subspecies, though the difference of colour is very
marked in diffissa.

44. Protoparce hannibal. r

Sphine hannibal Cramer, Pap. Ex. iii. p. 39. t. 216. £. a Ore} (Surinam) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii.
2. p. 225, n. 81 (1780); Burm., Sphing. Bras. p. 68. n. 6. (1856) (partim) Walk., List Lep.
Ins. B.M. viii. p. 220. n, 13 (1856) (Brazil) ; Boisd., Spec. Gen. Lép. Het. i. p. 78. n. 11 (1875)
(Brazil ; Cayenne) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges, Wien xxvi. p. 346 (1876) (Surinam) ; i
Deser. Rép. Argent. v. p. 320, note (1878) (/utetius (!) = 2 hannibal ex err.).

Phlegethontius hannibal, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 140. n, 1502 (1822) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.
p. 689, n, 33 (1892) ; Rothscb., Noy. Zoor. i. p. 65 (1894) (“type of hannibal in Mus. Tring”
ex err.).

*Sphina hamilear Boisduval, Lc. p. 79. n. 12 (1875) (N. Friburgo ;—coll. Charles O berthiir).

Protoparce hannibal, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 605. n. 2 (1877) (Brazil) ; Schaus, Ent. ;
News vi. p. 143 (1895) (=hamilcar). P

Phlegetontius (!) hannibal, Bonninghausen, ris, xii. p. 110. n. 2 (1899) (Rio de Janeiro).
$2. The most easily recognised species of the group, though it is closely allied
to pellenia. Antennae thinner than in.pedlenia and shorter. Long spines of first —
segment of foretarsus not stout, numerous small spines dorsally of them. The
whitish subbasal band of the hindwing is more or less obviously interrupted,
aud there is, near the anal angle, a dirty white patch, generally rather large, within —
the black central band. No pulvillus.
3. Tenth tergite of abdomen somewhat slenderer than in scutata and pellenia ;
the ‘sternite (Pl. XXVII. f. 17. 18) also longer. Ventral process of harpe
(PI. XX XIX. f.1) rather short, horizontal, curved, pointed; dentate lobe sickle-shaped,
its distal margin strongly curved ; apex less broad than in ducetius. Tooth of penis-
sheath (P]. XXIX. f. 23) less distal than in the other species, broad but not prominent,
lying close upon the penis-sheath, sometimes only the short acute point projecting
free; apical edge of penis-sheath rounded dorsally.
?. Genital armature similar to that of scwvtata, antevaginal plate smaller.
Larva undescribed ; mentioned by Bénninghausen (/.c.) as beng common on —
Solanaceae, especially on a shrub called “trombeta,”’ on account of its large
trumpet-shaped flowers. Chrysalis undescribed.
Hab. South America, from Panama to Santa Catharina. Not observed further
north in Central America, J
In the Tring Museum 7 dd, 11 %% from: Chiriqui ; Rio Dagua, Colombia 5
Aroa, Venezuela ; Cayenne ; Amazons (Bates); Trinidad; Santa Catharina.

The specimens from Chiriqui were sent to us by Messrs. Staudinger and Bang-
Haas.

(79 )

45. Protoparce leucoptera spec. nov. (PI. XI. f. 2, ?).

?. Antenna very slender, faintly incrassate distally, scaling white. Body
whitish grey, mixed with brown, sides of palpus near eye, a dorso-lateral patch on
metanotum and first abdominal segment, bases of apical edges of abdominal tergites
on sides, brown; white dorso-lateral dots of abdomen widely separate (not distinct
in our unique individual); five large yellow side-patches to abdomen, gradually
decreasing in diameter, a trace of a sixth spot on seventh segment ; posterior
yentral angles of tergites white; abdomen below with traces of brown mesial spots.
First segment of protarsus about as long as segments 2 and 3 together, with a few
short spines at base, and three long ones, situated at base, in middle and at end
respectively. No pulvillus.

Wings, upperside. Forewing : greyish white ; a white stigma ; submarginal
area shaded with brown ; a brown postdiscal uudulate line, an oblique black apical

line, and rather indistinct brown submarginal halfmoons; fringe not well preserved,

apparently the white spots smaller than the brown portions. Hindwing : grey,
shaded with brown, marginal area brown, a blackish, irregular, postdiscal band ;
between it and base four indistinct bands or lines, the most proximal broadest,
situated between base and M?.

Underside drab grey— Forewing : disc slightly paler ; grey marginal spots ;
a thin oblique brown apical line ; scaling in front of this line grey ; scattered vrey
sealing also along outer margin. Hindwing : paler grey, especially a broad
ill-defined discal band-like space and abdominal area; distal marginal area brown,

especially in submarginal area; a faint brown band between this border and cell.

Length of forewing: 2, 45 mm.

Hab. Chatham 1., Galapagos Is., 14. iii. 01 (Beck).

1 $ in the Tring Museum.*

Allied to petuniae and sexta.

The dorsum of the thorax is mutilated in the specimen.

46. Protoparce pellenia.

*Chaerocampa pellenia Herrich-Sch., Ausl. Schm. p. 50. £. 103 (1854) (Am. aquin.”;—coll.
Staudinger).

Sphinx pellenia, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxi. p- 36 (1864) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i.
p. 80, n. 13 (1875) (Colombia).

*Sphine capsici Boisduval, l.c. n. 14. (1875) (Bogota, ¢ ;—coll. Chacles Obertbiir).

Protoparce pellenia, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 608. n. 16 (1877) (‘S. Amer.’’).

Phlegethontius capsici, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 689, n. 27 (1892) (Bogota).

Phiegethontius pellenia, id., lc. n. 28 (1892) («S. Amer.”).

*Pseudosphine morelia, Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6). xiii. p. 169 (1894) (Orizaba, 9 ;—coll. Druce.)

Protoparce capsici, Schaus, Ent. News vi. p. 143 (1895) (=morelia) ; Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer.,
Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 315. n. 3 (B). t. 67. £..4 (9 ) (1896) (Orizaba ; Jalapa ; Bogota).

3%. The discal black sericeous patches of the forewing above heavy, forming
aband which is strongly angled near R*; the oblique black apical line as well as
the posterior portion of the black postdiscal line very heavy, the submarginal
aigzagz line creamy buff, not white ; creamy buff spots of fringe variable in size,
Sometimes scarcely one-third as wide as the brownish black fringe-spots ; inter-
Spaces K°—(SM’) between discal band and postdiscal line more or less dark russet.
Abdomen below shaded with brown scales, especially in @. Antenna almost as stout
as In sexta. WVirst segment of fore-tarsus externally with 4 or 5 moderately long
spines and numerous small ones above them. No pulvillus.

* See Appendix,

( 80 )

3. Tenth abdominal segment not essentially different from that of Zucetius ;
the tergite broader and the sternite shorter than in hannibal. Clasper elongate
sole-shaped ; dorso-apical margin bent inward ; a slightly bent, horizontal, pointed,
dentate, ventral process which is about as long as the dentate lobe of the harpe —
is broad in middle (Pl. XXXVI. f. 2); this dentate lobe curves dorsad, but is not
sickle-shaped, resembling in shape somewhat the lobe of the harpe of dalica,
differing therefore essentially from the sickle-shaped lobe of hannibal, petuniae, ete.
Penis-sheath (Pl. XXIX. f. 25) with a strong, horizontal, apical tooth as in rustica.
Sexual organs of type of capsici and morelia examined.

?. Lobe of vaginal plate (Pl. XX. f. 10) strongly rounded in the specimen
figured by Druce, Z.c., with three transverse folds ; the plate sunken proximally, —
without the projecting edge (7) of lucetius, occulta, and sexta, ete.

Larva and chrysalis unknown.

Hab. Panama; Colombia; Mexico.

The type of pellenia is in the Staudinger collection. It is a small female
belonging, in our opinion, to this species. We had no permission to examine the
genital armature of the same. The specimen is labelled “ Amaquin,” which is
doubtless meant for “Am. aequin.”

In the Tring Museum 8 3'¢ from : Huatuxco, Vera Cruz ; Chiriqui ; Rio Dagua,
Colombia (Rosenberg) ; Cauca, Juntas, Colombia (M. de Mathan).

A long-series in coll. Charles Oberthiir from Canea, Juntas (M. de Mathan),

47. Protoparce scutata spec. nov.
(2?) Sphinx pellenea (!), Méschler (non Herr.-Sch., 1854), Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxxii, p. 332.
(1882) (Surinam).
Phlegethontius pellenia, Rothschild, Nov. Zoou. i. p. 541 (1894) (Aroa).

3%. Again a puzzling insect. The sexual organs of the d are remarkabl
different from those of pellenia ( = capsici), but there is scarcely anything in the
colour or pattern by which the two insects could constantly be separated. If one
has a longer series of specimens side by side from the same country, one notices
that scutata has the basal and distal areas of the forewing less yellowish, the white
bands of the hindwing above less obviously shaded with brown, the forewing on the
whole rather more elongate, the black bands of the underside of the hindwing more
distinct, and the underside of the abdomen not powdered with brown. But these
differences are not prominent and do not hold good, if specimens from various
localities are compared. There are xo intergradations between the two species as
regards the sexual organs. The case reminds one of that of P. occulta and
P. lucetius tropicalis; but while these do not occur in the same country, pedlenia
and scutata are found in the same localities, in Colombia at least.

3. Both the tergite and the sternite of the tenth abdominal segment slenderer
than in pellenia. Dentate lobe of harpe sickle-shaped (Pl. XXXVI. f. 3), broad,
apex curved downward, twisted, slender; ventral process horizontal, curved, —
pointed, not dentate or notched. Penis-sheath resembling that of hannibal, the
tooth not apical, not horizontal, but pointing somewhat proximad (Pl. XXIX. f. 26)

?. Kighth abdominal tergite truncate, with the stronger chitinised angles
rounded. Antevaginal plate triangular, nearly as in occulta (Pl. XX. f. 3), but
smaller, mesially subcarinate; transverse basal ridge as in Pl. XX. f. 5, but —
mesially less rounded. ‘

Early stages not known.

( 81 )

Hab. Venezuela ; Colombia ; Ecuador.

In the Tring Museum 23 gd, 11 ?? from: Merida, Venezuela (Briceno :
type); Aroa, Venezuela; Chiriqui; Rio Dagua, Colombia (Rosenberg) ; Paramba,
Ecuador (Rosenberg).

A series in coll. Charles Oberthiir. Also in other collections, generally mixed
up with some other species.

48. Protoparce tucumana spec. noy. (Pl. V. f. 6. 3).

3. Similar to small specimens of P. pellenia and scututa; head, thorax and
forewing decidedly paler ; stigma, the pale lines of the forewing, and the fringe
almost white, not yellowish. Metanotum white in front. Abdomen above without
white dots at the apices of the segments, underside somewhat buftish. Forewing,
above: the black discal patches C—R* contiguous, closer to cell than in the allied
species ; discal double line outside the black patches sharply angled at R%, the
interspace between the two lines more or less white, these discal lines and the
postdiscal one, which is also partly bordered with white, obviously concave between
© and R’, the posterior portion of the postdiscal line, between M? and internal
margin, sharply defined, continuous, thinner behind, the space inclosed by it
whitish.

d. Tenth abdominal tergite slenderer than in sevtata; harpe intermediate
between that of pellenta and scutata, the large dentate lobe more curved than in
the former, very much less so than in the latter (Pl. XXXVL. f. 10).

?. Unknown.

Karly stages unknown.

Hab. Tacuman.

1 3 (type) in Mus. Tring; another ¢ from Salta in the Museum at Buenos
Ayres ; a third from Paraguay in the Musée Royal d’Hist. Nat., Bruxelles ; a fourth
in the collection of Herr Neuburger, Berlin.

49. Protoparce ochus.

*Sphine ochus Klug, Neue Schm. i. p. 4. t. 3. f. 2 (1836) (Mexico ;—Mus. Berlin) ; Boisd., Cons. Lép.
Guatemala p. 74 (1870) (Honduras) ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 82. n. 16 (1875) (Mexico ;
Honduras).

Macrosila instita Clemens, Journ. Ac. Sci. Philad. (2) iv. p. 164. n. 57 (1859) (Honduras).

Macrosila ochus, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. y. p. 68 (1865).

Protoparce ochus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 607. n. 6 (1877) ; Druce, Biol. Centr. A mer,
Lep. Het. i. p. 20. n, 2 (1883) (Mexico ; Cordova; Jalapa; Honduras; Guatemala; Costa
Rica) ; id., Uc. Suppl. p. 314 (1896) (Cuesta de Misantla ; Orizaba ; Tabasco ; Belize ; Costa
Rica) ; Pitt. & Bioll., Lep. Het. Costa Rica p. 11 (1897) (Ivazu) ; Kaye, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.
p- 139 (1901) (Trinidad),

Phlegethontius ochus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 688, n. 11 (1892) (Mexico ; Honduras) ; Rothsch ,
Noy. Zoon., i. p. 541 (1894) (Aroa).

6%. A strange-looking insect on account of the clayish tawny ochraceous colour
of the upperside of the forewing and thorax and of the occiput. The palpus is
similar in shape to that of rustica ; the antenna of the 2? shows distinct traces of
fasciculated ciliae. The first segment of the foretarsus has externally 5 or 6 longer,
moderately stout, spines, and a number of smaller ones. Without pulvillus.

g. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXVII. f. 13. 14) strongly convex at
end, hooked, pointed ; the sternite bent upwards at end, sinnate, the two lobes

a

( 82 )

pointed. Dorso-apical margin of clasper bent inward ; the dentate upper portion of
the harpe not strongly developed dorsad and distad, its margin slanting towards
the ventral, curved, horizontal, process (Pl. XX XVII. f. 13). Penis-sheath with
long apical tooth, which slants distad as in muscosa (Pl. XXIX. f. 30).

?. Highth abdominal tergite sinuate or impressed mesially at apex. Ante-
vaginal plate with a rather long triangular lobe, the apex of which is rounded
and proximally produced into another, almost similar, lobe or ridge, which
points proximad forming the slanting roof of a trausverse groove in front of the
antevaginal plate.

Larva and chrysalis not known.

Hab. Mexico to Costa Rica ; Venezuela ; most likely also in Colombia. j

In the Tring Museum 14 dd, 16 2? from: Mexico; Honduras; Aroa,
Venezuela,

50. Protoparce lefeburei.

Sphine lefeburei Guérin, Iconogr. Regne Anim., Ins. p. 494 (1844) (Bolivia).

*Macrosila incisa Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 205. n. 11 (1856) (Rio de Janeiro Mug
Brit.) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 605. n. 1 (1877) (Rio de Janeiro) ; Druce, Biol.
Centr, Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 20. n. 1 (1883) (Chiriqui).

Sphinx lefebvrei (!), Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 81. n. 15 (1895) (N. Friburgo ; =incisa ;
“ Guérin, Magaz. de Zool.” ex err.).

Sphine lefebovei (!), Méschler, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien. xxvi. p. 346 (1876) (=incisa ; Surinam).

Macrosila lefebvrei, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 685, n. 1 (1892) (S. Amer.) ; Rothsch., Nov. Zoou,
i. p. 541 (1894) (Aroa).

Diludia lfebvrei, Bonninghausen, Jris xii. p. 112. n. 2 (1899) (Rio de Janeiro).

32%. Antenna of ? with rather obvious basal rows of prolonged ciliae to the
segments. Tirst segment of anterior tarsus externally with 5 or 6 long, but not
stout, spines and some moderately long ones near the base. Segment 2 of palpus
rather longer than ordinarily in this genus. Pulvillus present, long and narrow.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite long, gradually narrowed to a point, not dilated
before end (Pl. XX VII. f. 15); sternite also long, deeply divided, the lobes slender,
curved upwards, the segment differing in structure obviously from that of all the
other species of Protoparce. Clasper strongly rounded apically, dorso-apical margin
not dilated, not bent inwards; harpe (Pl. XXXVIIL. f. 12) similar to that of
petuniae, the vyeutral process feebly curved; the dentate lobe more or less
rectangular. Penis-sheath also peculiar in having two small teeth (Pl. XXLX. f. 22).

¢. Eighth abdominal tergite rounded truncate, the sternite (Pl. XX. f. 1)
larger than in the other species, more strovgly chitinised, rounded apically, with an
elongate, prominent, tubercle behind the mouth of the vagina. Antevaginal plate
very different from that of the other species of Protoparce, being deeply rounded.
sinnate.

Larva and chrysalis unknown.

Hab. Mexico to Southern Brazil.

Mexican specimens are more russet, especially on the underside. In the collee-
tion of Mons. Charles Oberthiir there is an individual from Guérin’s collection ; it 1
labelled N. Friburgo ; the type was said (erroneously ?) to be from Bolivia.

In the Tring Museum 8 dd, 7 22 from: San Pedro Sula, Honduras
(Witkugel) ; Rio Dagna, Colombia (Rosenberg) ; Aroa, Veuezuela ; Rio de Janeiro:
Bahuru, Sao Paulo (Dr. Hempel); Paraguay.

( 83 )

51. Protoparce stuarti.

*Phlegethontivs stuarti Rothschild, Novy. Zoot. iii. p, 22. n. 2. t, 13. £. 8. (1896) (La Paz, October ;—
Mus. Tring).

3 ?. A conspicuously coloured insect, which differs remarkably from the other
members of the genus both in pattern and structure. While the yellow abdominal
patches disappear elsewhere in the genus in a disto-proximal direction, the distal
patches being the first to obliterate, the second abdominal segment is in stuarté
without a yellow patch, though the other patches are well marked, with their
colour intensified. The grey, almost lavender, colour of the frons contrasts strongly
with the yellowish cream colour of the palpi, which are deep black at the dorsal
margin. The second palpal segment is rather slender, its scaling being a little
shorter than that of the first segment. Eyes comparatively smaller than in sexta.
Poretarsus with very long strong spines: first segment shorter than the tibia, with
three long spines and one to four additional, shorter, basal ones, without any small
spines externally, segments 2 to 4 with a single long apical spine externally ; mid-
and hindtarsi short, segments 1 and 2 together as long as the respective tibiae.
Spines at edges of abdominal tergites very weak, no spines on the sternites!
Discocellulars of hindwing straight, or R? faintly curvec, not or slightly oblique,
R* at right angles to SC*, while the lower angle of the cell is obtuse ; SC’ and R' on
arather long stalk. No pulvillus.

3. Antenna peculiar: basal segment without rows of prolonged ciliae, middle
and distal segments less impressed and less triangularly compressed than in the
other species of Protoparce ; hook short. Tenth tergite almost gradually narrowed
to end, very faintly dilated before end, pointed ; lobe of sternite long, sides nearly
parallel, apex rounded, with an indication of a sinus, upperside slightly concave.
Clasper broadly rounded at end, dorsal margin feebly curved inward ; harpe short,
triangular, dorsal margin not distinctly dentate (Pl. XXXVI. f. 1). Tooth of
penis-sheath long, slightly pointing distad, not quite so much as in muscosa.

?. Antenna less slender than in the allied species, less setiform, being thickest
beyond middle, no combs of ciliae. Plate of seventh abdominal sternite broad,
truncate, angles rounded. Antevaginal lobe short, triangular, apex rounded, no
prominent transverse ridge proximally at its base.

Larva and chrysalis not known.

Hab, Bolivia, found at La Paz in some numbers at the electric light.

In the Tring Museum 38 specimens from La Paz.

52. Protoparce manducoides.

*Philegethontius manducoides Rothschild, Iris vii. p. 302. t. 6. £.2 () (1894) (Chiquitos, Bolivia ;—
coll. Staudinger),

3 %. Second segment of palpus rather long, with buffish white tip. Pulvillus
present. Virst segment of foretarsus with three long spines, second with one long
apical one, without short external spines. Abdomen with three yellow side-patches.
Underside of body, or only breast, flushed with pink. Forewing resembling some-
What that of rustica ; stigma larger, marginal dots smaller, white scaling-more
restricted, especially in outer half, where there is a conspicuous buffish white discal
band, while the area outside it is black, except traces of a white submarginal line.

Hindwing very different, being greyish white, with a black distal border and two
black discal bands between it and cell.

( 84 )

Underside greyish brown, more grey on hindwing, especially towards abdominal
margin; no distinct bands.

Not dissected.

Hab. South America: Bolivia ; Brazil. .

In coll. Standinger 1 ¢ from Chiquitos, Bolivia, and 1 ? from Sao Paulo. In~
the Vienna Museum 1 ? from Brazil (Natterer).

53. Protoparce rustica.
Sphinw rustica Fabricius, Syst, Ent. p. 540. n, 15 (1775) (America).

¢%. Antennae long and, in d, thick. Second segment of palpus not much
longer than broad, very much shorter than the first. First segment of foretarsns
with an outer row of spines of which the apical one is prolonged, some spines at the
base above this row, segments 2 to 4 with one prolonged apical spine and a very
few short ones externally. First segment of midtarsus see Pl. LXIV. f. 7

gd. Tenth tergite of abdomen (PJ. XXVII. f. 11) convex and somewhat
dilated before end, hooked, apex sinuate (Pl. XXVII. f. 12); sternite concave
above, apical margin bent upward, rounded. Clasper narrowed to end, dorso-
apical margin strongly bent inward; harpe peculiar, having a single, long,
slightly dentate, ventral process (PJ. XX XVII. f. 15); there is no tuft of scales
on the surface of the harpe near the base of the process, as in the other species.
Penis-sheath armed with an apical tooth (PI. X XIX. f. 21). :

?. Highth tergite of abdomen sinuate ; antevaginal plate (Pl. XIX. f. 11. 12)
with a long mesial lobe, which is sinuate, the transverse oblique ridge at its base
not prominent. Plate of seventh sternite short, rounded.

Larva finely granulated, with seven side-bands, which are white and bordered
green in front—Food: Chionanthus, Bignonia, ete.

Chrysalis with a long free tongue-case which is not recurved.

Hab. New York to Buenos Ayres, Antilles, and Galapagos Islands.

Three subspecies :

a. P. rustica rustica.

Merian, Jns. Surinam t. 5 (1705) (imago ; larva & pupa=Ps. tetrio). »
eS rustica Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 540. n. 15 (1775) (America) ; Sulz., Gesch. Ins. p. 151. t 20.
2 (1776) (America) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 206. n. 10 (1780); Stoll, in Cram., Pap.
a2 iv. p. 21. t. 301. f. a (1780) (Surinam) ; Fabr., Spee. dns. ii. p. 145. n, 28 (1781) (Ameriea)}
id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 95. n. 31 (1787); Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2385. n. 93 (1790) (larva
aad pupa those of Ps. tetrio) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 366. n. 33 (1793) ; Ménétr., Eni
Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 89. n, 1485 (1857) (Haiti; Brasilia) ; Herr.-Sch., Corsets
iii. p. 59 (1865) (Cuba) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad, v. p. 68 (1865) (Cuba) ; Boi
Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 82. n. 17 (1875); Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. P.
(1876) (Surinam) ; Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. i. p. 92 (1877) (Porto Rico) ; id., in Wiegm.,
Arch. Naturg. p. 10 (1878) (Cuba; larva) ; Pilate, Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) @ayton, 0.,1 8).
Sphinw chionanthi Abbot & Smith, Lep. Georgia i. p. 63. t. 34 (1897) (nom. noy. loco rustica)
Dune., in Jard., Nat. Libr. xxvii. p, 101. t. 5. f. 2 (7.). t. 6. £. 2 (.) (1841).
Acherontia chionanthi, Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 139, n. 1495 (1822).
Cocytius rustica, id., Le. p. 140. n. 1498 (1822) ; id., Samml. Ex. Schm. iii. t. 38. £. 1. 2 (1806).
Protoparce rustica, Burmeister, Sphing. Brasiliens p. 63. n, 1 (1856); Butl., Trans. Zool.
Lond. ix. p. 606. n. 1 (1877) (Brazil; Mexico; Haiti); id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p.
n. 51 (1878) (Jamaica); Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent. v. p. 817 (1878) ; id., lc. Atlas
t. 11. f.7. A-E (1879) (head of larva) ; Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 20. n. 1 (
Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 168 (1888) (N. York, southward into S. Am.; Te
Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 314 (1896) ; Pitt. & Bioll., Lep. Het. Costa Rica p. 12 (1897); Smyt

(85 )
Ent. News xi. p. 485. t. 10 (7.). 11 (UL, p.) (1900) (life hist.) ; Kaye, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond,
p- 139 (1901) (Trinidad).

Macerosila rustica, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 199, n. 2 (1856) (St. Domingo ; Jamaica ;
Mexico ; Brazil) ; Clem., Journ. Ac, N. Se. Philad. (2). iv. p. 163. n. 56 (1859); Grote, L.c.
vi. p. 329 (1867) (Cuba); id., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. iii. p. 185 (1871) ; id., Bull. Buffalo Soc.
N. Se. ii. p, 227. n. 52 (1875) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 268 (1881) (Cuba ; larva, pupa).

Philegethontius rustica, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. iii. p. 224. n. 53 (1877) (Penn. ; Virg. ;
South. States) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. Nut. Mus. xxxv. p. 45 (1889) (lit. rel. to transf.) ; Kirby,
Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 687. n. 1 (1892); Rothsch., Noy. Zoot. i. p. 541 (1894) (Aroa).

Philegethontius rusticus, Edwards, Ent. Amer. ii. p. 163 (1887) (pupa) ; Beutenm., Bull. Am. Mus.

N. H. vii. p. 300. t. 4. £. 6 (1895) ; Kirby, in Allen, Nat, Libr., Moths iv. p. 43. t. 105 (/., i.)
(1897).

Clanis phalaris, Kirby, Cut. Lep. Iet.i. p. 702. n. 1 (1892) (cit. Schaller ex ev7./),
Philegetontius (!) rustica, Peters, [lustr. Zeitschr, Int. iii. Heft 22. t. 1. £. 5. 5a. 5b. 5e (1.,p.) (1898);
Boénningh., /ris xii. p. 111. n. 7 (1899) (Rio de Jan. ; larva on Bignonia and Heliotrop).

3. The basal and discal areas of the forewing and the hindwing are almost
black in fresh specimens, while in faded individuals the forewing becomes more or
less pale russet. In one of our Aroa individuals the interspace C—M? of the fore-
wing between the antemedian and the discal lines is very pale wood-brown, while
the interspace between the first and second discal lines has remained dark brown.

Hab. Continental America, except the North and South, and the larger West
Indian islands; common.

80 odd specimens in the Tring Museum from: Bahamas ; Haiti; Jamaica :
and yarious places of the Continent.

b. P. rustica harterti.

Sphine rustica, Snellen, Tijdschr. Ent. xxx. p. 33 (1887) (Curagao).
*Phlegethontius harterti Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 29 (1894) (Bonaire).

3%. The difference between this and the preceding form is very slight, but
coustant, the dark, triangular, discal area of the forewing being obviously paler in
all the specimens we have seen.

Hah. Curacao ; Bonaire; St. Vincent; St. Lucia; probably on all the Lesser
Antilles.

In the Tring Musenm 1 d,4 2 ?, from: Bonaire (HE. Hartert) ; St. Vincent ;
St. Lucia ; Barbados.

Also in coll. Standinger, from Curagao; coll. Snellen, from Curagao ; Mus.
Dublin, from Barbados ; and in other collections.

c. P, rustica calapagensis.

Protoparce calapagensis Holland, Proc. U. St. Nat. Mus. xii. p. 195 (1889) (Charles I.).
Syzygia calapagensis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 685. n. 2 (1892) (Galapagos).

3%. A smaller and paler insect than rustica rustica. The tenth abdominal
tergite of the d not so distinctly sinuate, and the harpe shorter, than in rustica
rustica, otherwise the same.

A g from Chatham I. in the Tring Museum is abnormal, having the body
above and the wings nearly entirely brownish black, except the double series of
dorsal dots on the abdomen, the stigma of the forewing and the marginal spots of
both wings, which are white, besides feeble traces of white markings on both wings.
The first segment of the palpus is much less extended white than in normal
specimens. We call this aberrant individual—

( 86 ) “FZ

ab. nigrita nov.

Hab. Galapagos Islands.
In the Tring Museum2 ¢¢,2 2% from: Chatham [., 14. iii. 1901 (R. H.
Beck); Charles I. (Markham).

54. Protoparce albiplaga.

Protoparce rustica, Burmeister (on Fabricius, 1775), Sphing. Bras. p. 63. n .1 (1856) (partim ; larva). ;

*Macrosila albiplaga Walker, List Lep. Ins, B, M. viii. p. 202. n. 7 (1856) (Rio de Janeiro ;—Mus.
Brit.).

Diludia albiplaga, Grote & Rob., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 76 (1868); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. —
Lond. ix. p. 614. n. 9 (1877); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 682. n. 9 (1892); Rothsch., Noy.
Zoot. i. p. 88. 541 (1894) (Aroa) ; Druce, Biol. Centr. Am., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 318. n. 6 (1896) —
(Jalapa) ; Peters, //lustr. Zeitschr. Ent. tii. Heft. 22. t. 1. f. 3. (1). 3a (p.) (1898) ; Bonningh.,
Tris xii. p. 112. n. 19. t. 3. £. 5 (U.) (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

(?) Sphinx trojanus Schaufuss, Nang. Otios. i. p. 15 (1871) (Venezuela).

Sphine albiplaga, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 84. n. 18 (1875) (Brazil).

Sphinx valida, id., l.c. sub syn. (1875) (nom. maw. supervac. !).

Amphonyx cluentius, Burmeister, Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 316. n, 1 (1878) (partim ; larva).

Protoparce albiplaga, id., l.c. Atlas p. 33. t. 13. £. 2 (7.) (1879).

3%. Foretarsus without long and stout spines externally, only the apical spine -
of the segments being somewhat prolonged. Posterior tibia shorter than first
tarsal segment. Pulvillus vestigial. Abdominal spines heavy.

d. Tenth abdominal tergite rather thick vertically, becoming obviously
thinner toward the end, which is pointed and hooked; sternite resembling
that of petuniae, but broader, the turned up lateral margin higher. Clasper—
obliquely rounded dorso-apically, ventral margin incrassate, forming a rather
prominent angle apically; harpe with a single, ventral, long, obtuse process,
which is somewhat knife-blade-shaped, and sharply toothed ; the end is incrassate,
and bears a transverse fold or ridge (Pl. XXXVIL. f. 15). Penis-sheath with a long,
slightly curved, conical tooth, which is horizontal, pointing very feebly proximad.

2. Antevaginal plate large, broad, apically rounded, mesially emarginate,
rugose, proximal edge not much raised.

Larva with a lateral series of 8 to 10 yellow patches bordered with black ;
head and posterior part of anal segment black: there are also thin black transverse
bands, one on each segment posteriorly, more or less interrupted dorsally. °

Pupa: sheath of tongue short.

Hab. Mexico to Southern Brazil ; not on the West Indian Islands.

In the Tring Museum 6 33,72? from: Rio Dagua, Colombia (Rosenberg) ;
Aroa, Venezuela ; Rio de Janeiro.

55. Protoparce trimacula spec. noy. (PI. V. f. 7, 3).

Allied to P. dalica and albiplaga.

d. Antenna long and stout. Second segment of palpus longer than in ucetius,
carolina, rustica. First segment of the foretarsus without obviously prolonged
spines. W7th pulvillus. Tenth abdominal tergite compressed, apex rounded, not
pointed in dorsal view, but the apical edge sharp, so that the hook appears to be
pointed in a side-view (PI. XXVIL. f. 21); lobe of sternite very short, curved
upwards, truncate sinuate, with the angles rounded (BI AEX VIL tes ventral
view). Clasper very broad, dorso-apical margin bent inward; harpe resemblin;
to a certain extent that of //orestan and allies; it has no ventral process ; |

( 87 )
yentro-distal margin is turned inward, dentate, and dorsally produced into a long
sharp tooth; the thin dorsal edge is irregularly toothed (Pl. XXXVI. f. 11).
Penis-sheath with a small sabapical tooth (Pl. X XIX. f. 48).

Upperside of body and forewing bistre colour, mottled with grey and tawny
olive ; head with a creamy white streak above eye, continued to pronotum ; meso-
thoracic tegula with a thin whitish lateral border, along which runs an indistinct
blackish brown line ; abdomen rather paler, with mesial tufts of suberect scales ;
a series of white apical dots at each side as in drontes, rustica, and some others,
segments 1 to 3 with a yellow lateral patch bordered with black. Forewing :
outer margin sinuate at M?, the undulate and zigzag lines well marked, discal and
postdiseal ones curved as in sexta, interspace SC'—SC? of second and third discal
line white, the other anterior interspaces between these two lines, as well as at the
distal side of the third one, more or less greyish white, interspaces between first
and second discal lines, which are heavy, not sericeous black as in ducetius, but
scarcely darker than the rest of the disc; postdiscal line heavy, developed to a
patch upon R* and behind M?, followed by a large, ill-defined, creamy white patch
at R*; the creamy white submarginal zigzag line heavy, but broken between the
yeins ; creamy white fringe-spots large; stigma nearly white, round; oblique
apical line heavy, bordered with creamy white in front. Hindwing blackish brown,
the pale bands very obscure, being clearly marked only in abdominal fold ; fringe
spotted with creamy white.

Underside: First and base of second segment of palpus creamy white ; breast
and femora nearly white, tibiae and tarsi brown ringed with white, abdomen more
dirty white, with the usual brown mesial spots. Wings bistre colour, more mummy
brown distally, hindwing greyish white in proximal half of abdominal fold ; three
darker discal bands, which are very faint on forewing, better marked on hindwing,
where they remain parallel down to SM’.

?. Unknown.

Length of forewing: 3, 55—60 mm.

Larva and chrysalis unknown. We expect the larva to differ from the ordinary
obliquely striped type, judging from the larva of albiplaga.

Hab. Colombia.

In Tring Museum 4 ¢¢3 from: R. Dagua (W. Rosenberg) (type); Juntas,
Canca (M. de Mathan), end of 1897 to Jan. 1898.

The specimens from the Cauca valley we received from Mons. Ch. Oberthiir,
who has a fine series of this insect, all males.

56. Protoparce leucofisila sp. noy. (Pl. LXY. f. 3. d).

gd. Allied to dalica, in colour intermediate between it and rustica, wings
narrower. Tlirst sezment of foretarsus shorter than the tibia, with three very long
external spines. Antenna slender, shorter than in dalica and thinner, scaling
white at base. Frons with white transverse band connecting the bases of the
antenna as in rustica; sides of frons and anterior edge with cinnamon scales.
White lateral stripe of mesonotum continued over pronotum ; collar besides with
three buffish white spots. Abdomen above nearly as in rustica, three yellow side-
patches, two widely separated rows of white dots, a mesial row of rather indistinct
black dots, posterior tergites more extended chalky white than in rustica and dalica.
Underside of body chalky white ; first segment of palpus (except a stripe along

( 88 )
eye) and a triangular basal spot of segment 2 white ; legs brown above, ringed white.
With pulvillus. .

Wings, upperside. Forewing midway between those of dalica and rustica ;
a triangular costal space before stigma, interspace between antemedian and first
discal line, and the interspace between the third discal and first postdiseal line |
pale, shaded with buff; a large apical patch in front of oblique apical line followed
by a snbmarginal patch, both white, a smaller white patch and a submarginal
zigzag line before hinder angle; a black streak between M! and M* connecting
third antemedian line with first discal one; discal lines sharply dentate, lines
2 and 3 close together, with the interspace between them spotted with white, the
lines more evenly curved than in rustica ; white spots of fringe large, extended
on to the wing-membrane. Hindwing: as in dalica, but the pale distal band
more distinct behind and broader.

Underside not essentially different from that of dalica.

3. Tenth tergite strongly compressed, apex rather prominent (Pl. XL,
f. 10, side-view); sternite about one-fifth shorter than the tergite, gradually
narrowed to the end which is broad and truncate with the angle turned upwards.
Clasper with almost straight dorsal margin; harpe (Pl. XL. f. 7) of the same —
type as in trimacula and florestan: a large, almost circular plate, deeply concave,
the distal edge dentate and ventrally produced into a short triangular lobe ;
inner surface of harpe covered with small elongate scales. Penis-sheath with
stout apical process (of which the tip is unfortunately broken), projecting obliquely
dextrad and distad.

Length of forewing: 47 mm.

Hab, Chamicuras, Upper Amazons, Peru (Bartlett), 1 ¢ in Mus. Dublin.

57. Protoparce dalica.
*Protoparce dalica Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 243 (1877) (‘‘ Canada” loc. err. ;—Mus. Dublin);
Waterh., Aid Ident. Ins. i. t. 70 (1887) (“ Canada” loc. err.) ; Edw., Ent. Amer. iii. p. 223
(1888) ; Weym., /ris vii. p. 301. note (1895) (=garleppi). ‘
Phlegethontius dalica Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 687. n. 2 (1892) (“‘ Canada” Joc. err.).
*Phlegethontius garleppi Rothschild, Zris vii. p. 307. n. 15. t. 5. £. 1 (1895) (Huayabamba, HE. Peru ;—
coll. Staudinger).
3. Easily recognised by the dark purplish brown forewing, which is con-
spicuously marked with a triangular white patch in front of the large white stigma,
and with an irregular subapical patch bordered by the oblique apical line, as well
as some basal bands and submarginal spots of the same colour. Antenna long and
stout. Head with a white lateral stripe, which is interrupted. First segment
of foretarsus externally with three very long spines. Palvillus present. Tenth
abdominal tergite slender, gradually narrowed to the apex, which is truncate,
sternite very long, the sides curved upwards, irregularly notched. Clasper broad,
rather strongly narrowed to apex, ventral margin strongly oblique, dorso-apica
margin bent inward; harpe with a long, irregularly dentate, lobe, which extends
to the dorsal edge of the clasper (Pl. XXXIX. f. 5); the most ventral toot
rather heavier ; no ventral process. Penis-sheath with a long apical tooth as in
rustica, slightly pointing distad.
?. Unknown.
Larva and chrysalis unknown. ‘
We have now scen several specimens, and find that the differences betwe
dalica and garleppi are not constant.

a

( 89 )

Hab. Costa Riea, Peru, and Colombia, doubtless more widely distributed, but
rarer than most Protoparce.

In the Tring Museum 2 3¢ from: Rio Dagua Colombia (W. Rosenberg); Costa
Rica.

The locality Canada given by Kirby for dalica is erroneous. The specimen
came doubtless from Peru, perhaps from the same locality where lewcospila was
found.

2968 in coll. Charles Oberthiir from: Juntas, Cauca, and Honda, Colombia
(Mathan).

In coll. Staudinger 2 3 ¢ from Peru: Chanchamayo and Hnayabamba.

58. Protoparce brontes.

Sphine brontes Drury, Illustr. Ex. Ins. ii. p. 53 & Index, t. 29. f. 4 (1773) (New York ex err. !).

Sphinc pamphilius Stoll, in Cram., Pap. Ex. iv. p, 217. t. 394. f. B. (1782) (Surinam ex err.) ;
Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad, v. p. 72 (1865) (=afflicta ?).

*Macrosila collaris Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 201. n. 5 (1856) (Jamaica ; St. Domingo ;—
Mus. Brit.).

Maerosila brontes, Grote & Rob., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. ii. p. 75 (1868) (= collaris).

Diludia brontes, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 612. n. 1 (1877) (Jamaica; Haiti) ; Kirby,
Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 681. n. 1 (1892) (Jamaica ; Haiti; “N. America” ex err. !).

Diludia pamphilius, Butler, 1.c. p. 613. n. 2 (1877) (= brontes (?) ; not afflicta).

Though Drury’s figure of drontes is not very good, it cannot be referred to
anything else but the present West Indian species. Some authors have had doubts
on this point, chiefly on account of New York being given by Drury as the country
from whence the insect came. If these authors had looked more carefully over
Drury’s work, as others have done, they would have noticed that the specimens in
Dr. Fothergill’s collection—from which collection Drury figured rontes—were in
more than one instance erroneously labelled. On the same plate on which Jrontes
is figured the North American Pholus achemon is also represented, and this species
is said to be from Jamaica! Surely the localities of brontes and achemon were
interchanged in Dr. Fothergill’s collection.

3%. Antennae long, and in 3 very thick in comparison with the size of the
species. First sezment of foretarsus much shorter than foretibia, without prolonged
spines. With pulvillus.

d. Tenth abdominal tergite very sharply pointed, hooked, compressed, barely
dilated laterally before hook, but somewhat ventrally ; sternite truncate, lateral
margins curved upwards at end, with the upper angles sharp, the sternite appearing
sinuate in an anal view. Clasper long and rather narrow, dorso-apical margin
strongly bent inward; harpe triangular, pointed, ventral margin convex and then
concave, upper margin feebly rounded (Pl. XXXVII. f. 16), denticulation minute.
Penis-sheath with an apical tooth, which is different in the two subspecies
ool XXX. f. 31. 32).

?. Postvaginal plate strongly chitinised, triangularly dilated mesially, apical
edge inerassate ; antevaginal plate very short, almost membranaceous, rugate or
folded, mesially sinuate, forming a very low transverse ridge.

Larva with oblique side-bands, very similar to that of P. sexta jamaicensis,
spiracles, however, bright orange.

Hab. Jamaica ; Porto Rico; Haiti ; Cuba; Bahamas ; South Florida.

Two subspecies :

( 90 )

a. P. brontes cubensis.

Sphinx brontes, Lueas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 297 (1856) (Cuba) ; Herr.-Sch., Corresp. Bl.
p. 149 (1863) (Cuba) ; id., /.c. p. 59 (1865) (syn. partim ; Cuba); Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil.
v. p. 39 (1865) ; Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. i. p. 92 (1877) (Porto Rico) ; Méschl., Abh
Senk. Nat. Ges. xvi. p. 110. n. 107 (1891) (Porto Rico; syx. excl.).

Sphinx cubensis Grote, l.c. v. p. 69. t. 1. £. 5 (¢) (1865) (Cuba).

Diludia brontes, id., lc. p. 188 (1865) (Cuba) ; id., lc. vi. p. 329 (1867) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana
p. 214 (1881) (Cuba ; Porto Rico).

Diludia cubensis, Grote, l.c, p. 188 (1865) (=brontes) ; Kirby, Uc. n. 2 (1892) (Cuba).

¢ %. Black lines of upperside of forewing more prominent than in the following
subspecies, third discal line better marked, the wing appearing more variegated.
Tooth of penis-sheath (Pl. XXIX. f. 32), more pointed, slenderer, than in the
following form. k

Hab. Cuba ; Haiti ; Porto Rico ; South Florida.

In the Tring Museum 3 od, 3 22 from: Cuba; Haiti; Nassan, Bahamas
(Sir G. Carter).

In coll. W. Schans from Miani, Florida.

b. P. brontes brontes.
Sphinx brontes Drury, lc. ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 219. n. 52 (1780).
Sphinx pamphilius Stoll, Lc.
*Macrosila collaris Walker, lc. (partim) ; Edwards, Ext. Amer. iii. p. 223 (1888). :
Dolba pamphilus (1), Walker, /.c. p. 230 n. 2 (1856) (“ not seen’).
Diludia collaris, Grote & Rob., lc. v. p. 164. n. 86 (1865) ; Boisd., /.c. p, 110. n. 50 (1875).
Sphinz pamphilus (1), Boisduval, 1.c. p. 115. n. 57 (1875) (“not seen”).
Diludia pamphilius, Kirby, l.c. n. 3 (1892) ( Surinam” err. loc.).

3%. The postdiscal interspace and a streak before SM? on the upperside of the
forewing are buff or pinkish buff in the ¢; in the mesothoracic tegula, the
subbasal and distal areas of the forewing, above, and a marginal patch near ana
angle of hindwing are whiter than in cubensis.

Hab. Jamaica. :

In the Tring Museum 10 6d, 8 22 from Jamaica. .

Stoll’s figure of pamphilius refers doubtless to this form, which is often as
strongly buffish in colour as the figure.

59. Protoparce sesquiplex (Pl. X. f. 4, 3).

*Sphine sesquiplee Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 73 (1870) (Felder’s fig.) ; Feld., Reise Novara
t. 78. f. 5 (1874) (Mexico ;—Mus. Tring) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 118. n. 61 (1875)
(Mexico ; Guatemala). ‘

Sphin strix id., Cons. Lép. Guat. p. 73 (1870) (nom. maxims supervac.); id., Spec. Gén, Lép. He
p. 118 (1875).
Diludia sesquiplex, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 614. n. 8 (1877) (Guatemala) ; Druce, Biol.

Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 22. n. 1 (1883) (“not seen”) ; id., lc. Suppl. p. 317 (1896) (parti
Guatemala). r

Phlegethontius sesquiplex, Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i, p. 688. n. 19 (1892) (Mexico ; Guatemala).

¢. Ground colour of body and wings whitish smoky grey. Antenna thick and
long. Second and third segments of palpus together not much shorter than the
first. Pulvillus vestigial. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XX VIL. f. 27) long, slender,
pointed, gradually and slightly curved ; sternite more than twice as long as bro
(Pl. XX VII. f. 28), troncate, mesially sinnate, subearinate on the ventral su
slightly curved upwards. Clasper gradually narrowed to apex ; dorso-apical margi

( 91)

bent inwards ; harpe broad (Pl. XXXVI. f. 12), without ventral process, the
distal margin bent basad, forming a rather sharp angle with the horizontal dorsal
margin. Penis-sheath with a heavy, nearly apical, tooth (Pl. XXIX. f. 29); the
edge of the sheath opposite the tooth bent inward and armed with another shorter,
suberect tooth.

?. Unknown.

Larva and chrysalis unknown.

Hab. Central America ; Mexico; Guatemala.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ (type) ex coll. Felder, from Mexico.

60. Protoparce muscosa sp. nov. (Pl. XI. f. 1, ?).

Diludia sesquiplex, Druce (non Boisduval, 1870), Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 317 (1896)
(partim ; Matagalpa, Nicaragua).

$3. Generally confounded in collections with sesguiplex. Differs as follows :
ground colour of body and wings much darker, being almost olive, forewing much
less elongate, pale bands of hindwing less prominent.

g. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXVII. f. 29) shorter and broader ; sternite
also much shorter, not raised mesially on the ventral surface (Pl. XXVII. f. 30);
harpe (Pl. XXXII. f. 13) similar to that of sesguiplex, but the distal margin less
slanting, and the upper angle produced dorsad into a heavy tooth. Penis-sheath
(Pl. XXIX. f. 30) with a longer tooth, which points distad.

?. Highth abdominal sternite strongly chitinised, raised into a heavy trans-
verse tubercle just behind the mouth of the vagina; antevaginal plate weak,
wrinkled (in a dry state), margin almost straight.

Larva and chrysalis unknown.

Hab. Mexico ; Nicaragua ; Costa Rica. :

In the Tring Museum 6 6d, 5 22% from: Cenemarara, Mexico, vi. 1900

(type 2); Huatuxco, Mexico; 1 ? without locality (ex coll. Felder); Costa Rica
(C. Underwood).

61. Protoparce corallina.

*Diludia corallina Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het, i. p. 22. n. 2. t. 2. £. 3 (1883) (Mexico ;
Guatemala ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 682. n. 8 (1892) (Mexico ; Guatemala).

3%. Claw segment without pulvillus. Thorax less robust than in lichenea,
especially in ¢. Wings rather more elongate than in that species, but nearly
exactly the same in pattern. Sexual organs of both sexes different from those of
the following species. End of tarsus see Pl. LXIV. f. 13.

3. Tenth tergite slenderer than in lichenea ; the sternite (Pl. XXVIL. f. 25. 26)
obyiously longer, straighter, narrower, truncate, being very feebly sinuate. Harpe
smaller, ventrally angled (PJ. XXXVI. f. 14). Tooth of penis sheath somewhat
longer, basally thinner, and pointing a little more distad.

%. Vaginal plate rounded apically (PI. XX. f. 7), transversely convex
before end; vaginal cavity bordered in front by a transverse, curved, mesially
sinuate ridge, a rather deep impression before the cavity is surrounded by an
angulated ridge, the proximal horizontal part of which projects as a kind of lip;
the form of the groove is not quite constant, it being in the type longer than in
the specimen from which the figure is taken.

Larva and chrysalis not known.

(92)

Hab. Central America: Mexico ; Guatemala ; Honduras.
In the Tring Museum 1 3, 2 2? from: Cuernavaca, Mexico ; Rosery Mines,
Honduras, 3000—4000 ft. 1
Single specimens in several other collections.

62. Protoparce lichenea.

Sphinx lichenea Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 67. n. 3 (1856) (N. Friburgo) ; Ménétr., Enwn. Corp.
Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 89. n. 1471 (1857) (Brazil) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 111.
n. 52 (1875) (Brazil); Burm., Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 318 (1878); id., lc. Atlas p. 57 (1879)
(Salta ; Tucuman ; descr. of Z & i).
Sphine pamphilius, Burmeister (non Stoll, 1780), Sphing. Bras. p. 67. n. 4 (1856) (N. Friburgo)
id., Descr. Rép. Arg. v. p. 318 (1878). 1
*Macrosila lichenea Walker, List, Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 204. n. 9 (1856) (Rio de Janeiro ;—Mus
Brit.).
*Diludia rufescens Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 12. n. 26 (1875) (Rio de Janeiro ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
id., Zllustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. i. p. 2 t. 15. £. 6 (1877); id., Trans. Zool. Soc.
Bad. ix. p. 614. n. 8 (1877); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 681. n. 6 (1892) ; Rothsch., Noy.
Zoou. i. p. 541 (1894) (Aroa).) d
Diludia lichenea, Butler, l.c. p. 614. n. 9 (1877) (Brazil) ; Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer,, Lep. He
p. 23. n. 3 (1883) (Cordova, Mexico) ; id., .c. Suppl. p. 317 (1896) (Orizaba ; Jalapa ; Chiriqui);
Kirby, lc. n. 7 (1892) (Brazil) ; Rothsch., /.c. (1894) (Aroa),
Protoparce lichenea, Burmeister, /.c. Atlas p. 30, t. xi, £. 4 (/.) (1879).
Protoparce pamphilus (!), id., l.c. Atlas p. 30 (1879).
Diludia brontes, Rothscbild, l.c. (Aroa).
Diludia coratlina, id., l.c. (Aroa).
(2?) Diludia florestan, Binninghausen (non Stoll, 1782), Iris xii. p. 112. n. 8 (1899) (Rio de Jan. ;
partim).
3%. This species does not differ in structure from P. florestan. The forewing
is more variegated than in /Jorestan, the transverse lines, as a rule, being muel
more prominent, and hence appearing to be more numerous; the black disc
streaks R'—M?* are short, often absent. The species varies individually to a
considerable extent. Wh pulvillus. The differences between the two insects:
if a series is compared—do not seem to us to be reliable. We should not
surprised if florestan and lichenea were proved to be one variable species. End ot
tarsus see P]. LXIV. f. 11. 12.
Larva green, not yellowish, with small yellowish granules, which are sparse or
the first three segments ; side-bands narrow, pink, united above by a thin mesia
line, each band rather deeper red behind (acc. to Burmeister, correct ?).
Hab. Southern Brazil, North-West Argentina, northward to Mexico. ;
In the Tring Meeents 10 6d, 8 3 from: Mexico; Costa Rica ; china
Aroa, Venezuela ; Petropolis.
In the Museum at Buenos Ayres from N.W. Argentina.

63. Protoparce florestan.

Sphine florestan Stoll, in Cram., Pap. Ex. iv. p. 216. t. 394. £. B (1782) (Surinam); Burm., Sphiny
Bras. p. 66. n. 2 (1856) (descr, of larva & pupa; N. Friburgo) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét i
p. 112. sub n, 53 (1875) ; Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent. v. p. 318. n, 2 (1878) (N. Friburgo).

Cocytius forestan (!), Hiitbner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 140. n. 1499 (1822).

Macrosila florestan (!), Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 203. n. 8 (1856) (Riode Janeiro) ;
Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad, iv. p. 167. n, 62 (1859) (S. Amer. ; Honduras).

Sphine flovistan (1), Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 89. n. 1472 (1857) (Bra

Diludia florestan, Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. y. p. 164. n. 85 (1865) ; Butl., Trans.
Soe. Lond. ix. p. 613. n. 3 (1877) (Rio de Janeiro); Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 681. n. 4 (1892

|
|

( 93 )
Rothsch., Noy. Zoou. i. p 541 (1894) (Aroa) ; Peters, [//ustr. Zeitschr. Ent, vii. Heft. 22. t. 1.
f. 4. (/.) (1898) ; Bonningh., Jris xii. p. 112. n. 8 (1898) (Rio de Jan. ; partim).
Protoparce florestan, Burmeister. l.c. Atlas p. 30. t. xi. f. 2 (/.) (1879) (N. Friburgo) ; Kaye, Trans.
Ent. Soe. Lond. p. 139 (1901) (Trinidad).

—*Diludia brevimargo Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 12. n, 25 (1875) (Brazil ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,
Tllustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. i. p. 2. t. 15. £. 5 (1877); Kirby, Lec. n. 5 (1892) ;
Rothsch., Noy. Zoo, i. p. 541 (1894) (Aroa); Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl.
p- 317. n. 4. t. 68. f. 1 (g)) (1896) (Mazatlan ; Paso de S. Juan; Vera Cruz ; Jalapa).

3%. Not at all constant, either in size or in markings, often barely dis-
tinguishable from lichenea. Fresh specimens have a greenish tint on the forewing,
which often fades to a clayish yellow. The black discal streaks R'—M®* of the
forewing are always very prominent on the pale ground. The specimens from
Mexico do not differ, to our knowledge, from the Brazilian individuals. The single
Trinidad 3 in the Tring Museum has the forewing rather more elongate, bearing a
remarkable resemblance to Pseuwdosphinax tetrio. Another 3, from Cordova, Mexico,

nearly agrees with it in the shape of the forewing. Wvth pulvillus.

Larva with broad white side-bands, which become narrow dorsally, and include
the stigmata ; first band abbreviated ventrally.

Hab. Southern Brazil to Mexico.

In the Tring Museum 28 ¢d,16 2 from: Mexico (various places) ; Honduras ;
Paramba, Ecuador; Aroa, Venezuela; Port of Spain, Trinidad (Dr. P. Rendall) ;
Rio de Janeiro; Bahuru, Sao Paulo (Dr. Hempel).

64. Protoparce lanuginosa.

Diludia collaris, Edwards (non Walker, 1856), Papilio iv. p. 13 (1884) (Vera Cruz).
Diludia lunguinosa id., Ent. Amer. iii. p. 89 (1887) (Vera Cruz); Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus.
‘ N.H. p. 170 (1892) (Jalapa, typ. spec. ex coll. Hy. Edwards) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i.
p. 682. n. 10 (1892) (Vera Cruz).
Diludia corallina, Druce, (nom id., 1883), Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 317 (1896)
(corallina = languinosa ex err.; Jalapa, Vera Cruz ; Costa Rica).

3. A duller, more uniformly coloured species than florestan. The forewing,
above, is less whitish grey, the two discal streaks R’—M? are less distinct, some-
times absent ; the brown bands on the underside of the hindwing are more feebly
marked, and the side-spots of the abdomen are less black. Structurally not different
from /lorestan except in the head being proportionally smaller. The discal lines of
the forewing are more strongly marked in the Honduras specimens than in the
Mexican ones. With pulvillus.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Mexico to (Spanish) Honduras, probably extending farther south.

In the Tring Museum 3 63,5 22 from: Cordoba, Mexico; Brit. Honduras ;
San Pedro Sula, Honduras.

65. Protoparce crocala.

* Peeudosphinx crocala Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6). xiii. p. 169 (1894) (Honduras ;—coll, Staudinger);
id., Biol Centr, Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 316. n. 2. t. 67. £5 (2) (1896).

%. Pulvillas present. First protarsal segment without prolonged spines.
Wasily recognised by the grey basal third of the hindwing contrasting sharply with
the brown outer two-thirds.—The eyes are too prominent in Druce’s figure.

Hab. Honduras (Wittkugel).

A @ in coll. Staudinger, type. Two ? ¢ in coll. Charles Oberthiir.

Not seen in other collections.

(94)

66. Protoparce bergi spec. nov. (Pl. V. f. 8, 3).

3°. Body and wings greyish creamy buff, dusted with brown and ochreous —
scales. Palpns black at eye ; head and thorax without markings ; abdomen with
small black lateral patches on segments 2 to 4; tibiae darker than sterna, tarsal
segments tipped with buff; first protarsal segment with prolonged spines, externo-
apical spines of following segments also long, but not stout. With pulvillus.

Wings, )
apex of cell, the first and second incomplete, interrupted, indicated by spots, of
which the costal ones are the most conspicuous, the third and fourth line geminate,
curving costad in front ; three equidistant lines on disc, the proximal one generally
more strongly pronounced ; a postdiscal line of Innules, sometimes vestigial, and —
a series of more or less vestigial, submarginal, reversed lunules, the oblique apical
line vestigial or absent ; 70 stigma; fringe buff, with small brown dots. Hindwing:
blackish brown, a costal space (covered by the forewing), an ill-defined anal area, |
extended along abdominal margin to base and also along distal margin, creamy
buff, two black discal lines, curved before anal angle, more or less indistinet ; fringe
as on forewing, dots indistinct or ill-defined.

Underside slightly pinkish. Forewing : much more shaded with brown than
upperside, traces of three discal bands. Hindwing paler than forewing, a blackish
band just beyond end of cell followed by two ofhet bands, the middle one often
absent ; a brown, ill-defined, broad submarginal band.

d. Sexual Ganaine very similar to that of P. florestan, the tenth sternite
more deeply sinuate, the harpe less rounded, being longer basi-distally, teeth of
upper margin rather heavy, the stronger ones bearing mostly one or two small ones.

Length of forewing : 45—47 mm.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Tacuman, Argentina.

We name the species in memory of the late Professor Carlos Berg.

In the Tring Museum 44,1 ? from Tucuman; and 2 d¢ from “ Argentina.”

XX. CHLAENOGRAMMA.—Typnus : jasminearum.

Sphinx, Guérin (non Linné, 1758), Icon. Réegne Anim., Ins. p. 494 (1829-44).

Diludia, Grote (non id., 1865), List Lep. N. Am. p. 5 (1868).

Chlaenogramma Smith, Ent. Amer, iii. p. 154 (1887) ; id., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 197 (1888)
(type : jasminearum).

3%. Differs from Protoparce in the comb of long bristles of the midtarsus
being absent or consisting of one or two reduced bristles, and in the smaller eyes
Head smaller in ? than in d , as is the case in many Protoparce. t

Pulvillus and paronychium present, this with one lobe on each side.

The type-species agrees almost in every detail with Protoparce florestan, of
which it is a northern development. Apart from the absence of the mesotarsal
comb there is indeed very little by which to distinguish jasminearum from Horestan.
The gap between Chl. undata and jasminearum is by far larger than the gap
between jasminearum and Protoparce florestan. Nevertheless, Chiaenogramma i ;
a step forward on the path of the reduction of organs. It is in our opinion a valid

( 95 )

genus,—though the characters in which it is said by its original definer to differ
from Protoparce are not valid.

We emphasise that the genital armature of Chl. jasminearum is identical with
that of Protoparce florestan. The opinion that specifically distinct insects are
always different in the sexual armature is erroneous ; insects identical in those
organs may be different not only specifically but also generically. ‘

| Hab. America, from Canada to Argentina.
}

Key to the species :
Foretarsus without obviously prolonged

spines ; : 67. Chl. jasminearum.

Foretarsus with obviously prolonged spines 68. Chl. wndata.

67. Chlaenogramma jasminearum.

Sphing jasminearum Guérin, lc. p. 494, t. 84. f. 1 (7.). la (/.) (1829-44) (Am. bor.) ; Gray, in
Griff, An. Kingd. xv. t. 83. f£. 1. la (1832) (copy of Guér.’s plate) ; Wils., Encycl. Brit.
ed, viii. t. 236. f. 5. 6 (1855); Clem., Journ. Ac. Nat. Sei. Philad. iv. p. 173. n. 71 (1859)
(Long I.; N. York ; Penn.) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 19 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn.
Lep. N. Am. p. 198. n. 9 (1862) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxi. p. 36 (1864) ; Grote & Rob.,
Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 165. n, 91 (1865) (N. York ; Penn.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét.
i. p. 114. n. 56 (1875) (Am. sept. ; on Fraxinus) ; Streck., Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 115. t. 13. f. 14
(1876) (larva descr.; N. York; N. Jersey; Penn.; etc.) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix.
p- 618. n. 4 (1877); Mart., Trans. Dept. Agr. Illin. xviii. App. p. 103 (1880) ; Pil. Pap. ii.
p- 66 (1882) (Dayton, 0.,1 ¢).

Diludia jasminearum, Grote, List Lep. N. Am. p. 4 (1868) ; id., Bull. Buffalo Soe. N. Sci. i. p. 25
(1874) ; id., lc. ii. p. 227. n. 49 (1875) ; Butl., Uc. p. 640 (1877) ; Grote, Jc. iil. p. 224. n. 50
(1877) (N. York ; Penn.) ; id. Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 134. n. 59 (1886) (Georgia, northward) ;
id., Hawk-Moths N. Am. p. 39 (1886) (Long I., rare in Middle States, not comm. in South) ;
Edw., Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxv. p. 45 (1889) (lit: rel. to transf.).

Sphing jasmincarum (!), Boisduyal, l.c. t. 1. £. 4 (1.) (1875).

Chlaenogramma jasminearum, Smith, Ent, Amer. iii. p. 154 (1887); id., Trans, Am. Ent. Soc. Lond.
xy. p. 199. t. 10. f. 2 (genit.) (1888) (N. York; N. Jersey; Penn.; Maine (?) ; Canada (?) ;
Maryld.; Georgia); Dyar, in Riley, Ins. Life iii. p. 322 (1891) (N. York, electr. light) ;
Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 306. t. 6. £. 3 (i.) (1895) (short deser. of 7., p., 1.).

*MVacrosila rotundata Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 90. t. 7. £. 17 (1894) (hab. ?—Mus. Tring).

3%. Anal angle of forewing rather less prominent than in Protoparce florestan,

_ black longitudinal streak R*—M! generally prolonged to postdiscal line or even
to margin, which is very rarely the case in P. florestan, second streak, M!—M?,
inconspicuous.

‘ g. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXVII. f. 31) prismatically compressed,
highest before end, curved ventrad, pointed ; sternite gently curved in side-view
(Pl. XXVIL. f. 32), almost flat, the edges slightly turned upwards, underside
feebly convex, the lobe somewhat narrowed towards end, mesially incised, the
two halves rounded. Clasper (Pl. XXXVI. f. 9) almost straight dorsally from
base to apical fourth, then slanting, the dorso-apical margin bent inward; harpe
rounded, concave, the distal edges turned up, densely denticulate. Apical tooth of
Penis-sheath horizontal, conical, pointing dextro-laterad, nearly as in Protoparce
petuniae (P1. XXIX. f. 25).

%. Vaginal plate rounded distally, smooth, not scaled ; proximal edge pro-
truding above the membrane connecting the plate with the seventh sternite ;
vaginal orifice median, covered by a transverse projecting fold which is shallowly

@96))

sinuate mesially (Pl. XX. f. 8); the plate is mesially raised behind the vaginal
orifice to a smooth, flat tubercle.
Larva pale yellowish green, with seven narrow side-bands, the first six white,
the last white with a green and red anterior border.—Food: Fraxinus.
Pupa with very short tongue-case, bulbous at end, applied to the breast.
Hab. Bastern United States, from Georgia to N. England, westward to
Pennsylvania and Canada.
In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 1 ? from: Canada; Virginia; Pennsylvania.

68. Chlaenogramma undata spec. nov. (Pl. XI. f. 6. 7).

$%. First segment of foretarsus more than twice the length of segment 2,
with four or five long exterior spines, segments 2 to 4 with a long externo-apical
spine. Head and thorax pale olive, pro- and mesonotum with a black side-stripe,
metanotum with a black and white lateral tuft. Abdomen marked with black
transverse side-bands which separate the whitish grey side-patches.

Wings, above, greyish creamy buff or grey, shaded with brown, crossed by
black lines and bands. Forewing: traces of a basal and a subbasal line at costal
margin; three antemedian lines, the proximal one feebly marked, all curving cos

between first halfmoon and postdiscal line blackish (as in jasminearum, P. florestan,
etc.) ; an oblique apical line joining the postdiscal line between SC* and R#; twe

fringe with creamy white spots. l
patch ; two parallel discal bands, the first the broader, of even width, situate just
outside the cell, the second crenate, consisting of contiguous halfmoons ; a broad
marginal band, distally shaded over with grey scaling, a black dash running through
the grey marginal scaling at the apex of the wing.

Underside: ground-colour as above. Forewing: much more shaded with
brown than above ; of the discal lines the inner one indistinct, the others crenate, if
more distinct. Hindwing: a discal band just outside the cell, curving basad
abdominal margin, divided into two bands in anterior half ; parallel with this is
a third band, more or less strongly crenate, followed by a paler brown, ill-defined
submarginal band. .!

3S. Tenth abdominal tergite subprismatically compressed, convex beneath
curved downwards at end, apex rather suddenly narrowed into a long point; sternite
not essentially different from that of jasminearum, more convex on upperside
Clasper and harpe as in the preceding, but the harpe much smaller. Penis-sheath
also not differing from that of jasminearum. 9

?. Vaginal plate of wndata cinerea (Pl. XX. f. 9) similar to that of
jasmincarum, but the proximal part much shorter, the proximal edge of this ante-
vaginal plate recurved in middle, the upper (or hinder) edge triangularly sinuate
with a (sensory) hair. 7

Larva and chrysalis not known.

Hab. Argentina, and (?) Costa Rica.

Two subspecies, which may turn out to be specifically distinct :

(CORY

a. Chl. undata undata (Pl. XI. f. 6, 3).

3. Body and wings with an obvious clayish tint ; black side-line of thorax
distinct on pronotum, a black transverse line at the base of pronotum connecting
the longitudinal lines ; abdomen beneath with large brown patches, edges of
segments pale creamy buff. Wings adore: lines of forewing very sharply defined,
interspace between the second and third discal line grey, border to hindwing
54 mm. broad at apex, second discal line strongly carinate. Below: fore- and
hindwing with two strongly crenate lines.

Hab, Costa Rica, 1 3; the locality seems to us to be doubtful.

b. Chl. undata cinerea subsp. nov. (Pl. XI. f. 7, 2).

6%. Wings and body much more whitish grey than in the preceding sub-
species ; the black markings of the pronotum less distinct, the white tufts of the
metanotum conspicuous, the black spots of the abdominal sternites much smaller,
the lines of the wings less sharply marked, less crenate, middle discal line of fore-
wing below not crenate, marginal border of hindwing above broader.

é. Tenth tergite shorter and higher than in the previous form, sternite broader
before end. Harpe a little larger. Tooth of penis-sheath a trifle shorter. These
differences may be individual.

?. See above.

Hab. Cordoba, Argentina.

In the Tring Museum 1 $ (type) received from Prof. Carlos Berg. One ¢ in
the British Museum, also from Prof. Berg; other specimens in the Museum at
Buenos Ayres.

The midtarsal comb is indicated by one prolonged bristle in the ¢ in the
British Museum.

XXII. EURYGLOTTIS.—Typus : aper.

Macrosila Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 204 (1856) (partim).
Euryglottis Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 68 (1875) (type: aper) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc.
Lond. ix, p. 612 (1877).

3%. Similar to Protoparce. Thorax and legs very rough with long erect
hair-scales; eye lashed. First segment of foretarsus without prolonged spines ;
no pulyillus ; paronychium with one long lobe at each side ; long apical spur of
hindtibia about half the length of the first tarsal segment.

3. Tenth tergite elongate, rather gradually narrowed, obtuse, curved down-
ward, prismatically compressed, almost flat above and carinate below, with rather
numerous hairs ; sternite somewhat longer than tergite, concave above, convex
below, somewhat rounded-dilated at the sides, apex rounded, apici-lateral margins
tarned inwards, fused with the upper surface, forming a kind of transverse carina
Which is interrupted mesially. Clasper weak, dorsal margin concave, ventro-apical
margin oblique; harpe short, almost concealed under a dense covering of short
half-erect scaling, produced distally into a slender, flat, more or less curved or

H

(98 )

twisted, obtuse process (P]. XX XVII. f. 1—4). Penis-sheath armed with a strong, —
acuminate, apical tooth, which points more or less distad (Pl. XXIX. f. 17. 18. 19).
9. Vaginal plate (Pl. XXI. f. 18) strongly chitinised, narrower at end,
traneate or sinuate, proximal part irregularly wrinkled, or carinate and rugate ;
vaginal cavity large, median, transverse, covered by a large, long, triangular lobe.
Larva and chrysalis not known.
Hab. Tropical South America.
Four species.

Key to the species :

a. The second segment of palpus not pale at
ventral edge ; forewing above without pale
angle-shaped markings in submarginal area 69. 2. albostigmata
Second segment of palpus pale at ventral edge;
forewing above with pale angle-shaped mark-

ings, mostly forming a zigzag line. - b.
4. R* of hindwing from centre of cell . : . 71. EB. davidianus.
thie a much nearer R* than R'—PC* C :
c. Abdomen with white spots only. . 70. EB. dognini.
7s » large yellow lateral patches . 72. E. aper.

69. Euryglottis Albvatiestiatee
*Buryglottis albostigmata Rothschild, Sris vii. p. 301. n. 14 (1894) (Cauca Valley ;—coll. Staudinger).

3%. The species differs remarkably in colour from the other Enuryglottis,
reminding one strongly of Pseudodolbina fo.

3. Process of harpe short, spatulate, slightly twisted near end, and curved
upwards (Pl. XX XVII. f. 3). Tooth of penis-sheath (PI. X XIX. f, 18) short, stout.

?. Not dissected. Hindwing above much more extended white than in d.

Hab. South America ; Colombia ; Ecuador.

In the Tring Museum 8 64,2 $ ? from: Rio Dagua, Colombia ; and Paramba,
Keuador (Rosenberg); 8. Domingo, S.E. Peru (Ockenden).

In coll. Oberthiir 4 dd, 1 2, collected by Mons. Mare de Mathan at: Honda,
Colombia ; Juntas, Cauca; Balsapamba, Prov. Bolivar.

70. Euryglottis dognini.

Luryglottis aper, Boisduval (non Walker, 1856), Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 57 (1875) (partim).
*Buryglottis dognini Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. iii. p. 325. n. 11 (1896) (Loja; Colombia ;—Mus. Tri
3%. Abdomen with three rows of white spots on each side, the middle row
not yellow as in the two following species ; beneath with a large white patch at
the base, tips of coxae also white.
3. Harpe shorter (Pl. XXXVII. f. 2) than in aper, the sexual armature
otherwise almost identical with that of aper.
?. Vaginal plate sinuate at end, antevaginal lobe rounded-pointed, carinate
mesially.
Hab. South America: Ecuador ; Colombia; Venezuela.
In the Tring Museum 6 ¢¢,2 ¢% from: Loja, Ecuador, type d ; Merid
Venezuela (Briceno) ; “ Colombia.”

( 99 )

71. Euryglottis davidianus.
*Buryglottis davidianus Dognin, Le Natural. xiii. p. 159 (1891) (Loja ;—coll. Dognin) ; Kirby, Cat.

Lep. Het. i. p, 685. n. 2 (1892) (Loja).

3. Similar in appearance to £. aper. The paler head, smaller yellow
abdominal spots, straighter subbasal and discal lines of forewing, and the
differences in structure distinguish the species abundantly.

3. Process of harpe (Pl. XX XVII. f. 4) twisted, curving ventrad. Tooth of
penis-sheath (Pl. XXIX. f. 19) short, stout.

2. Not dissected.

Hab. Loja, Ecuador.

In the Tring Museum 1 d from Loja, 19. ix. 87, received from Mons. Paul
Dognin, who has 2 dd and 2 ? ¢ from the same locality, one of them caught in
April 1894.

72. Kuryglottis aper.
*Macrosila aper Walker, /.c. p. 204. n. 10 (1856) (Bogota ;—Mus, Brit.).
Sphine apex (!), Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. i. p. 15 (1870) (Venezuela).
Buryglottis aper, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 68 (1875) (Bogota ; partim).
d. Process of harpe (Pl. XXXVII. f. 1) rather long. Tooth of penis-sheath
(Pl. XXITX. f. 17) Jong, slender, pointing obliquely distad.
2. Vaginal plate (Pl. XX1. f. 18) more or less rounded-truncate at end;
anteyaginal lobe truncate sinuate.
Hab. South America; Venezuela ; Colombia southward to Bolivia.
Two subspecies :
a. E. aper aper.
*Macrosila aper Walker, 1.c.
Buryglottis aper, Boisduval, 1.c.; Butl., Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 612 (1877); Dogn., Le
Natural. xiii. p. 159 (1891).
3%. Abdominal sternites 3 to 5 with indistinct apical dots. Discal band of
three lines of upperside of forewing well-marked.
Hab. Venezuela ; Colombia.
In the Tring Museum 30 3d,3 9% from: Venezuela; Rio Dagua, Colombia
(Rosenberg) ; near town of Bogota, March; Popayan, Columbia (Lehmann).

b. E. aper guttiventris subsp. nov.

3. Abdominal sternites 3 to 5 with distinct apical spots, basal patch of
abdomen pale. Discal band of forewing and the vein-streaks less distinct than
in aper aper.

?. Unknown.

Hab. Bolivia.

In the Tring Museum 3 ¢¢ from: Rio Songo (type, Garlepp) ; Chulumani,
2000 m., Dec. 1900, wet season (Simons).

XXII. APOCALYPSIS.—Typus : velow.
Apocalypsis Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 641 (1877) (type : velow).

3%. Thorax not rongh-scaled as in Euryglottis. Bye not lashed. Lees
longer than in Luryglottis, mach more smoothly scaled; spur of foretibia not

( 100 )

reaching end of tibia, long terminal spur of hindtibia more than two-thirds the
length of the first tarsal segment, little shorter than the tibia; claw-segment
as in Luryglottis. Antenna of ¢ similar to that of ¢, compressed, with long
fasciculated ciliae.
d. Tenth tergite long, narrow, pointed, curved downward, carinate beneath ; _
sternite also elongate, slightly narrowed to the end, which is rounded. Clasper
without patch of modified scales ; harpe obtusely triangular, not prominent, densely
covered with half-erect scales, which conceal the outline of the harpe. Penis-funnel _
ventrally ending in a short, rounded lobe ; penis-sheath armed with a strong, conical, —
apical tooth, which points dextro-laterad and a little distad, and is shorter than the
diameter of the penis-sheath.
2. Vaginal plate (Pl. XXI. f. 17) much folded in front of the large vaginal
cavity ; the : postvaginal part smooth, rather stronger chitinised than the proximal
part.
Early stages not known.
Hab. North India.

One species.
73. Apocalypsis velox.

*Apocalypsis veloc Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 641 (1877) (Darjiling ;—coll.
Staudinger) ; Moore, Descr. Lep. Atkins. p. 5 (1879) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 686. n, 1
(1892) (Darjiling) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. India, Moths i. p. 107. nu. 171. f. 62
(3) (1892) (Sikhim ; Khasis) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 416. n, 171 (1898)
(“not seen’’).

3%. The similarity between this Indian insect and the American Luryglottis
aper is surprisingly close as regards the pattern of the forewing.

The distal margin of the forewing is slightly undulate in the ?.

Hab. North India: Sikhim ; Assam.

In the Tring Museum 6 dd, 2 2% from: Khasia Hills, Assam.

XXII. PSEUDODOLBINA.—Typus : fo.

Zonilia Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 195 (1856) (partim ; type: viridescens).
Dolba, Butler (non Walker, 1856), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 612 (1877).
Pseudosphine, id. (non Burmeister, 1856), Illustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B.M. vy. p
(1881) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. India, Moths i. p. 104 (1892) ; id., lic. iv. p. 453 (1896)
(= Pseudodolbina). "4
Hyloicus, Kirby (non Hiibner, 1822), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 694 (1892).
Pseudodolbina Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i, p. 27 (1894) (type : veloxina=fo).

3%. Closely allied to Apocalypsis. Tye lashed. Antenna of ? ala
cylindrical, with the basal rows of fasciculated ciliae vestigial. First seg
of hindtarsus shorter than tibia, not longer than segments 2 to 5 together,
as Jong as long terminal spur of hindtibia.

3. Tenth tergite elongate, tapering to end, which is somewhat obtuse
(Pl. XXVIII. f. 28) ; sternite much broader, triangular, the sides turned upward
hence the under surface convex, apex more or less distinctly sinuate (PI. XXV
f. 29). Clasper without pan of modified scales ; inner surface covered disti all)
vit hair-scales which lean basad; harpe covered with suberect, short scales,
except at end. Penis-sheath armed with a single, long, pointed tooth which is
directed dextro-laterad, pointing somewhat proximad (Pl. XXVIII. f. 45. 46)

( 101 )

?. Vaginal cavity large, mouth subcireular, in and before middle, the edge
somewhat raised, without lobes ; postvaginal part of plate chitinised in middle
(Pl. XXI. f. 23).

Early stages not known.

Hab. North India.

Two species.

Zonilia and Pseudosphing do not belong to this subfamily, nor even to the
Sphingidae asemanophorae.

~ Terminal spurs of hindtibia equal in length . . 74. P. aequalis.

Ase age 3 not equal in length . 75. P. fo.

74. Pseudodolbina aequalis spec. nov.

¢. Ground colour of upperside of body and forewing of a peculiar greenish
olive colour, with a distinct shade of yellow in fresh specimens. The interspace
between the two lines proximal of stigma on forewing more or less filled up with
blackish scaling, at least in front. The pale parts of the fringe of both wings
greyish white with a shade of yellow. The terminal spurs of hindtibia of almost
exactly the same length.

6. Harpe sinuate at end, the two lobes nearly the same in length (Pl. XXXY.
i. 23).

?. Not seen.

Hab, Assam.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd from: Khasia- Hills, May 94 (type); Cherrapunji.

75. Pseudodolbina fo.

*Zonilia fo Walker, List Lep. Ins. B2M. viii. p. 195. n. 6 (1856) (N. India ;—Mus, Brit.) ; Boisd.,
Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 147. n. 15 (1875) (Ind, or.).

Dolba fo, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 612. n. 1 (1877) (N. India).

Pseudosphins fo, id., Illust. Typ. Specim. Lep, Het. B.M. v. p. 16. t. 81. f. 9 (1881); Swinh., Cat.
Lep. Het. Ox. i. p. 32. n. 128 (1892) (India); Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. India, Moths i.
p. 104. n. 166 (1892) (Sikhim) ; id., Lc. iv. p. 453. n. 166 (1896) (=velowina); Dudg., Journ.
Bombay N. H, Soc. xi. p. 416. n. 166 (1898) (“not seen”).

Hyloicus fo, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 694. n, 6 (1892) (N. India).

*Pseudodolbina veloxina Rothschild, Nov. Zoou., i. p, 27. t. 6. f. 18 (1894) (Khasia Hills ;—Mus.
Tring).

32. Upperside of body and forewing deeper in colour in fresh specimens, being
less yellow than in aequalis, much dusted with grey scales ; mesothoracic tegula
with a short black vitta ; yellow spots of proximal segments of abdomen larger, the
yellow colour of palpus sharper defined, foretarsus more extended yellow on the
upperside, the stigma of the forewing larger, and the pale parts of the fringe of
both wings more yellow than in aequalis. The interspace between the two lines of
forewing proximal of stigma not filled up with black scaling. Spurs of hindtibia
unequal, the long terminal one being about one-third longer than the other.

3. Harpe (Pl. XXXYV.|f. 24) ending in a single, rather prominent, pointed
process directed dorgo-distad. Tooth of penis-sheath (Pl. XXVIII. f. 45. 46) a
little longer than in the preceding species.

%. Vaginal plate see above (PI. XXI. f. 23).

Hab, North India: Khasia Hills, Assam ; Sikhim.

In the Tring Museum 4 3d, 1 ? from: Khasia Hills, April, 1894 ; Cherra-
punji, Jone 1893.

( 102 )

XXIV. DOLBA.—Typus: Aylaeus.

Sphinx, Drury (non Linné, 1758), Zllustr. Ex. Ins, ii. Index (1773).
Hyloicus Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 139 (1822) (partim ; type: pinastri).
Lethia id., Lc. p. 140 (partim ; type : ligustr/).

Dolba Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 229 (1856).

¢2%. Antenna thickest in basal half. First segment of tarsi shorter than
tibiae. D* of hindwing as long as, or somewhat shorter than, D*. Scaling of head
long, hanging over the eyes as a kind of eye-lashes; palpus also rough-scaled.
Tibiae xot spinose ; first segment of foretarsus externally with a number of spines
at base besides the normal first row, all these spines of about the same length,
none obviously longer and stouter ; midtarsus with comb ; puleilius and parony-
chium present.

é. Tenth tergite prismatically compressed, under surface reduced almost to a
line, dilated yentrad before end, apex sharply hooked, the: dilated part rough with
wrinkles and granules; sternite resembling that of Protoparce sexta, the side-
margins parallel, turned upwards and inwards just before end. Clasper elongate
sole-shaped; harpe triangular, produced into an obtuse ventro-distal process,
surface somewhat concave, with dispersed scales, edges not dentate. A short
triangular obtuse penis-funnel beneath the penis-sheath; the latter, as in Protoparce
rustica and other species, with an apical, almost horizontal, tooth pointing dextro
laterad and somewhat distad. Scales at lateral edge of seventh tergite prolonged
to distinct tufts, reminding one of Macroglossum.

?. Vaginal plate proximally broadly rounded, produced in front of the median,
transverse, vaginal cavity into a broad, irregularly notched ridge, which, in a
ventral view, covers the cavity entirely ; postvaginal portion of plate more or less
membranaceous, rounded, scaled (except in middle line).

Larva with six distinct white and red oblique lateral bands, the band on
segment 5 not being well marked ; head granulose, rounded.—Food : Prinos, Tae
Comptonia, Asimia.

Pupa with free tongue-sheath, which is closely applied to the breast.

Hab. North America.

The genus is closely related to Protoparce. It contains only one species,
which resembles Protoparce rustica in the colour of the wings, and several other
Protoparce in that of the body. It is more specialised than any species of Proto-
parce in possessing eye-lashes, while it agrees with the more generalised species of
Protoparce in the possession of a pulvillus.

76. Dolba hylaeus.

Sphina hylaeus Drury, Le. ii. p. 45. t. 26. £. 3 and Index (1773) (N. York); Cram., Pap. Er. ii.
p. 16. t. 107. f. © (1777) (N. York) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 217. n. 47 (1780); Fabr.,
Spec. Ins. ii, p. 149. n. 45 (1781) (Am. bor.) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 97, n. 49 (1787); Gme
Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2383. n. 81 (1790); Fabr., Ent. Syst, iii. 1. p. 373. n. 53 (1793); Lep.
Serv., Enc. Méth. x. p. 465. t. 66. £. 7 (1825) ; Drury, ed. Westw., ii. p. 49. t. 26. £. 3 (183)
(prini=hylaeus) ; Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sci, Art xxxvi. p. 296. n. 8 (1839) (=prini; L. will
6 or 7 bands) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860) (syn. partim) ; Harris, ed. Flint, Jns.
Inj. Veg. p. 328 (1862) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 98. n. 36 (1875) (Ly p.§ N. Am.
Pilate, Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, 0.) ; Reed, Rept. Ent. Soc, Ont. xii. p. 70 (1882) (larva)

Sphinx print Abbot & Smith, Lep. Georgia i. p. 69. t. 35 (1897).

Hyloicus hylaeus, Hiitbner, Verz. bek. Schm, p. 139. n. 1487 (1822).

Lethia prini, id., lc. p. 141, n. 1509 (1822),

( 103 )

Dolba hylaeus, Walker, l.c. (1856) (partim ; “ Mexico ” alia spec.) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Sci. Philad.
iv. p. 178. n. 80 (1859) (syn. partim ; ‘‘Mexico” alia spec.) ; id., in Morris, Synops. Lep. N. Am.
p. 204 (1862); Thaxt., Canad. Ent, i. p. 30 (1874) (Newton, Mass., vi.-vii.) ; Grote, Bull.
Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. i. p. 26 (1874); id., ii. p. 228 (1875) ; id., /.c. iii. p. 225 (1877) (Mass. ;
Missouri; Ohio ; S. States); Butl., Zvans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 612. n. 2 (1877) (Philad. ;
Mass.) ; Scudd., Psyche ii. p. 77 (1877) (larva, detail. deser. ; on Comptonia asplenifolia); Fern.,
Canad. Ent. xvi. p. 22 (1884) (Maine, rare) ; Harringt., ibid,, xvi. p. 54 (1884) (larva ; Ottawa) ;
Fern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 48. n: 21 (1886) ; Grote, Hawk Moths N, Am. p. 39 (1886) ; Holl.,
Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 103 (1886) (S. Indiana, common ; on Asimia triloba) ; Smith, Trans.
Amer, Ent. Soc. xv. p. 196 (1888); Edw., Bull. U. St. N. Mus. xxxv. p. 48 (1889) (lit. rel. to
transf.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 684. n. 1 (1892) (N. Amer.) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer.
Mus. N. H. vii. p. 309. t. 6. £. 4 (1895) (N. York ; /. with 7 stripes, on J/ex glabra) ; Rowl.,
Ent. News ix. p. 191 (1898) (Missouri); id., ibid. x. p. 11 (1899) (Missouri, common, /.
on Pawpaw).

Dolba hyleus (!), Cross, Ent. News vii. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampshire).

3$?. Cramer’s figure was taken from a specimen in Lennep’s collection ; there
is an individual from this collection in the Tring Museum (ex coll. Felder) which
may have served as original for Cramer’s figure. The species varies a good deal
individually.

Larva: head granulose, not rugate, with a pale blue side-stripe ; seven side
bands, but only six distinct and bordered deeper red in front, pale rose-colour
behind, these borders not extending on the next segment, except the last ; stigmata
with the edges of the slit black.

Tongue-case of chrysalis free, closely applied to the breast, 4 mm. long.

Hab. Wastern regions of N. America: from Canada to Alabama and Florida,
westward Missouri and Iowa.

In the Tring Museum several larvae, one pupa, and 19 6d, 9 % ? from various
places.

XXV. DOLBOGENE gen. novy.—Typus : hartweg?.
Dolba Walker, l.c. (partim).

3%. Differs from Dolda in the short, long-spined, first protarsal segment, and
short spurs; from Gurgantua in the presence of the pulvillus and non-spinose
tibiae.

Larva and chrysalis not known.

Hab, Central America.

One species. A development of Dolba.

77. Dolbogene hartwegi.

Dolba hylaeus, Walker, l.c. (partim ; Mexico).

*Dolba hartwegi Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 259. n. 55 (1875) (Oaxaca ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,
Trans. Zool. Soc. ix. p. 612. n. 3 (1877); Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 22. n. 1
(1883) (Oaxaca) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 685. n. 2 (1892) ; Druce, Lc. Suppl. p. 316 (1896)
(Honduras).

3. Tenth abdominal tergite slender, compressed, somewhat depressed at end,
apex obtusely pointed ; sternite almost as narrow as the tergite, horizontal, the sides
curved upwards, the under surface therefore convex, upper surface distally some-
What grooved in middle. Harpe (Pl. XX XV. f. 27) very short and small, without

( 104 )

patch of suberect scales. Penis-sheath with a very minute apical lobe ‘indicating ;

the tooth of the allied Sphingidae.
?. Antenna almost cylindrical.
Hab. Mexico ; Honduras ; probably more widely distributed in Central America. —

XXVI. ISOGRAMMA gen. nov.—Typus: hageni.

Ceratomia, Grote (non Harris, 1839), Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. ii. p. 149 (1874).
Daremma, id. (non Walker, 1856), /.c, iii. p. 224 (1877).
Sphinx, Strecker (non Linné, 1758), Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 127 (1878).

3%. Antenna of ? with a row of prolonged: ciliae. Foretibia spinose at end;
first seement of foretarsus little longer than second, with some long stout spines ;
midtibia with a few spines at the very end, midtarsus zwthout comb ; paronychium
and pulyillus present. Tubercle of labrum with sharp edge.

¢. Tenth tergite prismatically compressed, sulcate above, except at convex
apex, convex beneath, becoming carinate at end, apex curved downwards, pointed
in side-view, obtuse in frontal view; sternite mesially divided into two conical
pointed processes (P]. XXVIII. f. 4) which are curved upwards at end. Clasper
broadly sole-shaped, widest before middle, apex broadly rounded, a short, high,
subdorsal fold, ending where the clasper widens dorsad; harpe (Pl. XL. f. 3)
scaled on surface as in Chlaenogramma, a pointed, finger-like, ventro-distal
process, and a broad, short, rounded upper lobe, dorsal edge of harpe irregularly
dentate. Penis-sheath armed with an apical, conical, horizontal tooth which slants
distad a very little.

?. Vaginal plate nearly as in Chlaenogramma, but the ridge before the moutll
of the vagina mesially deeper sinuate and somewhat impressed at the sinus
(RLEXOX Sf. 11)))

Larva covered with dispersed, transversely seriated granules, side-bands
bordered with red ; head granulose (sub-triangular ?).

Hab. Texas.

One species.

In the shortness of the foretibia and first segment of the foretarsus the only
species of this genus agrees with the species of Ceratomia, and in the preservation
of the pulvillus with Chlaenogramma, while it differs from both genera in the
foretibia and the extreme apex of the midtibia being armed with spines. The
spinosity of the tibia is an advanced character, not eeu by Ceratomia, while
the pulvillus is an ancestral structure already lost in Ceratomia. Therefore
genus /sogramma, though closely related to Ceratomia, is in one respect m
advanced than this, and in another it lags one step behind. This clearly show
that /sogramma and Ceratomia represent two divergent lines of development.
With a little power of construction it is not difficult to conceive that one and the
same link is missing both between Ceratomia and Chlaenogramma, and between this
and Isogramma, this link being the common ancestor of Jsogramma and Ceratomia,
characterised by the possession of a pulvillus, not-spiny tibiae, and short and
strongly armed first segment of anterior tarsus. From this ancestral form age
branched off by acquiring spinose tibiae (and in ? andromorphic antennae)
preserving the pulvillus, while Ceratomia became differentiated by losing the
pulvillns, but keeping the unarmed tibiae. A further differentiation into three

(105 )

species took place within Ceratomia, while Isogramma remained represented only
by one species. Now, if there are other forms to be discovered which are further
developments from Ceratomia and Jsogramma, it is obvious, judging from the

general tendency of evolution among the Acherontiinae, that the next step beyond

Isogramma would be represented by an insect with spiny tibiae, but without
pulyillus, and that the next step beyond Ceratomia would be a form without
pulvillus as in Ceratomia, but with spiny tibiae; the two forms, therefore, thus
resulting, although not of the same origin, would be identical in those characters.
In such instances the classifier who endeavours to give a classification-based upon
blood-relationship has to be careful. There are many traps for the classifier who
is merely guided by the presence or absence of a certain character. Similarity and
blood-relationship are not identical conceptions. Spinosity of the legs and reduction
in their length, reduction of paronychium, pulvillus, tongue, and palpus, appear-
ance of fasciculated ciliae on the ?-antennae recur in many instances among
Acherontiinae and Ambulicinae in phylogenetically widely separated forms. Only
by closely following the various lines of development is it possible to distinguish
between what is similar and what is related.

78. Isogramma hageni.

Ceratomia hageni Grote, l.c. ii. p. 149 (1874) (Texas) ; id., Jc. ii. p. 227. n. 47 (1875) ; Butl., Trans.
Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 621. n, 2 (1877) (Texas) ; Maass., Stett. Ent. Zeit. p. 16 (1880) (not
a Cerat., but prob. a Daremma); Grote, Papilio ii. p. 176 (1882) (‘‘ Kansas” err. loc.) ;
Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 204 (1888) (Texas).

Daremma hageni Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. N. Sc. iii. p. 224. n. 49 (1877) (Texas) ; id., Papilio iii.
p. 65 (1883) (Texas, not Kansas) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 684. n. 2 (1892) (Texas).

Sphine hageni, Strecker, Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 127. t. 14. f. 6 (1878) (Texas ; descr. of larva) ; Riley,
Rept. U. St. Dept. Agr. p. 193. t. 12. £. 2 (7., 1.) (1882).

The forewing has a yellowish green tint, which is not present in Ceratomia
undulosa, with which a casual observer might confound the present species.

Hab. Texas.

In the Tring Museum 1 3,222.

XXVII. CERATOMIA.—Typus : amyntor.

Agrius Hiibner (non id., 1822), Samml. Ex. Schm. (1824 ?) (nom. indeser.).

Ceratomia Harris, in Sillim., Jowrn. Sci. Art xxxvi, p. 293 (1839) (type : amyntor).
Macrosila Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 199 (1856) (partim),

Daremma id., lc. p. 231 (1856).

&phine, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 72 (1865).

Diludia id. (non id., 1865), Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci, iii. p. 224 (1877).

Preudosphinz, Butler (non Burmeister, 1856), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 629 (1877).

3%. Tongue, palpus and eye reduced; antenna of ? not andromorphic; tubercle
of labrum with sharp edge. Tibiae wxarmed ; foretibia short, first segment of fore-
tarsus not essentially different in length from second, armed with three or four long
stont spines externally, externo-apical spines of segments 2 to 4 not obviously
prolonged; midtarsus without comb; pulvillus absent; paronychium present with
one lobe on each side.

Larvae very different in the three species. The larva of C. wndulosa represents
& more ancestral type than those of the two other species. The divergency in the

( 106 )

structure and colour of the larva does not speak against the insects being united
under one generic term. The dissimilarity is not an expression of ditferent origin
of the forms, but of adaption of phylogenitically the same forms in different
directions. Asa matter of course, there is some justification in pleading that each
of these species represents a genus of its own; but we reject such a procedure, as
it would necessitate, if consequently carried out, the erection of a genus for practically
every species, and would lead in the end to a mere shifting of terms, genus being
substituted for species, and species for geographical race (subspecies).

Pupa: tongue-case not projecting, not reaching to end of wing-cases, except
amyntor. 7
The sexual armature confirms the relationship of Ceratomia with Isogramma
and Chlaenogramma.

Fab. Eastern parts of the Nearetic Region.

Three species.

y

Key to the species :

a. Postdiscal band of hindwing, below, sharply
dentate. - : : a : : AltA:
Postdiscal band of hindwing not dentate : . Sl. C. catalpae.
6. Pale fringe-spots of forewing very much smaller

than the brown spaces between them 2 . 79. C. amyntor.
Pale fringe-spots of forewing the same size about
as the brown spaces between them. ‘ . 80. C. undulosa.

79. Ceratomia amyntor.

Agrius amyntor Hiibner, Samml. Ex. Schm. iii, t. 39 (1824 ?).
Ceratomia quadricornis Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sci. Art xxxvi, p. 293 (1839) (1. on Ulmus
americana) ; id., Ins. Inj. Veget. p. 227 (1841) (l.,p.); Walk., List Lep. Ins. B.M. viii. p. 25
(1856) (Mass.) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad, iv. p. 179. n. 82 (1859) (Mass.; Pe
Michig. ; 1., p.); Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860); Clem., in Morris, Syn. N. Am.
p- 205 (1862); Pack., Rept. N. Hist. & Geol. Maine ii. p. 167 (1862); Lint., Proc. Ent. Soe.
Philad. i. p. 286 (1863) (metam. ; Ulmus); Jaeg., Life N. Am. Ins. p. 192 (1864) ; Lint., Proe.
Ent. Soc. Philad. iii, p. 664 (1864) (pupa) ; Harris, Ent. Corresp. p. 282 (1869) (., p.) ; And
Canad. Ent. viii. p. 40 (1876) (Brooklyn, brown /.); Bunk., ibid. viii. p. 120 (18
(Rochester, N.Y., brown /., Engl. Elms) ; French, Trans. Dept. Agric. Illin. xv. p. 167 (8
Fletch., Canad. Ent, xil. p. 212 (1880) (Ottawa) ; Mart., Trans. Dept. Agr. Iilin. xviii. Aj
p. 102 (1880) (larva) ; Hag., Papilio iii. p. 61 (1883) (quad: to be retained) ; Harris, ed. Flint,
Ins. Inj. Veget. p. 323. fig 148 (1883).
Ceratomia amyntor, Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 164. 190 (1865) ; Beth., Canad. Ent.
1. p. 71. n. 20 (1869) (Canada) ; Minot, zbid. ii. p. 28 (1870) (egg, U.) ; com inas iii. Pp.
(1871) (Quebec, vi.); Lint., Ent. Contr. i. p. 192 (1872) (N. York, é.: vi. B. vii, vill. ;
BE. vill. ix.); Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 30 (1874) (Mass., E, vii—B. Vii.) ; Grote, Buil. Buffalo
N. Sci. i. p. 24 (1874) ;id., Le. ii. p. 227. n. 46 (1875) ; Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii. p. 241. n. 11 (18:
(Montreal, common, vi.); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 53. t. 1, £. 2 (1.) (1875); Butl
Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 621. n. 1 (1877) (Mass., Mexico !) ; Grote, l.c, iii. p, 224. n. 47
(1877) (Canada ; Mass. ; Penn. ; Mich.) ; Pil., Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, O., not rare) j
Good., Psyche iii. p. 368 (1882) (Mass. ; : Dts, Betula) ; Reed, Rept. Ent. Soc. Ont. xii. p.
(1882) (larva) ; Druce, Biol, Centr. Amer. .y Lep. Het. i. p. 24 (1883) (N. Am. ; “ Mexico”
Mus. Brit.) ; Fern., anaes Ent. xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Orono, Maine, rare) ; id., Sphing. N. E
p. 24. n. 9 (1886) (metam.) ; Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 38 (1886) ; Smith, Trans, An
Ent. Soc. xv. p. 201. t. 10. f. 5. 6 (genit.) t. 11. £. 1. (leg) (1888) (Canada to Virginia, wes
Missouri, Iowa) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxv. p. 44 (1889) (lit. rel. to metam.) ;
U. St. Dept. Agr., Rpt. Ent. Comm. v. p. 242. n. 28. t. 11. f. 1 (J.) (1890) (metam.); Dya
Riley, ns. Life iii. p. 322 (1891) (N. York, electr. light); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i. p. 695. 0.1

(107 )

(1892) (N. Am.) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 307. t. 6. f. 6 (1895) (N. York; vi.
vii. ; larva, pupa) ; Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 319 (1896) (Orizaba, teste Boucard) ; Cross, Ent. News
vii. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampsh., common); Rowl., ‘bid. ix. p. 191 (1898) (Missouri) ; id., Lc. x.
p- 12 (1899) (Missouri).

Sphine ulmi Boisduval, J.c. sub syn. (1875) (nom, max. supervac. !).

Ceratomia ulmi, Edwards, Ent. Amer. iii. p. 223 (1888) (=amyntor).

3%. Distal margin of forewing more straight than in the other species,
somewhat sinuate before hinder angle; the greater part of the wing sometimes with
whitish flush, in which case also the underside is more grey than in ordinary
individuals. First segment of foretarsus shorter in ¢ than in ?; long terminal
spur of hindtibia two-thirds the length of the first tarsal segment.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite broad, prismatical, subcarinate beneath, slightly
convex above, curved, a little dilated ventrad before apex, ending in a short hook ;
sternite narrow, mesial lobe divided by a narrow slit into two slender, elongate
triangular, pointed lobes, which are somewhat curved dorsad (PI. XXVIII. f. 1).
Clasper roundedly oblique ventrally, almost straight dorsally, somewhat dilated
dorso-apically ; harpe (Pl. XXXVIII. f. 17) short, nearly oblong, truncate distally,
with the angles rounded, concave proximally, the apical surface and edge rough
with sharp tubercles and teeth. Penis-sheath with a rather short, conical, apical,
horizontal tooth which points slightly distad.

@. Vaginal plate almost wholly membranaceous, wrinkled, covered with scales
laterally to the mouth of the vagina, which is antemedian, the anterior margin of
_ the opening not produced into a prominent ridge or flap, and therefore the mouth
of the vagina more or less free.

Larva with two high processes on the second and third thoracic segments, a
dorsal mesial line and seven oblique lateral lines of tubercles composed of aggregate
granules ; head somewhat narrowed above, granulose behind ; horn densely covered
with high granules.

Hab. Atlantic Subregion, Canada to Georgia, westward to the Missouri basin.

In the Tring Museum several larvae, pupae, and 6 dd, 15 ? ?.

80. Ceratomia undulosa.

Macrosila brontes (?), Walker (non Drury, 1773), List Lep. Ins. B.M. viii. p. 199. n, 1 (1856) (syn.
excl. ; U. States).

Daremma undulosa id, l.c. viii. p. 231. n. 1 (1856) (Orilla, W. Canada); Clem., Jowrn. Ac. Nat.
Sci. Philad. iv. p, 186. n, 91 (1859) (cop. from Walk.) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860);
Clem., in Morris, Syn. N. Am. Lep. p. 214 (1862); Bowl., Canad. Ent. iii. p. 143 (1871)
(Quebec, vi—vii.) ; Lint., Ent. Contr. i, p. 192. & iii. p. 179 (1872) (N. York, vi.) ; Thaxt.,
Payche i. p. 30 (1874) (Mass., M. Vi. —B. vil.) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. i. p. 24 (1874) ;
id., /.c. ii. p. 227. n. 48 (1875) ; id., lc. iii. p. 224. n, 48 (1877) (Conn. ; Mass.; N. York ;
Penn.) ; Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii, p. 241 n. 12 (1875) (Montreal, rare) ; 'Butl., Trans. Zool.
Soc. Lond. ix. p. 611 (1877) W. Canada; U. St.) ; Andr., Psyche ii. p. 73 (1877) ; Worth.,
Canad. Ent. x. p. 16 (1878) (Chicago, /. on black ash, viii. ix.) ; Hulst, Bull. Brookl. Ent. Soc.
ii. p. 35 (1879) ; Coq., Trans. Dept, Agr. Illin. xviii, App. p. 159 (1880); Reed, Rept. Ent.
Soc. Ont. xii. p. 64 (1882) (larva); Pil., Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, 0.,1 g); Fern.,
Canad. Ent. xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Orono, Maine, common) ; id., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 27. n. 10
(1886) (metam.) ; Holl., Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 102 (1886) (J. occasionally on white and on red
oak) ; Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 38 (1886) (Canada to Middle States, vi., viii.) ; Edw.
Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxy. p. 45 (1889) (lit. rel. to metam.) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i

_ p. 683.n. 1 (1892) ; Cross, Ent. News vii. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampsh., common) ; Bowl., Ent.
News y. p. 176 (1894) (J. on Ash) ; id., Lc. ix. p. 191 (1898) (Missouri) ; id., lc. x. p. 12
(1899) Missouri ; common ; Ash).

Ceratomia repentinus Clemens, re p. 180. n. 83 (1859) (Mich. ; Conn, ; Penn. ; N. York); Morris,
Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 39 (1865).

( 108 )

Sphinx repentinus, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 72 (1865).

Daremma repentinus, Grote & Rob., ibid. v. p. 164, n. 88 (1865) (Atlantic district).

Sphinx brontes, Boisduval (non Drury, 1773), Spee. Gén. Lép. i. t. 11B. f. 6 (1836) ; id., Le. Hét. i.
p- 116. n. 58 (1875) (larva, pupa ; N. York). 7

Daremma brontes, Marten, Trans. Dept. Agr. Illin. xviii. App. p. 102 (1880).

Diludia brontes, Maassen, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 65 (1880). 7

Ceratomia undulosa, Smith, Trans, Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 203. t. 10. f. 7. 8 (genit.) (1888) (Canada
to Virg., westw. to IIl., Missouri, Iowa); Beutenm., Bull, Amer, Mus. N. H, vii. p. 308, t. 6. £.7

3%. First segment of foretarsus not longer than second (Pl. LXIV. f. 5) ; long
terminal spur of hindtibia more than three-fourths the length of the first tarsal
segment. Pronotum edged with yellow buff. Stigma large; antemedian lines
of forewing distinct. 3

&é. Tenth abdominal tergite compressed, curved at end, subcarinate distally
above and below, with a short lateral carina at end, dilated ventrad before the
hook (Pl. XXVIII. f. 2); lobe of sternite longer than broad, rounded truncat
at end, sinuate, margins turned upwards, so that the lobe is concave above, conve
beneath (Pl. XXVIII. f. 3). Clasper broadly sole-shaped, deeply concave ; harpe
resembling that of Jsogramma hageni, produced ventro-distally into a pointed
process ; the distal and dorsal edge of the somewhat concave upper part of the harpe
denticulate, the scaling on the surface of the harpe not very dense (Pl. XL. f. 2).
Penis-sheath armed with an apical horizontal tooth which is beset with sharp teet)
at the distal and proximal edges, the dentition extended proximad along the e
of the stronger chitinised part of the sheath (Pl. XXIX. f. 1) ; this armature of the
penis-sheath is peculiar to wndulosa.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XXI. f. 1) proximally limited by a rounded ridge ;
mouth of vagina covered by a prominent ridge which is produced distad at each
side into a long, broad, apically rounded, lobe ; this ridge surrounds the vaginal
opening in front and at the sides, and forms the roof of a large cavity. }

Larva light green, with seven oblique greenish white side-bands ; stigmata
red; body almost smooth; anal segment with black granules; head obtusely
triangular. Sometimes the underside and large patches in front of the side-bands
red, —Food-plants: Fraxinus, Ligustrum, ete.

Pupa more stumpy than that of amyntor, less glossy, especially the wing
cases ; more distinctly multicarinate near spiracles ; tongue shorter than forelegs

Hab. Atlantic Subregion: Canada to Virginia; westward to the Mississ
basin.

In the Tring Museum several larvae and pupae, and 23 dd, 17 ?? from
various localities. oa

81. Ceratomia catalpae.

Sphinx catalpae Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 103. n. 42. t. 2. £. 1 (i.) 2 (U.) (1875) (dese
from figs. of Abbot and note of Leconte) ; Streck., Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 142 (1878) ; Mart.,
Dept. Agr. Illin, xviii. App. p. 104 (1880) ; Kent, in Riley, Ins. Life iii, p. 338 (1891)
Missouri, larva abundant) ; Edw., Can. Ent. xxx. p. 7 (1898) (Coalburgh, W. Va.).

Pseudosphinx catalpae, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 629 (1877).

Diludia catalpae, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. iii. p. 224. n. 52 (1817) (Georgia).

Daremma catalpe, Grote, Canad. Ent. x. p. 231 (1878) (Florida!) ; Koeb., Bull. Brooklyn Eni
Soc. iv. p. 20 (1881) (egg, larva) ; Riley, Rpt. U. St. Dept. Agr. p. 189. t. 13 (1882) (meta
Edw., Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxv. p. 45 (1889) (lit. rel. to metam.) ; Webst., in Ril
Life ii. p. 382 (1890 (larva, Arkansas, v.; S. Indiana); Wall. Ent. News ix. p. 23 (189
(Delaware, /., denuding Catalpa trees).

( 109 )

Ceratomia catalpae, Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent, Soc. xv. p. 205. t. 10. f. 9. 10 (genit.) (1888) (Florida
to Virginia, Mississippi, Indiana) ; Jones, Ent. News x. p. 43 (1899) (Delaware, spreading
northward ?) ; Laur., ibid. x. p. 190 (1899) (Delaware, abund. of pupa); id., Lc. xi. p. 608
(1900) (spreading northw.).

3¢. First segment of foretarsus a little longer than second ; long terminal
spur of hindtibiae less than two-thirds the length of the first tarsal segment.
Markings in basal half of forewing less distinct than in wnxdulosa, stigma smaller,
bands on underside of hindwing less marked, the outer one not dentate; collar not
edged yellow buff, brown lateral patches of abdomen smaller. The fringe-spots are
variable in size.

d. Tenth abdominal segment not quite symmetrical—the asymmetry is not
conspicuous,—tergite less dilated vertically before endt han in undulosa; sternite
shorter, the lobe broader than long, sinuate, the right half truncate, the left
rounded. Clasper small, narrow, broadest just before end; harpe short, broad,
almost oblong, somewhat narrowing to eud, sinuate at apex, the ventral lobe shorter
than the upper one, upper margin slanting, dentate (Pl. XL. f. 1). Penis-sheath
with a very long, conical, horizontally curved, apical tooth (Pl. XXLX. f. 2. 3).

?. Vaginal plate resembling that of Zsogramma hageni, but the ridge covering
the vaginal cavity thicker and less distinctly sinuate.

Southern specimens seem to be duller in colour and less distinctly marked
than northern ones, and have on the metanotum an obvious yellowish spot, which
is much paler in northern examples.

Larva pale green, black above, with pale green dorso-lateral stripe, which is
interrupted, ringlets and joints also partly pale green; head black; horn thin,
black.—Food-plant : Catalpa.

Pupa slender, glossy, not strongly sculptured.

Hab. Southern district of Atlantic Subregion: Florida to Delaware, westward
to Mississippi and Pennsylvania.

In the Tring Museum a number of larvae and pupae, and 9 dd, 13 ? ¢ from:
Florida ; Virginia ; Pennsylvania.

XXVIII. ISOPARCE gen. noy.—Typus : cupressi.

Sphine, Boisduyal (non Linné, 1758), Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 102 (1875).
Myloicus, Grote (non Hiibner, 1822), Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se. iii. p. 225 (1877).

d. Tongue very short and weak, scarcely reaching midcoxae. Palpus small,
rough-haired. Tibiae xot spiny ; first segment of foretarsus short, somewhat longer
than second, not obviously longer than fifth, with several stout spines externally,
apical one prolonged, segments 2 to 4 also with one prolonged externo-apical
spine; hindtibia shorter than first tarsal segment ; spurs very long, long terminal
one of the length of the first tarsal segment ; xo comb to midtarsus ; xo pulvillus,
paronychium zthout lobes. R* of hindwing before centre of cell, SC? and R! on
a long stalk.

g. Tenth abdominal tergite slender, curved, carinate above, apex obtuse in
dorsal, acute in lateral, view ; sternite (Pl. XXVIII. f. 6) broad, triangular, obtuse,
sinnate, convex below. Clasper short and broad, subdorsal fold heavy, with long
bristles ; harpe (Pl. XL. f. 4) consisting of an upper, truncate, dentate, concave

(110 )

lobe, and a ventro-distal, flat, somewhat concave, obtuse process. Penis-sheath
(Pl. XXVIIL. f. 55) produced into a flat apical process.
? Unknown to us. ;
Larva (accord. to Boisduval’s figure) : green, middle of tergites (except first.
two) red, sides with two rows of white patches.
Pupa (accord. to Boisd.) without free tongue-case.
Hab. Southern Atlantic States.
The species shares with Atreus plebeja the short first protarsal segment and

the tibiae, absence of a pulvillus, and the short first protarsal segment.
derivation from Ceratomia.

82. Isoparce cupressi.

Sphinw cupressi Boisduval, lc. n. 41. t. 2. £.3 (i.) 4 (l.) 5 (p.) (1879) (Georgia) ; Edw., Canad.
Ent. xix. p. 146 (1887) (Kissimee & Enterprise, Florida, May); Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent.
Soc. Lond. ix. p. 195 (1888 (Georgia ; Florida).

Hyloicus cupressi, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. iii. p. 225. n. 75 (1877) (Georgia); Kirby, Cat.
Lep. Het. i, p. 694. n. 17 (1892).

3. This almost uniformly brown insect is easily recognised by the nearly
longitudinal black double line which runs on the forewing from R* to M?. ‘

Rare in collections. The two specimens recorded by Edwards were caught
in May; as they were rubbed, Edwards concludes that the species emerges
the chrysalis earlier in the year.

Hab. Georgia ; Florida.

One damaged ¢ without locality in the Tring Museum; also a ¢ in
Berlin Museum.

XXIX. NANNOPARCE gen. nov.—Typus: poeyi.
Hyloicus, Grote (non Hiibner, 1822), Ann. Lyc. N. York viii. p. 200 (1867).

3%. Tongue longer than the body ; comb of pilifer white, not yellow,
bristles flattened. Antenna of without prolonged ciliae, slightly but distinetl
clubbed. Tibiae not spinose ; foretarsus as in Ceratomia with short first segment
which is armed with long spines; midtarsus with comb; long terminal spur
hindtibia about four-fifths the length of the first tarsal segment, this shorter that
tibia ; xo pulvillus ; paronychinm with one lobe on each side. }

Early stages unknown.

Hab. Cuba; Jamaica; Yucatan.

One species.

The presence of the midtarsal comb, the long tongue, the specialised comh
of the pilifer and the slightly clubbed antenna of the 2 remove this genus frot
Ceratomia.

the branch eb ieti ~
eee

It is an independent offshoot fro

tach segment.

(aL)

83. Nannoparce poeyi.
Hyloicus poeyi Grete & Robinson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 166. n. 100 (1865) (Cuba; nom.
nud.) ; Grote, Ann. Lyc. N. York viii. p. 200 (1867).

d. Tenth abdominal tergite long, slender, curved ; sternite (Pl. XXVIII. f. 5)
obtusely triangular, sinuate, convex below. Harpe (Pl. XXXV. f. 28) obliquely
rounded at end, dorsal edge sharply dentate, concave ; a patch of suberect scales
on the surface of the harpe. Penis-sheath with a short flat process which is
notched at end (Pl. XL. f. 13).

?. Orifice of vagina (Pl. XXI. f. 13) proximal, covered by a triangularly
sinuate flap ; behind the orifice there is a very long rod-like tubercle, similar to
that found in Hyloicus lanceolata.

Hab. As above.

We have not seen a Cuba specimen, but the two Jamaica specimens (or,
to be more correct, one specimen and four wings) agree so well with Grote’s
description that we have no doubt about the correctness of our identification as
regards the species. Whether Jamaica and Cuba individuals are subspecifically
different, that is a question which we cannot decide without Cuba material.

a. N. poeyi poeyt.

Hyloicus poeyi Grote, l.c.; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix, p. 617. n. 8 (1877) (“Atlantic district” ;
“1863” ex err.) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 227 (1881) (Santiago, Cuba) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep.
Het. i. p. 694. n. 13 (1822) (Cuba ; “ 1863” ex err.).

Erinynis poeyi Grote, l.c. (sub syn.).

3. Forewing less variegated with blackish brown than in /aterivs, more
elongate. Tenth sternite more deeply sinuate, and harpe more densely dentate.

Hab. Cuba; Jamaica.

A ¢ in the Dublin Museum, without antenna but otherwise in fair condition ;
another in the Berlin Museum with wrong head and abdomen. The latter indi-
vidual has on the forewing a large brown costal mark in the shape of a halfring
open at costal margin.

b. N. poeyi haterius.

*“Hyloicus haterius Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6.) ii. p. 239 (1888) (Yucatan ;—coll. Staudinger)
Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 694. n. 18 (1892); Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl.
p. 318. n. 1. t. 65. £. 5 (1896) (Temax, N. Yucatan).

8%. Forewing variegated with blackish brown, especially on disc and at
costal margin.

d. Tenth sternite minutely sinuate.

Hab. Yucatan.

In Museum Tring 1 ; in the British Museum 1 6; also in the coll. of
HL. Druce and Staudinger.

XXX. DICTYOSOMA gen. nov.—Typus : elsa.
Sphine, Strecker (non Linné, 1758), Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 126 (1878).

d%. Tongue shorter than the body. Pilifer with bristles and scales. Palpus
slender, not prominent, hairy. Eye small, not lashed. Antenna (3d, 9%) stout,

(112 )

with very short abrupt hook, segments constricted at base, appearing dilated laterad
in a dorsal aspect, rather broad ventrally; the ventral portions being sho
than the stem of the segments, there is an interspace between the segm
ventrally. Tibiae without spines; foretibia short, barely three times as long
broad ; first segment of foretarsus about as long as the tibia, with three lon
spines, besides an additional basal one, no small spines externally, second segme
with two prolonged spines; xo comb to midtarsus ; hindtibia longer than the fir
tarsal segment, this shorter than the four others together ; spurs of mid
hindtibiae very short, the proximal pair of hindtibia about as long as the tibia
broad. Pulvillus absent; paronychium reduced, without elongate lobes. Cro
veins of hindwing very oblique. :
g. Tenth abdominal tergite stout, curved, pointed, convex above; sterni
broad, the lobe slightly spatulate, irregularly rounded. Clasper short and b
broadly rounded (Pl. XXXIX. f. 8); harpe produced into a long pointed pro
which curves upwards. Penis-sheath produced into a short, slender, conical, ac
slightly curved process of the Hyloicus type (Pl. XXVIII. f. 44). .
2. Vaginal orifice subapical (Pl. XX. f. 21), with a short, broad, sinuate
lobe in front.
Larva green, somewhat granulose, with six reddish brown oblique side-stripes
which are edged with pale yellow behind.
Pupa not described, probably without free tongue-case, 4
An isolated species, wrongly associated generically with Hyloicus drup fore “uh
vancouverensis, etc. ’
Hab. Arizona.
One species.

84. Dictyosoma elsa.

Sphinx elsa Strecker, lc. p. 126. t. 14. f. 4 (g). 5 (9) (1878) (Arizona, in coll. Streck. @, é
Neumoeg. 2); Smith, Zvans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 189 (1888) (‘‘ tibiae sparsely spinose
ex err. !); Edw., Ent. Amer. iv. p. 61 (1888) (larva) ; id., Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxy, P 46
(1889) (lit. rel. to metam.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 692. n, 22 (1892) (Arizona). |

3. All the specimens in collections have apparently come from the sé
locality in Arizona. The species occurs possibly in N.W. Mexico.
Hab. Arizona. _ eg
In the Tring Museum 1 3, 1 ? ; in coll. Schaus 1 ¢; in coll. Standinge
eyeilce

XXXI. NEOGENE gen. nov.—Typus: reevi.

Hyloicus Hiibner (non id., 1822), Samml. Ex. Schm., Zutr. (1825 ?).
Gargantua Kirby, Cat. Tap) Het. i. p. 692 (1892) (partim).
Sphinx, Auct.

3%. Antenna very stout in 3, nearly one-half the length of the for
abruptly hooked; distinetly clavate in %, simple, not quite one-third the
of the forewing. Tongue shorter than the body, weak. Pilifer with a
scales instead of bristles. Genal process much longer than the pilifer.
applied to the head, not prominent, larger in ¢ than in 2. Eye lashed.

EE

(a1)

not spinose, longer than the respective first tarsal segment; first segment of
foretarsus about three times as long as broad, armed with three long spines, second
segment with one long apical spine ; midtarsus generally with two or three long
bristles indicating the comb ; first segment of mid- and hindtibia shorter than the
four others together; long apical spur of hindtibia not half the length of the first
tarsal segment ; no spines on the upperside of the tarsi; paronychium present,
the lobe long but very slender ; xo pulvillus. Spinulation of abdomen weak.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Southern Neotropical Region.

The genus is a dwarfed offshoot from Protoparce, parallel with the series
Chiaenogramma—Ceratomia. It has acquired, like Ceratomia, the short and
strongly armed foretarsus, lost the pulvillus, and preserved the unarmed tibiae.
The presence of some long bristles indicating the comb on the midtarsus proves
Neogene to have branched off independently of Chlaenogramma, in which the comb
is entirely reduced to the ordinary spinulation, while in the modification of the
bristles of the pilifer into scales Neogene is even more advanced than Ceratomia,
which has the normal brush of bristles. It belongs to the Nannoparce branch,
forming a more specialised member of that series, which terminates in the
Australian Coenotes.

Two species :

Occiput white like the sides of pro- and mesonotum 86. N. dynaeus.
Occiput black like the sides of pro- and mesonotum 85. NV. revi.

85. Neogene reevi.

*Hyloicus reevi Druce, l.c. (1881) (Paraguay ;—coll. Druce); Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 695. n. 20
(1892).

Sphine baruta Berg, An. Soc. Cient. Argent. xv. p. 151 (1883) (Buenos Ayres).

Gargantua baruta, Kirby, 1.c. p. 693. n. 5 (1892) (Buenos Ayres).

*Sphine cossoides Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 94. t. 7. f. 22 (1894) (Castro, Parana ;—Mus. Tring).

Sphinz reevi, Schaus, Ent. News vi. p. 143 (1895) (= baruta =cossoides).

32. The disc of the hindwing more shaded with brown in the ? than in 3,
in the latter mostly the veins only brown. The width of the black border of the
hindwing is not constant.

g. Tenth abdominal tergite strongly compressed, narrow above, parallel in
dorsal view from the middle to the end, the tip obtuse ; tapering in side-view, with
the tip acute; underside carinate ; lobe of sternite rounded, slightly spatulate,
about as long as broad, sinuate. Clasper broad, widest beyond middle, dorsal
margin rather strongly dilated-rounded; harpe (PI. XX XVIII. f. 16) triangular,
produced ventro-distally, obliquely rounded distal margin dentate. Penis-sheath
with a long, conical, curved, horizontal tooth at end.

%. Bighth abdominal tergite rounded-truncate at end, not sinuate ; sternite
triangular, separated laterally from the tergite by the pleural membrane ; vaginal
cayity transverse, with a short, wrinkled, semi-membranaceous ridge in front,
covered with scales.

Hab, Argentina; Paraguay ; Parana, Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 9 33,3 2? from: Castro, Parana, Noy. Dec. (E. D.
Jones) ; La Gama, Argentina, Nov. Dec. ; Cordoba (Berg).

(114 )

86. Neogene dynaeus.

Hyloicus dynaeus Hiibner, l.c. 5. p. 19, 0. 232. f. 463. 464 (1825?) (Bahia) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.
i. p. 695. n, 19 (1892) (Bahia).
Sphinx dryneus (!), Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 98. n. 35 (1875) (Pernambuco).
g@. The chalky white colour of the occiput and sides of pro- and mesonotum
distinguish this species conspicuously from reevi. The forewing has an oblique,
grey, more or less interrupted, apical band which joins as a rule the grey transve
discal band. The hindwing is more or less suffused with brown; the bro
marginal band is not sharply defined. No long bristles at the base of the midtarsus:
or only one or two.
&. Sexnal armature essentially as in veer’, but the tooth of the penis-sh
longer.
?. Not seen.
Hab. Brazil: Bahia, Pernambuco.
In the Tring Museum 3 d'd from Pernambuco, received from Mr. Schaus. —

XXXII. COENOTES gen. nov.—Typus : eremophilae.

Sphinx, Lucas (non Linné, 1758), Queenslander xxxix. p, 894 (1891).
Protoparce, Miskin (non Burmeister, 1856), Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. viii. p. 24 (1891).

3%. Closely allied to Neogene. Antenna much slenderer, palpus smalle
tongue shorter and weaker, midtarsus without the long basal bristles, R? of |
hindwing a little more central, the lobes of the paronychium much shorter ; ey¢
lashed.

Larva grey sage green; head, anal prolegs and horn black ; three r
orange spots, one dorsal, two lateral, the latter including the stigmata ; horn la
and thin (from a drawing by Miss Barnard).—Food : Hremophila. m

Tongue-case of pupa not free. :

Hab. Queensland.

One species.

87. Coenotes eremophilae (Pl. XII. f. 8, 3, type).

*Sphine eremophilae Lueas, l.c. (May 1891) (Dawson ;—Mus. Tring); Misk., Proc. R y
Queensl. viii. p. 64 (1891) (=minimus); Luc., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. (2). vie
(1891).

Protoparce minimus Miskin, /.c., p. 24 (1891) (Dawson).

Phlegethontius (?) eremophilae Kirby, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 38. n. 43 (1894).

The type of this species is in the Tring Museum, ex coll. Barnard, from
collection Lucas described the insect. Miskin’s minimus came from the same

g. Tenth tergite shorter and more strongly curved than in Neogene, s
convex dorsally at apex ; sternite truncate-sinuate, a little longer than bro
the angles rounded. Harpe very short, rounded-triangular, denticulate
without a patch of erect scales (which patch is present in Neogene, Prot
ete.). Penis-sheath defective in the only ¢ at disposal, apparently 1
armature.

(ais)

?. Vaginal plate smooth distally, proximal three-fourths membranaceous,
vaginal orifice antemedian.

Hab. Dawson River, Queensland (Barnard coll.).

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢, 1 2 ex coll. Barnard, type.

XXXII. ATREUS.—Typus : pledeja.

Sphine, Fabricius (non Liuné, 1758), Gen. Ins. p. 273 (1777).

Anceryx Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 224 (1856) (partim ; type : pinastri).
Hyloicus, Grote & Rob. (non Hiibner, 1822), Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 166 (1865).
Atreus Grote, Hawk-Moths N. Am. p. 41 (1886) (type : plebeja).

d?. Tongue long. Eyes lashed. Comb of pilifer normal. Fore- and mid-
tibiae spinose, spines not numerous ; two of the apical spines of foretibia long, no
spines on anterior surface, first segment of foretarsus with two or three long spines,
much shorter than the tibia, half as long again as second segment ; hinudtibia about
as long as the first tarsal segment, spurs very long, long apical one reaching end
of first tarsal segment ; comb of mesotarsus present, consisting of a few long bristles
which stand in basal fifth of the segment; pulvillus and paronychium present.
Antenna gradually tapering from middle to end, segments in 2 with distinct basal
tows of prolonged ciliae. R* of hindwing in or before centre of cell.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite as in Protoparce quinquemaculatus; lobe of
sternite flat, rounded, rather obviously sinuate (Pl. XXVIII. f. 8), agreeing with
the sternite found in some Hyloicus. Clasper rather slender, not dilated dorsad ;
harpe (Pl. XX XV. f. 26) with a patch of erect scales as in Protoparce. Penis-sheath
as in Protoparce, with an apical horizontal tooth, which points to the right-hand
side.

?. Vaginal plate semi-membranaceous, mouth of vagina very wide, its proximal
edge sharp, but not, or little, raised above the level of the postvaginal portion of
the plate (Pl. XX1. f. 19). .

Larva green, paler above or pinkish, seven yellow side-bands, bordered black
or red in front; horn with numerous black granules; head rounded, very little
narrowed above, granulose all over ; thorax with dispersed granules, a transverse
row anteriorly on prothorax and a dorso-lateral series on meso-metathorax more
distinct.

Pupa: tongue-case detached, straight, closely applied to the breast, long,
reaching to the end of the antenna-case.

Hab. Bastern parts of the Nearetic Region.

Two species.

An offshoot from Protoparce, or rather from a form (not yet discovered, or
extinct) connecting Protoparce with Hyloicus.

88. Atreus plebeja.

Sphine plebeja Vabricius, Gen. Ins. p. 273. n. 16-17 (1777) (‘ St. Cruz I.” err. loc.) ; id., Spec, Ins.
ii. p. 146. n. 31 (1781) (“ Amer. merid. insul.” err. loc.) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 95. n. 34 (1787) ;
id., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 367. n. 36 (1793) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2385. n. 91 (1790) (loc. err.);
Steph., //lustr. Brit. Ent., Haust. i. p. 122 (1828) ; Harr., in Sill., Jowrn. Sci. Art xxxvi.
p. 296. n. 9 (1839) (N. Carolina) ; Wood, /nd. Ent. p. 246. t. 53. £. 27 (1839); Clem, Journ.
Ae. Nat. Sci. Philad, iv. p. 170. 0, 66 (1859) (Penn. ; Conn. ; Mass.) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am.

(116 )

p. 18 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lip. N. Am. p. 195 (1862) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. —
i, p. 99. n. 87. t. 1. £. 3 (/.) (1875) (Georgia ; Florida ; non “ Antilles”); Pil., Papilio ii, p. 66
(1882) (Dayton, O., rare).

Anceryx plebeia, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 224. n. 3 (1856) (U. St. ; cit. Hiibn. exel.).

Hyloicus plebeia, Grote & Robinson, Proce. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 166.0. 99 (1865) (Atlantic district); —
Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 617, n, 6 (1877) (Delaware) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.
p. 694. n, 9 (1892).

Hyloicus plebeius (!), Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc, N, Sci. i. p. 27 (1874) ; id., lc. ii. p. 228. n. 66 (1875);
ch ic. iii, p. 225. n. 68 (1877) (Mass. ; Missouri; Ohio; Southern St.) ; Scudd., Psyche ii.
p. 78 (1877) (larva; on Syringa); Fern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 52. n. 23 (1886) (larva ; on
Tecoma); Edw., Bull. U. St. Nat, Mus. xxxv. p. 48 (1889) (lit. rel. to metam. ; on Bignonia,
Passiflora !) ; Rowl., Canad. Ent, x. p. 11 (1899) (Missouri, larva on Syringa, Tecoma).

Altreus plebeius (1), Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 41 (1886) (. on Syringa).

Sphine plebeius (1), Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. P. 194 (1888) (Canada to Florida, westw. to
es Beutenm,, Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 305. t. 6. £. 3 (1895) (N. York, vias
E, vii, viii. ; 1., p.); id., lc. viii. p. 295 (1896) (metam. ; on Tecoma). ~

3%. Harpe (Pl. XXXYV. f. 26) strongly dentate, produced ventrad into a broad”
lobe which ends in a heavy sharp tooth. The black lateral patches of the abdomen
have developed to a subdorsal and subventral longitudinal band connected with each
other by the black edges of the segments. The development of such bands from
patches in this species is of great significance in the study of the development of the
pattern of Lepidoptera. It was Eimer’s main contention that longitudinal bands”
represent a/ways the ancestral pattern, which is erroneous.

Larva on Syringa and Tecoma; Boisduyal, and later Hy. Edwards, l1.c.¢.,
gives Bignonia and Passiflora as food-plants.

Two broods.

Hab. Canada to Florida, westward to Missouri.

In the Tring Museum 10 3d, 12 2 2, 3 larvae and 2 pupae from: N. Jersey ;
Virginia ; N. Carolina ; Sanford, Florida, June. ;

XXXIV. HYLOICUS.—Typus : pinastri.

Sphinw Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim ; type : ocellata).
Hyloicus Hitbner, Verz. bel: Schm. p. 138 (1822) (partim; type: pinastré).
Lethia id., Lc. p. 140 (1822) (partim ; type: ligustri).

Agrius id. (non id., 1822), Samml. Ex. Schm. (1824 ?).

Lintneria Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 620 (1877) (type : eremitus),
Gargantua Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 693 (1892) (type : eremitus).

3%. Eye lashed. Foretibia spinose. No pulvillus. Abdominal segmen
laterally black at the apex ; white or grey at the base. Harpe without patch
suberect scales ; penis sheath produced distad into a simple or hooked process.

A large genus, comprising forms which differ considerably in structure, but are
connected by intergraduate species.

Tongue much longer, or shorter, than the body. Palpus more or Jess
rough, with long hair-scales. Antenna of ? without distinctly prolonged seri
ciliae, often obviously clubbed. Foretibia always armed with spines, but
spines quite variable in number and size, midtibia unarmed, or with one or a
few apical spines regularly or occasionally, or more or less spiny all over ; spur
often with one or more spines (vancouverensis, eremitus, etc.) ; first pro
segment variable in length, often armed with prolonged spines; midtarsal cor

(( iile/ 9)

present, or reduced in the number and length of the bristles, or the bristles not
prolonged to a comb; pulvillus always absent, but the lobe of the paronychinm
may be present or absent.

The more generalised species with paronychium, mesotarsal comb, very long
tongue, long first protarsal segment and nof spiny midtibia, are dugens and allies.
From this group eremitus branched off by acquiring the short first protarsal segment,
the spiny midtibia and the specialised larva. Another branch (canadens/s, etc.),
had its origin in some such form as justiciae ; while lanceolata may be regarded as
the prototype of the more specialised chersis, rancouverensis and allies. This latter
series, of which seguotae and coloradus with their clubbed ?-antenna and the
peculiar genital armature form a side-branch, culminates in forms without
paronychium and without midtarsal comb.

In two of the species (vancouverensis and perelegans) remarkable dichromatism
obtains, there occurring specimens with a black and specimens with a grey thorax.
The difference is said to be seasonal in vancouverensis (see below).

We were very much surprised to find that, in perelegans, this difference in
colour is accompanied by a difference in structure, the one form possessing long
Jobes to the paronychium, the other being without them. This is the first instance
met with by us among Lepidoptera—apart from geographical races—where individual
resp. seasonal forms differ in structure as well as in colour.

We should have liked to divide the rather unwieldy mass of species at least
into three genera. Our attempts, however, to do so were a failure. The species
with non-spinose midtibiae and long lobes to the paronychium form a natural group,
if we except lanceolata, but the remainder comprises species which are partly much
less related ‘nter se than with species of the first group, and would require further
splitting up, if the first group were treated as generically distinct.

eLarvae of the /igustri-type, or specialised in pattern and sometimes in structure.

Pupa with a free tongue-sheath of varying length, appressed to the breast.

Hab. Nearctic, Neotropic, and Palaearctic Regions.

Thirty species, of which only four are Palaearctic.

Key to the species :

A. Midtibia not spinose; paronychium with lobes. Hindwing
with a black basal patch. Forewing generally with
two distinct stigmata.

a. Mesothoracic tegulae with a black middle line besides

the thin black dorsal border. : F é b.
Mesothoracic tegulae without black middle line : z.
4. Metanotum with a golden-yellow spot on each side . re
” without _,, ” ” Te mabe ie ¢.
¢e. Bringe of abdominal tergites with a yellow double
spot . A - 2 : 2 é 0 . 92. H. justiciae.
Fringe of abdominal tergites without yellow spots. . d.
d. Middle of abdominal tergites of a yellowish russet
tint, forewing washed all over with rasset. . 93. H. merops.
Middle of abdominal tergites olive or grey, ground
colonr of forewing grey. : - ; ; e.
é. Wdge of prothoracical tegulae yellow dorsally . . 98. H. separatus.

” ms A not yellow dorsally, die

(118 )

J. Length of forewing 50 mm. or more, ground colour

whitish grey. : : qy-
Length of forewing 45 mm. or ree ground colour
brownish grey . h.

Length of forewing 45 mm. or mules: prone signe

whitish grey, the two lines of the mesothoracic

tegula of nearly the same width, the interspace
whitish grey. . 97. IL. eremitoides.

qy. luterspace between the io eg on the ae

blackish grey, darker than the dise of the

mesonotum ; . 99. IT. star.
Interspace between the two lines a fhe! same pele
grey colour as the disc of the mesonotum . . 100. Hl. praelongus.
hi. Abdomen beneath with a series of murs black
patches. ; . 95. HZ. geminus.
Abdomen beneath with one comepienaes satel the
others absent or minute. . . 94. IL. lugens.

?. Mesothoracic tegula without black dared Berdes
metanotum with two yellow spots ; whitish grey

bands of hindwing extended to costa . : , oy:
Mesothoracie tegulae with black dorsal border,
metanotum without yellow spots, grey bands of

hindwing not extended to costa. : 2 . 101. 7, lanceolata,
ip Bee and forewing blackish grey. : c . 90. H. maura.
+ greenish olive-buff . : - 89. IL arthuri.

B. M' duihin: aha, hindwing with sharply defined black basal
patch; first protec segment only a little longer
than the second, with long spines. c : - 96. IT. eremitus.
C. Midtibia spinose, or paronychium without lobes. Hindwing
without black basal patch, or this patch indistinct,
ill-defined. Forewing with one stigma, which is
often absent.
k. Hindwing almost unicolorous, without sharply

|
i

marked black distal band ; : : t.
Hindwing with a sharply marked distal band, besides
a black median band... : 2 .
1. Abdomen with red or reddish side-patches : - 112. ML ligustri.
ir without red tint . 2 5 ; é m.
m. Forewing without white fringe-spots ; . «108. HL. vancouverensis.
5 with as r , at least below . N. 3

n. Forewing yellowish buff; mesothoracic tegulae with
two stripes, the upper thinner than the lower,
space between them russet, paronychium with

long lobes . : : : : : : . 108. HZ. kalmiae.
Not so° . 5 c 0.
o. Dise of mesonotum whitish or elayiah ace, or some-
what russet, paronychium without lobes. : p-
Disc of mesonotum black, at least in frontal half — . as

p- Mesothoracie tegulae without a thin middle line =. 102. //. chersis.

u.

w.

y.

(US)

Mesothoracic tegulae with a thin middle line besides
the dorsal border. : - : q-

. Ground colour of forewing and Thane elas ish

106. 107. H. franehki and canadensis.
Ground colour of forewing and thorax greyish white,
white side-spots of abdomen bordered with black

allround . : : 4 . 104. HL libocedrus.
Ground colour as before, white ene aoe of abdomen
not bordered black above and below . 105. ZZ. perelegans f. asellus.

. Paronychinm without long lobes, black discal band

of hindwing below absent or vestigial : . 110. IT. luscitiosa.
Paronychium with long lobes; the band distinct ;

pale side-patches of abdomen not bordered with

black below. : . 109. H. gordius.
As before, the side- ation: mat Back Borden below. Ss.

. Pale side-patches of abdomen bordered above by a

broad black longitudinal band . : - 111. H. drupiferarum.
The dorso-lateral black band not present 105. //. perelegans f. perelegans.

. Long terminal spur of hindtibia two-thirds the length

of the first tarsal segment : : . 116. H. pinastre.
Long terminal spur of hindtibia less than half the

length of the first tarsal segment —. : : u.
Midtibia with spines 4 0.
Midtibia without spines, or bul with one or tye ie

end . : 0 : w.

. Forewing whitish grey in age ses this area

bordered by a black and brown basi-apical band 113. H. dolli.
Forewing more uniform in colour . 5 ‘ . 1d. HL. sequoiae.
Abdomen with greyish white side-patches ; two lines

across apex of cell of forewing, oblique apical

line and discal streaks very heavy. . 115. HL. crassistriga.
Abdomen with greyish white side-patches, seen
of forewing very thin or ill-defined. : . 118. HL. oberthueri.

Abdomen with brownish grey side-patches, one line
across apex of cell of forewing (this line often

obliterated) - ; é 5 . 117. HL. caligineus.
. Mesothoracic tegula with fee mesial line 7: . 91. HL. aurigutta.
F », without ,, 3 : : y-
Forewing above greenish olive-bulf . : : . 89. HL arthuri.
x » blackish grey . a : ; . 90. IT. maura.

89. Hyloicus arthuri.

*Sphine arthuri Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. iv. p. 307 n. 1. t. 7. £.1(g) (1897) (La Paz ;—Mus. Tring).

3. Wasily recognised by the peculiar greenish olive-buff colour of the upperside
of the head, thorax, and forewing. Spines of foretibia not very prominent (the only
specimen known has no middle and hind legs). Harpe broad (PI. XX XVIII. f. 2),

concave,

and dentate. Membranaceous lobes protruding from the penis-sheath

more heavily denticulate than in the other species.

( 120 )

?. Unknown.

Larva and chrysalis unknown.

Hab. La Paz, Bolivia, 1 ¢ at the electric light (Mus. Tring).
Not seen in ate collections.

90. Hyloicus maura (Pl. XI. f. 5, 2).

Sphinx maura Burmeister, Deser. Rép. Argent. V. Atlas p. 57 (1879) (Tucuman ;—Mus. Buenos
Ayres) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 691. n. 11 (1892) (Tucuman).

2. We have only 2 22, and there was no other material in the collections
visited. ‘This may be the other sex of arthuri; but considering the great similarity
in pattern between separatus and eremitoides, lugens and geminus, it would be very
hasty to put arthuri and maura together as the sexes of one species. The question
can only be decided by the study of do of maura from Tucuman. The two insects
agree in the peculiar shape of the forewing, the outer margin of the same being
slightly convex, nearly straight down to R*. The head and thorax are uniform in
colour, without black stripes in both species ; however, whereas these parts as well
as the forewing are blackish grey in maura, they are greenish olive-buff in arthuri.
The underside of the abdomen of maura is less white than in arthuri, and the
white fringe of the hindwing is distinctly spotted with brown. Both species have
two golden-yellow spots on the metanotum, one at each side.

Vaginal plate similar to that of separatus, distally more rounded, the cavity
also more rounded, the cone bearing the vaginal orifice rather high, obliquely
truncate, the ventral margin projecting.

Early stages unknown.

Hab. Tacuman and Espirito Santo. In Mus. Tring 2 ? ? from: Tucuman,
cotype ; Espirito Santo (from Herr Fruhstorfer).

The specimen labelled Espirito Santo has a double stigma on the forewing,
while the anterior spot is wanting in the cotype, which we received from Professor
Carlos Berg.

91. Hyloicus aurigutta spec. noy. (Pl. XI. f. 4, 3).

3 ?. Similar to ugens, larger, less grey, wings and body (abdomen excepted)
washed with Vandyke brown. Metathorax with two golden yellow spots. Wings,
upperside. Forewing : black markings not very distinct on the dark ground ; an
indistinet russet patch iter cell poenally of oblique antemedian double line ;
white double stigma rather prominent ; oblique apical line thin, widely interrupted
at SC°; postdiscal line R*—SM? interrupted at veins, nearly straight, followed by
a greyish white, irregular, submarginal line, which is, taken as a whole, parallel to
margin.—Bands of hindwing less white than in dugens, being washed with brown
like the abdominal bands; black basal patch not quite reaching base, antemedian
grey band curved as in merops, black discal band much widened from (SM’) to R’,
including a grey patch before M? and a smaller one at SM’. Palpns and sterna
with a few grey scales.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite broad in Saal half, very abruptly narrowed in
middle, apex slenderer than in Zwgens, sternite longer and slenderer than in that
species, Harpe (Pl. XXXVIIL. f. 3) ending in a heavy tooth, dorsal edge heavily
toothed, ventro-distal edge faintly notched. Process of penis-sheath of the same
type as in dugens, but broader.

.
7

( 121 )

?. Not dissected.

Early stages unknown.

Hab. Chanchamayo, Peru (Thamm); 1 ¢ received from Messrs. Standinger
& Bang-Haas ; 1 ? from Yungas, La Paz, Bolivia, 14. xii. 99 (Garlepp). Also in
the Staudinger collection.

Easily distinguished from maura by the black thoracic stripes, and the much
more distinctly marked forewings, from /wgens and allies by the golden metathoracie
spots.

92. Hyloicus justiciae.

*Sphinx justiciae Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 220. n. 12 (1856) (Rio de Janeiro ;—Mas.
Brit.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 88. n. 23 (1875) (=anteros ; Rio de J.); Butl., Trans.
Zool, Soc. Lond. ix. p. 619. n. 9 (1877) (Rio de J.) ; Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent. v. p. 324. n. 4
(1878) (Buenos Ayres; N. Friburgo; descr, of larva); id., lc, Atlas p. 30. t. 11. f. 3 (L.)
(1879) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 691. n. 12 (1892); Schaus, Ent. News vi. p. 143 (1895)
(=anteros).

Sphinx anteros Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 131. n. 1478. t. 12. f. 1 (1857)
(N. Friburgo) ; Butl., /.c. n. 10 (1877) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 13 (1892).

3%. Fringe of abdominal tergites orange yellow near the mesial line.

3. Harpe resembling somewhat that of /wgens, not serrate, with one apical
tooth (PI. XX XVIII. f. 1) ; tenth sternite rounded triangular, middle sinus barely
vestigial.

?. Not dissected.

Larva green, with seven side-bands, which are reddish violet in front, white
behind, continued to the next segment, but this prolongation yellow; thorax
granulose.—Food : Justicia, family Acanthaceae.

Pupa mentioned by Burmeister, but not characterised.

Hab. Province of Rio de Janeiro to Buenos Ayres, probably extending farther
north.

The species is not mentioned by Bénninghausen in his List of the Sphingidae
of Rio de Janeiro.

We have only one ¢ in the Tring Museum.

93. Hyloicus merops.

*Sphinz merops Boisduyal, Cons. Lép. Guat. p. 73 (1870) (Honduras ; Mexico ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 619. n, 11 (1877); Schaus, Ent. News vi.
p. 143 (1895) (northern form of justiciae).

Sphine lugens, Boisduval, Spec, Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 87. n. 22 (1875) (lugens=merops ex err.) ; Kirby,
Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 691. n. 8 (1892) (partim).

Sphing justiciae, Druce (non Ménétriés, 1863), Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 23. n. 3 (1883)
(common in Centr. Am., Mexico to Panama) ; id., /.c. Suppl. p. 318 (1896) ; Pitt. & Bioll., Lep.
Het. Costa Rica p. 12 (1897).

3%. Fringe of abdominal tergites without orange-yellow spots.

3. Harpe nearly as in geminus, shorter, dorsal and distal margins dentate.
Lobe of tenth sternite less triangular than in justiciae.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XX. f. 24) intermediate between those of geminus and
separatus, more wrinkled than in either species, and the distal lateral margins
more slanting.

Barly stages of this common insect not described.

Hab. Mexico southward to Eeuador.

(82)

In the Tring Museum 60 specimens from: Mexico; Honduras; Costa Rica ;
Rio Dagua, Colombia (Rosenberg); Popayan, Colombia (Lehmann) ; Rio Bamba
(Stolzmann). In coll. Charles Oberthiir also from Chimbo, Heuador.

No specimens of either justiciae or merops have been recorded from the
Amazon basin, Surinam and Venezuela. Until material from these regions comes
to hand it is not possible to say with certainty whether the two insects are mere
representative forms of one species, or are specifically distinct. It is worthy of note
that they differ in the harpes in a similar way as geminus and lugens, separatus
and eremitoides. This is an argument in favour of the specific distinctness of
Justiciae and merops, though the argument is by no means conclusive.

94. Hyloicus lugens.

*Sphinx lugens Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 219. n. 11 (1856) (Mexico, g;—Mus. Brit.) ;
Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 618. n. 3 (1877) (Oaxaca, partim ;=andromedae); Druce,
Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. let. i. p, 23. n, 2 (1883) (partim) ; Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv.
p. 191 (1888) (sub syn.); Schaus, Ent. News vi. p. 143 (1896) (partim); Druce, lc. Suppl.
p. 318 (1896) (partim).

Sphinx sordida var, B., Clemens, Jowrn. Ac. Nat. Sci. iv. p. 170 (1859) (Jalapa, hae spec. ?).

*Sphine andromedue Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 74 (1870) (Honduras ; Oaxaca ;—coll.
Charles Oberthiir) ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 89. n. 24 (1875) (partim).

The types of lugens and andromedae ave the same in the sexual armature as
well as in size and pattern. Boisduval’s description of andromedae of 1875 refers
to two species ; his Zagens of 1875 is not Walker’s dugens, but Boisduval’s merops
of 1870. Clemens’s sordida var. B. is either lugens or geminus ; his var. ‘A. is
the insect which was formerly identified, erroneously, as lewcophaeata, and more
recently, also by mistake, as andromedae. The synonymy becomes still more
involved by the American entomologists sinking two separate species, namely,
separatus and eremitoides, as synonyms of lugens. The synonymy as given by
Smith, /.c., comprises five distinct species.

3%. In appearance like an enlarged edition of eremitus; first protarsal segment
longer, with three or four prolonged spines, of which the apical one is more than
one-third the length of the segment. Forewing, above, blackish grey ; there is
mostly a longitudinal line in the apex of the cell ; the white dots of the fringe are
much smaller than the black spaces between them. Hindtibia as long as the first
and second tarsal segments together in 2, a little shorter in d. Black spots of
underside of abdomen small, generally only one distinct. Black median band
of hindwing narrowing behind, often more or less longitudinally divided by grey
sealing.

d. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXVIIL f. 7) rather suddenly narrowed in
middle, then slightly narrowing to the end, which is rather obtuse, gently bent
downward, upperside convex, underside sulcate; sternite with an obtusely trian-
gular, flat, mesial lobe, which is sinuate and slightly curved upwards. Harpe
(Pl. XXXVI. f. 18. 19) non-denticulate, deeply concave on the surface, ventral
margin rounded-dilated, distal margin produced at upper angle into a prominent
hook ; the subdorsal fold of the clasper with very long bristles. Penis-sheath
produced into a slightly curved half-cylinder, which is round at the tip and bears
before the end a small sharp tooth (Pl. XXIX. f. 8).

?. Vaginal plate (PI. XX. f. 12) longer than in the other species of Hylotcus
with non-spinose midtibiae, the distal part membranaceous, mesially folded trans-

( 123 )

versely, the folds mesially connected ; orifice of vagina more proximal than in the
allies, agreeing in position best with that of lanceolata.

Early stages unknown.

Hab. Mexico to Honduras.

In the Tring Musenm 3 3d, 1 2% from: Mexico; Rosery Mine, Honduras,
3000 ft.

95. Hyloicus geminus spec. nov. (Pl. XI. f. 3, ¢).

3¢. This species is so close in pattern to Zvgens that it cannot, with certainty,
be recognised as distinct without dissection. It is therefore qnite natural that it
has been overlooked and stands in collections confounded with dugens. The only
character by which geminus can apparently constantly be separated from lugens,
apart of the sexual armature, is the presence of five conspicuous,black spots on the
underside of the abdomen.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite as in lugens; the sternite narrower. Harpe
(Pl. XXXVL. f. 20) essentially different, rounded distally, reaching beyond middle
of clasper, slightly curved dorsad distally, ventral and dorsal edges almost parallel,
dorsal edge heavily dentate, ventro-apical edge less so. Penis-sheath as in dugens.

?. Vaginal plate concave distally (PI. XX. f. 13), the lateral edges being
here raised : orifice of vagina rather large, at each side with a small groove, which
is formed by a proximal] and a distal fold that are fused together laterally.

Early stages not known.

TIab. Mexico to Honduras.

In the Tring Museum 3 dd, 4 22% from Mexico: Jalapa, June, type, ¢;
Tacubaya Mts., August. Also in other collections from various parts of Mexico,
especially Vera Cruz.

96. Hyloicus eremitus. ~

lgrius eremitus Hiibner, Samml. Ex. Sehm, ii. t. 166 (1824?) ; Lintn., Ent. Contr. i. p. 192 (1872)
(N. York, 1. vii., larva on spear mint, viii. x.); id., Lc. iii. p. 179 (1872) (N. York, vi., larva
on mint, ix.); Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. i. p. 26. n. (1874): id., /.c. ii. p. 228. n. 64
(1875) (Mass. ; N.Y.; Wisc. ; syn. pro parte); Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii. p. 241. n. 18 (1875)
(Montreal, very rare).

Sphing sordida Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sci. Art xxxvi. p. 296. n. 7 (1839) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins.
B.M, viii. p. 219, n. 10 (1856) (U. St.); Clem., Jown. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 169. n. 6
(1859) (partim ; Texas, correct ?) ; Morr., Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860).

Sphine eremitus, Walker, lc. viii. p. 221 (1856); Lintn., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. iti. p. 652 (1864)
(deser. of /., on mint) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 165. n. 97 (1865) (Atlantic
district) ; Beth., Canad, Ent. i. p. 17. n. 21 (1868) (Canada) ; Glov., Rept. U. St. Dept. Agr.
fig. (1.) (1870) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. iii. p. 101 (1871) (Alabama) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het.
i, p. 90. n. 25 (1875); Lintn., Psyche ii. p. 76 (1877); Fyles, Canad. Ent. xi. p. 59 (1879)
(Cowansyville, P. Q., larva on Salvia offic. ; quot. Streck. ex err.) ; Pil., Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882)
(Dayton, O., 1 J); Vern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 46. n. 20 (1886) (deser. of larva) ; Smith,
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. xy. p. 193 (1888) (Canada; Atlantic and Central States); Edw., Bull.
U. St. Nat. Mus, xxxv. p. 48 (1889) (lit. rel. to metam.) ; Berry, in Riley, Zus. Life iv. p. 206
(1892) (/. on mint); Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 304. t. 6. £. 2 (1895) (all stages
deser.; on Mentha, Monarda, Salvia, ete.) ; Rowl., Ent. News x. p. 11 (1899) (Missouri).

Lintneria eremitus, Butler, Trans. Zool: Soc. Lond. ix. p. 620. n. 1 (1877) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc
N. Sci. iii. p. 225. n. 67 (1877) (syn. pro parte ; Mass. ; N.Y.; Wisc.).

Gargantua eremitus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 693. n. 1 (1892).

3 %. Closely allied to dvgens and geminus, but the first protarsal segment shorter,
and the midtibia spiny. First protarsal sezment about half the length of the tibia
a little longer than the second segment, with two or three long spines, of which

( 124 )

the apical one is nearly as long as the segment itself; long terminal spur of
hindtibia nearly two-thirds the length of the first tarsal segment. Spurs as a
rule with one or more spines. Sexual armature resembling that of geminus.
Paronychium with long lobes, one on each side.

3S. Tenth tergite more gradually narrowed than in geminus ; sternite as in
that species. Harpe rather deeply concave, intermediate in shape between those of
geminus and eremitoides, with a simple dorso-distal tooth ; no serration (though
Smith, J/.c., describes the harpe as “dentate and serrate”). Penis-sheath
(Pl. XXIX. f. 7) nearly the same as in geminus, the tooth not quite apical ;
the lobes projecting from the sheath heavily dentate, with the teeth almost
arranged in a row.

?. Vaginal plate closely resembling that of geminus, but as much wrinkled as
in justiciae. q

Larva peculiar, the third thoracic segment being raised anteriorly into a
triangular protuberance, and the third and fourth bearing a velvety black dorsal
patch.—Food: Mentha, Salvia, Monarda.

Pupa: tongue-case 10 mm. long, straight, slightly separated from the breast,
end bulbous.

Hab. Canada to Georgia, westward to Missouri. (Clemens records it from
Texas !).

In the Tring Museum 2 larvae and 1 pupa, and 16 ¢d,5 2? from: Massa-
chusetts ; Illinois; Virginia.

97. Hyloicus eremitoides (Pl. XII. f. 4, ¢).

Sphinx eremitoides Strecker, Lep. Rhop. Het. p, 93 (1874) (Kansas) ; Schaus, Ent. News vi. p. 143
(1895) (distinct).

Sphinx lugens, Grote (non Walker, 1856), Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. i. p. 26 (1874) (Texas) ; id.,
Canad. Ent. vi. p. 199 (1874) ; id., Bull. Buffalo Soc. N, Sci. iii. p. 225. n. 65 (1877) (partim) ;
Snow, Zrans. Kans. Ac. Sci. iv, p. 28 (1875) (larva, pupa) ; Gaum., Obs. Nat. ii. (1875) (larva) ;
Streck., /.c. p. 115. 142. t. 13, f. 12 (1877) (descr. of larva) ; Grote, Papilio ii. p. 76 (1882) ;
Neum., Ent. Amer. i. p. 92 (1885) ; Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am, p. 45 (1886) ; Smith, Trans.
Amer. Ent. Soc, xv. p. 191 (1888) (syn. partim) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. N. Mus, xxxv. p. 48 (1889).

Agrius lugens, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soe. N. Sei. ii, p, 228. n. 65 (1875) (partim ; “ Arizona”’; Texas).

Lintneria (?) eremitoides, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 621. n. 3 (1877) (Kansas),

As said by Schaus, /.c., the present species has nothing to do with dwgens of
1856, nor is it identical with the species described as separatus by Neumoegen. If
one has separatus and eremitoides side by side—and does not compare them too
superficially—the distinctness of the insects becomes at once evident. H. eremi-—
toides is the paler and smaller of the two; it differs from the other chiefly in the
following points: the black abdominal side-marks are smaller, more triangular,
the prothoracie tegulae have no obviously yellow marginal spots, the mesial streak
of the mesothoracic tegula is very much narrower, being not essentially heavier
than the black dorsal border of the tegula, which border is distinct ; the basal and
medio-costal areas of the forewing are more white, the apical, oblique, interrupted
black streak is much thinner, the snbbasal white band of the hindwing is more
grey, and the distal border of the hindwing narrower. The midtibia is as long (?),
or nearly as long (¢), as the first two tarsal sezments together, while in separatus
it equals in length the first tarsal segment (3), or barely surpasses it (?). The
foretibia is more densely spinose (Pl. LXIYV. f. 3) than in separatus (Pl. LXIV.

(C35)

f. 4), there being present three or four rather heavy apical spines besides a number
of smaller ones, situated on the outer surface from apex to near base.

3d. Tenth abdominal sternite more deeply sinuate than in separatus. Harpe
similar to that of dwgens (while the harpe of separatus resembles that of geminus),
but narrower, ventrally less rounded-dilated, the tooth shorter and less curved
(Pl. XXXVI. f. 17, dorsal view). Penis-sheath as in geminus, the apical process
shorter than in separatus.

Larva (accord. to Strecker) pale green, with seven white side-bands ; horn
black.— Food: Salvia.

Two broods, larva in June and October.

Hab. Kansas ; New Mexico; Texas; probably in all the Southern States.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd from: Kerrville, Texas ; N. Mexico (Snow).

One pair lent to us by Mr. Schaus. Two d¢ in coll. Staudinger from :
N. Mexico, near Hot Springs, Las Vegas, 7000 ft., July ’82 (Snow).

Prof. Smith, /.c., states that the species agrees with eremitus “in tibial and
tarsal armature.” This is incorrect, inasmuch as, in evemitus, the first protarsal
segment is shorter, the spines are longer, and the midtibia is armed with spines.

98. Hyloicus separatus (Pl. XII. f. 3, ¢).

_ Sphinx andromedae Boisduval (non id., 1870), Spec. Gén. Lép, Het. i. p. 89. n. 24 (1875) (partim) ;

Schaus, Ent. News vi. p. 143 (1895) (syn. err.).

Sphinx separatus Neumoegen, Ent. Amer. i. p. 92 (1885) (New Mexico); Edw., Ent. Amer. ili.
p- 223 (1888) ; Ottol., nt. News vi. p. 218 (1895) (in coll. Neumoeg.).

Sphinx lugens, Smith (non Walker, 1856), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 191 (1888) (partim).

Sphinx separata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 691, n. 10 (1892) (N. Mexico).

$?. The “lugens” with which Neumoegen compares separatus in the
description of the latter is eremitoides. The differences pointed out by him are
just those which separate eremitoides from the present species, which is doubtless
correctly identified, though we have not seen the type. Snow got both species in
New Mexico.

It is very remarkable that separatus and eremitoides differ in the harpe exactly
in the same way as do dvgens and geminus.

In all the specimens we have seen the collar is conspicuously marked with
a yellow marginal spot at each side; these spots are barely vestigial in the allied
species ; no mention has been made of them in the description of separatus.
The antennae of the ¢ are very stout. Foretibia and first protarsal segment see
Pl. LXIV. f. 4.

3. Tenth abdominal sternite broader than in geminus, feebly sinuate. Harpe
much shorter than in geminus but of nearly the same shape, more curved upwards,
the dorsal edge sharply dentate (Pl. XXXVI. f. 16). The rounded apical process a
little more prominent than in geminus and eremitoides, nearly as in eremitus, the
tooth a little more proximal than in the former two species.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XX. f. 14) almost as in geminus, but the sides of the
distal part less elevated, the cone which bears the vaginal orifice more evenly
rounded, more smooth, without lateral grooves.

Larva and pupa not known.

Hab. Colorado ; New Mexico ; Mexico; probably of wider distribution.

In the Tring Museum 15 33,5 2% from: Las Vegas and Magdalena, New
Mexico (Snow); San Juan Mts., Colorado, end of Aug. 1900 (Oslar).

(126 )

In coll. Schaus and coll. Dognin from Jalapa, Vera Cruz. In coll. Staudinger
from “ Mexico.” These Mexican specimens are a trifle darker than those from
New Mexico.

99. Hyloicus istar sp. nov. (Pl. XII. f. 2, 2).

Sphina lugens Walker, List Lep, Ins. B. M. viii. p, 219. n. 11 (1856) (partim, teste Butler !).

Sphinx sordida var. A, Clemens, Journ. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 170. n. 65 (1859) (Jalapa).

Sphinx leucophaeata, Butler Gar Clemens, 1859), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 618. n. 2 (1879)
(Oaxaca) ; Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer, Lep. Het. i, p. 23. n. 1 (1883) (“not seen”) ; Smith, Znt.
Amer. iii. p. 153 (1887) (Mexico).

Sphine andromedae, Schaus (non Boisduval, 1870), Ent, News vi. p, 143 (1895) (partim); Druce,
Lec. Suppl. p. 319. n. 3 (A) (1896) (partim).

3%. Larger than separatus, the black middie stripe of the mesothoracic
tegula almost merged together with the black upper edge, the interspace between
these lines being dark brown; pronotum without yellow spots. Forewing washed
with russet on the disc ; no black longitudinal line in the apical half of the cell ;
black oblique antemedian band from base of M! to inner margin very prominent,
consisting of two lines only, the third proximal line being vestigial between
M? and SM? and not traceable beyond SM?, while in separatus all three lines reach —
inner margin; five costal marks (costal parts of five lines, of which the three
proximal ones are vestigial) between base and apex of cell, second and third mark
much closer together than the first and second. Distal border of hindwing

narrower than in separatus, the black median band broad, nearly as wide at R®
as the distal border ; fringe with large brown spots.

Underside similar to at of separatus, rather darker, the forewing and boa
somewhat washed with russet ; abdomen with a series a black middle spots, of
which only the second is large. Body less stout than in separatus, armature of the
legs similar, but the spines of the foretibia comparatively shorter. Antenna of
not so stout, that of 2 not so obviously clubbed.

3. Tenth abdominal sternite narrow at the base and broad at the end as in
geminus, minutely sinnate. Harpe intermediate between those of geminus and —
separatus, decidedly shorter than in the former, and longer than in the latter.
Penis-sheath as in separatus.

?. As in praelongus (Pl. XX. f. 15) with a lobe in front of the vague
cavity, the lobe not distinctly sinuate.

Early stages unknown.

Hab. Mexico.

In the Tring Museum 3 3d, 2 2? from “ Mexico,” one of them from Oaxaca,
June (W. Se hané):; type: Mexico, ¢.

Also in other collections, confounded with lugens, geminus, separatus and
eremitoides. :

100. Hyloicus praelongus sp. nov. (Pl. XII. f. 1, 3).

3%. Closely resembling isfar, with which it agrees in structure ; decidedly —
more greyish white, the two black streaks of the mesothoracic tegula clearly
separated by a grey interspace ; forewing more elongate, coming in shape near
that of lanceolata ; markings as in star, but the cell with a pink apical trent
(SM!) marked with a white dash outside the double antemedian line. 4

% Vaginal plate (Pl. XX. f. 15) hollowed out distally, the edges raised, moath
of vagina concealed in yentral view by a sinuate lobe with rounded angles.

( 127 )

Larva and chrysalis unknown.

Hab. Rosery Mine, Spanish Honduras, 3000 to 4000 ft.; 3 dd, 1 % (Mus. Tring),
type: o.

A ? from the same locality in coll. Dognin.

This may be only a southern form of ‘star ; but as the differences in colour are
very apparent if the two insects are placed side by side, we think it wiser to keep
them specifically distinct for the present. It is quite possible that the two occur
together and are independent of each other, and differ also essentially in the earlier
stages.

101. Hyloicus lanceolata.

(2) Sphina leucophueata Clemens, Journ. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 168. n. 63 (1859) (Texas) ;
Schaus, Ent. News vi. p. 143 (1895) (probably lanceolata).

*Sphinw lanceolata Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guat. p. 73 (1870) (no descr. ; Guatemala) ; Feld., Reise
Novara, Lep. t. 78. f. 3. (1874) (Mexico ;—Mus. Tring) ; Boisd., Spec, Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 109.
n. 48 (1875) (Mexico) : Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 619. n. 12 (1877) ; Streck., Lep.
Rhop. Het. p. 142 (1878) (Panama) ; Druce, Biol, Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 23. n. 4 (1883)
(“not seen”) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 690. n. 1 (1892) (“‘Honduras”’; Mexico) ; Schaus,
Le. (1895) (common in Vera Cruz) ; Druce, Uc. Suppl. p. 319 (1896) (Jalapa ; Orizaba),

Sphinx aequinoctialis Boisduval, /.1.c.c, (nom, max. supervacuum !).

3%. We quite agree with Mr. Schaus, who said, /.c., that in his opinion
leucophaeata was a northern form of lanceolata. The description of lewcophaeata
fits lanceolata except in one point; the hindwing is said to be “greyish, with a
black median band and broad black marginal band,” no mention being made of
the conspicuous black basal patch present in all specimens of lanceolata. As this
patch is wanting in chersis or only vestigial, it seems to us quite likely that there
exists, unknown to entomologists, a Sphinx in Texas and New Mexico which is
the true lewcophaeata, standing intermediate between lanceolata and chersis. There
is certainly a link wanting between these two species, which agree in many respects.
This link may differ from danceolatu in being devoid of the black basal patch of the
hindwing, and from chersis in having (like danceolata) a non-spinose midtibia.
Another intermediate hypothetical form, which may turn out one day to be real, is
a Sphinx with the basal patch present and the midtibia spinose.

So much is sure, that we cannot with any degree of certainty say whether
lanceolata is a synonym of the unknown quantity named lewcophaeata, or whether
the two are distinct, or whether they are geographical forms of one species. The
benefit of the doubt remains with lanceolata, which name we must employ for the
present insect.

Boisduyal did not describe the insect in 1870; he simply cited Felder’s plate—
of which he had received a copy in advance—and only remarks that the species was
larger than the largest specimens of ¢etrio (= asdrubal). Whether the very bad
Jemale from Guatemala was really this species, or perhaps our praclongus, we cannot
tell. All the specimens examined by us were from Mexico. Kirby gives Honduras
as locality without authority ; but Strecker, /.c., records it from Panama.

The species stands more isolated than its congeners, differing from the preceding
Hyloicus in the chersis-like forewing and penis-sheath, from the following ones in
the non-spinose midtibia. It represents a type from which chersis and allies have
developed by acquiring spinose midtibiae. There is some rather obvious individual
variation in the distinctness of the transverse lines of the forewing. The meso-
thoracical tegulae have no black mesial line, but only a black upper border, as
described by Clemens in leucophaeata. Butler’s identification as leucophacata of

( 328)

what we have described above as star was, therefore, certainly erroneous ; his
suggestion that canadensis might be leucophaeata was likewise wide of the mark,

3. Tenth abdominal tergite similar to that of Protoparce quinquemaculatus,
more cylindrical, less compressed ; sternite elongate triangular, straight, obtuse,
lateral margins very feebly turned upwards, very faintly notched. Clasper straight
ventrally, strongly rounded apically, dorsally gradually and rather strongly dilated
towards apex, the dorso-apical margin curved inwards, dorsal groove deep, bordered
ventrally by a prominent fold, which bears long bristles ; harpe strong, dorsal
and ventral margins almost straight and parallel, apex sinuate, denticulate
(Pl. XXXVIII. f. 4). Penis-sheath (Pl. XXIX. f. 9) produced into a long,
gradually narrowing, pointed lobe, which is bent to a hook.

9. Vaginal plate (Pl. XX. f. 16) not strongly chitinised, much folded
proximally ; a longitudinal mesial groove, narrowing proximally, where the edges
of the folds which border the groove nearly touch each other above the vaginal
orifice ; within the wider distal part, behind the orifice, there is a rounded carina,

Harly stages not known to us.

Hab. Mexico ; Panama?

In the Tring Museum 7 dd, 3 $2 from Mexico: Orizaba, Huatuxeo, and
Teocelo, Vera Cruz.

102. Hyloicus chersis.
Lethia chersis Hiibner, Samml. Ex. Schm. ii. t. 167 (1824 ?).
Sphinx: cinerea Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sci. Art xxxvi. p. 295. n. 6 (1839).
Sphinex chersis, Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, Lond. xv. p, 184. t. 9. £. 6 (genit.) (1888) (Canada to
Georgia, westw. to Calif. ).

3. No black mesial line on mesothoracic tegula ; mesonotum always grey,
no black-backed form known ; black dashes on underside of abdomen comparatively
larger in the large form than in the smaller ones. Spines at outer side of first
segment of foretarsus and at the end of foretibia prolonged ; paronychium reduced,
without long lobe; first segment of hindtarsus as long as hindtibia; long apical
spur of hindtibia half the length of the first tarsal segment; first segment of
midtarsus with comb, but the bristles rather stout and not much prolonged.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite elongate-triangular, sulcate above except at end,
which is convex, acute, and curved downwards ; underside concave ; sternite with
a broad and rather long lobe, which narrows somewhat to the end and is feebly
sinuate. Clasper sole-shaped ; harpe (PJ. XX XVIII. f. 5) divided by a broad distal
sinus into a broad ventral lobe and a long horizontal process ; the ventral lobe is
concave, the upper and lower margins being bent inwards, especially the upper,
which is irregularly and distinctly notched, while the distal and ventral edges are
almost smooth as a rule; the slender process is cylindrical, tapering towards the
pointed end, curving upwards a little, reaching the apical fourth of the clasper.
Penis-sheath (P]. XXIX. f. 11) produced into a long, narrowing, pointed, somewhat
twisted and curved process.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XX. f. 17) with a wide apical cavity of which the
bottom is smooth, without a tubercle, the plate not divided mesially as in
perelegans, halmiae, and lanceolata, but the slit indicated by some longitudinal
wrinkles.

Larva with dispersed granules, which are denser on the thorax; head distinctly
narrowed above.—Food : Syringa, Fraxinus, Ligustrum.

Hab. Nearetic Region, from Canada to Mexico and California.

Four subspecies.

A very small specimen, said to be from Texas, represents perhaps a fifth
geographical form. The subspecies are not different in the structure of the
sexual organs of the d. The ¢ genital armature has only been examined of
chersis chersis.

a. I. chersis mexicanus subsp. noy. (PJ. XIII. f. 5, 3).

Sphinx perelegans, Druce (non Edwards, 1874), Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 319. n. 3 (B).
t. 67. f. 3 (1896) (Durango).

3. Darker than oreodaphne and chersis, but ground colour purer whitish grey,
without clayish shade; the costal markings and the oblique subbasal postcellular
double line of the forewing obviously more distinct, as is also the dark shade at
the proximal side of the black submarginal line ; white fringe-spots very sharply
defined ; black discal band of hindwing broad, strongly angled externally at SM?;
basal half of cell of forewing below brownish black. The figure in the Biologia is
too brown.

2. Not known.

Hab. Mexico.

In the Tring Museum | ¢ from “ Mexico,” type.

Mr. Druce was misled in the identification of this insect by Hy. Edwards, who
determined the Durango specimen as perelegans.

b. H. chersis pallescens subsp. nov.

It is one of the objects of the systematist to elucidate facts, not to conceal
them. The differences between the subspecies of H. chersis are slight, but they are
there and must be registered.

3%. As large as the average H. ch. chersis; of the same white-grey ground
colour as mexicanus, with which it agrees also in the sharply defined white fringe-
spots. A perfect transition from mexicanus to chersis.

Hab. Avizona ; Colorado.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd,2 2% from: Prescott, Arizona, 25. vi. 98 (Dr.
Kunze), type: 3d ; Huachuca Mts., Arizona, 18. vi. °99 (Dr. Kunze); Durango,
Colorado, 10. vii. 99, 6500 ft. (Oslar); Ft. Collins, Colorado ; Colorado, iv. ’99.

c. H. chersis oreodaphne (P). XIII. f. 6, 3).

Sphing oreodaphne Edwards, Proc. Cal. Ac. N. Sci. v. p. 109 (1874) (Napa C®., June); Butl., Trans.
Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 618. n. 8 (1877) (distinet) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 691. n. 3 (1892).

Sphine chersis var. oreodaphne Edwards, l.c. vi. p. 93 (1875); Butl., Papilio i. p. 104 (1881)
(distinct) ; Edw., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. iv. p. 170 (1892) (Calif.).

Sphine chersis, Strecker, Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 142 (1878) (oreodaphne is syn. of chersis); Holl.
Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 102 (1886) (oreodaphne is syn.).

3%. Differs from /7. chersis chersis in its inferior size, in the black discal band
of the hindwing being narrower anteriorly, and in the comparatively smaller mesial
dashes on the underside of the abdomen.

Hab. California ; Oregon ; probably farther north.

In the Tring Museum 3 dd from: California; Golden, Oregon, May
(Biedermann).

We have received a photograph of the type of oreodaphne from Hy. Edwards’s
collection, through the kindness of Mr. Beutenmiiller.

( 130 )

d. H. chersis chersis.

Lethe chersis Hiibner, /.c.

Sphinx cinerea Harris, lc. (1839) ; id., Ins. Inj. Veg. p. 328 (1842); Emm., Nat. Hist. N. York
p. 219 (1854); Walk., List Lep. Ins. BoM. viii, p. 217. n. 6 (1856) (U. St.) ; Clem., Journ.
Ac. N. Sei. Philad. iv. p. 169. n, 64 (1859) (Mass. ; Wisconsin) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am.
p- 18 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Synops. p. 194. n. 2 (1862) (Mass.; Wisc.; 8. States) ; Lintn.,
Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. iii. p. 655 (1864) (deser. of 7, on Oleaceae) ; Seudd., Psyche ii. p. 76
(1877) (larva) ; Hag., Papilio iii. p. 62 (1883) (this name to be retained). ;

Sphinx chersis, Grote & Robinson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 165. n. 92. & p. 190 (1865) (Atlantic
district) ; Beth., Cunad. Ent. i. p. 17. n. 22 (1868) (Canada) ; Harris, ed. Scudd., Ent. Corr.
p. 282 (1869) (descr. of larva) ; Bowles, Canad. Ent. iti. p. 143 (1871) (Quebec, vi. vii.) ;
Lintn., Ent. Contr. i. p. 192 & iii. p. 17 (1872) (N. York, vi., larva on lilac viii.) ; Thaxt.,
Psyche i. p. 30 (1874) (Newton, Mass., vii.) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. i. p. 26 (1874)
(Canada ; Mass. ; N.Y.; Penn.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 93. n. 30 (1875) ; Caulf.,
Canad. Ent. vii. p. 241. n. 13 (1875) (Montreal, common, vi.) ; Grote, /.c. ii. p. 228. n. 58
(1875) ; Butl., Zrans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 617. n. 1 (1877) ; Grote, lc. iii. p. 224. n. 59
(1877) (Canada to Penn.) ; North., Canad. Ent. x. p. 16 (1878) (larva on black ash in viti.
ix., Chicago) ; Mart., Trans. Dept. Agr. Illin. xviii. p. 105 (1880) (larva) ; Pil., Papilio ii. p. 66
(1882) (Dayton, O., one 9); Reed, Rept. Ent. Soc. Ont. xii. p. 65 (1882) (larva) ; Edw., Papilio
iii, p. 127 (1883) (larva, Syringa) ; Fish., Canad. Ent. xv. p. 238 (1883) (Buffalo, larva, pupa) ;
Fern., ibid., xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Orono, Me., very common) ; id., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 42. n. 16_
(1886) (larva, pupa; ash, lilac); Grote, /awk-Moths N. Am. p. 44 (1886) ; Edw., Bull.
U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxv. p. 47 (1889) (lit. rel. to metam.); Dyar, in Riley, Ins. Life iii. p. 322
(1891) (N.Y., electr. light) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 690. n. 2 (1892); Beutenm., Bull.
Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 303. t. 5. £..3 (1895) (N.Y., 1., p., @.; lilac, privet, ash) ; Hanke
Canad. Ent. xxix. p. 292 (1897) (Manitoba) ; Beutenm., le xape 310 (1898) (N.Y.) ; Rowl,
Ent. News x. p. 11 (1899) (Missouri, on ash).

3%. Wings and body with a distinct clayish tinge. Fringe of forewing nearly —
all brown, the white scales so covered by brown ones that only their tips are visible.

Hab. Atlantic Subregion: Canada to Georgia, westward to the Mississippi basin. —

In the Tring Museum 3 larvae, 1 pupa, 10 dd, 8 2 2 from: Canada ; N. Jersey ;
N. York; Virginia ; South Dakota.

The three individuals from the last place are scarcely different from oneodaphne.
An apparently bred specimen from Texas (received from Messrs. Staudinger and
Bang-Haas) is the smallest chersis we have seen, its forewing measuring only
34 mm. in length ; it may represent a Texan subspecies, but it is more likely that

the larva was underfed, and that the specimen is therefore an artificially dwarfed
individual.

103. Hyloicus vancouverensis (PI. XIII. f. 3. 4, dd).
Sphine vancouverensis Edwards, Proc. Calif. Ac. N. Sci, y. p. 111 (1874) (Vancouver I., viii.) ;
Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. ii. p. 228. n. 61 (1875); id, Le. iii, p. 224. n. 62 (1877)

(Calif.) ; Edw., Bull. Amer. Mus. N, H. iv. p. 170 (1892) (Big Tree, Calif. ; Oregon) ; Trum., —
Ent. News viii. * 27 (1897) (S. Dakota).

Sphinx drupiferarum, Holland, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 103 (1886) (vane.=drupif. ex err.) ; Smith,
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv, p. 177 (1888).

Sphine vashti Strecker, Lep. p. 136. t. 15. f. 4 (1878) (Arizona) ; Dyar, Psyche vii. p. 177 (1894)
(Montana; egg, larval stages, pupa ; on Symph. rac.).
Sphine albescens Tepper, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. iv. p. 1. t. 1. £. 3 (1881) (Colorado).

3%. Mesothoracic tegula with heavy black edge, no mesial line, middle of
mesothorax either grey or black. Basi-costal area of forewing whitish grey, sparely
limited behind by a brownish black area; fringe with a few grey scales beneath —
between the veins. White discal band of hindwing very clearly marked on the
underside, black discal band not obviously dentate. Some of the spines of —

foretibia and -tarsus prolonged ; first segment of midtarsus with comb, but only
the most proximal bristles long; first segment of hindtarsus only as long as
the four other segments together ; long apical spur of hindtibia half the length
of the first tarsal segment. Paronychium reduced, with short lobe.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite elongate, sharply pointed, convex above
(PI. XXVIII. f. 10, dorsal view), abruptly curved downward, forming a long
hook (PI. XX VIII. f. 9, side-view) ; sternite with a very broad lobe (Pl. XXVIII.
f. 10), which is very feebly sinnate. Clasper comparatively shorter and more
rounded, especially dorsally, than in chersis; harpe somewhat similar to that
of chersis, but the ventral lobe very short, and the long process more oblique
and somewhat undulate (Pl. XXXVIII. f. 8). Penis-sheath (Pl. XXIX. f. 4)
with a rather short, blunt process which is concave on the inner side.

?. Vaginal plate represented by Pl. XX. f. 19 in a ventral view, by f. 20 in
a side-view; a large subapical cavity, in which the vaginal orifice is situated, partly
covered in front by a convex lobe.

Larva green ; side-bands white with narrow black anterior border ; horn smooth,
black above and below.—Food : Symphoricarpus racemosus.

Pupa: tongue-case free, rounded, 8 mm. long.

Two broods.

There occur, in the same places, two forms differing in the colour of the thorax.

These forms are said to be seasonal (Smith, /.c., p. 234). The dated material in the

Tring Museum and other collections confirms on the whole Mr. Bruce’s positive
statement, referred to by Smith, /.c., that of the two broods one is always albescens
(with the black thorax) and the other vancouverensis (with the grey thorax).
However, some of the specimens of the early brood, or rather of an early date, are
as black on the thorax as some of the later individuals, and others are intermediate.
This seeming irregularity may be due to the phenomenon known of other Sphingidae
that pupae often lie over from one brood to the other, or longer. The black notum
is donbtless the younger character, and both broods of the species may be on the
way towards developing into a black-backed insect.

Further researches in this respect are necessary, and we hope that the keen
entomologists on the other side of the Atlantic will not be slow in making further
careful observations. We here can do no more than merely state that the two
forms are connected by intergradatious and are identical in structure.

a. H, vancoucerensis f. vancoucerensis (Pl. XIII. f. 3, 3d.)

Sphine vancouverensis Lawards, l.c, (Vancouver, August) ; Smith, /.c. p. 234 (1888).
Spline vashti Strecker, |.c. (1878) (Arizona).

3%. Thorax grey.—The spring form from hibernated pupae ?

U’, H. vancouverensis {. albescens (Pl. XIII. f. 4, 3).
Sphine albescens Tepper, lc. (1881) (Colorado) ; Hanh., Canad. Ent. xxix. p. 292 (1897) (Mani-

toba, vii.) ; id., /.c. xxxi. p. 52 (1899) (Manitoba); Heath, Canad. Lit. xxxii. p. 94 (1900)
(Manitoba, vi.).

3%. Thorax black.—The summer form ?
Hab. Pacific Subregion : from California and British Columbia, westward to the
east side of the Rocky Mountains,

( 132 )

In the Tring Museum : f. vancouverensis, 23 33,6 2%, some of them trans-
itions, from: Quincy, Calif., 5. vi. °97 (Watson) ; S. Utah, June; Miles City, —
Montana; Glenwood Springs, Colorado, June, 5700 ft. (Oslar) ; 8. Colorado, May
and June; Farmington, New Mexico, June. ,

f. albescens, 17 3¢& from: California; Durango, Colorado, 6500 ft., July
(Oslar); Grand Junction, Colorado, July (Oslar); Fort Collins, Colorado, August =
Farmington, N. Mexico, June.

104. Hyloicus libocedrus (Pl. XIII. f. 7, 3).
Sphinx libucedrus Edwards, Papilio i. p. 115 (1881) (Prescott, Arizona).

3. Resembling chersis, but even smaller than vancouverensis ; mesothoracic
tegula with a thin brown mesial line ; white or yellowish side-patches of abdomen
bordered all round with black. Legs as in chersis. Inner angle of forewing less
rounded than in any of the allied species. * :

3. Tenth abdominal segment nearly as in vancouverensis ; the tergite shorter,
and the sternite much more deeply sinuate. Harpe (Pl. XXXVUIL. f. 10) essentially
as in cancourerensis, but the long process curved downward and recurved at end.
Penis-sheath (PI. XXVIII. f. 52) obliquely truncate, without the elongate slender
process of the allied species.

2. Not seen.

Early stages unknown.

Hab. Avizona and Texas, most likely more widely distributed in the Southern
States and Northern Mexico.

a. H. libocedrus libocedrus (P). XIII. f. 7, 3).

Sphinx libocedrus Edwards, Lc. ; Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 183 (1888) ; Edw., Bull.
Amer. Mus. N. H. iv. p. 170 (1892) (Prescott, Arizona) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 691. n. 4.
(1892) (Arizona).

3. Side-spots of abdomen white.
Hab. Arizona, near Prescott.
In the Tring Museum 11¢¢ from Arizona.

b. H. libocedrus insolita.

Sphinx insolita Lintner, Papilio iv. p. 145 (1884) (Rio Grande, Texas, 1 4) ; Edw., Ent. Amer.
iii. p. 223 (1888) ; Smith, /.c. p. 186 (1888) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 691, n. 5 (1892).
Sphinx libocedrus, Smith, l.c. p. 184 (1888) (partim, 9 ; Belfrage coll.).

3%. Side-spots of the abdomen yellowish in both sexes. The long process of
the harpe a little more curved than in ld. lébocedrus.
Hab. Texas.
In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ without locality. In the Berlin Museum 1 ¢ from
Texas.
105. Hyloicus perelegans (PJ. XIII. f. 1. 2, dd).

Sphinx perelegans Edwards, Proc. Calif. Ac. N. Sci. v.p. 109 (1874) (Gilroy, St. Clara, Calif.).
Lintneria ? perelegans, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 621. n. 2 (1877) (Gilroy, St. Clara, Calif.).

3. Anterior tibia and tarsus with heavy spines ; long apical spur of hind-
tibia not half the length of the first tarsal segment; this much longer than the

C9385)

other segments together ; comb of midtarsus indicated by a few long bristles ;
paronyehium with or without long lobe (seasonal difference ?). Mesonotum and
occiput grey or black, with intergradations, upper half of mesothoracic tegula also
grey or black, with a rather indistinct blackish middle line. Forewing: a black
line upon R', entering cell; the white band at the distal side of the weak black
submarginal line much broader than in chers?s.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite gradually narrower to end, which is abruptly
pointed, gradually curved, subcylindrical, being convex above and somewhat less
so below; sternite short, broad, not sinuate mesially, the sides turned upwards
(Pl. XXVIII. f. 12, side-view; f. 13, dorsal view). Clasper as in chersés ; harpe
(Pl. XXXVIII. f. 6) very different from that of all the other Hyloicus, consisting
of a long, flat, tapering plate which terminates in a point ; its dorsal edge is
continuous with the subdorsal fold of the clasper, which fold bears very long
bristles ; its ventral edge is more or less irregularly sinuate and bears here and
there a small sharp tooth. Penis-sheath (Pl. XXIX. f. 5) not unlike that of
rancouverensis, but the process longer, its apex slightly incrassate, rounded, almost
knob-like.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XX. f. 18) with a very large cavity, into which opens
the vagina, the cavity extending to near the base of the plate; its roof is more or
less contracted in dry specimens, especially proximally, so that the opening is

‘not of the same size or of the same shape in different individuals ; the figure is

taken from a specimen in which the edges of the roof of the cavity approach each
other, the plate bearing in this case an obvious resemblance to that of lanceolata ;
the plate differs from that of chersis not only in the much larger size of the cavity,
and the much more proximal position of the mouth of the vagina, but also in the
presence of a broad, ovate or elongate, mesial tubercle, homologous to the longer
and narrower mesial rounded keel of /anceolata.

Larva and chrysalis not described.

We unite here under perelegans two forms, one with grey, the other with black
mesonotum, the forms corresponding to those of IH. vancouverensis, but differing
from one another not only in the colour of the thorax and wings, but also in the
structure of the claw-segment of the tarsi. The form with grey thorax is generally
considered identical with chersis chersis, or chersis oreodaphne, from which it is,
however, specifically distinct. Both forms of perelegans agree in the sexual
armature and in some essential characters of the wings, and from this we conclude
that the peculiar divergency in the development of the claw-segments does not
indicate specific distinctness of the two, though we were very much surprised
when we discovered that we had here a case of apparently quite constant stractural
dimorphism. The differences may be seasonal, but the dates of our specimens, as
in the case of vancouverensis, do not absolutely point to this ; breeding alone will
clear up the question.

w. H. perelegans f. asellus nov. (Pl. XI. f. 2, 3).

In collections confounded with H. chersis oreodaphne.— Type: Colorado.

3%. Occiput and mesonotum grey; ground colour of forewing also almost
uniformly grey, white submarginal band broad ; fringe with distinct white spots.
Paronychium reduced (P]. LXIY. f. 14. 15), without lobe.

( 134 )

b. HH. perelegans f. perelegans (PI. XIII. f. 1, 3).

Sphinx perelegans Edwards, /.c. (1874) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. ii. p, 228. n. 59 (1875) ;
id., lic. iii. p. 224. n. 60 (1877); Butl., Papilio i. p. 105 (1881) ; Riv., ibid. iii. p. 65 (1883)
(Berkeley, Calif., at flowers vi.) ; Smith, Zrans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 179 (1888) (Calif.) ; —
Edw., Bull. Amer. Mus, N. H. iv. p. 170 (1892) (Sta. Clara, Calif.).

3%. Mesonotum and upper half or third of mesothoracic tegula black,
forewing much shaded with black, an ill-defined basi-discal area whitish ; white
submarginal band broad, black line at its proximal side indistinct. Paronychium —
with prolonged lobe. }

A photograph of the type received from Mr. Bentenmiiller agrees with this’
form.

Hab. Pacific Subregion of Nearctic Region, from California and British
Columbia eastward to the east side of the Rocky Mountains.

In the Tring Museum: f. asellus, 6 33,3 2% from: Cornwallis, Oregon, July ;
Pullman, Washington, May ; Huachuca, Arizona, 18. June (Dr. Kunze); Garfield
Co., Colorado; Glenwood Springs, Colorado (Oslar) ; Grand Junction, Colorado,
July (Oslar) ; Durango, Colorado, July (Oslar, type). a

f. perelegans, 8 dd, 3 2? from: Mendocina, Calif.; Alma, Sta. Clara,
Calif.; Los Angeles, Calif, May; Quiney, Calif., June (Watson).

106. Hyloicus canadensis.

*Sphinx canadensis Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 93. n. 29 (1875) (Quebec ;—coll. Charles —
Oberthiir) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 629 (1877) (=? leucophaeata!) ; Grote, Bull.
Buffalo Soe. N. Sci. iii. p. 225. n. 66 (1877) (Canada ;=? plota); Fern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 43.
n. 17 (1886) (Bangor, Maine, 8. vii. ; mentions larva Newfoundland) ; Grote, Hawk-Moths
N. Am. p. 44 (1886) ; Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 190 (1888) (Newfoundld., Can.,
Maine, Ohio, N.Y.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 691. n. 14 (1892) (Canada, Montana) ; Moff.,
Canad, Ent. xxvii. p. 280 (1895) (Ontario) ; Harv. & Knight, Psyche viii. p. 78 (1897) (larva
mention., this spec. ?).

Sphine plota Strecker, Lep, Rhop. Het. p. 106 (1875) (Montreal) ; id., /.c. p. 115. t. 13. f. 13 (3)
(1876) (Cincinnati) ; id., 7c. p. 142 (1877) (=? eanadinsis) ; Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii, p, 241-
n. 17 (1875) (Montreal, rare) : Pil., Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, O.,=canadensis, 2 specim.).

3. Apical spine of segments of foretarsus and two or three spines at the end
of the foretibia prolonged, but they are not so stout as in chersis and cancouverensis ;
first segment of hindtarsus much longer than the four other segments together ;
comb of midtarsus with very few moderately prolonged bristles ; spurs of midtibia
often with one or two spines. Abdomen with strongly marked mesial line on the
tergites as well as on the proximal sternites ; the lateral line of the sternites also
distinct. Paronychium reduced, very short, without distinct lobes.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite elongate-triangular, convex above, proximally
concave below, gently curved, extreme apex forming a short, bluntly pointed hook ;
sternite with a long mesial lobe, which is slightly spatulate, with the end rounded
and sinuate. Clasper (Pl. XL. f. 5) somewhat less sole-shaped than in chersis,
more narrowed distally ; harpe with a broad ventral lobe, which is concave ; from
the dorso-distal surface of this lobe originates a slender cylindrical process narrowing
to end, not sharply pointed, homologous to the long process of the harpe of //.
chersis, vancouverensis, etc. The penis-sheath differs essentially in being at the
end widened laterad into a sharply pointed, triangular flap (P]. XXLX. f. 6); the
apex is produced into a heavy, short, curved, tooth-like process.

¥

( 135 )

?. Not seen.

Early stages not described.

Hab. Canada; Newfoundland ; New England ; Ohio.

In the Tring Museum 6 dd from: Massachusetts ; New Hampshire.

107. Hyloicus francki.
Sphinx francki Neamoegen, Ent. News iv. p. 133 (1893) (Kansas City).

Said to be intermediate between chers/s and halmiue. Mr. Franck, the
discoverer of the insect, suggests in a letter to us that it is a hybrid between the
two. The examination of the structure (antenna, legs, genital armature) will show
whether franck? is a distinct species or a hybrid.

Hab. Kansas City.

Not seen.

108. Hyloicus kalmiae.

Sphinx kalmiae Abbot & Smith, Lep. Georgia i, p. 73. t. 37 (1. p. 7.) (1797) (on Kalmia) ; Harris,
in Sillim., Journ. Sci. Art xxxvi. p. 295. n. 4 (1839); Gosse, Canad. Nat. p. 260 (1840) (egg,
larva) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 218. n. 8 (1856) (Orilla, W. Can. ; N.Y.); Clem.,
Journ. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 171. n. 67 (1859) (larva, pupa; lilac, vii.; Canada, N.Y., Penn.,
Mass., Georg.) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860); Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am.
p. 196. n. 5 (1862); Harris, ed. Flint, /ns. Inj. Veg. p. 328 (1863); Lintn., Proc. Ent. Soe.
Philad. iii. p. 657 (1864) (deser. of 7., on Syringa); Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v.
p. 165. n. 94 (1865) (Atlantic district) ; Bowles, Canad. Ent. iii. p. 143 (1871) (Quebec, vi. vii.) ;
Lintn., nt. Contr. i. p. 192 & iii. p. 179 (1872) (N.Y., vii., larva ix.); Grote, Bull. Buffalo
N. H. Soc. i, p. 25 (1874); Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 30 (1874) (Newton, Mass., vii.) ; Boisd., Spec.
Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 91. n. 27 (1875); Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii. p. 241. n. 15 (1875) (Montreal,
common vi. vii.) ; Grote, l.c. ii. p. 238. n. 57 (1875); Mann, Psyche ii. p. 75 (1877) ; Butl.,
Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 620. n. 14 (1877) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. ix. p. 120 (1877) (L. Erie
at sugar, vi. 7th); Dev., ibid. p. 160 (1877); Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soe. N. Sei. aii. p. 224. n. 58
(1877) (Canada to Southern St.); Mart., Zrans. Dept. Agr. Illin. xviii. App. p. 104 (1880)
(larva); Reed, Rept. Ent. Soc. Ont. xii. p. 68 (1882) (larva); Fern., Canad. Ent. xvi. p. 21 (1884)
(Orono, Me.); id., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 41. n. 15 (1886) (descr. of 1., p., 7.; on ash, lilac,
Kalnia); Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 44 (1886); Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. xv. p. 177
(1888) (Can. to Georgia, Ala., westw. to Missouri, Illin., Wisc., prob. farther west and south) ;
Edw., Bull. U. St. N. Mus. xxxv. p. 47'(1889) (lit. rel. to metam.) ; Dyar, in Riley, Ins. Life
iii. p. 322 (1891) (N-Y., electr. light); Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 301. t. 5. £. 2
(1895) (N.Y., not comm., /., p.; on laurel, lilac, privet, Chionanthus, ash); Goss, Ent. News
vii. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampsh., common); Beutenm., /.c. vill. p. 293 (1896) (metam., on
Syringa) ; Fyles, Rept. Ent. Soc. Out. xxx. p. 104 (1900) (Quebec, on Populus trem.).

Lethia kalmiae, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 141. n. 1511 (1822).

3. Antenna slender in both sexes, not club-shaped ; ciliae of $ rather long,
the basal and subdorsal ones of each segment almost forming a distinct comb.
Palpus prominent. Spines of foreleg slender, none much prolonged ; first segment
of foretarsus as long as that of midtarsus, one-third longer than that of hindtarsus,
more than half as Jong again as the other segments together ; spurs rather long,
long apical one of hindtibia more than half the length of the first tarsal segment ;
comb of midtarsus with some moderately long bristles ; paronychinm with long
pointed lobe.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite elongate, remaining narrow to end, slightly curved,
apex obtuse, somewhat flattened above ; sternite produced into a short, very broad,
irregularly rounded, almost vertical, mesial lobe, which is minutely sinuate in
middle. Clasper with almost straight dorsal margin, little narrowed distad, apex
regularly rounded; harpe (Pl. XXXIX. f. 11) with three processes, a ventral one

( 136 )

finger-like, a little curved at end, and two dorso-distal ones, separated by a rounded
sinus, both pointed, tooth-like, the upper more or less denticulated ; subdorsal fold
of clasper broad above the harpe, short, not extending beyond basal third of clasper,
clothed with long bristles. Penis-sheath (Pl. XXIX. f. 12) with a very long,
slender, apical process, which is concave on the inner side, and is armed at the
outer side just before the rounded end with a minute tooth, reminding one of
the same structure of dugens and allies.

@. Vaginal plate (Pl. XXI. f. 2) not unlike that of H. lanceolata in many
respects ; the mouth of the vagina in the middle of the plate, which is triangularly
produced proximally, longitudinally folded and grooved mesially ; behind the mouth
of the vagina there is an elongate, somewhat ovate, smooth tubercle.

Larva with sharply-marked black oblique side-bands, horn and anal segment
with black granules, thorax not granulose—Food-plants: Syringa, Ligustrum,
Chionanthus, ete.

Pupa glossy, not strongly sculptured ; tongue-case reaching to end of foreleg,
free, touching breast only with swollen end.

Hab, Atlantic subregion, from Canada to Georgia, westwards to the Mississippi
basin.

In the Tring Museum 2 larvae, 1 pupa, and 12 dd, 6 2? from: Canada ;
N. Jersey. 3

109. Hyloicus gordius.
Sphine gordius Cramer, Pap. Er. iii. p. 91. t. 247. £. B (1779) (Virginia).

3%. Similar in structure to 17. luscitiosa, the lobes of the paronychium much
longer ; hindtibia more spiny in ? than in ¢.

g. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXVIII. f. 15) strongly compressed, highest
before end, hooked, pointed, upper surface reduced distally to a line ; sternite
(Pl. XXVIII. f. 14) triangular, obtusely pointed. Clasper as in luseitiosa and
drupiferarum, more rounded dorsally, apex less broad ; harpe (Pl. XX XIX. f. 9)
with a short, broad, concave, rounded, unarmed ventral process, and a much longer,
narrower, irregularly dentate subdorsal one, the latter curving ventrad ; subdorsal
fold of clasper broad, short. Penis-funnel (Pl. XXVIII. f. 42, p-r) rather more
pointed than in uscitiosa; penis-sheath (Pl. XXVIII. f. 42) ending in a straight,
solid, sharply pointed, conical process.

?. Vaginal plate (P]. XXI. f. 8) convex mesially, impressed laterally, the —

proximal edge sharply marked, mouth of vagina subterminal, situated in a cavity
which extends to the distal edge of the plate.

Larva bright green ; head with a yellow and a brown side-stripe ; seven oblique
side-bands, white, margined with red in front ; horn black, green above and beneath.

On apple, ash and Myrica.

Pupa with a very short free tongue-case, closely applied to the breast.

Two broods.

Hab. Atlantic subregion, from Canada to Georgia, westward to the Mississippi
basin and Colorado.

Two subspecies :

a. H. gordius oslari subsp. nov.
3%. Larger than the Atlantic form, paler, especially the forewing, which is

less shaded with black on disc; discal band of underside of hindwing less sharply —

marked ; black mesial spots of underside of abdomen very small.

nO

mit ee eee

C187)

Hab. Colorado.
In the Tring Museum 3 ¢d,2 22% from Glenwood Springs, Colorado, June
1901 (Oslar).
b. H. gordius gordius.

Sphinx gordius Cramer, .c.; Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sei. Art xxxvi. p. 295. n. 5 (1839) (larva,
pupa); Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 218. n. 9 (1856); Fitch, Rept. Ins. N.Y. i. p. 341
(1856) (larva); Clem., Jowrn. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 173. n. 70 (1859) (Maine; Mass. ;
Connect.) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 19 (1860); Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 198.
n. 8 (1862); Harris, ed. Flint, Ins. Inj. Veg. p. 328 (1862) (on apple); Grote & Rob., Proc.
Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 165. n, 95 (1865) (Atlantic district); Bowles, Canad. Ent. ii. p. 143
(1871) (Quebec, vi.) ; Lintn., Ext. Contr. i. p. 192 & iti. p. 179 (1872) (N.Y., E. v. vi.) ; Boisd.,
Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 91. n. 26 (1875); Pack., Half-hours with Ins. p. 180 (1877) (larva) ;
Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 618. n. 6 (1877) : Grote, /.c. iii. p. 224. n. 63 (1877) ; Worth.,
Canad. Ent. x. 16 (1878) (Chicago, larva on black ash in viii. ix.) ; Mart., V'rans. Dept. Agr. Illin.
xviii. App. p. 105 (1880) (larva); Saund., /ns. Inj. Fruit p. 86. n. 32. f. 85 (/.) (1883) (larva,
pupa); Fern., Canad. Ent. xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Orono, Me.) ; id., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 44. n. 18.
t.1.f. 1 (4) (1886) (larva, pupa; on apple, ash, Myrica) ; Grote, Hawk-Moths N, Am. p. 45
(1886) ; Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, xv. p. 180. t. 10. f. 1 (genit.) (1888) (Canada to
Georgia, westw. to the Mississippi); Edw., Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxv. p. 48 (1889) (lit. rel.
to metam.) ; Dyar, in Riley, /ns. Life iii. p. 322 (1891) (N.Y., electric light) ; Beuteum., Bull.
Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 302. t. 5. £. 4 (1895) (N.Y. ; descr. of larva, pupa, imago) ; Trum.,
Ent. News viii, p. 27 (1897) (S. Dakota); Soule, Psyche viii. p. 158 (1897) (larva on Andromeda ;
unusual food) ; Rowl., Hunt. News x. p. 11 (1899) (Missouri ; on apple).

Lethia gordius, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 141, n. 1512 (1822); Grote,. Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sei.
i. p. 26 (1874) (Canada; N.Y.; Penn.) ; Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 30 (1874) (Newton, Mass., vii.) ;
Grote, lc. ii. p. 228 n. 62 (1875).

* Sphinx poecila Stephens, (lustr, Brit. Ins., Haust. i. p. 123 (1828) (Mus. Brit) ; Wood, Jad.
Ent, p. 246. t. 53. f. 26b (1839).

Sphing eremitus, Grote, l.l.c.c. (1875-77) (sub syn. as poecilia !).

Gargantua gordius, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 692. n, 3 (1892).

3%. Mesial spots of underside of abdomen distinct, elongate. Forewing more
or less shaded with blackish brown ; discal band of hindwing generally very distinct
above and below.

Hab. Atlantic subregion, from Canada to Georgia, westward to the Mississippi
basin.

In the Tring Museum 1 larva, and 12 dd, 6 2 from: Canada; N. Jersey ;
Virginia.

110. Hyloicus luscitiosa.

Sphinz luscitiosa Clemens, Journ. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 172. n. 69 (1859) (Wisconsin ; N.Y.) ;
Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 19 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 197, n. 7 (1862) :
Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. v. p. 165. n. 96 (1865) (Atlantic district) ; Walk., List
Lep. Ins. B.M. xxxi. p. 36 (1866) ; Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii, p. 241. n. 16 (1875) (Montreal,
very rare); Streck., Lep. hop. Het. p. 114. t. 13. f.11 (9 ) (1876) (Canada ; N. Engl. ; Middle
St.; Ohio ; Maryld. ; Virg. ; Ind.; Wisc.) ; Butl., 7’rans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p, 618. n. 7 (1877) ;
Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. iii. p. 225, n. 64 (1877) ; Fern., Canad. Ent. xvi. p. 21 (1884)
(Orono, Me., rare) ; id., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 45. n. 19 (1886) (N.J.; willow) ; Grote, Zawk-
Moths N, Am. p. 44 (1886) ; Smith, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xv. p. 181. t. 9. £. 5 (genit.) (1888)
(/. on willow); Soule, Psyche v. p. 85 (1888) (descr. of larva and pupa; poplar) ; Dyar, Ent.
Amer. y. p. 189 (1889) (larva) ; Kunze, nt. News v. p. 265 (1894) (larva on Salix, Betula) ;
Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 302. t. 5. f. 3 (1895) (N.Y., very rare ; larva, pupa ;
willow) ; id., /.c. viii. p. 292 (1896) (metam., on Salix); Brehm, Ent. News viii. p. 20 (1897)
(Newark, egg May 19th); Moff., Canad. Ent. xxix. p. 224 (1897) (London, Canada, vi.) ;
Hanh., ibid. xxix. p. 292 (1897) (Manitoba) ; Johnst., ibid. xxx. p. 71 (1898) (Hamilton, Ont.,
y. 28th); Hanh., ‘bid. xxxi. p. 52 (1899) (Manitoba) ; Bolst. & Small., Lut. News xi, p. 580
(1900) (Mass.) ; Fyles, Rept. Ent. Soc. Ont. xxx. p, 104 (1900) (Quebec, on Populus trem., descr.
of /.).

(138 )

Lethia luscitiosa, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soe. N. Sci. i. p. 26 (1874); Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 30 (1874)
(Newton, Mass., vii.) ; Grote, lc. ii. p, 228. n. 63 (1875) (Mass.; N.Y. ; Wisc.).

Lethea (1) luscitiosa, Strecker, l.c. (sub syn.).

Gargantua luscitiosa, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 181 (1892),

3. Antenna much shorter in ? than in d, being in the latter about two-fifths,
in the former two-sevenths, the length of the forewing. Palpus roughly scaled as —
in drupiferarum, prominent. Spines of foreleg not prolonged, first segment of
foretarsus nearly as long as segments 2 to 4 together; spurs of mid- and hindtibiae
with a few spines ; hindtibia mostly obviously spinose apically ; long apical spur
of hindtibia about balf the length of the first tarsal segment, or less ; this segment
as long as the other four together ; paronychium reduced, with a short slender lobe ;
midtarsus without distinct comb of long bristles ; third row of tarsal spines rather
less pointing distad than the spines of the other rows, especially in ¢.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite similar to that of gordius, very strongly compressed,
pointed, hooked, shorter than in gordivs ; the sternite nearly as in that species,
the lobe rather shorter, more rounded at end. Clasper as in drupiferarum, dorsal
margin almost straight in middle ; harpe (Pl. XXXLX. f. 10) divided into two lobes
by a rounded apical sinus, the lobes of nearly equal length and width, both slightly
curved towards each other and somewhat concave, ne lower one Shp at end,
without dentition, the upper pointed and dentate at dorsal margin. Penis-funnel
(Pl. XXVIII. f. 43. p-r) obtusely rounded, convex beneath, not prismatical ; penis-
sheath (Pl. XXVIII. f. 48) somewhat twisted apically, ending in a sharp conical
process. :

?. Vaginal plate somewhat resembling that of 77. chersis and gordius ; mouth
of vagina subterminal, the anterior margin of the cavity somewhat sinuate in the
middle.

Larva with minute black ring-dots situated upon the annulets; horn with
black lateral line, tip black, head and horn rngose ; side-bands white, bordered in
front with pints lilae.—Food-plants : Salix; Populus ; Betula.

Papa with a short (8 mm.) tongue-case, which is free, but lies closely against
the breast.

Hab. Canada to Virginia, westward to the Mississippi basin and Colorado.

In the Tring Museum 4 larvae, 2 pupae, and 2 dd 13 $2 from: N. Jersey ;
Denyer, Colorado (Oslar).

111. Hyloicus drupiferarum.

Sphine drupiferarum Abbot & Smith, Lep. Georgia i. p. 71. t. 36 (1, 7.) (1797) (on Celtis & plum) ;
Smith, Zrans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 177. t. 9. f. 3. 4 (genit.) (1888) (syn. pro parte ; Canada
to Georgia, westw. to Calif., Vancouver I., Oregon, Colorado, Utah).

Lethia drupiferarum, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 141. n. 1510 (1822).

gd %. Antenna short, only one-third (¢) or less (?) the length of the forewing.
Palpus much produced beyond the scaling of the frons. Spines of foreleg numerous
bat not long; first segment of foretarsus incrassate, about as long as segments
2 and 3 together ; first midtarsal sezment longer than the other segments together,
comb with some long bristles, spines of rows 2 and 3 rather close together and long;
long apical spur of hindtibia more than half the length of first tarsal sezment,
which is longer than segments 2 to 5 together, the metatibial spurs often with one
or two spines ; paronychium with lobes, which, however, do not reach far beyond
the middle of the claw. There are two or three black lines in the cell of the

( 139 )

forewing corresponding to the bases of the branches of the radial trachea in
the chrysalis. The black ventro-lateral lines of the abdomen are very distinct.

&. Tenth abdominal tergite rather strongly curved, sides of process nearly
parallel, apex rather abruptly narrowed to an obtusely pointed hook, upper surface
rather flattened, underside convex; sternite with a broad, distally somewhat
narrowed, gently curved, apically sinuate and rounded mesial lobe. Clasper broadly
sole-shaped, rather narrow at end, dorsal margin more rounded than ventral one ;
harpe (PI. XXXVUIL. f. 19) produced ventro-distally into a finger-like process, which
is slightly curved; the dorso-distal corner occupied by a heavy curved tooth,
accompanied at the distal edge by a few smaller teeth. Penis-funnel (GJ: @:@'4 805
f. 41) ventrally produced into a solid pointed cone ; penis-sheath dorsally prolonged
into a concave, apically rounded process, which is armed just before end by a
sharp tooth.

g. Vaginal plate (PI. XXI. f. 4) much wrinkled, the proximal mesial part,
convex, raised in front of the vaginal cavity, forming a kind of roof over it which
conceals the opening of the vagina from view ; behind the cavity there is a smooth
large tubercle, rather abruptly truncate proximally, the plate at both sides of this
tubercle concave.

Larva with red oblique side-bands, bordered with white distally ; head and
horn rugose, not grannlose.—Food-plants : Prunus; Pirus; Syringa ; ete.

Pupa: tongue-case free, 6 mm. long, obviously longer than in lgustri ;
eremaster ending in two rather long points.

Two broods ; apparently no seasonal variation.

Hab. Nearetic region.

Two geographical races which are structurally the same.

a. Il. drupiferarum drupiferarum.

Sphine drupiferarum Abbot & Smith, Lc. ; Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sci. Art xxxvi. p. 294. n. 3
(1839); Walker, List Lep. Ins. B.M. viii. p. 218. n. 7 (1856) ; Fitch, Rept. Ins. N.Y. iii. p. 362
(1856); Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 172. n. 68 (1859) (Penn, ; Mass. ; on plum) ;
Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860) ; C’em., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 197. n. 6 (1862) ;
Harris, ed. Flint, ns. Inj. Veget. p. 328 (1862); Lintn., Proc. Ent. Soe. Philad. iii. p. 658
(1864) (deser. of /.); Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 165. 0. 93 (1865) (Atlantic
district); Reed, Canad. Ent. iii. p. 5. fig. 1. 2. 3 (U., p., 7.) (1871) (Ontario, vii. viii.) ; Bowles,
ibid. p. 143 (1871) (Ontario) (vi.) ; Lintn., Hut. Contr. i. p. 192 & iii. p. 179 (1872) (N.Y., vi.,
larva on plum viii.); Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 30 (1874) (Newton, Mass., vii.) ; Boisd., Spec. (rén.
Lép, Hét. i. p. 97. vu. 34 (1875); Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii. p. 241. n. 14 (1875) (Montreal, common,
vi. vii.) ; Mart., Trans. Dept. Agr. Iilin. xviii, App. p. 104 (1880) (larva) ; Reed, Rept. Ent.
Soc. Ont. xii. p. 67. fig. (1882) (metam.); Saund., Ins. Inj. Fruit p. 163. f. 170. 171. 172
(1883) (all stages descr.) ; Fern., Canad. Ent. xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Orono, Me., common) ; Jack.,
ibid. xvii. p. 31 (1885) (Quebec) ; Fern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 38. n. 14. t. 1. f. 2 (i). 3 (1). 4 (p.)
(1886); Grote, Hawk-Moths N. Am. p. 43 (1886); Smith, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xv. p. 177
(1888) (partim); Edw., Bull. U. St. N. Mus. xxxvi. p. 47 (1889); Dyar, in Riley, Ins. Life
iii. p. 322 (1891) (N.Y.; electr. light); Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N.H. vii. p. 300. t. 5, f. 1
(1895) (N.Y. ; deser. of 1, p.,7.; on apple, plum, Celtis) ; id., /.c. viii. p. 291 (1896) (metam.,
on Prunus); Trum., Ent. News viii. p. 27 (1897) (8. Dakota) ; Hanh., Canad. Ent. xxix. p. 292
(1897) (Manitoba); Rowl., Ent. News x. p. 11 (1899) (Missouri ; on apple, plum) ; Nash, ¢bid.
xi. p. 581. fig. (1900) (fine photo of larva) ; Fletch., Repl. Ent. Soc. Ont. xxx. p. 32. £.6 (é.).
7 (/.) (1900); Fern., nt. News xi. p. 581. t. 16 (1900).

3%. The well-known Atlantic form.

Hab. Canada to Georgia westward to the Mississippi basin ; rather common.

In the Tring Musenm 4 larvae, 1 pupa,and 8 gd, 11 ?% from: Ontario ;
Maine; N. Jersey ; New York.

( 140 )

b. H. drupiferarum utahensis.
Sphine utahensis Edwards, Papilio i. p. 115 (1881) (Utah, coll. Neumoegen) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.
i. p. 692. n. 20 (1892).
Sphinx vancouverensis, Holland (non Edwards, 1874), Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 103 (1886) (vancour.=
drupif. ex err.).

Sphinx drupiferarum var. utahensis, Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. xv. p. 178 (1888).
3%. The western form, which is whiter than the ordinary eastern form.
Hab. Colorado to Utah, California, Oregon, probably in all the western States.
In the Tring Museum 10 ¢¢,5 ° 2 from: South Dakota; Colorado : Glenwood
springs, Colorado springs, and Durango (Oslar).

112. Hyloicus ligustri.
Sphinz ligustri Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 490. n. 7 (1758).

3. Antenna one-third (¢) or less than one-third (?) the length of the
forewing, not obviously incrassate before the hook ; apical segments see Pl. LX. f. 9.
Spines of foreleg not prolonged, first protarsal segment as long as segments
2 to 4 together; mesotarsus without comb; spurs without spines ; hindtibia
not spiny, long apical spur more than half the length of the first tarsal segment,
this longer than the four other segments together; paronychium with long
slender lobes. The black antemedian band of the hindwing is either isolated,
or is more or less merged together with the discal band; in the latter case
the discal band has a more proximal position than in the former. Extreme ~
individuals of the second form are called ab. spiraeae ; this is neither local nor
is it produced only by such caterpillars as feed on Spéraea. In this ab. spiraeae,
as well as in individuals with separate antemedian band, the hindwing has
sometimes very little or no red, reminding one of H. drupiferarum. A specimen
in the Tring Museum, bred from a larva taken in 1890 at Hemel Hempsted,
Herts., by Mr. Arthur Wilson, has the black colour much more developed
than any other example we have seen, the greater part of the forewing, the median
band of the upperside of the abdomen and the underside of the latter being
brownish black; the discal band of the hindwing is broad, but the antemedian
band is distinctly separated from it, though the slightly reddish interspace is, like
the postdiscal interstitial band, shaded with brown. A d from Harrow-on-the-Hill
has scarcely a trace of pink.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite long, subcylindrical, gently curved, distally
flattened, apex divided into two sharp points (Pl. XXVIII. f. 16); sternite (PI.
XXVIII. f. 17) with a very long horizontal lobe divided into two long slender
processes, which are cylindrical, tapering to end. Clasper broad, dorsally rounded,
ventrally oblique, broadly rounded at end ; harpe (Pl. XXXVIII. f. 19) ending in
a broad concave plate, the yentro-distal margin of which is turned up and somewhat
notched, while the oblique dorsal edge is irregularly dentate ; the harpe bears some
resemblance to that of Protoparce sesquiplex (Pl. XXXVI. f. 12). Penis-fannel
(Pl. XXVIITL f. 40, p-r) rounded ; penis-sheath (Pl. XXVIII. f. 40) ending in a
rather short, broad, obtusely rounded process.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XXI. f. 5) obviously different from that of the allied
species ; the mouth of the vagina (v) is proximal, the middle of the postvaginal
plate is flat, slightly concave at the sides, convex in middle, smooth, and bordered
laterally by an oblique fold, which is often irregularly folded transversely.

( 141 )

Iarva resembling that of drupiferarum, side-bands deeper red.—Food :
Ligustrum, Spiraea, Fraxinus, ete.

Pupa: tongue-case free, close to the breast, 5 mm. long or less ; cremaster
with two apical and two subapical points.

Hab. Palaearctic Region, from Scotland and Scandinavia southwards to Spain
and Italy, not in Greece; eastwards to Japan.

Bartel, Zc. records it from N.W. Africa and the Canary Islands, giving
Speyer as the authority for this statement. Staud. & Rebel mention, with, the
Azores as being inhabited by ligustr?.

Two subspecies :

a. H. ligustri constricta.

*Sphine constricta Butler, Cist. Ent. iii. p. 113 (1885) (Japan ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.
i. p. 692. n. 24 (1892).

*Sphinx ligustri var. amurensis Oberthiir, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 56 (1886) (Amurld. ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir) ; Staud., in Rom., Wém. Lép. vi. p. 220. n. 208 (1892) (Amur) ; Kirby, /.c. i. p. 692.
sub n. 23 (1892) (Manchuria) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 48 (1899).

Sphinx ligustri var. spiraeae, Graeser (non Esper, 1806), Berl. Ent. Zeitschr, xxxii. p. 104. n. 179
(1888) (Amurld., n. vii.).

Sphine ligustri var. constricta, Staudinger & Rebel, Cat. Lep.ed. ii. p. 101 sub n. 734 (1901) (=amu-
rensis ; Jap., Chin.s., Amur, Uss.).

Sphinx ligustri, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 589. n. 35 (1888) (=constricta) ; id., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond. p. 287. n. 63 (1898) (Hakodate, vi.) ; Bartel, /.c. p. 47 (1899) (Japan, “common”
ex err.!).

3 ¢. Structurally the same as lig. Uigustri. Agrees in colour with certain
specimens of ab. spzraeae. The black colour is prominent, the pink colour reduced
in intensity. There is as yet very little material in collections.

This form is of interest in so far as it stands intermediate to a certain degree
between drupiferarum and European ligustri. The antemedian and median bands
of the hindwing are separate in typical (7g. ligustri ; they are confluent in a few
specimens which occur apparently everywhere among typical lig. ligustr? ; the red
colour is, besides, occasionally reduced in intensity. In lg. constricta the bands
are always more or less confluent and the red colour bleached, while in drupiferarum
both characters are exaggerated, there being no red tint and the two bands being
completely fused to one median band, which shows occasionally traces of grey
scaling centrally, indicating the original three-banded state.

Hab, N. China, Amurland and Japan, apparantly rare.

Jn the Tring Museum 2 6d from: Amurland ; Sidemi.

In the collection of Mons. de Joannis from Hien-Hien, N. China.

b. H. ligustri ligustri.

Hoefn., Arch. t. 4 (1592); id., Div. Ins. t. 9 (1630); Bouhin, Traité Anim. p. 88 (1593) ;
Monff., Theatr. Ins. p. 91. f. 2, p. 182. f. 1 (1634); Jonst., Hist. Nat. Ins. t. 19. f. 1. 2
(1653) ; Merian, Eur. Ins, iii. p. 63 n. 124. t. 124 (1, p., 7.) (1683) ; Goed., ed. Lister, /ns.
p. 71. f. 25 (1685); Jung, Mist. Verm. p. 108 (1691); Jacob., Mus. reg. Dan. t. 1. f. 24
(1696) ; Raj., Hist. Ins. p. 144. n. 1., p. 362. n. 62 (1710); Albin, Nat. Hist. Engl. Ins. t. 7
(1720) ; (Anonym.), Bresl. Samml, Julius Cl. 4, Art. 4. n. 6 fig. (7., p., 1.) (1723) ; Réaum.,
Hist. Mém. i. p. 293. t. 14. f. 1 (1734) ; id., lc. ii. 2. p. 1. t. 20. £. 1-4 (1736) (Sphinx !) ;
Swamm., Bibl. Nat. p. 223. 388. 389. t. 29. f.1 (/.). 2 (p). 3 (2). (1737) ; Linné, Fauna Suec.
ed. i, p. 248. n. 809 (1746) ; Wilke, Hngl. Moths, Cl. i. S. B. p. 10. t. 3 (1747) ; Rosel, Ins.
Bel, iii. p. 25. t. 5. £. 4.5 (1755) ; Hemm., Coll. Cur. Ins. t. 3. f. a. b. (1751 ?) ; Gronov., Act.
Helv. vy. p. 140. n. 311 (1762) ; Geoffr., Hist. Ins. ii. p. 84. n. 7 (1762) ; Gronov., Zooph. p. 202.
n. 820 (1764) ; Seba, Vhesaur. iv. t. 53. £. 12. 14., t. 55., f. 13. 14. 15. (fig. malae), t. 60. £. 19.

( 142)

2. f. a-g (1766) ; Deg., Mém. Hist. Ins. i. p. 14. t. 1. £. 6 (1)
7

20 (1765) ; Harris, Aurel. ;
71); Ern. & Engr., Pap. Eur. iii. p. 9. t. 85. f, 113. a-g

D.
(1752) ; id., Le. ii. p. 238. n.
(1785).

Sphine ligustri Livné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 490. n. 7 (1758) ; id., Fauna Suee. ed. ii. p. 287. n. 1087
(1761) ; Sepp, Nederl. Ins. i. 3. p. 15. t. 3. f. 1-5 (egg, LL). t. 4. f. 1 (p.). 2. 3 (7.) (1762) ;
Scop., Ent. Carn. p. 185. n. 470 (1763) ; Linné, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 347 (1764) ; Miill., Fauna
Fridr. p. 37. n, 344 (1764) ; Houtt., Naturl. Hist. i. 11. p. 417. n. 7 (1767) ; Linné, Syst. Nat.
ed. xii. p. 799. n, 8 (1767); Beckm., Epitom. p. 160. n. 6 (1772); Mill. Naturs.,
v. 1. p. 638. n. 8 (1774); Goeze, Bonnet’s ete. Abh. p. 95. n. 6. note (1773); Gleditsch,
Forstwissensch. i. p. 272 (1775); id., ii. p. 163. n, 1, p. 194. n. 2 (1775); Harr, Engl.
Lep. p. 30. n. 205 (1775) ; Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 545, n. 28 (1775) ; Fuessl., Verz. Schweiz. Ins.
p. 32. n. 615 (1775) ; Mill., Zool. Dan. p. 116. n. 1337 (1776) ; Schiff. & Den., Wien. Verz.
p. 41. n. 2 (1776) ; Mad., ed. Kleem., Raupenkal. p. 62. n, 175, p. 79. n. 227 (1777) ; Meyer,
in Fuessl., Wag. Ent. i. p. 265 (1778) ; Esp., Eur. Schm. ii. p. 61. t. 6 (1779) & p. 226. t. 36. f. 7.
(egg) (1782); Blum., Handb. Naturg. p. 364. n. 4 (177%) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 151.
n. 8 (1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 150. n. 47 (1781) ; Lang, Verz. Augsb. p. 67. n. 553. 554
(1782) ; Retz., Gen. Ins. p. 34. n. 31 (1783) ; Fourer., Ent. Paris. ii. p. 253. n. 7 (1785); Fabr.,
Mant. Ins. ii. p. 97. n. 51 (1787) ; Borkh., Eur. Schm. ii. p. 92. n. 2, p. 146. n 12, p. 180.
n. 11 (1789) ; Rossi, Fauna Etr. ii. p. 163. n. 1056 (1790) ; View., Verz. Brandenb. i. p. 9.
n. 12 (1790); Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2377. n. 8 (1790) ; Schwarz, Raupenkal. p. 199. 355.
496. 634 (1791) ; Borkb., Rhein. Mag. i. p. 317. u. 145 (1793) ; Panz., Fauna Germ. p. 8. 0. 17
(1793) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. i. p. 374. 0. 55 (1793) ; Prunn., Lep. Ped. p. 83. 0.'169 (1798) ;
Donov., Brit. Ins. viii. p. 79. t. 284 (1799); Schrank, Fauna Boica ii. 1. p. 223. n. 1385 (1798-
1804) ; Walk., Fauna Paris. Ins. ii. p. 279 (1802); Thunb., Mus. Nat. Ups. xxiii. p. 10 (1804);
Bechst. and Scharf., Forstins. ii. p. 341. n. 6 (1805); Hiibn., Samml. Eur. Schm., Schw.
p. 98 n. 4. t. 14. f. 69(@) & . 31. f. 143 (1805-24); Turt., Syst. Nat. iii, 2. p. 176.
(1806) ; Hitbn., Gesch. Eur. Schm. ii. Sphing. iii. Leg. Cl. f. 2a. b. ec. (1806-18) ; Rossi,
ed. Illig., Fauna Etr. p. 262. n. 1056 (1807); Nag., Hiilfsh. Schm. p. 154 (1818) ; Sam.,
Ent. Comp. p. 244 (1819) ; God., Lép. France iii. p. 22. n. 3. t. 15 (1821); Lep. & Serv.,
Enc. Méth. x. p. 465. t. 65. f. 4-6 (1825); Meig., Handb. Schm. p. 99. n. 15 (1827) ;
Steph., Jllustr. Brit. Ins., Haust. i. p. 121. n. 5 (1828); Boisd., Znd. Meth. p. 48. n. 393
(1829) ; Steph., Cat. Brit. Ins. ii. p. 32 (1829) ; Meig., Syst. Beschr. Eur. Schm. ii. p. 142. n. 13
t. 67. f. 1 (1830); Cant., in Silb., Rev. Ent. i. p. 77 (1833) (Dépt. Var, vi., ix.) ; Beske, ibid.
ii. p. 177 (1834) (Hamburg) ; Friv, ibid. ii. p. 181 (1834) (Hungary) ; Lue., Lép. Eur. p. 115.
t. 47 (1834) ; Thon, Nat. Schm. t. 54. f. 738. 739. 740 (1837) ; id. & Reich., Ins. Krebse Spinn.
p. 107. t. 54. f. 738.739. 740 (1838) ; Blanch., Hist. Nat. Ins. iii. p. 479 (1840) ; Frey., N. Beitr.
Schm. iv. p. 39. n. 516. t. 318. £. 1 (1842) ; Westw. & Humphr., Brit. Moths p. 13. t. 3. f. 4. 5. 6.
(1843) ; Eversm., Fauna Volgo-Ural. p. 112 (1844) (v. vi.) ; Assm., Zeitschr. Ent. Breslaw i.
p- 5 (1847) ; Herr.-Sch., Hur. Schm. ii. 1. p. 90. n. 26 (1847) ; Bruand, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 43
(1849) (pupa lying 4 years) ; Lab., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 50 (1850) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins.
B.M. viii. p. 214. n. 2 (1856) ; Vill., Bull. Soe. Ent. Fr. p. 159 (1859) (on Paulownia) ; Mann,
Wien. Ent. Monatschr. iii. p. 92 (1859) (Sicily) ; Praun, Zur. Schm., Sphing. t. 6. v. £. 5 (1860);
Com., Ent. Weekly Int. viii. p. 203 (1860) (on holly) ; Wilde, Pf. & Raup. ii. p. 85. t. 2. £. 31
(1861) ; Siev., Bull. Moscou p. 140 (1862) (St. Petersb.) ; Mann, Wien. Ent. Monatschr. vi. p. 66
(1862) (Brussa) ; Wallengr., Skand. Het. Pjtr. p. 32. n. 2 (1863); Led., Wien. Ent. Monatschr.
vii. p. 22 (1863) (Bulg.; Rumel.) ; Ball, Bull. Moscow p. 364 (1864) (Gorki) ; Chiff., Zoolog.
xxii. p. 8906 (1864) ; Gase., ibid. p. 8968 (1864) ; Crewe, ibid. p. 9054 (1864) (larva) ; Paris,
Bull. Soc. Ent. Pr. p. 39 (1865) ; Maur., Tijdschr. Ent. ix. p. 174 (1866) (Limburg) ; Snell.,
Viind. Nederl. p. 98 (1867) (vi. vii.) ; Girard., Bull. Soc. Ent. Ir. p. 47 (1867) (musk secret.) +
MacLachl., Ent. Mo. Mag. iii. p. 137 (1867) ; Duer, ibid. p. 163 (1867) (on holly) ; Briggs, ébid.
p. 206 (1867) (on holly); Newm., Entom. ili. p. 34 (1867) (deser. of larva) ; Tengstr., Act.
Soc. F. F’. Fenn. x. p. 6. n. 91 (1869) ; Braine, Entom. iv. p. 322 (1869) (on Salix) ; Nix, ibid.
p- 322 (1869) (Agemogenesis) ; Heyl., Tijdschr. Ent. xiii, p. 146. n. 68 (1870) (Breda) ; Clogg,
Entom. v. p. 356 (1871) (Agamogenesis) ; Brutt., Progr. Gymn. Dorpat p. 23. n. 3 (1872)
(vi. vii.) ; Clogg, l.c. vi. 30 (1873) ; id., l.c. p. 231 (1873) (Agamogenesis) ; Harw., ibid. p. 411
(1873) ; Boisd., Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 96. n. 33 (1875) ; Noll, Zoolog. Gart. xvi. p. 114
(1875) (Canaries) ; Siebke, Enum. Ins. Norv. iii. p. 23. n. 2 (1876) ; Girard., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr,
p- 179 (1876) (larva ; flicherie) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 620. n. 16 (1877) ; Coop.,
Entom. xi. p. 20. (1878) ; Bign., ibid. p. 274 (1878) (paras.) ; Weil., Progr. Oberrealsch. Innsbr.
p. 15 (1880) (‘Lauferer Thal) ; Kill., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Granb. xxiii. p. 44 (1880) ; Reich., Ent.
Nachr, vi. p. 141. (1880) (scent-org.) ; Fiign., ibid. p. 160 (1880) (scent-organ) ; Bertk., ibid.

3. t.
5(

( 143 )

p. 206 (1880) (scent-organ) ; Auriv., Kongl. So. Vet. Ak. Handl. xix. v. p. 130. 0. 165. (1882)
(revision) ; Rom., Wém. Lép. i. p. 69 (1884) (Borjom ; Tiflis; Derbent) ; Lampa, nt. Tidskr.
vi. p. 26. n. 111 (1885) ; Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 165 (1885) (éclos.) ; Poult., Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond. p. 281 (1885) (postembr. devel.) ; id., Jc. p. 137 (1886) (devel. of col.) ; Amel.,
Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxxi, p. 261 (1887) (Dessau) ; Mina-Pal. & Failla-Ted., Nat. Sic. vii. p. 41
(1889) (if occurr.?) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 692. n. 23 (1892); Bartt., Lep. Brit. Isl. ii.
p. 31. n. 3. t. 47. f. 1. a-c (1893) ; Hofm., Raup. Grossschm. p. vii. f. 2 (embr.). p. 28. t. 7. f. 2
(1893) ; id., Grossschm. p. 29. t. 16. f. 22 (1894) ; Pfitz., Zris x. p. 160 (1897) (Sprottau, pale
hindwg.); Vos, Tijdschr. Ent. xli. p. 79 (1898) (Apeldoorn) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii.
p. 43 (1899) ; Staud. & Reb., Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p. 100. n. 734 (1901).
Sphinx spiraeae Esper, Ew. Schm. ii. Suppl. p. 21. n. 72. t. 42. f. 1 (1806).
Herse ligustri, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii, 1. p. 762. n. 2 (1815) ( =spiraeue).
Sphynx ligustri, Vogel, Schin. Cabin. i. p. 23. t. 5. f. 3 (1821).
Sphine ligustre (!), Lalanne, Wan. Ent. p. 116. n. 5 (date ?).
Hab. Burope eastwards to Asia Minor and Central Asia.
In the Tring Museum a number of larvae and pupae and a long series of
imagines from various localities.
Noll, d.c., says that Uégustr? was very common at flowers between 8 and 9 p.m.
at Teneriffe. Was it really Uigustri and not /erse convolouli ?

113. Hyloicus dolli (PI. XIII. f. 11, 3).

Sphinx (fHyloicus) dolli Neumoegen, Papilio i. p. 149 (1881) (Prescott, Ariz.).
Sphinx dolli, Grote, New Check List p. 11 (1882).

“Hyloicus dolli, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 694. n. 10 (1892).

3. Antenna longer than in the allies of chersis and drupiferarum, half the
length of the forewing. Tongue rather weak. Palpus not prominent. Spines
of forelegs comparatively as stout as in chess and longer, apical spine of segment 1
about as long as segment 3; spurs of mid- and hindtibia very short, not or little
longer than the tibia is broad; first segment of hindtarsus much shorter than tibia,
also shorter than the four other segments together. Cross-veins of hindwing often
straight. Paronychinm reduced, without lobes ; claws long and slender. Comb of
midtarsus with one or two prolonged bristles.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite long, slender, compressed, geutly curved, pointed,
subsuleate beneath ; sternite with a broad, slightly curved, flat, mesial lobe which
somewhat narrows towards the sinuate apex. Clasper strongly rounded, dilated
dorsally in middle, thence narrowed to apex (Pl. XXXVIII. f. 9) ; harpe with a
single, broad, somewhat spatulate, concave process, dentate at the edge, upper
margin continuous with the subdorsal fold of the clasper and, like the fold, clothed
with very long bristles. Penis-sheath curved and somewhat twisted (P]. XXVIII.
f. 54), ending in a broad, pointed process.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Avizona ; Colorado ; Utah.

Two subspecies :

a. HH. dolli coloradus (Pl. XII. f. 11, 2).

Sphine coloradus Smith, Ent. Amer. iii. p. 153 (1887) (Colorado) ; Edw., ibid. p. 223 (1888) ;
Smith, 7rans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xv. p. 189 (1888); Neum, Lunt. News iv. p. 134 (1893) (local
form of dolli).

dg. Forewing above with black submarginal line R?—M?.
Hab. Colorado ; Utah.
In the Tring Museum 9 dd from: Utah ; Colorado: Glenwood Springs,

Golden, Garfield county.

( 144 )

b. H. dolli dolti.

Sphinx dolli Neumoegen, /.c. ; Smith, /.c. xv. p. 189 (1888) (Prescott) ; Ottol., Ent. News vi. p. 218
(1895) (in coll. Neumoeg.).
6. Forewing without black submarginal line R°—M?.
Hab. Arizona.
Not seen.

114. Hyloicus sequoiae (PI. XIII. f. 8, 3).

Anceryx coniferarum, Walker (non Abbot & Smith, 1797), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 224. n. 2
(1856) (partim). \

*Sphine scquoiae Boisduval, Ann. Soc, Ent. Belg. xii. p. 66. n. 70 (1868) (Calif. ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir) ; Edw., Proc. Calif. Ac. Sci. iv. p. 110 (1874) (Bear Valley, S. Nevada, vi.) ; Boisd.,
Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 101. 0, 39 (1875) ; Streck., Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 117. t. 13. £. 17 (1876) ;
Edw., Papilio iii. p. 25 (1883) (Butte C», vii., at night); Riv., ibid. p. 65 (1883) (Berkeley,
Calif., at flowers, iv.) ; Smith, 7rans. Amer. Ent, Soc. xv. p. 188 (1888) (Calif.).

Hyloicus sequoiae, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soe. N. Sci. i. p. 27 (1874) ; id., Le. ii. p. 228. n. 70 (1875) ;
Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 616. n. 2 (1877) (U. St.) ; Grote, Lc. iii. p. 225, n. 73 (1877)
(Calif. ).

3%. Antenna rather shorter than in dolli, strongly narrowed basad, widened
distally, very distinctly club-shaped in 2. Spines of foreleg shorter and less stout
than in doll’, spurs of mid- and hindtibia a little longer. Paronychinm with a short
but distinct lobe. Palpus not prominent.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite slender, long, gently curved, with almost parallel
sides, abruptly narrowed to a point (PI. XXVIII. f. 11, a); lobe of sternite
(Pl. XXVIII. f. 11, b) rather deeply sinuate, the two halves sharply pointed.
Clasper (Pl. XXXVIII. f. 7) dilated dorsad in middle, thence strongly narrowed
to end, the edge irregularly undulate; harpe with a single, almost flat, broad
process, heavily but irregularly dentate at the distal edge, the teeth long, sharp,
often bearing a smaller tooth, the upper edge of the harpe continuous with the

broad subdorsal fold of the clasper and, like the fold, clothed with long bristles.

Penis-sheath (Pl. XXVIII. f. 53) similar to that of vancouverensis, but the apical

process much broader proximally.
?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XX. f. 22) reminding one to a certain extent of that of

P. lefeburei (Pl. XX. f. 1); mouth of vagina subapical, behind it there is an —

ovate, not much raised, tubercle ; the edge of the cavity is rugose and bears, like

the lateral part of the plate, dispersed long slender scales, which are situated on —

granules ; the plate is transverse, with the ventro-lateral edges somewhat prominent,
being distinctly raised above the level of the membrane connecting the plate with
the seventh sternite ; on this membrane there is on each side a chitinised half-ring,
more or less interrupted laterally.

Early stages not described.

Hab. Pacific Subregion of Nearctic Region : California, probably farther north.

In the Tring Museum 15 dd, 8 $2 from California: Sacramento, August ;
Central Calif., July.

115. Hyloicus crassistriga spec. nov.

Kentochrysalis streckeri, Leech (non Staudinger, 1880), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 290 (1898) (partim).

?. Tongue short and weak. Palpus slender, rough-haired. Antenna thickened
distally, with a large brown patch, occupying the greater part of the dorsal surface.
Yore- and midtibiae with very few spines at the end. Paronychium without lobes.

( 145 )

Body above pale brown, palest on the sides. A black oblique line on each side
from base of antenna to collar; edge of collar and upper edge of mesothoracic
tegula rather broadly black, especially the latter ; abdomen (rather soiled) with
a black mesial line and black lateral patches. Underside cinnamon bistre brown :
first segment of palpus pale.

Wings adove. Forewing : wood-brown, with the following brownish black
markings : two very oblique antemedian costal lines across apex of cell, followed by
a short streak in cell, and continued from M? to inner margin, which they reach
about 5 mm. from base, connected with base by a streak, interspace filled up with
black behind ; two heayy discal streaks R*—M?, the upper one the longer, a third
streak R'—R? more oblique; the discal lines crossed by these streaks not well
expressed, being represented by blackish brown clouds or patches, the lines coming
out more clearly beyond M?; a heavy, oblique, apical line ; some small submarginal
spots; fringe brownish black with white dots. Hindwing: mummy brown, paler
towards base ; fringe spotted with white.

Underside mummy brown, somewhat greyish. Forewing with a vestigial
discal band nearer distal margin than cell, a thin apical line. Hindwing with
two vestigial distal bands.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XXI. f. 11) resembling somewhat that of digustri ;
mouth of vagina proximal, a small folded ridge in front of it, the ridge continued
on both sides as a longitudinal fold to apex of plate.

Length of forewing 38 mm.

Hab. Japan.

One specimen in the British Museum, ex coll. Leech.

116. Hyloicus pinastri.

Sphinz pinastri Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 492. n. 20 (1758).

Hyloicus pinastri, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 139. n. 1483 (1822).

Anceryx pinastri, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B, M. viii. p. 223. n. 1 (1856).

*Hyloicus asiaticus Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 260. n. 58 (1875) (Scinde ? ;—Mus. Brit.).

Sphinx saniptri Strecker, Lep. p. 118. t. 13. £. 18 (1876).

3%. Antenna three-sevenths (¢) or a little more than one-third (¢) the
length of the forewing, slightly incrassate distally. Palpus not so much produced
as in chersis and allies, rather slender, especially in ¢. Armature of foreleg weak,
none of the spines obviously prolonged ; foretibia only with a few apical and lateral
spines, first tarsal sezment as long as the next three together ; midtarsus without
comb, the proximal spines of row 4 not being essentially longer than the more
distal spines ; hindtibia without spines ; spurs long, with or without spines, long
distal one of hindtibia two-thirds or three-fourths the length of the first tarsal
segment; this longer than the four other segments together.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite rather strongly curved, broad, tapering to a point,
somewhat flattened and sulcate above, concave beneath (Pl. XXVIII. f. 18) ;
sternite completely divided into two narrow, somewhat curved, lobes. Clasper
sole-shaped, rounded-narrowed from before middle to apex ; harpe (Pl. XXXVIIL.
f. 11. 12) with two processes, a ventral one which is broad, obtuse, and a much
longer upper one which is cylindrical or flattened, tapering to the pointed end,
somewhat curved, pointing ventro-distad. Penis-sheath (Pl. XXVIII. f. 49. 50)
apically produced into a concave process.

L

( 146 )

9. Vaginal plate (Pl. XXI. f. 6) elongate-triangular, rounded distally ;
mouth of vagina median, covered proximally by a prominent flap, which is
individually variable ; behind the vaginal opening there is a large smooth mesial
tubercle.

Larva without the oblique bands of other Hyloicus, with longitudinal dashes,
and strongly marked ringlets ; head, frontal surface excepted, horn and anal
segment granulose.—Food : various Conéferae.

Sheath of tongue of chrysalis short, free, appressed to the breast.

Hab. Palaearctic Region ; also in N. America (introduced).

In the Brit. Mus. there is a d collected by Doubleday in the United States.
This specimen does not differ from European 3d. The saniptri of Strecker is
doubtless the same. These North American pnastri are surely introduced
specimens, or offspring of such, as the sexual armature—which is identical in
Donbleday’s ¢ with that of European examples—does not show any difference,
while we should expect it to differ obviously, if the Nearctic pénast7? had been an
inhabitant of that region for a longer period.

As the species occurs in Europe and Japan, it will most likely also be found
in China, Thibet and Kashmir, and at the south side of the Himalayas at higher
elevations.

a. H. pinastri pinastri.

Réaum, JMém. i. t. 13. f. 8 (1734); Roesel, Insect. Belust. i. 1. p. 41. t. 6 (1746) ; Gadd., Obs.
Satagund. p. 28 (1747) ; Hemm., Coll. Cur. Ins. t. 2. f. a. b. (175-?) ; Schaeff., Zcon. Ratish.
t. 110. f. 1.2 (1766) ; Deg., Mém. Hist. Ins. ii. 1. p. 234. n. 1 (1771); id., Le. iv. p. 169. 695.
t. 10. f. 1. 2. 3. (1774) ; Ern. & Engr., Pap. Ew, iii. p. 17. t. 97. f. 115. f. a-f (1785).

Sphinx pinastri Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 492. n. 20 (1758) ; id., Fauna Suec. p. 288. n. 1088 (1761);
Poda, Mus. Graec. p. 80.n. 4 (1761) ; Sepp., Nederl. Ins. t. 3. p. 23. £. 5 (1762) ; Scop., Ent.
Carn. p. 187. n. 473 (1763) ; Hufn., Berlin. Mag. ii. p. 182. n. 10 (1766) ; Houtt., Naturl. Hist.
i. 11. p. 450. n. 20 (1767) ; Linne, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 802. n, 22 (1767) ; Drury, //lustr,
N. Hist. i. p. 58. t. 25. £. 2 (1770) ; Forst., Cat. Anim. N. Am. p. 29 (1771) ; Miill., Naturs,
y. 1. p. 642. n. 22 (1774) ; Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 541. mn. 16 (1775) ; Fuessl., Vere. Schweiz. Ins.
p- 33. n. 621 (1775) ; Schiff. & Den., Wien. Verz. p. 41 (1776) ; Mad., ed. Kleem., Raupenkal.
p- 71. n. 202 & p. 87. n. 249 (1777) ; Meyer, in Fuessl., Mag. Ent. i. p. 266 (1778) ; Goeze, Ent.
Beytr. iii, 2. p. 174. n. 22 (1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Ent. ii. p. 146. n. 30 (1781) ; Lang, Verz. Augsb.
p. 67. n. 555-557 (1782) ; Esp., Eur. Schm. ii. p. 106. n. 12. t. 12. £. 1. 2.3 (1779) & p. 233.
t. 36. f. 9 (1782); Retz., Gen. Ins. p. 33. n. 27 (1783) ; Fuessl., N. Mag. Ent. iii. p. 157. n. 130,
p- 158. n. 139 (1786) ; Fabr., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 95. n. 33 (1787) ; Borkh., Zur. Schm. ii. p. 101.
n. 4, p. 147, p. 180. n. 3 (1789); Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5, p. 2385. n. 22 (1790); View., Tab.

Verz. Brandenb. i. p. 6. n. 6 (1790) ; Brahm, Insectenkald. ii. 1. p. 127. n. 63 (1791) ; Schwarz, —

Raupenkald. p. 496, 0. 633 (1791) ; Panz., Fauna Germ. p. 82. n. 22 (1793) ; Fabr., Ent, Syst.
iii. 1. p. 367. n. 35 (1793) ; Borkh., Rhein. Mag. i. p. 317. n. 144 (1793) ; Cederh., Fauna Ingr.
p- 213. n. 653 (1798) ; Schrank, Fauna Boica ii. p. 224. n. 1386 (1798-1804) Bechst. & Scharf.,
Forstins. ii. p. 339, n. 5 (1805); Hiibn., Hur. Schm., Sphing. p. 98. n. 1. t. 13. £. 67 (¢)
(1805-24) ; Ochs., Schm. Eur. ii. p. 243. n. 4 (1808); Hiibn., Gesch. Eur. Schm. ii. Sph. iii.
Leg. C. b. f. 1. a (1806-18) ; Nag., Hiilfsb. Schm. p. 158 (1818); Sam., Ent. Comp. p. 244
(1819) ; Vogel, Schm. Cabin, i. p. 26. t. 7. £. 5. a. b. (1821) ; God., Hist. Nat. Lép. iii. p. 30.
t. 17. f. 1 (1821) ; Lep. & Serv., Enc. Méth. x. p. 464. t. 64. £. 1-3 (1825) ; Meig., Handb. Schm.
p. 99. n. 16 (1827) ; Boisd., Jnd. Meth. p. 48. n. 392 (1828) ; Steph., ///ustr. Brit. Ins., Haust.
i. p. 121. n, 6 (1828); id., Cat. Brit. Ins. ii. p. 32 (1829); Meig., Syst. Beschr. Eur. Schm.
ii, p. 145. n. 16. t. 67. £. 3 (1830) ; Cant., in Silb., Rev. Ent, i. p. 77 (1833) (Dépt. Var, v. ix.) ;
Beske, ibid. ii. p. 177 (1834) (Hamburg) ; Lucas, Lép. Eur. p. 116. t. 46. f. 3 (1834) ; Thon,
Nat. Schm., t. 54. £. 741. 742. 743 (1837) ; id. & Reich., Jus. Krebse Spinn. p. 107. t. 54. £. 741.
742. 743 (1838) ; Ratzeb., Forstins. ii. p. 74 (1840) ; Zett., /ns, Lapp. p. 917 (1840) ; Westw. &
Humpbhr., Brit. Moths p. 13. t. 3. f. 7. 8. 9 (1843) ; Eversm., Fauna Volgo-Ural. p. 112 (1844)
(vi.) ; Assm., Zeitschr. Ent. Breslau i. p. 5 (1847) ; Bell., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 52 (1848) (Bois
de Boulogne) ; Ménétr., Lnum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 89. 0. 1474 (1857) (Curland,

(147 )

Livland, St. Petersb.) ; Praun, Hur. Schm., Sphing. t. 6. p. f. 4 (1860) ; Wilde, Pf. & Raup.

ii. p. 84. t. 2. f. 34 (1861) ; Kirchn., Lotos xi. p. 108 (1861); Sealy, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. v.

p. 106 (1861) ; Siev., Bull. Moscou p. 140 (1862) (St. Petersb.) ; Wallengr., Skand. Het, Ejitr.

p. 34. n. 3 (1863) ; Ball., Bull. Moscou p. 364 (1864) (Gorki) ; Maur., Tijdschr. Ent. ix. p. 174

(1866) (Limburg) ; Snell., Vlind. Nederl. p. 98 (1867) (vi—viii.) ; Hinterw., Progr. Oberrealsch.

Innsbruck p, 229 (1868) ; Tengstr., Act. Soc. F. F. Fenn. x. p. 6. n. 92 (1869) ; Heyl., Tijdschr.

Ent, xiii, p. 146. n. 69 (1870) (Breda) ; Brutt., Progr. Gymn. Dorpat p. 23. n. 4 (1872) (v.—vii.) ;

Spill., Entom. vi. p. 103 (1873) (Crewkerne) ; Gurd., ibid. ii. p. 127 (1873) (Devonshire) ;

Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 104. n. 43 (1875) ; Siebke, En. Ins. Norv. iii. p. 23. n. 3 (1876);

Wrat., Entom. x. p. 135 (1877) (Suffolk); Mill., ébid. p. 210 (1877) ; Frere, ibid. x. p. 210

(1877) ; Staint., Ent. Mo. Mag. xiv. p. 67 (1878) (Ipswich) ; Tayl., ibid. xiv. p. 136 (1878)

(Ipswich) ; id., /.c. xvi. p. 93 (1880) (capt. in Britain) ; Thed., Ent. Tidskr. i. p. 197 (1880)

(Sweden) ; Kill., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub, xxiii. p. 44 (1880) ; Weil., Progr. Oberrealsch. Innsbr.

p- 15 (1880) (Tauferer Thal); Rom., Mém. Lép. i. p. 69 (1884) (Borjom ; Tiflis ; Manglis) ;

Lampa, Ent. Tidskr. vi. p. 26. n. 112 (1885); Kroul., Bull. Soc. Oural. xi. p. 212. n. 86 (1885)

(Sarapoul, vi. 3 vii.) ; id. Zc. xi. p. 239. n. 56 (1885) (Ourjoum) ; Buckl., Larv. Brit. Lep. ii.

p. 27. t. 22. f. 3 (1887); Amel., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxxi. p. 261 (1887) (Dessau) ; Smith,

Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 186 (1888) (doubts ident. of saniptri with pinastri) ; Bartt., Lep.

Brit. Isl. ii. p. 27. t. 46 (1893) ; Hofm., Raup. Grossschm. p. 28.t. 7. £. 1 (1893) ; id., Grossschm.

p. 29. t. 16. £. 21 (1894); Kill. & Cafl., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub. xxxviii. App. p. 19 (1895) ;

Vos, Tijdschr. End. xxxi. p. 79 (1898) (Apeldoorn) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 48

(1899) ; Burst., Zeitschr. Ent. vi. p. 164. f. 1. 2 (1901).

Sphinzx pinastri et piceae, Gleditsch, Forstwissensch. i. p. 501. n. 1 (1775).

Herse pinastri, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. 1. p. 762. n. 3 (1815).

Hyloicus pinastri, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 139. n. 1483 (1822) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond.
ix. p. 616. n. 1 (1877) (England; Europe!) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 693. n. 1 (1892) ;
id., in Allen, Nat. Libr., Moths iv. p. 49. t. 107. £. 3 (1897) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed.
iii. p. 101. n. 736 (1901) (partim ; “ Japan” alia spec.)

Anceryx pinastri, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 223. n. 1 (1856) (partim ; “ Scinde” loc. err.,
“N. Ind.” spec. alt.) ; Weism., ed. Meld., Stud. Theor. Dese. i. p. 265. t. 6, £. 53. 54 (1882)
(larva).

*Hyloicus asiaticus Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 260. n, 58 (1875) (Scinde ?—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,
Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 616. n. 3 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 693. n. 4 (1892)
(Sind?) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. India, Moths i. p. 123 (1892) (=pinastri ; loc. err.).

Sphinx saniptri Strecker, Lep. p. 118. t. 13.f. 18 (1876) (Canada; Penn.) ; id., /.c. p. 143 (1877)
(=pinastri) ; Edw., Ent. Amer. iii, p. 223 (1888).

Sphine pinastri ab. fasciata Lampa, Ent. Tidskr. vi. p. 26 (1885) (Scandin.).

Hyloicus saniptri, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 693. n. 2 (1892) (N. Am.).

3$?. The individual variability in colour resp. intensity of pattern is well
known. Some specimens are nearly all brown. Some individuals from Corsica in
the collection of Mons. Charles Oberthiir have no bands on the forewing while the
streaks R'—M? are heavy. Paronychinm mostly with a short triangular side-lobe.
Upper process of harpe cylindrical, long (P]. XXXVIIL. f. 11). Apical process of
penis-sheath (P]. XXVIIL. f. 50) broad, tapering, somewhat curved, pointed.

?. Flap in front of vaginal orifice feebly or not at all sinuate.

Hab. Barope: England, Scandinavia, southwards to Spain and Greece, east-
wards to Transcaspia; a mountain insect in the southern districts in accordance
with the distribution of the Coniferae. Not found in N. Africa, but probably
oceurring in the Atlas Mountains at higher elevations. A $ from Diisseldorf in
the collection of Charles Oberthiir has the body and wings almost uniformly
brownish black ; a similar specimen in the Tring Museum.

In the Tring Museum a series from various localities.

hb. H. pinastri morio subsp. nov. (P]. XII. f. 9, 3).
8. Pale Jateral markings of abdomen small, dorsum of thorax and abdomen
brown; pale area of palpus restricted ; wings above deeper brown than in ordinary

(148 )

pinastri ; SC? and R! of hindwing from upper angle of cell, very shortly stalked
together, the stalk much shorter than in pin. pinastre.

3. The lobes of the tenth sternite broader and shorter than in pin. pinastri.
The upper process of the harpe (Pl. XX XVIII. f. 12) flattened, not rolled in to form
a cylinder, shorter than in pin. pinastri, the lower process more horizontal, more _
curved at end. Process of penis-sheath (Pl. XXVIII. f. 49) remarkably different,
being short, strongly curved at end, pointed, almost hooked.

Hab. Japan.

One 3 in the Tring Museum from Japan; it was in a collection of Japanese
Lepidoptera, of which the special locality was not given.

117. Hyloicus caligineus.

*Hyloicus caligineus Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4). xx. p. 393 (1877) (Yokohama ;—Mus. Brit.).
Anceryx pinastri, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 588. n. 32 (1888).

Hyloicus caliginosus (!), Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 693. n. 3 (1892).

Hyloicus pinastri, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 287. n. 64 (1898).

32. Differs from pinastri, apart from colour, chiefly in the following points :
foretibia with fewer spines, midtibia without any spines except some minute apical |
ones, which are sometimes also wanting, first metatarsal segment shorter than the
tibia and as long as the four other segments together, long apical spur of hindtibia.
less than /alf the length of the first tarsal segment ; antenna proportionately
longer; hindwing less elongate.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXVIII. f. 19) longer and much narrower than |
in pinastri; sternite sinuate, not completely divided mesially. Clasper more
rounded ; harpe(Pl. XX XVIII. f. 18.14) as in pinastri with two processes, but both
shorter, the upper one branching off from the dorsal margin of the other.

?. Vaginal plate as in pénastr? with a prominent lobe in front of the vaginal
orifice (P]. X XI. f. 7. 8), the lobe longer and narrower than in pinastr?, individually -
variable.

Larva and pupa not known.

Hab. Japan and China.

Two subspecies.

The paucity (or even absence) of spines on the midtibia is a very remarkable
character.

a. H. caligineus caligineus.

* Hyloicus caligineus Butler, l.c. ; id., Lllustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. ii. p. 2. t. 21. £. 6 (1878).
Anceryx pinastri, Leech, lc. (1888) (common in Japan).

Hyloicus pinastri, id., l.c. (1898) (partim ; various parts of Jap., vii.).

Hyloicus pinastri var. caligineus Svaudiuger & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 101. n. 736 (1901) (Japan).

3. The sinus of the tenth sternite distinct. The upper process of the harpe
(PI. XXXVIII. f. 14) long, curving upward at end. Apical process of penis-sheath
longer than in pinastri.
?. Lobe in front of the vaginal orifice as well as the tubercle behind it
individually variable, the lobe often slightly sinuate.

( 149 )

Hab. Various parts of Japan.
In the Tring Museum 11 ¢d,8 22 from: Gifu, July (Nawa) ; Yokohama,
July, August ; Nagahama, July ; Tsuruga, July ; Hondo (Fritze).

b. H. caligineus sinicus subsp. noy. (Pl. XII. f. 7, 3).

3¢. Paler than the preceding, body as well as wings ; the brown border of
the mesothoracic tegulae faint, in ? barely indicated ; the discal streaks of the
forewing absent, or faintly marked. Scaling of antennae greyish white, with a few
brown scales on the middle segments. The insect resembling in the grey colour
more small pale specimens of pinastri than calig. caligineus ; stalk of SC’ and R}
of hindwing shorter than in calig. caligineus.

3. Tenth sternite less obviously sinuate than in the preceding race, the lobes
therefore much shorter. Clasper more rounded apically, shorter ; the processes of
the harpe (Pl. XX XVIII. f. 13) shorter, the upper one not curved upwards at end, the
lower one much narrower. Apical lobe of penis-sheath very much shorter than
eyen in pinastri pinastr?, agreeing in length nearly with H. oberthuer?.

2. Lobe of vaginal plate more deeply sinuate than in any of the specimens
dissected of calig. caligineus.

Hab. China.

1 g,1 ? in coll. Charles Oberthiir from Zocé (Baumert); type d. 14,2 %?
from Shanghai in coll. Joannis. 1 ? in the Tring Museum received from Mons.
PAbbé de Joannis.

118. Hyloicus oberthueri sp. noy. (Pl. XIII. f. 10, 3).

d. In colour closely agreeing with H. caligineus caligineus, but the fringe as
sharply marked white and brown as in //. pinastri ; the underside of the body paler
grey and the narrow side-bands of the abdomen white. Legs as in caligineus,
tibiae almost withont spines ; spurs short, the long apical one of hindtibia about
one-third the length of the first tarsal segment; this about as long as the four
others together. Stalk of SC? and R! of hindwing half as long as D®. Forewing
much more elongate than in any of the allied species.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite elongate, slenderer than in caligineus, slightly
dilated before end, with the edge somewhat notched, shortly hooked at end
(Pl. XXVII. f. 4, ventral view ; f. 5, side-view), underside deeply hollowed out ;
sternite longer than in the allied species, sinuate, the two lobes slender, subconical,
somewhat curved dorsad at end. Clasper similar to that of caligineus, more rounded
than in pinastri ; harpe (Pl. XX XVIII. f. 15) very characteristic, with two short
distal processes, separated by a rounded sinus, the upper process with one or more
marginal teeth, the lower one subconical, pointed, slightly curved, narrower and
shorter than the upper. Penis-sheath produced into a short process which is
rounded at end and scarcely curved (Pl. XXVIII. f. 48).

? and early stages not known.

Hab. China.

In coll. Charles Oberthiir 5 dd from Tsé-kou (Dubernard), one of which was
given to the Tring Museum, and is here figured.

( 150 )

XXXV. LAPARA.—Typus: dombycoides.

Sphinx, Abbot & Smith (non Linné, 1758), Lep. Georgia i. p. 83 (1797).

Hyloicus Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 138 (822) (partim ; type: pinastr?).

Anceryx Walker, List Lep. Ins. B.M. viii. p. 224 (1856) (partim ; type: pinastri).

Lapara id., l.c. viii. p. 232 (1856) (type : bombycoides).

Ellema Clemens, Journ. Ae. Nat. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 187 (1859) (type : harrisi=bombycoides).
Evedrium Grote, New Check List p. 11 (1882) (nom. indeser.!) ; Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv-_

p- 152. 211 (1888) (short deser. ; type: halicarniae).

The difference between this genus and Ayloicus is very slight in the imago-
state, the tongue and palpus being shorter resp. smaller than in the most reduced
species of /7yloicus. The larva and pupa differ, however, essentially.

3%. Antenna about two-fifths (¢) or three-eighths (?) the length of the
forewing, thickest near base in ¢, distinctly incrassate distally in $. Spines of
legs not prominent ; foretibia with a few apical and lateral spines, one apical spine
somewhat prolonged, midtibia with dispersed spines ; spurs short, long mesotibial
one about one-third the length of the first tarsal segment ; mesotarsus ‘without
comb; the first sezment of the tarsi as long (or nearly) as the four other segments
together ; paronychium very small, zvéthout lobes.

6. Sexual armature somewhat variable individually. Tenth tergite (PI.
XXVIII. f. 28) slender, curved, pointed ; sternite elongate, rounded at end, somewhat
triangular. Clasper sole-shaped ; harpe (PI. XX XIX. f. 12. 13) ending in a single
process, which is somewhat curved away from the plane of the clasper, its upper —
margin is dentate distally and is continuous with the broad subdorsal fold of
the clasper. Penis-funnel with a three-sided, pyramidal, solid process ventrally
(Pl. XXXIX. f. 12. 13), the sides of which are more or less concave, while the
edges are sharp; penis-sheath (Pl. XXVIII. f. 51) ending in a triangular, pointed,
slightly curved, flat, proximally concave, process. ;

?. Vaginal plate rounded distally, flat, the sides slightly incrassate ; mouth of
yagina proximal.

Larva with longitudinal markings, head triangular (except in first stage) ; no
horn.-—Food : Coniferae.

Sheath of tongue of pupa not free, reaching end of wing-cases.

Hab. Nearetic Region.

Four species, of which two (halicarniae and pineum) require closer examination.

a. Proportion between width and length of forewing
about 42 : 100 ‘ ‘ : ; ay! AO:
Forewing proportionally much broadee . 122. L. halicarniae.
6. Forewing scarcely with traces of markings ; with-

out decal streaks. c 3 c - 120. L. pineum.
Forewing with transverse lines, sharply marked, :
mesothoracic tegula whitish at end . 121. L. bombycoides.

Forewing with transverse lines, less strongly
marked, mesothoracie tegula not whitish at
end. 7 5 ; : . . . 119. L. coniferarum.

119. Lapara coniferarum.

Sphinx coniferarum Abbot & Smith, Lep. Georgia i. p. 83. t. 42 (l.p.i.) (1797) ; Harris, in Sillim.,
Journ. Sci. Art xxxvi. p. 297. n. 10 (1839) (partim) ; Westw., Jntr. Mod. Class. Ins. ii. p. 367
(1840) ; Fitch, Rept. Ins. N.Y. iv. p. 742 (1858); Clem., Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. iv.

(151 )

p. 174. n. 72 (1859) (Georgia; Canada); Morr., Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860) (parti) ;
Clem., in Morris, Syn. N. Am. Lep. p. 199. n. 72 (1862); Harris, ed. Flint, Jus. Inj. Veg.
p. 328 (1862) (partim) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 105. n. 44 (1875) (larva ; Georgia) ;
Streck., Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 93 (1875) (Baltimore ; N. York) ; id., /.c. p. 116. t. 15. f. 15 (¢)
(1876) ; Koeb., Bull. Ent. Soc. Brooklyn iv. p. 20 (1881) (egg, larva).

Sphinx cana Martyn, Psyche t. 19. £. 46 (1797).

Hyloicus coniferarum, Hiibner, Verz. bek:. Schm. p. 139. n. 1484 (1822) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent.
Soc. Philad. y. p. 166. n. 101 (1865) (Georgia) ; Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. ii. p. 115 (1870);
Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 642 (1877) (=cana Martyn, Psyche).

Anceryx Eaaecarur Walker, /.c. p. 224. n. 2 (1856) (pt. ; Georgia).

Ellema coniferarum, Grote. Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. i. p. 27 (1874) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond.
ix. p. 625. n. 1 (1877) ; Grote, /.c. iii. p. 225. n. 76 (1877) (Maryld. ; S. States) ; Mart., 7’rans.
Dept. Agr, Illin. xviii. App. p. 105 (1880) (¢) ; Pack., Ins. Inj. Forest Trees p. 768. n. 88 (1881)
(cit. tab. xxxiv. ex err.) ; Grote, New Check List p. 11 (1882); Fern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 85.
n. 42 (1886) (egg, larva) ; Grote, Hawk-Moths N. Am. p. 42 (1886); Edw., Ent. Amer. iii.
p. 166 (1887) (pupa, Florida) ; Smith, 7rans. Amer. Ent. Soe. xv. p. 210 (1888) (syn. partim ;
Canada to Florida) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxy. p. 49 (1889) (lit. rel. to metam.) ;
Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 696. n. 1 (1892) (Georgia).

Lapara coniferarum, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. ii. p. 228. n. 72 (1875) (S. States) ; Beutenm.,
Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 310. t. 7. £. 1 (1895) (N. York, rare ; larva, pupa).

32. Variable in the distinctness of the markings of the forewing, and in size.
The transverse lines disappear sometimes, the discal streaks become faint in many
specimens and the second is often absent.

3. The harpe (PI. XXXIX. f. 12) is acuminate, or dentate, at end; its ventral
edge is either entire, as in figure, or bears a more or less distinct triangular projection
in middle; the tenth sternite is variable in width. Tenth segment see PI.
XXVIII. f. 20.

Larva green, with three white vittae, or chequered with light and dark grey
oblong spots.—Food : Pinus palustris and other species of Pinus.

Hab. Canada to Florida, westward to the Mississippi basin.

In the Tring Museum 6 dd, 6 2% from: N. Jersey, August; Georgia ;
Sanford, Florida, June.

120. Lapara pineum.

Ellema pineum Lintner, Ent, Contr. i. p. 169. t. 8. f. 12 (g). 13 (2) (1872) (CN. York) ; id., Le.
p. 192 (1872) (larva on pine; imago September) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. i, p. 27
(1874) (N. York); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 626, n. 3 (1877) (Canada! ex err.) ;
aa Trans. Dept. Agr. Illin. xviii. App. p. 105 (1880) ; Pack., Ins. Inj. Forest Trees p. 770.

. 90, f. 266.a (fo). b (2) (1881) ; Smith, Zrans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 209 (1888) ; Edw.,
Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxv. p. 49 (1889) (lit. rel. to metam.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 696.
n. 3 (1892).
Sphinz pinea (1), Boisduval, Spec, Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 107. n, 46 (1875).
Lapara pineum, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc, N. Sci. ii. p. 228. n. 74 (1875) (N. York).

3%. Only two specimens are known; they differ from coniferarum and
hombycoides in the forewing being devoid of the discal streaks and of distinct
transverse lines.

Lintner compares the larva and imago only with dombycoides (= harrisi). In
onr opinion, pineum is nothing else but an extreme abertation of the variable
coniferarum. The two specimens should be re-examined.

Hab. State of New York.

Not seen.

(2152 )

121. Lapara bombycoides.

Sphinx coniferarum, Harris (non Abb. & Smith, 1797), in Sillim., Journ, Set. Art xxxvi, p. 297. n. 10
(1839) (partim ; imago) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860) (partim) ; Harris, ed. Flint,
Ins. Inj. Veg. p. 328 (1862) (partim).

*Lapara bombycoides Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 233. n. (1856) (Canada ;—Mus. Oxford) ;
Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 187. n. 93 (1859) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc.
Philad. v. p. 166, n. 103 (1865) ; Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 115 (1868) ; id., Bull.
Buff. Soc. N. Sci. i. p. 28 (1874) (= ? harris’) ; id., Le. ii. p. 228. n. 73 (1875) (=harrisi ;
Canada, Mass., N.Y.) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 626 (1877) (Canada) ; Kirby, Cat.
Lep. Het. i. p. 695. n. 1 (1892) ; Schaus, Hnt. News vi. p. 144 (1895) (=harrisi).

Ellema harrisi Clemens, Jour. Ac. Nat. Se. Philad. iv. p. 188. n. 94 (1859) (Maine; N. Jersey ;
N. Hampsh. ; N. Carolina) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn.
Lep. N. Am. p. 216. n. 1 (1862) ; Lint., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. iii. p, 669 (1864) (larva, pupa ;
on Pinus strobus) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 166. n. 102 (1865) ; Beth.,
Canad. Ent. i. p. 18. n. 23 (1868) (Ontario) ; Pack., Guide Study Ins. p. 272 (1869) (deser.
larva) ; Bowl., Canad, Ent. iii. p. 143 (1871) (Quebec, vii. vii.) ; Lintn., Ent. Contr. i. p. 170.

t. 8. £. 8 (1). 9 (p.). 10 (g). 11 (9) (1872) ; id., Lc. p. 192 (1872) (end of vi.); Thaxt,

Psyche i. p. 30 (1874) (Mass., M. vi—M. vii.) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. i. p. 27 (1874);

Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 626. n. 2 (1877) ; Andrews, Psyche ii. p. 79 (1877) (deser. —

of larva) ; Mart., Trans. Dept. Agr. Illin. xviii. App. p. 105 (1880) (larva) ; Pack., Ins. Inj.
Forest Trees p. 768, n. 89. f. 264 ag). b (2). 265 a (/.). b (p.). t. 34.£. 1. a—j (larva, details)
(1881) ; Reed, Rept. Ent. Soc. Ontario xii. p. 70 (1882) (larva) ; Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.
xv. p. 207 (1888) (Canada to Florida, westw. to Mississippi) ; Dyar, in Riley, Ins. Life iii.
p. 322 (1891) (N. York, at electr. light) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 696. n. 2 (1892) ; Cross,
Ent. News vii. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampsh.). ;

Eilema (1) harrisi, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B.M. xxxvi. p. 297 (1866).

Hyloicus harvisi, Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 115 (1870) ; Butl., l.c. ix. p. 642 (1877).

Sphinx harvisi, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 106. n. 45 (1875) (N. York) ; Streck., Lep.
Rhop. Het. p. 117. t. 13. £. 16 (2) (1876) (N. Engl., Atlantic Sts.).

Lipara (!) bombycoides, Strecker, l.c. p. 127. t. 14. f. 4 (1877).

Ellema bombycoides, Fernald, Sphing. N. Engl. p. 83 sub n. 41 (1886) (descr. of larva, pupa ; Pinus

strobus) ; Smith, lc. xv. p. 208 (1888) (=? harrisi) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. N. Mus. xxxv. p. 49
(1889) (lit. rel. to metam.).

Ellema bombycoides var, harrisi, Fernald, 1.c. p. 83 (1886).

Lapara bombycoides var. harrisi, Beutenmiiller, Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 310. t. 7. £. 2 (1895)
(N. York, rare ; larva, pupa).

3%. A comparison at Oxford of the type of Lombycoides with specimens of
harrisi proved the two insects to be the same. The species is rather variable. It
‘is of the size of small specimens of coniferarum ; the forewing is darker brown than
in coniferarum, the antemedian lines are more distinct, the discal ones much more
heavily dentate. The first segment of the hindtarsus is a little shorter than the
other four together. The harpe is slightly broader than in coniferarum, Wat not
conspicuously different. Tenth sternite see Pl. XXVIII. f. 21.

In one of our two individuals from Florida the bands of the forewing are very
clearly defined and heavy, and the harpe (Pl. XX XIX. f. 13) is broader than in the
New England specimens dissected, and heavily angulate ventrally. The second
specimen does not show these characters so markedly.

Larva with a red face.—Foodplants : Pinus strobus and other pines.

Hab. Canada to Florida, westward to the Mississippi basin.

In the Tring Museum 1 larva, 1 pupa, and 9 od, 222 from: Maine;
Massachusetts ; New Hampshire ; Florida,

(-153 )

122. Lapara halicarniae.

Sphinx halicarniae Strecker, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. iii. p. 35. fig. (1880) (Florida).
Eredrium halicarniac, Grote, New Check List p. 11 (1882); Smith, rans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv.
p- 211 (1888) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 698. n. 1 (1892),

?. Only one specimen is known. It represents possibly a separate genus, for
which the name Lxedrium (1888) as defined by Smith, /.c., will have to be retained.
We do not see any necessity, at present, to keep Aalicarniae generically separate.
Strecker’s figure is quite insufficient to base a genus upon ; the specimen requires
examination as to structure.

Hab. Florida, type in coll. Strecker.

Not seen.

XXXVI. THAMNOECHA gen. noy.—Typus: uniformes.

Hyloicus, Butler (non Hiibner, 1822), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 261 (1875).
Pseudosphinx, Hampson (non Burmeister, 1856), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths 1. p. 106 (1892).
gd. Antenna long (tip broken off in the three specimens seen), distinctly
narrowed at the base, the segments not touching one another ventrally, middle ones
feebly dilated laterad subdorsally, almost as long as high, transsection little higher
than broad. Pilifer with brush of bristles. Palpus small, rough. Tongue short.
Tibiae ot spiny ; spurs very short, proximal pair of hindtibia absent; no pulvillus,
paronychium very small, without lobes ; first segment of foretarsus with four long
spines, the apical one nearly half the length of the segment, second segment as
long as the first.

Tenth abdominal tergite (P]. XX VL f. 34) narrow, curved, pointed, compressed ;
sternite broad (Pl. XXVI. f. 35), obtuse, feebly sinuate at end. Harpe (Pl. XXYV.
f, 17) narrow, without patch of modified scales, subdorsal fold of inner surface high,
with bristles ; harpe simple, not dentate, ending in an obtuse process. Penis-sheath
(Pl. XXVIIL f. 47) thin, prolonged into a flat, feebly concave process curving side-
ways, ending in a very short pointed hook.

?. Unknown.

Larva and chrysalis unknown.

Hab. North-West India.

One species.

A development from the ancestor of Hyloicus caligineus and oberthueri ; the
complete loss of the proximal pair of spurs from the hindtibia is a noteworthy
character.

123, Thamnoecha uniformis.

*Hyloicus uniformis Butler, l.c. (1875) (N. W. Himal. ;—Mus. Brit., ¢) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc.
Lond. ix. p. 616. n. 4 (1877).

*Pxeudosphine concolor Hampson, /.c. p. 106. n. 170 (1892) (Subathu, Simla, ¢ ;—Mus. Brit.).

Myloicus concolor, Kirby, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 103 (1894) (Simla).

d. Resembling in colour to a certain extent small specimens of Hyloicus

pinastri and caligineus.
Hah. N. W. India.
Three 32 in the British Museum.

( 154 )

Trise Sphingulicae noy.

3. End-segment of antenna short, not prolonged into a thin filiform process.
Tongue half the length of the body, or shorter. Spinulation of abdomen weak,
spines of sternites absent, or as weak as scales. No patch of friction-scales on
clasper. Mesotarsus without basal comb. Paronychium with two lobes at each
side, or without lobes, never with one lobe.

Hab, Oriental Region.

This small group of genera shows many affinities with the Ambdulicinae in the
imago state as well as in the larva and pupa, and takes an intermediate position
between the tribe Sphingicae and the subfamily Amdbulicinae. Of special interest
is the peculiar development of the claw-segment in this tribe. As in the Sphingicae,
the paronychinm has in the lower genera two lobes at each side ; while, however,
in the Sphingicae the next stage in the retrogressive development of the paronychinm
is represented by a great number of genera with the ventral lobe aborted and the
subdorsal lobe preserved, no such stage is found in the Sphingulicae, where both
lobes disappear at the same time, as exemplified by Sphingudus. Another remark-
able fact is illustrated by this latter genus. Among the Sphingicae the pulvillus
disappears always 4efore the lobes of the paronychium; there is no species of
Sphingicae which has a pulvillus and is devoid of a paronychial lobe. In Sphingulus,
however, the paronychial lobes become obliterated, before the pulvillus shows any
sign of reduction.* That is to say, we find exactly the opposite line of development —
in the two tribes. If this holds good for all the SpAingulicae, as we believe it does,
then Dolbinopsis and Hopliocnema, which are both without pulvillus and paro-
nychial lobes, have first lost the paronychial lobes and then the pulvillus. The
intermediate stage between Synoecha and Hopliocnema, and between Dolbina and
Polbinopsis, had pulvilli but no paronyehial lobes. Such a stage, corresponding to —
Sphingulus, is not known, or, we are inclined to say, not yet known.

In the diagram inserted opposite, the genera are tabulated according to the
relationship. It will be noticed that the whole tribe is divided into one group of
genera with the fore- and midtibiae spinose, and another group with the tibiae —
not spinose. The latter group consists of two branches, of which the two more
generalised genera Dolbina and Kentochrysalis are very closely allied, while the
specialised genera Sphingulus and Dolbinopsis, which head the two branches, are
widely different from one another. Dolbinopsis, though clearly a derivation from —
Dolbina, agrees in several characters with the most specialised genus Hoplioenema
of the branch with spinose tibiae, namely in negative characters which are the
outcome of the retrogressive development so often referred to among the Sphinginae
and Ambulicinae. Both Dolbinopsis and Hopliocnema are devoid of pulvilli and
paronychial lobes, and have the foretibia armed with a thorn (not a spine).
This similarity is the result of parallel development, and does not at all indicate
close relationship. Further, we find the bristles of the pilifer in a normal state
in Vetrachroa and Synoecha, while they are reduced in number or developed —
to hair-scales in //opliocnema and all the genera of the branch with non-spinose
tibiae. We meet with the same peculiar modification also among the Ambulicinae.
This again does not mean closer relationship between the genera with scaled pilifer.

The larva and pupa, so far as known, agree in many respects with those of the
typical Ambulicinae.

*" The same is the case in some Ambulicinae.

( 155 )

|
“AVOILLNOUAHOV

“AVNITLNOUTHOV

“AVOIONIHdS

“AVOITOONTIAdS

“APIS Yowa UO saqoy omy WIM wNITHOATOLE

“quasaid snqplapng
“Buoy sindg

‘asoulds you aviqiyprm-a10,7

‘ayduris viqiya10 7

‘aUTTIO paqe[Nolosey qnogaim ‘feortpuyéo & jo vauaquy
*Sd]4SIIq JO MOD B Y4TA TOT

*qnojs ‘Buoy onsuoy,

CNMONH DON ‘SANHD TVHLSAONY)

*SOQOT ON} ITM WINIGoLUOIET

‘quasaid snyptapng
“q.10ys sindg

‘asoulds jou aviqiyprm-a10,7

‘a[dmis viqiye10,q

“5 pue P ur poyerrp
Aj[er9}¥] Ou szuaumSas ‘orqdiomozpuer 4 jo vuuaquy

CSENG Ea

‘SOTSMG YIM LOFT
*yBam “410Gs ansuoy,
TON)

|
*SaqO] OA\Y TIM tuntqoAuoIeT
‘quasaad snqjtng
“qa0ys sandg
‘asoulds 4ou aviqiypriut-a10,7
‘atduits Biqiya10,q
“P pue } ur payerrp

Ayjeiaqe, sjuemSes ‘orydiomoipue & jo avuuequy

i)

*SaTBOS GGT LOFT
*“YBAM ‘Joys onsuoy,
TTVSAY FOOTNES

“quesqe wuntqoduoreg
“‘quaserd snq[tAtnd
“qaoys sandg
‘asoutds you aviquprm-alo,q
‘aidanis viqiar0 yy

* uros say “P ur payeprp

{[e197¥_ sjuemdes ‘orqdiomorpue & jo vuusquy

*SOTBOS UPA TOF
*yBaa ‘Qloys onsuoy,
‘SO TOONTIHAS

A]ye10}% |

|

“saqoy OM} WIIM unIqoAuoIEg
“quasaid snqptayug
“quoys sindg
‘asoutds jou artqiprut-a10,7
‘atdums viqija10,q

* 10 P urseggie payetp
jou sqjuamtses ‘orydiomoipue § jo vuuequy
*SOTBOS TFLIA IO ‘SO[ISIIQ MAF YYIA JOFIIT
*YBOM Q10YS ansuoy,

ye

|

‘quesqe uniyoLuoreg
“quasqe sn[LA Nd
“qaoys sindg
‘asourds you aviqiyptut-ar0\7
*U10Y [Bold qyLA VIqIe107
‘(amouy jou 3 yo vuuaquy)
“SOTSMQ MOF YIIM LOFT
“yBaM ‘y1OGs ansuoy,

‘SISCONIA TOR

|
*saqoy OA\} YJIA UNntqo<uorey
“‘quasaid snqtayng
“Buoy siudg
‘asoutds aviqnupim-a10.7
“u10Y4} [woIde QI BIqKyar0T
“orydiour
-orpue jou ‘Teorparjso § jo wvuuaquy
*SOTISTIG TFTA TORT
“Apoq ayy Jo yASuay ay Jleq “qaoqs ensSuaoy,
‘VOUHOVULEAL

*Saqoy Og JIA TANtyoLUOTEg
“quasaid snqyuapng

*q93ue9] ur paonpar sindg
‘asoulds aviquprm-ai0q
‘UIOY} [Borde GAIA BIQHer0T
‘o1qdiomoipue } jo vuuajuy
*SOTISTIQ QATAd JOST

*YBAM “Grogs ensuoy,

“VHOUONAS

“‘quesqe tnrqocaore

“FUASqB sniTTA[Nd

“qoys sundg

‘asourds aviqnpia-a10g

“aIoT} [wordy yQIAs wIQuedOg

‘orqdioworzpue } jo vuuajuy

*SOTWOS TITAN JOINT

“quam Qaoys onsu0y
“VNANOOTTIOH

( 156 )
Key to the genera:

a. Fore- and midtibiae spinose. : : . b.
5; 55 3 not spinose 5 : : d.
4. Pulyillus absent : 5 : - XXXIX. Hoplioenema.
5 present. : : : Cc.
ce. Spurs short, tongue short and eee,
hindwing grey. XXXVIII. Synoecha.

Spurs long, tongue half fhe ieneeh
of the ode, hindwing rufous . XXXVI. Tetrachroa.
d. Foretibia armed with an ee

thorn ; no pulvillus . : XL. Dolbinopsis.
Foretibia without an apical font
pulyillus present : : . : ° e.
e. No paronychial lobes : : XLIII. Sphingluus.
With two paronychial ighedaieneh aide : mes

Jj. Antennal segments distinctly dilated
laterally in dorsal view. XLII. Kentochrysalis.
Antennal segments not dilated ister:
ally in dorsal view. 4 . XL. Dolbina.

XXXVIL TETRACHROA gen. nov.—Typus : edwardsi.

Macrosila, OUiff (non Walker, 1856), Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales (2). v. p. 515 (1890).
Meganoton, Kirby (non Boisduval, 1875), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 683 (1892).

3%. Tongue about half the length of the body, rather stout proximally, thin
distally. Pilifer with normal brush of bristles ; genal process triangular, as long
as the pilifer. Palpus elongate, projecting a little beyond frons in a dorsal aspect.
Antenna with end-segment about four times as long as basally high, clothed with
broad scales ; d : not strongly compressed, fasciculated ciliae about half as long
as the segments broad dorsally ; ?: cylindrical, ciliae all very short. Fore- and —
midtibiae spinose ; foretibia ending in a long thorn, with some heavy terminal
spines, shorter (thorn excluded) than first tarsal segment; spurs of mid- and —
hindtibiae Zong, long terminal one of hindtibiae about four-fifths the length of the
first tarsal segment ; midtarsus without comb; hindtarsus half as long again as —
the cell of the hindwing, first segment much longer than 2 to 5 together ; pulvillus
present, paronychium with ¢wo slender lobes at each side. Spines on abdominal
sternites very weak.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite elongate, divided at end into two short triangular
lobes, which are turned downward. Clasper without patch of modified scales; _
subdorsal fold very high, running ventrad at end, armed with spines (P]. XXXIX.
f. 14); harpe elongate-triangular, densely covered with erect scales, dorso-basal
margin raised toa high ridge. Tenth sternite and penis-sheath not preserved in our
3 specimen ; clasper dorsally also damaged, the fold apparently with spines all —
along the edge.

?. Postvaginal part of vaginal plate membranaceons, short, scaled, antevaginal
part rather strongly chitinised, proximal edge of vaginal cavity convex, incrassate.

( 157 )

Early stages not known.
Hab. Australia.
One species.
124. Tetrachroa edwardsi.

Macrosila edwardsi Oliff, Lc. (1890) (Brisbane ; Lower Hunter R., N.S.W.) ; Misk., Proc. Roy.

Soc. Queensld. viii, p. 26. n. 43 (1891).
Meganoton edwardsi, Kirby, l.c. n. 18 (1892).
* Meganoton variegatum Rothschild, Iris vii. p. 301. n. 13. t. 6. f. 1 (1894) (Queensland ;—coll.

Staudinger).

3¢?. Hasily recognised by the rufous-red hindwings, which are marked with
black, yellow and white in the basi-abdominal region.

Hab. Queensland and N.S. Wales.

In the Tring Museum 1 3, 2 2? from Dawson district and Brisbane
district, Queensland.

XXXVI. SYNOECHA gen. nov.—Typus: marmorata.
Sphinx, Lucas, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales (2.) vi. p. 278 (1891).

3. Not known.

2. Pilifer with bristles ; genal process short, obtuse. Palpus very small,
inner surface covered with large scales, first segment shorter than second. Tougue
short and weak. Antenna thin, filiform, slightly prismatical, with distinctly fas-
ciculated ciliae, feebly constricted at the joints, end-segment short. Fore- and
midtibiae spiny ; foretibia with long apical thorn, shorter (excl. of thorn) than first
tarsal segment; spurs longer than in Hopliocnema and Dolbinopsis ; pulvillus and
paronychium present, the ventral lobes of the paronychium rather short. SC* and
FR? of hindwing on a long stalk.

?. Vaginal plate much wrinkled transversely; vagina a rather strongly
chitinised cylinder, ending beyond the middle of the vaginal plate, the edge of
its mouth incrassate, forming a halfring, without processes.

Larva tapering in front, head narrowed above, horn straight ; green, two thin
interrupted lines on back and a broader line at each side, dilated ventrad a little
on the abdominal segments, white. —Food-plant : Mremophila mitchelli.

Chrysalis not known.

Hab. Queensland.

125. Synoecha marmorata (PI. XII. f. 10, ?).

*Sphinx marmorata Lucas, l.c. (1891) (—coll. Barnard, now in Mus. Tring).
Phlegethontiws (?) marmorata, Kirby, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 38. n. 44 (1894).

?. Abdominal tergite 1 to 5 with a white mesial spot at apex aud a large,
oval, creamy white patch at the side, by which the species cau easily be recognised
The spines of the foretibia not numerous, but the externo-lateral ones heavy.

Hab. Queensland, Dawson district.

Only one specimen known, now in the Tring Museum, from the Barnard
collection; it is a ?, and was bred at Coomooboolaroo, Daaringa. Dawson R., on
27. xii. 1884 ; we have a coloured figure of the larva drawn by Miss Barnard.

( 158 )

XXXIX. HOPLIOCNEMA gen. novy.—Typus: melanoleuca.

32. Differs from Dolbinopsis (3) as follows: body slenderer ; antenna little
less than half the length of the forewing, of even width from near base to near
end, hook scarcely indicated ; pilifer with brush of ér7stes and a very few scales;
legs roughly scaled ; foretibia with some spines at end, besides the apical thorn ;
midtibia spinose ; SC? and R! of hindwing stalked, R® from before centre of cell,
D® twice as long as D'.

3 Tenth tergite divided at end, narrow ; sternite elongate, simple.

9. Antenna andromorphic, the segments impressed laterally, with the basal
and apical ciliae not so long as in od.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. West Australia.

One species.

126. Hopliocnema melanoleuca spec. nov (Pl. XII. f. 6, 3).

32. Body dark smoky grey; head and thorax unicolorous ; abdomen with
a series of transverse white spots on each side, underside somewhat paler than
upperside ; scaling of antenna white. Here and there a shade of pink, especially
in the $.

Wings above.——Forewing like thorax, with two pairs of transverse black lines,
the proximal pair in basal half, the other on the disc: first line strongly curved
costad, forming nearly a right angle in cell, second at right angles to costa, forming
an obtuse angle just behind cell, third and fourth slightly convex in middle and
concave behind ; stigma greyish white, encircled with black ; fringe with greyish
white ill-defined spots ——Hindwing dirty white, with or without a trace of a discal
line, fringe a little darker than wing, with minute black nerve-dots.

Underside. Forewing densely shaded with greyish white scaling ; two discal
lines vestigial——Hindwing as above, but with two vestigial brown lines, best
marked at costal margin, which is more or less brown: the first line at or just
beyond end of cell, the second a little nearer outer margin at R* than cell; here
and there some brown scales, which are more numerous in ?.

d. Tenth abdominal tergite rather flat, convex at end, narrow, the apex
divided into two triangular lobes which are turned downward ; sternite flat, narrowed
to end, which is rounded (Pl. XXVII. f. 8). Clasper sole-shaped; harpe with
a simple, concave, slightly spoon-shaped and a little curved, obtuse process
(Pl. XXXY. f. 22). Penis-sheath ending in a short, obliquely truncate, pointed
process (P]. XXIX. f. 20).

9. Vaginal plate without special armature, postvaginal part membranaceous,
except a narrow transverse belt of chitin; antevaginal part more strongly chitinised,
with a proximal transverse fold; anterior edge of vaginal cavity slightly raised,
semicircular.

Larva and chrysalis not known.

Length of forewing: ¢%,17 to 19 mm.

Hab. West Australia.

In the Tring Museum 3 3d, 1 % from: Roebourne (type, 3); Sherlock R.
(Dr. Clements),

(allo 9) >)

XL. DOLBINOPSIS gen. nov.—Typus: grisea.

Pseudosphinz, Hampson (non Burmeister, 1856), in Blanf., Fauna Brit, Ind., Moths i. p. 104 (1892),
Hyloicus, Kirby (non Hiibner, 1822), Nov. Zoot, i. p. 389 (1894).

d. Allied to Dolbinz, of which it is a development. Palpus small. Pilifer
with a few bristles as in D. inexacta. Antennal segments not. quite touching one
another ventrally, penultimate segment longer than-high. Foretibia ending in
a naked thorn; no pulvillus, paronychinm scarcely indicated; first segment of
foretarsus longer than tibia (thorn excluded), shorter than segments 2 to 5
together; tibiae rather smoothly scaled; midtibia much longer than first tarsal
segment ; spurs very short, two pairs to hindtibia, the proximal pair almost
concealed under the scaling. SC? and R* of hindwing separate; R? from centre
of cell. Sexual armature of the Dolbina type.

?. Unknown.

Larva and chrysalis unknown.

Hab. N.W. India.

One species.

The presence of the thorn on the foretibia and the absence of the pulvillas and
the paronychial lobes are the outcome of that kind of development accompanied by
reduction which we find so often among the Sphingicae.

127. Dolbinopsis grisea.
*Pseudosphinx grisea Hampson, /.c. i. p. 104. n. 165 (1892) (Kulu ;—Mus. Brit.).
Hyloicus grisea, Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 39. 0, 7 a (1892).

6. Resembles in pattern the species of Dolbina. Tenth abdominal tergite
(Pl. XXVII. f. 6) broad, obtusely triangular, curved downward distally, more
suddenly narrowed from the point of curvature to the end; sternite (PI. XXVII.
f. 7) with a divided lobe, the two halves slender. Clasper without patch of
modified scales, broadly rounded, broadest beyond middle (P]. XXXIX. f. 19);
harpe with a finger-like ventro-distal process, and two dorsal processes, of which
the proximal one is the narrower. Penis-funnel obliquely truncate ; penis-sheath

(PI. XXVIII. f. 39) armed with a horizontal tooth pointing sinistro-laterad ; on the

inner side of the sheath opposite the tooth there is a patch of spines, which are
visible from the outer side as fine dots.

9. Unknown.

Hab. Kulu, N.W. India.

One ¢ in the British Museum.

XLI. DOLBINA.—Typus : tancre?.

Macrosila Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 208 (1856) (partim).

Sphinx, Boisduval (non Linné, 1758), Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 117 (1875).
Pseudosphins, Butler (non Burmeister, 1856), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 611 (1877).
Dolbina Staudinger, in Rom., Mém. Lép. iii. p. 155 (1887) (type : tancreé).

Hyloicus, Kirby (non Hiibner, 1822), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 694 (1892).

Meganoton, Rothschild (non Boisduval, 1875), Noy. Zoou. i. p. 90 (1894)

3%. Differs from Sphingulus and Kentochrysalis in the much more robust
thorax and abdomen, in the stronger spinulation of the latter, the presence of weak

( 160 )

spines also on the sternites, the less slender antennae, the segments of which are
not rounded-dilated laterad and have longer ciliae ventrally in the proximal series.—
Antenna of ¢ rather thick in basal fourth.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite broad and short, triangnlarly narrowed at end,
minutely sinuate, upperside scaled mesially; sternite with two short, straight
processes. Penis-sheath armed with an apical tooth curving sinistro-laterad. No
patch of modified scales on clasper ; the latter small, very strong ventro-basally ;
harpe large, with broad ventro-distal process and three rounded dorsal lobes.

?. Vaginal plate feebly chitinised, except at the large vaginal cavity ; the edge
of this cavity armed with two processes.

Larva not described ; said to be nearly the same as that of Sphinx ocellata.

Hab. N. India to Amurland and Japan.

The three species resemble in colour the Nearctie Dolba, with which they are,
however, not nearly related.

Staudinger, when describing the genus Doldina, said that the tongue was not
longitudinally grooved and that the hindtibia had only ove spur. In this he was

wrong. There is no Lepidopterous insect to our knowledge which has only one —

spur to the hindtibia: if the terminal pair becomes reduced both spurs disappear.
Dolbina has, as a matter of fact, tzvo pairs of spurs to the hindtibia; but the spurs
are short, and therefore easily overlooked by a casual observer. The longitudinal
groove of the tongue, 7.e. the groove at each side of the mesial fringe of ciliae
which keep the two maxillae together, is not so obvious in Dolbina and other
genera with reduced tongues as in the genera with long probosces, but is
nevertheless present in Dolbina (as it is in all genera). Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm.
11. p. 26, repeats those erroneous statements.

Key to the species :
a. Abdomen beneath with large black mesial —

patches . : : t : : c db.
Abdomen beneath without large black mesial
patches . ; a . : : 130. D. exacta.
b. Pilifer with a few bristles only . . . 128. D. inewacta.
, », long white hair-seales , . 129. D. tancret.

128. Dolbina inexacta.

* Macrosilu inexacta Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 208. n. 14 (1856) (N. India ;—Mus. Brit.).

Sphing inexacta, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 117. n. 59 (1875).

Pseudosphinx inexacta, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 611. n. 6 (1877) (N. India ; Masuri) ;
id., Lilustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p. 16. t. 81. £. 8 (1881) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna
Brit. Ind., Moths i, p. 104. n. 164 (1892) (Mussoorie ; Khasis ; Bombay).

Hyloicus inexacta, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 694. n. 7 (1892).
*Meganoton khasianum Rothschild, Nov. Zoou. I. p. 90 (1894) (Khasia Hills ;—Mus. Tring) ;

Hamps., /.c. iv. p. 453 (1896) (=discistriga ex err. !!).

3? Pilifer with a few bristles, no scales. Distal margin of forewing almost
straight in ¢ somewhat sinuate before hinder angle, discal interspace sometimes
pinkish grey between cell and posterior margin; abdomen with very large black
mesial patches beneath; legs and breast of the mummy-brown colour of the
underside of the wings, contrasting strongly with the almost white scaling in the
middle of meso- and metasternum and at the edges of the- abdominal sternites ;
the greyish white tips of the tarsal segments and the tibiae also conspicuous.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite flat, eurved, short, mesially membranaceous to near

al ln Soe cat

(C1 5)

the end, dilated before the end, then triangularly narrowed, shorter than in the
following species. Lobes of sternite farther apart than in the other species, shorter
and more oblique. Ventral process of harpe (PJ. XX XIX. f. 20) dorsally rounded-
sinuate, the tip blunt; dorsal process divided into a rounded, single, basal lobe,
and double distal lobe. Hook of penis-sheath (Pl. X XIX. f. 35) long ; inner side of
sheath with small apical patch of spines ventrally.

?. The triangular lobes at the edge of the vaginal cavity stand in front of the
cavity ; they are triangular and about as long as the sinus between them is broad
(el. XXII. f. 1).

Larva and pupa not known.

Hab. India: N.-W. India to Assam and Bombay ; Central India (probably
also to be found in Burma and Tonkin).

In the Tring Museum 4 3 d,8 22 from: Sikhim; Khasia Hills; Cherrapunji.

129. Dolbina tancrei.

*Dalbina tancrei Staudinger, in Rom., Mém. Lép. iii. p. 155. t. 17. f. 8 (1887) (partim ; Amur ;—
coll. Staudinger) ; id., /.c. vi, p. 221. n. 210 (1892) (Amur) ; Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 685+
pn. 1 (1892); Leech, 7rans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 289. n. 68 (1898) (Hakodate, viii.) ; Bartel, in
Riibl, Grossschm. ii, p. 28 (1899) (Amur); Staud, & Reb,, Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 101. n. 739 (1901)
(Amur ; Ussuri; Japan),

Pseudosphine inecucta, Leech (non Walker, 1856), Proc, Zool, Suc. Lond, 588. n, 31 (1888) (partim ;
Hakodate, Yokohama),

6 ¢. Pilifer with a brush of scales and a few bristles. The green colour of
wings and body by which this species is generally said to be distinguishable from
ezacta is not a specific character ; some evacta are much greener than certain
tancrei. The chief difference between exacta and tancrei is the absence of the
large black patches from the underside of the abdomen of exacta, which patches
are nearly as wel] developed in fancrei as they are in inexacta. In the sexual
armature ¢ancrei stands intermediate between exacta and inexacta.

d. Sexual armature as in exacta, but the two proximal lobes of the harpe
farther apart (PI. LIX. f. 5).

?. The processes of the vaginal plate wider apart than in /nexacta (Pl. XXII.
f, 22), much less slender than in exacta.

Larva and chrysalis not known.

Hab. Amurland; Japan: Yesso, Nippon.

In the Tring Mnseum 1 3, 4 2 ? from: Sidemi, Amurland ; Japan; Kawagashi,
). vi, 1889 (Dr. Fritze, in the afternoon at a rose-bush).

130. Dolbina exacta.

Dolhina tancrei Staudinger, in Rom., Wém. Lép. iii. p. 155 (1887) (partim).

Dolbina ineracta, Fixsen (non Walker, 1856), in Rom., Mém. Lép, iii. p. 320. n. 94 (1887) (Corea,
viii.) ; Leech, Vrans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 289. n, 69 (1898) (Chang-Yang).

Pseudosphing inexacta, Graeser, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxxii. p. 104. n. 180 (1888) (Wladiwostock,
two broods ; Frawinus, Syringa) ; Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 588. n. 31 (1888) (partim).

*Dolbina ewacta Staudinger, in Rom., Mém. Lép. vi. p. 222. n. 211. t. 4. f. 1 (gd) (1892 ;—coll.
Staudinger) ; Kirby, Nov. Zoou. i. p. 102. n. 2 (1894) ; Bartel, in Rithl, Grossschm. ii. p. 29
(1899) (Bikin ; Ussuri ; Wladiwostock ; Corea); Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 101.
n. 740 (1901) (Ussuri ; Corea).

3%. Pilifer with a brush of scales and a few bristles. Underside ot abdomen
brownish grey like the wings, the brownish black basal spots of the segments
reduced, generally not visible.

M

( 162 )

3. Tenth tergite broad, flat, curved downward, narrowed from middle to end,
which is incised ; processes of sternite short and slender (Pl. XXVIII. f. 27).
Ventral process of harpe (Pl. XXXIX. f. 16) suddenly narrowed at end to a
point, dorsal process divided into a single distal and double proximal lobe. Tooth
of penis-sheath short (Pl. XXIX. f. 34), inner surface of sheath densely covered
ventrally with sharp spines, which form a patch that extends far proximad, the
bases of the spines shining through the sheath as small dots; this armature
reminds one strongly of that found in Amorpha populi.

?. The two processes of the vaginal plate stand at the side of the vaginal
cavity, and are very slender (Pl. XXII. f. 2).

Larva said by Graeser, /.c., to be very similar to, and the pupa not distinguish-
able from, that of Sphinx ocellata.—Food-plants: Syringa and Fraxinus.

Two broods.

Hab. Amurland and Japan.

In the Tring Musenm 8 3d, 7 ?? from: Amurland ; Japan.

XLII. KENTOCHRYSALIS.—Typus : strecker?.

Kentochrysalis Staudinger, in Rom., Mém. Lép. ili. p. 157 (1887) (type : streckeri).
Anceryx, Leech (non Walker, 1856), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 589 (1888).

3%. Head small, scaling prolonged to an interantennal tuft. Tongue very
short and weak, the two halves separated distally, sometimes also proximally, the
ciliae at the inner edge long and rather widely apart. Pilifer reduced to a tubercle,
clothed with scales and bristles; genal process short; tubercle of labrum low,
transverse. Palpus small, smaller in ? than in d, joint between segments 1 and 2
naked, inner surface of segment 1 scaled, except at base. Antenna: end-segment
two or three times as long as high basally, triangular; ¢: strongly compressed, —
ciliae long; 2: fasciculated ciliae shorter than in d. Tibiae not spinose ; spurs
short, hindtibia with two pairs, but proximal pair often concealed under the —
scaling ; first tarsal segment almost exactly as long as the four other segments
together, no prolonged spines ; no mesotarsal comb ; hindtarsus not longer than the
cell of the hindwing ; pulvillus and paronychium present, but the paronychial lobes —
very slender. }

3d. Harpe with a long ventro-distal process. Tenth tergite scaled mesially ;
sternite with a broad mesial lobe. Penis-sheath produced into a long hook, which —
is curved proximad.

?. Vaginal cavity covered by a broad lobe.

Larva granulose, head triangular.

Pupa without free tongue-sheath, armed with sume high, sharp tubercles on
the basal sternites of the abdomen, which serve as an organ of locomotion.*

Hab, Awurland ; Mongolia; Japan.

Three species.

It was not without hesitation that we decided to keep the seven species of
Sphingulus, Kentochrysalis and Dolbina separate under these three generic terms.
Though Sphingulus and Dolbina represent divergent branches from the same stock
which are easily enough distinguishable, Kentochrysalis stands intermediate between

* See Appendix.

( 163 )

the two, and comes, in fact, in several points so near Doldina that the discovery of
a form connecting the two genera would be no surprise to us. Dolbina has nothing
to do with the American Dolda ; the similarity is quite superficial.

Staudinger says, l.c., that the hindtibiae have only one pair of spurs ; in this
he was wrong.

Key to the species :

a. Antenna with large brown patch on the

upperside . < ; 0 b. i
Antenna with the patch act or ante
vestigial . : - . 133. K. sievers?.

6. The two antemedian lines 3 the feranne
ending at inner margin in a black patch. 132. K. consimilis.

The two antemedian lines less distinct, the
black patch absent . 5 : é . 131. K. streckeri.

131. Kentochrysalis streckeri.
*Sphinax streckeri Staudinger, Ent. Nachr. vi. p. 252 (1880, Nov.) (Wladiwostock, vi. ; Asko I. ;—
coll. Staudinger).

*8phinx davidis Oberthiir, Et, d’Ent. v. p. 27. n. 68. t. 7. f. 9 (1880, Dec.) (Mongolia ; Askold, V. ;—
coll, Charles Oberthiir).

Kentochrysalis streckeri Staudinger, in Rom., Mém. Lép. iii, p. 157 (1887); Graes., Berl. Ent.
Zeitschr. xxxii. p. 104. n. 181 (1888) (=davidis ; Wladiwostock, rather common ; on Fraxinus
and Syringa) ; Staud., /.c, vi. p. 220. n. 209 (1892) (=duavidis) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 693.
n. 1 (1892) (partim) ; Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 290. n. 70 (1898) (partim) ; Bartel, in
Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 32 (1899) (partim ; Amur, Wladiwostock, Askold, Mongolia) ; Staud.
& Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 101. n. 737 (1901) (partim ; Ussuri),

Anceryx davidis, Leech, Proc, Zool. Soc, Lond p. 589. n. 34 (1888) (partim).

3?. Antennae of both sexes with fasciculated ciliae on all segments, the ciliae
on the terminal segments long in d ; segments rounded-dilated dorso-laterally in
dé and $, especially the middle ones ; end-segments see Pl. LX. f. 10. Pilifer
with a brush of scales and a few bristles. Palpus rough with hairs, especially the
first segment.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite triangular, about twice as long as broad basally,
pointed, flat above, curved downward, prismatically compressed distally, the
underside carinate (P]. XXVIII. f. 22); sternite broad, short, truncate-sinuate,
angles rounded. Dorso-distal margin of clasper very oblique; harpe (Pl. XX XIX.
f, 21) with a broad, almost flat, upper lobe, which is dentate and sinuate, the
yentro-distal process slender, cylindrical, obtuse. Penis-funnel cylindrical, somewhat
obliquely truncate ; penis-sheath ending in a long, slender, pointed hook curving
‘proximad and sinistrad (Pl. X XIX. f. 32).

%. Vaginal plate feebly sinuate ; the wide vaginal cavity covered proximally
by a broad rounded lobe (PI. XXI. f. 21).

Larva said to be similar to those of Sphinw ocellata and Phyllosphingia
dissimilis.—Foodplants : Syringa, Fraxinus, Ligustrum.

Chrysalis described by Standinger as possessing a pair of long, narrow,
pointed tubercles on the first and second abdominal sternites, similar to those of
Ph, dissimilis.*

Hab. Avurland ; Mongolia; Askold.

In the Tring Museum 7 dd, 8 ? 2% from Amurland ; one pupa.

* See Appendix.

( 164 )

132. Kentochrysalis consimilis spec. nov.

Hyloicus davidis, Butler (non Oberthiir, 1880), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, p, 2 (1881 (Tokio).

Anceryx davidis, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 589 (1888) (partim).

Kentochrysalis streckeri, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 693. n. 1 (1892) (partim) ; Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond. p. 290. n. 70 (1898) (Yokohama, on stems of yew trees).

é. Intermediate between s¢recheri and sievers?, but different from both ; of
the size of strecheri, with which it has generally been confounded.

In appearance like streckeri, but the external discal lines of the forewing less
dentate, the two antemedian lines distinct, ending at inner margin in a blackisi
patch which is prolonged basad.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXVIII. f. 23) suddenly narrowed to a short pointed
hook ; sternite (Pl. XXVIII. f. 24) divided into two triangular lobes. Clasper
as in sieversi, broadest near base; harpe longer than the clasper (Pl. XXXIX.
f. 15), not unlike that of séevers?, but the ventral process shorter. Besides this”
process there are five or six more, which vary in form and position in the
specimens dissected, the most ventral one being, however, always large. Penis-
sheath as in stever's?.

?. Unknown.

Larva and chrysalis unknown ; feeds probably on yew.

Hab. Japan, ;

A series of do in the Brit. Museum from: Chinzengi, viii. 1881 (Lewis) §
Tokei ; Nikko ; one transferred (in exchange) to the Tring Museum,

133. Kentochrysalis sieversi.

Kentochrysalis sieversi Alphéraky, in Rom., Mém. Lép. ix. p. 164, t. 10. f. 1 (1897) (Corea) ; Leech,
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 290. n. 71 (1898) (doubts distinctness) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm.
li. p. 33 (1899) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 101. n, 738 (1901) (Ussuri, Corea).

3. Antennal segments very feebly dilated laterad, fasciculated ciliae of dista
segments shorter than in strecker?. Palpus not hairy. Pilifer with scales and
some bristles. Antenna without the large black patch of strecker?, there being
only a few brown scales present in sieversi. JR? of hindwing before centre of cell,
stalk of SC? and R? longer than in streckeri.

3d. Tenth abdominal tergite more abruptly narrowed and curved than in
strecheri ; sternite very broad, truncate, sides obtusely dentate (Pl. XXVIII. f. 25).
Clasper widest near base ; inner surface with long thin scales; harpe very large
(PI. XXXIX. f. 17), reaching basally close to dorsal margin and ventro-distally to
the apex of the clasper, the ventral finger-like process is short; above it there is
a pointed triangular process curving upwards ; the dorso-basal part of the harpe is
provided with large teeth. Penis-sheath similar to that of streckeri, the hook
longer.

?. Not seen.

Harly stages not known.

Hab. Corea and Amurland.

In the Tring Musenm 2 ¢¢ from the Sidemi R., Amurland.

The specimen of “ strecheri,” of which Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 290
(1898), referred to as being darker than séeversé, and which apparently convinced:
him of the specific ideutity of streckeri and sievers?, was not streckeri at all, but
the new //yloicus described on p. 144 of this paper.

( 165 )

XLII. SPHINGULUS.—Typus : mus.
Sphingulus Staudinger, in Rom., Wém. Lép. iii. p. 156 (1887) (type: mus).

3%. Differs from Kentochrysalis in the paronychium being without lobes and
the pilifer bearing only scales, no bristles.—Autennal segments dilated in 3, very
faintly in 2, the ciliae shorter in 2 than in s¢reeheri. Palpus small in both sexes
Early stages not known.

Hab. Amurland.

One species.

Staudinger, Z.c., says that the hindtibia has only one visible pair of spurs.
‘There are two pairs, but both are short.

134. Sphingulus mus.

Sphingulus mus Staudinger, l.c. (1887) (Suifun) ; id., Zc. vi. p. 227. n. 212 (1892) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep.
Het. i. p. 695. n. 1 (1892); Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 35 (1899) (Bikin, Suifun vi.,
Sutscl.an, Baranowka) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 101. n. 741 (1901) (Ussuri).

3. Body very uniform in colour ; the markings haying nearly all disappeared.
The two most distal lines of the forewing of K. strecher? are indicated, the post-
discal one by double dots at the veins.

6. Tenth abdominal tergite about three times as long as basally broad, dorsally
elothed with long hair-scales, narrowed towards the apex, which is truncate-sinnate
With the angles projecting (Pl. XXVIII. f. 26) ; sternite with a rounded mesial lobe
ich is about as long as broad, the sides faintly incurved. Clasper covered on
inner surface with long weak hair-scales ; harpe reaching beyond end of clasper
(Pl. XXXIX. f. 18), the ventro-distal process gradually narrowed, somewhat curved
uward distally, not sharply pointed ; a dorsal process near base, also obtuse. Hook
of penis-sheath very long (Pl. XXIX. f. 33) pointed; inside the sheath there is
; patch of spines, which are visible from the outside as brown dots.

3. The lobe in front of the vaginal cavity sinuate, the vaginal plate rather
strongly chitinised (PJ. X XI. f. 20).

Larva and pupa not known.

Hab. Amurland.

In the Tring Museum 3 3d, 5 2? from Amurland.

( 166 )

Susramity Ambulicinae.—Typus : Protambulyx strigilis.
Bombyliae Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 131 (1822) (partim). \
Deilephilae id., l.c. p. 136 (1822) (partim).
Smerinthi id., l.c. p. 141 (1822) (partim).
Chaerocampini Grote & Robinson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 159 (1865) (partim ; nom. indeser.).
Smerinthini id., l.c. p. 160 (1865) (nom. indescr.).
“ Smérinthides ” Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 8 (1875) (excl. Nyceryx, Eurypteryx, Ceratomia). —
“ Taeucophlébides ” id., /.c. p. 54 (1875).
“ Déiléphilides ” id., i p. 158 (1875) (partim ; Ambulyx only).
Chuerocampinae Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 514. 554 (1877) (Cypa only).
Ambulicinae id., l.c. p. 514. 579 (1877) (A. ? hyposticta excl. ; type: strigilis).
Smerinthinae id., l.c. p. 515. 582 (1877) (Sphingonaepiopsis excl.).

There is apparently no single character which separates all the members of the
present subfamily from all the Acherontiinae. An Ambulicine species is distinguished,
however, from the Sphingicae by the end-segment of the antenna being short,
densely scaled above ; the few genera with prolonged end-segment (Protambulyz,
Compsogene, Oxyambulyx, Cypa) are recognisable by the apex of the forewing
being sinuate, or the long tarsi being without a midtarsal comb, or by the distal
margin of the forewing being more or less angulate below the middle, or sinnate
at apex. ,

The tribe Sphingulicae, in which the end-segment of the antenna is as short as
in most Ambulicinae, agrees so closely in structure with this snbfamily that only
a combination of characters separates one group from the other; the tuft of long
hair-scales covering the lower part of the eye in many Ambulicinae is absent
from or vestigial in Sphingulicae ; all the species with irregular distal margin of
the forewing, or with the margin concave below the apex, or the apex sinuate, or
the margin straight or slightly concave and the tibiae at the same time spinulose
or the forewing with yellow and red shades, as well as the forms without frenulum,
or without the proximal pair of hindtibial spurs, or without pulvillus, belong to the
Ambulicinae.

As in the case of the Acherontiinae, the specialisation within the subfamily
Ambulicinae, which has led to the appearance of a great number of groups of
species treated as genera, relates to a variety of organs, many of which become
more and more reduced till they vanish. The gradual disappearance of organs,
such as the frenulum, the proximal pair of hindtibial spurs, the pulvillus and
paronychium, the friction-patch, ete., can equally well be traced in this subfamily as
among the Acherontiinae. It is here, like there, largely a development by reduction
which has given rise to the genera, these being in many cases characterised by the
absence or reduction of some particular organ.

The tongue of the Ambulicinae does never reach beyond the end of the
abdomen ; it is gh short and ited and there are several ae in which

ie setae while the ie of the weak tongue is generally long and loose, the hairs
being more or less separate, or is absent (Pl. LXI.f. 10.11). The base of the tongue

( 167 )

it is tubercled on the upperside near the base. The weak tongue is functionless,
only the lower (¢.c. less specialised or less reduced) forms being able to use the
tongue as a sucking-tube. These strong-tongued Ambulicinae visit flowers
(Protambulyx strigilis ; Gundl., Ent. Cubana p. 185), while the bulk of the subfamily
does not feed.

The pilifer is normally of a rounded triangular shape, with the inner surface
clothed with long bristles. These bristles become often modified into scales,
either all or part of them; they disappear in a few species almost completely
(Pl. LXI. f. 10). The pilifer itself is sometimes reduced to an obtuse triangular
projection (Pl. LXI. f. 10), while it is occasionally prolonged, resembling a tooth-
brush (PI. LXII. f. 5). The genal process is triangular, as high, or nearly as high,
as the pilifer, seldom reduced (Cypa), in which case the pilifer is also reduced. The
palpus is large in the lower forms (Protambulyx, Compsogene, etc.), and becomes very
small in a number of genera ; it is generally smaller in the 2 than in the d, so
that in this respect the ? is the more advanced sex. The joint of the second and
third segment is often open, 7.e., the scales at the end of the first and the base of
the second segment stand so far apart that the naked joint is visible. The most
peculiar palpus is found in Cressonia, where the long second segments curve
sideways, the palpi being divergent, especially in the d.

The antenna are never club-shaped, but they are thinner at the base than in
and before the middle. The segments are always compressed and grooved in the
3, with long fasciculated ciliae ; in some cases the upper edge of the groove “is
dilated laterad, forming short pectinations ; these are enormously prolonged in the
African Ceridia mira (Pl. LX. f. 27.28). The so-called bipectinated antennae of
the oo of Cressonia and Monarda are of an entirely different type, resembling the
antennae of Saturniidae, as pointed out by John Smith (see Cressonia). In
the 2 ?-antennae we often find the ¢ d-characters repeated, but in a less pronounced
form, while in many other species the segments are simple and somewhat depressed.
The end-segment, which is always long and rough-scaled in the Acherontiicae aud
Sphingicae and short in the Sphingulicae, is long in very few Ambulicinae (Pl. LX.
f. 4. 5. 6) and short in all the others. The segment is rough-sealed only in
Protambulyx, while it is densely and smoothly scaled on the upperside in the other
genera. Protambulyx represents in this respect the lowest type.

Spinosity of the tibiae is of equally common occurrence among the Ambulicinae
as it is among the Acherontiinae. The spinosity is not necessarily accompanied by
a reduction of parts of the legs. There is no scent-organ at the posterior side
of the forecoxae. The foretibia ends often in a thorn, a character independently
developing in many not closely related genera, and in a few cases the external
spines of the first protarsal segment are enlarged (Monarda). The spurs are in
some forms very long, the longer terminal one of the hindtibia equalling in length
sometimes the first tarsal segment. In the forms where they are most reduced
they are so short as to be concealed in the scaling of the tibia. The proximal pair
of spurs of the hindtibia disappears often ; Parum colligata is very instructive in
this respect, as the pair is absent from some individuals and vestigial in others.
The distal pair never disappears. In a number of species dealt with under
Polyptychus the spurs are more or less spinose. A very remarkable character of
the legs of the Ambulicinae is the non-development of a midtarsal comb even in
those species which have long and strong legs, like Compsogene, the Ambulicinae
differing conspicuously therein from the Sphingicae, where all the lower forms have

( 168 )

the comb strongly developed, the reduction of the comb and its disappearance taking —
place later in the series of genera. It is worthy to emphasize again that there
is also no comb in the Sp/ingulicae. The pulvillus becomes small in a few species
and obliterates entirely in others. The paronychium preserves the two lobes of
each side in most Ambdulicinae; in some the ventral lobe disappears, in a few
genera both the ventral and lateral lobes. While in the Sphingicae the pulvillus
disappears before the paronychium, we find among the Amdulicinae forms in whieh —
the same is the case, and also such in which the pulvillus is preserved and the
paronychial lobes are lost, as is the case in Sphingulus of the Acherontiine tribe
Sphingulicae. The ventral lobe of the paronyechium is often broader than the —
lateral one, but it is never preserved when the lateral lobe disappears.

The shape of the wing is characteristic of a great many Amdulicinae : in fact,
the insects are generally identified by Lepidopterists as belonging to this subfamily
more by the aspect, the shape and colour of the wings and body, than by special
structural characters, and it is, therefore, quite natural that some species of other
subfamilies have erroneously been brought, by previous authors, into the present
subfamily, and some members of the Amdulicinae placed somewhere else. The
irregular distal margin of the wings which gives so many forms a certain resem-
blance to leaves is not confined to the Ambulicinae ; we meet again with a similar
shape among the Sesiinae and Philampelinae, but never among the Acherontiinae,
which is very curious. The faleate forewing of many <Amdulicinae is found also
among the Philampelinae, Sesiinae, and the Choerocampinae, not among the Acheron-
tiinae. ‘Tliese similarities have been mistaken for indications of closer relationship.
Many A mébulicinae are protectively coloured ; the forewing assuming grey and clayish —
tints, and some resemble more closely an even-edged lanceolate leaf by the develop-
ment of a dark longitudinal line or shade representing the midrib (Phylloxiphia, —
Clanis). Though bright colours may be said to prevail among the Ambulicinae,
there are a great number of very soberly grey-coloured species. The discal streaks
It°—MP present on the forewing of so many Acherontiinae do not appear here.

The spines at the edges of the abdominal segments are always weak and elongate ; _
they disappear, or rather become modified into scales, in several species, while on
the other hand, the underscales of the abdominal tergites are often spiniform, there
being in some species no large dentate scales present on the tergites. The sternites
have only in the lowest forms (Protambulyx and allies) some weak spines at the
edges ; the bulk of the Améulicinae is without them. The abdomen is often curved
upwards as in some Sphingulicae.

The peculiar organ of friction on the clasper of the ¢ and the inner edge of -
the eighth tergite resembles closely that found among the Acherontiinae in so far
as the modified scales of the clasper are small and form a patch, differing widely
from the enlarged friction-scales of the Sphingidae semanophorae. Sometimes —
the friction-scales are reduced to dispersed hairs, or there are in their place only
dispersed granules. The patch is present in the lower forms (Protambulya and |
allies) and disappears later on, all the more highly modified genera being without q
it. The same applies to the patch of the Acherontiinae. The regular ribbon of
enlarged scales at the edge of the eighth tergite, on the inner surface, most
conspicuous in Acanthosphinx (Pl. LIX. f. 1), is not met with in other subfamilies ;
it is also less regular than in Acanthosphinx in most other Ambulicinae with a
friction-patch on the clasper, and is sometimes replaced by rough, long, narrow
scales, or is absent.

( 169 )

The copulatory armature is on the whole complicated in this subfamily, the
species differing often very remarkably from one another. The greater proportion
of the species are slow-flying insects whick do not wander much, and that accounts
largely for the astonishingly great differences presented by the geographical races
of several species (compare Pseudoclanis postica, Polyptychus trilineatus).

The early stages of the Ambulicinae are interesting on account of several
peculiar points in their structure. The larvae are generally said to be characterised
by a triangular head and a granulose skin. These characters are indeed found in
the European and American species, but not in all the African and Indian ones.
So far as the larvae are known, and so far as the descriptions and figures are
reliable, there is no smooth-skinned larva among the Ambulicinae, all being
granulose or spinose. The granules are prolonged to short spines in Coeguosa, to
longer and stronger spines in Rhadinopasa, and to long dentate ones in Lophostethus.
Of these larvae Coeguosa has a triangular head, while it is rounded in the other two.
A rounded head is also found in the full-grown larvae of Daphnusa and Clanis
(and perhaps in other genera). Now the question arises whether the bulky-
headed larva of these genera, which are not all closely allied with one another,
has preserved the ancestral head-form of the Ambulicine larva, or whether the
triangular head is the more generalised one, from which the round head of Clans,
etc., originated. The first stage is not known of any of these larvae, unfortunately,
but Forsayeth figures the younger larva of Clanis (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1884.
p- 393. t. 15) as having a triangular head, and states that the rounded bulky head
is acquired at a later stage. From this one must conclude that in the large-headed
larva the triangular head-form is lost in consequence of a lateral expansion of the
head-case. But this does not necessarily mean that the ancestral larva of the
Ambulicinae had a triangular head. Considering that the first stage of Sphinx
ocellata (and also of the Acherontiine genus Lapara) presents a rounded head,
which assumes later on the well-known triangular form, and that the head of
Polyptychus grayi is produced in the earlier stages into a long process, and assumes
an obtusely triangular form in the last stage, it seems to be probable that the
triangular head is a derivation from a rounded one, and has developed again in
some instauces into an enlarged rounded head. Thus the caterpillars of Lophostethus,
Daphnusa, Rhadinopasa and Clanis would be later forms than the acrocephalic
larvae of other Ambulicinae. If this is true, the spines of Rhadinopasa and
Lophostethus would also appear to be exaggerated developments of the setiferous
granules of Marwmba and others, and would not represent an ancestral feature pre-
served from the common ancestor of the Sphingidae and Saturniidae. It is
necessary to study the first stages of the Spdingidae more closely and of more
species than has hitherto been done. We have almost entirely to depend on
deseriptions and figures, which mostly fail in giving the essential points. The
conclusions based on such scanty and not always reliable data are not convincing.

The horn is long and curves gently upwards in the generalised forms ; it is
occasionally lost (Coequosa).

The chrysalis of the Ambulicinae is as a rale rather stumpy at the frontal end ;

in many forms the frontal part bears two tubercles. The sheath of the tongue never
projects, as in the greater proportion of the Acherontiinae ; it reaches either to the
end of the wing-cases (rarely, Compsogene only ?), or is shortened. A comparatively
long tongue-case is retained in some species which have a strongly reduced tongue
(Minas tiliae, for instance). This fact, which is corroborated by the preservation

(170 )

of a long tongue-case in the short-tongued Acherontia, proves the short-tongued
forms to be derivations from longer-tongued species. There occur some peculiar
pupae in this subfamily: for instance, that of Langia, which is truncate apically
and has no cremaster; the chrysalis of Cressonia with the preanal segments
flattened ventrally and carinate laterally; the chrysalis of Phyllosphingia with
prominent tubercles serving locomotion.

From the morphological characters of the imagines stated above it will have
become clear that the genera Protambulyx, Amplypterus, ete., represent the earlier
Ambulicinae, and are not separable from this subfamily. The elongate forewings
are not a character confined to Protambulyx and allies ; the comparatively strong and
long tongue is met with also among Polyptychus and near relatives; and the lateral
“expansions” of the abdomen—they are tufts of scales—by which Hampson
characterised the “ Amdulicinae” are found only in the Indian genus Oxyambulyz.
On the other hand, the tongue is very short in some American forms which are
close allies of Amplypterus, and one of these has even the outer margin of the
forewing of the ordinary irregular type (Zrogoleynum). Callambulyx rubricosa,
hitherto considered a true Protambulyz, is much more closely related to Sphinw ocellata
than to Protambulyx. The connection between the specialised species of Ambulicinae
and Protambulyx and allies is so close that there is no justification for separating
Protambulyx and allies as another subfamily. This will more clearly be understood
by comparing the following key to the probable phylogenetic connection between the
various genera. It will be noticed that here, as among the Acherontiinae (p. 4),
similarity in structure arrived at in consequence of the reduction or loss of organs does
not necessarily mean close relationship, the most specialised forms of the various
branches agreeing in several characters which they have independently acquired.
The various genera represent in this key steps in the development of the organs
mentioned ; each genus has besides, as a rule, its own specialisations not mentioned
in the key, making it obvious that probably not one of the genera is the ancestor
of the next higher one, but that both come from a common stem.

There are 130 odd species known, which fall into 44 genera. The subfamily is
distributed all over the globe, except the far north. South and Central America
have few representatives, all of the lower type (Protambuly) or closely related to
it. The headquarters of the subfamily are in Africa and India. On the former
continent many new forms will be discovered when the fauna, especially of the
western side, becomes more fully explored.

Though the Ambdulicinae do not fall into several definable tribes, there are
nevertheless some groups of genera closely related inter se. The four Neotropical
genera, Protambulyx, Amplypterus, Orecta and Trogolegnum, form one group ; the
last two genera are developments from ancestral Amplypterus, having acquired
specialisations which are found again in other branches of Améulicinae: for instance,
the undulated distal margin of the forewing of Trogolegnum and the apical protibial
thorn of Orecta, specialisations accompanied by a strong reduction of the tongue, —
and in the 3 by the loss of the friction-patch. Another rather well circumscribed
group are the eyed Ambulicinae, of which Callambulyx rubricosa is the most —
generalised member, while Cressonia is the most specialised ; the group is Holaretic,
extending into the Oriental Region with two genera.

The connection between Clanis, Pseudoclanis, and Platysphinx is very obvious,
and the relationship of Lewcophlebia and Leptoclanis with the same branch becomes
also evident on a close comparison of the structure, as pointed out under Leptoclanis.

(-171 +)
The genus Polyptychus, though comprising homogeneous material, is so much
diversified that it will have to be divided up when the African fauna is better

known. Two Oriental genera (Daphnusa and Marumba) are derivations from this
Aethiopian and Indo-Malayan genus Polyptychus, while the other modifications

are all Aethiopian.

Key to the genera :

a. Midtibia with spines, at least at end . b,
Midtibia without spines m.

6. Two pairs of spurs to ela “ih
frenolum ¢ (it

Two pairs of spurs ie andee
without frenulum . l.

h.

One pair of spurs to hindtibia .

. No paronychium

With paronychium, no palvillae
With paronychium, with pulvillus

. Hinder angle of forewing not indi-

cated, the wing evenly rounded
from base to near apex
Hinder angle of forewing at Le
indicated
Forewing with a broad ane fallen
streak from base to apex
Forewing without sach a streak
Hindwing yellow, red, or pinkish grey,
with large black basal patch
Hindwing not so; palpus small, rough
with hair-scales, joint not open
Hindwing not so; palpus not rough
with hair-scales, joint open ; or
distal margin of forewing even
Joint of palpus not open ; long ter-
minal spur of hindtibia obviously
shorter than first tarsal segment .
Joint of palpus open ; long terminal
spur of hindtibia obviously shorter
than first tarsal segment ;
Joint of palpus open; long terminal
spur of hindtibia as long as first
tarsal segment :
Foretibia ending in a prominent on
Foretibia not ending in a thorn
Wings red and green
Wings not red and green ; eae
pectinated ; :
Wings not red and green ; antenna
not pectinated

* Only indicus.

‘ 5 Mk
LVILI. Leptoclanis.
LXIX. Lophostethus.

3 Sick
LXI. Phylloxiphia.

(A

LIX. Leucophlebia.
J:
LVI. Pseudoclanis.

LXXVIIL. Mimas.

LY. Clanis.

LX. Polyptychus.

LXVIII. Acanthosphinz.

Z.
; ar 8h
LXXI. Rhodoprasina.
LXVIL Ceridia.

LXIV. Marumba*

hk.

m,

pP-

( 172)

Forewing produced at apex into a
long curved lobe . 5 f

Forewing not produced at apex ;
hindwing yellow, with a large black
basal patch : ;

Forewing not produced at ae ;
hindwing not yellow

SC? and R! of hindwing on a iene
stalk

SC? and R! of ienden on a ieee
stalk, or not stalked ; pulvillus
furde: paronychium wiki two lobes

SC? and R' of hindwing on a short

stalk, or not stalked; pulvillus
small; paronychium with one
lobe

SC? and R! of pvc on a gear
stalk, or not stalked; no paro-
nychiam : : : :

Palpi divergent ; distal margin of
forewing not irregular .

Palpi not divergent ; distal margin
-of forewing very irregular

Hindtibia with one pair of spurs ;
with frenulum :

Hindtibia with one pair of erat
without frenulum g

Hindtibia with two pairs of ee ;
without frenulum :

Hindtibia with two pairs of ania §
with frenolum

. Apex of forewing pointed

Apex of forewing rounded-truncate ;
SC? and R' of hindwing on a
rather long stalk

Apex of fee rounded ; SC? aud
R' of hindwice on a very short
stalk, or separate .

Handa very broad, apex ited

Hindwing of the ordinary triangular
form

Hindwing without eyesenee

Handing with eye-spot .

. Distal margin of forewing irregular ;

pilifer with bristles 3
Distal margin of forewing irregular ;
pilifer with bristles and scales
Distal margin of forewing even;
hindwing not red

LXIL. Lycosphingia.

LVIL. Platysphine.
kh.

LXV. Daphnusa.

LXIV. Marumba.

LXVI. Poliodes.

LXIII. Likoma.
LXXXVII. Cressonia.
LXXXILV. Phyllosphingia.

Vi

: ay
LXXX. Anambulyx.

LIV. Coequosa.

LXXILV. Parum.
p.

: sin ACD
LXXXIIL. Amor pha.
LXXXII. Calasymbolus,
LXXXI. Sphinw.
LXXXV. Pachysphina.

LXXIV. Parum.

a 2

LOPHOSTETHUS. ACANTHOSPHINX CERIDIA. POLIODES. DAPHNUSA. MARUMBA.

‘ongue short and weak. Tongue short Tongue reduced to two short lobes. Tongue very thin and weak. rene nervaryiatl ae clean
iene Palpus with’ Gpenijoinks Palpus small ; joint open. Palpus small; joint open. PRLS AERA TCE Ce aadionien Toned ery and weak caer ane hale a
Aiomfal tren spines on a End-segment of antenna short, Antenna subpectinate in both sexes ; Joint of palpus open, End-segment of antenna short End of palpus open. Abdomen with very weak terminal spines
Abdominal tergites spinose only at edge; Abdominal tergites without broad scales, | Sodominal tergites spinulose all over, end-segment short, End-segment of antenna short. ‘Abdonatual stangltany densalyjerincsarallies Abdeetitine cic inderscales
underscales large underscales mostly spiniform. Tibiae spinose; foretibia with thorn. Abdominal tergites spinulose all aver, Abdominal tergites spinose, without large over. iy sp lominal tergites without large under- a
See esevinanie r= Boxe mini bias ENON One pair of spurs to bindtibia Tibiae spinose. underscales, Tibiae spinose. bine wie spinulose at edges, Spurs rather long; two pairs to hindtibia
Spurs long ; two pairs to hindtibia Spore very longs two pairs to bindtibia, | Frenalam and retinaculum present. Spurs short ; one pair to hindtibia. Tibiae spinose. Spurs short; one pair to hindtibia. yiuns alate cuerale eine retinaculum absent.
Frenulum and retinaculum present. Frenulum and retinaculum present, Pulvillus present ; paronychium with one Frenulum and retinaculum present. Spurs short; one pair to hindtibia, Prodhlontad relinaaulimiorseent eee ‘ort ; one pair to hindtibia. Pavonychium inte
azar linis staen ps perony Be mah Ljone areal yi Inayanliparon yon tin Ereeee lobe at each side, Pulvillus reduced paronychium with one Frenulum and retinaculum present Pulvillus and paronyehium present, Fronalum and retinaculum present, le
gan af fection. Ri of hindwing far below centre of cell, | No organ of friction lobe at each side, Pulvillus and paronychium present. No organ of friction. alae Garenychium absent ; pulvillus present. No organ of friction.
Se rae vals NER nin fae Friction-organ present. No organ of friction. No organ of friction, Position of R? of hindwing variable. Ro hindwing oontral. Hindwings modified.
Tongue short and weak, naked or sealed, B® of hindwing far below centre of cell. aie :
pore ceement of antenna abort (Larva with long spines ; head rounded),
Bn eget ergites spinose at least at
edges, 5 ;
Tibine spinose, f ; : =
c dtibial spor: |
=e 7 | Tongue short and slender.

} 4 e! culum present.
Frenolom and retinaculum
Polvillos and paronychiam present, bot

Jobes of latter reduced. Neds |||
No frictlon-organ. LYCOPHINGIA. |

‘Tongue very short and weak.
End-segment of antenna short. |
Abdomen without spines.

Tibiae spinose. |
Spars short; one pair to hindtibia.

Frenulum and retinaculum present
Pulvillus and paronychium present,
No friction-organ.

AGNOSIA, Palpus elongate.
End-segment of antenna short.

(Antenna bipectinate in ¢).

Abdomen without spines; short broad
underscales on tergites,

Tibiae spinose,

‘Two pairs of spurs to hindtibia.

Frenulum vestigial ; retinaculum absent.

Pulvilus present; paronychiam with one

lobe,

Tongue short.

Joint of palpus open.

End-segment of antenna short,

Abdominal tergites spinose all over.

Tibiae not spinose ; foretibia with end-
thorn,

Spurs short ; one pair to hindtibia.

Frenulum and retinaculum present,

Palvillus and paronychium present.

No organ of friction.

PHYLLOXIPHIA
Tongue short and weak.

End-segment of antenna short
Abdominal tergites spinose only at edges.
Tibiae spinose.

Spurs short ; two pairs to hindtibia,
Frenulum and retinaculum present,
Fulvillus and paronychium present,

R? of hindwing below centre of cell.

CLANIDOPSIS.
Tongue very weak and short.
End-segment of antenna short.
Abdominal tergites with large and spini-

form underscales,

Tibiae simple.
‘Two pairs of spurs to hindtibia.
Frenulum and retinaculum present.
Pulvillus and paronychium absent,

PACHYSPHINX,
As in Sphinx; bat pilifer
with scales and bristles,

eae)

LEPTOCLANIS,

Topgoe short, scaled.
Hiead crested

Bod-segmont of antenna short,
Atdomen spinose only at edges of

CALASYMBOLUS,
As before. Head with high crest.
Hindwing rounded-dilated frontad.
Foretibia without end-thorn,

PLATYSPHINX.
As before; but spi
hindtibia with one pair.

hort,

DEGMAPTERA,

No organ of friction.
As before, but costal margin of

hindtibia.
Frenulum and retinaculum present.
Palvillus and paronychium present.
No organ of friction.

| |
cailea oe o ; te : Hindwing modified ; R= be
Mine spinose a R* of hindwing below centre of cell. | | No organ of friction. hindwing produced into a petites Re eae ok
Spore short; two pairs to hinc tibia. PSBUDOCLANIS. lobe distally. SPHINX.
ivillus present; paronycbium ab- SEUDOCLANIS. ‘li ici 2
rh As before, but tongue much | | = PARUM. Ba tay PUP He Te Tpabane and wese:
Frenulam and r tioneulum absent a Ese Tongue short and weak, 5 End-segment of antenna short, MONARDA.
No orgun of frictio : aS hee ¥ Abdominal tergites with and without Abdominal tergites spi 5s 1
Réof hindwing in or below centre of BLT, BEE a | | RHODOPRASINA. large uunderscales. SMERINTHULUS. Tone simple toredbin sith on Sonat AMORPHA. fos borne
cell } er. | Torerelreryhers Tibiae simple. As before, but tongue not end-thorn, ‘Agta: Srlamaandaderi Palpus small, rough.
| Spurs very short; one or two pairs to tuberculose, Spurs short; one pair to hindtibia, ws tied Mas End-segment of antenna short.

Palpus very small,
Head crested.

End-segment of antenna short. |

No broad underscales on abdominal ter-

End-segment of antenna short. (Antenna bipectinate in ¢).
Abdominal tergites spinose at edges,
without short broad underscales.

Tibiae simple.

renal rangers retinaculum absent,
ae ee Palvillus and paronycbium present,
POLY PTYCHUS. No organ of friction. a 4

Is, Tongue short or rather long.

| aaa

Tongue not reaching abdomen, stout
End-segment of antenna short,
(Abdominal tergites spinulose all over).

Joint of palpus open.
Abdominal tergites spince only at
edges or all over.

gites, spines weak.

Tibiae with a few spines at end; foretibia
with apical thorn.

Spurs very short; one pair to hindtibia,

alt

Tongue very short, tubercled,
Pilifer with scales,

=

Two pairs of spars to bindtibia.
Frenulum and retinaculum present,
Pulvillus and paronychium absent.

Jibine spinose, 2 Frenalum and retinaculom present, Frenulum and retinaculum present. MIMAS. Head crested. No organ of friction.
Two pairs of hindtibial spars. Pulvillus and paronychium present. Pulvillus and paronychium present. Tongue short. Eye small, lashed.
Frenulum and retinaculum present. Tibiae spinose. Palpus small, Palpus small.

Pulvillus and paronychium present
No organ of friction.

It? of hindwing in or below centre
(Head of adult larva rounded).

Spurs long or short, often spinose ;
two pairs to hindtibia.
With or withont friction-organ.

LANGIA.
Tongue very short.
Pilifer with scales,
Palpus small.
End-segment of antenna short.

End-segment of antenna short.

Abdominal tergites with large under-
scales ; spines at edges weak.

Tibiae spinose.

Two pairs of spurs to hindtibia,

Frenulum and retinaculum present

Pulvillus and paronychium present,

End-segment of antenna long.
Abdomen with weak spines at edges

of tergites.

Tibiae simple.
Spurs very small; two pairs to

hindtibia.

Frenulum and retinaculum present.
Palvillus and paronychium present,

ANAMBULYX.
As before, but retinaculum and proximal

No organ of friction. pair of hindtibial spurs absent; fre-

‘bdomen without spines,
nib = nulum reduced.

Tibiae simple.

Spurs long; two pairs to hindtibia, =

Frenulum and retinaculum present.

Pulvillus present; paronychium with one
i

COEQUOSA. No friction-organ,

As before, but hindtibia with one pair of
spurs; frenulum vestigial; retina-
culum absent,

(Larva — without horn, when adult; lobe'at each side.
granulose-spinose). NG SipeR DE teietien:
aa It of hindwing below centre of cell, BATOCNEMA, AKBESIA. CALLAMBULYX,
ThOGOLEGNUM ORECTA Py TAMIMAS (Larva granulose; head triangular). ‘Tongue reaching basal fourth of abdomen. Tongue reaching beyond middle of ab- ‘Yongue short and weak.
tera DRand lect. cee ‘ongue very short. Palpus narrow, smaller than before, domen Palpus reduced,
Meeainee Tons We DOR TSaGh ion RE umiS Ua ea Palpus slender. | End-segment of antenna short. Palpus reduced. Head with mesial crest,
Wea Pals soa End-segment of antenna short ‘Abdominal sternites not spinose ; tergites End-segment of antenna short. End-segment of antenna short,
tbe oak listed Binet bach sys a peso) Abdomen with spines only at edges of spinose only at edges. Eye slightly lashed, Abdomen without distinct spines be-
, not lashe Kyo lashed. tergites. Frenulum and retinaculum present, Abdominal tergites spinose at edges, neath; tergites spinulose all over,

teLwgment of antenna short

‘bieminal tergites spinulose all
wer, no large underscales
Herstes without spines,

Tihise simple.

Syn long; two pairs to hind-
tibia

lvilas and paronychium pre-
sent

Sofriction patch on clasper

End-segment of antenna short

Abdominal tergites spinulose all over, no
Jarge underscales ; sternites without
spines

Frenulum and retinaculum present.

Tibiae not spinose ; foretibia ending in a
thorn,

Pulvillus and paronychium present.

Spurs very short, two pairs to hindtibia.

No friction-pateh on clasper.

Tibiae simple.

Spurs short ; two pairs to hindtibia.
Pulyillus and paronychiom present.

Frenulum and retinaculum present.

R* of hindwing below centre of cell,
No organ of friction,

Tibiae not spinose, foretibia with thorn.
‘Two pairs of spurs to hindtibia.

RHADINOPASA,
Tongue short and weak.
End-segment of antenna short.

AMPLYPTERUS.

As before, bot end-segment of antenna
short, without long bristles ; densely

scaled dorsally.

Wot hindwing in or before centre of cell.

Friction-patoh of clasper reduced.

PROTAMBULYX.

As before, but tongue not reaching end
of abdomen; long end-segment of
antenna with dispersed long scales,
ventrally and dorsally,

Abdominal tergites spinose all over.

‘Tibiae simple.

‘Two pairs of spurs to bindtibia.

Pulvillus and paronychium present.

Frenulum and retinaculum present,

R¢ of hindwing central.

No organ of friction.

(Larva spinose; bead rounded). _

(Tongue-case of pupa not reaching end
of wing-cases).

OXYAMBULYX,

Wongue reaching middle of abdomen.

Palpus prominent.

Eye not lashed.

End-segment of antenna long, but rather
stout, often reduced, densely scaled
above.

Abdominal segments spinose at edges
above and below,

Frenulum and retinaculum present.

‘Tibine simple, or foretibia spinose at tip.

‘Two pairs of Spurs to hindtibia, long.

Pulvillus and paronychium present.

Friction-organ on clasper and eighth

tergite.
BR of hindwing in or below centre of cell.

Pulyillus and paronychiom present.

Friction-organ on clasper and eighth
tergite,

FR of hindwing in or below centre of cell.

sternites with very few weak spines.
Frenulum and retinaculum present.
Tibiae not spinose; foretibia with thorn.
Pulvillus and paronychium reduced.
‘Two pairs of hindtibial spurs, not long.
No friction-organ.
R* of hindwing central,

but also with broad underscales.
Tibiae simple.
Spurs short ; two pairs to hindtibia,
ren and retinaculum present.
Pulvillus and paronychium present.
No friction-organ.

COMPSOGENE.

As before, but tongue not reaching end
of abdomen.

End-segment of antenna long, scales
short, dense above, many bristles.

RB? of hindwing in or before centre of cell.

Friction-patch of clasper darge.

Tongue-case of pupa reaching end of
wing-cases,

Horm of larva curved upwards.

I? of hindwing far below centre of cell.
Friction-patch reduced.

(Ancestral form of AMBULICINAE).

Tongue reaching end of abdomen.
Palpus prominent.
Pilifer normal. -
Frons with transverse crest, but without mesial crest.
Eye not lashed. p
Buco of Antenne BEDE wie a peter =
Abdomi ites and ste: ¢$ spinose at the edges; tergites

Se eee es
Mreaulana aa retinaculum present.
Tibiae
‘Two pairs place unequal spurs to hindtibia.
No comb on midtarsus,

jum with two pairs of lobes,

(173 )

», Foretibia ending in a prominent thorn

Foretibia not ending in a prominent
thorn . A : é

Apex of forewing pointed .

Apex of forewing truncate-sinuate ;
distal margin of forewing irregular

Apex of forewing trancate-sinuate ;
distal margin of forewing even

No pulvillus a ; : c

With pulvillus ; end-segment of an-
tenna long

With pulvillus ; ane pean of an-
tenna less than four times as long
as basally high .

. Spurs very short

Longer spurs several times as cious
as the tibia is broad

. Apex of forewing sinuate .

Apex of forewing acute
Apex of forewing rounded-trnncate .

. First segment of foretarsus short,

with some prolonged spines .
First segment of foretarsus normal ;
spurs short . .
First segment of foretarsus rare
spurs long F ; :

. Costal margin of hindwing adaed Se

tally into a lobe

Costal margin of hindwing seal

Apex of forewing acute, distal margin
even . :

Apex of forewing Sree distal mar-
gin uneven, hindwing red

Apex of forewing sinuate, distal mar-
gin uneven, hindwing not red

. Distal margin of forewing uneven

Distal margin of forewing even, apex

. sinuate 3 - A c z

Distal margin of forewing even, apex
rounded-truncate .

. Hindtarsus about as long as cell of

hindwing, measured along SC
Hindtarsus half as long can as cell
of hindwing .

. Foretibia ending in a thora

Poretibia not ending in a thorn .

2 O be
XLVI. Orecta.

L. Akbesia.

XLIX. Batoenema.
LXXIL Clanidopsis.

u.
; ste ot

LXXV. Cypa.
Dey ore

XLIV. Protambulyx.

LI. Oxyambulyz.

XLVUI. Compsogene.

LXXXVI. Monarda.

Zz.
ae

LXXVII. Degmaptera.
y.

LXXIX. Callambulyz.
XLVII. Trogolegnum.

LXXVI. Smerinthulus.
LXX. Langia..

XLV. Amplypterus.
Ww.

LIL. Metamimas.

LI. Rhadinopasa.

LXXIIL Agnosia.
LXXIV. Parum.

(174 )

XLIV. PROTAMBULYX gen. nov.—Typus : sérigilis.

Sphinx Linné (non id., 1758), Mant. Plant. p. 538 (1771).

Pholus Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 134 (1822) (partim ; type: achemon).

Sphinx (Ambulyx), Westwood, Cab. Or. Ent. p. 61 (1848) (nom. nud.)

Ambulyx Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 121) (1856) (partim ; Linel. type of Amplypterus.

3%. Tongue reaching to middle of abdomen or beyond, longer in d than in .
Pilifer long ; genal process triangular, as high as the pilifer. Frons and terminal
surface of palpi almost on a level, ventral angle of second segment somewhat
rounded, terminal surface smaller than in Amplypterus. A high transverse crest
between antennae, almost vertical in front, slanting behind. Antenna 3 mm. (d)
to 5 mm. (2) shorter than R* of forewing; end-segment (Pl. LX. f. 4) very
long and thin, the thicker basal portion densely scaled dorsally, ciliate ventrally,
the rest of the segment beset all round with single long scales which are more or
less erect, giving the segment a peculiar appearance ; the segment bears ventrally
two or three bristles, but none at the end; ¢: compressed, not deeply grooved
ventral surface of segments rather broad, fasciculated ciliae of distal row not long,
the series reaching barely halfway down the segment, distal segments not grooved,
almost cylindrical ; $: proximal series of prolonged ciliae vestigial. Abdomen
with weak spines at the edges of the distal sternites ; tergites with numerous
spines at the edges. Clasper and eighth tergite with friction-scales, eighth sternite
mesially lobed ; no distinct lateral tuft to eighth segment. Tibiae not spinose, as long
as the respective first tarsal segments ; spurs very unequal, short ones about one-third
or oue-half the length of the long ones, longer apical one of hindtibia less than
one-half the length of the first tarsal segment ; pulvillus and paronychium present,
the latter with two pairs of lobes. Distal margin of forewing excised between
SC! and SC’, the lobe SC* mostly little produced, less prominent than lobe SC*;
R? of hindwing far dedow centre of cell, D? as long as, or shorter than, D*.

Larva and chrysalis probably essentially as in Amplypterus.

The interantennal crest is olive or tawny in front, much paler behind. The
dark band of the thorax does not extend to the lateral edge of the mesothoracic
tegula, the lateral fringe of the tegula remaining pale. The abdomen has a more or
less continuous dorsal line, and oblique dorso-lateral stripes arranged as in the
caterpillar ; the sternites bear very thin obliquely placed lines and a mesial line ;
the first tergite is concolorous with the other segments, or darker. Tibiae without
basal spot.

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America, from Southern Brazil to Mexico;
Bahamas ; West Indian Islands: Cuba, Haiti, Jamaica, Porto Rico, St. Vincent.

Hight species.

Key to the species :

a. No submarginal line on forewing . ; . 142. P. carteri.
Submarginal line on forewing distinct. : : 4 &
6. Forewing above without conspicuous rounded
stigma . 5 . : “ C.
Forewing above with conspicuous rounded
stigma . c 5 é ee

c. Forewing above with broad oblique subbasal
band from inner margin to(SM’) . . 139. P. astygonus.
The band absent or represented by asmall spot ° . «ade

AE Mion U5 Pgh ABN 9 y= , °
wees side heettitetadselh abil iedintiee dated dered ccd dae dicta ot ee tee et Ee

= leh bate 5

(175 )

d. Hindwing above tawny . ‘ : : . 141. P. strigilis.
Hindwing above lemon-yellow - : . 138. P. sulphurea.
e. Distal marginal band of forewing below
pointed at SC° : c ; eae yi
eee marginal band of Raete ianoa
2 mm. aca at SC° . : . 136. P. euryalus.

f. Yxternal discal line of hindwing above concave
between C and R’, strongly angulate at R® 135. P. eurycles.
This line evenly convex or very obtusely

angulate at R* : : 5 3 Ue
g. Distal marginal area of eee below of
almost even width from R' to M!. - 137. P. ockendeni.
This area very broad at R*, here more than
twice as wide as at M' . ‘ . . 140.,P. goeldiz.

135. Protambulyx eurycles (Pl. LXVIL f. 10, 2).

*Ambulyx eurycles Herrich-Schiffer, Aussereur. Schm. i. p. 59. f. 102 (1854) (Surinam ;—coll.

: Staudinger) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 187. n. 9 (1875) (Cayenne ; Brazil) ; Butl.,
Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 579. n. 2 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 675. n. 8 (1892) ;
Rothsch., Noy. Zoou. i. p. 541 (1894) (Aroa, Venezuela); Bonningh., Jris xii. p. 115. n. 17
(1899) (Rio de Janeiro).

Ambuliz (1) eurycles, Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Petr., Lep. p. 93. n. 1550 (1857) (Surinam).

3%. The greenish olive-brown colour of the upperside of the abdomen is liable
to fade into ochre yellow ; the forewing is heavier marked in the d than in the ?-
The hindwing varies somewhat in the depth of the yellow colour. The species is
easily distinguished from strigilis by the much paler yellow tint of the upperside of
the hindwing and of the underside of the body and wings, by the more prominent
lobe SC* of the forewing, the large olive black subbasal patch of the upperside, and
the broader brown marginal band of the underside of the forewing, ete.

3. Highth abdominal sternite mesially produced into a strong but short and
blaunt process (Pl. XXII. f. 19). Tenth sternite (Pl, XXIII. f. 3) produced into a
lobe which is somewhat narrowed towards the end, which is almost evenly
rounded, the mesial sinus being, however, traceable in an anal view. The patch of
modified scales on the clasper (Pl. LVIII. f. 31) broader dorsally than laterally,
larger than in strigilis ; harpe not raised above the plane of the clasper, having
neither distinct ridges nor processes ; it is separated from the clasper by a furrow,
and is triangular in shape (Pl. XXXI. f. 2). The penis-sheath is provided dorsally
by a short apical ridge, which is slightly dentate, and curves proximad into the
interior of the sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 16).

%. Proximal edge of vaginal orifice less elevate than in sérégilis, hinder wall
of cavity mesially carinate.

Early stages not known.

Hab, South America, from Colombia to Rio de Janeiro.

In the Tring Museum 5 3d, 3 29 from: Peru; Aroa, Venezuela, April ;
Rio Demerara; Rio de Janeiro. In the Bern Museum from Para, vi. viii. (Dr.

Goeldi).

(4762).

136. Protambulyx euryalus spec. noy. (PI. I. f. 3,d; Pl. LXVII. f.9, o

3 ?. Similar to A. ewrycles. Second abdominal segment less grey above.

Wings, upperside. Forewing: more buffish, less grey, than in ewrycles. The
olive-green costal patches from the base to SC larger than in ewrycles, the two
patches at the end of the cell and distally of it touching each other at the edge
of the wing, or nearly so, a distinct blackish brown marginal band of nearly even
width, tapering in front, limited by a blackish line which begins at the very extremity
of SC® ; contiguous with this line and standing at its proximal side an olive-green,
sharply defined band, which is broadest between R! and R?, where it equals in
breadth the marginal band, while in ewrycles the olive-green band is much less
sharply defined, and much wider between R! and R’. Hindwing : apex less
pointed than in ewrycles and anal angle less produced; the postdiscal black band,
which in ewrycles.is distally concave between C and R* and therefore angled at
the latter vein, is nearly evenly curved ; abdominal margin more grey in $ than
in eurycles.

Underside, the line outside the cell of both wings and the postdiscal one of
the hindwing rather heavier than in ewrycles.——Forewing: discal line closer t
cell than in the preceding species; the brown marginal area about 2 mm. broad at
SO*, while in ewrycles it is narrowed to a point at the end of SC*; the area is much
more even in width, being not much broader between R! and R? than at R’, while
in ewrycles the area is much broader between R! and R* than at R*; the posterior
discal lines vestigial. Hindwing: the postdiscal line not concave between CG
and R°, but slightly convex ; no discocellular bar.

3. The eighth abdominal sternite has mesially just a trace of a lobe (P1. XXII.
f. 22). The harpe (P]. XXXI. f. 1) has a submesial process (pm), and the
edge md is also more raised than in eurycles. The penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 17)
has a longer and non-dentate apical ridge. The tenth sternite (Pl. XXIII. f. 6)
is truncate, with the angles strongly rounded. The patch of scales on the clasper
is very broad (Pl. LVIIL. f. 32), at least three times as wide as in ewrycles.

?. Not dissected. :

Barly stages not known.

Hab. South America: Venezuela; Peru.

One ¢ and three 2% in the Tring Museum from: Merida (type, Briceno):
Santo Domingo, Carabayo, 8.E. Peru, i. vi. 1902 (Ockenden).

In the lobe SC* of the forewing being less prominent than the apical lobe, and
in the marginal band of the underside of the forewing not narrowing to a point al
SC’, euryalus agrees with strigilis, while eurycles agrees in the same points with
sulphurea.

137. Protambulyx ockendeni spec. nov. (PI. LXVLL. f. 7. 8, 6).

3%. Similar to Al. ewryalus.
Wings, upperside. Forewing less variegated, basal half more distinetly
purplish ; olive proximal border of distal marginal band much narrower between
Rt and BR’. Hindwing : third discal line thinner, more even, less crenate.
Underside. Forewing : lines SC'—SC’, situated halfway between fork and
apex, converging behind, cleser together, mostly merged together before SC*;
marginal band pointed at tip of SC%, less widened behind R} than in euryalus,
of more even width.

(kad)

3. Sexual armature as in ewryalus, but tooth of harpe higher and carina of
penis-sheath shorter.

Hab. Santo Domingo, Carabaya, S.E. Pern ; 6000 ft. ; wet and dry seasons.

In the Tring Museum 7 dd, caught in November, December, January, June

(Ockenden).

138. Protambulyx sulphurea (PI. LXVII. f. 5. 6, d).

*Ambuly« eurycles (Herr.-Schiff.) ab sulphurea Rothschild, Noy. Zoou, i. p. 542 (1894) (Aroa ;—
Mus. Tring).

g. Forewing with the lobe SC’ as prominent as in ewrycles ; wings narrower,
much paler, hindwings lemon-yellow. Forewing: no large costal and internal
subbasal patches, discal lines dentate also at R®, a faint pinkish tint in basal half,
especially before SM?; marginal double band much narrower than in ewryeles
between R! and R*——Hindwing: second and third lines thin, third curved as in
euryalus.

First discal line of forewing below close to cell, marginal band narrowed to a
point below extremity of SC°, much narrower between R! and R* than in ewrycles,
measuring only 44 mm. at the widest point.

3. Highth sternite (P]. XXII. f. 21) mesially produced into a very small
lobe, which is convex, the edges being turned internad. Tenth sternite with a
much narrower lobe than in ewycles, mesially sinuate (P]. XXIII. f. 4). Friction-
patch of clasper as in ewrycles ; harpe different, armed with a high, erect, submesial
process which is hollowed out proximally and rounded at the apex (Pl. XXXL. f. 3).
Penis-sheath with a dorso-lateral ridge which has the appearance of a ribbon fastened
to the sheath with one edge, the free edge of the ridge minutely notched ; distally
the ridge is continued along the edge of the sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 18).

? and early stages not known.

Hab. South America: Venezuela,

In the Tring Museum 2 dd from Aroa, Venezuela.

139. Protambulyx astygonus (Pl. LXVIIf. 1. 2, type).

—— *Ambulyx astygonus Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 188. n. 10 (1875) (Brazil ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 630 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 675.
n, 9 (1892); Bonningh., /ris xii. p. 115. n. 18 (1899) (Rio de Janeiro).

3. Close to A. goeldii.— Forewing, above, without distinct stigma ; third discal
line of hindwing regularly crenate, first line S-shaped, much more curved than in
goeldii and more proximal, second almost absent or very thin. Hindwing less
pointed, distal margin more conyex ; distal marginal band of forewing below halfmoon-
shaped from tip of SC® to beyond M', then linear, the posterior portion thinner
than in goeldii.

Highth sternite with a prominent mesial process, which is, however, much
shorter than in sfriyilis. Friction-patch of clasper narrow, elongate bean-shaped,
obliquely longitudinal. Tooth of harpe long, obtuse, almost vertical on the clasper.
Penis-sheath with a short tooth pointing sinistro-laterad. Tenth sternite short,
very broad, widest at apex, which is shallowly sinuate, angles rounded, projecting
laterad,

Hab. Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Rio de Janeiro.

Clie)

140. Protambulyx goeldii spec. nov. (LXVII. f. 3. 4, d 2).

$2. Upperside of body buffish grey, silky, a green band before antennae ;
pronotum slightly edged with green, posterior two-thirds of mesothoracic tegula
olive-green, this colour extending backwards over mesonotum and occupying
metanotum ; abdomen with oblique yellow-olive-green side-bands, eighth tergite
olive-green, except fringe. Underside ochreous, palpus near tip and forebreast
anteriorly olive-green, upperside of tibiae and tarsi grey, outer lateral surface of
midtibia and -tarsus greenish brown.

Wings, above. Forewing: silky buffish grey; in shape similar to that of
astygonus, markings olive-green (costal ones partly faded into ochraceous), eight or
more feeble costal bars from base to apex of cell, the interspaces partly filled in with
olive at costal margin, a costal patch a little way beyond tip of cell, sharply limited —
behind by R', gradually fading away distally ; between fork and apex a similar
patch bordered by SC*, along which the colour extends to outer margin, a subapical
costal triangular spot, an oblique subbasal band twice as long as broad, from
(SM?) to inner margin, a narrower band between SM? and inner margin, with which
it stands at right angles before middle, a nearly semicircular large patch upon the
inner margin between middle and distal angle, reaching nearly M', consisting of
blackish markings behind, and being green before M?; a brown apical semicircle
SC'—SC*, a brown submarginal line from tip of SC* to tip of SM?, broadly
bordered proximally with greenish olive, marginal space between band and edge
of wing purple brown; a large ovate blackish stigma, a straight line behind
SC! just proximal of fork, a deeply curved very faint line R'—R® behind it, a little
more proximal, a trace of another similar line nearer cell, and between this line and
cell a broader line shining through from below; traces of two lines in front of
second inner marginal band as prolongations of the respective costal bars.
Hindwing : maize yellow, grey at base and abdominal margin, in ? shaded with
tawny; apex acute, distal margin faintly concave in front, more obviously so
behind; a straight, dentate, brown line shaded a little with ochraceous, about.
1} mm. outside cell at R%, ending behind in a spot, a thin brown line between it
and marginal band, faintly broken, evenly curved in front, a brown marginal band
sharply defined, less so at apex of wing; an anal submarginal band confluent
with it.

angulate at R%, rather heavy in front, where it is deeper brown ; R? and outer ha f
of SC® brown; a very broad brown marginal band pointed at tip of SC*, and
linear from M! backwards.——Hindwing : first discal line in position as above
curved in front, a postdiscal line as above, but there are traces of other lines
between the two; marginal band shaded with grey, in d almost restricted
extreme edge and purple brown in colour, more distinct in ¢.

$. Sexual armature similar to that of astygonus, but friction-patch broader,
tooth of harpe strongly pointed, tenth sternite less broad.

Hab. Para (Dr. Goeldi).

June and July.
Differs from astygonus in the presence of a large stigma on the forewing,

(179 )

the straighter distal edge of the hindwing, the less curved first discal line, the absence
of the second line, and the not obviously dentate third line of the same wing, as
well as in the more gradually narrowed distal border of the forewing below.

141. Protambulyx strigilis (PI. LXVII. f. 11, 3).

Sphinx strigilis Linné, Mant. Plant. p. 538 (1771) (America); Drury, Jllustr. Ev. Ent. i. p. 62.
t. 28. f. 4 (1773) (Jamaica) ; Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 539. n. 10 (1775) ; Miill., Naturs. Suppl. p. 302.
n, 48 (1776) ; Cram., Pap. Exot. ii. p. 14. t. 106. f. B (1777) (Curacao ; Jamaica) ; Goeze,
Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 204. n. 4 (1780); Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 144. n. 22 (1781) ; id., Mant. Ins.
ii. p. 95. n. 25 (1787); Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2377. n. 66 (1790); Fabr., Ent, Syst. iii. 1.
p- 364. n. 26 (1793) (St. Cruz) ; Drury, ed. Westw., Jllustr. Ex. Ent. i. p. 57. t. 28. £. 4 (1837).

Pholus strigilis, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 134. n. 1437 (1822).

Ambulyx strigilis, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B.M. viii. p. 121, n. 1 (1856) (Rio de Jan. ; Para ;
St. Domingo); Burm., Sitzber. Naturf. Ges. Halle iii. p. 70. n. 1 (1856); Lue., in Sagra,
Hist. Cuba vii. p. 291 (1856) ; Ménétr., Enum. Corp. Anim. Petr., Lep. p. 93. 0.1551 (1857)
(Jamaica) ; Clem., Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 152. n. 40 (1859) ; Morris, Cat, Lep. N.
Am. p.20 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 175.1. 1 (1862) ; Herr.-Sch., Correspbl.
iii. p. 57 (1865); Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. (64 (1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob., ibid.
p. 159. n. 64 (1865) ; Grote, ibid. vi. p. 329 (1867) (Cuba) ; id., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iti. p. 185
(1870) (Cuba) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét, i. p. 186. n. 7 (1875) ; Mischl., Verh. Zool. Bot.
Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 347 (1876) (Surinam) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 579. n. 1 (1877)
(Haiti; Para; Rio de Jan.) ; Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. i. p. 92 (1877) (Porto Rico) ;
Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. p. 39. n. 1 (1878) (Amazons) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 483.
n. 55 (1878) (Jamaica); Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 184 (1881) (larva on Comocladia,
Erythroxrylon) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het, i. p. 16. n. 1 (1881) (Panama ;
§. Domingo ; Rio de Jan.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 675. n 6 (1892); Druce, lc. Suppl.
399 (1896) (Jalapa; Coatepec ; Orizaba ; Guatemala ; Costa Rica) ; Pitt. & Biol., Lep. Het.
Costa Rica p. 11 (1897) ; Boénningh., Jris xii. p. 115. n. 16 (1899) (Rio de Janeiro ; larva on
Anacardium, Spondia) ; Kaye, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 138 (1901) (Trinidad).

Ambulyx strigilis var. rubripennis Butler, l.c. ix. p. 579. sub n. 1 (1877) (Haiti).

Ambulyx rubripennis, Kirby, l.c. p. 675. n. 7 (1892).

32. The lobe SC* of the forewing is less prominent than the apical lobe. The
greenish olive spots in the basal half of the forewing are variable in size and
distinctness. The third line of the hindwing is either angled at R? as in eurycles,
or rounded as in astygonus and euryalus, with intergradations ; the second line is
oecasionally absent or vestigial, while in other individuals a fourth line appears
ontside the third. The tawny speckles of the underside are sometimes numerous ;
such speckles appear not rarely also above, where they become occasionally so
dense that the hindwing is altogether tawny with the bands not distinct.
Individuals like these occur among strigilis on the continent as well as on the
islands, and do not represent a local race ; they are ab. rwdripennis. End of antenna
see P]. LX. f. 4.

3. Highth sternite (Pl. XXII. f. 18) mesially produced into a dong and sharply
pointed process, which curves gently upwards. Lobe of tenth sternite broad and
short (Pl. XXIIL. f. 5), shallowly emarginate. Patch of friction-scales of clasper
(Pl. LVIIL. f. 30) narrow, elongate bean-shaped ; harpe (Pl. XXXI. f. 4) with a
rather high submesial process (ym), the edge md also somewhat raised. Penis-
sheath (P]. XXX. f. 19) resembling that of ewrycles, but the apical ridge less evenly
curved, with a larger tooth proximally. Friction-scales of eighth tergite see
ei LVI. f. 40.

%. Kighth tergite sinuate; scaled. Vaginal plate (Pl. XV. f. 11) truncate
distally, the postvaginal part short, with transverse ridges or folds ; anterior edge
of orifice raised, even, incrassate.

( 180 )

Early stages not known, at least not described ; larva on Anacardium, Spondia, —
Erythroxylon, Comocladia, ete.

Hab. Cuba to Mexico, southward over the continent and the West Indian
Islands to Southern Brazil; not known from Argentina, but occurring doubtless in —
the northern parts of the Republic.—Common.

In the Tring Museum 100-odd specimens from: Jamaica; Cuba; Haiti;
St, Vincent ; Mexico southward to Rio de Janeiro.

142. Protambulyx carteri spec. nov (Pl. LXVI. f. 3; LXVIL f. 12, d).

é. Agrees structurally with A. strigilis; but differs in the following points :
oblique lateral lines of abdominal tergites and lines of sternites absent or very faint.
Wings, upperside.——Forewing broader, apex less deeply sinuate ; disc with one line
only, beginning at olive costal patch which stands between cell and subcostal fork,
a second discal line barely traceable; no submarginal line and no marginal band,
but extreme edge of wing purple-brown. Hindwing tawny as in ab. rwbripennis
of strigilis ; traces of two discal lines, the intermediate line being absent, brown
marginal band vestigial in upper half, rather better marked behind.

Underside of wings very uniform in colour, similar to upperside of hindwing ;
first discal line vestigial on both wings, no other markings ; forewing somewhat
yellowish at base behind cell.

Hab. Bahamas and Florida.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Nassau, Bahamas, caught by Sir Gilbert
Carter, in whose honour the species is named. A second ¢ from Biscayne Bay,
Florida, sent for identification by the Kny-Scheerer Company.

We are not sure that this insect is distinct ; it may be a subspecies of strigilis;
but as the latter occurs all over the West Indies and Central and South America,
without being split up into geographical races, it would be very remarkable if (and
is surely not probable that) it forms a special geographical race on the Bahamas —
and in Florida. We expect strigilis to occur in these localities as well, and believe
that carter? is independent of it. The absence of structural differences is no proof —
of the two being specifically the same. In Amplypterus gannascus and ypsilon we
do also not find structural differences.

XLV. AMPLYPTERUS.—Typus: gannascus.

Sphinx Stoll (non Linné, 1758), in Cram., Pap. Exot. Suppl. p. 157 (1790).
Amplypterus Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 133 (1822) (partim ; type: gannascus).
Ambulyx Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 121 (1856) (partim ; type: strigilis).
Amblypterus (!), Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent, Soc. xv. p. 60 (1888).

Differs from Protambulyx as follows :

3%. Frons almost vertical, forming an obtuse angle with the terminal surface
of the palpi, the latter projecting more than in Protambulyx. Antenna longer and
stouter, end-segment short, barely twice as long as basally high, compressed,
obtuse, with a brush of long scales which project far beyond the end of the segment,
no long sensory bristles on end-sezment, but ciliae long and densely together. All
tibiae much shorter than the respective first tarsal segments, with or without.

( 181 )

spines ; spurs dong, almost equal, long terminal one of hindtibia nearly as long as
the tibia, or longer. Lobe SC° of forewing more prominent; R? of hindwing in
or before centre of cell. Eighth sternite (¢) simply sinuate mesially ; friction-
patch of clasper large (Pl. LVIII. f. 29); sternites without spinules.

Larva long and slender, head strongly triangular, horn very long, slightly
curved upwards; granulose, a dorsal lateral and an interrupted ventro-lateral
longitudinal line yellow; seven white side-bands, bordered red in front ; white
dorsal marks on segments 4 to 10.—Food-plant : not known, probably Oreodaphne.

Pupa with tubercles on head ; tongue-case ?

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America.

Seven species.—The submarginal line of the forewing, if present, begins at
SC°, not at the tip of the wing ; the discal lines of luniform bars are not obviously
curved costad in front. The posterior two-thirds of the mesothoracie tegula are
entirely occupied by a dark olive-green patch. The first tergite of the abdomen
is not concolorous with the rest of the abdomen. A lateral spot at the angles of
the frons white or grey like the terminal surface of the palpi.

The seven species fall into two well-defined groups according to the tibiae
being spinose or not.

Key to the species :

a. Fore- and midtibiae xot spinose .
Fore- and midtibiae spinose.

6. Forewing below with large black riches or

bands in basal third ; : eG?
Forewing below without large black ee
or bands in basal third . ; ; eas
c. Subbasal band of forewing above at eae
3 mm. distant from basal dot c . 1438. A. gannascus.

Subbasal band of forewing above touching
basal dot at SM? . : : - . 144. A. ypsilon.
d. Subbasal band of forewing interrupted . . 145. A. palmeri.
Subbasal band of forewing not interrupted . 146. A. eurysthenes.
e. Forewing with a continuous line from apical
third of costa to middle of inner margin. 149, A. donysa.

Forewing without such line. ; e : oI
Jf. Hindwing above ochraceous yellow. . 147. A, tigrina.
Hindwing above rosy red. : c . 148. A. sexoculata.

1. Fore- and midtibiae not spinose ; long terminal spur of hindtibia as long as
the tibia, or longer. Abdomen with a series of dorsal mesial spots.

143. Amplypterus gannascus.

Sphing gannascus Stoll, in Cram., Pap. Ex. Suppl. p. 157. t. 35. £. 3 (1790) (Cap. b. spei!!).

Amplypterus ganascus (!), Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 133. n. 1429 eae

Ambulyx ganascus, Walker, List Lep Ly B.M. viii. p. 121. n. 2 (1856) (partim ; Amazon ;
Guatemala ; Jamaica) ; Clem., Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 153. n. 41 (1859) (S. Am.
Mex. ; W. Ind.) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. o Am. p. 20 (1860) (syn. partim) ; Clem., in Morris,
Syn. N. Am. Lep. p. 175. n. 2 (1862) ; Herr.-Sch., Corresp. iii. p. 57 (1865) (Cuba) ; ; Grote,
Proc, Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 64 (1865) ; Boisd., Consid. Lép. Guatemala p. 68 (1870) ; Gundl.,
Contr, Ent. Cubana p. 185 (1881) ; Bonningh., on xii. p. 116. n, 20 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

(eter)

Ambulyx gannascus, Burmeister, Sitzber. Natu;f. Ges. Halle iii. (Separ.) p. 15. n. 2 (1856) (N.
Friburgo ; descr. of genus, larva and pupa) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 159.
n. 63 (1865) (trop. insul. distr.) ; Grote, ibid. v. p. 329 (1867) (Cuba) ; id., Trans. Amer. Ent. —
Soc. iii. p. 185 (1870) (Cuba) ; Boisd., Spee. Gén, Lép. Hét. i, p. 183. n. 3 (1875); Butl., Trans.
Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 581. n. 15 (1877) (Jamaica); Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. —
p- 16. n. 2 (1881) (Guatemala; Nicaragua ; Chiriqui ; Jamaica) ; id., /.c., Suppl. p. 309 (1896)
(Mexico; Guatemala ; Costa Rica) ; Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent. v., Atlas. p. 34. t. 13. £. 5-
(1.). 8 (p.). (1879) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 676. n. 33 (1892); Pitt. & Bioll., Lep. Het —
Costa Rica p. 12 (1897). -
Ambulic (!) gannascus, Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Petr., Lep. p. 93. 0. 1552 (1857) (Brazil).
*Ambulyc rostralis Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 68 (1870) (Nicaragua ; N. Granada) ; Feld.,
Reise Novara, Lep. t. 77. £. 6 (1874) (Mus. Tring) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p, 184.
n. 4 (1875); Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 581. n. 16 (1877); Druce, Le. n. 3 (1881)
(Nicaragua ; Colombia; Ecuador ; Amazon; Brazil) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 36 (1892) ; Pitt. & Bioll.,
Lep. Het. Costa Rica p. 10 (1897).
-Linbulyx janus Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 68 (1870) (sub syn.).
“Ambulyx daphne Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 184. n. 5 (1875) (Brazil ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 34 (1892).
Ambuly«e secoculata, Butler (non Grote, 1867), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 582. n. 22 (1877)
(Guatemala) ; Druce,/.c. p. 17. n. 4 (1881) (Guatemala) ; Rothsch., Noy. Zoot. i. p. 542 (1894)
(Costa Rica).
3%. The species is very variable in the general tint of the forewing as well
as in the extent of the black bands of the hindwing; the extreme individuals are
connected by all intergradations. The black bands of the hindwing are not rarely
widened and joined along the nervures to cach other and to the marginal band,
the outer half of the wing in this case appearing black with three rows of red
spots. The submarginal black band is sometimes so broad that there is little left
of the external row of red spots; on the other hand, the band is often reduced
to small vein-spots. The second black band is occasionally very narrow. Hnd of
antenna see Pl. LX. f. 6.
g. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXIII. f. 2. 3) widened at the end and rounded
horizontally, appearing pointed in side-view ; sternite sinuate, the angles rounded.
Harpe (Pl. XXXI. f. 5) not much raised above the plane of the clasper, varying
somewhat individually, especially the submedian ridge, which is occasionally very
indistinct ; distal process flat upon the clasper, not projecting beyond the ventral
edge of the latter. Penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f, 15) destitute of hooks and teeth;
a rounded, rod-like carina running up to the tip, where it turns internad, being
continued on the inner side of the sheath. Friction-patch see Pl. LVIIL. f. 29.
?. Highth tergite rather broadly sinuate. Vaginal plate longitudinally concave
behind orifice, very slightly chitinised, latero-distal edges more strongly chitinised ;
a fold in front of the orifice.
Larva yellowish pale green, a yellow dorso-lateral line, white X-shaped dorsal
markings, except on segments 1 to 83; seven white oblique side-bands with a red
frontal border, segments 4 to 11 with a longitudinal yellow ventro-lateral stripe.—
lood-plant : not known; probably Oreodaphne.
Hab. Southern Brazil to Mexico, Cuba, Jamaica. Apparently rare in
Andes of Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia.
In the Tring Museum 120-odd specimens from: Mexico to Peru; Venezuela
to Rio de Janeiro.

144. Amplypterus ypsilon spec. nov.

3%. Body beneath rather redder and at sides of sterna more green than in
gannascus.

( 183 )

Wings, wpperside.——Forewing rather broader than in gannascus, differently
marked: subbasal band broad, almost extended to the very base of the wing,
touching the basal dot at SM’, the interspace between this dot and the band and
neryure M scarcely larger than the dot itself; the band is preceded before M
by a detached patch, which stands a little more distal and is edged all round with
ereyish white ; the patch does not reach the costal margin; the grey scaling on
the disc mostly divided up into 3 to 5 series of narrow lunules; discal spot
M'—M? smaller than in gannascus, subapical patch much larger, being of the same
size as in ewrysthenes ; vein R' brown; distal marginal area much more extended
olive-brown than in gannascus. Hindwing also broader than in gannascus :
median band 3} to 4 mm. broad, not obviously dentate upon the veins ; discal band
merged together with the postdiscal one, being separated from it only in front; this
disco-postdiscal band—resembling the letter Y—is not dentate, the veins not being
black as in the specimens of gannascus with broad bands ; the interspace between
this band and the dark edge of the wing tawny olive, becoming rosy red at costal
margin.

Underside.

Forewing : the red colour of the basal area merges on the disc
gradually into the brown or ochraceous colour of the outer area of the wing, while
in gannascus the red area is more or less sharply defined discally ; subbasal band
nearer the base than in gannascus, discal brown patch M!—M? small, grey outer
marginal area much wider than in gannascus, including a broad burnt umber-brown
band. Hindwing obviously shaded with grey, a discal and a postdiscal continuous
line of red lunules, the outer one indistinct in ¢ and followed by an ill-defined
grey line.

d. Sexual armature as in gannascus, but tenth sternite less sinuate; the
patch of modified scales on the clasper is brown, except the most dorsal portion,
which is yellow.

Length of forewing: ¢,56mm.; ?, 70 mm.

Breadth of forewing: d, 21 mm.; ?, 26 mm.

Hab. Costa Rica to Heuador.

In the Tring Musenm 1 d, 2 2 ? from Costa Rica (Underwood; M. de Mathan) ;
type od.

In coll. Charles Oberthiir 1 ¢ from Balsapampa, Ecuador (M. de Mathan) ;

also in coll. Druce ; in coll. Staudinger from Chiriqui; in the Oxford Museum from
Nicaragua.

145, Amplypterus palmeri.

Aunbulyz ganaseus, Walker (von Stoll, 1790), List Lep. Ins. B.M, viii. p. 121. n. 2 (1856) (partim ;
Rio de Jan.).

*Ambulyx palmeri Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 181. n. 1. t. 4. f. 3 (gd) (1875) (Brazil ;—
coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 630 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.
i. p. 677. n. 39 (1892) ; Bonningh., /ris xii. p. 116. n. 21 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

*Ambulyx marginata Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 10 (1875) (Rio de Jan. ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,
Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 581. n, 17 (1877); Kirby, lc. p. 677. n. 41 (1892).

3%. Forewing above with a straight or feebly curved line from upper angle
of cell to inner margin, which it reaches a little beyond basal fourth. Hindwing
with a broad blackish brown distal border. Size of the olive-green markings
variable. Sexual armature not essentially different from that of gannascus, the
submesial ridge of the harpe rather higher, the tenth sternite almost truncate, very

( 184 )

feebly sinuate, tenth tergite slenderer, especially apically in dorsal view. Vaginal
plate with the anterior edge of the orifice rather more strongly chitinised.
Karly stages not known.
Hab, South America, from Sta. Catherina to Colombia and Venezuela.
In the Tring Museum 7 dd, 4 2? from: Sta. Catherina ; Rio de Janeiro; —
Santo Domingo, Carabaya, 8. E. Pern, 6000 ft., June 1902, dry season (Ockenden) ;
Rio Dagua, Colombia (Rosenberg) ; Aroa, Venezuela.
In coll. Staudinger also from Manaos.

146. Amplypterus eurysthenes.

*Ambulyx eurysthenes Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 77. f. 5 (1874) (Colombia ;—Mus. Tring) ;
Boisd., Spec. G'én. Lép. Hét. i. p. 185. n. 6 (1875) (Colombia) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond.
ix. p. 581. n. 18 (1877) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 675. n. 18 (1892).
*Ambulyx crethon Boisduval, /.c. p. 182. n. 2 (1875) (Peru or Bolivia ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ;
Butl., lc. p. 630 (1877) ; Kirby, /.c. p. 677. n. 40 (1892).
*Ambulyx schausi Rothschild, Noy. Zoo. i. p. 87 (1894) (Petropolis ;—Mus. Tring).
3%. The line crossing the forewing between M! and M? is irregular and
much less oblique than the corresponding line of palmeri, being behind at least
5 mm. distant from the subbasal band, while at the costal margin the band is more
proximal than in palmer’. Hindwing with a blackish brown distal marginal band.
Genital armature as in palmeri.
Early stages not known.
Hab. Espirito Santo to Colombia.
In the Tring Museum 1 6d, 2 22? from: Colombia (type of eurysthenes) ;
Petropolis (type of schausi) ; Espirito Santo.

147. Amplypterus tigrina.

*A mbulyax tigrina Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 77. £.4 (1874) (Venezuela ;—Mus. Tring) ; Boisd.,

Spec. G'én. Lép, Hét. i. p. 187. n. 8 (1875); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 518. n. 14

(1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 677. n. 38 (1892).

3%. The upperside of the body and forewing of the type is less brown than
in fresh specimens, The underside of the hindwing bears distally of the cell a
prominent, nearly straight, black or brown line.

3. The submesial ridge of the harpe is much higher than in gannascus, the —
ventral part of the harpe scarcely so distinct as in that species ; the penis-sheath
is not essentially different ; the apex is dorsally more strongly chitinised than —
ventrally ; the feebly raised rounded carina which appears in gannascus as a dark
line is not marked except at the end. The tenth tergite is vertically broader in
and beyond the middle than in gannascus ; the sternite is less sinuate.

Hab. Venezuela ; Colombia ; Ecuador.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 2 2 from: Colombia ; Loja, Ecuador.

In coll. Dognin 2 2 2 from Loja.

148. Amplypterus sexoculata.

Ambulyx sexoculata Grote, Ann. Lyc. N. York: viii. p. 204 note (1867) (Brazil) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep.
Het. i, p. 676. n. 28 (1892). y
*Ambulyx depuiseti Oberthiir, Et, Ent. vi. p. 31. t. 5. f. 3 (1881) (Colombia ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir).
Grote’s description of sexoculata applies to the present species. Butler and
Druce, not being acquainted with this insect, identified specimens of gannascus as
sexoculata, and Rothschild made the same mistake (see gannascus).

( 185 )

d. The harpe is scarcely as much raised above the plane of the clasper as
in gannascus ; the submesial ridge is especially low. The rod-like carina of the
penis-sheath is apically rather prominent; there is apparently no internal cariniform
thickening of the penis-sheath. The tenth sternite is shaped as in t/grina, the
tergite as slender as in palmer.

Hab. Venezuela; Colombia ; Ecuador; Peru ; Bolivia.

In the Tring Museum 8 dd, 2 2% from: Merida, Venezuela (Briceno) ;
Bogota (town), at electric light, December (Biirger) ; Santo Domingo, Carabaya,
§.E. Peru, 6000 ft., vi. xi., dry and wet seasons (Ockenden).

In coll. Staudinger also from Chaco, Bolivia, 2000—3000 m. (Garlepp).

149. Amplypterus donysa.

*Ambulyx donysa Druce, Ann, Mag. N. H. (6). iv. p. 78 (1889) (Jalapa) ; Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het.
i, p. 676. n. 35 (1892) ; Druce, in Biol, Centr, Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 309. t. 66. £. 7 (1896)
(Jalapa ; Orizaba ; Guatemala ; Chiriqui).

d%. The fo is much more strongly marked than the ?, in which the undulated
and dentated lines of the forewing are only vestigial or even absent. The most
distal line is proximally convex between the veins down to R*, while from R* to
M? the internervular portions are proximally concave ; the same is the case in the
two preceding species, where the lines are, however, very faint as arule. Individually
variable.

3. Sexual armature similar to that of gannascus ; penis-sheath simply truncate
at the end, not more strongly chitinised dorsally than laterally and ventrally, no
kind of dorsal process or carina. Tenth sternite broader basally than in gannascus,
more evenly rounded apically, with just a trace of a mesial sinus, more extended
spiny than in the other species of Amplypterus.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XV. f. 10) rather more strongly chitinised than in
gannascus, distally rounded.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Mexico to Panama.

In the Tring Museum 8 63,322 from: Orizaba; Jalapa; Coatepee ;
Teocelo ; Rosery Mines, Honduras ; Chiriqui.

XLVI. ORECTA gen. nov.—Typus: lycidas.

Ambulyx, Boisduval (non Walker, 1856), Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 191 (1875).
Philampelus, Burmeister (non Harris, 1839), Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 320 (1875).

3%. Tongue not reaching beyond the posterior coxae, rather weak, ciliae of
fringe not separate. Genal process subglobose, not reaching to tip of pilifer.
Head small, frons vertical, a mesial crest, developing to a transverse crest between
antennae. Hyelashes present. Palpus small, truncate, second segment broadest
at end, anterior angle projecting forward (side-view), terminal surface at an obtuse
angle with the frons. Antenna as long as (¢), or shorter than (?), R* of forewing ;
end-segment short, with a brush of long scales (nearly as in Amplypterus); segments
of % with the basal ciliae very feebly prolonged. Abdomen without spinules on the
sternites, but the under scales of the tergites nearly all spiniform, no broad scales on
the tergites. Legs shorter than in Amplypterus und Protambulysx ; tibiae not spinose,

( 186 )

longer than the respective first tarsal segments, which are about as long as the
cell of the hindwing is broad apically ; tarsal segments 3 and 4 not twice as long as
broad ; pulvillus and paronychium present, the latter with two lobes at each side,
the ventral lobes broader ; foretibia 2ith a thorn at the end; spurs yery short, two
pairs close together on hindtibia, the longer terminal spur little longer than the
tibia is broad. Wings entire, faleate, apex pointel, not sinuate between SC* and
SG®; D® of forewing shorter than D*; R? of hindwing central, or a little behind
centre of cell, D? slightly curved or straight, D* twice as long as D‘, lower angle of
cell almost 90°, sometimes obtuse ; frenulum and retinaculum present. No friction-
scales on clasper and eighth tergite.

Larva as in Amplypterus, with white dorso-lateral line-—Food-plant : Oreo-
daphne acutifolia.

Pupa not described in detail ; head with two tubercles, tongue-case not reaching
end of wing-cases.

Hab. Subtropical Brazil ; Argentina.

One species.

A development of Amplypterus.

150. Orecta lycidas.

*Ambulyx lycidas Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 191. n. 15 (1875) (Brazil ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir) ; Rothsch., Noy. Zoor. i. p. 86 (1894) (=tithonus=eos).

3. Individually variable in the markings. Frons unicolorous, except a dot
at each side which is white like the terminal surface of the palpi. Mesothoracic
tegula without a grey fringe posteriorly and laterally. Abdomen with a dark
mesial line, which is mostly interrupted on each segment ; eighth tergite of ¢
without patch. Tibiae with a white basal spot. Hindwing, near anal angle, with
a double spot of ovate scales which fall off easily, leaving the spots naked and
therefore transparent.

On examining a series of specimens we come to the conclusion that the
differences pointed out by Kirby (see below) between lycidas, eos and tithonus are
not specific and not constant. But the Argentinian individuals and those from
Uruguay and neighbouring districts differ on the whole somewhat from the examples
found in the provinces of Rio de Janeiro and Espirito Santo, and must be kept
apart as a separate subspecies until it is proved, on receipt of more material from
the province of Rio, that the apparent differences are merely individual, not being
met with in the greater proportion of the individuals.

é. Highth sternite faintly lobed mesially. Tenth segment essentially the same
as in Protambulyx and Amplypterus ; sternite shallowly sinuate, sides rounded,
the spinose area more extended than in Amplypterus. Clasper sole-shaped ; harpe
(Pl. XXXI. f. 6) with a broad and rather high submesial ridge (pm) which inclines
distad, the distal process (pv) very feeble, scarcely separated from the clasper.
Penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 20) resembling that of Amplypterus, the carina terminally
fused with the membrane of the duct.

?. Vaginal plate not strongly chitinised, broadly rounded distally, no special.
armature at orifice.

Larva: see above.

Hab, Espirito Santo to Argentina.

Two subspecies :

a. O. lycidas lycidas.

*Ambulyx lycidas Boisduval, /.c. (1875) (Brazil ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir); Butler, Trans. Zool.
Soc. Lond. ix. p. 630 (1877) ; Kirby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 271. t. 27. fig. (1886) ; id., Cat.
Lep. Het. i. p. 675. n. 2 (1892) ; Béaningh., Jris xii. p. 115. n. 19 (1899) (Rio).

*Ambulyx tithonus Kirby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 270. n. 3. t. 27. £. 2 (1886) (Brazil ;—Mus.

Dublin).
3%. Apex of forewing strongly produced, outer margin very feebly convex

between R' and M?.

Hab. Espirito Santo ; Rio de Janeiro ; probably also Sao Paulo and Parana.
In the Tring Museum 1 ? without precise locality.

b. O. lycidas eos.
Philampelus eos Burmeister, Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 320. n. 4 (1875) (Buenos Ayres) ; Butl.
Papilio i. p. 104 (1881) (not a Philampelus).
Ambulyx lycidas, Burmeister, l.c. Atlas p. 58. t. 10. £. 1 (2) (1879) (deser. of larva and pupa).
Ambulyx eos, Kirby, Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. p. 269. n. 2. t. 27. £. 1 (g) (1886) ; id., Cat. Lep. Het.
i. p. 675. n. 3 (1892).
3. Apex of forewing less produced than in the preceding subspecies, distal
margin more convex, subbasal band more oblique, subapical costal spot smaller.
Hab. Argentina and Uruguay.
In the Tring Musenm 6 33,7 2 ¢.

XLVII TROGOLEGNUM gen. nov.—Typus: pseudambulyx.
Smerinthus, Boisduval (non Latreille, 1802), Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 29 (1875).

3d. Tongue very weak, thin, short. Palpus rough-haired, short. Head hairy,
small, sunken. Eye small. Antenna strongly grooved, end-segment short.
Abdominal tergites spinose all over. Tibiae not spinose ; spurs rather long, two
pairs to hindtibia, longer terminal one three-quarters the length of the first tarsal
segment. Pulvillus, paronychium, frenulum and retinaticulam present. Apex of
forewing sinuate, lobe SC°—R* very broad, distal margins of both wings somewhat
scalloped, that of forewing excised between R! and R*; SC? and R? of hindwing
on a rather long stalk, R? central or a little before centre, D? curved, D* straight,
longer than D‘, lower angle of cell about 75°. Clasper without friction-scales.

? and early stages not known.

Hah. Mexico.

One species.

A derivation from Amplypterus.

151. Trogolegnum pseudambulyx.
“Smerinthus pseudambulyx Boisduva), lc. n. 18 (1875) (Mexico; “9” ex err. ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir).
Ambulyx (?) pseudambulyx, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 528 (1877).
Smerinthus (2) pseudambulyx, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 711. n, 8 (1892) ; Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer.,
Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 310. t. 58. £. 4 (1896) (Mexico).
d. Only two specimens known, as far as we are aware; bothare dd. In colour
the species resembles Amplypterus donysa; the subbasal band of the forewing

( 188 )

reaches, however, to costal margin. The small subcostal spot at the proximal side
of the band drawn in the figure in the Biologia is not present in the specimen from
which the figure was taken ; the artist was misled by the dark appearance of a
small place from which the scales of the upper layer have mostly been removed.
Tenth tergite prismatical, broader above than below (Pl. XXIII. f. 12), simple,
curved, narrowed in middle, apex acute in side-view, feebly sinuate in dorsal view ;
sternite short, very broad, rounded, apex shallowly sinuate, lateral and distal parts
of upperside densely clothed with short bristles (Xv). Clasper sole-shaped, apex
strongly rounded ; harpe indicated by a feeble fold separating a triangular piece
from the rest of the clasper (Pl. XXXI. f. 7). Penis-sheath without processes,
the dorso-lateral margin incrassate, ending apically in a rounded carina.

Hab. Mexico.

One & (type) in coll, Chas. Oberthiir, another in coll. W. Schaus.

XLVIII. COMPSOGENE gen. novy.—Typus: panopus.

Sphinx, Cramer (von Linné, 1758), Pap. Exot. iii. p. 50 (1779).

Amplyplerus Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 133 (1822) (partim ; type: gannascus).
Calymuia Walker (non Hiibner, 1822), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 124 (1856).
Amblypterus (!), Moore, Lep. Ceyl. ii. p. 13 (1882).

3%. Tongue strong at base, reaching middle of abdomen. Palpus large,
prominent, truncate, terminal surface nearly as long as the frons in d, first segment
strongly curved, nearly 3 mm. long in a straight line from base to tip ; second
(inclusive of scaling) 5 mm. long and 3 mm. broad. Antenna of d 3 mm. and of
? 5 mm. shorter than R* of forewing, end-segment prolonged, setiform, with a
rather large number of bristles; segments grooved in 6, almost cylindrical in ¢.
Abdomen with spines at the edges of the sternites as well as the tergites, but the
spines of the former very weak and small. Tibiae not spinose, as long as, or a little
longer than, the first’ tarsal segment ; spurs long, unequal, two pairs to hindtibia,
long terminal one little shorter than first tarsal segment, hindtarsus half as long
again as cell of hindwing measured along SC, end-segment (claw excluded) not
longer than last but one ; pulvillus large, paronychium with two lobes at each side,
upper lobe long and slender, lower lobe much broader. Distal margin of forewing
entire, apex truncate-sinuate ; cell of hindwing small, not quite a third the length
of the wing, measured along SC; R? of hindwing before centre of cell, D? angled
or curved. Clasper and eighth tergite with organ of friction.

Larva greyish green, with seven oblique yellowish side-bands and a yellowish
subdorsal line; granulose, head triangular, horn very long, slightly curving
upwards ; colour changing before pupation into grey in ventral half and brown-red
in dorsal half.—Food-plant : Mangifera.

Chrysalis elongate ; tongue-case reaching to end of wing-cases ; these with
granules upon the veins; tergites of abdomen rugate, a dorso-lateral series of
granules, segments 4, 5, 6 laterally with several carinae anteriorly ; cremaster
blunt, longitudinally ragate (in Brit. Mus.).

Hab. China, N.W. India to Ceylon, eastwards to the Philippines and Jaya.

One species.

( 189 )

152. Compsogene panopus.

Sphinx panopus Cram., Pap. Er. iti. p. 50. t, 224. f. A. B. (1779) (Java).

Amplypterus panopus, Hiibner, Verz. bet. Schm. p. 133, n. 1430 (1822) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i,
p. 674. n, 1 (1892).

Smerinthus (?) panopus, Westwood, Cab. Or. Ent. p. 13. t. 6. £. 2 (1848).

Calymnia panopus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B, M. viii. p. 124. n. 1 (1856) (Java ; Ceylon) ; Moore,
in Horsf, & Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C.i. p. 266. 0. 613. t. 7. £. 6. 6a (l.p.) (1857) (Java)
(larva on Mangifera, v.) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 675 (1867) (Silhet) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén.
Lép. Hét. i. p. 13. n. 1 (1875) (Java; Borneo ; Celebes ; Ceylon ; N. India) ; Butl., Trans.
Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 625 (1877) (Java ; Ceylon ; N. India; ‘belongs to Sphinginae”!!) ;
Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. liti. 2. p. 234. n. 7 (1884) (Cachar) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths
Ind i p. 34. n. 186 (1887) (Silhet; Nilgiris) ; Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p.165.n. 24 (1890)
(Rangoon) ; Hamps., //lustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B.M. viii. p. 2. n. 34 (1891) (Nilgiris) ;
Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 35. n. 139 (1892) (Burmah) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna
Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 76. n. 102. fig. 48 (2) (1892) (India; Ceylon; Burma ; Andamans ;
Jaya) ; Semp., Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 392. n. 24. t. D. f. 5 (1.) (1896) (Luzon, x. xi.); Dudg.,
Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 407. n. 102 (1898) (Sikhim ; Bhutan).

*Calymnia pavonica Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 596 (1877) (Pt. Blair, Andamans) ; Cot. &
Swinh., /.c. p. 35. n. 187 (1887) ; Piep., Tijdschr. Ent. xl. p. 98. t. 1. £. 20. 25 (born of 7.) (1897).

Amblypterus (!) panopus, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. ii. p. 13. t. 81. f. 1. 1a. b. ¢. (U. p. 7.) (1882) ; Rothsch.,
Noy. Zoot. i. p. 86 (1894) (=pavonicus ; “ Amboyna” err. loc.) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr.
x1. p. 366. n, 36 (1895) (Java).

Amplypterus pavonicus, Kirby, l.c. n, 2 (1892).

6%. The Indian specimens are on the whole somewhat darker on the forewing
than the Malayan ones, the antemedian lines of the same wing are more distinct
behind the cell, the black angulated submarginal line stands closer to the margin
at R*, and the last but one line of the hindwing is a little more dentate. These
differences are not constant. The first two lines of the hindwing, above, are often
all red and are sometimes not strongly marked.

¢. Highth sternite with a spatulate mesial process about 14 mm. long.
Tenth tergite long, narrow, slightly compressed, curved downward, finger-like,
not sharply pointed ; sternite produced into a mesial plate, which is a little longer
than broad, with the sides almost parallel, the apex sinuate, the lobes rounded.
Clasper very large, apex rounded, scales of outside short, excepting edges where
they are prolonged, a large ochraceous patch of small bidentate sulcate scales,
the patch rounded distally and dorsally, obliquely truncate-rounded basally ; harpe
represented by a small basal ridge which stands nearly at right angles to the
yentral edge of the clasper and leans distad. Highth tergite at each side with
4 belt of enlarged scales on the inner surface, the belt formed by several rows of
scales which are closely packed one upon the other, no scales mesially at apex
of segment. Penis-sheath with a small tooth ; from the mouth project two tongue-
like flaps which are beset with triangular projections bearing short bristles.

%. Highth tergite transverse, membranaceous at apex; edge irregularly
sinuose. Vaginal plate more or less membranaceous except the strongly rounded
distal edge.

Larva and chrysalis see above.

Hab. China, N.W. and N. India south- and eastwards to Ceylon, the Andamans,
Java, Borneo, the Philippines. Boisduval records it also from Celebes; this
requires confirmation.

In the Tring Museum 16 33,17 99 from: Sikhim; Bhutan; Khasia Hills ;
Burma; Tonkin ; Hongkong; Ceylon; Andamans; Penang, xii. (C. Curtis); Java ;
Labuan, Borneo, ix. (A. Everett).

( 190 )

XLIX. BATOCNEMA gen. nov.—Typus : cocquereli.
Ambulyx, Boisduval (non Walker, 1856), Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 191 (1875)

32. Tongue reaching basal fourth of abdomen. Palpus somewhat projecting,
visible from above, rather narrow, end-surface much smaller than in Protambulya and
allies, second segment longer than first. Antenna about 2 mm. shorter than R*
of forewing ; end-segment conical, about two and a half times as long as basally
high, with the scales forming a longer tuft. Abdominal sternites without spines.
Tibiae not spinose, rather shorter than the respective first tarsal segments ; fore-
tibia ending in a long thorn; spurs very unequal, two pairs to hindtibia, long
terminal one as in Compsogene about one-sixth shorter than the first tarsal segment ;
pulvillus and paronychium present, the latter with two slender lobes at each side,
Discal margins of wings entire ; apex of forewing truncate-sinuate between SC and
SGC; D® as long as, or longer than, D' ; D? of hindwing curved or angled, R? central
or below centre, D* longer than D*. Clasper and eighth tergite with friction-scales.

Larva not known.

Hab. Madagascar, Comoro Islands, and East Africa.

Two species.

Nearest to Compsogene.

Key to the species :

Forewing above with four costal olive patches,

the third at subcostal fork elongate, reaching

to R® . : : : : 2 ; . 153. B. cocquereli.
Forewing above with two costal olive patches,

the second and third being scarcely traceable 154. B. africanus.

158. Batocnema cocquereli.
*A mbulyx cocquereli Boisduval, lc. t. 4. f. 2 (1875) (Nossi-bé ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

3. The two subspecies of this peculiar insect differ in the shade of the
ground-colour, the shape of the wings, and the form of the tenth abdominal
sternite (d).

3. Eighth sternite mesially minutely sinuate, the edge of the segment being
mesially bent inward. Tenth tergite long, slender, strongly compressed, pointed,
curved ; sternite nearly as in Protambulyx sulphurea (P\. XXII. f. 4), angles rounded,
apex entire or sinuate. Clasper sole-shaped, apical edge strongly concave basally ;
patch of friction-scales longitudinal, elongate-halfmoon-shaped (Pl. LV III. f. 33), the
scales minute, bidentate ; harpe short, distally raised into an obliquely transverse
ridge (Pl. XXXI.f. 8). Penis-sheath similar to that of Amplypterus gannascus.

2. Not dissected.

Hab. Madagasear and Comoro Islands.

Two subspecies :

a. B. cocquereli cocquereli.

*Ambuly« cocquereli Boisduval, l.c.; Butl., Trans. Zool, Soc. Lond. ix. p. 630 (1877); Mab., Ann
Soe. Ent. France p. 296 (1879) (Nossi-bé ; S.W. Coast); Saalm., Lep, Mad. i. p. 124, n. 297.

t. 3. £. 39 (1884) (Nossi-bé ; S.W. Coast) ; Kirby. Cat. Lep. Het, i. p. 677. n. 46 (1892).
3%. Underside of wings and body maize yellow with a tint of sulphur ;
upperside of hindwing chrome yellow, pale parts of upperside of forewing, of head,

.
»

(191 )

thorax and abdomen, and the upperside of the tibiae and tarsi deep cream-colour.
Tenth abdominal sternite more or less sinnate.

Hab. Madagascar ; apparently all over the island in suitable districts.

In the Tring Museum 8 dd from: Antanosy country, 8. Mad. (Last); and
“ Madagascar.”

b. B. cocquereli comorana subsp. nov.

3d. Wings shorter and broader than in the Madagascar form, hinder angle of
forewing more obtuse. Pale parts of upperside of body buff, distinctly vinaceous,
the same colour before middle of forewings, the ground colour of the forewing buff
yellow; hindwing and underside orange, Large costal patch situated at basal
fourth smaller than in the preceding subspecies, the triangular costal band proximal
of fork more oblique and slightly curved, brown submarginal line less curved,
almost straight from SC° to M!. Tenth abdominal sternite not sinnate.

Hab. Great Comoro I.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd.

154. Batocnema africanus.

*Polyptychus africanus Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H.(7). iii. p. 179 (1899) (Lydenburg distr., Transvaal; —
coll. Distant) ; id., Zs. Transv. t. 3. f. 4 (1902).

6. Wings, upperside. Forewing: olive-green basal patch larger than in
cocquereli, no line beyond first costal patch, second costal patch at end of cell and
third at subcostal fork absent or vestigial, subapical patch larger than in cocquerel: ;
line from lower angle of cell backwards more oblique ; costal margin feebly concave
in proximal half, anal angle more produced distad than in the preceding.
Hindwing: a short and sharply defined olive band from anal angle to beyond M?,
no lines.

A specimen in the Berlin Museum from Ukami, Mandera, v.—viii. 1894
| (Stuhlmann), differs from Distant’s type in some details; it may represent a
northern subspecies, but as it has no abdomen and the thorax is rubbed, we abstain
from giving a description.
Not dissected.
| Early stages and ? not known.
Hab. Bast Africa: Transvaal ; German E. Africa.

L. AKBESIA gen. noy.—Typus: davidi.
Snerinthus, Oberthiir (non Latreille, 1802), Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 12 (1884).

3%. Tongue reaching beyond middle of abdomen, mesial fringe fused to form
a membrane, but the ciliae traceable. Palpus short, narrow, not produced beyond
frons, second segment not longer than first. Genal process projecting beyond tip
of pilifer. Antenna 2 or 3 mm. longer (¢), or 1 mm. shorter (?), than R3 of
forewing ; segments cylindrical in ?, not grooved, without prolonged ciliae,
antenna thickest beyond middle; in ¢ grooved, with long ciliac, ventral outline
of segments (side-view) straight ; distal segments very short in both sexes, end-
segment also very short, rounded in side-view, with a brush of long scales. Hye-
lashes short, but distinct. Head with transverse crest between antennae, Abdominal

( 192 )

tergites densely spinulose at the edges ; sternites with very few, long and weak,
spinules. Tibiae ot spinose ; foretibia ending in a long thorn, shorter than first
tarsal segment (thorn excluded), spur of foretibia long, nearly reaching end; mid-
and hindtibia longer than first tarsal segment; two pairs of spurs to hindtibia,
longer terminal spur about one-third the length of the first tarsal segment ;
pulvillus small, paronychium with two very short lobes at each side, the ventral
lobes merely vestigial. Distal margins of wings slightly scalloped; R? of hind-
wing central, D? somewhat angled, D‘ half the length of D’, SC? and R? on a stalk.
Frenulum and retinaculum present. Clasper and eighth sternite without organ of
friction ; eighth sternite simple (¢).

Larva and pupa not described.

Hab. Akbées, Syria.

One species.

155. Akbesia davidi.
*Smerinthus davidi Oberthiir, l.c. (Akbés ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; id., Zt, nt. ix. p. 29. t. 2.
f. 6 (1884).
Darapsa (?) davidi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 671, n. 9 (1892) (As. min.).

3%. The long series of specimens which we have seen did not exhibit much
individual variation. The hindwing is in some individuals paler yellow than
ordinarily. The nearest relatives of this fine Sphinx are the species of the genus
Batocnema from East Africa and Madagascar.

d. Tenth tergite long, narrowed to a finger-like process, which is pointed and
somewhat compressed; sternite produced into a broad mesial plate, which is broadly
sinuate, with the rounded lobes slightly projecting laterad, upperside of plate densely
beset with short setae at and near the edges (Pl. XXIII. f. 22). Clasper broadly
sole-shaped, apex rounded; harpe represented by a small subbasal, broadly
triangular ridge, which bears an obliquely vertical carina (Pl. XX XI. f. 9). Penis-
sheath without special armature, apical edge produced on one side, the lobe bent
inwards, fused with the membrane of the duct.

?. Highth tergite scaled, mesially grooved, lobes rounded (PI. XV. f. 18).
Vaginal plate also fecbly chitinised, distal margin evenly rounded, no special
armature (Pl. XV. f. 12).

Early stages not described.

Hab. Akbes, Syria.

Apparently not rare.

A very long series in coll. Charles Oberthiir.

In the Tring Museum 66 specimens.

LI. OXYAMBULYX gen. nov.—Typus: svdstrigilis.

Sphinx (Ambulyx), Westwood, Cab. Or, Ent, p. 61 (1848) (nom, indescr.).
Ambulyx Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 120 (1856) (partim ; type : strigilis).

3%. Differs from Protambulyx in the following characters: eud-segment of
autenna compressed, bottle-shaped or conical in side-view (Pl. LX. f. 5), variable
in length, but at least four times as long as the preceding one, which is longer than
high, two bristles at end and several others on the lateral and ventral surface,
dorsal surface of segment covered with appressed scaling. Head with a sharp

(aUS3)

interantennal crest. Spurs unequal, short ones more than half the length of the
long ones, longer apical one of hindtibia more than half the length of the first tarsal
segment. Apex of forewing acuminate, not excised; R® of hindwing in or below
centre of cell, D3 as long as, or longer than D*. Scales at lateral edge of eighth
tergite of d prolonged to a triangular crest.

Larva: head triangular; white oblique side-bands; horn lon¢.—Insufiiciently
known.

Chrysalis not sufficiently known ; the figures too vague.

Hab. Yndo-Anstralian Region, as far north as Japan, eastwards to the Solomon
Islands.

Sixteen species.

The head has a sharply defined transyerse band between the antennae. The
band on the thorax does not oceupy the whole of the distal two-thirds of the
mesothoracic tegula, the tip and sides remaining of the colour of the disc of
the thorax. The mid- and hindtibia bear a white basal spot as in Amplypterus.
The submarginal line of the forewing begins at the very tip of the wing: the line
in the apex of the cell is more or less oblique, often horizontal. The hindwing
has a band beyond cell and one or two dentate lines in outer half; the distal line
is often absent or vestigial. The patch of modified scales on the clasper is more
or less ovate.

The species fall into three groups: swbstrigélis-group (12 species), canescens-
group (one species), seméfervens-group (three species). The harpe is of a different
fype in the three groups. The species of the first group bear all a rather close
resemblance to each other, and are easily confounded. They required a closer
examination and more careful study than had hitherto been bestowed upon them.
The differences.in pattern, as pointed ont in the key here appended, are corroborated
by differences in structure in both sexes, so far as both sexes are known to us.
No notice has been taken of the great dissimilarity between the larvae of Uiturata
and substrigilis by those anthors who put the whole lot of species allied to sudstrigilis
together under one name. The statement made here and there that sdstrigilis is
very variable individually is based upon the assnmption that the different individuals
talled substrigilis belonged all to the same species, which assumption is quite
incorrect. In Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths there are six species mixed together under
substrigilis. They are not mere geographical forms, but species of the same country,
constantly differing in colour and structure. It was not carelessness which misled
Hampson to treat so many distinct species as synonymous, and misled also one of
the authors of the present paper to suggest that awripennis, serice’pennis, ete., were
subspecies or perhaps only aberrations of one species, but the reason underlying
those opinions was of quite a different kind. Butler, and also Moore, had described
as distinct in several instances either the sexes or geographical races (subspecies).
When this was noticed, reaction carried me (Rothschild) too far, and I united also
forms which are really distinct, because I found that the characters by which the
respective authors separated the species did not hold good. Though I was right in
this latter respect, I was wrong in assuming, with Hampson and others, that there
Were no constant differences, the actual distinguishing characters of the various
Species not having been known until we studied the insects for the purpose of the
present Revision.

Most of the species are confined to the Himalayas ; their range will doubtless
be fonnd to be less restricted than it appears to be at present, when the Sphingid

O

( i94 )

Fanna of Burma, China, and adjacent countries is better explored. 0. sudstrigilis
occurs from Ceylon and North India to Java and the Philippines, and is replaced
farther east by zéddei in New Guinea and Queensland, and a very peculiar
modification, named mee, on the Solomon Islands; no representative of the
substrigilis-group has as yet been found on the Moluccas, and swdbstrigilis itself is
the only one found of this group in the Malayan Subregion. 0. ochracea oceurs

from North India to Japan.

O. subocellata ranges from Ceylon and North India

to Jaya, Borneo and China, and is replaced farther east by semifervens on the
Moluccas, and by doherty: in New Guinea and the Solomons.

Key to the species :

A. Greenish olive band on thorax about 1 mm.

a.

b.

broad in middle, or indistinct, or absent;
subbasal spots of forewing encircled
with white.

Forewing above with three or two sub-
basal spots behind cell

Forewing above with one spot behind cells
the spot often incised .

No olive band on mesothorax

With olive band on mesothorax

B. Band of thorax broader ; three contiguous

postcellular subbasal spots on forewing
besides a spot 7 the cell; upperside
whitish grey

. Band of theres more ae 1 mm. wide in

c.

d,

middle ; one subbasal postcellular spot
on the forewing, or a broad subbasal
band.

A broad olive subbasal band on forewing

A single rounded postcellular spot .

Forewing with rounded subbasal costal
spot beyond the subbasal bar; eighth
tergite of d with or without a mesial
patch . :

Forewing without a aren bey iat the ie
or there is only a longitudinal dash ;
eighth tergite of d without a patch ;
or hindwing with blackish basal patch

Forewing with a small costal spot beyond
the bar, situated in a grey oval spot ;
grey median interspace sharply defined,
less than 3 mm, wide behind

. Basal area of hindwing brown; ante-

median and first discal lines of forewing
joiniug each other at SM?, the median
area therefore not extended to hinder
margin, both the costal and postcellular
basal spots very large.

168. O.canescens(P1.1X.f.5,¢).

171. O. dohertyi.
170. O. semifervens.
169. O. subocellata.

167. O. japonica.
d.

166. O. meehi (Pl. I. f. 2, 3).

158. O. bima (Pl. LX. f. 1, $).

( 195) )

Not so; abdomen without a trace of
the middle line (eighth tergite of 3
excepted) ; ground-colour yellow. 162. 0. ochracea(Pl. VIUL£.14,¢).
Not so; abdomen with a mesial line”. . be valle
J. Apical line of cell of forewing in the
direction of R*, black submarginal line
continued to hindmargin, here about
14 to 2 mm. from edge of wing ; no
patch on eighth tergite of 3 . 157. O. placida (PI. IX. f. 8, 3)
Apical line of cell about at right angles
to costa, forming an obvious angle
with the line R*; a patch upon eighth
tergite of d; black submarginal line

ending at or before angle of wing ; é Bees:
g. Brown submarginal line of underside of
forewing not marked . : : . 160. O. lahora.
Brown submarginal line of underside of
forewing marked : f : ei

h. Grey marginal area of underside a oe
wing narrowed to a point at M’, not
coutinued beyond this vein . . 159. O. maculifera (Pl. 1X. f. 4, 3).
Grey submarginal area continued beyond
M?’, broader at R? than cellule R?—R*
is wide at margin ‘ P . 161. O. schauffelbergeri.
Grey submarginal area eoaninaed beyond
M’, narrower at R? than cellule R? — R®

is wide at margin ; . 156. O. sericeipennis (Pl. IX. f. 2, 3).
?. Hindwing above with a blackish tawny

or black basal patch . : : has
| Hindwing above without a blackish any,
) or black basal patch . : 163. O. liturata (Pl. VIII. f. 10, 3).

Jj. Underside of body walnut brown (2); or
(d) grey marginal band of underside

of forewing only 1} mm. broad at R? . 165. O. wilded (PI. VIII.

1 Bahan ee

Underside of body varying from ochreous
to reddish cinnamon-rafous ; grey area
twice as wide as before, or basal patch

of hindwing quite black . 164. O.substrigilis(P1. VIIL.f.1, 2; 2,¢).

156. Oxyambulyx sericeipennis (Pl. IX. f. 2, 2).

*Ambuilye sericeipennis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 252. n. 34 (1875) (Massuri ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
id., Trans. Zool. Sor, Lond. ix, p. 580. u, 8 (1877); Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 23,
v, 122 (1887); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Hel. i. p. 675, n. 11 (1892).

Aubulye substrigilis, Hampson, in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 77. n. 103 (1892) (partim) ;
Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 408. n, 103 (1898) (partim).

6%. Similar to A. maculifera, much more grey, the outer margin of the
forewing proportionally longer, the snbmarginal line of the same wing extended

( 196 )

to internal margin both above and below. Abdomen of g with patch on eighth
tergite, a distinct mesial line in both sexes. Underside deep chrome.

3. The eighth sternite of the abdomen (PI. XXII. f. 27) slightly bisinuate, —
the mesial portion almost straight, not distinctly lobed, its edge incrassate internally,
haying, in a view from the apical side, the appearance of being turned dorsad. —
Harpe (PI. XX XI. f. 16) with a long finger-like distal process (pe), which points
ventrad ; the mesial ridge (em) consisting of two lamellae, irregularly dentate and
distally produced into a cone, the extreme end of which is turned ventrad. The —
penis-sheath (P]. XXX. f. 9) nearly shaped as in maculifera, but there is a row of
teeth dorsally, and also some irregular teeth ventrally ; from the sheath protrudes
a blunt, somewhat club-shaped “ loye-dagger.” The tenth sternite (PI. XXIII. f. 9)
is lobed mesially, the lobe is rather narrow, almost truncate. Process of penis-
sheath of type-specimen suddenly curved; normal in a second specimen from
N.W. India.

?. Vaginal plate similar to that of maculifera, but the mesial lobe longer and
broader.

Early stages not known.

Hab. North-West India to Tenasserim.

In the Tring Museum 7 33, 3 22 from: Randakeit, N.W. India (Mansfield):
Sikhim ; Khasia Hills; Jaintia Hills; Tandong, Tenasserim, 4000 ft., May
(Fruhstorfer). :

The Tenasserim individual is not well preserved ; it is much more pale yellow
than ordinary serice/pennis, and has scarcely a trace of lines on the forewing.

et Newitt

7. Oxyambulyx placida (Pl. IX. f. 3, d).

*Ambulyx placida Moore, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 390 (1888) (Solon ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Butl., tual
Typ. Specim. Lep. Het B. M. vii. p, 25. t. 121, f. 1 (1889) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. 675. n. 7

(1892).
Ambulyx substrigilis, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 77. 0. 103 (1892) (partim) :
Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe, xi. p. 408. n, 103 (1898) (partim ; Sikhim), ‘

3 ¢. A very pale species. Forewing similar to that of sericeipennis, but a.
discal line, which is the only distinet line, more distal, at R® about midway betwee
cell and the broad yellowish proximal border of the submarginal line ; line across
apex of cell in the same or nearly the same direction as the streak upon R* A
subbasal costal patch on forewing, Abdomen in ¢ with fine mesial line, no pateh
on eighth tergite ; in % without line. Underside of wings deep chrome (Ridgway,
Nomencel. Colours vi. 6).

There are apparently two subspecies :

. The pair from N.W. India in the British Museum is very pale grey ou the

ee the line across apex of cell forms an obtuse angle with the line upon

R®; the round subbasal spot behind cell is small ; the eighth sternite of the ¢ has
a truncate-sinuate mesial lobe of which the angles are not distinctly toothed.

b. The individuals from Sikhim have the subbasal round patch of the forewing,
behind cell, enlarged, the line across apex of cell more horizontal, and the angles of
the lobe of the eighth sternite produced.

3. Tenth sternite deeply sinuate, the two lobes rounded (Pl. XXIII. f. 8).
Highth sternite mesially with a lobe which is or is not toothed at the angles.
Harpe broad (Pl. XXXI. f. 18); distal process (pv) rather short, somewhat
concaye aboye, curved downward, obtusely pointed ; submesial process (pm) hollow,

197

formed by two lamellae being curved towards each other and together produced
distad, this process resembling that of japonica. Penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 12)
wider than in the allied species, ventrally chitinised to end, armed with a short
stont ventral hook and an obliquely trancate dorsal process which is irregularly
notched.

2. Vaginal area similar to that of Viturata.

Early stages not known.

Hab. N.W. India and North India.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd from: Sikhim, May (Pilcher), March—April
(Frubstorfer’.

58. Oxyambulyx bima spec. nov (PI. IX. t. 1, 3).

3d. Unknown.

2. Body as in % of O. maculifera, less grey above, dorsal line of abdomen
very distinct ; foretibia spinose at end.

Wings, upperside. Forewing: resembling in the grey tone O. sericeipennis,
bat more fawn-colour, outer area not so dark, wing broader, the hinder angle less
produced ; both subbasal patches very large, the costal one nearly 7 mm. long, the
proximal submedian line not marked, the distal one more distal than in the allied
species, the upper portion of the line rather heavy, at right angles to the costal
margin, running from the margin to the lower cell- one, then continued as a very
hin. line in a curve to vein M?, which it reaches 3 mm. from the discal line; the
latter begins as a cloud at the costal margin, is very thin between R! and internal
margin, consisting of faint lunules, the line crosses M? 13 mm. from the edge of
the wing, standing here a little nearer the cell than onter margin ; the following
lines indistinct, except oblique costal portions ; submarginal line as in sericeipennis.
—Hindwing : basal area up to median band heavily washed with mummy brown.

Recerside less mottled with blackish brown than in sericeipennis, the sub-
marginal blackish brown line of the forewing well marked, the grey scaling outside
it not reaching vein M’.

?. Vaginal plate rather strongly chitinised (Pl. XV. f. 5); orifice not
large, its anterior edge not much raised, simple; postvaginal part of plate large,
rounded. The two halves of the eighth tergite strongly rounded, the sinus rather
wide and deep.

Length of forewing: °,60mm.; breadth 25 mm.

The last antennal joint of the single known individual of this insect is much
fonger than in any other specimen of Oxyambulyx we have seen.

Hah. Bima, Sambawa, Feb. 1896 (W. Doherty).

One 2 in the Tring Museum.

159. Oxyambulyx maculifera (Pl. IX. f. 4, d).

*Anbulyc maculifera Walker, List. Lep. Ins, B. M. xxxy. p. 185 (1866) (Darjiling, 9 ;—Mus. Brit.);
Butl., Trane. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 680. n. 4 (1877) (Darjiling) ; id., Z//ustr. Typ. Specim. Lep.
Het. B. M. v. p. 10, t. 10. £. 3 wae bes & Swinh., Cat. Moths rid i. ps 22.:n. 119 (1887) ;
Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 25. n. 99 (1892); Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 676. n. 19
(1892),

*Ambulys consanguis Butler, Illustr. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p. 11. t. 80, £. 2 (1881) (Darjiling, ¢ ;—
Mus. Brit) ; Cot. & Serintis Ie. n. 120 (1887) ; Kirby, /.c. p. 675. n, 17 (1892)

( 198 )
Ambulyx substrigilis, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 77. n. 103. fig. 49 (9) (1892)
(partim) ; Rothsch., Nov. Zoou. i. p. 87 (1894); Dudg., Journ. Bombay N.H. Sov. xi. p. 408,
n. 102 (1898) (partim ; Sikhim). q
Ambulyec schauffelbergeri, Leech (non Brem. & Grey, 1852), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 280. n, 43
(1898) (partim). F
32. Recognisable by the presence of a large subbasal patch at the costal
margin of the forewing, the mesial line on the abdomen developing in the ¢ into
a patch upou the eighth sezmeut, the strong curvature of the submarginal line of
the forewing, this line reaching the edge of the wing at M’, and by the posterior
bars composing the discal line of the forewing being obviously arched. The forewing:
is ochraceous clay colour adove in the o ; nearly burnt umber brown, shaded with
grey, in the ¢. A few spines on the foretibia externally near the apex. Underside
of wings much shaded with tawny in the basal area, especially in the ?, abdomen
and wings, Jelow, much less yellow than in sericeipennis and placida.
3. The eighth abdominal sternite (Pl. XXII. f. 28) is mesially very slightly
sinnate, the sinus limited on each side by a small tooth. The penis-sheath
(Pl. XXX. f. 10) is dorsally gradually narrowed to a point; it is devoid of any
additional armature. The harpe (Pl. XXXI. f. 19) has @ very heavy, strongly
curved, submesial hook (pm), which is the distal prolonged part of a double
submesial ridge ; the ventral process (pv) is curved downwards, rather blunt, finger-
like. The tenth sternite is mesially lobed as in sericetpennis (P1. XXIII. f. 7).
?. Highth tergite deeply incised. Vaginal plate similar to that of ser iceipennis
and schauffelberger’, the mesial lobe narrower (PI. XV. f. 3).
Early stages not known.
Hab. North India: Sikhim ; probably more widely distebateat
In the Tring Museum 13 38, 6 2% from Sikhim, some July (Pilcher).

160. Oxyambulyx lahora.

*Ambulyx lahora Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 251. n, 35 (1875) (N.W. Himal. ;—Mus. Brit.);
id., Trans. Zool Soc, Lond. ix. p. 580, n. 9. t. 93. £. 9 (1877); Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. 1,

p. 23. n. 123 (1887); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 676, n. 21 (1892). {
Ambulyx semifirvens, Hampson (non Walker, 1856), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind. i. p. 78. a. 104
(1892) (partim).
S. Resembling maculifera, more reddish in tint. Abdomen with middle line,
which is dilated to a patch on the eighth tergite. Forewing above with la
subbasal costal patch, submarginal line vestigial, with grey border ; hindwing more
distinctly dentate, margin chee nen not black, few speckles. — Underside af bod

Tenth tergite (PI. bce: 30) with a apical surface more sla Ing
than in macubifera. Harpe iG eae oe f. 20) similar to that a sora nis

produced into a cone of euichh tie: tip curves ventrad ; distal process spoou-shapet
as in maculifera, liturata and substrigilis substrigilis, the process less broad that
in these insects. Penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 14) curving dorsad, with a dorsal
row of teeth, apex truncate ; a stronger chitinised ventral fold beanie three heavy
teeth, : - 4
? and early stages not known.
-Hab. N.W. India ; 1 6 in the British Museum (type).|

199 )

161. Oxyambulyx schauffelbergeri.

Ambulix schauffelbergeri Bremer & Grey, in Motsch., Et. Ent. i. p. 62. n. 17 (1852) (Pekin) ; id.,
Schm. N. China’s p. 12. n. 33 (1853); Menétr., Enum. Corp. Anim. Petr., Lep. p. 93. n. 1553
1857).

Beye 3 schauffelbergeri, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. MW. viii. p. 123. n. 5 (1856) (var. of substrigilis ?);
Buatl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 582. n. 20 (1877).

Ambulyx substrigilis var.? schauffelbergeri, Boisduval, Spec. Géu. Lép. Het. i. p. 188, n. 11 (1875)
(partim).

Ambulyx schauffclbergeri, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 585. n, 20 (1888) (partim) ; Kirby, Cut.
Lep. Het. i. p. 675. n, 16 (1892) ; Leech, Trans. Ent. Sor, Lond. p. 280. n. 45 (1898) (partim).

+Ambulyx trilineata Rothschild, Noy. Zoor. i. p, 88 (1894) (Kiushiu ;—Mus. Tring .

3%. Resembling in colour sericeipennis ; much smaller ; the submarginal line
of the forewing nearly as in maculifera ; both sexes without dorsal line on the
abdomen, but the ¢ has a dorsal patch on segment 8. The subbasal costal patch
of forewing is wider than the posterior patch. The discal line of the forewing
stands nearer the cell thai in ochracea, and the cellular portion of the distal
submedian line extends to the lower angle of the cell.

d. The eighth abdominal sternite is mesially rounded (PI. XXII. 29). The
harpe (Pl. XXXI. f. 15) resembles that of serice/pennis, but the distal process
(pe) is shorter, not curved ventrad, the cone pm of the submesial dental ridge is
not quite so high, acutely pointed, the tip turned ventrad. The penis-sheath
(Pl. XXX. f. 8) differs markedly from that of sericecpennis ; the dorsal process
is short and differently shaped, and is armed with a dense row of teeth extended
to the end of the process ; the ventral teeth, situated at the edge of a fold of the
membranaceous part of the penis, are larger; there are two very heavy ones,
preceded distally by a number of small ones ; the ridge, or fold, is turned dorsad
in the specimen from which the figure was taken ; this position is owing to the
duct protruding partly from the sheath. The tenth sternite agrees with that of
sericerpennis.

?. Vaginal plate with the ridge in front of the cavity mesially produced into
a long broad lobe, which is asymmetrically sinuate in the specimen dissected :
cavity large, its hinder wall mesially raised to a transversely carinate tubercle ;
distal edge of plate broadly rounded ; the plate agrees best with that of maculifera,
but the mesial lobe is much broader.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Japan ; North China.

In the Tring Museum 4 3d, 2? from: Shanghai; Hondo, Japan ; Kiushiu.

In 1894 I identified ochracea erroneously as schauffelbergeri, following Leech,
and described this as new (W. R.).

162. Oxyambulyx ochracea (P1. VIII. f. 14, d).

*Ambulyx ochracea Butler, Cist. Ent. iii. p. 113 (1885) (Japan ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep.
Het. i. p. 675. n. 5 (1892).

Anbuly« schauffelbergeri, Leech (non Bremer & Grey, 1852), Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 585. nu, 20
(1888) (partim ; Japan) ; Rothsch., Nov. Zoot. i. p. 86 (1894); Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc Lond.
p. 280. n. 43 (1898) (partim ; Japan).

Anbulyx substrigilis, Haapson (non Westwood, 1848), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 77.
pn. 103 (1892) (partim) ; Dudg., Jowrn. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 408. n. 102 (1898) (partim ;
Sikhim). d

3%. Both sexes are without a dorsal line on the abdomen, but the d has a
patch on the eighth tergite. The posterjor subbasal patch of the forewing is very

( 200°)

large, larger than the costal patch. The d is the most uniformly yellow species
of the Indo-Malayan Ovyambulyx ; the 2 is darker than the d. In both sexes the
distal submedian line crosses M at the base of M', the portion of the line within
the cell being less oblique than in maculifera, Sohaipellervert and others, not
extending tnd to the lower angle of the cell. é

3. The eighth sternite of the abdomen is not essentially different from that —
of A. schauffelbergert (Pl. XXII. f. 29). The harpe (PJ. XXXI. f. 14) has a blunt,
concave distal process (pv), the mesial ridge (cm) is short, and is produced into
a heavy tooth; the ridge connecting this tooth with the distal process (pz) is
irregularly dentate. The penis-sheath (P]. XXX. f. 7) bears no armature besides the
dorsal process, which, being obliquely truncate in a ventro-dorsal direction, is
sharply pointed. The tenth sternite (Pl. XXIII. f. 10) is very much broader
mesially than in serice/pennis pad schauffelbergeri, and has, as in these species,
no mesial sinus.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XV. f. +) with a high ridge before the cavity, the ridge
deeply sinuate, the sinus widened proximally, he cnc of the ridge thus formed
strougly rounded, projecting mesiad; postvaginal part of plate with the sides
oblique, shallowly sinuate, apex rounded,

Early stages not known.

Hab. Japan to North India.

In the Tring Museum 14 dd, 3 22 from: Japan; Sikhim.

163. Oxyambulyx liturata (PI. VII. f. 10, 3).

*Ambulyc liturata Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 250. n. 32 (1875) (hab. ? descr. of larva ;—Mus.
Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 580, n. 5. t. 1, f. 2 (1). 3 (p) (1877) ; Kirby, Zc. p. 676.
n. 20 (1892) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Met. Mus. Ox, i. p. 25 n. 98 (1892) (haec spec. ? !).
*Ambulyx rhodoptera Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 251. n. 33 (1875) (Darjiling ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
id., Trans. Zool. Sov. Lond, ix. p. 580. n. 6. t. 98. f.8 (9) (1877) (Darjiling) ; Cot. & Swinh.,
Cat. Moths Ind. i, p. 23. n. 121 (1887) ; Kirby, lc. p. 675. n. 12 (1892). : E

32%. Easily distinguished from maculifera by the absence of the round subbasal
costal patch, which is occasionally indicated in the present species by a longitudinal —
dash. Abdomen with mesial line which is vot dilated to a patch on the eighth
tergite of the d. From the continental forms of sdstrigilis, with which Liturata
is easily coufounded, it can be distinguished, apart from the different sexual
armature, by the base of the hindwing being less tawny and never black, and by
the submarginal line of the forewing being more proximal posteriorly. ‘ 4

Some of the 2? are as pale as the dd, while others are deeper in tint, and
have a more distinet violet-grey gloss on the forewing. : i

3. Eighth ‘abdominal sternite bisinuate, being rounded-conyex mesially
(Pl. XXIT f. 25), the edge of this lobe thickened internally, which gives the edge
the appearance of being bent internad. Tenth sternite similar to that of placida,
being more deeply sinuate than in svdstrigilis. Harpe (P]. XXXII. f. 1) with an
almost vertical submesial process (pv) at the distal end of the submesial ridge:
distal process pe very broad, spoon-shayed. Penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 11, ventral
view) with two dentate folds, which are unequal in length ; the strongly chitinise
dorsal part of the sheath prolonged into a short obtuse process. a

2. Vaginal plate (P]. XV. f. 7) with a very large vaginal cavity ; proximal part

sinuate, here less chitinised than laterally ; distal part of plate rounded, trans

( 201

versely multicariuate. Wighth tergite mesially membranaceous, the strongly
chitinous plate deeply incised.

Larva (fig. by Butler, /.c.): green, first three segments with white dorso-
lateral line, following segments with yellowish side-bands ending in white patches
which are bordered red in frout ; horn almost straight.

Chrysalis apparently without frontal tubercles.

Hab. North India: Sikhim ; Assam.

In the Tring Musenm 14 dd, 10 2% from: Sikhim, some in June and July ;
Silhet (Méwis ; loc. correct ?).

164. Oxyambulyx substrigilis (PJ. VIII. f. 1. 2, 3),
*Sphine (Ambulyx) substrigilis Westwood, Cab. Or, Ent. p. GL. t. 30. f. 2 (g) (1848) (Silhet ;—
Mus. Brit.)

3%. The species is easily distinguished from the other Czyambulyx by the
large black or tawny basal patch of the hindwing. It agrees in pattern best with
0. liturata, both species being devoid of the round subbasal costal spot on the
forewing so conspicuous in maculifera, ochracea, sericeipennis, ete. The dorsal
line of the abdomen is distinct; it is not dilated to a patch on the eighth tergite.
The apical line of the cell of the forewing is mostly so oblique as to form a direct
prolongation of the line R*°. The foretibia has spines at the end.

d. Tenth sternite (Pl. XXIII. f. 11) mesially sinuate, the sinus smaller than
in liturata, placida, ete. Wighth sternite mesially produced into a truncate lobe
(Pl. XXII. f. 27), of which the angles are somewhat pointed, each bearing, more-
over, internally a pointed tubercle or tooth, which is just visible in a ventral
view of the segment. Harpe varying strongly geographically, aud slightly also
individually ; it consists of a ventral aud a submesial ridge ; the ventral ridge is
either denticulated or entire; the upper ridge is produced into a long, tapering,
pointed, curved, somewhat twisted process pm, which stands nearly vertically upon
the plane of the clasper; the form of this process is not coustant either individually
or geographically ; both the ventral and submesial ridges unite distally to form
a distal ventral process, which is either pointed, gradually tapering to the end
(Pl. XXXII. f. 4. 5), or is broadly spoon-shaped (PI. XXXII. f. 2. 3). The penis-
sheath (P1, XXX. f. 3. 4.5) is ventrally membranaceous for several millimetres; along
this membranaceous part runs at each side a dentate fold; the dorsal side of the
sheath is heavily chitinised, aud is produced.into a subcyliudrieal and more or-less
pointed and bent process of geographically variable length, the process being longest
in Bornean individuals (we have not seen a ¢ from the Philippines) an shortest
in North Indian specimeus ; from the mouth of the sheath protrudes a spine-like
process situated upon the membrane of the duct (pashed out with the duct in
Pi; XXX. f. 4).

%. Vaginal plate (Pl. XV. f. 6) characterised by a heavy, irregularly notched
ridge in front of the orifice.

Larva (of O. substi. auripennis, figured by Moore, see below) greeu, a white
snbdorsal line from pronotum to horn, six yellowish oblique side-bands, a whitish
veutro-lateral line, interrapted ; horn stout. —Food-plant : Dipterocarpus.

Chrysalis also figured by Moore, cremaster prominent ; apparently no tubercles
on head.

Hab. North India to the Andamans, Philippines and Java.

Five subspecies,

( 202 )

The differences in the genital armature between the Indian and Malayan males
are so very marked, that one cannot fail noticing them when dissecting a specimen, —
Judging from these organs alone one might be induced to treat the specimens as
belonging to at least two species. On examining, however, a series from Borneo
and Java we find that the differences are less obvious in some specimens than in —
others, and we believe that the material from Malacca, Tenasserim and Burma will
show intergradations between the armature of the Indian and Ceylonese and the
Malayan males. For the present, the Indian and Ceylonese races stand quite apart
from the others. Their characters are partly very strange; for both subspecies
share the broadly spoon-shaped veutro-distal process of the harpe aud the more
proximal position of the (middle part of the) submarginal line of the forewing with
another species of North India (d/turata), a similarity in these compatriots which is
surely not mimetic resemblance.

a. O. substrigilis auripennis. -

*Ambulyx auripennis Moore, Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. p. 388 (1879) (Ceylon ;—Mus. Dublin) ; id., Zep
Ceylon ii. p. 11: t. 79. f. 1 (@). 1a (). 1b (p) (1882) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 24.
n. 128 (1887) (Ceylon) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. 1. p. 675. n. 10 (1892) (Ceylon).
Ambulyx substrigilis, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 77. n. 103 (1892) (earl
id., Ldlustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het, B. M. ix. p. 2. n. 29 (1893) (Kandy).

_ ¢. Body below deeper yellow than in- North Indian swdstrigilis. Markings
of wings less heavy ; submarginal black line of forewing vestigial above, absent
below ; long. scales of fringe of hindwing white. Process pm of harpe shorte
and:slenderer than in sudstr. substrigilis (P1. XXXII. f. 2); process of penis-sheath
stouter.

?. Not known. f

Early stages see above.

Hab. Ceylon.

Type in the Dublin Museum. A second ¢ in the British Mircernt

b. O. substrigilis substrigilis (Pl. VIII. f. 2, 3)
*Sphin (Ambulyzx) substrigilis Westwood, 1.c. (1848) (Silhet :—Mus. Brit.).
Ambulyx substrigilis, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 122. n. 3 (1856) (Silbet) ;- Moore, Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 793 (1865) (Bengal); id., l.c. p. 676 (1867) (partim ;=maculifera ex errore ! !);
Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 188. n. 11 (1875) (partim); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix
p. 579. n. 3 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 675. n. 15 (1892) ; Hamps. in Blanf., Fauna Brit.
Ind., Moths 1. p. 77. n. 103 (1892) (partim) ; Rothsch., Nov. Zoou. i. p. 87 (1894) (partiu) :
Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 408. n. 102 (1898) (partim).
Ambulyx philemon Boisduyal, Consid. Lép. Guatemala p. 68 (1870).
(?) Ambulyx substrigilis, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 344 (1878) (Taoo, 3500 ft.) ; Svaakey f. ans.
Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 164. n. 18 (1890) (Taoo). :

32. A small form; resembling O. liturata very much, as the basal rate ot
the hindwing is often pale tawny and not conspicuous. d more grey on the fore-
wing than in diturata and the Malayan forms of substrigilis. agreeing in this respect
better with sericeipennis. The basal patch of the hindwing less shar ply defined in
either sex, and generally less black than in the Malayan races, the submarginal line
more arched, farther away from the margins at R? both above and below,
line sharply marked and deep in tint below.

3. foe eee process of the harpe very broad, ee shorter than

( 203

(Pl. XXXII. f. 3); the submesial process more erect, and the ventral ridge
scarcely elevate, not denticulate. The apical process of the penis-sheath (PI. XXX.
f. 5) short, blunt at the end, curved ventrad, ¢.e. in the opposite direction than in
eteocles and pryeri.

Early stages not known.

Hab. North India: Sikhim ; Assam ; Andamans.

In the Tring Museum 5 3d, 4 2% from: Sikhim ; Assam ; Andamans.

c. O. substrigilis pryeri (Pl. VIII. f 1, 2).

Ambulyx pryeri Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). xx. p. 271 (1887) (N. Borneo) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het.

i. p. 676. n. 22 (1892).

3. Submarginal line of forewing less curved than in the Indian form; black
basal patch of hindwing very conspicuous.

3. Ventro-distal process of harpe (Pl. XXXII. f. 4) gradually narrowed to
the end: ventral ridge high, denticulated ; submesial process leaning distad and
ventrad. Process of penis-sheath very long (Pl. XXX. f. 3), varying somewhat
individually in length, but always longer than the sheath is broad.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Malacca; Sumatra; Borneo.

In the Tring Museum 8 dd, 3 2% from: Kina Balu, N. Borneo; Sarawak ;
Limbang R., Sarawak, June 1895 (A. Everett); Mt. Dalit, Sarawak (Hose) ;
Benkoelen, Sumatra (Hricsson) ; Perak (C. Curtis).

d. O. substrigilis eteocles.

*Ambulyx substrigilis var.? moorei Boisduyal (non Moore, 1857), Spec. Gay. Lép. Het. i. p. 189. sub
n. 11 (1875) (Java ;—coll, Charles Oberthiir).

Ambulyx moorei, Kirby, l.c. n. 24 (1892) (partim).

Ambulyx moorei?, Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. x\. p. 367. n. 38 (1895) (Sukabumi, Java, 2000 ft.).

Ambulyx eteocles id., L.c.

3%. There is very little difference in colour and pattern between this form and
pryeri. The 3 is recognisable by the sexual armature, and the ? by the deeper
chocolate-brown colour of the forewing.

3. Distal process of harpe (Pl. XXXII. f. 5) nearly as in pryeri, eurved a little
_ more veutrad ; submesial process more erect and the ventral ridge less high than
in pryeri. Process of penis-sheath (P]. XXX. f. 4) shorter than in pryer/, curved
dorsad, i.e. in the opposite direction to that in substrigilis.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Java.

In the Tring Museum 2 63,2 2? from Mount Gedé, 4000 ft., and Sukabumi,
2000 ft., received from Herr Fruhstorfer ; “ Java” (ex coll. Felder).

e. O. substrigilis staudingeri.
*Ambulyx staudingert Rothschild, Tris vii. p. 300. t. 7. £. 1 (2) (1895) (Mindanao ;—coll. ee
Semp., Schmett. Philipp. ii. p. 392. n. 25 (1896) (Luzon, 1 ?, April).
?. Submarginal line of forewing close to edge of wing from M! to angle, anal
area blackish ; bands of hindwing enlarged.
Hab. Philippine Islands: Luzon, Mindanao.
In goll, Staudinger and coll, Semper.

204 )

165. Oxyambulyx wildei (PI. VIII. f. 3, d;f. 4, 2).
Ambulyx wildei Miskin, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii. p. 20. n. 35 (1891) (Cairns).

Miskin’s description, though long, is not precise enough to recognise his inseet
with certainty. No Queensland specimens have come to our notice; but we have
of the type a photograph kindly sent to us by Mr. De Vis, the curator of the
Brisbane Museum. Similar to small specimens of sudstrigilis. Foretibia with
a few spines.

3. As pale as Indian sudstrigilis, the submarginal line of the forewing nearer
the margiu above aud below, distinct ; the marginal area between this line and the
fringe brown on the upperside, grey below, only 14 mm. wide at R?® and not

extending below M!.——Highth sternite mesially lobed as in substriydlis, the angles
of the lobe not acuminate, ot tuberculiform internally. Tenth sternite sinuate

mesially, the sinus deeper than in sudstrigilis and the sides of the plate more
slanting. Harpe (Pl. XX XI. f. 21) resembling that of sericeipennis in the develop-
ment of the mesial ridge, which consists of two lamellae which join each other
distally, where they are raised into a short obtuse process which points obliquely
basad ; a distinctly raised ventral ridge as in swbstrigélis, low, extending to the end
of the harpe, forming a kind of crest upon the otherwise flat, spoon-shaped, distal
process. Penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 6) resembling that of svdstr. substrigilis; a

dentate fold at each side, the left saw-blade extending beyond the opening of the

sheath reaching the end of the somewhat club-shaped apical process.

?. Much deeper brown than the d, even deeper in tint than the deepest-
coloured sustrigilis ; tip of abdomen (long scales of eighth tergites) seal-brown, as
dark as the band of the thorax; palpus, tibiae and tarsi also deep brown. Lines
across forewing conspicuous, submarginal line heavy ou the upperside ; basal patch
of hindwing brownish black, bands heavy. Underside of wings burnt umber-brown,
almost walout-brown, especially distally, heavily marked with blackish brown, the
disc paler here and there; the grey marginal area of the forewing rather broader
than in ¢, the submarginal line bordering it not distinct; basal half of hindwing
shaded over with drab. Highth tergite not deeply incised. Vaginal plate broadly
rounded distally ; the orifice proximal, its proximal edge not prominent.

Length of forewing: ¢, 48 mm.: ?, 97 mm.

Early stages not known.

Hab. (acensland.and New Guinea.. : nh

In the Tring Musenm 1 ¢ and 1 from Milne Bay, British N. Guinea
(A. 8. Meek).

Apparently a Papuan representative of swdstrigilis, with the structure of the
sexual organs partly as in sericeipennis. A o inthe Museum at Budapest from
Stephansort, German N. Guinea, has the subbasal spot of the forewing very large,
and there is a rather large costal spot distally of the subbasal costal bar.

166. Oxyambulyx meeki spec. nov. (PI. I. f. 2, d).

3%. Allied to UO. welder. Foretibia with some spines near end. Abdomen
with dorsal line, no patch on eighth tergite of ¢. Wings above: Forewing in d
grey as in serzceipennis, darker in ? ; an oval longitudinal costal subbasal spot,
vestigial in ? ; interspace between the two antemedian lines olivaceous, band-like,
the band almost evenly curved ; grey discal interspace strongly narrowing behind ;

a

( 205 )

interspaces between the discal lines also filled up with olive ; submarginal line
not distinct beyond M!, more strongly curved than in 2//dei; distal margin less
oblique, convex behind middle, hinder margin rather longer than in the allied
species, coming near sudocellata in wiug-form. Hindwing shaded with brown
and grey, with few speckles ; apex strongly rounded.

Underside olivaceons tawny, much shaded with brown; grey marginal area
of forewing not extending beyond M?.

3. Highth sternite with a small rounded mesial lobe. Tenth sternite sinuate.
Harpe with a pointed curved snbmesial process and a broad spatulate distal one.
Penis-sheath ending in a short process as in O. swdstr. substrigilis, 1 dentate fold
at each side as in that species.

?. Ridge in front of vaginal cavity shallowly bisinnate, thin but strongly
chitinised, nearly smooth; postvaginal part of plate smooth, trancate, mesially
somewhat raised.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Isabel, Solomon Islands, 4. vi. to 9. vii. 1901 (A. S. Meek & Hichhorn),
1 Sand 1 ? in the Tring Museum.

Easily distinguished from all the other species by the conspicuons olive
antemedian and discal bands of the forewing. The species shares the short grey
marginal area on the forewing below with O. doherty: salomonis.

167. Oxyambulyx japonica.

*Ambulye japonica Rothschild, Nov. Zoot. i. p. 87 (1894) (Kiushiu ;—Mus. Tring) ; id., lc. ii. t. 9,
f. 6 (1895); Alph., in Rom., Wém. Lép. ix. p. 166 (1897) (Corea, 1 2); Leech, Trans. Ent. Sov.
Lond. p. 280. n. 44 (1898) (possibly a form of schauffelbergeri ! !).

&. The broad subbasal band distinguishes this species very markedly. Hind-
tibia as long as, and long terminal spur two-thirds the length of, the first tarsal
segment ; foretibia without spines.

?. Darker than ¢, more strongly marked ; not examined by us.

3. Highth abdominal sternite provided with two tubercles 7vfernally near the
middle of the apical edge, the tubercles a little higher and farther apart than in
subocellata. The harpe (Pl. XXXI, f. 17) has two processes; the ventral one is
triangular, pointed (pr), the other consists of two lamelliform ridges, the upper
edges of which are so bent towards cach other that a (hollow) cylinder is formed,
which is produced distad, the harpe much resembling that of placida (Pl. XXXI.
f. 18). The penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 13) is somewhat bent, its apical edge
has developed into a short hook (#), which is strongly chitinised and is armed
with a tooth beneath, and a stout, notched, or dentate process opposite the hook ;
there is most likely also an armature inside the sheath, but we have not seen it
in the only specimen dissected. The tenth sternite is less deeply sinuate than
in placida. ;

Early stages not known.

Hah, WKiushiu : Corea.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd from Kiushin.

168. Oxyambulyx canescens (PI. IX. f. 5, 3).

*Ambulye canescens Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxi. p. 38 (1864) (Cambodia ;—Mus. Oxford) ;
Butl., Zrans, Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 581. n. 13 (1877) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ov. i. p 24,
n. 92 (1892) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 676. n. 32 (1892).

( 206 )

*Ambulyx argentata Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. xix. p. 17 (1882) (Cochinchina ;—coll. Druce); Waterh.,
Aid Ident. Ins. ii. t. 136, £. 2 (1883) ; Kirby, /.c. i. p. 675. n. 14 (1892).

32. Foretibia armed with some spines at and near the end. Hindtibia a little
longer (in ¢d } mm., in 2? 1} mm.) than, long terminal spur barely two-thirds the
length of, the first tarsal segment.

$. The eighth abdominal sternite is deeply sinuate mesially, the edge of the
segment is very oblique, each side very slightly and almost evenly convex from
the most dorsal point to the bottom-of the sinus. The harpe is the most peculiar
in the genus (Pl. XXXI.f. 13), it being connected with the body of the clasper only
at the base, as shown in the figure, which represents the clasper and harpe in a
ventral view ; the harpe is a very long, slightly twisted process, of which the
apical third is rather snddenly narrowed and gently bent dorsad ; the two harpes
lying across each other, as shown in the figure. The penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 21)
is armed apically with a process which is concave ventrally and armed with some
teeth at the ventral edge; the process is apparently movable, being joined to the
penis-sheath ; ventrally there is another armature consisting of an elongate, oblique
patch of teeth a little before the distal edge of the sheath. The tenth tergite (the
supra-anal hook) is very different from that of the other Ocyambulyx, where it is
uniform in strneture. In canescens the tenth tergite is longer than elsewhere in
the genus, broad, mesially incised at the end (Pl. XXIII. f. 20), and the lateral
edges are turned yentrad a little, the upper surface of the tergite being somewhat
convex. In a lateral view (Pl. XXIII. f. 19) the tenth tergite is slightly eurved
ventrad. The tenth sternite (PJ. XXIII. f. 20) is in a ventral view triangular,
sharply pointed ; in a lateral view (Pl. XXIII. f. 19) it resembles somewhat the
blade of a knife, the mesial line of the sternite being raised into a thin but
comparatively high carina, which is minutely denticulate. The membrane just
above the anus (Pl. XXIII. f. 19. 20) is more strongly chitinised forming a short,
smooth, brown bar.

?. Highth tergite (Pl. XV. f. 9) long, truncate, zof sinuate. Vaginal plate
(Pl. XV. f. 8) with a sinuate anteyaginal ridge; at each side of the orifice there
is a pointed curved process which has a rather close resemblance to the armature
of Polyptychus pygarga; postvaginal part of plate small, transversely folded.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Andamans; Penang ; Cochinchina ; Cambodia ; Borneo.

In the Tring Museum 4 6 d,1 2 from: Borneo; Penang (C. Curtis); Andamans,

The specimen from the Saunders collection in the Hope Musenm at Oxford
came from Laos ; Walker said Cambodia.

169. Oxyambulyx subocellata.

Ambulyx substrigilis, Moore (non Westwood, 1848), in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. B. I. Ci.
p- 266. n. 612 (18:7) (Java ; Canara).

*Ambulyx subocellata Felder, Reise Novara, Lep, t. 76. f. 3 (¢ ) (1874) (Java ;—Mus. Tring) ; Boisd.,
Spec. Gén. Lép, Het. i, p. 189. n, 12 (1875) (Cochinchina) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 677. n. 44
(1892).

* Ambuly moore’ Moore, l.c, sub n, 612 (1857) (=substrigilis) ; Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 10.
n. 20 (1875) (Java ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Kirby, lc. p. 676. n. 24 (1892) (partim).

*Ambulyx turbata Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lend, p. 252. n. 56 (1875) (Darjiling ; Canara ;—Mus.
Brit.) ; Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii p. 11, t. 80. f. 1 (3) (1882) (Ceylon) ; Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soc.
Lond. 289, n. 22 (1885) (Belgaum) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i, p. 23. n. 124 (1887),
(Sikhim ; Belgaum) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Owr.i p. 25. n. 100 (1892) (partim ; Upp. India),

*Ambulyx thwaitesi Moore, lc. ii. p. 11. t. 80. f. 2 (g). 2a (). 2b (p) (1882) (Ceylon ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
Cot. & Swinh., 7c. p. 24. n. 129 (1887) ; Swinh., /.c. p. 25, n. 96 (1892) (China).

( 207 )

Ambulye semifervens, Hampson (vox Walker, 1856), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 78.
n. 104 (1892) (partim) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 408. n. 103 (1898) (“not seen”).

Ambulyx turbata Butl. var, nubila Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. x\. p. 366. n. 37 (1895) (W. Java,
2000 ft.).

3%. On comparing the types of sudocellata, turbata, thwaitesi and Butler’s
moorei (not the same as Boisduval’s moore’, which has priority) we find that they
belong to one species. The Malayan individuals which we have seen do not seem to
present any constant character by which they could be distinguished from the Indo-
Ceylonese ones. There is considerable individnal variation in the markings both on
the fore- and hindwing. The blackish olive stripe across the mesothoracic tegula
is apparently never quite absent. Foretibia with a few spines at and near apex
exteriorly ; hindtibia 1 to 2 mm. longer than, long apical spur three-fifths the length
of, the first tarsal segment.

3. Highth abdominal sternite with an obtuse mesial lobe which is very faintly
sinnate ; the edge of the lobe internally incrassate to two tubercles which stand
closely together, not being visible in a ventral view (Pl. XXII. f. 23). Harpe
(Pl. XXXI. f. 10) extending basally from the ventral to the dorsal edge of the clasper,
this ventro-dorsal ridge low, produced at end into a long pointed process which evenly
curves ventrad ; there is generally a tooth at the base of this hook; ventral part of
harpe produced distad into an irregularly spatulate process, of which the upper edge
is dilated into a large triangular tooth. Penis-sheath without external armature ;
duct with a ribbon-like organ which is densely beset with minute, sharply pointed,
teeth (P]. XXX. f. 1). Tenth sternite (PI. XXIII. f. 13) separated into two lobes
which are somewhat widened at end and incline towards each other.

?. Highth tergite mesially less chitinised than at sides, but not membranaceous,
shallowly sinuate. Vaginal cavity (P]. XV. f. 1) large, the ridge before it irregularly
folded, mesially sinuate, continued laterad to the base of the tergite, lateral part
higher, hollow at its ventral end, forming a kind of roof over the end of the lower
ventral ridge.

Larva (fig. by Moore, /.c.) more slender than in O, sudbstrigilis, horn long; a
white dorso-lateral line from pronotum to horn, seven white oblique side-bands,
aseries of red dorso- and ventro-lateral patches, besides some lateral dots on the
first segments, dorsal part of larva green between the white dorso-lateral lines, rest
more whitish ; edges of anal segment yellow.

Pupa (fig. by Moore, /c.) insufficiently known, slenderer than in swdstrigilis.

Hab. Ceylon, N. India, China to Java and Borneo.

In the Tring Museum 18 dd, 10 2? from: Ceylon; Sikhim (August) ;
Khasia Hills (October); Andamans; Penang, May (C. Curtis); Benkoelen,
W. Sumatra (Ericsson) ; Java.

170. Oxyambulyx semifervens.

*Basiana semifervens Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, xxxi. p. 38 (1864) (Ternate ;—Mus. Oxford) ;
Butl., Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 596. n. 6 (1877); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 702. n. 4 (1892)

Ambulyx substrigilis, Pagenstecher (von Westwood, 1848), Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xli. p. 105. n. 197
(1888) (Amboina).

Ambulye semifervens, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep Het Mus. Ow. i. p. 25. n. 95 (1892) (Ternate, type).

*Ambulye amboynensis Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 87 (1894) (Amboyna ;—Mus. Tring).

3%. Wings broader than in subocellata and dohertyi ; distal margin of forewing
more convex, no subbasal spot before (SM') ; anal angle of hindwing less produced ;

( 208 )

whitish marginal area of forewing below much broader. Mesothoracie tegula
withont greenish olive-brown stripe. oretibia with very few spines.

do. Kighth abdominal sternite mesially produced into a lobe which is bent
dorsad and is shallowly sinnate, with the angles ronnded (PI. XXII. f. 22).
Harpe (PI. XXXI. f. 11) consisting ofa distally raised ventral ridge and an oblique
yentro-dorsal one, which ridges join distally; the dorsal hook of subocellata is absent.
Penis-sheath as in szdocel/ata. ‘Tenth sternite differing in the two lobes not being
so far apart and having a triangular shape (PI. XXIII. f. 14).

Barly stages not known.

/Iah. Moluccas: Ternate ; Amboina.

In the Tring Musenm 3 3d from: Amboina.

The type of semifervens differs from our Amboina specimens in the forewing
having a black spot on the dise hetween M’ and M’, in the diseal line of the hind-
wing being a little more distinctly donble behind, in the underside being deeper
tawny in the submarginal region of the forewing and in the marginal area of the
hindwing, and in the tenth tergite being broader vertically at apex. Possibly
there is a northern and a southern subspecies (semis. semiferrens and semif.
amboynensis), as is mostly the case in the Lepidoptera of the Molneeas.

Subocellata, semifercens and doherty’ apparently replace each other. It must
he left to farther researches based upon a larger material from more localities of the
Papuan Subregion, to decide whether we have to do with three specifically distinct
insects, or with two (one Indo-Malayan, the other Papnan), or only with one.

171. Oxyambulyx dohertyi.

Ambulye turbata, Swinhoe (xox Butler, 1875), Cat. Lep. Het. Or. i. p. 25. n. 100 (1892) (partim),
*Ambulyx dohertyi Rothschild, Noy. Zoor. i. p. 87 (1894) (Humboldt Bay, Dutch N. G. ;—Maus.

Tring) ; id., lc. ii. t. 9. f. 5 (1899).
*Ambulyx annulifera Swinhoe, 1c, (1892) (N. Guinea ; nom, nud. ;—Mus. Ox., haec spec. teste Jordan,
1902)

3%. Anterior tibia without spines; long terminal spur of hindtibia only
one-fifth shorter than the first tarsal segment. Forewing with one subbasal
postcellular spot, which is often constricted at SM’, sometimes quite circular ; apex
as prominent as in svbocellata, hinder margin longer and distal margin accordingly
shorter than in the Indo-Malayan species. D! of hindwing shorter than D*.

S. Highth sternite xof lobed mesially, but sharply sinnate (Pl. XXIL. f 24).
Tenth sternite (Pl. XXIII. f. 15) less deeply divided than in swocellata and

semifervens, the lobes closer together, either triangular or broadly rounded-traneate.

Patch of friction-seales of clasper smaller than in swbocellata, the scales larger,
harpe (Pl. XXXI. f. 12) similar to that of semé/ervens, shorter. Penis-sheath
produced into an irregularly spoon-shaped process (PI. XXX. f. 2), which is
dentienlate at the edge; the armature within the sheath similar to that of
subocellata and semifervens, but the teeth longer and fewer in number.

?. Eighth tergite less minute than in swdbocellata. Vaginal plate with the
edges of the vaginal cavity quite simple (Pl. XY. f. 2).

Early stages not known.

Hab. New Guinea and neighbouring islands ; Solomon Islands.

Two subspecies :

a. O. dohertyi doherty?

*Ambuly« dohertyi Rothschild, lc. ;

3%. Greenish olive stripe across the mesothoracie tegnla sharply defined,

pa - sail

( 209 )

broader than in swbocellata, continued on to the metanotum, where the stripe is
broad. Anal angle of hindwing strongly produced. Grey marginal area of forewing
below reaching to M?! or M?.

3. Tenth sternite with triangular lobes which are divergent (Pl. XXIII. f. 15) ;
apex of harpe obtuse.

2. See above.

Hab. New Guinea.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 1 ? from: Humboldt Bay, Dutch N. G., Sep-
tember, October (W. Doherty); Dorey, June (W. Doherty); Kapaur, February
(W. Doherty) ; Mt. Alexander to Mt. Nisbet, British N. G. (Anthony): Fergusson
Island, December (Meek) ; Sudest, April (Meek).

The individual from Sudest is more greyish on the forewing than the others.

b. O. dohertyi salomonis subsp. nov.

3. Meso-metanotum without greenish olive stripe, but with some white hair-
seales indicating the edges of the stripe; snbmarginal line of forewing less regularly
curved than in the New Guinea form, slightly undolate beyond R?; white marginal
area of underside beginning at SC* and stopping a little beyond R*. Lobes of tenth
tergite broad, close together; harpe more acutely triangular distally than in dof.
dohertyi.

— &, Not known.
_ Hab. Guadaleanar, Solomon Is., April 1901 (A. 8. Meek), 1 ¢ in the Tring
Museum.

LIT. RHADINOPASA.—Typus: hornimani.
Basiana, Druce (non Walker, 1856), Ent. Mo. Mag. xvi. p. 268 (1880).
Rhadinopasa Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xvii. p. 14 (1891) (type : hornimani—uder).
Rhadinopsis (!), Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 674 (1892),

3%. Tongne short and weak. A tuft of long hair-scales behind eye. Palpus
long, but not projecting ; second segment more than three times as long as broad,
compressed, joint not open. Antenna slender, sub-andromorphic in 2 ; end-segment
short, penultimate one higher than long. Abdominal tergites densely spinose all
over, apical spines more tawny, stronger chitinised. Tibiae sof spinose ; spurs
very nnequal, two pairs to hindtibia, long terminal spur about one-third the length
of the first tarsal segment; tarsi very slender and long, hindtarsns half as long
again as the cell of the hindwing measnred along SC, first segment as long as
the tibia, longer than the four others together, terminal segment rather shorter
than the fonrth. Distal margins of wings entire; apex of forewing truncate ;
1 of hindwing curved, not longer than D*, lower angle of cell not very acute,
costal margin convex, apex obtusely pointed. Clasper and eighth tergite without
friction-scales.

Larva spinose (see below), with round head and short horn.

Pupa glossy, abdominal tergites punctured, densely so at the bases, sternites
more smooth; eremaster short, obtuse, without tubercles or points; tongne-case
much shorter than cases of forelegs.

nah. West Africa.

One species.

Masily distingnishedefrom Clanis aud Polyptychus by the non-spinose tibiae
and the truncate apex of forewing,

( aio )

172. Rhadinopasa hornimani.

*Basiana hornimani Druce, /.c. (1880) (Cameroons ;—coll. Druce).
Basiana hornimanni (!), Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 66. n. 23. t. 3. £.5 (9). 6 (p.) (1889).
*Rhadinopasa udei Karsch, l.c. p. 15. t 1. £. 4( 2) (1891) (9, Cameroons; 9, Ashanti ;—Mus. Berlin),
Rhadinopasa hornimani, id., l.c. p. 296. n. 11 (1891) (=udei) ; Auriv., Ent. Tidskr, xiii. p. 182. n, 230
(1891) (¢, Cameroons).
Rhadinopsis (!) hornimani, Kirby, /.c.
32. Variable in size. Femora with a small tuft of black hairs near the tip.
3. Tenth tergite broad, curved, flat, suddenly narrowed to a hook (Pl. XXIII.
f. 21); sternite a low, trapezoidal, sinuate ridge. Clasper elongate, gradually
narrowed to end (Pl. XXXII. f. 6); a dorso-basal process beset with setiferous
tubercles as in Clans ; harpe represented by a curved, longitudinal, multi-denticulate
ridge, reminding one of that found in Clanis undulosa. Penis-sheath without:
armature, as in Clan/s and some species of Polyptychus.
2. Not dissected.
Larva: Dr. W. J. Ansorge reared a specimen of this species from the cater-
pillar, and preserved, very fortunately, the last skin of the caterpillar as well as
the shell of the chrysalis. The head, pronotum, legs and anal segment have
apparently been red; head large, round, granulose, the granules higher and more
dispersed laterally ; thoracic and abdominal segments with many spikes, which are
about 2 mm. long, regularly conical, smooth, pale, with dark tips, those on the
penultimate segment nearly entirely black, anal segment with three spines above
and two approximate ones at the apex. Pupated July 4th ; imago, September 7th.
Pupa glossy; head rounded; sheath of tongue elongate-triangnlar, acute,
ending 4 mm. short of tip of sheath -of foreleg; mesonotum transversely rugose ;
metanotum narrowest in middle, the anterior margin being somewhat concave 4
abdominal tergites densely and deeply punctured in front, the punctures becoming
smaller and searcer behind, the sides smooth near the stigmata of segments | to 4,
scarcely with any punctures; segments 5 to 7 transversely multicarinate at the
bases before the stigmata, the carinae low but sharp, the interspaces concave,
punctures all round the stigmata; eighth segment more smooth, not densely
punctnred at the base above, not carinate in front of the stigmata ; punctures of
sternites not so dense and deep as above, the punctured area more restricted.
Tlab, West Africa: Ashanti country to Cameroons, doubtless more widely
distributed. In several collections. :
In the Tring Museum 2 ¢¢ from: Bipindi, Cameroons (Zenker); Akri Ugidi,
Lower Niger (Dr. Ansorge). 4

LIU. METAMIMAS.—Typus : australasiae.

Sphine, eiovan (von Linné, 1758), Ins. N. Holl. t. 33 (1805). -

Acherontia, Boisduval (nox Laspeyres; 1809), 7 Toy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 181 (1882).

Coequosa Walker, List Lep. Ins. BM. viii. p. 256 (1856) (partim ; type: triangularis).
Brachyglossa Boisduyal (non id , 1829), Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 10 (1875).

Metamimas Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p, 582 (1877) (partim ; type: australasiae).

3%. Tongue rather stout, but barely reaching end of forecoxa. Palpus slender
not much larger in d than in ?, narrow in ventral view, being compressed, pro
jecting, pointed. Antenna slender, distal segments higher then long, end-segment

(211 )

short, conical; 3: segmenis compressed, rectangular in side-view; ¢: almost
cylindrical, basal seriated ciliae rudimentary. Abdomen with spinules only at the
edges of the tergites. Tibiae zot spinose; spurs short, ¢wo pairs to hindtibia ;
pulvillus and paronychium present, the latter with two long thin lobes at each
side; tarsi heavily scaled. Distal margins of wings entire, apex of forewing
truneate ; SC? and R! of hindwing on a rather long stalk, D? very obliqne, more
or less curved, longer than D*.

Early stages not known to us.

Hab. Bastern parts of Australia.
One species.
173. Metamimas australasiae.

Sphine australasiae Donovan, /.c. t. 35. £. 1 (2) (1805).
Acherontia australasiae, Boisduval, Voy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 181. n. 2 (1832) (Austral.).
Coequosa australasiae, Walker, /.c. viii. p. 257. n. 2 (1856) (N.S.W.); Misk., Proc. Roy. Sor. Queensld:

vill. p. 22. n, 36 (1891) (Neweastle ; Brisbane)
Brachyglossa australasiae, Boisduval, Spec. Gén, Lép. Het. i. p. 10, n. 2 (1875) (g@: larva on Banksia).
*Brachyglossa banksiae id., 1c. p. 11. n. 3. t. 3. f. 1 (1875).
Metamimas australasiae, Butler, lc. ix. p. 582. n. 1 (1877): Kirby, Trans. Ent. Sor. Lond. p. 237

(1877) ; id., Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 701 n. 1 (1892).
Metamimas banksiae, Butler, /.c. p. 628 (1877).

3%. Basal area of forewing of ¢ more or less pale grey, while the wing of
the ? is uniform in ground-colour.

d. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXIII. f. 23) longitudinally impressed above, strongly
chitinised, narrowed to a curved hook, distal portion carinate beneath, transsection
prismatical, tip pointed; sternite a rather low, strongly chitinised ridge, which is
somewhat bent upwards, faintly emarginate, minutely notched or granulose at the
edge, with the sides rounded. Clasper large, rounded at apex, without patch of
frietion-scales, scales at and near dorsal edge very long ; harpe with two processes,
both ventral, pointing obliquely upwards, one proximal of the other, subbasal, the
npper edge of the more distal one continued dorso-basad as a low ridge (PI. XXXI.
f, 23). Penis-sheath z/thout armature.

%. Eighth tergite transverse, rounded-truncate, angles strongly rounded.
Vaginal plate (Pl. XVI. f. 2) large, strongly chitinised, distal margin rounded,
edge membranaceous ; orifice postmedian (v), situated at the end of a prominent
mesial carina ; sides deeply concave.

Hab. Australia, eastern part.

. Inthe Tring Musenm 8 63,18 ? 2 from N.S. Wales and South Queensland.

LIV. COEQUOSA.—Typus : triangularis.
Sphine, Donovan (von Linné, 1758), Ins. N. Holl. t. 33 (1805).
Acherontia, Boisduval (non Laspeyres, 1809), Voy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 181 (1832).
Brachyglossa id. (non id., 1829), Spée. Gén. Lép. t. 12 B (1836).
Coequosa Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 257 (1856) (partim; type: triangularis).
Caequosa (!), Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 597 (1877).

3%. Differs from Metamimas in the hindtibia having only one pair of spurs,
in the retinaculum being absent and the frenulum vestigial, in the more rounded,
not distinctly truncate, apéx of the forewing, and in the less oblique upper cross-
vein of the hindwing.

( 212 )

Larva granulose-spinose ; head triangular, no horn; seven oblique side-bands,
anal segment with a round, black, white-pnpilled tubercle at each side.— Food-plant :
Banksia, Persoonia.

Hab. Eastern parts of Australia.

One species.

Walker made a mistake in attributing four hindtibial spurs to both australasiae
and triangularis.

174. Coequosa triangularis,

Sphinz triangularis Donovan, 1c, t. 33. f. 2 (1805).

Sphinx caslaneus Perry, Arcana i. (1811).

Acherontia triangularis, Boisduval, Voy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 181. n. 1 (1832) ; Feisth., Voy. Favorite
p. 18 (1839).

Brachyglossa triangulavis, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. t. 12 2. f. 2 (2) (1836); Blanch., Hist. Nat.
Ing. iii. p. 480 (1841); Boisd., Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 9. n. 1 (1875).

Coequosa triangularis Walker, /.c. viii. p. 257. n. 1 (1856) (Moreton Bay) ; Scott, Austr. Lep. ii. p. 5,
t. 10 (1., p., 7.) (1890) (metam.); Misk., Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensid, viii. p. 22. n. 37 (1891)
(throughout east coast); Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 701. n. 1 (1892).

Caequosa (!) triangulavis, Butler, /.c. ix. p. 597 (1877) (Moreton Bay).

3 ?. In Butler’s Revision this species stands at the end of the “ Smerinthinue”
and Metamimas australasiae at the beginning.—It is apparently a rather common
species. It does not vary much in colour, but somewhat in the sexual armature.

3. Tenth tergite longitudinally impressed, slender, curved downwards, not
divided, widened at apex ; sternite with a mesial lobe which is broader than long,
and is strongly or moderately rounded. Clasper as broad as in Metamimas : harpe
relatively short, with two processes, one at the end, the other dorsally before the
end, both curved upwards (Pl. XXXI..f. 24), reminding one of the harpe of Herse
and Acherontia. Penis-sheath carinate dorsally.

?. Eighth tergite rather longer than in J. australasiae, mesially feebly
emarginate. Vaginal plate (Pl. XVI. f. 1) very different from that of Jf azstra-
lasive ; orifice median, very large, its proximal and lateral edges strongly chitinised,
but the rest of the antevaginal part of the plate membranaceons ; this edge
with some tubercles which bear single long hairs ; posterior edge of orifice also

somewhat raised; postvaginal part of plate transverse, triangular mesially, apex

slightly sinnate.
Larva see above ; it mimics perhaps some kind of chameleon or lizard.
Hab. Bastern parts of Australia: (Queensland ; New South Wales.
In the Tring Musenm 8 6d, 6 $ ? from New South Wales, one larva.

LV. CLANIS.—Typus : phalaris.

Sphine, Cramer (von Linné, 1758), Pap. Ex. ii. p. 83 (1777).
Clanis Hiibner, Verz. belt. Schim. p. 148 (1822) (partim ; type: phalaris—nicobarensis).
Basiana Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 236 (1856) (partim ; type : deucalion).
Metagastes Boisduyal, Spec. Gén, Lép. Hét. i. p 11 (1875) (type: phalaris).
Ambulyx, Hampson (non Walker, 1856), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 77 (1892).

3¢. Tongue rather stout, but not reaching beyond the hindcoxa. Pilifer with
bristles. Palpus incrassate distally, rather prominent in d, joint not open.
Antenna setiform, segments prismatical in d, the seriated ciliae short in and near
the mesial line, segments circular in transsection in ?, with very slightly prolonged

+s

(e2n3F 3)

basal and apical ciliae; the end-segment is short. Abdomen with many weak
spines dorsally underneath the ordinary scaling, apical spines of segments numerous.
Tibiae spinose ; spurs unequal, ¢wo pairs to hindtibiae ; pulvillus and paronychiom
present, the latter with two lobes, of which the upper one is very slender. Distal
edge of wings entire ; frenulum and retinaculum present.

3. Clasper and seventh tergite without organ of friction ; the former with

“dorso-basal tuberculated process (PI. XXXII. f. 10, pa) ; penis-sheath without

armature.

?. A large postvaginal plate (P]. XVI. f. 3.—13), which is strongly chitinised
aud projects distad.

Larva green, with oblique white side-stripes, granulose, head triangular in
early stages, large and round in later stages—Food-plant: Butea frondosa (and
probably other plants).

Pupa (of phalaris) insutticiently figured, not described.

Hab. Japan to Ceylon, eastwards to Timor; not yet found on the larger Sunda
Islands, the Philippines, Malacca.

The specimens fade more or less as long as they are on the wing, fresh
individuals being redder than those caught after the wings have been exposed for
some time to damp and light.

There are six Asiatic and one African species, the latter deviating obviously
from the Asiatic type.

Key to the species :
a. Forewing below with a black streak behind

the cell . ‘ , onli
Forewing below vilitedt, a black Bisel behind
the cell . ‘ : : wid
6. Midtibia white above Tis ihe Sendkniw é . 175. Cl. bilineata.

Midtibia not white above : : : 5,
c. Forewing above with a pale costal area edie a
pale line before R*, long terminal spur of
hindtibia more than half the length of the

first tarsal segment . ; 176. Cl. undulosa.
Forewing above without pale Gstal area oa
pale line, spurs shorter, very unequal . 177. Cl. deucalion.
d, Midtibia with white streale on se like
hindtibia . ‘ : ae)
Midtibia without vaste, sited on mene : ai i
e. Large species, head not black in front . . 180. Cl. ttan.
Smaller species, head black in front. . 178. Cl. euroa.
f. Forewing with pale costal patch and pale line
before R* . : 4 5 5 : . 179. Cl. phalaris.
Forewing almost unicolorous . ; , . 181. C2. bicolor.

175. Clanis bilineata.

*Basiana bilineata Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxv. p. 1857 (1866) (Darjiling ;—-Mus. Brit.) ;
Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 50. n. 7 (1875) (Darjiling) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond.
ix. p. 595. n. 2 (1877) (Darjiling; Shanghai); Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 702, n. 1 (1892)
(Darjiling) ; Leech, Trans, Ent. Soc, Lond: p. 280. n, 45 (1898) (partim).

(gala)

Clanis bilineata, Butler, Illustr. Typ. Spec. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p. 14: t. 81. £. 4 (1881) (Darjiling) ;_
Cotes & Swinh., Cat. Voths Ind. i. p. 29. n. 2 (1887) (Sikhim ; Darjiling) ; Fixs., in Rom.,
Mém. Lép. iti. p. 322. n, 98 (1887) (Corea, viii.) ; Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 587. n. 28
(1886) (partim ; Yokobama). ‘ 1
Clanis deucalion, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Ow. i. p. 29. n. 116 (1892) (partim).
Ambulya bilineata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 80. n. 110 (1892) (Shanghai ; Sikbim) ;
Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi, p. 408. n. 110 (1898) (Sikhim, vi. and viii.).

3. Mid- and hindtibia white above; the latter in d as long as, in ? 2 mm.
longer than, the first tarsal segment; spurs very unequal, short ones less than
half the length of the long ones, these not quite half the length of the first tarsal
segment. Forewing below with black streak behind the cell, hinder margin in
about as long as, in 2 4 to 6 mm. longer than, distal margin; the pale costal area
on the forewing above distinct.

S$. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXIII. f. 24) very different from that ot
all the other species, its apical half being very strongly narrowed with the apex
not sinnate; the underside of this narrow portion is strongly chitinised, having
the appearance as if the sides of the tergite, instead of being spread out laterad,
were hent downwards and had become fused together in the mesial line; the tip
of the tergite is curved ventrad (Pl. XXIII. f. 28), forming a hook which is-
vertically thicker (side-view) than in the allied species, owing to the under surface
slanting from each side towards the raised mesial line (v); sternite also very
remarkable, being produced into two long processes (Pl. XXIII. f. 24). The harpe
(Pl. XXXII. f. 11) consists of a ventral triangular ridge po, which is subvertical
upon the plane of the clasper and covered for the greater part with small scales;
the submesial ridge cm is basally produced into a compressed process pd, while it
fades away distally into the vermicular folding of the clasper; the dorso-basal process
pdb is slender, curved, apically dilated and here beset with bristle-bearing tubercles.

?. The eighth tergite very different from that of the other species in being
deeply divided by a narrow sinus (Pl. XVI. f. 5. 6), the two lobes more or less
notched or irregularly emarginate. The vaginal plate also characteristic (Pl. XVI.
f. 4. 5): the vaginal orifice (v) mesial, surrounded proximally and laterally by a
fold, at each side of the orifice there is a groove bordered by a fold ; the postvaginal
plate very broadly rounded, almost truncate, extremely feebly emarginate mesially ;
fig. 5 gives a side-view of the end of the abdomen, showing the relative position
of the dorsal and ventral plates ; the anal cone (consisting of segments ix. and x.)
is somewhat pushed anad to make it visible.

Early stages not known.

Hab. North India to Corea and Japan ; the commonest species of this genus.

In the Tring Museum 15 63,7 2? 2 from: Calcutta ; Assam ; Sikhim ; Japa.

176. Clanis undulosa.

*Clanis undulosa Moore, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. p. 387 (1879) (N. China, ? ;—coll. Staudinger).

Clanis bilineata, Leech (non Walker, 1856), Lrans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 119. n. 94 (1889) (Kiukiang).

Basiuna undulosa, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i. p. 702. n. 2 (1892) (N. China).

*Clanis gigantea Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 96 (1894) (partim ; Khasia Hills, ¢, 9 alia spec. ;—Mus.
Tring).

Ambulyx bilineata, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Voths iv. p. 453 (1896).

Basiana bilineata, Leech, l.c. p. 280. n. 45 (1898) (partim).

3%. Underside of femora, innerside of anterior tibia and tarsus, upperside of
mid- and hindtarsi and of antenna pink, upperside of midtibia and outerside of all

( 215 )

tibiae blackish ; hindtibia of ¢ longer than, of ? as long as, the first tarsal
segment ; spurs longer than in the other species of Clanis, the short ones over
half the length of the long ones, those of the apical pair of the hindtibia not so
widely different in length as in the other Clanis, the longer one more than half
the length of the first tarsal segment. Wings more elongate than in any other
species of this genus. Distal margin of forewing in ¢ longer, in ? very little
shorter, than the inner margin; the lines of lunules of the forewing on the whole
stronger marked than in 42dineata, with which the species has been confounded
by Leech and Hampson ; there are in some specimens four such lines between the
cell and the postdiscal line which begius at the apical patch ; the black area of
the hindwing is more extended than in d2liéneata. :

3. The tenth tergite (Pl. XXIV. f. 3) is sinuate at the end, the lobes
curved downwards and pointed, with the edges irregularly notched; in a lateral
view (Pl. XXIII. f. 27) the lobe appears rather dilated before the apex, convex.
The sternite (Pl. XXIV. f. 3) is membranaceous laterally, the mesial lobe is snb-
truncate, trapeziform, with the edges somewhat rounded. The harpe (Pl. XXXII. f. 8)

consists of a submesial ridge cm, which is deeply curved twice and distally raised
~ to a flattened process, which curves basad and somewhat resembles the process
of titan; the dorsal process pd is short and broad, and beset with rough warts,
which bear each a short bristle.

?. The eighth tergite (P]. XVI. f. 8) is short, broadly sinuate, the sinus
ronnded, the sides projecting, rounded. The vaginal orifice (Pl. XVI. f. 9) is
surrounded by two folds ; the postvaginal plate is broadly rounded.

Early stages not known.

Hab. North China to North India.

_. Inthe Tring Museum 5 dd, 1 2 from: Khasia Hills; Sikhim.

Chinese specimens in the collections of Charles Oberthiir, de Joannis, and
Dr. O. Staudinger, and in the British Museum.

The species is generally larger than dé/ineata, but it varies in size ; it is easily
distinguishable from 4élineata by the longer wings and the black midtibia and long
spurs, besides the structure of the end of the abdomen.

177. Clanis deucalion.
*Basiana deucalion Walker, l.c. viii. p. 237, 0. 1 (1856) (N. India, 2 ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Boisd., Spec.

Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 48. n. 1 (1875) (“ Himalaya” !); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 595.

__ n. 1 (1877) (N. India) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 702. n. 5 (1892) (N. India).
Clanis deucalion, Butler, Illustr. Typ. Spec. Lep. Het. v. p. 15. t. 81. f. 5 (1881) (N. India) ; Cot. &
* Swinb., Cat. Vothis Ind. i. p. 29. n. 158 (1887) (Shillong ; this spec.??); Swinh., Cat. Lep.
Het. Mus, Ox. i. p. 29, 0. 116 (1892) (partim).
Clanis deucalion ?, Forsayeth, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 394 (1884) (Mhow).
Anmbulyx deucalion, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 80. n. 111 (1892) (“ Shillong ”
ex err.),

3%. The type of this species is a 2 which has only one leg left out of the
six, and this is a foreleg without tarsus. The specimen agrees in the shape of
the eighth abdominal tergite well with wndulosa, not at all with dilineata: the
Vaginal plate we have not dissected out, for fear of breaking the rather old and
brittle specimen. In colour the individual comes very near undulosa, differs,
however, in the following points: the forewing, which is much less elongate than
in widulosa, bears three sharply marked dentate lines on the dise, equidistant from
each other and from cell and the postdiscal, indistinct, line which begins at the

( 216 )

apical patch ; there is uo pale line before R* and no pale costal area. The black
patch on the hindwing is restricted, longer at SM? than at R*, and appears
sinuate between M! and SM*; there are tawny brown scales between this patch
and the apex of the wing. The individual came from N. India, and has no more
precise locality. A d in the Oxford Museum from E. India (Hutton) agrees well]
with this 2. Another ¢ in the British Museum, from the Leech collection, obtained
by Captain Young at Kulu, belongs doubtless to this species. It is very pale, as pale
as the palest phalaris. It agrees with undulosa in the midtibiae not being white
above like the hindtibia and in the presence of a black streak on the underside
of the forewing. The specimen is comparatively small, the forewing measuring
only 47 mm. in length ; the lines of the forewing are scarcely traceable, the black
patch of the hindwing is still more restricted than in the type of deucalion, the
black scaling not extending beyond the end of the cell between R* and SC?, while
the area between cell and apex of wing is shaded with pale tawny. The two males
differ structurally from wndulosa in the following points: the hindtibia is as long
as the first tarsal segment, aud this barely longer than segments 2 to 5 together ;
the terminal pair of spurs is very unequal, shorter than in wndulosa, the long one
only half the leugth of the first tarsal segment. The genital armature is as in
undulosa, but the lobes of the tenth tergite are somewhat slenderer, and the sternite
is rounded.

The shorter distal margin of the forewing, the reduced, sinuate, black pateb
of the hindwing, the absence from the forewing of a pale costal area and of a
white line before R*, the shorter spurs of the hindtibia, and shorter first hindtarsal
segment, are the principal characters by which this species can be distinguished
from undulosa.

The larva mentioned by Forsayeth, /.c., may belong to this or some other
species.

Hab, N. and N.W., India.

In the British Museum 1 ¢, 1 ? from N. India and Kulu. In the Oxford
Museum 1 d from E. India. Net seen in other collections.

178. Clanis euroa spec. nov.

3 ?. In colour and pattern and the proportions of the tibiae, spurs and tarsi
close to the much larger CZ. titan. Differs as follows : tront of head and end of palpus
blackish, black mesial line of occiput and collar heavier; distal margin of forewing
in both sexes about 6 mm. shorter than internal one, the distal edge of the pale
area of the forewing more oblique between R! and R®, the blackish line proximally
of subcostal fork reaching down to R?, not developed to a large cloud or patch, the
following line barely indicated, the line halfway between fork and apical pateh
rather stronger marked than in titan. On the underside only the external one of
the three discal lines of the forewing is indicated, and there is on the hindwing just
a faint trace of the middle one of the three lines.

3. The differences in the sexual organs of the d are very marked ; the harpe
(Pl. XXXII. f. 9) is raised to a low submesial ridge cm, which fades away distally
into the irregular folding of the inner sheath of the clasper, and which ends
proximally in a pointed small tubercle. The dorsal process pd of the clasper is
similar to that of phalaris. The tenth tergite (Pl. XXIV. f. 2) is deeply sinuate,
the lobes are much broader than in #ifan and less sharply hooked (Pl. XXIIL
f. 26) ; the sternite is trancate, with the angles rounded and somewhat curved dorsad.

(Za ))

%. The eighth abdominal tergite resembling that of pfalaris, but the sides
are more produced distad. Vaginal plate (PI. XVI. f. 13) with a transverse fold
in front of the orifice, the fold incrassate befure the orifice ; postvaginal plate
narrowing distally, truncate.

Length of forewing: ¢, 45-60 mm.; §, 22-24 mm.

Breadth of forewing: 6,61 mm.; ¢, 26 mm.

Hab. Oinanisa, Dutch Timor, November to December 1891 (W. Doherty).

29S 1 2, in the Tring Museum ; type: ¢.

This may be only a geographical representative of t/¢am in spite of the great
differences in the sexual armature ; intergradations may occur in the more western
parts of the Malayan Subregion, where no C/anis have been found as yet.

179. Clanis phalaris.

Sphinc phalaris Cramer, Pup, Ex. ii. p. 83. t. 149. £. 4 (1777) (Coromandel).

*Sphinx pugana Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 146. u. 29 (1781) (fn. or., Mus.:Banks ; —Mus. Brit.) ;
id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 95. n. 32 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2385, n. 92 (1790) (India) ; Fabr.,
Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 366, n, 34 (1793).

Sphine nicobarensis Schwarz, Nomencl. Roes. d: Kleem. ii. p. 1. t. 1. f. 1. 2 (1810); Charp., in Esp.,
Ausl. Schm. Suppl. t. 1. £. 1 (1830).

Clanis nicobarensis, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schin. p. 138. u. 1480 (1822).

Clanis phalaris, id., lc. n. 1481 (1822) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 595 (1877) (Pt. Blair, =
pagana=nicobarensis) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 702. n. 1 (1892) (India; Nicobars ; “ Schall.
Naturf.” etc. ex err.).

*Basiana cervina Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 237. n. 2 (1856) (partim ; N. Ind. ;—Mus.
Brit.) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cut. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. i. p. 265. n. 611 (1857) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc.
Lond. p. 793 (1865) (Bengal) ; Boisd., /.c. p. 48. n. 2 (1875); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix.
p. 596. n. 5 (1877); Swinb., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 435. n. 13 (1886) (Mhow, vii.); Kirby,
Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 702. n. 3 (1892).

Coequosa (?) phalaris, Walker, Jc. p. 258. n. 3 (1856).

Sphina (?) pagana, id., I.c. p. 264 (1856).

Metagastes phalaris, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Het. Lép. i. p. 12. n. 1 (1875) (Ind. or.).

Metagastes nicobarensis, id., l.c. n. 2 (1875).

Clanis nicobarensis, Butler, Illustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p. 14 (1881).

Clanis cervina, id., l.c. p. 15. t. 81. f. 6 (1881); Fors., Trans. Ent Soc. Lond. p. 393. t. 15. f. 1, 2.
(larva, pupa) (1884) (Mhow) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 29. n. 160 (1887).

Clanis nicobariensis (!), Swinhoe, Cut. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 29. sub n. 118 (1892).

Ambulyx pagana, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 80.n. 112 (1892) (Sikhim) ;
Bengal ; Madras); Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p, 409. n. 112 (1898) (not seen).

3%. This species varies a good deal in the tint of the ground-colour, some
Specimens being much more red than others; the lines of the forewing vary also,
being sometimes more, sometimes less distinct. Cramer’s figure applies to this species,
not to what we have described below under the name of titan. Though the figure
is very grossly executed, it shows nevertheless one essential character of phalaris
=nicobarensis. In this species, namely, the pale area of the upperside of the
forewing expands in the submarginal region between SC° and R’, while in titan
it is much narrower, expanding only between SC° and R. It is quite possible
that there are several subspecies of this species, but with the material at present
at disposal it is scarcely safe to form an opinion upon this point. We have
examined the genital armature of several specimens from North and South Iudia
aud Ceylon, and did not find any reliable difference. The specimens described by
Walker as cervina—we have dissected the d—are very pale, the pale costal area
of the forewing and the line before R*® consequently being hardly discernible ;
there is no black streak on the underside of the forewing, and no white line

( 218 )

upou the upperside of the midtibia. The structure being the same as in phalaris
we cannot entertain. any doubt that. cervina is specifically the same as phalaris,
Other, North Indian individuals are much redder and the pattern of the forewing
is more obviously marked.
The species can be distinguished by the following characters: . -
3%. Midtibia not white above like the hindtibia; this nearly as long as the
first and second tarsal segments together ; short spurs not half the length of the
long ones, these not half the length of the first tarsal segment. Distal margin of
forewing about 3 mm. shorter than the inner margin in both sexes. he pale costal |
area of the forewing distally limited behind by vein R*, always extending beyond R!
g. Tenth abdominal tergite similar to that of titan (Pl. XXIV. tie |), but
the two apical hooks proportiounlly longer ; the sternite resembling that of ewoa
(Pl, XXIV. f. 2), bunt mesially more rounded, as regards outline ‘standing about
midway between the sternites of ewroa and titan. The harpe (Pl. XXXIL f. 10)
consists of a veutro-submesial plate which is raised into a submesial ridge cm ; this
ridge is basally’ prolonged into a sharply pointed long hook p4, and distally into a
broad, apically rounded process which is somewhat concave on the broad side; the
edge of this process is raised distally and ventrally, ranning down to near the edge
of the clasper, while on the underside the process bears a fold 7, which connects it
with the inner sheath of the clasper, the fold disappearing in a patch of very irregular,
strongly curved, small folds ; the dorsal process pd of the clasper is ribbon-like on
the upperside, rather pointed ventrally at the end and irregularly denticulate ;
between this process and the harpe there is a rather conspicuous fold. ;
2. The eighth tergite (Pl. XVI. f.10) is swollen and rounded laterally ; it
does not project distad over the scale-bearing membrane. Vaginal plate (PI. XVI.
f, 3) with a transverse fold before the vaginal orifice; the postvaginal part of
the plate projecting distad asin the other species, its apical margin shalloa
sinuate. :
Larva green, with oblique whitish side-bands, granulose, granules especially
large on eins legs, and anal segment. Young: head triangular, horn long.
Adult : head very large, round, horn reduced to a short triangular lobe.
Pupa figured, but not described ; of the ordinary type, special characters
not known.
Hab. North India (Sikhim) to Ceylon and the Nicobar Islands.
In the Tring Museum 2 dd, 5 2% from: Ceylon ; Sikhim.
Occurs most likely also in N.W. India.

180. Clanis titan spec. nov.

Basiana cervina Walker, /.c. vill. p. 237. n. 2 (1856) (partim, ? ).
Basiana phalaris, Butler (non Cramer, 1777), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p, 506. n. £ (1877) (partim)
Ambulyx phalaris, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 79. n. 109 (1892) ~—
Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 408. n. 109 (1898) (not seen),
Clanis gigantea Rothschild, Noy. Zoot, i. p. 96 (1894) (9, not d ; Sikhim).
3%. Mid- and hindtibia white above (in phalaris the midtibia not white), the
latter as long as (d), or (2) 1 mm. longer than, the first tarsal segment ; short
spurs barely one-third of the long ones, little longer than the tibia is broa
Scaling of antenna pale pink; frons and end of palpus very little darker than the
sides of the occiput.
Wings, : vpperside,.

Forewing: distal margin about 1 mm, shorter than

( 219 )

internal one in d, 7 mm. in $ ; chestnut, paler and somewhat pinkish towards base,
a large vinaceous-cinnamon patch expanded between costal margin and R*, extended
to distal margin between veins SC’ and R!, not between SC? and R* as in phalaris ;
the transverse lines not dentate ; a broad subbasal line about 5 mm. from the base
of M?, distinct, another almost parallel with it a little distal of M?, indistinct, some
traces of lines between this and internal angle; within the pale area there is a
large brown patch or cloud, representing two lines, situated upon the subcostal
fork ; another line between this cloud and the apical patch.——Hindwing as in
phaliris, but the basal area darker chestnut.

Underside as in phalaris, the transverse lines of the forewing less distinet ;
the middle line of the hindwing close to the proximal line, the interspace partly
filled up with scaling of the same colour as the lines.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXIV. f. 1) very broad, apex very broadly
but not deeply sinuate, the two lobes slender, stroug, pointed, curved downward,
forming a hook, which is represented in side-view by Pl. XXIII. f. 25; sternite
(Pl, XXIV. f. 1) rounded. ‘The harpe consists of a curved subventral ridge
(Pl. XXXII. f. 7, em), which is distally produced into a broad, strongly chitinised flap
with irregular teeth at the edge, the flap curving proximad ; the dorsal provess pd of
the clasper is short and very broad, and bears scarcely any setiferous tubercles, the
few bristles at its edge being nearly all inserted in the usual way in punetures ;
the interspace between the harpe and the dorsal process is filled up with very high
and very thiu lamellae of the inner membrane of the ciasper (only one d seen); the
ventral edge of the clasper clothed with short bristles.

¢. The eighth abdominal tergite (Pl. XVI f. 11) strongly chitinised, long,
yery feebly bi-emarginate, projecting, the angles strongly rounded, the sides convex.
Vaginal plate short, a short curved ridge in front and at the sides of the orifice,
postvaginal part of plate truncate, with the angles strongly rounded and the sides
slanting (PI. XVI. f. 12).

Length of forewing: ¢,72mm.; 2,79 mm.

Larva and pupa not known.

Hab. Notth India.

In the Tring Museum 1 3,1 ? from the Khasia Hills (d, type), and Sikhim
(Mandelli, ex coll. Felder).

Tn the British Museum 1 ? from Sikhim. Not seen in other collections.

181. Clanis bicolor (Pl. LXVI. f. 6, ?).
*Clanis bicolor Rothschild, Nov. Zool. i. p. 96 (1894) (hab. ? ;—Mus. Tring).

3. Not known.

%. We have recently received trom Sierra Leone a 2 which agrees essentially
with the type, though it is much larger. ‘The species is not a typical Clanis, the
palpus being too small for that genus, and the spurs of the midtibia—the hindtibiae
are missing in both specimens—are too short. But in the absence of the d, the
species is best left where it was originally placed. The cross-veins of the hindwing
are transverse, not obviously oblique, D’ is almost twice the length of D*, both the
upper aud lower angle of the cell about 90°. Eighth tergite siunate. Vaginal
plate (Pl, XVI. f. 7) with an asymmetrical transverse fold before the orifice,
produced into two long, slender, poiuted lobes ; postvaginal plate rounded-triaug ular

Karly stages not known,

( 220 )

Hab. West Atrica: Sierra Leone.
Two ? 2 in the Tring Museum ; the type (fignred) without locality. Not seen
iu other collections.

LVI. PSEUDOCLANIS.—Typus : postica.

Basiana Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 237 (1856) (partim ; type: deucalion).
Smerinthus, Lucas (762 Latreille, 1802), Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 606 (1857).

Zonilia Walker, l.c. xxxi. p. 34 (1°64) (partim).

Ambulya, Mabille (non Walker, 1856), Bull. Soc. Philom. (7). iii. p. 135 (1879).
Clanis, Druce (non Hiibner, 1822), in Moloney, West Afric. Forestry p. 493 (1887).
Pseudoclanis Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i, p. 96 (1894) (type: postica).
Psendosmerinthus, Karsch (non Butler, 1877), Ent. Nachr. xxvi. p. 870) (1900).

$%. Tongue much shorter than in Clanis. Joint of palpus open as in
Polyptychus. Abdominal tergites spiuose all over. Tibiae spinose ; two pairs of
spurs to hindtibia; pulvillus and paronychium present. No friction-pateh on
clasper. Distal margins of wings entire, apex of forewing produced; hindwing
yellow or red, with large conspicuous black basal patch.

Barly stages uot known.

Larva presumably spinose and with rounded head.

Hab, Africa and Madagascar.

Differs from the species of Polyptychus with falcate forewings in the weak
tongue. Some of the species dealt with under Folyptychus—for instance pygarga
and allies—will perhaps ultimately come into this genus ; but we leave them there
for the present, confining Psevdoclanis to the species with a large black basal pateh
on the hindwing, which will enable also those lepidopterists who do not go closely
into the structure of the insects to locate correctly any new species.

Key to the species :
Hindwing red, without black postdiscal band . 182. P. karschi.
Hindwing yellow, with black postdiscal band . 183. P. postica.
Hindwing pinkish grey, with black postdiscal
band : : pelts : 184. P. grandidveri.

182. Pseudoclanis karschi spec. nov.

¢. A broad-winged insect. Apex of forewing produced into a long blunt
hook ; distal margins entire, that of forewing convex between R? and SM®. Tibiae
spinose. Head, thorax, and basal segments of abdomen olive-green above, rest of
abdomen and underside clay-colour, legs olive-brown.

Wings, upperside. Forewing olive-green ; three darker green lines in basal
half, running obliquely trom costal to inner margin, the first reaching inner margin
before middle, the second in middle, the second and third converging behind ; an
indistinct median line, convex from upper angle of cell to R*, then continued from
lower angle of cell to inner margin, followed by another line between costal margin
and R3; a yellowish green discomarginal area bordered by the median line and
R’; apex of wing of the same eolour ; au oblique brown line from tip of SC° to
R? bordering a brownish submarginal space. Hindwing rosy red; a large black
basi-diseal patch behind the cell ; abdominal fold dirty grey ; marginal area yellowish
olive-green.

( 221 )

Underside. Forewing : basal half rosy red, except costal and inner margins,
rest of wing yellowish oliye-green ; a broad glossy discal band from costal margin
to beyond R?, a large triangular submarginal space of the same colour proximally
bordered by an oblique blackish line. Hindwing shaded with buff; a large rosy
red patch between cell and abdominal margin, three yellowish green lines across
the disc: the first straight, 5 mm. from cell at R*, the second also straight, the
third dentate behind, the lines nearly equidistant.

Vaginal plate (partly visible in type) with a high, almost rectangular, ridge -
the corners sharp, somewhat produced, distal edge truncate-sinnate. Eighth tergite
trnneate, angles very strongly rounded.

Length of forewing: ?, 68 mm.

3 and early stages not known.

Hab. Victoria, Cameroons, 1 2 in the Berlin Museum.

Named in honour of Professor Karsch.

183. Pseudoclanis postica.

*Basiana postica Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 237. n. 3 (1856) (Natal ;—Mus. Brit.).
Pseudoclanis postica, Rothschild, Noy. Zoov. i. p. 97 (1894).

3%. Tongue short and weak. Joint of segments 1 and 2 of palpus naked,
open. Antennal segments of $ somewhat compressed ventrally, transsection
subtriangular, basal rows of ciliae distinct. Distal margins of wings entire; D?
of hindwing very oblique, twice as long as D*. Tenth abdominal tergite of d
deeply divided into slender, hooked, pointed lobes (Pl. XXIV. f. 6. 7. 8); sternite
membranaceous, withont lobes or processes. Clasper very broad, divided apically ;
harpe produced distally into a long process (PI. XXXII. f. 12.13). No friction-patch
npon clasper, but the scales at the end of the eighth tergite curved inwards.
Penis-sheath (P]. XXX. f. 25) with an arched belt of teeth which reaches the
apical edge at one side and is continued on the membranaceons duet. Eighth tergite
of § (PL XVI. f. 16) sinnate, with two or more teeth; vaginal plate produced
at each side of the cavity into a curved, pointed or dentate, process (PI. XVI.
f. 14, 15). The lines and bands of the forewing are more pronounced in fresh
Specimens ; the two straight donble bands in the basal half which rnn obliquely
ilistad from the costal to the inner margin are more distinet in the 2 than in the
d. Besides the large basal patch and the postdiscal band, which follows the eurve
of the distal margin, there are in some specimens yestiges of black diseal lines.
Distal margin more convex in § than in 3.

Karly stages not known.

Hab. Africa, from Sierra Leone and Abyssinia to Cape Colony,

Said to produce a sonnd as Acherontia.

Three subspecies :

7 a. P. postica postica.

*Basiana postica Walker, lc. (Natal); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét, i. p. 50. n. 6 (1875) (Natal) :
Wallengr., Ofv. Vet. Ac. Handl. xxxii, 1, p. 94 (1875) ; Butl., Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 596.
n, 8 (1877) (Natal); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 702. n. 7 (1892) (partim ; Natal).

Prendoclanis pestica, Rothschild, 7 c.

3%. Distal margin of forewing slightly convex between R? and M2 in both
sexes. Black postdiscal band of hindwing interrupted in most specimens, sometimes
represented only by vein-dots.

( 222 )

-g. The two slender processes of the tenth tergite form each a moderately
eurved hook (Pl. XXIV. f. 6; side-view). Clasper (Pl. XXXII. f. 13) sinuate
at the apex, the sinus continued proximad by the vestige of a slit; proximal part.
of harpe very bulky, filling up the greater part of the cavity of the clasper, produced
distally into a rather long and slender process which is somewhat curved at the
end. The teeth of the penie-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 25) well developed on one side
(left-hand side in fig.), the mesial ones being a little heavier, while the tee
disappear more or less from the other side of the sheath.

?. Highth abdominal tergite with two pointed processes at the sides of the
mesial sinus, the processes variable in length. Vaginal plate (Pl. XVI. f. 14)
with a prominent folded and dentate transverse ridge before the vaginal cavity,
the ridge sinnate mesially, laterally joining the broad dentate side-processes,
which curve mesiad.

Hab, Cape Colony to British East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 10 dd,4 22 from: Natal; Taveta; Escarpment, British
Hast Africa, Febrnary and March 1901 (W. Doherty).

b. P. postica abyssinicus.

*Smerinthus abyssinicus Lucas, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 606. t. 13. f. 2 (9) (1857) (Khartum :—Mus
Paris).

Zonilia abyssinica, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxi, p. 84 (1864) (Abyssinia),

Basiana abyssinica, Butler, Tranz. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 596, n. 9 (1877) (Abyssinia) ; Kirby,
Lep. Het. i. p. 702. n. 8 (1892) (Abyssinia).

*Smerinthus bianchii Oberthiir, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova xviii. p. 734. n. 84. t. 9. £ 8 (Q) (1888)
(Shoa ;—coll. Charles. Oberthiir).

3. Not known.
2. This sex differs from that of the preceding subspecies in the lines of hi
forewing being thinner and better defined, especially those on the dise. The ridge
in front of the vaginal orifice is similar to that of post. postica, but less incrassate,
with the folds rather sparser. 4
We are inclined to regard abyssinicus as a synonym of post. postica, but more
material from Abyssinia must be examined before the two can be put together.
For the present it is certainly more opportune to keep them apart. Possibly the
Hast African individuals of post. postica may turn ont to be somewhat different
structure from the southern specimens ; here, too, more material is wanted.
Hab. Abyssinia: Khartum (1 ? in the Paris Museum); Shoa (1 ? in coll.
Oberthiir).
ce. P. postica occidentalis subsp. nov.
Clanis postica, Druce, in Moloney, West Afr. Forestry p. 493. n. 9 (1887). J

3%. Distal margin of forewing straight in middle in 3, feebly convex in 9.
The black band of the hindwing entire in most individuals, especially in the ? séx.
Sexual organs remarkably different from those of post. postica and abyssinicus.

d. The two processes of the tenth tergite closer together than in post. postica,
longer, and more strongly curved downwards (P]. XXIV. f. 8, side-view). The
clasper is distally divided into a broad ventral lobe, which is pointed, almost hooked
at the end (P]. XXXII. f. 12), and a slender dorsal lobe, which has developed into
a strongly chitinised hook curving ventrad, nearly touching with the tip the apex
of the ventral lobe; the harpe is larger than in post. postica ; the distal process

( 223 )

is very broad at base, gradually tapering to end, curving ventrad and basad, and
protruding beyond the edge of the ventral margin of the clasper. The sheath of
the penis has the lateral teeth less developed, while the mesial ones (the most
proximal) are represented by one or two short but rather high carinae, or by
cariniform teeth.

%. The eighth abdominal tergite has, besides the two processes shown in
fig. 16 of Pl. XVI. some smaller teeth at the edge; the length of the processes
is very variable. Proximal part of vaginal plate (Pl. XVI. f. 15) raised into a
dentate ridge, which is deeply sinuate mesially ; laterally the ridge joins a dentate
process which curves mesiad and ends in a point, this conical process prominent,
visible without dissection after removal of a few scales.

Hab. Nest Africa, from Sierra Leone to the Congo.

In the Tring Museum 6 3d, 3 2? from: Sierra Leone (type, 3); Bopoto
and Yakusn, Upper Congo (K. Smith), one in July.

184. Pseudoclanis grandidieri.

*Ambulyx grandidieri Mabille, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7), iii. p. 135, n. 8 (1879); id., Anu. Soc. Ent.
France p, 297 (1879) (S.E. Mad.) ; Saalm., Lep. Vadag. p. 124. n. 296 (1884) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep.
Het. i. p. 676, n, 30 (1892).

*Ambulyec watersi Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). xiv. p. 407 (1884) (Betsileo ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Kirby,

Le. n. 31 (1892).
Psendosmerinthus semnus Karsch, Ent, Nachr. xxvi. p. 370. n. 5 (1900) (West Madag.).

3%. Thongh we have only seen the types of grundidier? and watersi, we do
not entertain the slightest doubt that the third name quoted above refers to the
same species. Tongue short and weak, scarcely visible between the palpi. Palpus
long, slender. Tibiae spinose, hindtibia with few spines at end; spurs with long
naked points, those of midtibia almost equal, longer terminal one of hindtibia more
than half the length of the first tarsal segment. Forewing falcate; SC? and R}
of hindwing on a rather long stalk ; R?=R’, R* nearly twice the length of R'.

3. Tenth tergite triangular, curved, simple, apex obtusely pointed, distally
subearinate above; tenth sternite (PI. XXIII. f 18) with two short pointed
processes. Clasper covered in distal half, outer side, with small, sharply bidentate
Seales; harpe (PI. XXXI. f. 22) dilated ventrally, fish-tail shaped at end, the
two processes nneqnal in type of waters’, equal in another specimen dissected :
eighth tergite with the marginal scales turned inside, forming a crest or ribbon of
scales. Penis-sheath with a slender pointed process directed proximad.

2. Not dissected.

Early stages not known

Hah. Madagascar ; Comoro Is.

In the British Museum, coll. Oberthiir, coll. Grandidier and the Museum at
Halle.

' A single ¢ from Grande Comore in the collection of Charles Oberthiir difters
in the forewing being less falcate, and in the black band of the hindwing being
more proximal and almost separated into vein-spots. 5

( 334 )

LVII. PLATYSPHINX gen. noy.—Typus : constrigilis.

Ambulyx Walker (non id., 1856), Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow i. p. 328 (1869).
Basiana, Mabille (non Walker, 1856), Bull. Soc. Zool. France ii. p. 491 (1878).
Brachyglossa ?, id., Ann. Soe, Ent. France p. 293 (1879).

32. Tongue rather stout, but short. Palpus smaller in 9 than in d, joint
not quite open. A tuft of long hair-scales behind the eye, hanging over the lower
part of same. Antenna of ? thin, cylindrical, not grooved, seriated ciliae very
slightly prolonged ; of ¢ strongly compressed, deeply grooved : end-segment short.
Abdominal tergites spinose all over, the spination more tawny, stronger, and denser
at the apical margins. Tibiae spévose; foretibia nearly as long as tarsus; spurs
short, ove pair to hindtibia; pulvillns and paronychium present. Distal margin
of wings entire ; apex of forewing little produced, acute, hinder angle very obtuse
in 2, less so in ¢ ; D® of hindwing obliqne, about twice as long as D*, lower angle
of cell more or less acute. Clasper and eighth tergite without friction-scales.

Early stages not known ; the larva most probably spiny.

Hab. West and East Africa, not yet known from German and British East
Africa.

A derivation from a form similar to Psewdoclanis postica, differing in the
shorter tongue, the longer tibiae, the absence of the proximal pair of hindtibial
spurs, the not-prolonged seriated ciliae of the ?-antenna, ete.

The four species resemble one another rather closely in colour; their dis-
crimination requires some care.

Key to the species :

a. Hindwing below shaded with conspicuons

white scaling on disc. : ‘ . 185, P. constrigilis.
Hindwing below without white sealing on dise pee
4. Forewing practically withont speckles . . 188. P. piabilis.
Forewing with numerous speckles : : reuGl
c. Forewing below with large red patches or a
red band behind cell] 5 ; , . 186. 2. stigmatica.
Forewing below without either large red
patehes or a red band behind cell . 187. PB. phyllis.

185. Platysphinx constrigilis.

Ambulyx coustrigilis Walker, Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow i. p. 328. n. 2 (1869) (Congo);

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 676. n. 29 (1892).
Ambulyx? constrigilis, Butler, Trans. Zool. Sec. Lond. ix. p. 582. n. 12 (1897).

3%. This is the most generalised of the species of this genus.

Wings: pperside, speckles small, those of forewing minute.——Forewing +
a straight, narrow, obliqne line 2 or 3mm. proximally of M’, continuous from costal
to inner margin, another line across apex of cell appearing as a direct prolongation
of a line along R®, an isolated Inniform line between M and (SM?) proximally of
base cf M!; three discal lines, the inner two geminate, both obsolete between
R? and M}, reappearing between M! and M? as two halfmoons, of which the
proximal one is very faint; the third line consisting of arches, produced distad
upon the yeins, arch R*—M! mnch more proximal than the others ; a short brown

|

|
|

(9225")

apical line: besides the white subapical halfmoon, there is a diffuse whitish patch
at the costal margin between the cell and the first discal line, and another smaller
one beyond the second discal line. ——Hindwing: a discal line touching apex of
cell, narrow, sometimes indistinct in frout, another near it, abbreviated or obsolete,
a third convex in front, then concave, narrow, and a black line outside the third
at anal angle reaching up to M?; veins with minute black streaks at extremities.

Underside. Forewing: markings similar to upperside, less distinct, those
in basal half red, the subbasal line vestigial, straight streak in apex of cell as on
upperside in the direction of R*, subapical white spot larger and more strongly
projecting distad before SC*, the other two white patches restricted to the costal
margin. Hindwing: lines nearly as above, but blackish brown, interspace
between second and third, or nearly the whole wing, shaded with white, a short
white line before apex, marginal area very faintly shaded with white.

do. Tenth tergite broad, sides undulate (Pl. XXIV. f. 9; apex broken in the
only specimen at disposal ; it is apparently cleft or sinuate) ; sternite produced into
a long, slender, cylindrical, slightly club-shaped process. Clasper (P]. XX XIII. f. 1)
narrowed towards apex, ventral margin dilated near base, then emarginate ; harpe
represented by a proximal, pointed, slightly curved process which stands far apart
from the clasper, the processes of the two sides being close together and visible
between the claspers without dissection. Penis-sheath (PI. XXX. f. 23) stout, jug-
shaped, the apical margin produced laterad ; penis-funnel (P-r) with a short, ventral,
carinate process.

?. Vaginal plate (PI. XVII. f. 3) resembling to a certain extent that of
Pseudoclanis postica ; antevaginal part (avp) mesially folded, a large groove at
each side ; vaginal orifice (J”) situated hetween two compressed processes, which
are curved mesiad and are pointed, resembling somewhat a bird’s head and breast ;
post-vaginal part (pep) slightly sunken proximally, the greater part membranaceous,
scaled,

Early stages not known.

Hab. West Africa: Sierra Leone to the Congo.

In the Tring Museum 1 2 from Sierra Leone, and a very bad ¢ from the
Niger Coast Protectorate.

A fine ¢ from Cameroons in the Museum at Stockholm.

We have not seen the type of constrigilis, but Walker’s description agrees very
well with this insect, which can easily be distinguished from the other species by
the forewing having three white costal patches, a narrow and straight subbasal line,
and a narrow line at the apex of the cell, which line has the direction of R*.

186. Platysphinx stigmatica.

*Basiana stigmatica Mabille, Bull. Soc. Zool. France ii. p. 491 (1878) (Congo ;—coll. Mabille) ;
Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 703. n. 9 (1892).

Brachyglossa ? stigmatica Mabille, Ann. Soc, Ent. France p. 293. note t. 6. £. 1 (2) (1879).

*Basiana conspersa Dewitz, Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. iii. p. 29. t. 1. f.2 (8). 2a (9) (1879) (Chin-
choxo ;—Mus. Berlin).

d%. Upperside—— Forewing: an oblique costal patch reaching M at or near
ase of M*, followed behind M by a smaller one which is somewhat more proximal
than the hinder end of the first patch, and more or less continuous with a third spot
behind (SM'), the three forming a quite irregular line or band ; another irregular
band before apex of cell, consisting of two patches, the first oblique from costa to

()

( 226 )

M, several mm_ broad, the second between M! and SM’, the two separated or con-
tignous ; two eqnally indistinct and ill-defined bands or traces of such on disc, the
external one more or less dentate, widened at costal margin, here including a white —
lunule (which stands really at the proximal side of the dentate line proper) ; the
marginal area partly or almost totally filled up with brown sealing, especially
peer R?2 and M2, this brown area absorbing more or less the dentate line-—— ~
Hindwing : the tawny red speckles large, becoming blackish brown at the abdominal
margin, the two bands formed by the speckles broad, the external one not always
distinct.

Underside: speckles of both wings large.

Forewing: bands as above, but
those in the basal half red ; subapical white patch larger than aboye, more square ;
fringe black at ends of veins. Hindwing: discal band not touching lower angle
of cell, about 2 mm. broad ; the others nearly parallel to margin, not concave beyond
middle ; costal margin more than twice as long as abdominal margin.

g. Abdomen open behind owing to the peculiar development of the claspers. —
Tenth tergite (Pl. XL. f. 11, ventral view) broad, sinuate, lobes rounded ; sternite
broad, strongly narrowed to apex, which is truncate, middle of sternite sunken,
Clasper (PI. XL. f. 8): dorsal margin produced distally into a long process which —
is armed with thin acute teeth ; ventral part of clasper reduced, rounded, densely
clothed with small scales ; a subbasal rather slight fold, and another fold situated
more distally beset with bristles ; harpe represented by a long pointed process ; the
processes of the two harpes close together. Penis-sheath (Pl. XL. f. 14) short,
stout, curved, ending in a short process which appears clubbed in side-view, but
is compressed and therefore pointed in dorsal view.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XVII. f. 2) larger than in the other species ; voattiae
orifice (V) on a kind of postament which is compressed to a ridge at each side,
the ridge truncate with the angles projecting : behind this elevated strneture there
is a deep cavity the hinder (or upper) wall of which is formed by the large, strongly
chitinised, postvaginal plate (pep), this plate mesially carinate within the cavity,
and transversely rugate or folded distally. :

Hab. Congo basin and East Africa ; its range extends probably farther north, —

In the Tring Museum 2 dd, 3 2? from the Congo: Bopoto, Angnst and
December (Oram ; K. Smith); and Portuguese East Africa.

187. Platysphinx phyllis spec. nov. (PI. I. f. 1, 2).

2. Wings comparatively shorter and broader than in the other species ; body
and wings paler.

Wings, wpperside, speckles sparser, on hindwing in size midway between
those of constrigilis and stigmatica. Forewing: hinder angle less rounded ;
subbasal line indicated by an oblique indistinct line in cell in front of base of M?;
a line in apex of cell, broader than in constrigilis, much narrower than the respective
patch in s¢igmatica, forming as in the latter species an obtuse angle with R*, a short
elongate costal mark at base of fork indicating a discal line, another narrower mark
hallway to apex, a brown apical patch, sharply defined behind, within it a trace of
the white spot of the other species ; speckles somewhat dgueer in marginal area
between R* and M? and along R*. Hindwing: abdominal margin paler than in
the other species, with few speckles ; the inner discal band vestigial, nearly straight,
the second and third present in constrig/lis not marked.

(22)

Underside more extended pale yellow, especially the forewing, than in the other
species, the speckles not denser than above. Forewing : the brown apical patch
sharply defined behind, including white sealing, costal markings as above, some
larger speckles on disc indicating the exterior discal line. Hindwing: inner diseal
line more distinct than above, composed of speckles, not touching cell, the external
diseal line indicated by a small costal spot.

Vaginal plate (Pl. XVII. f. 1) proximally convex ; orifice (V) very large,
its edge produced into a short tooth at the sides (a); at the hinder margin stands at
each side a long finger-like process which is basally broader in a lateral than in a
yentral view, the apex of the process is obtuse ; postvaginal part of plate (pxp) very
short, membranaceous, scaled, no cavity behind the processes.

Length of forewing : 52 mm.

6 and early stages not known.

Hab. Konakry L., Los Islands, W. Africa; 1 2? in the Tring Museum, received
from a correspondent in Berlin.

188. Platysphinx piabilis.

*Ambulye piabilis Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H, (6). xix. p, 580 (1897) (Transvaal ;—coll. Distant) ; id.,
Ins. Transv. t. 4. £. 2 (1902).

3. Wings, upperside.-— Forewing scarcely with any speckles, five costal
spots, sharply marked, the first narrower, in front of base of M®, the second broader,
oblique like the first, before end of cell, the third at fork, at right angles to R}, the
foarth small, 10 mm. from apex, the fifth subapical, narrowly crescent-shaped, with
some brown speckles near it, the spot and speckles situated in a very faint, deeper

yellow triangle ; fringe yellow like disc, with minute black vein-dots. Hindwing :
red speckles dispersed, none in apical half of cell, and only traces of a few in the
pale abdominal area, fringe pale yellow, blackish at anal angle, with a small spot
at vein M’.

Underside purer yellow than in the other species ; forewing brighter yellow in
basal two-thirds, with vestiges of minute speckles, a red bar in middle and a larger
red spot at apex of cell, traces of red spots behind M?, a short brown bar at fork,
i Innate snbapical spot shaded with a few white scales, preceded by a minute spot
as above. Hindwing: speckles less numerous than in the other species, and less
distinct.

Antenna longer and stonter than in constr/gélis, hindwing narrower. Tenth
tergite (Pl. XXIV. f. 10) broad and short, sinuate, the lobes convex above, rounded ;
sternite produced into a long triangular process, which is much broader basally than
in constrigilis. Harpe entirely different from that of constriglis, consisting of a
broad obtuse process armed with many acute teeth (Pl. XXXII. f. 2). Penis-sheath
ending in a long pointed process (PI. XXX. f. 22).

% and early stages not known.

Hab. Pretoria, Transvaal.

One dg in coll. W. L. Distant.

LVIL. LEPTOCLANIS gen. noy.—Typus: pulehra.

Smerinthus, Walker (nov Latreille, 1802), Lzst Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxv. p. 1858 (1866).
Chaerocampa, Westwood (von Duponchel, 1835), in Oates, Matabeleland p. 354 (1881).
Theretra, Kirby (von Hiibner, 1822), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 651 (1892).

3. Tongue short and weak, clothed with long woolly scales. Pilifer with
bristles, close to genal process, which is globose. Palpus smoothly scaled, slender,
first segment short, second about three times as long as bread, joint not distinetly
open. Head crested. Antennal segments dilated above the grooves, ontline of
antenna, therefore crenate in dorsal view, distal segments scarcely compressed, higher
than long, oblong in side-view, with the ventro-basal angle rounded, end-segment
yery obtuse, about half as long again as basally high. A tuft of long hair-scales
behind eye, and a small tuft at frontal side of eye. Abdomen with spines only at
the edges of the tergites. Tibiae sp/nose, spines prominent, few in number, those
at end of foretibia slightly prolonged; spurs short, two pairs to hindtibia, longer
terminal spar about one-fourth the length of the first tarsal segment ; claws slender,
pulvillus present, paronychinm adsent. Distal margin of wings entire, apex of
both wings pointed bat not produced ; D? of hindwing in or below centre, cross-veins
nearly or quite straight, slightly oblique, lower angle of cell not very acute. No
organ of friction on clasper and eighth tergite.

? and early stages not known.

Hab. 8.B. and 8.W. Africa.

Two species.

Differs from Polyptychus, Clanis, and Leucophiebia in the absence of the
paronychium. ;

The genus is of particnlar interest, as it connects the aberrant-looking
Leucophlebia with Clanis. :

189. Leptoclanis pulchra spec. nov. (Pl. LXVI. f. 9, ¢).

3. Body creamy; face, middle of crest, centre of collar, a mesial stripe on
mesonotum, a broad inner border to mesothoracical tegula, middle of metanotum
and first abdominal segment, palpus, breast and anterior femur and tibia olive-
green; spinules of abdominal tergites ochraceous ; first segment of palpus with
lateral tuft of red scales.

Wings with the veins more or less creamy in distal area. ’pperside.——Fore-
wing: cream-colour; a rather large subbasal dash at inner margin, a triangular
patch filling up apex of cell, a triangular subapical costal patch between SC! and
R', and two patches at bases of cellules R3—M!, olive-green, the latter two patches
shading off distally, the green scaling reaching margin, where it extends to costal
and inner angles; three indistinct lines: one before base of M?, oblique, two on
disc, parallel, 3 mm. distant from each other. Hindwing: basal two-thirds red
rest creamy, shaded with olive-green, especially at distal margin ; two thin diseal
lines.

Underside. Forewing red from base to end of cell or beyond, rest dirty cream=
colour, shaded with olive-green ; two discal lines as above, and a trace of an oblique
apical line. Hindwing: a red subbasal streak behind (SM’), two discal lines as
above, the proximal one 2 to 3 mm. from cell at R*, curved behind and slightly also
in front ; an elongate buffish stigma.

( 229

6. Tenth tergite broad (Pl. XXIV. f. 4), apex tarned downward, sub-
truncate ; sternite (Xv) also broad, long, deeply and broadly sinuate, the two lobes
long, obtuse. Clasper obtusely triangular (PI. XXXII. f. 17), with a dorso-basal
compressed process (pdb) which is tuberculose apically at the edge; harpe 2
subventral longitudinal ridge which is basally and apically produced into a process,
the harpe resembling that of Clanis undulosa (Pl. XXXII. f. 8). Penis-sheath
without armature.

2. Not known.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, December and February (G. A. K. Marshall) ;
Angola.

In the Tring Museum 3 dd from Salisbury (type) ; and Golungo Alto, Angola
(Welwitsch). A series from Salisbury in the British Museum.

190. Leptoclanis basalis.

Smerinthus basalis Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxv. p. 1858 (1866) (Zambesi ;—coll. Waller, ubi?).

Polyptychus 2 basalis, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 584. n. 6 (1877) (“ basilis” in Index).

*Choerocampa virgo Westwood, in Oates, Matabeleland p. 354. t. b. £. 11 (g) (1881) (Zambesi ;—
Mus. Oxford).

Theretra virgo, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 651. n. 11 (1892).

Basiana (?) basalis, id., le. p. 703. n, 12 (1892).

3%. We have not the type of basalis ; the description applies, however, without
doubt to the iusect figured by Westwood as virgo. The ¢ is very pale, the green
patches of the preceding species are absent. the forewing has a distinct black stigma,
and the red patch of the hindwing is much more sharply defined than in pulehra.
The ? is said by Walker to have the forewing speckled with brown and traversed
by five brown lines (another species ?).

3. Tenth tergite divided into two widely separated slender and acutely pointed
processes which are curved mesiad and ventrad ; the sternite with one long, very
slender and very sharp process. Harpe (P1. LIX. f. 7) ending in a short, broad,
rounded, dentate ridge.

Hab. Lambesi.

One d in the Oxford Museum.

LIX. LEUCOPHLEBIA.—Typus : lineata.

Lencophlebia Westwood, Cab. Or, Ent. p. 46 (1848) (type : lineata).
Rasphele Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 55 (1875) (type : lineata).

3%. Tongue short aud weak, naked or scaled. Pilifer with bristles. Antenna
strongly compressed in d (inclusive of distal segments), deeply grooved, dilated
above the grooves, outline crenate in dorsal view, penultimate segment about as
long as high, last one triangular, about three times as long as basally high, or the
autenna pectinated ; in ? slightly prismatical, scarcely grooved, without distinctly
prolonged seriated ciliae, broader than high in transsection, distal segments some-
What flattened ventrally. No eyelashes. Palpus much larger in ¢ than in ? ;
joint not open. Abdominal tergites spinose at least at the edges. Tibiae spinose ;
two pairs of spurs to hindtibia, longer terminal spur abont one-third the length of
the first tarsal segment ; pulvillus and paronychium present, but the lobes of the
latter short and slender, the ventral lobes longer than the lateral ones, which are
_ almost obsolete. Distal margin of wings entire, apex of forewing pointed, but not

(230)

produced, hinder angle completely rounded ; D? of hindwing in or near centre,
seldom fur below centre. Clasper without friction-scales ; penis-sheath without
armature. ,

Larva insufficiently known: green, grannlose, two longitudinal white side-
stripes, the lower not very distinct; head (triangular ?) with pink side-stripe 5
horn short, pink.—Food-plant : Saccharum !

Hab. Indo-Malayan and Aethiopian Regions.

Four species.

Very near Leptoclanis in structure, but distinguished from that genus as wel
as Polyptychus and Clanis by the paronychium being short-lobed and the hinder
angle of the forewing being rounded. The sexual armature is of the same type
as in Clanis and Leptoclanis; the buff vein-streaks recall the creamy veins of
Leptoclanis. i

The four species form au interesting series as regards the development ot
maize-yellow area of the forewing. This streak is, in /éneata, contined in basal
half to the cell, being limited behind by M; in emittens it lies within the cell and
behind it ; while in the two African species it lies behind the cell, being lima
in front by vein M.

In the colour of the thorax and head emittens (India) agrees with newmanni
(Africa), and lineata (India) with afra (Africa).

Key to the species :

a- Abdominal tergites black, except spines . . 198. L. afra. 4
Abdominal tergites not black, frons and occiput

the same red colour . : : eels
Abdominal tergites not black, on dark
occiput pale . . . 191) LZ. lineata.
6. Maize-yellow streak of irene chanted in
front by vein M, a yellow stigma . . 194. L. neumanni.
Maize-yellow streak of forewing entering cell,
no stigma , : : 3 : . 192. L. emittens.

191. Leucophlebia lineata.

*Leucophlebia lineata Westwood, Cab. Or. Ent, p. 46. t. 22. £. 2 (9 ) (1848) (Centr. Ind., Assam, e
Mus. Oxford); Walk., List Lep, Ins. B. M. ix. p. 136. n. 1 (1856) (Nepaul) ; Moore, in
& Moore, Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C. i. p. 265. n. 610. t. 8. £. 5 (/.) (1857) (Java); id.,
Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 793 (1865) (Bengal) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix, p. 594. n. 1 (187
(Nepal; Java); Snell., Tijdschr. Ent. xxii. p. 64. n. 4 (1879) (S. Celebes ; syn. partim) ;
Swinh., Cut. Moths Ind. i, p. 28. n. 153 (1887); Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, p. 120, n.
(1889) (Kinkiang); Pag., Jahrb. Nass. Ver, Nat. xliii. p. 101. n. 181 (1890) (E. Java) ; Sw
Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ov. i. p. 28. 0. 113 (1892) (Flores ; Assam) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 70
n. 1 (1892) (N. India; Java); Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 74. n. 100 (1
(Chekiang ; Nepal; Cachar; S. India; Ceylon ; Java ;=rosacea) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zei
x1. p. 368. n. 44 (1895) (Java); Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 279. n. 42 (1898) (Kiukiang

Leucophlebia luvert Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i, p. 55. 0. 1 (1875) (Java; Centr. Ind. ;
nov. loco lineata).

Rasphele luweri id., lc. (1875) (sub syn.). }

*Leucophlebia rosacea Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 15, t. 2. £. 4 (gf) (1875) (Coimbatoor -
Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 595, n. 2 Seine Moore, Lep. Ceyl. ii. p.
t. 80. f. 3 (1882) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 704. n. 2 (1892).

3. Some specimens are more rosy than others; fresh-bred individuals a
especially bright. We do not notice any local difference between the exampk

( 231 )

from the various countries. The maize-yellow streak of the forewing is not constant
in width. Distal edge of hindwing seldom rosy.

d. Tenth tergite gradually narrowed to the end, longitudinally impressed, the
strongly chitinised lateral edges somewhat elevated, apex truncate ; sternite with
a broad, rounded, mesial lobe, Clasper sole-shaped, apex evenly rounded, harpe
without distinct processes and ridges ; basi-dorsal tuberculated process of clasper
short, corresponding to the process pdb of Pl. XXXII. f. 10. 11.

?. Highth tergite rounded-truncate, the angles rounded. Vaginal plate not
strongly chitinised, not scaled, posterior part truncate, with the sides oblique ; edges
of orifice somewhat raised ; no processes (Pl. XVII. f. 6).

Larva see above.

Hab. Formosa, China, N.W. India to Ceylon, eastwards to the Philippines,
Celebes and Flores; not yet found on Borneo.

In the Tring Museum 29 dd, 6 2% from: Ceylon; Travancore ; Nilgiris ;
Kulu; Assam; N.W. Fokien, China; Wei-hai-wei, October (Dr. Lambert) :
Formosa ; Java; Luzon (Dr. Meyer); S. Celebes (Ribbe ; Fruhstorfer).

192. Leucophlebia emittens.

*Leucophlebia emittens Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxv. p. 1858 (1866) (Hindostan ;—Mus, Brit.);
Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 56. 0. 2 (1875); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 595. n. 4
(1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 28. n, 156 (1887) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 704.
n. 4 (1892); Hawps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind, Moths i. p. 75. n. 101 (1892) (N.W. Him ;
Sikhim ; Bombay ; Centr. Ind. ; Burma ;=bdicolor=damascena) ; Swinb., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus.
Ox. i. p. 28. n. 114 (1892) (Bombay) ; Dudg., Jown. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 407. n. 101
(1898) (not seen ; Elwes: distinct from /ineatu).

*Leucophlebia bicolor Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 16. t. 2. £. 5 (1875) (Almorah ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 595. n. 3 (1877) ; Moore, in Sec. Yark. Miss. p.7.n. 25 (1879) ;
Butl., Zllustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p. 11. t. 80. £. 6 (1881) ; Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soc.
Lond. p. 435. n. 12 (1886) (Mhow, vi. vil.) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cut. Moths Ind.i. p. 28. n. 155
(1887) (Yarkand ; Simla; Sattara; Mhow) ; Kirby, /.c. p. 704. n. 3 (1892).

*Lewophlebia damascena Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 392 (1875) (Sikbim ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,
Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 639 (1877) ; id., [ustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p. 11.
t. 80. f. 7 (1881) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat, Moths Ind. i. p. 28. n. 157 (1887) ; Kirby, l.c. p. 704.
pn. 5 (1892).

3%. Hampson was quite right in suggesting that the type of emttens is a
discoloured specimen.—Pronotum and occiput of tbe same (red) colour as the
frons ; hindwing with the distal margin narrowly pink. The maize-yellow colour
of the streak of the forewing extends along veins R*, M', M? as a rule, sometimes
the streak M? vestigial only. Abdominal tergites spinose all over.

d. Tenth tergite more abruptly narrowed than in Jineata, apex somewhat
sinuate ; lobe of sternite broad, shallowly sinuate at the sides and apex, the
strongly rounded apical angles being a little produced distad and laterad, the
Segment reminding one of that of Clanis curoa. Clasper and harpe essentially
as in lineata.

%. Only one specimen dissected, the dissections unfortunately destroyed by an
accident.

Larva not known.

Hab. N.W. Himalayas to Burma, southward to Bombay.

In the Tring Museum 12 od, 2 %% from: Ajmere, July ; Sabathu, Simla ;
Solon, July ; Dalhousie ; Allahabad, N.W, Ind, ; Sattara; Mhow.

( 232 )

193. Leucophlebia afra.

*Leucophlebia afva Karsch, Ent, Nachr. xvii. p. 12. t. 1, f. 1 (g¢) (1891) (Mukenge; Kassai ; - Mus,
Berlin) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 704. n. 6 (1892).

3. Tongue with long red scales, especially at the base. The spinules of the
abdominal tergites are confined to the edges ; they are ochraceous, forming bands ;
eighth tergite not black. The occiput is pale cream-colour, while the frons and
palpi are bright rose-colour like the underside of the body. Whereas in lineata
and eméttens the mid- and hindtibia have an almost white stripe on the upperside,
they are either all rosy red in ara or have a vestigial yellow stripe. The pectina-
tions of the d-antenna are long, scaled on the upper surface; the ventral outline of
the proximal segments is concave in side-view. Forewing with a rounded maize-
yellow stigma. R? of hindwing curved, sometimes twice the length of R*.

6. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXIV. f. 5) sinuate at end, slightly rounded at the
sides ; sternite deeply sinuate, the sinus rounded, the lobes triangular, rounded
at the end. Clasper (Pl. XXXII. f. 18) broad, with a long dorso-basal process
(pd); harpe ending distally in two points.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Tropical West and East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd from: Old Calabar; Upper Cougo; Mubande
(Buekulla), Uganda, 31. iii. °99 (Dr. Ansorge); Mpapua, German Hast Africa
(Dr. Baxter).

194. Leucophlebia neumanni-
*Leucophlebia neumanni Rothschild, Nov. Zoo, ix. p. 598. n. 11 (1902) (Mus. Tring),

2. Ditters from «fra in the following points: larger, body entirely rosy red,
ineso-metanotum with a maize-yellow middle stripe, abdominal tergites also with
a few yellow scales, mid- and bindtibia creamy white above as in the Indian species.

Wings, abovee-——Forewing: the mesial streak deeper yellow, less broad
in middle, more strongly dentate at R*, M! and M/’, costal edge very narrowly
yellow, stigma present, but smaller than in afra. Hindwing more elongate.

Underside: costal and distal margins of both wings red; cross-veius of
hindwing straight, R? central, lower angle of cell Jess acute than in «/ra.

Abdominal tergites dorsally spinose all over, as in the Indian species. Highth
tergite deeply incised mesially, the lobes rounded. Anterior and lateral edge of
vaginal oritice raised into a rather high ridge, which is slightly sinuate mesially.

Length of forewing: ?, 23 to 24 mm.

Hab. Gelo R. to Akobo R., Aethiopia, May 1901 (O. Neumann), 2 ? ?.

LX. POLYPTYCHUS.—Typus : dentatus.

Sphine, Cramer (now Linné, 1758), Pap. Evol. ii. Index (1777) ; Stoll., in Cram., /.c. Suppl. (1790) ;
Fubr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 356 (1793).

Polyptychus Hitbner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 141 (1822) (partim ; type: dentatus).

Andriasa Walker, Cat. Let. Hep. B. M. vii. p. 1735 (1856) (type : contraria).

Smerinthus, id. (non Latraille, 1802), List Lep. Jus. B. M, viii. p. 252 (1856).

Panacra 14., l.c. viii. p. 154 (1856) (partim ; type: avtomedon).

Zonilia id. (non id., 1856), l.ec. Xxxi. p. 34 (1864).

Basiana, id. (non id., 1856), lic, xxxi. p. 37 (1864).

( 283 )

Gywerye Guente, in Vins., Voy. Maday. p. 30 (1865) (wom. nud.).

Ambulyx Walker (von id., 1856), Proc. N. HW. Soe, Glasgow 1. p. 328 (1869).

Temnora, Boisduval (non Walker, 1856), Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 289 (1875).

Pseudosmerinthus Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 593 (1877) (type : contraria=submargiulis).
Triptogon id. (non id., 1877), Cist. Ent. i. p. 393 (1879).

Devitzia Holland, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xvi. p..65 (1889) (includes contrariv).

Dewitzia (!) id. Ent. News iv. p. 341 (1893).

Marumba, Kirby (201 Moore, 1882), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 708 (1802).

$@. Joint of first and second palpal segments more or less open. Tibiae all
spiuose ; two pairs of spurs to hindtibia ; pnlvillus, paronychium, frenulum and
retinaculum present.

Closely allied to Clanis, distinguishable by the open joint of the palpus, or a
very weak tongue, or a scalloped distal margin of the wing, or the absence of
spinules from the abdominal tergites (excepting edges).

The thirty-two species here treated as Polyptychus represent without doubt
several genera. The characters given for the genera already proposed are, however,
not reliable. We have tried to separate generically the motley of forms according to
their structure, but found that it would be necessary to erect a genus for every two
or three species, which, we think, is quite inopportune at present. The division of
Polyptychus into smaller genera must be left till the African Sphingid fauna is
better explored; for we believe that the number of undescribed species coming
into this group of forms is very large. When a larger proportion of the existing
species is known, one will be better able to judge, how far one should go in dividing
up the present genus Polyptychus. Of the names proposed, Polyptychus will
eventually stand for the Indian forms (dentatus, trilineatus) ; Andriasa and Pseudos-
merinthus ave both based upon contraria, the former on the d, the other on the ¢ ;
Devitzia was proposed for contraria and paupercula, and will therefore always
remain a synonym of .Andriasa. As yet only three names are available for the
genera into which Polyptychus will ultimately he separated ; at least five more will
be needed—a fine opportunity of acquiring immortality, provided the scientists of
the distant future do not shake off our system of nomenclature by inventing one
of their own.

The tongue varies in the different species from being strong and reaching to
the abdomen (orthographus, etc.) to being nearly altogether obliterated (gray).
The joint of the palpus is not distinctly open in trisecta and orthographus ; the
size of the palpus is variable according to species or groups of species. The
abdominal tergites are spinose all over in some species, in others the spines are
restricted to the edges. The spurs are very long in ¢r/secta and allies, short in
other species ; in some they are spinose, in others they are not. The clasper has
4 patch of friction-scales, or has not. The distal margin of the forewing is entire,
Straight, convex, dentate, or scalloped; the apex preduced, or not. R? of the
hindwing varies in position, and the cross-veins D* and D* are sometimes very
oblique, sometimes not. The antennae are also not the same in structure in all
the species.

The structural differences are mentioued below under the various species. We
hope that, by pointing out these differences, we are not inducing anybody who has
no knowledge of the insects themselves to seize upon these characters and be busy
proposing generic names for the species.

___ The larva is known only-of one of the two Indian and of one African species ;
it has the triangular head and granulose skiu after the type of Sphinx ovellate.

Possibly some of the African forms may have rounded

( 234 )

spines like Rhadinopasa.

Key to the species :

a

b.

d.

Y-

h.

5

Hindwing chrome-yellow in basal half, two
large black spots before anal angle.

Hindwing not so : : . :
Hindwing more or less red or pink

Hindwing grey, ochraceous, or brown

A large species, forewing 50 mm. long,
strongly scalloped

Medium-sized species ;

Distal margin of forewing evenly convex,
apex not produced; no subbasal spot on
forewing, no anal spot on hindwing

Apex more or less produced :
forewing a rather large ring ; anal spot
of hindwing a short DeE tab: band

or line : ; ’
As before, but stigma a mere ee or sibeaniti
anal epee small . . : ; :

Forewing with two minute subbasal dots,
first discal line slightly S-shaped

Forewing with one heavy subbasal dot,
first discal line slightly concave

Forewing with two minute subbasal dots,
first discal line slightly concave

Forewing with two subbasal dots, first
discal line straight :

Forewing with one or no subbasal dot

Forewing with no subbasal dot, first discal
line straight ; :

Forewing with one subbasal does first aiseal
line vearvel costad

Hindwing orange-rufous, veins
brown distally F ‘ :

Hindwing pinkish buff, veins not stebaked

D§ of hindwing shorter than D'

D* of hindwing longer than D! :

Distal margin of wings even; if scalloped,
forewing with subbasal dot or patch .

streaked

Distal margin of wings more or less
scalloped or uneven, no subbasal dot
on forewing : :

Forewing above with a ance defined
black marginal area from apex to M’,
evenly convex proximally . 4 .

Forewing above without a sharply defined
black marginal area -, palo, :

stigma of

heads and be covered with

226. P. meander.

: db.
: (et
Vi:

208. P. good.
rd:

2a

P. mutata.

é

27. P. fulgurans.
219. P. rosea.

218. 2. numosae.

210. P. andosa.

y:

h.

213. P. coryndoni.
214. P. marshall.
212. P. compar.

21). BP. consimilis.

Feet a

( 7250)))

Torewing above with three sharply marked
lines, antemedian, discal, aud postdiscal,
the other lines faint : ;

Forewing above without such sharply
marked lines

m. Forewing above with first discal line

Me

p-

Hi

r

“

S-shaped, beginning at apical fifth of

costal margin and ending at basal third
of hinder margin : : t
Forewing above with the discal lines more
or less parallel to distal margin
First discal line very heavy, distal margin

entire . 3 :
First discal line thin, aac mareio dentate
Forewing with a double subbasal dot :

Forewing with a single dot, or without
Dots large, hindwing with two sharply
marked postdiscal zigzag lines, apex
of forewing strongly produced.
Dots minute, lines of hindwing indistinct,
fringe spotted white. : ;
Dots minute, lines of hindwing indistinct,
fringe unicolorous : 5 : ;
Forewing with a grey-olive patch near base,
near apex, and near hinder angle
Forewing without these patches b :
Occiput and thorax with a dark mesial line,
a black subbasal dot on forewing
Occiput and thorax without a dark mesial
line; no black subbasal dot on fore-
wing, last stigma of abdomen in a
white spot . : : : . :
Occiput and thorax without a dark mesial
line ; abdomen without white stigmata]
spot. ; : 5 é
Lower angle of cell of pindieige almost
90°, distal margin of forewing | convex .
Not so ; :
Hindwing with a Bisset tee patel
before middle of abdominal margin
Hindwing without blackish brown patch

forewing greenish : ; :
Hindwing without blackish brown mate
forewing not greenish . : 5 :

Subbasal spot of forewing minute or absent;
postdiscal dot M* not larger than the
others . : ; 5

Subbasal spot of forewing iaree poet icc
dot M? not larger than the others -

208.
209.

207,

216.

215.

206.

200,

204,

220.

YOO

~~

IU} 9F

221.

ot,

nM.

it.

0.

P. rhadamistus.

P. boisducali.

ps
UB

P. falcatus.

P. fumosus.

P. subjectus.

DP. enodia,

r,

P. affinis.

Pa pygargd.

P. foliacear,
t.

P. nigriplaga.
P. virescens.

u.

P. contraria.

P. holland.

( 236 )

Subbasal spot of forewing large; postdiscal

dot M* is larger than the others . » 223. P. paupercula,
Subbasal spot of forewing Jarge ; hindwing

with blackish brown anal double spot . 202. P. carter.
Subbasal spot of forewing small or absent ;

hindwing without blackish brown anal

double spot. : ‘ PP se
wz. Thorax with brown mesial ee 5 inde
below with one postdiscal line. . 200. P. trisecta.

Thorax without brown mesial line ; hind-
wing below with two postdiseal lines . 201. P. orthographus.
«. Forewing with a subbasal (double) dot or
short line: a sharply defined black
apical area . : BP We
Forewing without eoblisted dot or hart
line; no sharply defined black apical

area. , pre ae:
y. First and second anictiediai ane of fare:
wing converging costad : : . 198. P. digitatus.
First and second antemedian lines of fore-
wing not converging costad 5 . 197. P. grayi.
*. Postdiscal line of forewing straight . . 196, P. dentatus.
Postdiscal line of forewing curved between
R? and M . ; 5 : ; . 199. P. trilineatus.

195. Polyptychus trilineatus.

Smerinthus dentatus, Walker (non Cramer, 1777), l.c. viii. p. 252. n. 1 (1856),

Polyptychus timesius, Butler (non Stoll, 1790), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 584, n. 2 (1877) (partim).
Polyptychus modestus, Maassen (non Fabricius, 1793), Stett. Ent, Zeit. xli. p. 60 (1880).
*Polyptychus trilineatus Moore, Prov, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 390 (1888) (Dharmsala ;—Mus. Brit.).

3%. This species is easily distinguished in all its various local forms from
dentatus by the postdiscal line of the forewing not being straight, but curving distad
behind It*. There can be no question of mistaking it for dentatus after the
differences have once been grasped. Maassen is, to our knowledge, the only anthor
who has described the colour differences, but be wrongly identified the species
as modestus (recte modesta). One finds the insect generally named ¢/mesius in
collections ; this is a curious misapplication, the figure of témesius representing
without the slightest doubt the insect previously figured as dentatus. The dentate
line between the second and third lines of the forewing is mostly not distinet,
often barely traceable, sometimes quite absent.

In both dentatus and trilineatus the tongue is very thin and short, not reaching
the end of the fore-coxa, yellowish buff, not visible between the palpi if rolled ia.
Joint between palpal segments 1 and 2 not open; palpus smaller in ? than in d.
Antennae grooved in both sexes. Spurs not spinose. Distal margin of forewing
more or less scalloped or uneven, no black dot at base ; cross-veins of hindwing
very oblique, lower angle of cell acute. Abdominal tergites with weak spines all
over, the spinés dense and stronger at the apical margins. Penis-sheath without
armature, clasper and eighth tergite without friction-scales.

3. Tenth tergite narrowed to. an acute hook (Pl: XXV. f. 2); sternite

tepresented by a low ridge; between the sternite and the penis-sheath there is
at each side a strongly chitinised, needle-like process (PI. XXV. f. 2, x). The
clasper is divided apically by a longitudinal slit (Pl. XXYV. f. 2); the ventral
processes of the clasper are fused together, completely or partially, to form a single
yentral process (PI. XXY. f. 2, px), while the submesial processes (pdr and pd?)
are qnite nneqnal. The details of the armature are very different in the specimens
from different countries, and there is also some individual variability.

?. The eighth tergite is mesially sinnate ; on the upper surface of the lobes
there is a projecting cone or lobe (PI. XVIII. f. 5. 8), or there is no further
armature. The vaginal plate (Pl. XVIII. f. 1. 4) agrees better with those of the
members of Clan/s than with the plate of dentatus: the antevaginal part is very
restricted, membranaceonus, with a low, stronger chitinised, smooth ridge (wp) in
front of the vaginal orifice (J7); the postvaginal plate (pzp) is very large, this
plate visible in the specimens after removal of part of the sealing of the seventh
sternite ; this armature different, like the eighth tergite, in the different subspecies.
The antenna similar to that of d, the middle and basal segments much higher
than broad ; the horizontal diameter of the ventral part of the transsection about
half as long as the diameter of the dorsal part.

Larva green, granulose, with two yellowish green dorsal lines and whitish
oblique side-bands, granules white, head triangular, horn rather long.—Food-plant:
“Tmssorah” (N. India), ‘ Tanteitai-lngai” (Philippines).

Pupa not described.

Hab. Ceylon, N.W. India, N. India, China, Philippines, probably also on the
Snnda Islands.

The five subspecies are nearly all so very different in the structure of the sexual
armature (compare P]. XXY. f. 2, and Pl. XXXIV. f. 7. 8. 9. 10) that one might

: be induced to consider these forms as being specifically distinct. But as they are

¢learly geographical representatives of one another, and as, further, the material in

| collections is quite insufficient to show us the range of variation of these individually
yariable forms—only from N. India a series of specimens is available—we treat

| them as subspecies.

|

a. P. trilineatus luteatus subsp. nov.

3%. Body and wings cinnamon-isabella colour, or cinereous-grey. Markings
as in frilineatus undatus, but the dentate line between the discal and postdiseal
lines of the forewing nearly as distinct as in dentatus, The distal margin of the
forewing not scalloped, convex in middle.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXV. f. 4) much shorter than in ¢7///neatus

undatus, the sternite higher, more strongly chitinised, the distal edge slightly
bisinnate, with a short, narrow, mesial lobe. Clasper divided into a dorsal and
ventral lobe (Pl. XXXIV. f. 8), but the incision not so deep as in ¢rilin. undatus,
and the lobes differently shaped: the ventral one especially disagreeing in being
rounded and provided before the end with a transverse fold which inclines apicad
and gives the lobe the appearance of being transversely cleft; the ventral
Whipair process common to the two harpes is apically bent towards the right side
(Pl. XXXIV. f. 10); the figure gives the process in a dorsal view, and shows the
connection between it and the processes of the penis-funnel (pdr and pd); the
process pdr is either acute, as in figure, or obtuse.

%. The eighth tergite has no special armature on the dorsal surface, the

( 238 )

pyramidal cone of trix. wndatus being represented by a mere swelling. The
vaginal armature not preseryed in the only $ seen, which is stuffed with cotton-wool
by the collector.

Ilab. Ceylon.

1 3 in the Tring Mnsenm (type); 1 3,1 ? in the British Museum,

Lb. P. trilineatus trilincatus.

Polyptychus timesius, Butler (non Stoll, 1790), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 584, n, 2 (1877)
(Massuri, 9 ).

* Polyptychus trilineatus Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 890 (1888) (Dharmsala, 2 :—Mus. Brit.) ;
Batl., Zustr, Typ. Spee. Lep. Met. B. M. vii. p. 25, t. 121. f. 4 (1889) ; Cot. & Swinh., /.c. Add,
p- 727. n. 133 \ (1889) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p 706. n. 9 (1892) (Dharmsala).

Polyptychus Centatus, Hampson, in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind, Moths i. p. 69. n. 90 (1892) (partim),

?. The type-specimen differs from the other subspecies especially in the
following points :

Forewing, whore: the discal line very faint, more proximal than in the other
forms, touching lower angle of cell, postdiscal line also more proximal, crossing
R? abont 8 mm. from the distal margin and 9 mm. from the cell; no dentate line
between discal and postdiseal lines. Underside: fore- and hindwing without diseal
line, the postdiscal line of forewing more proximal than in the other forms, on
hindwing a little nearer cell at R' than distal margin. Eighth tergite with pointed
pyramidal cones as in #77//. wndatus, but less sinnate ; vaginal plate similar to that
of tril. undatus.

Hab. N.W. India.

1 2? in Brit. Museum.

A from Massuri in the Brit. Museum, ex coll. Moore, agrees in colour and
markings with the following subspecies; if the locality is correct, the type of
trilineatus may turn out to be an aberrant individual, instead of being a representative
of a N.W. India subspecies.

ce. P. trilineatus undatus subsp. nov.

Smerinthus dentatus, Walker (von Cramer, 1777), /.c. viii. p. 252. n. 1 (1856) (partim) ; Horsf. &
Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. BE. I. C. i. p. 264. n. 609 (1857) (N. India ; syn. partim) ; Moore, Pre.
Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 793 (1865) (Bengal) ; Boisd., Spee. (én. Lép. Het. i. p. 25. n, 12 (1875)
(partim ; deser. of larva).

Polyptychus dentatus, Butler, Trans. Zool, Soc, Lond. ix. p. 583. n. 1 (1877) (partim) ; Cot. &
Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 24. n. 132 (1887) (partim) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus, Ov. i.
p. 26. n. 102 (1892) (partim) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 69. n. 90 (1892)
(partim) ; Kirby, /.c. p. 706. n. 7 (1892) (partim).

Polyptychus timesius, Butler (won Stoll, 1790), lc. p. 584. n. 2 (1877) (partim) ; Cot. & Swinh,, Le.
i, p. 24. n, 133 (1887) (partim) ; Kirby, /.c. p. 706. n. 8 (1892) (partim),

Polyptychus modestus, Maassen (non Fabricius, 1793), Stet. Mut. Zeit. xli, p. 60 (1880) (distinet
from dentatus ; Silbet).

Polyptychus dentatus vay. timesius, Dudgeon, Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc, xi, p. 406.0. 90 (1898)
(Sikhim, 1800 ft., viii., one specim.).

3%. Body and wings olive mummy-brown, with a pinkish grey flush ; the dise
of the forewing sometimes paler in patches, in which case a brown shadowy band
situated beyond the antemedian line becomes more conspicuous.

3. The complicated genital armature illustrated in situ on Pl. XXY. f. 2;
the left clasper is taken away and the anal segment intentionally drawn too far
away from the penis-sheath, in order to make the figure more clear, The tenth —

( 239 )

tergite (V7) appears as a long strong hook, while the sternite (Xv) is a small
fold ; the length of the tergite as compared with that of /teatws can be best seen
from Pl. XXY. f. 3.4. The dorsal lobe of the clasper (V@) is rather weak, apically
dilated and bent inwards, irregularly ladle-shaped, the ventral lobe (Jv) ends in
two heavy teeth ; the unpair process common to both harpes (pz) is fishtail-shaped ;
the lateral processes of the harpe are very unequal, that of the right harpe (pd/)
being long and pointed, projecting beyond the ventral edge of the clasper, while
the process of the left clasper (pd) is short and more or less obtuse. The needle-
like process (7) between clasper and tenth sternite very prominent.

?. Highth tergite (P]. XVIII. f. 5) with a sharp prominent cone upon the
upper surface at each side, pointing distad. Vaginal armature (Pl. XVIII. f. 1)
with a large postvaginal plate (pop) which is very prominent; the distal margin
slightly bi-emarginate, the mesial portion somewhat produced and bent ventrad,
so that the plate appears mesially almost sinuate in an anal aspect ; the angles of
the plate rounded.

Larva described by Boisduyal, /.c. (see above).

Tlah, North India: Assam ; Sikhim; most likely also Bhutan and Burma.

In the Tring Museum 6 dd, 7 2? from: Khasia Hills; Cherrapunji,
November ; Sikhim (Mandelli).

d. P. trilineatus chinensis subsp. nov.

?. Only one badly damaged specimen, which is, however, so peculiar in the
strnetnre of the copulatory organs that we do not hesitate to make it the type of
a name for this new subspecies. Large, general colour nearly as dark as in
trilin. undatus, more ashy grey on body and base of forewing ; forewing with traces
ofa donble submedian line which crosses M at the base of M', discal line evenly
concave, slightly angled just before inner margin. Upperside of mid- and hindtibia
purer white than in wdatus.

Highth tergite (Pl. XVIII. f. 8) with an enormonsly developed, deeply
sinnate, irregularly notched and rugate plate, which is homologous to the two
cones of the tergite of trilin. undatus. The postvaginal plate (Pl. XVIII. f. 4)
is also remarkably different in being rather deeply sinnate, with the two lobes
rounded.

Hab. China, probably from the Yantse-kiang Region.

One ? in the Tring Museum.

¢. P. trilineatus philippinensis subsp. nov.
Polyptichus dentatus, Semper (non Cramer, 1777), Schmett. Philipp. ii. p. 391. n, 22. t. p. £. 4 (larva)
(1896) (synon. excl. ; Luzon, | specim., Febr.).
Polyptychus timesins, id. (non Stoll, 1790), /.c. p. 392. n. 23 (1896) (Mindanao, coll. Staudinger).

3%. Almost as grey as dentatus; distal margin of forewing not scalloped,
convex in middle, concave below apex and before hinder angle; mid- and hind-
tibiae and -tarsi white above.

d. Upper lobe of clasper rounded, projecting beyond the lower lobe, which
is obliquely truncate with the ventral angle somewhat produced (Pl. XXXIV. f. 9);
the uopair process pr found in the other subspecies is here deeply divided into
i narrow and shorter right piece and a longer and broader, apically pointed and
somewhat dentienlated, left blade (Pl. XXXIV. f. 7); this strneture shows that

( 240 )

the nnpair organ has originated by the ventral processes of the two harpes fusing
basally and the distal portion of the left process aborting.

?. Strneture not examined.

Larva figured by Semper; the horn is said to be white (but is green in figure) ;
the yellow line of the right side is too far down in figure, and the yellow dots
or setae along the back are apparently meant to represent the yellow line of the
left side, the figure representing doubtless a semi-dorsal view of the caterpillar
incorrectly drawn.

Tab. Manila, Luzon, 1 ¢ (in bad condition) in the Berlin Museum, collected
by Jagor, type: 13,1 2 from Davao or., Mindanao (Platen), in coll. Standinger :
one crippled specimen from Lnzon in coll. Semper.

196. Polyptychus dentatus.

Sphine dentatus Cramer, Pap. Ev. ii. p. 42. t. 125, f. G. (1777) (Coromandel) ; Goeze, Ent. Beyly.
iii. 2. p. 223. n. 70 (1780) (“f. p.” ex err.).

Sphinx dentata, Fabricius, Spee. Ins. ii. p. 143. 0. 16 (1781): id., Mant, Tus. ii. p. 94. m. 18 (1787);
Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2375. n. 60 (1790) : Fabr., Hat. Syst. iil. 1. p. 861. n. 19 (1793).

Sphine timesins Stoll, in Cram., Pap. Ev, Suppl. p. 172. t. 40. £. 1 (1790) (Coromandel).

Sphine modesta Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 356. n. 4+ (1793) (Tranquebar) : Boisd., Spee. Grén,
Lép. Meét.i. p. 557 (1875); Auriv., Lat. Tidskr, xviii. p. 151. n. 77 (1897) (typus in Mus,
Kopenhagen).

Polyptychus dentatus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 141, n. 1514 (1822); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond.

1X. p- 583. n. 1. (1877) (partim) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. p- 154. n. 36 (1883) (Belgaum ;
Mhow, x.) ; Fors., Zvrans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 395 (1884) (Mhow ; larva; habits) ; Swinh,,
ibid. p. 290, n. 23 (1885) (Poona, xii. ; Belgaum ; Bombay, x. xi.) ; id., /.c. p. 435, n. 11 (1886)
(Mbow, x.) ; Cot. & Swinb., Cat. Woths Ind. i. p. 24. n. 132 (1887) (partim) ; Swinh., Journ,
Bombay N. IT, Soe. iii. p. 119, n, 12 (1888) (Karachi, x.) ; id., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Or, i. p. 26.
n. 102 (1892) (partim) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Fama Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 69. n. 90 (1892)
(partim); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 706. n. 7 (1892) (partim).

Polyptychus timesius, Hiibner, /.c, n. 1515 (1822); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 584. n. 2
(1877) (partim) ; Maass., Stet/. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 60 (1880) (= 2 of dentatus) ; Cot. & Swinh.,

Le. i, p. 24. n. 133 (1887) (partim) ; Kirby, /.c. p. 706. n. 8 (1892) (partim).

Smerinthus dentatus, Lepell. & Serv., Enc. Méth. x. p. 441. t. 66. f. 3 (1825) ; Walk., List Lep. Het.
BM, viii. p. 252. n. 14 (1856) (partim, synon.); Boisd., Spec, Gén. Lép. Ifét. i. p. 25, n, 12
(1875) (partim ; = timesins).

Smerinthus timesius, Walker, /.c. viii. p. 252. n. 15 (1856) (=dentatus var. ?).

Smerinthus denticulatus (), Hearsey, Proce. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3). 1. p. 100 (1864) (larva mentioned, on
Cordia sebistena).

3?. Whitish cinereous. The postdiscal and discal lines of the forewing

parallel, straight, the former, not curved distad beyond R?, the dentate line between
them distinct. The figures of dentatus and timesius agree with this insect, and

the type of modesta is said by Aurivillius, who has examined it at Kopenhagen,

to belong here.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXV. f. 5, dorsal view) not strongly narrowed to the
end, the apex sinuate, with the angles pointed ; the sternite developed to a large
mesial plate which is deeply sinuate, with the lobes rounded at end. Clasper sole-
shaped (Pl. XXXIV. f. 6) ; no organ of friction ; the harpe with two processes:
one submesial (pm), short, somewhat twisted, curved upwards, the widened part
coneaye, the process being more or less ladle-shaped ; the other long (pr), ventral,
not quite so long as the.clasper, pointed, somewhat curved at the end, the ventral
processes of the two claspers not fused together as in ¢rilineatus. Penis-sheath
without armature, less stout than in /¢rilineatus ; the processes (rv) found in the
latter species between clasper and tenth sternite are absent from dentatus.

FE

( 241 )

?. Antennal segments less deeply grooved than in frilineatus. The eighth
tergite of the abdomen (PL XVIII. f. 6) trilobate, the middle lobe, however,
yery short, all three strongly rounded. The vaginal plate (PI. XVIIL f. 2) very
remarkably different from that of ¢r7//neatus ; the orifice is postmedian (V) ; before
it the plate is convex, raised at the orifice into a thick, rather glossy ridge, which
is convex mesially, forming a short mesial lobe; this ridge is visible without
dissection after the removal of the scales at the edge of seventh sternite; the
postvaginal plate (vy) is not strongly chitinised, sunken, triangular.

Larva and pupa mentioned by Hearsey and Forsayeth, /./.c.c., not sufficiently
described.—Food-plant : “ Lasora” or “ Gaudi” trees ; Cordia sebistena.

Pupa (in Brit. Mus. from Mhow) glossy ; tongne-case shorter than foreleg ;
abdominal segments 2 to 7 with a transverse lateral sulcus at the base, the last
three sulci with a series of deep round punctures ; cremaster rather smooth, bifid.

Hab. Ceylon and South India, as far north as Karachi and Calcutta.

In the Tring Museum 1 3, 4 ? ? from: Deesa; Karachi; Calcutta.

197. Polyptychus grayi.
*Smerinthus grayi Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 249. n. 11 (1856) (Natal ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 26. n. 13 (1875) (Natal).

Polyptychus grayi, Butler, Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 584. n. 4 (1877) (Natal) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep.

Het. i. p. 705. n. 3 (1892) (Natal).

3%. Tongue reduced to two tubercles (Pl. LXII. f. 1). Bristles of pilifer
partly replaced by hair-scales. Joint between segments 1 and 2 of palpus open.
Antennal segments sub-andromorphic, the grooves much shallower than in the
two Indian species. Spurs of mid- and hindtibia not spinose. Distal margin of
forewing irregularly scalloped, similar in the sexes; R? of hindwing before centre
of cell, D’ much longer than D*; base of forewing with black dot. Clasper and
eighth tergite with organ of friction. Abdominal tergites spinose at the edges,
with some lanceolate pointed scales all over, besides large multidentate underscales.

d. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXV. f. 6) broad, gently curved downwards, apex with a
small rounded sinus, the lobes very short, pointed ; sternite (Xv) elongate triangular,
deeply cleft, the lobes close together, pointed. Clasper entire (Pl. XXXIV. f. 11),
sole-shaped, apex rounded ; with a large friction-patch of narrow bidentate scales,
which gradually assume the form of the ordinary scales, each scale longitudinally
impressed mesially, this giving the scaling of the patch a rough appearance ; the
eighth tergite with a corresponding organ of friction consisting of several rows
of scales closely packed together, these scales moderately enlarged, about three to
five times as long as broad ; the outwardly naked ventro-basal portion of the clasper
separated ventrally by an incision from the scaled part, the former representing the
Vasal part of the harpe, which is produced distally into a long, pointed, slightly
twisted process, which is almost vertical on the plane of the clasper, inclining basad
(Pl. XXXIY. f. 11); the hook is situated in the middle of the clasper and is clothed
dorsally at and near the edge with a great number of short. bristles. Penis-sheath
(Pl. XXX. f, 41) very slender, without armature, protruding from a long penis-
funnel (r-¥), which is produced into two lobes.

%. The eighth tergite (PI. XVIII. f. 8) somewhat resem bles that of dentatvs
deeply and roundedly sinuate, the lobes broad and rounded. Vaginal armature
) represented by fig. 3, Pl. XVIII; the vaginal cavity V very large, proximally
bordered by a rather high, wrinkled, transverse ridge which is incised mesially,

R

242 )

with the lobes bordering the sinus triangular and somewhat projecting ; post-
vaginal plate (pvp) transverse, not strongly chitinised, distally broadly rounded.

Larva green, granulose, a dorso-lateral series of pointed tubercles from
pronotum to horn. Head produced dorsad into a long process, which is sinuate at
end ; in last stages the process has disappeared, the head becoming only moderately
triangular. Horn first long and slender, straight; in later stages rather short and
stout, curved.

Hab. S.W. Africa, Cape Colony northwards to British East Africa.

Two subspecies :

a. P. grayt gray.

*Smerinthus grayi Walker, lc.

3%. This form only has been dissected by us ; the above description of the
structure of the sexual armature applies, therefore, to the present subspecies. The
third antemedian line of the forewing, above, is undulate, the brown marginal area
of the upperside does not reach hinder angle, and that of the underside is of nearly
the same tint from the apex of the forewing to the anal angle of the hindwing. The
dot at the base of the forewing is mostly double, or the dots are fused to one;
seldom is one of them absent.

Hab. Cape Colony to British East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 23 dd, 11 2% from: Natal (Spiller, Leigh) ; Namaqua-
land ; several larvae.

In the British Museum also from British East Africa.

b. P. grayi assimilis subsp. nov.

?. Forewing narrower than in the preceding form; basal dot minute ; third
autemedian line almost straight, first discal line less straight than in gray? ; brown
marginal area extending to hinder angle, its inner edge almost evenly curved ;
marginal area of underside of both wings not distinctly browner than dise, except
below apex of forewing and at anal angle of hindwing. Structure of the eighth
tergite and of the vaginal armature not examined.

Hab. Rietfontein, German §.W. Africa, March 1897 (Borchmann), 1 ? in the
Berlin Museum, type; Bechuanaland, 1 ¢ in coll. Staudinger.

198. Polyptychus digitatus.

Smerinthus dentatus, Dewita (non Cramer, 1777), Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. i. p. 27 (1879) (Chinchoxo).
* Polyptychus digitatus Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xvii. p. 14. t. 1. f. 3 (1891) (Chinchoxo ;—Mus. Berlin);
Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 706. n. 6 (1892) (W. Africa).

3%. Tongue reduced to two tubercles as in gray. Palpus and antenna as in
grayi (the antenna too heavy in figure of type). Differs from gray? in the following
points: Forewing; the basal dot replaced by a short inconspicuous line; antemedian
lines 1 and 2 + 3 converging costad; the brown apical area not narrowed to a point
at the apex of the wing, but remaining here several mm. broad ; a brown are alike
this also present on the underside, but here smaller, stopping at R*, rather sharply
defined ; the hindwing, below, dark brown at apex as well as at anal angle, the
postdiseal line less curved than in gray?i.—Not dissected.

Hab. West Africa: Angola ; Cameroons.

In the Berlin Museum 1d from Chinchoxo, type.

( 243 )

In coll. Druce 2 34, 1 2 from Cameroons. In one of these ¢¢ the first

discal line of the forewing, above, runs across the stigma, being much more proximal
than in the normal specimens.

199. Polyptychus virescens.

*Pseudosmerinthus virescens Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). x. p. 435 (1882) (Aburi;—Mus. Brit.);

Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 703. n. 7 (1892).

6. Tongue weak, reaching to end of forecoxa. Palpus with open joint.
Antennal segments with straight ventral outline (side-view). Spurs not spinose,
longer terminal one of hindtibia less than half the length of the first tarsal segment.
Distal margin of forewing entire, straight ; hindwing: anal angle not produced,
D? three times as long as D*. Abdomen like thorax, woolly, the tergites rather
densely spinose all over, the spines long, denser at the apices.
friction-patch.

Tenth tergite (P]. XXV. f. 7) not divided, the apical half rather abruptly
narrowed, forming a pointed hook, which is, however, not strongly curved down-
wards ; sternite mesially membranaceous, laterally stronger chitinised and produced
into a slender pointed process (Pl. XXV. f. 7, Xv). Clasper sole-shaped ; harpe
consisting of a plate of chitin which is not much raised above the plane of the
clasper, but is ventro-distally produced into a very long, slender, strongly
chitinised process, which curves ventro-distad and mesiad, protruding beyond
the ventral edge of the clasper. Penis-funnel dorsally produced into two pointed
processes, resembling the tenth sternite; penis-sheath with a very peculiar

armature consisting of a long, strong, curved thorn which is almost vertical upon
the sheath (PJ. XXX. f. 38).

? and early stages not known.
Hab. West Africa: Gold Coast and Congo ; doubtless more widely distributed.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from the Upper Congo.
Rare in collections.

Clasper without

200. Polyptychus trisecta (PI. 1 f. 5, ¢).
*Ambulyx trisecta Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr. xxii. p. 119. n. 91 (1901) (Congo, ¢ :—Mus. Bruxelles).

3. Tongue rather strong, as in carter’, coryndoni, etc. Palpi compressed,
less broad apically in dorsal view than in the allied species, the joint not distinctly
open. Antenna thickest between base and middle, the ventral outline even. Spurs
not spinose, very long, long terminal one of hindtibia as long as the tibia.
Abdominal tergites not spiny, excepting edges. Distal margin of forewing entire,
apex strongly produced, hinder angle produced backwards; D? of hindwing not
much longer than D*, both very oblique, D* nearly twice as long as D‘.
and eighth tergite with organ of friction.

Tenth tergite (PI. XXV. f. 10) very long and very slender, slightly
compressed, gradually curved downwards, apex rather obtuse; sternite (Yv)
produced into a broad rounded lobe, which is somewhat constricted basally. Clasper
(Pl. XXXIIL. f. 18) broadly sole-shaped ; dorsal half of outer surface ewithout
scaling, the naked area covered with dispersed elongate granules, which are smaller
and yery dense at the incrassate margin of the clasper; these granules replace
the friction-scales of the allied insects ; the eighth tergite bears a series of large
friction-scales on the innerside as illustrated on PJ, LVIII. f. 39; the harpe is

Clasper

( 244 )

produced into two broad processes : the ventral one slightly curved upwards, concave,
the upper one obliquely truncate, with a tooth at the dorsal edge, both processes
covered with very short bristles on the inner surface. Penis-sheath (Pl. XXX,
f. 31) with a very long apical process which is spatulate.

? and early stages not known..

Hab. Zongo, Mokoanghay, Congo (Tilkens), 1 ¢ in the Musée Royal at
Bruxelles, here figured.

201. Polyptychus orthographus spec. nov. (PI. I. f. 9, 3).

3. Smaller than ¢risecta, more buffish in tint, head and pronotum without
dark brown mesial line ; palpus paler at the end than at the sides. Forewing,
above, with a pale, short, subbasal line, parallel with the antemedian line, which
is more straight than in ¢’secta ; stigma prominent, brown, with pale centre ; post-
discal line more curved; a distinet line of lunules between discal and postdiseal
lines ; apex of wing much less produced and hinder angle more acute than in
Hindwing: fringe rather more extended white between the veins,

trisecta.
dise paler.

Underside: instead of the entire, non-dentate, postdiscal line of ¢r’secta there
are in orthographus two dentate lines, the external one accentuated by dots upon
the veins and situated nearer margin than the line of ¢risecta, especially in the
apical region of the hindwing ; the posterior veins of both wings dotted with white
outside the postdiscal line.

Palpus broader at end than in ¢%secta, joint somewhat open. Spurs long,
very unequal, but decidedly shorter than in ¢r/secta, the long terminal spur of the
hindtibia shorter than the tibia, the latter shorter than the first tarsal segment ;
abdomen without spines, except at the edges of the segments. R? of hindwing from
centre of cell. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXY. f. 9) long, as in ¢risecta, slightly dilated
at the end; sternite truncate, with the angles rounded. Clasper (P]. XXXIIL
f. 19) broadly sole-shaped ; outer surface not scaled dorsally, the naked area
densely covered with minute elongate granules ; eighth tergite with friction-scales
as in ¢risecta; harpe with three processes instead of two, the ventral one the
broadest, the inner surface of all covered with short bristles ; the upper basal provess
homologous to the short tooth of the harpe of ¢isecta. Process of penis-sheath
(Pl. XXX. f. 39) comparatively shorter than in ¢77secta, not dilated apically.

? and early stages not known. Length of forewing : 33 mm.

Hab. West Africa.

In the Tring Museum 2 3d from: Bopoto, Congo (K. Smith), type; Old
Calabar.

In the British Museum 1 ¢ from Old Calabar.

202. Polyptychus carteri (PI. X. f. 8, 2).
*Pseudosmerinthus carteri Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). x. p. 485 (1882) (Aburi ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 703. 0. 6 (1882) (Aburi).

3%. Tongue present, rather strong, visible between the palpi when rolled in.
Joint between first and second segment of palpus open. Antenna of 2 andro-
morphic. Spurs of mid- and hindtibia not spinose. Distal margin of forewing
dissimilar in the sexes, much more convex in middle in ? than in &, not dentate,
apex produced, pointed; D? of hindwing twice as long as D*, very oblique, this

( 245 )

as long as D'. Abdomen with broad underscales, spines only at the apices of the
tergites. Clasper and eighth tergite with organ of friction. Forewing, above, with
three lines, almost equally distributed at costal margin between base and apex, a
trace of a fourth line between the first and second; basal spot large, another large
spot at inner margin close to angle ; stigma grey, edged with brown.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXYV. f. 8) broad, sinuate, the two lobes rounded
externally, angled internally ; sternite (Xv) cleft into two lobes, which are more
than twice as long as broad; the lobes are directed anad, diverging somewhat ;
their broad sides are almost vertical, not horizontal. Clasper (Pl. XXXIV. f. 4)
irregularly sole-shaped, ventral margin distally more oblique than dorsal margin ;
the friction-patch consists of small lanceolate scales, and occupies the greater part
of the dorsal surface of the clasper ; the friction-organ of the eighth tergite consists
of a row of large scales covering one another sideways for the greater part, similar
to the row of scales of trisecta (Pl. LVIII. f. 39); the harpe has a dorso-basal,
long, spine-like process pd, and two distal processes: the ventral one is the
prolongation of the ventral ridge vc ; above this there is a short hook, the tip of
whieh is visible in figure ; the second process is longer, curved upwards, spinose,
it stands in connection by folds with the ventral ridge as well as with the dorso-
basal process. Penis-funnel (P-r) produced dorsally into a long, flat, pointed blade ;
penis-sheath armed at the end with a long, movable, slender process which lies
over the mouth of the sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 36).

2. Highth abdominal tergite (Pl. XVII. f. 16) broadly rounded dorsally, the
sides projecting as triangular lobes The vaginal plate (Pl. XVII. f. 15) similar

to that of grayi in the rather high antevaginal ridge azp being incised mesially ;

the postvaginal plate pop membranaceous.

Early stages not known.

Hab. West Africa: Sierra Leone ; Gold Coast ; Cameroons.

In the Tring Museum 1 d,1 ? from Sierra Leone.

In coll. Charles Oberthiir 2 ¢¢ from Johann Albrechts Hihe, Cameroons
(Conradt).
; 203. Polyptychus goodi.

Polyptychus goodi Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 64. n. 21. t. 4. £. 2 (2) (1889) (Upp.

Ogowé R. ;—coll. Holland) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 706. n. 5 (1892).

%. Known to us only from the description and figure. Forewing scalloped ;
stigma white with black edge ; apparently no basal dot (?); some indistinct ante-
median lines, almost straight, more distal behind than in front (as in Psewdoclanis
postica), and some irregular discal lines ; a blackish distal marginal area ; base at
inner margin like dise of hindwing rose-madder.

Length of forewing : 51 mm.

Hab. Ogowé R.

One $ in coll. Holland.

204. Polyptychus pygarga (PI. I. f. 8, ?).
"Dewitzia pygarga Karsch, Ent, Nachr. xvii. p. 295. t. 1. £. 5. 5a (1891) (Cameroons;—Mus. Berlin).
Peeudosmerinthus pygarga, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 703. n. 4 (1892) (Cameroons).
%. Tongue very short. Joint of palpus more or less open. Antenna (?) with
very slightly prolonged basal and dorsal seriated ciliaec, the segments scarcely
grooved. Spurs very short, two pairs to hindtibia, with or without a spine before

(2246 )

end. Abdominal tergites with weak spines all over, the spines dense at the edges.
Distal margin of forewing entire, apex produced, inner margin sinuate before angle,
this produced backwards ; stalk of SC? and R! of hindwing rather long, D? twice
as long as D*, somewhat angled, very oblique, D* equalling D*. Nighth tergite
truneate. Vaginal plate (Pl. XVIII. f. 14) characteristic, the antevaginal part
(avp) membranaceous, folded ; at each side of the vaginal orifice (J) there is a
strongly chitinised ridge, continued mesiad, ending in front of the orifice, produced
into a long, curved, horn-like process (/), which is generally visible in the specimens
without dissection ; the edge of the ridge irregularly denticulate.

The seales at the edge of the last stigma of the abdomen are white, forming
a rather conspicuous spot. Forewing without basal dot. Mid- and hindtibia with
a white spot at the base.

6 and early stages not known.

Hab, Tropical Africa.

Two subspecies :

a. P. pygarga pygarga.

*Dewitzia pygarga Karsch, /.c.

2. Distal margin of forewing straight from SC? to hinder angle.

Hab. West Africa.

In the Tring Museum one bad ? from Agberi, Niger, 28. xii. 1901 (Dr. W. J.
Ansorge).

A @ in the Berlin Museum and another in coll. Chas. Oberthiir from Cameroons.

The figure of the genital armature is taken from Mons. Oberthii’s specimen.

b. P. pygarga convexus subsp. nov. (PI. I. f. 8, ?).

?. Distal margin of forewing convex between R? and hinder angle. Body and
wings more pinkish above than in the West African form, underside washed with
brick-red ; longer scales of fringe of hindwing white. The ridge connecting, in
front of the vaginal orifice, the two horn-like lateral lobes higher than in pyg.
pygarga.

Tab. M’Pala, Tanganyika (Guillemé).

One $ in coll. Charles Oberthiir.

This is one of the instances of the East African form having the distal margin
of the forewing more convex than the West African form.

205. Polyptychus affinis spee. nov. (PI. I. f. 12, ).

Agrees closely with pygarga pygarga in the shape of the wings, but differs as
follows :

@. Head and thorax with a darker brown ill-defined middle stripe; the
posterior abdominal stigmata with a very few white scales, the last stigma-spot
much smaller than in pygarga. Forewing with a dark brown subbasal spot. Hind-
tibia greyish white above from base to apex. Vaginal armature (Pl. X VILL. f. 18)
very different from that of pygarga; the postvaginal plate (pvp) small, triangular,
sunken ; before the vaginal orifice there is a high triangular ridge (avp), which ends
in two irregular points.

3. A & in the Staudinger collection, also from the Cameroons, belongs perhaps
to this species; it is nearly as grey as gray’; the harpe has a long, cylindrical,
pointed, horizontal process which projects beyond the end of the clasper; there

( 247 )

is apparently an organ of friction (the specimen could not be further examined, as
dissection was not allowed).

Hab. West Africa : Lolodorf, Cameroons (Conradt).

One ? (¢ype) in coll. Chas. Oberthiir.

Barombi and Interior (Preuss), 1 d¢ and 1 ? in coll. Standinger ; this species ?

206. Polyptychus enodia (PI. I. f. 6, 2).

*Basiana enodia Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, xvi. p. 66. n. 24. t. 4. f. 3 (1889) (Kangwé :—coll.
Holland) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 702. n. 6 (1892) (W. Africa).

?. Tongue short, but not very weak. Palpus rather stout for a ?, truncate,
pointed in side-view. Antenna andromorphic, strongly compressed, with long
fasciculated ciliae. Abdominal tergites not spinose except edges. Tibiae with
long seales distally ; spurs short, not spinose. Underside of body bright rufous,
costal margin of forewing, and the hindwing below, also rufous ; tip of abdomen
grey. A large subbasal patch on forewing above, the stigma, a patch near apex,
another near hinder angle, and on hindwing a transverse patch near anal angle, of
a peculiar grey-olive colour. The lines on the forewing above not very distinct, one
at base of M?, the second quite indistinct between M? and M’, the third just beyond
base of M!; the fourth on dise, dentate at the veins ; on the underside there are two
large yellow patches on the dise of the forewing between R* and M*. Hindwing,
below, with a dentate line just beyond cell, another two-thirds the way to outer
margin; R? far below centre of cell, D? very oblique, three times as long as D*, this
equal to D'. Tip of abdomen ashy white.

Tlab. Kangwé, Ogowé R.

One ? in coll. Dr. Holland, here figured.

207. Polyptychus falcatus spec. noy. (Pl. X. f. 12, ).

2. Head small; tongue short and weak. Joint of palpus open. Spurs of
mid- and hindtibiae spinose ; hindtibia as long as tarsal segments 1 and 2, with
brush of long scales between the two pairs of spurs. Antenna heavily ciliated,
strongly compressed and grooved. Forewing strongly produced at apex, which is
acute, outer margin slightly dentate at R*, evenly sinuate between apex and R* ;
hindwing dentate, especially at posterior veins ; D? of hindwing very oblique, twice
as long as D*, this as long as D'. Abdominal tergites spinose all over, without
large underscales.

Body, above, pale grey, abdomen with some black dispersed scales ; underside
baffish ; mid- and hindtibiae with a white dot at base on upperside.

Wings, above, sprinkled over with single black scales. Forewing pale grey,
erossed by blackish brown lines; a thin line at costal margin near base, followed
behind cell by two rather heavy dots, three antemedian lines, curving costad, oblique
and almost straight from cell to internal margin, the first 2 mm. proximal of M’, the
second at base of M?, and the third 2 mm. beyond M?, the interspace between lines
2and 3 filled up by blackish scaling, which forms together with the lines a band
that is narrowest behind ; a vestige of a blackish stigma; three, almost parallel,
diseal lines, rather close together, the middle one at juncture of SC! and SC’, the
interspaces more or less blackish, the band thus formed broadest at R1, measuring
here 5 mm., while at M? the band is only 24 mm. broad, slightly curving costad in
front, feebly concave behind ; a dentate postdiscal line, nearly parallel to the discal

( 248 )

ones, 11 mm. from apex at costal margin, the points of the line upon the veins
marked by tiny dots, except on M? and SM’, where the dots are isolated ; a sub-
marginal series of minute dots upon the veins, somewhat nearer the postdiseal line
than the outer margin, last two dots placed in a small blackish cloud ; marginal
area blackish, except at apical and internal angles. Hindwing buff, a feeble
discal line just outside cell, followed immediately by traces of a second line; a
postdiscal zigzag line following the curve of the wing, but anteriorly a little farther
away from the margin than behind, distances at R' and M? being 5 and 4 mm. —
respectively, a submarginal series of dots joined to one another by black scales,
edge of wing also black, marginal area down to postdiscal line densely powdered
with black scales, abdominal fold and anal angle more grey than disc.

Underside butt-colour, speckled with black scales (except basal half of forewing),
outer area of forewing and abdominal area of hindwing greyishF orewing : no
lines in basal half: three rather broad but not heavily marked discal lines, dentate,
obsolete behind, a little more distal than on upperside ; a dentate postdiscal line,
feeble, marked with dots upon the veins; the vestige of a submarginal line,
represented at costal margin by a thin line and upon the veins by more or less
obsolete dots; with this line is fused a black curved streak running from apex of
wing across SC° and R!.——Hindwing: lines situated as above, discal one better
marked, postdiscal one feebler.

Highth tergite (Pl. XVIII. f. 10) shallowly bi-emarginate. Vaginal armature
peenliar (Pl. XVIII. f. 9); at each side of the vaginal orifice (I’) there is a high
ridge produced into prominent teeth, the armature resembling in a ventral aspect
(like figure) the horns of an elk to a certain extent; proximally of this armature
there is at each side a rather deep smooth cavity (c); the postvaginal plate (pep)
is feebly chitinised.

Length of forewing : 41 mm.; breadth, 17 mm.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland.

One ? in the Tring Museum.

208. Polyptychus rhadamistus (PI. IX. f. 6, 3).
Sphine rhadamistus Fabricius, Mant. Ins. ii. p. 93. n. 10 (1787) (Sierra Leone ;- Mus. Kopenhagen);
Auriv., Ent. Tidskr. xviii. p. 151. n. 8 (1897) (deser. of type).
Sphine ? rhadamistus, Walker, List Lep. Het. B. M. viii. p. 263 (1856).
Diodosida ? rhadamistus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 554. n. 4 (1877).
Polyptychus rhadamistus, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 705. n. 2 (1892) (partim).

3%. Tongue short and weak. Palpus with open joint. Antennal segments
of $ andromorphic, ciliae rather long. Spurs short, not spinose, longer terminal
one of hindtibia less than half the length of the first tarsal segment. Abdominal
tergites without broad underscales. Distal margin of forewing entire, apex pro-
duced, acute; anal angle of hindwing produced, apex evenly rounded ; SC* and
R? on a stalk, D° very oblique, three times as long as D’, this like D*.

Forewing with black basal dot ; stigma vestigial, no lines between base and
discal line.

Under surface. Forewing grey in distal marginal area, an evenly curved
brown discal line from costal margin to M! or beyond, corresponding to the line
of the upperside ; a brown patch, proximally ill-defined at inner margin, bordering
grey area.—Hindwing with S-shaped, brown, even line just outside cell, a second

( 249 )

dentate line between it and outer margin, feeble, accentuated by dots upon the veins,
this line continued over forewing, where it is still more faint.

3. Tenth tergite broad in basal half, then suddenly narrowed to a strong
pointed hook; no sternite. Clasper peculiar : proximal half broad, apical half much
narrower, curved upwards, a deep sinus in the dorsal margin, the ventral and dorsal
margins of the proximal half and the ventral margin of distal half raised to form
ridges, the proximal ridges hairy. Harpe a long evenly-curved hook ; no friction-
seales. Penis-sheath without armature ; below the penis-sheath a short, horizontal,
pointed, conical process.

?. Not dissected: differs from ¢ only in the subapical spot of the forewing
being larger.

Early stages not known.

Hab. West Africa: Senegal to Cameroons.

In coll. Charles Oberthiir, 1 2 from Johann Albrechts Hiéhe, Cameroons ;
2 93 from Misahohe, Togo, 1. iv. 1894(Banmann). From Sierra Leone in the Berlin
Museum ; 2 dd from Cameroons and Senegal in coll. Staudinger; 3 dd in the
Tring Museum from Agberi, Niger, 4. vii. 1901, 4. viii. 1901, 11. ix. 1901 (Dr.
W. J. Ansorge).

209. Polyptychus boisduvali.
*Temnora rhadamistus, Boisduval (non Fabricius, 1787), Spee. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 290. n. 1. t. 9.
f. 1 (1875) (Sierra Leone ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 632
(1877).

Polyptychus rhadamistus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 705. n. 2 (1892) (syn. partim).
Temnora boisduvali Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr. xviii. p. 152. sub n. 78 (1897) (nom. nov. loco rhadan.).

?. Tongue short and weak. Palpus small (?), joint open. Frons with a
tuft in front of the antenna. Antenna distinctly grooved, except distal segments,
with prolonged ciliae. Abdomen with weak spines all over the tergites. Spurs
not spinose, short, with long naked point, longer terminal spur of hindtibia not
much longer than the tibia is broad. Distal margin of forewing irregularly dentate ;
hindwing feebly dentate at the posterior veins, D? twice as long as D*. Vaginal
plate (Pl. XVIII. f. 11) with a large, smooth, tuberculiform, antevaginal plate (avp)
which is membranaceous in the middle with the edge more or less sinuate ; between
this plate (ap) and the vaginal orifice (V) there is a smaller, convex, tuberculiform
piece of chitin; postvaginal part of plate (pvp) very short.

This species resembles rhadamistus of Fabricius somewhat in the pattern
of the forewing, but is quite distinct.

Hab. West Africa: Sierra Leone and farther south.

In several collections. One % without locality in the Tring Museum ; this
Specimen is aberrant in having the antennal segments rounded, cheese-shaped.

210. Polyptychus andosa (PI. Il. f.9, 5; 12, ?).

*Panacra andosa Walker, List Lep. Het, B. M. viii. p. 159. n. 7 (1856) (Sierra Leone ;—Mus. Brit.).
Temnora andosa, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 291. n. 3 (1875) (S. Leone).

Palyptychus andosus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 584. n. 5 (1877) (8. Leone).
Pseudosmerinthus andosa, id., Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). x. p. 435. sub n. 8 (1882).

Preudosmerinthus (?) andosa, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 703. n. 8 (1892) (8. Leone).

g. Tongue and palpus as jn coryndoni; antenna (¢) much thinner, ventral
line even (in side-view). Spurs short, not spiny, longer one of midtibia only as
long as the tibia is broad. Abdominal tergites not spinose, excepting edges. D®

@

( 250 )

of hindwing twice as long as D‘, this equal in length to D*; distal margin of
forewing entire, apex produced, middle convex.

Differs in colour and shape from coryndoni as follows : Forewing with two
brown basal dots and a minute brown stigma, discal lines closer together, dentate, the
teeth of the first directed basad, of the second directed distad, followed by a series of
vein-dots, the last enlarged ; outer margin less convex, apex more acute, inner
angle much less obtuse, about 90°. Hindwing more produced at anal angle, the
dots before the angle more proximal. Underside: the two lines blackish brown,
the external one accentuated by dots, the inner one of the hindwing more straight.

Tenth abdominal segment as in coryndoni, the tergite narrower, less rounded
laterally, and the lobe of the sternite somewhat larger (PI. XXV.f. 14). Clasper sole-
shaped ; patch of friction-scales as in coryndon?, but the scales more densely placed ;
harpe (Pl. XX XIII. f. 20) with three processes : one (pv) as in coryndoni, triangular,
appearing as a process of the clasper, the second and third prolonged, resembling
somewhat the processes of ¢7isecta, with which they are homologous, the lower one
straight, somewhat dilated at the obtuse end, the upper one curved, both coneaye,
rough with minute tubercles or setae; these processes correspond to the two lobes
of the sinuate upper process of coryndont. Penis-funnel (p-r, Pl. XXX. f. 35)
dorsally prolonged and divided into two long pointed blades ; penis-sheath with
long apical process which becomes gradually thinner towards end.

?. Antenna slightly compressed, not distinctly grooved, the basal seriated
ciliae prolonged. More tawny than ¢. Distal margin of forewing more conyex
in middle than in d, the apex more produced and the hinder angle more obtuse,
the lines much more indistinct both above and below, the veins of the hindwing
very slightly darker than the cellules between them ; anal dots more distal ; discal
line of hindwing below rather closer to cell. Highth tergite mesially rounded,
projecting. Vaginal plate (Pl. XVII. f. 14) not strongly chitinised, postvyaginal
part membranaceous, antevaginal part convex, wrinkled excepting middle, edge
broadly sinuate.

Harly stages unknown.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

In the British Museum 1 ¢ (type); in the Tring Museum 1 3, 1 %, the d
from Freetown, 4. ix. 1899 (Austen), received in exchange from the British Museum.

211. Polyptychus consimilis spec. nov.

3. Close to compar in colour; very different in the sexual armature.

Wings, above ; basal dot of forewing larger than in compar, discal lines less
oblique behind, slightly curved basad behind R%, distal margin not convex behind
middle ; hindwing paler in colour, more buff. Underside: Vines more distinet,
especially the first of the hindwing, D* of the hindwing longer than D*.

Tenth tergite (Pl. XXV. f. 11) elongate-triangular, strongly narrowed to end,
pointed, mesially impressed; no sternite. Clasper (P]. XX XIII. f. 22) without
friction-patch ; dorsal edge naked, incrassate, produced distad into a long dentienlate-
truncate process (pdd); ventral part of apex of clasper (pdv) small, rounded,
concave ; harpe (H) incrassate, without processes ; a hairy, feebly chitinised cone (¢)
between the incrassate ventral and dorsal margins of the clasper. Penis-fannel (?-f)
obliquely truncate, feebly sinuate ventrally, deeply sinuate dorsally, with long
bristles ; penis-sheath with the longitudinal groove of compar vestigial ; apex with
a multidentate belt (P]. XXX. f. 34).

( 251 )

2 and early stages not known.

Hab. Atbara, Abyssinia.

One o (type) in the British Museum; another d from Konakry I[., in the
Paris Museum.

The dorsal lobe of the clasper is in the Konakry specimen much longer than
in that from Abyssinia and curved, and the dorsal edge of the clasper is dilated
mesiad in the middle. The difference, which is very obvious, may be individual
or geographical.

212. Polyptychus compar spec. nov.

3. Similar to andosa. Distinguished by the following characters :

Mid- and hindtibiae brownish, with a conspicuous white basal spot. Wings,
above-——Forewing more vinaceous-grey, ove basal dot instead of two; stigma a
small tawny ring filled up with buff ; first discal line (and the two following ones, if
present) strongly curved costad in front ; distal margin less convex behind middle,
not concave before angle, which is less prominent. Hindwing pale vinaceous-
buff, longer than in andosa, apex more broadly rounded, distal margin more convex ;
fringe vinaceous, blackish behind, not spotted, longest scales white; distal area
somewhat shaded with brown ; veins distally not conspicuously striped with brown.

Underside nearly as in marshalli in colour. Forewing brownish distally,
shaded with grey in distal marginal area, lines indistinct, a postdiscal one dentate,
accentuated by vein-dots, followed by another series of very faint dots. Hindwing:
first line touching apex of cell, indistinct, postdiscal line dentate, parallel to margin,
accentuated by vein-dots, much more curved than in andosa; D* shorter than D'.

In the type the lines more distinct and the apex of the forewing less produced
than in a second specimen, which has a brown streak in the middle before the
abdominal margin of the hindwing above.

Clasper and eighth tergite without friction-scales. Tenth tergite large, broad,
longitudinally concave above, apex divided into three lobes (PI. XXYV. f. 12. 18): the
middle lobe narrow, sinnate or truncate, with parallel sides, directed ventrad ;
side-lobes broad, somewhat twisted, rounded. Clasper short (P]. XXXIIL. f. 28),
dorsal margin sinuate before end, ventral margin rounded distally, sinuate beyond
middle owing to the harpe projecting ventrad; a prominent subdorsal fold, beset
with long bristles ; ventral part of harpe subprismatical, concave, upper edge
raised ; an oblique ridge extending dorsad, raised mesially into a large triangular
tooth; proximally of this tooth there is a large, feebly chitinised, setose cone.
Penis-fannel (p-r) deeply and broadly unisinuate ventrally, dorsally trisinuate, the
Mesial sinus small; penis-sheath with a curved longitudinal furrow ; no process,

but apical margin with a multidentate belt all round (PI. XXX. f. 33a. 33).

? and early stages not known.

Hab. Mashonaland.

Two 3d in the British Museum, one (type) from Salisbury, October 1900
(Marshall), the other from Umtali.

|

213. Polyptychus coryndoni spec. noy. (PI. Il. f. 7, 3).

d. Tongue rather strong, visible between the palpi ; the joint of these open.
Antenna subserrate ventrally (Pl. LX. f. 26). Spurs not spiny, long one of
midtibia more than twice as long as the tibia is broad. Cross-veins of hindwing as
| Mcarteri ; distal margins of forewings not dentate, apex produced, middle convex.

( 252 )

Abdominal tergites not spinose except at edges. Forewing without basal dot.
Righth tergite and clasper with organ of friction.

3. Body ecru-drab; palpus somewhat darker, washed at the side with rosy
red: anterior coxa buffish ; antenna very strongly ciliated, the non-scaled lateral
and ventral surface wood-brown, the segments deeply impressed laterally, the base
projecting also ventrally, the basal comb of ciliae being placed on a transverse
rounded carina, the antenna appearing therefore subserrate in a lateral view.

Wings, adore. Forewing ecru-drab like the body, traversed by four brown
lines, the first crossing M at base of M?, slightly inclining costad, the second at that
of M', straight, the third also straight to M?, then curved distad, almost parallel
to the second, 8 mm. from base of M®, 3 mm. from lower angle of cell, fourth
line a little nearer line 3 than outer margin, slightly curving basad from R* to
internal margin, 3 mm. distant from line 3 at M? and 4} mm. from outer margin,
while the distances are respectively 5 and 5 mm. at R*, 5 and 8 mm. at SC'; apex
pointed, outer margin concave anteriorly, then convex, posteriorly straight, oblique,
internal angle obtuse, internal margin shallowly sinuate distally. Hindwing
orange-rufous, a very narrow blackish brown border, the brown scaling extended
along the veins, the border broader at and beyond M?, here ecru-drab, as is the
abdominal margin up to SM?, a brownish black submarginal line between M’ and
SM, almost interrupted at (SM!'), the vestige of a second line proximally of the
submarginal one, a short tooth at M* and SM’.

Underside vinaceous-cinnamon, hindwing paler, both wings crossed by a diseal
and a postdiscal line ; those of forewing slightly convex distally, being parallel to
the outer margin (apical lobe of wing excluded) and to each other, outer line
midway between outer margin and discal line, the latter 5} mm. from lower angle
of cell at R°. The discal line of hindwing distally concave in middle, being very
feebly curved, crossing R* 14 mm. from cell, postdiscal line slightly convex distally
in front, feebly concave posteriorly, standing at R! midway between outer margin
and discal line, distance 4 mm.; at R* the distances are 3} and 4 mm. respeetively,
and at M? barely 3 mm.

The tenth tergite (Pl. XXV. f. 15, X¢) is rounded at the end, deeply concave
beneath, somewhat curved downward and slightly dilated before the apex, a little
spoon-shaped. The sternite (Xv) has a triangular, sharply pointed, mesial lobe.
Clasper (Pl. XXXIIL. f. 21) rounded at the end, both the dorsal and ventral edges
oblique distally ; the patch of friction-scales large, reaching to the apical and dorsal
margins, which are fringed with very short white scales, the friction-scales very
small, pointed, not close together, the area semi-transparent ; harpe with two
distal processes: the one ventral (pr), triangular; the other (pm) submesial,
broad, inclining distad, sinuate, with the lobes rounded, the process proximally
concave, covered with short bristles ; this process pm stands in connection with a
weak longitudinal fold which is clothed with dispersed long hairs and ends basi-
dorsally in a spine-like process, which is much thinner than in carter?. Penis-
funnel short, strong, ventrally and dorsally sinnate, the lobes consequently lateral,
pointed ; penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 37) with an apical process which is more than
three times as long as the sheath is broad.

?. A very badly damaged ? in the Berlin Museum from Usaramo, German
Hast Africa, may belong to this species. Antenna andromorphic; anal angle of

hindwing less produced than in ¢, no lines on the underside of the wings, which
are rubbed. :

Early stages unknown.

Hab. Bast Africa: 1 3 (type) in the Tring Museum from Gowlu-pan, between
Lialui and Kazungula, Upper Zambesi, second week of March, 1898 (Coryndon) ;
1 gin coll. Chas. Oberthiir from Mpala, Tanganyika; 1 % (this species ?) in the
Berlin Museum from Usaramo, German Hast Africa (Stuhlmann).

214. Polyptychus marshalli spec. nov. (PI. XIV. f. 14, d).

3. Tongue short and weak. Joint of palpus open. Abdominal tergites spinose
only at edges. Hindtibia tufted between the two pairs of unequal spinose spurs,
longer terminal spur a little longer than the second tarsal segment. Antennal
segments somewhat dilated dorso-laterally, ventral outline nearly straight (side-view).
Clasper with very small patch of minute modified scales, no regularly-arranged
friction-scales on innerside of eighth tergite.

Body and wings pale pinkish or vinaceous-buff, hindwing above more pinkish
than forewing and body. Bnd of palpus, crest of head, and anterior part of pronotum
more or Jess brownish.

Wings, upperside.

Forewing, apex acute, but little projecting, hinder angle
almost 90°, distal margin entire, hinder margin shallowly emarginate before angle ;
five vinaceous hazel lines, all straight, or very feebly undulate, the fifth somewhat
eurved behind R®, lines 1 and 2 in basal half approaching each other a little behind :
1 at base of M?, as far from base at costal as at inner margin ; 2 near base of M';
line 3 beyond cell, heavier than the others ; 4 weak or obliterate ; 5 weak but
distinet, more or less accentuated by vein-dots ; 3 to 5 nearly equidistant ; a trace
of a subbasal line at costal margin ; fringe feebly darker at ends of veins ; no

snbbasal dot. Hindwing: apex broadly rounded, anal angle little projecting,

: fringe and anal area paler ; traces of a median and of a postdiscal band.

Underside paler than upper. Forewing with three feeble lines, situated
between cell and distal margin, slightly and evenly curved. Hindwing also
with three extra-cellular lines, the first the heaviest, the second approaching the
first behind, the third accentuated by vein-dots.

| Structure of end of abdomen similar to that of P. hollandi, clasper slenderer,

| ventral lobe of harpe broader, broadly spoon-shaped, upper lobe shorter ; penis-
sheath without the long process found in paupercula and hollandi, the process
indicated by a small lobe.

Length of forewing : 26—30 mm.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, October 1900 (Marshall), 1 d (type) in the
British Museum.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ without locality, figured to show the position of
the lines.

215. Polyptychus subjectus (PI. IL. f. 15, 2).

Swerinthus subjectus Walker, Proc. N. H. Soc. Glasgow i. p. 328. n. 1 (1869) (Congo).
Polyptychus (2) subjectus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 587. n. 4 (1877).
Marumba (2) subjectus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 708. n. 29 (1892).

d. In pattern very close to rosea, numosae, etc. Not rosy red, but russet-fawn,
slightly vinaceous or pinkish. Tongue, palpus, and spurs as in those species.
Abdominal tergites spinose. Antenna as in /wlgwrans, rather shorter. Distal
margin of forewing very faintly emarginate between the veins, D? of hindwing little
longer than D° (only one specimen seen). Basal dot of forewing double, first ante-

( 254 )

median line evenly curved, first discal line quite straight, oblique, the other diseal
lines quite indistinct, apparently dentate as in xwmosae, the postdiseal line also
indistinct, indicated by vein-dots, an ill-defined russet submargival patch between
SC° and M!, a small patch of the same colour near hinder angle at inner margin ;
anal patch of hindwing narrower than in xwmosae and rosea. Underside: discal
line of forewing straight ; hindwing with a denticulate postdiscal line, more or
less double ; discal line almost touching cell, more proximal behind and Jess curved
than in xumosae. Midtibia with white basal spot, hindtibia white above.

Tenth tergite closely resembling that of coryndoni (Pl. XXV. f. 15), being
very dissimilar to that of /udgurans and rosea, flatter than in coryndoni, less curved
downward, and wider before the end; the sternite also as in coryndoni, curved
upwards. No friction-organ. Clasper short (P]. XXXIV. f. 2) irregular in shape ;
a longitudinal fold dividing the inner surface into a dorsal and a ventral part; the
harpe has a ventral ridge pz, which is denticulate and ends in a short hook (pad)
partly concealed by the mesial fold. Penis-funnel (p-r) produced at each side
side into a short, pointed lobe ; penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 29) with a ventral patch
of teeth at the apex, the patch continued on to the inner side of the sheath.

?. Not known.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Congo.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ labelled Congo 1868; it is doubtless the species
intended by Walker’s description, and may have come from the same collection ;

it had a gilded pin.

216. Polyptychus fumosus spec. nov. (PI. II. f. 10, 3).

3. Similar to sudjectus in pattern: forewing more grey, hindwing deeper
brown. Apex of forewing produced into a lobe, distal margin slightly dentate,
concave in front and behind, hinder angle projecting, first discal line more oblique
than in sudbjectus. Hindwing denticulate, fringe white-spotted below, with a
brown-black anal mark which is thinner than above.

Tenth tergite very broad, rounded, entire; sternite with a narrow, compressed,
pointed, mesial process, which is slightly curved upwards. Clasper short, irregular
in shape; middle part deeply concave, with a hairy ventro-dorsal fold, the cavity
partly covered by a dorsal fold and the projecting edge of the non-coneave apical
part of the clasper; harpe ending in a curved hook which is preceded by a
triangular tooth. Penis-funnel produced at each side into a long process;
penis-sheath with a multidentate process at the edge curving inside.

? and early stages not known.

Hab, Bast Africa: Dar-es-Salaam.

One ¢ in coll. Druce.

217. Polyptychus fulgurans spec. noy. (PI. II. f. 14, 3).

3. Tongue short and weak. Joint of palpus open. D? of hindwing a little
longer than D’, curved; lower angle of cell acute. Body greyish, mixed with
chestnut ; sides of frons, middle of occiput and of pronotum, metanotum and base
of abdomen, palpus and breast, chestnut ; mesothoracic tegula more grey ; edges of
abdominal segments thinly white. Antenna deeply grooved, segments ventrally
less sinuate than in rosea, and, in a ventral view, not so thin in the middle, Spurs

( 205 )

of mid- and hindtibiae with few spines, the long terminal one more than half the
length of the first tarsal segment. Abdominal tergites with spines all over.

Wings, above. Forewing greyish pink, slightly darker in outer area; outer
margin straight; two black dots near base, with an indistinct line proximally of
them ; a straight line just proximally of base of M’, at right angles to hindmargin,
very faintly bent costad in front, a double line proximally of base of M!', less heavy,
consisting of three sections, costal section down to M straight, second section
hetween M and SM? slightly concave, third section straight and oblique, leaning
basad posteriorly ; a double line at D, stopping at R*; a well-marked discal line
crossing SC° 14mm. and M? 6$ mm. from the bases of these veins, gently curved
twice, being feebly convex between © and R* and then faintly concave ; close upon
the discal line (and parallel with it) follow two thin lines of which the second is
barely traceable, then follow two undulate lines, parallel to one another, distance
between them about 3 mm., the outer one reaching internal margin 5 mm. from
angle of wing ; outside this line there is a short heavy bar between M? and internal
margin, subdivided at SM°; the lines pinkish chestnut.—Hindwing: base and
abdominal area red, this colour gradually shading into the pinkish hazel colour of
the distal half; a discal line crossing R’ 2 mm. from the cell, convex in front,
slightly concave behind, hazel colour; a chestnut bar of 1 mm. breadth at anal
angle between M? and edge of wing, at the proximal side of which bar stands a
thin line; D? not much longer than D*.

Underside.——-Forewing : basal half pale pink, outer half ochraceous-buff, with
numerous tawny scales ; three lines in outer half, more distinct in front, very feebly
marked behind, all curving slightly costad, the first crossing R® 3 mm. from cell,
the second 44 mm. more distal, the third 24 mm. more distal than the second at
R*.— Hindwing, pinkish ochraceous-buff, sprinkled over with tawny scales, basal
half more grey ; three lines in outer half, convex in front, slightly concave behind,
nearly equidistant, approaching one another a little behind, the discal line crossing
Te barely 12 mm. from cell, third line undulate between R* and M?, 24 mm. from
outer margin at R*; traces of a fourth line between M! and abdominal margin,
space between this line and margin up to M? filled up with pinkish vinaceous-
rufous scaling.

Tenth tergite (P]. XX VI. f. 36) somewhat pear-shaped, rather abruptly narrowed
to a blunt, slightly curved hook: the greater part of the plate—the sides and the
hook excepted—membranaceous ; the sternite very narrow and long, deeply cleft,
the two lobes somewhat compressed and sharply pointed. Clasper with a naked
area occupying the greater part of the outside, this space with minute granules ;
apex rounded, ventrally more oblique than dorsally ; harpe (Pl. XX XIII. f. 17)
yery simple, the armature represented by a heavy basi-ventral dilatation of the
elasper (pr), the projection triangular, irregularly rounded and somewhat notched.
Penis-sheath without external armature, but there are two flaps inside which
have serrated edges.

% and early stages not known.

Hah. Kiokwe, British East Africa.

One J in the Tring Museum (type).

This is possibly the ¢ of xwmosac, but the differences are such that we must
consider them of specific value. The differences in colour between the species of
this genus are sometimes very slight: compare assimilis and pygarga, andosa and
compar and consimilis ; hollandi and paupercula.

( 256 )

218. Polyptychus numosae.

*Smerinthus numosae Wallengren, Wien, Ent. Mon. iv. p. 42. n. 40° (1860) (9, Caffraria ;—Mus,

Stockholm).
Smerinthus mimosae id., Kongl. Sv. Vet, Ak. Handt. (2). v. 1. p. 20 (1865).
Polyptychus numosae, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 584. 0. 3 (1877) (Caffraria) ; Kirby, Cat,

Lep. Het. i. p. 706. n, 4 (1892).

*Triplogon cytis Druce, Ent. Mo, Mag. xix. p. 18 (1882) (Vaal R., 2 ;—coll. Druce).

Marumba cytis, Kirby, l.c. p. 708. n. 32 (1892).

*Polyplychus consanguineus Distant, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7). iii. p. 179 (1899) (9, Lydenburg, Trans-
vaal ;—coll. Distant) ; id., Zns. Transv. t. 3. £. 3 (2) (1902).

2. Paler than /ulgurans, the lines in the basal half of the forewing above
barely vestigial, first discal line very oblique, almost evenly curved from costal to
internal margin; middle line of hindwing more proximal. Antenna grooved, with
prolonged ciliae. SC? and R! of hindwing on a rather long stalk, D* longer than
D‘. The type of cytis is more pinkish than that of numosae, the forewing is
narrower, the blackish brown anal mark of the hindwing is much narrower, the
first line of the hindwing is a little more distal, standing beyond the cell below,
while it crosses the apex of the cell in nwmosae, and the double row of postdiscal
dots of nwmosae is replaced by a single faint line. Vaginal plate partly visible in
both type-specimens; ridge in front of orifice slightly sinuate, without processes,
postvaginal part of plate mesially impressed longitudinally, broadly triangular.

3 and early stages not known.

Hab. 8.K. Africa: Caffraria and Transvaal.

Only 3 2 ? known as yet.

219. Polyptychus rosea.

*Triptogon rosea Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. xix. p. 17. (1882) (Cameroons, ? ;—coll. Druce) ; id., in —
Moloney, West Afr. Forestry p. 493. n. 11 (1887).

*Triptogon reducta Karseh, Ent. Nachr. xvii. p. 13. t. 1. £. 2 (1891) (Togo, -g¢ ;—Mus. Berlin).

Marumba reducta, Kirby, Cat. Lep Het. i. p. 708. n. 30 (1892).

Marumba rosea, id., lc. n. 31 (1892).

3¢. Tongue short and weak. Joint of palpus open. Antenna strongly
ciliated in both sexes, distinctly grooved in 2, the segments ventrally more or less”
sinuate in side-view in ¢. Spurs spinose, longer terminal one of hindtibia at least
half the length of the first tarsal segment, and twice as long as the shorter spur.
Abdominal tergites spinose, rather densely so on the back. Distal margin of
forewing very slightly dentate, convex in ?, almost straight in d, apex slightly
produced, inner margin feebly emarginate distally, the angle distinct, more than
90°; D® of hindwing cnrved, not twice as long as D%, lower angle of cell acate.
Clasper and eighth tergite with organ of friction.

Similar to xwmosae and fulgurans, antennae more deeply grooved in both sexes,
longer in 3, ventral line uneven (in side-view), hindwing shorter costally, forewing
with a single basal dot, first antemedian line evenly curved from costal to inner
margins, postdiscal line somewhat convex between R? and M?, more so in ? than
in d, entire ; anal patch of hindwing larger, closer to the margin. Midtibia with
an indistinct pale basal spot, hindtibia pale above, but not white. Sexual armature
quite different from that of /ulgurans.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXV. f. 16) very slender, narrowed to a point, curyed
downwards, forming a short hook; the sternite longer than broad, subtriangular,
with the sides gently rounded and the apex incised. Clasper reduced in size, with

( 257 )

a patch of modified frictiou-scales ; these large, elongate-ovate, pointed, mesially
carinate ; a single row of friction-scales at the internal edge of the eighth tergite ;
harpe (PI. XXXIV. f. 1) with a short but strong ventral hook (prd), which stands
in connection with a dorsal process (pd) ; this process somewhat club-shaped, beset.
with tubercles ; it corresponds to the dorso-basal process found in the species of
Clanis. Penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 28) armed before the end with a single strong
tooth which projects laterad as in P. virescens, but is much shorter.

?. Vaginal armature (Pl. XVII. f. 18) not strongly chitinised, no processes,
two transverse folds before the orifice, postvaginal plate (pvp) mesially concave,
rounded-triangular.

Early stages not known.

Hab. West Africa: Sierra Leone to Cameroons, probably farther south.

In the Tring Museum 3 dd, 1 ? from: Sierra Leone ; Cape Coast Castle,
Gold Coast : Warri, Niger Coast, June 1896 (Dr. Roth).

The width of the interspace between the antemedian and the discal lines is
not quite constant.

220. Polyptychus foliaceus spec. nov.

?. Tongue extremely short. Antenna with very slightly prolonged seriated
ciliae. Joint of palpus open. Spurs very short, not spinose. Distal margin of
forewing entire, convex, hinder angle obtusely rounded, not projecting anad, inner
margin very shallowly sinuate distally ; lower angle of cell of hindwing almost 90°.

Body and wings pinkish clay-colour. Upperside of forewing darker than
hindwing, no basal spot : a blackish or brown line across apex of cell continued
as a feeble shadow towards inner margin, which it reaches before hinder angle, here
a little more accentuated than on the disc; another feeble line midway between
cell and tip of wing from costa to R', meeting at this vein an oblique apical line,
equally feeble, these two lines limiting a triangular costal area which is slightly
darker than the disc; fringe brown. Hindwing paler towards base and abdominal
margin, distal margin slightly dentate at SM?,a brown marginal shade at anal angle.

Underside. Forewing paler than above: basal half with a slight yellowish
tint ; an oblique, feeble, subapical line reaching costal margin before the tip of
the wing and bordering a greyish space. Hindwing : two feeble discal lines,
the proximal one straight, crossing R’ 2} mm. from cell, external one curved like
the outer margin.

Not dissected.

Early stages and d not known.

Length of forewing: ?, 32—35 mm.

Hab. Misahihe, Togo, 31. iii. 1894, 1 2 (type), two others from the same
place, April (E. Baumann); Kete Kratje, W. Africa (Zeck): all in the Berlin
Museum.

According to Baumann (on the label) not rare in the forest near Agowe, but
very shy. It is generally found sitting on the fallen-off calyces of Musanga smithi.

221. Polyptychus contraria (PI. I. f 10.11, do).

"4. Andriasa contraria Walker, List Lep. Het. B. M. vii. p. 1735. n. 1 (1856) (Natal ;—Mus. Brit.).
*9. Basiana submarginalis id, l.c. xxxi. p. 37 (1864) (S. Leone ;—Mus. Brit.).

3%. An individually and sexually variable insect, of which the West African

form has received no less than five names.

8

( 258 )

Tongne very short. Palpus smooth-scaled, the scales erect ; joint open,
Antenna of ¢ rather strongly grooved, side-line undulate in a dorsal view, ventral
line of each segment (in side-view) straight, the apical sensory cone prominent, the
ventral parts of the segments not touching one another ; in ? rounded-triangular
in transsection, very feebly grooved, but the segments somewhat constricted at the
joints, the basal and dorsal fasciculated ciliae somewhat prolonged, the longest of
abont the same length as the segment, the fascicles not close together. Spurs spinose,
the long terminal one of the hindtibia about two-fifths the length of the first tarsal
seement ; hindtibia as long as tarsal segments 1 and 2 together. Body woolly,
scarcely with any short broad scales ; abdominal tergites with long weak spines
all over, the spines dense at the edges. Distal margin of wings entire, of forewing
straight or convex, sexes different, ¢ with apex of forewing very little or not
produced, with the apex almost hooked, hinder margin straight or nearly straight;
hindwing very strongly rounded, more so in d than in ? ; D? very oblique, more
than twice the length of D*. No organ of friction on the clasper and the eighth
tergite.

Both sexes vary in the ground-colour and in the distinctness of the markings ;
sometimes there are scarcely any markings at all. The stigma of the forewing is
often very conspicuous ; sometimes it is represented by a ring, and is also often
wanting. Some individuals have a brown cloud along the abdominal margin of
the hindwing, this cloud corresponding to the black patch found in nigriplaga.

3. Highth tergite slightly but distinctly sinuate in the middle (best visible
from the underside after the claspers have been taken ont). Tenth tergite very
short, triangular, gradually narrowing to the blunt apex, longitudinally impressed ;
the sternite rather broad, curved dorsad, apically pointed or rounded, sides slightly
angled and bent ventrad, hence the under surface of the plate concave. Clasper
(Pl. XXXIV. f. 3) very much reduced in size, covered with very long narrow scales;
it is apically narrowed to a ladle-like process, from the cavity of which projects
a sharp hook of the harpe (ped); the harpe occupies the whole cavity of the
clasper, and is dorsally divided into two folds (m and n). Penis-sheath without
armature, very short, apically flattened, prolonged into a triangular blade.

?. Highth abdominal tergite membranaceous, feebly incrassate at the edge.
Vaginal plate (PI. XVII. f. 13) with a transverse smooth fold which is widened
mesially and bears here a more or less triangular lobe; postvaginal plate mem-
branaceous, scaled, excepting middle.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Continental Africa, from Natal to British East Africa and Senegambia,
probably all over the Aethiopian region exclusive of Madagascar and the neighbouring
islands.

Two subspecies, which are structurally alike. :

a. P. contraria contraria (PI. 1. f. 10. 11, do).
*Andriasa contraria Walker, l.c, (Natal) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 714. n. 1 (1892).

3. Distal margin of forewing convex. The discal line of the underside of
the hindwing as a rule close to cell, straight, occasionally some mm, distant
from cell and curved. Distinctness of the lines very variable. The submarginal
vein-dots of the hindwing sometimes transverse, occasionally situated in an obscure

line,

———

(259 )

?. Apex of forewing more or less produced. Colour and pattern variable
as in od.

Hab. Natal to British East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 2 22 from Dar-es-Salaam, and a series of 26 dd,
17 2 2 found by W. Doherty at the Kikuyu Escarpment, east of the Ravine, British
E. Africa, mostly in February and March at an elevation from 6500 to 8000 ft.

b. P. contraria submarginalis.

*9. Basiana submarginalis Walker, l.c. xxxi. p. 37 (1864) (Sierra Leone ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Boisd.,
Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 49. n. 3 (1875).
9. Basiana suffusa Walker, Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow i. p. 329. n. 3 (1869) (Congo).
*9. Smerinthus adansoniae Boisduval, /.c. p. 27. n. 15 (1875) (Senegal ;—coll. Oberthiir).
Q. Pseudosmerinthus submarginalis, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 593. n. 1 (1877) ; Kirby,
Le. p. 703. n. 1 (1892).
Q. Pseudosmerinthus suffusa, Butler, l.c. 0. 2 (1877) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 5 (1892).
*9. Smerinthus pechueli Dewitz, Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. iii. p. 28. t. 1. £. 4 (1879) (Chinchoxo ;—
Mus. Berlin).

2g. Pseudosmerinthus marginalis(!), Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). x. p. 435. sub n. 8 (1882)
(laps. cal.).

*4. Dewitzia perpallida Holland, Ent. News iv. p. 341. n. 8. t. 15. f. 5 (1893) (Benita ;—coll.
Holland).
9. Pseudosmerinthus pechueli, Kirby, lc. p. 703. n. 2 (1892),
od. Pseudosmerinthus perpallida, id., Nov. Zoor. i. p. 103 (1894).

6. Distal margin of forewing straight. Discal line of hindwing below curved,
abont 2 mm. distant from cell at R*.

?. Discal line of hindwing as in d. We have seen four specimens ; there
does not seem to be a constant difference between these ? ? and the Hast African
ones, as the position of the discal line of the hindwing is variable in the Hastern
individuals (see above). A longer series of Hast and West African specimens must
be compared side by side in order to find out the difference, if there is one.

Hab. West Africa: from the Congo Region to the Senegal.

In the Tring Museum 3 dd, 1 2 from: Anambara Creek, Niger; Warri,
Niger, July and September, 1897 (Dr. Roth); Yakusu, Upper Congo, July 1900
(K. Smith).

One of our 3d is very pale, having lost nearly all the markings.

Butler, /.c., mentions a “3d” as marginalis ; as there is no d in the British
Museum, he meant perhaps another species.

222. Polyptychus nigriplaga spec. nov. (Pl. V.f. 4, 3).

d. Tongue short and weak. Palpus smooth-scaled, joint open, third segment
rather prominent. Antennal segments with straight ventral outline (side-view),
penultimate segment longer than high. Abdominal tergites with yellowish spines
all over, the spines denser at the edges. Spurs not spinose, short, longer terminal
one of hindtibia about one-third the length of the first tarsal segment. Distal
margin of forewing straight, oblique, entire, hinder margin sinuate before angle,
apex barely produced; D? of hindwing thrice as long as D*, both oblique, lower
angle of cell acute, Clasper with naked space, friction-scales of eighth tergite
small, numerons, irregularly placed.

Body and wings clayish cream-colour, Sides of palpi, a middle streak on

( 260 )

head and thorax, a spot at the base of the eighth tergite, and the underside of the
tibiae and tarsi, brown.

Wings, upperside.——Forewing : a rather large, rounded, basal spot dark brown,
two antemedian lines, undulate, not very distinct, behind more distal than in front,
the second almost a mere transverse cloud ; a pale brown annulus upon cross-veins,
with pale centre ; a dark costal cloud beyond apex of cell, continued by some faint
lines which are scarcely traceable between R! and R*, but become more obvious at
inner margin ; between this cloud and the apex of the wing there are two spots,
the second more distinct ; each forms the costal spot of a series of vein-dots which
is somewhat curved in front, the inner series ending in an angulated line; fringe
brown, not spotted.—Hindwing : produced at SM?, darker than forewing, some-
what pinkish, basal area and abdominal and distal margins paler than disc, a brownish
black elongate patch along SM? midway between base and distal margin ; the dark
brown postdiscal shade ending in two brown subanal spots which are connected
with one another by a line; fringe pale, with dark vein-dots.

Underside clayish cream-colour, slightly pinkish, dusted with black scales,
excepting basal area of forewing. Forewing: distal area greyish, with two rows
of vein-dots in outer half of disc, the anterior dots of the inner row connected by
a zigzag line; proximally of these two series there are traces of some more lines
in the costal region. Hindwing : an indistinct discal line, touching apex of cell,
curved ; two rows of dots nearer margin, the inner dots more or less connected by
a line.

Tenth tergite broad (Pl. XXV. f. 20), suddenly narrowed to a sharply pointed
hook ; the sternite (Y~) divided into two lobes, each pointed, horizontal, the broader
side vertical, ventral edge fold-like and clothed with hairs. Clasper (Pl. XXXIV.
f. 5) widest in middle, narrowed from middle to end ; a naked dorsal space on
outerside where the clasper is widest ; harpe consisting of a long ridge which reaches
almost the end of the clasper ; it is raised distally into a higher denticulate ridge,
which bears on the ventral side a thorn-like tooth. Penis-sheath (P]. XXX. f. 40)
ending in a long process which is somewhat widened at the end, and is armed here
with a minute tooth.

Length of forewing : 32 mm.

? and early stages not known.

Hab. West Africa: Cameroons and Congo.

In the Berlin Museum several specimens from Lolodorf, Cameroons (L. Conradt),
one of them, caught on the 10th of July, given to the Tring Museum in exchange,
type. Also a specimen in the Musée Royal at Bruxelles from Beni Bendi, Sankuru,
Jan. 1895 (L. Cloetens), and in coll. Charles Oberthiir from Johann Albrechts Hélhe,
Cameroons (L. Conradt),

223. Polyptychus paupercula (Pl. V.f. 1, d ; 2, 2).

*Devitzia paupercula Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 65. n, 22. t. 4. £. 1 (1889) (Kangwé ;—
coll. Holland).

Psendosmerinthus paupercula, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 703. n. 3 (1892).

Dewitzia (1) paupercula Holland, Ent, News iv. p. 341. sub n. 8 (1893).

3%. Tongue very short and weak. Joint of palpus open. Antennal segments
with straight ventral outline (side-view) ; not much compressed in 2, with the
seriated ciliae rather deuse and not much prolonged. Spurs not spinose, long one

( 261 )

of hindtibia less than half the length of the first tarsal segment. Distal margin
of forewing almost straight in ¢ ; bisinuate in ?, with a prominent lobe at R?,
hinder angle a little projecting backwards. D%of hindwing twice as long as D%,
very oblique. Abdominal tergites not spinose excepting edges, underscales large.
Glasper and eighth tergite with organ of friction.

There are two species known to us, which are almost exactly the same in pattern;
they can be distinguished, apart from structure, by the one species having upon
M? of the forewing in front of the tawny spot standing at inner margin close to
angle one larger black dot accompanied at the proximal side by the vestige of a
second dot, while the other species has two small black dots of equal size instead
(Pl. LXV. f. 17. 18). The former insect is paupercula, the type of which is an
abnormally large individual.

3. The tenth tergite is very slender and long, curved downwards, not acutely
pointed (PI. XXYV. f. 18, side-view) ; the sternite has a large lobe, which is some-
what dilated laterally, rounded, slightly sinuate mesially (Pl. XXV. f. 17. Xz,
dorsal view). Clasper elongate, dorsal margin slightly concave, convex before
end, apex rounded, ventral margin slightly convex; the patch of friction-scales
subapical, ovate, the scales narrow, pointed, conspicuously different from the other
scales of the clasper not only in structure but also in colour, being buffish, not
greyish white ; eighth tergite with a belt of friction-scales at the internal edge,
the scales not very large, but regular in position; harpe (Pl. XXXIII. f. 24)
a broad ronnded flap, concave, dorsal part rough with short spines, sometimes more
truncate than in figure. Penis-sheath with a long apical process curved proximad,
the process stout, conical (Pl. XXX, f. 42).

%. Vaginal plate (Pl. XVII. f. 17) raised to a rather high ridge before the
orifice (v), this ridge (avp) broadly and shallowly sinuate, without processes ;
postvaginal part of plate (yep) membranaceons, short.

Early stages not known.

Hab. West Africa: Niger to Congo; probably of wider distribution.

In the Tring Museum 17 dd, 2 2? from: Warri, Niger, Febrnary to Septem-
ber (Dr. Roth) ; Akassa to Onitscha, Niger (Dr. Cook) ; Agberi, Niger, September
(Dr. Ansorge) ; Yakusu, Upper Congo, August 1900 (K. Smith).

The ? figured is in the Stockholm Museum, from the Cameroons.

224. Polyptychus hollandi spec. nov. (Pl. V. f. 3, 3).

3. Very close to paupercula, deeper brown. Markings of wings as in pauper-
cula; but the tawny spot at the inner margin near angle smaller not reaching vein
M’, and there are two minute black dots in front of it upon M’, the external one
of them not being larger than the dots upon M! (PI. LXV. f. 17). Marginal
area of hindwing as far as the series of dots rather darker in tint than the dise in
paupercula, while the disc is as dark as the marginal area in hollandi. The teuth
tergite is carinate above, hence broader in side-view (PI. XXV. f. 19); the harpe
is deeply sinuate (P]. XX XIII. f. 25), and the, hook of the penis-sheath (Pl. XXX.
f, 43) is slenderer than in paupercula.

%. Not known.

Hab. West Africa.

In the Tring Museum 2 3 ¢ from Warri, Niger Coast, June 1897 (Dr. Roth) ;

third 3 in coll. Holland from Bule country, W. Africa (Good).

( 262 )

225. Polyptychus mutata.
*Lymantria? mutata Walker, List Lep. Het. B. M. iv. p. 873. n. 5 (1855) (Natal, “9” ex err, ;—
Mus. Brit.).

*Andriasa erubescens id., Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. (3). i. p. 263 (1862) (Natal ; —Mus, Oxford) ;
Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 714. n. 4 (1892).
Andriasa mutata, id., lc. p. 714. n. 3 (1892).

3S. Head with mesial crest. Tongue reduced to two weak lobes which are
shorter than the first segment of the palpus. Joint of palpus open ; third segment
rather prominent. Antennal segments of d deeply grooved, subpectinate, the
upper edge of each groove being produced laterad into a short broad lobe (PI. LXL.
f. 1. 2); the long ciliae fasciculated, the fascicles not numerous, placed upon
tubercles, an isolated subdorsal fascicle between middle of segment and apical edge ;
the distal segments separated ventrally, the penultimate one much higher than
long, its proximal edge oblique, with the angle rounded (side-view) ; end-segment
with a submesial median spine (ventrally often broken off). Spurs of foretibia
almost reaching end of tibia; spurs of mid- and hindtibiae not spinose, longer
terminal one of hindtibia about one-third the length of the first tarsal segment ;
hindtibia as long as tarsal segments 1 and 2 together. Abdominal tergites spinose
only at the edges, underscales large. Apex of forewing not produced, distal margin
conyex, hinder angle very obtuse, hinder margin almost straight; anal angle of
hindwing not distinctly produced, D? curved, not essentially longer than D*. Clasper
without friction-patch.

Tenth tergite short and broad, slightly curved downward, narrowed to the
apex, but not pointed, mesially sinuate ; sternite evenly and broadly sinuate, the
lobes broader than long, halfmoon-shaped. Clasper longer than broad, rounded at
apex, dorsal edge nearly straight, horizontal, ventral edge rounded in basal third,
then straight, obliquely ascending; no harpe, but there is a dorso-basal process
which is homologous and similar to that of Clanis bilineata, rough with tubercles
at the end. Penis-sheath without armature, a feeble carina at the end.

? and early stages not known.

Hab. Natal.

In the Tring Museum 18 3'¢ from Natal.

226. Polyptychus meander.

Gynoeryx meander Guenée, in Vins., Voy. Mad. p. 30 (1865) (nom. nud.).

*Smerinthus meander Boisduyal, lc. p. 22. n. 8 (1875) (Madagascar, ? ;—coll. Oberthiir) ; Mab.,
Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 293 (1879) (Madagascar).

Metamimas meander, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 628 (1877).

Triptogon meander, id., Cist. Ent, ii. p. 393 (1879) (Antananarivo, ¢); Saalm., Lep. Mad. p. 126.
n. 298 (1884) (Nossi-bé).

Smerinthus meander (2), id., Ber. Senk. Naturf. Ges. 1877-78. p. 90. n. 60 (1878) (descript. of ¢ 2,
Loucoubé).

Ambulyx (2) meander, Kirby, lc. p. 677. n. 47 (1892).

3%. Tongue very short and weak. Palpi somewhat divergent ; joint open.
Antenna of ? sub-andromorphic ; of ¢ with long fasciculated ciliae, ventral outline
of segments very faintly concave. Abdomen with long spines all over the tergites,
the spines dense at the apical margins. Distal margin of forewing somewhat
dentate or undulate, conyex, apex not distinctly produced; apex of hindwing
strongly rounded, D? shorter than D*, both straight, obliqne, D® as long as upper

( 263 )

section of M. Spurs short, not spinose, two pairs to hindtibia, longer apical oné
little longer than the tibia is broad. No organ of friction.

The species bears in pattern an extraordinary likeness to the species of Marumba ;
it is in fact a Marumba with two pair of spurs to the hindtibia and less specialised
clasper, constituting a type similar in this respect to the ancestor of Marumba.

36. Tenth tergite broad, sides nearly parallel, apex narrowed, deeply sinuate,
lobes pointed, their mesial edges bent. downward, carinate below ; sternite repre-
sented by a mere rounded fold. Clasper long-scaled outwardly, especially at
apical and dorsal edges, short, broad, deeply concave, with a prominent dorsal fold ;
liarpe very stout, obtuse at end, upperside concave, finely setose, the ventral edge
cariniform, dorsal edge with rather heavy spines. Penis-sheath and -funnel without
external armature.

?. Not dissected.

Barly stages not known.

In Boisduval’s type, which is a large $, the forewing is less rounded than in
the other specimens we have seen, and the hindwing is more brownish yellow.

Hab. Madagascar: Nossi-bé ; Tamatave ; Imerina.

In several collections. In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Tamatave, received
through the kindness of Mons. Charles Oberthiir.

LXI. PHYLLOXIPHIA gen. nov.—Typus: oberthuer?.

3. Close to Polyptychus. Tongue reaching to the end of the midcoxa, weak.
Second segment of palpus thrice as long as first, joint of open. A large tuft of
seale-hairs ventrally behind eye, covering lower part of same. Antenna rather thin,
ventral outline (side-view) of segments straight, apical segment three times as long
as high, penultimate one distinctly longer than high. Abdomen long, tergites with
broad underscales, spinose only at edges. Spurs not spinose, short, longer terminal
one of hindtibia about twice as long as the tibia is broad ; the tibia little longer than
the first tarsal segment. Forewing : apex strongly produced, acute, hooked, distal
and inner margins evenly rounded from SC’ to base, no angle. Hindwing : apex
obtusely pointed, anal angle not produced, obtusely rounded, D? more than twice
the length of D*, very oblique, D* transverse, lower angle of cell obtuse.

? and early stages unknown.

Hab. West Africa.

One species.

227. Phylloxiphia oberthueri spec. nov. (Pl. I. f. 4, 3).

3d. Head and thorax above, sides of palpi and dorsal part of the abdominal
tergites clayish olive, this colour gradually fading away on the last segments, rather
sharply limited laterally on the basal ones; rest of body cream-colour, underside of
legs and the anterior coxae rather darker.

Wings, above, a little paler than the thorax. Forewing washed with
cinnamon; there are feeble traces of lines: one line subbasal, beginning at M
proximally of M’, and ending more distally at inner margin ; two between M' and
R*, and traces of a third beyond end of cell, these three parallel, posteriorly more

( 264 )

distal than anteriorly ; two undulate lines from costal to inner margin, beginning
between cell and SC° ; all these very indistinct ; a more distinct, even, line from tip
of wing to lower angle of cell continued along M to near base ; the line is thin and
has a pale hinder border, recalling the midrib of a leaf; the veins are faintly
streaked and bordered pale ; dise behind apex of cell more cinnamon ; stigma black,
small but conspicuous ; inner margin with a darker basal triangular space-——
Hindwing of the dark colour of the thorax, costal and abdominal margins and upper
part of distal margin cream-colour.

Underside dirty cream-colour. Forewing: middle of basal half fuscous; a
line from apex to R*, which it reaches 6 mm. from cell, thence continued posticad
to M?, which it reaches 6 mm. from end, forming a very obtuse angle at R*—
Hindwing : abdominal area shaded with fuscons : a faint trace of a discal transverse
line, and a thin oblique apical line.

Tenth tergite long (Pl. XXV. f. 25, X¢) divided into two lobes ; the sternite
(Xv) broadened apically, divided into two diverging lobes. Clasper (PI. XXXIV.
f. 12) narrowed towards end, much more elongate triangular than in the species of
Polyptychus, with long narrow scales at the apex; no friction-patch (the clasper
is much rubbed, like the eighth tergite, in the only specimen known to us) ; there
is no projecting harpe. Above the penis-funnel there is a pair of curved processes
(n) which bear setiferous tubercles. Penis-sheath without external armature, but
from the interior projects a double blade of chitin, notched, and beset with some
bristles (P]. XXXIV. f. 12).

% and early stages not known.

Hab. Lolodorf, Cameroons (L. Conradt).

One ¢ in coll. Charles Oberthiir.

LXII. LYCOSPHINGIA gen. noy.—Typus : hamatus.

Smerinthus, Dewitz (non Latreille, 1802), Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. iii. p. 28 (1879).
Polyptychus, Kirby (non Hiibner, 1822), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 705 (1892).

3. Tongue very short and weak. Genal process small. Palpus smoothly
scaled, joint not quite open. Antenna (¢) thickest in basal fifth, distal segments
scarcely grooved, ventral outline of segments (side-view) straight, penultimate
segment longer than high, last one three times as long as high. Abdomen long,
tergites without spines at the edges, the scales representing them bi- or tridentate,
rather tawny. Spurs short, not spinose, one pair to hindtibia, longer spur as long
as the tibia is broad ; pulvillus and paronychium present. Clasper without friction-
patch, but eighth tergite internally with small erect scales at the inner edge. Apex
of forewing very strongly produced, hooked, apex of hindwing pointed at SC, anal
angle produced, distal margin concave between R! and anal angle, D? more than
twice as long as D*, not strongly oblique, D* transverse, lower angle of cell obtuse.

? and early stages not known.

Hab. West Africa: Angola to Gold Coast.

Differs from Polyptychus in the hindtibia having only one pair of spurs ; from
Marumba in the obtuse lower angle of the cell of the hindwing, from Laothonia in
the presence of the paronychinm. Wing-form pecaliar.

( 265 )

228. Lycosphingia hamatus.

*Smerinthus hamatus Dewitz, lc. p. 28. t. 2. f. 2 (1879 (g, Chinchoxo ;—Mus. Berlin).
Polyptychus hamatus, Kirby, l.c. n. 1 (1892),

3. We have seen only two specimens. The antennae are rather too short in
Dewitz’s figure, and the (visible) end-seement of the abdomen is too broad ; this
eighth tergite is rather long, and its ventral edge broadly sinuate. Tenth tergite
broad, triangular, obtuse ; sternite elongate-triangular, apex obtuse and incrassate,
being convex beneath. Clasper (PI. XX XIII. f. 16) broad, dorsal margin with
a process (broken in the specimen dissected) ; harpe a large concave plate, narrowed
at end, strongly rounded ventro-basally, apex obtuse and beset with short spines
atthe edge. Penis-sheath with long club-shaped process (Pl. XXX. f. 26), which
ends in a small point.

Hab. West Africa.

One 3 in the Berlin Museum (type) from Chinchoxo ; Gold Coast, 1 ¢ in Mus.
Tring, received in exchange from G. Weymer.

LXII. LIKOMA gen. nov.—Typus: apicalis,

3%. Differs from Polyptychus in having only one pair of spurs to the hindtibia,
and in the absence of the paronychium,

Tongue very short and weak. Joint of palpus open. Ventral outline of
antennal segments slightly concave (side-view). Scales of abdominal tergites
narrow, many hair-like ; spines at the apices numerous but weak. Spurs very
short, not spinose, longer one of hindtibia scarcely longer than the tibia is broad.
Pulvillus present, paronychium absent, ‘.e. without lobes. Distal margin of forewing
dentate ; D? of hindwing curved, oblique, not longer than D%, this very oblique,
lower angle of cell sharply acuminate. Clasper and eighth tergite with organ of
friction,

Karly stages not known.

Hab. Bast Africa.

One species.

229. Likoma apicalis spec. nov. (Pl. V. f. 5,3).

3%. Body and wings dirty vinaceous, shaded with chocolate-brown sealing ;
metanotum and base of abdomen above much darker.

Wings, upperside. Forewing with blackish brown lines with pale borders,
which make the line appear double: two almost straight, in basal half, the one
about 2 mm. proximally of base of M2, the other at base of M'; two on disc, the
first straight, the second concave from costal margin beyond R*, then turning basad
and curving towards hinder margin ; a postdiscal line curved in nearly the same
Way, indistinct behind; the marginal area bordered by the postdiscal line and an
obliquely placed double spot at angle dark chestnut ; stigma small, white ; fringe
whitish between veins. Hindwing with three lines: proximal one just distal
of base of M!, nearly quite straight, the second somewhat curved in middle, nearer
the first behind than in front, both with pale outer border, the third less distinct,
nearly parallel to margin, also with pale border ; the marginal area limited by this

( 266 )

pale line deeper in tint, changing into chestnut between M! and anal angle ; distal
margin slightly undulate.

Underside. Forewing more pinkish in basal half, without antemedian lines ;
a curved discal line, nearly 7 mm. from stigma; a band of three postdiscal and
submarginal lines with pale borders, the band curving distad between R* and (SM?),
concave between SC’ and R*; marginal area chestnut as above, but more distinctly
extended to hinder angle. Hindwing: lines as above, discal one more curved
behind ; marginal area chestnut between M? and anal angle.

3. Tenth tergite strongly narrowed towards end (PI. XXV. f. 26), apex feebly
sinuate ; sternite narrowed suddenly to a pointed process. Clasper sole-shaped ;
a large patch of friction-seales ; these scales long and narrow ; eighth tergite with
a belt of enlarged scales all round the edge ; harpe (Pl. XXXII. f. 15) resembling
that of Polyptychus hollandi to a certain extent, being distally sinuate, the two
lobes short, especially the ventral one. Penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 27) with a
rather high dentate ridge before the end ; from the interior of the sheath projects
a sharply pointed, strongly chitinised process.

?. Antenna andromorphic, segments slightly rounded in dorsal view. Spots
at hinder angle of forewing smaller than in d, distal margin less sharply dentate,
apical area of forewing and anal area of hindwing not quite so deep in colour.
Not dissected ; a high smooth ridge visible before vaginal cavity, slightly sinuate
mesially, the sinus triangular.

Length of forewing: d, 30 mm. ; ?, 37 mm.

Hab. British Central Africa.

One & (type) in the Tring Museum from Likoma, Lake Nyassa, 24. iii. “96
(Rey. Dutton).

In the British Museum 1 ? from Neugia, British Centr. Africa (Crawshay) ;
1 3, aberrant, from Umtali, Mashonaland, 3700 ft., December 1900 (Marshall).

The latter ¢ is buffish wood-brown, smaller than the type. The first line of

the hindwing below stands at the base of M2, the tenth sternite is square in basal

half, with the angles not rounded, the harpe is smaller, and the dentate ridge of
the penis-sheath longer.

LIV. MARUMBA.—Typus : dyras.

Sphinx, Schiff. & Den. (non Linné, 1758), Syst. Verz. Schmett. Wien p. 42 (1776). ;
Smerinthus Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins, iii. p. 401 (1802) (partim ; incl. type of Sphinz).
Laotho# Fabricius, in Mlig., Mag. Ent. vi. p. 287 (1807) (partim ; incl. type of Sphinx).
Polyptychus Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 141 (1822) (partim ; type: dentatus).

Merinthus Meigen, Handb. Schm. p. 100 (1827) (correct. of Smerinthus !).

Triptogon, Butler (non Ménétriés, 1857), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 253 (1875) (nom. indescr.).
Metamimas id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 582 (1877) (partim ; type: australasiae).
Mimas, id. (non Hiibner, 1822), /.c. p. 583 (1877).

Marumba Moore, Lep. Ceyl. ii. p. 8 (1882) (type: dyras).

Sichia Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p. 386 (1902) (nom. nud.).

Burrowsia id., l.c. (nom. nud.).

Kayeia id., l.c. (nom. nud.).

3%. Tongue very short and weak, the two halves quite separate in several
species (PI. LXI. f. 10.11). Pilifer a short, obtuse, triangular process. Palpus
larger in ¢ than in , visible from above in d, second segment about twice as long

> Sas att:

( 267 )

as broad, joint more or less open, at least in d. Antennal segments deeply grooved
in d, rather feebly in ?, ciliae much longer in d than in ?, last segment short,
penultimate one higher than long. Abdominal tergites without broad scales,
densely spinose all over. Tibiae spinose, hindtibia as long as, or longer than, the
first two tarsal segments ; spurs not spinose, one pair to hindtibia, short; tarsi
stout, some of the spines of the underside more or less erect and inclining mesiad ;
pulvillus and paronychium present, the upper lobe of the latter broad. Distal
margin of forewing more or less undulate ; apex of hindwing rounded, proportional
length of D? and D* variable, but D? never twice the length of D*, sometimes even
shorter than D*; pattern almost the same in all the species. No organ of friction
on clasper and eighth tergite.

Clasper and harpe similar in the various species: the former (Pl. XXXIV.
f, 13—18) divided distally into a dorsal and a ventral lobe, the dorsal lobe
mostly strongly chitinised and pointed, the ventral one obliquely rounded, weak,
both close together, imperfectly separated ; harpe represented by a very strongly
chitinised hook curving upwards ; a subdorsal basal fold of the clasper is produced
mesiad into a plate which lies above the penis-sheath and is prolonged distad into
a sharp process which corresponds to the processes pdr and pdl of Polyptychus
trilineatus ; the process is the same on both sides, while in Polyptychus trilineatus
the left one differs from the right one. Penis-funnel short, more or less trans-
versely folded above (PI. XXXIV. f. 14); penis-sheath without processes, but
more or less rugose or granulose at the end. Vaginal plate see Pl. XVIII.
f. 15—22.

Larva granulose; head triangrlar.—Food-plants: Tilia; Prunus; Pirus ;
Quercus ; ete.

Pupa somewhat glossy, rugate ; two small frontal tubercles ; labrum and
pilifer distinct ; smooth part of eye polished, tongue-case about 5 mm. shorter than
foreleg ; cremaster very rough above, tip divided, short (quercus).

Hab, Oriental and Palaearctic Regions, as far east as the Southern Moluccas
and the Tenimber Islands.

The mouth parts are very variable according to species and individuals. The
tongue of quercus and jankowshii is always devoid of a fringe at the inner edge—
by means of which the two halves of the tongue are kept together—while the fringe
is present in all the other species (Pl. LXI. f. 11). The ‘pilifer is also much
reduced in quercus (Pl. LXI. f. 10) and is devoid of the clothing of bristles or
seales found elsewhere. In sperchius (Pl. LXI. f. 11) the bristles are few in
: nomber, being replaced by hairs and scales. In some individuals of gaschhewitschi
and eristata the pilifer is longer and bears the normal brush of brown bristles, while
other individuals of the same species resemble sperchius in this respect or stand
intermediate. MM. quercus has no distinct epistome; in sperchius and cristata
(Pl. LXI. f. 11, ep), it is represented by an obtusely triangular lobe, and in
spectabilis by a sinuate lobe. The labrum bears a transverse ridge, variously
Shaped in the different species, being almost tuberculiform in cristata, very high
| and mesially somewhat sinuate in spectabilis, ete.

The relationship of Marwmba with the Oriental Polyptychus is clearly demon-
strated by the sexual armature of the ¢. The development of the clasper apically
into a dorsal and a ventral lobe and the presence of two processes above the penis-
fonnel point directly to Polyptychus trilineatus.

It is very interesting to note that the African Likoma apicalis, which agrees

( 268 )

with Marumba in the loss of the proximal pair of spurs on the hindtibia and also
in pattern, has the sexual armature of the d similar to that of some African
Polyptychus, the clasper not being divided, and bearing a patch of friction-seales,
the eighth tergite having a corresponding organ of friction, the tenth sternite being
divided, the penis-sheath bearing a lateral tooth, and there not being any processes
above the penis-funnel. This African Likoma is clearly a derivation from an
African Polyptychus, while the Oriental (and Palaearctic) Marumba are derived
from an Oriental Polyptychus. The absence of the proximal pair of hindtibial
spurs does not mean closer relationship between Marwmba and Likoma than between
these and Polyptychus, but is the outcome of parallel development ; the tendency
of the spurs to become obliterated is obvious in all groups of asemanophorous
Sphingidae.

The pattern of the wings is very uniform, varying only in details in the different
species. Forewing : a subbasal and three or four antemedian lines, the latter
more or less convergent behind ; a discal line at (seldom) or beyond end of cell,
immediately followed by one or two feeble lines ; three postdiscal lines, more or less
strongly ()-shaped (on right wing; (J-shaped on left wing), curving round a
double spot situated upon M? and SM? near angle of wing, one of these three lines
mostly vestigial ——Hindwing with double spot before anal angle as remnant of a
postdiscal band.

On the underside we find no lines in the basal half of the forewing, while the
hindwing bears three lines between the base of M? and distal margin, the most
proximal one being as a rule accompanied distally by vestiges of one or two more
lines, of which one is often rather distinct.

This similarity in pattern misled Hampson to unite under WV. dyras no less than
five distinct species.

Key to the species :

a. Foretibia ending in a long thorn or claw 240. MM. indicus.

Foretibia without apical thorn. : : b.
b. Hindwing red ‘ : : . 230. I. gaschhewitschi.
Hindwing burnt amber ueoath russet,
tawny, ochraceous, or buff : F ; c.
ec. Costal and distal marginal areas of hind-
wing ochre-yellow . : 236. M. maacki.
Costal and distal marginal areas of ede
wing not ochre-yellow ; : c : d.

d, Distal margin of forewing concave be-
tween SC*® and R*, apex almost
truncate : : B : .

Not obviously concave . ; é e.

. The most distal brown line of anderside
of hindwing absent, or barely vestigial,
but its white border distinct; fore-
wing below with sharply defined
tawny or ochraceous apical area

The most distal brown line of hindwing
distinct, or forewing below without
tawny apical area. 5 : ; ‘ fe

wo
es)
~t

. M. jankowshit.

_
?

( 269 )

Jj. Forewing below with a large, anteriorly
rather sharply defined, orange-tawny
area extending from R* to near hinder
margin, rest of wing very much
darker. . 232. VM. spectabilis.
Forewing without that marche or the patel
small and clayish tawny, not well
defined anteriorly. : : ; q-
g. Body above witha Progen eral line;
upperside of wings and body very
uniform in colour, without distinct
pale shades, subanal spot M? of hind-

wing absent or vestigial . : . 231. M. cristata.
Body without heavy mesial line, or wings
with pale shades. : . A . h.

#4. Forewing with the most distal line
double, the exterior one of the pair
the heavier. 233. M. dyras.
Forewing with the a distal ime cat
double, or the exterior one of the pair
vestigial . : ; ts .
?. Forewing below sottees ei kee
brown, or the basal half much Loe
than the distal half . 2 5 235. VM. timora.
Forewing below pale ochraceous-buff or
cream-colour, much shaded with grey 238. MM. sperchius.
j. Forewing below cream-colour ; apical

area not tawny . : 239. MW. quercus.
Forewing below pale pohradauue bade
apical area tawny, sharply defined . 234. JL. amboinicus.

Butler enumerated these species under Triptogon—except quercus, which he
pnt together with ¢/iae and decolor into Mimas—and quoted Bremer as author of
Triptogon. Moore, when proposing the new name Marumba, said that the type
of Triptogon was dissimilis, an insect generically distinct from Marumba. Neither
Butler nor Moore had read, we think, what Bremer said in the place which they
quote. He distinctly stated that he placed dissimilis only provisionally into
Triptogon—a nondescript genus proposed in 1857 by Ménétriés for some South
American Sesiinae—and that he would bring it into a new genus in a later
paper, which intention he did not carry out. How Butler and Moore arrived
at the conclusion that dissimilis was the type of Triptogon we are at a loss to
understand.

Kirby, in his Catalogue, placed guvercus into a separate genus, which he called
Laothot ; there is no justification whatever for separating guercus from jankowshit,
sperchius, ete. It is needless to show that Butler’s Mimas was quite unnatural ;
the three species under that name belong to three genera. Collectors of Palaearctic
Lepidoptera are, as a rule, contented with placing the species of Marwmba together
with a motley of other forms under the generic term Smerinthus ; Staudinger and
Rebel, in their Catalogue, separating, however, ¢iliae from the rest as Dilina! A

( 270 )

curious instance of inconsistency. On the other hand, Tutt, Z.c., proposed for species

of Marumba several generic names, without giving definitions.

230. Marumba gaschkewitschi.

Smerinthus gaschkewitschi Bremer & Grey, in Motsch., Ht. Ent. i. p. 62. n. 20 (1852) (Pekin ;—Mus,
St. Petropolis) ; id., Sehm. N. China’s p. 13. n. 58. t. 5. £, 2 (1853).

Polyptychus gaschkewitschi, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 276. n. 36 (1898) (=complacens
=roseipennis=carstanjeni=heynei ; Yokohama ; Nagasaki, v. ; Hakodate ; Mupin, vi.).

6%. Antenna rather short and thin, seriated ciliae very short in 2. Pilifer
variable. Tongue with long ciliae. Hindwing above, and basal half or two-
thirds of forewing below red. Spots at anal angles of fore- and hindwing generally
large, those of hindwing mostly merged together, seldom small.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXVI. f. 5. 6) broad, the lobes rounded, their inner
edge often obviously more oblique than the outer edge, this not continnous with
the Jateral edge of the more proximal part of the plate which ends in a ventral
fold (x); Pl. XXVI. f. 6 gives a side-view of the apex of the tergite; the
sternite (Xv) vestigial, represented by an inconspicuous fold which bears no mesial
lobe ; the lateral piliferous tubercles (¢) strongly developed. Clasper in shape
halfway between those of sperchius and amboinicus, the dorso-apical lobe pointed,
somewhat curving downward ; harpe similar to that of sperchius ; the two processes
above the penis-sheath broad.

?. Distal edge of vaginal plate (Pl. XVIII. f. 21. 22) incrassate ; proximal
edge of orifice raised to a high ridge which covers the orifice in a ventral view ;
the outer surface of the ridge convex, its edge irregularly notched, mesially more or
Jess deeply incised ; the proximal part of the vaginal plate deeply concave, mesially
obtusely carinate, this cavity laterally limited by the lower end of the eighth tergite
which projects ventrad.

Larva not sufficiently known: yellowish green, with seven thin white side-
bands, in front of which stand red blotches, granulose ; horn straight and long.—
Food-plants: Prunus; Pirus; Crataegus.

Chrysalis not described.

Hab, Japan, Amurland to Amoy and Moupin.

Four subspecies, which differ in colour and in the sexual armature of the ?,

apparently not in that of the ¢.

a. M. gaschkewitschi carstanjent.

*Smerinthus carstanjenit (roseipennis Butl. var. ?) Staudinger, in Rom., Mém. Lép. iii. p. 159. t. 9
f. 2. a. b. (1887) (Ussuri; larva on Prunus and Pirus ;—coll. Staudinger).

Smerinthus gaschkewitschi var, carstanjeni, Graeser, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxii. p. 105. n. 189 (1888)
(Amurland ; larva mentioned) ; Staud., l.c. vi. p. 234. n, 224 (1892) (Amur) ; Staud. & Reb.,
Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 99. n. 722 (1901) (Ussuri merid.),

Smerinthus voseipennis, Bartel, in Rithl, Grossschm. ii. p. 162 (1900) (partim ; Amur),

3%. Only bred specimens seem to us to be in collections, and these appear
to be more or less dwarfed. The small size, however, may be a character of the
Amur form. A series of caught specimens should be compared. Individuals as
small as a medium-sized carstanjeni occur also in Japan. Many examples have an
ochraceous-red tint (only bred ones?). Markings strongly pronounced ; fringe

conspicuously white between the veins.

‘

(271 )

?. Ridge in front of vaginal orifice (PI. XVIIL. f. 22) with a small mesial
sinus ; the edge either irregularly denticulate or smooth.

Larva mentioned by Graeser; said to be similar to that of Sphinw ocellata.
A thorough study of the Amur larvae is a desideratum. The larvae of the Amur
Sphingidae have nearly all been found by the trayellers who collected for commercial
purposes, but not one is properly described.

Hab. Amurland.

In the Tring Museum 9 dd, 3 2°.

b. M. gaschkewitschi gaschkewitschi.

Smerinthus dyras vax. B., Walker, l.c. viii. p. 251. sub n. 13 (1856) (Shanghai, ? ).

Smerinthus gaschkewitschi Bremer & Grey, l./.c.c.; Mén., Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. i.
Suppl. p. 94. n. 1563. t. 13. f. 4 (1857) (Pekin) ; Walk., /.c. p. 40 (1864); Bart., in Riihl,
Grossschm. ii. p. 161 (1900) (Pekin) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 99. n. 722 (1901)
(partim ; China sept.).

Smerinthus gaschkevitschi (!), Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 19. n. 3 (1875).

Triptogon gaschkevitschi (!), Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 588. n. 21 (1877) (Pekin ;
“Mongolia” ex err.?) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i, p. 27. n. 105 (1892) (Shantung).

Smerinthus gaschkewitchi (!), Austaut, Le Natural. xiv. p. 68 (1892).

Marumba gaschkewitschi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 707. n. 11 (1892).

Smerinthus complacens, Bartel, /.c. p. 163 (1900) (partim ; Shanghai).

3d 2. Upper- and underside of body and wings paler than in the other subspecies;
mesial line of abdomen not marked or vestigial ; anal angle of hindwing above
with a greyish white patch proximally of the brown spot. Underside darker in
é than in ?, hindwing pinkish grey in ?, with the marginal area more or less
pale pinkish tawny, in d uniformly drab-colour, scarcely with a vestige of red.
Fringe of both wings conspicuously white between the veins.

?. Vaginal plate as in carstanjeni, the edge rather thicker.

Larva not known.

Hab, North China: Pekin.

In the Paris Museum 1 3, 2 2? from north of Pekin (A. David), one of the
? % transferred to the Tring Museum.

This and the following are possibly seasonal forms of the same Chinese
subspecies.

c. M. gaschkewitschi complacens.

*Smerinthus complacens Walker, Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxi. p. 40 (1864) (Amoy, ? ;— Mus. Brit.) ;
Boisd., Spec. Gen. Lép. Het. i. p. 30. 0. 19 (18.5) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 163 (1900)
(partim ; Amoy).

Triptogon complacens, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 588. n. 19 (1877) (partim ; Amoy);
id., Mlustr. Typ. Spec. Lep. Het. B. M. iii. p. 2. t. 41. f. 4 (1879) (partim).

Marumba complacens, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 707. n. 8 (1892) (partim).

Marumba gaschkewitschi ab. complacens, Rothschild, Noy. Zoor. i. p. 98 (1894).

Polyplychus gaschkewitschi, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 276. n. 36 (1898) (partim; Moupin, vi.).

d%. Darker than the two preceding forms ; fringe of forewing with the white
Spots vestigial; underside of hindwing and of body washed with red all over.
Forewing rather more elongate than in the other subspecies.

%. Vaginal plate as in the preceding form, the ridge thicker than in carstanjeni
and the sinus much less deep than in the following subspecies.

Larva not known.

Hab, Southern and Central China: Amoy, Foochow, Kiangsi, Moupin.

( 272 )

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Foochow ; another 3 from the same locality,
ontained in the Brit. Mus., agrees almost exactly with the preceding subspecies.

In the Paris Museum 1 ¢, 2 2 2 from Moupin and Kiangsi.

Also several specimens in coll. Charles Oberthiir and the British Museum.

d. M. gaschhewitschi echephron.

*Smerinthus echephron Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 21. n. 6. t. 3. £.3 (1875) (Japan ;—eoll.
Charles Oberthiir) ; Bartel, in Rithl, Grossschm. ii. p. 180 (1900) (Japan).

*Triptogon roseipennis Butler, Pore. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 257. n. 49 (1875) (Hakodate ;—Mus. Brit.);
id., Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 588. n. 20. t. 91. £. 6 (larva) (1877) (J. on Pirus and Prunus).

Triptogon complacens, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 588. n. 19 (1877) (partim ; Japan) ;
Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 585, p. 22 (1888) (= roseipennis ; Yokohama, Nagasaki,
Hakodate) ; Swinh., Cut. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 26. n. 103 (1892) (partim ; Japan).

Smerinthus heynei Austaut, Le Natural. xiv. p. 68. n. 1 (1892) (Japan).

Marumbu echephron, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 706. n. 7 (1892) (Japan).

Marumba complacens, id., lc. p 707. n. 8 (1892) (partim ; Japan).

Marumba roseipennis, id., lc. n. 9 (1892) (Japan).

Marumba heynei, id., lc. p. 932. n. 36 (1892).

Smerinthus maasseni Staudinger, in Rom., Mém. Lép. vi. p. 236. sub n, 224 (1892) (Japan).

Marumba gaschkewitschi ab. roseipennis, Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 98 (1894),

a

Polyptychus echephron, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, p. 276, 0.35 (1898) (probably form of dyras!), —

Smerinthus sperchius, Bartel, l.c. p. 158 (1900) (partim ; sub synon.).
Marumba gaschkewitschi ab. echephron, id., lc.

Smerinthus roseipennis, id., l.c. p. 162 (1900) (partim ; Japan).
Smerinthus complacens, id., lc. p. 163 (1900) (partim ; Japan).

Smerinthus gaschkewitschi var. roseipennis, Staudinger & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 99. sub n. 722

(1901) (Japan).
Burrowsia roseipennis, Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p. 386 (1902).

3%. The pair from which Boisduval drew up his description of echephron is
discoloured ; it belongs to the present, species, not. to dyras as suggested by Leech ;

the name of echephron has heen left out in the catalogue of Staudinger and Rebel.

In colour very close to complacens, but the underside decidedly more restricted
red, especially in the ¢ and on the hindwing. Size variable, fringe without distinet
white spots in some specimens, but in most nearly as conspicuously spotted as in
carstanjeni. First line of underside of hindwing on the whole rather more distal
than in the other subspecies, sometimes 1 or 2 mm. distant from cell.

?. Vaginal plate differing from that of the Continental forms in the ridge being
deeply incised (Pl. XVIII. f. 21); this character applies to all the specimens
examined, but in some the sinus is less deep than in others.

Larva figured by Butler, /.c.

Hab. Japan: Hakodate to Nagasaki.

In the Tring Museum 15 3d, 23 % ? from various places of Japan, caught in
May, June, and July.

231. Marumba cristata.
*Triptogon cristata Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 253. n. 39 (1875) (Darjiling ;—Brit. Mus.) ;
id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 586, n. 1 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat, Moths Ind. i. p. 25
u. 136 (1887) (Sikhim).
Marumba cristata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p- 707. n, 21 (1892).
Polyptychus dyras, Hampson (non Walker, 1856), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 69. n, 91
(1892) (partim) ; Leech, 7rans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 276. n. 34 (1898) (partim ; Omei-shan, vii.).

g%. This sombre-coloured insect is very constant, and cannot easily be con-
founded with any species except in a moment of thoughtlessness. The uniform
colour of the upperside, the heavy black mesial line of the body, the simple lines

( 273 )

of the forewing, the presence of a small creamy white stigma on the forewing,
the absence of the first anal spot from the hindwing, and the rosy tint of the
underside separate cristata at a glance from the other Marwmba. Antenna of 3
less than one-third the length of the forewing, thinner than in dyras; in ? grooved,
the seriated basal ciliae of the middle segments nearly as long as the segments.
Tarsi very stout.

d. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXVI. f. 2) deeply divided into two slender lobes which
are pointed ; sternite triangular, rather broad, not acute, slightly curved upwards
at the apex, covered with minute granules. Clasper (Pl. XXXIV. f. 18) differing
essentially from that of the allied species in the dorso-apical lobe being pointed
and enrved upwards and in the ventral lobe being broad and rounded ; harpe not
so strongly curved as in sperchius and dyras, not denticulate, reaching nearer to
the end of the clasper.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XIX. f. 1) with a long, truncate or slightly sinuate,
process in front of the orifice, which process becomes visible on removal of some
seales from the apex of the seventh sternite ; at each side stands a dentate flap (/).

Barly stages not known.

Hab. Sikhim ; W. China.

In the Tring Museum 6 33,7 2 ¢ from Sikhim, some in June.

232. Marumba spectabilis.
*Triptogon spectabilis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 256. n. 48 (1875) (Darjiling ;—Mus. Brit.).

3%. Antenna shorter and thinner than in dyras. A much more conspicuously
coloured insect than dyras, sperchius and cristata. Underside: a large area between
hinder angle and R® of forewing, and a submarginal patch before anal angle of
hindwing, of an orange-tawny colour.

d. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXVI. f. 1) deeply divided, the lobes slender, obliquely
rounded at end, not pointed; sternite a low ridge, mesial lobe short aud broad,
almost vestigial. Dorso-apical lobe of clasper more curved downward than in
sperchius and dyras; harpe not dentate, long, resembling that of amboinicus.

2. Antevaginal ridge of vaginal plate (Pl. XIX. f. 2) sinuate in front of the
vaginal orifice, the lobes rounded ; from each side of the ridge extends a longitudinal
fold towards the eighth sternite.

Early stages not known.

Hab. N. India ; Sumatra.

Two subspecies :

a. M. spectabilis spectabilis.

*Triptogon spectabilis Butler, I.c. (1875) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 588. n. 15. t. 93. f. 1
(1877) (Darjiling) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. 1. p. 27. n. 147 (1887) (Darjiling) ; Swinh.,
Cat. Lep. Het, Mus. Ox. i. p. 27. 0. 109 (1892).

Maramba spectabilis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 707. nu. 14 (1892).

Polyplychus spectabilis, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 71. 0. 92 (1892)
(, Sikhim) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe, xi, p. 406. n. 92 (1898) (‘not seen”),

3%. Underside of wings : forewing with an apical patch of the same orange-
tawny colour as the anal area ; first discal line several mm. proximal of base of
SC"; first line of hindwing between M! and M?, fourth line angulate behind R°’,
4to 6 mm. distant from tip of M'. Tenth abdominal tergite (Pl. XXVI. f. 1) with

(274 )

the lobes obliquely rounded at the tip, the sternite slightly dilated, rounded it
middle. 3
Hab. North India: Sikhim.
In the Tring Museum 4 dd.

b. M. spectabilis malayana subsp. nov.

3. Hindwing with the apex less rounded than in the preceding subspecies.
Wings, delove. Forewing with the orange-tawny apical patch barely indicated, first
line just proximal of base of SC° (fork), fifth line—the fourth quite indistinet—
continued to tip of M’, not interrupted or obsolescent behind R*. Hindwing: first.
line at lower angle of cell, not in cell, fourth not angulate between R* and M!,
barely 3 mm. from tip of M'. Lobes of tenth tergite notched, not obliquely rounded
sternite with the mesial part dilated to a triangular, short and broad lobe. 4

9. Not known. ,
Hab. Benkoelen, West Stmatra (Briesson), 1 ¢ in the Tring Museum,
L. spectabilis occurs doubtless in the countries between Sumatra and Sitter and
most likely also ou Borneo and Java. ‘The discovery of the species in Sumatra is
very interesting, as hitherto the insect was known only from Sikhim.

233. Marumba dyras.

*Smerinthus dyvras Walker, List Lep. Ins. BM, viii. p, 250, n. 13 (1856) (partim ; Ceylon ; Silhet ;
Shanghai ;—Mus, Brit.).
Marumba dyras, Moore, Lep. Ceyl, ii. p. 9. t. 78, £. 1. a, b, e. (4, p., & 2) (1882).

3%. Tongue with fringe. Pilifer with brush of bristles. Antenna one-thi 1
the length of the forewing in d, a little shorter in ?. Of the most distal double
line of the forewing the external one is much heavier than the proximal one; the
former stops mostly at M', but is occasionally continued beyond this vein, curvi
basad and ending at the marginal spot ; the inner line encircles spot M®, its poste
portion is often very faint. The marginal area beyond this double line is tawny
or brown on the a cues seldom of the same colour as the dise.

iderside of the ee seldom in gat often well ankeie cell. x
&. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXVI. f. 9) divided into two rounded lobes ; stern
pointed, triangular, or bell-shaped, rather variable in shape (Pl. XXVI. f. 9.
11.12). Dorso-apical lobe of clasper pointed, shorter than in sperchius ; harpe mor
strongly hook-shaped, about midway between the harpes of sperchiws and amboinicus
not denticulate ; processes above penis-sheath long, granulose. -,
?. Vaginal plate (PI. XVIII. f. 17. 18) with a more or less prominent round
-tuberele in front of the vaginal orifice.
Larva green, bluish green when adult, covered with “paler short gran lar
spines,” six side-bands on segments 4 to 11; head triangular; horn straig
spinose. Moore figures on the same plate a gallstone-yellow caterpillar
seven rel side-bands and a curved horn. Js this really the same speci
Food-plants : Sterculariaceae.
Pupa insufficiently described ; said to have a short exserted proboscis, which 18
a mistake ; cremaster apparently long, narrow in side-view (Moore’s figure).
Hab. From N.W. India and China to Ceylon, the Philippines and Java.
Two subspecies :

*Smerinthus dyras Walker, 1c. (1856).
Smerinthus dyras, Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. Ci. p. 264. n, 608 (1857)
(partim ; Darjiling) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 793 (1865) (Bengal) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép.
Hét.i. p. 20. n. 5 (1875) (partim ; Bengal ; Silhet : China) ; Bartel, /.c. p, 160 (1900) (partim),
*Triptogon sinensis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p.
| id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 587. n 7 (1877).
'

a. M. dyras dyras.

254. n. 41 (1875) (Hongkong ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

*Triptogon ceylanica Butler, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. p. 255. n. 43 (1875) (Ceylon ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id
Trans. Zool. Soc. Loni. ix, p. 587. n. 9 (1877).
_ *Priptogon silhetensis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 255. n. 44 (1875) (Silhet ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,
Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 587. n. 10 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 26. n. 142
(1887) (Silhet ; Sikhim).
*Triptogon oriens Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 255. n. 45 (1875) (N.E. India ;—Mus. Brit.) ;

id, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 587. n. 11. t. 93. £. 3 (1877): Cot. & Swinh,, 2c. i, p. 26.
n, 143 (1887).

*Triptogon massurensis Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 256. n. 46 (1875) (Massuri ;—Mus, Brit.) ;
id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 587. n. 12. t. 93. £. 5 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Lc. i. p. 26.
n, 144 (1887) (Massuri).

*Triptogon fuscescens Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 256. n. 47 (1875) (Darjiling ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
id., Trans. Zool. Sov. Lond. ix. p. £87. n. 13. t, 93. £. 2 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Le. i, p. 26.
n. 145 (1887).

Triptogon dyras, Butler, 1.c. ix. p. 586. n. 6 (1877) (Ceylon; Canara) ; Cot. & Swinh., /.c. i. p. 26.
n. 140 (1887) (Silhet ; Sikhim ; Kanara; Ceylon; Subathu ; Sibsagar) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep.
Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 27. n. 106 (1892) (Assam ; Ceylon).

*Triptogon andamana Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 595 (1877) (Pt. Blair ;—Mus, Brit.) ; Cot. &
Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 27. n. 148 (1887).

Marumba ceylonica (:!), Moore, Lep. Ceyl. ii. p. 9. t. 79. £.2 (1882).

Marumba dyras, id., lc. p. 9. t. 98. f. 1. a. b. . (1, p, 3 §) (1882) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 708.
n, 24 (1892).

Triptogon ceylonica (1), Cotes & Swinh,, Z.c. i. p. 26. n. 141 (1887) (Ceylon) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het,
Mus. Ox, i. p. 28. n. 110 (1892) (Laos, Siam ; Ceylon).

Marumba massuriensis (1), Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 706. n, 2 (1892).

Marumba oriens, id., l.c. n. 3 (1892).

Varumba sithetensis, id., Le. n. 5 (1892).

| Marumba fuscescens, id., lc. p. 707.n 15 (1892).

Marumba ceylonica, id., l.c. n. 17 (1892).

Varumba andamana, id., 1.c. p- 708. n. 23 (1892).

Varumba sinensis, id., Lc. n. 25 (1892).

*olyptychus dyras, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 69. n. 91. £. 42 (7.) (1892)
(partim) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p, 406. n. 91 (1898) (Sikhim & Bhutan, up to
3500 ft., v. to viii. ;—probably a mixture of species).

farumba dyras ab. sinensis, ab. cylanica, ab. fuscescens, ab, silhetensis, ab.
Rothschild, Nov. Zoot. i. p. 98 (1894).

’

£

oriens, ab. massuriensis (!),

3%. Sir George Hampson was quite right in sinking fuscipennis, oriens,
‘nensis, ete., as synonyms of dyras. But in the scramble of these Butlerian
species” for accommodation under the roof of a mutilated but hospitable dryad,
ome strangers managed to squeeze in who were not billeted there. The row of
fteen synonyms under dyras of Hampson looks very imposing ; seven of the
mes, however, have no business to be there, and the eighth (javanica) has also
me claim to a separate place.

Though we treat of the specimens belonging to the species dyras only under
¥0 subspecies, we are not at: all certain that there are not more geographical forms.
sin many other Ambulicinae the sexual armature seems to vary much more
“ographically than individnally, Unfortunately the material at disposal is rather
Cagre, excepting that from North India and Java, and therefore we cannot do
ore al present than indicate in what the few individuals dissected differ. It is

( 276 )

quite possible that the differences which appear to us to be geographical will turn
ont to be individual on examination of larger numbers, and this is the reason why
we leave the specimens from continental Asia, Ceylon and the Andamans under one
subspecific name. There are names for nearly all the possible subspecies of which
specimens exist in collections. The name of dyras would apply to the Ceylon foru.;

Bhutan ; ete. J
In the Sikhim specimens the tenth sternite of the d (Pl. XXVL. f. 9) i
elongate-bell-shaped, the sides being rounded, and the mesial tubercle of the vagina

in middle. :
The specimens from Assam have a more slender and longer tenth sternite, it
being sometimes very narrow and straight (Pl. XXVI. f. 12), while the antevaginal
tubercle is the same as in the Sikhim individuals. ;
In South Indian ¢¢ the tenth sternite stands in shape midway between tha
of Sikhim and Assam examples, while it is broad, obtusely triangular (Pl. XVII
f. 10) in Ceylon individuals. The antevaginal tubercle is in Ceylonese 9 $ ver
prominent, constricted at the base, knob-shaped, sulcate.
The differences in colour on which Butler relied when describing his ‘‘ species
are quite inconstant.
Larya and chrysalis figured by Moore (see above).
Hab. China, Tonkin, Siam, N.W. India, Bhutan, Sikhim, Assam, southwar¢
to Ceylon and the Andamans ; certainly also in Burma and Tennasserim. 7
Tn the Tring Museum 24 dd, 12 2? from: Ceylon ; 8. India ; Jaintia
Khasia Hills ; Sikhim ; Tonkin.

b. M. dyras javanica.

Smerinthus dryas, Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. 1. C. i. p. 264. 0. 608)
(partim ; Java) ; Boisd., Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 20. n. 5 (1875) (partim ; Java); Ba
in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 160 (1900) (partim ; Java).

Smerinthus parallelis Moore, l.c. (nom. nud. ; sub syn.).

Smerinthus horsfieldi Moore, 1.c. (nom, nud ; sub syn.). :

*Triptogon javanica Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 254. 42 (1875) (Java ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id
Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond, ix. p. 587. n. 8 (1877).

Marumba javanica, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i. p. 708. n. 22 (1892) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitsch
p- 370, n. 46 (1895) (Java). .

Polyptychus dyvas, Hampson, in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i, p. 69. n, 91 (1892) (
Java) ; Semp., Schin. Philipp. ii. p. 391, n, 21 (1896) (Luzon, ii. ; Cebu ; Mindanao).

Smerinthus sperchius, Piepers, Tijdschr. Ent. xl. p. 98, t. 1, £. 23. 24 (born of 1.) (1897) ; Bartel
p- 158 (1900) (partim ; Java).

tawny than in dyras dyras, less grey. Tenth abdominal sternite of do bre
bell-shaped (Pl. XXVI. f. 11), broader than in the continental individuals. 1

the structure recalling that of the plate of guercus.
Hab. Sava; Philippine Islands : Luzon, Cebu, Mindanao. Probably als
Sumatra, Borneo, and Palawan.
In the Tring Musenm 2 3d, 5 2% from Jaya,

(247)

234. Marumba amboinicus.
*Smerinthus amboinicus Felder, Sitzber. Ak. Wiss. Wien xiii. p. 29. n. 33 (1862) (2, Amboina ;—
Mus. Tring) ; id., Reise Novara, Lep. t. 78. f. 1 (1874) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 21.
n. 7 (1875) ; Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver, Nat. xli. p. 104. n. 192 (1888) (Amboina),.
Smerinthus amboiniens (!), Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxi. p. 41 (1864).

| Metamimas amboinicus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 583. n. 2 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep
Het. i. p. 701. n. 3 (1892).

3%. Distal margin of forewing concave between R! and R*; distal area of

forewing darker than rest of wing, above and below.

d. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXVI. f. 3) comparatively slender, the sinus not very
deep, the lobes with a notch at the end; sternite with bell-shaped outline in
a yentral view, strongly curved upwards, forming a pointed hook in side-view
(Pl. XXVI. f. 4). The dorso-apical lobe of the clasper (Pl. XXXIV. f. 15)
bliquely truncate, without a pointed dagger-like process; hook of Banpe long,
pointing upwards.

2. Vaginal plate (PI. XVIII. f. 19. 20) with an obtuse process of geographically
variable length at each side of the vaginal orifice.

Hab. Southern Moluccas and Celebes.

Two subspecies :

a. M. amboinicus amboinicus.

Smerinthus amboinicus Felder, 1.c,

6%. Our series shows some variation in the position of the lines of the
wewing; in one d the first discal and the most distal antemedian lines are
ited at M? and do not extend farther anad ; the distal margin is sometimes
most even, sometimes faintly undulate.

d. Sexual armature see above.

%. Middle part of antevaginal ridge of vaginal plate (Pl. XVIII. f. 19) not
ominent, processes variable in length, but always shorter than in our specimen
‘the Celebes form.

Hab. Southern Moluceas. :
In the Tring Museum 5 3d, 8 $2 from Amboina (type, ?, Doleschall ; in
‘eondition) ; Ceram ; Kayeli, Burn, iii. 1897 (W. Doherty).

b. M. amboinicus celebensis subsp. noy.

erinthus sperchius, Snellen (non Ménétriés, 1857), Tijdschr. Ent. xxii, p. 63. n. 3 (1879) (S. Celebes),
erinthus dyras, Staudinger (non Walker, 1856), in Rom., Mém. Lép. vi. p. 233. sub n, 221 (1892)
(Minahassa).

erinthus dryas, Bartel (non Moore, 1865), in Riihl,Grossschm. ii. p. 160 (1900) (partim; Minahassa).

d. Not known.

%. Distal margin of forewing undulate, the rounded lobes not quite so strong
®in dyras. Wings paler than in amboinicus, tibiae less blackish ; discal line of

lerside of hindwing crossing cell near the base of M®. Processes of vaginal plate
(Pl. XVIII. f. 20), middle part of plate convex, prominent.

Hab, Celebes.

In the Tring Museum 1 ? (type) from Tawaya, north of Palos Bay, viii., ix.
(W. Doherty).

( 278 )

235. Marumba timora spec. noy.

3. Asmall species resembling dyras and sperchius. Body and wings deep
in tint, no distinct mesial line on abdomen. Postdiscal line of forewing, or all 1
lines in outer half, indistinct ; short line upon cross-veins distinct, the two
at and before hinder angle minute, distal marginal area not darker than dise above
and below. Hindwing: anal spots small, separate, no grey anal area.

Underside : median line of hindwing (the most proximal one) outside cell, jus
touching the lower angle of the same. ;

Tenth tergite (Pl. XXVI. f. 18) with the lobes narrowing towards end, obtnsel)
triangular. Dorso-apical lobe of clasper (Pl. XXXIV. f. 16) obliquely truneat
as in amboinicus ; hook of harpe strongly curved, the tip pointing basad.

?. Not known.

Hab. Timor and Timor Laut.

Two subspecies :

a. M. timora timora.

3. Wings, above. Forewing: basal area shaded with grey ; antemedi
lines approaching each other behind ; inner discal line as a broadish brown
followed by traces of the other lines; the interspace between this discal line on
the antemedian ones paler than the area between it and the distal margin-
Hindwing with a trace of a brown postdiscal band.

Underside. Forewing: basal two-thirds pale, distal area from —
iliscal line to margin brownish tawny, the area sharply defined. Hindwi
double discal line with the interspace shaded with brown, followed by a
strongly curved third discal line which crosses R’ midway between cell and onte
margin; parallel with this line, but less distinct, is a postdiscal one.

Lobe of tenth abdominal sternite rounded at the sides, in one of the speci
almost constricted at the base (PI. XXVI. f. 13).

2. Not known.

Hab. Oinanisa, Dutch Timor, Novy.— Dec. 1891 (W. Doherty).

Two dd in the Tring Museum.

b. M. timora laotensis subsp. nov.

3. More uniform in colour than the preceding, deeper in tint—lUppe
forewing: the same colour from base to apex ; antemedian lines parallel, t
slightly and evenly curved; line upon cross-vein distinct ; lines in outer
wing extremely faint, first discal one dentate, thin. Hindwing : broad
more rounded than in the Timor form, deeper brown, a slight grey 8
anal area.

Underside : lines extremely faint. Forewing uniform in colour excey
the internal margin is paler, lines only here and there traceable-——Hind
geminate discal lines curved, faint, third discal line obtusely angled at I
nearer the margin than the cell——Lobe of tenth sternite triangular, prox
broader than in the preceding. 3 4

Hab. Larat, Timor Laut (=Tenimber Is.), April to middle of May 190
(H. Kiihn). j

Only 1 ¢ in the Tring Museum.

( 279 )

236. Marumba maacki.

Smerinthus maacki Bremer, Bull. Ak. St. Petersh. iii. p. 474. n. 25 (1861) (Ussuri, vi. ;—Mus.
St. Petrop.) ; id., Lep. Ost-Sibir. p. 34. n, 153. t. 3. f. 11 (1864); Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M.
xxxv. p. 1858 (1866); Staud. & Wocke, Cat. Lep. ed. ii. p. 37. n. 483 (1871); Boisd., Spec.
Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 45. n, 35 (1875) ; Graes., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxxii. p. 105, n. 187 (1888)
(Chabaraka ; Wladiwostock; /. on Tilia cordata) ; Staud., in Rom., Mém. Lép. vi. p. 233.
n. 222 (1892) (Amur) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii, p. 156 (1900) (Hast Siberia, v.-vii., ix.) ;
Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii, p. 99. n. 721 (1901) (Ussuri ; Amur “ ex errore?”’).

Triptogon maacki, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 589. n, 22 (1877).

Marumba maacki, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 707. n. 12 (1892).

Kayeia maacki, Tutt, Brit, Lep. iii. p. 386 (1902).

$?. Pilifer short, with pale hairs and scales. The buff yellow colour of
the costal and distal marginal areas of the hindwing above distinguish this species
from all the others. The anal spots of the hindwing are large and merged together
to an S-shaped mark, very rarely separated.
3d. Tenth tergite as narrow in middle as in amboinicus, mesial sinus deep and
yery narrow, the lobes ladle-shaped, not notched; lobe of sternite nearly as in
Pl. XXVI. f. 9, the narrowed apical part longer, pointed, curved upwards. Dorso-
apical lobe of clasper not always sharply pointed, shorter than in dyras, more
resembling that of quercus; harpe stout distally, denticulate ; processes above
penis-sheath short, acute, prismatical, granulose.
2. Proximal part of vaginal plate transverse, rounded proximally and laterally,
_ the edges projecting, sides raised into a short cone, edge in front of vaginal orifice
truneate, feebly undulate.
Larva not sufficiently described ; all green.—Food-plant : Tila cordata.
Chrysalis not described.
Hab, Bast Siberia: Ussuri ; Wladiwostock ; according to Bartel also Trans-
baikalia.
Two broods, the second doubtless irregular.
Why do Standinger & Rebel query the occurrence in the Amur country ?
| Bremer says that this species has some resemblance to zndicus according to
| Walker’s description; Bartel also states that it resembles ‘ndicus somewhat in
pattern. This is quite correct, inasmuch as all the species of Marumba are similar
in pattern ; there is, however, no special resemblance whatever between zndicus
and maacki. The latter comes nearest to guercus and jankowshii.
In the Tring Museum 11 3d, 2 2 2.

237. Marumba jankowskii.

WSmerinthus jankowskii Oberthiir, Et. Ent, v. p. 26. t. 6. £. 1 (1881) (Askold ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir) ; id., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 56 (1886) (J. on Tilia) ; Graes., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxxii.
p. 105. n. 188 (1888) (Wladiwostock ; larva viii.) ; Staud., in Rom., Wém. Lép. vi. p. 233.
n. 225 (1892) (Amur); Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 157 (1900) (Hast Siberia ; Man-
eburia) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 99. n. 720 (1901) (Ussuri mer. ).

Marunba jankowskii, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 708. n. 26 (1892) (Askold).

3%. Pilifer short, with a dense brush of hair-scales, the two processes close
together; tongue without fringe, sometimes reduced to two tubercles. Seriated
ciliae of the %-antenna as long as the segments. Variable in the tint of the ground-
colour, the ¢ 3 generally less tawny than the ??. Anal spots of hindwing as in
maacki, from which jankowshii is easily distinguished by the costal and distal

( 280 )

marginal areas of the hindwing being of the same dark colour as the dise, not
yellow.

3. Tenth tergite broader in the middle than in maachi, the apical sinus not so
deep, the lobes notched laterally, with a tooth proximally of the notch, nearly as in
sperchius ; sternite nearly as broad as in maackhi, suddenly narrowed to a short hook,
the sides sometimes sharply angled. Clasper as in maachi, dorso-apical lobe rather
more pointed ; harpe shorter ; processes above penis-sheath as in maach, slightly
more slender.

?. Anterior part of vaginal plate triangular, incrassate before the vaginal
orifice, with a small smooth mesial tuberele proximally of this incrassate ridge.

Larva green, seldom cinnamon-brown, with red side-bands, which are inter-
rupted at the joints and form the upper border of a row of pale tubercles ; head
almost smooth in front.—Food-plant : Tidia cordata.

Chrysalis not described.

Hab. Bast Siberia and Manchuria, July: Askold, Wladiwostock, Ussuri,
Suifun, ete.

In the Tring Museum: 5 od, 3 22%; one larva.

238. Marumba sperchius.

Smerinthus sperchius Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim, Mus. Petr., Lep, ti. p. 137. n. 1565, t 13. £. 5
(1857) (Japan ;—Mus. St. Petropolis); Luc., Bull. Soc. Ent, Fr. p. 149 (1858 (=dyrus !
ex err.).

3%. In contradistinetion to WM. dyras and most other species the external line
of the postdiscal pair is absent or vestigial, while the inner one is as distinct as
the exterior discal line. The apical area outside the postdiscal line of the under-
side of the forewing is not tawny as in dyras. Antenna of & very heavy, two-fifths
the length of the forewing, obviously Jonger and thicker than in dyras; that of
? slightly compressed, very feebly grooved, seriated basal ciliae barely half the
length of the segment. Fringe of forewing not white between the veins. Mouth-
parts see PI. LXT. f. 11.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXVI. f. 8) rounded at the sides, obviously broader
before the end than in the middle, the sinus narrow, the lobes notched, inner
angle acute ; sternite straight, not or very feebly bent upwards, narrow and long,
compressed, upperside rough with minute teeth. Dorso-apical lobe of clasper
(Pl. XXXIV. f. 13) dagger-shaped ; the harpe irregularly notched and tubereulated ;
processes above the penis-sheath very long and slender.

%. Vaginal ridge convex in middle (Pl. XVIIL. f. 16), with a separate rounded
lobe (/) at each side of the orifice.

Larva green ; oblique lines of pale prominent granules ; head granulose, a row
of granules from antenna upwards.

Hab. Japan to North India.

Three subspecies :

a. M. sperchius sperchius.

Smerinthus sperchius Ménétriés, l.c. (1857); Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxi. p. 40 (1864) ; Boisd.,
Spee. Grén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 19. n. 4 (1875) ; Staud., in Rom., JZém. Lép. vi. p. 233. n. 221 (1892)
(Amur) ; Bartel, in Rithl, Grossschm. ii. p. 158 (1900) (partim; Japan ; Amur; Manchuria ;
ae Staud. & Reb., Cut. Lep. ed. iii, p. 99. n. 719 (1901) (Ussuri; Japan; form of
dyras).

Smerinthus dryas, Orza, Lep. Jap. p. 37. n. 80 (1869) (partim ; Japan) ; Bartel, /.c. p. 160 (1900)
(partim; Japan).

( 281 )

Triptogon sperchius, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 586. n. 4 (1877) (Japan) ; Leech, Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 585. n. 21 (1888) (=piceipennis=gigas ; Tsuruga, vii. ; Yokohama) ; Swinh.,
Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i, p. 27. n. 108 (1892) (Japan).

*Triptogon piceipennis Butler, Ann, Mag. N. I. (4). xx. p. 393 (1877) (Japan ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,
Illustr. Typ. specim. Lep. Het. B. M. ii. p. 4. t. 21. f. 4 (1878).

*Smerinthus michaelis Oberthiir, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 56 (1886) (Manchuria, vii. ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir).

Marumba sperchius, Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 706. n. 6 (1892).

Marumba piceipennis, id., l.c. p. 707. n. 16 (1892).

Marumba michaelis, id, lc, p. 707. n. 18 (1892).

Polyptychus dyras, Hampson (non Walker, 1856), in Blanf,, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 69. n. 91
(1892) (partim ;—mixture of four species) ; Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 276. n. 34 (1898)
(partim ; Moupin, vi. ; larva on Chestnut).

3%. Both wings vary somewhat in the depth of the tint ; the spots at the anal
angles of fore- and hindwing are sumetimes large, sometimes small, the upper one
of the hindwing is absent in one of our % 9 from the right wing, while it is vestigial
on the left wing. The distal area of the forewing, above, is shaded in the middle
with tawny in most specimens, this shade extending basad between R! and R’, in
other individuals the distal area is uniform in colour. The tenth sternite of the d
is slightly but visibly curved upwards.

Hab. Yezzo to the Loo Choo Is. ; Amurland ; Manchuria ; China.

In the Tring Museum 22 33, 18 ?¢ from Yokohama, Tokyo, Mukoyama,
dated June, July, August ; Okinawa, 12. vii. 1891 (Dr. Fritze) ; one larva.

b. M. sperchius gigas.

Smerinthus dyras Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 250. n. 13 (1856) (partim ; Silhet).

*Triptogon gigas Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 253. n. 38 (1875) (Silhet) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc.
Lond. ix. p. 586. n. 2 (1877); id., Zlustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M.v. p. 12. t. 80. f. 5
(1881) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 25. n. 137 (1887).

Marumba gigas, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 706. n. 4 (1892).

Polyptychus dyras, Hampson (non Walker, 1856), l.c. p. 69. n. 91 (1892) (partim) ; Leech, Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 276. n. 34 (1898) (partim).

Triptogon gigans (!), Cotes & Swinhoe, /.c. p. 25. sub n. 139 (1887).

Smerinthus sperchius, Bartel, in Rithl, Grossschm. ii p. 158 (1900) (partim).

3%. A large form; more grey than sperch. sperchius, distal margin of fore-
wing proportionally longer, the lobes rather more prominent. Tenth tergite of 3
less deeply sinuate, the sternite straight. Mesial part (mm) of ridge of vaginal plate
rather higher than in Japanese specimens.

Tlab. Assam.

In the Tring Museum 1 3,1 ? from the Khasia Hills.

ce. M. sperchius albicans.

*Triptogon albicans Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 254. n. 40 (1875) (Massuri ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,
Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 586. n. 3, t. 93. £. 6 (g) (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i.
p. 25. n. 139 (1887) (Dharmsala ; Massuri) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ow. i. p. 27. n. 107
(1892).

Marumba albicans, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 706. n. 1 (1892).

Polyptychus dyras, Hampson, l.c. (1892) (partim).

3%. A very pale form, the ? often losing the lines of the forewing and the
spots in the anal area of the hindwing. Tenth tergite more deeply notched than
in the two other subspecies, the sternite feebly curved.

( 282 )

Hab. N.W. India and (?) Sikhim.

In the Tring Museum 2 ? ?, one from Randakheit ; and a & labelled Sikhim,
July 1893 (J. S. Pilcher).
As Col. Pilcher has been collecting also in N.W. India, it is quite possible that

the person who reset his specimens (before they came to the Tring Museum) has
changed some of the locality labels.

239. Marumba quercus.

Ernst & Engr., Pap. Eur. iii. p. 117. 125. t. 120. f. 165a—f. t. 122. f, 165. g (1782).

Sphine quercus Denis & Schiffermiiller, Verz. Schm. Wien p. 41. n. 2. p. 244. t. lea. f. 1.a (/.). b (p).
t. 1. b. f. 1 (9) (1776); Amst., in Fuessly, Mag. Ent. i. p. 105 (1778); Esp., Eur. Schm.
ii. p. 164. t. 19, & Suppl. i. p. 97. t. 26. f. 1 (1779-82) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins, ii. p, 140. n. 3 (1781) ;
Lang, Verz. Augsb. p. 65, n. 538 (1782); Fabr., Mant. Ins. ii. p, 92. n. 3 (1787); Vill., Linn.
Ent. ii. p. 87. t. 4. f. 15 (1789) ; Borkh., Eur. Schm. ii. p. 108. 151. 183. n. 3 (1789); Gmel.,
Syst. Nat. i. 5, p. 2372. n. 48 (1790) ; Schwarz, Raupenkald, p. 203. 363. 508 (1791) ; Fabr.,
Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 356. n. 3 (1793) ; Schrank, Fauna Boica ii. p, 221. n. 1381 (1801); Bechst.
& Scharf., Forstinsect. ii. p. 335. n. 2 (1805) ; Hiibn., Eur, Schm. ii. p. 99. n. 3. t 15. £70 Ga)
(1805—) ; id., Gesch, Schm. ii. Sph. iii. t. p. b.f. 1. a. b (1806-18) ; Ochs., Hur. Schm. ii. p. 255.
n. 4 (1808) (Wien ; Baiern ; Ungarn) ; Nag., Hiilfsb. Schm. p. 145 (1818).

Smerinthus quereus, Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins. iii. p. 401 (1802); God., Lép. France iii. p. 181,
t. 17. f. 3 (1821); Boisd., Jad. Meth. p. 34 (1829) (Hung. ; Gall. mer. ; v.); Cant., in
Silberm., Rev. Ent. i. p. 77 (1833) (Dep, du Var, v. vi.) ; Friv., ibid. ii. p. 181 (1834) (Hung.) ;
Lue., Lép. Eur. p. 119. t. 48 (1834) ; Ramb., Fauna Andal. p. 329 (1842) (Malaga) ; Eversm.,
Fauna Volgo-Ural. p. 115 (1844) (Sarepta) ; Herr.-Sch., Hur. Schm. ii. p. 91 (1845) ; Walk.,
List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 244. n. 4 (1856) ; Ménétr., Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep.
p. 94. n. 1564 (1857) (Gall. ; Russ. mer.) ; Wilde, Raupen ii. p. 87. t. 4. f. 70 (1860) ; Stand.
& Wocke, Cat. Lep. p. 16. n. 24 (1861): id., Le. ed. ii. p. 37. n. 482 (1871) ; Mann, Wien. Ent.
Mon. vii. p. 22 (1863) (Varna, Bulg.) ; Led., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xiii. p. 28 (1870) (Caucasus);
Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 18. n. 2 (1875): Staud., Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross, xiv. p- 300
(1878) (Asia min.) ; Rom., ém. Lép. i. p. 71 (1884) (Borjoum ; Eldar ; rare) ; Mina-Pal.
& Pailla-Ted., Nat. Sicil. vii. p. 42 (1889); Hofm., Raup. Grossschm. p. 30. t. 8. £. 5 (1893) ;
id., Grossschm. p. 31. t. 18. f. 4 (1894) ; Bartel, in Riibl, Grossschm. ii. p. 153 (1900) ; Staud.
& Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 98. n. 718 (1901) (Bavaria to S. Europe, eastw. to Mesopot. &
Armen.) ; Aign., Zeitschr. Ent. vi. p. 137 (1901) (rearing).

Laothoé quercus, Fabricius, in Illig., Mag. Ent. vi. p- 287 (1807) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 709.
n. 1 (1892).

Polyptychus quereus, Hitbner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 141, n. 1518 (1822).

Sphync (!) quereus, Vogel, Schm. Cab. vii. p. 16. t. 8. f. 3. a. b. (1825).

Merinthus quereus, Meigen, Handb. Schm. p. 100. n. 7. t. 9. £. 8 (1827) ; id., Syst. Beschr. Schm. ii.
p- 150. n. 4. t. 78. £. 5 (1830).

Mimas quercus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 583. n. 1 (1877).

Sichia quercus, Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p- 386 (1902),

3%. Tongue without ciliae (Pl. LX1. f. 10); pilifer with the brush of
bristles absent, or represented only by a few hairs; epistome vestigial. Palpus
small in both sexes. Antenna of ¢ more than one-third the length of the forewing,
resembling that of sperchius, in § eylindrical, not grooved, seriated ciliae very short.
Ground-colour somewhat variable, being occasionally more or less ochraceous.

g. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXVI. f. 7) not quite so broad as in sperchius, but
broader than in dyras, the sinus very deep, the lobes pointed ; sternite triangular,
pointed, curved dorsad. Dorso-apical lobe of clasper not produced in a dagger-like
process ; harpe short, irregularly notched ; processes above penis-sheath not so
obviously granulose as in the other species (Pl. XXXIV. f. 14, dorsal view of
claspers and penis-sheath).

?. Ridge in front of vaginal orifice incrassate, broadly rounded, slightly
trisinuate, the lateral sinus continued proximad by a forked groove (Pl. XVIII.

—_————-,

( 283 )

f. 15); the part (sZ) between these grooves sometimes tuberculiform ; laterally the
ridge joining the tergite, the ventral part of which (/) is often folded.

Larva green, with yellowish granules and seven side-bands.—Food-plant :
Quercus.

Chrysalis somewhat glossy as in Sphinx ocellata, densely rugose ; clypeus and
frontal tubercles rather prominent ; fifth and sixth abdominal sternite with a small
smooth place at each side ; cremaster rough, ending in two points.

Hab. South Germany (Bavaria), southward to Spain, Central Italy, Greece,
8. Russia, Caucasia, Asia Minor, and Mesopotamia.

In the Tring Museum 2 pupae, 40 odd specimens.

240. Marumba indicus.

*Smerinthus indicus Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 254. n. 17 (1856) (N. India ;—Mus, Brit.) ;
Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 45. 0. 36 (1875).

Triptogon indica, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 588. n. 18 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths
Ind. i. p. 27. n. 150 (1887) (Indian Mus. 1 spec.) ; Swinb., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ov. i. p. 27.
n. 104 (1892) (India).

*Triptogon rectilinea Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 388 (1879) (N. India ;—Mus. Dublin) ;
Waterh., Aid Ident. Ins. ii. t. 140. £. 5 (¢) (1883) ; Cot. & Swinb., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 27.
n. 149 (1887).

Triptogon indicum, Butler, Illustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. vy. p. 13. t. 81. £. 2 (1881).

Marumba (?) indicum, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 708. n. 27 (1892).

Polyptychus dyras, Hampson (non Walker, 1856), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 69. n. 91
(1892) (partim).

3. Tibiae with very few spines; foretibia ending in a long thorn as in
Agnosia orneus. Antenna lone and stout, similar to that of sperchius. Tenth
tergile separated into two rather slender lobes (Pl. XXVI. f. 14); sternite rounded
at the sides, apex pointed. Dorso-apical lobe of clasper pointed, curving downwards ;
hook of harpe strongly curved (P]. XXXIV. f. 17).

? and early stages not known.

Hab. North India.

In the British Museum, the Dublin Museum, and the Hope Museum at Oxford.
In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ received in exchange from the Hope collection.

LXV. DAPHNUSA.

Daphnusa Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 237 (1856) (partim ; type : ocellaris).
Smerinthus, Boisduval (non Latreille, 1802), Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. 28 (1875).
Allodaphnusa Huwe, Berl, Ent. Zeitschr. xl. p. 368 (1895) (type: ocellaris).

3. Tongue very weak and short, the two halves filiform, separated, the fringe
not always developed. Pilifers closer together than in other Sphingidae, and
standing together with the triangular epistome on a kind of lobe or pedestal
(Pl. LXII. f. 4); they are clothed with bristles and some scales; genal process
(gp) high, triangular ; carina of labram short, high, almost tuberculiform. Palpus
smooth-sealed, large in ¢, second segment angulate laterally in a ventral view ;
end-surface in a plane with the frons, large, rhombiform; joint open. Antenna
grooved in both sexes ; distal segments (Pl. LX. f. 7) narrow and short, the veutral
part conical, almost cylindrical ; the sensory cone at the tip of these projections
long ; scales at apex of last segment long. ‘Tibiae densely spinose ; hind-tibiae
with ove pair of short spurs ; pulvillus and paronychium present, the latter with
two rather heavy lobes at each side. Abdominal tergites with the underscales

( 284 )

mostly long, spiniform, but weak ; spines at the edges also long and weak. Distal
margin of wings entire, apex of forewing emarginate in ?, often also in ¢; SC? and
R' of hindwing on a Jong stalk, R* from near centre of cell, D? not or slightly
curved ; frenulum and retinaculum present. Clasper without friction-scales.

Larva (in Mus. Stettin): head large, rounded; thorax and anal segments
strongly tuberculated ; horn long, straight, densely tuberculated. Green, a dorso-
and a ventro-lateral series of purplish brown spots, fourth segment almost entirely
purple-brown, this belt produced backwards dorsally, forming a large patch on fifth
segment, a large divided dorsal patch on tenth.

Hab. Yndo-Malayan subregion.

One species.

The spinose tibiae, the structure of antenna and pilifer, the stalked veins SC?
and R! of the hindwing and the absence of the first pair of hindtibial spurs are an
aggregation of characters which is not found elsewhere.

241. Daphnusa ocellaris.
*Daphnusa ocellaris Walker, l.c, (Borneo).

3%. Pattern of forewing similar to that of the species of Marumba; the two
tawny marks within the patch near hinder angle corresponding to the blackish
brown spots of Marumba ; the homology of the discal and postdiscal lines encircling
these spots is obvious. The same applies to the hindwing and the underside.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite (P1. XXV. f. 27) carinate above, curved downwards,
the curved part deeply cleft, each lobe bluntly pointed, very strongly chitinised at
end (black), the sides dilated Jaterad and ventrad before the apical hook ; sternite
membranaceous, vestigial. Clasper (P]. XXXII. f. 16) reduced in size, dorsal
margin bent ventrad, apex rounded, inner surface deeply concave ; from this cavity
projects distally the end of the harpe in a similar way as in Polyptychus contraria,
proximal part of harpe large (74). Penis-sheath without external armature, apex
more produced on one than on the other side, the projecting part often subelobose.

?. Highth tergite of abdomen scaled, cleft to the base. Proximal part of

vaginal plate convex mesially, the proximal and lateral edges of the orifice raised
into a smooth strongly chitinised ridge which is feebly spbate's postvaginal part
of plate membranaceous, scaled.
Early stages see above.
Hab. Indo-Malayan Subregion.
Two subspecies :
a. D. ocellaris ocellaris.

*Daphnusa ocellaris Walker, l.c. (3) (1856) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 51. n. 1 (1875) ;
Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 594. n. 1 (1877); Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 164.
n. 20 (1890) (Bassein, viii.) ; id., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ow. i. p. 28. n. 111 (1892) (Sarawak ;
Singapore) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 704. n. 1 (1892) (=orbifera); Hamps., in Blanf.,
Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 72. n. 97 (1892) (Borneo ; Bassein).

*Daphnusa orbifera Walker, Journ. Linn, Soc. Lond. vi. p. 85 (1862) ( ¢ , Sarawak ;—Mus. Oxford) ;
id., List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxi. p. 39 (1864) ; Butl., .c. n. 2 (1877) (probably 3 of ocellaris).
*Smerinthus oculata Boisduval, Spec. Gén, Lép. Het. i. p. 29 n. 17 (1875) (“ Mexico” err. loci ;—coll.

Charles Oberthiir).
Allodaphnusa fruhstorferi Huwe, Berl. Ent, Zeitschr. xl. p. 368, n. 45, t. 3. £. 2 (2) (1895) (Java).

3%. This form varies individually in the tint of the ground-colour and the
distinctness of the markings, some individuals being nearly entirely ochraceous
tawny, others being more clayish wood-brown.

ee!

( 285 )

Hab. Philippines to Celebes, Java and Assam.

In the Tring Musenm 33 34, 4 2? from: Silchar, Assam ; Bassein, Burma,
viii. 1888; Penang, from October to May (C. Curtis) ; Selangore, v. (C. Curtis) ;
Pahang ; Singapore; N.E. Sumatra; Palembang; N. Borneo; Mt. Dulit, viii—
xii. (Hose) ; Kuching ; Mindoro, xii. 1894 (A. Everett) ; Macassar, Celebes.

6. D. ocellaris ailanti.

*Smerinthus ailanti Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 28. n. 16. t. 3. f. 2 (1875) (Hongkong ;—
coll. Charles Oberthiir).

3. Differs slightly from the preceding form in the outer margin of the forewing
being more convex behind middle, the first diseal line more curved, the stigma
indistinct, the hindwing more rounded at apex and less sinuate before anal angle.
Hook of harpe rather longer. Further material may possibly show that these
differences do not hold good, or that the Indo-Chinese individuals belong to this
subspecies, the Malayan specimens to the preceding.

Hab. Hongkong, 1 3 in coll. Charles Oberthiir (type).

LXVI. POLIODES gen. noy.—Typus : roseicornis.

3. Tongue very thin and weak. Genal process prominent, globose. Palpus
very small, not visible from above, first segment very short, joint open, third
segment not concealed. Antenna comparatively long, segments dilated dorso-
laterally, compressed ventrally, grooves deep, proximal edge of groove raised, hence
proximal surface of segment larger than distal surface ; ciliae shorter in ? than
in d, the lateral expansions a little shorter, and the segments ventrally less
compressed, otherwise the antennae of the sexes not essentially different. Tibiae
spinose, hindtibia with few spines ; spurs short, ove pair to hindtibia ; first segment
of hindtarsus Aalf the length of the tibia, zof longer thin segments 1 and 2
together; claws large, paronychium present, but ventral lobe absent, pulvillus
reduced, small and narrow. Abdominal tergites spinose all over. Distal margin
of forewing scalloped ; D* of hindwing not or little shorter than D?, at least twice
as long as D‘, SC? and R! not or very shortly stalked. Clasper and eighth tergite
without friction-scales.

Early stages not known.

Hab. British Bast Africa.

One species.

242. Poliodes roseicornis spec. noy. (PI. 1. f. 7, 3).

3%. Scaling of antenna pink. Upperside of head and thorax, and sides of
breast smoky grey, mesothoracic tegula paler, rest of body greyish wood-brown.

Wings, upperside. Forewing grey, disc palest; a line crossing M at M?,
curved proximad in front; an obtusely triangular patch at costal margin at end of
cell, paler in middle, followed behind by some ochraceous scales ; a discal, strongly
dentate line, almost parallel to outer margin, faintly convex, black ; hinder margin
rather densely, rest of wing more sparsely, shaded with black scales ; a marginal
patch R*—M! black ; a patch at internal angle whitish grey ; basal area almost
without black scales ; an inconspicuous grey line extends from apex obliquely

( 286 )

towards SC’. Hindwing : dirty wood-brown, a trace of a thin postdiscal line and
of a broader submarginal one, the latter more distinct behind, fringe black at ends
of posterior veins.

Underside dirty wood-brown, markings inconspicuons.— Forewing : a brownish
black subapical patch bordered distally by a grey line, this patch extended generally
to internal margin, forming an ill-defined submarginal band, discal dentate line
vestigial, a second line nearer cell very feebly marked, costal area beyond cell more
or less obviously whitish grey. Hindwing : a discal and a postdiscal dentate line,
the former at apex of cell; submarginal area clouded with black scales, costal and
abdominal areas more or less whitish grey.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite (PL XXYV. f. 23) subtriangular, broadly rounded at
the end; sternite with a triangular mesial lobe (Xv). Clasper with a subdorsal
patch of bristles on the inner surface, the bristles pointing proximad and dorsad ;
apex of clasper rounded dorsally, less so ventrally ; harpe (Pl. XXXII. f. 19) nearly
as in Leucophlebia afra, reaching almost end of clasper, with a ventral projection
before the apex, which has the shape of a rounded lobe. Penis-sheath with a short
conical tooth pointing laterad (Pl. XXX. f. 45).

?. Rather larger than d ; markings more pronounced.

Length of forewing: 3, 23—24 mm.; ?, 30 mm.

Hab. Western side of Luitpold Mountains, near Ikutha, British East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 9 dd, 1%. Also in other collections from the same
locality.

LXVII. CERIDIA gen. nov.—Typus : mira.
Smerinthus, Felder (non Latreille, 1802), Reise Novara, Lep. t. 78 (1874).
Leucophlebia ?, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 57 (1875).

3%. Tongue reduced to two short lobes or tubercles. Palpus small, but visible
from above, rough-scaled, second segment not much longer than broad (scaling
included), joint open. (Antennae very different in the two species). Abdominal
tergites spinose all over. Tibiae spinose ; foretibia very short, armed at end with
long thorn and a short tooth, spur without distinct fringe ; spurs of mid- and hind-
tibia slender, one pair to hindtibia, longer spur not quite half the length of the
first tarsal segment, this as long as segments 2 to 4 together ; pulvillus present,
paronychinm without ventral lobes. Distal margins of wings entire ; lower angle
of cell of hindwing acute. Clasper and eighth tergite without friction-scales.

Early stages not known.

Hab. British East Africa and Abyssinia.

The two species differ considerably in several respects, and will probably come
under different generic terms when better material of heugliné is at disposal. The
two individuals of ewglini—the only ones known—are so badly preserved that we
abstain from making a separate genus for their reception. The differential characters
of heuglini and mira are given under the respective species.

Key to the species :

a. Patch of forewing trapeziform, sinuate behind ;
antenna pectinated : ‘ : 5 . 243. C. mira.

Patch of forewing triangular, not sinuate behind ;
antenna not pectinated . : : : . 244. C. heuglini.

( 287 )

243. Ceridia mira spec. noy. (Pl. IX. f. 12, 3

3d ?. Antennae of both sexes pectinate, the dorso-lateral processes not scaled,
very long in d (PI. LX. f. 27. 28), about three times as long as the segment in
? ; each segment ventrally produced into a lobe which is widened at the end
(side-view), the lobes separate, somewhat shorter in $ than in d. Foretibia (thorn
excluded) little longer than broad, first tarsal segment at least three times the
length of the tibia (thorn excl.). R? of hindwing in or before centre of cell; D?
curved; D* oblique, about three times as long as D‘, which is very short ; SC? and
R! stalked or not.

Body greyish cream-colour, abdomen somewhat clayish ; face, a middle streak
from head to the first abdominal tergite, dilated on the latter, breast and anterior
legs more or less burnt umber-brown.

Wings, upperside, greyish cream-colour, with a feeble shade of pink.
Forewing : a thin, nearly straight, subbasal line a little nearer M? than base, almost
at right angles to costa, three short lines between (SM') and internal margin,
joined together in front, with the interspaces brownish, forming an inconspicuous
patch midway between base and internal angle, preceded by a large costal area
heavily bordered with burnt umber, except at costal margin; this area is sinuate
behind, and bears nearly in middle a burnt umber-brown stigma; the proximal
edge of the patch is the antemedian line, while the inner and outer edges of the
distal border are the two discal lines, the three lines at the internal margin being
the posterior parts of the antemedian and discal lines; a postdiscal line about
4+ mm, from margin, curved distad behind, somewhat lunulate; a rather broad pale
mars-brown marginal band, almost extended to postdiscal line, except in front and
behind, where the band is bordered by a whitish line, first partition of band deeper
in colour, halfmoon-shaped-——Hindwing: an indistinet median band touching
end of cell, somewhat S-shaped, a postdiscal line parallel to margin indistinct ;
an indication of a marginal band between SC? and Rt’.

Underside as above, but the subbasal line of the forewing absent, the proximal
border-band of the costal area not marked, the stigma absent, the external border
of the patch continued beyond M? and less sinuate behind M', the postdiscal line
heavier, and the marginal area paler; the discal band of the hindwing much more
distinet, of the same colour as that of the forewing ; postdiscal line distinct.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXYV. f. 21) slightly narrowed distad, obliquely sinuate
at each side before end, the tip narrowed (PI. XXV. f. 22, dorsal view) ; sternite
triangular, obtuse. Clasper slender, feebly narrowed towards apex, which is rounded;
harpe produced into a slender, slightly curved, pointed, ventro-distal process, which
bears a transverse tooth before the end (Pl. XXXII. f. 20). Penis-sheath with a
patch of minute teeth at end, duct armed with a belt of long teeth (Pl. XXX. f. 44).

?. A little darker than 3, wings rather more elongate, outer margin of forewing
less convex, very feebly undulate. Vaginal plate small, feebly chitinised, without
processes, anterior and lateral edge of orifice somewhat raised (Pl. XVIII. f. 12).

Hab. Western side of Luitpold Mts., near Ikutha, British East Africa.

Three dd, one ? in the Tring Museum.

244, Ceridia heuglini.

*Smerinthus heuglini Felder, lc. t. 78. £. 2 (g) (1874) (Abyssinia ;— Mus. Tring).
Leucophlebia ¢ beuglini (!), Boisduvyal, l.c. p. 57. n, 3 (1875).

( 288 )

Ambulya 2? heuglini, Butler, Trans. Zool: Soc. Lond. ix. p, 582. n. 23 (1877) (bab. 2).
Leucophlebia ? heuglini, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 704. n, 7 (1893) (Abyssinia).

3. There is only one-third of an antenna left between the two specimens known
of this species; it is not pectinated, but simply grooved as in ordinary ¢-antennae,
and the compressed ventral parts are not narrowed to separate lobes. Foretibia
longer than in the preceding ; no mid-and hindlegs preserved. Forewing more
elongate-triangular ; D? of hindwing somewhat longer than D‘, this not twice the
length of D‘, lower angle of cell more acute than in mira. Tenth tergite more
rounded dilated, apex pointed. Clasper sole-shaped, narrowed to apex ; harpe with
a single spatulate process which bears before the end a short and rather high carina.
Penis-sheath without armature.

2. Not known.

Hab. Abyssinia (Heuglin).

Two dd ex coll. Felder in the Tring Museum, one of them the type.

LXVIII. ACANTHOSPHINX.—Typus : giissfeldti.

Ambulyx, Dewitz (non Walker, 1856), Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. iti. p. 27 (1879).
Acanthosphing Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr. xii. p. 228 (1891) (type : giissfeldti).

3%. Head large, not much narrower than the mesothorax ; tongue short.
Antenna very stout in d, ventral outline of segments straight (side-view), penulti-
mate segment much higher than long ; sub-andromorphic in ?. Palpus with open
joint, smoothly scaled. Thorax and abdomen woolly ; the tergites of abdomen
without broad multidentate scales, underscales mostly spiniform, apical spines
weak. Fore- and midtibia spinose, hindtibia without spines; mid- and hindtibia
shorter than the respective first tarsal segments, these much longer than the
other four segments together; spurs very long, not spinose, not very unequal,
longer terminal one of hindtibia as long as the first tarsal segment ; two pairs
to hindtibia; pulvillus and paronychium present. Distal margin of wings entire ;
D? of hindwing very oblique, three times as long as D%, lower angle of cell acute.
Clasper and eighth tergite with organ of friction (Pl. LEX. f. 1).

Early stages not known.

Hab. West Africa: Sierra Leone to the Congo basin.

One species.

Differs from Polyptychus especially in the broader head, non-spinose hindtibia
and the very long spurs.

245. Acanthosphinx giissfeldti.
*Ambulyxc giissfeldti Dewitz, lc. iii. p. 27. t. 2. f. 1. la (gd) (1879) (Chinchoxo ;—Mus. Berlin) ;
Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 676. n. 27 (1892).
Acanthosphinx giissfeldti var. gigas Aurivillius, .c. xii. p. 228. t. 1. f. 1 (2) (1891) ; id., Ze. xiii.
p. 182. n. 229 (1892) (Cameroons, ¢ 9 ; spec. dist. ?).

3%. The species varies a good deal in size.

3. Tenth tergite broad (P]. XXIV. f. 24), sinuate at the end, concave
beneath, curved ventrad at end ; sternite narrowed to a strongly chitinised hook
(Pl. XXII. f. 16.17). Clasper large, with a large patch of small friction-scales
which occupy the greater part of the surface; dorsal and apical edges of clasper
without fringe of long scales (compare Polyptychus trisecta, orthographus, etc.), the

( 289 )

corresponding organ of the eighth tergite consisting of a ribbon of scales which
are soldered together at the edges; the ribbon extends all round the lateral and
apical edge of the segment (P1. LIX. f. 1), not being interrupted mesially, as is the case
in Polyptychus, Protambuly«, etc. ; it is visible in the specimens without dissection ;
harpe complicated (Pl. XL. f. 6) ; a dorsal process rod-shaped, densely beset with
very short bristles which point basad ; a mesial flap lies flat upon the clasper, is
somewhat horn-shaped and also rough with short bristles; a submesial ridge is
the highest part of the harpe; the distal process is separated from the clasper at
the end; the ventral ridge curves dorsad, being continuous with the ridge which
forms the dorsal process. The penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 24) has a long apical
process, like many species of Polyptychus.

2. Not dissected.

Hab. West Africa: Sierra Leone to the Congo basin.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd from Sierra Leone.

LXIX. LOPHOSTETHUS.—Typus: demolini.

Sphine, Angas (non Linné, 1758), Kagf. Lllustr. (1849).

Smerinthus, Walker (non Latreille, 1802), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p, 250. n. 12 (1856).
Euclea Boisduval (non Hiibner, 1822), Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 14 (1875).
Lophostethus Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 585 (1877) (type : demolini).

3. Tongue short and weak. Palpus small and slender, third segment conical,
prominent, acutely pointed. Antenna slender, prismatical in d, subprismatical in
2, the seriated ciliae in ? short, but obvious, end-segment short. Tibiae spinose ;
foretibia armed with a long terminal thorn ; two pairs of spurs to hindtibia, long
terminal one more than half the length of the first tarsal segment, this as long
as the tibia, rather longer than the other segments together; pulvillus adsent ;
paronychium with only one lobe on each side. Abdominal tergites with spinules
only at the apices, underscales bi- and tridentate. Distal margin of forewing
scalloped ; D? of hindwing more than twice the length of D*, very oblique ;
SC? and R! on a short stalk or from angle of cell; frenulum and retinaculum
present.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite broad (P]. XXIV. f. 23), concave below, the
margins being bent downward, apex rounded, entire or sinuate ; sternite with a
broad triangular mesial lobe. Clasper broad, apex-Tounded, distal third incrassate
but not strongly chitinised, rugate on the inner surface ; harpe (PI. XXXILI. f. 13)
longitudinal, dentate at end; uo patch of friction-scales on outer surface of clasper.
Penis-sheath compressed at end, carinate, without hooks or teeth.

?. Highth tergite of abdomen rounded-truncate, scaled. Vaginal plate
(Pl. XVII. f. 12) membranaceous proximally of the orifice, without antevaginal
ridge or lobe, postvaginal portion of plate strongly chitinised, transverse, posterior
edge very broadly rounded.

Larva with belts of dentate spikes, head large and rounded, horn spinose, black
like the spikes.—Food-plant : [Hibiscus tiliaceus.

Chrysalis : tongue-case shorter than forelegs ; cremaster broad, obtuse,

Hab. Continental Africa south of the Sahara.

One species.

( 290 )

246, Lophostethus demolini.

“Smérinthe Dumolin” Latreille, in Cuv., Régne Anim. iii. t. 20. f. 1 (1830) (Sénégal),
Sphinx demolini Angas, Le. t. 30. f. 11 (1849) (Natal).
Lophostethus demolini, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1x, p, 585 (1877).

The species was first figured by Latreille, /.c., but only under a French
designation. All the names on that plate are French, not Latin. These designations
are: Castnie Hiibner, Aegoctre Boisduval, Coronis d’Urville. As a matter of
course, these names have no standing. To our knowledge Angas was the first to
vive the insect a scientific name. Boisduval says that he himself had figured the
species as a Smerinthus in Latreille, Familles Naturelles, but we cannot find the
plate there ; perhaps he meant the /?egne Animal cited above.

Hab. Acthiopian Region except the Malagassic Subregion.

Two subspecies :

a. L. demolini carteri.

Latreille, /.c.

Smerinthus demolini, Walker, List Lep. Het. B. M. viii. p, 250, n. 12 (1856) (partim ; syn.) ; Dewitz,
Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. iii. p. 27 (1879) (Chinchoxo).

Euclea demolini, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 15. n. 1 (1875) (Galam ; larva alia spec.).

Lophostethus demolini, Butler, /.c. (partim).

Lophostethus dumolini, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 705. n. 1 (1892) (partim) ; Druce, in Moloney,
West Afr. Forestry p. 493. n. 10 (1887).

Lophostethus carteri Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 97 (1894) (Lagos).

3. The characters by which carter? was said to be distinguished from the
Eastern demolini prove on receipt of more material to be more or less variable, so
that no absolute reliance can be placed upon them. The West African individuals
are darker in ground-colour than the Eastern ones; the black, triangular, sub-
marginal patch R°—M! of the upperside of the forewing is shorter, the two small
submarginal patches M'—(SM!) are absent or faint, the antemedian and the discal
lines are on the whole farther apart at (SM*) and the black postmedian costal patch
of the underside is smaller, not extending beyond R'. Tenth tergite broader than
in demolini demolini. :

Hab. West Africa: Senegal to the Congo.

In the Tring Museum 3 3d, 1 2 from Sierra Leone (Mitford ; Stevens, in
August) ; Lagos ; Congo.

hb. L. demolini demolini.
Sphine demolini Angas, Lc.
Smerinthus dumolini, Walker, /.c. (Natal ; syn. excl.).
Buclea dumolini, Boisduval, l.c. (partim ; Natal),
Lophostethus demolini, Butler, le. (partim, syn. excl.).
Lophostethus dumolini, Kirby, l.c. (partim) ; Meld., in Weism., Stud. Theory Descent ii. p, 527 (1882)
(descr. of larva) ; Fawe., Vrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. xv. p. 307. n. 9. t. 48. f. 7. 8 (1, p.) (1901).

3%. The tenth tergite of the d varies somewhat individnally. It is sinuate
with the lobes pointed in a specimen from Uganda in the Tring Museum (Kamnanara,
Bulamwezi) ; this individual represents possibly a third geographical race, but it is
too much rubbed to allow description; the wings have apparently been nearly as
dark as in carter?.

The early stages of the caterpillar should be studied. We assume that the
young larva has a triangular head.

( 291 )

Hab, Natal northward to Uganda.
In the Tring Museum 1 larva,7 dd, 5 9? from: Natal; Kionga, south of
Rovima R. (Reimer) ; Kamnanura, Bulamwezi, Uganda, 29. iii. 1897 (Dr. Ansorge).

LXX. LANGIA.—Typus: zenzeroides.

Langia Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 567 (1872) (type: zenzeroides).
Laugia (1), Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 705 (1892).

3%. Tongue reaching end of forecoxa ; pilifer with a brush of scales instead
of bristles ; genal process broad. Palpus just visible in dorsal view, not. essentially
different in the sexes, with long hairs laterally. Antenna of ¢ compressed, not
strongly grooved, slightly dilated above the grooves, hence outline undulate in a
dorsal view, distal segments much higher than long, but only slightly compressed ;
of ? very feebly compressed, seriated ciliae short; end-segment very short and
obtuse in both sexes. Body roughly scaled, excepting head, pro-mesonotum and
end of abdomen ; the scales gradually widened towards ends, dentate ; xo spines on
abdomen. Tibiae vot spinose ; spurs long, two pairs to hindtibia, with long naked
points ; tarsi short, lateral apical spines strong, outer spines of soles more or less
erect and inclining mesiad ; claws and pulvillus large, paronychium with one broad
lobe at each side. Distal margin of forewing dentate; D? of hindwing curved,
sending a long spur into cell, R? below centre of cell; frenulum and retinaculum
present. No organ of friction on clasper.

Larva granulose, the granules pointed, white, a dorso-lateral series of higher
granules from pronotum to horn, situated upon a white line; head very strongly
narrowed above, very high, impressed behind, frons not granulose ; horn very short.
—Food-plant : wild cherry.

Pupa very stout and short; rounded at both ends, without cremaster ; head
without projections, tongue-case longer than that of the second leg, reaching to the
wing-cases, but not in between these; tergites rough with granules, the granules
sparse on the sternites ; wing-cases short.

Hab. North India to Japan.

One species.

247. Langia zenzeroides.
Langia zenzeroides Moore, lc, (type : where ?!).

3%. The grey, brown, aud black colour of this species reminds one very much
of Cossids. It is, however, not a case of mimicry, but the similarity is due to this
Sphinx as well as the Cossids being adapted in colour to the bark of trees. There
is some individual and geographical variation both in colour and structure.

g. Tenth abdominal tergite bilobate (P]. XXIV. f. 25. 26); sternite broadly
divided into two processes. Clasper long, narrowed to apex, dorsally reduced in
width, hence a wide gap between it and the supra-anal plate, ventro-apical margin
turned inward ; harpe produced into a long, horizontal, ventral process which is
sinuate and lobate at the end; the process is visible without dissection (P]. XX XIII.
f.14.15). Penis-sheath irregularly compressed (Pl. XXX. f. 48), very stout, armed
at the end with a long strong hook which curves ventrad.

?. Anterior part of the vaginal plate strongly chitinised, raised into a transverse

( 292 )

ridge in front of the large vaginal cavity ; postvaginal part of plate also projecting
distad, rounded, more or less membranaceous, except at the edge.

Early stages see above.

Hab. North India to Japan.

Two subspecies :

a. L. zenzeroides zenzeroides.

Langia zenzeroides Moore, lc. (Kotghur, N.W. Ind.) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 585. n. 1
(1877) ; Cot. & Swinb., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 25. n. 134 (1887) (Simla ; Sikhim) ; Kirby, Cat.
Lep. Het. i. p. 705. n. 1 (1892) ; Hamps., in Blanf. Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 73. n. 99. fig. 45
(fo + 2) (1892) (Simla ; Dharmsala ; Sikhim ; Khasis) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe. xi.
p. 407. n. 98 (1898) (Sikhim, 5000 ft., iv. ; Elwes: /. at Kurseong about vii. on wild cherry).

*Lungia khasiana Moore, l.c. 568 (1872) (Khasia Hill ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Butl., /.c, n. 2 (1877) ; Cot.
& Swinh., l.c. n. 135 (1887).

Langia zeuzeroides (1), Gott, Ent. Mo. Mag. xiv. p. 116 (1877) (larva hissing, on apricot ; imago
squeaking).

Langia zenzeroides ab. khasiana, Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 98 (1894).

3. The individuals from Assam are on the whole a little more buftish than
those from Sikhim and N.W. India, but the difference is very slight and not
constant. The harpe is individually variable, apparently more often bisinuate
(Pl. XXXIII. f. 14. 15) in Assam than in Sikhim specimens ; compare figs. 14
(Sikhim), 15 (Assam, type of Ahasiana).

?. Edge of ridge in front of vaginal orifice slightly undulate.

Hab. North-West India, Sikhim, Assam ; South China.

In the Tring Museum 6 ¢d,1 % from: Sikhim ; Khasia Hills.

In coll. Charles Oberthiir from Yunnan.

b. L. xenzeroides nawat subsp. nov.

?. Upperside.——Forewing : white streak in cell broad, white scaling on dise
more extended than in the preceding ; first discal line vestigial between R*? and M’,
appearing broadly interrupted, second vestigial, not marked between M! and (SM),
third interrupted between M? and SM’. Hindwing: lines at anal angle shorter
than in the preceding subspecies.

Underside: marginal bars of hindwing and the upper marginal ones of forewing
more curved than in the Indian representative.

Antevagiual plate with a broad triangular mesial sinus, the sides angulate.

Hab. Lake Biwa, Hondo, Japan.

In the Tring Museum 2 ? ? (collected hy Yiomachi Nawa).

LXXI. RHODOPRASINA gen. uov.—Typus : foralis.

Ambulyx, Butler (non Walker, 1856), Zvans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 639 (1877).
Triptogon, id. (non Boisduval, 1875), /Ulust. Typ. Spec. Lep. Het. B. M. vy. p. 13 (1881).
Marumba (?), Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 708 (1891).

Cypa, Hampson (on Walker, 1864), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 72 (1892).

3%. Tongue very short and weak. Palpus very small, closely appressed to
the head. This crested between the antennae. Lower half of eye covered by a
tuft of long hair-seales (PI. LIX. f. 12). Antenna of ¢ simple, cylindrical, without
seriated prolonged ciliae ; of ¢ peculiar (PI. LX. f. 22), the side-grooves deep,

(22939)

extending all round the ventral side of the segment, the basal and apical edges of
each segment produced ventrad as shown in figure, this projection widened laterad
near end, appearing spatulate in a ventral view. Tibiae with very few spines at
the end; anterior tibia ending in a long naked thorn; spurs of mid- and hindtibia
very short, ove pair to hindtibia; pulvillus and paronychinm present. Cell of
hindwing broad, lower angle not acute, about 90°, R® from centre of cell, stalk
of SC? and R! rather short. Distal margin of forewing dentate. Scales of
abdominal tergites long, no broad underseales, apical spines weak.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXV. f. 1. 24) broad, flat, sinuate, the two lobes pointed,
their tips curved downward ; tenth sternite very broad and short, transverse, the
edge incrassate, rounded. Clasper without friction-scales, apical half narrower than
basal half, also less chitinised ; harpe nearly concealed in the deep cavity of the
clasper (Pl. XL. f. 9); it ends in two strong, long, conical processes which point
upwards. Penis-sheath (P]. XXX. f. 30) armed with a small, subapical, denticulate,
transverse ridge which is higher at the left side ; penis-funnel (p-F) on each side
with a curved, pointed, flattened process.

?. Not dissected.

Early stages unknown.

Hab. North India.

One species.

248. Rhodoprasina floralis.

*Ambulyx floralis Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 639 (1877) (Darjiling ;—¢ ? in coll,
Atkinson, now in coll. Staudinger) ; Moore, Deser. Ind. Lep. Ath. p. 6 (1879).

Triptogon florale, Butler, Ilustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p. 13. t. 81, f. 1 (9) (1881)
(Darjiling) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 25. n, 138 (1887) (Darjiling).

Marumba (7) florale, Kirby, l.c. p. 708. n. 28 (1891) (Darjiling).

Cypa floralis, Hampson, lc. p. 72. n. 96 (1892) (Sikhim) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi.
p- 407. n. 96 (1898) (‘not seen”’).

3?. Anal angle of forewing produced backwards as a broad lobe. The
hindwing has three straight oblique lines on the underside; they are equidistant,
the first being subbasal. The presence of this subbasal line is very remarkable,
inasmuch as there is no such line in any other Ambulicine species, the most
proximal line of the other Ambulicinue standing always distally of the base of
M*. The red colour of the basal half of the underside of the forewing, and of the
upperside of the hindwing, illustrates conspicuously the peculiar phenomenon so
widely occurring among Lepidoptera that the wpperside of the hindwing resembles
in colour the wnderside of the forewing as regards the basal areas of both wings.

Hab. Sikhim.

The species is rare. We received from Mons. Charles Oberthiir a ¢ labelled
Darjiling, forét, 13. iv. 1882 (A. Desgodins). The insect is apparently an early one,
and that may partly account for its scarcity in collections. It is possible that one
may succeed in attracting specimens by a lamp after midnight, many Ambdulicinae
ocenrring only very late in the night.

In coll. Charles Oberthiir 2 ? ?.

In the British Museum 2 2% ; in coll. Staudinger 1 ¢ (type), 1 %, ex coll.
Atkinson ; also in the Berlin Museum, in the coll. of Col. Swinhoe, and in the
Indian Musenm at Calcutta.

( 294 )

LXXII. CLANIDOPSIS gen. nov.—Typus: eusta.

Basiana, Butler (non Walker, 1856), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 252 (1875).
Clanis, Cotes & Swinhoe (non Hiibner, 1822), Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 29 (1887).
Aminulyx, Hampson (non Walker, 1856), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 80 (1892).

3. Tongue very short and weak. Palpus rather stout in d. Antenna thin,
somewhat setiform, in d prismatical, transsection triangular ; in $ cylindrical, with
the seriated ciliae rudimentary. ‘Tibiae of spinose ; hindtibia with two pairs
of spurs, long end-spur about as long as the second hindtarsal segment ; pulvillus
and paronychium adsent. Abdominal tergites with spiniform underscales besides
larger ones, the spines at the apical edges very numerous.

3. Tenth tergite broad, sides slanting towards apex, the latter sinuate, with
the lobes obtuse (Pl. XXIV. f. 21); sternite with a broad, triangular, mesial lobe,
which is somewhat constricted at the base. Clasper (PI. XX XIII. f. 8) sole-shaped,
without friction-scales, apical half of internal surface hairy, the hairs pointing
proximad, basal half smooth, deeper concave ; harpe represented by a rather weak
mesial fold, which is longitudinal in position, ending in a flat spatulate process
which curves yentrad ; there is no subdorsal basal tnberculated lobe as in Clanis.
Penis-sheath weak, without armature.

? not dissected.

Early stages not described ; larva on poplar.

Hab. N.W. India.

One species.

Easily distinguished from Clanis by the absence of spines from the tibiae and
the absence of the pulvillus and paronychium, besides the much shorter tongue.

249. Clanidopsis exusta.

*Basiana exusta Butler, l.c. n. 87 (1875) (Kunawur ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix
p. 595. n. 3. t, 93. f. 4. (1877) (Kunawar) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p, 703. n. 10 (1892)
(Kunawur).

Clanis exusta, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 154, n. 35 (1883) (Solun, vii.); Cot. & Swinh., /.c.
p. 29. n. 162 (1887) (Simla) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Ox. i. p. 29 n. 115 (1892) (‘India ”).

Ambulyx exusta, Hampson, /.c. i. p. 80. n. 113 (1892) (N.W. Him.).

3%. The insect resembles very much the species of Canis in colour and pattern.
As in Clanis phalaris there is no black streak behind the cell on the underside of
forewing, nor a black basal patch on the upperside of the hindwing, but the latter
wing has at least one distinct line in the outer half. The mid- and hindtibiae are
greyish white on the upperside.

Hab. N.W. India.

In the Tring Museum 7 dd from : Dalhousie ; Chumba ; Kulu.

2? 2 in the British Museum and coll. Swinhoe.

LXXIII. AGNOSIA. gen. noy.—Typus : orneus.

Sphinx, Westwood (non Linné, 1758), Cab. Or. Ent. p. 13 (1848).

Smerinthus, Walker (non Latreille, 1805), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 253 (1856).

Basiana, Butler (non Walker, 1856), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 596 (1877).

Clanis, id. (non Hiibner, 1822), Tlustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. v.p. 14 (1881).
Ambulyx, Hampson (non Walker, 1858), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths 1. p. 29 (1892).

( 295 )

3%. Tongue short. Joint of palpus open. Antenna of d deeply grooved,
strongly compressed, ciliae long ; in $ almost cylindrical, feebly grooved, basal
fasciculated ciliae slightly prolonged. ‘Tibiae zot spinose; foretibia with apical
thorn, shorter than first tarsal segment (thorn excl.) ; spurs short, ove pair to hind-
tibia; pulvillus and paronychinm present. Abdomen with spines all over the
tergites, the spines denser at the apical margins. Distal margin of forewing
entire. No friction-organ in 3.

Early stages not known.

Hab, From N.W. India to Ceylon.

One species.

Differs from Clanis and Polyptychus in the proximal pair of spurs being absent
from the hindtibia, and in the tibiae not being spinose ; from Laothoé in the even
distal margin of the forewing and the non-spinose tibiae.

250. Agnosia orneus.

*Sphine orneus Westwood, Cab. Or. Ent. p. 13. £. 16. £. 3 (1848) (g, Central India ;—Mus. Oxford).

*Smerinthus pudorinus Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 253. n. 16 (1856) (¢ 2, N. India ;—
Mus. Brit.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 46. n. 37 (1875) (Centr. India).

Basiana pudorina, Butler, Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 596. n. 7 (1877) (N. India).

Clanis pudorina, id., Illustr. Typ. Specim, Lep. Het. B. M.v. p. 14. t. 81. £. 3 (g) (188L) (Almorah) ;
Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i, p. 29. n. 161 (1887) (Almorah).

Basiana orneus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 703, n. 11 (1892) (N. India).

Ambulyx ornea, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 80, n, 114 (1892) (Almorah ;
Centr. India).

Westwood describes the foretibia as being “terminated by a strong, curved,
horny spine.” This peculiar character has not been noticed by Walker, Boisduval,
Butler, Hampson.

3%. Tenth tergite elongate-spatulate, apex somewhat truncate ; ninth tergite
with long hair-scales (Pl. XXIV. f. 13). Clasper sole-shaped (Pl. XX XIII. f. 9),
without friction-patch ; harpe with three hooks, nearly equidistant, one distal, the
other two from the upper edge ; a convex patch of short bristles above the harpe.
Penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 49) without armature, but the penis-funnel (v-r)
produced into a broad Jobe which is covered with minute spines.

2. Not dissected.

Harly stages not known.

Hab. North-West India to Ceylon.

Three specimens in the British Museum; one of them, from Haragam, near
Kandy, Ceylon, is larger than the others. Several specimens in the Oxford
Museum ; one in the Tring Museum.

LXXIV. PARUM gen. nov.—Typus : colligata.

Daphnusa Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M., viii. p. 238 (1856) (partim ; type: ocellaris)
Metagastes, Oberthiir (non Boisduval, 1875), Et. Ent. xi. p. 29 (1886).

3%. Tongue short and weak, with mesial fringe. Pilifer with bristles. Trans-
verse carina of labrum long. Palpus larger in ¢ than in ?, second segment
smoothly scaled, joint not distinctly open. 'Tibiae zviéthout spines ; spurs very short,
two or one pair to hindtibia; pulvillus and paronychinm present, the latter with

( 296 )

two small lobes at each side. SC? and R! of hindwing not stalked, or the stalk very
short ; R®? in or a little below centre of cell, D? straight or very slightly curved ;
distal margin of wings entire; apex of forewing obtuse, almost rounded-truneate.
Distal segments of antenna not much higher than long (PI. LX. f. 8); seriated
ciliae of 2 prolonged. No friction-scales on clasper.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. North India to Japan.

Two species.

The species of Parum have hitherto been considered generically identical with
Daphnusa ocellaris. However, they stand farther apart from ocedlaris than this
does from Polyptychus and Marumba in structure as well as in pattern, and no
doubt can be entertained about their being generically distinct from Daphnusa.
There is even justification for erecting a genus for each of the two, as will be seen
from the structural differences pointed out below. Both species are very interesting
on account of the state of development of the retinaculum and the hindtibial spurs.
In porphyria the proximal pair of spurs of the hindtibia is definitely lost, while in
colligata it is absent from some individuals and present in others, in the latter
case these spurs being very small and mostly concealed under the scaling. The
retinaculum and frennlum are well developed in porphyria, while in colligata
the retinaculum is vestigial (¢) and the frenulum shortened. We have here an
instance of one species being more generalised than the other in one character and
more specialised in another. There are no older and younger species; there are
older and younger characters.

Key to the species :

Hindwing below with black (longitudinal) streak

ondise . : : 5 5 : . 251. P. colligata.
Hindwing below without black (longitudinal)
streak on disc. é ‘ : ; . 252. P. porphyria.

251. Parum colligata.

*Daphnusa colligata Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 238. n. 2 (1856) (N. China ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
Boisd., Spec. Gen, Lep. Het. i. p. 52.0, 2 (1875); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 594. n. 3
(1877) (N. China ; Hongkong); Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 587. n. 27 (1888) (Japan ;
Kiukiang ; =biet/) ; id., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 119. o. 96 (1889) (Kiukiang ; = Meta-
gastes biel) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 704. n. 3 (1892) (China ; Thibet) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep.
Het. Mus. Ov. i. p. 28. n. 12 (1892) (N. China); Leech, /.c. p. 279. n. 41 (1898) (Ichang ;
Kiukiang, vii.).

* Metagastes bieti Oberthiir, Et. Ent. xi. p. 29. t. 1. £. 2 (1886) (Ta-tsien-lu ;—Coll. Oberthiir).

3. Pilifer short. Retinaculum occasionally vestigial, frenulum shortened ;
proximal pair of hindtibial spurs sometimes present; unsettled in these characters.
Abdomen without large underscales ; spines at the edges of the tergites weak.
Tenth tergile carved downward, compressed at the curvature, apical edge transverse,
sharp, angles rounded (P1. XXIV. f. 11), upper surface carinate distally ; sternite
represented by a low transverse ridge, which is feebly sinuate mesially and rongh
with minute pointed granules. Clasper sole-shaped, rounded apically, hairy on
the inner surface ; distal part of harpe (Pl. XXXIIL. f. 12) forming a strongly
chitinised ventral ridge, which is longitudinal, slightly bent dorsad, granulose,
with the ventral surface slightly concave and the dorsal side convex. Apical edge
of penis-sheath (PI, XXX. f. 46) bent proximad at the right and left side. End of
antenna see Pl. XL. f. 8.

( 297 )

?. Not dissected. Deeper in tint than 3, black markings more prominent.

Hab, Central, Hastern, and North China ; Japan.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd from Kinshin, and Gifu (Y. Nawa), and between
Shanghai and Kinkiang.

252. Parum porphyria.

*Daphnusa porphyria Butler, Trans. Zool. Soe. ix. p. 640 (1877) (Darjiling ;—coll. Atkinson, now
coll. Staudinger) ; Moore, Descr. Lep. Atk. p. 7 (1879); Cot. & Swinh., Cat, Moths Ind. i.
p. 27. n. 152 (1887) (Darjiling) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het.i. p. 704. n. 4 (1892) ; Hamps., in Blanf.,
Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 73. n. 98. fig. 44 (g¢) (1892) (Sikhim) ; Dudz., Journ. Bombay
N. H, Soe. xi. p. 407. n. 98 (1898) (Sikhim, 1800 ft., Balasun valley, at light).

3 ?. Head with high broad crest of scales. Antenna thinner than in colligata,
palpus larger. Pilifer prolonged, resembling a tooth-brush (Pl. LXII. f. 5).
Retinaculum and frenulam normal. Proximal pair of spurs absent from hindtibia.
Abdominal tergites with the underscales mostly long spiniform, but very weak,
spines at the edges also prolonged, not strong, scarcely different from pointed
scales. Tenth abdominal tergite long, slender, triangular, gradually narrowing to
a point and curving downwards (Pl. XXIV. f. 12); sternite similar to that of
colligata, but without granules. Clasper as in colligata; harpe pointed distad,
slightly curved mesiad, surface somewhat concave, edge irregularly sinuate
(Pl. XXXTII. f. 11). Penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 47) with the apical edge bent
proximad and produced into a denticulated lobe on one side.

?. Highth abdominal tergite mesially less strongly chitinised than at the sides.
Vaginal plate without special armature, lateral edges of orifice somewhat raised
(EEX V IT. £..4).

Hab. North India: Sikhim.

In the Tring Musenm 1 3, 2 2 ¢ from Sikhim (Mandelli), ex coll. Felder.

LXXYV. CYPA.—Typus: decolor.

Smerinthus, Walker (non Latreille, 1802), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 255 (1856).
Cypa id., 1c. xxxi. p. 41 (1864).

3%. Tongue very short and weak, fringe long, upper surface with tubercles.
Pilifer short, with a large brush of scales; genal process short, broad. Head
small, crested ; eye small, lashed. Palpus closely appressed to frons, not projecting,
small. Antenna with long end-segment, which bears several bristles at and near
tip, three preceding segments small, short, rhombiform in side-view : ¢: strongly
compressed, ciliae long ; %: cylindrical, ciliae not prolonged. Abdominal terzites
with weak spines at the edges. ‘Tibiae not spinose ; spurs minute (black), two pairs
to hindtibia ; pulvillus and paronychium present, this with two slender lobes at
each side. Distal margin of forewing irregularly lobed or at least not even ; R?
of hindwing below centre of cell; SC? and R! on a long stalk ; D? and D* straight,
upper angle of cell 90°, lower angle obtuse ; costal margin of hindwing straight,
Clasper without friction-scales,

Karly stages not known.

Hab. India.

One species.

( 298 )

The long end-segment of the antenna is a very remarkable character, with
which we meet in this subfamily only in Protambuly« and Oxyambulyx. Kirby put

this genus among his Macroglossinae. The species remind one indeed very much of
Gurelea.

253. Cypa decolor.
*Smerathus decolor Walker, lc. viii. p. 255. n. 19 (1856) (Hindostan ;—Mus. Oxford),

3%. There are two subspecies, which differ in the outline of the forewing.
The Smerinthus decolor of Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. p. 14 (1871), generally quoted
under the present species, is doubtless an Oxyambulyx, most likely subocellata a
wrongly identified by Kaden as the decolor of the B. M. (British Museum).

d. Tenth tergite (PI. XXIV. f. 20) suddenly narrowed beyond basal fourth,
slender, obtusely pointed; no sternite. Clasper (Pl. XXXIII. f. 7) elongate,
triangular, apex obtuse, almost truncate ; a dorso-basal flat process (pdb) ; harpe
with two processes, one basal, slender, rod-like, clubbed, apex denticulated, the
other more distal, triangular, directed dorso-distal, reaching dorsal margin of clasper,
the dorsal part of the inner surface of the clasper proximally of this process convex,
below this convex part an oblique fold. Penis-sheath (Pl. XXX. f. 32) armed at
end with a horizontal slender process.

%. Kighth tergite (Pl. XVII. f. 10) peculiar: mesially grooved, the groove
widened at the end of the plate, very narrow in proximal two-thirds, the edges of
the apical cavity irregularly and minutely notched ; proximally of this groove there
is a hole, most likely the orifice of a gland, the groove having the appearance of
serving as a channel for bringing the fluid of the supposed gland to the apical cavity.
Vaginal plate (Pl. XVII. f. 9. 11) with the antevaginal part short, not strongly
chitinised ; postvaginal part a large triangular, rounded-trancate plate.

Early stages not known.

Hub. North India to Tenasserim and Ceylon ; New Guinea.

a. C. decolor decolor.

*Simerinthus decolor Walker, l.c. (Hindostan ;—Mus. Oxford).

Alimas decolor, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 583. n. 3 (1877) (Darjiling) ; Cot. & Swinh.,
Cat, Moths Ind, i, p. 24. n. 131 (1887) (Darjiling ; Tavoy, this spec. ?).

*Cypa incongruens Butler, Illustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. v. 12. t. 80. £. 8. 9 (1881) (Darjiling ;—
Mus, Brit.) ; Cot. & Swinh., Lc. p. 13. n. 77 (1887) (Sikhim).

Cypa decolor, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal lv. 2. p. 97. n. 1 (1886) (Ponsokai, Siam); Swinh.,
Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond. p. 164. n. 19 (1890) (Tavoy); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 640. n. 2
(1892) ; Hamps., in Blanf , Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 71. n. 94. fig. 43 (g) (1892) (Sikhim;
Tavoy) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus, Ox. i. p. 26. n. 101 (1892); Dudg., Journ. Bombay
N. H. Soe. xi. p. 407, n. 94 (1898) (Sikhim, 4500 ft., ix.).

3%. Distal margin of forewing irregular, prominently lobed at R*, Vaginal
plate see Pl. XVII. f. 9.

Hab. North India to Shan States.

In the Tring Museum 2 3d, 6 2? from Sikhim.

b. C. decolor ferruginea.

*Cypa fervuginea Walker, l.c. xxxi. p. 42 (1864) (Ceylon ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép.
Heét.i. p. 53 (1875) (Ceylon) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 554 (1877) ; Moore, Lep.
Ceylon ii. p. 8. t. 79. £. 3 (2) (1882) ; Cot. & Swinh., I.c. p. 1d. n. 78 (1887) (Ceylon); Kirby,
Lc. n, 1 (1892) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 72. n. 95 (1892).

( 299 )

?. Distal margin of forewing convex in middle, not lobed.
Moore’s figure of the specimen is coarse.

Hab. Ceylon.

Only 1 2 (type) known, in the British Musenm.

ce. C. decolor euroa subsp. nov

9. Larger than the Indian forms, broader winged, more clayish, head and
thorax somewhat olivaceons, lobe R* of forewing less prominent than in dec. decolor,
Vaginal plate (PI. XVII. f. 11) much broader distally.

Hab. Milne Bay, Brit. New Guinea.

One ? in the Tring Museum, Dee. 1898 (A. S. Meek).

LXXVI. SMERINTHULUS.—Typus : quadripunctatus.

Smerinthus, Moore (non Latreille, 1802), Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. p. 568 (1872).

Mimas, Butler (non Hiibner, 1822), ibid. p. 310 (1876).

Triptogon, id. (non Boisduval, 1875), Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 588 (1877) (partim).
Marumba, Kirby (non Moore, 1882), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 707 (1892).

Dilina, id. (non Dalman, 1816), /.c. p. 709 (1892).

Cypa, Hampson (non Walker, 1864), in Blanf., Pawna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 71 (1892).
Smerinthulus Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. x1. p. 370 (1895) (type: quadripunctatus).

3%. Differs from Cypa in the following characters : tongue not tuberculose
near base. Pilifer vestigial, with few scales or bristles, or naked. End-segment of
antenna short, triangular in side-view, penultimate segment longer than in Cypa,
antennae of 2 with prolonged ciliae ; eighth tergite of d with a brush of prolonged
scales at the sides and at end, appearing trilobate. Penis-sheath without armature.
SC? and R! of hindwing stalked or not.

Early stages not known.

Hab. China, North India to Borneo and Java.

Six species.

Key to the species :

a. SC? and KR! of hindwing on a long stalk. : b.
SC? and R! of hindwing not stalked. . S. chinensis.
). Hindwing with a blackish shadowy post-
discal band; forewing (d) with large
creamy postdiscal patch ; postdiseal
line of underside not prominent . 254. S. perversa.
Hindwing without a blackish shadowy
postdiscal band : : : : : C.
c. Mesothoracic tegula with a large yellow
patch ; hindwing brown-black . 257, S. dohrni.
Mesothoracic tegula without yellow patch e.
d. Forewing above with a triangular brown-
edged subapical costal patch . . 259. S. (7?) decoratus.
Forewing above without a triangular
brown-edged subapical costal patch. 256. S. guadripunctatus, and
255. S. terranea.

)

wo
or

( 300 )

254. Smerinthulus perversa.

*Cypa olivacea Rothschild, Nov. Zoon. i. p. 70. t. 7. f. 6 (1894) (partim; 9, Sikhim ; xon 3,
Borneo).
Cypa perverse id., 1.c. 11. p. 28 (1895) (3, Khasia Hills) ; id., /.c. iii. t. 13. £. 5 (¢) (1896).

32. The Sikhim specimen, which was described as the ¢ of olivacea, is
doubtless the 2 of perversa ; it is very faded, but shows the black shadowy post-
discal band on the hindwing which is present in the ¢, and the lobe R* of the
forewing projects as strongly as in the ¢. Abdomen with black stigma-dots.

3d. Tenth tergite (P]. XXIV. f. 18) broad, constricted at base and in middle,
above longitudinally impressed mesially, sides convex, apex divided into two short
pointed lobes ; sternite (Pl. XXIV. f. 19) small, obtusely triangular, sides obliquely
and shallowly sinuate. Clasper (Pl. XX XIII. f. 5) apically sinuate, the ventral
lobe produced into a long, pointed, strongly chitinised process which curves upwards;
ventral margia of clasper incrassate, basally armed with two sharp, long teeth,
beneath which there is another small tooth; the postmedian part of inner sheath
of clasper convex, raised into a broad fold ventrally, which ends in a boot-shaped
obtuse process (pv). Penis-sheath without armature.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XVII. f. 8) large, distal margin sinuate, with the
angles rounded; orifice proximal, a low ridge in front of it. Nighth tergite
halfmoon-shaped, the apical margin being strongly rounded. ;

Early stages not known.

Hab. North India.

In the Tring Museum 2 ¢d,1 ? from: Khasia Hills; Sikhim; one of the
Khasia Hills specimens caught in March.

255. Smerinthulus terranea.

Mimas terranea Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p, 310. n. 5, t, 22. £. 3 (9) (1876) (Ayerpanas, Mal.
Pen.) ; id., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 640 (1877).
Dilina terranea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 709. n. 3 (1892).

32. Butler’s figure of the 2 is very bad; it does not at all agree with the
description. The type seems to be lost, or may be contained in some obscure
collection which we have not seen. A ¢ in the Tring Museum is doubtless this
species ; it agrees in the shape of the forewing nearly with guadripunctatus, but
the outer margin is less sinuate between SC° and R*; upperside of hindwing,
middle of basal two-thirds of underside of forewing, and a streak along abdominal
fold of underside of hindwing, ferruginous. Anterior tarsus blackish. Our Borneo
? has (like the Penang ¢) the forewing straight from SC°* to angle, there being
very small teeth at R' and M'. The hindwing is much more brownish than in the
d, the forewing below is only feebly shaded with ferruginous, and there is no
ferrnginous streak before the abdominal margin of the hindwing. The black
stigmata are distinct. The outer discal line of the forewing above is also distinet,
convex beyond R*, submarginal area with a series of paler patches. Outer discal
line of underside very prominent, straight, the wing pale proximally of the line.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite very remarkable (Pl. XXIV. f. 15), mesially
membranaceous and clothed with dispersed bristles, sides produced into a long,
curved and pointed process ; sternite (Pl. XXIV. f. 14) short, apical margin evenly
concave, the sides slightly projecting. Clasper (Pl. XX XIII. f. 6) triangular, apex
slightly eurved ventrad, apical edge armed with small sharp teeth; a small

‘ 301 »

basi-dorsal fold which stands in connection with a very long and very slender
basal process. Penis-funnel (P]. XXXIII. f. 6, p-r) with the apex somewhat
tuberculiform above ; penis-sheath without armature.

?. Not seen.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Malay Peninsula ; Penang ; Borneo.

In the Tring Musenm 1 ¢ from Penang (C. Curtis); a ? from Penungah,
N. Borneo, 20 xii. 93 (D. Cator).

256. Smerinthulus quadripunctatus.

Smerinthulus quadripunctatus Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. x1. p. 371. n. 47. t. 3. £. 3(g ) (1895) (Java ;—
coll. Huwe).

3. We have not seen this species. The antennae of the type, judging from
figure, are doubtless those of another Sphingid glued on ; they are much too long.
The hindtibia is stated to have one weak, short spur, which is of course a mistake.
The species is apparently related to dohrni, from which it differs zvter alia in the
conspicuous black stigmata of fore- and hindwing and the bright brick-red upper-
side of the hindwing, and comes very close to terrane, if it is not the same.

Hab. Java.

257. Smerinthulus dohrni spec. nov. (PI. IL. f. 5, d).

3. Body above dark ferruginous, pronotum darker, a large anterior patch on
mesothoracic tegula pale, golden behind, some golden scales on metanotum, apex
of second and seventh abdominal tergites and a lateral spot each at apex of fifth
and sixth tergites also golden ; a series of conspicuous pale golden mesial apical
spots on segments 3 to 6. Underside somewhat paler than upper, abdomen with
pale golden side-dots.

Wings, upperside. Forewing like body ; costal edge pale for the greater
part : lines all transverse ; see figure. Hindwing brown-black, the ferruginous
colour appearing at abdominal margin and anal angle, costal area buff-pink.

Underside clayish tawny ochraceous, speckled with brown; a brown line
beginning at costa of forewing midway between subcostal fork and apex and
running straight to anal angle of hindwing, being very little curved on forewing
and not at all on hindwing ; it crosses M! of hindwing halfway from cell to distal
margin ; a trace of a brown line on forewing just outside cell; a distinct S-shaped
line on hindwing crossing M at base of M?.

Not dissected.

Length of forewing: d, 22 mm.

Hab. Sumatra.

One 3 from Soekaranda (Dohrn) iv the Stettin Museum.

258. Smerinthulus chinensis spec. nov.

3. In appearance similar to Cypa decolor, Antenna rather longer than in
perversa and C. decolor, not quite half the length of the forewing, the segments
more dilated dorso-laterally than in the allied insects, subpectinate, end-segment not
longer than basally high. Abdomen without spinules. Apex of hindwing strongly
rounded ; SC? and R! not stalked ; D* curved, oblique ; D* shorter than D'; lower
angle of cell acute. General colour as in C. decolor, hindwing brighter.—

( 302 )

Forewing broader than in C. decolor, distal margin sinuate between SC’ and R*,
minutely toothed at R* and M’, hinder angle less projecting than in C. decolor ;
four transverse lines above, darker tawny-brown, two antemedian, two discal, besides
a vestige of a subbasal line, the second line quite indistinct, fourth convex between
R? and M’, approaching the third at inner margin. Hindwing, above, dull
ferruginous, distal margin shaded with fawn-colour, abdominal margin clayish.

Underside, both wings paler reddish than upperside of hindwing. Forewing :
the reddish colour extending to near distal margin behind and to subcostal fork
in front, the area dentate, distal marginal area dark fawn-colour, two faint discal
lines, corresponding to the discal lines of upperside, both nearly straight.—Hind-
wing with rather sharply marked discal lines, curving costad in front, the first
across tip of cell ; no stigma.

Tenth tergite similar to that of C. decolor, more gradually narrowed ; sternite
with a sharply pointed narrow mesial process. Clasper narrowly sole-shaped,
inner surface not deeply concave, a setiferous fold beginning dorsally at base and
extending obliquely ventrad, followed by a subdorsal patch of wrinkles; harpe
very strongly chitinised proximally, here dilated, a single distal process, which
appears simply pointed in a side-view, but is excavate above and obliquely truncate
at end, Penis-sheath curved, the opening partly covered by a kind of operculum.

? and early stages not known.

Hab. China: Léou-Pang (Mouton).

One ¢ in coll. Charles Oberthiir.

Represents perhaps a separate genus.

259. Smerinthulus (2) decoratus (PI. LXV. f. 2, 2).

Smerinthus decoratus Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 568 (1872) (Sikhim ; coll. Lang; where type ?).

Triptogon decorata, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 588, n. 14 (1877); Cot. & Swinh., Cat.
Moths Ind. i. p. 27. n. 146 (1887).

Marumba decoratus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 707. 0. 13 (1892).

Cypa decorata, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Mothsi. p. 71. n. 93 (1892) (Sikbim) ; Dudg.,
Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 407. n. 93 (1898) (“not seen”).

?. All we know of this insect, besides the descriptions given by Moore and
Hampson, is a pencil sketch in Dr. Moore’s possession. We give a figure taken
from this sketch in order to enable the reader to identify the species. As no
structural characters are given in the descriptions we do not know with certainty
where to put decoratus. It looks somewhat like Phyllosphingia dissimilis, excepting
the hindwing, and reminds one also of Mimas tiliae.

Hab. Sikbim.

LXXVII. DEGMAPTERA.—Typus: mirabilis.
Cypa, Rothschild (von Walker, 1864), Nov. Zoo. i. p, 542 (1894).
Degmaptera Hampson, in Blanf., fauna Brit. Ind., Moths iv. p. 452 (1896).

3%. Differs from Smerinthulus in the hindwing being produced frontad near
apex into a rounded lobe, the costal margin more or less sinuate proximally of this
lobe, vein C almost following the curve of the lobe, not straight as in Cypa and
Smerinthulus, stalk SC’—R! shorter than D?. Pilifer vestigial, naked.

Early stages not known.

Hab. North India ; Borneo.

i i oe

( 303 )

Two species, which differ essentially in the outline of the costal margin of the
hindwing, the margin being deeply sinuate beyond middle in D. méradilis, while it
is straight to beyond middle and then convex, without the deep sinus, in J). ol/vacea.

260. Degmaptera mirabilis.

*Cypa mirabilis Rothschild, /.c. (9, Khasia Hills ;—Mus. Tring) ; id., /.c. i. p. 664 (1894) ; id., /c.
iii. t. 13. f. 4 (2) (1896).

Degmaptera mirabilis, Hampson, lc. fig. 240 (¢) (Khasia Hills; Sikhim); Dudg., Journ, Bombay
N. H. Soc. xi. p. 407. n. 92a (1898) (‘not seen’’).

3. The distal margin of both fore- and hindwing of the d is much more
strongly sinuate before hinder angle than in the 2. There is a peculiar fawn-
coloured band on the forewing in both sexes just beyond the cell, stopping at M*
or SM*. The conspicuous black stigma has a minute transparent centre. Abdomen
with a dorsal central row of pale golden dots.

d. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXIV. f. 16) very broad, broadly sinuate, the two lobes
produced into sharp hooks which curve ventrad; no sternite, but at each side of
the anal cone a hairy lump reminding one of a similar structure found in many
other Ambulicinae (see Marumba). Clasper (Pl. XX XIII. f. 3) widest before end,
dorsal margin incrassate, bent inwards ; from beneath it projects a long sharp spine ;
apex of clasper produced into a hook, which bears a tooth ; two small teeth at the
dorsal apical edge of the clasper ; harpe a ventral elongate piece of chitin, curved
upwards at end, resembling the runner of a sledge. Penis-sheath without armature.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XVII. f. 7) with the orifice (1”) proximal, situated
upon a triangular smoothly chitinised plate, the proximal and lateral edges of which

are turned upwards ; postvaginal part of plate (pep) short, broadly rounded, weak,
transversely wrinkled.

Hab. North India.
In the Tring Museum 1 ¢,2 2? from: Khasia Hills, Assam, March ; Sikhim,

June (Pilcher). Also in the collection of Mons. Charles Oberthiir ; not seen in
other collections.

261. Degmaptera olivacea.
Cypa olivacea Rothschild, Nov. Zoou. i. p. 70. t. 7. £. 6a (g) (18594) (g, non 2 ; N. Borneo ;—

Mus. Tring) ; Hampson, /.c. iv. p. 453 (1896).

3. What has been described as the ? of this species does not belong here,
but is that sex of Smerinthulus perversa. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXIV. f. 17) very
peculiar, convex above, with a mesial groove, the sides turned downwards and
produced into two truncate processes separated from oue another by a rounded
sinus; apex deeply incised, the lobes uarrow, pointed, curved downwards ; no
sternite. Clasper (Pl. XXXIII. f. 4) broad, irregularly rounded ; dorsal margin
incrassate and turned inwards, ending in two teeth ; two folds run from this point
proximad, one ventral, the other subdorsal, a third fold parallel with the latter,
more proximal ; harpe represented by a sunken plate of chitin (/7) which is rounded-
angulate distally above and below; its upper margin is proximally produced into
two slender, curved, pointed processes which are directed dasad towards the penis-

funnel (p-r), which is dorsally open. No armature on penis-sheath.
?. Not known.

Hab. North Borneo.

One ¢ in the Tring Museum from Labuk, British North Borneo, May 20. 1895
(Cator). Not seen in other collections.)

( 304 )

LXXVIII. MIMAS.—Typus: ¢liae.

Sphine Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim ; type: ocedlata).

Spectrum Scopoli, Intr, Hist, Nat. p. 413 (1777) (partim ; incl. type of Sphinx).

Smerinthus Latreille, Hist, Nat. Crust. Ins. iii. p. 401 (1802) (partim ; incl. type of Sphinx).
Dilina Dalman, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak, Handi. p. 212 (1816) (partim ; incl. type of Sphinv).
MVimas Hiibner, Verz. bek, Schm. p. 142 (1822) (type: tiliae).

Lucena Rambur, Faune Andal. p. 329 (1842) (type: tiliae).

Ditters from Polyptychus in the palpus being very roughly scaled and hairy.

3%. Tongue short ; pilifer with bristles. Palpus small, rough with long scales
and hairs, much smaller in 2 than in 3d; joint not open. Antenna: d, compressed,
laterally impressed, fasciculated ciliae of both the proximal and apical series long,
dorsal edge of groove projecting, outline of antenna undulate in dorsal view ;
?, proximal segments slightly depressed, transsection transversely oval, middle
segments slightly compressed, not grooved, feebly constricted at the joints, seriated
ciliae not distinctly prolonged, subdorsal ones somewhat longer than the others.
Abdomen with large underscales, spines only at the apical edges of the tergites,
these spines weak, not numerous, partly modified to sinuate scales. R* of hindwing
before centre of cell, cross-veins not or feebly curved, lower angle of cell not very
acute. Tibiae spénose; spur of foretibia nearly reaching end ; hindtibia with tio
pairs of spurs. Pulvillus, paronychium, frenulum, and retinaculum present. Clasper
and eighth tergite without organ of friction.

Larva strongly tapering to head, annules prominent, granules not prominent
excepting those at side-bands; head strongly triangular, much smaller than in
Sphine ocellata and Amorpha populi, narrower, almost smooth; horn long,
granulose ; anal tergite dark in middle, with two larger and some smaller tubercles.
—Food-plants : Tilia, Alnus, ete.

Chrysalis opaque, densely granulose-rugose all over; two frontal tubercles ;
clypeus and pilifer not prominent; tongue-case reaching to wing-cases, being
longer than the leg-cases ; wing-case sinuate; abdominal sternites with large
umbilicate punctures ; cremaster rough with acute tubercles.

lab. Paluearctic Region: West Europe to Japan.

One species.

262. Mimas tiliae.
Sphine “hae Linné, lc. n. 3 (1758).

3. Tenth abdominal tergite (PI. XXIV. f. 22) somewhat spoon-shaped, faintly
sinuate (the sinus barely indicated in an example from Firenze, Italy) ; lobe of
sternite variable individually curved upwards. Clasper rounded or subtriangular.
Harpe distally with two teeth sinuate between them (P]. XX XIII. f. 10), occasionally
rough at the edges with small notches. Penis-sheath with a movable apical process
(Pl. XXIX. f. 46), which is armed at the end with two small sharp teeth, these
variable individually in size and position.

?. Eighth tergite rounded, feebly chitinised. Vaginal plate rather large
(Pl. XVIL. f. 5); proximal edge of orifice raised, shallowly sinuate.

Larva and chrysalis see above; the former somewhat variable in colour,
occasionally with red blotches.

Hab. Palaearetic Region.

Two subspecies :

( 305 )

a. M. tiliae tiliae.

Merian, Eur. Ins. ii. t. 74 (1683) ; Raj., Hist, Ins. p. 150. n.1 (1710); Albin, Nat. Hist. Engl.
Ins, t. 10 (1720) ; Frisch, Jus. vii. p. 3. t. 2. £. 1-4 (1, p, i.) (1728) ; Réaum., Hist. Ins. i. t. 2.
f. 1 (1734); Roes., Znsect. Belust. i. 1. Nachtv. p. 9, t. 2. £.5. 6 (1746) ; Wilke, Engl. Moths i.
s. B. p. 10. t. 4 (1747); Hemmerich, Coll. Cur. Ins. t. 11. £. ¢ (175-) ; Gronov., Act. Helv. v.
p. 140. n. 310 (1762) ; Geoffr., Hist. ns. ii. p. 80. n. 2 (1762) ; Gronoy., Zooph. p. 201. n. 818
(1764) ; Seba, Thes. iv, t. 53. f. 4. 5. 6. & t. 59. f. 1. 2. 3. (1765); Harris, Aurel. t. 20.
fig. d. f. g (1766) ; Schaeff., Zcon. Rat. t. 100. f. 1. 2 & t. 203. f. 3 (1766) ; id., Elem. Ent. t. 116.
f. 1 (1766) ; Deg., Mem, Ins. ii. 1. p. 246. t. 3. f. 7 (1771) ; Ernst & Engr., Ins. Eur. iii. p. 109.
t. 116. fig. d.e.; t. 117. fig. f.—k. ; t. 118. fig. p.s. (1782).

Sphinx tiliae Linne, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489. n. 3 (1758); id., Fauna Suec. ed. ii. p. 287. n. 1085
(1761) ; Poda, Mus. Graec. p. 79. n. 1 (1761) ; Scop., Ent. Carn. p. 183. n. 467 (1763) ; Linné,
Mus. Lud, Ulr. p. 343 (1764) ; Hufn., Berl. Mag. ii. p. 188. n. 20 & p, 195 note (1766) ; Houtt.,
Naturl. Hist. i. 11. p. 405. 0, 3 (1767) ; Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 797. n. 3 (1767) ; Beckm.,
Eypit. p. 160. n. 3 (1772) ; Miill., Naturs. v. 1. p. 636. n. 3 (1774) ; Gled., Forstwissensch. i.
p. 309. n, 1 (1775) ; Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 537. n. 4 (1775) ; Fuess., Schweiz. Ins. p. 32. n. 613
(1775) ; Harris, Engl. Lep. p. 30. n. 207 (1775) ; Schiff. & Den., Wien. Verz. p. 41 (1776) ;
Kleem., in Mad., Raupenkald. p. 51. n. 140, p. 70. n. 198 (1777) ; Fuessl., Mag. Ent. i. p. 264
(1778) ; Leske, Anfangsgr. Naturg. i. p. 457. 0. 2 (1779); Esp., Eur. Schm. ii. p. 38. t. 3. &
Suppl. t. 22. f. 4 (1779) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 142.n 3 (1780); Barb., Gen. Ins. Linn.
p. 177 (1781) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 141. n. 9 (1781) ; Lang, Verz. Augsb. p. 65. v. 539 (1782);
Retz., Gen. Ins, p. 35. n. 34 (1783) ; Fourer., Ext. Paris. ii. p. 251. n. 2 (1785) ; Fuessl.,
N, Mag. iii. p. 143 (1786) ; Borkh., Schm. Eur. ii. p. 110. n. 4 (1789); Gmel., Syst. Nat. i.
5. p. 2373. n. 3 (1790) ; Rossi, Fauna Etr. ii. p. 160. n. 1048 (1790) ; View., Verz. Brand. p. 4.
n. 3 (1790) ; Brahm, Jnsectenkald. ii. 1. p. 420. n. 296 (1791) ; Schwarz, Raupenkald. p. 194.
350. 495. 635 (1791) ; Borkh., Rhein. Mag. i. p. 324. n. 148 (1793); Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1.
p- 358. n. 10 (1793) ; Donov., Brit. Ins. x. p. 3. t. 325 (1801); Walck., Faune Paris. Ins. ii.
p. 277 (1802) ; Panz., Nomencl. Schaeff. p. 110. n. 177 (1804) ; Schrank, Fauna Boica ii. 1.
p. 222. n. 1382 (1804) ; Thunb., Wus. Nat. Ups. xxxiii. p. 10 (1804) ; Hiibn., Sammi. Eur. Schm.
ii. t. 15. f. 72 (1805-_) ; id., Gesch. Schm. ii. Sph. iii. Leg. p. b. f. 2a (1806-18) ; Turt., Syst.
Nat. iii, 2. p 169 (1806) ; Ochs., Schm. Eur. ii. p. 246. n. 1 (1808); Nagel, Hiilfsb. Schm.
p. 144 (1818) ; God., Lép. France iii. p. 64. n. 16. t. 20. £. 1 (1821).

Spectrum tiliae, Scopoli, l.c. (1777).

Smerinthus tiliae, Latreille, Hist. Nat. Ins. Crust. iii. p. 401 (1802) ; id., Gen. Ins. Crust. iv, p. 209
(1809) ; id., in Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat. xxxi. p. 352. t. 24. f.5 (1819) ; Sam., Ent. Comp. p. 243
(1819) ; Lep. & Serv., Enc. Méth, x. p. 441. t. 63. f. 2.3. 4 (1825) ; Steph., /7/ustr. Brit. Ent.,
Haust. i. p. 113 (1828) ; id., Cat. Brit. Ins. ii. p. 30 (1829) ; God., Lép. France Suppl. ii. p. 162
(1832) ; Lue., Lép. Eur. p. 117. t. 49 (1834); Beske, in Silberm., Rev. d’ Ent. ii. p. 177 (1834)
(Hamburg) ; Friv., ‘bid. p. 181 (1834) (Hungary); Thon, Naturg. Schm. p. 109. t. 54. £. 747.
748. 749 (1837); Blanch., Hist. Nat. Ins. iii. p. 481 (1840) ; Westw., Brit. Moths p. 7. t. 1.
f. 7. 8.9 (i.,p.,/.) (1843) ; Pierr., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 70 (1844) ; Eversm., Fauna Volgo-
Ural. p. 114 (1844) (v. vi.) ; Asm., Zeitsehr. Ent. Breslau i. p. 5 (1847) ; Herr.-Sch., Eur.
Schm. ii. p. 91. n. 29 (1847); Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 241. n. 2 (1856); Staud. &
Wocke, Cat. Lep, p. 16. n, 23 (1861) ; id., lc. ed. ii. p. 37. pn. 480 (1871); Wall., Shand. Het.
Fiji. p. 15. n. 2 (1863) ; Ball., Bull. Moscow p. 364 (1864) (Gorki) ; Maur., Tijdschr. Ent. ix.
p- 174 (1866) (Limburg); Gay., ibid. x. p. 197. n. 76 (1867) (Groningen); Snell., V/ind.
Ned. p. 101, n. 2 (1867); Tengstr., Act. Soc. F. F. Fenn. x. p. 6. n. 96 (1869); Ebrard,
Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 70 (1870) (éclos.) ; Heyl., Tijdschr. Ent. xiii, p. 146. n. 75 (1870)
(Breda) ; Brutt., Progr. Gymn. Dorpat p. 24. n. 10 (1872) (v. vi.) ; Siebke, Hnum. Ins. Norv.
iii. p. 25. n. 1 (1874) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 44, 0. 34 (1875) ; Newm., Entom. viii.
p. 193. fig. (1875) ; Leeuw., Tijdschr. Ent. xix. Versl. p.106 (1876) ; Gir., Bull. Soc. Ent. France
p- 98 (1879); Thed., Ent. Tidskr. i. p. 197 (1880) (Sweden) ; Kill., Jahrb. Nat. Ges, Graub.
xxiii, p. 45 (1880) ; Weil., Progr. Oberrealsch. Innsbr. p. 15 (1880) ; Albr., Bull. Moscow p. 379
(1882) (Moscow); Rom., Mém. Lép. i. p. 71 (1884) (Borjom ; Manglis; Lagodekhi ; vii.) ;
Kroul., Bull. Soc Oural. xi. p. 213. n. 89 (1885) (Sarapoul, E, iv.—M. vi.) ; id., l.c. p. 239.
n. 59 (1885) (Ourjoum) ; Poult., rans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 297 (1885) (postembr. devel.) ; id., J.c.
p. 137 (1886) ; Lampa, nt. Tidskr. vi. p. 27. n. 119 (1885); Haar., 7ijdschr. Ent, xxix. p. 30
(1886) (Alblasserward) ; Amel., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxxi. p. 261 (1887) (Dessau) ; Mina-Pal.
& Failla-Ted,, Nat, Sci. vii. p, 42 (1889) ; Clark, Entom. Ree, i. p. 327. t, A (1891) (variability) ;

x

( 306 )

Car., /ris vi. p. 188 (1893) (H". Garonne) ; Hofm., Grossschm. p. 30. n. 1. t. 18. £. 3 (1893) ;
id., Grossschm. p. 30. t. 8. £. 4 (1894) ; Rothsch., Entom. xxvii, p. 50 fig. (1894) (asym. specim.) ;
Barrett, Lep. Brit. Is. ii. p. 11. t. 43. £. 1. a-e (1895) ; Vos, Tijdschr. Ent. xli. p. 80 (1898)
(Apeldoorn) ; Bartel, in Rithl, Grossschm. ii. p. 146 (1900).

Laothoé tiliae, Fabricius, in Wig., Mag. Ent. vi. p. 287 (1807).

Dilina tiliae, Dalman, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. p. 212 (1816) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 709. n. 1
(1892) (Europe ; Siberia) ; Staud, & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 100. n. 730 (1901).

Sphynx (!) tiliae, Vogel, Schm.-Cabin. i. p. 25. t. 5. f. 1. a. b (1821).

Mimas tiliae, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p- 142. n. 1522 (1822); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix,
p. 583. n. 2 (1877) ; Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p. 399 (1902).

Sphinz (!) tilae (!), Gray, in Griff., Anim. Kingd. xv. p. 598 (1832).

Smerynthus (!) tiliae, Cantener, in Silberm,, Rev. d’ Ent. i. p 77 (1833) (Dép. du Var, v. vi.).

Lucena tiliae, Rambur, Paune Andal. p. 330 (1842) (Malaga).

Papilio ulmi Lucas, Lép. Eur. ed. ii. p. 147 (1864) (sub syn.).

Smerinthus tillae (!), Fallou, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 58 (1870) (monstr.).

Smerinthus tiliae var. ulmi “ Schunk,” Heydenreich, Lep. Eur, Cat. p. 19. n. 30a (1851) (nom. nud.);
Caradja, /ris vi. p. 188 (1893) ; Bartel, in Ruhl, Grossschm. ii. p. 149 (1900).

Smerinthus tiliae var. maculata “ Miitzel,” Heydenreich, /.c. p. 19. n. 30b (1851) (nom. nud.). 3
Wallengren, Shand. Het. Fjér. p. 15 (1863) ; Lampa, Tidskr. vi. p. 27. n. 119 (1885) ; Reuter,
Act. Soc. F. F. Faun. ix. 6. p. 20. n. 96 (1893).

Smerinthus tiliae ab. pechmanni Hartmann, Mitth, Miinch. Ent. Ver. iii. p. 35. t. 3. £.1, 2.3 (1879)
(Miinchen) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 150 (1900).

Mimas tiliae ab. ulmi, Maassen, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 60 (1880) (nom. nud.).

Smerinthus tiliae ab. obsoleta Clark, Entom, Rec. i. p. 328. t. a. f. 1 (1891).

Smerinthus tiliae ab. bipunctata id., l.c. f. 3.

Smerinthus tiliae ab. centripuncta id., l.c. £. 7.

Smerinthus tiliae ab. costipuncta id., Le. £. 8.

Smerinthus tiliae ab. suffusa id., lc. f. 10.

Smerinthus tiliae ab. brunnea Caradja, Iris vi. p. 188. (1893) (nom. indescr.); Bartel, in Riihl,
Grossschm. ii. p. 149 (1900).

Smerinthus tiliae ab. immaculata id., 1c,

Dilina tiliae ab. brunnescens Staudinger, in Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 100. sub n. 1 (1901).

Dilina tiliae ab. exstincta id., le.

Mimas tiliae ab. pallida-transversa Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p. 403 (1902).

Mimas tiliae ab. pallida-bipunctata id., Le.

Mimas tiliae ab. pallida-costipuncta id., Le.

Mimas tiliae ab. pallida-marginepuncta 1id., Le.

Mimas tiliae ab. pallida-centripuncta id., lc. p. 404 (1902).

Mimas tiliae ab. pallida-obsoleta id., lc.

Mimas tiliae ab. marginepuneta id., Lc.

Mimas tiliae ab. brunnea-transversa id., lc. ’

Mimas tiliae ab. brunnea-costipuncta id., lec.

Mimas tiliae ab. brunnea-marginepuncta id., le.

Mimas tiliae ab. brunnea-centripuncta id., lc.

Mimas tiliae ab. brunnea-obsoleta id., Lc.

Mimas tiliae ab. virescens-transversa id., Le.

Mimas tiliae ab. virescens-marginepuncta id., Lc.

Mimas tiliae ab. virescens-centripuncta id., lc.

Mimas tiliae ab. virescens-obsoleta id., Lc.

3%. Very variable in the ground-colour and pattern ; the right and left wing
often conspicuously different. The green colour disappears sometimes entirely
(only in bred specimens ? such individuals can be produced by breeding in and in).
The extremes in pattern are represented by (bred) individuals in which the green
discal band is so dilated as to occupy nearly the whole wing (ab. pechmanni) and a
form without a discal band (ab. suf/usa = ab. immaculata = ab. ewstincta). Mr.
Tutt’s double-barrelled names are very curious ; if the same system of nomenclature
were employed in respect to colour, pattern and structure, we should arrive at com-
binatious of half a dozen or more names according to the number of organs taken

Te. ee a ee ee

( 307 )

into account. In Mr. Tutt’s tabulation no cognisance is taken of the variability
of the hindwing, which is as important as that of the forewing, considering that
tiliae and christophi differ especially in the hindwing. An ab. pallida-transversa
with dark hindwings is not the same as one with pale hindwings ; so we should
have ab. pallida-transtersa-something ; and this, combined with the variation
in the venation, for instance, would give a four-barrelled name, and so on. The
reader will doubtless perceive that we have here to do with a confusion of ideas, a
name being replaced by a kind of diagnosis, while, in fact, the diagnosis should be
replaced by a name.—Tenth segment see Pl. XXIV. f. 22 and Pl. XXVL. f. 37.

Larva (see above) variable in colour, easily distinguishable from those of
Sphinx ocellata and Amorpha populi by the shape and structure.—Food-plants :
Tilia, Ulmus; also Betula, Quercus, Prunus, ete.

Chrysalis see above.

For hybrid tliae x ocellata see Sphinx ocellata ocellata.

Hab. Europe as far south as Andalusia and Sicily, eastwards to Transcaucasia
and Western Siberia, northward to Northern Russia, Finland, Southern Scandinavia ;
not in Scotland and Ireland.

In the Tring Museum 130 odd specimens, and 7 filiae x ocellata.

b. S. tiliae christophi.

*Smerinthus christophi Staudinger, in Rom., Wém. Lép. iii. p. 162. t. 9. f. 3. a. b., t. 11. £. 1 (1887)
(Wladiwostock ; Ussuri ;—coll. Staudinger) ; Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 586. n. 24 (1888)
(Fujisan) ; Graes., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxxii. p. 105, n. 185 (1888) (Amurland, /. on Alnus) ;
Staud., /.c. vi. p. 238. n. 228 (1892) (Amurland) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. i. p. 150 (1900).

Dilina christophi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 709. n, 2 (1892) (Wladiwostock) ; Leech, Zrans. Ent.
Soc, Lond. p. 278. n. 38 (1898) (Fujisan; Yesso) ; Staud. & Reb., Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p. 100.
n. 731 (1901) (Uss. m. ; Jap.).

Smerinthus christophi ab, alni Bartel, l.c.

Mimas christophi, Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p. 399 (1902).

3%. This is nothing else but a representative form of ¢édiae, differing in the
darker colour, which is never green, and in the more distal position of the dark
submarginal shade of the hindwing ; the spurs are, moreover, somewhat shorter
and the tenth abdominal tergite and sternite are rather slenderer.

Larya similar to that of fliae tliae ; not sufficiently known.—Food-plant :
Alnus.

Hab. Amurland ; Japan.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 6 2% ; one larva, see Appendix.

LXXIX. CALLAMBULYX gen. novy.—Typus : rudbricosa.

Ambulyc Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 122 (1856) (partim ; type: strigilis).
Basiana, Moore (non Walker, 1856), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 793 (1865).
Metagastes, Snellen (non Boisduval, 1875), Tijdschr. Ent. xviii. Versl. p. 22 (1880).
Clanis, Kirby (non Walker, 1856), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 702 (1892).

3%. Tongue short, weak, fringe at the mesial edges long. Pilifer somewhat
swollen, with bristles. Genal process subglobose. Palpus slender, applied to the
head, not projecting, larger in ¢ than in ?. Labrum mesially raised to a high
transverse tubercle. Scaling of head raised to a mesial crest. Antenna strongly
compressed ventrally in d, sub-andromorphic in % ; end-segment short, about as
long as broad, with one or more bristles at tip, dorso-apical scales projecting beyond

( 308 )

tip of segmeut, but the tuft thus formed shorter than the last two segments
together. Tibiae simple, longer than the respective first tarsal segments ; these
little longer than the cell of the hindwing is broad; spur of foretibia about half
the length of the tibia ; those of mid- and hindtibia very skort, long terminal one
of hindtibia about half as long again as the tibia is broad; paronychium with
two lobes on each side; pulvillus present. Frenulum and retinaculum present.
Underscales of abdominal tergites partly spiniform.

3. Eighth sternite simple; clasper reduced, without friction-patch ; harpe
strongly developed, the apical process double or simple, in the latter case (junonia)
preceded by several teeth (P]. XXXIV. f. 23).

?. Vaginal plate differently armed in the two species of which this sex is
known.

Early stages known only of C. tatarinovi; of the same type as in Sphinx
ocellata.

Hab. North India to Amurland and Japan, and the larger Sunda Islands.

The four species resemble one another in pattern, all having an oblique line or
band on the forewing crossing the apex of the cell and then running along M*
towards hinder angle, and an oblique apical line, the hindwing being red, the
posterior half of the mesothoracie tegula being pale like the side of the metanotum,
and the abdomen having a dark mesial line.

Key to the species :

a. Hindwing with a large black postdiscal patch

centred with white . ‘ : 5 . 264. C. junonia.
The black patch, if present, near margin, with
a white dot behind it, not within . : : te bs
6. Forewing produced at apex into a hook . : : 3 as
Forewing not strongly produced at apex . 266. C. tatarinovi.

lon

c. Basal area of forewing below washed with red 265.
Basal area of forewing below not washed with
red . , : : ; : é . 263. C. rubricosa.

', poecilus.

263. Callambulyx rubricosa.

*Ambulyx rubricosa Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 122. n, 4 (1856) (Hindostan ;—Mus.
Oxford) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 190. 0. 13 (1875) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond.
ix, p. 582. n. (1877) (= superba ; Darjiling, Calcutta).

* Basiana superba Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 793 (1865) (Mus. Brit.).

$2. One of the finest Sphingids. The green colour of the forewing often
fading into clayish. D* of the hindwing in most specimens longer than R*. The
lobes of the paronychinm long.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XXII. f. 10) weak, pale, gradually narrowed distad,
apex more strongly narrowed and mesially feebly sinuate, the surface more or less
concaye, rough with bristle-bearing tubercles distally, the mesial line raised to a kind
of carina: the proximal part of this supra-anal plate (namely the ninth tergite)
more strongly chitinised and densely clothed with long hair-scales which project
beyond the end of the tenth tergite ; the tenth sternite reduced, without a lobe.
Clasper narrow (PJ. XXXIV. f. 19), tapering to apex, which is rounded ; harpe
strong, rounded ventro-distally, produced into a long and a short, curved, pointed
process ; on a fold of the clasper, dorsally of the harpe, there is a dense clothing of
spine-like bristles. Penis-sheath without armature.

( 309 )

?. Vaginal plate see Pl. XV. f. 15.

Early stages not known.

Hab. North India; Malay Peninsula; Java; Borneo; occurring doubtless
also in the interjacent countries.

Three subspecies :

a. C. rubricosa rubricosa.

*Ambulyx rubricosa Walker, ic. ; Butl., l.c.; Cot. & Swinb., Cat. Moths Ind. i, p. 23. n. 127 (1887)
(Sikhim) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i, p. 24. n, 93 (1892) (India) ; Hamps., in Blanf.,
Fauna Brit, Ind., Moths i. p. 79, n, 106 (1892) (Sikhim ; Calcutta?) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het.
i, p. 677. n, 45 (1892) (India); Dudg., Jowrn, Bombay N. H. Soc. xi, p. 408, n. 106 (1898)
(Sikhim, 3,000 ft., vii).

*Basiana superba Moore, lc.

32. The oblique olive-brown band across the forewing is nearly straight ; the
deep red postdiscal band of the hindwing extends to M’; the lines of the underside
of the forewing are at least partly red ; the median line of the hindwing below is
curved ; the oblique apical line of the forewing above is white bordered with
blackish brown.

Hab. North India: Sikhim ; Assam.

In the Tring Museum 9 ¢d,5 22 from: Sikhim ; Khasia Hills.

b. C. rubricosa piepersi.

* Metagastes piepersi Snellen, Tijdschr. Ent. xxiii, Versi. p. 22 (1880) (Java, Kerdirie ;—coll. Snellen).
Clanis piepersi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 702. n. 2 (1892) (Java).

do. The differences between this form and the preceding are not very con-
spicuous. The stigma of the forewing is barely vestigial, the deep red band of
the hindwing becomes black between M' and M’, the under surface is more yellow
than in rwbr. rubricosa, the lines are far less red.

Hab. Java.

In the collection of Mr. Snellen; also in the Stockholm Museum and the
Standinger collection.

ce. C. rubricosa amanda subsp. nov.

3. The oblique band across the forewing, above, distinctly angulate at M’,
the costal portion having a less longitudinal direction than in the two preceding
forms ; the stigma is represented by a minute dot, the second discal line is very
feebly dentate, while the first and third are not dentate ; the oblique apical line is
black, with just an indication of white scaling. Hindwing : the black postdiscal
patch of prepersi is here accentuated and enlarged, reaching from M* beyond M?
halfway to R*; the interspace between the second and third distinct anal lines
widened between M* and SM? to a conspicuous white spot.

Underside yellow, the lines not bright red, but brown, the lines of the hindwing
not curved, the first touching cell.

Hab. Borneo; Malay Peninsula.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Kina Balu, N. Borneo (type) ; 1 ? from Mt.
Tahan, Malay Peninsula (Waterstradt).

The ? somewhat resembles piepersi; it represents possibly a separate
subspecies.

( 310 )

264. Callambulyx junonia.

*Ambulyx junonia Butler, Illustr. Typ. Spec. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p. 9. t. 80. f. 2 (1881) (Bhutan ;—
Mus. Brit.) ; Cot. & Swinb., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 23. n. 125 (1887) (Bhutan) ; Hamps,, in
Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 79. n, 107 (1892) (Bhutan ; Naga Hills) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep.
Het. i. p. G77. n. 42 (1892) (Bhutan) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 408. n. 107
(1898) (‘not seen”).

3. We have seen but two specimens of this apparently very rare species, which
agrees in the structure of the antenna, legs, and palpus well with C. rubricosa.

Tenth abdominal tergite flat (Pl. XXII. f. 11), deeply sinuate, the lobes
diverging, their mesial edge depressed, so that their upper surface slants inwards,

each lobe with an inconspicuous median eariniform tubercle. Clasper (Pl. XXXIV.

f. 23) redneed distally ; harpe with a pointed apical hook and several, more

proximal, teeth.

?. Not seen.

Hab. Bhutan; Naga Hills.

One ¢ in the British Museum; a specimen from the Naga Hills in Mr. Elwes’s
collection ; also in coll. Swinhoe.

265, Callambulyx poecilus (PI. I. f. 13, 3).
*Ambulye poecilus Rothschild, Noy, Zoo. v. p. 604. n, 4. fig. 2 (1898) (Murree ;—Mus, Tring) ;

Hamps., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe. xiii, p. 39. n, 106a (1900),

d. Intermediate between tatarinovi and rubricosa; the forewing as strongly
faleate as in the latter, but red below in basal half as in certain specimens of the
former. Tongne very weak; pilifer with very few bristles. The tenth tergite
similar to that of rubricosa, narrower, apex more suddenly narrowed, curved
downwards, pointed ; ninth tergite with long hair-scales as in rwdricosa ; sternite
reduced, without lobe. Clasper (PI. XXXIV. f. 21) widened distally into a
subquadrate flap, bearing dorsally on the inner surface a high triangular crest,
which is continuous with the subdorsal fold of the more proximal part of the
clasper; this fold is rough with setiferous tubercles ; harpe somewhat resembling
that of A. edwesi in the shape of the distal part, but is less concave, and has,
besides the long apical hook, a short subapical tooth at the dorsal edge ; the
proximal ridge (/) high.

?. Not known.

Hab. Murree, N.W. India.

One ¢ in the Tring Museum ; not seen in other collections.

266. Callambulyx tatarinovi.

Smerinthus tatarinovi Bremer & Grey, in Motsch., Etud. Ent. i. p. 62. n. 19 (1852) (N. China ;—
Mus. St. Petropolis) ; id., Schm. N. Chin. p. 13. n. 57 (1853) ; Mén., Enum. Corp. An. Mus.
Petr., Lep, p. 133. n. 1558. t. 13. f. 1 (9) (1857) (= eversmanni ; Pekin ; Kiachta) ; Lucas,
Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 149 (1858) ; Boisd., Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 43. n. 33 (1875); Butl.,
Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 593. n. 5, t. 90. £. 16 (l.) (1877) (Japan) ; Graes., Berl. Ent.
Zeitschr, Xxxii, p. 105, n, 186 (1888) (1. on Ulmus); Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 586.
n. 25 (1888) (Yokohama; Yesso); Staud., in Rom., Mém. Lép. vi. p. 237. n, 227 (1892)
(Amurld. ; N. China) ; Leech, Trans, Ent. Soc, Lond. p. 279. n, 40 (1899) (Yesso ; Yokohama) ;
Bartel, in Bithl, Grossschm. ii. p. 164 (1900) (Kiachta; Amurland, v. vi, ; Wladiwostock ;
Pekin; Japan); Staud. & Reb,, Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p. 100, n. 729 (1901) (Amurld, ; N. China ;
Japan ; Dauria),

Ambulyx tatarinovi, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 24. n. 94 (1892) (Japan ; N, China).

Smerinthus (2) tatarinovi, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. p. 711. n. 7 (1892) (China ; Japan ; = eversmanni).

Ete)

3%. The ordinary form has the upperside of the body and forewing more or
less bright olive-green, but there occur also specimens with the green replaced by
reddish brown. This form was discovered by Popoff at Kiachta, and described
by Eversmann under the name of eversmanni, given to it in litt. by Popoff, who had
apparently several specimens. There are two individuals of this form in the Paris
Mnseum correctly identified as eversmanni. Staudinger redescribed a Kiachta
individual (bred in May 1855) as drunnea, not knowing that his individual was the
true eversmanni, and doubtless one of the specimens distributed by Popoff. Bartel,
l.c., has correctly quoted drunnea as a synonym of eversmanni. By some oversight
eversmanni is sunk as a synonym of tatarinovi in Stand. & Reb.’s Catalogue, (c.,
and brunnea kept as the name of the reddish brown form. Both Ménétriés and
Boisduval, /./.c.c., mentioned the brown form; Butler, d.c., overlooked the name of
eversmanni. Leech records a brown specimen from Japan (now in the British
Museum), and refers it doubtfully to ‘*‘drannea.” We have another Japanese
individual agreeing with eversmanni (= brunnea). The brown form, therefore, is
not local. The synonymy is as follows :

a. C. tatarinovi f. norm. tatarinori.

Green form.

&. C. tatarinovi f. ab. eversmanni.

Smerinthus eversmanni Eversmann, Bull, Moscou p. 182. t. 1. £. 5 (1854) (Kiachta ; descr. of larva ;—
Mus. St. Petropolis).

Smerinthus tatarinovi, Ménétriés, 1c.

*Smerinthus tatarinovi var. brunnea Staudinger, in Rom., Mém. Lép. vi. p. 238. sub n. 227 (1892)
(Kiachta, v.;—coll. Staudinger); Leech, Z'rans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 279. subn. 40 (1899) (Japan).

Smerinthus tatarinovi var. (ab.) brunnea, Staudinger & Reb., l.c, sub n. 729 (1901) (Kiachta; Japan).

There does not seem to be any difference between Japanese and Continental
tatarinovi. The relationship of this species with C. rubricosa has not been
recognised except by Swinhoe. Bartel, /.c., p. 142, erroneously attributes only one
pair of hindtibial spurs to tatarinov?.

Paronychium with the upper lobe very slender, the lower one broader, but
short and heavily ciliate. The red colour on the underside of the forewing variable
in extent.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite slenderer than in the other species, gradually
narrowed to the obtuse end and curved downwards ; upperside convex, punctured
distally, clothed with short dispersed hairs ; tenth sternite reduced, without lobe ;
ninth tergite with long hair-scales. Clasper (Pl. XXXIV. f. 20): apical half
narrowed to form a rather slender lobe, which varies in breadth, but is always
curved upwards, and on the inner surface rough with small tubercles ; a subdorsal
fold (pd), connected distally with the dorsal edge of the clasper, projects above the
harpe and is beset with numerous setiferous tubercles ; harpe of the same type as
in poecilus and rubricosa, with two distal processes which stand close together, the
upper one somewhat longer than the lower. Penis-sheath (Pl. XXIX. f. 45)
dorsally prolonged into a narrow flap with which the membrane of the duct is
connected ; in the contracted state of the duct the flap, which is dentate, is
concealed in the interior of the sheath.

%. Vaginal plate (Pl. XV. f. 16) characteristic: a long triangular lobe in

¢ s1aP)

front of the vaginal orifice ending in two points; the lobe somewhat variable in
shape individually.

Larva green, granulose; head triangular; seven white side-bands which are
edged with crimson.—Food: Ulmus.

Pupa not described.

Hab. Amurland; Dauria; N. China ; Japan.

In the Tring Museum 16 ¢d,9 22 from: Tokio, June ; Yokohama, July ;
Kawagashi, July ; Wladiwostock ; Amurland ; 'Ta-chiao-tze, China, July.

LXXX. ANAMBULYX gen. nov.—Typus : edwesi.

Ambulyx, Druce (non Walker, 1856), Ent. Mo. Mag. xix. p. 17 (1882).

3%. Differs from Callambulyx, of which it is a development, in the absence of
the retinaculum, the reduction in length of the frenulum, the absence of the proximal
pair of spurs from the hindtibia, and in the shape of the hindwing, which has the
costal margin straight or feebly concave before and in middle, and externally convex
as in Phyllosphingia.

Early stages not known.

Hab. North India.

One species.

267. Anambulyx elwesi.

*Ambulyx elwesi Druce, l.c. (1882) (Darjiling ;—coll. Druce) ; Waterh., Aid Indent. Ins, ii. t. 136.
f. 3 (1883); Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 23. n. 126 (1887) (Sikhim) ; Hamps., in
Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 79, n. 108 (1892) (Sikhim) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i-
p. 677. n. 43 (1892) (Darjiling) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N H. Soc. xi. p. 408. n. 108 (1898)
(“not seen”’),

3%. The pale interantennal bar of rv/ricosa is wanting ; the oblique apical line
of the forewing is also not marked. A heavy-bodied insect with comparatively
short wings, which is easily recognised by the very broad brown-black border of the
rosy red hindwing and the olive-yellow stigma of the forewing.

3. The tenth tergite smooth, rounded at the end, which is turned downwards,
longitudinally grooved ; the ninth tergite (proximal part of the sapra-anal process)
not hairy ; tenth sternite mesially produced into a triangular, apically rounded lobe.
Clasper obliqnely rounded at apex (Pl. XXXIV. f. 22), this apical lobe smaller than
the harpe, which is concave, spoon-shaped, with the apex produced into a pointed
hook, which is directed dorsad ; the dorsal edge of the clasper is widened internad
near the end of the harpe and densely beset with stiff hairs ; the dense tuft of hair-
scales near the apex of the harpe is about twice as long as the clasper is broad
before the end. Penis-sheath dorsally longer than ventrally, being obliquely
truncate, without external armature ; within the sheath there is a membranaceous
flap densely covered with pointed tubercles.

%. Vaginal plate (Pl. XV. f. 14) deeply concave at the sides ; two obtuse
flaps in front of the vaginal orifice, separated from one another by a deep sinus.

Hab. North India: Sikhim and Assam. Rare in collections.

In the. Tring Musenm 2 33,2 ? 2, from the Khasia Hills.

( 313 )

LXXXI. SPHINX.—Typus : ocellata.

Sphinx Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim ; type : ocellata).

Spectrum Scopoli, Intr. Hist. Nat. iii. p. 413 (1777) (partim ; includes type of Sphinz).
Smerinthus Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins. iti, p. 401 (1802) (partim ; includes type of Sphin).
Laothoé Fabricius, in Mlig., Mag. Ent. vi, p. 287 (1807) (partim ; includes type of Sphinw).
Dilina Dalman, Kongl. Vet. Ak, Handl. xxxvii. p, 212 (1816) (partim ; includes type of Sphina).
Paonias Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 142 (1822) (partim ; includes type of Sphinx).

Merinthus (!) Meigen, Handb. Schm. p. 100 (1827) (partim ; correct. of Smerinthus !).
Eusmerinthus Grote, Canad. Ent. ix. p. 132 (1877) (type : jamaicensis).

Calasymbolus Grote (non id., 1877), Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 34 (1886).

Calasymbolus Copismerinthus Grote, 1.c. p. 35 (1886) (type : cerisy?).

Copiosmerinthus (!), Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 712 (1892).

Cypa, Hampson (non Walker, 1856), Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xiii. p. 38 (1900).

Daddia Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p. 386 (1902) (nom. nud.).

Bellia id., l.c. (nom. nud.).

Nicholsonia Tutt, lc. (nom. nud.).

3%. Tongue very weak and short. Palpus small in ?, largerin d. Abdomen
spinose all over dorsally, the spines very weak, dense at and near the apical edges
of the segments; no broad under-scales on the tergites. Retinaculum absent ;
frenulum reduced, the bristle of ¢ short but rather stout, the bristles of ? thin,
hair-I-ke. Pulvillus and paronychium present. Tibiae not spinose ; anterior tibia
with or without apical thorn; one pair of spurs to hindtibia. Hindwing red for the
greater part.

3. Antenna more distinctly dilated laterad than in Amorpha, sometimes sub-
pectinate, or even pectinate. Tenth abdominal tergite rounded at end, or feebly
sinuate (caecus); sternite triangular, simple. Harpe simple, rounded or obtusely
pointed at end, not divided as in Amorpha. Penis-sheath with one or two conical
teeth at end, pointing laterad.

?. Antenna (PI. LX. f. 14—17) with traces of the lateral expansions of 3.
Vaginal plate membranaceous, without a distinct ridge in front of the vaginal cavity,
or the ridge is more or less wrinkled, not strongly chitinised.

Larva granulose, head triangular ; horn tuberculated; green, with white or
yellowish side-bands, often spotted with red.—Food-plants: Populus, Prunus,
Salix, and other trees.

Pupa stout, more or less rugulose and punctured, somewhat glossy, sheath of
antennae rather broad in both sexes. i

Hab. Palaearctic and Nearectic Regions.

Six species.

According to what we have said in the introduction, the type of Sphinx is
ocellata. Synonymous with Sphina are the generic names Laotho’, Dilina, and
Paonias, which have all ocellata for types. The Grotean genus Musmerinthus,
reduced to the rank of a subgenus by its author in 1886, is based upon one Nearctic
species (jamaicensis) which differs in the d-antenna from all the allied forms, and
on some Palaearctic species which are not very nearly related to jamaicensis. There
is some reason to separate jamaicensis from the other species, and we should not
reject Lusmerinthus as a genus if there was a character, apart from colour, by
which the 2 could be distinguished. This jamaicensis is, in the development of the
d-antenna, the highest species, the long pectinations being an exaggeration of the
short side-processes or feeble dilatations found in the other members of the genus
Sphina.

( 314 )

Calasymbolus was originally proposed for astylus, but later on employed by
Butler and also by Grote himself for nearly all the American eyed Hawk Moths.

Grote’s subgenus Copismerinthus has no justification whatever. When the
author learned from Fernald’s Sphingidae of New England that cerisyi had the
foretibia armed at the end with a claw or thorn, he thought this to be something
quite characteristic, not being aware that the European ocel/ata, which he considered
the type of Smerinthus, possessed the same armature. In the same paper Grote
states, as he had done in previous articles, that op/thalmicus from California is, in
America, the only representative of the typical genus Smerinthus. This ophthalmicus
is, however, nothing else but the Pacific form of cerisy?, differing very slightly from
the eastern specimens of this species, and having the thorn at the end of the fore-
tibia just like eastern cerisy?. Sph. ocellata and cerisyi are closely related, and
can by no means be separated generically unless one proposes a genus for each
species. Grote holds now the same opinion.* Tutt, /.c., goes even farther than
did Grote : he considers the local forms of cerésyi to represent two genera ! !

The thorn or claw at the end of the foretibia is here not a character of generic
value. This is best proved by ocellata and planus, which are very near each other
in eyery respect ; the former, however, possessing the claw, the latter being without
lepidopterists.

The abdominal segments are said by Fernald, /.c., to be unarmed. Grote and
Smith have repeated this erroneous statement.

Key to the species :

a. Foretibia with an apical thorn (claw). : gti
Foretibia without an apical thorn (claw) . F aids
4. Hindwing with a large black anal patch
which is round and includes a pale
blue ring or some pale blue spots : 3 te
Hindwing before anal angle with two
resp. three black bars separated and
bordered by grey or buff bars. . 268. Sph. hindermanni.
c. The space encircled by the blue ring of the
eye-patch more or less shaded with
bluish grey : 270. Sph. ocellata.
The space black, the ring often edeamilerel
sometimes Gemeente by separate
spots . ; 272. Sph. cerisyi.
d. The blue ring of the ey een Soeplete
large, the space encircled by it more
or less shaded with pale blue. . 271. Sph. planus.
The blue ring incomplete or represented

by separate spots c k : : ; ome:
e. Brown antemedian band of forewing
strongly angulate in middle : . 273. Sph. jamuicensis.
Brown antemedian band of a ate
slightly curved . 3 ; 269. Sph. caecus.

The two American species and the Asiatic caecus have a high subapical ridge
on the inner surface of the clasper, while the other three (Palaearctic) species have
the ridge merely indicated by a slight fold.

* Ent. Record vii. p. 56 (1895),

(315 )

268. Sphinx kindermanni.

*Smerinthus Ikindermanni Lederer, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien. i. p. 22 (1852) (Argana Maden,
Kurdistan ;—Mus. Tring) ; Ersch., Medtsch.’s Reise Lep. p. 26. n. 81. t. 2. f.19 (2) (1874)
(Turkestan).

Calasymbolus kindermanni, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 592. n, 5 (1877) (Pontus).

Eusmerinthus kindermanni, Grote, Canad. Int. ix. p. 132 (1877) ; id., Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. iti.
p. 223 (1877).

Cypa kindermanni, Hampson, Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xiii. p. 38. n. 96 (1900) (Kandahar ;
Chitral).

3. Anterior tibia ending in a thorn, which is mostly covered with scales.
Antenna or 3 subpectinate, the lateral projections about half as long as the
segments are broad dorsally. Pulvillus reduced, decidedly smaller than in ocedlata
and caecus, varying in size, largest in the most western form.

3. Tenth tergite apically broader than in ocellata, obtuse ; the sternite longer.
Dorsal edge of clasper internally with the trace of a stronger chitinised longitudinal
ridge before the end; harpe (Pl. XXXIV. f. 26) as in ocellata with a single,
somewhat spoon-shaped, apical process, ventral margin shallowly sinuate, upper
edge continued dorso-basad, ending in a rather high crest, which is situated below
a longitudinal subdorsal fold clothed with long dispersed bristles. Penis-sheath
with a conical tooth at the end, membrane of duct with a patch of pale spines.

?. Vaginal plate resembling that of ocel/ata, proximally still less chitinised ;
the ridge before the cavity with a broader mesial sinus.

Larva known only from Kandahar, Afghanistan; similar to ocedlata (see
Sph. hind. obsoleta).

Hab. Taurus, Cilicia, eastwards to the Altai region, Hast Turkestan,
Afghanistan, Chitral.

Three subspecies, which are connected by intergradations.

a. Sph. kindermanni hindermanni.

*Smerinthus kindermanni Lederer, lc. (1852) (Kurdistan) ; Staud., Cat. Lep. Eur. p. 17. n. 26
(1861) ; id., Zc. ed. ii. p. 37. n. 484 (1871) (Pont. m.) ; Ersch., 7.c. (1874) (partim) ; Stand., Hor.
Soc. Ent. Ross. xiv. p, 300 (1878) (Taurus); Rom., Wém. Lep. i. p. 72 (1884) (Lenkoran ;
Grand Ararat ; Helenendorf) ; Gr.-Grschim., in Rom., Wém. Lép. iv. p. 512. n. 207 (1890) ;
Teich, Stett. Ent. Zeit. lvii. p. 30 (1896) (Ararat ; larva on Salix); Holtz, Illustr. Zeitsehr. Ent.
ii. p. 63 (1897) (Taurus, Asia min.) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 168 (1900) (partim) ;
Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 100. n. 728 (1901) (partim).

Calasymbolus kindermanni, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 592. n. 5 (1877) (Pontus).

3. The western form. The dark markings of the forewing reddish-brown.
Pulvillus larger than in the two other subspecies, black ; the ridge formed by the
upper edge of the harpe beneath the longitudinal fold of the clasper rough with teeth
or tubercles.

Hab. Asia Minor eastward to the Caucasus.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd from: Helenendorf ; “ Transkank., type’
Felder.

In the Leech collection 2 dd without locality.

’

ex coll.

b. Sph. hindermanni orbata.

Smerinthus lkindermanni, Erschoff, l.c, (1874) (partim) ; Criiger, Stett. Ent. Zeit, xxxv. p. 393 (1875);
Obrist., in Rom., Mém. Lép. v. p. 11. n. 38 (1889) (Askhabad, one 9, very pale); Bartel, in
Rithl, Grossschm. ii, p. 168 (1900) (partim) ; Staud. & Reb., Lc. (1901) (partim).

( 316 )
*Smerinthus Iindermanni var. orbata Groum-Grschim., /.c. iv. p. 512.0. 207 (1890) (Ferghana ;—Mus,

Tring) ; Bartel, /.c. p. 169 (1900) (Turkestan).

Eusmerinthus kindermanni, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. p. 712. n. 1 (1892) (Turkestan).
Eusmerinthus kindermanni var. orbata, id., l.e. p. 712, sub n. 1 (1892).

3%. Paler than the preceding, the dark bands of the forewing less tawny.
Pulvillus small and pale. The ridge formed basally by the upper edge of the
clasper smooth. This is the form generally found in collections as Aindermanni, and
distributed as such by the German dealers. It varies in colour to a certain
extent, some specimens coming near the preceding, others near the following.

Hab. Transcaspia, Turkestan, North Afghanistan.

In the Tring Museum 10 33,8 2% from: Margelan; Ruschke, Afghanistan;
Sefir-Kuh.

ce. Sph. kindermanni obsoleta.

Eusmerinthus kindermanni, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 413. n. 26. t. 39. £. 11 (p.). 12 (1.) (1880)
(Kandahar) ; Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 346, n. 3 (1885) (Kandahar, vi.-viii.).

Smerinthus kindermanni, Cotes & Swinhoe, Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 27. n. 151 (1887) (Kandahar).

Cypa kindermanni, Hampson, Journ. Bombay N. 1. Soc. xiii. p. 38. n. 96 (1900) (Kandahar ; Chitral).

*Smerinthus kindermanni var. obsoleta Staudinger, in Staud. & Reb., Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p. 100. sub
n. 728 (1901) (Korla ;—coll. Staudinger).

d. Similar to the palest specimens of orbata. The discal lines of the forewing
a little less distinct, the pale antemedian and discal bands more whitish; the anal
patch of the hindwing less sharply marked, and the underside paler in tint, with
some of the lines less distinct than in ordata. We have not observed any difference
in structure from orbata.

Larva described by Roberts (see Butler, Zc.) as having yellow side-hands,
white granules, a blue, green-tipped, curved horn.—Food: Salix, vi.

Hab. Eastern Turkestan ; Chitral ; Kandahar.

In the Tring Museum 2 6 from Maral-bashi, east of Kashgar, May.

In the British Museum from Kandahar and Chitral.

269. Sphinx caecus.

Smerinthus caecus Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anint: Petr., Lep. ti. p. 135. n. 1560. t. 13. £. 2 (1857)
(Dauria? ; Amur ;—Mus. St. Petropolis); id., Mél. Biol. Ac. St. Pétersb. i. p. 48. n. 109
(Separ.) (1859) (Amur) ; Graes., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxii. p. 105. n. 190 (1888) (J. on Salix) ;
Staud., in Rom., Mém. Lép. vi. p. 236. n. 225 (1892) (Amurland; Askold ; i. ©. vi., 7. viii.) ;
Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 166 (1900) (‘Transbaikal.; East Siber.; Amur; Dauria;
N. China ; Askold) ; Stand. & Reb., Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p. 100. n. 727 (1901) (Amur; Ussuri;
? Daur.).

Smerinthus ? caecus, Staudinger, Cat. Lep. Eur. ed. ii. p. 37. n. 485 (1871) (var. of hinderm. ?),

Smerinthus coecus (1), Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 40. n, 30 (1875).

Calasymbolus caecus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 592. n. 4 (1877) (Amur).

Eusmerinthus coecus (!), Grote, Canad. Ent. ix. p. 132 (1877) ; id., Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. iii.
p. 223 (1877).

Eusmerinthus caecus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 712. n. 2 (1892) (Dauria ; Amur).

¢%. Anterior tibia without a thorn at end. Antenna of ¢ subpectinate as in
hindermanni. Pulvillus well developed.

d. Tenth tergite nearly as in cerisyi, but sinuate at apex ; sternite as slender
as in cerisy?. Clasper a little narrower than in cerisyi, with a dorso-apical rounded
ridge placed obliquely as in cer. cerisyi ; harpe ventrally emarginate before end,
apex and upper edge of the harpe densely beset with short spines. Penis-sheath

( 317 )

(Pl. XXIX. f. 47, drawn from the opposite side as figs. 42—44 to show tooth and
patches of spines) armed with a sharp subapical tooth which points somewhat
proximad ; besides this tooth there are two patches of short acute spines, one on
the sheath, the other on the membrane of the duct ; penis-funnel (v-F) carinate
ventrally as in cer’sy7, with the sides sinuate.

?. Vaginal plate short, orifice very large, its proximal edge slightly elevate
and incrassate, sinuate ; no special armature.

Larva similar to that of ocedlata, not described—Food-plant : Salix.

Hab. Transbaikalia to Askold and N. China.

In the Tring Museum 7 dd,7 2 ? from the Amur Region.

270. Sphinx ocellata.
Sphine ocellata Linneé, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489. n. 1 (1758).
Sphinx semipavo Retzius, Gen. Ins. p. 35. n. 33 (1783).
Sphinx salicis Hiibner, Samml. Eur. Schm., Sphing. t. 15. £. 73 (1805—).

36 ¢. Anterior tibia ending in a thorn.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite triangular (Pl. XXII. f. 14), extreme end curved
downwards, obtusely rounded, not pointed ; sternite with a triangular lobe, which is
feebly curved upwards, with the underside convex and the sides dilated in basal
third, apex blunt. Clasper irregularly sole-shaped, broadly rounded at end ; harpe
(Pl. XXXIV. f. 25) longitudinal, elongate, simple, the edges slightly elevate, the
surface more or less concave, apex narrowed, the upper edge shallowly emarginate.
Penis-sheath (P]. X XIX. f. 41) armed at end with a heavy conical tooth projecting
laterad ; the membrane of the duct bears a patch of curved spines, which are often
concealed.

?. Vaginal plate not strongly chitinised, much wrinkled, but fairly constant ;
the orifice preceded by a transverse ridge, forming the lower or anterior lip of the
cavity, this ridge mesially indented.

The harpe of the hybrids ocedlata x populi is often sinuate ventrally before the
apex ; this sinus corresponds to the deep apical sinus of populi, dividing the harpe
of this species into two lobes ; the narrowed apical portion of the ocedlata-harpe is,
therefore, homologous to the upper lobe of the harpe of populi.

Larva somewhat variable, occasionally with red side patches; bluish green,
granules white ; seven white or yellowish side-bands, horn blue at base, or entirely
grey-blue.—Food-plants : Salix, Populus, Pirus, Prunus, rarely other trees.

Pupa somewhat glossy, rugose, not distinctly granulated; cremaster broad
basally, rough ; laterally with pointed tubercles.

One brood, seldom two.

Hab. Palaearctic Region as far east as Western Siberia and Asia Minor ; uot
found in Greece.

Two subspecies :

a. Sph. ocellata ocellata.

Hoefn., Archet. ii. t. 5 (1592) ; id., Div. Ins. t. 10 (1630) ; Moufet, Theatr. Ins. p. 91. f. 3 (1634) ;
Merian, Hur. Ins. ii. t. 87 (1683) ; Rajus, /7ist. Jus. p. 148. n. 2. p. 149. n. 3 (1710) ; Albin,
Nat. Hist. Engl. Ins. t. 8 (1720) ; Roes., ns. Belust. i. cl. 1. Pap. Noct. p. 1. t. 1. £. 3. 4 (1746) ;
Wilke, Lngl. Moths. cl. 1, 8. 8. p. 10. t. 5 (1747) ; Uddm., Diss. p. 58. taf. (1753) ; Hemmerich,
Coll. Cur. Ins. t. 7. £. b (175-) ; Geoffr., Hist. Ins. ii, p. 79. n. 1 (1762); Goed., Metam. 1.
p. 65. t, 24. & iii, p. 25, t. 0 (1662-69) ; Gronov., Zoophyl. p. 201. n. 816 (1764) ; Seba, Thesaur.
iy, t. 59, f. 4, 5. 6 (1765) ; Schaeff., Zeon, t. 99. £. 5. 6 (1766) ; Harris, Aurelian t, 5. fig. g. b. i.

( 318 )

(1766) ; Admir., /ns. t. 1 (1774) ; Ebert, Naturl. iii. p. 91, t. 36. f. 1, 2. 3 (1778); Ernst &
Engram., /ns. Eur. iii, p. 114. t. 119. f. 164 d—g (1782).

Sphinx ocellata Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489. n. 1 (1758) ; id. Mauna Suec. ed. ii. p. 286. n. 1083
(1761) ; Sulz., Keunz. p. 36. t. 15. f. 89 (1761) ; Poda, Mus. Graec. p, 80. n. 2 (1761) ; Sepp,
Nederl. Ins. i. 3. p. 11. t. 2. £. 6.7 (1762); Seop., Ent, Carn. p. 182. n. 465 (1763); Linné,
Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 341 (1764) ; Miill., Fauna Frid. p. 37. n. 341 (1764); Hufn., Berl. Mag.
ii. p. 178. n. 4 (1766) ; Linné, Syst. Nut. ed. xii, p. 796. n. 1 (1767); Houtt., Natl. Hist. i.
11, p. 397. n, 1 (1767); Beckm., Epit. p. 160. n. 1 (1772); Goeze, Bonn. Abh. p. 95. n. 10
(1773) ; Mart., Allg. Gesch. Nat. i, p. 77 (1774); Miill., Naturs. v. 1. p. 635. v0, 1 (1774);
Fuessl., Verz. Schweiz. Ins. p. 32. n. 611 (1775); Mein., Natw;f. iv. p. 113 (1775); Harris,
Engl. Lep. p. 30. n. 202 (1775); Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 536, n. 1 (1775) (partim) ; Schiff, &
Denis, Wien Verz. p. 41. n. 1 (1776); Schrét., Abk. Geg. Nat. i. p. 180 (1776) ; Mill, Zool.
Dan. p. 116, n, 1334 (1776); Mader, ed. Kleem., Raupenkal. p. 70. n. 197, p, 115. n, 322
(1777) ; Fuessl., Mag. Ent. i. p. 262 (1778) ; Leske, Anfangsgr. Nat. i. p. 457, n. 1 (1779) ;
Esp., Hur. Schm. ii. p 27. t. 1 (1779) ; Blum., Handb. Nat. p. 364, n, 1 (1779) ; Goeze, Ent.
Beytr. iii. 2. p. 135. n. 1 (1780) ; Fabr., Spec, Ins. ii, p, 139. n, 1. (1781) (partim) ; Fuessl.,
N. Mag. Ent. ii, p. 69 (1781) ; Lang, Verz. Augsb. p. 64, n. 533-5 (1782); Foure., Ent. Paris,
ii, p. 251, n, 1 (1785) ; Fuessl., /.c. ili. p. 148 (1786); Fabr., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 92. n. 1 (1787)
(partim) ; Borkh., Schmett. Hur. ii. p, 104, n, 1 (1789) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5 p. 2371, n. 1
(1790) (partim) ; Rossi, Mauna Ltr. ii. p. 159. n. 1046 (1790) ; View., Tabell. Verz. Brandenb.
p- 3. n, 1 (1790) ; Schwarz, Raupenkal. pp. 52. 194. 350. 493. 629 (1791) ; Brahm, Jnsectenkuld.
ii. 1, p. 480. n, 301 (1791); Petag., Just. Ent. ii, p. 495. n. 1, t. 8. f. 1 (1792); Borkb., Rhein.
Mag. i. p. 325. v. 149 (1793); Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii, 1. p. 355. n, 1 (1793) (partim) ; Prunn.,
Lep. Ped. p. 79. n, 164 (1798) ; Cederb,, Fauna Ingr. p. 218. n. 651. t. 2. f. a (1798) ; Donoy.,
Brit, Ins. p. 47. t. 269 (1799) ; Schrank, Fuuna Boica ii, 1. p. 221. a. 1380 (1801) ; Walk.,
Faune Paris Ins. ii. p. 277 (1802) ; Thunb., Mus, Nat. Ups. xxiii. p. 10 (1804) ; Turt., Syst.
Nat. iii, 2. p. 168 (1806) ; Shaw, Gen. Zool. vi. 1. p. 216. t, 72 (1806) ; Ochsenh., Schm. Eur.
ii. p. 249. n, 2 (1808) ; Nagel, Hiilfsb, Schm. p. 144 (1818) ; Latr., in Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat.
xxxi, p, 352 (1819); God., Lep. France iii, p. 68, n, 17. t. 20. f, 2 (1821) ; Rockstr., Anweis.
Schm, p. 189. t. 7. f. 3. 4. 5 (1833); Beske, in Silberm., Rev. d’Ent. ii. p. 177 (1834)
(Hamburg) ; Friv., ‘bid, ii. p. 181 (1834) (Hungary).

Sphynx (!) ocellata, Gleditsch, Forstwissensch, ii, p. 41. n. 12 (1775) ; Vogel, Schm.-Cab. i. p, 27, t. 7.
f£. 7 (1821) ; id., Uc. x. p. 10. t: 5. £. 2 (7.) (1829).

Sphinx semipavo Retzius, Gen. Ins. p. 35. 0, 33 (1783).

Sphine salicis Hiibner, Summl. Eur. Schm., Sphing. t. 15. £. 73 (1805—) ; id., Gesch. Eur, Schm.
ii. Sphing. iii. Leg. b. a, f. 2a. b (1806-48).

Smerinthns ocellata, Latreille, Hist, Nat. Crust. Ins. iii. p. 401 (1802) ; id., lc. xiv. p. 135, n. 2 (1805);
id., Gen. Ins. Crust. iv. p. 209 (1809) ; Sam., Ent. Comp. p. 243 (1819); Boisd., nd. Meth.
p. 34 (1829) ; Lucas, Lép. Eur. p. 147. t. 49. f. 2 (1834) ; Treits., in Ochs., Schm. Eur, x.
p. 263 (1834); Latr., in Cuv., Régn. Anim., Ins. t. 147. f. 1 (1836); Thon, Naturg. Schm.
p. 109. t. 55. f. 750. 751. 752 (1837); Blanch., Hist. Nat. Zns. iii. p. 480 (1840) ; Ramb., Faune
Andal, p. 329 (1842) (Malaga) ; Korn., Schm. Schles, i. p. 19. n. 43 (1842) ; Eversm., Fauna
Volgo-Ural. p. 114 (1844) (v. vi.) ; Herr.-Scheeff., Hur. Schmett, ii. 1. p. 91, n. 33 (1847) ; Lue.,
Lép. Eur. p. 118. t. 49 (1848); Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 240, n. 1 (1856); Assm.,
Zeitschr. Ent. Bresl. i, p. 5 (1857) ; Ménétr., Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr, Lep. p. 94. 0, 1559
(1863) (Livonia ; Petrop.) ; Doum., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 8 (1860) (teratol.) ; Siev.,
Bull, Mosecu p. 140 (1862) (St, Pétersb.); Mann, Wien, Ent. Monatschr, vi, p. 66 (1862)
(Brussa) ; Wall., Shand. Het. Fijtér. p. 17, pv. 3 (1863); Ball., Bull. Moscow p. 364 (1864)
(Gorki) ; Maur., Tijdschr, Ent. ix. p. 174 (1866) (Limburg) ; Snell,, Vlind. Nederld, p, 101.
n, 1 (1867); Tengstr., Act. Soc. F. F. Fenn, x. p. 6. n. 97 (1869) ; Heyl., Tijdschr, Ent, xiii.
p. 146. n. 76 (1870) (Breda); Brutt., Progr. Gymn. Dorpat p. 24. n. 11 (1872) (v.-vii.); Siebke,
Enum. Ins, Norv, iii, p, 25, 0, 2 (1874) ; Butl., rans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix, p. 592. n. 1 (1877) ;
Staud., Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross, xiv. p. 300 (1878) (Asia min.) ; Kill., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub.
xxiii, p. 45 (1880); Weil., Progr. Oberrealsch. Innsbr. p. 15 (1880); Albr., Bull. Moscow
p. 379 (1882) (Moscow) ; Auriy., Kongl. Vet. Ac. Handl. xix, 5, p. 126, n. 159 (1882) (recens.
Lep. Mus, Lud. Ulr.) ; Weism., ed, Meld., Stud. Theor. Dese, i. p. 240 t. 7, f. 70 (1882) (larva);
Poult., Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. p. 290 (1885) (postembr, devel.) ; id., /.c. p. 137 (1886) ; Lampa,
Ent, Tidskr. vi. p. 27. n, 120 (1885) ; Kroul,, Bull. Soc, Oural. xi. p. 214. n, 90 (1885) (Sarapoul,
v.); Haar, Tijdschr. Ent, xxix. p. 30 (1886) (Alblasserward) ; Amel., Berl. Ent. Zeitschi. xxxi,
p. 262 (1887) (Dessan) ; Mina-Pal. & Failla-Ted., Nat. Sic. vii. p. 42 (1889) (if oce, in Sicily ?) ;

( 319 )

Hofm., Raup. Grossschm. p. 30. t. 8. £. 6 (1893) ; id., Grossschm, Eur. p. 31. n. 3. t. 18. f. 5
(1894) ; Kill. & Cafl., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub, xxxviii. App. p. 20 (1895); Vos, Tijdschr, Ent.
xli. p. 80 (1898) (Apeldoorn) ; Bart., in Riihl, Grosssch, ii, p. 171 (1900) (Europe, Asia min.,
Transc. ; West. Siber.) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 99. n. 726 (1901) (partim) ; Tutt,
Brit. Lep. iii, p. 424 (1902).

Laothoé ocellata, Fabricius, in Ilig., Wag. Ent. vi. p. 288. n. 42 (1807).

Pacnias salicis Hiibner, Verz. bek Schm. p. 142. n. 1519 (1822).

Smerinthus ocellatus (!), Stephens, I/lustr. Brit, Ent., Haust. i, p. 112 (1828) ; id., Cat. Brit. Ins.
ii. p. 30 (1829) ; Westw. & Humphr., Brit. Woths i. p. 7. t. 1. f. 1. 2. 3 (1848) ; Boisd., Chen.
Bur., Sphing. t. 7. £. 2. 3, 4 (1852-48) ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 31. n. 20 (1875); Kirby,
Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 711. n. 1 (1892) (Europe; N. & W. Asia) ; Barrett, Lep. Brit. Isl. ii. p. 3.
n. 1. t. 41. f. 1. a.—d, (1895) (Engl.. S. Scotl., Ireld.).

Merinthus (!) ocellatus (!), Meigen, Handb. Schm, p. 102. n, 20 (1827) ; id., Syst, Beschr. Eur. Schm.
ii. p. 148. n, 1 (1830).

Smerynthus (!) ocellata, Cantener, in Silberm., Rev. d’ Ent. i. p. 77 (1833) (Dép. du Var, iv. vii.
=salicis).

Dilina ocellata, Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp. p. 917 (1840).

*Smerinthus ocellata var. cinerascens Staudinger, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xl. p. 316 (1879) (Naryn ;—coll.
Staudinger) ; id. in Rom., J/ém. Lép. vi, p. 237. sub n, 226 (1892); Bartel, /.c. 176 (1900) ;
Staud. & Reb., /.c. p. 99. sub n. 726 (1901) (Naryn).

Smerinthus salius (!), Hofmann, Raup. Grossschm. p. 30 (1893) (sub syn.).

Smerinthus ocellata ab. rosea Bartel, l.c. p. 176 (1900).

Smerinthus ocellatus x populi, Westwood, Brit. Moths p. 7 t. 1. f. 10 (1843) ; Barrett, Lep. Brit, Isl.
t. 41. f. 2 (1895); Hause, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 193 (1843) ; Westw., ibid. p. 195. t. 2.
f. 1 (1843).

Smerinthus ocellata x populi, Bellier, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 5 (1863).

Smerinthus ocellata hibr. hybridus Stephens, List Brit. Anim. Brit. Mus. v. p. 26 (1850) ; Staud.,
Cat. Lep. Eur. p. 16, sub n. 27 (1861) ; id., l.c. ed, ii, p. 37. sub n. 487 (1871); Bartel, in Riihl,
Grossschm. ii. p, 176 (1900).

Smerinthus ocellata, Wiskott, Festschr. Ver. Schles. Ins. (Sep.) p. 19. n. 68, t. 3. £. 5 (1897)
(gynandr.) ; Schultz, Just. Zeitschr. Ent. ii, p. 393 (1897) (gynandr.) ; Bartel, l.c. p. 174 (1900).

Smerinthus ocellata x populi, Briggs, Entom. p. 217 (1881) ; Wisk., /.c. p. 19. n. 69. t. 3. f. 8 (1897);
(gynandr.) ; Schultz, /.c. p, 395 (1897) ; Bartel, /.c. p. 177 (1900).

Smerinthus ocellata hybr. hybridus, Staudinger & Rebel, Cat. Lep. ed. iii, p. 99. sub. n. 726 (1901) ;
Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p. 392 (1902).

Smerinthus tiliae x ocellata = leoniae Standfuss, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 86 (1901).

Smerinthus ocellata ab. pallida Tutt, lc. p. 427 (1902).

The individuals from the Ural and South Russia which we have examined do
not seem to us to be different from the examples of Central and Western Europe.
Dr. Staudinger, /.c., described as cénerascens a South Russian individual which he
considered to represent a desert form. This individual is certainly different from
all others we have seen, but we do not believe that it is anything else but an
abnormal specimen ; anyhow, a single example from a particular place is certainly
not sufficient to base a geographical race upon if the individuals from the
surrounding countries are of the ordinary type.

The ¢ of ocellata copulates in confinement comparatively easily with the 2 of
Amorpha populi. The offspring of such a union stand in structure, shape, and
colour, intermediate between the parent species. The thorn at the end of the
foretibia is short, mostly concealed under the scaling, the penis-sheath resembles
that of populi, the teeth of the duct are either partly or all replaced by fine
bristles ; the harpe agrees better with that of ocedlata, being, however, longer and
slenderer.

Authentic offspring of the reverse union are now also known, Standfuss’s
experiments having at last been successful in so far as he reared two ? ? of this
hybrid. The statement appearing in various bouks that the hybrid populi x ocellata
is identical with popwli has, as a matter of course, no foundation, The specimens

( 320 )

formerly sold by Staudinger as being this hybrid, if they really did not differ from
populi as stated by Standfuss and Standinger, were doubtless true populi. The
collector from whom Staudinger received these “ hybrids ” may have been taken in.
The name énversa of Tutt, l.c., refers to these specimens, not to the true hybrid
populi x ocellata.

The 2 populi x ocellata kindly lent to us by Standfuss agrees much better
with populi than with ocellata. The eye-spot of ocellata is represented by a
blackish shade.* The thorn at the end of the foretibia of oced/ata is here vestigial.
The frenulum is reduced but distinct. The most remarkable feature of the specimen is
the antennae, which have rather long seriated ciliae, which is not the case in the
?2 of either parent-species. Does this mean reversion to a former state of
development ? One of our two 2 ? ocellata x populi has similar antennae.

The hybrid Mimas tiliae x Sphinx ocellata is a very interesting product
obtained by Professor Standfuss in some numbers. We have seven dd of this
hybrid. They come in appearance nearer the d-parent than the $-parent, but only
in appearance. In structure they are decidedly nearer ocedlata. As the structure
does not seem to have been closely compared, we give the following results of our
investigation:

1. In ocellata the foretibia ends in a prominent thorn, which is absent from

tiliae ; the hybrid possesses the thorn, though somewhat stunted.

2. The tibiae are not spinose in ocedlata and densely spinose in ¢/iae; there
are no spines in the hybrid.

3. The proximal pair of hindtibial spurs is absent from ocedlata, and present
in ¢éléae ; these spurs, in the hybrid, are absent, or are represented by two
small tubercles, or are distinct but shorter than in ¢iléae. The apical
spurs, which are much shorter in oced/ata than in ¢iliae, are intermediate
in the hybrid, both being sometimes of the same length.

4. The retinaculum and frenulum are normal in ¢i/éae, and vestigial respect-
ively absent from ocellata. The hybrid agrees with ocellata in the
absence of a retinaculum, but has a long, thin, weak frenulum.

5. Sexual armature (only one specimen dissected): the tenth tergite of the
hybrid stands intermediate between those of ocel/ata and tiliae ; the harpe
is almost like that of ocedlata, differing essentially from that of é¢/’ae ; the
penis-sheath has no armature, differing from that of either parent-species.

Hab. Europe as far west and north as Ireland, Scotland, Lapland ; southward
to Andalusia and Sicily ; eastward to the Ural, Transcaucasia, and Asia Minor, Not
found in Greece.

In the Tring Museum a series of larvae and pupae and 40-odd specimens,
besides 16 dd and 2 3 ? ocellata x populi, and 1 ? populi x ocellata.

b. Sph. ocellata atlanticus.

Smerinthus ocellata var., Lucas, Bull. Soc, Ent. France p. 92 (1856) (Algérie).

Smerinthus ocellatus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 31, n. 20 (1875) (partim ; Algérie).

Smerinthus ocellata, Oberthiir, Lt. d’ Ent. vi. p. 65 (1881) (Oran).

*Smerinthus atlanticus Austaut, Le Natural. xii. p. 190 (1890) (Oudja) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.
p. 711. n. 2 (1892) (Morocco) ; Aust., lic. xv. p. 72 (1893) (larva); Rothscb., Nov. Zoou. i.
p- 98 (1894) (not distinct); Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 178 (1900) (Algier, iv. ; Nord
Morocco).

*Smerinthus atlanticus var. aestivalis Austaut, l.c. xii. p. 191 (1890) ; Bartel, /.c. p. 180 (1900).

* This shade is very conspicuous in the second ¢, which is now in the Tring Museum,

( 321 )

Smerinthus ocellata var. atlanticus, Staudinger & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 99. sub n, 726 (1901)
(Maur. or.).

*Smerinthus austauti x atlanticus = hibr. metis Austaut, l.c. xv p. 230 (1893); Bartel, lc. p. 181
(1900).

*Smerinthus austauti x atlanticus = hibr. metis ab deleta Austaut, /.c. p. 231 (1893); Bartel, l.c. p. 183
(1900).

Smerinthus atlantica x populi = bybr. fringsi Standfuss, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 87 (1901).

Smerinthus atlantica x austauti = hybr, oberthucri Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p. 393 (1902).

3?. A large North African form, corresponding to the equally enlarged
edition of populi of the same countries. The harpe is longer and distally narrower
than in ocel/. ocellata, the conical tooth of the penis-sheath heavier, more strongly
curved, almost elbowed.

The specimen named qaestival/’s by Austaut is in the Tring Museum; the
difference between it and ordinary specimens of aflanticus is very slight. The
series of hybrids austauti x atlanticus in the Tring Museum (11 specimens) exhibits
considerable variation ; in some the russet-tawny colonr of the hindwing has nearly
disappeared ; the grey centre of the black patch of the hindwing is often transverse,
of irregular shape, rarely circular ; the antemedian line bordering the dark discal
area of the forewing is often angulate behind the base of M?’.

Larva aud pupa similar to those of ocell. ocellata, but the head of the former
dark green, the horn uniformly grey-blue.

fab. North Africa : Algiers and North Morocco.

In the Tring Museum 3 dd, 5 $ $ (including Austaut’s types of atlanticus and
aestivalis) from Meridje , 8. Algiers; 8 d¢,3 29? austauti x atlanticus; 23
atlanticus x populi.

271. Sphinx planus.

*Smerinthus planus Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 254. n. 18 (1856) (N. China ;—Muzs. Brit.) ;
Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. p. 33. n, 22 (1875); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 593. n. 3.
t. 92. f. 11 (1877) (N. China ; Shanghai; larva shortly descr.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 711.
n. 4 (1892) (China; Japan ; = argus) ; Bartel, in Riibl, Grossschm. ii. p. 169 (1900) (East
Siberia ; Amur; Korea; China; Japan).

Smerinthus argus Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr. ii. p. 136. n. 1561. t. 13. f. 3 (1857)
(Amur ;—Mus. St. Petropolis) ; ii., Wél. Biol. Ac. St. Pétersh. i. p. 48. n. 110 (1859) (Amur) ;
Staud., Cat. Lep. Eur. ed. ii, p. 37. n. 486 (1871) (Amur) ; Boisd., .c. p. 32. n. 21 (1875) (var.
of ocell. ?) ; Butl., lc. n. 4 (1877); Oberth., Et. d’Ent. v. p. 26. n. 65 (1880) (Askold, vii.) ;
id., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 56 (1886) (Manchuria, viii., l. on Salix) ; Graes., Berl, Ent.
Zeitschy. xxxii. p. 106. n. 191 (1888) (7. on Populus, rarely Salix) ; Fixs., in Rom., Mém. Lép.
iii. p. 322. n. 99 (1889) (Corea, vi.).

Smerinthus argus (ocellata var. ?), Staudinger, in Rom., Wém. Lép. vi. p. 236. n. 225 (1892) (Amur-
land ; China ; Japan; = ovellata var ?).

Smerinthus ocellatus, Leech (non Linné, 1758), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 587. n. 26 (1888) (Yokohama;
Gensan ; Kiukiang) ; id., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 119. n. 91 (1889) (= argus ; Kiukiang) ;
id., Lc. p. 278. n. 39 (1899) (Yokohama; Gensan ; Kiukiang ; Chang-Yang).

Smerinthus ocellata var. planus, Staudinger & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iti. p..100, sub n. 726 (1901) ; Tutt,
Brit, Lep, iii. p. 428 (1902).

In opposition to Leech, who pronounced planus to be identical with ocedlata,
Staudinger maintained that there were some differences between the two in colour
and pattern which justified the separation of planus from ocellata, if not as a species,
at least as a “ good” geographical race. The distinguishing characters pointed out
by Staudinger in 1892 were subsequeatly said by Leech to be quite unreliable.
Writers on Palaearctic Lepidoptera mention planus generally as doubttully distinct,
or as a slightly different form of ocel/ata, Jt is yery curious that not one of the

y

( 322 )

authors who expressed an opinion on these insects has noticed that the well-known
thorn at the end of the foretibia of ocedlata is absent from planus! Besides this
very obvious difference, which some authors might be inclined to treat as of generic
value, we mention that the antenna of the ¢ is decidedly longer and thicker than in
specimens of ocellata of the same size. The genital armature of the ¢ is similar
to that of ocedlata, but the tenth tergite is longer, the sternite broader, the harpe
narrower, aud the conical tooth of the penis-sheath stouter and longer, often bearing
one or more small teeth. The vaginal plate also agrees with that of ocedlata ; the
transverse ridge in front of the orifice, however, is not incised mesially. These
genital differences are not very conspicuous, but they become more important if we
consider that there is as close an affinity also between the genital armature of
ocellata and kindermanni, which insects nobody will venture to treat as specifically
identical. Ocellata and planus have originated from the same form, but they have
become so different that they could donbtless exist together in the same place
without losing their independence, or, in other words, without fusing into one
species.

Larva pale green, with white or yellowish side-bands.—Food-plants : Populus,
Salix.

Hab, Kastern Siberia to Central China and Japan.

In the Tring Museum 2 pupae, 12 dd, 8 2? from: Yokohama, July, August ;
Amurland ; China.

272. Sphinx cerisyi.
Smerinthus cerisyi Kirby, in Richards., Fauna Bor.-Amer, iv. p. 301. n, 1. t. 4. f. 4 (1827).

3%. Anterior tibia produced into a thorn at the end. Pulvillus large. Antenna
of ¢ rather larger than in ocel/ata, subpectinate, the segments being dorso-laterally
more obviously dilated, the ventral outline of the segments (in side-view) less
straight than in oced/ata, the apical ciliae rather longer ; the median segments of
the ?-antenna a little longer than broad. The eye-spot has three blue markings,
the first often obsolete, the second and third mostly forming a ring.

3d. Tenth tergite (P]. XXII. f. 15) rounded at end, broad, slightly bent
downwards, concave beneath, the side-edges somewhat undulate ; sternite with a
triangular lobe, individually variable, slender as a rule. Clasper narrower than in
hindermanni, with a prominent dorsal subapical ridge (which is rudimentary in
hindermanni), this process projecting mesiad (Pl. XXXIV. f. 27), different in some
of the subspecies ; harpe irregularly triangular, more or less pointed ; below the
concave incrassate dorsal edge of the clasper there is a prominent longitudinal
fold. Penis-sheath with an apical tooth, conical, projecting laterad (Pl. XXIX.
f. 42) ; duct with a patch of spines as in ocedlata.

?. Vaginal plate small, membranous, anterior edge of the vaginal orifice not
stronger chitinised than the sides, not forming a ridge, the orifice covered by the
seventh sternite, lying in a deep membranacceous cayity without any special armature.

Larva pale-green, side-stripes yellowish white ; horn blue, tip black.—Food-
plant : Sadix.

Chrysalis not described.

Apparently two broods in the southern districts, the second most likely
irregular,

Hab, Canada to Mexico, California, and Vancouver Island ; not recorded from
Florida, Louisiana, or Texas.

( 323 )

The four geographical forms of cerisyi—the species was named after Cerisy,
the spelling cerys?? and cerisi?, therefore, is not correct—are not sharply defined.
The most distinct of them is the southern one from Mexico anid Arizona. There is
nothing or very little in the genital organs by which to distinguish the subspecies.
The subapical ridge of the clasper is triangular or rounded, not so obviously
spatulate as represented by Smith, /.c. The two broods of asfarte as well as of
ophthalmica are said to be different ; further researches are necessary to prove that
there is really seasonal variation in this species.

a. Sph. cerisyt cerisy?.

Smerinthus cerisyi Kirby, in Richards., Fauna Bor.-Am. iv. p. 801. n. 1. t. 4. f. 4 (1827) (N. Am.) ;
Streck., Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 52. 59. t. 7. f. 3 (g) (1873) (Rhode I.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lep.
Hét. i. p. 35, n, 25 (1875); Beth., Canad. Ent. xi. p. 151 (1879); Fern., ibid, xvi. p. 21.
(1884) (Orono, Maine, very rare, at light, ©. v.); Cross, Hnt. News vil. p. 297 (1896) (N.
Hampsh., rare) ; Hanh., Canad, Ent, xxxi, p. 50 (1899) (Manitoba, v.) ; Heath, ibid. xxxii,
p. 93 (1900) (Manitoba, vi.) ; Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p. 285 (1902).

Smerinthus cerisii (!), Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sci. Art xxxvi, p. 291. sub n. 4 (1839) (probably =
geminatus) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 40 (1865) (dist. from geminatus) ; id. & Rob.,
ibid, v. p. 160, n, 67 (1865) (Atlantic distr.) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. H. i. p. 23 (1873) ;
id., lc. ii. p, 227. n. 43 (1875); Peck, Canad, Ent. viii. p. 120 (1876) (Maine, 2); Bailey,
Canad. Ent. x. p. 120 (1878) (Center, N.Y., 24. iv.); Fern., Sphing. N. Engld. p, 78. n, 39
(1886) (Orono, Maine, v.) ; Grote, Cunad. Ent. xviii. p. 133. n. 47 (1886) (Can., Maine, N.Y.).

Smerinthus geminatus, Walker (non Say, 1824), List Lep. Ins. B. MW. viii. p, 246, n. 7 (1856) (partim) ;
Clem,, Journ. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. iv, p, 183. 0. 87 (1859) (partim) ; Morris, Cat, Lep. N. Am.
p. 20 (1860) (partim) ; Lintn., Ent. Contr. ii. p. 124 (1873).

Calasymbolus cerisii (1), Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 592. n, 3 (1877) (“not in B. M."),

Busmerinthus cerisii (1), Grote, Canad. Ent, ix. p. 132 (1877) ; id., Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. H. iu. p. 223,
n, 44 (1877) (Hudson Bay Territory) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 712. n. 4 (1892) (Hudson
Bay).

Calasymbolus Copismerinthus cerisii (!), Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 35 (1886) (v. vi.).

Smerinthus cerysii(!), Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 223. 234. t. 11. f. 7 (genit.) (1888) (Can ;
N.Y.; Maine; Rhode I.),

3%. The lines of the forewing sharply marked ; a series of brown postdiscal
lunules, which are more arched than in the other forms. Dorso-apical ridge of
clasper rounded, more obliquely placed than in the following subspecies ; tooth
of penis-sheath acute, rather obviously oblique. The first blue spot of the eye-
mark mostly small, the second and third sometimes separate, but mostly joined
together in front.

Hab. Canada, N. England, N, York, Rhode Island.

In the Tring Museum 4 larvae, 5 dd, 12 from: Maine; Oncouta, N. York,
June ; Uland, N. York, July; Winnipeg, Manitoba, July ; St. Louis, Saskatchewan
(Coubeaux).

b. Sph. cerisyi astarte.

Smerinthus astarte Strecker, Proc. Ac. N. Sei. Philad. xxxvi. p, 283 (1884) (Colorado ;—coll.
Strecker) ; Smith, 7rans. Amer. Ent, Soc. xv. p. 223. 234 (1888) (Colorado) ; Edw., Ent. Amer.
iii, p, 223 (1888).

Smerinthus cerysii form astarte, Smith, /.c. p. 240, sub n. 78 (1888).

Lusmerinthus astarte, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p, 712. n. 5 (1892) (Coiorado),

3%. Very close to the preceding, from which it is not always distinguishable.
The distal margin of the forewing less sharply dentate, the brown marginal area
narrower, the postdiscal brown lunules less curved, Harpe more symmetrical than

( 324 )

in the following one, ventral process of penis-funnel more prominent. One of our
specimens has the ring of the eye-spot filled in with blue.

Hab. Colorado to Lake Superior, probably in all the States west of the
Mississippi except the Pacific Coast Region, which is occupied by ophthalmica.

In the Tring Museum 9 6d, 6 2 from various places in Colorado, June and
July (Oslar).

ce. Sph. cerisyt ophthalmica.

*Smerinthus ophthalmica Boisduval, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 32 (1855) (Calif. ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir ; non “ Mexico’’). :

Smerinthus ophthalmicus (!), Clemens, Journ, Ac. N. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 185. n. 88 (1859) (var. of
gemin.?) ; id., in Morris, Syn Lep. N. Am. p. 211. n. 5 (1862) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc.
Philad. v. p. 160. n. 68 (1865) (Western distr.) ; Boisd., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. p. 67. n. 72
(1869) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. H. i. p. 23 (1873) ; id., Le. ii. p. 227. n. 41 (1875) ;
Lintn., Ent. Contr. ii. p. 125 (1873) ; Edw., Proc. Calif. Ac. Sci. v. p. 91 (1876) ; id., Le. vii.
p-. 21 (1877) (larva); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 592, n, 2 (1877) (Calif. ; non
“ Mexico”); Grote, /.c. iii, 223. n. 42 (1877) (Calif.) ; Butl., Papilio i. p. 104 (1881) ; Grote,
Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 133. n. 50 (1886) (Calif.) ; Smith, Zrans, Amer, Ent. Soc. xv. p. 221
(1888) (Cal.; Vane.; Oreg.; Washingt. ; Edw., Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxv. p. 48 (1889)
(lit. rel. to metam.) ; French, Canad. Ent. xxiii. p. 143 (1891) (larva and pupa); Beutenm.,
ibid. p. 200 (1891) (larva).

Smerinthus opthalmicus (!), eo at. Lep. N, Am. p. 20 (1860) ; Strecker, Lep. Fhop. Het. p. 52
(1878) ; id., lc. p. 58. t. 7. £.4. (¢). 5. (2) (1873) (Calif. ; Washingt..

Smerinthus ophtalmicus (!) Boteduval Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 33. n. 23. t. 1. £. 1 (/.) (1875) (Calif. ;
larva),

*Smerinthus vancouveriensis Butler, /.c. sub. n. 2 (1877) (Vancouver I. ;—Mus. Brit.).

Smerinthus cerysii form ophthalmicus, Smith, /.c. p. 240 (1888).

Smerinthus ophthalmicus var. vancouverensis (!), Smith, /./.c.c.

Smerinthus vancouverensis (!), Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 711. n. 3 (1892) (Vancouver).

3%. Harpe slender distally, asymmetrical, almost pointed ; dorso-apical ridge
of clasper triangular, more or less obtuse (Pl. XXXIV. f. 27); tooth of penis-
sheath sharp, rather long, slightly oblique. Variable in the ground-colour, generally
paler than astarte, from which the darker individuals do not seem to be
distinguishable.

a’. Sph. cerisyi ophthalmica f. ophthalmica.

Synonymy as above. Forewing above ashen grey.

b'. Sph. cerisyi ophthalmica f. pallidulus.

Smerinthus pallidulus, var., Edwards, Proc. Calif. Ac. Sci. vi. p. 91 (1876) (Calif.).
Smerinthus ophthalmicus var. pallidulus Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc, N. H. iii. p. 223, sub n. 42 (1877)
(Calif.) ; id., Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 133. n. 50 (1886) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. iv.
p. 174 (1892) (types of Hy. Edwards).
Forewing above more or less grey-vinaceous-cinnamon.
The two forms are not seasonal according to the dated material examined.
Hab. South California to Vancouver I.
In the Tring Museum 17 6d, 16 2 & from: California ; Oregon ; Washington.

d. Sph. cerisyi saliceti.

Smerinthus ophthalmica Boisduval, l.c. (1855) (Mexico, non Calif.).
Smerinthus ophthalmicus id., Aun. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii, p. 67. n. 72 (1869) ; Butl., dc. (1877) ; Druce,
Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het, i. p. 17, n. 1 (1881) (partim ; Mexico),

( 325 )

*Smerinthus saliceti Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 35. sub n. 23 (larva notic.) and n, 24 (1875)
(Mexico ;— coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Druce, /.c. i, p. 17. n. 2. t. 1. f£. 9 (1881) (fig. of type) ;
Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 711. n. 6 (1892); Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 310 (1896) (Durango ;
Guadalajara).

Nicholsonia saliceti, Tutt, Brit. Lep, iii. p. 386 (1902).

3?. The three blue spots of the eye-patch are separate, distinct, the second
straight, linear or elliptic, not curved towards the third spot. Harpe short ;
dorso-apical ridge of clasper high, triangular, process of penis-funnel and tooth of
penis-sheath short. The Arizona specimens are very pale.

Hab. Mexico ; Arizona.

In the Tring Museum 8 dd, 4 ?? from: Phoenix and Mt. San Francisco,
Arizona, March, April, July (Dr. Kunze ; pee Guadalajara, August (Schaus) ;
Mexico City.

273. Sphinx jamaicensis.

Sphina ocellatus jamaicensis Drury, Illustr. Ex, Ent, ii, p. 43. t. 25. f. 2. 3 (1773) (“ Jamaica,”
loc. err.!); Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii, 2. p. 217. n, 45 (1780) ; Harris, in Sill., Journ. Sct. Art
xxxvi. p. 291 (1839) (=geminata ?).

Sphinx ocellata, Fabricius (non Linné, 1758), Syst. Ent. p. 536, n. 1 (1775) (partim) ; id., Spec. Ins.
ii. p. 139, n. 1 (1781) (partim) ; Gmel., Syst, Nat, i. 5. p. 2371. n. 1 (1790) (partim) ; Fabr., Lint.
Syst. iii. 1. p. 355. n, 1 (1793) (partim).

Smerinthus geminatus Say, Amer. Ent, i. p. 25. t. 12 (1824); Gosse, Canad. Natural, pp. 280.
295 (1840) (larva, pupa); Walk,, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 246. n. 7 (1856) (syn. partim ;
Orilla, W. Can.) ; Clem., Jowrm. Ac. N. Sci, Philad. iv, p, 183. n, 87 (1859) (syn. partim ; Ilin, ;
Mass, ; Penn.) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860) (partim) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep.
N. Am. p. 210, n, 4 (1862) (partim) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc, Philad. v. p. 160, n. 66
(1865) (Atlantic distr.) : Pack., Guide Study Ins. p, 275 (1869) ; Bowl., Canad. Ent. ii, p. 143
(1871) (Quebec, vi.—vii.) ; Lintn., Ent. Contr. i. p. 179 (1872) (N. York) ; id., /.c. p, 192 (1872)
(N, Y., viii.) ; id., ii. p. 119 (1873) (life hist.) ; Streck., Lep. Rhop. Het. pp. 51. 56. t. 7. f. 6 (¢).
7 (2) (1873) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. H.i, p. 23 (1873) ; Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 29 (1874)
(Newton, Mass., viii.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 39, n. 29 (1875) (descr, of larva) ;
Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii. p. 241, n. 6 (1875) (Montreal, vi.) ; Grote, /.c. ii p. 227. mn. 42 (1875) ;
Holst, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. i. p. 67 (1878) ; id, Lc. ii. p. 35 (1879) ; Reed, Rept. Ent. Soc.
Ontario xii. p. 62 (1882) (larva) ; Pilate, Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, O., common) ; Hill,
ibid. iii. p. 27 (1883) (Adirondacks, 2200 ft. vii.) ; Fern., Canad. Ent. xvi. p. 21 (1884) ae
common at light, vi.) ; id., Sphing. N. Eng. p. 77 (1886) ; Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe.

p. 219. t. 11. f. 9 (genit.) (1888) (Can. to Virg., Illin., Kentucky ; Jamaica?) ; Edw., Bull.
U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxv. p. 43 (1889) (lit. rel. to metam.); French, Canad. Ent. xxiii. p. 143
(1891) (larva and pupa, diff. from ophth.) ; Dyar, in Riley, Ins. Life iii. p. 322 (1891) (N.Y.,
electr. light) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer, Mus. N. H., vii. p. 313. t. 7. f. 3 (1895) (J., p., 4, food-
plants; “fig. 4” err.) ; Brehm, Ent. News viii. p. 21 (1877) (Newark, eggs May 1) ; Trum.,
ibid. p. 28 (1897) (S. Dakota) ; Hanb., Canad. Ent. xxix. p, 292 (1897) (Manitoba) ; Rowl.,
a3 News ix. p. 190 (1898) (Mississippi, common ; Populus ; pupa black) ; Hanh., /.c. xxi,
. 50 (1899) (Manitoba, v. vii.).

ee geminata (!), Harris, in Sill,, Journ. Sci. Art xxxvi. p. 291. n. 4 (1839).

Smevinthus gemina (!), Boisduval, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p, 32 (1855).

Smerinthus excaecatus, Lintner, Proc. Ent Soc, Philad. iii. p. 665 (1864) (larva, pupa).

Calasymbolus geminatus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 592. n. 2. (1877) (W. Canada ; U. St.).

Eusmerinthus geminatns, Grote, Canad. Ent. ix. p. 123 (1877) ; id., Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. H. in.
p. 223. n. 43 (1877) (Can. ; Mass. ; N. Y.; Penn.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 712. n. 3 (1892)
(N. Am.).

Calasymbolus Eusmerinthus geminatus, Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 35 (1886) (vi. vil., /. on
Rosaceae, Saliv) ; id., Canad. Ent, xviii, p. 133, n, 48 (1886) (Can, southw.).

3%. Anterior tibia without apical thorn; spur of anterior tibia shorter than
in the other species, its fringe weak, often obliterated. The eye-patch of the hind-
wing differing essentially from that of the other species in the third blue spot (the

( 326 )

most distal one) being much more proximal and not arched; the first spot
generally absent, sometimes also the second. ‘The species is rather variable in
pattern individually. The posterior part of the disc of the forewing, distally of the
angulated antemedian band, is sometimes occupied by reddish brown patches ; the
pale border of the hindwing is often flushed with rosy red.

3d. Antenna shorter than in the other species, pectinate, the branches
long, the segments short, with the ventral parts strongly compressed. Tenth
segment of abdomen not essentially different from that of cerisy’, the tergite
more dilated in the middle; the lobe of the sternite very slender. Clasper
(Pl. XXXIV. f. 28) narrower than in cer7sy/, the apex less evenly rounded ; dorso-
apical ridge rounded, placed somewhat obliquely, appearing to be much more
ventral than in cerzsyi owing to the clasper being dilated dorsad ; harpe short, rough
with tubercles at the end ; the incrassate proximal part of the ventral edge of the
harpe produced into a high triangular ridge, of which the edges are turned dorsad,
so that the ridge has the appearance of a solid conical process in a ventral view.
Penis-funnel produced ventrally into a long, pointed process (Pl. XXIX. f. 48) ;
penis-sheath strongly chitinised at the end on one side, with ¢wo strong conical
teeth ; patch of spines within the sheath vestigial.

?. Antenna not pectinate, the lateral expansion indicated by a subdorsal
curved carina on each segment ; the segments shorter than broad or high, laterally
somewhat rounded in a dorsal or ventral view, ventrally carinate ; bristles prominent,
ciliae short. Vaginal plate short, membranaceous ; vaginal cavity large, transverse,
the edge incrassate at the side corners to a subglobose tubercle, anterior edge not
elevated.

According to the number of blue spots in the eye-patch of the hindwing
the following forms have been distinguished :

a’. Sph. jamaicensis f. ab. jamaicensis.

Sphinx ocellatus jamaicensis Drury, lc. ; id., ed, Westw., l.c. ii. p, 47. t. 25, f. 2. 3 (1837) (fig. mala).

Smerinthus jamaicensis, Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 160. n. 65 (1865) (“ Jamaica”).

Smerinthus geminatus var, jamaicensis, Lintner, Ent. Contr. ii. p. 122 (1870); Streck., Lep. Rhop.
Het. p. 57. t. 7. £. 8 (2 ) (1873) (Baltimore) ; Pilate, Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, 0.) ;
Kunze, Ent. News v. p. 315 (1894) (Arizona).

Paonias myops, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 591. n. 2 (1877) (partim).

Calasymbolus Eusmerinthus geminatus var. jamaicensis, Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 36 (1886).

Eusmerinthus jamaicensis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 712. n. 5 (1892) (Jamaica ?).

The first and second blue spots of the eye-mark absent.

b'. Sph. jamaicensis f. norm. geminatus.

Synonymy see above. First spot absent, second and third well developed.

ce. Sph. jamaicensis f. ab. tripartitus.
Calasymbolus Eusmerinthus geminatus vay. tripartitus Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 36 (1886).

First spot very small but not absent, second and third well developed.

We are not at all sure that the name ¢ripartitus refers to this species. Grote,
when proposing the name, had no material of this third form, but based the name
upon information derived from books quoting verbally from Fernald, who mentions
in his Sphingidae of New England, l.c., that ‘occasionally a third blue spot appears
on the black.” We do not know whether Fernald had himself seen “a third spot,”

( 327 )

or whether he relied upon former authors. Of these Hulst says that occasionally a
third spot is indicated by a few scales, while Clemens and Packard state that the
eye-mark has “two or three blue pupils.” Clemens, however, confounded cerisy:
and jamaicensis ; the “three blue pupils” being referable, in our opinion, to
cerisyi, the “two blue pupils” to jamaicensis f. norm. geminatus. If Fernald’s
statement of the occurrence of a third spot in jamaicensis is based upon actual
observation, or is a loose repetition of Hulst’s statement, then tripartitus of Grote
is the name of the aberrant specimens of jamazcensis which have the first spot
indicated ; if Fernald, however, derived his information from Clemens, fripartitus
is a mere synonym of cerisyi. We refer to this matter especially with a view of
showing that precision is no less necessary when introducing a new name than
when describing a new fact.

Larva pale green, granules the same colour or whitish, side-bands pale yellow,
the last bright yellow; horn bluish.—Food-plants : Cherry and other Prunus, as
well as a variety of other trees.

Pupa glossy, abdomen punctured, the punctures here and there connected by
corrugations.

Hab. Newfoundland, Canada to Virginia and Arizona, Iowa.

Drury’s locality “Jamaica” was erroneous. Several N. York species of
Fothergill’s collection were said by Drury to be from Jamaica, while others that
came undoubtedly from Jamaica were represented as being from New York (see
P. brontes, p. 89).

Several authors have referred to the ‘“one-spotted” specimens as var.
jamaicensis. If the name jamaicensis is to be employed for some specimens, it
must be employed for the whole species as well. Those who object to the name on
the ground of it being a misnomer may console themselves with the fact that there
is a place Jamaica in the State of New York.

In the Tring Museum 4 larvae, 1] pupa, 63 dd, 31 2 9 from Newfoundland to
Georgia and Colorado.

LXXXII. CALASYMBOLUS.—Typus: astylus.

Sphing, Drury (non Linné, 1758), Illustr, Ev, Ent. ii. Index (1773).

Paonias Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 142 (1822) (partim ; includes ocellata, type of Sphine).

Smerinthus, Lepelletier & Serville (non Latreille, 1802), Enc. Méth. x. p. 441 (1825).

Calasymbolus Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. i. p. 23 (1873) (nom. indeser.!) ; id., Le. iii. p. 223
(1877) (type: astylus).

3%. Very close to Sphinx, from which it differs in the high crest of the head
and the peculiar shape of the hindwing. Foretibia without thorn at apex.
Scaling of head raised to a crest between the antennae. Costal margin of hindwing
distally dilated frontad into a broadly rounded, more or less prominent lobe, vein C
following the curve of the margin. LHye-patch of hindwing with one blue spot,
which is generally central, seldom standing near the proximal edge of the patch.

3. Antenna and tenth abdominal sezment in structure essentially as in SpA.
ocellata. Clasper without the dorso-apical ridge found in the American species of
Sphing, its dorsal margin nearly straight (Pl. XXXIV. f. 28. 29. 30); harpe with
a single, bluntly rounded, distal lobe, its upper edge more or less sinuate before
end and rough with tubercles or spines proximally of the sinus. Penis-funnel much
more extended yentrad than in Sphina, produced ventrally into a conical process

( 328 )

which is widely separated from the penis-sheath (Pl. XXIX. f. 38. 39. 44); the
latter with one or two teeth.

?. Middle segments of antenna higher than long. A ridge in front of the
vaginal cavity strongly chitinised, mesially sinuate or cleft (Pl. XV. f. 18. 19).

Larva and pupa essentially as in Sphina.—Food : Prunus and other trees.

Hah. Nearetic Region east of the Mississippi basin, in Canada extending further
west.

The abdomen is said by Fernald, from whom Grote and Smith have copied the
statement, to be withont spinules ; in this the Professor was wrong (see above under
Sphinx), the abdomen agreeing in spinulation with that of Sphing.

We have not seen a specimen of any of the three species of this genus in
which there was an indication of more than one blue spot in the eye-patch of the
hindwing. The only spot present varies in size and position. With which of the
three original spots is it homologous? Does it correspond to the first, second, or
third spot of the species of Sphinv? We find among Sp/. jamaicensis specimens
with only one central blue spot: is this the same as the spot of Calasymbolus?
A comparison of the various species reveals the true homology. The three grey
lines of Sph. hindermanni, separated by black scaling, which represent the more
ancestral form of the eye-patch, are pale blue in Sp/. cerisyi saliceti and remain
separate ; the second and third become arched, join each other in front, and form
a more and more complete ring in the other subspecies of cerisy?, the first spot
disappearing at the same time more or less. In ocellata, which is very closely
allied to cerisyi, the ring is always complete and the first spot has entirely dis-
appeared. The same is the case in planus. If we bear this in mind and
compare now the hybrid astylus x ocellata we observe at once that the ring of
this hybrid consists of the spot of asty/us and the outer part of the ring of ocedlata,
which part is the third spot of cerisyi saliceti; therefore the spot of asty/us must
either be the second or the first spot of sadiceti, ¢.e., the spot of Calasymbolus is not
the spot of Sph. jamaicensis f. ab. jamaicensis (see above), the blind eye of this
jamaicensis and of Calasymbolus are not homologous in respect to their pupil.
Further, if the Calasymbolus pupil were the first spot of saliceti, in the union
astylus x ocellata all three spots would be present and should be represented at
least by some blue scales in the offspring of such a union. This is not the case in
the hybrids examined, and we conclude, therefore, that the pupil of asty/us (and the
other Calasymbolus) is homologous to the proximal part of the ring of ocellata, z.e., to
the second spot or line of hindermanni and cerisyi saliceti, as explained above.

It would be very interesting to have the results of forced breeding on the lines
of Prof. Standfuss’s experiments. Such researches would doubtless result in the
production of individuals of Calasymbolus with more than one blue spot in the
eye-patch.

Key to the species ;

a. Fore- and hindwing scalloped : , . 274. C. excaecata.
Fore- and hindwing not scalloped . : 3 seh Hs
6. Distal margin of forewing distinctly angulated
at M‘, three distinct brownish lines with
grey interspaces 5 . : : . 275. C. myops.
Distal margin of forewing not distinctly
angulated at M!; the discal lines quite
indistinct, except at costal margin . . 276. C. astylus.

( 329 )

274. Calasymbolas excaecata.

Sphinx excaecuta Abbot & Smith, Lep. Georgia i. p. 49. t. 25 (L., p., i.) (1797).

Paonias excaecatus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 142. n. 1521 (1822) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soe, N. H.
i. p. 23 (1873) ; Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 29 (1874) (Newton, Mass., vi. Beg. vii.) ; Grote, lc. ii.
p. 226. n. 38 (1875); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 590. n, 1 (1877) ; Grote, lc. iii.
p. 223. n. 41 (1877) (Canada to Southern Sts.) ; Hill, Papilio ii. p. 27 (1883) (Adirondacks) ;
Fisch., Canad. Ent. xvi. p. 17 (1884) (Buffalo ; on Salix and Tilia) ; Fern., ibid. p. 21 (1884)
(Orono, Maine, rare, vi.) ; id., Sphing. N. Engld. p. 73. n. 35. t. 6. f. 1 (1886); Grote, Le.
xviii, p. 133. n. 51 (1886) (Can. southw.) ; id., Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 36 (1886) (vi. vii., l. on
Rosaceae, ete.) ; Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, xv. p. 226. t. 11. f. 10 (genit.) (1888) (east.
U. St., Canada, common, two broods); Beutenm., Canad. Ent. xxiii. p. 14 (1891) (metam.,
two broods) ; Dyar, in Riley, /ns. Life iii. p. 322 (1891) (N. Y., electr. light) ; Kirby, Cat.
Lep. Het. i. p. 712. n. 1 (1892) (N. Am.) ; Cross, Ent. News vil. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampsh.,
common) ; Hanh., Canad. Ent. xxix. p. 292 (1897) (Manitoba) ; Rowl., Ent. News ix. p. 189
(1898) (Mississippi; common; two broods; food; pupa brown); Fyles, Rept. Ent. Soc.
Ontario xxx. p. 104 (1900) (Quebec).

Paonias pavonina Geyer, in Hiibn., Samml. Ex. Schm., Zur, p. 12. f. 835, 836 (1837).

Smerinthus excaecata, Harris, in Sill., Journ. Sci, Art xxxvi. p. 290. n. 1 (1839); id., Ins. Inj. Veg-
p- 230 (1841); id., ed. Flint, Ins. Inj. Veg. p. 327. f. 155 (1862); Fitch, Rept. Ins. N. York ini.
p. 341, in Trans. N. Y. St. Agr. S. xvi. (1856).

Paonias pavoninus, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc, N. H. i. p. 23 (1873) (= excaec. ?); Kirby, Cat. Lep.
Het. i. p. 713. n, 2 (1892) (Penn.).

Smerinthus excaecatus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 246. n. 8 (1856) (N. Y.; Can.; W. Can.);
Clem., Journ. Ac, N. Sci. Philad. xv. p. 182. n. 85 (1859) (Penn. ; Mass.; Georgia) ; Morris,
Cat. Lip. N. Am. p. 20 (1860); Clem., in Morris, Syn, Lep. N. Am. p. 208, n. 2 (1862); Lintn.,
Proe. Ent. Soc. Philad. iii. p. 665 (1864) (larva, pupa); Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent, Soc, Philad.
v. p. 160. n, 70 (1865) (Atlantic distr.) ; Reed, Canad. Ent. i. p. 40 (1869) (sound of larva) ;
Pack., Guide Study Ins. p. 275 (1869) (deser. partly erron.); Bowl., Canad. Ent. iii. p. 143
(1871) (Quebec, vi., vii.) ; Lintn., Ent. Contr. i. p. 179 (1872) (N. York, larva) ; id., Lc, p. 192
(1872) (N. Y., vi.) ; Streck , Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 51. 54. t. 7. f. 1 (¢) 2 (2) (1873) (Atlant.
Sts.; Ohio; Kentucky; Indiana, etc.) ; Boisd , Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 38. n. 28 (1875) ;
Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii. p. 241. n. 7 (1875) (Montreal, vi., vii.); Worth., ibid. p. 16 (1878)
(Chicago, vi.) ; Pilate, Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, O., common) ; Fletch., Canad. Ent. xv.
p. 203 (1883) (on Pop. balsam. and alba) ; Saund., Ins. Inj. Fruits p. 85. n. 31. £. 83 (/.). 84 (7)
(1883) ; id., Canad. Ent, xvi. p. 9. £. 1. 2 (1884) (life hist.) ; Beutenm., Ent. Amer. i, p. 196
(1885) (food-plants) ; Edw., Bull. N. St. Nat. Mus. xxxv. p. 43 (1889) (lit. rel. to metam.) ;
Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 314. t. 7. £. 4 (1895) (1. p., 7, food-plants) ; Heath,
Canad. Ent. xxxii. p. 94 (1900) (Manitoba, vi.).

Smerinthus pavoninus, Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 160. n. 69 (1865) (“ Pennsylvania”);
Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 37. n. 27 (1875) ; Edw., Ent. Amer. iii, p, 223 (1888).

Smerinthus excoecatus (1), Soule, Psyche viii. p. 155 (1897) (/. on Spiraea, unusual food).

3%. Distal margins of both wings scalloped, the lobes of the forewing promi
nent ; fringe white, brown at the tips of the veins.

3d. Antenna nearly as long as in Sphinx cerisyi, the lateral expansions
prominent. Clasper almost evenly rounded at end (Pl. XXXIV. f. 29); harpe
obviously sinuate dorsally before end, the lobe thus formed obliquely truncate, its
upper angle rounded. Penis-sheath with two teeth before apex, close together,
unequal ; a patch of long thin spines, pointing proximad, on the membrane of the
duct (Pl. XXIX. f. 44).

?. Vaginal orifice large, anterior margin raised to a ridge which is deeply
cleft mesially, the lobes thus formed prominent (PI. XV. f. 19).

Larva pale green, deeper in tint below, side-bands yellowish, last one brighter,
granules prominent ; red spots, dorso- and ventro-lateral, varying in size, often
absent.—Food-plants : on a great variety of trees, Prunus and other Rosaceae ;
Corylus ; Carpinus ; ete.

( 330 )

Pupa somewhat glossy, thorax rugate, abdomen punctured, more or less
rugose.

Two broods.

Hab. Canada to Florida, westwards to the Mississippi basin. Common.

In the Tring Museum several larvae and pupae, 34 dd, 16 2% from Canada
to Florida.

275. Calasymbolus myops.

Sphinz myops Abbot & Smith, Lep. Georgia i, p, 51. t. 26 (1. p., i.) (1797).

Paonias myops, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 142. n. 1520 (1822); Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc, N. H.
i. p. 28 (1875); Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 29 (1874) (Newton, Mass., vii.) ; Grote, lc. ii. p. 226.
n. 39 (1875); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 594. n. 2 (1877) (syn. partim) ; Smith,
Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xv, p. 227, t, 12. £. 4 (genit.) (1888) (Canada to Georgia, westw. to
Mississippi) ; Dyar, in Riley, Ins. Life iii, p, 322 (1891) (N.Y., electr. light) ; Cross, Ent, News
vii. p. 207 (1896) (N. Hampsh., common) ; Hanh., Canad. Ent. xxix. p. 292 (1897) (Manitoba) ;
id., /.c. xxxi. p. 50 (1899) (Manitoba, vi.).

*Smerinthus rosacearum Boisduval, Spee. Grén. i. t. 15. £. 4 (1836) (coll. Charles Oberthiir).

Smerinthus myops, Lepelletier & Sery., in Enc. Méth., Ins. x. p. 441 (1825); Harris, in Sill., Journ.
Sci, Art xxxvi. p. 291, n. 3 (1839) (=rosacearum) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p, 245. n. 5
(1856) ; Clem., Journ, Ac. N. Sei, Philad. iv. p. 181. n, 84 (1859) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am.
p. 20 (1860); Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 207. n. 1 (1862); Harris, ed. Flint, /ns.
Inj. Veg. p. 328 (1862) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 160. n, 71 (1865) (Atlantic
distr,) ; Lintn., Ent. Contr.i. p. 192 (1872) (N. York. vii.) ; Streck., Lep, Rhop. Het. p. 51. 59. t. 7.
f. 9 (g) (1873) ; Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii. p. 241, n. 8 (1875) (Montreal, very rare) ; Boisd., Spec.
Gén, Lép. Hétei, p. 41, n. 32 (1875) (larva, pupa) ; Peck, Cunad. Ent. viii. p. 239 (1876) (Maine,
larva, wild cherry) ; Hulst, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc, iii. p. 99 (1881); Reed, Rept. Ent. Soc-
Ontario xii, p. 61 (1882) (larva); Saund., Zns. Inj. Fruits p. 208. n 111, f, 214 (é.) (1883) ;
id., Canad. Ent. xvi. p. 9. £. 3 (i.) (1884) (life hist.) ; id., Rept. Ent. Soc, Ontario xv. p. 27
(1885) (larva); Bunk., Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 207 (1886) (larva variable); Fern., Sphing.
N. Engld. p. 75. 0, 36 (1886) (1. on cherry) ; Edw., Bull. N. St. Nat. Mus. xxxv. p. 43 (1889)
(lit. rel. to metam.) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 315. t. 7. £. 5 (1895) (U., p.@ 5
cherry) ; id., dc. viii. p. 297 (1896) (transf.; Prunus); Brehm, Ent, News viii. p. 21 (1897)
(Newark, eggs May 20) ; Soule, Psyche viii. p. 155 (1897) (/. spots mauve col.) ; Rowl., Hint.
News ix. p. 190 (1898) (Mississippi, rare).

Smerinthus myops var. rosacearum Boisduval, Spec, Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 42. sub n. 32 (1875).

Smerinthus cerasi id., /.c. p. 42. sub n. 32 (1875).

Smerinthus sorbi id., le.

(2) Smerinthus tiliastri id., l.c.

Calasymbolus myops, Grote, l.c. iti. p. 223. n. 40 (1877) (N. Y.; Mass. ; S. States) ; Hill, Papilio
iii. p. 27 (1883) (Adirondacks) ; Fern., Canad. Ent. xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Orono, Maine, two
specim.) ; Grote, ibid. xviii. p. 133. n. 47 (1886) (Can. southw.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 712.
n. 6 (1892) (N. Am.).

Calasymbolus Calasymbolus myops, Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 35 (1886) (v., vii., 7. on Rosaceae).

3%. Distal margin of forewing not scalloped, somewhat produced at SC° and
M'; that of hindwing even; fringe unicolorous. Border of hindwing sometimes
very pale,

3. Antenna shorter than in excaecata. Clasper and harpe nearly the same,
but the sinus of the harpe deeper, the angle in front of it not rounded. Ventral
process of penis-funnel shorter than in eweaecata ; penis-sheath with a very heavy
upical tooth, which is divided into two unequal points (Pl. XXIX. f. 39a, lateral
view ; f. 39n, dorsal view).

?. Autevaginal ridge not quite so deeply divided as in excaecata.

Larva similar to that of exeaecata, granules much finer.—Food-plants ; Prunus
cerasus and other species of Prunus, Rosaceae.

Pupa smaller than that of eacaecata, more glossy.

( 331 )

Hab. Canada to Georgia, westward to the Mississippi basin and Colorado ;

rarer than the preceding species.
In the Tring Museum several larvae and pupae, 47 dd, 19 2% from: N.

Jersey ; Ohio ; Pennsylvania ; N. Georgia ; Colorado.

276. Calasymbolus astylus.

Sphinz astylus Drury, Illustr. Ex, Ent. ii. p. 45. t. 26. f. 2, Index (1773) (N. York) ; Goeze, Ent.
Beytr, iii. 2. p. 217. n. 46 (1780).

Smerinthus io Gray, in Griff., Anim. Kingd. xv. t. 83. f. 2 (1832) ; Guér., Icon. Regne Anim. ii. t. 84-
£, 2 (1829-44) ; Wils., in Encycl. Brit. ed. vii, p. 246. t. 236. £. 5 (1835).

Smerinthus integerrima Harris, in Hitche., Rept. Geol, Mass., App. (1835).

Smerinthus astylus, Guérin, l.c. ti. p. 495 (1829-44) ; Harris, in Sill., Journ. Sci. Art xxxvi. p. 290
n. 2 (1839) (= integerrima) ; Emm., Nat. Hist. N. York p. 221. t. 40. f. 4 (1854) ; Walk.,
List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 245. n. 6 (1856) (N. York) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Sei, Philad. iv.
p. 184. n. 89 (1859) (Mass. ; N. York); Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860) ; Clem., in
Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 211. n. 6 (1862) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soe. Philad. v. p. 160.
p. 72 (1865) (Atlantic distr.) ; Streck., Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 51. 56. t. 7. f. 10 (g) (1873)
(N. York; N. Jersey ; Penn. ; 1. on Vaccin.) ; Boisd., Spee. Gén. Lép, Heét. 1. p. 40. n. 31 (1875)
(N. York ; larva) ; Peck, Canad. Ent. viii. p. 239 (1876) (Maine, larva) ; id., l.c. ix, p. 220 (1877)
(N. Jersey) ; Fern., Sphing. N. Engld. p. 76. n. 37 (1886) (larva; food-pl.) ; Smith, Trans.
Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 228. t. 11. £. 9 (genit.) (1888) (Can. to Mass.; N. Y.; N. J.; Penn. ;
larva on Vaccin. corymb.) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxv. p. 44 (1889) (lit. rel. to
metain.) ; Jones, Hut. News i. p. 21 (1890) (larva); Soule, Psyche vii. p. 191 (1895); Beutenm.,
Bull. Amer, Mus. N. H. vii. p. 316. t. 7. £. 6 (1895) (U., 2 ; food—plants) ; Soule, /.c. viii. p. 155
(1897) (1. on Andromeda, unusual food).

Calasymbolus astylus, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. H. i. p. 23 (1873) ; Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 29 (1874)
(Newton, Mass., vii.) ; Grote, l.c. ii. p. 227. n. 40 (1875); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix.
p. 591. n. 1 (1877) ; Grote, lc. iii. p. 223. n. 39 (1877) (Mass. ; N. Y.; Penn.) ; id., Canad.
Ent, xviii. p. 133. n. 46 (1886) (Can. southw.) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i, p. 713. n. 1 (1892)
(N. Am.).

Calasymbolus Calasymbolus astylus, Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 35 (1886) (vi., vii., l. on Vaccinium).

Paonias astylus, Dyar, in Riley, Ins. Life iii. p. 322 (1891) (N. Y., electr. light) ; Aich, Hxt. News
iv. p. 14 (1893) (N. Jersey, |. on Gaylussacia frindosa = dangleberry) ; Cross, Ent. News vii.
p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampsb., rare) ; Erb., bid. ix, p. 252 (1898) Newark, larva).

Smerinthus astylus X ocellata = Smerinthus var. inteafaunus Neumoegen, Ent. News v. p. 326 (1894).

¢ %. Antenna as short as in myops.

3. Clasper (Pl. XXXIV. f. 30) apically less rounded than in the two other
species ; harpe broader at end and more rounded, upper margin feebly concave
hefore apex ; not distinctly sinuate. Penis-funnel as in myops ; penis-sheath with
one tooth only (PI. X XIX. f. 38).

?. Vaginal orifice large, transverse, its anterior edge produced into a chitinised
ridge, which is mesially sinuate (PJ. XV. f. 18), the two lobes of the ridge rounded.

Larva pale green ; head granulose all over as in myops, with a red side-stripe ;
granules of head and body yellowish-white, prominent, their setae longer than in
myops ; a series of red dorso-lateral spots: segment 1 with one posterior dot,
segment 2 with a dot on each annulet, five altogether, forming a more or less
complete stripe ; segment 3 with two, sezment 4 with three dots, generally con-
fluent to one spot, on the following six segments the spots become much larger,
covering five or six annulets, the last two sometimes smaller than the preceding
ones, segment 11 with two or three dots ; segments 5 to 10 are marked, moreover,
with two red dorsal, elongate, somewhat comma-shaped markings, converging
behind on each segment, and between them there is an indication of a red mesial
line, a series of red stigmatal spots, variable in size, middle ones eloneate, oblique

! g pots, ’ gate, que;
abdominal legs also spotted with red; horn with very prominent tubercles, tip

Rad

( 332 )

divided, hinder surface red at base.—Food-plants : Vaccinium corymbosum, Gay-
lussacia frindosa, occasionally Rosaceae, Andromeda.

Pupa similar to that of excaecata.

Hab. Canada to N. York and Pennsylvania; a rare species.

The hybrid between this species and Sphinx ocellata was obtained by Mr.
Rix and described by Neumoegen, /.c. We have three specimens of it, which show
a mixture of the characters of astydus and ocellata. The thorn at the end of the
anterior tibia is present, but is not so long as in ocedlata. The specimens of Mr.
Rix’s brood were, apparently, all males. The eye-patch of this hybrid is of special
interest (see above under S. jamaicensis).

In the Tring Museum 3 larvae, 1 pupa, 7 ¢d,3 2% from New Jersey and N.
York ; 3 do astylus x ocellata.

LXXXIIT. AMORPHA.—Typus : populi.

Sphine Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim ; type: ocellata).

Spectrum Seopoli, Intr. Hist. Nat. p. 413 (1777) (partim ; incl. type of Sphinr).

Smerinthus Latreille, Hist. Nat, Crust. Ins. iii. p. 401 (1802) (partim ; incl. type of Sphinw).

Lavothoé Fabricius, in Mlig., Mag. Ent. vi. p. 287. n. 42 (1807) (partim ; inel. type of Sphine).

Dilina Dalman, Kongl. Vet. Ak, Handl. xxxvii. p. 212 (1816) (partim ; incl. type of Sphinv).

Polyptychus Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 141 (1822) (partim ; type: dentatus).

Merinthus (!), Meigen, Handb. Schm. p. 101 (1829) (correct. of Smerinthus!).

Amorpha Hiibner, Tentam. p. 1 (1806) (nom. nud.!) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 710 (1892) (type :
populi).

Close to Sphinx, from which it does not differ very obviously in structure.
However, the two species, populi and amurensis, form a separate branch. There-
fore we do not hesitate to treat them as generically distinct from the eyed Sphine.

3%. Anterior tibia without apical thorn. Hindtibia with one pair of short
spurs. Tibiae not spinose. Pulvillus and paronychium present. Retinaculum
absent; frenulum also absent in d, but vestigial in 9 (in Spina the frenulum of
the 3 is present, but reduced in length). Hindwing broad, costal angle broadly
rounded, distal margin obliquely sinuate between C and SC*, produced into a
sinuate lobe at SC* and R!, this lobe more prominent than the teeth at the other
veins, Abdominal tergites spiny all over, the spines weak, very dense at and near
the apical edges, covered with long scales. Thorax unicolorous ; hindwing without
eye-spot. j

3d. Antennal segments feebly dilated laterad at the upper edge of the side-
grooves ; ciliae long. Harpe (Pl. XXXIV. f. 24) with two rounded lobes distally,
both lobes visible in a ventral view of the end of the abdomen after the removal
of some scales, projecting mesiad beyond the ventral edge of the clasper. Penis
with spines at the edge of the sheath as well as upon the membrane of the duct
(Pl. XXIX. f. 40).

?. Vaginal plate without processes ; the proximal edge of the vaginal cavity
somewhat raised, wrinkled, more strongly chitinised than the rest of the vaginal
area, mesially sinuate or emarginate.

Early stages essentially as in Spiinx, but pupa not glossy.—Food-plants :
Populus, Salix.

Hab, Palaearetie Region, from Ireland to N. Africa and Amurland.

Two species. :

( 333 ) -

277. Amorpha populi.
Sphine populi Linné, lc, p. 489. n. 2 (1758).
Spectrum populi, Scopoli, /.c. (1777).
Smerinthus populi, Latreille, l.c. (1802).
Laothoé populi, Fabricius, l.c. (1807).
Dilina populi, Dalman, /.c. (1816).
Polyptychus popwli, Hiibner, l.c, (1822).
Amorpha populi, Kirby, l.c. p. 710. n, 2 (1892).

3. The widely distributed poplar-hawk has developed into three subspecies,
of which the North African one is the most conspicuous. The three forms vary in
colour in the same way from grey-olive-brown to grey-ochraceous. The weakening
effect of in-breeding shows itself in this species very obviously by the loss of the
dark pigment.

Hab. Palaearctic Region as far eastwards as Turkestan.

For hybrids see Sphina ocellata.

a. A, populi austaiti.

*Smerinthus austauti Staudinger, Pet. Nouv. ii. p. 190 (1877) (Algiers ;—coll. Staudinger) ; Aust.,
Le Natural, ii, p. 11. 68, 85 (1879) ; Oberth., Ht. d'Ent. vi. p. 65. t. 5. f. 1 (1881) (Algiers ;
Morocco) : Cuis., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 120 (1887) (= populi) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschin.
i. p. 196 (1900) (Algiers ; Morocco).

Smerinthus poupillieri Bellier, Pet. Nouv, ii. p. 193 (1878).

*Smerinthus austauti var, staudingert Austaut, l.c. ii. p. 85 (1879) (Mus, Tring); Oberth., /.c. p. 65.
t. 4. f. 1 (1881) ; Bartel, /.c. p. 198 (1900).

*Smerinthus austauti var, incurnata Austaut, l.c, iii, p. 237 (1880) (Meridié ; Tanger ;—Mus, Tring).

*Smerinthus austauli var. incarnata ab. mirabilis Austaut, l.c, v. p. 359 (1883) (Morocco ;—Mus,
Tring) ; Bartel, lc. p. 199 (1900).

Amorpha austauti, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 710. n. 1 (1892).

Amorpha austauti var. a. Smer. austauti var. staudingeri, id., lc.

Amorpha austauti var. b. Smer. austauti var. incarnata, id., Lc.

Amorpha austauti var. c. Smer. austauti ab. mirabilis, id., lc.

Smerinthus austauti var. flava Bartel, l.c. p. 198 (1900) (nom, max, supervac.).

Smerinthus populi var, austauti Standinger & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 99. n, 725. ¢ (1901) (Maur, oc.).

Amorpha populi var. austauti, Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p. 473 (1902).

3?. A large North African form, corresponding to Sph. ocellata atlanticus.
Variable in ground-colour like the following race.

d. Lobes of the harpe more triangular than in the European form, almost
pointed ; the tenth tergite broader. Antenna more compressed, transsection more
triangular than in the two other subspecies.

The types of the various individual varieties described by Austaut, and named
with relish, are in the Tring Museum.

Hab. North Africa: Algiers ; Morocco.

In the Tring Museum 14 dd, 12 ¢ %, including Austaut’s types of staudingeri,
incarnata, and mirabilis.

b. A. populi populi.

Aldrov., Anim. Ins. p. 252. t. 11. f. 3 (1602); Merian, Zur. Jns. iii, t. 37 (1717); Albio, Nat. Hist.
Eng. Ins. t. 57 (1720) ; Linné, Fauna Su, ed, i. p. 249. 0, 810 (1746) ; Wilke, Engl. Moths p. 11. t. 6
(1747) ; De Geer, Mém. i. p. 148. t. 8. f. 5 & ii, p. 243. n. 1 (1752) ; Roesel, Jns. Belust. iii.
p. 187. t. 30. f. 1. 4 (1755) ; Hemmerich, Coll. Cur, Ins. t. 5. fig. a. b. (i, 1.) (175-?) ; Geoftr.,
Hist. Ins, ti, p. 81. n. 3 (1762) ; Gronov., Act. Helv. v. p. 140. n. 309 (1762) ; id., Zooph.
p. 201, n, 817 (1764) ; Seba, T'hesaur, iv, t. 53. f. 21. 22. t. 59. £. 9. 10 (1765) ; Schaeff., Ze. Rat,
t. 100, f. 5. 6 (1766) ; Harris, Aurelian t. 33. fig. d. f. g. (1766) ; Admiral, /ns. t. 10 (1774) ;
Ernst, & Engr , /ns. Eur, iii. p. 106, t. 114. £. 162. df, t. 115, f. i-l, t. 116. f. n—p. (1782).

( 334 )

Sphinx populi Linné, Syst. Nat, ed. x. p. 489. n. 2 (1758) ; id., Fauna Su. ed. ii, p. 286. n, 1084
(1761) ; Sepp, Nederl. Ins. i, 3. p. 1. t. 1. £.8.9 (1762) ; Scop., Ent. Carn, p. 183. n. 466 (1763) 5
Linné, Mus. Lud, Ulr, p. 342. n. 2 (1764) ; Miill., Fauna Frid. p. 37. n. 342 (1764); Hufn.,
Berl, Mag. ii. p. 178. 0. 6 (1766) ; Houtt., Natu, Hist. i, 11. p. 402. n. 2 (1767) ; Linné,
Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 797 n. 2 (1767); Beckm., Epit. p. 160. n. 2 (1772) ; Miill., Naturs. v. 1.
p. 636. n. 2 (1774); Haris, Engl. Lep. p. 30, n. 204 (1775) ; Fuessl., Verz. Schweiz. Ins,
p. 32. n. 612 (1775) ; Fabr., Syst. Hut. p. 537. n. 3 (1775) ; Miill., Zool. Dan. p. 116. n, 1335
(1776) ; Schiff. & Den., Wien. Verz. p, 41, n. 4. (1776) ; Mader, ed. Kleem., Ranpenkal. p. 63.
n. 179, p. 80. n. 230 (1777) ; Fuessl, Mag. Ent. i. p. 263 (1778) ; Esper, Hur. Schmett, ti.
p. 34. t. 2, p. 177. t. 22. f. 2, p. 234. t. 36. f. 10 (1779) ; Goeze, nt. Beytr. iii, 2. p. 139. n, 2
(1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 141. n. 8 (1781) ; Stoll, in Cram,, Pap. Ex. iv. p, 230. t. 398.
f. a (1782) (gynandr.) ; Lang, Verz. aAugsb. p. 64. n, 536, 537 (1782) ; Retz., Gen. Ins. p. 34.
n. 32 (1783) ; Fourer., Ent. Paris ii. p, 252, n. 3 (1785) ; Fuessl., N. Wag. Ent. ii. p. 147—163
(1786) ; Fabr., Mant. Ins. ii, p. 93. n, 8 (1787) ; Borkh., Schmett. Eur. ii, p. 106, n, 2 (1789) ;
Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2372. n. 2 (1790) ; View., Tabell. Verz. Brand, p. 3. n. 2 (1790) ;
Rossi, Fauna Etr. ii. p. 160. n. 1047 (1790); Brahm, Jnsectenkal. p. 312. n. 198 (1791) ;
Schwarz, Raupenkal. p. 630. n. 748 (1791); Borkh., Rhein. Mag. i. p. 325. n. 150 (1793) ;
Fabr., Ent. Syst. ii. 1. p. 857. n. 9. (1793); Prunn., Lep. Ped. p. 81. n. 166 (1798) ; Donoy.,
Brit. Ins, vii. p. 67. t. 241 (1798) ; Cederh., Fauna Ingr. p. 213. n. 652 (1798); Schrank,
Eur. Schmett., Sphing. t. 15. £. 74 (1805- ); id., Gresch. Eur. Schm. ii. Sphing. iii. Leg, d. a. f. 1
a. b, (1806-18) ; Turt., Syst. Nat. iii. 2. p. 169 (1806) ; Ochsenh., Schmett. Eur, ii, p. 252. n. 3
(1808) ; Nagel, /7iilfsh. Schm. p. 144 (1818) ; Latr., in Nouv, Dict, Hist. Nat. xxxi. p. 353
(1819) ; Godart, Lép, France iii. p. 71. n. 18. . 20. f. 3 (1821) ; Beske, in Silberm., Rev.
d’ Ent. ii. p. 177 (1834) (Hamburg) ; Friv., bid. p. 181 (1834) (Hungary).

Sphynx (!) populi, Gleditsch, Forstwissensch i. p, 540. n. 2, i. p, 42. n. 13 (1775) ; Vogel, Schm.-
Cabin. ii. p. 18. t. 7. £. 3. a. b (1822).

Sphinx tremulae Borkhausen, Rhein. Mag. i. p. 649. (1793) (Oberhessen).

Sphinx populei (!), Walekenaer, Maune Paris. Ins, ii. p. 277 (1802).

Smerinthus populi, Latreille, Hist. Nat. Ins. iii. p. 401 (1802) ; Sam., Ent. Comp. p. 243 (1819); Steph.,
Ilustr. Brit. Ent,, Haust. i. p. 112 (1828) ; id., Cat. Brit. Ins. ii. p. 30 (1829) ; Lue., Lép, Bur,
p. 118. t. 49 (1834) ; Thon, Naturg. Schm. p. 110. t. 55. f. 753, 754. 755 (1837) ; Blanch., Hist.
Nat. Ins. iii. p.480 (1840) ; Ramb., Faune Andal, p. 329 (1842) (Malaga) ; Westw. & Humpbhr.,
Brit. Moths p. 7. t.1. £. 4. 5. 6 (i., p., L.) (1843) ; Eversm., Mauna Volgo-Ural. p. 115 (1844)
(v., vi.); Herr.-Sch., Hur. Schmett. ii, 1, p. 91. n. 31 (1847); Walk,, List Lep, Ins. B, M. viii. p, 243.
n, 3 (1856); Assm., Zeitschr, Ent. Bresl. i. p. 5 (1857) ; Siev., Bull. Moscow p. 140 (1862)
(St. Petersb.) ; Grebn., Zijdschr. Ent, v. p. 19 (1862); Wall., Skand. Het. Fjdér. p. 12. n. 1
(1863) ; Ball., Bull. Mose, p, 365 (1864) (Gorki) ; Grebn., Uc, vil. p. 25 (1864) ; Maur., Tijdschr.
Ent. ix, p. 174 (1866) (Limburg) ; Snell., Vlind. Nederld. p. 102 (1867) (v.-vii.) ; Barnes, Entom.
iii. p, 364 (1867) (larva, var.) ; Gav., Tijdschr. Ent. x. p. 197, n. 78 (1867) (Groningen) ;
Tengstr., Act. Soc. F’. F. Fenn. x. p. 6. 98 (1869) ; Rans., Lntom. iv. p. 148 (1869) (ab.) ; Heyl.,
Tijdschr, Ent. xiii, p. 146. n, 77 (1870) (Breda) ; Brutt., Progr, Gymn. Dorpat p. 24,0. 12
(1872) (v., vi.) ; Cliff., Entom. vi. p. 288 (1873) (var. of larva) ; Siebke, Hnwm. Ins. Norv. iii.
p. 25. n. 3 (1874); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 23. n. 10 (1875) ; Flem., Entom, xiii, p. 243
(1880) (larva, var.) ; Weil., Progr. Oberrealsch. Innsbr. p. 15 (1880) ; Kill., Jahrb. Nat. Ges.
Graub. xxiii. p. “5 (1880) ; Weism., ed. Meld., Stud, Theor. Desc. i, p, 236, t. 6. £. 55. 56. 57
(1882) (larva) ; Auriv., Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handi. xix. 5. p. 127. n. 160 (1882) ; Albr., Bull.
Moscow p. 379 (1882) (Moscow) ; Lampa, Ent. Tidskr. vi. p. 27. n. 121 (1885) ; Kroul.,
Bull. Soc. Oural. xi. p. 214. n. 91 (1885) (Sarapoul, v.) ; Haar, Tijdschr. Ent. xxix, p. 30
(1886) (Alblasserwaard) ; Amel., Berl. Lent. Zeitschi, xxxi. p. 262 (1887) (Dessau) ; Mina-Pal.
& Failla-Ted., Nat. Sic. vii. p. 42 (1889); Gould, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 241. t. 11. f.
11-13 (1892) (jarva). Hofm., Raup. Grossschm. p. 30, t. 8. £. 7. a. b. ¢ (1793); id.,
Grossschm. p. 31. n. 4. t. 18. £. 6 (1894) ; Barrett, Lep. Brit. Js. ii. p. 7. n. 2. t. 42. f. 1. a—d
(1895) ; Kill. & Cafl., Jahrb, Nat. Ges. Graub, xxxviii. App. p. 20 (1895); Vos, Tijdschr, Ent.
xli. p. 80 (1898) (Apeldoorn) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm, ii. p. 183 (1900) (‘‘ Transcauc.,
Kuku-Nor” alia subsp.) ; Staud. & Reb., Cut, Lep. ed. iii. p. 99. n. 725 (1901) (partim).

Laothoé populi, Pabricius, in Ilig., Wag. Ent. vi. p. 287. sub a, 42 (1807); Mann, Wien, Ent.
Monatsschr, iii, p. 92 (1859) (Sicily) ; Butl., Zraus. Zool. Soc, Lond, ix. p. 589. n. 1 (1877).

Dilina populi, Dalman, Kongl. Vet. Ak. Handl. xxxvii. p. 212 (1816); Zett., Jus, Lep. p. 917 (1840).

Polyptychus populi, Hiibaer, Verz. bel. Schm, p, 141. n, 1517 (1822).

( 385 )

Smerynthus (!) populi, Cantener, in Silberm., Rev. d’ Ent. i. p.77 (1833) (Dép. du Var, v., viii).

Smerinthus tremulae, Glaser, Ber, Oberh, Ges. Nat. Heilk, p. 83 (1853).

Amorpha populi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 710. n.2 (1892) (Europe ; “ N. & W. Asia” alia subsp.).

Smerinthus populi ab. rufescens Selys-L., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. i, p. 42 (1857) ; Fuchs, Jahrb, Nass.
Ver, Nat. xliii. p. 204 (1889) ; Bartel, /.c. p. 193 (1900).

Smerinthus populi var. reseotincta Reuter, Act. Soc, F. F', Fenn. ix. 6, p. 20. n. 97 (1893).

Smerinthus populi ab. fuchsi Bartel, l.c. p. 193 (1900) (Centr. Europe).

Smerinthus populi ab. borkhauseni id., l.c, p. 194 (1900) (Hessen ; Roumania ; Belgium).

Smerinthus populi Linn. ab. tremulae Borkh. (1793), Gillmer, Jis. Borse xix. p. 228 (1902).

Amorpha populi ab. suffusa Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p. 469 (1902).

Amorpha populi ab. pallida id., L.c.

3¢. Very variable in the ground-colour. By breeding in and in many
individuals are produced with a reddish tint and scarcely a trace of the lines on the
forewing.—For gynandromorphons specimens, which are not rare in this subspecies,
see Bartel, /.c. p. 185 (1900). For hybrids compare Sphinx ocellata.

Sexual organs: Pl. XXXIV. f. 24; Pl. XXIX. f. 40.

Larva on Populus and Salix.

Two broods ; the second irregular, generally only obtained in confinement.
Wings of the second brood mostly less obviously scalloped.

Hab. Western Palaearetic region as far east and south as 8. Russia, Greece,
Sicily, and Spain ; Syria.

Staud. & Reb., l.c., state that populé does not occur in Greece. There are,
however, Grecian specimens in the British Museum collected by Mr. Merlin, late
manager of the Ionian Bank.

In the Tring Museum a series of larvae and pupae, and 150 odd specimens.

A specimen from Akbés, Syria, in coll. Chas. Oberthiir stands intermediate
between pop. populi and pop. populeti ; a similar specimen in the Tring Museum
from the neighbourhood of Marash (M. Martinez de la Hscalera).

c. A. populi populeti.

Smerinthus populeti Bienert, Lep. Erg. Reise Persien p. 33 (1869) (Meschhet, Chorlog, vii. ;—Mus.
St. Petropolis ?) ; Staud., Cat. Lep. Eur. ed. ii. p. 423. n. 488 bis (1871); Christ., Stett. Ent.
Zeit. xxxiii. p. 216 (1872) ; id., Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. x. p. 31 (1873) (Schahrud) ; Bartel, in
Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 194 (1900) (N. Persia; Turkestan ; Kuldscha).

Smerinthus populi, Leder, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xiii, p. 28 (1870) (Caucasus) ; Staud., Cat. Lep. Eur,
ed. ii. p. 37. n, 488 (1871) (partim); Rom., JWém. Lép. i. p. 72 (1884) (Urmus ; Lagodekhi ;
Helenendorf ; vi., vii.); Hamps., Journ. Linn, Soc, Lond, xxvii. p. 412 (1899) (Lake Urmi,
N. W. Persia).

Smerinthus populi var. populeti, Erschoff, Reise Fedtschenko p.-26. n. 32 (1874) (Kuldscha) ; Staud.
& Reb., Cat. Lep, ed. iii. p, 99. sub n. 725 (1901).

*Smerinthus populi var. populetorum Staudinger, Stett. Ent. Zeit x\viii, p. 65 (1887) (Usgent ; Osh;—
coll, Staudinger) ; Gr.-Grschim., in Rom., MJém, Lép. iv. p, 518, 0, 208 (1890) (Osch, E. iv.) ;
Bartel, /.c. p. 195 (1900) (Turkestan) ; Staud. & Reb., /.c. p. 99. sub n. 725 (1901),

Amorpha populi var. b. Smer. p., var, populetorum, Kirby, lc. sub n, 2 (1892).

Amorpha populeti, Kirby, Lc. p. 710. n, 4 (1892) (Persia).

Amorpha populi var, populeti, Tutt, Brit. Lep. iti. p. 472 (1902),

Amorpha populi var, populetorum, id., Le.

3%. A large pale Asiatic race of A. populi. It has the distal margins of the
wings less scalloped than the western form ; the tenth tergite of the d is obviously
broader, the sternite longer, the lobes of the harpe slenderer and longer, especially
the upper one, aud the penis-sheath has fewer spines. A specimen from Saratow,
§. Russia, from the collection of Grum-Grschimailo, agrees in the colour and outline
of the wings with Ferghana examples; it is rather small (length of forewing

( 336 )

38 mm.) and approaches in the structure of the genital apparatus a little the
western popult.

Hab. North Persia to the Caucasus and the Altai Region.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd, 4 2? from: Turkestan ; Ferghana.

278. Amorpha amurensis.

Sphinx tremulac, Boisduval (won Borkhausen, 1793), /nd. Meth. p, 34 (1829) (Russ, mer.) ; Fisch.,
Oryct. Mosc. t. 10. £, 1. 2 (1830) (Moscow).

Smerinthus tremulae, Treitschke, Schm. Eur. x. i. p. 140 (1834) (descr, of larva erron.).

*Smerinthus tremulae var, amurensis Staudinger, in Rom., Mém. Lép. vi. p. 232. n. 220 (1892)
(Amur ;—coll. Staudinger).

3%. Structurally very close to populi. Ground-colour variable as in that
species. The rufous patch of the hindwing absent or barely indicated. Harpe
much broader than in populi, the two lobes being very broad ; the sheath of the
penis multispinose almost all round the edge, the spines small on one side of
the sheath; tenth tergite shorter than in populi, sternite more evenly convex
below, its sides straighter, the apex more obtuse. Vaginal plate as in popul?, the
ridge in front of the vaginal cavity shallowly emarginate.

Larva described and figured by Fisher, U.c.—Food-plants : Populus tremula
and lancifolia.

Treitschke describes the larva as not chagreened, being sometimes quite glossy
as if varnished; he further states that there are no side-bands, or only traces of
them, that the head is more rounded than triangular, and that the horn is long and
occasionally carmine-red. This description, which Duponchel doubts as being
correct and which Boisduval calls absurd, has been copied over and over again by
the writers on Palaearctic Lepidoptera.

Hab. Russia eastwards to Wladiwostock and Mupin.

Two subspecies : .

a. A. amurensis amurensis.

Sphinx tremulae, Boisduval, l.c.; Fischer, /.c.

Smerinthus tremulae, Treitschke, /.c.; Duponch., in God., Lép. France, Suppl. ii, p 29. t. 2. f. 2. a. b,
(1835) ; Herr.- Sch. Schm. Eur, ii. p. 91, Sph. t. 4. £. 12 (1847); Mén., Enum. Corp. Anim.
Petrop., Lep. ii. p. 138. n, 1567 (1857) (St. Petersb.) ; id., Schrenk’s Reis. ii. Lep. p. 48. n. 111
(1859) (Amur) ; Siev., Bull. Moscow p. 140 (1862) (St. Petersb.) ; id., le. p. 55 (1863) (St.
Petersb., if occurring ?) ; Tengstr., Act. Soc. FP. F. Fenn, x. p. 7. n. 99 (1869) ; Staud., Cat. Lep.
Eur, ed. \i. p. 38. n, 489 (1871) (Russia centr. et sept.) ; Boisd., Spec. (én, Lép. Hét. i. p. 24.
n. 11 (1875) (deser, of larva by Treitschke absurd!) ; Albr., Bull. Moscou p. 379 (1882)
(Moscow) ; Lampa, Ent. Tidskr. vi. p. 27 (1885) (Finland) ; Oberth., Bull. Soc. Ent. France
p- 56 (1886) (Mancburia, viii,); Graes., Berl. Ent, Zeitschr. xxxii. p. 106, n. 191 (1888); Hofm.,
Raup. Grossschm. p, 30. t. 6. £. 19 (1893) ; id., Grossschm. Eur, p. 31. n. 5 (1894) ; Bartel,
in Riihl, Grossschm. ii, p. 199 (1900) (deser. of larva error.) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii,
p. 99. n. 724 (1901).

Smerinthus populi ?, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. MW. viii. p. 244. sub n. 3 (1856).

Amorpha tremulae, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 710. n. 3 (1892) Russia).

Smerinthus trenidae var. amurensis Staudinger, in Rom., Wém. Lép. vi, p. 232. n. 220 (1892) (Amur ;
—coll, Staudinger) ; Bartel, in Riibl, Grossschm. ii, p. 201 (1900) ; Staud, & Reb., Cat. Lep.
ed. iii. p. 99. sub n, 724 (1901) (Amur ; Ussuri).

Smerinthus trenulae var. amurensis ab, rosacea Staudinger, in Rom., Mém. Lép. vi. p. 232, sub n, 220
(1882) (Amur ;—coll. Staudinger) ; Bartel, /.c.

3¢. We cannot find any fairly constant difference between the specimens from
Russia and the Amur. red Amur individuals are on the whole more glossy grey

(32m)

than caught examples from Europe. Some of the bred individuals from both
countries are grey-ochraceous ; these specimens are found most likely more often
among the few which emerge from the chrysalis in the same year, or they may be
produced by breeding in. The 2 figured by Duponchel belongs to this ochraceous
form. The Russian entomologists should be able to furnish science with the life-
history of this insect, which is very insufficiently known.

Heb. Finland, Russia as far north as the Gouy. Archangel, eastwards to
Wladiwostock.

In the Tring Museum 11 ¢d,5 29 from Russia and Amurland.

All authors quote Herr. Schaff. f. 14. In our copy and that of the Brit. Mus.
there are only thirteen figures of Sphingidae, and f. 12 is amurensis.

b. A. amurensis sinica subsp. nov.

g- Ground-colour darker than in all the specimens of the previous subspec'es
which we have seen ; wings broader, especially the hindwing, which is less produced at
SC? and R', less sinuate before and behind this lobe, much more evenly rounded
from this lobe to the anal angle than in the preceding subspecies ; veins and costal
edge of forewing not obviously paler, the pale grey, somewhat purplish, scaling of
both wings more restricted above and below. Harpe with the lower lobe narrowed
to end, almost pointed ; teuth sternite longer than in amur. amurensis.

%. Not known.

Hab. China.

Three dd in coll. Chas. Oberthiir from: Pon-lin (ype) ; Ta-tsien-lu ; Mupin.
Mons, Oberthiir kindly presented the Mupin specimen to the Tring Museum.

LXXXIV. PHYLLOSPHINGIA.—Typus: dissimilis.
Triptogon Bremer, Bull. Ac, St. Pétersb. iii. p. 475 (1861) (nom. indeser. ).
Smerinthus, id. (non Latreille, 1802), Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 35 (1864).
Marumba, Kirby (on Moore, 1882), Cat. Lep, Het, i. p. 707 (1892).
Phyllosphingia Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H, (6). xix. p. 164 (1897) (type: dissimilis).
Polyptychus, Leech (non Hiibner, 1822), Trans. Ent, Soe, Lond. p. 277 (1898).
Clarkia Tutt, Brit, Lep. iti. p. 386 (1902) (type: dissimilis).

3%. Tongue weak, reaching scarcely to end of forecoxa, the two halves
separate, but with fringe. Pilifer with bristles. Palpus of ¢ prominent, smaller
in ?, second seginent not rough-scaled, joint not open. Antenna setiform, side-line
almost even in dorsal view in d; feebly constricted at the joiuts in ?, without
distinct seriated ciliae (?), Abdomen with large underscales, upperseales long,
woolly, no spines, except at edges, but these spines very weak, scale-like. Tibiae
spinose ; hindtibia with two pairs of spurs, longer terminal one more than half the
length of the first tarsal segment; pulvillus present ; parouychium with one lobe
at each side, the ventral lobes being vestigial. Distal margin of wings dentate,
costal margin of hindwing concave in basal half, then convex, apex of wing
rounded ; frenulum vestigia/, no retinaculum. Clasper and eighth tergite without
friction-scales.

Larva green, shagreened, with pale oblique side-stripes, which are occasionally
bordered with red in front.—Food-plant : Juglans mandschurica.

Chrysalis strongly shagreened ; middle abdominal sternites posteriorly with
short pointed tubercles, which serve as an organ of locomotion, (See Appendix.)

vA

( 338 )

Hab. Japan; Amurland to Assam.

One species.

Bremer expressly states that he places the species only provisionally in
Ménétriés’s (nondescript) genus Vriptogon; therefore it cannot be considered the
type of Triptogon (see Marumba).

279. Phyllosphingia dissimilis,

Triptogon dissimilis Bremer, Bull. Ac, St, Pétersb, iii. p. 475. n. 26 (1861) (Ussuri ;—Mus. St.

Petropolis).

3d. Tenth abdominal tergite narrowed to a point (PI. XXII. f. 12), slender ;
sternite triangular, longer than in M’mas tiliae. Clasper (Pl. XXXII. f. 14)
large, triangular, with a basal mesial fold which bears heavy stiff bristles ; harpe
armed with spines at the edge, Penis-sheath with a longitudinal fold at end on
each side, therefore appearing dilated in a ventral or dorsal view (PI. XXIX. f. 36).

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XIX. f. 3) with a broadly triangular lobe in front of
the cavity ; the lobe as well as the sides of the postvaginal plate strongly folded.
Eighth tergite see Pl. XIX. f. 4.

Larva and chrysalis see above.

Hab. Japan ; Amurland to Assam.

Two subspecies :

a. P. dissimilis dissimilis.
Triptogon dissimilis Bremer, /.c. ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond, ix. p. 586. n. 5 (1877) (Ussuri).
Smerinthus dissimilis Bremer, Lep, Ost-Sib, p. 35. n. 154. t. 3. f. 12 (1864) ; Staud. & Wocke, Cat, Lep.
ed. ii. p. 38. n. 490 (1871); Oberth., Bull. Soe, Ent, Fr. p. 55 (1886) (vi. vii., /. on Juglans) ;
Leech, Proc, Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 586, n. 23 (1888) (Tokio ; Oiwake; Kiukiang) ; Graes., Berl.
Ent. Zeitschr. xxxii, p. 106, n, 193 (1888) (/. and p. sound produc.) ; Leech, 7ans. Ent. Soc, Lond.
p. 119. n. 92 (1889) (Kiukiang) ; Staud,, in Rom., Mém, Lép. vi. p. 231, n. 219. t. 4. f. 3 (pupa)
(1892) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 152 (1900); Staud. & Reb., Cat, Lep. ed. iii. p. 99.
n. 723 (1901) (Uss. ; Jap.).
Marumba dissimilis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 707. n, 20 (1892).
Polyptychus dissimilis, Leech, Trans, Ent. Soc, Lond, p. 277. 0, 37 (1898) (partim ; Oiwake ; Tokio;
Kiukiang).
The Kiukiang specimen mentioned by Leech is “ rosy-brown.”
Hab. Amurland ; Kiukiang, China ; Japan.

In the Tring Museum7 od, 7 2 2 from Amurland.

b. P. dissimilis perundulans.
*Phyllosphingia perundulans Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6). xix. p. 164 (1897) (Jaintia Hills;— Mus.
Brit.).
over dissimilis, Hampson, Journ, Bombay N. H, Soc, xi. p. 280. n. 926. fig. (go) (1898)

(= perundulans),

Phillosphingia (!) perundulans, Leech, Trans, Ent, Soc, Lond, p. 277. 0, 37 (1898) (sub syn. ; =
dissimilis),

3. Large, tawny. The dark discal patch of upperside of forewing concave
between M’ and M?, postcellular portion a little less extended posticad than in
diss. dissimilis; the brown marginal area projecting obliquely to lower angle of
cell. Sexual armature as in the northern race, but tenth sternite narrower
proximally and stouter distally.

?. Not known.

Hab. Jaintia Hills, Assam.

One ¢ (type) in the British Museum.

( 339 )

LXXXV. PACHYSPHINX gen. noy.—Typns: modesta.

Smerinthus, Harris (non Latreille, 1802), in Sillim,., Journ. Sci, Art xxxvi. p. 292 (1836).
Laothoé, Grote (non Fabricius, 1807), Bull. Buffalo Soe. N. Sci, i, p. 24 (1874).
Amorpha, id., l.c. i, p. 227 (1874) (nom. nud.).

Triptogon, Butler, Trans, Zool, Soc, Lond, ix. p. 589 (1877) (nom. nud. ; partim),
Marumba, Kirby (on Moore, 1882), Cat, Lep. Het. i, p. 708 (1892).

3%. Very close to Sphinx, from which it differs, in the darval state, in the
reduced horn, the slightly humped thoracical serments and less triangular head ; in
the 7mago state, in the bristles of the pilifer being mostly modified to hair-scales.
The abdominal tergites are spiuose all over, the spines as stont as in Amorpha, less
weak than in Sphina. Anterior tibia ending in a heavy thorn, homologous to
that of Sphinw ocellata, cerisyi, and kindermanni. Frenulum vestigial in both
SeXes.

3. Tenth abdominal sternite broader than in Sphinx. Clasper very broad,
very obtuse, the end of the abdomen appearing truncate; harpe with two distal
lobes corresponding to these of Amorpha, and an upper dentate ridge. Penis-
sheath without external armature ; a conical tooth upon the membrane of the duet
inside the sheath. No retinaculum.

?. Vaginal plate with a low thick ridge before the vaginal cavity, without
lobes ; the whole eighth segment strongly chitinised.

Larva granulose; head more triangular in the last and in the first stages
than in the intermediate ones; horn very short, longer in the young larva;
thoracic tergites transversely raised, the crest. also more prominent in the younger
caterpillar.— Food-plants: Populus; Salix.

Pupa similar to those of Amorpha and Sphinz.

Hab. Nearctic Region, from Canada to Mexico, westward to the Pacitic.

Only one species, which is individually, seasonally, and geographically variable.
Butler put this insect (in 1877) into a genus comprising the Old World species
allied to dyras, and maintained that “this is unquestionably the proper place for this
species.” Grote accepted Butler’s opinion as being well founded ; and since then
numerous writers have followed in the same wake. However, the affinity of
modesta with dyras and allies is very distant. Apart from structure, which was not
known to Butler and Grote, and most likely not to any of the authors who were
misled by them, and therefore may be passed over, any casual observer who is
acqnainted with the various species of Sphinx, Amorpha, and Butler’s Triptogon
(called by Moore Marumba, and dealt with in this Revision under that name) can
scarcely fail to notice the close agreement in colour and pattern between Pachy-
sphing, Sphinx, and Amorpha, and the conspicuous dissimilarity of Marumba, the
species of which have all, on the forewing, the peculiarly curved, almost looped,
discal lines.

Pachysphine is to a certain extent a combination of Amorphi and Sphine.
The thorax is unicolorous (or practically so) as in Amorpha; the hindwing is red as
in Sphinz, and has the same anal patch as Sphinw hindermanni; the forewing
agrees decidedly better with that of Amorpha. There are on the forewing of
Amorpha, in the middle area, five lines: two between the base of M° and the end
of the cell, the more proximal line forming the border of the dark band, the second
line being situated within the band and disappearing often ; beyond the cell there
are three more lines, the first obscure, often absent, the second more or less crenate

( 340 )

(the points directed basad) and forming the outer border of the dark band or band-
like area, the third line also crenate, more distal. In Pachysphinx we meet with
the same lines, the second (within the dark band) being, however, always absent
and the third seldom obvious ; the fourth and fifth are crenate as in Amorpha. In
Sphinw the homology of the lines is obscured. The hindwing of Pachysphina,
though so similar to that of Sphinx hkindermanni, reminds one nevertheless of
Amorpha populi by the red colour being intensified subbasally behind the cell,
forming here a patch corresponding to the tawny patch of popul’. The red basal
area on the forewing below is a Sphinx character. In structure Pachysphine agrees
with some species of Sphina in possessing a claw at the end of the foretibia, and
with Amorpha in the more strongly spinose abdominal tergite and the bilobate
harpe. The penis-sheath is similar to that of Amorpha in being devoid of a conical
tooth, while it differs from both Amorpha and Sphinx in being very slender, and
having instead of a number of spines a single tooth as armature of the membrane
of the duct. The frenulum of the ¢ is as much reduced as in Sphine.

280, Pachysphinx modesta.

Smerinthus modesta Harris, in Sillim., Journ, Sci, Art xxxvi. p. 292. n, 6 (1839).

Smerinthus modestus (!), Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 248, n. 10 (1856).

*Smerinthus princeps id., l.c. p. 225, n. 21 (1856) (Mus. Brit.).

Laothoé modestus, Grote, Bull, Buffalo Soc, N. Sci. i. p. 24 (1874),

Smerinthus populicola Boisduval, Spec. Gén, Lép, Het, i, p, 22. 0, 9 (1875) (nom. nov.).

Amorpha modesta, Grote, l.c. ii. p. 227, n. 44 (1875).

Triptogon modesta, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 589. n, 23 (1877) ; Grote, Lc. iti, p. 223,
n, 45 (1877).

Smerinthus occidentalis var. Edwards, Calif. Ac. Nat. Sci. vi. p. 92 (1876).

Smerinthus cablei Reizenstein, in Scribner's Monthly xxii. p. 864. fig. (1881).

Marumba modesta, Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 708. n. 33 (1892).

3. Antenna long, strongly compressed, slightly dilated laterad as in Sphina
ocellata, ciliae long. Tenth abdominal tergite stronger chitinised than in Sphina ;
the sternite much broader than in Sp4inx and Amorpha, with almost parallel sides
(Pl. XXII. f. 13). Clasper dilated dorsad at apex, very broad (Pl. XXII. f. 13);
harpe large, ventro-distally produced into two lobes ; the dorsal edge of the harpe
raised into a broad lobe, which is rough with short pointed tubercles and teeth.
Penis-funnel short, without process ; penis-sheath comparatively slender and weak
(absolutely slenderer than in the much smaller species of SpAcnx), without external
armature; the membrane of the duct strongly chitinised in a small place, armed
with a more or less prominent solid tooth, which is visible through the sheath as a
black spot, if the duct is not pushed out (PI. XXIX. f. 37).

¢. Autenna thin; proximal edges of the segments feebly raised, dorso-lateral
expansions of ¢ barely vestigial in 2 ; a proximal series of very slightly prolonged
ciliae, surface of segments feebly concave laterally and ventrally. Eighth abdominal
segment rather strongly chitinised, brown; antevaginal portion of plate short
(Pl. XV. f. 17), the ridge thick.

Hab. Nearctic Region.

There are three subspecies :

( modesta : Eastern States ; Canada to California ;
P. modesta + imperator : Arizona ;
regalis: Mexico.
Judging from our Arizona material obtained from Dr. E. Kunze and E, J.

( 341 )

Oslar, we believe that a paled form can be reared by in-breeding, as in the case
of Amorpha populi and amurensis. The specimens of the second brood, resp. the
individuals which emerge from the chrysalis the same summer, will also turn vut
to be partly paler than the specimens from hibernated pupae.

a. P. modesta modesta.

Smerinthus modesta Harris, I.c, (1839) ; Agass., Lake Superior p. 338. t. 7. f£. 7 (1850); Clem.,
Journ, Ac. Nat. Sci, Philad, iv. p. 183. n. 86 (1859) (Mass,; L. Sup.; Penn.; N.Y.) ; id., in
Morris, Syn. Lep, N. Am. p. 210. n. 3 (1862) ; Bowl., Canad. Ent. iti. p. 143 (1871) (Quebec) ;
Streck., Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 52. 60. t. 7. f. 11 (¢) (1873) (Canada to Middle States) ; Pears.,
Canad, Ent. vii. p. 80 (1875) (Montreal); Bunk., Canad, Ent. ix. p. 210 (1877) (transf.) ;
Worth., Canad, Ent. x. p. 16 (1878) (Chicago); Coq., Trans. Dept. Agr. Illin. xviii. App. p. 159
(1880) ; Kell., Bull, Buffalo Soc. N, Sci. iv. p. 29 (1881) (larva, pupa) ; Reed, Rept. Ent. Soe.
Ont, xii. p. 63 (1882) (larva).

Smerinthus modestus (!), Walker, List Lep, Ins, B. M, viii. p. 248. n. 10 (1856) ; Clem., Journ. Ac.
N. Sci, Philad. iv. p, 181 (1859) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860) ; Grote & Rob., Proce.
Ext. Soe, Philad. v. p. 161, 185, n. 73 (1865) (Atlantic distr.) ; Saund., Canad. Ent. iv. p. 36
(1872) (London, Can.); Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii. p. 80. n. 9 (1875) (Montreal, rare) ; Andr.,
Psyche ii, p. 72 (1877) (larva); Pilate, Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, 0.) ; Pack., Ins. Inj.
Forest Trees p. 450, n, 19 (1890).

*Smerinthus princeps Walker, List Lep. Ins, B, M, viii. p. 255. n, 21 (1856) (Mus. Brit.); Grote & Rob.,
Trans, Amer, Ent, Soc, ii. p. 75 (1868) (= modesta).

Laothoé modestus (!), Grote. Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. i, p. 24 (1873).

Laothoe modesta, Vhaxter, Psyche i. p. 29 (1874) (Newton, Mass.).

Smerinthus populicola Boisduval, Spec. Gén, Lép, Hét. i. p. 22. n. 9 (1875) (nom, nov. loco modesta ;
Canada; Calif.) ; Edw., Hut, Amer. iii, p. 223 (1887).

Amorpha modesta, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sci. ii. p. 227. n. 44 (1875) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer,
Mus. N. H. vii. p. 312. t. 7. £. 7 (1895) (N. Y. ; E. vii. viii.).

Triptogon modesta, Butler, Trans, Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 589. n. 23 (1877) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo
Soc, N, Sci. iii, p. 223. n. 45 (1877) (Can.; Mass.; N. Y.) ; id., Canad. Ent. ix. p. 131 (1877) ;
Fern., Canad. Ent, xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Orono, Maine, rare, vii.) ; id., Sphing. New Engld. p, 71.
n. 34 (1886) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 134. n. 53 (1886) (Can. southward) ; id., Hawk
Moths N, Am. p. 37 (1886) ; Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent, Soc. xv. p. 216. t. xi. f. 3. 4. 5 (genit. ;
ant.) (1888) (Canada to Louis., westw. to Calif.); Edw., Bull, U. St. N. Mus, xxxv. p. 44 (1889)
(lit. ref. to metam.) ; Dyar, in Riley, /ns. Life iii. p. 322 (1891) (N. Y., electr. light) ; Beutenm.,
Bull, Amer. Mus, N, H. iv. p. 170 (1892) (1 3 Calif. ex coll. Hy. Edw.) ; Trum., Ent. News
viii. p. 27 (1897) (S. Dakota) ; Rowl., Ent. News ix. p. 190 (1898) (Missouri ; not uncommon);
Soule, Psyche viii. p. 308 (1899) (larva).

Smerinthus occidentalis var, Edwards, Proc. Calif. Ac. N. Sci, vi. p. 92 (1876) (Calif. ; Nevada ;
Oregon ; on “ Arizona”’).

Triptogon modesta var. occidentalis, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Suc, N. Sei. iii. p. 223. sub n. 45 (1877)
(California) ; id., Hawk Moths N, Am. p. 37 (1886); Hanh., Canad. Ent. xxxi. p. 50 (1899)
(Manitoba).

Triptogon occidentalis, Holland, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 105 (1886) (west. var. of mod.); Grote, Canad.
Ent. xviii. p. 134. n. 54 (1886) (Calif., ete.) ; Heath, Canad. Ent. xxxii. p. 94 (1900) (Manitoba,
vii., after midnight).

Smerinthus cablei Reizenstein, in Scribner’s Monthly xxii. p, 864. fig. (1881) (Louisiana) ; Pearce,
Encycl, Amer, i. p. 689 (1884) ; Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent, Soc, xv. p. 218 (1888) (= modesta),

Marumba modesta, Kirby, Cat, Lep, Het. i. p. 708. n. 33 (1892) (N. Am.)

Marumba cablei, id,, lc, u, 35 (1892),

3%. Our Californian specimens, from Los Angeles, May, six in number, do not
differ from the eastern ones except in some of them having a faint red longitudinal
patch behind the cell near the base on the underside of the hindwing ; in eastern
examples the posterior part. of the antemedian brown band of the same wing is often
red, but the before-mentioned red mark is not present in any of our examples from
the Bastern States. In ground-colour those Californian individuals are exactly

( 342 )

like ordinary modesta modesta. According to Hy. Edwards, Z.c., the Californian
specimens of modesta are much paler in ground-colour, differing markedly from
the eastern form. He unites with them Arizona specimens, which are indeed
conspicuously different from Atlantic examples. It is possible that Edwards had,
besides Arizona specimens, only individuals of a second brood from California,
which we presume are all or partly paler than those from hibernated pupae. If
that was the case the name P. modesta modesta f. t. occidentalis may be employed
for them, and f. t. modesta for the ordinary dark form.

The amount of red on the hindwing is variable. There is generally a pale
distal border as in Sphina jamaicensis. Sometimes the black bar or spot before
the anal angle becomes more or less red anteriorly. Size variable. Apical lobes
of harpe about equal in length, obtusely rounded. ‘Tenth sternite truncate or
emargivate. Tooth of duct of penis large.

Hab. Canada to Louisiana, westwards to California, Oregon, and British
Jolumbia.

In the Tring Museum some larvae and pupae, 30 dd, 16 2 ? from: N. Jersey ;
Towa; Ohio ; South Dakota ; British Columbia ; South California.

b. P. modesta imperator.

Smerinthus occidentalis var, Edwards, Proc, Calif. Ac. Nat. Sei. vi. p, 92 (1876) (partim ; Ft. Yuma,
Arizona).

Smerinthus imperator Strecker, Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 125, t. 14. f. 3 (9) (1878) (Arizona) ; Edw., Ent.
Amer, iii. p. 223 (1887).

Triptogon imperator, Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 217 (1888) (Arizona).

Edwards’s occidentalis includes the present subspecies. As Edwards speaks
in his description of ‘our examples” of modesta, we accept the Californian modesta
as being the true occidentalis and retain the name imperator for the Arizona form.
The examples from Colorado which we have, mostly collected by Mr. Oslar, come
very near ¢mperator, approaching somewhat the palest individuals of mod. modesta ;
one of them, however, labelled Durango, 12. vi. 99, is darker than any individual
of modesta which has come under our notice, the olive median band of the forewing
being very pronounced and the red colour of the bindwing not only being restricted,
but also much obscured. The Colorado modesta, therefore, are neither true mod.
modesta, nor true mod. imperator, but form a connecting link.

3%. Large, rough-sealed. Stigma of forewing large, discal lines strongly
crenate ; pale abdominal and anal area of hindwing more extended than in mod.
modesta ; the proximal black anal bar narrow and long. Lobes of harpe unequal,
the upper one generally much shorter (P]. XXXIV. f. 31); tooth of penis-sheath
much smaller than in mod. modesta ; both the tenth tergite and sternite narrower,
the latter more obviously rounded at end (PI. XXIL. f. 13).

There are two broods in Arizona, which we name :

a’. P. modesta imperator f. t. imperator.

gd %. The spring-brood. Forewing greyish white at the proximal side of the
median baud and between the two crenate discal lines; the band more or less
shaded with grey or bnff, but the proximal border-line always conspicuous. 3
darker than ?.

Received from Dr. E. Kunze, labelled as follows: Phoenix, Arizona, 6. iy. ’97

( 343 )

(3S), 9. iv. 97 (88), 12. iv. 97 (d), 15. iv. 97 (3), 16. iv. 97 (F 2), 6. v.97 (2),
7. v. 97 (2), 24. v. "97 (¢, transition to the following).

Our 11 Colorado specimens agree more or less with this form, except the one
mentioned above.

b’. P. modesta imperator f. t. kunzei form. noy.
Pp

3 ¢.The summer form. Very pale. Upperside——Forewing creamy buff, basal
area and interspace between discal and postdiscal lines whitish cream-colour, lines
all vestigial or absent——-Hindwing: anal area cream-colour, the two blackish
brown anal bars of the spring form vestigial and cream-colour like the distal
margin. Underside without lines.

Received from Dr. EH. Kunze, in whose honour we name this peculiar form,
labelled: Phoenix, Arizona, 8. vii. "97 (d¢, type), 14. vi. 97 (2), 3. ix. 97 (2).

Hab. Arizona (typical) and Colorado ; Sonora? ; Lower California.

A pair from Lower California in the Paris Museum agrees on the whole with
f. t. imperator, but has the discal band and the apical area of the forewing more
strongly washed with tawny ochraceous. Besides, the stigma is smaller and
yellowish, the proximal border-line of the band is not black, and is less angulate
than in true ‘mperator, and the hindwing is more suffused with black at the anal
angle than in those Arizona specimens which have the forewing washed with
ochraceous. The pair represents perhaps a separate subspecies ; bat more material
should be examined before a name is proposed.

ce. P. modesta regalis subsp. nov.

Smerinthus modesta, Clemens, Journ. Ac, N. Sci, Philad. iv. p. 183. n. 86 (1859) (partim ; Mexico).
Triptogon modesta var. occidentalis, Druce (non Edwards, 1876), Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl.
p- 310. n. 1. t. 67. f. 2 (2) (1896) (Durango).

d%. As large as tmperator. Forewing above more uniform in colour than
in the other two subspecies, more sombre-coloured, with a slight reddish tint,
basal area not so pale as in f. t. ¢mp. and mod. ; discal lines crenate; distal margin
less strongly scalloped, the upper teeth especially smaller than in imperator ;
marginal area not conspicuously marked with grey. Hindwing : the red colour
as much extended distad as in 7mperator, the anal area much shaded with black.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite much more narrowed distally than in imperator ;
sides of lobe of sternite more slanting apicad, apex truncate with the angles
strongly rounded. Ventro-distal part of harpe more produced ventrad, the two
processes slender, closer together than in the other two subspecies, nearly equal
in length. od darker than ¢.

Hab. Jalisco and Durango, Mexico.

In the Tring Museum 2 3 d,2 ? ? from Jalisco.

LXXXVI. MONARDA.—Typus: oryx.
Monarda Druce, Biol. Centr, Amer., Lep, Het. Suppl. p. 317 (1896) (type : ory).

g. Tongue short, not visible if rolled in. Pilifer with long bristles ; genal
process very obtuse; from beneath it protrude the hair-scales of the maxillary
palpus. Palpus not projecting, rongh-haired like the body and postero-basal

areas of the wings. Antenna nearly two-thirds the length of the forewing, of the

( 344 )

same type as in Cressonia, segments somewhat dilated dorso-laterally, bipectinate
ventrally at each side, the pectinations long, compressed; end-segment short.
Spinnles at the edges of the abdominal seements thin, narrow, long, very weak,
Tibiae vot spinose ; spurs unequal, two pairs to hindtibia, longer apical spur about
half the length of the first hindtarsal segment, which is not longer than segments
2 and 3 together; foretarsus short, segments almost equal in length except fourth,
which is shorter, first with two long, stout, curved spines, one basal, the other
apical; pulvillus and paronychium adsent. Distal margins of wings convex,
posterior angles rounded, not produced; frenulum and retinaculum present. Clasper
without friction-scales.

2 and early stages not known.

Hab. Jalisco, Mexico.

One species.

281. Monarda oryx.
*Monarda oryx Druee, /.c. n. 1. t, 58. f. 6 (1896) (Jalisco ;—coll. Schauy).

3. The upper scales and most of the hairs of the forewing are deep ferraginons,
except at costal and distal margins and upon veins, which are olive; two interrupted
antemedian bands, and two discal series of lunules followed by a series of postdiscal
spots, are black. There are no ferruginous scales on the underside of the wing, but
some of the thoracical hair-scales and those at the lower edges of the abdominal
tergites and on the legs are also more or less of the same peculiar colour. Our
specimen has the antenna less pale, the forewing, thorax, and legs more ferruginous,
the posterior angles of both wings better indicated, the distal margin of the
hindwiug less convex, and the blackish olive band of the same wing more straight
than one of Mr. Schaus’s specimens.

Tenth tergite (Pl. XXII. f. 16) slender, lanceolate, pointed, slightly curved
downwards, extreme end more so, mesially carinate below ; sternite also long,
broader than the tergite, gradually narrowed, sinuate, the angles acute and curved
upwards. Clasper large, sole-shaped ; harpe irregular, ending in an obliquely
sinuate process, sharply pointed; at the dorsal side of the sinus there is a small
tooth, between which and a more proximal, large, triangular tooth there is another
sinns. Penis-sheath with a long pointed process which eurves proximad and
laterad; penis-funnel simple.

Hab. Jalisco, Mexico.

Two $d in coll. W. Schaus and 1 3 in the Tring Museum from Guadalajara.

LXXXVII. CRESSONIA.—Typus : juglandis.
Sphinx, Abbot & Smith (won Liuné, 1758), Lep. Georgia i. p. 57 (1797).
Smerinthus, Lepelletier & Serville (non Latreille, 1802), Enc, Méth. x, p. 441 (1825).
Cressonia Grote & Robinson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 186 (1865) (type: juglandis).

3%. Tongue slender, short. Palpi of d long, very strongly diverging, second
segment prolonged, strongly compressed, curved sidewards, gradually narrowed to
end, third conical; very much smaller in 2, slightly divergent, pointed as in d.
Abdomen without spinules. Tibiae spinose; two pairs of spurs to hindtibia ;
pulvillus and paronychium present, the latter with one lobe at each side. Distal
margins of wings undulate; costal margin of hindwing straight from base to

( 345 )

beyond middle, then somewhat projecting frontad, forming a rounded lobe; R?
of hindwing before centre of cell, D? somewhat curved, D* not or little shorter
than D*; frenulum vestigial, retinaculum adsent. Antenna peculiar ; ? : segments
all longer than high, especially the distal ones, each thickest basally, the sides
slightly rounded basally in dorsal view, and feebly sinuate apically ; broader than
high, and also than long excepting distal segments, depressed, somewhat prismatical,
the ciliated surface feebly concave in middle, no distinct groove, no indication of
pectinations, ciliae short, fasciculated ciliae barely indicated ; ¢: segments much
more obviously truncate pear-shaped in dorsal view (PI. LXI. f. 3. 4. 5) than in ¢,
strongly compressed ventrally, sides deeply grooved, the groove bordered above by
a kind of carina, which projects a little over the groove, this carina not scaled ;
it is homologous to the lateral expansion of other Sphingid antennae ; the com-
pressed ventral parts of the segments separate (Pl. LXI. f. 3, lateral view) ;
each segment produced subyentrally on each side into an apical and a longer basal
process which project laterad, the processes compressed, the longer diameter of
the traussection vertical ; the fascicles of long ciliae along the edges of the processes,
forming on each segment, with the other fascicles, an apical and a basal row, which
rows join each other above, the arrangement of the fascicles, therefore, the same
as in other Sphingidae. The processes being expansions of the ciliae-bearing area
are as a matter of course not scaled; they are not homologous with the branches
of other pectinated Sphingid antennae, excepting those of Monarda, agreeing best
with those of Saturniidae, as pointed out by Smith. The segments are slightly
asymmetrical (Pl. LXI. f. 5). The antenna differs, however, essentially from
that of the Saturniids and Ceratocampids in being scaled above, in possessing deep
side-grooves, in the ventral part being strongly compressed, and in the single
sensory cone being conspicuous and remaining in its place close to the end of the
segment.

Larva pale green or reddish, with oblique side-stripes, which are bordered with
red in front or are preceded by red subdorsal spots, these red spots resp. borders
sometimes absent, anal segment mostly with a dark mesial streak; heavily granulose,
head strongly triangular, bifid, sparsely granulose all over; horn long, feebly
curved, granules very high; anal tergite with a higher granule at each side of
the dark mesial streak.—Food-plants : Juglans, Ostrya.

Papa opaque, head with four projections, antenna-case with a row of sharp
granules or teeth, semites 4 to 6 of abdomen with a subapical carina which is
dentate laterally in ¢, laterally and ventrally in 2 ; tongue-case triangular, much
shorter than the cases of the forelegs, reaching only one-third the way from its base
to the apex of the wing-cases ; abdominal segments 7 to 10 ventrally flat, the sides
subearinate, those of segment 8 expanded, armed with sharp teeth which point
frontad, eighth segment humped dorsally in d; cremaster truncate, angles produced
laterad into a sharp tooth.

Hab, Canada to Florida and Texas, westward to the Mississippi basin.

One species.

282. Cressonia juglandis.

Sphinx juglandis Abbot & Smith, Lep. Georgia i. p. 57. t. 29 (1797).

Sphing instabilis Martyn, Psyche t. 20. f. 49; t. 21. £. 53 (1797).

Amorpha dentata juglandis, Hiibner, Samml. Ex, Schm. i. t. 171 (1806-24).

Polyptychus juglandis, Hitbuer, Verz. bek, Schm. p. 141. n. 1516 (1822).

Smerinthus juglandis, Lepelletier & Sery., lc. p. 441 (1825); Harris, in Sillim., Jowrn. Sci. Art

( 346 )

xxxvi. p. 292. n. 5 (1839); Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 247. n. 9 (1856) (N. York ;
Florida ; Orilla, Can.) ; Fitch, Rept. Ins N. York iii. p. 462 (1856) ; Ménétr., Enum. Corp.
Anim. Petr., Lep. p. 94. n. 1568 (1857) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad, iv. p. 185 n. 90
(1859) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 213.
n. 7 (1862); Lintn., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. iii. p. 668 (1864) (life hist. ; on Ostrya, Juglans,
Carya); Harr., ed. Flint, Jns. Inj. Veg. p. 328 (1865) ; Streck., Lep. Rhop, Het. p. 53. t. 7.
f. 12 (¢). 13 (9) (1873) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén, Lép. Hét. i. p. 27, n. 14 (1875) (deser. of larva
and pupa) ; Pilate, Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, O.).

Bombyx (2) juglandis, Emmous, Nat. Hist. N. Y. v. t. 45. f. 9 (1854).

Cressonia juglandis, Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad, v. p. 161. n. 74 (1865) (Atlantic distr.) ;
iid., lc. p. 186 (1865) (figs. of wings) ; Saund., Canad. Ent. i. p. 48 (1869) (sound of larva) ;
Lintn., Ent. Contr. i, p. 192 (1872) (N. Y., B. vii.) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. H. i. p. 24
(1874) ; id., Lc. ii, p. 50. 227. n. 45 (1875) (= pallens); Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 30 (1874) (Newton,
Mass., F. vii.) ; Grote, /.c. iii. p. 223. n. 46 (1877) (Canada to Southern States) ; Butl., Zrans.
Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. £90. n. 1 (1877); Pack., Ins. Inj. Forest Trees p. 84 (1881) ; Reed, Rept,
Ent Soc. Ont. xii. p. 63 (1882) ; Edw., Papilio iti. p. 25 (1883) (N. Jersey); Edw. & EIL, ébid.
p. 127 (1883) (larva); Fern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 81. n. 40 (1886); Holl., Canad, Ent. xviii.
p. 105 (1886) (W. Pa. and S. Ind., larva common) ; Grote, Hawk Moths N, Am. p, 36 (1886) ;
Smith, Lnt, Amer. iii. p. 2 (1887) (struct. of ant.); id., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 230.
t. 12. f. 1 (genit.). 2 (ant.). 3 (genit.), t. 13. f. 1 (venat.) (1888) (Canada to Georgia ; westward
to Mississippi, Texas) ; Edw., Bull, U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxy. p. 44 (1889) (lit. relat. to metam.) ;
Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 713. n. 1 (1892); Brehm, Ent. News viii. p. 21 (1897) (eggs
May 20th); Beutenm., Bull. Amer, Mus, N. H. vii. p. 317, t. 7. f. 8 (1897) (larva, pupa; on
hickory, walnut, and Ostrya; N. York, two broods) ; Hanh., Canad. Ent. xxix. p 292 (1897)
(Manitoba) ; Rowl., Ent. News ix. p. 190 (1898) (Missouri ; walnut, hickory) ; Hanh., Canad.
Ent. xxxi. p. 52 (1899) (Manitoba) ; Heath, ‘bid. xxxiii. p. 99 (1901) (Manitoba).

Cressonia pallens Strecker, Lep, Rhop. Het. p. 54. t. 7. £. 14 (9) (1873) (Texas) ; Butl., Uc. p. 590.
n. 3 (1877) ; Kirby, /.c. p. 713. n. 4 (1892).

*Cressonia robinsoni Butler, lc. p. 590. n. 2 (1877) (N. York ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 3 (1892).

Cressonia hyperbola Slosson, Ent. Amer. vi. p. 59 (1890) (Florida) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 2 (1892).

3. There is only one species of Cressonia; it varies in the tint of the ground-
colour and also in the position of the lines. The individual described as hyperbola
has the last antemedian and the first discal line fused behind; such aberrant
individuals occur also in other genera, for instance in Marumba. We have
examined specimens from various states of the South and North, and failed to find
any local difference.

3. Tenth tergite triangular (Pl. XXII. f. 17), elongate, gently curved, with
almost parallel sides in apical half, convex above, concave below at end, apex
rounded ; sternite also triangular, pointed, slightly curved upwards at apex.
Clasper sole-shaped, dorsal edge rather obviously concave basally ; harpe produced
into a triangular, obtusely pointed, distal process, which projects very little and
has the dorsal edge denticulate (in Prof. Smith’s description the harpe is erroneously
said to project from the superior edge of the clasper). Penis sheath compressed,
with an apical patch of minute tubercles or teeth which point distad.

?. Highth abdominal tergite sinuate, membranaceous mesially, more strongly
chitinised laterally. Vaginal plate with a ridge before the orifice ; the ridge cleft,

the two halves strongly rounded ; postvaginal part of plate membranaceous distally,
rounded.

Early stages see above.

Hab. Canada to Florida and Texas, westwards to the Mississippi basin.

In the Tring Museum 6 larvae and 2 pupae, 23 dd, 12 2? from: Toronto,
Canada; N. Hampshire; N. Jersey; Quincy, Illinois; San Antonio, Texas ;
Sanford, Florida.

( 347 )

II. B. Sphingidae semanophorae.

3%. The not-scaled area of the inner surface of the first segment of the palpus
covered with short sensory hairs, or these hairs, which are seldom vestigal,*
restricted to a patch.

The number of species belonging to this division of the Sphingidae is about
twice as large as that of the Sphingidae asemanophorae. Specialisation by
reduction or loss, though not quite absent, is far less frequent in the present
division than among the Acherontiinae and Ambulicinae, while the modification of
organs in functionally higher structures is very often met with, the prevailing
tendency in the Sphingidae semanophorae being progressive development in contra-
distinction to the Sphingidae asemanophorae, where retrogression is the prevalent
feature in the development.

The tongue is never excessively long as it often is in Acherontiinae, nor is it
ever so much reduced as in some Acherontiinae and many Ambulicinae, reaching
always at least to the middle of the abdomen and remaining functional in all
species. The pilifer is always prominent; it is peculiarly modified in the
Choerocampinae ; the bristles never become weak and flat or change into scales. The
palpus varies very much in size, as does also the proportion in length between the
first and second segments. In some genera the palpus is somewhat reduced (for
instance in Deidamia and Darapsa), in others much enlarged (Giganteopalpus,
Elibia, ete.). The longest Sphingid palpus is found in this division, namely in
Tinostoma. Remarkable modifications of the palpus occur in the subfamily
Choerocampinae. The antennae are no less variable. They are filiform or setiform
in many species, without the indication of a club; in others they are moderately
clubbed; in others again excessively so. The distal part may be abruptly recurved
or scarcely curved at all. The end-segment is more often long than it is short, but
the short end-segment is not at all of rare occurrence. The eye is lashed or not ;
its size is very different, Oryba having the largest eye of Sphingidae, while
Deidamia, Darapsa, Gurelca, ete., have a comparatively small one. The head is
sometimes crested, the crest being here, as in the Sphingidae asemanophorae, a
sign of reduction of the head. The scales of the mesonotum form occasionally also
a high, well-defined crest, which may be simple (/pistor), or double (Dilophonota).
This thoracic crest is not a feature accessory to reduction. The abdomen is of
interest in several respects. ‘The first tergite and the sternite of the second segment
become often closely appressed to the metathorax (Macroglossum, Sesia, etc.).
The spines are never lost; there are two kinds of spination not found in the
previous subfamilies—the uniserial conical spines of Dilophonata, Pholus, ete.
(Pl, LXII. f. 9), and the flattened, very strongly chitinised spines of Macroglossum,
Sesia, Haemorrhagia, etc. (Pl. LXII. f. 11). The spines of the basal sternite,
which are at the highest vestigial in Sphingidae asemanophorae, are very distinct
in quite a number of genera of the present division, and like those of the other
sternites barely less strong than the dorsal ones in those forms which have the
spination as represented by Pl. LXII. f. 11. The broad expansible fan-tail and, in
the ?, the broadly trapeziform seventh sternite which is spose at the edge in a
number of genera (PI. LXIII. f. 5. 6), are characters confined ¢ to members of this

* See Odontosxida and Gurelca.

+ Excepting the males of the Ambulicine genera Cypa, Smerinthulus and Degmaptera, which
have also a fan-tail.

( 348 )

division. The friction-scales of the clasper (¢) are, as in the Sphingidae asemano-
phorae, often absent; but if they occur, they are erect or half erect, never forming a
smooth patch as in Acherontiinae and Ambulicinae. They develop to large, strongly
ribbed, often asymmetrical, lanceolate, pointed or truncate scales, which are easily
recognised with the naked eye (PI. LYIII. f. 37). If these scales are much
enlarged, their number is reduced, the smallest number (one) being found in some
Choerocampinae.

The legs offer also some peculiarities not met with among the previous sub-
families. The mid- and hindcoxal mernum are carinate behind or are produced
backwards into a large tooth in many Ses¢énae and Nephelicae (Pl. LXIII. f. 2). The
tibiae are rarely spinose, and the proximal pair of spurs of the hindtibia is absent from
only one species (Microsphinx pumilum). The anterior tibia is occasionally produced
into a thorn, as happens also among the Sphingidae asemanophorae. The comb of
the mid- and hindtarsus is often present, but the spines are never much prolonged,
a comb as represented by Pl. LXLV. f. 7 being confined to the Acherontiinae. The
spurs appear often crested on the innerside, the scales being here raised, often spine-
like, and we find oceasionally a distinet comb of spines (PI. LXIV. f. 8). The
external spines of the mid- and hindtarsus are sometimes very numerous, short and
strong, lying almost flat upon the tarsus (Macroglossum, Atemnora, ete.). The
pulvillus does not disappear often, only one species of Haemorrhagia, Arctonotus
lucidus, and Euproserpinus phaeton (we have not seen Arctonotus terlooi and
Euproserpinus euterpe) being without it. The paronychium preserves as a role the
four lobes, with a few exceptions, the ventral lobes being cecasionally reduced
(Gurelea, Sphingonaepiopsis, ete.), or the paronychium being altogether vestigial
(Arctonotus, Euproserpinus).

The wings are very variable in shape; the frenulum and retinaculum are
always present.

The tongue-case of the pupa always reaches to the end of the wing-cases,
never being abbreviated as in Ceratomia among Acherontiinae and in nearly
all Ambulicinae. It is often enlarged frontad, and compressed, and projects in
Rhyncholaba in a similar way as in Protoparce.

The larvae are not granulose as in Ambulicinae, nor have they ever a triangular
head ; they are also not regularly banded as in most Protoparce, Hyloicus ligustri,
etc. The horn of the cylindrical larvae is often straight or curved forward, and is
longest in the early stages ; in the last stage it is occasionally reduced to a button-
like tubercle. The anterior segments and the head are often reduced, and the third
and fourth enlarged. Ocellated larvae occur only in the present division of the
Sphingidae. A sharply marked dorso-lateral line ruuning from head to horn is
very often met with.

The ancestral forms from which this mass of species has developed are
represented by Pachylia, Pseudosphinx, Isognathus, Evinnyis, Grammodia, and
Pholus. The ancestral genera possessed non-clubbed anteuna, with a long end-
segment, which was, however, more elongate-bottle-shaped than filiform; a large
palpus with the sensory hairs of the first segment occupying the whole non-scaled area
of the inner surface ; uniserial, long, stout, conical spines to the abdomen; in d
numerous small friction-scales not very different in size from the ordinary scales
of the clasper; in ? a triangular non-spinose seventh sternite ; a simply rounded
merum to mid- and hindcoxae ; fully developed pulvillus and paronychium ; a
comb of moderately long spines ou the mid- and hindtarsi; a smooth, sub-

( 349 )

cylindrical, anteriorly evenly rounded pupa; and a cylindrical larva with long
straight horn and rounded head.

The generalised genera mentioned before fall into two groups: Pholus with
non-divided tenth abdominal segment of the ¢, and Pseudosphinx to Grammodia
with symmetrically divided tenth d-segment. From Pseudosphinx and allies a
series of genera leads upwards through Pachylia, Hemeroplanes, Perigonia, Sesia,
to Haemorrhagia, Cephonodes and Sataspes. This is one main branch of the
Semanophorae, giving rise to several small side-branches. The second series starts
from Pholus, and divides soon into several branches.

Of all these issues from the ancestral Semanophorae only one group of genera
is sharply circumscribed ; it claims the rank of a subfamily. This group, which
belongs to the Pholus-side of the Sphingidae semanophorae, comprises the genera
Theretra, Xylophanes, Pergesa and allies, and is termed by us Choerocampinae. We
may leave this subfamily out of consideration for the present. The remaining
groups of Semanophorae are not so obviously distinguished from one another in all
their members, owing to the preservation of generalised forms linking the groups
together, and to the differences becoming obscured by the recurrence of similar
structures in phylogenetically widely different genera. But we think it wise to give
to each of the two natural sections, the Psewdosphinx-branch, and the Pholus-branch
(exclusive of Choerocampinae), subfamily rank, the two subfamilies being designated
as Sesiinae and Philampelinae, the former ending in Sataspes, the latter comprising
as highly specialised members the genera Macroglossum, Euproserpinus, Micro-
sphinx, Elibia, ete.

The Sesiinae are mostly American; they exhibit very often asymmetrical
development of the copulatory apparatus in both sexes. The seventh sternite of
the ? is large, quadrangular in a number of genera, and is in the higher forms
spinose at the end like the preceding sternites. The friction-scales of the clasper
are small in the lower genera and absent from the higher ones, never developing to
large lanceolate scales as in the Pholus-series. The pupa has never a compressed
Theretra-like tongue-case. The imago of the bigher genera is mimetic (Sataspes,
Flaemorrhagia, etc.) ; mimetism is known also of some larvae of Sesi/nae ( Hemero-
planes, Leucorhampha).

The Philampelinae, on the other hand, are for the greater part inhabitants of
the Old World; they have many affinities with the Choerocampinae, characters of the
latter subfamily appearing frequently among them—for instance, the enlarged friction-
scales, the compressed tongne-case of the pupa, the swollen third and fourth
segments of the larvae, eye-spots, ete. The Philampelinae follow partly the
Choerocampinae in the direction of development, partly the Sesinae ; the series
Nephele to Macroglossum is Sesiad in several respects, and has, on account of this
similarity, always been considered far more closely related to Sesia, Haemorrhagia
and allies than to Detlephila, Acosmeryx, etc. The resemblance between Sesta
and Macroglossum, for instance, is indeed surprising, referring to the antennae,
the spination and anal tuft of the abdomen, and the midcoxal merum.

SupramiLy Sesiinae.—Typus: Haemorrhagia tityus.

Bombyliae Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm, p. 131 (1822) (partim).
Eumorphae id., l.c. p. 133 (1822) (partim).

Deilephilae id., lc. p. 136 (1822) (partim).

Manducae id., lc. p. 138 (1822) (partim).

( 350 )

Sesiidae Stephens, Jilustr. Brit. Ent., Haust. i. p. 132 (1828) (partim; type: Haemorrhagia
Suciformis).

Macroglossini Grote & Robinson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 149 (1865) (nom. nud. ; partim).

Chaerocampini iid., lc. p. 153 (1865) (mm . nud. ; partim).

Sphingini iid., l.c. p. 161 (1865) (nom. nud. ; ; partim).

as Euryglottides ” Boisduval, Spec. Gén. oe Hét, i. p. 68 (1875) (partim).

“ Déiléphilides ” id., /.c. p. 158 (1875) (partim).

“ Macroglossides ” id., /.c. p. 289 (1875) (partim).

Macroglossinae Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 516, 517 (1877) (partim ; incl. type of Sesiinae) ;
Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 86 (1888) (partim).

Chaerocampinae Butler, lc. p. 516. 544 (1877) (partim) ; Smith, /.c. p. 115 (1888) (partim).

Sphinginae Butler, /.c. p. 517. 598 (1877) (partim) ; Smith, /.c. p. 150 (1888) (partim),

Dilophonotidae Burmeister, Deser. Rép. Argent. v. p. 325 (1878).

Deilephilidae id., l.c. p. 336 (1878) (partim).

Pterogonidae id., Lc. p. 342 (1878) (partim).

Macroglossidae id., l.c. p. 356 (1878) (partim).

Smerinthinae, Smith, lc. p. 212 (1888) (partim).

3%. Tenth abdominal segment mesially divided, often asymmetrical, the left
half of the tergite and sternite, or the right half of the sternite, being sometimes
reduced, vestigial, or even absent ; right and left claspers occasionally also unequal;
no large friction-scales. The lower genera with uniserial abdominal spines, at least
on the last segments, the spines all Jong, or long ones alternating with small ones.
The seventh sternite of the ? trapeziform, or sinuate, often spinose at the apical
edge, sometimes only laterally ; if the sternite is small and triangular, and the
spination of the tergites multiserial, the mesonotnm is prominently crested or the
palpus angulate laterally.

One hundred and thirty-three species belonging to twenty-four genera. One
genus is Holaretie (Haemorrhagia), extending into the Oriental Region ; one is
Oriental (Sataspes), and one Aethiopian and Oriental (Cephonodes) ; all the others
are American.

Two tribes, Dilophonoticae and Sesiicae.

Key to the genera:
a. Spines of abdomen not uniseriate,
those of proximal row of tergites

broader than long . : : ° yesh
Spines of proximal row of dereites
longer than broad . ‘ ‘ - : oR

Spines of distal tergites uniseriate,
all long, or long and short ones

alternating j E : : om
b. Basal sternite of abdomen frit a
spines . , - XCIIL. Oryba.
Basal sternite of eiioaea rit few
weak spines, or not spinose . : q Sink
ec. Posterior tergites with long and small
spines alternating . : : a CL
Posterior tergites with haw apne
only, or with very few short ones . : soe
d. Hindwing ochraceous or cinnamon-
rufous, or thorax crested . XOVI. Hemeroplanes,

Not so 3 ‘i F f 3 3 hey

ea

,
ca

i
Bre
Sas

en
nd pulvillus normal
trong
CAUTETHI
i Hima notenns ror
IA
: .
( EPISTOE
Fir th t short
basal sternite ‘
ACHYGONIA Mid: andl hincicoxal mera
5 ; 4 . Cla withoot fr a Clasper’ with small frit! I
I st } sexual armature slightly asymmetrical,
SC! and SC of ing not ansstom : ay
ler Class scales
yCERY Hindtarsus t
Anten bed; end-segm
ating, Sexual arma
ni ata LEUCORHAMPRA
ngo ke Mad it posterior tergites
TSA ’ s only
Fr 0 by long
1801 PACHYLIA
Me f ation of aD Jul end-segment long
oxal merum angulate
Abdominal spine es of abdomen t ry strong,
5 ite apezi nical; basal h some
PSEUDOS INX pin : very weak
aad at st Seventh stornite ( 9
mo I + with small friction-»
. Be ee an clas malar re BY ee Ts PHILAM CHOEROCAMPINAL,
Three-tufted tail in ¢ single-tufte |

Horn of larva lon

|

SESLICAE

DILOPHONOTICAE. |
|

SESUINAE

SPHINGIDAE ASEMANOPHORAE SPHINGIDAE SEMANOPHORAE

SPHINGIDAE,

( 351 )

. Forewing angulate
Forewing not angulate
. Thorax not crested
Thorax crested .
. Forewing angulate
Forewing not angulate
. Forewing dentate
Distal margin quite even
. Hindwing yellow
Hindwing tawny rufous, at ean a
base beneath :
Hindwing grey and black .
j. Crest of thorax high . : : :
Crest of thorax not high
. Tibiae spinose
Tibiae not spinose
. End-segment of antenna ine filiform
End-segment of antenna short, not
filiform .
. Mideoxal mernm arealakee
Midcoxal merum not angulate
. Spines of posterior tergites uniserial .
Spines of posterior not
uniserial ; :
. Palpus angulate laterally .
Palpus not angulate laterally
. Palpus angulate laterally .
Palpus not angulate laterally
. Thorax with high crest
Thorax not crested
. First hindtarsal segment and inindiibia
appearing compressed on account
of the long crest-like scaling .
Scaling of hindleg normal .
. Hinder angle of forewing
backwards
Hinder angle of forewing na anced
backwards
- SC3 and SU¢ of forewing peeeeipiieed
at end. Mimetic, resembling
Xylocopa
SC* and SC! of Ee anice a i
mosed at end
. Apex of forewing acute
Apex of forewing sinuate . c
. Cell of hindwing very short, R* ae
M' ona stalk ;
Cell of hindwing about trie (or
thrice) as long as broad . F

tergites

produced

XCV. Madoryzx.
XCIL. Pachylia.
g-
: ee
XCIYV. Leucorhampha.
XCH. Pachylia.
: ah
XCI. Grammodia.
j

XC. Erinnyis.

LXXXVIII. Pseudosphinz.

XC. Erinnyis.
LXXXIX. Jsognathus.
©. Enyo.
: ay:
e

if - MM.
CVI. Perigonia.
: sts
0.
; sguip
XCVIII. Protaleuron.
XCVIL. Stolidoptera.
XCIX. Aleuron.
. alge
CI. Epistor.
Te
3 Ss
CIV. Cautethia.
CII. Pachygona.

CILI. Aimantoiaes.

XI. Sataspes.
OVI. Perigonia.
CV. Nyceryx.
CX. Cephonodes.

Ww.

( 352 )

w. Autennae very strongly clubbed in

both sexes ; eve strongly lashed . CIX. Haemorrhagia.
Antenna not, or moderately, clubbed ;
eye feebly lashed . : : : : x.
x. SC and SC! of forewing peeetaeeed
atend . : . : . CVIII. Sesia.

SC and SC! of forewing moe anasto-
mosed at end ; : - . CVI. Eupyrrhoglossum.

TrizE Dilophonoticae.—Typus: Lrinnyis ello.
Dilophonotidae Burmeister, Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 325 (1878).

&2. Thorax with double crest ; head also crested. Merum of midcoxa with
indication of angle. Spines of abdomen uniseriate (PI. LIL. f. 9), no short spines
on posterior tergites.

Hab. Neotropical Region.

Four genera; nineteen species.

LXXXVIII. PSEUDOSPHINX.—Typus : ¢etrio.

Sphinx Linné et auct. vetust. (partim).

Hyloicus Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 139 (1822) (partim ; type: pinastri).
Pseudosphing Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 68 (1856) (type : tetrio).

Macrosila Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 198 (1856) (partim).

Protoparce, Butler (non Burmeister, 1858), Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond, p. 484 (1878).

3°. Very close to Lrinnyis and Isognathus ; spines of abdominal sternites
weaker than in Erinnyis, being thinuer and more lanceolate ; crest of mesonotum
higher and shorter, less gradually fading away behind, mesonotum comparatively
shorter.

3. Process of harpe entire. Tenth abdominal sternite a little longer than the
tergite (as is also the case in Lrinnyis, but not in Lsognathus).

Larva with long filiform horn; head large ; body black with yellow rings in
all stages.—Food-plants : Luphorbiaceae, especially Plumeria.

Pupa polished, strongly glossy, with scarcely any puncturation ; frontal
tubercles vestigial.

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America.

Oue of the commonest species of Sphingidae.

The name Pseudosphinx is very appropriate. The insect has the appearance of
a species of Sphingicae, into which tribe nearly all authors have put it. There was,
however, no excuse for being misled by the general resemblance of tetrio to Proto-
parce florestan and others—striking though it is—after Burmeister had pointed out
the true relationship with Mrinnyis and Isognathus. The agreement in structure of
these two genera and Pseudosphina is so great that the differences in the imagines
would not count for anything if they were not accompanied by differences in the
larvae, as is the case in Mrinnyis on one side, and Pseudosphinx aud Isognathus
on the other. These latter two genera have been united by Burmeister, and we
must say that there is ample justification for this course; in fact, we keep
Isognathus separate from Pseudosphinz, not because there are any obvious
diagnostic characters, but on the consideration that the very difficult species of

( 353 )

Tsognathus are inter se more closely related than with the easily recognised tetrio, as
is shown by the crest of the head and thorax, the colour, anl the sexual armature
differing somewhat in /sognathus and Pseudosphina.

The yellow-ringed larva with red head, red anal segment, and red legs
resembles that of certain Saturniidae. This similarity is the more suggestive as
the oblique side-bands of the equally low-organised Pachylia and Pholus —which
run in the opposite direction to that of the bands of Protoparce, Hyloicus, Sphina,
etc.—are also met with amoung American Saturnitdae.

283. Pseudosphinx tetrio.

Merian, Metam. Surin. Ins. t. 5 (eruca) (1705).

Sphinaz tetrio Linné, Mant. Plant. p. 538 (1771) (Am. mer.) ; Miill., Naturs., Suppl. p. 301. n. 5. b
(1774) ; Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 540. n. 14 (1775) (partim) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 203. n. 2
(1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Jus. ii. p. 145, n. 27 (1781) (partim) ; id., Mant. Ins. i. p. 96. n. 30 (1787)
(partim) ; Grell , Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2375. n. 61 (1790); Fabr., xt. Syst. ii. 1. p. 366. n. 32
(1793) (partim) ; Burm., Abh, Nat. Ges. Halle p. 60 (1854) (= hasdrubal) ; Dew., in Wiegm.,
Arch. Naturg. xliv. 1. p. 9. t. 1. £. 10. 11 (1878) (larva).

Sphinx plumieriae Fabricius, ite oh

Sphinx hasdrubal Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 90. t. 246. f. vr (1779) (Suriaam ; Curagao).

Hyloicus hasdrubal, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 139. n. 1488 (1822).

Sphinx asdrubal (!), Poey, Cent. Lep. t. 11 (1832) (Cuba; larva, pupa) ; id., Wem. Hist. Nat. Cuba
i. p. 197. n. 10 (1851) (larva).

Sphinx rustica, Sepp (non Fabricius, 1775), Surin. Vind. iii. t. 101 (1852).

Pseudosphinz tetrio, Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 64 (1856) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. G4
(1865) ; id. & Rob., ibid. p. 161. n. 75 (1865) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M, xxxv. p. 1854 (1866)
(= hasdrubal) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 610, n. 1 (1877); Dew., Mitth. Miineh.
Ent. Ver. i. p. 92 (1877) (Porto Rico) ; Burm., Descr. Rép, Argent. v. p. 326. n. 1 (1878) ; id.,
le. Atlas p. 33. 34. t. 13. £. 3 (U.). 7 (p.) (1879) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer,, Lep, Het. i.
p. 22. n. 1 (1881); Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana P- 203 (1882) ; Edw., Canad, Ent, xx. p. 12
(1887) (Arizona; N.W. Tigeas)e id., Ent. Amer, iii. p. 164 (1887) (Florida) ; id., /.c. ili. p. 223
(1888) ; Riley, Jus. Life i. p. 379 (1890) (at sea in Gulf of Mexico) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.
p. 682. n. 1 (1892) ; Rothsch., Nov. oS = p. 90 (1894) (= obseura) ; Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 316
(1896) ; Bonningh,, Jris xii. p. 117. pn. 22 (1899); Hamps,, dan. Mag. N. H. (7). vii. p. 251
(1901) (Bahamas) ; Kaye, 7rans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 139 ( ee (Trinidad).

Macrosila hasdrubal, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p, 202. n, 6 (1856); Ménétr., Enum. Corp.
Anim. Mus. Petr. ii. p. 89,0. 1468 (1857) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 161. n. 53
(1859) ; id., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am, p. 184. n. 2 (1862).

Sphina ? tetrio, Walker, l.c. p. 263 (1856).

Macrosila asdrubal (!), Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 295 (1856) ; Herr.-Sch., Corresp. BI.
p. 59 (1865) ; Boisd., Consid. Lép. Guatemala p. 72 (1870) ; Weism., ed. Meld., Stud. Theor.
Desc. i. p. 264 (1882).

Macrosila tetrio, Boisd, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i.p. 61 (1875) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi,
p. 345 (1876) (Surinam) ; Snell., Tijdschr. Ent. xxx. p. 33 (1887) (Curagao).

*Pseudosphine obscura Butler, lc. n, 2 (1877) (Honduras; N, Granada; Brazil; Mus. Brit.) ;
Kirby, l.c. n. 2 (1892).

Protoparce tetrio, Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 484. n, 64 (1878) (Jamaica),

Sphinw (Pseudosphinx) tetrio, Dewitz, Nova Act, Leop. Car. Ac. Nat, xliv. 2. p, 250, t. 1. f.2. 2a
(I. juv.) (1882).

3%. The 3 is darker than the 2 ; both sexes are individually variable in
colour and size. Butler’s obscura is based on specimens with an average amount of
black-brown on the wings ; there occur individuals which are much darker than
the type of obscura.

3. Tenth segment broad (Pl. XLI. f. 19. 20. 21), sternite and tergite close
together, the processes of the former acute, curved at end. Clasper with a great
number of friction-scales (Pl. LVI. f. 36); harpe ending in a long, obtuse,
somewhat spatulate process with entire edges (Pl. XLY. f. 19). Penis-sheath

AA

( 354 )

(Pl. LILI. f. 7) of the same type as in Madoryx, the apical edge dentate at the
left and right side as shown in figure.

?. Highth tergite sinnate ; membranaceous mesially. Vaginal plate pitchy
black, large, connecting membrane between vaginal plate and seventh sternite
long, transversely folded ; vaginal plate very uneven, a ridge or carina proximally
of the ovate orifice, curving distad laterally, limiting a broad lateral groove ; two
smaller grooves behind the orifice, separated by a carinated fold. Seventh sternite
longer than basally broad.

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America: Florida, West Indies, southward to
Paraguay and Southern Brazil.

Very common.

In the Tring Museum 2 larvae, 1 pupa, 200 odd specimens from: Jamaica ;
Haiti ; Cuba ; Mexico southwards to Bolivia and Rio de Janeiro.

LXXXIX. ISOGNATHUS.—Typnus : scyron.
Sphine Linné, Mus. Lud. Ubr. p. 350 (1764) (partim),
Erinnyis Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 139 (1822) (partim ; type: ello).
Dilophonota Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 68 (1856) (partim ; type: ello).
Anceryx Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 222 (1856) (partim ; type: pinustr?).
Isognuthus Felder, Wien. Ent. Monatschr. vi. p. 187 (1862) (type : seyron).
Tatoglossum Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 598 (1877) (type: caricae).

3°. Agreeing closely with Pseudosphinw and Erinnyis; robust; crest of
thorax small ; crest of occiput not divided ; second abdominal tergite tufted above
(in well preserved individuals), seventh tergite and sternite of ? shorter than
basally broad ; process of tenth sternite of ¢ a little shorter than the tergite ; harpe
transversely ribbed (Pl. XLV. f. 25); R* and M? of hindwing less close together
than in Erinnyis.

Caterpillar as in Psewdosphinx ; body yellow or white, marked with various
designs in black, sometimes appearing black with pale rings; horn long and thin,
rough with setiferous tubercles, which are dense distally (in all species ?); anal
tergite without the two high tubercles of Pseudosphinx.—Food-plants : Plumeria
and other Euphorbiaceae.

Pupa stouter than in /Mrinnyis, paler, the black streaks more conspicuous
(Burmeister’s figure correct ?; his “scyron” pupa is darker in colour than the two
Erinnyis-papae figured on the same plate).

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America, from Mexico to Buenos Aires ; Cuba,
Haiti, Porto Rico.

The sexual armature does not present any apparent differences in the various
species, which are partly difficult to distinguish.

Key to the species :
a. Veins of hindwing above striped with black

in outer half . : ; 2 ; . 291. J. caricae.
Veins of hindwing above not striped with
black in outer half. : : : : : b.
4. Abdomen not distiuctly banded . ; :
Abdomen with black and whitish grey bands ¢ d.

c. Spot in apex of cell of forewing and dot
outside D* distinctly separate . ; . 284. L. leachi.

( 355 )

Spot in apex of cell and dot outside D*
more or less completely merged together 285. /. swainsoni.
d. Underside of abdomen white, with con-

spicnous black dots ; ‘ 290. L. excelsior.
Underside of abdomen grey shaded with
brown . : : A ‘ é.

e. Forewing above sitar arly blackish
brown; border of hindwing reaching
fees to cell : : . 288. J, congratulans.
Forewing above brown, with little grey
scaling and a russet patch on disc:
border of hindwing not reaching halfway

tocell . : : 286. I. seyron.
Forewing grey or white, at least in apa
third. : ; : : : “ xa Ie
J. Thorax and forewing ashy grey . : . 287. L. menechus.
Thorax and forewing chalky grey 2 - 289. 1. rimosae.

284. Isognathus leachi.

Sphinx leachi Swainson, Zool. Mlustr. ii. t. 150. £. 1 (1823) (Brazil).

Anceryx scyron, Walker (non Cramer, 1780), List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 225. n. 5 (1856) (partim ;
Villa Nova).

Tsognathus leachi, Felder, Wien, Eat. Mon. vi. p. 183 (1862); Buitl, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix.
p. 602. n. 6 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Let. i. p, 698, n. 12 (1892) (Brazil).

Anceryx leachi, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 125. n. 8 (1875) (partim ?),

*Anceryx cahuchu id,, l.c. p. 122. n. 4 (1875) (coll. Charles Oberthiir).

*Isoqnathus metascyron Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 258. n. 51 (1875) (Villa Nova ;—Mus. Brit.);
id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 602. n. 7. t. 94. f. 7 (2 ) (1877).

Pseudosphine scyron, Burmeister (non Cramer, 1780), Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 327. n. 2 (1878)
(partim).

Isognathus cahuchu, Butler, l.c. p. 629 (1877) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 6 (1892),

(?) Isognathus pedilanthi, Bonninghausen, Jris xii. p. 117. n. 23 (1899).

3%. Bands of abdomen not distinct.

Wings, upperside. Forewing: basal mesial elongate patch about 24 mm.
broad ; eross-vein D* pale, separating distinctly a rounded spot from the patch
situated in the cell; black discal streak R*—M' heavy, more or less counected
with the curved patch behiud M’*; greyish white scaling sparse, no distinct grey
interrupted vein-streaks posteriorly on disc. Hindwivg: marginal band distinctly
and almost regularly dentate, not constant in width.

Amount of yellow on underside variable.

Larva not known with certainty. Bénninghausen says of the larva of what he
calls pedilanthi, that it is marked with brown, black, and grey, and has no rings ;
his pedilanthi may be this or the following species.

Hab. South America ; Surinam to Southern Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd, 3 2% from: Leopoldina ; Minas Geraés, 12. xii,
10, ii, (Kennedy) ; Rio Negro (Pratt) ; Cayenne.

In the Paris Museum from the frontier of Uruguay.

285. Isognathus swainsoni.
Anceryx seyron, Walker (non Cramer, 1780), l.c. vili. p. 225. n. 5 (1856) (partim ; Brazil).
Txognathus swainsoni Felder, Wien. Ent. Mon. vi. p. 187. u. 175 (1862) (Rio Negro); Butl.,
Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p, 602, n. 9 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i, p. 698. n. 10 (1892).

( 356 )

*Jsoqnathus fumosa Butler, Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond, p, 258. n, 50 (1875) (Brazil ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 601. n, 5 (1877).

Isognathus fumosus, Kirby, lc. n, 7 (1892),
(2?) Lsognathus pedilanthi, Bonninghausen, Jris xii. p. 118. n. 24 (1899).

3%. Abdominal bands not distinct.

Wings, upperside. Forewing with more white scaling than the preceding
species, the interrupted white vein-streaks all over the outer half of the wing ; the
blackish brown spot at apex of cell and that at onter side of D* not distinctly
separate, more or less completely merged together; basal patch thinner than in
leachi, and cellule M'—M? less shaded with brown ; patch R*—M! separated from
the patch behind M’, but joined to the cell-patch; marginal spots at ends of veins
larger and paler grey than in leach. Hindwing : marginal band not dentate,
or only very faintly so, on the whole broader than in leach?.

Hab. South America: Surinam southward to South Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 3 dd, 4 22 from: Leopoldina; Rio de Janeiro ;
Chanchamayo, Peru.

In the Bern Museum from Para, at the electric light, vii. viii. (Dr. Goldi).

There is in the Felder collection a specimen of this species labelled “ Qreg.
it may be the type.

2
>

286. Isognathus scyron.

Sphinx seyron Cramer, Pap, Exot. iv. p. 23. t, 301. f. £ (1780) Surinam).

Evrinnyis scyron, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm, p. 139. n. 1491 (1822).

Ancerye scyron, Walker, List Lep, Ins. B. M. viii, p. 225, n. 5 (1856) (partim) ; Boisd., Spec. Gen.
Lép, Hét. i. p. 121. n, 3 (1875) (2, Cayenne ; cit. Merian ad aliam spec, pertinet) ; Méxchl.,
Verh, Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi, p. 346 (1876) (Paramaribo ; = ? pedilanth?).

Tsognathus scyron, Felder, Wien. Ent. Mon. vi. p. 187 (1862) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix.
p. 602. n. 8 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het, i, p. 698. n. 9 (1892); Schaus, Ent. News ix. p. 136
(1898) (= pedilanthi) ; Kaye, Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond. p. 138. t. 5. £. 12 (3 ) (1901) (Trinidad).

*Anceryx pedilanthi Boisduyal, /.c. p. 124. n. 6. t. 7. f. 1 (¢) (1875) (Cayenne ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir) ; Kirby, Le. n. 8 (1892).

Pseudosphine scyron, Burmeister, Descr. Rép, Argent. v. p. 327. n. 2 (1878) (partim).

32. Abdominal bands distinct. Thorax and forewing above russet-drab-
brown ; underside of abdomen buftish dirty white, slightly speckled with russet
scales.

Wings, above. Forewing in outer half with grey vein-streaks, interrupted
by black dots which represent transverse lines ; ¢ with black discal dash R'—M?’,
and another smaller one M'—M?, these dashes situated in a pale russet area which
is not clearly defined though obvious, being most distinct between R* and R*;
2 without the black dashes, but with the russet area well marked (as in Cramer’s
figure).

Barly stages not known.

Hab. South America: Venezuela, Trinidad, and Para.

In the Tring Museum 11 6d, 7 2? from: Aroa and Valencia, Venezuela ;
Cayenne ; Rio Demerara ; Trinidad.

In the Bern Museum from Para, at the electric light, iii. vii. (Dr. Géldi).

287. Isognathus menechus.

Anceryx scyron, Walker (non Cramer, 1780), lc. viii. p. 225. n. 5 (1856) (partim ; Villa Nova).
(?) Sphine mnechus Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus, Petr., Lep. ii, p. 90, n. 1497 (1857)
» (Cayenne ; nom, indescr.),

( 357 )

* Anceryx menechus Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 124. n. 7 (1875) (Cayenne ; —coll. Charles
Oberthiir).
Anceryx rimosa, id., l.c. p. 125. n. 9 (1892) (partim ; Brazil).
*Anceryx pelops id., le, p. 126. n. 11 (1875) (hab. ? ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).
*Isognathus amazonicus Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond, ix. p. 601. n. 3. t. 94. f. 8 (1877) (Villa
Nova ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 698. n. 5 (1892).
Pseudosphine scyron, Burmeister, Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 327, n. 5 (1878) (partim) ; id., /.c. Atlas
p. 32. t. 13. f. 4 (7) (1879).
Tsoqnathus menechus, Kirby, l.c. n. 13 (1892).
Isognathus pelops, id., l.c. n. 15 (1892).
Tsognathus scyron, Bonninghausen, Jris xii. p. 117. n. 23 (1899) (larva ; Rio de Janeiro).
3%. A heavy-bodied species. Bands of abdomen well marked, often not
distinctly interrupted above. Body and forewings of a peculiar bluish grey colour.
Wings, above. Forewing with an antemedian and a discal pair of lines,
more or less distinct at costal margin, the discal pair generally interrupted at R’,
reappearing behind, here concave and connected with the antemedian pair, forming
with this a kind of half-ring opening at hinder margin ; a discal elongate black
patch R*—M! invading the discal pair of lines; the white discal vein-streaks
generally conspicuous. Border of hindwing variable in width.
Amount of yellow on underside also variable.
Larva like that of Pseudosphinz tetrio, with white rings ; head, anal segment
and abdominal feet orange-red (Burmeister).
Hab. South America: Surinam to Espirito Santo, perhaps more widely
distributed.
In the Tring Museum 10 3d, 6 2? from: Amazons; Bahia ; Espirito Santo.
The type of pelops is in very bad condition. We cannot say with certainty
whether it belongs here or to some other species.

288. Isognathus congratulans.

Evinnyis congratulans Grote & Robinson, Proce, Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 167. n. 105 (1865) (Cuba ;
nom. indescr.) ; Grote, Ann. Lyc. N. York viii. p. 200 (1865) (Cuba).

Dilophonota congratulans, id., Proc, Ent. Soc. Philad. vi. p. 329 (1867) (Cuba).

Isognathus congratulans, id., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. iii, p. 185 (1871) (Cuba); Butl., Trans. Zool.
Soc. Lond. ix, p. 601. n. 4 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 698. n. 4 (1892).

Sphine congratulans, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 558 (1875).

Dilophonota rimosa, Gundlach (non Grote, 1865), Contr. Ent, Cubana p. 215 (1881).

3. Bands of abdomen distinct. Forewings, above, for the greater part blackish
brown. This may be an extreme variety of 7mosa.

Hab. Cuba.
In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Cuba; also in the Berlin Museum.

289. Isognathus rimosa.
Erinnyis rimosa Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 73. t. 2. £. 1 (3) (1865) (Cuba).

3%. Body paler than in menechus and scyron; abdominal bands distinct.
Ground colour of forewing, above, chalky ; white marginal spots larger and hind-
wing paler yellow than in menechus.

Larva known of two of the three subspecies (see below), younger stages
different in colour and markings from adult caterpillar. Head and underside grey ;
longitndinal stripes on back and irregular lateral markings.

Hab. Neotropical Region : West Indies, Mexico, southward to Northern Brazil.

Three subspecies :

( 358 )

a. I. rimosa rimosa.

Anceryx scyron, Walker (non Cramer, 1780), lc, viii. p. 225. n 5 (1856) (partim ; Haiti) ;

Anceryx menechus ?, Herrich-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 150 (1863).

Anceryx scyron?, id., lc. p. 59 (1865).

Erinnyis rimosa Grote, lc. p. 73. t. 2. f. 1 (o) (1865) (Cuba).

Evinnyis menechus id., lc. v. p. 75 (1865) ; id. & Rob., ibid. v. p. 167. n. 104 (1865).

Dilophonota rimosa Grote, l.c. vi. p. 329 (1867) (Cuba) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 215 (1881)
(deser. of larva and pupae).

Lsognathus rimosus (!) Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii. p- 185 (1871) (Cuba) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool.
Soc, Lond. ix. p, 601. n. 1 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 698. n. 3 (1892).

Anceryx andae Grote & Rob., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p, 77 (1868) (nom. nud.) ; Boisd., Spee. Gén.
Lep. Hét. i. p. 125. n, 9 (1875) (partim).

Anceryx rimosa id., le. p. 125, n. 9 (1875) (partim); Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi,
p. 346 (1876) (quite distinct from scyron); Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. i. p- 92 (1877)
(Porto Rico),

3%. Mesothoracic tegula without brown mesial stripe ; black basal patch of
forewing absent or small ; black border of hindwing broad, reaching at R* nearly
halfway to cell ; % without black streak R’—M" on forewing (always °).

Larva described by Gundlach, Z.c., on Plumeria.

Hab. West Indies : Cuba ; Haiti ; Porto Rico.

In the Tring Museum 1 3,1 2 from Cuba.

b. I. rimosa inclitus.
Tsognathus scyron, Druce (non Cramer, 1780), in Biol, Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p, 18. n, 1 (1882)
(Chiriqui).
Tsognathus inclitus Edwards, Ent. Amer, iii. p. 90 (1887) (Mexico) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus.
N. H. iv. p. 170 (1892) (Jalapa, specimens from coll. Hy. Edwards) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i,

p. 698. n. 2 (1892); Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 312. n. 2 (1896) (Mexico; Guatemala; Nicaragua ;
Costa Rica).

3. Mesothoracic tegula with brown streak. Forewing, above, much more
variegated with blackish brown than in rim. rimosa, and the markings heavier ;
border of hindwing not reaching halfway to cell at R?; 9 with forewing much
more shaded with black, especially near hinder margin.

Larva: W. Schaus sends us the following description :

“The smallest specimens I found were about 40 mm. long. Head small, pale
yellow. Body white, with slight transverse folds in skin posteriorly on each
segment. A narrow yellow ridge on first segment, crossing it transversely in
centre. The following segments have each a narrow black transverse band
anteriorly, which on second and third segments has a shorter narrow black band
bebind it. The other segments have a small black cuneiform spot subdorsally
extending backwards from the transverse bands. Laterally there is a narrow black
line, interrupted on each segment anteriorly by the white ground-colour. This line
sends up two small black shoots, one centrally and the other posteriorly. In some
specimens the lateral black markings are wanting. Horn black, with a white ring
hear tip.

“When mature the larva changes completely in colour and markings. At
longest from 110 to 121 mm. Head and first and last segments pale grey ; head
with a small black spot on either side of the mouth. The body is dorsally grey,
with four longitudinal bands of light grey, edged with a narrow white line
followed by a dark grey or black line, which shades into ground-colour. In some
specimeus the inuer two bands are interrupted, forming on each segment an oblong

( 359 )

spot. Sides grey ; on each segment a large white spot edged with black. These
spots are very irregular in shape, and on segments 6 to 10 form a large anterior
and a smaller posterior spot, or divide into three or four small spots. The first
segment has at its anterior edge a small black subdorsal spot, and on either side a
black line which extends to and joins the black edging of the white lateral patch ;
sometimes this segment is simply bordered anteriorly with black. Hach segment
has posteriorly four ringlets, which give the bands an irregular appearance. Horn
filiform, 25 to 30 mm. long, black with two white rings, one at base and the other
near tip ; this horn, owing to its thinness and length, sometimes curls up at the
end like a corkscrew.

“Underneath the colour is pale brown, almost white in some instances, having
on each segment a few black marks. The anal segment is pale grey, partly edged
with brown; two slight exerescences on lappets. Prolegs yellowish, with two
black spots exteriorly ; abdominal legs grey, with a broad black stripe at the base.

“The larva forms a coarse cocoon on surface of ground, and changes to pupa
in from 10 to 14 days. Pupa about 60 mm. long, rather slight, and bearing a strong
resemblance to the papae of Hrinnyis, but is lighter in colour, with the dashes of
dark brown more conspicuous. The wing-cases especially are similar, but the
markings on thorax and head are fewer in number, the pupa resembling in this
respect more that of Pseudosphinx tetrio, which has also the same shape.—Food-
plant: Plumeria.”

Hab. Central America: Mexico to Panama, probably farther south on the
western side of South America.

In the Tring Museum 14 ¢d,11 22 from: Vera Cruz, Mexico; Yucatan ;
Rosery Mines, Spanish Honduras ; Costa Rica.

ce. I. rimosa papayae.

Anceryx scyron, Walker (non Cramer, 1780), /.c. viii. p. 225. n. 5 (1856) (partim ; Venezuela),

(2) Anceryax silenus, Grote & Rob., Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. ii. p. 77 (1868) (wom, nud.).

*Ancerys papayae Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 126. n. 10 (1875) (Cayenne ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir).

*Isognathus laura Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 601. n. 2 (1877) (Venezuela ;—Mus, Brit.);
Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 698. n. 1 (1892).

Tsognathus papayae, Butler, l.c. p. 630 (1877) ; Kirby, lc. n, 14 (1892) ; Schaus, Ent. News ix
p. 136 (1898) (= laura).

Pseudosphinz scyron, Burmeister (non Cramer, 1780), Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 327. n. 2 (1878)
(partim).

d%. On the whole much smaller than the West Indian and Central American
races. Forewing very strongly marked in brown and white in both sexes.
Hindwing below with second discal line very prominent at costal margin (first
line generally absent) ; border of hindwing above a little narrower than in znclitus.

Hab. Venezuela ; Guiana ; probably occurring farther south.

In the Tring Museum 14 dd, 11 $$ from: Merida, Aroa, and Caripa,
Venezuela.

290. Isognathus excelsior.

*Anceryx excelsior Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 127, n. 12 (1875) (hab. ? ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir).

Isognathus excelsior, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 630 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.
p 698. n. 16 (1892).

3%. Resembling J. rimosa inclitus, but distinguishcd from this and all other

( 360 )

Tsognathus by the underside of the abdomen being purely white, with conspicuous
black dots.

Hab. Brazil.

In the Tring Museum from “ Brazil.”

In the Bern Museum and the British Museum from Para (Dr. Goeldi).

291. Isognathus caricae.

Sphinx cavicae Linné, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 350 (1764); Clerck, Zeon, Ins. ii. t. 47. f. 1 (1764) ; Houtt.,
Natwrl. Hist, i. 11. p. 432. n. 9 (1767) ; Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 800, n. 11 (1767) ; Fabr.,
Syst. Ent. p. 547. n. 35 (1775) ; Cram., Pap. Exot. i. p. 155 (1776) (= eacus) ; Goeze, Ent
Beytr. iii. 2. p. 161. n. 11 (1780) (synon. partim); Fabr., Spee. Jus. ii. p. 153. n. 58 (1781) ;
Stoll, Essai Ordre Syst., in Cram., Pap. Exrot, iv. p. 16 (1782) (= cacus) ; Fabr., Mant. Ins. ii.
p. 98. n. 64 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2379. n. 11 (1790) ; Fabr., 2nt. Syst. ii. 1. p. 378.
n. 67 (1793) ; Thunb., Mus. Nat. Ups. xxiii. p. 9 (1804),

Sphinx cacus Cramer, Pap. Evot, i. p. 73. t. 46. f. © (1775) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins ii. p. 143. n. 15 (1781);
id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 94. n. 17 (1787) (no name) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i, 5, p. 2375. n, 59 (1790) ;
Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 361. n. 18 (1793); Ménétr., Enum. Corp. Anim, Mus. Petr., Lep.
ii. p. 90. n. 1496 (1857) (Surinam).

Erinnyis cavicae, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm, p. 189. n. 1493 (1822).

Dilophonota cacus, Burmeister, Sphing. Brasil. p. 70 (1856).

Dilophonota caricae, id., lc, p. 70 (1856) (cacus 2).

Anceryx caricae (1), Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 228. n. 11 (1856) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het,
i. p. 123, n. 5 (1875) (Cayenne ; larva).

Tatoglossum caricae, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 599 (1877); Auriv., Kongl. Sv. Ak.
Handl. xix. 5. p. 132, n. 168 (1882) (recens, crit.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 699. n. 1 (1892)
(Surinam) ; Bénningh., /ris xii, p. 118. n. 25 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

3%. A stout species, reminding one of Acherontia, to which it is, however, not
at all related, except in so far as both are Sphingidae. Bands of abdomen
conspicuous ; transverse lines on the black upperside of the forewing distinct, the
pattern more ancestral than that. of the other species. Veins of hindwing streaked
with black in outer half of wing. Underside of the typical Jsognathus pattern.

Karly stages not known.

Hab. South America: Venezuela to Rio de Janeiro ; commoner in the North
than in the South.

In the Tring Museum 10 3d, 19 22 from: British Guiana; Suapure,
Caura R., Venezuela, end of vi. vii. viii. ix. (S. Klages) ; Merida.

XC. ERINNYIS.—Typus : edo.
Sphinx Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim ; type: ocellata).
Erinnyis Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 139 (1822) (partim ; type: ello).
Dilophonota Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 68 (1856) (type: ello).
Anceryx Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 222 (1856) (partim ; type: pinastri).

3%. Genal process triangular, obtuse, nearly as long as the pilifer. Palpus
truncate, projecting, the two together rounded in dorsal view, apical surface oblique,
on a level with frons. Antenna setiform, very faintly incrassate distally in ¥ ;
end-segment long, filiform (excepting base), about as long as 6 to 8 previous
segments, rongh-scaled. Scaling of occiput elevate, divided into a double crest
(in well preserved individuals). Mesonotum with double crest, which is highest
in front. Abdominal tergites with one row of apical spines, these very strong,
conical, those of posterior tergiies separate ; the spines of the sternites less strong,

( 361 )

more numerous ; ¢ with three-cornered or three-tufted tail, side-tufts not developed
in $ ; seventh sternite of 2 long trapeziform, without spines. Merum of midcoxa
with faint indication of an angle. Legs slender, smooth-scaled ; midtarsus with
rudimentary comb, no comb to hindtarsus ; spurs very unegnal, long terminal one
of hindtibia rather longer than the second tarsal segment ; last segment of hind-
tarsus (claw excepted) shorter than fourth. Distal margin of forewing regularly
dentate, subbasal patch of modified scales of underside rounded-truncate at end,
not acuminate ; R° of hindwing central, D* longer than D*, lower angle of cell
acute.

3. Tenth abdominal segment of the same type as in Pseudosphinx, Perigonia,
Madoryx, ete., both the tergite and sternite divided into two lobes; the tergal
lobes flattened, obtuse, hairy ; the sternal ones long, conical, acute, strongly
chitinised, curved at end, contiguous with the tergite, and a little longer than this.
Clasper elongate, tongue-shaped, narrowing distally ; a patch of many erect, small,
lanceolate friction-scales; harpe (Pl. XLV. f. 20 —24) produced into an obtuse process,
which is more or less dilated at end, here sometimes sinuate, its surface smooth.
Penis-sheath (Pl. LILI. f. 8. 9) with a brush of spines inside, which break off easily
(being present as a rule only in fresh specimens, which have apparently not
copulated) ; a series of teeth at the right and left edges of the sheath.

?. Highth tergite weak, membranaceous for the greater part; vaginal plate
with the lateral distal edge more or less free, ridge-like ; distal part scaled, mesially
triangular ; orifice proximal, pear-shaped, situated in a large cavity formed by a
smooth proximal membrane.

Larva cylindrical, somewhat flattened, head strongly slanting in side-view ;
horn short; thorax with a black mesial patch anteriorly on third segment,
cenerally marked with red and white; dorsal surface darker in colour than sides
and ventral surface, the two colours often separated by a longitudinal pale line.—
Pood-plants: Carica ; Morrenia ; Jatropha (°).

Chrysalis oe polished, pale brown, wings striped with black, abdomen with
short transverse black dashes.

Hab. Tropical and subtropical America; some species wandering northward
well into the Nearctic region, one as far as Canada.

The species are not very difficult to distinguish if one keeps in mind that the
sexes of several species are remarkably different, the dd of these being very much
darker on the forewing than the respective ? ?. Owing to this sexual dichromatism,
to individual variability, and to the carelessness of some authors, the synonymy of
some species is much involved. But the way was cleared for us, thanks to Mr. W.
Schaus, who corrected a number of errors committed by Grote and others. We
fear we have not put into the right place some of the species enumerated by Herr
von Bénninghausen from Rio de Janeiro under Grotean and Boisduvalian names.

Key to the species :

a. Hindwing yellow . c : . . . 292. E. alope.
Hindwing cinnamon-rufous or brownish
black or greyish brown. : :
4. Abdomen with sharply marked Blac k belts : : (ps
Abdomen without sharply marked black belts c d.
c. Forewing black for the greater part. . 293. EH. lassauxt.

Forewing grey, with (¢) or without (%)
mesial streak from base to apex F . 294. FH. ello.

(. 362 )

d. Forewing grey, in do with a mesial black
streak, blackish border of hindwing re-

placed by vein-streaks in front . : : : e.
Forewing grey, hindwing not cinnamon-rufons
but greyish-brown, without a marginal

band : : c 2 300. LE. guttularis.
Forewing for the etiel pert black, or the
marginal border of the hindwing ee Ba el fe
e. Length of forewing 38 mm. or more. . 295. MH. yucatana.
Length of forewing 35 mm. or less . 298. E. obscura.
We. “c ; : 5 lanes : : a 0280:
IN we: ; : : : : 5 : : h.

g. No distinct black dots on underside of
abdomen ; mesothorax clay-colour, except
in front, withont whitish grey lateral
vitta ; border of hindwing complete . . 297. Hf. eramert.
Abdomen below with black dots; thorax
streaked, not obviously paler behind ;
black area of forewing excised behind
between M? and M?; marginal border of
hindwing complete a : : 296. FE. oenotrus.
Thorax with conspicuous whitish grey lateral
vitta; a black basi-apical streak visible
within the black area of the forewing,
corresponding to the streak of obscura ;
marginal border of hindwing replaced by
thin vein-streaks in upper half; a small

species. . : . 299. LH. domingonis.
h. Forewing grey ios the eis rae 5 - 296. FE. oenotrus.
Forewing black for the greater part, border
of hindwing complete : c . 297. HE. crameri.

Forewing ples for the greater part, bonds
of hindwing incomplete in upper half, not
sharply defined ; a small species. . 299. 12. domingonis.

292. Erinnyis alope.

Merian, Metam. Surin. Ins. t. 62 (1719) (partim ; eruca).

Sphinx alope Drury, Illustr, Ex. Ins. i. p. 58. t. 27. £. 1 & Index (1773) (Jamaica) ; Stoll, in Cram.,
Pap. Exot. iv. p. 23. t. 301. f. G (1782) ; Fabr., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 94. n. 19 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst.
Nat. i, 5. p. 2375. n. 62 (1790); Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 362. n. 20 (1793) ; Drury, ed. Westw.,
Lllustr. Ex. Ins. i. p. 52. t. 27. £. 1 (1837) ; Ménétr., Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr. ii. Suppl.
p- 90. n. 1495 (1857) (Brasilia ; Tanai):

Sphinx flavicans Goeze, Ent. Beytr, iii. 2. p. 216. n. 44 (1780) (Jamaica).

Erinnyis alope, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Sind p. 139, n. 1492 (1822); Grote, Proc. Ent. Soe. Philad. v.
p. 75 (1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob., ibid. p. 167. n. 168 (1865).

Sphinz fasciata Swainson, Zool. Illustr. iii. t. 150. £. 2 (1823) (Jamaica ?).

Dilophonota alope, Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 69 (1856) ; Grote, le. vi. p. 329 (1867) (Cuba) ; id.,
Trans, Amer. Ent. Soc. iii. p. 185 (1871) (Cuba) ; Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent. v. p. 331 (1878)
(Corrientes ; Paraguay); id., /.c. Atlas p. 32 (1879) (larva noticed); Gundl., Contr, Ent.
Cubana p. 218 (1882) ; Schaus, nt. News vi. p. 144 (1895) (synon.); Bonningh., Jris xii. p. 122.
n. 38 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

( 363 )

Anceryx alope, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 225. n. 6 (1856); Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba
vii. p. 298 (1856) ; Clem., Jownn. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 177. n. 76 (1859) ; id., in Morris,
Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 202. n. 4 (1862) ; Herr.-Sch., Corresp. Blatt p. 60 (1865) (Cuba) ; Boisd.,
Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 121, 0, 2 (1875); Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Gres. Wien xxvi. p. 346
(1876) (Surinam) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 600. n. 1 (1877) (Jamaica) ; Dew.,
Mitth. Miineh. Ent. Ver. i. p. 92 (1877) (Porto Rico) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het.
i. p. 18. n. 1 (1881) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 699. n. 1 (1892) ; Druce, l.c. Suppl. p. 312
(1896) (fasciata distinct).

Anceryx fasciata, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 600. n, 2 (1877) (Haiti; Jamaica) ; id.,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 483. n. 57 (1878) (Jamaica) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 2 (1892).

Pseudosphinx scyron, Burmeister (non Cramer, 1780), Deser. Rép. Argent. v. p. 327. n. 2 (1878)
(sub syn.).

*Anceryec edwardsi Butler, Papilio i. p. 105 (1881) (Florida) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 136. n. 97
(1886) ; Edw., Ent. Amer. iii. p. 164 (1887) (larva, pupa); Smith, Trans, Amer. Ent. Soc. xv.
p. 159. t. 8 f. 1. 2. 3 (genit.) (1888) (Florida); Edw., Bull. U. St. N. Mus. xxv. p. 48 (1889)
(liter. rel. to metam.); Kirby, lc. n. 3 (1892).

3 ?. The characters by which some authors thonght to be able to distinguish
alope, fasciata and edwardsi, are partly individual, partly sexual ; fasciata and
edwardsi are synonyms of alope. The species resembles cramer? in the dark-
colonred forewing, and Jsognathus in the yellow colour of the hindwing.

3. Slender processes of tenth sternite longer than the tergal lobes. Harpe
dilated at end, rather short (Pl. XLV. f. 21).

Larva brown aboye, green below, the two colours separated by a nearly black
line, which is more or less interrupted ; thorax with a large black mesial patch
anteriorly on third segment, including a red ring ; horn very short.—Food-plant :
Jatropha (Merian) ; Carica.

Chrysalis darker than that of ed/o.

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America: West Indies, Bahamas, Florida,
southward to Southern Brazil and Northern Argentina.

In the Tring Museum 1 larva, 80-odd specimens from: Florida; Nassau ;
Jamaica ; St. Vincent ; various places from Mexico to Southern Brazil and Matto
Grosso, Not seen from the Bolivian Andes.

293. Krinnyis lassauxi.
*Anceryx lassauxi Boisduval, Bull. Soc. Ent, France p. 157. n. 2 (1859) (Buenos Ayres ;—coll.
Charles Oberthiir) ; id., Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 129. n. 14 (1875) (Bras. sept.)
Dilophonota lassauxi, Butler, lc. ix. p. 604. n. 10 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 697. n. 9
(1892) ; Rothsch., Nov. Zoot, i. p. 95 (1894).
Dilophonota lassanxi (!), Bonninghausen, Jris xii. p. 122. n. 39 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

3%. The hindwing is deeper ferruginous-red in this species than in the
others, and the red colour is often entirely or partly replaced by brownish black.
The crest of the mesothorax is nearly as high as in alope. The abdominal tergites
are black, except narrow, dorsally interrupted, sharply defined, grey apical belts.
The dark forewing resembles that of cramer; there is a large, triangular, costal,
apical grey patch.

3. Lobes of tenth tergite broader and shorter than in the other species
somewhat obtusely acuminate, the processes not essentially longer than the tergite,
curved downward and very little outward at end. Process of harpe with the upper
edge rounded-dilated at end, the dilated part elliptic.

Larva (acc. to Burmeister, see cercyon, below), very much like that of ed/o as
described by Burmeister.*—Food-plant : Morrenia.

* See ello,

( 364 )

Chrysalis like that of ed/o and alope.

Hab, Tropical and Subtropical America: West Indies, Texas to Argentina.

The species varies especially in two directions: in the amount of ferrnginous-
red on the hindwing, and in size. We recognise four forms, of which the first
three are connected by intergradations, while the fourth seems to be pretty constant
and may eventually prove to be specifically distinct. The first and fourth occur on
the mainland only ; the second and third also on the Antilles. The larger
individuals have the ferruginous-red area of the hindwing reduced, the smaller ones
have it more or less extended to normal size (as in other species), but there is no
sharp limit between larger and smaller specimens, nor between such with reduced
and extended ferruginons-red area.

If any oue has an occasion of studying the life-history of this species, he
should pay special attention to the variation, and state explicitly to which special
form or forms his observations refer.

a. Ee. lassauxi f. lassauxi.

* Anceryx lassauxi Boisduval, /.c.

3%. Hindwing without ferruginous-red area above, or this colour vestigial.

Hab. Argentina northward to Venezuela ; most likely also in Central America.

In the Tring Museum 3 3d, 5 2% from: Aroa, Merida, and the Orinoco,
Venezuela; Bnenos Aires.

b! Ee. lassauxi £. omphaleae.

*Anceryx omphaleae Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 72 (1870) (Nicaragua ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir) ; Kirby, l.c. n. 5 (1892) (partim).

Anceryx piperis, Schaufuss (non Grote & Rob., 1868), Nung. Otios. i. p. 17 (1870) (Venezuela).

Dilophonota cercyon Burmeister, Deser, Rép, Argent. v. p. 332 (1878) (Buenos Aires ; larva).

Dilophonota piperis, Butler, l.c. ix. p. 603. n. 2 (1877).

Dilophonota picta, Kirby, lc. n. 11 (1892) (sub syn.)

Dilophonota obscura ab. omphaleae, Rothschild, /.c.

369. Hindwing with a cinnamon-rufous patch of varying size.

Hab. South and Central America and the West Indies.

In the Tring Museum 15 dd, 11 22 from: Jamaica; Orizaba, Mexico,
iiiy. (Schaus) ; Costa Rica (Underwood) ; Rio Dagua, Colombia (Rosenberg) ;
Merida, Venezuela, iii. v. (Briceno); Aroa, Venezuela; La Paz, Bolivia ;
Argentina.

ce. EL. lassauxi f. merianae.

Anceryx spec., Herr.-Sch., Corresp. Blatt. p. 60 (1865) (Cuba).

Evinnyis merianae Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 75. t, 2. £. 2 (1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob.,
ibid. p. 168. n. 109 (1865) (Cuba).

Dilophonota merianae, Grote, l.c. vi. p. 329 (1867) ; Butl., L.c. ix. p. 603. n. 3 (1877) ; Grote, Bull.
Buffalo Soc. N. Se. iii. p. 225. n. 70 (1877) (Texas) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 219 (1882) ;
Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 136. n. 94 (1886) (W. Ind. ; Mex.; Texas) ; Smith, 7’rams, Amer.
Ent. Soc. xv, p. 158 (1882) (Texas) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 697. n. 7 (1892) ; Schaus, Ent.
News vi. p. 144 (1895) (synon.); Druce, l.c. Suppl. p. 313. n. 3 (8) (1896) (Mexico ; Nicaragua ;
Costa Rica ; Panama; Ecuador).

Anceryx merianae, Boisduval, l.c. p. 128. n. 13 (1875) (= omphaleae) ; Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent.
Ver. i. p. 92 (1877) (Porto Rico).

*Anceryx janiphae Boisduval, /.c. p. 131. n. 17 (1875) (Haiti ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Kirby, Le.
n. 6 (1892).

Dilophonota lassauxi ab, merianae, Rothschild, /.c, (1894).

Dilophonota obscura ab. janiphae, Rothschild, /.c.

( 365 )

3?. Blackish brown border of hindwing narrow. Abdomen with black
dots below as in the two preceding forms.

Hab. West Indies and Florida, Central America.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd, 1% from: Cuba; Haiti.

d. E. lassauxi f. impunctata nov.

Like merianae ; rather smaller ou an average ; the abdomen without black dots
on the underside, which is rather paler ; the brownish black border of the hindwing
well defined.

Hab. Venezuela southward to Tucuman.
In the Tring Museum 7 3d, 5 $ ? from: Aroa (type) and Merida, Venezuela ;
Reyes, Bolivia, vii. 95 (Stuart) ; Tucuman.

294. Erinnyis ello.

Merian, Metam. Ins. Surin. t. 64 (1719) (eruca).

Sphine ello Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 491. n. 11 (1758) ; id., Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 351 (1764) ; Houtt.,
Naturl. Hist. i. 11. p. 487. n, 11 (1767) ; Linné, Syst, Nat. ed. xii. p. 800. n. 13 (1767) ; Drury,
Illustr. Ex. Ins. p. 59. t. 27. £. 3 (1771); id., Lc. Index (1773) ; Miull., Naturs. v. 1. p. 639.
n. 13 (1774); Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 538. n. 7 (1775) ; Stoll, in Cram., Pap. Exot. iv. p. 22. t. 301.
f. D (1780); Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 163, n. 13 (1780); Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 143. n, 17
(1781) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 94. pv, 20 (1787); Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2375. n, 13 (1790) ;
Fabr., in IMlig., Mag. Ent. p. 88. n. 43 (1807) ; Swains., Zool. Illustr. i. t. 81 (1822); Drury,
ed. Westw., J/lustr. Ex. Ins. 1. p. 54. t. 27. f. 3 (1837); Harris, in Sillim., Jowrn. Se. Art
xxxvi. p. 207. n. 14 (1839): Ménétr., Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr. ii. Suppl. p. 90. n. 1493
(1857) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860) ; Baer, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 173 (1878) (larva).

Evinnyis ello, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 139, n. 1489 (1822); Grote, Proc. Ent. Soe. Philad. v.
p- 73 (1865) ; id. & Rob., /.c. p. 167. n. 107 (1865) (Cuba); Auriv., Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl,
xix. 5. p. 133. n. 169 (1882) (recens. Lep. Mus. Lud. Ulr.).

Dilophonota ello, Burmeister, Sphing. Bras, p. 69 (1856) ; Grote, Le. vi. p. 329 (1867); id., Trans.
Amer. Ent, Soc. iii. p. 185 (1871); id., Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se. i. p. 27 (1874); id., Le. ii.
p 228. n. 67 (1875) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p, 603. n. (1877); Grote, l.c. iii. p. 225.
n. 69 (1877) (New York; Penn.; 8. States); Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 483. n. 58 (1878)
(Jamaica); Burm., Deser, Rép. Argent. v. p. 331 (1878); id., l.c. Atlus p. 32. t. 12. f. 2 (1). 7
(p.) (1879) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 19.0. 1 (1881) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent.
Cubana p. 222 (1882) (larva) ; Fern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 51. n. 22 (1886) ; Holl., Cunad. Ent.
xviii, p. 103 (1886) (larva); Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii, p. 136. n. 92 (1886) (West Indies
northward) ; id., Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 46 (1886); Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 156.
t. 8. f. 6 (genit.) (1888) (Florida southward ; westward to Calif.; northward occas. to N.Y.
& Mass.) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. N. Mus. xxxv. p. 48 (1889) (lit. rel. to metam.); Kirby, Cat.
Lep, Het, i. p. 696. n. 1 (1892) ; Rothsch., Nov. Zoo. i. p. 95 (1894) ; Moffat, Canad. Ent.
xxvii. p. 172 (1895) (London, O.); Druce, lc. Suppl. p. 313 (1896) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer.
Mus. N. H. vii. p. 296, t. 4. f. 1, 2 (1897) (N. York); Rowl., Ext News x. p. 11 (1899)
(Missouri, Oct. 10); Kaye, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. p. 139 (1901) (Trinidad),

Anceryr ello, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 224. n. 4 (1856) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Sci. Philad.
iy. p. 175, n. 73 (1859); id., in Morris, Sy. Lep. N. Am. p. 200. n. 1 (1862); Herr.-Sch.,
Corresp. Bl. p. 59 (1865) (Cuba); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 120. n, 1 (1875) (larva) ;
Moschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien. xxvi. p. 346 (1876) (Surinam) ; Dew., Witth. Miinch. Ent,
Ver. i, p. 92 (1877) (Porto Rico) ; id., Zeitschr. ges. Naturw. lii. p, 169 (1879) (larva noticed ;
Cuba); Pilate, Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, O., one ¢) ; Edw., Ent. Amer. iii. p. 165 (1887)
(larva) ; Snell., Tijdschr. Ent. xxx, p. 33 (1887) (Curagao).

Dilophonota ello s., Bonninghausen, Jris xii. p. 121. n. 32 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

Dilophonota ello B., 1d., L.c, n, 33 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

(?) Dilophonota spec., Peters, Illustr. Zeitschr. Ent, iv. t. 4 (1899) (larva).

3%. Perhaps the commonest Sphingid of tropical America. The ¢ with a
black mesial band from base to apex of the grey forewing varying in width, the
% without this band, or only traces of it indicated. Not easily confounded with

( 366 )

any other species on account of the prominently banded abdomen ; it is one of the
very few species named by Linné which has received only one name. Size
variable ; our smallest specimen (from Jamaica) little more than half the size
of the largest.

do. Tenth tergite and sternite of the same length, the tips of the slender
sternal processes recurved, not projecting beyond the obtuse ends of the tergal
lobes. Harpe long, reaching to middle of clasper, dilated and strongly compressed
distally, apical part so twisted that its flat side is almost horizontal (or vertical
upon the plane of the clasper). Penis-sheath similar to that of cramer?.

Larva (according to Burmeister, /.c.), young : green with an orange dorso-lateral
band ; adult: bluish above, greenish at the sides and below, the two colours
separated by a pale band running from head to horn ; thorax with a black mesial
patch partly encireled with white and red.

Pupa marked with black stripes.

Mr. W. Schaus found another larva at Rinconado, in Mexico, from which he
bred specimens identical with e//o except in being rather small. We have dissected
one of the ¢d, and cannot find any difference from the sexual armature of a series
of ordinary large ed/o. We may here have a case of that dichromatism in the
larva which is so abundantly found among the Sphingidae, and of which Sphecodina
abbotti is such a striking illustration. Here is Mr. Schans’s description : A little
smaller than ed/o. Head and first segment pink. Prolegs pinkish, cireled with
black. Abdominal legs flesh-colour, with black and red circles. Anal claspers and
lappets brownish, dotted with white. Body purplish grey ; anteriorly on each
segment a small black subdorsal spot. The large eye-spot between second and
third segments is surrounded with brown, and has posteriorly a white transverse
spot ; dorsally towards the sides and anteriorly there is on segments 4 to 11 a large
black patch, all connected together by fine black lines extending from the head
to the horn. Stigmata white. lLaterally below the black patches there is a
brownish band of mottled red and grey, and anteriorly on each segment two white
spots, one above the other. Horn short, conical, reddish, black at the base.
Under surface flesh-colour, with numerous small black lines.

Gundlach, /.c., describes also two forms of the caterpillar.

Herr von Bénninghausen, /.c., maintains that there are two species confounded
under ello ; the one, he says, has in doth sexes a black streak on the forewing from
the base to the apex. All the $2 which we have examined were without such
a streak. We have not seen Bénninghausen’s supposed streaked $, but we have
no doubt that Bouninghausen’s statement is based on a mistake.

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America, as a wanderer as far north as Canada.

Very common.

In the Tring Museum 300-odd specimeus.

295. Erinnyis yucatana.

*Tsognathus yucatana Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6). ii. p. 238 (1888) (Yucatan).
Tsognathus (?) yucatanus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 698. n. 17 (1892).
Tsognathus yucatanus Druce, in Biol, Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 312. n. 3. t. 65. £. 1 (1896)

(Mexico ; Yucatan).

3%. This is an Erinnyis, not an Tsognathus. The most robust species of the
genus, resembling in this respect some /sognathus. The transverse zigzag lines
of the whitish grey forewing are sometimes rather distinct. The sexes differ in a
similar way as in ello and obscura. The longitudinal basi-apical streak of the

( 367 )

forewing is more or less interrupted, widened on dise and zigzag; the oblique
streak before the hinder angle, so distinct in obscura, is vestigial here. The
blackish border of the hindwing is not sharply defined and fades often away in
front. The external series of spines on the first segment of the foretarsus is
doubled, at least at base.

3. Processes of tenth sternite longer than the tergite. Harpe short and stout
(Pl. XLV. f. 24). Armature of penis-sheath (Pl. LIII. f. 8) different from
that of the other species: the dentate part of the right-side edge very short, the
row reduced to a few teeth ; the left-side row also short, consisting of about five
teeth ; the apical process rather prominent, with a short but obvious carina before
end and a tooth at the tip.

Hab. Mexico: Yucatan; Orizaba ; Jalapa; Costa Rica.

In the Tring Museum 5 6d, 52? from: Jalapa, ii.; and Orizaba, ii. iv.
(Schaus) ; San José, Costa Rica, iii. (Underwood).

Occurring most likely farther south.

296. Erinnyis oenotrus (PI. X. f. 7, 3).

Sphinx oenotrus Stoll, in Cramer, Pap. Evot. iv. p. 22. t. 301. f. c (1780) (Surinam) ; Ménétr.,
Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus, Petr, ii. Suppl. p. 90. n, 1494 (1857).

Sphinx penaeus Fabricius, Mant. Ins. ii. p. 93. n. 14 (1787) (Amer. mer.) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. 1. 5.
p. 2374. n. 56 (1790) ; Fabr., Hut. Syst. iii. 1. p. 360. n. 15 (1793).

Erinnyis oenotrus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 139. n. 1490 (1822).

Dilophonota oenotrus, Burmeister, Sphing. Brasil. p. 70 (1856) ; Schaus, Ent. News ix. p. 136 (1898)
(= melancholica = piperis ; = cinerosa = janiphae ex err.) ; Bonningh., /ris xii. p. 122 (1899)
(partim ?),

Sphins picta Sepp, Surin. Vlind. ii. t. 96 (1848) (9, fig. mala).

Anceryx oenotrus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 227. n. 9 (1856) (partim) ; Clem., Journ. Ac.
N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 177. n. 78 (1859) ; id.. in Morris, Syn, Lep. N. Am. p. 202. n. 6 (1862) ;
Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. i. p. 92 (1877) (Porto Rico) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool, Bot. Ges.
Wien xxxii. p. 332 (1882) (Surinam).

Zonilia peneus, Walker, l.c. p. 193. n. 2 (1856) (sub syn.).

Erinnyis melancholica Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 77. t. 2. £. 4 (g) (1865) (Cuba) ; id.
& Rob., ibid. v. p. 168, n. 111 (1865).

Dilophonota melancholica Grote, l.c. vi. p. 329 (1867) (Cuba) ; id., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iti. p, 185
(1871) (Cuba) ; id., Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 136. n. 93 (1886) (West Indies northward) ; Smith,
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. xv. p. 160 (1888).

Anceryx piperis Grote & Rob., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 77 (1868) ( 2 ;= cinerosa ;—Mus. Paris);
Boisd., Spee. Gén, Lép. Hét. i. p. 132. n. 19 (1875) (Brazil).

Dilophonota aenotrus (!), Butler, Proc. Zvol. Soc. Lond. p 484. n. 59 (1878) (Jamaica) ; Druce, in
Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 19. n. 3 (1881) ; id., lc Suppl. p. 313 (1896).

Dilophonota hippothoon Burmeister, Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 333 (1878) ; id., l.c. Atlas p. 29. t. 10.
£.5 (9?) (1879).

Dilophonota obscura ?, melancholica, Gundlach, Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 220 (1882) (syn. partim).

Dilophonota stheno, id., l.c. p. 221 (1882) (sub syn.).

Dilophonota picta, Kirby, /.c. n. 11 (1892).

Dilophonota piperis, Bonninghausen, Ic. p. 121. n, 34 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

3%. The sexes are dissimilar, the $ being greyish white on the forewing, with
black patches, while the ¢ is blackish brown marked with grey. Abdomen below
with black dots. Underside of palpus, breast, and abdomen paler than in cramerv.
Harpe see Pl. XLV. f. 20.

Larva (see Burmeister, l.c., Aippothoon) greenish yellow, with a pale band from
head to horn.—Food plant : Morrenia.

Chrysalis pale yellow, striped with black on wing-cases and breast, abdominal
segments with black transverse dashes.

( 368 )

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America, as far north as Texas and Florida ;
West Indies.

A common species.

In the Tring Museum 80-odd 3d, 30 22 from: Cuba; Jamaica; various
localities from Mexico to Argentina and Southern Brazil.

The description of penaeus, l.c., applies better to the ? of this species than to
any other Sphingid ; the white dot on the forewing mentioned by Fabricius, is,
however, seldom distinct in the ?.

As pointed out by Schans, Zc., the true oenotrus is quite distinct from the
species confounded with it by Grote and others, and named by Schaus cramer.
Butler and Druce identified this crameri as omphaleae of Boisduval, but were wrong,
omphaleae being a variety of lassauei.

Sepp’s figure of pécta is doubtless a bad representation of the 2 of oenotrus.

Boisduval’s péperis is not the same as Schaufuss’s piperis, this being a variety
of lassauat.

297, Erinnyis crameri (PI. X. f. 5, 3).

Sphine oenotrus, Anceryx oenotrus, Dilophonota oenotrus auct. partim, non Cramer.

Ancerye ocnotrus, Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Iét.i. p. 129. n. 15 (1875) (Cayenne; Antilles ; Brazil).

Erinnyis oenotrus, Grote (non Cramer, 1780), Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 76. t. 2. £. 3 (9 ) (1865) ;
id. & Rob., /.c. p. 168. n. 110 (1865) (syn. partim).

Dilophonota oenotrus, Grote, lc. vi. p. 329 (1867); id., Trans. Amer, Ent. Soe. iii. p. 185 (1871) ;
Burm., Descr: Rép. Argent. v., Atlas p. 32. t. 12. f. 3 (/.) (1879) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana
p. 219 (1882) ; Boénningh., Zris xii. p. 122. n. 36 (1899) (partim).

Dilophonota omphaleae, Butler (non Boisduval, 1870), Trans, Zool, Soc. Lond. ix. p. 603. n. 4 (1877)
(Mexico ; Haiti); id., Proc. Zool Soc. Lond. p. 484. n. 60 (1878) (Jamaica) ; Druce, in Biol.
Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p 19. n. 2 (1881) (Mexico ; Nicaragua ; Chiriqui).

Dilophonota crameri Schaus, Ent. News ix. p. 136 (1898) (= venotrus auct. partim).

3%. The sexes are less dissimilar in pattern than in oenotrus, from which
crameri is easily distinguished by the absence of black dots from the underside
of the abdomen, the pale mesothoracic tegulae, the pale posterior area of the
forewing, and the more broken and clearer-defined border of the hindwing.

3. Tenth abdominal sternite a little less curved than in oenotrus. Process of
harpe a little longer and apically narrower. Dextro-lateral dentate edge of penis-
sheath (Pl. LILI. f. 9) proximally less produced than in oenotrus.

Larva (according to Burmeister, /.c.) without longitudinal lateral stripe, very
finely striated with longitudinal, short, black dashes ; back brown, sides and under-
surface green ; first and third thoracic segments with red mesial patch, the latter
including a black spot ; horn very small.

Chrysalis as in edo.

Hab. Tropical and subtropical America: West Indies ; Mexico southward to
Paraguay.

In the Tring Museum 32 6d, 31 3% from: Cuba; Jamaica ; Mexico; Costa
Rica; Colombia; Venezuela; British Guiana; Trinidad; Amazons (Bates) ;
Paraguay.

298. Erinnyis obscura (PI. VIII. f. 6, 9 ; 7.8.9, dd).

Sphinx obscura Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 538. n. 6 (1775) (America); Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iti. 2. p. 205,
n. 7 (1780); Fabr., Spec. Jus. ii. p. 142. n. 14 (1781); id., Mant. Ins. ii, p. 94. mn. 16 (1787) ;
Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2375. n. 58 (1790); Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 361. n. 17 (1793) (Amer.
insul. !).

( 369 )

Sphine rustica, Schaller, Naturf. xxiii p. 50. t. 1. £. 11 (1788).
Clanis phalaris, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 702. 0. 1 (1892) (partim).

3. Asmall species, the larger examples agreeing in size with the smallest
oenotrus. The sexes are dissimilar, and have been treated as distinct species by
several authors, The sexual difference in the forewing is nearly the same as in
ello, the 3 possessing a longitudinal mesial band and an oblique posterior distal
streak, which are not present in the ?, or are only vestigial in that sex ; or the
sexes are almost identical.

3. Lobes of the tenth tergite pointed, shorter than the long and slender
processes of the sternite. Process of harpe (Pl. XLV. f. 22) long, somewhat
knife-shaped, obtuse or slightly spatulate, curved, notched or sinuate at end.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Tropical and subtropical America.

Two subspecies, perhaps four.

a. B. obscura conformis, subsp. nov.

3 %. Sexes similar; ¢ without a longitudinal streak on the forewing, and
haying thorax as grey as the &. Distal margin of hindwing rather darker in
upper half than in the ordinary form, and the postdiscal line of dots more distinct.

Hab. Galapagos Is.: Albemarle, end of March to May 1902 (Beck); type :
top of crater, S.E. Albemarle, 27. iti. 1902.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd, 4 3.

b. FE. obscura obscura.

Sphine obscura Fabricius, l.c.

Evinnyjis stheno Hiibner, Samml. Ex. Schm. iii. t. 37 (1824 ?) (Sta. Cruz).

Anceryx obscura, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 226. n. 7 (1856) (partim) ; Clem., Journ. Ac.
N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 176. 0. 74 (1859) ; id., in Merris, Syn. Lep, N. Am. p. 201. n. 2 (1862) ;
Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 132. n. 20 (1875) (Antilles); Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges,
Wien xxxii. p. 332 (1882) (Surinam).

Anceryx stheno, Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 298 (1856) ; Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. i.
p. 92 (1877) (Porto Rico).

Erinnyis pallida Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. y. p. 78. t. 1. £. 6 (2) (1855) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob.,
ibid. p. 168. n. 113 (1865).

Dilophonota pallida Grote, l.c. vi. p. 329 (1867) (Cuba) ; Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iti. p. 185
(1871) (Cuba) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 604. n. 8 (1877) (= ? gutturalis) ; Gundl.,
Le, p. 225 (1882).

Evinnyis cinerosa Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 168. n. 71 (1865) (nom. indeser.) ;
Grote, Ann. Lyc. N. York viii. p. 201 (1867) (Cuba).

Dilophonota obscura, id., Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. H. i. p. 27 (1874) (Pennsylvania) ; id., d.c. ii. p. 228.
n. 68 (1875) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 604. n. 7 (1877) (Mexico ; Haiti) ; Druce,
in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 19. n. 4 (1881) (Mexico ; Chiriqui) ; Grote, lc. iii. p. 225.
n. 71 (1877) (Pennsylvania; 8. Carolina); id., Canad. Ent. xviii. p, 136, n. 96 (1886) (S. States);
Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. p. 157 (1888) (Pa?; Texas); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 697.
n. 13 (1892); Rothsch., Noy, Zoou. i. p, 75 (1894) (partim) ; Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 313 (1896)
(Mexico; Guatemala) ; Grant, Canad. nt. xxx, p. 264 (1898) (Orillia, O., Sept. 20).

*Ancerys rhaebus Boisduval, Consid. Lép. Guatemala p. 72 (1870) (Honduras ;
Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 131. n. 18 (1875).

Dilophonota stheno, Gundlach, /.c. p. 221 (1882); Bonningb., Jris xii. p. 121. n. 35 (1889) (Rio de
Jan.).

Dilophonota rhachus, Druce, lc. p. 19. n. 5 (1881) (partim).

Mexico) ; id., Spec.

3%. Sexes dissimilar, the d having a darker thorax than the ?, and

possessing on the forewing a blackish streak which runs from the base towards the
apex,

BB

( 370 )

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America, occasionally northward to Canada.

The specimens from the West Indies and the Continent belong apparently to
three subspecies :

1. Specimens from the Continent, Cuba and Haiti have the thorax brownish, at
least in front, and the brown markings and patches of the forewing distinct ; this is
Boisduval’s rhaebus (PI. VIII. f. 6, 2; 7, 3d).

2. An individual without locality, in the Tring Museum, agrees fairly well
with Hiibner’s figure of stheno, differing from Continental individuals in the forewing
being shorter, less elongate, and in the mesial basi-apical line being widely
interrupted on the disc, the apical portion joining the oblique streak which stands
before hinder angle, and forming thus a kind of submarginal band. The harpe
of this specimen (Pl. XLV. f. 23) is also obviously different, being slenderer
and more spatulate than in Continental examples ; this may be true stheno
(AE \IUB I i) 6!)

3. The specimens from Jamaica (Pl. VIII. f. 8, d) are very pale in both sexes
on thorax and forewing ; the longitudinal streak of the forewing of the ¢ is feebly
marked, and the oblique streak before hinder angle is absent ; the brown shading of
the forewing of the % is less distinct than in the Continental ?, the Jamaica ? ?
agreeing nearly with the description of Grote’s pallida from Cuba. Our Cuba and
Haiti $ 2 and those in the British Museum as well as dd and $$ from Haiti in
the Paris Museum are not essentially different from Continental examples.

The types of obscura and stheno came from the West Indies ; possibly obscura
and stheno are the same. More material from Cuba must be compared before it is
possible to say whether pallida is based on an abnormally pale $, or whether the
pale Jamaica furm occurs normally also in Cuba, perhaps in the eastern districts.

In the Tring Museum 33 3d, 28 2? from: Jamaica; Cuba; Haiti ; Mexico
southwards to Argentina and Southern Brazil.

299. Erinnyis domingonis (P]. VIII. f. 12, 2? ; 13, ¢).

Anceryx obscura, Walker (non Fabricius, 1775), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 226. n. 7 (1856) (pattim).

*Dilophonota domingonis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 258. n. 52 (1875) (Haiti ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
id., Trans. Zool, Soe. Lond. ix. p. 604. n. 6 (1877); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 697. n. 10 (1892) ;
Schaus, Lnt. News ix. p. 136 (1898) (= festa).

Dilophonota rhaebus, Druce (non Boisduval, 1875), in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 19. n. 5
(1881). :

Dilophonota festa Edwards, Papilio ii. p. 11 (1882) (N.W. Texas; in coll. Neumoegen) ; Smith.
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, xv. p. 161 (1888) (N.W. Texas); Kirby, l.c. p. 696. n, 4 (1892); Ottol.,
Ent. News vi. p. 218 (1895) (Texas, in coll. Neumoegen) ; Druce, /.c, Suppl. p. 314. n. 5 (A)
(1896) (Jalapa ; Costa Rica).

Dilophonota obscwra ab. festa, Rothschild, Noy, Zoot. i. p- 95 (1894).

3%. Forewing in both sexes brownish black for the greater part, differing in
this respect conspicuously from that of obscura, with which domingonis agrees in
the colour of the hindwing and in size; a median and a larger subapical costal
patch and the distal marginal area more or Jess extended grey. The longitudinal
line of the ¢ of obscura is also present in domingonis, but much less distinct, owing
to the dark colour of the wing.

3. Sexual armature essentially as in obscura ; process of harpe less curved,
uneven at upper edge, and deeper notched at end.

Early stages not known.

Hab, West Indies; Texas to Paraguay ; probably also Southern Brazil.

( 371 )

In the Tring Museum 9) ¢d,7 $? from: Orizaba, Mexico, iii. iv. (Schaus) ;
Costa Rica (Underwood) ; Rio Cachyaco, Peru (Stuart); Aroa, Venezuela, iv.; La
Paz, Bolivia ; Paraguay.

300, Erinnyis guttularis (Pl. VIII. f. 15, 3).

*Anceryx guttularis Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 227. n. 8 (1856) (Haiti ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 177. n. 77 (1859) ; id., in Morris, Syx. Lep. N. Am.
p. 202 n. 5 (1862); Herr.-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 60 (1865) (Cuba).

Erinnyis guttulwis, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 79 (1865) ; id. & Rob., ‘bid. p. 168. n. 115
(1865) (Cuba).

Dilophonota guttularis, Grote, /.c. vi. p. 329 (1867) (Cuba) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 226
(1882) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 697. n. 15 (1892) (Haiti).

Ancerye guttulalis (!), Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 133. n, 21 (1875) (Haiti ; Cuba).

Anceryx pallida, id., le. p. 134. n. 22 (1875 (Cuba). i

Anceryx ? suillus id., Le.

Dilophonota gutturalis (!), Morris, /.c. Index (1862); Butl., V'rans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 604. n. 9
(1877) (Haiti) ; Rothsch., Noy. Zoot. i. p. 95 (1892).

3?. The smallest species of the genus; the forewing similar to that of
obscura ; the hindwing with the ferruginous colour of the other species vestigial ;
hindwing below white in basi-abdominal area.

3. Process of harpe not spatulate, slightly acuminate, somewhat twisted,
resembling the blade of a knife. Dextro-lateral row of teeth of penis-sheath long,
the teeth strong but not numerous ; the left-side row short.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Haiti and Cuba.

In the Tring Museum 4 3d, 1 2 from Haiti and Cuba.

XCI. GRAMMODIA gen. nov.—Typus : caieus.

Sphinx, Cramer (non Linné, 1758), Pap. Ex. ii. p. 42 (1777).
Phry«us Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 137 (1822) (partim ; type : livornica).
Anceryx Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 222 (1856) (partim ; type: pinasty/).
Evinnyis, Grote (non Hiibner, 1822), Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 72 (1865).
Dilophonota, id. (non Burmeister, 1822), /.c. vi. p. 329 (1867).
Choerocampa, Boisduval (non Duponchel, 1835), Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 249 (1875).
3%. Differs from Hrinnyis in the distal margin of the forewing being even.
Crest of thorax very feeble : R* and M' of hindwing close together.
Larva of the same shape as in ELrinnyis, with short horn; green, with an
orange dorso-lateral side-line.
Chrysalis striped as in Lsognathus and Lrinnyis.
Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America,
One species.

301. Grammodia caicus.

Sphinx caicus Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii, p. 42. t. 125. £. vr. (1777) (Surinam) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. ili. 2.
p- 222. n. 64 (1780) ; Lep. & Serv., Linc. Méth. x. p. 465. t. 66. £. 8 (1825).

Sphing cacus ('), Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 151. n. 48 (1781) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 97. n. 52 (1787) ;
Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5, p. 2378. n. 68 (1790) ; Fabr., Mnt. Syst. iii. 1. p. 375. n. 57 (1793).

Phrycus caicus, Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 137, n. 1469 (1822); Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent. v.
p. 334 (1878) (Buenos Ayres) ; Butl., Zvans. Mnt. Soc. Lond. p. 40. n. 4 (1878) (Amazons) ;
Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 697. n. 1 (1892).

Anceryx caicus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B, M. viii. p. 228. n. 10 (1856) (Haiti ; Honduras) ; Clem.,
Journ. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 177. n. 79 (1859) ; id., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 203. n. 7

( 372 )

(1862) ; Herr.-Sch., Corresp. Blatt p. 59 (1865) (Cuba) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien
xxvi. p. 346 (1876) ; id., /.c. xxxii. p. 332 (1882) (Surinam).

Erinnyis cuicus, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 72 (1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob., ibid. p. 167.
n. 106 (1865).

Dilophonota caicus, Grote, l.c., vi. p. 329 (1867) (Cuba) ; id., Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. iii. p. 185 (1871)
(Cuba) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 605. n. 11 (1877) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer.,
Lep. Het. i. p. 20. n. 6 (1881) (Honduras ; Chiriqui; Ecuador) ; Gundl., Contr. Ext. Cubana
p. 224 (1882) (larva and pupa).

Choerocampa caicus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 249. n. 30 (1875) (Cayenne ; Cuba).

3%. The species is easily recognised by the pale lines behind end of cell of
forewing, the bright rufous hindwing with the black distal band entirely separated
into vein-spots, and the sharply banded abdominal tergites.

o. Lobes of tenth tergite about five times as long as broad in middle, obtuse ;
processes of sternite longer than the tergal lobes, apex curved downwards. Clasper
narrow, acuminate ; harpe slender, not distinctly dilated at end. Penis-sheath
similar to that of Krinnyts crameri.

Hab. Florida; West Indies ; Central and South America, as far south as
Buenos Ayres. Not yet recorded from Mexico.

In the Tring Museum 9 dd, 6 2? from: Florida; Haiti; Aroa, Venezuela ;
British Guiana, vil. xii. ; Iquitos (Stuart).

Tripe Sesiicae.—lypus : Laemorrhagia tityus.

Sesiidae Stephens, Jiustr. Brit, Ent., Haust. 1. p. 132 (1828) (partim ; type: Huemorrhagia tityus).

3%. Abdominal spines not uniseriate, or if uniseriate then thorax not double-
crested. End-segment of antenna long or short, in the former case the midcoxal
merum angulate.

Hab. Cosmopolitan, but only three genera in the Old World.

20 genera ; 102 species.

Key to the genera see p. 350.

XCII. PACHYLIA.

Sphinx Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim ; type : ocellata).

Enyo Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 132 (1822) (partim ; type: japix).

Pholus id, l.c. p. 134 (1822) (partim ; type : crantor).

Deilephila, Burmeister, (non Laspeyres, 1809), Sphing. Bras. p. 67 (1856).

Pachylia Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 189 (1856) (type: ficus).

Chaerocampa, Méuétviés (non Duponchel, 1835), Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr, ii. p. 133 (1857).
3%. Eye large, not lashed. Autenna setiform, without the trace of a club,

hook long, slender ; end-segment long, compressed, conical or filiform, except at

base, penultimate segment longer than vertically broad. Palpus different in the

four species, smooth-scaled. Abdomen with triangular tail in ¢, simply pointed in

? ; spines very heavy, in one row, the long ones alternating with small ones, or

the small ones absent, in which case the long ones stand separated ; first sternite

(second segment) with very few or with many spines. Hinder edge of midcoxa

cariniform, faintly angulate. Comb of midtarsus preseut. Distal margin of

forewing entire, apex pointed ; cross-veins of hindwing oblique, lower angle of cell

acuminate, R* and M!' rather close together.

Cas)

3. Forecoxa with scent-organ. Tenth segment divided. Clasper with many
erect friction-scales.

2. Seventh sternite withont spines.

Larva cylindrical, thoracical segments not enlarged. A dorso-lateral stripe from
thorax or head to horn, from this stripe oblique bands extend downwards and
backwards. Horn short in adult.—Food-plants : Ficus ; Artocarpus.

Pupa imperfectly described.

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America.

Four species.

Key to the species :

a. Hindwing with white marginal spot at tip
of SM? : : : : é : F ; as
Hindwing without white marginal spot at tip
of SM? c : : : : ; eB
6. Hindwing without distinct black median band. 303. P. syces.
Hindwing with distinct black median band . 302. P. ficus.
c. Hindwing with distinct black median band . 305. P. resumens.
Hindwing without distinct black median band. 304. P. darceta.

302. Pachylia ficus.

Merian, Metam. Ins. Surin. t. 33. fig. sup. dextera (1705) (larva & pupa this species or syces).

Sphine ficus Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 491. n. 13 (1758); Linné, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 353 (1764) ;
Clerck, Icon. Ins, ii. t. 49. f. 2 (1764); Linné, Syst. Nat, ed. xii. p. 800. n. 15 (1767) ; Drury,
Illustr, Ex. Ent. ii. p. 44. t. 26. £. 1. & Index (1770-73) (Jamaica) ; Miill., Naturs. v. 1. p. 639.
n. 15 (1774); Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 540. n. 13 (1775); Cram., Pap. Ex. ili. p. 90. t. 246. f. &
(1779) ; Goeze, Lnt. Beytr. iii, 2. p. 164. n. 15 (1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Zs. ii. p. 145. n. 26 (1781) ;
id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 95. n. 29 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2380. n. 15 (1790) ; Fabr., Ent.
Syst. iii. 1. p. 366. n. 31 (1793); Thunb., Mus. Nat. Ups. xxiii. p. 9 (1804); Turt., Syst. Nat.
iii. 2, p. 172 (1806) ; Drury, ed. Westw., //lustr. Ex. Ent. ii. p. 48, t. 26. f. 1 (2) (1837).

Pholus ficus, Hitbner, Verz. bel:. Schm. p. 134, n. 1438 (1822).

Deilephila ficus, Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 61, n. 1 (1856).

Pachylia fieus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 189. n. 1 (1856) (partim) ; Lucas, in Sagra,
Hist, Cuba p. 295 (1856) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. iv. p, 158. n. 14 (1859) (synon.
partim) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 19 (1860) (partim) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am.
p- 181. n. 1 (1862) ; Herr.-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 58 (1865) (Cuba); Grote, Proc. Ent. Soe.
Philad. v. p. 62 (1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob., ibid. v. p. 158, n. 59 (1865) (Cuba); Grote, Le.
vi. p. 329 (1867) (Cuba); Boisd., Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 72 (1870) (partim) ; Schauf., Nung.
Otios, i. p. 16 (1870) (Surinam) ; Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent, Soc. ii. p. 185 (1871) (Cuba) ;
Wallengr., Ofv. Vet. Ak. Férh. xxviii. p. 913. n. 15 (1871); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i.
p- 136. n. 3 (1875) (partim) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc, N. Sc. ii, p. 226. n. 31 (1875) (Florida) ;
Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 347 (1876) (Surinam); Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc.
Lond. ix. p. 578. n. 1 (1877) (Mexico; Haiti) ; Grote, lc. iii. p. 222. n. 33 (1877) (Florida) ;
Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. i. p. 91 (1877) (Porto Rico) ; Butl., rans. Ent. Soc. Lond.
p. 40 (1878) (Amazons) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 483. n. 54 (1878) (Jamaica) ; Maass.,
Stett. Ent, Zeit. xli. p. 59 (1880) (undatifascia = ficus) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het.
i. p. 15. n. 1 (1881) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 200 (1882) (Cuba) ; Auriv., Kongl. Sv.
Vet. Ak. Handi, xix. 15. p. 135. n 171 (1882) (recensio critica) ; Schaus, Papilio iv. p. 21 (1884)
(larva noticed) ; Snell., Tijdschr, Ent. xxx. p. 34 (1887) (Curagao) ; Smith, Zrans. Amer. Ent.
Soc. xv. p. 138. t. 6. f. 1. 2 (genit.) (1888) (Florida; Texas) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. N. Mus. xxxv.
p. 42 (1889) (liter. rel. to metam.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 678. n. 1 (1892); Druee, lic.
Suppl. p. 309 (1896) ; Sloss., Znt. News x. p. 96 (1899) (Florida) ; Hamps., Ann. Mag. N. H.
(7). vii. p. 250 (1901) (Bahamas).

Chaerocampa crameri Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. ii. p. 133. n. 1511, & Suppl.
p. 91 (1857) (Bahia).

Pachychia lyncea Clemens, Ul.c.c. (“ g of ficus, or distinct ?”) ; Morris, Lc. (1860); Grote, Bull.

( 374 )
Buffalo Soc. N. Se. i. p. 22 (1874) (Texas) ; id., lc. ii. p. 226. n. 32 (1875) (Texas) ; id., Le.

Pachylia ficus var. venezuelensis Schaufuss, Nunq. Otios. i. p. 16 (1870) (Venezuela).

Pachylia undatifascia Butler, lec. ix. p. 578. n. 2 (1877) (Haiti; Brazil); Kirby, /.c. n. 2 (1892),
Pachylia ficus 4., Bonninghausen, /ris xii. p. 118, n, 26 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

Pachylia ficus B., id., lc. n. 27 (1899) (larva noticed).

Pachylia ficus B. var. aterrima id., l.c. p. 119. sub n. 27 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

o?. Lye large. End-segment of antenna long, filiform distally, about as
long as the four previous segments together. Palpus prominent, broad at end, less
triangular than in syces, but more projecting than in reswmens and darceta. Spines
of abdomen long and strong, and separate on tergites and sternites ; there are
no, or few, small weak spines. First segment of hindtarsus of ? as long as 2 to 5
together, shorter in ¢ ; long terminal hindtibial spur as long as half the first

tarsal segment, but somewhat variable. The 3 generally less olive than the ? ;
markings of forewing variable in distinctness.
abdomen often vestigial.
than Continental ones.

3. Scent-organ of fore-coxa not strongly developed. Tenth tergite of abdomen
(Pl. XLII. f. 1, dorsal view) divided into two long, slender, pointed, densely hairy
processes, which are almost parallel, curving a little ventrad and laterad at end ;
sternite vestigial, w/thout processes, Clasper (Pl. XLVI. f. 2) broadly sole-shaped ;
a patch of short stiff hairs near the base on inner surface ; harpe short, horizontal,
ending in a very obtuse process, which is beset at upper edge with spines pointing
upward and basad. Penis-sheath (PI. LILI. f. 12) with a few teeth at the right side.

?. Highth tergite sinuate, feebly chitinised distally, strongly chitinised
proximally and at the sides. Vaginal plate large, not sharply defined distally, its
apical edge not being incrassate or elevate ; orifice in a large impression, the walls
of which are somewhat raised ; postvaginal part of impression scaled ; no further
armature ; proximal part membranaceous, folded (Pl. XL. f. 15). Seventh
sternite elongate-trapeziform, about as long as proximally broad ; apex truncate,
sharply defined, apical edge about 3 mm. long, angles rounded.

Larva green, with a yellow dorso-lateral line from the head to the tip of the
short horn, from this line run on each segment, except first, backwards to hinder
margin a yellow oblique band (Burmeister, /.c.). Changing before pupation into
orange above, bluish grey below.—Food-plaut: Ficus.

Hab. Flovida, Texas, West Indies, southward to Buenos Ayres.
A common species.

The brown side-patches of the
West Indian individuals on the whole less variegated

In the Tring Museum 60 odd specimens from: Jamaica ; Cuba; Bahamas ;

Trinidad ; various places of Central and South America, southward to Bolivia,
Argentina, and Southern Brazil.

303. Pachylia syces.

Merian, Metam. Ins. Surin. t. 33 fig. sup. sinistra (1705) (larva and pupa this species or ficus).

Sphine ficus, Stoll (non Linné, 1758), in Cram., Pap. Ex. iv. p. 216. t. 394. £. p (1782) (Surinam).

Enyo syces Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 132. n, 1424 (1822).

Pachylia ficus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 189. n. 1 (1856) (partim) ; Boisd., Cons. Lép.
Guatemala p. 72 (1870) (partim) ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 136. n. (1875) (partim).

Chaerocampa ficus, Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr, ii. p. 133. n. 1511. & Suppl. p. 91.
n. 1511 (1857) (Haiti).

Pachylia syces, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 578. n. 4 (1877) (Brazil ; Jamaica ; Haiti ;
=inornata) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 678. n. 5 (1892) (Brazil ; Antilles).

Sphinz fius (1), Gundlach, Contr. Ent. Cubana, p. 201 (1881) (sub synon.).

( 375)

3?. Palpus triangular, pointed, differing markedly from that of the other
species. Merum of mid- and hindcoxae somewhat angulate. Spines of abdominal
tergites contiguous, long and short ones almost regularly alternating ; those on
sternites much weaker and more numerous; first sternite with spines. First
hindtarsal segment about two-thirds the length of the tibia, barely as long as
segments 2 to 4 together ; spurs shorter than in ficus.

Body and wings much darker than in /icus. Forewing with broad,
interrupted or complete, paler median band, which is much broader at costal than
at hinder margin, and includes the minute black stigma—Hindwing almost
unicolorons, darker distally, without distinct bands.

3. Scent-organ of forecoxa small. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLI. f. 22, dorsal view)
divided into two lobes, which are widely separated by a rounded sinus, the lobes
broad, slanting, somewhat twisted, apically roundedly excised ; sternite (Xv) also
produced into processes, which are, however, very much longer than the tergite
(Xt), and are internally dilated into a broad tooth. Clasper (PJ. XLVI. f. 1) rather
narrower than in jicus; the harpe similar, but spines heavier, apex broader.
Penis-sheath (Pl. LIIL. f. 11) obtuse, with some minute teeth at the left side ;
numerous spines within the sheath.

?. Highth tergite short, truncate, shallowly sinuate, membranaceous in
middle distally. Vaginal plate (Pl. XL. f. 16) distally sharply defined, the apical
margin raised, angulate mesially, continued basad, forming the border of a large,
mesial, rounded depression, in which is situated the rather small vaginal orifice ;
anterior edge of the orifice raised. Seventh sternite broader than long, trapeziform,
apex truncate, not membranaceous, no spines.

Larva said to be like that of ficws, but larger (?). Bénninghausen describes
it as being lighter green than ficws, and becoming black with green belts shortly
before pupation.—Food-plants : Artocarpus ; Ficus.

Hab. Mexico, West Indies, southward to Southern Brazil.

Two subspecies :

a. P. syces syces.

Sphine ficus, Stoll, /.c.

Enyo syces Hiibner, /.c.

Pachylia inornata Clemens, Journ. Ac. N. Sc. Philad. iv. p. 159. n. 49 (1859) (Honduras; Brazil) ;
Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 19 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 182. n. 2 (1862).

Pachylia syces, Butler, l.c. (partim); Burm., Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 340 (1878) ; id., lc. Atlas
p. 35, t. 14. f. 3 (l.) 6. 7. 8 (p) (1879); Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 15. n. 3
(1881) (Mexico; Belize; Chiriqui; Ecuador; Upp. Amazons; Paraguay); id., l.c. Suppl.
p. 309 (1896) (Mexico ; Costa Rica) ; Béinningh., [ris xii. p. 119. n, 28 (1899) (Rio de Jan. ;
larva noticed).

3%. Pale median interspace of forewing separated into two patches: one
costal, large, including the stigma, the other small, at hinder margin ; the two
patches seldom connected, but if so, the band thus formed strongly constricted ; the
posterior patch sometimes vestigial.

Hab, Continental America, from Mexico to Southern Brazil and Bolivia.

In the Tring Museum 50-odd specimens from: Mexico ; Costa Rica ; Colombia ;
Venezuela ; Ecuador ; Peru; Bolivia; Bahia; Rio de Janeiro ; Sao Paulo.

b. P. syces insularis subsp. nov.

Pachylia fieus, Walker, 1.c. (partim).
Pachylia syces, Butler, l.c. (partim).

( 376 )

Pachylia spec., Herrich-Schaffer, Corresp. Bl. p. 58 (1865) (Cuba).

Pachylia inornata, Grote (non Clemens, 1859), Proc. Ent, Soc. Philad. v. p. 63 (1865) (Cuba) ;
id, & Rob., ibid. v. p. 159. n. 60 (1865) ; id., /.c. vi. p. 328 (1867) (Cuba) ; id., Zrans, Amer. Ent.
Soc. iii. p, 185 (1871) (Cuba) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 201 (1882) (Cuba).

3%. Pale median interspace of forewing not interrupted, its proximal edge
concave, distal edge straight or very faintly concaye behind middle.

Hab. West Indies : Jamaica; Haiti; Cuba.

We have not seen Cuba specimens.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd, 3 2? from: Jamaica (type, ¢) ; Haiti.

304. Pachylia darceta.
*Pachylia darcela Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 15. n, 2. t. 2. f. 4 (9) (1881)

(Chiriqui ;—coll. Staudinger); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 678. n. 4 (1892).

3%. Palpus rather more prominent than in veswmens, but also rounded as
in that species. Antennal segments, spines of abdomen, and merum of coxae
essentially as in resumens.

Upperside very uniform in colour. Forewing with three oblique black lines,
two in basal half, the third almost longitudinal, from upper angle of cell along
R® ; stigma black, round, prominent. Hindwing without markings.

Underside paler, three lines on dise.

3. Scent-organ of forecoxa less developed than in veswmens, but more than
in the other species. First hindtarsal segment only one-fourth shorter than the
tibia, with long scales at the base ventrally. Processes of tenth tergite (P]. XLII.
f. 4, ventral view; f. 5, lateral view) very much shorter than in resumens, less
compressed, very obtuse at end, and here widely apart ; processes of sternite
represented by two short, subtriangular lobes which are widely separated from one
another (Xv). Clasper elongate, as in Hrinnyis, the patch of bristles of reswmens
wanting ; the double basal tubercle prolonged (¢), pointed, densely punctate-rugate ;
harpe of right ‘and left clasper different, the right one narrowing into a heavy
ventro-distal process (Pl. XLV. f. 26), which bears at or near the point of
curvature of the upper edge a small tooth; this tooth is developed on the left
harpe (PJ. XLY. f. 27) into a long, slender, pointed, recurved process, which
reaches a little beyond the dorsal edge of the clasper. Penis-sheath produced
dorsally into an obtuse lobe, which bears a row of teeth at the right and left edges,
the rows meeting at the end of the lobe.

?. Not dissected.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Chiriqui to Bolivia and Para.

In the Tring Museum 10 ¢¢ from: Rio Dagua, Colombia (Rosenberg) ;
8. Javier, R. Cachabi, Ecuador ; Bolivia ; Amazons.

In coll. Standinger 1 g, 1 2 from Iquitos; 1 d from Rio Songo, Bolivia ;
1 2 (type) from Chiriqui.

In Mus. Bern from Para (Dr. Goeldi), at the electric light, iii. viii.

305. Pachylia resumens.

*Pachylia resumens Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 190. n. 2 (1856) (Rio de Jan. ; Honduras ;
Haiti ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Clem., Journ. Ac, N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 159, n. 50 (1859) ; Morris, Cat.
Lep. N, Am. p. 19 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 183. n. 3 (1862) ; Herr.-Sch.,
Corresp. Bl. p. 58 (1865) (Cuba) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 63 (1865) (Cuba) ; id.
& Rob., ‘bid. v. p. 159. n. 61 (1865) ; Grote, ibid. vi. p. 329 (1867) (Cuba); Herr.-Sch., Ausser.

(Sie)

Schm. f£. 556 (1869) (fig. mala) ; Grote, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. iii. p. 185 (1871) ; Butl., Trans.
Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 579. n. 5 (1877) (Haiti; Honduras ; Rio de Jan.) ; Burm., Descr. Rép.
Argent. v. p. 340. n. 2 (1878) (Buenos Ayres ; N, Friburgo; larva on Ficus) ; Druce, in Biol.
Centr. Amer., Lep. Het, i. p. 16. n. 4 (1881) (Honduras ; Nicaragua ; Chiriqui) ; Kirby, Cat.
Lep. Het. i. p. 678. n. 6 (1892) ; Schaus, Lut. News vi. p. 141 (1895) (= inconspicua) ; Druce,
Le. Suppl. p. 309 (1896) (Mexico ; Belize; Guatemala); Bonningh., /ris xii. p. 119. n. 29
(1899) (Rio de Jan, ; rare)

*Pachylia inconspicua Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 190. n. 3 (1856) (Jamaica ;—Mus.
Oxford) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 159. n. 49 (1859) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am.
p. 19 (1860); Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 183. n. 4 (1862); Grote & Rob., lc. v.
p- 159. n. 62 (1865) (Jamaica) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 138. n. 5 (1875); Butl., dc.
p. 579. n. 6 (1877) (Jamaica) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 7 (1892).

Chaerocampa versuta Clemens, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 152. n. 38 (1859) (Mexico) ; Morris,
Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860); Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 174. n. 7 (1862) ; Druce,
in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 11. n. 14 (1881) (‘‘ not seen”’).

Pachylia tristis Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petrop. ii. Lep. p. 91. n. 1510 (1857) (Brazil,
nom indescr.!) ; Grote & Rob., Trans. Amer. Ent, Soc. iii, p. 75 (1871) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép.
Hét. i. p. 138. n. 4. (1875) (Brazil; Cuba) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 347
(1876) (Surinam).

Phachylia (!) resumens, Gundlach, Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 202 (1882).

Theretra versuta, Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 657. n. 87 (1892).

3. Clemens’s description of versuta applies to this insect ; a comparison of
the characters he mentions with a specimen of veswmens will convince every one
of the correctness of our identification. The species varies a good deal individually,
but apparently not geographically. The markings of the forewing are sometimes
almost obliterated. The $ is on the whole more olivaceous than the 3, and has
the pale postdiscal band of the hindwing often nearly concolorous with the basal
area, while it is much more clayish in the ¢. ‘The ferruginous-tawny colour of
the underside of the forewing at the brown distal marginal band appears often on
the npperside. All the abdominal tergites have a black basal belt; the belts of the
proximal segments are visible, at least laterally, also in specimens with the segments
well telescoped into one another ; posterior tergites with single, well separated, long
and strong spines ; spines of proximal tergites much shorter and weaker, aud much
more numerous, standing close together ; spines of proximal sternites contiguous, of
posterior ones separate, stronger chitinised spines geverally alternating with weaker
ones. Palpus closely appressed to head, rounded in lateral and dorsal views, not
projecting. Penultimate sezment of antenna longer than vertically broad. Hinder
edge of merum of mid- and hindcoxa carinate, very faintly angulate. External
spur of midtibia only one-fourth shorter than internal one. Hindwing similar in
pattern to that of P. ficus. :

3. Sceut-organ of forecoxa strongly developed. Scales at upper and lower
edges of the hindtibia and of the first hindtarsal segment prolonged ; hindtarsus
with some spines between the four regular rows, first segment a little less than
half the length of the tibia. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLII. f. 6, ventral view; f. 7,
lateral view) with two long processes, which are broadest at end, curved downward,
aud somewhat twisted, the flat side being nearly vertical ; the two processes of the
sternite as long as the tergite, the left a little shorter than the right, both
somewhat compressed and slightly S-shaped, apex not very acute; anal cone
projecting between the lobes of the segment in lateral view (PI. XLII. f. 6).
Clasper sole-shaped, broader and shorter than in Erinnyis, with a patch of stiff
bristles on the inner surface in the middle of the dorsal margin (Pl. XLV. f. 28) ;
a double basal tubercle (¢), smooth, the lower one carinate; harpe produced
Ventrally into a strongly hooked, short process, which is plainly visible from the

( 378 )

outside. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIII. f. 10) with an obtuse straight apical process,
which bears a row of teeth at the left edge, the row generally double proximally.

?. Highth tergite rounded-sinuate, the lobes strongly rounded. Vaginal plate
(Pl. XL. f. 17) rather large, apical edge membranaceons, a deep halfmoon-shaped
proximal cavity, surrounded proximally by a smooth ridge ; vaginal orifice post-
median, small, covered by a heart-shaped bilobate flap. Seventh sternite long
trapeziform, apex membranaceons.

Larva resembling that of ficws, but smaller.

Hab. Florida, West Indies, southward to Buenos Ayres ; common in collections.

In the Tring Museum 90-odd specimens from: Florida, various places of
Central and South America, southward to Bolivia, Paraguay, Parana (Brazil).

XCIII. ORYBA.—Typus : achemenides.
Sphinx, Cramer (non Linné, 1758), Pap. Exot. iii. p. 53 (1779).
Clanis Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 138 (1822) (partim ; type: phalaris = nicoharensis).
Pachylia Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 191 (1856) (partim ; type : jicws).
Oryba id., l.c. p. 197 (1856) (type: achemenides=robusta).

3%. Eye very large, not lashed, diameter about one and a half times the
width of the frons. Palpus slender, smooth-scaled, closely appressed to head,
pointed, not projecting, outline in side-view following the curve of the head.
Antenna distinctly clubbed, end-segment very long, filiform, except at base,
penultimate segment shorter than vertically broad. Abdominal spines heavy, in
one row, long and short ones alternating on posterior tergites, contiguous, the
spines of the sternites also very stiff; seventh sternite of ? broadly trapeziform,
without spines. Merum of midcoxa angulate. Tarsi short-scaled, long ; midtarsus
without comb. Distal margins of wings entire ; apex of forewing acute; R of
hindwing before centre of cell, hinder angle of cell acuminate, R* and M’ rather
close together, D* being only one-fifth to one-third the length of D*.

3. Seriated ciliae of antenna very short. Scent-organ of forecoxa large or
small. Tenth segment divided, of the same type as in Pseudosphinx, Pachylia,
Erinnyjis, ete. ; the lobes of the broad tergite (P1. XLII. f. 2. 3) broad, about half
the length of the segment, the sinus between them wide, rounded ; sternite with
two long and slender processes (Xv), which are pointed and distally curved.
Clasper very large. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIII. f. 13. 14) forked, with apical sense
hairs and short tooth-like spines resembling those found in Nyceryax, Perigonia,
etc. ; penis-funnel produced into a long, more or less clubbed process, which is
denticulate on the upperside.

?. Vaginal plate triangular; orifice proximal and mesial; no obvious arma-
ture. Eighth tergite membranaceous mesially from apex to near base.

Karly stages not known.

Hab. Central and South America, from Honduras to Bolivia and Southern
Brazil, extending probably to Mexico.

Two species :

Distal marginal area of forewing as broad at

R’ as the interspace between this area and

the first discal line (outside cell) . . 306. O. kadeni.
Distal marginal area very much narrower than

that interspace . : : : : . 307. O. achemenides.

( 379 )

306. Oryba kadeni.

Pachylia kadeni Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. i. p. 16 (1870) (Am. mer.).

Pachylia robusta, Boisduyal (non Walker, 1856), Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 135. n. 1 (1875) (Brazil).

*Oryba imperialis Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6). v. p. 213 (1890) (Peru ;—coll. Druce) ; Kirby, Cat.
Lep. Het. i.n. 3 (1892).

Oryba kadeni, Schaus, Ent. News vi. p. 141 (1895) (synon.) ; Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 314. n. 2 (1896)
(Chiriqui).

Oryba robusta, Kirby, I.c. n. 2. (1892) (partim) ; Rothsch., Noy. Zoon. i. p. 88 (1894) ; Bénningh.,
Tris xii. p. 120. n. 31 (1899) (Rio de Jan. ; Para).

3%. Abdomen with small lateral tufts ; seventh (?) or eighth (¢) tergite
with long hair-scales which form a simple tuft in 2, and an expansible fan in 3.
Antenna strongly clubbed; black, with pale ventral mesial line. Hye very
large. Abdominal spines broad, close together also on posterior tergites. Distal
marginal area of forewing strongly convex ; discal trapeziform area sharply defined,
bordered with white scaling.

3. Scent-organ of forecoxa vestigial. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIL f. 2) longer
than broad, densely hairy, the lobes about twice as long as broad in middle in
dorsal view ; sternite (Xv) little longer than the tergite. Clasper sole-shaped, with
elongate-lanceolate, rather small friction-scales; harpe not separated from the
clasper (PI. XLVI. f. 3). Penis-sheath (Pl. LIII. f. 13) divided into two
slender processes, the incision extended proximad as a groove, each process ending
in a short spine and two hairs, and bearing some short spines at the base ; process
of penis-funnel slightly incrassate distally.

Hab. Chiriqui to Bolivia and Southern Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 7 33,2 9? from: Pera; Guanay, Mapiri R., Bolivia,
1500 ft., iii. 795 (Stuart) ; Espirito Santo.

307. Oryba achemenides.

Sphinx achemenides Cramer, Pap. Evot. iii. p. 53. t. 225. f. © (1779) (Surinam) ; id., Le. p. 133.
t. 265, f. a. B. (1779) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 228. n. 93 (1780).

Sphinx achmenides (!) Cramer, l.c.

Clanis achemenides, Hiibner, Verz. bel, Schm. p. 138. n. 1482 (1822) ; Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6).
v. p. 214 (1890) (Colombia).

Pachylia achemenides, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 191. n. 4 (1856) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép.
Hét. i. p. 136. n. 2 (1875) ; Oberth., Ht, @ Ent. vi. p. 31. t. 5. f. 2 (1881) (Teffe).

*Oryba robusta Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 197. n. 1 (1856) (Brazil ;—Mus. Oxford) ;
Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 678. n. 2 (1892) (partim).

Oryba achemenides, Kirby, l.c, n. 1 (1892) ; Rothsch., Noy. Zoon. i. p. 88 (1894) (Trinidad ” err.
loc. !) ; Schaus, Ent. News vi. p. 141 (1895) (synon. ; = robusta); Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer.,
Lep. Het, Suppl. p. 314. n. 1 (1896) (Honduras).

¢¢%. Antenna slenderer and longer, and the eye smaller than in kadent ; the
former pale. Abdomen obtuse at end, without tuft, the spines slenderer and, below,
weaker than in the preceding. More uniform in colour ; marginal area of forewing
much narrower, the discal area less prominent, the hindwing without distinct
bends ; distal margin of forewing concave in ¢ from R? to hinder angle ; D* of
hindwing very long, lower angle of cell much produced.

3. Forecoxa with strongly developed scent-organ. Tenth tergite (PI. XLII.
f, 3) shorter than broad, the lobes very strongly rounded; processes of sternite
(Xr) much longer than the tergite, strongly curved at end. Clasper (Pl. XLVI. f. 4)
with a peculiar scent-organ; ventral margin straight, upper one convex, mem-
branaceous, swollen, as if being inflated ; the greater part of the clasper covered

( 380 )

outside by a large mass of long stout hairs, which lie flat upon the clasper ; these
hairs are very brittle ; the edge of the eighth tergite is also swollen, inflated, mem-
branaceous ; no distinct harpe. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIII. f. 14) less deeply divided
than in kadeni, the left process short ; process of penis-funnel (P-F) obviously
clubbed.

?. Highth tergite little broader than long, strongly chitinised, truncate, angles
rounded, membranaceous mesially. Vaginal plate triangular, apex broader than in
the preceding.

Hab. Honduras to Bolivia and Northern Brazil. ;

In the Tring Musenm 5 dd, 4 2? from: Honduras; 8. Augustin, Mapiri R.,
Bolivia, 3500 ft., iv. "95 (Stuart) ; Maripa, Caura R., Venezuela, vi. vii. 1901 (S.
Klages) ; Amazons (Bates).

In the Bern Museum from Para (Dr. Goeldi), at the electric light, iii. vi.

XCIV. LEUCORHAMPHA gen. novy.—Typus : triptolemus.
Sphinx, Cramer (non Linné, 1758), Pap. Ex. iii. p. 40 (1779).
Hemeroplanes Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 133 (1822) (partim ; type: pan).
Calliomma Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 108 (1856) (partim; type: nomius).
Triptogon Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 95 (1857) (partim ; nom. indeser, !).
Philampilus (!), Schaufuss (non Harris, 1839), Nung. Otios. i. p. 19 (1870).
Madoryx Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 150 (1875) (partim ; type : otclus).

3%. Palpi rounded in dorsal and lateral view. Scaling somewhat raised on
occiput. Antenna very slender, with a long gradual hook, no prolonged seriated
ciliae in 2, end-segment long, gradually narrowed to a point. Spines of abdomen
arranged in one row, sternites and proximal tergites with long and short spines
alternating, distal tergites with long, strong, conical spines only, which are widely
separate from one another; seventh sternite of $ not spinose, membranaceous
distally ; fan-tail of ¢ with three prolonged tufts, ? with a single tuft. Legs and
neuration essentially as in Hemeroplanes. Distal margins dentate ; forewing
angulate at R*, with a longitudinal silvery streak at base of R*.

3. Sexual armature rather uniform: tenth tergite (Pl. XLII. f. 25) divided
by a broad rounded sinus into two lobes; sternite (Xv) a low ridge, produced at
each side into a long, apical, curved, pointed process, which is much longer than the
tergite. Clasper large, with a patch of lanceolate friction-scales ; above harpe there
is basally a fold covered with bristles ; the harpes of the two claspers the same size,
short, curved upwards at end, acuminate or sinuate. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIII. f. 20)
of the same type as in Madoryx ; apically produced into a short obtuse process,
which is beset at the edge with short teeth, and bears at the sides a dense covering
of short spines, which break easily off, resembling a brush.

?. Vaginal plate truncate, somewhat angulate in middle; orifice mesial,
without special armature, except a slight lateral and a proximal fold.

Larva (adult) flattened, without horn, head small, posterior thoracical segments
enlarged ; mimicking a snake.

Hab. Central and South America ; not yet found in the West Indies.

Four species, which are closely allied to each other.

The differences between this genus and Madoryx are but slight. However, we
think it advisable to keep ¢riptolemus and allies generically separate from o/clus
and allies, as each group of species represents a special type of development.

( 381 )

All the species of Leucorhampha have a blackish brown sinuate patch on the
mesothoracic tegula, similar in shape to a basal patch on the forewing, and agree
also in other respects closely with one another in colour and pattern.

Key to the species :

a. Silvery mark of forewing about 10 mm. long,

reaching beyond postdiscal line ; . 31l. L. longistriga.
Silvery mark of forewing less than 6 mm.
long, abdomen with yellow belts or spots. : 5 lik

b. Yellow belts of abdomen reduced to trans-
verse dorsal spots : . 310. L. ornatus.
Yellow belts of abdomen reaching round the
whole tergite : é . , S Seac:
c. Silvery mark 4 to 5 mm. long, forked . . 308. L. triptolemus.
Silvery mark 3 mm. long, lower branch
obliterated : F : c . 309. L. diffusa.

308. Leucorhampha triptolemus.

Sphine triptolemus Cramer, Pap. Ex. iii. p. 40. t. 216. f. F (1779) (Surinam) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr.
iii, 2. p. 226. n. 86 (1780).

Hemeroplanes triptolemus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 133. n. 1426 (1822) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc.
Lond. ix. p. 543. n. 1 (1877); Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 8. n. 1 (1881)
(Guatemala ; Panama) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 647. n. 1 (1892) (Brazil) ; Rothsch., Nov.
Zoo. i. p. 10 t. 6. £. 10 (1894) ; Druce, l.c. Suppl. p. 303 (1896) (partim ; Mexico).

Calliommea triptolenus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 111. n, 4 (1856) (Brazil ; Ega ; Para).

Triptogon triptolemus, Ménétriés, Enum, Corp. Anim. Mus, Petr., Lep. p. 95. n. 1569 (1857) (Brazil),

Philampilus (1) triptolemus, Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. i. p. 19 (1870) (Surinam).

Madoryx triptolemus, Méschler, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 348 (1876) (Surinam),

3%. Yellow belts of abdomen extending from one side of the tergites to the
other; forewing with little or no greenish yellow scaling ; silvery mark 4 to 5mm.
long. Palpus, below, much more whitish grey in some specimens than in others.

3. Harpe (Pl. XLVI. f. 16) with a comparatively slender, obtuse, curved
process.

Hab. Mexico to Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 12 63,7 2% from: Jalapa, Mexico, ii. iv. (Schanus) ;
Aroa, Venezuela ; Merida, Venezuela, vi. (Briceno) ; Trinidad ; Fort George, ix. ;
Rio Demerara; Amazons ; Rio Dagua, Colombia (Rosenberg) ; Paramba, Ecuador,
3500 ft., v. 97, dry season (Rosenberg) ; 1 $ ex coll. Lennep.

309. Leucorhampha diffusa spec. nov. (PI. VI. f. 10, 3).

3%. Like the preceding with complete yellow dorsal belts to abdomen ; fringe
of tergites also yellow. Wings deeper in colour, stronger dentate, broader. Fore-
wing in basal area and on disc, hindwing in submarginal area, obviously shaded
with bluish white scaling ; silvery mark only 3 mm. long, not forked proximally,
the posterior branch being obsolete; subbasal area of hindwing bluish white.
Underside of body and wings more rufous than in ¢riptolemus, postdiscal area along
the greyish brown border ferruginous.

3. Harpe (Pl. XLVI. f. 14) sinnate at end, both lobes obtuse, the upper
one the longer.

Length of forewing: ¢, 45 mm.; 9%, 47 mm.

Hab, Colombia to Bolivia, probably more widely distributed.

( 382 )

In the Tring Museum 1 6 (type) from Rio Dagua, Colombia (W. Rosenberg) ;
1 2 from Lita, Henador, 3000 ft. (Flemming) ; 1 d (very bad) from San Angustin,
Mapiri, 3500 ft., Sept. 1795 (Maxwell Stuart).

510. Leucorhampha ornatus.

Madory« triptolemus, Boisduval (non Cramer, 1779) ; Spec. Gén. Léep. Hét. i, p. 154. n. 5 (1875)
(Brazil ; Cayenne).

*Hemeroplanes ornatus Rothschild, Nov. Zoou. i. p. 9. t. 6. f. 9 (1894) (“ Venezuela” ex err. ;
S. America).

Hemeroplanes triptolemus, Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 303 (1896) (partim) ;
Bonningh., Jris xii. p. 123. n. 44 (1899) (Rio de Jan. ; larva),

Panacra spec, ?, Peters, [/lustr. Zeitschr, Ent. iii. 6. plate (1898) (Nova Friburgo).

Hemeroplanes triptolemus, id., lc. vi. t. 10. £. 1. la. b. ¢. (1., p.) (1901).

We cite Bénninghausen and Peters under this species, because ornatus seems
to us to be the species referred to, not ¢7iptolemus, which is apparently much rarer
in the province of Rio, if it occurs there at all.

3%. Abdominal yellow belts abbreviated, the yellow basal scaling restricted
to a transversal dorsal patch ; apical fringes also more or less yellowish ; sides of
tergites almost black as in diffusa. Forewing much shaded with greenish yellow ;
silvery mark forked, 3 to 34 mm. long.

6. Harpe (Pl. XLVI f. 15) much stouter than in ¢riptolemus, sometimes
sinuate nearly as in diffusa. Tenth segment see Pl. XLII. f. 25. Penis-sheath see
PJ. LIII. f. 20.

Larva (fig. by Peters) assuming various defensive attitudes, imitating a snake ;
it throws the head so far back that the underside of the thorax, which is dark like
the rest of the under surface, becomes the upper.

Hab. South America: Rio de Janeiro to Colombia.

In the Tring Museum 4 3d, 5 ?¢ from: Rio de Janeiro ; Aroa, Venezuela ;
Rio Cachyaco, Proy. Iquitos (Stuart) ; Rio Dagua, Colombia (Rosenberg).

Also in other collections, generally confounded with triptolemus.

311. Leucorhampha longistriga spec. nov.

3?. Abdomen similar to that of ornatus, but without visible yellow basal
patches. Forewing nearly as in ¢riptolemus, but silvery mark very long, 10 mm.,
reaching beyond the postdiscal line, forked proximally, lower branch longer than
upper; black submarginal band longer than in ¢riptolemus and ornatus, reaching
from tip of wing to R*; ferruginous submarginal scaling of hindwing visible on
upperside to near costa. Harpe similar to that of triptolemus, more strongly curved
and more suddenly acuminate.

Hab. Brazil.

One ¢ in the Berlin Museum (type).

Another in coll. Charles Oberthiir without locality.

A ? from Santa Catharina in coll. Standinger.

XCV. MADORYX.—Typus : oiclus.

Sphinx, Cramer (non Linné, 1758), Pap. Ex. iii. p. 39 (1779).
Hemeroplanes Hiibner, Verz. beh, Schm. p. 133 (1822) (partim ; type: pan).
Calliomma Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 108 (1856) (partim ; type: nomius).

( 383 )

Triptogon Ménétriés, Enwm. Corp. Anim. Mus, Petr., Lep. p. 94 (1857) (nom. indescr. ; partim).
Zonilia ?, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 144 (1875).
Madoryzx id., l.c. p. 150 (1875) (type: otclus).

3¢. Differs from Leucorhampha in the posterior tergites of the abdomen
being armed with a row of alternately long and short spines. without prolonged
anal tuft; sternite and tergite of seventh segment broad, truncate. Sexual
armature of ¢ similar to that of Lexucorhampha; harpe short, triangular, not or
little curved.

Larva very peculiar (J/. pluto, see below), in general aspect more like the
larva of a Catocola than a Sphingid. First stages with long slender horn, which is
replaced by a short cone later on. It pupates in a cocoon attached to the stem of
the food-plant. At rest it does not use the first two pairs of prolegs, curving the
body somewhat like the larvae of Geometridae. The stout chrysalis resembles that
of Pseudosphins tetrio.

Hab. South and Central America ; Cuba.

Four species, which bear a close resemblance to each other in pattern and
colour, being all grey, with a short, more or less triangular, silvery spot on the
forewing, which is generally preceded by a smaller spot. The mesothoracic tegula
have a small black spot anteriorly, corresponding to the anterior part of the patch
of Leucorhampha ; the abdomen has no pale dorsal mesial vitta as has Leuco-
rhampha ; below there is a series of white mesial spots.

Key to the species :
a. Apex of forewing acute ; silvery spot of
forewing elongate-triangular, its hinder
margin longer than upper . 6 . 313. M. pluto.
Apex of forewing truncate ; silvery spot :
its hinder margin (at R*) shorter than
upper ; or the spots absent . : : c UU
6. Body and wings silvery grey . ; . 312. MM. otclus.
Body and wings more or less dark
olivaceous-brown . ¢ : : : . EGS
c. Brown marginal band SC°—R* of forewing
not incised at the veins, two pale
oblique lines on dise . é . 314. M. bubastus.
Brown marginal band consisting BE half-
moons ; brown discal and postdiscal
lines irregular. : ; F . 316. IL pseudothyreus.

312. Madoryx oiclus.

Spline viclus Cramer, Pap. Ex. iii. p. 39. t. 216. £. ¢ (1779) (Surinam) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2.
p. 226. n. 83 (1780).

Hemeroplanes oiclus, Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 133. n. 1428 (1822); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond:
ix. p. 543. n. 2 (1877); Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 8. n. 2 (1881) (Brit,
Honduras ; Guatemala) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 647. n. 3 (1892) (Surinam); Druce, /.c.
Suppl. p. 303 (1896) (Orizaba).

Enyo oiclus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 115. 0. 6 (1856).

Madoryx viclus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Iét. i. p. 151. n. 1 (1875) (Cayenne ; Surinam).

*Madoryx faunus Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 153. n, 4 (1875) (Cayenne ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir).

Calliomma faunus, Butler, lc. p. 630 (1877); Kirby, /.c. p. 646 n. 2 (1892).

Hemeroplanes faunus, Bonninghausen, Jris xii. p. 124. n, 46 (1899) (Rio de Janeiro).

( 384 )

32. The olive basal band of the forewing is narrow ; the discal silvery spots
are nearly of equal size, in most specimens the upper one transverse, the second
more or less rounded; forewing narrower than in the other Continental species.
Harpe obtusely pointed (Pl. XLVI. f. 8). Dentate part of penis-sheath (Pl. LIII.
f. 18) obtusely acuminate, elongate-ovate, densely denticulated proximally at the
right side. White line of palpus interrupted.

Hab. Mexico to Rio de Janeiro.

In the Tring Museum 5 64, one of them ex coll. Lennep, another from
Valencia, Venezuela, a third without locality, two from Costa Rica (M. de
Mathan).

The type of faunus is in bad condition. The left forewing is much torn at the
apex, and the apex of the right one is cut off with a sharp instrument. This
accounts for the forewing being described by Boisduval as being less sinuate
than in pluto and a little truncate at the apex. The posterior silvery spot is
nearly as large as in dvdastus, but its upper inner angle points basad. The penis-
sheath is as in ofclus; the harpe and tenth segment are not preserved in the
mutilated specimen.

313. Madoryx pluto.

Sphine pluto Cramer, Pap. Er. iii. p. 39. t. 216. f. & (1779) (Surinam) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2.
p. 226. n. 85 (1780) ; Chavannes, Bull. Soc. Vadoise Sc. Nat. (1854) (larva, pupa).

Hemeroplanes plutonius Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 133. n. 1427 (1822).

Calliomma pluto, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 111. n. 3 (1856) (partim) ; Burm., Deser. Rép.
Argent. vy, Atlas p. 33. t. 13. £. 1 (larva). f. 6 (pupa) (1879).

Madoryx pluto, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 152. n, 3 (1875) (Cayenne, Surinam) ; Schaus,
Ent. News vi. p. 141 (1895) (synon.).

* Madoryx deborrei, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 155. n. 6 (1875) (Brazil ;—Mus. Bruxelles) ;
Maass., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 68 (1880) (= ? pluto).

‘alliomma ? pluto, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 538. n. 1 (1877) (partim).

Hemeroplanes deborrei, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 630 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.
p. 647. n, e (1892) (Brazil) ; Bonningh., /ris xii. p. 124. n. 45 (1899) (Rio de Janeiro; distinct
from pluto).

Calliommea plutonius, Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 234 (1877) (synon.) ; id., Cat. Lep. Het. i.
p- 646. n. 1 (1892) (Brazil).

Hemeroplanes plutotonius (!), Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 60 (1888).

Hemeroplanes pluto, Druce, in Biol. Centr. Aner., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 303. n. 3 (1896) (Jalapa ;
Chiriqui).

3%. The few specimens from Central America and Colombia which we have
seen differ from the South Brazilian individuals in the forewing being dentate af
SC°, as is the case in Cramer’s figure ; our Surinam specimens, however, have the
wing even, like Sonthern individuals. The lower silvery spot is longer in the
Central American and Colombian specimens than in those from the more eastern
and southern countries, and the tenth sternite is longer. There are possibly two
subspecies.

3. Tenth sternite longer than in the other species, about twice or thrice the
length of the lobes of the tergite. Harpe broadly triangular, somewhat curved
upwards. Penis-sheath (Pl. LILI. f. 19) elongate-acuminate, densely spinose at
the edges and on the upper surface at the right side and at end, ventro-laterally
clothed with spines, which are generally broken off, being very loosely inserted in
the membrane of the lateral and ventral apical surface of the penis-sheath.

Larva figured by Chavannes and again by Burmeister, /..c.c. ; long, somewhat:
flattened, grey ; head small, thorax somewhat enlarged, seventh segment with

( 385 )

tubercle, horn long in young stages, reduced to a short cone in later stages.—Food-
plants : Jussieua, Onagraceae.

Pupa in a loose, white, muslin-like cocoon, attached to the food-plant.

Hab. Mexico to Bolivia and Southern Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 9 3d, 2 22 from: Rio Dagua, Colombia (Rosenberg) ;
San Augustin, Mapiri R., Bolivia, 3500 ft., ix. "95 (Stuart); Rio Demerara ; St.
Catharina ; 1 3 ex coll. Lennep.

In the Bern Museum from Para (Dr. Goeldi), at the electric light, iii.

314. Madoryx bubastus.
Sphine bubastus Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. p. 84. t. 149. f. © (1777) (“ Coromandel” loc. err.) ; Goeze,
Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 221. n. 62 (1780).

32%. Much more brown than o/clvs. Upper discal silvery spot of forewing
small, rounded or ovate ; second irregularly triangular; at least three times the
size of the first, its upper inner edge pointing costad ; from near the end of SC®
two pale lines run backwards, forming an acute angle, the outer one ending at tip
of M!, the proximal one at inner margin in a patch, in which are situated two brown
spots; it nearly touches in middle a pale discal line which is curved costad in front.
Distal margin of forewing less dentate in ? than in d.

3. Sexual armature as in o/clws, but process of harpe narrower, more conical;
penis-sheath (PI. LIIL f. 16) curved at end, dentate at the edge, with some fine
bristles at the tip, upper left angle somewhat produced and acute in dutleri.

Hab. South and Central America, from British Honduras to Santa Catharina.

There are in the Tring Museum a d anda ? of a Madoryx which differ from
all the specimens of bubastus we have seen. They are, unfortunately, without
locality. The d has only one very small, yellowish, discal dot, and the ? has this
dot only very feebly indicated by some paler scales. In the 2 the subbasal costal
dot is almost absent, and the disc is much shaded with scales of a peculiar greenish
blue tint, similar to that shown in Cramer’s figure ; the same tint reappears on the
underside in the middle of the costal margin, and also on the disc of the right
hindwing. The white dots on the underside of the abdomen are minute in the ¢.
The penis-sheath (Pl. LILI. f. 17) differs slightly from that of bubastus. The
distal margin of the forewing is not distinctly dentate in either of the two
individuals. These two specimens belong perhaps to a third local race.

a. M. bubastus bubastus.

Merian, Vetam. Ins. Surin, t. 39 (1705) (imago, pupa ; ? non larva).

Sphinz bubastus Cramer, 1c.

Sphing didyma, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2381. n. 79 (1790) (partim).

Amplypterus bubastus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 133. n. 1431 (1822).

Amplypterus bupastus (1), id., le. Indew p. 24 (182-).

Sphinz parce, Burmeister (non Fabricius, 1775), Abh. Nat. Ges. Halle p. 63 (1854).

Calliomma bubastus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 112. n. 6 (1856).

Zonilia? bubastus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 144. 0. 8 (1875).

*Madorysx lyncus id., l.c. p. 151. n, 2. t. 4. £. 4 (1875) (Cayenne ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

Madoryx bubastus, Méschler, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. ap (1876) (Surinam ; description).

Panara? bubastus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Suc. Lond. ix. p. 551. n. 15 (1877) (“ Coromandel”).

Hemeroplanes lyncus, id., 1c. p. 630 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 647. n. 4 (1892) (Cayenne).

Madoryx oiclus, Burmeister, Deser. Rép. Argent. v. Atlas p. 33 (1879).

Hemeroplanes bubastus, Kirby, lc. n. 7 (1892) (Surinam) ; Bonningh., Zris xii. p. 125. sub n. 46
(1899) (Rio Grande do Sul).

oo

( 386 )

Merian’s figure, if it was meant for this insect, is much too grey ; in the silvery
spots it agrees, however, better with the present insect than with the grey oiclus.

Cramer’s figure is, in our opinion, a very bad representation of the present
species, described fully by Méschler, /.c., and therefore the name dubastus has to be
used for this insect. In the interpretation of some of Cramer’s figures an elastic
conscience is necessary.

Boisduval’s /yncus is described and figured from an individual (or rather one
made up of three), of which the wings, thorax, and head belong to what Méschler
describes as bubastus, the black-banded abdomen to Alewron carinata, and the
palpi to some other Lepidopteron.

3%. Forewing deeply sinuate below apex, this much produced ; distal edge
more or less dentate.

Hah. South America: Ecuador and Venezuela to Santa Catharina.

In the Tring Museum 8 dd, 6 2% from: Cachabi, Ecuador, xi. 96 (Rosen-
berg); Aroa, Venezuela; Caripe, Venezuela, i. (Mocquerys); St. George’s,
Guayana, xi. (Hllacombe).

In the Bern Museum from Para (Dr. Goeldi), at the electric light, vi.

6. M. bubastus butleri.

*Aleuron butleri Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 240 (1877) (“‘ West Indies”); Waterh., Aid Ident.

Ins. ii. t. 140. £. 6 (1883) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 645. n. 4 (1892).

3%. Forewing less sinuate, and black discal band,of hindwing narrower than
in the preceding ; upper left angle of process of penis-sheath produced, acute.

Kirby gives the West Indies as habitat of this form. The specimen, which
is in bad condition, bears however a label ‘“ Belise,” which probably is meant for
Belize, British Honduras.

Hab. British Honduras ?

One specimen in the Dublin Museum.

314. Madoryx pseudothyreus.

Calliomma oiclus ?, Herrich-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 57 (1865) (Cuba).

Hemeroplanes pseudothyreus Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 41. t. 41. f, 1 (1865) (Cuba) ;
id. & Rob., ibid. v. p. 152. n, 22 (1865); Grote, l.c. vi. p. 328 (1867) (Cuba) ; Herr,-Sch.,
Ausser. Schm. f. 554 (1869) ; Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii. p. 184 (1871) (Cuba) ; Gundl.,

ontr. Ent. Cubana p. 182 (1882) (San Christobal, Cuba) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 647. n. 5

(1892) (Cuba).

Madoryx pseudothyreus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 156. n. 8 (1875).

Hemeroplanes ? pseudothyreus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 548. n. 3 (1877).

3%. Much more variegated than the other species of Madoryx. Olive subbasal
patch of forewing small, separated into two spots ; no white subbasal costal dots ;
second silvery discal spots angle-shaped, the upper linear, sometimes a white dot
upon M at base of M'; discal lines dentate, brown marginal band indented at the
veins, above and below. First discal line of underside black, strongly dentate.
Penis-sheath (Pl. LILI. f. 15, Cuba) somewhat resembling that of otclws, the dilated
part shorter and more acute, dentate only at the edges; the apex sinuate in our
Florida specimens.

Hab. Cuba ; Florida.

In the Tring Museum 3 63,3 2? ¢ from Chocoloskee, Florida, xi.

A ¢ in the Berlin Museum, and another in coll. Staudinger, from Cuba.

Herrich-Schaeftfer’s figure is overdrawn, like the others on the same plate.

XCVI. HEMEROPLANES.—Typus : pan.
Sphinx, Fabricius (non Linné, 1758), Syst. Ent. p. 543 (1775).
Hemeroplanes Hiibner, Verz. bek, Schm. p. 133 (1822) (partim ; type: pan).
Oreus id., l.c. p. 136 (1822) (partim ; type: gnoma).
Calliomma Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p, 108 (1856) (type: nomius).
Enyo, id., l.c. p. 112 (1856) (partim).
Calliomina (!), Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 681 (1856).
Philampilus (!), Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. p. 19 (1870).
Bucheryx Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 219 (1875) (type: parce) ; Luc., Bull. Soc. Ent.
France p. 153 (1883) (= Culliomma).
Callioma ('), Rothschild, Nov. Zoou. i. p. 73 (1894).
Caliomma (!), Bonninghausen, /7is xii, p. 123 (1899).

3%. Scaling of head raised between antennae. Eye not distinctly lashed.
Palpus pointed. Antenna slender, not clubbed, seriated ciliae present in 2, bat
short; end-segment long and slender, gradually narrowed to a point. Body
smooth-scaled ; abdominal tergites with a single row of long, strong spines inter-
mingled with small ones ; spines of sternites much weaker ; fan-tail of ¢ three-
pointed, 2 with a long tuft instead. Legs short-scaled, merum of mid- and hind-
coxae not angulate; tarsi slender, cylindrical, with the normal four rows of spines ;
midtarsus with comb. Forewing sinuate below apex, D* and D‘ of about the same
length; SC? and R! of hindwing from upper angle of cell, R? in or before centre, D*
longer than D*, apex acute. Seventh abdominal sternite of ¢ trapezoidal, mem-
branaceous distally, without spines.

3. Tenth segment divided, the tergite broad, the sternite a narrow belt which
is produced into two slender processes (PI. XLII. f. 16—24; XLII. f. 2. 3).
Clasper large, with lanceolate friction-scales ; ventral edge with spines, a patch of
spiniform hairs on inner surface near base ; right and left harpe generally not quite
the same (Pl. XLVI. f. 11. 17. 18; XLVIL f. 7. 8). Penis-sheath without
external armature, or with an obtuse apical process, inside with long spines
(Pl. LIII. f. 25. 26).

?. Vaginal orifice mesial, surrounded by ridges and folds; eighth tergite
extended to the ventral side (P]. XL. f. 18.19; XLI. f. 6).

Early stages: Stoll, in Cram., Pap. Ex. Suppl. t. 22. f. 2, figures a larva which
he says is that of 7. pan. It resembles very much an /sognathus larva and a
younger stage of the larva of Pseudosphing tetrio. Burmeister, Descr. Rép.

Argent. y. Atl. t. 23. f. 1 (1879), figures a similar caterpillar, of which he did not
know the imago.

Hab. Florida to Argentina ; West Indies.
Six species.

Key to the species :

a. Hindwing walnut-brown, base buff — . . 3816. LH. nomius.
Hindwing ochraceous, with a more or less
fascous distal border j j : . 319. H. calliomenae.
Hindwing cinnamon-rufous . 5 on SUE
4. Apex of forewing pointed a Res

Apex of forewing truncate-sinuate, or
truncate . ; : ; ; : . B17. H. pan.

( 388 )

ec. Pale oblique apical line of forewing straight

from apex to R2, here much nearer the
costal patch of lunules than outer margin 3821. H. cnuus.

This line curved, much nearer the distal

margin than the discal costal patch . . a 0h
d. Silvery spot of forewing broad behind . . 320. HH. parce.
Silvery spot of forewing linear, not dilated
behind . 3 ; : : . 318. H. grisescens.

316. Hemeroplanes nomius.

*Calliomma nomius Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 109. n. 1 (1856) (Brazil ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 539. n, 2 (1877) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep, Het.
i. t. 3. £. 3 (1883); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 646. n. 3 (1892) (Brazil) ; Druce, lc. Suppl.
p. 301. n. 4 (1896) (Guatemala).

Bucheryx nomius, Boisduval, Spec. Gién. Lép, Hét. i. p. 221, n. 2 (1875) (Brazil).

Caliomma (!) nomius, Bonningh., ris. xii. p. 123. n, 41 (1899) (Rio de Janeiro).

3?. Scaling of mesonotum raised to a prominent hump. Palpus and abdomen
longer than in the other species, und the silvery spot of the forewing represented
ouly by a minute dot.

3d. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLII. f. 24, side-view) deeply divided into two lobes,
which are parallel, almost vertical, the sinus between them oblong ; each lobe
acuminate, the upper edge slanting, nearly straight, the lower one strongly convex
in middle; sternite (Pl. XLII. f. 23) divided into two long, slender processes
which are lying close along the inner surface of the tergal lobes, not being visible
in a side-view. Harpe (PI. XLVI. f. 11) produced into a long, horizontal process
which ends in two short points. Penis-sheath narrowed at end into a short, obtuse,
curved process (PJ. LILI. f. 26).

Early stages not known.

Hab. Guatemala to Southern Brazil.

In the Tring Musenm 5 od, 2 2% from: Aroa, Venezuela, iv.; Rio
Cachyaco, Proy. Iquitos (Stuart) ; Espirito Santo ; Rio de Janeiro.

317. Hemeroplanes pan.

Sphinx pan Cramer, Pap. Ex. iii. p. 39. t. 216. £. D (1779) (Surinam) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2.
p. 226, n. 84 (1780).

Hemeroplanes pan, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 133. n. 1425 (1822) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 647.
n. 6 (1892).

Enyo pan, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 118. n. 11 (1856).

Hemeroplunes ? pan, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 544. n. 4 (1877) (a Calliomma ?) ; Maass.,
Stett, Ent, Zeit. xli, p. 54 (1880).

*Calliomma denticulata Schaus, Ent. News vi. p. 141 (1895) (Jalapa).

Calliomma denticulatum, Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer. Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 300. n. 1 (x). t. 68. £. 2
(1896) (Jalapa).

3%. We have seen eight specimens of this species. They vary zxter se, and
are doubtless the insect which Cramer’s figure was meant to represent. The
truncate-sinuate apex of the forewing and the deeply sinuate and denticulate outer
margin, the pale triangular costal patch in front of the silvery spot and the smaller
costal patch at the subcostal fork, by which this species can be recognised, are
characters also found in Cramer’s figure. Our specimen from the Rio Cachyaco,
the right wing of which is slightly crippled at apex, has the outer margin less
denticulated, in front less sinuate, and the apex less produced than the other seven

( 389 )

specimens examined, and the basal area of the wing is not reddish tawny, but
almost of the same colour as the outer half; these differences are individual and
accidental. The outline of the forewing is also not quite the same in the other
examples.

3. Tenth tergite similar to that of zxwus, the mesial lobes longer and more
acutely pointed ; the processes of the sternite less convergent, longer. Harpe
(Pl. XLVI. f. 18) reaching beyond middle of clasper, cylindrical, slightly
curved, left one acute, right one obtuse. Clasper with a patch of long
spines at ventral margin near middle of harpe. Penis-sheath without external
armature.

Hab. Mexico to the Upper Amazons, Para and Surinam ; probably more widely
distributed.

In the Tring Museum 3 d¢ from: Rio Dagua, Colombia (W. Rosenberg) ;
Rio Cachyaco, Peru (M. Stuart) ; Cuzco, Peru.

In coll. Schaus from Jalapa. In coll. Oberthiir from Carvallo-Cocho, Amazons,
Peru, v.—vii. 1884 (M. de Mathan), 1 ¢. Also in the Oxford Museum. In the
Bern Museum from Para (Dr. Géldi), 16. vi. and 16. viii.

318. Hemeroplanes grisescens.
*Calliomma grisescens Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 9 (1894) (2, hab. ?;—Mus. Tring); id., lc.
ii. t. 9. £.4 (9) (1895).

3%. Somewhat resembling small specimens of calliomenae. Forewing not
dentate, or the teeth vestigial only, strongly concave below apex and more convex
in middle than in calliomenae ; a black band crosses the wing just proximally of the
silvery spot. Hindwing nearly as in parce, the black anal mark heavy, the
space outside it grey. The $ much more grey than the d.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIII. f. 2.3) half as long again as broad in a dorsal view,
the sides curved downwards, apex broadly sinuate, the lobes very short, a trace of
a mesial lobe ; sternite concealed by the tergite, divided into two long, slender
processes which le along the inner surface of the tergite. Harpe (Pl. XLVL f. 17)
short, slightly curved upwards at tip; ventral margin of clasper densely spinose.
Penis-sheath without external armature.

?. Vaginal plate similar to that of ‘wus (Pl. XL. f. 19).

Hab. Argentina.

In the Tring Musenm 9 3d, 6 2 2 from Tucuman.

319. Hemeroplanes calliomenae.

Philampilus (‘) calliomenae Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. i. p. 19 (1870) (Venezuela).
*Calliomma lutescens Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 5. t. 1. £. 5 (1875) (Haiti ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 540. n. 7 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 646. n. 8 (1892).
- Calliomma pan?, Maassen, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 54 (1880).
Calliomma calliomenae, Kirby, l.c. n. 7 (1892).
*Callioma (!) ellacombei Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 10 (1894) (S. Domingo, type ; Venezuela ;—
Mus. Tring) ; id., Lc. ii. t. 9. f. 3 (9) (1895).

3%. A variable insect, recognisable by the denticulated forewing and the
yellow, dark-bordered hindwing. The ? % are generally more uniform in colour on
the forewing, but possess often a conspicuous discal costal patch of halfmoons,
while the dd are less grey and often strongly mottled with blackish brown. The
basal area of the forewing below varies from orange-butf to tawny.

( 390 )

Schanfuss’s description of calliomenae is quite sufficient to recognise the present
species, which is common in Venezuela, from where calliomenae came. The West
Indian individuals are not specifically different.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLII. f. 16. 18) broadest proximally in dorsal view,
lateral edge first slanting, then horizontal ; apex mesially rounded, laterally
triangularly sinuate, the rounded middle lobe feebly incised, the lateral lobes
triangular, somewhat curved downwards ; sternite (PI. XLII. f. 17) with two long
processes which are rather broad proximally and are twisted, not visible in dorsal
and lateral view. Clasper (P]. XLVI. f. 7) acuminately sole-shaped, ventral edge
spinose, incrassate near the harpe and dilated into a short rounded lobe, which is

turned upward; harpe with a free spoon-shaped process. Penis-sheath without
external armature.

9. Ventral portion of eighth tergite small (Pl. XL. f. 18), connected with
the orifice by a fold ; a groove at each side of the orifice.

Hab. Haiti; Colombia ; Venezuela; probably more widely distributed.

In the Tring Museum 50-odd specimens from Venezuela: Merida, Aroa,
Valencia, Caripe, Maripa (Caura R., vi. 1901, 8. Klages) ; 1 ? from Haiti; 2 % %
from Bogota (near the town, March).

320. Hemeroplanes parce.

*Sphinw parce Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 543. n. 24 (1775) (Brasilia, Mus. Banks ;—Mus. Brit.);
Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 207. n. 15 (1780); Fabr., Spec. Jus. ii. p. 148. n. 42 (1781); id.,
Mant. Ins, ii. p. 96. n. 46 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2382, n. 80 (1790) ; Fabr., Hut, Syst.
iii. 1. p. 372. n. 50 (1793) ; Burm., Sphing. Bras. p. 62 (1856).

Sphinx licastus Stoll, in Cram., Pap. Ex. iv. p. 180. t. 381. f. A. B (1781) (Surinam) ; Burm, /.c.
p. 62 (1856) ; Lucas, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 143 (1883) (= parce).

Oreus licastus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 136. n. 1465 (1822).

*Sphina galianna Burmeister, l.c. p. 6 (1856) (type in Mus. Berlin; descr. mala).

Calliomma lycastus (1), Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 110. n, 2 (1856) (= parce ; partim ;
St. Vincent ; St. Domingo); Clem., Jowrn. Ac. Nat. Se. Philad. iv. p. 141, n. 21 (1859) ;
Herr.-Sch., Corresp, Bl. p. 57 (1865) (Cuba; dist. from parce); Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc, Philad.
v. p. 48 (1865) (Cuba ; =galianna ex err.!); id. & Rob., ibid. p. 153. n. 29 (1865) (syn. pro
parte) ; Grote, lc. vi. p. 328 (1867) (partim) ; id., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii, p. 184 (1871)
(Cuba) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 183 (1882).

Calliomina parce, Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 681 (1856) (Cuba).

Callionime (!) parce, id., Le. t. 17. £. 3 (1857).

Philampilus (1) licastus, Schaufuss, Nungq. Otios. i. p. 19 (1870) (Venezuela).

Eucheryx licastus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 220, n. 1 (1875) (= parce) ; Méschl., Verh.
Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxxi. p. 350 (1876) (= parce = galliana !).

Calliomma licastus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. 539. n. 3 (1877) (St. Cruz; St. Vincent ;
Haiti; St. Thomas); Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 5. n. 1 (1881) (Brit.
Honduras ; Nicaragua; Chiriqui); Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 646. n. 4 (1892); Druce, Le.
Suppl. p. 300 (1896) (Orizaba; Guatemala ; Costa Rica).

Callionma parce, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 539, n. 4 (1877) (distinet from licastus) ;
Maass., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 53 (1880) (= licastus).

Calliomma galiana (!) Burmeister, Deser. Rép. Argent. v. Allas p. 33 (1879).

Calliomma parcae (!), Kirby, Lc. n. 5 (1892) ; Druce, Le. Suppl. p. 300 (1896) (Hicastus probably not
distinct from “ parcae”’).

Callioma (!) licastus, Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 73 (1894) (Aroa, Venezuela).
Callioma (!) parcae (}), id., Lc. i. p. 9 (1894) (Aroa, Venezuela).
Caliomma (1) parce, Bonninghausen, Jris xii, p. 123. n. 40 (1899) (partim ; Rio de Janeiro).

3%. The pale apical line of the forewing curved, disappearing before R? ina
pale patch, which curves towards the distal margin, the pale line bordered behind
with brown, this border indistinct near apex, widened and black at R'. Fore- and

( 391 )

hindwing somewhat variable in the depth of the colour above and below; hind-
wing often shaded with black along distal margin.

3. Tenth sternite (PJ. XLII. f. 19. 20) not quite symmetrical ; tergite carinate
mesially, the sides curved downwards, widened towards end, apex triangularly
sinuate, the lobes short, each sinuate again, the tips of the sternal processes visible
through these sinuses in dorsal view (Pl. XLII. f. 19); sternite with two long
slender processes which are curved downward at end. Clasper somewhat acuminate,
the ventral margin shallowly concave before end; harpe as in inuus, but longer,
the spines at the ventral margin of the clasper near the end of the harpe more
concentrated to a patch. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIII. f. 25) without external armature.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XLI. f. 6) with the ridge round the small orifice
sinuate behind the orifice, two folds on each side joining the raised edge of the
orifice at its highest point ; tergite (V/// t) extended to near orifice.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Florida, West Indies, southwards to Southern Brazil and Bolivia.

In the Tring Museum 90-odd specimens from: Haiti; Florida ; Mexico ;
Honduras; Costa Rica ; Colombia ; Peru ; Bolivia; Venezuela; Rio de Janeiro ;
Sao Paulo.

321. Hemeroplanes inuus spec. nov.

Calliomma lycastus (!), Walker (non Stoll, 1782), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 110. n. 3 (1856)
(partim ; Rio de Janeiro) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. y. p. 48 (1865) (partim) ; id. & Rob.,
ibid. p. 153. n. 29 (1865) (partim) ; Grote, /.c. vi. p. 828 (1867) (partim).

Calliomma galianna, Butler (non Burmeister, 1858), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 539. n. 5 (1877)
(Rio de Janeiro) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 646. n. 6 (1892); Druce, Lc. Suppl. p. 300. n. 1
(A) (1896) (Orizaba).

Caliomma ( ) parce, Bonninghausen (non Fabricius, 1775), Zris xii. p. 123. n. 40 (1899) (partim).

3%. As pointed out by Grote and others, Burmeister’s description is kept in
such general terms that it applies very well to both parce and the present insect.
Burmeister erroneously believed (icastus =) parce to be a species without a silvery
spot on the forewing. The specimens in the Berlin Museum mentioned by him are
parce, not the present species, which, therefore, is without a name.

Pale apical line of forewing straight from apex to R®, here much closer to discal
costal patch of buff-coloured halfmoons than to outer margin, which is less convex
than in parce.

3. Tenth segment (Pl. XLII. f. 21. 22) very different from that of parce ;
tergite divided into four lobes, the mesial ones Jong and slender, the lateral ones
triangular and short, the tergite flattened ; sternite (Pl. XLII. f. 22) with two
slender processes which are curved towards each other. Clasper with spines
at ventral edge near the harpe ; this ending in a slender, curved, obtuse process
(Pl. XLVII. f. 8). Penis-sheath without external armature.

%. Eighth tergite extending close to the vaginal orifice (Pl. XL. f. 19);
this with the anterior edge raised.

Hab. Mexico to Southern Brazil and Paraguay.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 2 2% from: Rio Cachyaco, Prov. Iquitos (Stuart),
type; 8. José, Costa Rica (Underwood); Paraguay (Dr. Bohls) ; Sapucay, near
Villa Rica, Paraguay (Foster).

( 392 )

XCVII. STOLIDOPTERA.—Typus: tachasara.
Aleuron, Druce (non Boisduval, 1870), Ann. Mag. N. H. (6). ii. p. 236 (1888).

3%. Head slightly crested. Eye small, lashed. Palpus long, projecting,
compressed, the two together acutely triangular. Antenna long and slender, not at
all clubbed, hook long and gradual, end-segment short. Spines of abdomen in one
row, those of the sternites rather weak, flattened ; those of the posterior tergites
long, conical, as in Leucorhampha ; seventh sternite of 2 small, not spinose ; tail
short, obtusely triangular in ¢, a single narrow tuft in ?. Legs short-scaled.
Forewing irregularly lobed, apical lobe from SC! to R}, including R’, the first deep
sinus behind this vein ; distal margin of hindwing entire, costal margin enlarged,
when the specimen is at rest projecting beyond the costal margin of the forewing
and enveloping it, the lobe being recurved so that it lies upon the upperside of the
costal area of the forewing ; cell of hindwing broad, D° and D® straight, oblique, R*
central, R* and M’ rather close together.

3. Sexual armature as in Madoryx and Leucorhampha, the harpe resembling
more the type found in Alewron, but symmetrical.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region.

One species.

The genus is as closely allied to Alewronas it is to Leucorhampha and Pachylia.
The enlarged costal marginal area of the hindwing is a peculiar character which
reminds one of Hypaedalia, Amorpha populi, and Lasiocampidae. In Stolidoptera
the frenulum is well developed. This costal area is green on the upperside like the
upperside of the forewing, not black like the rest of the upperside of the hindwing.

322. Stolidoptera tachasara.

*Aleuron tachasara Druce, 1c. (1888) (Chiriqui ;—coll. Staudinger); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.
p- 645. n. 2 (1892); Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 302. n. 1 (A). t. 65. £7
(2) (1896) (Orizaba ; Chiriqui).

3%. Our Venezuelan specimens are larger than those from Panama; the
forewing of our largest ? measures 51 mm., of our largest ¢ 44 mm.

3. Tenth segment similar to that of Lewcorhampha ornatus (Pl. XLII. f. 1),
but the sternite and tergite not contiguous ; the lobes of the tergite triangular, the
processes of the sternite suddenly hooked at end. Clasper long ; harpe conical,
regularly curved upwards (Pl. XLY. f. 29); right and left harpes the same.
Penis-sheath (Pl. LILI. f. 22) of the type of Madoryx oiclus, the projecting
dorsal apical broad lobe dentate at the edge, asymmetrical.

?. Vaginal plate large, obtusely rounded, rather strongly chitinised ; orifice in
a large proximal cavity ; no special armature.

Hab. Mexico to Venezuela.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 2 2? from: Chiriqui ; Merida (Briceno), iv.

XCVIIT. PROTALEURON gen. nov.—Typus : rhodogaster.

3. Head crested. Hye lashed. Palpus very large, rounded in lateral aspect,
first segment convex laterally at apex, second bulbous at outer apical angle as in

( 393 )

Aleuron. Antenna long and slender, reaching beyond end of cell of forewing ; end-
segment compressed like the preceding, triangular, about three times as long as
vertically broad at base. Thorax not crested. Spines of abdomen: those of
posterior tergites long and very strong; of proximal tergites much weaker and
more numerous, with small flat ones covering the longer ones; those of sternites
also long, conical, single, thin ; end of abdomen not distinctly tufted. Legs smoothly
scaled, long ; spurs of hindtibia rather short, with a tuft between the two pairs ; no
tarsal comb. Forewing irregularly dentate; costal margin of hindwing normal,
anal angle not projecting, cell short, lower angle acuminate, D* being very oblique,
F’ before centre, D* much longer than D*.

od. Sexual armature of the type of Madoryx, symmetrical ; harpe vestigial ;
friction-scales very small and numerous.

Early stages not known.

Hab. South America.

One species.

A connecting link between Alewron and Madoryx, Pachylia, ete. Nearest to
Stolidoptera, but easily distinguished by the absence of the costal lobe of the
hindwing, the shape of the palpus, etc.

323. Protaleuron rhodogaster spec. nov. (Pl. V.f. 18, 2).

3. Body above greenish olive ; beneath pinkish crimson, inclusive of palpi
and femora ; scaling of antennae pinkish buff, legs buff ; abdomen with deeper olive
lateral patches on proximal segments, apex of these segments laterally creamy.

Wings, upperside. Forewing like thorax; three antemedian and three
discal lines, distinct at hinder margin, where they are blackish, the third discal
one reappearing at R*, where the second is also a little more distinct ; a small
black stigma ; an indistinct oblique apical line ending behind SC’ in a black spot ;
bluish white scales proximally of antemedian lines and distally of discal ones, also
between the lines at hinder margin; apex pointed, distal margin sinuate between
SC and R*, dentate. Hindwing olive-brown, greyish olive at base; distal
margin convex, anal angle broadly rounded, small teeth at tips of posterior veins.

Underside. Forewing olive-brown in basal two-thirds, washed with clay-
colour, dise crimson coral-red, with traces of lines ; a very irregular marginal band,
brown, washed with red, widest before R®, deeply incised at R*, M!, and M2.
Hindwing: pinkish crimson from costal margin beyond cell ; abdominal area olive
clay-colour ; distal marginal band brown washed with red, less distinct than on
forewing, triangularly dilated at R?.

g. Tenth segment as in Sfolidoptera (Pl. XLIII. f. 1), but the processes of
the sternite less curved at end. Clasper very large; harpe vestigial, without
free process (PJ. LIX. f. 6). Penis-sheath (PI. LIX. f. 8) large, with a stronger
chitinised and strongly dentate broad flap or plate on each side ; apical edge also
incrassate, and armed with some teeth.

Hab. Benador. e

One ¢ in the Oxford Museum.

There is nothing known with which this species could be confounded.

( 394 )

XCIX. ALEURON.—Typns: carinata.

Sphinx, Perty (non Linné, 1758), Del. Anim. Art. (1834).

Enyo, Walker (non Hiibner, 1822), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 112 (1856) (partim).
Calliomma, Clemens (non Walker, 1856), Journ. Ac. N, Sc. Philad. iv. p. 142 (1859).
Aleuron Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 71 (1870) (type: carinata).
Tyloguathus Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 75 (1874) (nom. indescr.). ;
Callennyo Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se, i. p. 279 (1874) (type: chloroptera).
Gonenyo Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 543 (1877) (type: carinata).

3¢. Palpus large, prominent, first segment slightly, second more or less
distinctly angulate laterally at apex, third very small. Head and thorax with a
mesial crest. Eye small, lashed. Antenna long, reaching beyond apex of cell in
3, slender, not clubbed, gradually narrowed to a long hook, end-segment short.
Hindmargin of merum of mid- and hindcoxa not avgulate. Abdominal spines at
the edges of the segments weak, elongate, those on the sternites especially weak,
partly modified to scales; seventh sternite of ? trapezoidal, its apex not mem-
branaceous and not spinose. ‘Tarsi slender, hindtarsus at least half as long again
as cell of hindwing measured along SC ; midtarsus with comb—ie., the proximal
spines of the fourth row somewhat prolonged and thin. Distal margin of forewing
irregular, sinuate or lobed at apex, lobed or angulate at R*; SC? and R? of hindwing
from upper angle of cell, R® central or below centre of cell, D? transverse, D®
oblique, lower angle of cell acute, D* about half the length of D* or not much
shorter than D*.

3. Ninth tergite asymmetrical, more or less twisted. Tenth tergite flat, hairy,
apically truncate or sinnate, about four times as long as broad in middle (Pl. XLIII.
f. 4. 5); sternite much longer than tergite, curved downwards, produced into a
long, sharp point, edges of proximal half somewhat raised, especially in middle of
segment ; this single process is the result of asymmetrical development. Claspers
large, not quite symmetrical ; a patch of numerous small friction-scales ; harpe of
right and left side unequal, the right ,one the longer, the left produced into
a long, cylindrical, distally acuminate process (Pl. XLVI. f. 9), or the left process
reduced, the right one always prolonged (PI. XLVI. f. 12.13). Penis-sheath ending
in a short dentate process, or cariniform at end (Pl. LIII. f. 21. 23. 24. 37).

?. Vaginal orifice in a large cavity.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America, exclusive of the West Indies, from
Mexico to Southern Brazil.

Seven species.

The obliteration of the left process of the tenth sternite of the ¢ and the

asymmetry of the ninth tergite are peculiar features to which we haye referred in
the Introduction.

Key to the species :
a. Abdonten with black belts
Abdomen without black belts. : Q
6. Palpus very strongly angulate, no white
discal line on forewing . : : . 324, A. carinata.
Palpus feebly angulate, a white discal line

outside subcostal fork . 326. A. ceymographum.

( 395 )

ce. Hindwing with costal lobe ; no prominent
black median band on forewing :
Hindwing without costal lobe; a black
median band of lines on hindwing : : y ee:
Hindwing without costal lobe ; forewing
with a white’ triangular spot before

base of R!. : : : : . 825. A. ypanemae.
d. Forewing with lobe at M’. : . . 328. A. prominens.
Forewing with small tooth at M', brown
below in middle . : ° : . 327. A. chloroptera.
e. Forewing above with two white lines at
proximal side of discal band. ‘ . 329. A. iphis.
Forewing above with one white line at
proximal side of discal band. : . 330. A. neglectum.

324. Aleuron carinata.

*4. Enyo carinata Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 117. n. 9 (1856) (Para ;—Mus. Brit.).

Aleuron chloroptera, Boisduval (non Perty, 1834), Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 71 (1870) (partim ; Para ;
“Guatemala” haec spec. ?) ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 206. n. 3 (1875) (partim ; Cayenne ;
Para); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 542. n. 1 (1877) (sub synon.); Druce, in Biol.
Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 7. n. 1 (1881) (partim) ; Kirby, /.c. p. 645. n. 1 (1892) (partim).

*9. Tylognathus philampeloides Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 75. f. 11 (1874) (Amazons ;—Mus.
Tring); Butl., /.c. p. 543. n. 2 (1877).

*9. Aleuron orophilos Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 205. n. 1 (1875) (Brazil ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir) ; Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent. v., Atlas p. 28. t. 10. f. 4 (1878) (9, “¢” ex err.!) 3
Kirby, /.c. p. 646, n. 2 (1892) (Brazil); Bénningh., /ris xii. p. 130. n. 63 (1899) (Rio de
Janeiro).

d. Aleuron carinatum, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 206, n. 2 (1875) (Para).

Aleuron philampeloides, id., l.c, i. p. 208. n. 6 (1875) (Amazons ; Cayenne); Kirby, Cat. Hep. Let.
i. p. 645. n. 9 (1892).

Gonenyo carinata, Butler, lc. ix. p. 543 (1877) (Para); Druce, lc. p. 8. n. 1 (1881) (Chiriqui) ;
Kirby, /.c. p. 645. n. 1 (1892) (S. America) ; Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 303 (1896) (Belize).

Tyloqnathus earinalus, Méschler, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 349. t. 4. £. 33 (1877) (Surinam).

Callenyo carinata, Grote, Canad. Ent. ix. p. 131 (1877).

3. The sexes differ in the pattern of the forewing, the d possessing nine
more or less evenly dentate lines between the base of M° and outer margin, while
these lines are yery weak in the ?, except a submedian and a discal one, these,
however, not being dentate but straight, parallel, and prominent. Boisduval’s
chloroptera is the 3, his orophilos the 3, of carinata. He described the same
insect also as carinatum and philampeloides. This is worse than Walker.

The second segment of the palpus is very strongly angulate, much more so
than in the other species ; the same character is found again in Unzela. The
projection is much longer in the d¢ than in the % ; the first segment is also
distinctly angulate laterally at apex in d, slightly convex in ¢. All the abdominal
segments have black bases, but these are not visible when the segments are
telescoped into one another, except the two first belts, which are broader.

g. Tenth segment resembling that of chloroptera, but rather longer, the tergite
gradually and slightly narrowed to end, this less sinuate. Clasper with rather
small friction-scales, which are concealed in a ventral view by a crest of somewhat
prolonged ordinary scales ; harpe similar to that of chloroptera, produced into a long,
tapering, conical, horizontal process which is slightly curved, the process of the
right clasper longer, that of the left one shorter, than the clasper, and rather more

( 396 )

curved than the right process. Penis-sheath (PI. LIII. f. 37) ending in a triangular,
straight, dentate process.

Hab. British Honduras southward to Bolivia and Rio de Janeiro; its range
extends doubtless farther north.

In the Tring Museum 6 3d, 5 22 from: S. Augustin, Mapiri R., 3500 ft.,
ix. “95 (Stuart); Perené R., Peru, iii. (Simons) ; R. Cachyaco, Proy. Iquitos
(Stuart); Amazons (Bates); Chiriqui; Maripa, Caura R., Venezuela, vi. xt.
(S. Klages) ; R. Demerara.

325, Aleuron ypanemae.

*Tylognathus ypanemae Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 295, n. 4 (1875) (Ypanema ;—coll.
Charles Oberthiir) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 632 (1877).
Aleuron ypanemae, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 645. n. 5 (1892).

3%. Recognisable by the triangular semi-transparent white spot situated in the
angle between SC° and R! of forewing. Behind this spot there is a white linear
spot. Hindwing reddish brown, with an irregularly dentate olive-brown border.

Fab. Brazil.

In the collection of Charles Oberthiir from Petropolis, May 1885 (P. Germain) ;
Curaga, Brazil, second half of 1884 (P. Germain) ; besides the type.

326. Aleuron cymographum spec. nov.

3. As large as carinata. Second palpal segment feedly angulate. Abdomen
with d/ack segmental bands similar to those of carinata.

Wings, upperside. Forewing : olive-green, with clayish grey shades ; some
indistinct undulating lines in basal half nearly as in chloroptera ; a minute black
stigma; a dark shade beginning at costal margin in front of apex of cell and
ending at distal margin between R? and M!; some indistinct lines in outer half of
wing, one situated just outside subcostal fork bordered with a sharply marked,
undulating zwh/te line, which stops at the dark oblique shade ; marginal tooth R*
more prominent than in chloroptera, inner margin more concave. Hindwing
resembling that of carinata, the blackish discal band-like area widening in front
and broadly joining the blackish distal border.

Underside. Forewing : a sharply defined black discal area, sinuate proxi-
mally, not entering the cell, but dilated basad behind cell——Hindwing with the
costal margin slightly convex near base, but not lobed ; a line just outside cell and
two dentate ones on dise greenish, more or less accentuated by vein-dots.

Hab. Bolivia.

Two specimens in coll. Staudinger from Rio Songo (Garlepp).

The white line on the forewing distinguishes this species from all the others.

A. cymographum agrees with carinata in the colour of the abdomen, but it has
not the strongly angulated palpi.

327. Aleuron chloroptera.

Sphinx chloroptera Perty, Del. Anim. Art. p. 155. t. 31. £. 3 (1834) (Bras. australis ;—Mus. Wien).

Enyo chloroptera, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B, M. viii. p. 118. n. 10 (1856) (Honduras).

Aleuron chloroptera, Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 71 (1870) (partim) ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép.
Hét. i. p. 206. n. 3 (1875) (partim ; Honduras); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 542. n. 1
(1877) (Honduras) ; Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent. y., Atlas p. 29 (1879) (partim ; Buenos Ayres) ;
Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p, 7. 0. 1 (1881) (Nicaragua ; Chiriqui) ; Kirby,
Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 645. n. 1 (1892) ; Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 302 (1896) (Mexico ; Brit. Hond.).

( 397 )

Callenyo chloroptera, Grote, Bull. Buffulo Sov. N. Se. i. p. 279 (1874) (below Santarem, June).

Aleuron smerinthoides, Boisduval, l.c. p. 207. n, 4 (1875); Kirby, /.c. n. 7 (1892) (partim) ;
Bonningh., /ris xii. p. 130, n. 65 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

Aleuron disis Boisduval, l.c. p. 207. sub n. 4 (1875).

Tylognathus chloroptera, Méschler, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 349. t. 4. f. 34 (1877)

(Surinam).

Perty’s figure is bad ; the description applies doubtless to this species, not to
smerinthoides, as the underside of the forewing is said to be brown in the middle.
The dirty-green colour changes easily into ochraceous ; in Perty’s figure the fore-
wings are of this colour. Boisduval’s description of smerinthoides is based on a tawny
specimen of chloroptera. The sexes are similar, but the space between the ante-
median and discal lines is on the whole broader in the ? than in the d, and the
lobe of the costal margin of the hindwing is rather more prominent in the ¢.

3. Tenth tergite with the sides concave, apex sinuate, lobes rounded ; sternite
about twice as long as the tergite, curving downward, sharply pointed, margin
elevate in middle (PJ. XLIII. f. 4.5). Right harpe just reaching to end of clasper ;
left harpe shorter (Pl. XLVI. f. 9): both cylindrical, acuminate, horizontal, not
much curved ; clasper straight above, rounded below and at apex ; patch of friction-
scales distinct. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIII. f. 21) with a short, obtuse, apical process
which is densely dentate at the end on the upperside.

2. Vaginal plate small, trapezoidal, apical edge somewhat angled in middle ;
orifice in a large cavity covered in front and at the sides by a high, thin ridge.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Nicaragua to Southern Brazil and Argentina.

In the Tring Museum 21 3d, 8 22 from: Honduras; Costa Rica; Rio
Cachyaco, Prov. Iquitos (Stuart); Perené R., Peru, iii. (Simons); San Augustin
and Guanay, Mapiri R., Bolivia, vii. ix. (Stuart); Maripa, Caura R., Venezuela,
ix. 1901 (Klages) ; Amazons (Bates) ; Rio de Janeiro ; Sao Paulo; Paraguay.

328. Aleuron prominens.

*Enyo prominens Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M, viii. p. 115. n. 4 (1856) (Brazil ;—Mus. Oxford).

*Tylognathus smerinthoides Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 82. f. 5 (1874) (Amazons) ; Butl., lc.
p. 542. n. 1 (1877).

* Aleuron pudens Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 207. n. 5 (1875) (Brazil ;—coll. Oberthbiir) -
Butl., /.c. ix. p. 630 (1877) ; Kirby, lc. n. 8 (1892); Bonningh., /ris xii, p. 130. n. 64 (1899)
(Rio de Jan.).

Aleuron prominens, Butler, l.c. ix. p. 542, n. 3 (1877) ; Kirby, /.c. p. 645. n. 6 (1892).

Aleuron chloroptera, Burmeister, Descr. Rép. Argent. v., Atlas p. 29 (1879) (partim).

Enyo promiscus (1), id., Lc.

3 ¢. Differs from chloroptera in the following points :

Forewing with a rounded lobe at M! besides the lobe R%, no tooth at M?, hinder
angle, therefore, more rounded ; a spot of white scales behind costal margin about
midway between fork and apex, a larger submarginal patch of similar upper scales
between R! and R*, both spots not very distinct. Black border of hindwing dentate
before R*, and more or less also between R* and M2, almost vanishing behind M‘,
here replaced by the ground-colour of the wing. Distal margin sinuate before anal
angle. Forewing below without blackish discal area.

3. Process of penis-sheath thinner, somewhat triangular, twisted, dentate only
at edge. Clasper with short friction-scales, which are concealed in ventral view by
a crest of prolonged ordinary scales as in carinata.

Hab. Brazil,

( 398 )

In the Tring Museum | 6,2 2 2 from: Amazon (Bates, type of smerinthoides) ;
Petropolis.
Agrees in the outline of the outer margin of the forewing with carinata.

329. Aleuron iphis (Pl. LXVI. f. 7, &).

*Enyo iphis Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p, 116. n. 8 (1856) (Brazil; Mus. Brit.) ; Butl.,
Trans. Zool. Soe. Loud. ix. p. 542. n. 2 (1877) (partim) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep.
Het. i. p. 7. n. 2 (1881) (partim) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 645. n. 3 (1892) (partim) ;
Druee, lc. Suppl. p. 303 (1896) (partim).

Calliomma volatica Clemens, Journ. Acad, N. Sci, Philad. iv. p. 142 (1859) (Brazil) ; Kirby, lc.
p- 647. n. 8 (1892).

*Tylognathus scriptor Felder, Reise Novara, Lep, t. 82. £. 4 (1874) (Amazons ;—Mus. Tring).

Tylognathus iphis, Méschler, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 349 (1887) (partim).

Unzela iphis, Bouninghausen, Iris xii. p. 134. n. 75 (1899) (Rio de Janeiro).

This and the following species resemble one another so closely that it is no
wonder they are generally treated as being the same. Some of the distinguishing
characters have been noticed, but these differences were considered to be due to
individual variability of zphis. A long series of specimens of the two species,
neither of which is rare in collections, has proved to us that the distinguishing
characters are constant and that there are no intergradations. As the two insects
occur together apparently everywhere within their whole range, and further as the
differences in colour are accompanied by differences in the genital armature, the
insects are not individual, seasonal, or geographical varieties, but must be
specifically distinct.

3%. Forewing crossed in middle by four black lines, the most proximal one
bordered with white proximally and distally. Underside of forewing with walnut
brown discal patch which is contiguous with the cell between R! and M! and
extends basad posteriorly. White belt at base of abdomen conspicuous, the following
tergite brownish. Palpus slightly angulated laterally.

3. Tenth segment essentially as in chloroptera ; tergite slightly narrowed to
end, which is truncate, with the angles rounded. Clasper large, right one larger than
the left one ; right harpe reaching beyond tip of clasper, curved upwards, pointed,
round, like an elephant’s tusk; left harpe (Pl. XLVI. f. 10) short, ending in a
short pointed process ; both claspers with a Jarge patch of dark bristles on the inner
surface. Penis-sheath (Pl. LILI. f. 24) with a short process which is densely
denticulated.

?. Vaginal orifice in a large cavity, of which the anterior and lateral walls are
formed by a high and thin ridge.

Karly stages not known.

Hab. Mexico to Southern Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 13 od, 6 22 from: Rio Cachyaco, Proy. Iquitos
(Stuart); Perené R., Peru, iii. (Simons); San Augustin, Mapiri R., Bolivia,
3500 ft., ix. (Stuart); Maripa, Caura R., Venezuela, xii. 1901 (Klages) ; Brit.
Guiana; Amazous; Espirito Santo; Rio de Janeiro; Sao Paulo.

330. Aleuron neglectum spec. noy. (Pl. LXVI. f. 11, 3

Aleuron iphis, Boisduval (non Walker, 1856), Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 295. n, 3 (1875) (Cayenne) ;
Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 542. n. 2 (1877) (partim) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer.,
Lep. Het. i. p. 7. n. 2 (1881) (partim); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 645. n. 3 (1892) (partim) ;
Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 303 (1896) (partim).

Tylognathus iphis, Moschler, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 349 (1887) (partim).

(399 )

3%. Differs trom zphis as follows: white belt at base of abdomen much
~narrower, the following tergite not brown ; black median lines of forewing indistinct
behind, except first, which is bordered white proximally, not distally, except at
costal margin ; distal patch of forewing below almost black, smaller than in the
preceding species, generally not touching the cell, at least not between R3 and M},
there being always a spot of the ground-colour at the base of the cellule R3—M),

3. Tenth sternite rather shorter than in 7pAés and a little more curved. Left
harpe (Pl. XLVI. f. 12) obtuse ; right one (Pl. XLVI. f. 13) more strongly curved
and rather longer than in ¢p/is. Penis-sheath compressed distally (Pl. LILI. f. 23)
the cariniform part ending in a point and bearing a few teeth.

Hab. Mexico to Bolivia and Southern Brazil. Type (¢) from R. Cachyaco.

In the Tring Museum 13 dd, 4 22 from: Jalapa, Mexico, vi. (Schaus) ;
Costa Rica (Underwood) ; Rio Cachyaco, Prov. Iquitos (Stuart); San Augustin,
Mapiri R., Bolivia, 3500 ft., ix. (Stuart); Maripa, Caura R., Venezuela, iii. (Klages);
Rio Demerara ; Bauru, Sao Paulo (Dr. Hempel); St. Catharina.

C. ENYO.—Typus : japiw.

Sphinx, Cramer (non Linné, 1758), Pap. Ex. i. p. 137 (1776).

Setia, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. 1. p. 750 (1815) (Sesia emend.).

Enyo Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 132 (1822) (partim ; type: japir).

Unzela Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 161 (1856) (type: japix = discrepans).
Thyreus, Schaufuss (non Swainson, 1821), Nunq. Otios. i. p. 20 (1870).

Cornipalpus Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 82 (1874) (nom. indeser.).

Tylognathus Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 293 (1875) (partim).

3. Differs from Alewron in the tibiae being spinose.
Early stages not known.
Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America, exclusive of the West Indies, from
Mexico to Southern Brazil.
Two species, which have both the first and second segments of the palpus
strongly angulated, and the third rather prominent.
Forewing with dark olive median band, interrupted

infront . : ; E c ; 6 . 331. KE. japix.
Forewing with ouly the triangular costal patch of
the median interspace dark olive. : . 3382. LH pronoé.

331. Enyo japix.

Sphinx japic Cramer, Pap, Ex. i. p. 137. t. 87.£. © (1776) (“N. York” err. loci) ; Goeze, Hint. Beytr.
iii. 1. p. 220. n. 55 (1780) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc, Philad. v. p. 192 (1865) (not found
in U.S.A.).

Enyo japix, Hiibner, Verz. bel: Schm. p. 182. n. 1416 (1822).

Unzela? japyx (1), Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 162. n. 2 (1856); Clem., Proc. Ac. N. Se.
Philad. iv. p. 134. n. 11 (1859) ; id., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 155, n. 1 (1862).

Thyreus japix, Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. i. p. 20 (1870) (Venezuela).

Tylognathus japyzx (!), Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 293. n. 1 (1875) (Brazil; Surinam).

Unzela japix, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. 641. n. 1 (1892) (America).

3%. The median band of the forewing is straight proximally, incised at M2?
distally and interrapted between R! and costal margin ; it is variable in width and
fades often into tawny olive. The first abdominal tergite has a white fringe
resembling that of Alewron iphis and neglectum.

( 400 )

3. Sexual armature of the same type as in Alewron ; tenth tergite ronnded-
truncate at end (Pl. XLIV. f. 7): sternite not quite twice the length of the tergite,
less slender than in Alewron iphis. Clasper irregularly halfmoon-shaped, dorsal
margin concave, ventral one rounded, apex very obtuse ; left harpe (Pl. XLVI. f. 5)
much shorter, right one longer than the respective clasper, both of the same type
as in Aleuron chloroptera, and both with a large patch of stiff hairs near the base.
Penis-sheath (Pl. LIII. f. 39) ending in a broad, non-dentate lobe.

?. Vaginal plate broadly rounded ; orifice in a large cavity.

Hab. Mexico to Southern Brazil.

Two subspecies :

a. HE. japix japia.
Sphinx japix Cramer, L.c.
Unzela japyx (!), Méschler, Verh. Zool, Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi, p. 351 (1877) (Surinam).
Unzela japix, Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 4.0.1 (1881) (Chiriqui) ; id., Lc. Suppl.
p. 300 (1896) (synon. excl. ; Mexico; Belize ; Panama).

3. Cramer’s figure represents the northern form, in which the posterior part
of the median band of the forewing is relatively broad, and the middle part more or
less rounded distally. Lobe of penis-sheath narrow.

Hab. Mexico to the Amazon region, probably southward to Bolivia.

In the Tring Museum 9 dd, 9 2? from: Jalapa, Mexico, vi. (Schaus) ; Rio
Cachyaco, Prov. Iquitos (Stuart): Perené R., Pern, iil. (Simons) ; San Augustin,
Mapiri R., Bolivia, ix. (Stuart) ; R. Demerara ; Trinidad.

b. E. japix discrepans.
*Unzela discrepans Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 161, n. 1 (1856) (Rio de Jan. ;—Mus. Brit. ).
Unzela japix, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 535 (1877) (Rio de Jan.).
*Cornipalpus succinctus Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 82. £. 6 (¢) (1874) (America ;—Mus. Tring).
Unzela japyx (!), Bonninghausen, Jris xii. p. 134. n. 74 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

3%. The individuals from Southern Brazil are fairly constantly different in
several points : the posterior portion of the median of the forewing is narrower than
in the preceding subspecies, being in the ? not wider than in the d of the latter;
the broad median portion is more sharply angulated distally, and the third white
line outside the posterior portion of the band is more proximal, the triangular
tawny olive patch situated at inner margin proximally of angle therefore larger
than in northern individuals. Lobe of penis-sheath very short and broad.

Hab. Southern Brazil: Espirito Santa to Santa Catharina.

In the Tring Museum 10 dd, 6 ? ? from: Espirito Santo; Rio de Janeiro.

332. Enyo pronoé.

*Unzelu pronoé Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6). xiii. p. 168 (1894) (Belize ; Chiriqui ;—coll. Druce) ;
id., in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 300. n. 2. t. 66. £.1 (8) (1896) (Belize ; Honduras ;
Chiriqui). .

*Unczela variegata Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. iii. p. 23. n. 5 (1896) (Bolivia ;—Mus. Tring).

3. The figure in the Biologia, l.c., is not very exact. This species is easily
recognised by the median interspace of the forewing being much paler than the
triangular discal costal patch ; the median interspace is also not sharply incised at
M?, but rounded-sinuate.

3. Tenth tergite as in japix ; sternite much longer and slenderer. Claspers
large, left one evenly rounded at end, right one slightly curved upwards ; right

( 401 )

harpe longer than clasper, similar to that of japiw ; left one (Pl. XLVI. f. 6) short,
ending in a short, somewhat clubbed process, or the process sinuate at end.
Penis-sheath (PI, LIII. f. 38) with a flat, twisted process, the right edge of
which is obtusely dentate, the teeth being continued as folds on the surface of
the process.

Hab. Honduras to Bolivia and Sta. Catharina.

Two subspecies :

a. E. pronoé prono’.

*Unzela pronoé Druce, /.1.c.c.
*Unzela variegata Rothschild, /.c.

3%. Hindwing pale, semitransparent, except distally and posteriorly. Tenth
sternite of d almost three times the length of the tergite.

Hab. Honduras to Bolivia and Para.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 1 ? from: Chiriqui; Para; S. Augustin,
Mapiri R., Bolivia, ix. (Stuart) ; La Union, Caura R., Venezuela, vi. 02 (Klages).

b. E. pronoé fuscatus subsp. nov.
Unzela spec., Bonninghausen, /ris xii. p. 134 (1899) (S. Catharina).

3. Hindwing brown, the semitransparent area reduced to a streak in cell and
another behind it ; underside of body more clayish, and the discal costal patch of
forewing above smaller, than in the northern form. Tenth sternite a little more
than twice the length of the tergite ; left harpe sinuate, upper lobe acute.

Hab. Sta. Catharina.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ (type) from Sta. Catharina.

CI. EPISTOR.—Typus : lugubris.

Sphing Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim ; type: ocellata).

Enyo Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 132 (1822) (partim; type: japir) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M.
viii. p. 112 (1856).

Thyreus, Harris (non Swainson, 1821), in Sillim., Journ. Se. Art xxxvi. p. 306 (1839) (partim).

Pterogon, Burmeister (non Boisduval, 1834), Sphing. Bras. p.72 1856).

Epistor Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 296 (1875) (type: lu gubris).

Triptogon Ménétries, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. Suppl. ii. p. 94 (1857) (partim ; nom.
indeser.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 644 (1892).

3%. Palpus smoothly scaled, closely appressed to head, apex of both together
rounded in dorsal view, third segment small, with u pale tip. Hye large, not
distinctly lashed. Antenna feebly or more distinctly incrassate towards hook,
this long, sharply curved, tip generally pointing basad ; end-segment very short,
flattened ventrally or excavate, with a brush of long scales dorsally and apically.
Mesothorax with a high mesial crest, which is highest in ‘ront. Spines of abdomen
narrow, weak ; ¢ with apical tripartite fan, mesial brush narrow and prolonged ;
? without fan-tail, seventh sezment conical, sternite small, membranaceous apically.
Midtarsus with comb; scaling of hindtibia of d prolonged dorsally and ventrally,
the tibia appearing compressed ; hindtarsus with four rows of spines, with very few
additional spines. Apex of forewing sinuate or truncate.

3. Tenth tergite (PI. XLIV. f. 10. 11. 12) long, narrow, produced into a pointed
apical process and bearing three large, pointed, ventral, vertical teeth ; sternite also
narrow, flat, horizontal, slightly dilated at end, the dilated part asymmetrical.

DD

( 402 )

Clasper ending in a process, or acuminate, with small and numerons friction-scales ;
armature different in most species (Pl. XLVII. f. 16—19). Penis-sheath either
with practically no armature, or ending in a long apical process (PI. LIII. f. 32. 33).

?. Vaginal plate small, rounded; orifice a narrow transverse slit, placed some-
what towards the left side.

Larvae not sufficiently known, figured of Zagubris and ocypete—Food-plants :
Vitis, Citrus, ete.

Pupa: cylindrical, glossy ; head rounded ; labrum terminal ; tongue-case not
carinate ; head and thorax not punctured; abdominal segments punctured at base ;
anterior femur visible; cremaster elongate-conical, smooth, suddenly narrowed at
tip, which is bifid.

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America ; dwgubris occurring occasionally as far
north as Massachusetts.

The genus stands as yet isolated.

There is considerable sexual dimorphism and dichromatism in this genus. The
five species fall into two natural groups, which are as follows :

I. LE. gorgon, taedium, and cavifer :

3. A fold on subcostal vein of forewing, upperside, covers the anterior part of
the cell and extends beyond the apex of the cell well upon the disc ; within the fold
there is a dense clothing of small white scales, besides a woolly mass of scale-hairs
(scent-organ). On the underside the cell is covered with small brown scales, and
is more or less distorted ; M? arising near the base, M' in middle. Abdomen with
sides of tergites covered with woolly scaling. Hindtarsus strongly compressed,
scaling of upper and ventral side long as on tibia.

?. Normal, discal margin of forewing not denticulated.

Il. E. lugubris and ocypete :

Both sexes normal, distal margin of forewing more or less denticulated.

Key to the species :
A. Males.

a. Forewing without fold. : : : 5 db.
Forewing with fold. . : : : : a
}. Abdominal margin of hindwing above
yellowish white . : ‘ : . 334. EH. ocypete.

Abdominal margin of hindwing above not
yellowish white . : : ; . 333. 2. lugubris.
c. Scent-organ broad, D? longer than D3, R?

little curved near base . : . 335. FB. gorgon.
Scent-organ narrow, D? much aetes than
D*, R? curved near base : é : : d.

d. Forewing black-chocolate for the greater
part, with some bluish white thin streaks;

a deep cavity near base . : : 337. FE. cavifer.
Forewing olivaceous-tawny, without gab:
basal cavity . : : : : . 336. EL. taedium.

B. Females (2% of taedium not known).
a. Forewing denticulate, or at least strongly
convex between R? and M!; dark area
not sharply defined . ; : 5 5 b,

( 403 )

Forewing not denticulate, not obviously
convex in middle, dark area very sharply

defined except near hinder angle . . . é.
6. Dark area of forewing prolonged along
antemedian line to hinder margin . . 334. LH. ocypete.
Dark area of forewing not prolonged along
antemedian line to hinder margin . . 333. BL. lugubris.
c. Dark area of forewing gradually narrowed
at antemedian line : 337. HE. cavifer.

Dark area of forewing truncate before SM?. 335. E. gorgon.

333. Epistor lugubris.

Drury, /Ulustr. Exot. Ins. i. p. 61. t. 28. £. 2 (1770) (Antigoa). 7

Sphinx lugubris Linné, Mant. Plant. p. 537 (1771) (Antigoa) ; Drury, /.c. Index (1773) ; Miill.,
Naturs. Suppl. p. 301. n. 5a (1774) ; Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 537. n. 2 (1775) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr.
iii. 2. p. 202. n. 1 (1780); Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 140. n. 4 (1781) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 92.
n. 4 (1787) ; Gmel,, Syst. Nat.i. 5. p. 2372. n. 50 (1790) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst. iti. 1. p. 356. n. 5
(1793).

Enyo lugubris, Hiibner, Sammi. Ex. Schm. £. 595. 596 (182-) (W. Indies) ; Walker, List Lep. Ins.
B.M. viii. p. 113. n, 1 (1856) (partim); Clem., Jour. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 139. n. 19 (1859);
Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860); Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 162. n. 1 (1862);
Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 540. n. 1 (1877) (Haiti ; Venezuela ; Mexico ; St. Thomas ;
Honduras ; Santarem; Rio); Dewitz, Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. i. p. 91 (1877) (Porto Rico) ;
Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxxii. p. 333 (1882) (Surinam ; = luctuosus = fegeus).

Thyreus lugubris, Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 69 (1870) (Georgia to Brazil ; Antilles).

Epistor lugubris, id., Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 297. n. 1 (1875) (Virginia to Brazil ; Antilles).

Triptogon lugubris, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 644. n. 1 (1892),

d?. Some specimens are of a rather pale burnt-amber colour. Stigma of
forewing distinct in both sexes. The species was described from Antigoa. We
have not seen an individual from that island. In Drury’s figure the wings are
broader than in Continental specimens. As the Jamaica specimens are all broad-
winged, we thought at first that the examples from all the West Indian Islands
except Haiti and Cuba belonged to one subspecies, and those from the Continent,
Haiti, and Cuba to another. This is not the case. The specimens from St.
Thomas, Guadeloupe, St. Lucia, etc., which we have seen, are not like the Jamaica
ones, but resemble closely those from the Continent, though there may be some
slight, more or less constant difference discoverable when a longer series is compared.
In this case the Continental specimens would form the subspecies /. lugubris
Jegeus, and those from Antigoa and neighbouring islands 2. lugubris lugubris.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLLV. f. 11) with a long, straight, mesial process ; the
three ventral processes slender, close together ; sternite asymmetrically dilated at
end and twisted (Pl. XLIV. f. 10). Right and left claspers diferent: the left
one (PI. XLVII. f. 17) almost straight dorsally, ventral margin nearly straight to
middle, where it is angled and produced into a short tooth, apex narrowed to a long
troneate process ; right clasper with the ventral margin not angulate in middle,
without the ventral tooth, oblique from base to apical process. Penis-sheath
(Pl. LULL. f. 32) ending in a long thin process.

%. The brown discal area of the forewing generally extending along antemedian
line to M’, its inner margin oblique, not very sharply defined, somewhat concave,
or straight, extending from stigma to end of R?, or to hinder angle.

( 404 )

Larva green or brown; three dorsal lines ; a pale oblique side-band on each
seement ; horn long and straight.—Food-plant: Vitis.

Pupa (fig. by Abbot & Smith) insufficiently described.

Hab. Massachusetts to Paraguay and South Brazil ; West Indies.

Two subspecies :

a. E. lugubris lugubris.

Sphine lugubris Linné, Ic. ; Fabr., L.l.c.c. ; Roem., Gen. Ins. p. 19. t. 36. f. 1 (1789) (Autigoa).

So. Sphinx fegeus Cramer, Pap. Ex, iti, p. 56. t. 225. f. w (1779) (Surinam).

Sphinx lugubris, Abbot & Smith, Ins. Georgia i. p. 59. t. 80 (g, 9, p-, 1) (1797).

Enyo phegeus (!), Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 132. n. 1422 (1822).

Thyreus lugubris, Drury, ed. Westw., Iilustr. Exot Ins. i. p. 55. t. 28. f. 2 (1837) (partim) ; Harris,
in Sillim, Journ. Sc. Art xxxvi. p. 306. n. 1 (1839) ; Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 250
(1856).

Pterogon lugubris, Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 72. n, 1 (1856) (larva).

Triptogon lugubris, Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. Suppl. ii. p, 94. n. 1572 (1857)
( Haiti).

Triptogon fegas (1), id., l.c. n. 1573 (1857).

Enyo lugubris, Herr.-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 57 (1865) (Cuba) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 44
(1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob., ibid. p. 151. n. 17 (1865); Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vi.
p. 328 (1867) ; id., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii. p. 184 (1871) (Cuba) ; id., Bull. Buffalo Soc.
N. Se. i. p. 20 (1874) (Georgia; Alabama; Texas) ; id., lc. ii. p. 225. n. 22 (1875) ; id., Le.
iii. p. 221. n. 24 (1877) ; Butler, Papilio i. p. 103 (1881) (Indian R., Florida ; camertus sport
of lugubris) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 6. 0, 1 (1881) (partim) ; Gundl.,
Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 180 (1882); Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 29 (1886) ; Smith, 7rans.
Amer. Ent. Soc, xv. p. 123. t. 5. £. 1. 2 (genit.) (1888) (Georgia to Florida, occas. northward
to Massachusetts ; synon. partim); Edw., Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus, xxxv. p. 39 (1889) (liter.
rel. to metam.) ; Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 301 (1886) ; Pitt. & Bioll., Lep. Het., in Inst. Fis. Geogr.
Nae. Costa Rica p. 9 (1897) ; Sloss., Ent. News x. p. 96 (1899) (Florida); Kaye, Trans. Ent.
Soe. Lond. p. 140 (1901) (Trinidad).

*Epistor luctuosus Boisduval, l.c. p. 298. n. 2 (1875) (Brazil ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Maass.,
Stett. Ent. Zeit. xi. p. 68 (1880) (= 3 lugubris ?).

Epistor fegeus, Boisduval, lc. p. 299. n. 4 (1875) (Brazil ; Cayenne).

Enyo fegeus, Maassen, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 54 (1880) (dist. from /ugubris).

Enyo lugubus (!), Bouninghausen, Jris xii. p. 131. n, 66 (1899) (Rio de Jan. ; larva on Vitis).

The 2 from Cuba and Haiti are small ; the Cuba ones which we have seen
have the margin of the forewing less dentate than Continental specimens. We
have no 66 from these islands. The oblique brown discal shade on the forewing
is variable in distinctness in the dd from the Continent.

Hab. West Indies (except Jamaica) and Continent, occasionally as far north
as Massachusetts, southward to Argentina.

In the Tring Museum 150-odd specimens from: Cuba; Florida ; various places
of Central and South America.

b. LE. lugubris latipennis subsp. nov.

3%. Broader winged; forewing less broadly sinuate between SC* and R*, apex
less produced, tawny subapical patch of underside smaller and more fuscous, brown
discal lines of upperside more distinct, the dise appearing more variegated.

3. Apical process of clasper shorter than in the preceding.

Hab. Jamaica.

Jn the Tring Museum 16 dd. 32.

( 405 )

334. Epistor ocypete.

od. Sphinx ocypete Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 498. n. 4 (1758) ; id., Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 344 (1764) ;
id., Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 798. n. 4 (1767) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2373. n. 1 (1790).

9. Sphinx camertus Cramer, Pap. Ex, iii. p. 53. t. 225. f. A (1779) (Surinam) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr.
iii. 2. p. 227. n. 9 (1780) ; Stoll, in Cram., /.c. Suppl. t. 25. f. 1. 1a (1790) (larva, pupa).

&. Sphinx danum Cramer, Pap. Ex. iii. p. 53. t. 225. f. B (1782) (Surinam) , Goeze, /.c. n. 10 (1880).

Enyo camertus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 132. n, 1420 (1822) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii.
p. 114. n. 2 (1856) (Brazil; Para ; Mexico; 8. Domingo) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se. Philad.
iv. p. 140. n. 20 (1859) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 162. n. 2 (1862); Herr.-Sch.,
Corresp. Bl. p. 57 (1865) (= lugubris ?) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 44 (1865) (Cuba,
distinct) ; id. & Rob., ibid. p. 152. n. 18 (1865) ; Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii. p. 184
(1871) (Cuba); Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 541. n. 2 (1877) Cee var. of
lugubris?) ; id., Prue. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 483. n. 50 (1878) (Jamaica) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent.
Cubana p. 180 (1882) (distinet from /ugubris) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. "Wien XXXii.
p- 333 (1882) (Surinam ;=danum ); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 644. n. 2 (1892); Binningh.,
Tris xii. p. 131, n. 66 (1899) (Rio de Jan. ; larva on Vitis).

Enyo danum, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 132. n. 1421 (1822) ; Walker, /.c. viii. p. 118. n. 12 (1856);
Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 45 (1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob., bid. p. 152 n. 19 (1865) ;
Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii. p. 184 (1871) (Cuba) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix.
p. 541. n. 3 (1877) (Peru; Bolivia; Haiti; ozypete?) ; Gundl., /.c. p. 182 (1882).

Pterogon camertus, Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 72 (1856).

3. Enyo egubris, Walker, /.c. viii. p. 113. n. 1. var. y (1856).

Thyreus danum, erties Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 67 (1870).

9. Enyo lugubris, Wallengren, Oefv. Vet. Ak. Handi. p. 913 (1871); Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.
xv. p. 123 (1888) (partim).

Epistor camertus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 298. n. 3 (1875) (Guiana ; Colombia ; Antilles).

Epistor danum, id., l.c. p. 299. n. 5 (1875) (Guiana ; Colombia ; Cuba ; Haiti).

Sphinx ozypete (!), Butler, l.c. p. 541. sub n. 3 (1877).

3. Enyo ocypete, Aurivillius, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. xix. 5. p. 128. n. 162 (1882) ; Kirby, lc.
n. 3 (1892).

3%. Many individuals are umber-brown. The brush of scales at the tip of the
antenna very prominent, the scales very slender in the d.

3, Abdominal area of hindwing above with a sharply defined yellowish white
patch. Tenth abdominal segment as in dugudris, but the apical process of the
tergite not quite so long and a little curved downward, and the ventral processes
also shorter ; sternite twisted at end as in lugubris. Clasper (PI. XLVII. f. 19)
withont apical process, almost regularly acuminate in apical third ; harpe free at
end, more or less truncate. Penis-sheath (Pl. LILI. f. 33) ending in a long
pointed process, which is much broader than in dagudris.

2. Similar to the ? of dwgubris, but easily distinguished by the second
abdominal tergite bearing a brown belt, by the brown discal area of the forewing
extending along the antemedian line to hinder margin, by the sharply marked
Vinaceous-clay-coloured distal marginal halfmoon, and the smaller stigma.

Larva and pupa figured by Stoll, dc.

Hab, Mexico to Paraguay and Southern Brazil ; Cuba, Haiti, Jamaica.

In the Tring Museum 65 3d, 25 ?? from: Jamaica ; Cuba; various places
from Mexico southward to Bolivia, Matto Grosso and Sao Paulo:

We have only one Jamaica specimen, a ? ; this has a rather broader forewing
than ordinary Continental individuals.

335. Epistor gorgon.

%. Sphinz gorgon Cramer, Pap. Ex. ii. p. 73. t. 142. f. » (1777) (Surinam).
6. Sphinx lyctus id,, lc. iii. p. 56. t. 225, f. ¥ (1779) (Surinam),
Setia gorgon, Oken, ‘Lehr. Naturg. iii. 1, p. 750. sub n, 4 (1815).

( 406 )

Enyo gorgon, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 132. n, 1418 (1822) ; Walk., U.c, viii. p. 114. n. 3 (1856)
(Rio de Jan. ; Venezuela) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 541. n. 4 (1877) (partim ;
Rio de Jan. ; Venezuela; ¢ = /yctus) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 7. n. 3
(1881) (Mexico; Brit. Honduras; Nicaragua; Chiriqui; Ecuador); Méschl., Verh. Zool.
Bot. Ges. Wien xxxii. p. 333 (1882) (Surinam : = /yctus) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 644.
n. 4 (1892); Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 302 (1896) (Jalapa ; Coatepec ; Guatemala ; Panama) ;
Bonningh., /ris xii. p. 132. n. 67 (1899) (Rio de Jan. ; larva green or brown, on Vitis, Delenia,
ete.) ; Kaye, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 140 (1901) (Trinidad).

Enyo lyctus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 132. n. 1419 (1822) ; Walk., Le. viii. p. 115. n. 5 (1856)
(Brazil) ; Kirby, /.c. p. 645. n. 7 (1892) (partim).

Thyreus lyctus, Boisduval, Cons, Lép. Guatemala p. 68 (1870) (Nicaragua).

Epistor lyctus, id., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 300. n. 6 (1875) (partim).

Epistor gorgon, Boisduval, /.c. p. 300. n. 7 (1875) (Guiana ; Brazil).

3. Antenna imperceptibly inerassate distally ; hook long. Crest of thorax
very high. Costal margin of forewing convex before middle owing to the strong
development of the scent-organ; apex sinuate ; posterior area of wing mummy-
brown, this colour sharply defined at the fold, by which it is limited, a deep brown
triangular discal patch between R* and M!, and an apical patch of the same colour;
hindwing mummy-brown, paler at distal margin, especially near apex. Under-
side: scent-organ of forewing very broad, strongly convex costally, distally limited
by the cross-veins, which are distorted: D* twice the length of D*, running distad,
D*’ and D* forming a right angle which is open proximally, D* forming an obtuse
angle with D*, R* from angle D2. D*, curved backwards near its base ; D* of hind-
wing more than half the length of D*.

Tenth tergite of the same type as in dugudris, but the apical process much
shorter (Pl. XLIV. f. 12), the ventral processes stonter and not so close together.
Clasper (PI. XLVII. f. 18) ending in a long, strongly chitinised, slender process ;
dorsal margin strongly convex distally ; hair-scales of apex longer than clasper.
Penis-sheath with an indication of the triangular process found in cavifer.

?. Upperside of body and wings ochraceons-clay colour ; forewing flushed with
fawn-colour. Chestnut mummy-brown area of forewing posteriorly truncate in front
of M’, continued as a thin line to hinder margin ; apex of forewing sinuate.

Pupa described above.

Hab. Mexico to South Brazil ; not on the West Indian Islands.

In the Tring Museum one pupa, 22 dd,15 2? from: Jalapa and Orizaba,
Mexico, ii. ii. iv. (Schaus) ; Honduras ; Costa Rica; R. Dagua, Colombia (Rosen-
berg) ; Merida, Venezuela; Maripa, Caura R., Venezuela, vi. (Klages) ; Surinam ;
Petropolis ; Bauru, S. Paulo (Dr. Hempel) ; Sapucay, near Villa Rica, Paraguay
(Foster).

336. Epistor taedium.
Enyo lyctus, Walker (non Cramer, 1779), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 115. n. 5 (1856) (partim ;
Brazil).

Enyo gorgon, Butler (non Cramer, 1777), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 541. n. 4 (1877) (partim ;
Brazil ; Venezuela).

*Enyo taedium Schaus, Ent. Amer. vi. p. 19 (1890) (Jalapa ;—coll. Schaus) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr.
Amer., Lep, Het. Suppl. p. 302. t. 66. £. 4 (1896) (Mexico ; Costa Rica).

3. Differs from gorgon in the forewing lacking the dark brown postcellular
area and triangular diseal patch, farther in the far less curved costal margin, the
much narrower scent-organ, and different neuration: D? and D* of forewing in
normal position, both straight, lower angle of cell obtuse, more proximal than

( 407 )

npper one, R® curved at base. Genital armature as in gorgon, apical process of
tenth tergite rather shorter and more straight.

2. Not known.

Hab. Mexico to Southern Brazil.

Two subspecies :

a. E. taedium taedium.

*Enyo taedinm Schaus, /.c.

3. D* of forewing about half the length of D‘.

Hab. Mexico to Colombia, probably ranging to Bolivia.

In the Tring Museum 3 ¢¢ from: Rio Dagua, Colombia (W. Rosenberg) ;
Charuplaya, Bolivia, vii. (Simons) ; Juntas, Cauca (Mathan). The last received
from Mons. Charles Oberthiir, who has a series from Juntas.

b. E. taedium australis subsp. nov.
Enyo lyctus, Walker, /.c. (partim).
Enyo gorgon, Butler, /.c. (partim).

3. Differs from the western form in the halfmoon-shaped pale marginal space
of the forewing being more sharply defined, pure in colour, with the veins in it not
streaked with brown, and in D* of the forewing being less than one-third the
length of D‘, the cell being narrower than in taedium taedium.

Hab. Brazil ; Venezuela ; probably in all suitable districts east of the Andes.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ (type) from Petropolis.

In the British Museum 2 dd from Brazil and Venezuela.

337. Epistor cavifer spec. nov.

Thyreus lyctus, Herrich.-Sch. (non Cramer, 1779), Ausser. Schm. i. f. 108 (1854) (Brazil).

Epistor lyctus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 300. n. 6 (1875) (partim).

Enyo gorgon, Butler (non Cramer, 1779), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 541. n. 4 (1877) (partim).
Enyo lyctus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i. p. 645. n. 7 (1892) (partim).

3. Body and wings, above, mnch darker than in gorgon and taedium, chocolate
mummy-brown, almost black in some places. Dorso-lateral patches of wool on
abdomen large, directed upwards and backwards, sixth tergite with greyish white
fringe. Forewing, upperside: apex truncate, not sinuate; basal two-thirds
flashed with grey, except a large space between M? and R® and the costal margin,
which are chocolate-black, the greyish area forming a curved band from costal margin
to hinder margin at angle ; posterior veins within this band with interrupted bluish
white streaks, posterior part of grey area crossed by dark undulating lines running
from black patch backwards, costal margin with thin bluish white lines proximally
of apex of cell ; outer third of wing like discal patch, excepting a sharply defined
marginal halfmoon from SC*® beyond M1, which is clayish; SC’ and R' with
interrupted bluish white streaks, bluish white scales also at costal margin; an
ovate subbasal cavity behind M, deep, clothed with dispersed narrow and long
scales ; fold as narrow as in taedium. Hindwing dark mummy-brown, apex
down to M' and costal area paler; submarginal dark line rather more distal than
in the allied species, outer margin less convex.

Underside: barely darker than in gorgon. Cell of forewing narrower than
in gorgon and taedium, D* very short, curved, D* longitudinal, not oblique or
transverse ; R? curved, R’ also a little.

( 408 )

Tenth segment similar to that of gorgon, lateral processes of tergite shorter.
Clasper broader than in gorgon, apex rounded ventrally, process very short
(Pl. XLVII. f. 16). Penis-sheath with a short, apical, horizontal, triangular
process.

9. Body and forewing mummy-brown above ; body not much paler below.—\
Forewing, wpperside : chocolate-black discal area gradually narrowed to a point
behind, not angulate before M?; apex of wing not sinuate. Hindwing also
darker brown than in gorgon, as is the underside of both wings.

Length of forewing: d, 29 mm.; ?, 26 mm.

Hab. Panama to Bolivia; Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 3 33,1 2 from: Rio Dagua, Colombia (W. Rosenberg)
type; Brazil; Sta. Catharina.

In coll. Charles Oberthiir from Balsapamba ; Juntas, Cauca (Mathan).

In coll. Staudinger from Chiriqui; Huayabamba, Peru ; Rio Songo, Bolivia
(Garlepp).

Also in other collections.

Herrich-Schiiffer’s figure represents this insect, which in the d differs from
all the other species in the presence of a deep cavity on the forewing near the base.

Cll. PACHYGONIA.—Typus: subhamata.

Perigonia Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 102 (1856) (partim ; type: stulta).

Macroglossa, Schaufuss (non Ochsenheimer, 1816), Nung. Otios. i. p. 20 (1870).

Pachygonia Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 75 (1874) (nom. indescr.) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond.
ix. p. 533 (1877) (type: subhamata).

32. Antenna without trace of a club, gradually thinning at end into a long
slender hook, with short conical end-segment ; strongly compressed in d, cylindrical
and more setiform in ?. Palpus long, ascending above the eye, closely appressed
to head, rounded in side-view, the two palpi obtusely angulate mesially in dorsal
view. Abdominal tergites with a number of rows of spines at the edges, the spines
all elongate, the uppermost longer than broad, the lowest long, pale in colour,
weak ; spines of sternites weak ; last tergite (Sth in d, 7th in ?) broad, scales
forming in ¢ three tufts, one in middle and one at each angle, these tufts short
in 2, especially the middle one; seventh sternite of ? broad, deeply and broadly
sinuate, its edge spinose only at the sides. Merum of midcoxa not angulate ;
hindtibia appearing compressed owing to the prolonged ventral and dorsal scaling ;
first hindtarsal segment with the scales ventrally at base and dorsally prolonged
into triangular crests, a similar dorsal crest upon the second and third segments,
excepting ridbei ; hindtarsus compressed, four rows of spines, with few or no
additional spines between the first and second row; spines of fourth row of mid-
tarsus somewhat prolonged, but stout. SC? and R' of hindwing from upper angle
of cell, R’ before centre, D? very oblique, lower angle of cell acute, D* about one-
third of D*; hinder angle of forewing projecting backwards, the hinder margin being
sinuate before angle.

3. Tenth tergite and sternite simple, not divided, elongate, the former densely
clothed with stiff hairs, which are directed upwards and proximad. Clasper broad,
no friction-scales ; harpe with a short process; a patch of short, stiff, spine-like
hairs on inner surface of clasper. Penis-sheath ending in a short twisted process,
which is not movable ; penis-funnel without special armature.

( 409 )

9, Vaginal plate small, triangular, with the edges somewhat incrassate ;
orifice basal, mesial ; no special armature.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Central and South America.

Five species.

This genus is not nearly related to Perigonia and Nyceryax, with which it has
generally been confounded. The peculiar tufted scaling of the hindleg is the most
salient feature by which Pachygonia can at once be recognised.

Key to the species :

a. Hindwing with reddish or clayish bands : a:
Hindwing with a trace of reddish lines only at
anal angle : 5 : : . 342. P. ribber.
b. Forewing sinnate at apex or frau : . >
Forewing pointed at apex. a ih

c. Forewing above with an obvious elayieh Site
marginal patch below apex, bands of hind-
wing obscure, at least in front . 5 338. P. subhamata.
Forewing above without obvious clayish ae
marginal patch, bands of hindwing clearer
red, a third (median) band vestigial . . 3840. P. hopfferi.
d. Bands of hindwing obscure. 9 339. P. caliginosa.
Bands of hindwing clearly marked sale nl 341. P. drucei.

338. Pachygonia subhamata.

*Perigonia subhamata Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 102. n. 4 (1856) (partim, ¢ not 2;
Para ; Venezuela ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Clem., Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Philad. iv. p. 138. n. 16 (1859)
(partim); Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 17 (1860) (partim); Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am.
p. 160. n. 2 (1862) (partim) ; Butl., Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 533. n. 1 (1877) ; Druce,
Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het.i. p. 4. n. 1 (1881) (partim; Chiriqui) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.
p. 637. n. 1 (1892) (partim ; Mexico to Venezuela).

Macroglossa gigantea Schaufuss, Nunqg. Otios. i. p. 20 (1870) (Venezuela).

Perigonia caliginosa, Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 66 (1870) (partim) ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép.
Hét. i. p. 324, n. 7 (1875) (partim).

Perigonia nimerod Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 66 (1870) (nom. max. supervac.).

Perigonia nimrod id., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 324. n. 7 (1875).

Perigonia grandis id., lc. (nom. max. supervacuum).

Pachylia sabtramata (!), Bonninghausen, Tris xii. p. 119. n. 30 (1899) (Rio de Jan.),

3%. Apex of forewing sinuate between SC* and SC*; distal margin concave
between SC and R*, convex at R® but not angulate ; the elayish grey submarginal
patch R'—R? distinct, the species differing in this respect from hopffer7, in which
the patch is indistinct ; bands of hindwing buffish pink, more or less shaded with
brown, the pink tint mostly not prominent, most obvious in specimens from
Espirito Santo. Hindtarsus in this and the three following species with a ventral
crest only on the first segment, and a dorsal crest on segments 1 to 3.

g. Tenth tergite gradually narrowed, apex abruptly hooked (Pl. XLIV.
f, 15, 17): sternite narrowed towards end, slightly spatulate. Clasper nearly as
in hopfferi ; harpe also almost the same, but the process smaller, more spatulate.
Process of penis-sheath (P]. LILI. f. 29) curved, the right edge minutely serrate.

Hab. Central and South America.

In the Tring Musenm 5 3d, 3 $9? from: Mexico; San Pedro Sula,

( 410 )

Honduras ; Chiriqui ; Paramba, Ecuador, 3500 ft., April 1897 (Rosenberg) ; Rio
Cachyaco, Proy. Iquitos (Maxwell Stuart) ; Espirito Santo ; Paraguay.

339. Pachygonia caliginosa.

Pevrigonia subhamata Walker, /.c. (1856) (partim; 2, Mexico).

*Perigonia caliginosa Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 66 (1870) (partim ; Felder’s figure) :
Spec. Gén, Lép. Hét. i. p. 324. n, 7 (1875) (partim).

*Pachygonia caliginosa Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 75. £. 10 (1874) (Amazons ;—Mus. Tring) ;
Moschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 351 (1877) (Surinam).

Pachygonia subhamata, id., l.c. xxii. p. 333 (1882) (Surinam) ; Butler, Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix.
p. 533. n. 1 (1877) (partim) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 637. n. 1 (1892) (partim).

3%. Generally mixed up in collection with swbhamata, from which it differs as
follows :

Apex of forewing pointed, not sinuate between SC! and SC’, z.e. not dentate at
SC°; underside paler, clayish. Tenth tergite (¢) less compressed at end. more
evenly rounded in side-view, sternite rather broader (PI. XLIV. f. 14. 16); process of
penis-sheath (PI. LILI. f. 30) much less curved, its right edge not serrate, apex
bifid as in hopffer?.

Hab. Central and South America.

In the Tring Museum 3 36, 6 22 from: Rio Demerara, Brit. Guiana ;
Amazons (Bates, type) ; Suapure and Maripa, Caura R., Venezuela, i. viii. (Klages).

In coll. Staudinger from Colombia ; Puerto Cabello ; Surinam ; Rio Ucayali,
Pern.

Boisduyal’s specimens described in Lep. Guatemala, l.c., are preserved in the
collection of Mons. Charles Oberthiir; the ¢ is subhamata, while the ? belongs to
the present species. If Boisduval had not cited Felder’s plate, and not clearly shown
by the synonymy that he adopted the name from Felder’s plate in preference to his
own manuscript name—which, however, he could not persuade himself to suppress
altogether, publishing it among the synonyms in a distorted form—the name
caliginosa would have to be sunk as a synonym of subhamata ; but as the facts
are, we must regard Felder’s figure as the type of Boisduval’s caliginosa, ?.e. the
individual from which that figure was taken as the type of the present species.

340. Pachygonia hopfferi.

*Pachygonia hopfferi Staudinger, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxv. p. 118 (1875) (Chiriqui ;--coll.
Staudinger) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 635 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 637.
n. 2 (1892) (partim).

Pachygonia hoppferi (1), Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 4. n. 2 (1881) (partim).

3%. Apex of forewing truncate or sinnate, distal margin angulate at R*,
concave between SC° and R?; clayish patch near the sinus not distinct ; submedian
and discal blackish band merged together, the median interspace between them
marked behind as an olive-russet patch, this patch sometimes vestigial. Bands of
hindwing rose-pink, a third band vestigial, crossing apex of cell, the black median
band a little more proximal than in swbhamata.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIV. f. 13) somewhat carinate above before middle,
apex pointed, shortly hooked ; sternite gradually narrowed to end, this rounded,
feebly eurved upwards. Clasper (P]. XLVII. f. 9) large, somewhat acuminate ;
harpe curving upwards, then produced into a short, blunt, almost horizontal process.
Process of penis-sheath (PI. LIL. f. 28) rather long, slender, twisted, ending in
two fine points.

(aS

Hab. Chiriqui, Panama, to Bolivia.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd, 1 ¢ from: Perené R., Peru, March 1900
(Simons) ; R. Cachyacu, Prov. Iquitos (Maxwell Stuart) ; Panama.

In coll. Staudinger from: Chiriqui; Peru ; Colombia ; Rio Songo, Bolivia.

341. Pachygonia drucei spec. nov.
Pachygonia hoppferi (!), Druce (non Staudinger, 1875), in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 4. n. 2.

t. 1. f. 1 (1881) (syn. excel. ; Chiriqui).
Pachygonia hopfferi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 637. n. 2 (1892) partim).

3%. Differs from hopferi in the following points :

Forewing pointed, not sinuate between SC* and SC*, very shallowly concave
between tip and R*, not angled at R*, stigma rather larger, clayish patch below
apex much more distinct, whitish scaling at hinder angle more obvious ; red bands
of hindwing rather broader, under surface more clayish.

6d. Tenth tergite more compressed at the tip, less gradually rounded in side-
view ; sternite much narrower in apical half. (Penis-sheath broken in our only
male.)

Hab. Chiriqui and Honduras ; most likely more widely distributed.

In the Tring Museum 1 d, 3 2 from Chiriqui; type: 3.

In coll. Staudinger from Honduras.

342. Pachygonia ribbei.

*Pachygonia ribbei Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 4. n. 3. t. 1. £. 2 (1881) (Chiriqui ;—
coll. Staudinger) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 638. n. 3 (1892).

3%. Whereas the four other species of Pachygonia resemble one another
closely, the present insect deviates considerably both in structure and colour. The
sealing of the hindtibia differs in there being a dorsal and a ventral triangular
crest on the first segment, but no crests on the second and third. The distal
margins of the wings are more or less denticulate ; the hinder angle of the forewing
is less produced than in the other species; the reddish bands of the hindwing
of subhamata, etc., are indicated by two short bars at the anal angle. On the
forewing below there is a black, curved, discal band. The mesial dots of the
abdominal tergites and the clayish postapical patch of the forewing found in
the other species are also marked in ridde7.

d. Tenth tergite shorter than in the other species, very densely clothed with
hairs, compressed, basally elevated in the mesial line, tip rounded, more strongly
so than in Pl]. XLIV. f. 13, sinuate in a frontal view; sternite not much shorter
than tergite, narrowed in apical fourth, tip rounded, somewhat curved upwards.
Clasper slightly narrowing to the broadly rounded end; harpe (PI. XLVII. f. 10)
dilated at end into an obtuse dorsal and an acute ventral process ; from the harpe
extends an angle-shaped fold on the clasper, the space limited by this fold clothed
with blackish spiniform hairs. Penis-sheath (Pl. LILI. f. 27) with an obtusely
pointed, three-edged process, the right-side edge of which is dentate.

Hab. Chiriqui, Panama.

In the Tring Museum 2 ¢d,1 2% from Chiriqui.

( 4i2 )

CII. HIMANTOIDES.—Typus: wndata.

Perigonia Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 103 (1856) (partim).
Himantoides Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 626 (1877) (nom. indeser.): Kirby, Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 234. 240 (1877) (nom. indescr.) ; Butl., ibid. p. 395 (1877) (descript.).

3?. Allied to Pachygonia. Antenna very long, reaching beyond fork SC of
forewing, filiform, slightly incrassate in ? before the long and gradually tapering
hook, end-segment about three times as long as broad. Palpi rounded in dorsal
and in lateral view, ascending above eye, closely appressed to head. Frons slightly
crested ; side-scales forming a kind of eyebrow. Spines at edges of abdominal
segments elongate, only two rows present; scales at ventral edges of tergites pro-
longed, especially in dg, anal mesial tuft smooth, truncate, conical, not fan-like,
ventro-lateral scales prolonged to two rather thin but prominent tufts in both
sexes ; seventh sternite of ? transverse, short, apical edge straight and entirely
spinulose. Foretibia externally and hindtibia above and below with long scaling,
first hindtarsal segment also with long scales. R* and M' of hindwing on a short
stalk ; hinder angle of forewing obtuse, not projecting backwards.

3. Tenth segment simple, not divided, narrow and long, sternite longer than
tergite. Clasper (Pl. XLVII. f. 15) long, narrow, with almost parallel sides,
eared upwards, apex rounded, dorsal margin with very long scaling proximally,
inner surface densely clothed with long stiff hairs; harpe short, ending in a short,
slender and slightly clubbed process. Penis-sheath with a spatulate, densely
dentate process, as shown by Pl. LILI. f. 43.

?. Vaginal plate feebly chitinised except at edges, triangular, short.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. Jamaica.

One species.

343. Himantoides undata.
*Perigonia undata Walker, l.c. n. 6 (1856) (Jamaica ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i.
p. 328. n. 13 (1875).
Himantoides undata, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 626 (1877); Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond.

p. 234. 240 (1877); Butl., ibid. p. 395 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 634. n, 1 (1892)
(Jamaica).

3%. The sexes differ obviously in the forewing, which is much more variegated
in the $ than in the d. ‘The series of black dots on the abdomen, above, cor-
responds to the respective dots of Pachygonia. The median interspace of the
forewing, which includes a distinct white black-edged stigma, is widened in front,
standing at right angles to the costa and reaching hinder margin at outer third; it
is generally white behind and fuscous in front, seldom all greyish. The orange
median band of the hindwing is dilated basad in front. The fringe and edge of the
wing are somewhat orange before anal angle, reminding one of Eupyrrhoglossum
sagra. The basal area of the forewing, below, exclusive of a black triangular
patch, and the basi-abdominal area of the hindwing are orange.

3. Tenth segment bent downwards, forming an obtuse angle with the rather
elongate ninth segment (Pl. XLIV. f. 8); tergite obtuse at end, which is faintly
hooked in side-view ; sternite long, narrow, produced into a thin point which curves
downward, upperside of sternite concave, the groove gradually narrowing distally,

not extended to end of sternite, edges of groove somewhat dilated triangularly
beyond middle, the sternite resembling that of Alewron chloroptera; a faint
angular projection at the left edge is a remnant of the aborted left half of the
sternite. Clasper and penis-sheath see PI. XLVIL. f. 15. and Pl. LILI. f. 43.

Hab. Jamaica.

In the Tring Museum 7 dd, 3 ? ? from Jamaica.

CLV. CAUTETHIA.—Typus : noctuiformis.

Oenosanda Walker (non id., 1854), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 231 (1856) (type: noctuiformis).
Cautethia Grote, Ann. Lyc. N. York viii. p. 202 (1867) (nom. nov. loco Oenosanda).
Braesia id & Robinson, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. i. p. 77 (1869) (nom. nud.)

This genus agrees with Himantoides in many details, such as neuration, anal
tufts, sexual armature, etc. ; but differs in the shorter antenna and the normally
scaled legs. A comparison of the structure of the two genera leaves no doubt that
they are nearer related to each other than to any other genus. /

Clasper long, curved, as in Himantoides ; tenth segment, harpe, and penis-
sheath different in the three species.

Larva described by Dyar, see grotei ; on Chiococca, Rubiaceae, according
to Dyar.

Hab. West Indies ; Florida ; Mexico.

The species of this genus represent each other geographically. Though they
agree closely in colour, we keep them specifically separate mainly for the reason to
induce lepidopterists who receive material of Cautethia from new localities to
study the specimens closely, and to examine especially the genital armature, instead
of putting the individuals simply down as “ noctuiformis.”

344. Cautethia spuria.

*Oenosanda spuria Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 319. n. 2. t. 8. £. 3 (1875) (Mexico ;— coll.
Charles Obertbiir).

Cautethia spuria, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 633 (1877) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 699.
n. 4 (1892) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 313. n. 1 (1896) (Jalapa).

3%. Larger than the other species ; yellow area of hindwing rather paler.

d. Tenth segment larger than in the other forms (PI. XLIII. f. 33) ; tergite
slightly shorter than the sternite in a lateral view (Pl. XLIII. f. 34), broader than
in grote’ and noctuiformis, apex strongly convex, apical edge truncate-sinuate with
the angle acute; sternite large, apex divided and hollowed out in a peculiar
manner, being divided into three lobes, one mesial and ventral, short, sinuate-
truncate, thin, acute in side-view, the other two lobes rounded, incrassate, densely
clothed with short spines. Harpe (PJ. XLVIIL. f. 14) triangular, pointed, but not
projecting. Penis-sheath with small apical dentate process, pointing distad.
(Pl. LILI. f. 35).

Hab. Mexico.

Type in coll. Charles Oberthiir. 2 dd from Jalapa in coll. Wm. Schaus (from
one of these the figures of the sexual armature have been taken). Also in the
British Museum.

( 414 )

345. Cautethia grote.

Cautethia spec., Butler, Papilio i. p. 105 (1881) (Indian R., Fla. ; is not noctuiformis).

Cautethia grotei Edwards, Pupilio ii. p. 10 (1882) (Indian R., Fla.; is Macroglossid) ; id., Ent.
Amer. iii, p. 163 (1887) (pupa) ; Kirby, lc. n. 3 (1892); Dyar, Psyche vii. p. 385 (1896)
(deser. of larva ; on Chiococca racemosa ; Lake Worth, Fla.) ; id., Proc. U. St. N, Mus. xxxiii
p. 255 (1900).

3. The silvery-grey colour of the forewing and body prominent.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIII. f. 31) much longer than the sternite, somewhat
hooked at end ; sternite strongly curving upwards, forming almost a semicircle in
side-view (Pl. XLIIL. f. 32), sinuate at end, the lobes rounded, somewhat incrassate
on the upperside, base of sternite broad, dilated into a rounded lobe at each side,
the edge of this lobe, as well as of the curved process, rough with short spines.
Harpe (Pl. XLVII. f. 13) long, pointed, not projecting. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIII.
f. 36) without process. E

Hab. Bahamas ; Florida.

In the Tring Museum 22 specimens from : Bahamas (Sir G. Carter) ; Florida.

346. Cautethia noctuiformis.

*Oenosunda noctuiformis Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 232. n. 1 (1856) (St. Domingo ;—Mus.
Brit.) ; Clem., Proc. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 187. n. 92 (1859) (St. Domingo) ; Grote, Proc.
Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 79. 83 (1865) (Cuba) ; Herr.-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 57 (1865) ; Schauf.,
Nunq. Otios. i. p. 23 (1870) (Cuba); Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver.i. p. 91 (1877) (Porto Rico). -

Cautethia noctuiformis, Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. y. p. 168 (1865) (Cuba) ; Grote, Ann.
Lye. N. York viii. p. 202 (1867) ; Herr.-Sch., Auss. Schm. ii. £. 552 (1869) ; Butl., Trans. Zool.
Soc. Lond. ix. p. 602 n. 1 (1877) (Haiti) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 699. n. 1 (1892).

Braesia hipparsus Grote & Robinson, Trans. Amer. Ent, Soc. ii. p. 77 (1869) (nom. max. supervac.).

fautethia grotei, Gundlach (non Edwards, 1882), Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 179 (1882) (Cuba; larva

on Rubiaceae).

3. The amount of yellow on the hindwing is variable, in some individuals
the black marginal band extending almost to cell; below, the yellow area is
sometimes reduced to a small patch.

3. Tenth tergite shorter than the sternite (Pl. XLII. f. 29. 30), truncate-
sinuate, slightly dilated at end ; sternite rounded at end, club-shaped in a side-view,
the upper surface being swollen at apex, this swollen part divided mesially and
each half transversely ribbed. Harpe (Pl. XLVII. f. 12) with a short, obtuse,
incrassate, process which is denticulate at the edge on the inner side. Penis-sheath
produced into a dentate process, which is longer than the sheath is wide.
(Pl. LILI. f. 34).

Hab. St. Thomas ; Porto Rico ; Haiti ; Cuba.

In the Tring Museum 3 6d, 5 3 from: Cuba; St. Thomas.

CV. NYCERYX.—Typus: Ayposticta.

Perigonia Walker, List Lep. Ins. B, M. viii. p. 100 (1856) (partim) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het.
i. p. 320 (1875) (partim).
Ambulyx, Felder (non Walker, 1856), Reise Novara, Lep. t. 77 (1874).
Nyceryx Boisduval, /.c. p. 16 (1875) (type: hyposticta).
3%. Close to Perigonia, apex of forewing sinuate between SC! and SC’, or
truncate.

( 415 )

3. Clasper with friction-seales ; no patch of spines above harpe ; penis-funnel
mostly with special armature.

Early stages not known,

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America, from Mexico to Buenos Ayres.

Twelve species.

The position of NV. hyposticta has been entirely misunderstood by the writers
ou Sphingidae. The species has nothing whatever to do with “Ambulyx,” with
which Nyceryx is generally associated. It cannot be Separated generically from
ericed, coffeae, ete.

Key to the species :
a. Forewing below with conspicuous yellow

spots from base to dise ; : . 347. N. hyposticta.
Forewing below without yellow spots in basal

half . : : ‘ : 2 : : ; ns
Yellow area of hindwing, above, extending to

abdominal edge, at least in middle. : : 5 Up
Abdominal margin of hindwing brown . ‘ ‘ a
¢. Basal area of forewing below yellow. - 3d1. LV. tacita.

Basal area of forewing below brown. : : a ah
d. Yellow area of hindwing, above, traversed by

a broad discal band . . 4 - - 349. IV. coffeae.
Hindwing without continuous discal band : 6 ones
Forewing below variegated with ochraceous

or white halfmoons . : : : : . 3 fa
Forewing below not variegated with ochraceous

or white halfmoons, palpus without white

dot . : : 0 : : : - 390. WV. magna.
Hindwing above yellow, with a conspicuous

black spot at end of cell, and another on

disc behind SC? ; forewing below almost

unicolorous, with a patch of conspicuous

whitish halfmoons anteriorly on disc . - 348. NV. ericea,
Hindwing above more or less rufous, seldom

more ochraceous, with vestigial brown

spots, autemedian band of forewing not

filled in with black; fringe of meso-

thoracic tegula brown. 5 ¢ . 353. WV. nictitans.
Hindwing above yellow, apex of wing

vinaceous-rufous ;_ fringe of mesothoracie

tegula almost white ; antemedian band of

forewing filled in with black ; white spot

of palpus conspicuous : : ; - 802. NM. maxwell.
Black submarginal line of forewing, which

runs from apex to hinder angle, strongly

angulated in middle . ; : ; 2 ; a es
Black submarginal line of forewing, which

runs from apex to hinder angle, evenly

curved, : - - : : : < Sy:

>

S

>

=

( 416 )

/. Ochraceous ground-colour of anterior distal
part of disc of forewing below divided up

into rather sharply defined halfmoons . 3896. MN. nephus.
Forewing below not ochraceous on disc, or
the ochraceous spots ill-defined . : 6 : ee

?. Pronotum and anterior part of mesonotum
grey, only with a brown mesial line, no
distinct lines in basi-costal area of fore-

wing above : : ; t ‘ . dod. V. continua.
Pronotum and mesonotum faintly variegated
with brown ; a rather obvious abbreviated

subbasal band or patch on forewing . . 355. WV. alophus.
Jj. Apex of forewing sinuate . : : . 3807. NV. riscus.
Apex of forewing truncate. ; ; . 3808. NV. stuarti.

347. Nyceryx hyposticta.
*Ambulyx hyposticta Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 77. £. 2. 3 (1874) (Colombia ;—Mus. Tring).
Nyceryx hyposticta, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 16. n. 1 (1875) (Colombia) ; Kirby, Cut.
Lep. Het. i. p. 677. n. 1 (1892).
Nyceryx vega Boisduval, l.c. (nom. supervac.).
Ambulyxc? hyposticta, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 582. n, 19 (1877).

3%. The largest species of the genus. The association with Ambulyx is wild.
In shape of the wings, pattern, and structure, /yposticta is close to ertcea, magna,
pictitans, etc. Its pattern is of a more generalised type. The white, sparsely
scaled, discal spots of the forewing correspond to the semi-transparent spots found in
Sesia fadus and allies. Similar spots are found in evtcea. The interspaces between
the obscure lines of the forewing bear conspicuous yellow spots on the underside in
the basal half.

3. Ninth and tenth segments broad ; processes of tenth comparatively short,
resembling those of continua, tergal ones rather club-shaped in side-view. Harpe
short, trancate-sinuate, the upper lobe a little projecting, rounded. Penis-sheath of
the same type as in the other species; whip (Pl. LIV. f. 1) with few teeth ;
left ridge not prominent, also with few teeth ; ridge on right side with four teeth ;
armature of penis-funnel symmetrical, the mantle hairy, no processes, but a rather
high ventral rounded ridge at each side.

Hab. Colombia and Venezuela to Bolivia.

In the Tring Museum 11 dd from: Bogota; R. Dagua, Colombia (Rosenberg) ;
St. Domingo, 8.E. Pern, i. vi. (Ockenden) ; Merida (Briceno).

In coll. Charles Oberthiir a series from Huambo and Chachapoyas, Peru
(Mathan).

In coll. Standinger from Chanchamayo and Huayabamba, Peru; R. Songo and
R. Tanampaya, Bolivia.

In coll. Dognin from Loja.

348. Nyceryx ericea.

*Pachygonia ericea Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6). ii. p. 235 (1888) (Chiriqui ;—coll. Staudinger) ;
Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 638. n. 9 (1892); Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. t. 65.
f. 2 (1896).

Pachygonia coffeae, id. (non Walker, 1856), Jc. p. 299. n. 4 (1896) (Honduras ; Chiriqui ; not
“ Brazil’ ).

( 417 )

3?. Avery distinct species, which is as nearly related to nictitans, continua,
ete., as to coffeae. Olive-black area of the mesothoracie tegula sharply defined
dorsally.

Upperside of wings. Forewing: a black streak before middle of SM’, a little
towards base, connecting two lines, the proximal one of them widened at inner
margin to a triangular patch ; some pale postdiscal lunules outside the black,
eurved, oblique, discal band, followed by a conspicuous black line, which stops at
R®, but appears again at R*, and is then continued to SM’, anteriorly the line is
preceded by a conspicuous apical lunule ; stigma with some white scales. The
yellow area of the hindwing is sharply defined ; it includes anteriorly three brownish
black spots, which are contiguous with the costal border, the middle one thinnest,
but sometimes prolonged to a line.

Underside burnt umber colour, rufous-tawny scaling appearing only here and
there ; on the forewing there are a number of whitish lunules in the subapical
area, and a slightly curved linear mark near anal angle ; on the hindwing two
linear subanal markings and a dot SC’—R? cinnamon-rufous, or paler.

3d. Tenth abdominal segment nearly as in 7/scus (Pl. XLI. f. 25), tergite broader
at end. Harpe elongate, the process free, horizontal, compressed, subconical at
end. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 5): whip with a few tubercles ; at the right side
there are three teeth, besides the two bristles; the left lobe prominent, its
distal edge almost horizontal, the lobe being much more slanting proximally than
distally. Armature of the penis-funnel (PJ. LILI. f. 44) asymmetrical ; there is
one dentate process on each side, as in nictitans, but the left one is prolonged and
straight, while the right one is short and curved.

Hab. Honduras to Colombia, probably extending farther south.

In the Tring Museum 1 3,1 ¢, from Chiriqui.

In the collection of Charles Oberthiir from Juntas, Cauca, Colombia (Mathan).

349. Nyceryx coffeae.

*Perigonia coffeae Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 101. n. 2 (1856) (Brazil ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 322. n. 3. t. 8. £. 4 (1875) (N. Friburgo) ; Bonningb., Jris xi.
p. 132. n. 69 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

Macroglossa abboti Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. i. p. 21 (1870) (Colombia).

Pachygonia coffeae, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 533. n. 2 (1877) (Brazil) ; Kirby, Cat.
Lep. Het. i. p. 638. n. 4 (1892) (Brazil).

*Pachygonia boisduvali Butler, Lc. p. 633 (1877) (nom. nov. pro coffeae Boisd. ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 6 (1892) ; Druce, Biol. Centr, Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 299 (1896)
(Brazil, = ericea ex errore).

Pachygonia abboti, Kirby, lc. n. 7 (1892).

3%. Differing from all other species in the yellow area of the hindwing being
trayersed by a brown band, which stops in front at SC*. Forewing obtusely
angulated at R*, feebly sinnate between R* and SM?, less sinuate between SC* and
R* than in the other species ; stigma large, not deeper in tint than the other brown
markings, encircled by a thin white line. Underside of palpus of the same colour
as the femora and tibiae, and the underside of the abdomen and wings.

g. Tenth segment (Pl. XLI. f. 27) nearly as broad as in stwart?, sinus very
wide, lobes comparatively short ; tergite shorter than sternite ; the broad tip of
the lobes ontside those of the sternite ; the latter almost horizontal, not strongly
curved, slightly dilated before the short apical hook. Harpe a low ridge which
gradually fades away, without a free process, not reaching to the middle of the

BE

( 418 )

ventral margin of the clasper. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIII. f. 40) ending in an obtuse
dorsal lobe, which is dentate at the end; on the left side there is a dentate
longitudinal ridge, while there are only a few teeth at the apical margin on the right
side, besides two bristles, which stand on a short process in one of the specimens
dissected.

Hab. Honduras to Rio de Janeiro.

In the Tring Museum 9 dd, 4 ?? from: Brit. Honduras ; Honduras; Aroa,
Venezuela, April; Rio Cachyaco, Prov. Iquitos, Peru (Stuart) ; St. Domingo, 8.E.
Peru (Ockenden) ; Amazonas (Bates) ; Espirito Santo.

The specimen figured by Boisduval and named do%sduvali by Butler is a small
individual of the present species.

The insect described by Schaufuss as abdot? is doubtless the same as coffeae.

350. Nyceryx magna.
*Perigonia magna Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 75. f. 12 (1874) (Peru ;—Mus. Tring) ; Boisd.,
Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 320. n. 1 (1875) (Para).
Pachygonia magna, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 534. n. 4 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.
p. 638. n, 8 (1892) (Peru).

3. This magnificent species is apparently rare. Antenna very pale buff.
Brownish black border of hindwing gradually widening behind, very broad, touching
lower angle of cell; a small black stigma ; costal area of hindwing orange-rufous,
much more reddish than in coffeae, ericea, etc. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLI. f. 26)
broad and rather short; sternite suddenly narrowed into a long, slender, feebly
curved hook, which is somewhat dilated near the base. Harpe similar to that of
stuarti (Pl. XLVII. f. 3), but slightly broader at the end. Penis-sheath
(Pl. LIV. f. 2) with a short, rather prominent, dentate ridge at the right side; the
left lobe high, more prominent than in any other species, whip with teeth only
at the end (in all specimens ? one only examined!). No armature to penis-funnel,
but there is a long, slightly asymmetrical, rounded, concave lobe ventrally of the
penis-sheath (PJ. LIV. f. 2).

Hab. Peru; Ecuador.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd from: Peru; Rio Cachyaco, Proy. Iquitos (Stuart).

In coll. P. Dognin from Loja. In Mus. Stettin a ? from St. Inez, Heuador.

351. Nyceryx tacita.

*Perigonia tacita Druce, Ann,. Mag. N. H. (6). ii. p. 236 (1888) (Chiriqui ;—coll. Staudinger) ;
Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 637. n. 10 (1892) (“ United States” err. loci) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr.
Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 299. n. 4. t. 65. £. 3 (1896) (Mexico ; Chiriqui).

3%. Ground-colour of wings variable, often with a rather obvious ochraceous
tint. Highth abdominal sternite with w/rte apical fringe. Interspaces between the
dark lines of the forewing, above, rather obviously marked with silvery grey; a
broad black patch in middle of hinder margin, widening towards base, reaching
to cell, then continued to costa by a narrower band; forewing below chrome-
yellow from base to disc, this colour gradually merging into the bright tawny
colour of the anterior part of the disc. Scaling of antenna, base and hook excepted,
very pale.

3. Tenth abdominal segment similar to that of wictitans, but differing
essentially in the triangular tooth of the sternite standing in m/ctitans before the
apical hook being barely indicated in tacita. Harpe (Pl. XLVII. f. 2) truncate,

( 419 )

without free projecting process. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 4): a low dentate
ridge at the right side, rather long ; the membranaceous lobe on the left side not
much projecting, the rather broad whip multidentate. Armature of penis-funnel
(Pl. LI. f. 47) as in nctitans ; there is a single dentate process on each side,
the processes curving towards each other, touching one another (or nearly so)
above the opening for the penis-sheath. On the ventral side of the funnel there is
a mesial carina rising distally into a prominent tubercle ; this carina is rough with
minute teeth.

?. Not dissected.

Hab. Mexico to Bolivia.

In the Tring Museum 2 6 ¢ from Chiriqui.

In coll. Staudinger 2 dd, 2 29 from: Chiriqui; R. Juntas, Bolivia, 1000 m.,
and Callanga, Peru, 1500 m. (Garlepp). ;

In coll. Schaus from Orizaba, Mexico.

352. Nyceryx maxwelli.

*Pachygonia matwelli Rothschild, Noy. Zoot, iii. p. 2 (1896) (San Augustin, Bolivia ;—Mus. Tring).
Pachygonia stuarti id., l.c, t. xiii. f. 3 (1896) (laps. calami).

do. Larger than continua ; apex of hindwing reddish, abdominal area brown,
the yellow colour stopping at (SM'). Harpe similar to that of tac’ta (Pl. XLII.
f. 2). Penis-sheath (P]. LIV. f. 3) with a compressed, obtuse, dentate process
at the right side; the dentate lobe or ridge of the left side evenly rounded ;
whip long, with several apical teeth. Armature of penis-funnel (Pl. LIII. f. 46)
essentially different from that of the allied forms ; the funnel itself produced on
each side into an acute rugate process; laterally of this there is a very densely
denticulate lobe, curving laterad apically.

?. Not known.

Hab. Bolivia; Peru.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd from: San Augustin, Mapiri R., Bolivia, 3500 ft.,
Sept. 1895 (Arthur Maxwell Stuart) ; St. Domingo, 8.H. Peru (Ockenden).

Only these two specimens known as yet. The Peru individual is more grey on
the upperside of the forewing than the type, less variegated on forewing below, and
differs in other details.

393. Nyceryx nictitans.

*Perigonia nictitans Boisduval, Spec. (rén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 322. n. 4 (1875) (Minas Geraés ;—coll.
Charles Oberthiir).

Pachygonia nictitans, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 633 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.i. p. 638.
n. 5 (1892).

Perigonia spec., Bonninghausen, Iris xii. p. 133 (1899) (Rio Grande do Sul).

3%. Abdomen below with two black, thin but distinct lines, occasionally with
a third line in middle. Stigma of forewing minute, with a white dot at its
proximal side ; brown discal shade from costal to outer margin nearly as in coffeae.
Ochraceous-rufous area of hindwing with traces of brown lines and a brown stigma;
abdominal area blackish brown, shaded with grey.

d. Tenth abdominal segment: tergite obtuse in lateral view (Pl. XLI. f. 24) ;
on inner surface a feeble carina which is raised apically into an indistinct tooth ;
sternite very slender, armed with a heavy tooth before the long apical hook, which
is almost horizontal ; this tooth is flattened horizontally, being broader in a yentral

( 420 )

aspect (Pl. XLI. f. 23) than in a view from the side (Pl. XLI. f. 24). Harpe
elongate-triangular, resembling that of stwarti (Pl. XLVII. f. 3), conical distally,
apex obtuse. Penis-sheath nearly as in evicea (Pl. LIV. f. 5), but whip with more
tubercles. Armature of penis-funnel (Pl. LIIL f. 48): only one process on each
side, this process heavily dentate at the outer and distal edges ; below the funnel
(in front of it in figure) there is a deeply sinuate ridge; the membrane surrounding
the armature laterally and dorsally as a kind of mantle neither spinulose nor hairy.

?. Vaginal plate finely folded transversely, obtusely triangular distally ;
vaginal orifice quite proximal, a little towards the left side.

Hab, Brasilia; Peru.

Two subspecies :

a. N. nietitans nictitans.
*Perigonia nictitans Boisduval, l.c.

32. Wasily distinguishable from the other species of southern Brazil by the
reddish colour of the hindwing and the brown abdominal area which extends to the
base. On the underside of the forewing there is a large postdiscal patch between
costal margin and R* of an ochraceous clay colour, including proximally a sharply
marked brown line, besides traces of another line ; this patch is separated from a
posterior discal patch of the same colour ; black submarginal line bordering the
greyish brown marginal band straight from R* to hinder margin. Hindwing
dirty rufous-ochraceous, except margins, three discal lines and a stigma.

Hab. Southern Brazil: Rio de Janeiro to Rio Grande do Sul.

In the Tring Museum 4 ¢¢, 12% from: St. Cruz, Rio Grande do Sul; St.
Catharina.

b. N. nictitans saturata subsp. nov.

3. Upperside. Forewing more heavily lobed and deeper in tint than in the
preceding. Hindwing less distinctly rufous.

Underside of wings and abdomen deeper tawny and chestnut-tawny, the greyish
black colour more extended ; the postdiseal postcostal patch of forewing chestnut-
tawny, much reduced, reaching SC* only distally, 1] mm. or less wide between SC*
and SO®, the posterior discal patch also reduced, the brown lunulated lines within it
heavy ; greyish brown borders of hindwing broader than in the preceding, the
chestnut-tawny area consequently more reduced, not reaching distally to C, as it does
in the Brazilian form.

Hab. Peru.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd from Chanchamayo, Peru.

354. Nyceryx continua.

* Lophura continua Walker, List Lep. Ins. B, M., viii. p. 108. n. 5 (1856) (Espirito Santo ;—Mus.

Brit.) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 538. n. 10 (1877).
Perigonia continua, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i, p. 324. n. 6 (1875) ; Bonningh., Iris xii.

p. 133. n. 73 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).
Perigonia distans Boisduyal, /.c. sub n. 6 (1875) (nom. max. supervac.).
Perigonia (?) continua, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 637. n, 13 (1892) (Brazil).

dg. Hinder edge of the mesothoracie tegula almost pure white; pronotum

withont darker transverse line ; anterior upper part of mesothoracic tegula without
spot. Forewing, above, with the lines in basal costal area absent or vestigial ;

( 421 )

antemedian band filled in with black, very oblique ; stigma rather large, dot in
front of it distinct ; apical black halfmoon not distinctly separate from the black
submarginal area ; yellow area of hindwing extending to abdominal margin.
Tenth abdominal segment differing from that of néct’tans in the tergite being
shorter and, at apex, broader, and in the sternite being more strongly curved at end
and not being dilated into a tooth in middle, resembling in the latter respect the
sternite of WV. riscus (Pl. XLI. f. 25). Harpe sharply truncate, or (type) the
yventro-apical edge slanting. Whip of penis-sheath long, about as long as the sheath
itself ; left lobe or sheath evenly rounded ; armature of penis-funnel symmetrical as
in nictitans, with one strongly dentate process on each side, these processes leaning
towards each other, and a low ventral ridge which is triangularly raised at
each side.

Hab. Brazil: Espirito Santo to Parana.

In the Tring Museum 1 6 from Castro, Parana (H. D. Jones).

355. Nyceryx alophus.
*Perigonia nephus var. alophus Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 323. sub n. 5 (1875) (Bahia ;—
coll. Charles Oberthiir).

3?. Fringe of mesothoracic tegula not quite so white as in continua, pronotum
and anterior part of mesonotum more or less variegated with brown ; forewing more
variegated than in continua, owing to the lines being more distinct ; antemedian
band filled in with black (type) or not: stigma narrow, elongate ; an abbreviated
subbasal blackish band. Yellow area of hindwing reaching to abdominal margin.

3. (Only alophus alophus dissected). Tenth segment and harpe as in continua.
Whip of penis-funnel short ; armature of penis-funnel (Pl. LIIL. f. 45) symmetrical ;
a short, heavily dentate process at each side of the funnel, and a longer, compressed,
apically rounded and slightly widened process which curyes mesiad and is densely
beset with minute teeth.

Hab. Bahia to Buenos Ayres and §.E. Bolivia.

Two subspecies :

a. N. alophus alophus.

*Perigonia nephus var. alophus Boisduval, /.c. (Bahia).
Perigonia nephus var. a. P. alophus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 637. sub n. 7 (1892).
Perigonia nephus, Bouninghausen, Jris xii. p. 133. n. 72 (1899) (Rio de Janeiro).

3?. This is the Brazilian form, which is rather darker than the following
subspecies.

Hab. Bahia to Parana, Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 1 from: Espirito Santo; Sao Paulo; Castro,
Parana (E. D. Jones).

b. N. alophus ixion.

Perigonia ixion Burmeister, Descr. Rép. Argent.. v. p. 345. 515 (1878) (Paraguay ; Buenos Ayres) ;
Kirby, Cat. Lep. [Het. i. p. 637. n. 8 (1892).

Perigonia nephus, Burmeister, l.c. Atlas p. 29. t. 10. f. 6 (1879) (S. Cruz de la Sierra, Bol., Gran
Chaco).

3%. Paler than the previous subspecies ; antemedian band of forewing not
filled in with black. Whether this form is constantly different we do not know.
We have seen only a few specimens.

Hab. Argentina, northward to Bolivia and Paraguay.

( 422 )

In coll. Charles Oberthiir 1 ¢, 1 ? from Zarate, Argentina (Kinkelin).
Burmeister’s figure does not quite agree with the specimens which we consider
to be zion ; we believe the figure to be incorrect.

306. Nyceryx nephus.
*Perigonia nephus Boisduval, l.c, p. 323. n.5 (1875) (Brazil ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir); Butl., Trans.
Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 633 (1877) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 7 (1892).

3. The type is unique; we have not seen another specimen. Very close to
alophus in colour, marginal band of hindwing broader, traces of brown spots; disc
of forewing below ochraceous between the lines. Whip of penis-sheath rather
longer than in alophus, with more teeth; left ridge of sheath abruptly ending
distally, not evenly rounded; the teeth of the right side on a small ridge;
armature of penis-fuunel differing in there being no small process, but only one long
one at each side, this broader at end than in alophus and close to the fannel. Harpe
acuminate, upper margin slanting distally.

Hab. Brazil, probably Province of Rio de Janeiro.

357. Nyceryx riscus.

*Enyo riscus Schaus, Ent. Amer. vi. p. 20 (1890) (Mexico ;—coll. Schaus) ; Druce, Biol. Centr.
Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 302. n. 2 (a). t. 66, £. 3 (1896) (partim ; Mexico: Jalapa, Orizaba ;
Guatemala),

Triptogon riscus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 644. n. 6 (1892).

Pachygonia creusa Rothschild (Staud. in lit.), Noy. Zoou. i. p. 665 (1894) (om. nud.).

3%. Variable in size, but always smaller than stwarti, and paler, with the apex
of the forewing distinctly sinuate. In this and the preceding species the stigma of
the forewing is indistinct, with grey centre, and there is always a rather obvious
black dot in front of it.

3. Tenth segment about as broad as in Sesta tantalus (Pl. XLI. f. 25), the
lobes not nearly so widely apart as in stwarti ; tergite much less twisted, and more
evenly curved ventrad, sharply pointed in side-view ; sternite different in shape from
that of stwarti, dilated before the hook, somewhat more so than in magna (Pl. XLI.
f. 26), less than in nictitans (Pl. XLI. f. 24). Harpe a little shorter than in
stuarti, with a few nothes at the end. Penis-sheath (Pl. LILI. f. 42) without
whip, ending in a triangular, not movable process, which is densely dentate at the
tip and along the right edge.

?. Vaginal plate as in stwarti, apical margin more rounded in middle.

Hah. Mexico to Bolivia and Sao Paulo.

In the Tring Museum 11 66,5 ? $, from: Jalapa, iv. vi., and Orizaba, iv. vi.
(Schans) ; Honduras ; Carpe, Venezuela (Mocquerys) ; Cucuta, Venezuela ; Merida,
Venezuela (Briceno); San Augustin, Mapiri R., Bolivia, 3500 ft., vi. ix. 1895
(Maxwell Stuart); Bauru, Sao Paulo (Dr. Hempel).

358. Nyceryx stuarti.

*Pachygonia stuarti Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 665 (1894) (R. Cachyaco ;—Mus, Tring) ; id., /.c.
ii. t. 9, f. 11 (1895).
Enyo riseus, Druce, Bivl. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 302. n. 2 (A) (1896) (partim).

3%. Larger than riseus, with which it has been confounded. Forewing,
above, darker, the discal lines more strongly curving costad, apex truncate, not
sinuate. Hindwing: yellow colour more restricted, in % less extended yellow

ee

( 423 )

than in 3, as is also the case in riscuws, the yellow abdominal margin of 2 almost
separated from the yellow anterior area.

3. Tenth abdominal segment (Pl. XLII. f. 10) very broad, the lobes strongly
curving downwards ; tergite curving downwards and inwards, narrowing to apex
in side-view (Pl. XLII. f. 11), twisted, not pointed; lobes of sternite projecting
vertically ventrad and then curving evenly distad, horn-shaped, dilated at base,
the dilated part carinate on the inner surface, the hook finely channelled. Harpe
(Pl. XLVIL. f. 3) produced into a slender, tapering process. Penis-sheath (PJ. LIL.
f. 41) without whip, ending in a slightly curved, conical, pointed, not movable
process ; zo teeth. Penis-funnel without armature.

?. Vaginal plate rounded triangular ; orifice open, the edges raised.

Hab. Peru; Bolivia ; probably of wider distribution.

In the Tring Museum 2 6d, 1? from: Rio Cachyaco, Prov. Iquitos, Peru
(type ; Stuart); Bolivia (Garlepp).

JVI. PERIGONIA.—Typnus : studta.

Sphinaw, Fabricius (non Linné, 1758), Gen. Ins. p. 272 (1777).

Perigonia Herrich-Sch., Aussereuwr-Schm. i. (1854) (nom. indescr.!) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M.
viii. p. 100 (1856) (partim ; type: Jusea Walk. partim = stulta H.-S.) ; Boisd., Spec. Grén. Lép.
Heét. i. p. 320 (1875) (partim).

Macroglossa, Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 289 (1856).

Stenolophia Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 82 (1874) (nom. indeser. !).

Pachygonia, Burmeister (non Butler, 1877), Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 356 (1878).

3%. Palpi prominent, rounded in dorsal and in lateral view. Scaling raised to
a crest on occiput, the crest divided anteriorly in perfect specimens. Antenna
slender, not incrassate distally, hook rather short and abruptly curved, end-
segment individually variable in length, equalling one, two, or three previous
segments. Spines at edges of abdominal segments strong, arranged in three or
four rows, the proximal spines longer than broad ; sixth sternite of ? transverse,
entire apical edge spinose, mesially slightly concave ; anal tuft truncate in ?,
bisinuate, with the narrow mesial part prolonged in ¢. Legs normally scaled ;
Jnidtarsus with comb. Forewing pointed, discal edge convex in middle. SC* and
I of hindwing from upper angle of cell, R® and M? close together, D* very oblique,
lower angle of cell sharply acuminate.

3. Tenth segment of the same type as in Ses?a, the tergite and sternite being
diyided each into two lobes (Pl. XLII. f. 12—15). Clasper long, narrow, curving
upwards, apex obtuse ; harpe short ; a small ridge above its base, bearing short,
stout, curved spines (PI. XLVII. f. 4.5.6) ; xo friction-scales on outer side. Penis-
sheath ending in a whip of variable length, armed with short tooth-like spines,
similar spines on the sheath near the base of the whip (Pl. LIV. f. 6. 7).

Early stages not known.

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America: Bahamas to Buenos Ayres northward
into the United States.

Hight species.

Key to the species :
a. Yellow area of hindwing extended to base . . a eh
Yellow area of hindwing not extended to
base, or hindwing without yellow band. ; » UE

( 424 )

d. Forewing above with white oblique apical
line. ; 5 359. P. divisa.
Forewing above aia Hine oblique apie
line. . : : : " :
c. Forewing, above, ao sharply marked brown
postdiscal line running straight across
veins from costal margin to tip of M?, and
then continued along edge of wing to

hinder angle 5 360. P. grisea.
Forewing without a eas modeed roe
discal line : - A : : 2 ade

d. First segment of AR oath white side-line 361. P. pallida.
First segment of palpus without white side-

line. 3 362. P. stulta.
e. Antemedian band a rene shar ak eated
distally, no yellow area on hindwing . 3866. P. glaucescens.
Antemedian band of forewing gradually
shading off distally, at least in front 3 4 eae
J. Hindwing with yellow anal patch, or the
yellow discal band reduced. : 363. P. lusca.

Hindwing without yellow anal patch, pling
discal band present, black submarginal

line of forewing evenly curved : . 364. P. lefebraei.
Like dusca, but forewing below with yellow
discal patch . . : F 7 . 365. P. jamarcensis.

359. Perigonia divisa.

Perigonia spec., Herrich-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 57 (1865) (Cuba).

Perigonia divisa Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 153. n. 26 (1865) (Cuba ; nom. indeser.).
Grote, Ann. Lyc. N. York viii. p. 199 (1867) (Cuba) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Suc. Lond. ix. p. 532.
n. 2 (1877) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent, Cubana p. 178 (1882) (Cardenas, Cuba) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep.
Heét. i. p. 636. n. 2 (1892) (Cuba).

3. Forewing above with a straight black discal band, and a sharply marked
fo) fo} b] } © e

white line extending from apex of wing obliquely to R*. Harpe similar to that of
P. grisea, but more rounded truncate ; patch of spines also as in g7isea. Penis-
sheath similar to that of jamazcensis, a series of teeth at apex on right side ; whip
shorter than in jamaicensis, with dispersed teeth from base to tip.

Hab, Cuba.

A ¢ in the Berlin Museum.

360. Perigonia grisea spec. noy. (Pl. X. f. 6, 3).

3%. Body and wings grey above and below. Scaling of antenna darker
except beyond middle, where there are some scattered creamy scales ; an indistinct
mesial line on occiput and pronotum ; a fine border-line*on mesothoracie tegula
and tips of apical scales of abdominal segments brownish ; underside of abdomen
partly pale testaceous, this colour much shaded with dirty grey.

Wings, upperside. Forewing: sharply angulated at R*, deeply sinuate
between R* and SM’; a straight line crossing the wing midway between M! and
M’, preceded by another straight, but very feeble line ; between this and base a

( 425 )

zigzag line, which consists of four partitions being distally dentate upon M and
SM? and proximally upon (SM?), and by a subbasal line, which is distinct only
behind cell ; a double stigma, the upper dot minute ; on the dise there are two
parallel, somewhat S-shaped, slightly lunulated lines, followed by an indistinct
third one ; then comes a lunulated line running straight from the costal to the
internal margin, reaching the latter abont 2 mm. from angle, the lunules composing
it convex distally; parallel with it is a heavy, band-like line, which is marginal from
M’ to anal angle ; an indistinct apical dash, followed behind SC? by a curved line ;
all these lines blackish olive. Hindwing : a large yellow discal area, nearly as in
stulta, dentate externally, not reaching base ; abdominal fold with a yellow distal
patch ; marginal area of wing grey before anal angle, marked with a thin line about
2mm. from edge, and a very indistinct one a little farther proximad.

Underside with the testaceous ground-colour coming through, especially on the
forewing, discal lines as in the allied species.

3. Tenth segment (PI. XLII. f. 12) resembling that represented by
Pl. XLII. f. 9, shorter, tergite somewhat widened apicad in a lateral view,
ending in a short tooth. Harpe (PI. XLVII. f. 4) produced into a short, pointed
process. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 6) with two or three teeth at the right side,
one at the base of the whip, and two at the tip of the same, whip rather shorter
than in the following insects (dusca, etc.).

?. Vaginal plate as in stulta.

Hab. Bolivia ; Peru.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd,1 ? from : Rio Songo to R. Suapi, Bolivia, 1100 m.,
iii,—yi. (Garlepp) (type) ; San Augustin, Mapiri R., Bolivia, 3500 ft., ix. (Stuart) ; Peru.

361. Perigonia pallida spec. nov.

3%. Similar to stulta, paler, wings narrower. First segment of palpus with
white lateral line. Distal margin of forewing more broadly rounded in middle ;
brown border of hindwing narrower, testaceous in front, disc of a deeper yellow tint
than in stwdta.

3. Tenth abdominal segment as in stwlta. Harpe truncate (Pl. XLVII. f. 5)
as in that species, but the patch of curved spines above it much more extended
than in any other species. Penis-sheath as in grisea, but the whip much longer.

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XLI. f. 4) broadly rounded ; month of vagina postmedian,
the edges raised, the proximal edge sinuate mesially.

Hab. South America: Venezuela and Argentina.

In the Tring Musenm 5 6d, 5 29, from: Merida, Venezuela (type) ; La
Plata (town), Argentina.

362. Perigonia stulta.

*Perigonia stulta Werrich-Sch., Auss. Schm. i. £. 106 (1854) (coll. Staudinger); id., lc. p. 59
(1858) (Am. aequin.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 321. n. 2 (1875) (N. Friburgo); Butl.,
Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. iv. p. 533. 0. 7 (1877) (Cuba) ; Druce, Biol. Centr, Amer., Lep. Het. i.
p. 3. n. 3 (1881) (Chiriqni) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 637. n. 11 (1892).

Perigonia lusca, Walker (non Fabricius, 1777), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 101. n. 1 (1856) (partim) ;
Clem., Proc, Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 138. n. 15 (1859) (partim) ; Morris, Cat. Lep..N. Am.
p- 17 (1860) (partim) ; Druce, /.c. p. 3. n. 1. t, 3. f. 5 (1883) (partim) ; Kirby, /.c. (1892)
(partim).

Perigonia lusca ?, Bonninghausen, Iris xii. p. 133. n. 71 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

¢ %. Somewhat variable in colour, body and forewing in some specimens more

( 426 )

variegated with grey than in others; yellow area of hindwing rather constant,
always reaching to base ; the yellow patch at anal angle is rather large in some
individuals, vestigial in others. The black submarginal line of the forewing, above,
distinct in dusca, is barely vestigial at apex and in middle; a greyish, curved,
subtriangular shade extends from costal margin to end of R*, bordering a halfmoon-
shaped darker distal marginal space. The wnderside is generally uniform in colour,
with the submarginal line of the forewing distinct at least from tip of wing to R*,
bordered grey distally. Distal margin of forewing more sharply angulated at R3 in
some specimens, such individuals having generally also a small tooth at R’.

3. Sexual armature as in grisea, differing from that of pallida in the much
smaller patch of spines on the inner surface of the clasper above the harpe, and in
the much shorter whip of the penis-sheath.

¢. Vaginal plate (PI. XLI. f. 5) also as in grisea, more triangular than in
pallida ; vaginal orifice subapical, transverse, covered by a broad flap; proximal
part of plate almost regularly folded.

Hab. Guatemala to Bolivia and Rio de Janeiro.

In the Tring Museum 56 specimens from: Guatemala ; Chiriqni ; Paramba,
Ecuador, 3500 ft. iv. °97, dry season (Rosenberg) ; Chanchamayo, Peru; St.
Domingo, 8.E. Peru (Ockenden); Mapiri R., Bolivia, viii. ix. (Stuart); Rio de
Janeiro.

363. Perigonia lusca.

Sphinx lusca Fabricius, Gen. Ins. p. 272 (1777) (Am. merid.) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 209.
n. 22 (1780) ; Fabr., Spee. Zns. ii. p. 140. n. 5 (1781) (Am. merid. insulis!) ; id. Mant. Ins. ii.
p. 92. n. 5 (1787); Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2372. n. 51 (1790); Fabr., Ent. Syst. iti. 1. p. 356.
n. 6 (1793).

Perigonia lusea, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 101. n. 1 (1856) (partim) ; Clem., Proc. Ac.
Nat. Sc. Philad. iv. p. 138. n. 15 (1859) (synon. partim ; Mexico; S. Am. ; W. Indies) ;
Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 17 (1860) (partim) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p- 160.
n. 1 (1862)-(partim) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 152. n. 28 (1865) ; Boisd.,
Cons. Lép. Guatem. p. 67 (1870) ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 325. n. 9 (1875); Butl., Trans.
Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 532. n. 5 (1877); Druce, Biol. Centr. Am., Lep. Het. i. p. 3. n. 1 (1881) ;
Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 636. n. 6 (1892) ; Druce, Uc. Suppl. p. 299 (1896) (Mexico ; Guate-
mala ; Chiriqui).

*Perigonia restituta Walker, l.c. xxxi. p. 32 (1864) (Mexico ;— Mus. Brit.).

There is apparently no constant difference by which the various forms here
united to one species can be distinguished ; we have vainly endeavoured to find
constant distinguishing characters. The sexual armature, apart from individual
variation, is the same in all of them ; but that is not an argument of weight in the
present genus, as species so different in colour as stwlta and grisea agree also in
these organs. The details of the shape and colour of the wings which have served
the various authors as specific characters are unreliable, there occurring so many
intermediate specimens that it is impossible to say where one so-called species ends
and another begins. The difficulty of dealing with these insects is increased by the
lack of sufficient material from the West Indies. A larger series of individuals
from the islands may possibly prove that lefebraeé and jamaicensis are also not
specifically distinct.

3%. Yellow band of hindwing not extended to base, seldom as broad as the
blackish distal border of the wing, often reduced, not rarely obliterated. Black
submarginal line of forewing curving from apex to hinder angle always distinct ;
a conspicuous, mostly straight, brown antemedian line crossing M distally of M’,

( 427 )

gradually shading off distally, this brown scaling forming a band which narrows
costad. Fifth abdominal tergite often with a distinct grey shade ; this grey scaling
does not represent a rudiment of the white belt of Sesia tantalus, ete., which is
situated npon the fourth tergite ; basal sternites also often distinctly paler than
the more distal segments.

3. Tenth segment similar to that of grisea (Pl. XLIL f. 12); tergite ending
in a short, blunt tooth ; it is apically not dilated externo-laterad as in jamatcensis
(compare Pl. XLII. f. 13). Harpe as in jamaicensis (PI. XLVII. f. 6); clasper
much narrower. Penis-sheath as in jamaicensis, the number of tubercles individually
variable.

?. Vaginal orifice free, postmedian, slightly asymmetrical in position, its edges
a little raised ; vaginal plate triangular, somewhat folded transversely.

Hab. Mexico to Argentina ; West Indies.

Key to the varieties :
a. Hindwing below with the abdominal

area more or less extended yellow . c nO:
Hindwing below with the abdominal
area not yellow : ci . 5 te
6. Black submarginal line of mney
above evenly curved : ¢ a’. P. lusca f. lusca
Black submarginal line of erenine
above irregular behind . c : ce. P. lusca f. ilus.
c. Forewing 25 mm. long or less, strongly
rounded convex in middle : 2 b’. P. lusca £. passerina.
Forewing longer, less convex in middle ; nen
d. Yellow band of hindwing reaching to
M?. : . ad. P. luscaf. interrupta.

,

Yellow band of eter Peinecd . &. P. lusca ft. restituta.
Yellow band of hindwing obliterated /”. P. lusca f. tencbrosa.

It is possible that the last three forms are one species, and the other three
another.
aw. P. lusea f. lusca.

Sphinx lusca Fabricius, l.c.
Perigonia lusca Grote & Rob., l.c. ; Gundl., lc.

3?. Submarginal line of forewing evenly curved, not strongly angulate as in
the other forms ; scaling very pale at straight proximal edge of antemedian band,
dise outside this band also pale-——Hindwing with yellow anal patch.

A small form, with which /efebraei may be specifically identical.

Hab, Cuba.

In the Tring Museum 2 63.

b’. P. lusca f. passerina.

*Perigonia passerina Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 827. n. 12 (1875) (hab. ?).
Pachygonia lusca, Burmeister, Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 356 (1878) (Bolivia ; Buenos Ayres) ; id.,
Lc., Atlas p. 29. t. 10. f. 7 (1879).
3%. Mostly small, like the preceding. Forewing obtusely angulated in
middle, submarginal line very irregular between R* and SM’, not very distinct
posteriorly, being more or less merged together with the black marginal scaling ;

( 428 )

yellow anal patch of hindwing large above, but adsent from underside. Under
surface of wings with the reddish ferruginous ground-colour often obscured by olive-
wood-brown, sometimes all olive-clay-colonr.

Hab. Matto Grosso; Paraguay; Bolivia.

In the Tring Museum 15 specimens from: Miranda, Matto Grosso, January
1899 (Maxwell Stuart); Curumba, Matto Grosso, January 1899 (M. Stuart) ; Reyes,
R. Beni, Bolivia, July 1895 (Maxwell Stuart) ; Sapucay, near Villa Rica, Paraguay
(Foster).

c. P. lusea f. tlus.

*Perigonia ilus Boisduyal, Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 66 (1870) (Honduras ; Mexico) ; id., Spec. Gén.
Lép. Hét. i. p. 326. n. 10 (1875) (Mexico; Guatemala); Kirby, /.c. n. 4 (1894); Bonningh.,
Tris xii. p. 132. n. 70 (1899) (Rio de Janeiro).

o?%. Like the preceding, larger.—Hindwing below with yellow abdominal
area ; disc of both wings more extended reddish ferruginous.

The type of zlus, a d, has a rather dark forewing, and the yellow band of the
hindwing is narrow. In the type of passerina, also a 6, the yellow band is
broader than in the average specimens of z/vs. Both types in coll. Oberthiir.

Hab, Mexico to Matto Grosso ; probably also in Southern Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 60-odd specimens from : Mexico ; Honduras ; Colombia ;
Peru; Bolivia ; Matto Grosso; Venezuela ; Brit. Guiana.

We add that this form was found in Matto Grosso at the same time as the
previous one.

d’. P. lusca f. interrupta.

Perigonia lusca, Walker, l.c. viii. p. 101. n. 1 (1856) (partim) ; Butl., Zc. p. 532. n. 5 (1877) ; Dew
Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. i. p. 91 (1877) (Porto Rico) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 6 (1892) (partim) ; Hamps
Ann. Mag. N. H. (7). viii. p. 251 (1901) (Nassau, Bahamas).

*Perigonia interrupta Walker, l.c. xxxi. p. 29 (1864) (Mexico ; Guatemala ; Haiti).

Macroglossa doto Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. i. p. 21 (1870) (‘ Afr.” err. loc. !).

Perigonia restituta, Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 292 (1896) (partim).

3%. Forewing narrower than in the preceding forms, distal margin less
convex in middle, black submarginal line more evenly curved, less irregular behind,
and not so close to the margin. Hindwing shorter, distal margin almost or quite
straight down to M®, apex acute in many specimens, yellow band as in dus, or
rather narrower, yellow anal patch more or less distinct above, absent from
underside.

Hab. Mexico to Bolivia; West Indies ; Bahamas ; doubtless everywhere in
the range of Zusca, but not so common as zus.

In the Tring Museum 40-odd specimens from: Bahamas (Sir G. Carter);
Florida ; Mexico: Honduras ; Colombia ; Peru ; Bolivia; Venezuela.

é. P. lusca f. restituta.

Perigonia lusca, Walker, /.c. (partim).

*Panacra restituta id., l.c. xxi. p. 32 (1864) (Mexico ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Butl., /.c. n. 3 (1877) (Mexico ;
Venezuela ; Para) ; Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 3. n. 2. t. 3. £. 6 (1881) ; Kirby,
Le. a. 3 (1892) ; Druce, l.c. Suppl. p. 299 (1896) (partim).

Perigonia restituta, Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 177 (1865).

Macroglossa dota vy. affinis Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. i. p. 21 (1870) (Venez. ).

3%. Like the preceding, but the yellow band of the hindwing reduced, yellow
anal spot small, vestigial, or absent.

ve

( 429 )

Hab. Mexico to the Amazons.
In the Tring Museum 20-odd specimens from: Mexico ; Honduras ; Costa
Rica ; Colombia ; Venezuela.

f. P. lusca f. tenebrosa.

*Stenolophia tenebrosa Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 82. f. 3 (1874) (Mus. Tring) ; Butl., /.c. p. 531

(1877) (a Perigonia?) ; Kirby, lc. p. 637. n. 1 (1892).
Perigonia? tenebrosa, Boisduval, l.c. p. 325. n. 8 (1875).
Stenolophia restituta, Rothschild, Nov. Zoot. i. p. 69 (1894).

3%. Like f. restituta, but hindwing with the yellow band and the yellow
anal patch obliterated.

Hab. Northern parts of South America.

In the Tring Museum 1 3, 3 22, from: Venezuela ; Amazons (type).

Specimens without any yellow scales on the hindwing are rare ; the inter-
gradations between this extreme form and restifuta with narrow band are
commoner.

364. Perigonia lefebraei.

Macroglossa lefebraei Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 289 (1856) (Cuba).

Macroglossa lefebvrii (!), Herrich-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 147 (1863).

Perigonia lefebvrii (!), id., lc. p. 56 (1865) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 48 (1865) (descript.) ;
id. & Rob., ibid. p. 153. n. 24 (1865).

Perigonia lefebvrei (!), Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 532. n. 6 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.
i. p. 637. n, 9 (1892).

Perigonia lefebraci, Gundlach, Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 178 (1882) (larva like that of lwsea).

3%. Differs from P. lusca f. lusca in the fuscous antemedian band of the
forewing being vestigial only, and in the yellow anal patch of the hindwing being
absent. Sexual armature as in P. lusca.

Larva on Rubiaceae (Gundlach, /.c.).

Hab. Cuba.

In the Tring Museum 2 ¢d,1 ?, from: Cuba ; Haiti.

365. Perigonia jamaicensis.
*Pevigonia jamaicensis Rothschild, Noy. Zoo. i. p. 69 (1894) (Jamaica ;—Mus. Tring).

d. Forewing, below, with a large, ill-defined, yellow patch posteriorly on disc.
Tenth tergite rounded at end in side-view (Pl. XLII. f. 13), the apex curved
laterad (P1]. XLII. f. 14). Clasper very broad for a species of this genus, much
broader than in /usca; harpe truncate (Pl. XLVIL. f. 6). Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV.
f. 7) with a series of teeth on the right side, and several teeth at the base of
the whip.

Hab, Jamaica.

In the Tring Museum 3 ¢¢ from Jamaica.

366. Perigonia glaucescens.

"Perigonia glancescens Walker, List Lep. Ins. B.M. viii. p. 103. n. 5 (1856) (Haiti ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
Clem., Proc. Ac. N. Sc. Philad. iv. p. 138. n. 17 (1859) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 17 (1860)
(Mexico ex err.) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 160. n. 8 (1863) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén.
Lép. Hét. i. p. 328. 0. 14 (1875) (Haiti) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 532. n. 1 (1877)
(Haiti); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 636. n. 1 (1892) ; id., in Allen’s Nat. Libr., Lep. iv. p. 12.
t 97. f. 1 (1897).

( 430 )

?. Only one specimen known. Kirby’s figare, though bad like all figures in
that book, gives one nevertheless an idea of what glaucescens looks like. The white
belt of the abdomen is far too prominent in the figure, the belt not being more
distinct than it is in many individuals of P. dusca. The species resembles the form
tenebrosa of lusca, but is doubtless distinct. Thorax greenish yellow above,
side-tufts of abdominal segments 5 and 6 white-tipped ; underside of body paler
than in P. lusca f. tenebrosa. Forewing, above, with a broad antemedian band,
which is sharply defined distally as well as proximally ; stigma not distinct, exactly
at the edge of the band ; brown submarginal line evenly curved, somewhat dilated
in middle, not angulate, beginning at costal margin about 2 mm. from tip of wing.
Hindwing without a trace of a yellow band, with a submarginal pink-buff patch before
anal angle. Distal border of wings below not brown ; submarginal line of forewing
more proximal than in dusca.

Hab. Haiti.

One specimen (type) in the British Museum.

CVI EUPYRRHOGLOSSUM.—Typus : sagra.

Macroglossa, Poey (non Ochsenheimer, 1816), Cent. Lép. Cuba t. 19 (1832).
Eupyrrhoglossum Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 42 (1865) (type: sagra).
Empyrrhoglossum (!), Bouninghausen, /ris xii. p. 134 (1899).

3?. Differs from Sesia in veins SC* and SC° of the forewing remaining
separate at end. Penis-sheath without spines on the right side.
Hab. Tropical America.
Two species :
Forewing with a white semi-transparent spot R'—M? 367. FE. sagra.
Forewing without a white semi-transparent spot . 368. EF. corvus.

367. Eupyrrhoglossum sagra.

Macroglossa sagra Poey, Cent. Lép. Cuba t. 19 (1832) (Cuba) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii.
p- 89. n. 6 (1856) (Colombia; Brazil); Clem. Journ. Ac. Nat. Se. Philad. iv. p. 132, n. 7 (1857)
(S. Am.; W. Indies) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. A. p. 17 (1860); Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep, N. A.
p- 152. n. 4 (1862) ; Herr.-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 56 (1865) (Cuba) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het.
i. p. 360. n. 46 (1875) (Cuba; R. Grande) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 175 (1881) (/. on
Rubiaceae); Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxxii. p. 333 (1882) (Paramaribo) ; Bonningh.,
Tris xii. p. 135. n. 77 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

Eupyrrhoglossum sagra, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 43 (1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob., /.c. p. 150.
n. 9 (1865); Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii, p. 184 (1871) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix.
p. 531. n. 1 (1877) (Brazil ; Colombia); Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 2. n. 1 (1881)
(Chiriqui; Cuba: Colombia; Ecuador; Upp. Amaz.); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 636. n. 1
(1892) (Cuba) ; Druce, l.c. Suppl. p. 298 (1896) (Mexico).

Macroglossa harpyia Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. i. p. 22 (1870) (Venezuela).

3%. Head with a low mesial crest. Antenna slender in both sexes, not
clubbed, hook long, gradually tapering. Thorax mouse-grey, sides brown, the two
colours sharply separated, mesial line also brown. Forewing more variegated than
is Sesia ceculus, blackish subbasal band with a straight grey outer border ; a semi-
transparent discal spot R'—M!, more distal than in Sesia ceculus and tantalus ;
underside with ochraceous halfmoons in discal postcostal area, being the interspaces
of faintly marked brown lines, one or more such spots often also between M' and
(SM) ; these spots correspond to the semitransparent spots of Sesia fadus and

( 431 )

allies, and are homologons to the similar spots of Nyceryx. The narrow yellow
band of the hindwing of nearly even width, sometimes narrowed before middle,
more or less indicated below on disc as well as before abdominal margin. Fringe
of hindwing yellow above, less so below. SC! and SC* of forewing not fused at end,
SC! ending at costal margin a little before apex of wing.

6d. Tenth sternite slender, hooks not strongly curved. Harpe somewhat
projecting at end. Penis-sheath very peculiar (PI. LIV. f. 18): apex of sheath
triangularly narrowed, right edge of this acuminate part with a row of teeth, apex
beset all round with similar teeth, this portion homologous to the whip of the other
species ; instead of the spines found at the left side in Sesia tantalus, ete., we find in
F. sagra a very long thin process situated at the edge of the mouth of the sheath ; it
is a prolongation of the wall of the sheath itself, not a spine-like excrescence, and
is accordingly flat, with one side concave corresponding to the inner surface of the
sheath, as is the case with the whip of the other species. This process is homologous
with the tubercled ridge found in Nycerya (compare Pl. LIV. f. 1—5) ; it curves
in an irregularly raised spiral, and bears about twenty-five rather regularly dis-
tributed long branches, which are all situated on the same (external) side and are
of nearly the same length. The peculiar organ is geuerally visible without dissection,
projecting from the scaling of fan-tail. It is very brittle, breaking off easily close
to the sheath.

2. Vaginal orifice (PI. XLI. f. 1) shifted proximad and laterad, lying behind
a curved transverse fold.

Hab. Cuba ; Mexico to Rio Grande do Sul.

In the Tring Museum 30-odd specimens from: Cuba ; Honduras ; Chiriqui ;
Rio Demerara; San Augustin, Mapiri R., Bolivia, 3500 ft., ix. 95 (Stuart) ;
Miranda, Matto Grosso, i. 99 (Stuart) ; Paraguay (Dr. Bohls) ; Rio de Janeiro.

368. Eupyrrhoglossum corvus.

* Macroglossa corvus Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guatem. p. 66 (1870) (Nicaragua ;—coll. Charles Obertbiir) ;
id., Spec. Gén, Lép. Hét. p. 361. n. 47 (1875) (R. Magdalena, Col. ; Nicaragua).

(?) Bupyrrhoglossum ? ceculus Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Loud. ix. p. 531. n. 2 (1877).

Eupyrrhoglossum ceculus, Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 2. n. 2 (1881) (partim).

Eupyrrhoglossum corvus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 636. n. 3 (1892) (Nicaragua).

d. The species reminds us, in the colour and shape of the forewing, of Perigonia
lusca f. restituta. Head and thorax without mesial crest. “Antenna slender, not at all
clubbed, hook quite gradually narrowed ; end-segment short, conical, less than three
times as long as basally broad. Underside burnt umber colour, shaded with
blackish olive; breast, two series of spots on abdominal sternites (proximal
sternites also more or less the same colour in middle) and vestiges of spots at
the lateral edges of the abdominal tergites orange-buff, palpus below nearly the
same colour, rather more ochraceous-tawny, bases of wings and abdominal area of
hindwing ochraceous-yellow. SC* and SC? of forewing not fused at end, remaining
Separate as in sagra.

d. Tenth sternite with the hook much more suddenly curved than in the other
species. Penis-sheath with a long whip, which bears a number of tubercles, being
similar to the whip found in the species of Perigonia and Nyceryx ; three heavy
apical bristles at the right side, preceded by a small number of irregularly-placed
tubercles ; no spines at the left side.

Hab. Nicaragua to Bolivia.

( 432 )

In the Tring Museum 6 ¢¢ from: Huamba, Peru; Chanchamayo, Peru;
Cajon, Peru, x. (Garlepp) ; Rio Songo to Rio Snapi, Bolivia (Garlepp).
Several specimens in col]. Charles Oberthiir.

CVIII. SESIA.—Typus : tantalus.

Sphinx, Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 493 (1758) (partim).

Sesia Fabricius, Syst. nt. p. 547 (1775) (partim ; type: tantalus).

Aellopus Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 131 (1822) (type: titan) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v.
p- 42 (1865).

Psithyros id., l.c. p. 132 (1822) (partim ; type: stellatarum).

Macroglossum, Swainson, Zool. Ilustr. iii. t. 132 (1823).

Macroglossa, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. MW. viii. p. 88 (1856) (partim).

do. Head broad, without crest. Palpi shortly pointed together in dorsal
view, smoothly scaled. Antenna imperceptibly or distinctly incrassate towards
hook, or filiform in ? ; hook slender, consisting of more than eight segments ; end-
segment elongate, but not filiform, varying in length. Spines of abdomen as in
Cephonodes, Macroglossum, ete., spines of first series broad and short (Pl. LXII.
f. 11) ; seventh sternite of ? broad, transverse, mesially sinuate, the entire apical
edge spinose (PI. LXIII. f.6). Scaling of legs normal ; hindtarsus compressed, spines
shifted towards outer side, besides the four rows there are many intermediate spines,
all stout ; midtarsus with proximal spines of fourth row thinner and longer than the
others, forming a comb; mid- and hindmerum strongly angulate. Distal margins
of wings entire; SC! and SC° of forewing fused at end ; SC? and R! of hindwing
from angle of cell, R* and M' close together, cross-veins oblique.

¢. Anal segment and clasper very constant ; tenth tergite hairy, divided into
two long lobes (PI. XLII. f. 8. 9), which are somewhat twisted and compressed, so
that the upper surface is narrower than the sides ; apex more or less rounded, with
a slight carina on the inner surface ending at a notch ; ventral edge concave before
end, the lobe more or less convex proximally of this shallow sinus. The sternite
(PI. XLII. f. 8. 9, Xv.) is also divided into two lobes, which are contiguous with the
dorsal lobes ; each is sharply pointed and curved dorsad and laterad at end, the tip
lying close upon the lateral surface of the tergal lobe. The clasper is long and
narrow and curved; the dorsal margin of same is so deeply concave that there
remains a wide gap between the clasper and the tenth segment ; no friction-scales ;
harpe vestigial, being indicated by an incrassation of the ventral edge of the clasper;
bristles of clasper very long. Penis-sheath with an apical whip and a series or
patch of heavy spines at the left side, and two to four apical spines at the right
side ; the whip is a prolongation of the wall of the sheath; it is flat, somewhat
concave on the inner surface ; it is armed with some short, blunt, tubercle-like spines,
and bears two apical sensory bristles.

?. Vaginal plate small, triangular, minutely folded, its distal edge incrassate ;
vaginal orifice not quite mesial, but shifted towards the left side (P]. XLI. f. 2. 3)

Larva not known ; on Rudiaceae.

Chrysalis of tantalus clavipes shortly described by Edwards ; similar in shape
to that of L/aemorrhagia thysbe. he chrysalis figured by Burmeister, Descr. R¢p.
Argent., Atlas t. 11 f. 6, as that of tétan certainly does not belong here.

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America, as wanderer northwards to Ohio and
New England.

Five species.

( 433 )

Key to the species :
a. Hindwing with yellow discal band . 369. S. ceculus.
Hindwing without yellow discal band . : : 4 b.
6, Abdomen without white belt on segment 4 . . 370. S. blaini.
Abdomen with sharply marked broad white belt . : @
c. White discal spots three in number, the upper

one largest, often divided . : . 371. S. tantalus.
White discal spots four or five in aides not

divided. : - 3 : : . 372. S, titan.
White discal spots four to seven in number, some

of them divided 5 F : : : . 373. S. fadus.

369. Sesia ceculus.

Sphinx ceculus Cramer, Pap. Ex. ii. p. 80, t. 146. £. G (1777) Moa a

Sphine stellatarum 8 Sphinx ciculus (!), Gmelin, Syst. Nat. 1. 5. p. 2387. n. 27 (1790).

Psithyros ceculus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 132. n. 1411 (1822).

Maeroglossa ceculus, Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 73. n. 4 (1856) (Colombia; Guiana); Walk.,
List Lep. Ins. B.M. viii. p. 88. n. 5 (1856) (Para ; Mexico) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad.
iv. p. 132. n. 7 (1857) (S. Am.; Mexico) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. A. p. 17 (1860) ; Clem., in
Morris, Syn. Lep. N. A. p. 151. n. 3 (1862) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 359. n. 45 (1875)
(Cayenne ; Brazil; Colombia); Méscbl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 351 (1876)
(Surinam) ; Bénningh., Jris xii. p. 134. n. 76 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

Bupyrrhoglossum ceculus, Grote & Rob., Proc, Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 150. nu. 10 (1865) ; Druce,
Biol. Centr. Amer,, Lep. Het. i. p. 2. n, 2 (1887) (Mexico ; Guatemala ; Nicaragua ; Chetan
Colombia ; Ecuador ; Trinidad ; Guiana; Para) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 636. n. 2 (1892)
(8. & C. Am, Dis Drnee, Le: Supal. p. 299 (1896) (Brit. Hond.; Guatem. ; Panama).

Eupyrrhoglossum ? ceculus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 531. n. 2 (1877) (Para ; Mexico).

Eupyrrhoglossum ceculus, Kayes Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 140 (1901) (Trinidad).

3%. Variable in size. The discal band of white semitransparent spots of
tantalus and allies represented above and below by a dot R*—M"', which is, however,
often absent. Head and thorax as in tantalus without mesial crest ; SC* and SC*
of forewing fused at end asin tantalus; antenna slenderer, with a longer and less
abrupt hook, agreeing with that of Lupyrrhoglossum sagra. Yellow band cf
hindwing narrowed in and before middle, seldom of even width, costal half often
partly obsolete. Abdomen with two orange patches, sometimes with only one, base
of filth tergite also often orange laterally.

3. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 14): a short whip, which is not quite the
length of the diameter of the sheath, ending in a tubercle and bearing the usual
two apical sensory hairs ; two to four apical spines at the right side ; five to eight
spines on the left side arranged in one row, all very long and pointing proximad,
differing in this respect remarkably from the corresponding spines of fadus
and allies.

?. The small vaginal orifice (PI. XLI. f. 2) lies in a groove or cavity formed
by a rather prominent antevaginal ridge and the apical edge of the vaginal plate ;
orifice concealed by the antevaginal ridge in a ventral view, being indicated in figure
by a ring of dots.

Harly stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region : Mexico to Bolivia and Southern Brazil ; not on the
West Indies ?

In the Tring Museum 50-odd specimens from: Guatemala; Colombia ;
Venezuela; Brit. Guiana ; Peru ; Ecuador ; Bolivia ; Blumenau,

FF

( 434 )

370. Sesia blaini.

*Aellopus Llaini Herrich-Scb., Ausser, Schm. ii. £. 553 (1869) (Cuba ;—coll. Staudinger) ; Grote,
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, ii. p. 184 (1871) (Cuba) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 530.
n. 2 (1877) (partim) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 635. n. 3 (1892) (Cuba).
*Macroglossa aedon Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 357. n. 40. t. 11. f. 1 (1875) (Cuba ;—coll.
Charles Oberthiir) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 176 (1881).
Aellopus aedon, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 6384 (1877).
Maeroglossa blaini, Dewitz, Mitth. Minch. Ent. Ver. i. p. 91 (1877) (Porto Rico).
3%. This species combines characters of the pattern of Lupyrrhoglossum sagra
and Sesta tantalus. The mesothorax has long narrow scales, and is marked with a
pale vitta near upper margin of tegula. SC* and SC° of forewing are fused at end.
Hab. West Indies: Cuba; Jamaica ; Porto Rico.
In the British Museum a ? from Jamaica. A pair from Cuba in the collection
of Charles Oberthiir. A ? in the Berlin Museum also from Cuba. Type (2) of
blaini in coll. Staudinger ex coll. Herrich-Schiiffer.

371. Sesia tantalus.

Sphine tantalus Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 493. n. 23 (1758) (in calidis regionibus !) ; id., Mus. Lud.
Ulr. p. 361 (1764) (Ind. or.!!) ; Houtt., Naturl. Hist. i. 11. p. 456. n. 23 (1767) ; Linné, Syst.
Nat. ed. xii. p. 803. n. 25 (1767); Miuill., Naturs. v. 1. p. 643. n. 25 (1774); Cram., Pap.
Ea. i. p. 107. t. 68, f. F (1775) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 177. n. 26 (1780) ; Gmel., Syst.
Nat. i. 5. p. 2386. n. 25 (1790).

(?) Sphinw ixion Linné, Syst. Nat, ed. x. p, 493. n. 24 (1758) (in calidis region. !) ; Houtt., Naturl.
Hist. i. 11. p. 456. n. 24 (1767) ; Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 803 n. 26 (1767) ; Miill., Naturs.
y. 1. p. 643, n. 26 (1774) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 177. n. 25 (1780) ; Auriv., Kongl. Sv.
Vet, Ak. Handl. xix. 5. p. 170. n. 5 (1882).

Sesia tantalus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 547. 0. 1 (1775) (‘‘ hab.” erroneous) ; id., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 153.
n. 1 (1781); id., Want. Ins. ii, p. 98. n. 1 (1781); id., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 379. n. 1 (1793) ;
Turt., Syst. Nat. iii. 2. p. 178 (1806).

Sesta ivion, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 154. n. 2 (1781) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 98. n. 2 (1787).

Sphinx ivion, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2386. n. 26 (1790).

Aellopus tantalus, Aurivillius, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. xix. 5. p. 141. n. 179 (1882).

The description in a manuscript of Linné referred to by Aurivillius, Zc. p. 141,
shows that tantalus is really the species figured as such by Cramer. But, as no
locality is given, it is impossible to say which of the three geographical races,
whether one of the Continental ones or that occurring on the West Indian Islands,
Linné had before him, The type is not preserved.

The few words by which Linné attempted to characterise izion are quite
insufficient to recognise the insect by. This ixion may have been a true
Macroglossum, or a Sesia, or something else: Fabricius was perhaps right in
referring it to tantalus.

The true specific characters of tantalus and its near allies have not been
recognised, and most authors have considered the insects only doubtfully distinct,
or not distinct at all. However, a closer research showed us not only that the
three insects figured by Cramer as tantalus, fadus, and titan are distinct from one
another, but that ¢atalus consists of three different subspecies.

3%. Smaller than fadus and titan. Median band of forewing above vestigial,
without distinct white spots, or with only one minute spot M'—M?; discal band
consisting of three spots R'—M}, the uppermost generally distinctly divided in 3,
the second occasionally absent or vestigial ; underside of forewing without a median
spot, or spot M'—M?* present, but minute. No white patch at anal angle of hind-
wing above. Foretarsus normal, first segment as long as 2 to 5 together, or a

( 435 )

little shorter, or the last segment vertically enlarged. ¢ often with a short yellowish
discal band on the hindwing.

3. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 10. 11. 12) with the subapical patch of spines
similar to that of ¢/tan, the patch consisting of two or three rows of spines, which
are shorter than the diameter of the sheath proximally of the patch; length of
whip different in the three subspecies. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLII. f. 8. 9) narrower at.
end than in fadus and titan. Harpe see Pl. XLVII. f. 1.

?. Vaginal plate see Pl. XLI. f. 3.

Hab. Tropical and Subtropical America, found as a wanderer as far north as
New York and Ohio.

a. S. tantalus zonata.

Sphinx zonata Drury, Illustr. Ex. Ins. i. p. 57. t. 26. £. 5 & Index (1773) (St. Christopher).

Sphinx terpunctata Goeze, Ent. Beytr. ii. 2. p. 216. n. 43 (1780) (St. Christopher).

Maeroglossa tantalus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 88. n. 4 (1856) (partim ; Jamaica ;
§. Domingo) ; Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 288 (1856); Herr.-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 56
(1865) (Cuba) ; Dew., Witth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. i, p. 91 (1877) (Porto Rico); Gundl., Contr.
Ent. Cub. p. 174 (1881).

Acllopus tantalus, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 42 (1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob., ibid. p. 150.
n. 7 (1865); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 530. n. 1 (1877) (Jamaica; Haiti; St. Thomas);
Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 634. n. 1 (1892) (partim ; Antilles).

Macroglossa zonata, Lucas, l.c.

Sphine tripuncta (1), Butler, l.c. (sub synon.).

3%. Foretarsus normal, white spots of forewing more or less reduced in size
or number.

d. Process of penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 12) about four times as long as the
diameter of the sheath, with two separate tubercles before the end ; patch of spines
little more extended than in clavipes, widely separated from the apical spines.

lab. West Indies ; Florida.

In the Tring Museum 6 dd,1 ? from: Jamaica, 20. vy. 91, at blossom of wild
eashaw at 8 or 9 a.m. (C. Taylor) ; Florida, viii. x.

b. S. tantalus tantalus.

Sphine tantalus Linné, l.c. ; Cram., Lc. ; Fabr., U.l.c.c.

Sesia tantalus, Fabricius, 1.l.c.c.

Sesia ixion, id., L.l.c.c.

Aellopus tantalus, Hiibn., Samml. Ex. Schm. ii. t. 157 (1816-24) ; Bonningh., /ris xii. p. 135. n. 79
(1899) (partim ; Rio. de Jan.).

Maeroglossa tanlalus, Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 73. n. 1 (1856) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. MW. viii.
p- 28. n. 4 (1856) (partim) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad. iv. p. 131. n. 6 (1857) (partim) ;
Morris, Cat. Lep. N. A. p. 17 (1860) (partim) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. A. p. 151. n. 2
(1862) (partim) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 358. n. 42 (1875) (partim) ; Méschl., Verh.
4001. Bot. Ges, Wien xxvi. p. 351 (1876) (Surinam).

Macroglossa sisyphus Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 73. n. 2 (1856) (Rio de Jan.).

Acllopus sisyphus, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 42 (1865); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix.
p. 530. n. 4 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 635. n. 4 (1892) (Brazil) ; Kaye, Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond. p. 140 (1901) (Trinidad ; haee spec. ?).

Acllopus titan, Burmeister, Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 358 (1878) (partim).

3%. Burmeister’s description of sisyphus applies to this form ; his specimen
was discoloured. Foretarsus normal.

3. Whip of penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 10) about twice as long as the sheath
is wide ; two tubercles at end ; patch of spines of sheath much more extended than
in zonata and clavipes.

( 436 )

2. Vavinal plate (PI. XLI. f. 3) similar to that of the other species, orifice free.

Hab. Argentina northward to Surinam and Venezuela.

In the Tring Museum 9 od, 5 22 from: Venezuela; Amazons; Matto
Grosso ; Paraguay.

c. 8. tantalus clavipes subsp. nov.

(?) Aellopus tantalus, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. i. p. 19 (1874); id., /.c, ii. p. 224. n. 14 (1875)
(Texas); id., lc. iii. p. 221. n. 16 (1877) (Texas); Grey, Canad. Ent. xi. p. 140 (1879) (N. York,
June); Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 1. n. 1 (1881) (partim) ; Smith, Zrans. Amer.
Ent. Soc. xv. p. 121 (1888) (= titan ex err.) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer, Mus. N. H. vii. p. 281
(1895) (N. York ; distinct ?).

Oellopus (!) tantalus, Edwards, Ent, Amer. iii. p. 163 (1887) (pupa, Mexico).

3. Generally somewhat larger than the two previous forms. The first
protarsal segment longer than segments 2 to 5 together, and segments 3 to 4
strongly compressed and enlarged vertically, the tarsus appearing clubbed in side-
view ; inner surface of the enlarged part more or less black. Dise of forewing
sometimes with a minute dot in front of the double dot R!—R?.

3. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 11) with the patch of spines reduced in extent ;
whip longer than in tantalus tantalus, with five or six tubercles distally ; three or
four apical spines on right side of sheath.

Hab. Central America, and the Andes of South America as far south as
Tacuman.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd, 4 2? from: Guadalajara, Mexico, vii. (Schaus),
type ; Tucuman.

372. Sesia titan (Pl. VIII. f. 16, ¢).

Sphinx titan Cramer, Pap, Ex. ii. p. 73. t. 142. £. » (1777).

Aellopus titan, Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 131. n, 1407 (1822) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc,
Philad. vy. p. 150. n. 8. (1865) (partim) ; Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 184 (1871)
(partim) ; id., Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. i. p. 19 (1874) (Ohio; Texas ; partim) ; Thaxt., Psyche
i. p. 29 (1874) (Mass. ; July); Grote, /.c. ii. p. 224. n. 13 (1875) (partim) ; id., Uc. iii. p. 221.
n. 15 (1877) (partim) ; Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent. v. p. 358 (1878) (partim) ; Schaus, Lut.
News vi. p. 141 (1895) (distinet from tantalus).

Macroglossa titan, Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 73. n. 3 (1856) (partim) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép.
Hét. i. p. 358. 0. 43 (1875) (partim) ; Mosehl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 351 (1876)
(partim ; Surinam).

Macroglossa tantalus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 88. n. 4 (1856) (partim) ; Clem., Journ.
Ac. Nat. Se. Philad. iv. p. 131. n. 6 (1857) (partim) ; id., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. A. p. 151.
n. 2 (1862) (partim).

Aellopus fadus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 530. n. 2 (1877) (partim) ; Smith, 7rans.
Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 119 (1888) (partim) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 634. n. 2 (1892) ;
Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 280. t. 3. f. 1 (1895) (N. York); Kirby, in Allen’s
Nat. Libr., Moths iv. p. 10 (1897) (partim).

Aellopus tantalus, Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. ITet. i. p. 1. n. 1 (1881) (partim) ; id., /.c. Suppl.
p- 298 (1896) ; Bénningh., /ris xii. p. 135. n. 79 (1899) (partim ; Rio de Jan.).

3%. Fabricius and Gmelin overlooked this species. Hiibner was the first to
include it again in the list of Sphingids. It comes close to /adus in colour, but
cannot very well be confounded if one pays attention to the following points:
discal spots of forewing always simple, never divided, white scaling at anal angle
of hindwing more extended and denser; foreleg of ¢ with two conspicuous black
tufts, one at the end of the femur, the other near the apex of the tibia. The tibial
tuft is mentioned by Burmeister in Descr. Rép. Argent., .c., but he considered it to
be a character of the whole genus, while it is present only in ¢/tan.

( 437 )

3. Penis-sheath (PI. LIV. f. 9) much more similar to that of tantalus than
to that of fadus; the spines at the left side of the sheath short, arranged in two or
three rows ; two or three apical spines, proximal ones about equal, distal one longer ;
whip shorter than in fadus.

Hab. Neotropical Region, extending occasionally into the Nearctie Region; not
on the West Indies ?.

In the Tring Museum 26 specimens from: Oaxaca, Mexico, vii. (Schaus) ;
" Rica (Underwood); Bogota ; Cauca R., Colombia ; Salinas, Beni R., Bolivia,

i. (Stuart) ; eas Matto Grosso, i. 49 (Stuart) ; Sapucay, near Villa Rica,
ee any (Foster) ; Tucuman ; Petropolis ; Venezuela.

373. Sesia fadus.

Sphinn fadus Cramer, Pap. Ex. i. p. 95. t. 61. f. © (1775) (Surinam) ; Gmel., Syst Nat. i. 5.
p- 2387. n. 96 (1790).

Sesia fadus, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 154. n. 5 (1781) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 99. n. 4 (1787) ; id
Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 879. n. 4 (1793).

Aellopus fadus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 131. n. 1408 (1822) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v.
p. 41 (1865) (distinct) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 530. n. 2 (1877) (partim) ; Maass.,
Stett. Ent. Zeit, xix. p. 52 (1880) (= tantalus ex err.) ; Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 119.
t. 4. f. 5. 6. 7 (genit.) (1888) (partim) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.i. p. 634. n. 2 (1892) (partim) ; -
id., in Allen’s Nat. Libr., Moths iv. p. 10 (1897) (partim).

tray lorsuin annulosum Swainson, Zool. Illustr. iii. t. 132. f. 1 (1823) (Brazil).

Macroglossa balteata Kirtland, in Silla Journ. Se. Art (2). xiii. p. 337. fig. (1852) (Ohio).

Macroglossa titan, Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 73. n. 3 (1856) (partim ; Colombia; Venez. ;
Guiana ; N. Brazil) ; Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 288 (1856) (partim) ; Mén., Enum.
Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 95. n. 1579 (1857) (Haiti) ; Herr.-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 56
(1865) (Cuba) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 358. n. 43 (1875) (partinn) ; Méschl., Verh.
Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 351 (1876) (partim ; Surinam); Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana
p- 174 (1881) (/. on Rubiaceae) ; Bates, ed. Clodd, Natur. Amaz. p. 93. fig. (1892).

Maecroglossa tantalus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 88. n. 4 (1856) (partim) ; Clem., Journ.
Ac. Nat. Se. Philad. iv. p. 131. n. 6 (1857) (partim); Morris, Cat. Lep. N. A. p. 17 (1860) ;
Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. A. p. 151, n. 2 (1862) (partim).

Macroglossa fadus, Walker, /.c. viii. p. 89. n. 7 (1856) ; Boisd., /.c. p. 359. n. 44 (1875).

Adllopus titan, Grote, Proe. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 41 (1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob., ibid. v. p. 150. n. 8
(1865) (partim) ; Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii. p. 184 (1871) (partim) ; id., Bull. Buffalo
Soc. N. Se. i. p. 19 (1874) (Texas ; partim) ; id., l.c. ii. p. 224. n. 13 (1875) (partim) ; id., Lc.
iii. p. 221. n. 15 (1877) (partim); Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent. v. p. 358 (1878) (partim) ;
Bonningh., /ris xii. p. 135. n. 78 (1899) (partim ; Rio de Jan.).

Acllopus tantalus, Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 1.1. 1 (1881) (partim) ; id., l.c. Suppl.
p. 28 (1896) (partim ; Mexico to Panama).

Cramer’s figure was doubtless taken from a greasy specimen in which the
white belt was not visible.

3%. Discal spots of forewing partly double, spots R!—R* being always more
or less completely divided into two lunules each, spot SC’—R! always present ;
subtransparent median spots marked above and below. Foretibia and -tarsus
normal.

3. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 8) with the whip long, bearing two or three
tubercles before the tip ; apical spines of sheath two or three in number, the most
distal one the longest ; spines at left side dong, seven to nine in number, arranged
in a single row.

Hah. Neotropical Region, inclusive of Cuba and Haiti ; occasionally northward
into the Nearctic Region.

In the Tring Museum 84 specimens from: Cuba ; Guatemala; Peru; Bolivia ;
Paraguay ; Matto Grosso; Espirito Santo ; Surinam ; British Guiana ; Venezuela.

( 438 )

CIX. HAEMORRHAGIA.—Typus: thysde.

Sphinx Linné, Syst, Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim ; type: ocellata).

Sesia Pabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 547 (1775) (partim ; type: tantalus).

Macroglossum Scopoli, Jntr, Hist. Nat. p. 414 (1777) (partim ; type : ste/latarum).

Macroglossa Ochsenheimer, Hur. Schm. iv. p. 41 (1816) (partim).

Hemaris Dalman, Kongl. Sv, Vet. Ak. Handi. p. 207 (1816) (partim ; includes type of Macroglossum).

Cephonodes Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 131 (1822) (partim ; type : hylas).

Haemorrhagia Grote & Robinson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 149 (1865) (nom. nud.) ; iid., Le.
p- 173 (1865) (type : thysbe).

Aege Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 75 (1874) (nom. indeser.).

Chamaesesia Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. iii. p. 220 (1877) (type: gracilis).

Cochrania Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p. 503 (1902) (nom. indeser.).

Scopoli based his Macroglossum on “ stellatarum, ete.” This “ ete.” can only
mean /uciformis and tityus (or one of them), since he separated apiformis and allies
as Aegeria. Dalman described in 1816 Hemaris without taking any notice of
Macroglossum, and included in his genus only stedlatarum, fuciformis, and tityus.
Hemaris is, therefore, an absolute synonym of Macroglosswm.

3. Genal process large, triangular. Hye strongly lashed. Antenna strongly
clubbed in both sexes, hook thin, abrupt ; end-seement long, more or less cylindrical,
with some bristles at end; previous segment also cylindrical, short, or obliquely
produced ventrad with the sense-cone prominent (7wdra). Spines of abdomen flat,
very strong, proximal ones shorter than long (except on proximal sternites),
rounded ; sternite of seventh segment of $ with spines at end; fan-tail large,
expansible. Foretibia with a few spines at apical edge, generally concealed by the
scales ; spur of foretibia long, only a little short of tip of tibia ; merum of midcoxa
produced into a sharp process, hindmerum also with process, but this obtuse ; spines
of comb of midtarsus not obviously prolonged ; spurs very unequal, long terminal
one longer than second tarsal segment ; first sezment of hindtarsus shorter than
tibia ; pulvillus well developed or absent, with intergradations ; ventral pair of
paropychial lobes present, or vestigial, or absent. Distal edges of wings entire;
forewing with transparent spaces, or at least with a sharply defined marginal band.
SC? and R?! of hindwing from a point or shortly stalked, R® central or a little before
centre, cross-veins transverse, slightly curved, R* and M! always separate.

3. Tenth tergite divided, slightly asymmetrical (Pl. XLIII. f. 19—26), some-
times the asymmetry more obvious (venata, P]. XLIII. f. 19) ; sternite either with
two long processes, or the right process aborted, the remaining left process more or
less asymmetrical (PI. XLIII. f. 20. 22. 23). Claspers unequal (Pl. LI. f. 17—21;
LIL. f. 4. 5), elongate ; no friction-scales ; left harpe (/,/7) always vestigial ; right
harpe (7*,/7) sometimes vestigial, but mostly produced into a more or less club-shaped
process. Penis-funnel large, obliquely truncate, or ventrally prolonged ; penis-
sheath mostly very slender, ending in a pointed or flattened process, which is dentate
at end in one instance (gracilis), seldom (venata) heavy and armed with a dentate
projection (Pl. LII. f. 5).

?. Highth tergite transverse, truncate-rounded, rather strongly chitinised also
in middle ; vaginal plate small, proximally membranaceous, vaginal orifice on the
left side ; membrane connecting seventh and eighth segments (resp. seventh
segment and vaginal plate) rather long, there being a cavity all round between the
two segments, allowing the tail a free movement.

Larva slightly tapering in front, with pale dots all over bearing short setae ;

( 439 )

granules of pronotum conspicuous ; horn also strongly granulose ; a pale dorso-
lateral line from head to horn, an inconspicuous line at each side of dorsal mesial
line.-—Food-plants : Rubiaceae ; Lonicera ; Viburnum ; Prunus; Scabiosa ; ete.

Pupa without gloss, nearly black, rough ; two small frontal tubercles ; tongue-
case not carinate ; cremaster flattened, triangular, rough, ending in two points, sides
rough with setiferous tubercles.

Hab. Nearctic, Palaearctic, and Oriental Region, most species in the Palaearctic
Region.

Grote has recognised from the beginning of his studies in Lepidopterology
that the species of Haemorrhagia (= Hemaris auct.) are generically distinct from
Macroglossum stellatarum and allies. We emphasise this fact, as most Palaearctic
writers—from the time of Scopoli, who invented the term Macroglossum for
“ stellatarum, ete.,” and Dalman, who erected his genus Hemaris for stellatarwn,
Juciformis, and tityus, down to the Catalogue of Staudinger & Rebel—did not
recognise the wide difference between the two groups of species.

Haemorrhagia is a northern development extending with two of its species into
the Oriental Region, being entirely absent from the Aethiopian and Neotropical
Regions.

The species, so far as a series of specimens is known of them, are nearly all
obviously variable. The variation refers to size and colour, and to the dentition of
the marginal bands. Very fortunately, it has been proved by breeding that two of
the American species are variable seasonally and individually, so that the reader is
amply prepared for seeing the number of so-called species greatly reduced in this
Revision. Instead of the twenty American species of Kirby’s Catalogue we
recognise as distinct only four, one of which consists of three subspecies, and there
are only eleven Old World species.

Though there is strongly marked seasonal dimorphism in several species, the
differences do not appear in all individuals of the same brood. The most extreme
summer forms do not seem to occur in springtime (thysbe f. loc. /uscicaudis,
diffinis f. aest. axillaris), while specimens of the character of the spring form appear
among the summer brood. Further observations are a desideratum, especially in
Amurland and Japan, where the individuals with heavily dentate wing-borders will
probably turn out to belong to the summer broods.

It is worthy of note that the American “ species ” were separated by Grote into
three subgenera, which correspond to three species of this Revision. The fourth
species was not known to Grote.

In the recently published Catalogue of Palaearctic Lepidoptera by Staudinger
& Rebel, Staudinger erroneously put croatica under Macroglossum, where it does
not belong. His scabiosae var. brunncobasalis is the same as mandarina, a form of
radians ; tenuis pat with t under scadiosae has nothing to do with it; marginalis
treated as a synonym of “ var.” confinis is, like tenuis, a form of diffinis ; affinis is, as
correctly suggested, the Pacific representative of fuciformis; var. robusta is not a
“var.,” 7.¢. geographical form.

The asymmetrical development of the male sexual armature is not so pro-
nounced as in some species of Cephonodes (see this), but mostly very obvious. We
find the tenth tergite divided in two processes in all the species, the left (right in
figures) process never aborting, as is the case in some species of Cephonodes. The
tenth sternite is nearly symmetrical in /uciformis and tityus (PJ. XLILI. f. 22), and
curved towards the left side in the other species (Pl. XLIIL. f 23—26). From

( 440 )

this it would appear that the sternite of /uciformis had preserved the more ancestral
shape, and that the asymmetrical one was the younger development. We think just
the reverse is the case. For in H. venata, as in Cephonodes janus, we find the tenth
sternite divided into two processes, curving laterad at tip in renata, as in Sesia, ete.
This venata sternite, representing the essential features of the divided sternite of
the allied genera from Sesia down to Madoryx and Pachylia, is a more ancestral
type than the apparently simple sternite of the other /aemorrhagia. As venata
agrees structurally with fuci/ormis, ete., except in the tenth abdominal segment and
the penis-sheath, there must be a connection between the divided and the simple
sternite. We have shown under Cephonodes that the apparently simple tenth
tergite of hylas, etc., is the result of the reduction of the left lobe, which remains
vestigial at the base of the long right lobe. On looking over the great number of
dissections of Haemorrhagia, we find that there is in many cases, at the base of the
ventral process on the right side, a piece of chitin separated from the process by the
vestige of a groove (Pl. XLII. f. 25, 7); this piece is doubtless the rest of
the right process of the sternite. We regard, therefore, the single asymmetrical
process of thysbe, staudinger?, ete., homologous with the asymmetrical left process
of the divided sternite of venata, and think that the nearly symmetrical process of
Suciformis is a derivation from an asymmetrical one.

The difference between the right and left clasper is obvious in all species, but
more marked in some than in others (PI. LI. f.17—21 ; LI. f. 4.5). The claspers
are most similar in difinis (Pl. LI. f. 21). The left harpe (//,2) is always smaller
than the right one ; it has never a prominent process, while the right harpe is in
many species produced into a more or less clubbed process, generally armed at the
end with spines or clothed with long bristles. We repeat, it is the left harpe which
is the more reduced, while it is the right process of the tenth sternite and the left
process of the tenth tergite which is obliterated in most Haemorrhagia and some
Cephonodes. This is remarkable, for it is not difficult to perceive that it should
have been the left process of the tenth sternite which disappeared, instead of the
right one, if the obliteration of the left process of the tenth tergite and of the left
harpe of the ninth segment was due only to an inherent tendency in these segments
to become reduced on the left side. As in the case of the tenth segment it is the
left side of the dorsal plate and the right side of the ventral plate which atrophy,
it is clear that there must be some other reason for this peculiar development.

Comparing the most primitive tenth segment, as preserved in H. venata, with
the most specialised one, as found in Cephonodes leucogaster, we see that at the
highest degree of specialisation attained, the double forceps, which moves vertically,
is replaced by a single forceps moving horizontally (Pl. XLIIL. f. 9.10). At first
sight it appears to be great waste to drop the right ventral process and to move the
left one towards the right side and upwards, instead of dropping the left one and
bringing the nearer right one in the position in which the sternal process is situated
in leucogaster. But the species of Haemorrhagia and several Cephonodes show that
the right ventral process is lost without the movement of the left one towards the
right side having begun. Therefore it is obvious that the absence of the process is
not dependent on the twisting of the segment to form a horizontal forceps, and that
the complete twisting of the segment, as observed in C. leucogaster, took place
probably after the loss of the right ventral process.

Besides the reduction of the bifureate sternite to one with a single process, we
observe another line of development, illustrated by Cephonodes janus and hylas.

is wre

( 441 )

The processes of janus are already both reduced ; they are fluctuating, and the
continuation of this development will doubtless result in a sternite withont

processes,

as found in C. hylas.

Key to the species :

a. Underside of thorax and abdomen, legs
and apex of tail orange-ochraceous 374. H. venata.
Underside not orange-ochraceous . ‘ b.
6. Hindwing ferruginous or cinnamon-
rufous, without vitreous spaces . : a
Hindwing ferruginous with vitreous
spaces ; no pulvillus . 3 : . 388. H. ducalis.

Hindwing ferruginous, basal area green ;
vitreous spaces ; pulvillus present
Border of hindwing reddish chocolate, or

black, or grey. : : 4

@ Mereyiae with sharply marked Pea

I. dentata.

d.

hazel border, without vitreous spaces. 385. HZ. croatica.
Forewing unicolorous, with more or less
distinct vitreous spaces. 386. HH. rubra.

dilated at R?

d. Distal border of forewing
(apart from dentition) : : . 375. H. thysbe.
Distal border of forewing not dilated at
R’, breast with reddish tawny lateral
cee : ; : : : 376. H. gracilis.

Distal border of forewing not dilated ait
R*, breast without reddish ney

lateral stripe : : : : e.
e. Base of wings below broadly orange-
ochraceous, distal border below olive-
brown, not chestnut red. é F ii
Base of wings below not orange-
ochraceous, distal border often
chestnut-red ‘ . ‘ q.

J. Basal area of hindwing above bright

h.

orange-ochraceous ; distal border of
forewing dentate, or as broad between
M' and M? as this cellule is wide -
Basal area of hindwing paler, distal
border not dentate, narrower. :
Cell of forewing with scaled fold. ;
Cell of forewing without scaled fold :
Bar upon cross-veins of forewing heavy,
or border of hindwing thinner than
the cellules are wide at end, or
underside of abdomen all grey . :
Bar upon cross-veins not heavy, border
of hindwing at least as broad as the
cellules are wide, underside of ab-
domen not all grey. ; : :

B80.

379.

381.

289,

FT. radians.

HH. tityus.
h.

(in

HT. fuciformis.

LT. beresowshii.

( 442 )

2. American species . 2 : : Ye
Palaeartic and Oriental species : ‘ kh.
j. Underside of abdomen entirely, and eae
almost entirely, grey . ; 378. H. brucei.

Underside of abdomen more or less iblaeke 377. H. diffinis.
hk. Belt of abdomen more or less chestuut-
red, border of wings not dentate, that

of hindwing very thin ; : . 384. H. saundersi.
Belt of abdomen black, or border of
forewing dentate 5 : : 5 l.

l. Border of wings below wood- foe or
clay-colour, no vitreous streak in
abdominal area. . . 379a. H. tityus alaiana.
Border of wings below ahoagtate or
chestnut-brown, a vitreous streak in

abdominal area . * : ; : : m.
m. Border of hindwing as broad as the
cellales are wide ; , 382. HH. beresowshii.
Border of hindwing narrower sits tiie
cellules are wide : : ‘ . 383. HH. staudingeri.

374. Haemorrhagia venata.

* Macroglossa venata Felder, Sitz. Ber. K, K. Ak. Wiss. Wien xliii. p. 29. n. 61 (1861) (Amboina ;—
Mus. Tring) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 373. n. 64 (1875) ; Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver:
Nat. xli. p. 109. n. 214 (1888) (Amboina).

Aege venata Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 75. £. 6 (g) (1874) (Amboina).

Hemaris venata, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 520. n. 13 (1877).

Cephonodes venata, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 627. n. 4 (1892).

3. Upperside of body not well preserved ; unicolorous ? Tip of tail, especially
below, breast, legs, and underside of abdomen yellow, palpi more white beneath.
Antenna slender, hook long (tip of both antennae broken). Generically distinet ?

Sexual armature very peculiar, resembling in some respects that of Cephonodes
janus. Tenth tergite divided into two divergent and obtuse processes (P]. XLII.
f. 19), which are not quite identical in shape; ninth tergite strongly asymmetrical,
tenth less so, but obviously twisted, so that the right lobe of tle sternite is visible
in a dorsal aspect ; tenth sternite (Pl. XLIII. f. 20) almost completely separated
into two long lobes, of which the left is slightly longer than the right, both curved
laterad at end, the sternite reminding one of that of Cephonodes janus. Claspers
(Pl. LIT. f. 5) broad, especially the left one (2); harpe with a tiny tooth
representing the process. Penis-funnel truncate ; penis-sheath stout, very different
from that of the other species, ending in a compressed, stout process, which is
dentate at the edge.

? and early stages not known.

Hab. Amboina.

Only the type known to us (in the Tring Museum, ex coll. Felder).

375. Haemorrhagia thysbe.

Sesia thysbe Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 548. n. 4 (1775) (America).
Hemaris thysbe, Fernald, Sphing. N. Engld. p. 16. n. 4 (1886) ; Smith, Zrans. Amer. Int. Soc. X¥e
p. 98. t. 4. f. 1 (genit.) (1888).

( 4434)

3. Palpus longer than in the other species, hook of antenna also rather
longer. Abdomen and wings beneath chestnut-red to cinnamon-rufous. Legs
yellowish white, like breast, except upperside of foreleg, hindtarsus, tip of hindtibia,
and part of midtarsus. Cell of forewing either entirely scaled, or the vitreous
space divided by a scaled fold, distal border dilated at R’*, dentate or simple ;
hindwing scaled beyond end of cell.

3d. Tenth tergite truncate, tip of each process sinnate, essentially as in
fuciformis ; sternite (P]. XLITI. f. 25) asymmetrical as in gracilis, the vestige of
the right lobe (7) rather more obvious than in other species. Left clasper
(Pl. LI. f. 17, 2) very slender, somewhat spatulate, rounded dilated ventrally near
base, process of harpe (H/) represented by a short projection accompanied by a
broader and lower hump which bears some bristles ; right clasper (7) also slender,
shallowly emarginate ventrally beyond middle, harpe ending in a club-shaped
process which bears long spines on the upperside at apex. Penis-funnel (b-r)
smooth, not granulose ; penis-sheath (P) ending in a long, but not sharply pointed,
process.

Larva green, with a rather sharply defined reddish ventral band, which is often
restricted to the last segments, dorsal mesial line accompanied at each side by a
white line ; a yellowish dorso-lateral line ending at horn.—Food-plants : Viburnum:
Symphoricarpus ; Prunus ; Crataegus ; ete.

A variable species. We distinguish three principal forms, which are connected
by all intergradations.

a. H. thysbe f. loc. fuscicaudis.

*Sesia fuscicaudis Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 83. n. 6 (1856) (Georgia ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 130. n. 3 (1859); Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 17
(1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 150. n. 3 (1862).

Haemorrhagia fuscicaudis, Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 150. n. 6 (1865); Grote,
Bull. Buffalo Soc, N. Se. i. p. 7. 8. 19 (1874) ; id., Le. ii. p. 224. n. 12 (1875); id., lc. iii. p. 220.
n. 14 (1877).

Macroglossa fuscicaudis, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 373. n. 63 (1875).

Hemaris fuscicaudis, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 522. n, 23 (1877) ; Streck., Lep. Rhop.
Het. p. 140 (1877) (= southern form of thysbe) ; Maass., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 51 (1880)
(= thysbe) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 130. n. 14 (1886) (Georgia) ; Smith, Z’rans. Amer.
Ent. Soc. xv. p. 106 (1888) (= thysbe ?) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 624. n, 1 (1892).

3%. Fourth to last sezment of abdomen, above, chestnut-red, sometimes almost
black, in specimens leading over to the next with tawny-olive lateral patches on
segments 6 and 7 ; border of forewing dentate.

A southern form which does not extend northward to N. Hngland ; it is the
usual summer form in the Southern States.

b’. H. thysbe £. thysbe.

Sesia thysbe Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 548. n. 4 (1775) (America); id., Spec. Ins. ii, p. 155. n. 10 (1781);
id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 99. n, 10 (1787) ; id., Ent. Syst. iii, 1. p. 381. n. 10 (1793) ; Walk., List
Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 82. 0. 5 (1856) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 129. 0. 2 (1859)
(partim) ; id., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 149. n. 2 (1862) (partim) ; Lintner, Proc. Ent.
Soe. Philad. iii. p. 646 (1864) (life hist.) ; id., nt. Contr. i. p. 190 (1872) (N. York, rE. v.);
Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii. p. 241. n. 1 (1875) (Montreal, vi.).

Sphine pelasgus Cramer, Pup. Exot. iii. p. 93. t. 248. £. 8 (1779) (N. York ; “ Jamaica” err. loci !).

ote Goeze, Ent, Beytr. iii. 2. p. 208. n. 19 (1780) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2388. n. 100

1790),
Cephonodes pelasgus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 131. n, 1405 (1822).

( 444 )

Sesia pelusgus, Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sci. Art xxxvi. p. 308. n. 1 (1839); Morris, Cat. Lep. N.
Am. p. 17 (1860); Harris, ed. Flint, Jns. Inj. Veg. p. 328. £.156 (1863) ; Morris, ibid, (1863)
(= thysbe).

Sesia ruficaudis Kirby, Fauna Bor. Am. iv. p. 303 (1837) ; Walk., List Lep, Ins. B. M, viii. p. 82.
n. 4 (1856) (var. of thysbe ?) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 17 (1860) ; Coup., Canad. Ent. iv.
p. 205 (1872) ; Beth., ibid. xi. p. 152 (1879).

Macroglossum pelasgus, Blanchard, in Orb., Dict. Hist. Nat. xi. p. 755. Atlas Lép. t. 16: f. 1 (1849).

Macroglossa pelasgus, Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 290 (1856) (“ Cuba, Jamaica,” err. loci /) ;
Mén., En. Corp, Anim. Mus. Petr, Lep. ti. p. 95. 0. 1587 (1857).

Haemorrhagia ruficaudis, Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 149. n. 4 (1865); iid., Le. p. 175
(1865).

Haemorrhagia thysbe, iid., lc. v. p. 149. n. 5 (1865) ; Grote, ibid. vi. p. 328 (1867) (Cuba?) ; Beth.,
Canad, Ent. i. p. 10. n. 9 (1869) ; Bowl., 7bid. iii. p. 143 (1871) (Quebec) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo
Soc. N. Sc. i. p. 7. 19 (1874) ; id., Le. ii. p. 224. n. 11 (1875) ; id., Le. iii. p. 220. n. 13 (1877)
(partim) ; id,, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 130. n. 13 (1886) ; id., Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 27 (1886).

Macroglossa thysbe, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 369. n. 58 (1875) (partim ; “ Jamaica” err.
loci) ; Hulst, Bull. Brookl. Ent. Soc. ii, p. 38 (1880) ; Pilate, Papilio ii p. 67 (1882) (Dayton,
O., rare).

Macroglossa etolus Boisduval, l.c. p. 870. n. 59 (1875) ; Smith, Uc. p. 102 (1888) (= thysbe).

Macroglossa ruficaudis, Boisduval, l.c, p. 371, n. 61 (1875).

Hemavis thysbe, Thaxter, Psyche i. p. 29 (1874) (Newton, Mass. ; vi.) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc,
Lond. ix. p. 521, n. 18 (1877) ; Fern., Canad, Ent. xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Orono, Maine) ; Edw.,
Bull, U. St. N. Mus. xxxv. p. 58 (1889) (liter. rel. to metam.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 624.
n. 3 (1892) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H, vii. p. 227. t. 2. £. 1 (1895); Cross, Lunt. News
vii. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampshire) ; Harv. & Knight, Psyche viii. p. 78 (1897) (Maine) ; Rowl.,
Ent. News ix, p. 191 (1898) (Missouri) ; id., /.c. x. p. 12 (1899) (Missouri, two broods) ; Heath,
Canad, Ent. xxxiii. p. 99 (1901) (Manitoba).

Hemaris ruficaudis, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 521. n. 19 (1877) ; Streck., Lep. Rhop. Het.
p. 140 (1877) (partim) ; Maass., Stett. Hint. Zeit. xli. p.51 (1880) (=thysbe); Smith, Trans. A mer.
Ent. Soc, xv. p. 103. 106 (1888) (= thysbe?) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 624. n. 4 (1892) ; Hanh.,
Canad, Ent, xxxi. p. 49 (1899) (Manitoba).

Hemaris etolus, Butler, lc. ix. p. 634 (1877); Maass., /.c. xli. p. 69 (1880) (= southern form of
thysbe) ; Edw., Ent. Amer. iii. p. 223 (1888).

Hemavris thisbe (1), Soule, Psyche viii. p. 155 (1897) (larva nearly all red).

Hemaris thysbe Fabr. var. ruficaudis, Hanham, Canad. Ent. xxix. p. 292 (1897) (Manitoba).

32%. Sixth and seventh abdominal tergite tawny-olive, sixth mostly with red-
brown mesial spot ; border of forewing more or less dentate. In a specimen from
Michigan in coll. Oberthiir there is no transparent space on the hindwing, and the
vitreous area of the forewing is much reduced (PI. [X. f. 14).

ce. H. thysbe f. cimbiciformis.

Sesia cimbiciformis Stephens, Jllustr. Brit. Ent., Haust, i. p. 135. n. 3 (1828).

Sesia thysbe, Wood, Ind. Ent. p. 247. t. 53. £. 29 (1854).

Sesia ruficaudis, Walker, l.c. viii. p. 82. n. 4 (1856) (partim).

Haemorrhagia floridensis Grote & Robinson, Ann. Lyc, N. York viii. p. 439. t. 16. £. 20 (g¢) (1867)
(Florida, Febr.) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo S. N. Sc. i. p. 18 (1874) ; id., Lic. ii. p. 224. n. 10 (1875);
id., Lc. iii. p. 220. n. 12 (1877); Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. iv. p. 59 (1892) (cotype,

Florida).
Sesia thyshe uniformis Grote & Rob., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 181 (1868) (= ruficaudis Walker,
non Kirby). .

Haemorrhagia uniformis, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se. i. p. 18 (1874); id., l.c. ii. p. 224, n. 9
(1875) ; id., Le. iii. p. 220. n. 11 (1877) (Anticosti; Canada; N. York; Penn.) ; id., Canad.
Ent. ix. p. 131 (1877) (dist. from ruficandis) ; id., l.c. xviii. p. 190 (1886) (probably dist. from
thysbe).

*Haemorrhagia buffaloensis Grote & Robinson, Ann, Lyc. N. York viii. p. 439. t. 16. £. 18 (¢) 19
(?) (1867) (Buffalo ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo S. N. Sc. i. p. 18 (1874); id., Le.
ii p. 224. n, 8 (1875) ; id., Le. iii, p. 220. n. 10 (1877) ; id., Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 27 (1886) ;
id., Canad, Ent. ix. p. 131 (1877) (dist. from wniformis) ; id., l.c. xiii. p. 175 (1881) (distinct) ;
Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. iv. p. 60 (1892) (cotype, N. York).

( 445 )

Sesia buffaloensis, Lintner, Ent. Contr. ii. p. 112 (1873).

Sesia uniformis, id., le. p. 172 (1873) ; Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii. p. 241. n. 2 (1875) (Montreal, vi.).

Macroglossa pyramus Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 372. n. 62 (1875).

Macroglossa ruficaudis, Strecker, Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 109. t. 13. f. 1 (g) (1876) (syn. partim),

Hemaris buffaloensis, Butler, l.c. ix. p. 522. n. 20 (1877) ; Edw., Papilio iii. p. 25 (1883) (N. Jersey) ;
Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 625. n. 5 (1892) ; Smith, Zrans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 104 (1888) 5
Edw., Bull. U. St. N. Mus. xxxv. p. 38 (1889) (liter. rel. to metam.) ; Beutenm., /.c. x. p. 310
(1898) (N. York).

Hemaris floridensis, Butler, l.c. ix. p. 522. n. 22 (1877) ; Edw., Papilio iii. p. 25 (1883) (N. Jersey) ;
Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 624. n. 2 (1892).

Hemaris pyramus, Butler, l.c. ix. p. 634 (1877) ; Edw., Ent. Amer, iii. p. 223 (1888); Smith, Trans.
Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 103 (1888) (= uniformis) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 625. n. 7 (1892).

Hemaris uniformis, Edwards & Ell., Papilio iii. p. 125 (1883) (larva, on Viburnum); Kirby, Cat.
Lep. Het. i. p. 625. n. 6 (1892).

Hemaris thysbe var. wniformis, Holland, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 101 (1886) (Pittsburgh) ; Beutenm ,
Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. iv. p. 60 (1892) (cotype) ; id., /.c. vii. p. 277. t. 2. f. 2 (1895) ; Kunze,
Ent. News vii. p. 9 (1896) (Westchester, N.Y. ; Manitoba) ; id., /.c. p. 86 (1896) (the same note
as before !).

Hemaris thysbe dim. var. uniformis Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 130. sub n. 13 (1886).

Hemaris thyshbe (2) var. min. buffaloensis id., l.c. (1886).

Hemaris thysbe (?) var. maj. floridensis id., Lc. (1886).

Hemaris thysbe var. floridensis, Beutenmiiller, /.c. vii. p. 277 (1895).

3%. Variable in size like f. thysbe, but more so. Sixth and seventh abdominal
tergite tawny-olive, with or without red-brown mesial spot ; border of forewing not
dentate.

This is the ordinary spring form, but occurs also in the summer. Some of our
Florida specimens are smaller than some of our New England ones.

Hab. Atlantic district of Nearctic Region: Canada to Florida and Texas,
westward to the Mississippi basin.

In the Tring Museum 4 larvae, 1 pupa; and :—

f. loc. fuscicaudis, 14 83,5 22% from: Sanford, Florida, vi.; Raleigh, N.C.,
viii. (Brimley).

f. thysbe, 17 33,9 2% from: Hastings, Florida, vi.; Long I., vi.; N. Jersey,
vii. ; Massachusetts ; Illinois ; Iowa.

f, cimbiciformis,4 33,10 3? from: Hastings, Florida, vi. ; Texas ; Quincy,
Illinois, iv. y.; Babylon, Long I., 3. vi. 1902 (N. C. Rothschild) ; Maine.

376. Haemorrhagia gracilis.

Sesia ruficaudis, Walker (non Kirby, 1837), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 82. n. 4 (1856) (partim ;
N. York).

Haemorrhagia gracilis Grote & Robinson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 149. 174. t. f. 1. 2 (¢)
(1865) (Canada West) ; iid., /.c. p. 149. n. 3 (1865) ; Bowl., Canad. Ent. iii. p. 143 (1871)
(Quebec) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se. i. p. 7. 8. 18 (1874) (Canada; N. York) ; id., lc. ii.
p. 224. n. 7 (1875) (N. York ; Mass.) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. iv. p. 59 (1892)
(cotype, Canada).

Sexia gracilis, Bethune, Canad. Ent. i. p. 10 (1869) ; Lintn., Lut. Contr. i. p. 190 (1872) (N. York,
beg vi.) ; id., Lc. iii. p. 179 (1872).

Hemaris gracilis, Thaxter, Psyche i. p. 29 (1874) (Newton, Mass., E. V.—M. vi. ; M. vii.—E. viii.);
Bau., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 522. n. 21 (1877) (N. York); Fern., Canad. Ent. xvi. p. 21
(1884) (Orono, Maine) ; id., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 16. n. 3 (1886) (Maine, vi.) ; Grote, Canad.
Ent. xviii. p. 130, n. 12 (1888); Smith, Zrans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 97 (1888) (Canada ;
Maine; Mass.; N. York ; Eastern and Middle States); Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. I.
vii. p. 278. t. 2. f. 3 (1895) (N. York, very rare, v. & vi., vii. & viii.).

Macroglossa gracilis, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 371, n. 60 (1875).

Chanaesesia gracilis, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. iii. p. 220. n, 9 (1877) (N. York ; Mass.) ; id.,
Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 26 (1886).

( 446 )

3%. Breast on each side with a reddish tawny horizontal stripe, not found in
any other species ; abdomen below cinnamon-rufous, with creamy mesial spots,
largest on proximal segments ; legs the same colour as abdomen. A small vitreous
space in apex of cell of forewing, not divided. Vitreous area of hindwing below
followed behind by a creamy patch.

d. Tenth tergite shaped as in /uciformis, but sinuate beneath before apex, not
at tip; sternite of the same type as in staudingeri, but narrower. Left clasper
(Pl. LI. f. 18, 2) deeply sinuate ventrally, the proximal part not so much
projecting as in fuctformis, also broader than in thysbe, the apical lobe less slender
than in ¢hysbe, harpe not projecting, gradually narrowed, with a few hairs; right
clasper (7*) broader than in ¢hysbe, feebly emarginate ventrally beyond middle, harpe
(47) without free process, gradually narrowed to a point. Penis-fnnnel (p-r)
carinate beneath, ending in a slender and smooth point ; penis-sheath differing from
that of all the other species in the apical process being truncate and, at the apical
edge, dentate (Pl. LI. f. 18, P).

Early stages not known.

Hab. Atlantic district: Canada ; New England ; rare, and therefore probably
overlooked in the more southern States.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢, 1 ? from N. York.

377. Haemorrhagia diffinis.
Sphinx fuciformis Abbot & Smith (von Linné, 1758), Ins. Georgia i, p. 86. t. 43 (1797).
* Macroglossa diffinis Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. i. t. 15. £. 2 (1836) (coll. Charles Oberthiir).
Sphinx fusiformis (1), Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het i. p. 626, sub n. 21 (1892).

3%. Vitreous area of cell of forewing not divided by a scaled fold. Body
more shaggy than in gracilis and thysbe, but less than in ¢ityws. Legs more or less
extended black ; long spurs comparatively shorter than in ¢étyus. Very variable
individually, seasonably, and geographically.

3. Tenth segment essentially as in ¢hysbe, sternite always asymmetrical, often
emarginate at the right sight, the vestige of the right lobe of venata then being a
little more distinct than usually. Claspers (Pl. LI. f. 21) not very unlike, often
nearly the same, the right one generally slenderer ; left harpe ending in a short
process, bearing some hairs ; proximally of the process there is a curved, somewhat
halfmoon-shaped hump densely beset with minute spines ; right harpe similar, but
the process longer, often clubbed, with long hairs at the end. Penis-funnel (p-r)
truneate, smooth ; process of penis-sheath simple, pointed.

Larva similar to that of thysbe; dorsally shaded with brown, mesial line
accompanied at each side by a darker (not paler) line.—Food-plants : Symphori-
carpus, Lonicera, Apocynum, ete.

Hab. Nearctie Region from the Atlantic to the Pacific.

The various forms of this insect have been described as 13 distinct species. Since
Hulst proved by breeding that the forms of ¢hysbe with dentate and non-dentate
wing-borders were the same species, the belief in the distinctness of the allies of
diffinis has become shaky. Smyth, in 1900, succeeded in rearing several broods
of difinis, and found that the differences assumed to be specific by the older writers
are in fact only seasonal or individual. On comparison of the individuals of our
long series from various parts of the Nearctic Region we find that there is no
structural difference between all these “species” in question, but that there are
well-marked geographical races each variable in itself. These races are: (1) the

( 447 )

Atlantic race, extending in Canada westwards to the Pacific ; (2) the central race,
inhabiting the eastern side of the Rockies from New Mexico to Montana ; and (3)

the Pacific race, occupying the country between the Rocky Mountains and the
Pacific Ocean.

We keep druce? distinct for reasons given under that heading.

a. Hl. diffinis diffinis.

Sphinx fuciformis, Abbot & Smith, /.c. (partim ; imago).

* Vacroglossa diffinis Boisduval, l.c.

Hemaris diffinis, Fernald, Sphing. N. Engl. p. 14 (1886); Smyth, Ent, News xi. p. 584 (1900)
(diffinis bred from axillaris, and the reverse).

3%. Legs for the greater part black; middle of tail of the same colour
as the two previous segments and thorax ; underside of abdomen black ; base of
wings black above and below, with little pale scaling.

Three principal forms, connected by intergradations :—

a’. H. diffinis diffinis £. vern. tenuis.

*Hemaris tenuis Grote, Bull, Buffalo Soc, N. Sc. i. p. 4. 18. t. 1. £. 6 (1874) (N. York ; Penn, ;—
Mus. Brit.) ; id., dc. ii. p. 224. n. 3 (1875) ; id., Lc. iii. p. 220. n. 5 (1877) (N. York ; Ohio ;
Wisc.) ; id., Psyche ii. p. 66 (1877) ;*Coq., Prans. Dept. Agr. Illin., App. p. 160 (1880) ; Fish.,
Canad. Ent. xv. p. 238 (1883) (Buffalo ; larva) ; id., /.c. xvi. p. 143 (1884); Fern., Sphing. N.
Engl. p. 14. n. 1 (1886) ; Holl., Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 101 (1886) (Pittsburgh ; larva on Symph.
racem.); Grote, ibid. xviii. p. 130. n. 7 (1886) ; id., Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 26 (1886) ; id.,
Canad. Ent. xix. p. 19. 79 (1887) ; Smith, l.c. xv. p. 93 (1888) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus.
xxxv. p. 37 (1889) (liter. rel. to metam.); Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 626 n. 24 (1892) ; Hanh.,
Canad. Ent. xxix. p. 292 (1897) (Manitoba) ; Smyth, Ent. News xi. p. 584 (1900) (spring form
of diffinis) ; Heath, Canad. Ent. xxxiii. p. 99 (1901) (Manitoba).

Macroglossa fumosa Strecker, Lep. Ithop. Het. p. 93 (1874) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. vi. p. 199 (1874)
(fresh specim.) ; Streck., /.c. t. 13. f. 3 (1876) ; id., Lc. p. 140 (1877).

Hemaris fumosa, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 518. n. 2. (1877) ; id., lc. p. 634 (1877) ;
Maass., Jc. xli. p. 69 (1880) (= tenuis).

*Hemavis metathetis Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 519. n. 7 (1877) (Texas ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
id., Papilio i. p. 103 (1881) ; Maass., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 51 (1880) (=awillaris ex err.) ;
Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 130 n, 11 (1886) ; Edw., Ent. Amer. iii. p. 223 (1888) ; Smith, le.
xv. p. 91 (1888) (= thetis) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 627. n. 26 (1892).

Macroglossa tenuis, Pilate, Papilio ii. p. 67 (1882) (Dayton, O., rare). :

Hemaris diffinis, Beutenmiiller, Bull. Amer. Mus. N. Se. vii. p. 278. t. 2. f. 4 (1895) (N. York ;
V. Vi, Vii. viii.).

3%. Variable in size, and also somewhat in colour. Border of forewing even.

The spring form.

UY. H. diffinis diffinis f. aest. diffinis.

* Macroglossa diffinis Boisduval, l.c. ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 366. n, 54 (1875) (larva excl.).

Sesia diffinis, Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sc. Art xxxvi. p. 129 (1839); Walk., List Lep. Ins. BM.
viii. p. 81. n. 3 (1856) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 129. n. 1 (1859) ; Morris, Cat.
Lep. N. Am. p. 17 (1860); Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 148. n. 1 (1862); Harris,
ed. Flint, Ins. Inj. Veg. p. 328 (186 ); Mead, Canad, Ent. ii. p. 157 (1870) (larva) ; Bowl.,
ibid, iii. p. 143 (1871) (Quebec) ; Grote, ibid. ili. p. 101 (1871) (Alabama) ; Lintn., “nt. Contr.
i. p. 40 .190 (1872) ; id., Lc. ii. p. 157 (1873).

Sexia fuciformis ?, Bmmous, Nat. Hist. N. York p, 221. t. 32. £. 10 (1854).

Hemaris diffinis, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. i. p. 5.18. t. 1. £.8 (1874) ; Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 29
(1874) (Newton, Mass., E. v.—M. vi.) ; Grote, lc, 1. p. 224. n. 4 (1875); id., dc. iil. p. 220.
n. 6 (1877) (Canada; N. York ; Mass.); Mart., Trans. Dept. Agr. Illin. xviii. App. p. 99
(1880) ; Coq., ibid. p. 160 (1880); Reed, Rept. Ent. Soc. Ontario xii. p. 50 (1882) (larva)
Pern., Canad. Ent. xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Orono, Maine); Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 26 (1886) ;

( 448 )

id., Canad. Ent, xviii. p. 130. n. 8 (1886) ; id., U.c. xix. p. 79 (1887); Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent.
Soc. xv. p. 96 (1888) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxv. p. 38 (1889) (liter. rel. to metam.) ;
Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 626. n. 21 (1892) ; Rowl., Ent. News v. p. 178 (1894) (larva) ; Cross,
ibid. vii. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampshire) ; Rowl., ibid. ix. p. 191 (1898) (Missouri) ; id., /.c. x.
p. 12 (1899) (Missouri, larva noticed) ; Smyth, Hut, News xi. p. 584 (1900) (summer form of
tenuis).

*Hemaris marginalis Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. i. p. 6. 18. t. 1. f. 10 (2) (1874) (Michigan ;—
Mus. Brit.); id., /.c. ii. p. 224. n. 5 (1875); id., Le. iii, p. 220. n. 7 (1877) (Mich. ; Ohio ; Ind.);
Butl., /.c. ix. p. 621. n. 17 (1877) ; Maass., /.c. xli. p. 51 (1880) (= avillaris) ; Jew., Canad. Ent.
xl. p. 231 (1880) (Ohio, larva on Lonicera semperviv.) ; id., Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soe. iv. p. 17
(1883) (life hist.); Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 130. n, 8 (1886); id., Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 26
(1886) ; Smith, /.c. xv. p. 95 (1888) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxv. p. 38 (1889) (liter.
rel, to metam.).

Macroglossa marginalis, Pilate, Papilio ii, p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, O., common).

3%. A summer form. Border of forewing slightly dentate, or at least
crenulate. Generally somewhat larger than the preceding.

ce’. H, diffinis diffinis f. aest. axillaris.

*Sesia axillaris Grote & Robinson, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. ii. p. 180 (1868) (Texas ;—Mus. Brit.).

Hemaris axillaris Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. i. p. 6. 18. t. 1. £. 9 (1874) ; id., lec. ii. p. 224.
n. 6 (1875); id., Lc. iii. p. 220. n. 8 (1877) (Texas) ; Butl., lc. ix. p. 521. n. 16 (1877)
(= grotei) ; Streck., /.c. p. 140 (1877) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 130. n. 10 (1886); id.,
Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 26 (1886); Edw., Pupilio iii, p. 25 (1883) (N. Jersey) ; Smith, /.c.
xv. p. 95 (1888) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus, N. Sc. vii. p. 279 (1895) (N. York, very rare).

*Sesia grote’ Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4). xiv. p. 365 (1874) (Texas ;—Mus. Brit.).

Macroglossa aethra Strecker, /.c. p. 107 (1875) (Montreal).

Hemavris aethra, Butler, l.c. ix. p. 684 (1877); Maass., lc. xli. p. 69 (1880) (= diffinis) ; Grote,
Canad, Ent. xviii. p. 130. n. 6 (1886) ; Smith, /.c. xv. p. 93 (1888) (= diffinis) ; Kirby, Cat.
Lep. Het. i. p. 626. n. 22 (1892).

Hemaris grote’, Edwards, Ent. Amer. iii. p. 223 (1888).

3%. A second summer form. Border of forewing with prominent teeth.

Hab. Atlantic district of Nearctic Region, from Texas to Canada, in the north
westwards to the Pacific.

In the Tring Museum :—

f. tenuis, 60-odd specimens from : 8. Antonio, Texas ; Quincy, Illinois, iy. v. vi. ;
Tioga Co., Penn. ; Buffalo, v.; Maine; N. Westminster, Brit. Col., iv. (Wilson).

f. aest. diffin’s 21 63,8 $2 from: Texas; Nelson Co., W. Va. (Robinson) ;
Towa, viii. ix. ; Quincey, Llinois, vii. ; Eureka Springs, Arkansas, vil. ; Canada.

f. aest. avillaris 7 63,2 99 from: Hureka Springs, Arkansas, vii. ; Quincy,
Illinois, vil. vill. ix. ; Iowa; Volga, 8. Dakota.

b, H. diffinis senta.

Macroglossa senta Strecker, Rept. Chief Engineer 1878, App. p. 1858. t. e. f. 1 (1879) (N, Mexico).

Hemaris senta, Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 130. n. 5 (1886) ; Smith, Zc. xv. p. 93 (1888) (IN. Mexico)
(=rubens) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 627. n. 28 (1892).

Hemaris rubens, Hanham, Canad. Ent. xxxi. p. 49 (1899) (Manitoba).

3%. Resembling somewhat difinis f. tenuis, body slenderer, legs more grey ;
abdominal area of hindwing above reddish distally, with a grey space, wing-borders
altogether more reddish. Middle of tail of the colour of the two previous segments.

A ¢ from Bear Creek, Morrison Co., Colorado, Sept. 17th, 1901, 10,000 ft:
(Oslar), the only specimen we have from that district, differs from all our other
examples in the wing-borders being obviously broader, dentate, and nearly as bright

( 449 )

red as the apical costal patch of the forewing (summer brood? Onur other dated
individuals of sexta were caught in May).

Hab. Rocky Mountains, from New Mexico to Montana.

In the Tring Museum 54 specimens from: New Mexico; Colorado (Oslar) ;
Clear Creek, Berkeley (v.), Platte Cation (7500 ft.), Colorado Springs, Ft. Collins ;
Montana.

ce. H. diffinis thetis.
* Macroglossa thetis Boisduval, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 32 (1855) (Calif. ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

3?. Legs totally black, or hindtibia with pale hairs near base; tail entirely
black.

Two principal forms, which are not seasonal :—

d@. H. diffinis thetis f. thetis.

* Vacroglossa thetis Boisduval, /.c. ; Grote & Rob., Proc. But. Soc. Philad. v. p. 192 (1865) ; Boisd.
Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. p. 65 (1869) ; Grote & Rob., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii. p. 172 (1870);
Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. 1. p. 368. 0. 57 (1875).

Sesia thetis, Grote & Rob., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. i. p. 325. t. 6. £. 36 (1868).

Hemaris thetis, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se. i. p. 5, 18. t. 1 £.7 (1874) ; Edw., Proc. Calif. Ac. Sc.
vi. p. 87 (1876) (coast range, v. vi.) ; id., Uc. ii, p. 224. n. 1 (1875) ; id., Le. iii, p. 220. n. 1
(1877) (Calif.) ; Butl., Jc. ix. p. 519. n. 6 (1877) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 130. n, 2 (1886) ;
Smith, Jc. xv. p. 90 (1888) (Calif.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 627. n. 25 (1892).

Hemaris palpalis Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc, N. Sc. ii. p. 145. 224. n. 2 (1875) (Gilroy) ; Edw., Proc,
Calif. Ac, Sc. vi, p. 89 (1876) (Gilroy, California, not Gilroy, Brit. Columbia) ; Grote, /.c. iii.
p- 220. n. 2 (1877) (California) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Loud. ix. p. 519. n. 3 (1877) ; Grote,
Canad. Ent. xviii. p, 130 n. 1 (1886) ; Smith, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xy. p. 89 (1888) ; Kirby,
Cat. Lep. Het, i. p. 626. n. 23 (1892).

Hemavis rubens Edwards, Proc. Calif. Ac. Sc. vi. p. 88 (1876) (Oregon ; Lake Tahoe) ; Grote, Bull
Buffalo Soc. N. Se. iii. p. 220. n. 3 (1877) ; id., Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 130. n. 4 (1886) ; Smith,
Le. xv. p. 92. t. 4. £. 2 (genit.) (1888) (Oregon ; Calif.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 627. n. 27
(1892) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus, N. H. iv. p. 170 (1892) (Oregon, ex coll. Hy. Edwards).

3%. Hindtibia with a tuft of pale hairs near base, or nearly entirely pale-
haired ; besides abdominal tergites 6 and 7, generally also middle of tergite 5 pale ;
some specimens have the fifth tergite, however, black like the fourth. Size
variable ; our summer specimens from Arizona are as large as diffinis f. aest. diffinis,
and haye the wing borders far more red than ordinary ¢hetis. Possibly the summer
brood, at least of the southern districts of the range of thetis, are mostly large and
reddish on the wing ; if that is the case, the form should be kept separate as f. aest.
rubens.

We doubt that the yellow colour of the palpi of the individual called palpalis

was natural ; the specimen, if preserved, should be carefully examined ; possibly
the yellow colour is due to the presence of pollen.

e. H. diffinis thetis £. cynoglossum.
Hemaris cynoglossum BWdwards, Proc. Calif. Ac. Sc. vi. p. 88 (1876) (Calif. ; Vancouver I,) ; Grote,
Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. iii. p. 220. n. 4 (1877) ; Butl., Papilio i. p. 103 (1881) ; Grote, Canad.
Ent. xviii. p. 130. n, 3 (1886) ; Smith, /.c. xv. p. 91 (1888) (Calif. ; Vancouver) ; Kirby, Cat.

Lep, Het. i. p. 627. n. 30 (1892) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H iv. p. 170 (1892) (3 specim,
ex coll. Hy. Edwards).

3%. Hindtibia quite black; fifth abdominal tergite black like fourth, seldom
at each side of middle of the colour of the sixth and seventh. No structural
difference from f. thetis.

GG

( 450 )

Hab. Pacitic district of Nearctic Region, from British Columbia to Arizona.

In the Tring Museum :—

f. thetis,22 63,9 22 from: Prescott, Arizona, vi. vii. (Dr. Kunze) ; Copper
Basin, vii., 7000 ft., and Jerome, vi., 7500 ft., Arizona (J. E. Oslar); Pasadena,
Calif. ; Gold Hill, Oregon (Biedermann) ; South Utah, vii.

f. cynoglossum in the British Museum and coll. W. Schaus.

378. Haemorrhagia brucei.

Hemaris brucei French, Canad. Ent. xxii. p. 133. (1890) (Colorado) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i. p. 627.
n. 29 (1892); Skinner, Ent, News xi. p. 380 (1900) (Wasatch Mts., Utah, common at high
altitudes).

3%. Very near H. diffinis senta, but more shaggy ; legs nearly, and underside
of abdomen entirely, grey. Not structurally different.

Hab. Central district at high altitudes : Colorado ; Utah.

In the Tring Museum 22 dd, 10 22 from: South Utah, vi.; Silver Lake,
Utah, vii. ; Rio de los Pinos, Colorado, v.; South Park, Col., 10,000 ft., vi. viii.
(Oslar) ; Chimney Gulch, Col., 8000 ft., v. (Oslar) ; Platte Caton, Col., 8000 ft.,
yv. (Oslar).

As this insect oceurs together with H. difinis senta, and is always distinguish-
able, we consider it distinct:in spite of the absence of structural differences.

379. Haemorrhagia tityus.
Sphinw tityus Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 493. n. 2 (1758) ; Auriv., Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handi. xix. 5.
p. 170 (1882).

As fuciformis is undoubtedly the correct name for the broad-bordered
Palaearctic species we do not see any objection against the employment of the name
tityus for the narrow-bordered one. Linné’s description applies equally well to all
the clear-winged species ; the unpublished description referred to by Aurivillius, /.c.,
fits the insect figured by Esper as bombyliformis. As Linné treated, in 1767, tityus
as a variety of fuciformis, we may safely assume that he knew indeed both the
broad border and the narrow border, but was not convinced of their specific
distinctness.

The name of bombyliformis, applied by Esper and others to the present species,
aud misapplied by Iliger and most Continental Lepidopterists to /uciformis, cannot
stand for the narrow border, for the character ‘ abdomine coccineo,’ and the fact
that Linné treated Jombyliformis in 1767 as a variety of porcellus, speak decidedly
against the type of bombyliformis having been the narrow border, while the
character ‘ano barbato” does not fit porcellus ; “ alis hyalinis luteo variis” might
apply to a fresh specimen of //aemorrhagia that has not lost the scales, but also to
a strongly rubbed porcedlus.

The names tityus for the narrow border, and fuciformis for the broad border,
are easily remembered if we keep in mind that, /uciformis fecding on Galium, and
tityus on Scabiosa, the initials of the insect and these food-plants are neighbours in
the alphabet, and further, that ¢ityus is tenuiter marginatus (has a thin border), and
that fuciformis is “ fortiter” marginatus.

3%. Hook of antenna shorter than in /vcijformis and the allied species, third
and fourth segment (counted from end) broader, Cell of forewing without sealed
fold. Hindtibia black at end. Border of forewing sometimes slightly dentate.

3. Tenth segment as in /uciformis. Claspers different (Pl. LI. f. 20); left

( 451 )

one broader than in fuciformis, not spatulate, harpe represented by an obviously
spinose hump ; right clasper narrowed in apical third, harpe produced into a clubbed
process which is armed at end with spines. Penis-funnel (p-r) rough with granules
only at end, produced into a slender lobe ; process of penis-sheath longer than in
fuciformis, acutely pointed.

Larva with a broad ventral band, and a lateral and dorso-lateral series of spots,
which are brown-red, the lateral spots oblique, including the stigmata; horn
straight, brown-red.—Food-plants : Scadbiosa and allied genera; rarely on other
plants.

Hab. Palaearctic Region, from Western Europe to Thibet ; represented in the
Pacific district by radians and staudingeri.
Two subspecies :

a. HH, tityus alaiana subsp. nov.
Macroglossa fuciformis, Grum-Grsch., in Rom., Wém. Lép. iv. p. 514. n. 211 (1890) (Alai Mts.).

3?. Black belt of abdomen much shaded with luteous hairs, tail scarcely with
any luteous hairs ; thorax and posterior abdominal segments less bright yellow than
in ¢tityus tityus. Border of forewing broader than in the other form, as broad
between R* and M! as this cellule is wide at end ; cross-veins with an obvious bar,

which is nearly as prominent as in fuci/. affinis ; base of hindwing above and below
less yellow than in ttyus tityus.

A more generalised form than the ordinary tityus.
Hab. Alai Mts.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ (type), 1 2%, ex coll. Grum-Grschmailo.

b. H. tityus tityus.

Bradl., Works of Nature p. 158. t. 24. f. c (1721); Roes., Jus. Belust. ili. p. 232. t. 38. f.1 (1.)
(1755) ; Gronoy., Act. Helv. v. p. 141. n. 314 (1762) ; Schaeff., Jus. Ratish. t. 16. f. 1 (1766) ;
id., Elem. Ent. t. 116, £. 3 (1766) ; Ernst & Engr., Pap. Eur. iii. p. 24. t. 89. f. 117. e. f. (1782).

Sphine tityus Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 493. n. 2 (1758) (in reg. calid. !); Auriv., Kongl. Sv. Vet.
Ak. Handl. xix. 5, p. 170 (1882) (recens. critica).

Sphinz bombyliformis Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x, p. 493. n. 27 (1758) (Europa ; haec spec. ?); Esp.,
Schmett. Eur, ii. p. 180. n. 30. t. 23. f. 2 (1779); Lang, Verz. Augsb. ii. p. 72. n. 579. 580 (1782);
Fuessly, N. Wag. ii. p. 200, n. 1 (1785) ; id., Le. ili, p. 153. n. 88 (1786); Borkh., Zur. Sch.
ii. p. 55. n. 2 (1789) ; View., Tabell. Verz. Brandenb. p. 13. n. 2 (1790) ; Schwarz, Raupenkal.
p. 635 (1791) ; Borkh., Fthein. Mag. i. p. 314. n. 318 (1793) ; Hoffm., Naturf. xxviii. p. 80 (1899)
(larva) ; Schrank, Paws boica ii. p. 231. n. 1396 (1804); Hiibn., Samml. Eur. Sch., Sphing.
t. 9. £. 56 (1805— ?) ; id., Gesch. Schm. ii. Sphing. iii. Leg. A.a. f. la (1806—?) ; Lue., Ley.
Eur. p. 108. t. 44 (1834).

(7) Sphine porcellus 8. Sphinx bombyliformis Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 801. sub n, 18 (1767).

Sphing fuciformis B. Sphina tityus id., l.c. p. 803. sub n. 28 (1767).

Sphinz porcellus B, bombyliformis, Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 170 (1780).

Sphing fuciformis, Poda, Mus, Graec, p. 82. n. 9. t. 2. f. 6 (1761) ; Den. & Schiff., Verz. Sch. Wien
p. 44. n. 1 (1776) (partim) ; Illig., in Den. & Schiff., Verz. Schm. Wien ed. ii. p. 22 (1800) ;
Lasp., in Mlig., Way. ii. p. 37 (1803) ; Ochs., Schm. Eur. ii. p. 185. n, 1 (1808),

Sesia fuciformis, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 548. n, 5 (1775) (partim) ; id., Spee. Jus, ii. p. 156. n. 11
(1781) (partim) ; id., Lnt. Syst, iii. 1. p. 382. n. 12 (1793) ; Walk., List Lep, Jus. B. WM. viii.
p. 80. n. 1 (1856) (partim).

Sphine musca Retzius, Gen. Ins. p. 33, a. 23 (1783).

Setia fuciformis, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. 1. p. 749. n. 1 (1815).

Macroglossa fuciformis, Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur, iv. p. 42.n.1 (1816) ; Frey., Beitr. Sch. ii, p. 26.
t.56 (1829) ; Meig., //andb. Schm. p. 92. 0, 2 (1827) ; Boisd., Jud. Meth. p. 32 (1829) ; Cant, in
Silberm., Mev. Lut. i. p. 76 (1833) (Dept. du Var) ; Thon, Nat. Schm. p. 102. t. 51. £. 709. 710
(1837) ; Zett., Jus. Lapp. p. 918 (1840); Ramb., Laune Andal. p. 123 (1842) (Grenada)

( 452 )

Assm., Zeitschr. Ent. Breslaw i. p. 5 (1847); Mann, Wien. Ent. Monatschr. iii, p. 91 (1859)
(Sicily) ; id., Jc. vi. p. 365 (1862) (Brussa, v.) ; Snell., Vlind. Nederl. p. 90 (1867) (v. vi.) ;
Led., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xiii. p. 28 (1870) (Caucasus ; Talysch) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén, Lép. Hét.
i. p. 365. n. 53 (1875) ; Oberth., Et, @ Ent, i. p. 31 (1876) (Lambeze, Alg.) ; Staud., Hor. Soc.
Ent. Ross. xiv. p. 301 (1878) (N. Persia) ; Kill., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub. xxiii. p. 46 (1880) ;
Rom., Mém. Lép. i. p. 73 (1884) (Istissu ; Kasikoporan) ; Lampa, Ent. Tidskr. vi. p. 27. n. 124
(1889) ; Mina-Pal. & Failla-Ted., Nat. Sicil. vii. p. 42 (1889) ; Hofm., Raup. Grossschm. p. 31.
t. 9. £. 3 (1893) ; id., Grossschm. p. 31. t. 18. £.12 (1894) ; Kall. & Cafl., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub.
xxxviii. App. p. 20 (1895) ; Vos, Tijdschr. Ent. xli. p. 80 (1898) (Apeldoorn) ; Bartel, in Riihl,
Grossschm. ii. p. 234 (1900).

Hemaris bombyliformis, Dalman, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. p. 207 (1816).

Sesia bombyciformis, Samouelle, Ent. Comp. p. 244 (1819).

Cephonodes bombyliformis, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 131. n. 1403 (1882) (partim).

Sesia bombyliformis, Curtis, Brit. Ent. i. t. 40 (1824) ; Westw. & Humphr., Brit. Moths p. 26,
t. 6. f. 4. 5. 6 (1843).

Sesia fuciformis, Stephens, Jllust. Brit. Ent., Haust.i. p. 134. 0. 1 (1828) ; id., Cat. Brit. Ins, ii.
p. 34 (1829).

Macroglossa bombyliformis, Meigen, Ew. Schm. p. 125. n. 1. t. 62. £. 8 (1830); Wallengr., Shand.
Het. Fiji. p. 56. n. 2 (1863) ; Siebke, Enum. Ins. Norv. iii. p. 26. n. 2 (1874) ; Barrett, Lep.
Brit. Is. ii. p. 73. n. 3. t, 54. £. 3. 3a (1., i.) (1895).

Macroglossa scabiosae, Zeller, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xxx. p. 387 (1869).

Macroglossa knautiae id., /.c. (1869).

Hemaris fuciformis, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 520. n. 10 (1877).

Hemaris tityus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 626. n. 19 (1892) ; Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p. 528 (1902).

Hemaris scabiosae, Staud. & Reb., Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p. 105. n, 774 (1901) (partim).

3. There is little variation observed, except in size. The border of the
forewing is never prominently dentate, but specimens corresponding to radians f.
radians can doubtless be artificially produced.

Hab. Western Europe, North Africa, eastwards to the Altai and Kuku-nor,
North Persia, Asia Minor.

In the Tring Museum 30-odd specimens from various places in Europe ; 2 dd
from Kuku-nor (received from R. Taneré).

380. Haemorrhagia radians.
*Sesia radians Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 84 n. 8 (1856) (Shanghai ;—Mus. Brit.).
Hemaris radians, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 625. n. 10 (1892) (= mandarina) ; Leech, Trans. Ent.
Soe. Lond, p. 295. n. 85 (1898) (Oiwake ; Yokohama; Gensan ; Hakodate ; Fushiki; Kiukiang);
Bartel, in Rithl, Grossschm. li. p. 233 (1900); Staud. & Reb., Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p. 105. n, 773

1901).
ee RE Bartel, lc. p. 234 (1900).

82. Nearest to tityvs. Upperside of foretibia and -tarsus black ; apical third
of hindtibia blue-black like upperside of tarsus. Thorax and basi-abdominal area
of hindwing above, and basal areas of both wings below, deep chrome. Scaling of
cross-veins of forewing heavier than in ¢étyus, cell-fold distinct or vestigial, seldom
practically absent.

do. Sexual armature essentially as in ¢/tyus ; the tenth sternite more
asymmetrical, being obliquely rounded at end (PI. XLIII. f. 23), both claspers a
little more spatulate.

Early stages not known.

Two forms :

a. Ll. radians f. mandarina,

*Hemaris mandarin Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 239, n. 2. t. 35, £. 2 (1875) (Shanghai ;--
Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 520. n. 9 (1872).

Macroglossa fuciformis, Graeser, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxxii. p. 106. n. 196 (1888) (Amurld., June) ;
Staud., in Rom., Wém. Lép. vi. p. 241. n. 232 (1892) (Amurland).

( 453 )

* Macroglossa fuciformis var. brunneobasalis id., l.c. (coll, Staudinger) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Gvossschm.
li. p. 238 (1900).
Hemaris scabiosae var. brunneobasalis, Staudinger & Rebel, Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 105. sub n. 774 (1901).

6%. Border of forewing not dentate.

b! TI. radians f. radians.

*Sesia radians Walker, 1.c. (Shanghai).

Macroglossa radians, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 373. n. 65 (1875) ; Fixs., in Rom., MWém.
Lép. iii. p. 323 n. 102 (1887) (Corea, vii.); Staud., in Rom., Wém. Lép. vi. p. 242. n. 233
(1892) (Amurland).

Hemaris radians, Butler, Trans. Zool, Soe. Lond. ix. p. 520, n. 14 (1877) ; id., [ust Typ. Specim.
Lep. Het. B. M, ii. p. 3. t. 21. £. 2 (1878) ; Leech, Zr, Ent, Soc. Lond. p. 121. n. 107 (1889)
(Kiukiang),

3%. Border of forewing more or less heavily dentate. Intergradations between
the two forms not rare.

Hab. Both forms in China, Amurland, and Japan ; f. vadians apparently more
common in Japan than on the continent.

In the Tring Museum :—

f. mandarina, 4 33, 4 ? 2 from: Oiwake ; Nagasaki, v. (Leech) ; Loo Choo

(Pryer) ; Amur.

f. radians, 25 33, 10 2 from: Nagasaki, v. (Leech) ; Yokohama, vii. ;

Makoyama, viii.; Amur ; Gensan, Corea, vii. (Leech).

381. Haemorrhagia fuciformis.
Sphinx fuciformis Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 493. n. 28 (1758).

3%. The broad-bordered species, feeding on Galium and Lonicera, is
undoubtedly the insect which Linné described as fuciformis. The figures quoted
by him represent the broad-bordered Sphinx ; the reference to Bradley, Works of
Nature, is very significant, as Linné quotes only Bradley’s fig. B, and not fig. c,
which latter is the narrow-bordered species.

Individually, seasonally, and geographically variable. Spines at tip of fore-
tibia rather more prominent than in the other species. A scaled line in cell, and
a heavy bar on cross-veins of forewing. Autenna see Pl. LX. f. 11, 18. 19.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIII. f. 21) scarcely more than twice as long as
proximally broad, the two halves separated only at the extreme end ; sternite
(Pl. XLII. f. 22) about one-third shorter than the tergite, slightly asymmetrical,
rounded at end. Claspers (Pl. LI. f. 19): left one spatulate, harpe repre-
sented by a basal incrassation which bears a few short bristles ; right clasper with
dorsal margin concave, and ventral margin deeply sinuate just beyond middle, apical
lobe spatulate, harpe represented by a conical process, which varies individually and
is clothed with bristles. Penis-funnel (PI. LI. f. 19, p-r) rough with setiferous
granules, little more produced ventrally than dorsally ; penis-sheath : apical process
flattened, obtuse.

Larva with pale dorso-lateral line from head to horn; stigmata bordered with
brown-red, a ventro-lateral brown-red line from head to anus, including legs ; horn
slightly but obviously curved, brown-red—TFood-plants : Galium ; Lonicera ;
Symphoricarpus.

Hab. Palaearetic Region, except the far north, from Western Europe to Japan
and N.W. India.

Three subspecies ;

( 454 )

a. EH. fuciformis fuciformis.

Monff., Jns. Theatr. p. 105 (1634); Bradl., Works of Nature p, 158. t. 24. £. B (1721); Roesel,
Jus, Belust. iii, p. 232. t. 38. £. 2. 3 (1755) ; Hemmerich, Coll. Curious Ins. t. 9. f. e (175-?) ;
Roesel, /.c. iv. t. 34. f. 1-4 (1761) ; Sulz., Kennz. Ins. p. 36. t. 15. f. 90 (1761) ; Geoffr., Z/ist.
Tus, ti, p. 82. n, 5 (1762) ; Harris, Engl. Lep. p. 14. n. 87 (1775); Ernst & Engr., Pap. Eur.
iii. p. 24. t. 89. f. 117, t. 90. £. 117 (1782).

Sphine fuciformis Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 493, n, 28 (1758); id., Fauna Suec. p. 289 (1761) ;
Scop., Mauna Carn. p. 188. n. 475 (1763); Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 803. n. 28 (1767)
(partim) ; Fuessly, Verz. Schweiz. Ins, p. 33. n. 623 (1775) ; Den, & Schiff., Vere. Schm. Wien
p- 44 (1776) (partim) ; Fuessly, Mag. Ent. i. p. 267 (1778) ; Esp., Bur. Schm. ii. p. 118. t. 14.
f.1.a.b.c. (1, p. 7.) (1779) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr, iii. 2. p. 180. n. 28 (1780) (partim) ; Lang,
Verz. Augsb. il. p. 71. n, 576-578 (1782); Harris, Exp. Engl. Ins. p. 52. t. 13. £. 2 (1788) ;
Borkh., Hur. Schm. ii. p, 52 (1789) ; Rossi, Fauna Etr. ii. p. 164. n. 1059 (1790) ; Gmel., Syst.
Nat. i. 5, p. 2388. n. 28 (1790) ; Schwarz, Raupenkal. p. 53. 201. 360, 493 (1791) ; Borkh.,
Rhein, Mag. ip. 313. n. 137 (1793) ; Don., Nat. Hist. Brit. Ins. iii. p. 37. t. 87 (1794) ; Walck.,
Fame Paris, i. p. 280 (1802); Schrank, Fauna Boiea ii, p. 230. n. 1395 (1804) ; Hiibn.,
Samml. Eur, Schm., Sphing. p. 93. t. 9. £. 55 (1805-?); id., Gesch. Eur. Schm. ii. Sphing. iii.
Leg. A. a. f. 2. a. b (1806-?) ; God., Lep. France iii. p. 58, t. 19. £4 (1821); Frey., Beytr.
Schm. t. 50 (1829) ; Lue., Lép. Eur. p. 108, t. 44 (1834),

Sphine variegata ANlioni, Mél. Soe. Turin. p. 193 (1766).

Sphine faciformis (!), Miller, Naturs. v. 1. p. 648. n. 28 (1774).

Sestu fuciformis, Fabricius, Syst. Ent, p. 548. n. 5 (1775) (partim) ; id., Spee. Jus. ii. p. 156. n. 11
(1781) (partim) ; id., Mant, Ins. ti. p. 99. n. 11 (1787) ; id., nt. Syst. iii. 1. p. 382. n. 12,
(1793) (partim) ; Cederh., Mauna Ingr. po 214. n. 656 (1798) ; Westw. & Humphr., Brit. Moths
i, p. 26, t. 6. £. 7 (1843).

Sphina bombyliformis, Miger, in Den. & Schiff., Verz. Wien ed. ii. p. 22 (1800); Lasp., in Illig.,
Mag. ii. p. 37 (1803); Ochs., Schm. Eur. ii. p. 189. n. 2 (1808); Treitschke, Hiilfsb. Schm.
p. 160. n. 2 (1844).

Setia bombyliformis, Oken, Lehr). Naturg. iii. 1. p. 750. n. 2 (1815).

Sesia fusiformis (!), Leech, in Brewst., Enc. iv. p. 131 (1815); Samouelle, Ent. Comp. p. 244 (1819).

Macroglossa bombyliformis, Ochsenheiner, Schm. Er. iv. p. 42. n, 2 (1816); Meig., Handb. Schm.
p- 92. n. 1 (1829); Cant., in Silberm., ev. Ent. i. p. 76 (1833) (Dept. Var) ; Thon, Nat. Schm.
p. 102. t. 51. f. 712—715 (1837) ; Zett., Ins. Lapp. p. 918 (1840); Assm., Zeitschr. Ent. Breslau
i. p. 5 (1847); Mann, Wien. Ent. Monatschr. vy. p. 158 (1861) (Amasia) ; id., l.c. viii. p. 175
(1864) (Brussa) ; Snell., V/ind. Nederl. p. 90 (1867) (v. vi.) ; Led., Ann. Soc, Ent. Belg. xiii.
p. 2 (1870) (Caucasus) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 367. nm. 55 (1875) ; Staud., Hor. Soe.
Ent. Ross. xiv. p. 301 (1878) (Amasia); Kill., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub. xxiii. p. 46 (1880) ;
Sand., Ent. Tidskr. ii. p. 213 (1881) ; Rom., Mém. Lép. i. p. 73 (1884) (Tiflis ; Borjoum., ete. ;
hm. v. vi.); Lampa, Hn. Tidskr. vi. p. 27, n. 133 (1885); Hofm., Raup. Grossschm. Eur, p. 31.
t. 9. £. 20 (1893); id., Grossschm, Eur. p. 31. n. 3. t. 18. £. 11 (1894); Kill. & Cafl., Jahrb. Nat.
Ges, Graub, xxxvili. App. p. 20 (1895); Vos, Tijdschr. Ent. xli, p. 80 (1898) (Apeldoorn) ;
Herz, Iris xi. p. 250. n. 92 (1898) (Witin ; Wilui) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 223 (1900).

Sphyne fuciformis, Vogel, Schmett. Cabinet ii. p. 20. t. 8. £. 7 (1822).

Cephonodes bombyliformis, Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 131. n. 1403 (1822) (partim).

Sesia bombyliformis, Stephens, Jilustr. Brit, Ent., Haust. i. p. 135. n. 2 (1828) ; id., Cat, Brit. Ins.
ii, p. 34 (1829) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii, p. 79. n. 1 (1856).

Hemavis fuciformis, Dalman, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. p. 207 (1816) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.
p- 625. n. 14 (1892) ; id., Hutom. xxix. p. 39 (1896); id., in Allen, Nat. Libr., Moths iv. p. 5.
t. 96. f. 1 (1897); Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 104. n. 771 (1901) ; Tutt, Brit. Lep. iti.
p. 512 (1902),

Macroglossa fuciformis, Meigen, Eur. Schm. p. 126. n. 2. t. 62. £. 9 (1830) ; Wall., Shand. Het. Eyiir.
p. D4. n. 1 (1865); Siebke, Hnawm. Ins. Norv. iii. p. 26. n. 3 (1874); Barrett, Lep Brit. Is. i,
p. 70. t. 54. f. 2. 2a (1895).

Macroglossa milesiformis Treitschke, in Ochs., Schmett. Ewr. x. 1. p. 125 (1834).

Macroglossa bombyliformis var. milesiformis, Assmann, Zeitschr. Ent. Breslau i. p. 5 (1847); Mann,
Wien. Ent. Monatschr. iii. p. 91 (1859) (Sicily, vi.); Mina-Pal. & Failla-Ted., Nat. Sivil. vii.
p. 42 (1889).

Macroglossa caprifoli’ id., 1c. (1869),

ai

( 455 )

Hemavris bombyliformis, Butler, Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 520. n. 10 (1877).

Maecroglossa bombyliformis var. robusta Alphéraky, Hor. Soc, Ent, Ross. xvii. p. 17 (1882).

*Hemaris simillina Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 391 (1888) (Kangra ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Cot. &
Swinh,, Cat. Moths Ind. p. 725. n. 4 (1889).

Macroglossa bombyliformis var. heynei Bartel, Ent. Nachr. xxiv. p. 337 (1898); id., in Riihl,
Grossschm. ii. p. 228 (1900) (hybrid between bomb. and fur. ?!).

Macroglossa bombyliformis var. et ab. robusta, id., 1c. p. 227 (1900).

Hemaris fuciformis var. robusta, Staudinger & Rebel, Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p. 105. n. 771. b (1901).

3%. Sides of thorax not essentially paler than middle ; hindwing very rarely
with a transparent streak in abdominal border ; bar at end of cell of forewing heavy.
The belt of the abdomen is generally reddish, but occasionally black : intergradations
oceur frequently. The suggestion put forward by Bartel—who has named the
black-belted specimens /eynei, /.c.—that we have here to do with a hybrid between
Fuciformis and tityus (= bombyliformis) has no foundation ; there would be more
justification in calling this //. fucif. fucif. f. heynei, a transition to H. fuciformis
affinis. Marginal band of both wings ordinarily simple, but not rarely dentate ; the
dentition never so strong as in affinis f. alternata. Such dentate individuals were
considered distinct by Treitschke, who named them milesiformis; the abdominal
belt of this H. fucif. fucif. £. milesiformis is occasionally black.

Central Asiatic specimens are not larger than European ones on an average ;
“var. robusta” has no standing.

Hab. Europe (except the far north), North Africa, eastward to the Altai and
N.W. India.

In the Tring Museum 3 larvae, 1 pupa, 50-odd specimens from varions places in
Europe; 5 dd, 1 2% from Issykkul and Alexander Mts.

The N.W. Indian specimens may possibly represent a fourth subspecies. But the
two only individuals known (in the Brit. Mus.) are too scanty a material to decide
this point, since the differences from fuc. fuciformis, if there are any, are certainly
only slight. The forewing seems to be a little narrower than in European
Suciformis.

b. H. fuciformis ganssuensis.

Macroglossa ganssuensis, Grum-Grschm, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xxv, p. 461. n. 47 (1891) (Sinin) ;
Bartel, in Riithl, Grossschm. ii, p. 230 (1900),
Hemaris affinis var. ganssuensis, Staudinger & Rebel, Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p. 105. n. 772. b. (1901).

3%. Nearer fucif. afinis than fucif. fuciformis. Underside of abdomen
entirely grey, proximal sternites not black.

Hab. Thibet ; Amdo.

In the Tring Museum 1 d,1 &.

c. H. fuciformis affinis.

Macroglossa affinis Bremer, Bull. Ac. St. Pétersh, iii. p. 475. n. 27 (1861) ; id., Lep. Ost.-Sib. p. 35.
t. 3. f. 13 (1864) ; Staud, & Wocke, Cat. Lep. ed. ii. p. 38. n. 497 (1871) ; Oberth., Et. d’ Ent. v.
p. 28. n. 71 (1880) (Amurland, June); Staud., in Rom., Mém. Lép. vi. p. 240, n, 231 (1892)
(Amurland ; partim) ; Bartel, in Rithl, Grossschm. ii. p. 230 (1900).

*Macroglossa sieboldi Orza, Lép. Japon p. 35. n. 76 (1868) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 364.
n. 52 (1875) (coll, Oberthiir).

*Sesia whitelyi Butler, Ann. Mag. N. HH. (4). xiv. p. 367 (1874) (Hakodate ;—Mus. Brit.).

Memaria siebotdi, id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 519. n. 9 (1877) (= whitelyi) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep.
Het. i, p. 626. n, 18 (1892).

Hemaris afvris, Butler, I.c. ix. p. 520. n. 11 (1877) ; Kirby, Zc. n. 20 (1892) ; Leech, Trans. Ent. Soe.
Lond. p, 295. 0. 87 (1898) (= sieboldi = whitelyi ; Gifu; Yokohama ; Hakodate, vi.).

Macroglossa bombyliformis, Graeser, Berl. Ent, Zeitschr, xxxii. p. 106, 0. 195 (1888) (Amurld., July)

( 456 )

3%. A very variable insect ; always distingnished from fucif. fuciformis by
the darker colour of the wing-borders, the thinner bar upon the cross-veins of the
forewing, and the obviously pale side of the thorax, or the very heavily dentate
wing-borders. The external border of the hindwing is mostly thinner than in the
western form, and there is (always ?) a transparent streak in the abdominal border,
very seldom found in fucif. fuciformis. Certain small specimens come very near
GANSSUENSIS.

3. Process of penis-sheath longer than in /ucif. fuctformis, not quite so broad.

There are two very different-looking forms, hitherto considered specifically
distinct. As they are structurally the same, and are, moreover, connected by inter-
gradations, we have no doubt that they are the same species. We keep the two
extreme forms and the intermediate one separate, as follows :—

a. H. fuciformis affinis f. affinis.

Macroglossa affinis Bremer, 1.c.

3?. Variable in size; border of wings not dentate; thorax pale at sides
underside of abdomen more or less extended grey.

b'. H. fuciformis affinis £. confinis.

Macroglossa affinis var. ? (ab.) confinis (bombyliformis var. ?) Staudinger, in Rom., Mém. Lép. vi.
p- 240, sub n, 231 (1892) (Amurland).

‘Maeroglossa alternata, Bartel, l.c. p. 232 (1900).

THemaris affinis var. confinis, Staudinger & Rebel, Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p, 105, n. 772. a (1901) (partim).

3%. As before, but wing borders more or less dentate.

ce. TH. fuciformis affinis f. alternata.

*Sesia alternata Butler, Ann. Mag. N. I, (4). xiv. p. 366 (1874) (Hakodate ;—Mus, Brit.).
Hemaris alternata id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 521. n. 15 (1877); id., Lllustr. Typ. Specim. Lep.
Het. B. M. ii. p. 3, t. 21. £. 3 (1878) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 625. n. 9 (1892) ; Leech, Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 295, n. 86 (1898) (Yokohama ; Oiwake ; Hakodate ; Gensan, vil. ; Chang
Yang).

Macroglossa affinis, Fixsen, in Rom., Mém. Lép. iii. p. 323. n. 101 (1887) (Corea) ; Graes., Berl. Ent.
Zeitschr. xxxii. p. 106, n, 197 (1888) (Amurld., beg. of June, larva on Lonicera).
Macroglossa alternata, Bartel, in Riihl, G'rossschm. ii. p. 232 (1900) (partim).

3%. Always large ; thorax and abdomen above brighter yellow than in the
previous, reminding one of radians; sides of thorax generally not paler than
middle ; border of forewing heavily dentate ; underside of abdomen mostly with
little grey scaling, last sternites reddish, with pale mesial line.

This is apparently the commoner form in summer.

Hab. Japan; Amurland ; Corea; China. |
The first form not yet known from China; the second not seen from Japan ;

the third common in Japan, occurring also in Corea, not quite typical in Amurland
and China.

In the Tring Museum :—

f. affinis, 15 388, 9 2% from: Yokohama, iv. v. vi. viii. ; Mukoyama, V.$
Kami-Yoshida, viii. (Dr. Fritze) ; Hakodate, vi. vii. (Leech) ; Amur.

f. confinis, 3 83,1 % from Amur.

f, alternata, 12 63,5 2% from: Oiwake; Hondo, Kami-Yoshida, viii. (Dr,
Fritze) ; Gensan, Corea, vii. (Leech).

382. Haemorrhagia beresowskii (PI. IX. f. 7, 3).
Hemaris beresowskii Alphéraky, in Rom., Mém. Lép. ix. p. 120, t. 12. £.9 (3) (1897) (Se-tschuen,
June) ; Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p, 296. n. 88 (1898) (W. China, vi. vii.).
Maeroglossa beresowshii, Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 229 (1900).

3%. Closely resembling //. staudingeri ottonis, but border of hindwing
obviously broader, being as wide between R* and M! as this cellule is broad at
margin. Cell-streak of forewing mostly vestigial; bar upon cross-veins as in

Jucif. affinis or heavier.

g. Sexual armature essentially as in staudingeri ; tenth tergite a little shorter,
and right clasper narrower before middle, its ventral margin not so obvionsly
sinuate beyond middle.

Hab, China ; not yet recorded from the eastern parts of the Celestial Empire.

In the Tring Museum 3 33 from: Ta-tsien-ln and Siao-lu.

A series in coll. Charles Oberthiir.

383. Haemorrhagia staudingeri (PI. IX. f. 8, 3).
*Hemaris staudingert Leech, Entom. xxiii. p. 31 (1890) (Chang-yang, vii. ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Kirby,

Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 625. n. 11 (1892).

Macroglossa affinis, Staudinger, in Rom., Mém. Lép. vi. p. 240. n. 231 (1892) (partim).
Macroglossa alternata, Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 232 (1900) (partim).

3%. Similar to fucif. affinis f. affinis and f. confinis, but cell of forewing
without scaled fold, and cross-veins not heavier scaled than M, agreeing in these
characters with tityws. Base of wings above black or nearly black; base of
hindwing below deeper in colour than in /ucif. afinis. Border of forewing even or
dentate.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIII. f. 24, ventral aspect) longer than in /uciformis
and ¢ityus, the two halves deeper separate; sternite much broader, strongly
asymmetrical, the right edge convex, the left concave beyond middle, apex strongly
dilated towards the left side. Left clasper midway between that of tityws and
Juciformis, decidedly slenderer than in fétyus, and somewhat spatulate, harpe with
very few bristles ; right clasper as slender as in /ucéfor'mis, but the ventral margin
less deeply and more distally sinuate, the sinus deeper than in tityws, but nearly in
the same place, harpe ending in a long process as in ¢/tyus, this process compressed
except at end, strongly club-shaped in dorsal and in ventral aspect, much less
club-shaped in lateral view, the incrassate end armed with spines, of which those
Standing on the upperside are nearly as long as the process is broad apically.
Penis-funnel not rough with granules, produced ventrally into a pointed process ;
penis-sheath with acutely pointed process as in fityus.

Karly stages not known.

Hab, China; Amurland.

Two subspecies :

a. IT, staudingeri ottonis subsp. nov.
Macroglossa affinis, Staudinger (non Bremer, 1861), /.c.
3%. Agreeing in colour closely with /uci/. affinis. Thorax with pale side-
stripe ; hindtibia yellowish grey except tip.
Hab. Armurland.
In the Tring Museum 3 3d, 3 % ¢, labelled “ Amur,” received from German
dealers as affinis.

( 458 )

b. H. staudingeri staudingeri.

*Hemaris staudingeri Leech, l.c.

3%. Proximal half of abdomen more or less deep black, contrasting strongly
with the distal segments. Hindtibia black except base.
Hab. China: Chang-Yang.

In the Tring Museum 2 6d from Chang-Yang, July (Pratt), ex coll. Leech.

384. Haemorrhagia saundersi.

*Sesia saundersi Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 83. 0. 7 (1856) (N. India ;—Mus. Brit.).

Macroglossa saundersi, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 374. n. 66 (1875).

* Macroglossa curtisi Boisduval, 1.c, n. 67 (1875) (Cochinchina ; Silhet ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

Hemaris saundersi, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 520. n. 12 (1877) ; id., Proc. Zool, Soe.
Lond, p, 378. n. 90 (1886) (Murree, viii. ix., not uncommon); Cut. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind,
i. p. 1. n, 4 (1887) (Sikhim) ; Warr., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 294. n. 6 (1888) (Thundiani, v.) ;
Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus, Ox. i, p. 2. n. 4 (1892); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 626. n, 15
(1892) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind. Moths i. p. 119. n. 203. fig. 68 (g¢) (1892)
(N.W. Himalayas ; Punjab).

Hemaris curtisi, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soe, Lond. ix. p. 634 (1877) (= saunders ?) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 17
(1892).

3. Similar in appearance to Cephonodes hylas, but a true Haemorrhagia.
Cell of forewing without scaled fold ; marginal band about half as wide between
M and M? as this cellule is broad at margin. Fifth abdominal tergite brown-red,
fourth also more or less of the same colour, sixth often with a brown-red mesial
patch ; underside of abdomen brown-red, mesially grey.

3. Tenth tergite longer and slenderer than in staudinger?, left process a little
longer than right one; sternite asymmetrical, curved towards the left side
(Pl. XLII. f. 26). Left clasper (PI. LI. f. 4, 2) little projecting ventrad basally,
slightly and almost gradually narrowed to apex, process of harpe represented by a
small subglobose hump which bears fine hairs ; right clasper less different from the
left than in the allied species, less narrowed towards end than the left clasper, its
ventral margin feebly sinuate in apical third, harpe produced into a subcylindrical
process which is slightly twisted and feebly club-shaped and bears long hairs at the
end. Penis-funnel slender, gradually narrowed into a smooth ventral process ;
process of penis-sheath long, but not sharply pointed, little thinner than the sheath
itself.

Karly stages not known.

Lab. North West India to Cochinchina.

In the Tring Museum 8 ¢d,1 ? from: Kumaon, vii. viii. (Pilcher) ; Gnrais
Valley, Kashmir, vi. (Leech).

385. Haemorrhagia croatica.

Sphine croatica Esper, Schm, ii. p. 33. t. 45. £.2 (180-?) ; Ochs., Schm. Eur, ii. p. 191, n, 3 (1808)
(= sesia).

Sphinx sesia Hiibner, Samml. Eur. Schm., Sphing. p. 94. n. 3. t. 18. £. 89. & t, 29. £. 136 (180- ?).

Setia croatica, Oken, Lehrb, Naturg. iii. 1. p. 750. sub n, 2 (1815).

Macroglossa croatica, Ochsenheimer, /.c. iv. p. 42. n. 3 (1816) ; Boisd., Ind. Meth. p. 32 (1829) ; id.,
Icon. Lép. ii. p. 13. t. 48. £. 5 (1834) ; Treitschke, in Ochs., Schm. Eur. x. p. 127 (1834) (Dalmatia) ;
Dup., in God., Lép. France, Suppl. ii. p. 27. n. 7. t. 3. f. 3 (1835); Frey., N. Beitr. Schm. ii.
p. 151. n. 326. t. 188 (1836) ; Eversm., Fauna Volgo-Ural. p. 106 (1844) (v. vi.) ; Walk., List
Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 87. n. 2 (1856) ; Mén., En. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. ii. Suppl. p. 99+
n, 1586 (1857) ; Mann, Wien. Ent, Monatschr. vi. p. 865 (1862) (Brussa, v.); Led., Ann, Soe,

( 459 )

Ent, Belg. xiii. p. 28 (1870) (Caucasus) ; Stand. & Wocke, Cat. Lep. ed. ii. p. 38. n. 494 (1871) ;
Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het, i. p. 363. 0. 50 (1875); Mill., /con. t. 141. f. 7. 8. 9 (1869) ; Staud.,
Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross, xiv. p. 300 (1878) (Asia Min. ; E. v. vi.); Rom., Mém. Lép. i. p. 72 (1884)
(Tiflis, E. iv. v. ; Ordubad); Hofm., Raup. Grossschm, p. 31. t. 9. £. 1. (1893) ; id., Grossschm.
p. 31. t. 18. f. 10 (1894) ; Holtz, lustr. Zeitschr. Ent. ii. p. 63 (1897) (Cilicia, July) ; Bartel,
in Rithl, Grosssehm. ii. p. 22) (1900) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 104. n. 769 (1901)
(Eur. m. or. ; As. Min. ; Kurd. oc.; Arm.,).

Cephonodes croatica, Hiibner, Verz. bek, Schm. p. 131. n. 1406 (1822) (= sesia).

Sphynx croatica, Vogel, Schmett. Cabinet x. p. 11 t. 5. f. 5 (1829).

Hemavris croatica, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 523. n. 26 (1877).

Cephonodes (?) croatica, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 628. n, 12 (1892).

Cochrania croatica, Tutt, Brit. Lep. iii. p. 503 (1902).

3. No transparent spaces on wings. Pulvillus of claw-segment normal ;
ventral lobes of paronychium very small. This is a true Haemorrhagia. Hiibner
(and Butler) recognised that it is related to fuctformis, not to stellat um.

3. Tenth tergite as in ¢étyus, but longer ; sternite slender, dilated at end and
obliquely rounded, asymmetrically spatulate. Claspers nearly as in ¢étyus, the right
one with scarcely a vestige of the sinus of the ventral edge; right harpe produced
into a curved and club-shaped process, which is armed with spines above at the end;
left harpe ending in a spinose lamp which is rather more prominent than in ¢tityus.
Penis-fannel long, slender, produced ventrally ; process of penis-sheath long, but
not sharply pointed.

Larva green, whitish green, or red; a broad pale line from head to horn ; this
long and acute; black ventral and red lateral spots.—Food-plant : Scadéosa and
(?) Asperula.

Hab, Austria-Hungary to Greece, Asia Minor, and Transcaucasia.

In the Tring Museum 30-odd specimens from Dalmatia ; 2 larvae ; 2 pupae.

386. Haemorrhagia rubra.
*Hemaris rubra Hampson, in Blanf., Pana Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 120. n. 204 (1892) (Sind ; Gurais
Valley ; Balta ;—Mus. Brit.).

3%. Transparent spaces of forewing not sharply defined, shaded over with red-
brown scales, sometimes vestigial ; hindwing without vitreous area. Pulvillus
yery small; ventral lobes of paronychium vestigial.

g. Tenth tergite as in tityws ; sternite broader at end and more obliquely
rounded. Left clasper as in ¢/tyus, but the basal ventral lobe less projecting ; right
clasper feebly sinnate beyond middle at ventral margin, process of harpe longer and
slenderer than in croatica and tityus, with long spines at and before end, equalling
in length the diameter of the process. Penis-funnel shaped as in é/tyws, hairy at
end ; process of penis-sheath more pointed than in croatica, less than in tityus.

Karly stages not known.

Hab. Kashmir: Sind and Garais valleys.

In the Tring Museum 4 32,1 ?.

A series from the same places in the British Museum,

387. Haemorrhagia dentata.
*Macroglossa ducalis var. dentata Staudinger. Stefi. Ent. Zeit. xlviii. p. 67 (1887) (Aintab, n.
Antiochia ;—coll. Staudinger) ; Stand, & Reb., /.c. n. 770. a (1901) (Taur. m. or.).
Macrogloxssa var. (ab. ?) dentata, Bartel. lc, p. 222 (1900).
d. Abdomen with buffish white belt of third abdominal segment only vestigial
at the sides, not marked above. ‘Tail red, mixed with black. Basal area of
hindwing green, and vitreous spaces small. Pulvillus present,

( 460 )

. Sexual armature similar to that of /vciformis, differing essentially from
that of ducalis. Tenth segment as in fuciformis, the tergite being obviously shorter
than in ducalis. Claspers as in fuciformis, less slender ; left harpe with a distinct
process, similar to that of the right harpe of /wci/ormis, but smaller; right harpe
ending in a process which is longer than in /fvciformis, ut far shorter than in
ducalis, not club-shaped, with hairs at the end. Penis-funnel as in /uctformis,
stout, truncate, densely beset with pointed granules ; penis-sheath ending in a short,
flat, obtuse, twisted process, as in fuciformis.

? and early stages not known.

Hab. Syria.

In the British Musenm 1 ¢ from “ Syria” (coll. Leech).

388. Haemorrhagia ducalis.

* Vacroglossa ducalis Staudinger, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xlviii. p. 66 (1887) (Namangan ; Transalai, vii. ;—
coll. Staudinger) ; Grum-Grsch., in Rom., Wém. Lép. iv. p. 514. n. 210, t. 18. f. 6 (g) (1890)
(Pamir, June ; = temiri) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 222 (1900) (Fergana ; Buchara ;
Transalai ; Pamir).

Macroglossa temiri Grum-Grsch., l.c. 11. p, 401. n. 14 (1887) (Pamir).

Lepisesia ducalis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 628. n. 3 (1892).

Hemavis ducalis, Staudinger & Rebel, Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 104. n. 770 (1901) (Ferg. ; Buch. or. ;
? Saraw.).

3. Third abdominal tergite with buffish white belt. Hindwing entirely
ferruginous, apart from vitreous area. Size of vitreous area not constant either on
fore- or hindwing. No pulvillus.

3. Tenth tergite longer than in #’tyws, left process longer than right one ;
sternite more spatulate than in ¢/¢yvs, more rounded apically, almost symmetrical.
Left clasper slenderer than in ¢ityws, approaching that of /uciformis, process of
harpe represented by a conspicuously spinose hump ; right clasper ventrally slightly
emarginate beyond middle, process of harpe long, slender, slightly club-shaped, upper
surface in apical half armed with long spines. Penis-funnel apically rather densely
beset with long hairs; process of penis-sheath rather long, not very sharply
pointed.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. Transeaspia to the Pamir and Alai.

In the Tring Museum 2 3d, 1 ? from: Alexander Mts.; Kuliab, N.
Afghanistan.

CX. CEPHONODES.—Typus: hylas.
Sphinx Linné (von id., 1758), Mant. Plant. p. 539 (1771).
Sesia Fabricius, Syst. Ent. ii. p. 547 (1775) (partim ; type : tantalus).
Cephonodes Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 131 (1822) (partim ; type : ylas).
Macroglossum, McLeay (von Scopoli, 1773), in King’s Swrr. Austr, ii. p. 465 (1827).
Potidaea Wallengren, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. (2). v. 4. p. 17 (1865) (type : hylas).
Hemaris, Butler (non Dalman, 1816), Trans. Zool. Soe, Lond. ix. p, 522 (1877).

3%. Genal process large, high. Palpus pointed, terminal surface triangular.
Eye not lashed. Anteuna very strongly clubbed in both sexes, hook abrupt ; end-
segment long and thin, little wider at base than at tip, with long scales on back and
long bristles near and at end. Mernm of mid- and hindcoxa produced into a
tooth-like projection (Pl. LXII, f, 2). Metanotnm and abdomen broad ; first

vl

( 461 )

segment of the latter almost on a level with metanotum ; spines of abdomen as in
Macroglossum, strong, flat, those of first row broader than long ; seventh (?) or
eighth (¢) segment with an expansible fan-tail; sternite of seventh segment
truncate, armed with spines at apical edge like the tergites, but the distal spines
longer (Pl. LXIII. f. 5). External row of spines of foretarsus reduced to hairs
on first segment, the spines of second row sometimes at right angles to the segment ;
hindtarsus somewhat compressed, with or without additional spines on the outer
surface of the first segment. SC* and SC! of forewing anastomosed at apex of
wing ; cell of hindwing very short; SC? and R', and R* and M! stalked.

3. Sexual armature more or less asymmetrical. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLILI.
f, 6—18) divided, the right half (left in figures) often reduced ; sternite lanceolate,
or deeply divided into two broad lobes, more or less twisted, often removed towards
the right side, or without lobes. Clasper without friction-scales ; large, right and
left generally very different; harpe vestigial, without process, practically absent.
Penis-sheath thin, ending in a slender point (PI. LI. f. 22—25; Pl. LI. f 1—8),
mostly armed with two teeth pointing basad.

?. Highth to tenth abdominal segments much smaller in width than the
preceding segments, there being a deep cavity all round between the seventh and
eighth segments. Seventh tergite incrassate beneath laterally. Highth tergite a
narrow and transversely long halfmoon. Vaginal plate chitinous, connected with
seventh sternite by a plate of chitin; orifice small, proximal, a little removed
towards the left side.

Larva not, or little, tapering in front ; head larger than in Macroglossum; horn
very long in first stages ; a dorso-lateral line from head to horn. Colour green or
brown, sometimes almost black ; pronotum rather broad and generally different in
colour from following segments, rough with granules like anal segment; no white
dots.—Food-plants : Gardenia; Kraussia.

Pupa : tongue-case compressed, carinate.

Hab. Aethiopian and Oriental Regions, northward to Japan.

Twelve species.

We have met with asymmetrical development of the male genital armature
in several instances among the Seséinae. The present case is, however, of
particular interest, since the degree of asymmetry is different in the species, so that
we are enabled to recognise the connection between the highly specialised organs
and the normal ones. The asymmetry is found both in the ninth and teuth
segments. C. Aingi is the most normal of the species of which we know the 3
organs. Here we find the tenth tergite (Pl. XLIII. f. 6) divided by a groove into
two processes which are only separate at the very tip, the left process (Z) being a
little longer than the right (7; left in figure); the tergite is straight; the sternite
(PI. XLIIL f. 7) is also nearly quite symmetrical. In C. picus (Pl. XLIIL. f. 8)
the tenth tergite is of the same shape as before, except that the left process is
longer than the right, and that the segment is so twisted towards the left side that
the sternite becomes visible at the right side. While in these two species the tenth
tergite is long, we find a short tergite in C. janus (Pl. XLIIL f. 11. 13), the ninth
tergite (1X7) being correspondingly longer; in the eastern forms of this species the
tenth tergite is nearly symmetrical, while it is more distinctly asymmetrical in the
western form (from Flores; Pl. X LILI. f. 13) ; the sternite (Pl. XLIIL. f. 12. 14) is
obviously asymmetrical, as is also the ninth tergite. ‘The reduction of the left
process of the tenth tergite (PI. XLIII. f. 8, 2, right in figures) indicated in picus

( 462 )

is exaggerated in C. hylas and leucogaster, where this left process is represented by
a short broad piece of chitin lying at the base of the right process (Pl. XLIII.
f. 15—18, 2), which latter is more or less hooked. We must expect to meet with
connecting links between the segment as presented in pécus on the one side and
hylas and leucogaster on the other; as yet no such intermediate stages in the
asymmetrical development of the tenth segment are known. The reader will notice
that the tergites of Aylus and Jewcogaster have the appearance of being simple
instead of divided ; the reduced left side of the tergite is indeed so little prominent
in a dorsal aspect (Pl. XLIII. f. 15) that a casnal observer might be misled to
consider the segment simple as in Macroglossum. In hylas the process has developed
to a strong hook, which is longest in the Indo-Japanese subspecies, shorter in the
Aethiopian subspecies. The long lobe of the sternite found in picws (PI. XLILI. f. 8)
is absent from hylas ; this reduction stands probably in connection with the develop-
ment of the tergite into a formidable hook. In dewcogaster, on the contrary, the
tergite is not very strong, while the lobe of the sternite (PI. XLIII. f. 9. 10) is
very large and curved, surpassing the tergite in length and width. The movement
of the sternite towards the right side faintly indicated in C. hing: (Pl. XLIIL. f. 6)
and very obvious in picus (Pl. XLII. f. 8), has gone so far in deucogaster that the
sternite and tergite are on the same level (PI. XLIIL. f. 9, dorsal aspect ; f. 10,
ventral aspect).

The asymmetry of the ninth tergite (/Y¢) is slight in C. Azngi (PI. XLIIL. f. 6)
and very obvious in the other species. The lateral flaps of the ninth segment, the
claspers, are unequal in all the species. Here again C. Ang? presents the least
asymmetrical structure. In this species the left clasper (right in figure) is elongate,
slender, tapering (Pl. LI. f. 25), while the right one is of the same length, but
broader. In Jeucogaster (Pl. LII. f. 2) the difference in the two claspers is
considerable, as it is also in picus (PI. LII. f. 3). In both species the left clasper
has remained simple in outline, while it is sinuate, or to a more or less great extent
divided into two lobes in C. Aylas (Pl. LI. f. 22. 23. 24). This latter development
is exaggerated in apzs (Pl. LII. f. 1), where the upper lobe of the left clasper is
very long. For the development of the tenth sternite see also above under
Haemorrhagia. The penis-funnel (P-r) is mostly symmetrical, but is longer at the
right side in picus and hing?.

The vaginal orifice is removed a little towards the left side, in accordance with
the development of the male armature.

Key to the species :

a. Fortibia ending in a prominent thorn . ; ; h.
Foretibia without an apical thorn . 4 : . b.
}. Distal border of forewing at least 4 mm.
wide at R' -. ‘ . B89. CL hing?
Distal border of forewing 1s ‘han 4 mm.
wide at Rt : : ; : ; : c C
c. Body black above . : 397. C. titan.
Body not black above ; ious ities lightly
yellowish . 5 3 : d.

Body not black above ; Steet yellow - : : é.
d. Last abdominal sternites all white, red belt
of abdomen marked only at the sides . 396. C. leucogaster.

( 463 )

Last abdominal sternites black in middle,
red belt complete above . ‘ 390. C. hylas.
e. Abdomen with broad black and ae belt,
beneath black, with yellow patches . - 390. C. woodfordi.
Abdomen with blood-red belt, yellow beneath 393. C. apus.

Abdomen without belt . : 3 ; 5 fe
f. Border of forewing less than 2 mm. broad
before SC’. : : é : 5 5 Ge
Border of forewing about 2 mm. broad
before SC°. é 5 f : : - 392. C. canthus.
g. Abdomen above unicolorous . C 391. C. janus.
Abdomen above washed with Seocnetcor
behind . ; 394. C. trochilus.
h. Border of forewing sepa An mm. wide at sce 400. C. lifuensis.
Border of forewing about 1 mm. wide at SC’. : 2.
2. Underside of abdomen black with white
spots . é 5 é - 398. C. picus.
Underside of abdomen cde nea. : . 399. C. armatus.

389. Cephonodes kingi.

Macroglossum kingi McLeay, in King’s Surv. Austr. ii. p. 465. n. 167 (1827).

Macroglossa cunninghami, Boisduval (non Walker, 1856 ; non Schaufuss, 1870), Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét.
i. p. 375. n. 69 (1875).

Hemaris hylas, Butler (non Linné, 1771), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 522. n. 24 (1877) (partim).

Hemaris Icingi, Kirby, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 233 (1877) (Australia ; = cunninghami of Boisd.);
Misk., Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensid. viii, p. 4. n. 1 (1891) (Brisbane ; Rockhampton ; synon.
partim) ; id., /.c. p. 60 (1891) (= bucklandi).

*Cephonodes bucklandi Butler, Ann, Mag. N. H. (5). xiv. p. 404 (1884) (Pt. Darwin ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 627. n. 1 (1892).

Hemaris bucklandi, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ow. i. p. 2. n. 5 (1892).

Cephonodes ingi, Kirby, l.c. n. 2 (1892).

3%. Sides of proximal segments, the sixth and seventh segments, and base of
tail yellow, fifth and a mesial patch and sixth as well as (mostly) apex of fourth
black, without red scales ; underside yellow, palpi whitish, sternite of fourth segment
and middle of third black, greater part of tail black ; bases of wings below yellow ;
distal marginal band of forewing 4 to 5 mm. broad at SC°, dentate between veins,
or even (with intergradations), in ? ? mostly less dentate than in dd, but there are
specimens of both sexes with dentate and with non-dentate edge.

3. Ninth and tenth segments practically symmetrical, the asymmetry found in
other species just indicated ; tenth tergite (Pl. XLIII. f 6. 7) as in woodfordi,
slightly tapering to end, divided by a mesial groove, apically incised, the left lobe
(/ in figure) a little longer than the right; sternite elongate-lanceolate, apex
acuminate, 7igt side more convex at base than left. Left clasper long, not always
4s narrow as in figure, with almost parallel sides, slightly narrowed towards end,
apex rounded ; right clasper larger, but also narrow, widest beyond middle, ventral
edge shallowly emarginate distally, apex obtusely acuminate, somewhat curved
ventrad (P]. LI. f. 25). Penis-funnel compressed, large, but short, triangular ;
penis-sheath rather stout for this genus, without hooks,

Larva beneath with a line at each side, often also with interrupted mesial line ;
ground-colour greeu or black, extent of black very variable.-——Green form: a thin

( 464 )

black dorso-lateral line from thorax to horn, interrupted, comb-like on each segment,
as black dots are joined to it ; ventro-lateral line developed to large spots on the
outer side of the abdominal legs. Black form : head, pronotum, and anal tergite
red ; a dorso-lateral line and an infra-stigmatical one pale, sides pale-spotted.

Hab. Tropical Australia: Queensland and N.W. Australia.

In the Tring Museum 6 larvae, 16 dd, 14 2? from various places in
Queensland, some in January and February (Dodd).

390. Cephonodes woodfordi.
*Cephonodes woodfordi Butler, Traus. Ent. Soc. Lond. p, 389. t. 12. f. 1 (1889) (Guadaleanar ;—
Mus. Tring).

3%. A larger species than /ylas; abdomen above with red band on segment 5;
underside of palpus and breast, legs (except hindtarsus) and base of wings yellow,
a mesial series of patches on abdomen, decreasing in size behind, and small lateral
spots on the proximal segments paler yellow, while a rather large triangular
lateral spot on sternites 5 and 6 and a larger mesial patch on 7 are like breast ;
border of forewing about 1 mm. wide behind SC’.

3. Tenth tergite slightly asymmetrical, as is also the ninth ; elongate, tapering
apicad, divided by a mesial groove, the two halves only separate at extreme end, the
left slightly longer than the right; sternite produced into a long, lanceolate lobe,
which is asymmetrical and removed towards the left side, but not so much as
in C. leucogaster, the segment resembling that of C. picus. Claspers nearly as in
C. picus ; left one long, narrow, slightly curved, truncate ; right one large, very
broadly sole-shaped, inner surface clothed with black hairs, no distinct mesial fold.
Penis-funnel long, compressed.

Hab. Solomon Islands and Lonisiade Archipelago.

Two subspecies :

a. C. woodfordi woodfordi.
Cephonodes woodfordi Butler, l.c. ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 627. n. 3 (1892).

3%. Tail black, some of the upper hair-scales yellowish, and (in 3) a basal
patch on underside yellow, in ? hairs and scales on anal segment also yellow.

Hab. Solomon Islands.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd, 13 2% from: Gnuadaleanar (Woodford ; type) ;
Guadalcanar, iv. (Meek).; Isabel, 4. vi. to 9. vii. 1901 (A. S. Meek and Eichhorn).

b. C. woodfordi luisae subsp. nov.

?. Tail clayish ochraceous, black only at base, breast deeper yellow than in
the specimens from the Solomons, side-spots of posterior abdominal sternites tawny
for the greater part, middle sternites with red scales at the sides.

Hab. Sudest I., Lonisiade Archipelago, February 1898 (A. 8. Meek).

1 ¢ in the Tring Museum.

391. Cephonodes janus.

Macroglossa cunninghami, Schaufuss (0x Walker, 1856), Nung. Olios, i. p. 22 (1870) (Australia).
Cephonodes janus Miskin, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensid. viii. p. 6. n. 3 (1891) (Brisbane ; Rockhampton)

3%. Body above unicolorous, green in fresh specimens, yellowish in faded
ones ; palpus below almost white; breast bufi-yellow, abdomen ochraceous, both

( 465 )

paler in middle ; tail with side-tufts black at base and orange at tip. Foretibia
without apical thorn.

3. Ninth and tenth tergite not strongly asymmetrical (Pl. XLIIL f. 11. 13),
tenth tergite short, mesially divided by a groove, apically separated into two lobes ;
sternite (Pl. XLIIL. f. 12) produced into two processes of unequal length. Right
clasper as in picws, but apex more evenly rounded ; Jeft one much narrower than in
picus, its dorsal edge evenly concave, ventral edge evenly convex, apex rounded,

Hab. Papuan Subregion: Flores to New Caledonia.

Three subspecies :

a. C. janus austrosundanus subsp. nov.

3. Apical border of forewing narrower than in janus janus. Tenth tergite
(Pl. XLIIL. f. 13) narrowing apicad, the two lobes acuminate, the sinus separating
them triangular, small ; sternite (PI. XLII. f. 14) with the processes short, that
of left side much shorter than the right one, both tapering apicad, with apex
rounded.

Hab. Flores.

One ¢ in the Tring Museum from South Flores, Noy. 1895 (A. Everett).

b. C. janus janus.
Macroglossa cunninghami, Schaufuss (non Walker, 1856), Lc.
Hemaris janus Miskin, L.c.
Cephonodes janus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 628. n. 11 (1892) (partim).
*Cephanodes (!) unicolor Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. iii. p. 231. n, 2 (1896) (Duaringa ;—Mus. Tring).

3%. Border of forewing about 14 mm. broad at SC°.

d. Tenth tergite (PI. XLII. f. 11) with almost parallel sides, apical sinus
broad, the tips of both lobes somewhat curved inwards, acuminate, right lobe a little
longer than the left one; sternite (Pl. XULIIL f. 12) with both processes
lanceolate, the left-side one longer than the right one.

Hab. Australia: Queensland.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 3 2 2.

c. C. janus simplex.
*Cephanodes (!) simplex Rothschild, Noy, Zoot. i. p. 66. t. 5. £. 1 (1894) (Lifu ;—Mus. Tring),
3. Border of forewing less than 1 mm. broad at SC; abdomen behind deeper
in tint than in front. Sexual armature of d as in janus janus.
Hab. Lita, Loyalty Is.
One 6 in the Tring Museum.

392. Cephonodes xanthus spec. noy. (PI. V. f. 17, 2).

?. Body above unicolorous, rather deeper in ‘tint behind, resembling that of
trochilus, wnderside orange, palpus the same, black side-line in front of, and white
line round eye prominent ; tail black, only dorso-lateral hair-scales yellow. Distal
border of forewing more than 3mm. wide at SC’,

Hah. Okinawa, Loo Choo Islands.

In the Tring Museum 1 ? collected by Dr. A. Fritze, 26. vili. 1891, 0n Okinawa.

Resembles trochilus and janus in the abdomen being without a red belt, but
differs remarkably from both in the broad apical border to the forewing and the
black tail. It is distinguished from armatus, moreover, by the absence of the apical
claw of the foretibia.

HH

( 466 )

395. Cephonodes apus.

*Macroglossa apus Boisduval, Faune Mad. & Bourb. p, 79. n. 2. t. 10. £. 4 (1833) (Bourbon ;
Mauritius ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; id,, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 375. n. 68 (1875) ; Vins.,
Pap. Bourbon p. 13 (1891).

Hemaris apus, Saalmiiller, Lep. Madag. p. 118. n. 268 (1884) (Bourb., Maurit. ; ‘‘ Madag.” ex err.).

Hemaris hylas, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix p. 522. n. 24 (1877); Misk., Proc. Roy. Soc.
Queensld. viii. p- 5. n. 2 (1891) (partim).

Cephonodes hylas, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 120. n. 205 (1892) (partim).

3%. The green abdomen bears a blood-red belt on the fifth segment, and the
following segments are also shaded with blood-red; tail tawny, side-tuft black at
base ; underside of tail, abdomen, and breast pale orange, palpus whitish yellow.
Foretibia without apical thorn ; first protarsal segment with a dense row of spines
which stand at right angles to the segment.

3. Ninth and tenth segments as in C. hylas, hook of tenth tergite as in C. hylas
virescens, but shorter. Right clasper similar to that of Aydas, broader (Pl. LIL f. 1);
left clasper also of the Ay/as-type, but the upper lobe very much produced, and the
lower lobe also longer, the long lobe with bristles, the short one with hairs.

fab. Bourbon ; Mauritius.

Several specimens in coll. Charles Oberthiir, 1 ¢ presented to the Tring
Museum.

The tail is too red in Boisduval’s figure.

394. Cephonodes trochilus.

* Macroglossum trochilus Guérin, in Deless., Voy. Ind. Or. p. 81 (1843) (Mauritius ;—Mus. Tring).

Macroglossum eynnivis, id., Ic. Regne Anim. ii. p. 495 (1844) (Mauritius).

Hemaris cyaniris (1), Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 233. 239 (1877) (“ Silhet” err. loci).

Macroglossa cynniris, Waterhouse, Aid Ident. Ins. ii. t. 140. £. 1 (1883).

Hemaris cynniris, Saalmiiller, Lép. Madag. p. 118. n. 267 (1884) (“ India” ex err. ; “ Madag,”
ex err.).

Cephonodes cynniris, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 628. n. 10 (1892).

Cephonodes janus, id., 1.c. n. 11 (1892) (sub synon.).

?. The ¢ype of this species is in the Tring Museum. It was bought some years
ago from a dealer in Paris. The specimen is labelled in Guérin’s handwriting
“ Macroglossum trochilus Guer. ic. R. a. (type) Maurice.’ The specimen in the
Dublin Museum mentioned by Kirby, dc., as eyaniris, and figured in Waterhouse,
Aid, belongs to the present species, not to janus. The locality “Silhet” of this
specimen is erroneous. C. ¢rochilus is similar in structure to Aylas, in colour to
Janus and xanthus. Abdomen without belt, washed with tawny, especially behind,
underside of breast and abdomen cadmium-yellow, underside of palpus whitish,
of tail yellow, tip of tail tawny-chestnut, side-tuft partly black. Foretibia without
thorn at end. Tenth tergite with the apical curved part longer than in C. Aylas
virescens, resembling more that of C. hylas cunninghimi. Claspers as in hylas
cunninghamé, but the upper lobe of the left clasper narrow, intermediate in shape
between those of hylas virescens and hylas cunninghami.

Hab. Mauritius.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Mauritius (type). In the Museum at Bruxelles
1 3 from Mauritius. A third ¢ in the Dublin Museum. Also in the British
Museum.

( 467 )

395. Cephonodes hylas.

Sphinx hylas Linné, Mant. Plant. p. 539 (1771) (China) ; Miull., Naturs., Suppl. p. 303. n. 50 (1776) ;
Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 204. n. 5 (1780); Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2387. n. 95 (1790) ;
Donov., Jus. China t. 43. £. 2 (1799).

Sesia hylas, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. ii. p. 547. n. 2 (1775) ; id., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 154. n. 4 (1781) (partim);
id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 99. n. 4 (1787) (partim) ; id., Et. Syst. iii. 1. p. 379. n. 3 (1793) (partim);
Walk., List Lep. Ins. B.M. viii. p. 84. n. 9. (1856) (partim).

Cephonodes hylas, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 131. n. 1402 (1822) (partim).

Macroglossa hylas var., Koch, Indo-Austr. Lep. Fauna p. 52 (1865).

Macroglossa hylas, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 376. 0. 72 (1875) (partim).

Hemaris hylas, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 522. n. 2 (1877) (partim).

3%. Abdomen with a black and deep red belt, sixth tergite with a black
mesial patch, which bears often some red scales ; underside of palpus, breast; mesial
patches of first abdominal sternites, side-patches of posterior sternite, white, breast
often slightly yellowish ; tail black, green above (yellowish in faded specimens) ;
rest of underside of abdomen brown-red. Foretibia without apical thorn, but with
some short spines like most preceding species (Pl. LXIV. f. 17). ‘Individually
yariable in colour and size.

3. Ninth and tenth segments asymmetrical (P]. XLII. f. 15—18); tenth
tergite twisted, apex pointing towards the right side, the right half alone developed,
forming an obtusely pointed hook ; left part of tergite reduced to a piece of chitin
(/), visible in a ventral or a left-side view; sternite without process, represented
by a low rounded ridge (Xv). Right clasper (PI. LI. f. 22. 23) large, broadly sole-
shaped, ventral edge rounded or angulate in middle; left clasper reduced, broadly
sinuate apically, the upper lobe produced, the ventral one broad and short, both
lobes clothed at and near the edge with short spines and longer bristles (Pl. LI.
f, 22—24). Penis-funnel rather small (p-r), with long bristles.

Larva figured of the African and Indian subspecies.

Hab. Aethiopian Region ; India to Japan ; Flores to Australia.

Three subspecies, which agree exactly in colour, but differ constantly in the
sexual armature of the dd.

a. C. hylas virescens.

Maeroglossa hylas, Boisduval (non Linné, 1771), in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 594. p. 95 (1847)
(Natal); Mab., Ann. Soe. Ent. France p. 299 (1879) (Madag.); Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver.
iii. p. 23 (1879) (Chinchoxo) ; Oberth., Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova xviii. p. 735, n. 86 (1883) (Shoa,
vi.); Moschl., Abh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxxili. p. 288. n. 85 (1884) (Caffraria ; = picus ex
errore !).

Maeroglossum apus, Guérin (non Boisduval, 1833), in Lefebvre, Voy. Abyss. vi. p. 386 (1845)
(Abyssinia).

Macroglossa apus, Boisduval, in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 594. n. 96 (1847) (Natal).

Potidaea virescens Wallengren, Kongl. Sr. Vet. Ak. Handl. (2). v. 4. p. 17 (1865) (Caffraria).

*Macroglossa confinis Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 376. n. 70 (1875) (Senegal ; Casamance ;
Natal ; Sierra Leone ; Ashanti ;—coll. Oberthiir).

Hemaris hylas, Butler, 1c. (1877) (partim) ; Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 117. n. 266. t. 3. £. 40 (1884) ;
Druce, in Jameson, Story Rear Col. p. 446 (1887) (Aruwimi, iii.) ; id., in Moloney, W. A/r.
Forestry p. 492. n. 1 (1887) ; Moschl., Abh. Senk. Naturf. Ges. xv. p. 67. n. 147 (1890) (Gold
Coast) ; Dist., Nat. Transvaal p. 236 (1892) (Zoutpansberg, v.).

Cephonodes hylas, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 674, n. 155 (1893) (Zomba, i.) ; id., Lc. p. 843.

p. 430. n. 20 (1894) (Mahé, Seychelles) ; Fawe., 7'rans. Zool. Soc, Lond. xv, p. 312. n. 16. t. 48.
f. 13—18 (1.). 19 (p.) (1901).

Sesia hylas, Westwood, in Oates, Matabeleld. p. 355 (1881),

Cephonodes virescens, Kirby, Lc. n. 6 (1892).

Cephonodes confinis, id. Lc. p. 628. n. 8 (1892),

( 468 )

3. Hook of tenth tergite short (PI. XLIIL f 15.16). Right clasper strongly
angulated ventrally in middle ; left clasper ending in a narrow, club-shaped, dorsal
lobe, ventral lobe somewhat produced distad, with long bristles lying upon the
inner surface of the clasper (PI. LI. f. 23). Penis-sheath generally without subapical
teeth.

Larva : various forms and stages figured by Faweett, dc.

Hab, Africa, south of the Sahara ; Madagascar.

In the Tring Museum several larvae, and 200-odd specimens from various
places in West, South, and Hast Africa ; Madagascar.

b. C. hylas hylas.

Sphine hylas Linné, /.c. (China) ; Donov., lc.

Sesia hylas, Fabricius, | L.c.c. ; Walk., l.c. (partim).

Cephonodes hylas, Hiibner, l.c.; Butl., lc. t. 90. f. 4. 5 (1, p.) (1877) (partim) ; Moore, Lep. Ceylon
ait p. 31. t. 93. f. 4a (1882) (partim) ; Swich., Proce, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 287. n. 1 (1885)
(Poona, xi. ii. iii. ; Satara vi.; Belgaum; Bombay, vii.; partim?) ; Warr, Proc. Zool. Soe.
Lond. p. 294, n. 7 (1888) (Campbelpore, vi.; Abdol, vii.) ; Leech, ‘bid. p. 581. n. 1 (1888)
(Satsuma, v. ; Nagasaki, v. vi.); Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 120. n. 205.
f. 69 (¢) (1892) (partim ; synon. includ. 4 other species) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 627. 0. 7
(1892) (partim); Leech, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 296. n. 90 (1898) (partim ; Japan ; W. China).

Macroglossa hylas, Boisduval, /.c. (partim).

Hemaris hylas, Moore, Journ. As, Soc. Beng. iii. 2. p. 234. n. 6 (1884) (Cachar) ; Swinb,, Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 162. n. 1 (1890) (Moulmein).

Cephnodes (!) hylas, Dudgeon, Jown. Bombay N. HH. Soc. xi. p. 419. n. 205 (1898) (Sikhim ; Bhutan ;
Vil, Viii.).

3%. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLII. f. 17) more curved than in zvrescens, dilated
dorsally before end, hook long. Right clasper larger than in preceding, ventral
margin less angulate: left clasper with dorsal lobe broad, not dilated at end,
ventral lobe less projecting, no long spines upon inner surface (PI. LI. f. 22).

Green form of larva figured by Butler, /.c.

Hab. From Ceylon northward to China and Japan.

In the Tring Museum 2 pupae, 50-odd specimens from : Japan ; Loo Choo Is. ;
Formosa; Tonkin; Siam; Khasia Hills ; Sikhim ; Caleutta ; Kulu.

e. C. hylas cunningham.
Sesia hylas, Walker, /.c. viii. p. 84. n. 9 (1856) (partim ; Moreton B.).
*Sesia cunningham id., l.e. p. 85, n. 10 (1856) (Australia ;—Mus. Brit.).
Hemaris hylas, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 522. n, 24 (1877) (partim) ; Misk., Proc. Roy.
Soe. Queensld, viii, p. 5. n, 2 (1891) (partim). é
Cephonodes picus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 628. n. 9 (1892) (partim).

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIII. f. 18) slenderer than in Indo-Japanese Aylas,
hook longer than in virescens. Claspers as in hylas hylas, but the left one has the
ventral lobe much more strongly rounded (PI. LI. f. 24).

Hab. Flores to Queensland.

In the Tring Museum 20-odd specimens from: 8. Flores, x. ‘96 (Hverett) ;
Dili, Timor, v. (Doherty) ; Pt. Darwin ; Queensland.

The individuals of Cephonodes recorded as hylas from the larger Sunda
Islands belong to picus; no individual of Ay/as has so far been found, to our
“knowledge, in the Malayan District proper. This is certainly very remarkable, as
the insect is common in North Australia, India, China, Japan, and Africa. See
Celerio lineata.

( 469 )

396. Cephonodes leucogaster spec. nov.

do. Similar in colour to Aylas ; characterised as follows :

Red band on fifth tergite of abdomen narrow, mesially more or less interrupted;
last two sternites completely creamy white, or at least with white mesial spots
besides the large side-patches ; middle of tail beneath clayish buff. Apical border
of forewing a little narrower.

3. Sexnal armature widely different from that of /y/as: ninth and tenth
segments (P]. XLIII. f. 9, dorsal view; f. 10, ventral view) quite asymmetrical,
the tenth sternite not lying beneath the tergite but at the right side; tenth tergite
separated into two halves, the left Jobe reduced to a small piece of chitin, lying
close against the right lobe, and visible only in a ventral or a left-side view ;
the right lobe (Xt) compressed, elongate, curved downward at end, pointed; tenth
sternite (Xr) longer than the tergite, longitudinally concave on its true upper
surface, the right-side edge not quite so high as the left-side edge, apex eurved
towards the tergite. Right clasper (PJ. LIT. f. 2) broadly sole-shaped, ventral
margin strongly convex before middle, rounded-angulate, apical part of dorsal margin
eurved inwards, clothed with long bristles ; a tuft of long bristle-like scales at apex
of clasper; left-side clasper much smaller, ventral margin concave from base to
beyond middle, dorsal margin convex, apex acuminate, clothed at edge with peculiar
thickened long black scales which are widened at end. Penis-funnel (PI. LIT. f. 2,
p-F) as in /ylas. '

Hab. Madagascar.

In the Tring Museum 3 dd from: Antanambé, Baie d’Antongil, March, April,
1897 (Mocquerys ; type); and “ Madagascar.”

397. Cephonodes titan.
*Cephanodes (!) titan Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. vi. p. 69. n. 6 (1899) (Amboina ;—Maus. Tring).

3. The largest species of the genus. Body and base of wings above, and,
besides, under surface of abdomen black; tail tawny-orange below; breast orange,
palpi clayish buff.

Hab, Amboina.

One ? in the Tring Museum ; not seen in other collections.

This is the only specimen of Cephonodes known from the Moluccas.

398. Cephonodes picus.

Sphing picus Cramer, Pap. Exvot. ii. p. 38. t. 148. £. 8. (1777) (Coromandel).

Sesia hylas, Fabricius (non Linné, 1771), Spec. Ins. ii. p. 154. n. 4 (1781) (partim) ; id., Want. Ins. ii.
p. 99. n. 4 (1787) (partim) ; id., Hat. Syst. iii. 1. p. 379. n. 3 (1793) (partim) ; Walk., List Lep.
Ins. B. M. viii. p. #4. n. 9 (1856) (partim); Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 794 (1865)
(Balasore) ; Semp., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xvii. p. 700. n. 16 (1867) (larva ; Luzon).

Sphinx hylas, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2387. 0. 95 (1790) (partim).

Cephonodes hylas, Wiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 131, n. 1402 (1822); Butl., Z’rans. Zool, Soc, Lond. ix.
p. 522. n. 2 (1877) (partim ; synon. incl. four other species) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. p. 613.
n. 60 (1881) (Kurrachi, xii.) ; Swinh., ‘bid. p. 514. n. 9 (1884) (KCurrachi, common in xii.) ; id.,
Le. p. 434. n. 1 (1886) (Mhow, ix. xii.); Misk., Proc. Roy. Soc, Queensld. viii. p. 5. n. 2 (1891)
(partim) ; Hamps., ///ustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. ix. p. 4, n. 68 (1891) (Ceylon’; partim);
Swioh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus, Ov, i. p. 2. n. 7 (1892) (partim ; synon. including three other
species) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 627. 0. 7 (1892) (partim); Hamps., in Blanf., Maun Brit.
Ind , Moths i, p. 120. n. 205 (1892) (partim) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xl. p. 356. n. 1 (1895)
(Java), Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xlix. p. 155. n. 114 (1896) (Sumba) ; Semp., Schm.

( 470 )

Philipp. ii, p. 407. n. 61, t. 3.f. 6—9 (1, p.) (1896) (Luzon : Camig. de Mindan. ; Mindan. ; v.— x.
xii. i.); Nurse, Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe. xii. p. 513 (1899) (Cutch ; partim ?).

Macroglossum hylas var., Guérin, in Deless., Voy. Ind. Or. p. 81 (1843) (Nilgiris).

Macroglossa picus, Kollar, in Hiig., Kaschmir iv. 2. p. 458. n. 1 (1848).

Macroglossa cunninghami, Koch, Indo- Austr, Lep. Fauna p, 52 (1865) (partim ?).

*Macroglossa yuna, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 376. n. 71 (1875) (Australia ;—coll.
Oberthiir).

Macroglossa hylas, id., l.c. n. 72 (1875) (partim).

Cephonodes hylas var. cunninghami, Swinhoe (non Walker, 1856), Proc, Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 287. n. 2
(1885) (Bombay, Poona).

Hemaris hylas, id., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe. iii. p. 119, n. 16 (1888) (Karachi, xii., this species ?).

Cephonodes cunninghami, Hampson, Illustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. viii. p. 1. n. 2 (note) (1891)
(Nilgiris, 3000—6000 ft., April).
Cephonodes picus, Kirby, l.c. p. 628. n. 9 (1892) (partim).

3%. There is no constant difference in colour from C. hylas; the belt of the
abdomen is very often narrower, being sometimes: even absent, and the individuals
are generally rather smaller and less robust, which characters, however, do not at all
apply to every specimen. Foretibia ending in a prominent thorn (Pl. LXIV. f. 16).

3. Ninth and tenth segments resembling those of Aéngi, but much more
asymmetrical, the tenth sternite being moved towards the right side ; tenth tergite
(Pl. XLII. f. 8) divided by a longitudinal groove, the two halves separated only
at the tip, elongate, slightly tapering apicad, so twisted that the right lobe lies
higher than the left one, the latter is the shorter ; sternite (Xv) curved, lanceolate.
Right clasper (Pl. LIL. f. 3) very large, ventral part of inner surface covered with
black hairs ; left clasper narrow, sides nearly parallel, apex somewhat dilated, sub-
truncate, ventral angle more rounded than upper one. Penis-funnel large.

Larya and pupa figured by Semper, /.c.

Hab. Ceylon and South India, eastwards to the Marshall Islands. Not known
from North India and China.

In the Tring Museum 34 specimens from : Queensland ; N. Guinea ; Tiandoe
Is. ; Kisser; Sumba; Christmas I.; Java; Penang; Nilgiris ; Ceylon.

The specimens from Christmas Island are very large.

399. Cephonodes armatus spec. nov.

3%. Similar in colour to C. janus, but abdominal segments 5 and 6 with a
small red side-spot each, or 5 with a complete belt, and foretibin armed at end
with a thorn as in péews. Yellow underside of abdomen greyish in middle.

g. Sexual armature as in picus, but the right-side clasper more sharply
truncate, with the inner edge Jess rounded.

Hab. Fiji; Nivafu; Samoa; Mariannes.
Easily distinguished from picus by the underside of the abdomen and of the
tail being yellow.

Two subspecies, which may turn out to be distinct from one another.

a. C. armatus armatus.
Hemaris cynniris, Druce (non Guérin, 1844), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 220. n. 1 (1888) (Fiji).
3%. Abdomen with two deep red side-spots on segments 5 and 6.
Hab. Fiji (type) ; Niuafu ; Samoa.

In the Tring Museum, one ¢ from Suva, Viti Levu, and one ? from Apia,
Upolu (Woodford).

( 471 )

In coll. Charles Oberthiir 1 ¢ from Vatu Lele, Fiji, ex Mus. Godeffroy. In the
Berlin Museum one ? from Ninafu (September ; Friedliinder).
In coll. Drnce a series from Suva, Viti Levu (Woodford).

b. C. armatus marianna subsp. nov.

?. Abdomen with a ferraginous belt upon segment 5, becoming ochraceous
at the sides, a ferruginous mesial spot and a smaller and paler side-spot on
segment 6.

Hab. Maviannes.

One 2 in the Paris Museum from Rota, Mariannes (M. A. Marche).

400. Cephonodes lifuensis (PI. IX. f. 9, 2).
*Oephanodes (!) lifuensis Rothschild, Nov. Zoot. i. p. 66 (1894) (Lifu ;—Mus. Tring).

2. Abdomen with red band on segment 5 and a red side-spot on 6; tail black
at base, side-tufts orange at end or almost wholly tawny; abdomen below cinnamon-
rufous, greyish in middle of first sternites. Distal border of forewing broad,
somewhat narrower than in 4éng/, gradually narrowing behind, 1} mm. broad at
R3, Foretibia ending in a thorn as in picus.

Hab. Lifu, Loyalty Islands.

In the Tring Museum 2 ? ? from Lif. Not seen in other collections.

CXI. SATASPES.—Tyrus: infernalis.

Sesia, Westwood (non Fabricius, 1775), Cab. Or. Ent. p. 60 (1848).

Macroglossa, Walker (non Ochsenheimer, 1816), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 95 (1856).

Sataspes Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C. i. p. 261 (1857) (typus : infernalis).
Myodezxia Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 877 (1875) (= Sataspes).

3?. Closely allied to Haemorrhagia ; differs especially in the following points :

Antennae shorter, not clubbed in &, more strongly compressed, deeply grooved ;
in 2 slightly clubbed; end-segment distinctly widened at base ; penultimate segment
of the same shape as the preceding one. Spines of abdomen as in Haemorrhagia,
except that those of the proximal rows are all longer than broad. Spurs shorter,
those of midtibia less unequal. Cell of hindwing more than twice as long as broad.

g. Tenth tergite divided into two diverging processes (PI. XLIII. f. 27. 28) ;
sternite vestigial, without lobe. Clasper reduced and distorted (Pl. LIT. f. 6);
dorsal margin dilated into a broad plate (a), which lies upon the inner surface of
the clasper, and is continuous with a dorso-apical process (pdd) into which the
clasper is produced; a ventral process (pdv) represents the distal part of the large
harpe; this process is armed at the upper corner with a prominent tooth (d).
Penis-sheath without armature, flattened distally, rather stouter than in
Haemorrhagia, short, not produced into a thin apical process ; a slight transverse
thickening ventrally in middle.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. Indo-Malayan Subregion: South India, China, eastwards to the
Philippines, Celebes, and Java.

Three species.

( 472 )

Key to the species :
a. S: posterior abdominal sternites primrose-

yellow; 2: thorax not yellow . : ; eas
Cu: oe abdominal sternites yellow daly
at sides; ? : thorax yellow ; ; . 401. S. infernalis.
4. Abdominal tergite 6 with a transverse yellow
band . : c . 403. 8. ribber.
Abdomen with a Humber of alley putenes
or without yellow sealing . : : . 402. S. tagalica.

401. Sataspes infernalis.

*Sesia infernalis Westwood, Cab. Or, Ent. p. 61. t. 30. £. 3 (1848) (Silhet ;—Mus. Oxford).
Macroglossa infernalis, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 95. 0. 19 (1856).
Sataspes infernalis, Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. EB. I. C. i. p, 261. n. 597 (1857).

3%. Thorax yellow above in both sexes, except a black, ill-defined, transverse
band anteriorly on mesonotum ; sometimes the centre of thorax more or less black.
The yellow band of abdomen occasionally reduced, seldom altogether absent. The
specimen figured by Boisduval as infernalis is what Butler named wniformis.
There occur individuals in which the yellow scaling is vestigial, others in which it
is more apparent ; a Sikhim specimen in the Tring Museum has yellow hair-scales
on the upperside of several segments, and the posterior side-tufts are also tipped
with yellow, but thereis no band. All these individuals agree in the structure of the
sexual armature, and are doubtless individual forms of the same species. An example
from Borneo in the Paris Museum differs remarkably in the bases of the wings
being white below, and in other characters; it represents perhaps a subspecies. For
convenience we treat the three principal types of colour as individual forms.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLII. f 28) with the lobes compressed, pointed,
slightly curved downwards, somewhat sabre-shaped, upper edge rough with
notches near middle. Lobe of harpe truncate (Pl. LI. f. 6, pdv), the ventral edge
acuminate, tooth d pointed, plate @ large.

Hab. Indo-Malayan Subregion.

Three forms :

a. S. infernalis f. infernalis.

*Sesia infernalis Westwood, L.c.

Macroglossa infernalis, Walker, l.c.

Sataspes infernalis, Moore, 1c. ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 794 (1865); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép.
Heét. i. p. 378. n. 1 (1875) (partim); Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 517. n. 1 (1877);
Cot & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i, p. 1. n. 1 (1887) (Sibsagar ; Buxa; Silhet) ; Leech, Zrans.
Ent. Soe. Lond. p. 121, n, 106 (1889) (Kiukiang); Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 1.
n. 1 (1892); Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het i, p. 633, n. 1 (1892); Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths i. p 121. n. 206, £. 70 (g) (1892) (partim) ; Leech, /.c. p. 294. n. 64 (1898) (China, June,
July ; = wylocoparis); Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. I. Soc. xi. p. 419. n. 206 (1898) (Sikhim,
Bhutan, up to 4000 ft., March).

*Sataspes xylocoparis Butler, Proe. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 239. n. 1, t. 36. f. 1 (1875) (Shanghai ;—
Mus. Brit.) ; id,, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p- 518. n. 4 (1877) ; Kirby, Uc: p. 633. n. 5 (1892).

3%. Abdomen with a more or less broad yellow band on sixth and seyenth
tergites ; the other tergites generally with dispersed yellow hair-scales ; dise of
wings violet-purple, with little gloss.

Hab. North India; Burma; China.

(473 )

In the Tring Museum 35 fod, 3 22 from: Mupin, vi; Chia-Ting-Fu,
W. China, vii.; Bhutan; Sikhim ; Khasia Hills.

b! S. infernalis ft. uniformis.

*Sataspes infernalis, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 378. n. 1. t. 10. £. 1. 2 (1875) (partim) ;
Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 121. n. 206 (1892) (partim).

*Sataspes uniformis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3. n, 1 (1875) (Silhet ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,
Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 518. n. 2 (1877); Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 1. n. 2
(1877) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Or. i, p. 1. n. 2 (1892) (Silbet).

3. Abdomen with few or no yellow scales ; otherwise like the preceding.

Hab. South and North India; probably everywhere within the range of
mfernalis.

The dise of the wings is too strongly glossy in Boisduval’s figures.

In the Tring Museum 1 3 from Sikhim.

ce! S. infernalis f. glossatrix nov.
Sataspes infernalis Boisduval, /.c. (partim ; Java, ).

3%. Abdomen without yellow scales ; disc of wings metallic bluish green ;
base of wings below white ; lobes of tenth tergite longer than in Indian and Chinese
individuals.

Length of forewing : ¢, 31 mm.

Hab. Sebauwang R., Borneo, January 1890.

One specimen (type) in the Paris Museum ; Java (Boisduval).

402. Sataspes tagalica.
*Salaspes tagalica Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 378. n. 2. t. 10. £. 3. 4 (1875) (Burias,

Philippines ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

d. Posterior abdominal sternites pale primrose yellow. Tenth tergite
(Pl. XLII. f. 27) with the lobes spatulate, apex somewhat twisted, feebly
truncate, inner angle slightly acuminate, a sharp tooth at upper edge of lobe.
Clasper as in 7nfernalis, but tooth d broader, lobe pde more rounded, plate a
smaller. TFore- and hindwing with yellow basal costal tuft beneath; base of
hindwing with some white scaling.

%. Thorax without yellow scaling, abdomen below with the yellow area of ¢
vestigial, or the abdomen entirely without yellow scales.

We unite here a number of different-looking insects as forms of one species.
They agree in structure, as far as we have been able to study them. The material
is scanty in collections, but what we have seen confirms us in the belief that we
have to do with one variable species instead of five. We are the more convinced of
the correctness of this view, as individual variability in the amount of yellow is
illustrated also by S. infernalis.

Hab. Indo-Malayan Subregion.

Vive forms, characterised as follows :

a. S. tagalica f. tagalica.
*Sataspes tagalica Boisduyal, Lc. ; Semp., Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 408. n. 63 (1896) (“ not received "’).
*Sataspes ventralis Butler, Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. p. 3. n, 2 (1875) (Hongkong ; Silhet;—Mus. Brit.) :
id., Trans. Zool, Soc. Lond, ix. p. 618. n, 3 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat, Moths Ind. i. p. 1. n. 3
(1887); Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 633. n. 4 (1892) (Hongkong ; Silhet); Hamps., in Blanf.,
Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 122. n. 207 (1892) (Sikbim ; Silbet ; Burma ; Hongkong) ; Dudg.,
Journ. Bombay N, H. Soc, xi. p. 419. n. 207 (1898) (“not seen’’).

( 474 )

Boisduyal’s name has priority over that of Butler. The type of tagalica in
Charles Oberthiir’s collection is in rather poor condition. The white stripe near
the costal margin of the hindwing above is present (as a matter of course, we might
say) as in the other forms, though Boisduval expressly states that this is not the
case ; perhaps he never raised the forewing, which covers the stripe.

3. Dise of forewing and almost the entire hindwing green; thorax yellow
above, black in middle ; abdomen with pale yellow dorsal patches.

?. Like d, but abdominal sternites with traces only of the primrose-yellow
area, and the dorsal patches rather less extended.

Hab. North India ; Hongkong ; Philippines.

In the Tring Museum 1 d, 2 $$ from Hongkong.

b. S. tagalica f. thoracica nov.

do. Thorax yellow; upperside of abdomen without yellow scales ; dise of
wings blue.

?. Not known.
Hab. North India.
In the Tring Museum 2 dd from: Khasia Hills, April 1894 (type).

ec. S. tagalica f. collaris nov.
3d. Thorax only with a thin yellow transverse band on pronotum ; abdomen
without any yellow scales above ; disc of wings blue.
?. Not known.
Hab. Burma.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Burma ; also in coll. Staudinger.

d! S. tagalica f. hauxwelli.
Sataspes hauxwelli Nicéville, Journ, Bombay N. H. Soc. xiii. p. 173. n. 20. t. EB. £. 22 (1900)
(Tounghoo).

?. Abdomen without any yellow scales ; dise of wings green, hindwing almost
entirely green, as in tagalica f. tagalica ; pronotum without yellow band, or only
with a very few yellow scales.

Hab. Burma.

In the Tring Museum 1 ? from Burma.

e. S. tagalica f. cerberus.
*Satapas cerberus Semper, Schm. Philipp. ii p. 408, n. 62 (1896) (N. W. Luzon, v.).

?. No yellow scales on thorax and abdomen, except a very few in middle of
protonotum ; disc of wings blue; base of hindwing beneath a little more extended
yellow than in the other forms.

Hab. Philippines : Luzon, 1 ? in coll. Semper.

403, Sataspes ribbei.
Sataspes ribbei Rober, Iris i. p. 29. t. 1. £. 5 (gf) (1885) (Celebes) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 633
n. 2. (1892).

d. We know this insect only from the description and figure. It has the
posterior segments of the abdomen below pale yellow like tagalica, but possesses &
yellow dorsal band on the sixth tergite, and the wings are said to be blackish brown,
the strong gloss of tagalica being absent.

Hab. Bouthain, 8. Celebes. Where is the type ?

( 475 )

SupramiLy Philampelinae. Typus: Pholus satellitia.

Sphingides Leach, in Brewst., Edinb. Encycl. ix. p. 130 (1815) (partim).

Sphingidae Samouelle, Hut. Compend. p. 243 (1819) (partim).

Bombyliae Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 131 (1822) (partim).

Eumorphae id., lc. p. 133 (1822) (partim).

Deilephilae id., l.c. p. 136 (1822) (partim).

Manducae id., lec. p. 138 (1822) (partim).

Smerinthi id., l.c. 141 (1822) (partim).

Sesiidae Stephens, Jlustr. Brit. Ent., Haust. i. p. 132 (1828) (partim ; type: Haemorrhagia tityus).

Macroglossini Grote & Robinson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 149 (1865) (partim ; nom nud.).

Chaerocampini iid., l.c. p. 153 (1865) (partim ; nom nud.).

“Smérinthides ”’ Boisduyal, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 8 (1875) (partim).

“ Kuryglottides ” id., /.c. p. 58 (1875) (partim).

“ Déiléphilides ” id., /.c. p. 158 (1875) (partim).

“ Macroglossides ” id., l.c. p. 289 (1875) (partim).

Macroglossinae Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 516. 517 (1877) (partim ; includes type of
Sesiinae).

Chaerocampinae id., lc. p. 516. 544 (1877) (partim ; type : elpenor).

Smerinthinae id., le. p. 516. 582 (1877) (partim).

Sphinginae id., l.c. p. 517. 598 (1877) (partim).

Pterogonidae Burmeister, Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 3£2 (1878) (partim).

Philampelidac id., 1.c. p. 345 (1878) (partim).

3%. Sexual armature symmetrical ; tenth segment (¢) not divided mesially,
the tergite narrow; seventh sternite (2) membranaceous distally, never spinose.
Abdominal spines uniserial only in Pholus and Tinostoma. No high crest on
mesonotum, and second segment of palpus (skeleton) not angulate laterally in any
species.

The subfamily falls into two tribes : Philampelicae, represented by two genera,
which are American (North and South America, Sandwich Is.), and Nephelicae,
which do not ocenr in the Neotropical Region, except Northern Mexico.

Trive Philampelicae.—Typus : Pholus satellitia.
Philampelidae Burmeister, 1.c.

3%. Abdominal spines uniseriate, those of the tergites long, conical. End-
segment of antenna Jong, with dispersed half erect scales all round. Scales at
edge of not-scaled area of inner surface of first segment of palpus short and
broad, not long and hair-like. Merum of midcoxa not angulate. Friction-scales
of clasper numerous and small.

Pupa cylindrical anteriorly, head rounded, tongue-case not compressed.

Larva tapering in front ; horn long in first stages, short later on, replaced
by a button-like tubercle in last. stage.

Hah. America ; Sandwich Islands.

Two genera :

Second segment of palpus less than twice as

long as broad. 2 : ; : . OXIL Pholus.
Second segment of palpus three times as long

as broad; SC? and R! of hindwing on a

long stalk . ‘ : 2 . ; . OXI. Tinostoma.

( 476 )

CXII. PHOLUS.—Typus : achemon.
Sphinx Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1798) (partim).
Eumorpha elegans Hiibner, Samml, Ex. Schm. t. 167 (1806—?).
Pholus id., Verz. bek. Schm. p. 134 (1822) (partim ; type: crantor = achemon).
Argeus id., l.c. p. 134 (1822) (type : labruscae).
Daphnis id., l.c. p. 1384 (1822) (partim ; type : eacus).
Dupo id., l.c. p. 136 (1822) (type : vitis).
Agrius id., l.c. p. 140 (1822) (partim ; type : anchemolus).
Philampelus Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sc. Art xxxvi, p. 286 (1839) (type : fasciatus).
Smerinthus, Lepell. & Serv. (zon Latreille, 1802), in Ene. Méth. x. p. 441 (1825).
Choerocampa, Ménétriés (non Duponchel, 1835), Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. Suppl. ii. p. 92

(1857).

3%. Genal process large, triangular. Tongue long. Palpus large, rounded
in dorsal and in lateral aspect ; not-scaled part of inner surface of first segment
large, the scales at the edge of this space mostly short and broad. Lye large,
not lashed. Head not crested. Antenna setiform, cylindrical in ? ; hook slender,
end-sezment produced into a long and thin process which is rough with long
scales all round. Spines of abdomen conical, very long and strong, in one row,
separate, except those on proximal segments, which stand close together and are
shorter and weaker. Hinder edge of merum of midcoxa not angulate ; mid- and
hindtarsus with comb of moderately prolonged spines.

3. Scent-organ of forecoxa strongly developed. External row of spines of
hindtarsus often reduced, while the number of spines of the second row is enlarged.
Tenth tergite simple, long, slender (Pl. XLIV. f. 1—5); no sternite [Smith, Trans.
Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 140 (1888) confuses the anal cone with the sternite].
Clasper large; a patch of obliquely erect small friction-scales, which are not
very conspicuous, resembling those of Pseudosphinw ; harpe broad at base, produced
into an horizontal process which is more or less curved upwards at end, and is
sometimes partly covered by a broad compressed lobe (Pl. XLVII. f. 21. 223
Pl. XLVIII. f. 1—9). Penis-sheath very slender for such large insects, resembling
that of Haemorrhagia, obliquely truncate, and the projecting part of the apical edge
produced into a process of variable length (Pl. LIV. f. 26. 27. 28).

?. Seventh sternite large, triangular, rounded at end, not truncate, apex not
spinose ; seventh tergite long, reaching far beyond the apex of the sternite, ventral
edges distally close together, covering the vaginal region. Highth tergite more
or less sinnate, rather strongly chitinised. Vaginal plate small, membranaceous,
except postvaginal part, which is obtusely triangular and much broader than long ;
orifice without special armature.

Larva: green or brown, tapering in front, fourth segment swollen ; direction
of lateral markings dorso-frontal—ventro-distal ; horn long and w-shaped in first
stages, red, replaced in last stage by a smooth round tubercle.—Food-plants : Vis,
Ampelopsis, Jussieua.

Pupa glossy ; head-case rounded in lateral aspect, often more convex ventrally
than dorsally ; tongue-case not carinate ; abdominal segments punctured nearly
all over dorsally and at base ventrally ; eremaster either conical, smooth, curved
ventrad, or flattened, triangular, rough.

Hab. Neotropical and Nearctic Regions.

Nineteen species are known, eighteen of which are in the Tring Museum.
There exist doubtless more in South and Central America.

The genus Pholus is a very sharply defined one. The species have been

( 477 )

distributed by Hiibner and others over a number of genera. They agree, however,
so closely with one another in structure that it would be quite arbitrary to treat
some under one, others under other generic terms. The only species which at
first sight has an aberrant look in the imago as well as in the larva state is
labruscae. Yt was chiefly the small ocellus on the fourth segment of the larva
which induced some authors to consider labruscae generically distinct from Pholus
(= Philampelus) and allied to Detlephila. The labruscae caterpillar is, however,
in the first stages even in colour a Pholus larva, the brown colour which makes
it similar to the larva of Pergesa elpenor appearing later. The structure of the
imago is essentially the same as in the other Pfolus. The peculiar colour of
the imago is of no generic value, considering the great differences exhibited in
this respect by species like axchemolus, adamsi, vitis, achemon.

Key to the species :
a. Hindwing, above, blue on dise ; abdomen
with white stigmatical dots : » 422, Ph. labruscae.
Hindwing, above, yellow on dise ; abdomen
without white stigmatical dots .
Hindwing, wove, red, distal margin not red
Hindwing, adove, greenish buff, or creamy
on disc, distal margin not red. , :
Hindwing, adove, with red distal margin . . ne
4. Forewing with conspicuous dark green
antemedian band which is very ir-
regular distally, and with an equally
irregular large discal patch c » 421. Ph. capronnieri.
Antemedian band gradually fading away
distally, discal patch indistinct, under

surface almost entirely yellow . . 420. Ph. phorbas.
c. Brown subapical patch of forewing con-
tinued backwards at least to R® . . 416. Ph. typhon.
Brown subapical patch of forewing not
extending beyond R} . : : . 415. Ph. achemon.

d. Forewing with pale band from base toapex 419. Ph. fasciatus.
Forewing without pale band from base to
apex . 2 ; - : : . 413. Ph. adamsi.
e. Forewing with sharply marked even distal
marginal band . : ; , . 418. PA. vitis.
Forewing without even marginal band ;
abdomen with a conspicuous black
dorso-lateral triangular patch on two
of the middle segments. : . 414. Ph. translineatus.
Vorewing without even marginal band,
abdomen without the two pairs of
black patches. j : : ; 3 5 ile
J. Forewing with a sharply marked pale
discal band from costal to inner margin

asin vtis . ; : : : . 417. Ph. strenua.
Forewing without this band . : : : ses

( 478 )

g. Underside more or less red, at least on
disc of forewing or posteriorly on

hindwing . : : : : 5 : Bae
Underside not red . ‘ : / j ‘ a lik

h. Hindwing red behind, above and below . 407. Pd. drucez.
Hindwing not red behind, above. : : et:

?. Patch near hinder angle of forewing ex-
tending to pale line M', no stigma on
fore- and hindwing; harpe ending in
a long hook ; : :

Patch on forewing not reaching M!', a
stigma on fore- and hindwing ; harpe
very little curved upwards at end ¢ ; Can:

j. Subapical patch of forewing, above, trun-
cate at SC®; fringe of hinder margin
conspicuously white ; harpe simple at
end; first hindtarsal segment of 3
broad . ; : : : A . 404. Ph. anchemolus.

Subapical patch of forewing continued to
R!, fringe of hinder margin not con-
spicuously white; harpe notched at
end; first hindtarsal segment of 3
normal : : ; : : . 405. Ph. triangulum.

k. Forewing with conspicuons double stigma;
fringe of hinder margin more or less
pinkish ; anal area of hindwing above

408. Ph. neuburgeri.

often red. : 5 : : . 406. Ph. satellitia.
Stigma of forewing absent or vestigial . : pe Mh
1. Three straight lines in basal fourth of

forewing : : F . . 411. Ph. obliquus.
Lines in basal area of forewing irregular . : beetti’s

m. Subapical patch of forewing triangular ;

a russet or greyish shade from base to

near end of M?; harpe with a hook and

a broad lobe j : ; 5 :

Subapical patch truncate; pale discal

shade not extended to base in form of

412. Ph. eacus.

a band; harpe with a simple hook. : Perea
n. Antemedian patch at inner margin of
forewing sharply limited at SM! . 409. Ph. elisa.
This patch gradually fading away in front,
reaching cell and M! . 2 3 . 410. Ph. cissi.

404. Pholus anchemolus.

Sphinc anchemolus Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 50, t, 224. £. ¢ (1779) (Surinam).

Agrius anchemolus, Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 140, n. 1505 (1822).

Philampelus satellitia var , Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 59. n, 2 (Separ. p. 3. n. 2) (1856),

Philampelus anchemolus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 178. n. 8 (1856) ; Lucas, in Sagra, //ist.
Cuba vii. p. 292 (1856) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 195. n. 4 (1875) (Brazil ; Guiana) ;
Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges, Wien xxvi. p. 348 (1876) (Surinam) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe.

( 479 )

Lond, ix. p. 577. n. 14 (1877) (Rio de Jan.) ; Burm., Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 347. n. 2 (1878)
(Northern Argent.); id., J.c. Atlas p. 36. t. 15. f. 1. 5 (1, p.) (1878); Maass., Stett. nt. Zeit. xii.
p- 59 (1880) (= satellitia?) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 14, n. 6 (1881)
(Mexico ; Chiriqui); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 669. n. 9 (1892); Pet., Zllustr. Zeit. Ent. iii.
t. 1. f. 1 (larva) (1898) ; Bonningh., Jris xii. p, 126. n. 49 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

3%. The d is as a rule more russet than the 2, and has a longer prothorax.
Stigma of forewing not deeper olive than the lines, often vestigial, white fringe of
hindmargin conspicuous from near base to beyond rhombiform patch. Underside
of body and wings more or less brick-red.

3. Scent-organ of forecoxa very strongly developed. Tibiae broad, especially
the posterior ones, the spurs almost disappearing in the scaling; first hindtarsal
segment also broad, this and the following segments with very few spines indicating
the outer series, second series with numerous spines. Tenth tergite rounded
truncate at tip. Clasper long; dorsal margin nearly straight, slightly concave ;
no patch of bristles on innerside ; harpe (Pl. XLVII. f. 21) long, flattened,
straight, ending in a short acute hook, which varies a little in length. Penis-sheath
with an acute and rather slender process.

Larva with a round white spot on segments 4 to 7, and a large, elongate,
oblique white patch on segments 8 to 10 (Burmeister) ; or (Peters) with a spot on
segments 4 and 5, and elongate patches on segments 7 to 10, there being no white
spot on segment 6 in Peters’s figure.—Food-plant : Vitis ; Ampelopsis.

Hab. Neotropical Region from Mexico to Argentina.

In the Tring Museum 1 pupa, 50-odd specimens from: Mexico ; Honduras ;
Costa Rica; Peru; Venezuela; Trinidad; Bahia; Rio de Janeiro ; St. Catharina.

405. Pholus triangulum spec. nov. (Pl. LXVI. f. 2, 2).
Philampelus lycaon (!), Butler (non Cramer, 1775), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 576. n. 12 (1877)
(partim).
Philampelus pandorus, Druce (non Hiibner, 1824 ?), in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 14. n. 4
(1881) (partim).
Philampelus licaon, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 669. n. 5 (1892) (partim) ; Druce, L.c. Suppl. p. 308.
n. 4 (1896) (partim).

3%. Similar to satellitia, deeper olive-brown. Forewing rather more
elongate, the distal margin being longer and the inner margin shorter ; lines very
prominent, of the same or almost the same tint as the antemedian posterior patch ;
no stigma, or the stigma not deeper in tone than the lines ; subapical costal patch
larger than in satedlitia, prolonged beyond SC* (as in Hiibner’s figure of Zécaon),
continued as a line down to the oblique brown shade; crenate submarginal line
heavy, sometimes the semicircular marginal spaces bordered by it filled in with
brown ; hinder edge of wing not reddish. Hindwing with a prominent stigma.

Underside of abdomen, middle of breast, the hindwing except abdominal area,
aud dise of forewing, vinaceous-rufous, more or less shaded with brown, always more
reddish than in satedlitia.

3d. Sexual armature similar to that of axchemolus, not satellitia. Tenth tergite
not acuminate, rounded-truncate (PI. XLIV. f. 3). Clasper without patch of
bristles on inner surface ; dorsal margin concave ; harpe (Pl. XLVII. f. 22) long,
broad and flat as in anchemolus, ending in a short tooth-like hook, which bears
beneath a tooth. Penis-sheath very slender ; apical process acute, about four times
as long as the sheath is broad.

Karly stages not known.

( 480 )

Length of forewing : od, 50—60 mm.; ¢, 65 mm.

Tab. Mexico to Bolivia.

In the Tring Museum 40 specimens from: Hnatuxeo (type), and Teocelo,
Mexico ; Cuzco, Peru, iv. oi (Garlepp) ; Chulumani, Bolivia, 2000 m., xii. 1900, wet
season (Simons).

The present species is easily distinguished from anchemolus in the d sex by
the first segment of the hindtarsus not being broadly scaled; the 2 2 require more
careful comparison, but the dark outer surface of the foretibia and the less extended
white hinder edge of the forewing, as well as the prolonged subapical costal patch of
the same wing, will be sufficient to recognise triangulum.

406, Pholus satellitia.

Drury, Jilustr. Ev. Ent. i. t. 29. £.1 (9). 2 (gd) (1770) (Jamaica).

Sphinx satellitia Linné, Mant. Plant. p. 539 (1771) (Jamaica) ; Drury, /.c. Index (1773) ; Fabr.,
Syst. Ent. p. 542. n. 20 (1775); Miull., Naturs., Suppl. p. 303. n. 51 (1776) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr.
iii. 2. p. 205. n. 6 (1780); Fabr,, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 148. n. 36 (1781); Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5.
p. 2381. n. 74 (1790); Fabr,, Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 370. n. 42 (1793).

Sphinx licaon Cramer, Pap, Exot.i. p. 86. t. 55. £. a (1775) (W. Indies).

Pholus licaon, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 134. n. 1486 (1822).

Philampolus satellitia, Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 59 (1856) (partim) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M.
viii. p. 175. n. 3 (1856) (partim) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Sov. Philad. v. p. 157. 0. 55 (1865)
(Atlantic distr.) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 576. n. 13 (1877) (Honduras ; Jamaica).

Philamplus lycaon (!), Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 60 (1865) (partim) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins.
B. M. xxxv. p. 1854 (1866).

3%. The insects united here under one species have partly been considered
specifically distinct. As these forms are clearly geographical representatives of
one another, and differ only in the lighter or deeper shades of the pattern, which
is otherwise essentially the same, the differences being, besides, bridged over to
a certain extent by intergraduate individuals, we do not see any reason for treating
any of the insects as distinct.

Linné’s description is based solely on Drury’s figures, which are said by
Drury to be taken from Jamaica specimens. The figure of the ¢ agrees fairly
well with our Jamaica ¢, showing especially the reddish tint peculiar to the
Jamaica ¢, while the figure of the $ is decidedly incorrect. It is altogether too
green, and does not agree at all with Drury’s own description, which fits Jamaica
examples. The figure, resembling to a certain extent the North American form
pandorus of satellitia, misled Messrs. Grote and Robinson to consider the Nearctie
form to be the true satel/itia.

White spot of palpus and spot behind eye conspicuous. Forewing with
black double stigma, deeper in tint than the lines; hinder edge more or less
pinkish. Under surface not red; but dise of forewing often russet-tawny. First
segment of hindtarsus shorter than tibia in g, only as long as segments 2 and
3 together ; in ? as long as tibia.

d. Tenth tergite pointed (Pl. XLIV. f. 5). Clasper large, dorsal margin
slightly convex ; no patch of bristles on inner surface ; harpe ending in a long,
evenly curved hook which varies in length (PI. XLVIIL f. 2). Penis-sheath stout,
process pointed but not slender, about twice as long as the sheath is broad.
(PSD te27):

Larva green, sometimes changing to brown shortly before pupating ; with
five or six white side-spots; fine black dots, especially on fourth segment.—
Food-plants : Vitis ; Ampelopsis.

( 481 )

Head-case of pupa almost regularly rounded in side-view ; abdomen rather
grossly punctured above ; cremaster elongate triangular, somewhat flattened, rough.

Hab. Neotropical and Nearctic Regions.

Five subspecies :

a. Ph. satellitia pandorus.

Daphnis pandorus Hibner, Samml. Ex. Schm, ii. t. 374 (1824 ?).

Philampelus satellitia, Harris, in Sillim., Jowrn. Sc. Art xxxvi. p. 299. n. 2 (1839) (=licaon ?) ;
Fitch, Rept. Ins. N. Y. iii. p. 398 (1856) ; Emm., Nat. Hist. N. York p. 219. t. 45. £. 5 (1854) ;
Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Sc. Philad. iv. p, 154. n. 1 (1859) (partim) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am.
p. 19 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 176. n. 1 (1862); Harris, ed. Flint, /xs.
Inj. Veg. p. 315. t. 5. f. 2. (7.) (1862) ; Jaeg., Life N. Am. Ins. p. 193 (1864) ; Lintn., Proc. Ent.
Soc. Philad. iii. p. 659 (1864) (life hist.) ; Saund., Hnt. i. p. 26 (1868) (London, Can. ; larva) ;
Riley, Amer. Ent. ii. p. 89. £. 58. a. b. ¢ (/.). 59 (2.) (1870) ; Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii.
p. 185 (1871) ; Lym., Canad. Ent. vi. p. 158 (1874) (Portland, &. vii.) ; Riley, Rept. Missouri
li. p. 76. fig. 52. 53 (1876) ; Dimm. & Mann, Psyche ii. p. 67 (1877) (liter.); Scudd., ibid. p. 68
(1877) (larva) ; Bunk., Canad. Ent. ix. p. 120 (1877) (Rochester, N. Y.; larva, vii.) ; French,
Trans. Dept. Agr. Illin. xv. p. 165. fig. (1877) ; Coq., ibid. xviii. App. p. 175 fig. (1880) ;
Saund., Canad. Ent. xiii. p, 41. f. 4. 5 (1881) (life hist.) ; id., Rept. Ent. Soc. Ont. xii. p. 19. fig.
(1882); id., ibid. p. 60. fig. (1882); Clarks., Canad. Ent. xv. p. 160 (1883) (parasite : Perilampus).

Philampelus pandorus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 174. n. 1 (1856) (cit. “ Phil. ampelophaga
Harris” ex errore! ; partim); Beth., Canad. Ent i. p. 11 (1869) (Ontario); Grote & Rob., Trans.
Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 76 (1869); Lintn., Ent. Contr. i. p, 192 (1872) (N. York, vi.); Thaxt., Psyche
i. p. 29 (1874) (Newton, Mass. ; vii.) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. i. p. 21 (1874) ; id., Lc.
ii, p. 226. n, 28 (1875); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 197. n. 6 (1875) (N. Am.) ; Butl.,
Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 575. n. 9 (1877) (partim) ; Grote, /.c. iii. p. 222. n. 30 (1877)
(Mass.; N.Y.; Penn.) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 14. n. 4 (1881) (partim) ;
Pilate, Papilio ii, p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, O.) ; Saund., ibid. p. 147 (1882) (larva) ; id., Zns. Inj.
Fruits p. 248. n. 133. fig. 258 (7.). 259 (1.) (1883); Fern., Canad. Ent. xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Orono,
Maine, 1 specimen) ; Grote, bid. xviii. p. 132. n. 38 (1886) ; Fern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 59.
n. 27. t. 3, f. 1. a. b. ¢ (1, i.) (1886) (Maine) ; Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 32 (1886) ;
Smith, rans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 144. t. 6. f. 3. 4 (genit.) (1888) (eastwards to the
Mississippi basin) ; Edw., Rull. U. St. N. Mus. xxxv. p. 40 (1889) (liter. rel. to metam.) ;
Beutenm., in Riley, Jus. Life iii. p. 322 (1891) (N. York, at elect, light) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.
i. p. 669. n. 3 (1892) (cit. “ Phil. ampelophga Harris” ex, errore!); Beutenm, Bull. Amer.
Mus. N. H. vii. p. 288. t. 3. f. 5 (1895) (N. York, two broods) ; Cross, Ent. News vii. p. 297
(1896) (N. Hampsh.): Rowl., ibid. x. p. 10 (1899) (Missouri ; difference in broods),

Philampelus ampelophaga, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 174. sub n, 1 (1856) (eit. Harris,
ex errore!) ; Grote & Rob., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 11. p. 76 (1869) (= pandorus).

Chaerocampa satellitia, Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim, Mus, Petr,, Lep. Suppl. 1. p. 92. n. 1526
(1857).

3%. Brighter green than the other forms; the inner marginal area between
base and dark olive-green patch almost as deep in tint as the patch itself in most
specimens. The dorso-lateral patches of the abdomen are never so dark as in the
other subspecies. There is in most specimens a slight pinkish tint near the anal
angle of the hindwing.

Hab. Nearctic Region: Canada southward to Georgia, westward to the
Mississippi basin.

In the Tring Museum 8 larvae, 1 pupa, 30-odd specimens from: Massachusetts;
lowa; West Virginia; N. Carolina.

b. Ph. satellitia satellitia.
Drury, /.c. (Jamaica).
Sphine satellitia Linné, lc. (1771) (Jamaica),
Philampelus satellitia, Walker, l.c, viii. p. 175, n, 3 (1856) (partim ; Jamaica) ; Boisl., Spec. Gién.
II

( 482 )

Lép, Het. i.p. 196. n. 5 (1875) (Antilles) ; Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 483. n. 53 (1878)
(Jamaica).
Sphinx satellita (!), Drury, ed. Westwood, Jllust. Ex. Ent. i. f. 29 (1837).
Philampelus lycaon (!), Maassen, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 59 (1880) (= satellitia).
3%. The ¢ has a pinkish tone all over, as in Drury’s figure, and the ? is
rather more whitish grey than Continental specimens.
3. Harpe much shorter than in Continental ¢¢, and the horizontal portion of
the hook much thicker.
Hab. Jamaica.
In the Tring Museum | ¢, 6 2 ?.

ce. Ph. satellitia licaon.

Sphinx licaon Cramer, I.c. (1775) (West Indies).

Philampelus satellitia, Walker, lc. (1855) (partim) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi.
p- 348 (1876) (Surinam) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 14. n. 5 (1881) (Brit.
Hond. ; Nicaragua; Chiriqui) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 669. n. 6 (1892) ; Druce, l.c. Suppl.
p- 308 (1896) (Mexico ; Guatemala ; Costa Rica ; Panama).

(?) Philampelus licaon, Ottolengui, Ent. News v. p. 314 (1894) (partim ; Louisiana).

3%. Individually rather variable, never as green as the Nearctic pandorus ;
the red patch of analis occasionally indicated in /icaon hy a few red scales. Length
of harpe not constant. The term “ West Indies” of Cramer included Surinam.

Hab. Tropical America, exclusive of the West Indies, from Northern Brazil and
Bolivia northward to Mexico. ;

In the Tring Museum 70-cdd specimens from: Mexico; Honduras; Costa
Rica; Colombia; Eeuador; Peru; Bolivia; Venezuela.

In the Bern Museum from Para (Dr. Goeldi), at the electric light, iii.

d. Ph. satellitia analis subsp. uoy. (Pl. X. f. 2, f).

Pholus licaon, Hiibner (non Cramer, 1775), Sammlung Ex. Schm. ii. t. 160 (1824 ?).

Philampelus satellitia, Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p. 59 (1856) (partim ; larva and pupa descr.) ;
Walk., /.c. viii, p. 175. n. 3 (1856) (partim ; Bolivia) ; Bénningh., Jris xii. p. 125. n. 48 (1899)
(Rio de Jan.). :

Philampelus posticatus, Butler (non Grote, 1865), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 575. n. 7 (1877)
(Bolivia ; syn. partim) ; Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent, v. p. 349 (1878) (Bolivia) ; Kirby, Cat.
Lep. Het. i. p. 669. n. 1 (1892) (Bolivia ; syn. partim).

Philampelus lycaon, Burmeister, Deser. Rép. Argent. vy. p. 348. n. 3 (1878) (Buenos Ayres).

Philampelus posticarius (!), id., l.c, (sub syn.).

3%. Hindwing with a more or less obvious red patch at analangle. The larva
as described by Burmeister, /.c., agrees with that of the North American PA. satellitia
pandorus. Béuninghausen, /.c., refers to Burm., dc. Atlas t. 15. f. 2, as being a
representation of the larva of this species ; in this he is wrong ; he must have made
a mistake in his notes, or, perhaps, his satedditia is obliqua.

Hab. Paraguay ; Argentina; Southern Brazil; northward to Espiritu Santo.

In the Tring Museum 9 6d, 5 2% from: Paraguay (Dr. Bohls, type);
Curnmba, Matto Grosso, i. °99 (Stuart); Tucuman; Buenos Ayres; Montevideo ;

La Gama, Argentina, i.; Rio de Janeiro.

e. Ph. satellitia posticatus (Pl. X. f. 1, 3).
Philampelus satellitia, Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 292 (1857); Herr.-Sch., Corresp. Bl.
p. 147 (1863) (Cuba).
Philampelus lycaon (‘), Grote, Proc, Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 60. 0. 84 (1865) (Cuba); id. & Rob.,
ibid. y. p. 157. n. 54 (1865) ; Grote, lc. vi. p. 329 (1867) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 187
(1881).

( 483 )

Philampelus posticatus Grote, l.c. v. p. 62 (1865) (Cuba) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 575.
n. 7 (1877) (sub syn.) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 132. n. 39 (1886) (W. Ind. ; Florida) ; id.,
Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 32 (1886) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 669. n. 1 (1892) (partim).

Philampelus satellitia a. posticatus Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii. p. 185 (1871).

Philampelus licaon, Ottolengui, Ent. News v. p. 314 (1894) (Florida).

d?. Resembling the southern form azalis, but the postdiseal pale band and
the apical and anal pale patches of forewing more silvery-grey ; the series of black
submarginal spots of hindwing continued costad by a rather distinct line, the
external area being less deep black than in the other races of satedlitea.

Hab. Cuba; Bahamas; Florida. Perhaps to be discovered in Haiti.

In the Tring Museum 2 33,3 2? from: Nassau, Bahamas (Sir G. Carter) ;
Cuba. The specimen figured is from Nassau.

407. Pholus drucei spec nov. (PI. II. f. 3, 3).

3. Resembling PA. satellitia analis, but deeper olive ; pale dorsal line of
abdomen narrower, not narrowed at the base of the segments ; lateral patch of
second, and dorso-lateral one of third segment larger and deeper in tint.

Wings, above. Forewing: olive patch at hinder margin triangular, discal
lines sharper marked, more oblique to the veins, the discal costal olive shade less
distinct, not obviously continued distad before N!, a tawny shade along M!', con-
tinued basad ; triangular olive patch at inner margin before angle extended costad
to M'—Hindwing : abdominal margin broadly red ; a black stigma ; a sharply
marked line runuing costad from upper outer corner of square black patch, sub-
marginal black band distinct up to R?, then fading away in a blackish olive area,
which is narrower than in satedlitia ; between black square patch and submarginal
band there are three sharply marked black lines.

Underside as in Ph. satellitia analis, but hindwing rosy red from abdominal
edge up to cell ; disc slightly shaded with rosy red.

First segment of hindtarsus only as long as the following two segments ;
short apical spur more than half the length of the long one.

3. Tenth tergite narrowed towards apex, but not sharply pointed. Clasper
without patch of bristles on inner surface ; dorsal margin straight, slightly concave ;
harpe as in PA. satellitia licaon, but obviously less curved, the hook being shorter.
Penis-sheath less pointed than in satellitia.

? and early stages not known.

Length of forewing: 3, 40 mm.

Hab. Ecuador.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ (type) from Ecuador.

Also in coll. Druce and the British Museum.

408. Pholus neuburgeri spec. nov. (VI. Il. f. 4, &).

3. Markings deeper in tint than in all the other species. Body similar to
that of satellitia as regards markings, but upperside dark fawn-colour, olive patch
of mesothoracie tegula smaller than in sated/itia, pale dorsal line of abdomen of
nearly even width, sharply marked also on the first segments and continued to
metanotum, and behind to eighth tergite, here thin, dividing the olive mesial
patch into two slender triangles ; lateral patches of abdomen all sharply marked,
the anterior ones the largest, black at lower edges. Underside brick red; palpus,
sides of breast and legs more or Jess dark pinkish fawn ; palpus without white

( 484 )

spot ; upperside of mid- and hindtibiae dirty white; external spines of first protarsal
segment prolonged as in achemon; first hindtarsal segment a little shorter than
tibia, longer than segments 2 and 3 together ; short apical hindtibial spur about
one-third the length of long one, this a little longer than second tarsal segment.
Forewing: distal margin not convex, faintly scalloped ;
a black basal patch at inner margin, separate from the black inner-marginal
antemedian patch; this latter reduced in size, triangular; a double line between
the two patches, two other lines more widely apart, converging behind, the
proximal one confluent with the antemedian patch before reaching inner margin,
the other reaching patch at its upper proximal corner; xo stigma; discal lines
forming at costal margin a sharply marked semicircle, proximal discal lines
couspicuous, fourth line also so beyond M!; brown subapical costal patch reduced,
indistinctly covered with a postdiscal band which extends from hinder margin
frontad, posterior portion of this band corresponding to the double patch of
satellitia, but being much broader ; greyish marginal border dentate, including a
dentate submarginal line; a conspicuous buff line from lower angle of cell along
M' to near distal edge of wing, vein M? also buff, except at base and apex.
Hindwing: stigma represented by a minute vestigial dot; black discal area
extended to M! and abdominal margin, interspace between it and black submarginal
band fawn-colonr, with two sharply marked lines ; black submarginal area SC?—
M! narrower than in safellitia, not reaching costal margin, black spots M!—SM?
contiguous.

Underside brick red, rather brighter than body. Basal area of forewing pale
drab-brown, blackish behind ; a discal line crossing subcostals at fork, brick red
in front, blackish behind, followed by traces of a second line; a brown distal
border, triangularly dilated behind R?, here nearly reaching first discal line——
Hindwing drab-grey at base, three discal lines, second faint, a brown distal
border, which is dilated before middle.

3. Tenth tergite acuminate, not very sharp, the extreme tip being rounded-
truncate. Clasper without patch of bristles on inner surface ; harpe (PI. XLVILL.
f. 3) of the satellitia-type, but the horizontal part of the process broader and more
flat, resembling somewhat that of axchemolus, hook as in satellitia.

Length of forewing: 3, 48 mm.

Hab. Argentina, probably Tucuman.

One 3 in Mus. Tring, received from Herr Neuburger, in whose honour the
species is named.

Wings, upperside.

409, Pholus elisa.
Philampelus elisa Smyth, Ent. News xii. p. 106. t. 4 (2 ) (1901) (Cuernavaca, Mexico).

3%. Similar to small specimens of PA. satellitia. Second and third segments
of abdomen with black lateral patch. First segment of hindtarsus in ¢ as long-as
tibia and as segments 2 to 4 together, while it is much shorter in satedlitia.—
Forewing, above, more grey, without stigma ; costal semicircle at apex of cell very
sharply marked, heavier than the first discal line ; apex more produced, the distal
margin being in front more concave than in satedlitia ; a black subbasal patch at
inner margin separate from the rhombiform submedian patch ; the latter obviously
produced basad at (SM'), the border darker than the centre of the patch ; inner
edge of wing not pinkish. Hindwing : as in satellitia, no discal line from black

( 485 )

patch costad, black distal shadowy band narrower than in satellitia and broadly
connected with the black patch ; no stigma.

Underside : as in satellitia, no red tints, but dise of forewing somewhat russet-
ochraceous ; first discal line rather S-shaped. White spot of palpus short.

d. Tenth tergite sharply pointed, apex curved downwards, almost hooked
Clasper without patch of bristles on innerside, dorsal margin concave ; harpe
as in satellitia, but stouter, the vertical part of the hook less evenly curved and
longer, slightly bent basad at tip. Penis-sheath slenderer than in satellitia.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Mexico.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from: Guadalajara, Mexico. Not seen in other
collections.

Distinguished from triangulum by the underside not being red, and the absence
of a stigma from the hindwing ; from eacus by the hindwing being devoid of the
discal line which runs in eacus from upper onter angle of the black patch costad :
from cissi by the distinct white spot of the palpus, and by the black antemedian
patch of the forewing being sharply limited at (SM?) and posteriorly broader. The
Species is nearest céss’, from which it is, however, distinct.

410. Pholus cissi.
Philampelus cissi Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. i. p. 19 (1870) (Venezuela) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe.
Lond. ix, p. 576. n. 11 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i. p. 669. n. 7 (1892) ; Smyth, Ent. News
xii. p. 109 (1901).
Philampelus vini Kirby, lc. n, 8 (1892) (laps. calami) ; Smyth, lc.

3%. We have from the Felder collection a pair of which the ? is labelled
“Venezuela, Moritz,” and bears a number in the same handwriting as the number
on the pin of NXylophanes (hortulanus =) crotonis. In the Staudinger collection
is a ¢ labelled “ Tavar, Venezuela, Moritz, ex coll. Sommer.” These specimens
are undoubtedly the insect miserably described by Schaufuss from Moritz’s material
in Kaden’s collection.

Similar to axchemolus and obliquus, from which it is distinct, Upperside of
body and forewing more olivaceous-tawny than in the ? of anchemolus. Palpus,
legs, and underside of body clayish drab ; first segment of palpus and pronotum
without white spots, or these vestigial ; upperside of tibiae not white. Mesonotum
and first and second abdominal tergites grey in middle; an uninterrupted, broad,
greyish middle line along thé other segments, the line feebly constricted at the
bases of the segments, much less so than in anchemolus.

Wings, upperside—— Forewing : lines in basal half irregularly undulate as in
anchemolus ; patch at hinder margin much less intense, triangular ; xo stigma ;
dark triangular marginal patches R*—M? each bordered proximally by a grey
angle-shaped spot, the olive-black scaling proximally of these spots extended costad
to R* as a rather heavy band, and then continued to near subapical patch as a fine
line ; instead of this line there is a series of nervular dots in anchemolus ; hinder
inargin with a pale buff fringe, which extends less far distad than the white fringe
of anchemolus ; the pale space distally of median patch at hinder margin with two
rather sharply marked zigzag lines. Hindwing : basal area pale buff, more buff
than in obliquus, more extended than in either of the two close allies ; no stigma ;
black patch M?—SM? smaller, being less extended basad between M2 and (SM) ;
from the upper outer corner of this patch rans a band costad, fading away costally,

( 486 )

the series of olive-black spots near anal angle is continued towards costal margin,
these spots forming a snbmarginal band which is more distinct behind than in front ;
between this band and the diseal one are two lines ; the interspaces between these
lines and bauds grey behind, blackish in front.

Underside buftish clay-colour, paler at base, darker distally ; lines on dise as
in anchemolus, distal marginal area of forewing as in that species, rather broader
behind.

3. Sexnal armature of the satellitia-type. Tenth tergite narrowed towards
end, but not sharply pointed (Pl. XLLV. f. 4). Clasper hairy on inner surface, but
there is no patch of bristles; harpe as in satedlitia licaon, but the hook shorter.
Penis-sheath very slender, apical process thin, acutely pointed.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Venezuela ; Pern ; -Bolivia.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd, 2 22 from: Venezuela; Yungo del Espiritu
Santo, Cochabamba, Bolivia (Germain) ; R. Inambari, $.H. Peru, 6000 ft., Noy. 1901
(Ockenden) ; Santo Domingo, Carabaya, S.E. Peru, 6000 ft., Jane 1902 (Ockenden).

In coll. Staudinger 3 ¢d from Tovar, Venezuela (Moritz) ; Huayabamba,
Peru ; Rio Tanampaya, Bolivia.

In coll. Oberthiir a long series from Huamba, Peru (Mathan), and Bolivia,
many of the dd with the white spot of the palpus vestigial.

411, Pholus obliquus spec. noy. (Pl. LXVI. f. 1, 3).

(?) Philampelus spec. ?, Burmeister, Deser. Rép. Argent. v. Atlas p. 36. t. 15. f. 2 (d.) (1878)
(Corcovado).

(?) Philampelus satellitia, Bonninghausen (non Linné, 1771), Zris xii. p. 125. n. 48 (1899) (partim ;
larva).

3%. Similar to axchemolus in appearance ; body and wings not red below.
Abdomen above without distinct mesial line of pale spots. White spot on first
segment of palpus narrower and longer than in anchemolus ; white line behind eye
conspicuous ; external surface of foretibia clayish grey.

Wings, upperside. Forewing more glossy grey than in anchemolus; three
parallel and obliqne lines in basal area, the third ending at inner upper corner
of rhombiform yatch, all three s¢raéght from costal margin to (SM’); no stigma ;
discal lines 1 and 2 distinct between M' and (SM?’), the first reaching rhombiform
patch at upper outer corner, posterior part of lines 3 and 4 weak, obsolete behind
M'; portions C—R% of discal lines more distal at R* than in satedlitia, anchemolus,
triangulum, ete. ; oblique shadowy band broad, extended to distal margin, where it
is broader than in anchemolus ; subapical costal patch large; patch near hinder
angle broader than in the allied species, rounded triangular, not concave outwardly,
extending a little before M*, but this portion not narrowed to a more or less rounded
spot as in most species ; hinder area from base to rhombiform patch dark as in
anchemolus ; tringe of hinder margin buffish, less extended than in anchemolus.—
Hindwing : broader than in axchemolus ; pale basi-discal area more yellowish than
in the species just mentioned, black outer area far more extended, broadly econ-
nected with the square discal posterior patch; anal area greyish, including a
single black spot, which is seldom absent, and often traces of others ; no stigma,

Underside wood-brown, with a clayish shade; forewing somewhat russet at
distal marginal band.

g. Tenth tergite rounded-truncate ; apex longitudinally ribbed (Pl. XLLYV. f. 2).

( 487 )

Clasper slender ; dorsal margin slightly concave from base to apex ; no patch of
bristles on innerside ; harpe (PI. XLVIII. f. 5): basal portion long, process of the
satellitia-type, but shorter and less curved. Process of penis-sheath short and
obtuse. Hindtarsus and hindtibia normally scaled.

Early stages not known.

The larva figured by Burmeister, l.c., is perhaps that of obliquus. It is brown,
and has a white band on the tenth segment.

Hab. Neotropical Region : Colombia to Bolivia and Sta. Catharina.

In the Tring Museum 3 5d, 9 ? ? from: Rio Dagua, Colombia (W. Rosenberg)
(type, 3); Paramba, Ecuador ; San Augustin, Mapiri R., Bolivia, 3500 ft., ix. 95
(Stuart); Palma Sola, Venezuela; Bahia; Theresopolis, Rio de Janeiro; Sta.Catharina.

In coll. Oberthiir a series from Huamba, Peru (M. de Mathan).

Not difficult to recognise by the straight lines in basal area of forewing.

412. Pholus eacus.

Sphinx eacus Cramer, Pap, Exot. iii, p. 166. t. 285. f. » (1780) (Surinam)!

Daphnis megaeacus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 134. n. 1349 (1822).

Philampelus eacus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 179. n. 9 (1856) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép.
Heét.i. p. 198 n. 7 (1875) (Surinam) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 576. n. 10 (1877) ;
Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 669. n. 4 (1892).

Philampelus pandorus, Druce, in Biol, Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 14. n. 4 (1881) (partim ;
Chiriqui) ; Bonningh., Jris xii. p. 126. n. 50 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

3%. Cramer’s figure is bad, but the pattern of the wings leaves no doubt
that the figure was meant for this species, which does not seem to have been
recognised (from actual specimens) as distinct since Cramer. It is mixed up
in some collections with satellitia.

Upperside of body and wings darker olive-green than in satedlitia. First
abdominal tergite without white fringe, second far less grey in middle. White
spot of palpus small. First segment of hindtarsus as long as tibia, and also
as segments 2 to 4 together; midtibia not distinctly white above. ——Lines of
forewing, above, more pronounced than in satedlitia, but very weak or altogether
obsolete between M! and M? within the pale longitudinal space, which is generally
of a pinkish tint; stigma barely vestigial ; median costal semicircle prominent,
but not heavier than upper portion of first discal line ; subapical costal patch
triangular ; submedian posterior patch trapeziform, narrower behind than it is
generally in satedlitia. Hindwing: a distinct distal line running costad from
outer upper corner of square patch, interspace following this line not shaded
with black, postdiscal line more or less separated from the submarginal band,
Which is narrower and more sharply defined proximally than in satedlitia.

Underside as dark as in satellitia.

d. Tenth tergite as in satedlitia, but less pointed. Clasper rather short,
without patch of bristles on inner surface; harpe as in adamsi and Jasciatus
With two processes (PI. XLVIII. f. 7, lateral view; f. 8, dorsal view); the
process corresponding to that of satedlitia short and not much curved, partly
concealed in lateral aspect by a broad, obtuse, compressed lobe.

Larva not known to science. Bénninghansen refers to it as being green,
and very different from the caterpillars of satedlitia and anchemolus, and feeding
on Jussieua. It is worthy of special note that this Jussiewa-feeder has the same
harpe as fasciatus, also a .Jussicua-feeder ; judging from this we may expect
the larva of adamsi to occur also on Jussieua.

( 488 )

Fab, Beuador ; Surinam ; southward to Sta. Catharina.

In the Tring Museum 3 dd, 3 2 from: Sta. Catharina; Espiritu Santo ;
Paramba, Eeuador (Flemming).

In coll. Charles Oberthiir 4 2 2 from French Guiana.

Our Paramba specimen, a ?, is very pale; it is a bred specimen, and apparently
killed too soon after emergence from the chrysalis.

413. Pholus adamsi spec. noy. (Pl. Il. f. 2, 2).

3. Body above vinaceous-cinnamon ; a black mesial line on head and meso-
notum, abbreviated in front and behind, no dark patch or streak on mesothoracical
tegula ; metanotum black ; a small Jateral spot on second abdominal segment, and
a large subtriangular dorso-lateral patch on the third and fourth segments brownish
black. Underside of body more red, palpus vinaceous-rufous, white at extreme
base ; a white dash behind eye ; abdomen vinaceous-pink.

Wings, above. Forewing : vinaceous-cinnamon, dusted with brown scales ;
lines nearly as in translineatus, but basal dot larger ; five discal lines, the most
distal one almost continuons, its posterior portion being less proximal than in ¢rans-
lineatus. Hindwing : a large black patch from base to end of cell continued
towards anal angle, where it joins the black anal patch; this branch of the pateh
dilated at M* and joining a black postdiscal band, which does not reach costal
margin, but has the appearance of being a continuation of the black anal patch,
corresponding to the postdiscal band of typhon, fasciatus, ete. ; abdominal and
costal margins pinkish -red, distal margin salmon-red ; centre of wing and a
subbasal patch before abdominal margin grey, with a shade of olive-buff.

Underside vinaceous-ferruginous, more vinaceous-red towards abdominal
margin of hindwing; both wings crossed on dise by three blackish brown lines,
which become red in posterior half of hindwing, and are parallel with one another
as well as with outer margins, but curving ‘costad on both wings. Forewing :
basal area greyish brown, blackish behind cell ; onter margin with a broad greyish
brown band shaped as in /ascéatus, vitis, ete. Hindwing: extreme base as on
forewing ; outer margin very thinly brown, this brown border slightly widened
between M? and SM?.

Hindtibia shorter scaled than in fasciatus ; foretibia with a few spines at end.
First segment of hindtarsus as long as tibia.

3. Tenth tergite slender, sharply pointed. Clasper with strongly convex
ventral margin ; friction-scales inconspicuous ; no patch of bristles on inner side ;
harpe with two processes, the upper process corresponding to that of satedlitia,
pointed, curved, bent laterad and ventrad ; the other process broad, feebly chitinised,
obtuse, subconical, hollow (Pl, XLVIII. f. 9, lateral aspect). Penis-sheath ending
in an acute stout process, which is more curved than ordinarily in this genus.

? and early stages not known.

Length of forewing, d, 40 mm. ; breadth, 16 mm.

Hab. Venezuela.

One 3 in the Tring Museum; a second ¢ in Mus. Stockholm; not seen in
other collections.

Named in honour of H. J. Adams, who gave us the specimen in exchange.

Hasily recognised by the colour of the hindwing, in which it differs widely from
translineatus.

( 489 )

414. Pholus translineatus.

*Philampelus translineatus Rothschild, [ris vii. p. 299. n. 7. t. 7. f.2 (¢) (1894) (St. Catharina ;—
coll. Staudinger).
do. Hindwing without red colour. Abdomen without black lateral spot on

second segment.

Hab. Sta. Catherina.
Three ¢¢ in coll. Staudinger, 2 from Sta. Catherina, 1 without locality. Not

seen in other collections.

415, Pholus achemon.

Sphinx achemon Drury, Illustr. Ex. Ent. ii. t. 29. £.1. & Index (1773) (“ Jamaica, Dr. Fothergill,”
err. loci) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii, 2. p. 218. n. 50 (1780).

Sphinx crantor Cramer, Pap, Exot. ii. p. 11. t. 104. f. a (1777) (“ Ind. or.” err. loci) ; Goeze, lc. iii.
(1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2380. n. 73 (1790) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 875.0. 58 (1793)
(“Ind. or.” err, loci); Abb. & Smith, ns. Georgia i. p. 81. t. 41 (1, p., 7.) (1797) ; Lepell. &

: Serv., Enc. Méth. x. p. 466. t. 66. £. 9 (1825).

Pholus crantor, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 138. n. 1435 (1822).

Philampelus crantor, Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 293 (1856) (‘‘ Jamaica” err. loc.) ; Boisd.,
Spec. Gén, Lép. Hét. i. p. 199. n. 9 (1875) (“ Jamaica” er. loc.).

Philampelus achemon, Harvis, in Sillim., Journ. Se. Art xxxvi. p. 300. n. 3 (1839) (= erantor ?) ;
Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 174. n. 2 (1856) (N. York) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se.
Philad. iv. p. 155. n. 43 (1859) (N. York; Penn.) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 19 (1860) ;
Clem.. in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 177. n. 2 (1862); Harris, ed. Flint, Jus. Inj. Veg.
p- 325. f. 150 (/.). 151 (p.)..t. 5. £. 3 (7.) (1862) ; Lintn., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. iii. p. 660 (1864)
(life hist.) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v, p. 158. n. 56 (1865) (Atlantic distr.) ;
Harr., Wnt. Corresp. t. 3. £. 11 (1.) (1869); Riley, Amer. Ent. ii. p. 54. fig. 3d 34. 35 (L., p., @.)
(1869) ; Lintn., Hnt. Contr. i. p. 192 (1872) (N. York, larva in vii. ix.) ; Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 29
(1874) (Newton, Mass. ; vii.) ; Ril., Rept. Missouri ii. p. 74. f. 49—51 (L., p., i.) (1874) ; Grote,
Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se. i. p. 21 (1874) ; id., Le. iii. p. 226. n. 29 (1875); Butl., Trans. Zool.
Soc. Lond, ix. p. 575. n. 6 (1877) (N. York) ; Dimm. & Mann, Psyche ii. p. 68 (1877) (liter.
rel. to met.) ; Worth., Canad. Ent. ix. p. 178 (1877) (Chicago ; imago hibern. ?) ; Grote, /.c. iil.
p. 222. n. 31 (1877) (Mass. ; N.Y.; Penn. ; South. States): French, 7rwns. Dept. Agr. Illin. xv.
p- 165. fig. (1877) ; Saund., Canad. Ent. x. p. 100, £. 4. 5.6 (1878) (life bist.) ; id., Rept. Ent.
Soe. Ont xii. p, 74. fig. (1879) ; Butl., Papilio i. p. 104 (1881) ; Behr, ibid. ii. p. 2 (1882)
(Calif.) ; Saund., ibid. p. 147 (1882) (larva) ; Coq., Trans. Dept. Agr. Illin, xviii. App. p. 182
fig. (1882); Saund., Ins. Inj. Fruits p. 250. n. 134. fig. 260. 261. 262 (L., p., @,) (1888) ;
Fern., Canad, Ent. xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Orono, Maine ; larva notic.) ; Bowl., ibid. xvi. p. 39 (1884)
(Montreal) ; Grote, ibid. xviii. p. 132. n. 40 (1886); Fern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. G0. n. 28. t. 4.
f. 1. 2. 3. (l., p., i.) (1886) ; Edw., Canad. Ent. xx. p. 12 (1887) (N.E. Arizona) ; Smith, Trans.
Amer. Ent, Soc. xv. p. 145. t. 6. £. 5 (genit.) (1888) (Atlantic to Pacific) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. N.
Mus. xxxy. p. 41 (1889) (liter. rel. to metam.) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl.
p. 308. n. 3 (a) (1896) (partim ; Mexico) ; Cross, Ent. News vii. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampsh.) ;
Trum., ibid. viii. p. 27 (1897) (S, Dakota) ; Rowl., ibid. ix. p. 191 (1898) (Missouri) ; id., ibid.
x. p. 10 (1899) (Missouri ; larva).

_ Smerinthus achemon, Lepelletier & Serv., Enc. Méth. x. p. 441 (1825).

Chaerocampa achemon, Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus, Petr., Lep. Suppl. i. p. 92. n. 1527
(1857).

Pholus achemon, Beutenmiiller, in Riley, Jus. Life iii. p. 322 (1891) (N. York, at electr. light) ;
Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 670, n. 1 (1892) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H, vii. p. 289. t. 3.
f. 6 (1895) (N. York, two broods) ; Kirby, in Allen, Nat. Libr., Moths. iv. p. 388 (1897).

3% Spines of external row of foretarsus somewhat prolonged. R* of hindwing

before or in centre of cell ; D* longer than D'. First segment of palpus without
White spot.
d. Tenth tergite widest beyond middle in lateral aspect, apex thinned, sharply

( 490 )

pointed, curved downwards. Clasper narrowed from middle to end, dorsal margin
convex near base, then nearly straight ; a large subapical patch of bristles on inner
surface ; harpe of the satedlitia-type, process shorter than in that species. Penis-
sheath with a slender, pointed process.

Larva green or red-brown, six white lateral elongate spots.—Food-plants :
Vitis and Ampelopsis.

Cremaster of pupa triangular, flattened, rough.

Hab. Nearetic Region, from the Atlantic to the Pacific, extending into Mexico.

In the Tring Museum 2 larvae, 2 pupae, 50-odd specimens from: N. Jersey ;
W. Virginia; Colorado; Phoenix, Arizona, v. vi. (Dr. Kunze); Prescott (v.), Phoenix
(v.), Jerome (vi.), and Flagstaff (vii.), Arizona (Oslar) ; Albuquerque, New Mexico
(Oslar); Gold Hill, Oregon (Biedermann).

416. Pholus typhon.

*Sphinx typhon Klug, Neue Schm. t. 3. £. 1 (1856) (Mexico ;—Mus. Berlin).
Philampelus typhon, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 177. n. 5 (1856) (Mexico) ; Clem., Journ,
Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 155. n. 41 (1859) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p.19 (1860) ; Clem., in

c

Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 178. n. 3 (1862) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent, Soc. Philad. v. p. 158.

n. 57 (1865) (tropical contin. distr.); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 204. n. 14 (1875) (Mexico);
Butl., Vrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 575. n. 5 (1877) (Mexico) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer.,
Lep. Het. i. p. 14. n. 3 (1881) (Oaxaca) ; Edw., Eut. Amer. iii. p. 223 (1888) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep.
Het. i. p. 668. n, 6 (1892) ; Druce, lc. Suppl. p. 308 (1896) (Durango).

3%. A magnificient species, intermediate between strenua and fasciatus on
one side, and achemon on the other, but nearer achemon. Hindwing above from
base to disc, and forewing below (distal marginal border excepted) red. Palpus
without white spot. Brown patch of mesonotum as large as in achemon. Brown
triangular postdiscal costal patch of forewing aboye continued backwards and
joining the triangular patch which stands at hinder margin near angle, the band
thus formed thinnest between R* and M!, where it is often interrupted; proximally
of this band there is a well-marked brown line, with the interspace pale. External
spines of first protarsal segment not prolonged. R? of hindwing before centre of
cell, D* longer than D*.

3. Tenth tergite slender, ending in a sharp point. Clasper broad ; a large
patch of bristles filling up the greater part of the apical half of the inner surface ;
harpe of the safellitia-type, not essentially different from that of satedditia licaon.
Process of penis-sheath acute, about twice as long as the sheath is broad.

Harly stages not known.

Hab. Mexico.

In the Tring Museum 1 6,1 ? from: Jalisco, Mexico.

417. Pholus strenua.

Chaerocampa strenua Ménétries, Enum. Corp, Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 132. n, 1523. t. 12. £. 3 (1857)
(Haiti).

Philampelus strenuus, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 60 (1865) ; id. & Rob., ébid. v. p. 157.
n. 53 (1865) (Haiti) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 574. n, 4 (1877).

Philampelus (Dupo) mirificatus Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se. ii. p. 148 (1875) (Cuba).

Philampelus strenua, Boisduyal, Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 203, n. 13 (1875).

Philampelus mirificatus, Butler, Trans. Zool, Soc. Lond. ix. p. 575. n. 8 (1877) (Cuba) ; Kirby, Cat.
Lep. Het. i. p. 669, n, 2 (1892).

Dupo strenua, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 668. n. 5 (1892).

* Dupo domingonis Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 83 (1894) (S. Domingo ;—Mus, Tring).

Atel

( 491 )

3?. Intermediate between ritis and safellitia, bearing a rather close re-
semblance to Ph. satellitia posticatus from Cuba. The figure of the 2 given by
Ménétriés is not very exact, and misled Grote as well as Rothschild to redescribe
the species. —-Forewing, upperside: a pale subbasal and a pale discal band as in
vitis, stigma divided as in vtis; pale longitudinal band vestigial in basal half ;
submarginal area nearly as in posticatus; a pale curved band from apex to R°,
followed before hinder angle by a pale patch. Hindwing of the same type as in
vitis, black discal line less obvious, submarginal band much narrower. Under
surface vinaceous-red with brown border. First segment of hindtarsus nearly as
long as tibia.

g. Tenth tergite pointed as in satellitia. Dorsal margin of clasper almost
straight, slightly concave; harpe nearly as long as in anchemolus, slenderer, tip
more pointed and curved upwards, intermediate between anchemolus and vitis.
Process of penis-sheath long, pointed, about five times as long as the sheath
is broad.

Hab. Haiti and Cuba.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Haiti.

418. Pholus vitis.

Merian, Metam. Ins. Surin. t. 47. fig. sup. (1, p.. i.) (1705).

Sphinc vitis Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 491. n. 14 (1758) ; id., Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 354 (1764) ; Houtt.,
Naturl. Hist. i. 11. p. 438. n. 14 (1767) (partim) ; Linne, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 801. n. 16 (1767);
Miill., Naturs. v. 1. p. 640. n. 16 (1774) (partim); Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 542. n. 19 (1775)
(partim) ; Cram., Pap. Exot. ii. p. 138. t. 268. f. m (1780); Burm., Abh. Nat. Ges. Halle p. 64
(1854) ; Weym., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xxxvi. p. 46 (1875); Auriv., Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. xix.
5. p. 135 (1882) (recensio critica ; specim. typ. praeserv.).

Dupo vitis, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 137. n. 1466 (1822).

Philampelus hornbeckiana Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Se. Art xxxvi. p. 299 note (1839) (St. Thomas).

Philampelus vitis, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 176. n. 4 (1856) (partim).

Philampelus linnei Grote & Robinson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p- 157. n. 51. t. 3. f. 3 (2) (1865),

We cannot quite understand how it is possible that anybody, after the clear
statements of Weymer (1875) and Aurivillius (1882), could any longer follow

Messrs. Grote and Robinson in considering as Linné’s rétis the species with red

distal and abdominal borders to the hindwing. The authors of /inned were wrong

in their interpretation of Linné’s description, not to say careless, being probably
misled by a wrongly coloured copy of Merian’s Met. Ins. Surin. There remains not
the shadow of a doubt about which insect is the real vitis, if one has compared

Merian’s figure and Linné’s description. The true vitis is the vine-feeder with only

the abdominal margin of the hindwing red and the stigma of the forewing divided,

and not the species which feeds on Jussiewa and has a simple stigma on the forewing
and red abdominal and distal borders to the hindwing. If the descriptions of

Linné, Fabricius, etc., were all as clear as that of vit/s, there would be no disagree-

Ment as to the application of their names. Why nearly all authors adhere to the

opinion of Grote and Robinson we cannot imagine, but they are really more to

blame than the authors of the muddle themselves, considering that the error has
been pointed out several times. John Smith (1888) goes even so far as to say,

“Messrs. Grote and Robinson have given a very full history of the two forms

[vitis and Linnei], satisfactorily straightening out the coufusion theretofore

existing. It will be sufficient to refer the student to this bit of careful study, and

to note my full concurrence in their views.” Surely, Prof. Smith cannot have
compared the original descriptions or Merian’s figure.

( 492 )

In order to enable those of our readers who have no access to the literature in
question to arrive at an independent opinion, we give the following facts :—

1. We have in the Tring Museum four editions of Merian’s Met. Ins. Surinam ;
other copies of the work have also been compared. Now, the black design of the
upper figure of Plate XLVII. is the same in all copies, the stigma being plainly
DIVIDED as in the vine-feeder, not in the Jussteua-feeder. But the colouring is
utterly different, as follows :—

a. Latin edition of 1705; library at Gottingen :—

Distal and abdominal margins of hindwing red.
6. Dutch edition of 1705, in the Tring Museum :— f
Distal margins of fore- and hindwing red; abdominal margin of
hindwing green.

ce. Edition of 1719 :—

Right and left forewing different in pattern; distal and abdominal
inargins of hindwing red.

Latin and French edition of 1726, in the Tring Musenm :—

Wings nearly entirely crimson, a narrow green band on forewing; distal
and abdominal margins of hindwing green, with the red colour
of the disc extending to distal margin posteriorly on the left wing.
The figure in the copy contained in the library at Gottingen is only
partly coloured ; the disc of the hindwing is green.

Dutch edition of 1830, in the Tring Museum :—

Distal and abdominal margins of hindwing red as in the Jussiewa-feeder ;
stigma of forewing so thickly smeared over with brown that the
white dividing line is not visible except by close inspection.

2. Linné’s descriptions of the wings are as follows :—

J. In Syst. Nat. ed. x. :—

“alis cinereis fusco-variis : posticis margine tenuiore sanguineis.”
g. In Mus. Lud. Ul. :—
“alae posticae supra cinereae. Fascia nigricans versus marginem
posticum. Macula nigra in disco. Margo anterior albus, interior
Macula sanguinea.”
h. In Syst. Nat. ed. xii. :-—
“alis cinereis fusco variis : posticis margine interiore sanguincis.”

It will be noticed that :— f

a.’ Margo tenuior is the same as margo interior (see a and ¢; Fabricius also
employs sometimes tenuwior for interior).

b. Linné speaks of margo posticus, margo anterior, and margo interior in Mus.
Lud. Ulr.

Comparing other descriptions of Linné we find that his margo posticus is the
distal margin (see description of carolina), the margo anterior the costal margin,
and the margo interior the abdominal margin. This margo interior alone 18
described as red in vitis (see f—h). Sapienti sat.

3%. Forewing, upperside: a subbasal band from costal to inner margin
crossing vein M just proximally of M'; stigma round, divided by the pale cross-vein
D* ; pale discal band curved costad ; distal marginal border with a grey or white
line at proximal edge ; all these characters shown in Merian’s figure. Hindwing :
a black discal line from upper distal angle of square patch costad; a black, con-
tinuous, submarginal band, preceded by a more or less completely separate line.

™~

C

é.

( 493 )

3. Tenth tergite as in satedlitia, acute and slender. Clasper with dorsal margin
concave ; innerside hairy, no patch of bristles ; harpe as in safellitia, but longer
(Pl. XLVIII. f. 1). Process of penis-sheath rather more curved and less slender
than in satellitia.

Larva green, with red dorsal line, third and fourth segments dotted with black ;
four or five white, elongate, oblique side-patches, encircled with black (Merian’s
figure has three spots only, but shows the black dots on third and fourth segments).
—Food-plants : Vitis and Ampelopsis.

Pupa not known to us; Merian’s figure not sufficiently correct, cremaster curved
as in anchemolus.

Hab. Neotropical Region, including the West Indies ; occasionally northward
to New England.
. Two subspecies :

a. Ph. vitis vitis.

Merian, 1.c.

Sphinz vitis Linné, l.c.

Dupo vitis, Hiibner, /.c.

Philampelus hornbeckiana Harris, lc, ; Grote & Rob., Proc, Ent, Soc, Philad. v. p. 157. n. 52 (1865)
(St. Thomas) ; Boisd., Spec, Gén. Lép, Het. i. p. 201. n, 11 (1875) ; Butl., Trans, Zool. Soc, Lond,
ix, p. 574, n. 3 (1877).

Philampelus vitis, Walker, Ic. ; Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii, p. 293. t. 17, £. 4 (1856) ; Clem.,
Journ, Ac. N, Se. Philad. iv, p. 156. n. 46 (1859) (partim); Morris, Cat, Lep, N, Am. p. 19 (1860)
(partim) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 179. n. 5 (1862) (=hornbeckiana ?); Herr.-
Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 58 (1865) (Cuba); Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc, Philad. v. p. 156. n. 50
(1865) (partim); Boisd., Cons, Lép. Guatemala p. 69 (1870); Weym., Stett, Ent. Zeit, xxxvi.
p. 46 (1875); Boisd., Spee. Gén. Lép. Het, i, p. 200, n. 10 (1875) (Cayenne ; Brazil) ; Hall, in
Riley, Ins. Life i. p. 319 (1889) (Ohio, on Grape and Ampelopsis); Dew., Mitth. Miinch, Ent.
Ver. i. 92 (1877) (Porto Rico) ; Auriv, /.c. (1882).

Chaero-ampa vitis, Ménétriés, Enum, Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr. Lep. Suppl. ii. p. 92. 0, 1522 (1857)
(Haiti ; Brasilia),

Philampelus fasciatus, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc, Philad. v. p. 59 (1865) (partim).

Philampelus linnei id, & Rob., lc. v. p. 157. n, 51. t. 3. £.3 (2) (1865) ; Grote, ibid. vi. p. 328 (1867) ;
id., Trans. Amer, Ent, Soc, iii, p. 185 (1871) (~yo. partim) ; Méschl., Stett. Ent, Zeit, xxxv. p, 307
(1874) ; Grote, Bull, Buffalo Soc. N. Se. i. p. 21 (1874) (Alabama); id., /.c. il, p. 226. n, 27
(1875) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot, Ges, Wien xxvi, p, 348 (1876) (Surinam ; synon,!) ; Butl.,
(1877) (Alabama); Burm., Deser, Rép. Arge it. v. p. 351, n, 5 (1878) (Corrientes) ; id., /.c. Atlas
p. 58 (1879) (= vitis Linné) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent, Cubana p. 191 (1881) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr.
Amer., Lep, Het, i, p. 13, n, 2 (1881) (Mexico ; Guatemala; Chiriqui): Lintn., Papilio iv.
p. 145, n, 2 (1884) (R. Grande, Texas); Grote, Canad, Ent. xviii. p, 132. n, 37 (1886) ; id.,
Hawk Moths N, Am, p. 32 (1886) ; Smith, Trans, Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 141 (1888) (northward
to Massachusetts) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. iv, p. 60 (1892) (Cuba) ; id., ‘bid. vii.
p. 291 (1895); Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 308 (1896) (Mexico; Brit, Hond, ; Guatem, ; Nicaragua ;
Tobago I).

Dupo linnei, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 668. n, 2 (1892) ; Bonningh,, Jris xii. p. 127, sub n. 51 (1899)
(not found near Rio de Jan.).

Dupo hornbeckiana, Kirby, lc, 0, 4 (1892).

3%. The dd from Argentina, Paraguay, and Southern Brazil differ from
those from imore northern localities in the clasper being pointed instead of evenly
rounded at end. ‘These specimens have, like their 9%, the lines of the forewing
4 little more white than northern examples. The darkest individuals ocenr on
the Leeward Islauds, St. Vincent, Sta. Lucia, etc. ; in these the white lines are
almost absent from the forewing in some of the few specimens seen.

( 494 )

Harris’s description of Aornbeckiana applies to this insect; Harris’s vztis is
SJasciatus.

Larva : see above.

Hab. Neotropical Region except Jamaica ; northward to New England.

In the Tring Museum 3 larvae, 66-odd specimens from: Nassau, Bahamas
(Sir G. Carter); Cuba; Mexico to Bolivia; Paraguay; Sao Paulo; Venezuela ;
St. Vincent ; Grenada. :

b. Ph. vitis hesperidum.

*Pholus hesperidum Kirby, Proc, Roy. Dublin Soc, (2). ii. p. 340 (1880) (Jamaica ;—Mus. Dublin) ;
Waterh., Aid Zdent, Ins, i. t. 47 (1880).
Dupo hesperidum Kirby, Cat, Lep, Het. i. p. 668, n. 3 (1892) (Jamaica),
Dupo hesperidium (!), Smyth, Ent, News xii, p. 108 (1901).
$. Pale markings of upperside more white than in the preceding ; pale streak
R* of forewing vestigial or absent ; under surface almost wholly vinaceous-red.
Hab. Jamaica.
In the Tring Museum 3 ¢¢ from: Rae Town, at light, Sept. 1897, and
Kingston, at light (Taylor) ; Jamaica.

419. Pholus fasciatus.

Sphinz vitis, Drury (non Linné, 1758), Illustr. Ex. Ins. i, p. 60. t. 28. f. 1 & Index (1773) ; Fabr.,
Syst. Ent. p. 542. n. 19 (1775) (partim) ; Den. & Schiff., Verz. Schm. Wien p. 47. frontispiece
(1776) ; Goeze, Fut, Beytr. iii, 2. p. 164. n. 16 (1780) (partim) ; Cram., Pap. Exot, iii. p. 136.
t. 267. f. c (1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 147. n. 35 (1781) (partim) ; Roem., Gren. Ins. p. 72.
n. 148. t. 20. f. 1 (1785) ; Fabr., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 96. n, 39 (1787) (partim) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat.
i. 5, p. 2380. n, 16 (1790) (partim) ; Fabr., Lt. Syst. iii. 1. p. 369, n. 41 (1793) (partim) ;
Abb. & Smith, Jns. Georgia i. p. 79. t. 40 (L., p., 7.) (1797).

Sphinx fasciatus Sulzer, Gesch. Ins. p. 151. t. 20. f. 1 (1776).

Eumorpha elegans jussieuae Hiibner, Samml, Ex. Schm. i. t. 169 (180- ?).

Sphyne strigilis Vogel, Schmett, Cab. iii, p. 17. t. 6. f. 7 (1822) (N. York).

Dupo jussievae Hiibner, Verz. bek, Schm. p. 137. n. 1467 (1822) ; id., Samml. Bx. Schm. ii. t. 163
(1824 2).

Philampelus vitis, Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Se. Art xxxvi. p. 299. n. 1 (1839); Dune., in Jard.,
Nat. Libr, xxxvii. p. 104. t. 5 (1, p., i.) (1841); Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 58. 83
(1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob., ibid. v. p. 156. n. 50 (1865) ; Grote, /.c. vi. p. 328 (1867) ; id.
& Rob., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 76 (1869) ; Grote, ibid. iii, p. 184 (1871) (syn. partim) ;
Moschl., Stett. Ent, Zeit. xxxv. p. 303 (1875) (synon. erroneous !); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond.
ix. p. 574. pn. 1 (1877) (Mexico; Jamaica ; Haiti; Brazil); Dimm. & Mann, Psyche ii. p. 67
(1877) ; Berg, Bull. Moscow p. 204. n. 16 (1875)) (Patagonia ; descr. of larva); Burm., Descr.
Rép. Argent. v. p. 352. n.6 (1878) (Patagonia; Buenos Ayres); id., /.c. Atlas p. 58 (1879) ;
Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 188 (1881) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 13. 0. 1
(1881) (Mexico ; Costa Rica; Chiriqui) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 132. n. 36 (1886) ; id.,
Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 32 (1886); Edw., Ent. Amer, iii. p. 164 (1887) (Florida) ; Smith,
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 142. t. 6. f. 6 (genit.) (1888) (northward to Massachusetts) ;
Edw., Bull, U. St. N. Mus. xxxv. p. 40 (1889) (liter. rel. to metam.) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer.
Mus. N. H. vii. p. 290. t. 3. £7 (1895) (N. York, rare); Druce, /.c. Suppl. p. 307 (1896)
(Mexico; Nicaragua).

Philampelus jussieuae, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 177. u, 6 (1856) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se.
Philad. iv. p. 157. n. 47 (1859) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 19 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn.
Lep. N. Am. p. 180. n. 6 (1862); Grote & Rob., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 76 (1869) ;
Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 202. n. 12 (1875) (deser- of larva).

Philampelus fasciatus, Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 193. t. 17. £. 5 (1856) ; Herr.-Sch., Corresp.
Bl. p. 58 (1865) (Cuba); Walk., lc. xxxv. p. 1854 (1866); Weym., Stett. Ent. Zeit. XXXVi.
p- 46 (1875) ; Moschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p- 348 (1876) (Surinam ; synon. !) ;
Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. i. p. 92 (1877) (Porto Rico) ; Maass., Stet. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 58
(1880). :

( 495 )

Dupo vitis, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. i. p. 21 (1874) (N. Jersey ; South. States); Thaxt.,
Psyche i. p. 29 (1874) (Newton, Mass., vi.); Grote, Lc. ii. p. 226. n. 26 (1875) ; id., lc. iii.

id., in Allen, Nat. Libr., Moths iv. p. 37. t. 103 (1., p., 7.) (1897) (syn. partim).
Dupo fasciatus, Bouninghausen, Jris xii. p. 127. n. 51 (1899) (Rio de Jan. ; larva).

3d. Tibiae shorter scaled than in ets. First segment of hindtarsus very
little shorter than tibia. Forewing, above, with a single straight line behind
base of M?, at right angles to hinder margin; stigma appearing simple, triangular,
owing to the proximal part (within cell) being scarcely deeper in tint than the
rest of the cell. Hindwing without black discal line ; a broad black postdiscal
band from C to M?, sharply defined, followed bebind M? by a faint postdiscal and
a black submarginal line; distal margin red, except from M? backwards ; abdominal
margin rather brighter red; interspace between black square patch and brown
distal marginal band M’—SM? also red. Hindwing below with abdominal area
more extended rosy red than in vtis.

3. Tenth tergite pointed. Clasper densely hairy inside ; dorsal margin nearly
straight ; harpe (Pl. XLVIII. f. 6) with two processes as in eacus and adamsi :
one pointed, curved, resembling the hook of other species, partly covered by
the second, which is short, obtuse, compressed, broad. Penis-sheath stout ; process
short, triangular (PI. LIV. f. 26).

Larva very different in adult stage from that of e7t/s, being particoloured
with numerous black ringlets, and, on segments 4 to 11, with narrow oblique
white lateral bands, extending over two segments. In the young caterpillar the
white side-bands are confined to one segment each, and the black transverse lines

are rudimentary.—Food-plant : Jussieua.

Pupa: cremaster rough ; labrum somewhat projecting as a small tubercle ;
head beneath a little more convex than dorsally.

Hab. Neotropical Region, extending southward to Patagonia, and northward
into the Nearctic Region, occasionally wandering to New England.

In the Tring Museum 1 pupa, 60-odd specimens from: South Carolina to
Buenos Ayres aud St. Catharina; Cuba; Haiti; Jamaica; not from the Andes
of Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia, where it doubtless occurs.

420, Pholus phorbas.

Sphine phorbas Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. p. 86. t. 55. £. B (1775) (Ind. oce.? Ind. or.?); Goeze, Ent.
Beytr. iii. 2. p. 220, n. 59 (1780) ; Stoll, in Cram., /.c. iv. p. 65 (1780) (Surinam) ; Fabr., Spec.
Ins, ii. p. 145. n. 25 (1781) ; id, Mant. Ins. ii. p. 95. mn. 28 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5.
p. 2379. n. 70 (1790) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 365. n. 30 (1793) ; Lep. & Serv., Enc. Meéth. x.
p. 466. t. 66. £. 4 (1825).

Sphine pandion Stoll, in Cram., lc. iv. p. 65. t, 821. f. a (1780) (Surinam).

Sphine phorbus (!), Fabricius, l.c. Index p. 157 (1796).

Argeus pandion, Hiibuer, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 134, n. 1443 (1822).

Philampelus phorbas, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 179, n. 10 (1856) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép.
Ht, i. p. 193. n. 2 (1875) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 577. n. 17 (1877).

Argeus (1) phorbas, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het i. p. 670. n. 2 (1892) (Surinam)

3%. Brown stripe of thorax and abdomen broad, about half the width of the
frons, not widened to large patches on fifth and sixth abdominal segments.
Underside of wings and body nearly wholly yellow. Midtibia white above from
base to apex. R* of hindwing below centre of cell, D* obviously shorter than D! as
a rule, '

dg. Tenth tergite ending in a long sharp point. Clasper narrowed from middle

( 496 )

to end, dorsal margin convex before middle, mesial basal fold large; harpe of
the safellitia-type, the process swollen at base and somewhat bent away from the
clasper. Penis-sheath stout, zw7thout process.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region : Venezuela ; Surinam; Trinidad ; Para.

In the Tring Museum 1 3,2 2% from: Pt. of Spain, Trinidad, February 1896
(Dr. Perey Rendall) ; Aroa, Venezuela, April 1893 ; Surinam, ex coll. Eyndthoven
(Cramer’s type ?).

In the Bern Museum from Para (Dr. Goeldi), at the electric light, vi.

421. Pholus capronnieri.

*Philampelus capronnieri Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 194. n. 3. t. 7. £. 2 (1875) (Oyapock ;
—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 630 (1877) ; Méschl., Verh.
Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 348 (1876) (Surinam).

Argeus (?) capronnieri, Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 670. n. 3 (1892) (Oyapock).

Argeus cappronnieri (1), Smyth, Ent. News xii. p. 108 (1901).

3¢. Head and mesonotum with blackish brown mesial stripe ; side-stripe
narrow, widened on the fifth and sixth abdominal segments to two patches.

Underside of wings and body less yellow, especially in the ? ?, than in phorbas.

Position of R? of hindwing as in the preceding.

3. Sexual armature nearly identical with that of phorbas; process of harpe
less bent away from the clasper.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region : Surinam ; Venezuela ; Amazons ; Ecuador.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd, 7 2? from: Peru; Paramba, Ecnador ; Manaos;

Aroa and Palma Sola, Venezuela.

422. Pholus labruscae.

Merian, Met. Ins. Surin. t. 34 (1705) ; Seba, Thesaur. iv. p. 66. t. 56. f. 10. 11 (1765).

Sphinx labruscae Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 491. n. 12 (1758) ; Clerek, Icon. Ins. ii, t. 47. f. 3. (1764) ;
Linné, Mus. Lud. Ulr, p. 352 (1764); id., Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 800. n. 14 (1767) ; Houtt.,
Naturl. Hist. i. 1. p. 437. n. 12 (1767) ; Miill., Naturs, v. 1. p. 639. n. 14 (1774) ; Fabr., Syst,
Ent. p. 546. n. 34 (1775) ; Cram., Pap. Exot, ii. p. 133, t. 184. f. A (1777) ; Goeze, Ent, Beytr.
iii. 2. p. 163. n. 14 (1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 152. n. 57 (1781) (=clotho) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii.
p. 98. n. 63 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2380. n. 14 (1790) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 377,
n. 66 (1793) ; Swains., Zool. IUustr.i,t. 87 (1822) (Jamaica) ; Lep. & Serv., Enc. Méth. x. p. 466.
t. 67. f. 2 (1825) ; Sepp, Pap. Surin. i, p. 71. t. 82 (1844) ; Lucas, in Chenu, Enc. Hist. Nat.,
Pap. i. p. 10. fig. 30 (1853) ; Auriv., Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. xix, 5, p, 134. 0. 170 (1882)
(recensio critica),

Sphinx clotho, Fabricius (non Drury, 1773), Syst. Ent, p. 540. n, 12 (1775) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii.
2. p. 206. n, 2 (1780) (partim) ; Fabr., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 97. 0. 57 (1787) (Cap. b, sp. ; alia spec. ?
descr. mala); id., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 376. n. 601 (1793) (alia spec. ?) ; Auriv. Ent, Tidskr.
xviii. p. 153. sub n. 84 (1897) ( =/labruscae).

Eumorpha elegans labruscae, Hiibner, Samml. Ex. Schm. i. t. 167 (180-?).

Argeus labruscae, id., Verz. bek. Schm. p. 134. n. 1442 (1822); Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc, N. Se. u
p. 22 (1874); id., Le. ii, p. 226. n. 30 (1875) ; id., Le. iii, p. 222. n. 32 (1877) (N. Jersey ;
Missouri) ; id., Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 132. n, 41 (1886); Smith, Zrans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv.
p. 137 (1888) (northward to Canada, visitor) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. N. Mus. xxxv. p. 41 (1889)
(liter. rel. to metam.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 670, n. 1 (1892) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer.
Mus. N. H. vii. p. 288. t. 5. £. 6 (1895) (visitor, northw. to Canada); Kirby, in Allen, Nat.
Libr., Moths iv. p. 38 (1897) ; Sloss., Ent. News x. p. 96 (1899) (Florida) ; Bonningh., /ris xii,
p. 125, n. 47 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

Philampelus labruscae, Burmeister, Sphing. Bras, p, 58, n. 1 (1856) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M.
viii, p. 178, n, 7 (1856) (Jamaica; Haiti; Mexico; Colombia ; Venezuela) ; Lucas, in Sagra,

“

ona =,

( 497 )

Hist. Cuba vii, p. 292. t. 17. f. 3 (1856) ; Clem., Journ, Ac. N. Se, Philad.iv. p, 156, n, 45 (1859);
Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 19 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 178. n, 4 (1862) ;
Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc, Philad. v. p, 62. 82 (1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob,, ‘bid. v. p. 158. n, 58 (1865) :
Grote, /.c. vi. p, 329 (1867) (Cuba) ; Berg, Act. Ac. Nac, Argent. i. p. 71. 0. 15 (1870) (Bahia
Blanca ; Rio Negro) ; Boisd., Consid. Lép. Guatemala p. 69 (1870) (Nicaragua) ; Grote, Trans.
Amer. Ent, Soc. ii. p. 185 (1871) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p, 193. n. 1 (1875) (Guiana ;
Brazil ; Antilles); Berg, Bull. Moscow p, 203. n, 15 (1875) (Patagonia, xi.) ; Méschl., Verh.
Zool. Bot. Ges, Wien xxvi. p. 348 (1876) (Surinam) ; Butl., vans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 578.
n. 19 (1877) (Jamaica; Haiti ; Mexico ; Col. ; Venez.); Dew., Witth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. i. p. 92.
(1877) (Porto Rico): Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent. v. p. 346, n. 1, (1878) (Buenos Aires ; Pata-
govia); id., /.c. Atlas p. 36, t. 15, f. 7. A. B. 9 (/.) (1879): Gundl., Contr, Ent. Cubana p. 186
(1881) ; Weism., ed. Meld., Stud. Theory Desc. i. p. 195 (1882) (larva); Druce, in Biol, Centr.
Amer., Lep. Het, i, p, 14. n. 7 (1881) (Mexico) ; id,, /.c, Suppl. p. 308 (1896) (Mexico ; Guatemala ;
Costa Rica).

Chaerocampa labruscae, Ménétriés, Enum. Corp, Anim. Mus, Petr., Lep, Suppl. ii. p. 92. n, 1521
(1857) (Haiti),

¢%. Head and prothorax rather longer than in the other species of Pholus,
excepting anchemolus. Hindtarsus very long, first segment somewhat longer than
tibia. First segment of palpus a little longer than second. Patch of modified
scales near base of M of forewing below more distinct than in the other’ species.
Hasily recognised by the blue patches of the hindwing.

3. Tenth tergite relatively very short, pointed (P]. XLIV.f. 1). Clasper sub-
acuminate, apex more convex dorsally than ventrally ; harpe as in sateddtia, shorter,
vertical part of hook sometimes nearly as long as horizontal part of hook (PI.
XLVIII.f. 4). Penis-sheath slender, process very short and obtuse (Pl. LIV. f. 28).

Larva: first stages green, later brown or greenish brown ; fourth segment with
a small round ocellus ; young caterpillars (except first stage) with a series of seven
rosy side-bands, replaced later by white spots ; adult larva with obscure pale side-
band from head to anal segment, irregularly zigzag on segments 4 to 10; thoracical
segments, besides, with pale ventro-lateral band and thin dorsal line ; 4th to 11th
segments striated with thin short buffish lines, which are especially obyious on the
back.—Food: Vitis ; Ampelopsis.

Pupa: head-case more projecting than in satellitia, anchemolus, vitis, far more
convex ventrally than on back ; cremaster broad, short, triangular, flattened, rough.

FTab. Neotropical Region, from Patagonia northward to Canada, but only visitor
in the temperate and cold northern and southern districts. Apparently everywhere
in Central and South America.

In the Tring Museum 5 larvae, 3 pupae, and 70-odd specimens from : Jamaica ;
Haiti; Cuba; Nassau, Bahamas (Sir G. Carter) ; Florida southwards to Buenos
Ayres, many places.

CXII. TINOSTOMA gen. nov.—Typus : smaragditis.

d. Bye not lashed, apart from a tuft of scales near base of antenna. Palpus
long and slender, second segment nearly three times as long as broad, widest
before middle, tapering towards end, third segment small. Genal process narrow
bat prominent, shorter than the pilifer. Antenna (broken, only one half left)
very strongly compressed, the ridge, bearing the fascicles of ciliae elevate sub-
Yentrally, the segment, in frontal aspect, broader below middle than above middle.
Aldominal segments with one row of heavy spines, which are only partly con-
fignous. Tirst segment of foretarsus with many spiues at base externally ; mid-
farsus without comb, first segment longer than 2 to 5 together, long spur about

K K

‘

( 498 )

one-third the length of the first tarsal segment (hindlegs not preserved). Wings
entire; SC? and R! of hindwing on a stalk which is nearly as long as the cell
is broad; R? from near upper angle of cell, D’ much longer than D*, lower angle
of cell about 80°. ;

Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIV. f. 6) narrow, long, tip obtuse; sternite broad,
apex rounded, with indication of sinus. Clasper without friction-scales ; harpe
(Pl. XLVI. f. 20) short, obtuse, dorsal edge sinuate, dilated into a short tooth
proximally of sinus. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 29) with a large apical flap,
directed proximad, lying upon the sheath, and armed with long teeth at the
edges, reminding one of the flap found in Lurypteryx (Pl. LY. f. 15—17).

Early stages not known.

Tab. Sandwich Islands.

One species.

An ally of Pholus ; more specialised in the long palpus, the more strongly
compressed antenna, the absence of a comb from the midtarsus, the position of
veins R! and R? of hindwing, ete.

423. Tinostoma smaragditis.
¥Deilephila ?)- smaragditis Meyrick, in Sharp, Mauna Hawai, i. 2. p. 191. n. 1. t. 5. £. 7 (1899)
(Kauai ;— Mus. Brit.).
Thorax, part of abdomen, and forewings green above ; upperside of hindwing
purplish brown, with a violet hue in side-view.
Hab. Makaweli, Kanai, 2000 feet; 1 ¢ in the British Museum.

Trize Nephelicae nov.—Typus: Nephele funebris.

3%. Abdominal spines in more than one row.

The genera of this tribe are in more than one organ either similar to the
Sesiinae or to the Choerocampinae. Very often a genus inclines towards one sub-
family in one stage and towards the other subfamily in another stage. Macroglossum,
for instance, is Sesiad in the imago and larva, but Choerocampid in the pupa ;
Ampelophaga is Choerocampid in the imago and larva, and Sesiad in the chrysalis.
The imago of Atemnora is Sesiad in the strong flat spines, Choerocampid in the large
friction-scales. Such similarities are in so far affinities as they show that the lines
of development which prevail in the Seséinae on the one side and in the
Choerocampinae on the other reappear in the Nephelicae, a tribe of PAilampelinae,
which subfamily stands between the two others.

Progressive and retrogressive development is about equally frequent in this tribe.
The normally non-crested head acquires a crest in reduced forms, like Darapsa,
Deidamia, Sphingonaepiopsis, and the eyes become lashed and small. On the other
hand the eyes and the palpi are enlarged in Elibia, Eurypteryx, Giganteopalpus.
The originally conical abdomen is flattened in a number of genera: the spines,
which are never absent, develop in a similar way as in the Ses//nae, becoming very
weak in some genera and very strong and flat in others, Macroglossum and the two
genera derived from it agreeing in the spination almost exactly with Seséa and
allies ; the basal sternite is not spinose, or has weak spines, or is as strongly spinose
as the other sternites, and these sometimes nearly as strongly as the tergites, as is
also the case in several Sesiinae. In the species with strongly spinose and flattened

MICROSPHINS

SPHINGON GURELCA
Head creste
Eye lash
Antenna of ¢ den r pect na setiform ; end-segment short
ODONTOSIDA, clubbed r £ abdomen weak
Like Zimr Spines of abdomer Merum of midcoxa not angulate
End-segment: of antenn: Meram of r t Tibiae spinose.
Foretibia ending in a thor Tibiae spin Midtarsal comb absen
Midt thout Ventral lobes of paronychium absent RE RSU GRATIS TGIAMHaatTy
M merum not angu! Midtik s equal in lengt length
{ neatales Midtan wnt ntral lobes of pa

Nc No friction-scales.

RHODOSOMA

arva similar t
Tongue-case ¢ DARAPSA
TEMNORIPAIS 1 Like Ampelocca
Like wra, but end-segment of but tibiae spinose
t comb, tenna shor
not angulate ) friction-scale
er small Tibine spino AMPELOECA
i Similar to Ampelophaga
ephaga Head creste
eye s Eye lashed
Midtarsus without
Friction-scales small and
Tongue-case of f

Larva t

Antennae not olv

End-segment of antenna not

PHILODILA
xintly clubbed (9)
midcoxa not angnla
Spin abd n rather st
Midtarsus with comb.
(Midtarsal spurs equal in length.)

DEILEPHILA

I
Ante l-seg Ey
mb Abdominal spines el Mid
tern spurs with comt Midcoxal merum not angu Abdominal spines weak
Tail of J three-cornered, of 9 simple Midtarsus with coi Midtarsus with comb
Mriatlonreca eavlaree Friction-scales large Friction-toales In
Larva (young) cylindrical, with long No triangular tail No fan-tail
horn; Jater tapering in front, with Larva (adult) strongly tapering in front Tonpubdive' oiaund' com presser
al Tongue-case of pupa somewhat com Toren EES ne prasaea

somites 3 and 4 swollen
ge compressed tong pressed. ler

with lateral eye-spot
|

(ANCESTRAL FORM.)

Eye not lashed.
Antenna setiform ; end-segment long.
Abdominal spines not uniseriate, strong
Midcoxal merum not angulate
Friction-scales small and numerous,
Midtarsus with comb.
Larva cylindrical, tapering in front
Tongue-case of pupa somewhat com-

pressed.

PHILAMPELICAE NEPHELICAE,

SESIIN,
a2 PHILAMPELINAE,

SVHINGIDAE ASEMANO!HORAE SPHINGIDAE SEMANOPHORAE

SPHINGIDAE.

( 499 )

abdomen the first segment is mostly closely appressed to the thorax; in Macro-
glossum the first tergite is reduced to a very narrow strip. The fan-tail is found in
both sexes of a number of genera, sometimes only in the d (Hurypteryx) ; it is a
Sesiad character indicated occasionally only by three small tufts (Nep/ele 3c).
The scent-organ of the anterior coxa is sometimes strongly developed (Chromis).
The mid- and hindcoxal merum are in the greater number of genera simple, or the
-midcoxal merum is simply carinate or subangulate ; but the large sharp tooth found
in Seséa and allies appears also in this tribe (Macroglossum and allies), though the
hindcoxal merum is never as strongly produced as in Sesiu.

The tibiae become spinose in several genera; the apical thorn of the foretibia
found in some Cephonodes (Sesiinae) and in many Sphingidae asemanophorae
appears also here, with or without an additional armature of spines (Odontosida ;
Proserpinus ; Arctonotus ; ete.). The midtarsal comb is very often lost respect-
‘ ively reduced. The spurs may be long or short, unequal or equal in length ; in the
latter case they are reduced. The proximal pair of the hindtibia is lost only in
Microsphine. The pulvillus and paronychium are rarely lost. The mid- and hind-
tarsus of Macroglossum and allies is specialised in being compressed and having
acquired a dense spination on the outer surface.

_ The ancestral antenna was doubtless spiniform, long, and had an elongate
rough-scaled end-segment. The clubbed antenna is a later acquisition. The short
nd-segment found in numerous genera is a reduced long one, i.e. is a less
eralised character than the long seyment. The length of the latter may become
egerated, as is the case in Acosmeryx. The strongly clubbed antenua has a long
a short end-segment. ‘The bristles of the end-sezment are sometimes much
longed, and resemble those of the Choerocampinae (Panacra; see also Philodila)
_ The pupa with compressed tongue-case (Choerocampid tongue-case) is a
rivation from an anteriorly cylindrical and obtuse pupa as found in PAilampelicae.
the other hand, the Choerocampid pupa of Nephelicae may become reduced,
uming the aspect of the pupa of Sesiinae by losing the compressed projecting
ue-case. Such Sesiad pupae appear frequently in genera with reduced head and
igue of the imago (Deidamia, Darapsa, ete.).

The pedigree inserted below gives expression to our view of the connection
ween the various genera. There are three main branches: one leading from
pphila to Darapsa; the second from Nephele to Rhopalopsyche ; the third from
ele to Deidamia. We thought at first that this last branch might be a
elopment from the first. But on consideration of all characters we think to be
correct in treating the third branch (on the left side in the pedigree) as a derivation
from some such form as Nephele instead of Deilephila. The qualifying remark
applied to the former pedigrees holds good also here.

Key to the genera :

a. Spines of first row of abdominal

tergites not longer than broad . |. roto
Spines of first row of abdominal
tergites longer than broad . : é yi

4. End-segment of antenna elongate,
d-antenna with fasciculated ciliae CL, Macroglossum.
End-segment of antenna elongate,
d-antenna similar to those of ?,
without prolonged ciliae —. . CLL. Rhopatlopsyche.

d,

gy.

h.

Mm.

nN.

( 500 )

End-segment of antenna short ; ab-
domen with white belt

. Foretibia armed with thorn at end,

or spinose

Foretibia simple ‘

Costal margin of hindwing Beenie
sinnate : - :

Costal margin of sees not
sinuate

». Two pairs of hindtibial spurs ; “sal

villus absent ; -
Two pairs of hindtibial spurs ; poe
villus present 5
One pair of hindtibial spurs ; ‘oul
villus present

. Antenna clubbed

Antenna not clubbed ;

Foretibia not spinose, ending in a
thorn . : : 2 :

Foretibia spinose; midtibial spurs
equal . ,

Foretibia spinose ; nidtibial | spurs
not equal

Antenna clubbed

Antenna setiform ; Amal: spines
weak . 5 é

Antenna setiform ; phdonmnile spines
strong

. Pulvillus and ot Bien Bbeent

Pulyillus and paronychium present .

. End-segment of antenna elongate,

more or less long, filiform
End-segment of antenna short.

. Shorter mid- and hindtibial spurs

with comb of bristles .
Shorter mid- and hindtibial spurs
without comb of bristles

. Distal margin of forewing scalloped

or angulate or dentate
Distal margin of forewing even
End-segment of antenna not scaled,
with a number of very long
bristles
End-segment of antenna sealed
End-segment of antenna not filiform
End-segment of antenna long, fili-
form ; eye lashed
End-segment of antenna very long,
filiform ; eye not lashed

CLIL. Leucostrophus.

d.
a

CXXXV. Gurelea.

We

7:

CXXXVII. Microsphinz.
CXLVIIT. EHuproserpinus.

CXLY.

Arctonotus.

CXXXIV. Odontosida.

CXXXVI. Sphingonaepiopsis.

h.

CXLVII. Proserpinus.

CXXII.

Darapsa.

CXLVI. Amphion.
CXXVII. Rethera.

J

k.

r.

CXXX. Nephele.

CXXIV.
CXXIX.
COXXXI.

CXXIII.

m.

Panacra.
n.
Maassenia.

Temnora.

Acosmeryx.

p

Ww,

( 501 )

. End-segmeut of antenna not scaled,

with very long bristles ; midtibial
spurs pnegaell
End-segment of antenna pelea ae
very long bristles ; midtibial spurs
equal . -
End-segment AoRe mid-
tibial spurs unequal, or forewing
irregular : :
Spines of sternites very strong,
scarcely less strong than in Ma-
croglossum : :
Spines of sternites not strong .

. Hye lashed; forewing even or

dentate, angulate at R®
Eye lashed ; forewing angulate at
R?, then even F : .
Bye not lashed : : :

. Eye strongly lashed and unne of

abdominal sternites strong .
Not so

. Forewing entire

Forewing with irregular distal
margin

. Costal margin of dene dilated

Costal margin of hindwing not
dilated

. Costal margin of nant tiae ae

into an antemedian lobe
Dilatation of margin not restricted
to an Aerecinn lobe.

. Midtibial spurs equal or nearly aq

in length, very short, little longer
than the tibia is broad.

Midtibial spurs unequal, longer one
at least twice as long as the tibia
is broad 5

Longer terminal spur ce Himeltsiie
not longer than the tibia is broad;
forewing strongly falcate

Forewing angulate or strongly con-
vex behind middle; a straight
creamy band across forewing

Forewing convex behind middle, or
denticulate ; antenna shorter than
cell of forewing ; no pale band
across forewing . ;

Like previous, head with high crest ;
autenna longer. , . é

CXIV. Chromis.

CXVI. Philodila.

p:
CXLIX. Atemnora.

Y.
CXXXI. Temnora.

COXXXII. Pseudenyo.
CXV. Detlephita.

8.
: mee
CXLII. Rhodosoma.

CXLIII. Sphecodina,
u.

IXXXIX. Giganteopalpus.

OXLI. Hypaedalia.

Ww.

CXVII. Dahira.

CXXVIII. Cizara.

CXXVIL. Enpinanga.

CXXI. Ampelocca,

u.

g:

. Palpus and eye large ;

( 502 )

. Long terminal spur of hindtibia at

least half the length of the first,
tarsal segment, which is shorter
than the first midtarsal segment .

Spur shorter; or first hindtarsal
segment longer than first mid-
tarsal one

. Abdomen with sharply RES ae ;

mesial line .

Abdomen without ape oe
pale mesial line .

adler
twice the length of the cell of
the hindwing; first hindtarsal
segment longer than tibia

Not so

. Longer spur of endure tees half

the length of the first tarsal seg-
ment ; Old World

Longer spur of midtibia about one-
third the length of the first tarsal
segment ; New World

Distal margin of forewing very

. irregular

Distal margin of free even or
denticulate .

. Forewing obviously dentate or racale

loped .
Forewing even

. Forewing with silvery aaele! steed
stigma 5 a : 5
Forewing without silvery angle-
shaped stigma ; :
Paronychium with one pair of
lobes . : : :
Paronychium with two pairs of
lobes .

. Merum of midcoxa anelte

Merum of midcoxa not angnlate

Hindwing sharply angulate at SM? ;
longer terminal spur of hindtibia
scarcely longer than the tibia is
broad . ¢ ,

Anal angle of binlnaig ehiasie
terminal spur about half the
length of the first tarsal segment ;
forewing somewhat angulate in
middle; comb of hindtarsus ves-
tigial.

CXXV. Angonyx.

CXX. Elibia.

a.
CXVIIL. Ampelophaga.

CXXI. Ampeloeca.

COXLIV. Detdamia.

as

,

e.
OXXIX. Maassenia.
CXIX. Berutana.

CXLX. Berutana.
CXXXVIL Eurypterye.
y

OXXI. Ampeloeca.

CXXXIII, Temnoripais,

Anal angle of hindwing very obtuse ;
spur as before; forewing not
angulate; mid- and hindtarsus
with prominent combs 9 . CXL. Antinephele.

CXIV. CHROMIS.—Typus : erotus.
Sphinw, Cramer (non Linn(, 1758), Pap. Exot. ii. p. 12 (1777).
Chromis Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 138 (1822) (type: erotus). :
Deilephila, Boisduval (non Laspeyres, 1809), in Voy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 185 (1832).
Chaerocampa, Walker (non Duponchel, 1835), List Lep. Ins. B. AM. viii. p. 146 (1856).
Darapsa id,, l.c. p. 186 (1855) (partim).
Gnathothlibus Wallengren, Wien. Ent. Mon. iv. p. 43 (1860) (type: erotus).
Theretra, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 659 (1892).

32. Close to Deilephila, but end-segment of antenna with very long bristles
and without scales, the bristles several times as long as the segment, which
resembles the Yheretra-segment, but is longer. Genal process more sharply
triangular than in Dezlephila. Hindtarsus very long, reaching beyond tip of
abdomen when the leg is straightened ont.

Larva with a series of eight ocelli.

Pupa similar to that of Declephila ; cremaster bifid, each process again divided
into two horizontal, conical, and pointed processes, the external ones ending again
in two hooks, of which one curves ventrad, the other dorsad (PI. LXIV. f. 18);
tongue-case carivate.

Hab. Oriental Region.

Two species, which are structurally so dissimilar in several respects that they
might be treated as representing two genera.

Key to the species :

Forewing crossed by straight lines ; mesonotum

with two yellow spots in front . ; : . 425. Ch. heliodes.
Lines of forewing curved, indistiuct ; mesonotum
without yellow spots ; : 5 . . 424. Ch. erotus.

424. Chromis erotus.

Sphine erotus Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. p. 12. t. 104. f. B (1777) (hab. ?); Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2.
p. 223. n. 72 (1780); Fabr., Spee. Ins. ii. p. 145. n. 24 (1781); id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 95, n. 27
(1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2379. n. 69 (1790); Fabr., nt. Syst. ili. 1 p. 365. n. 28
(1793) ; Turt., Syst. Nut. iii. 2. p. 172 (1806); Prillw., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xxxii. p. 241 (1871).

Chromis erotus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Sch. p. 138. n. 1479 (1822).

Chaerocampa erotus, Cotes & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 20. n. 107 (1887) (Australia) ; Druce,
Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 220. n. 4 (1888) (Fiji; = andamanensis = eras = erotoides) ; Hamps.,
in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 94. n. 145 (1892) (= andamanensis = erotoides ;
Andamans ; Australia ; Solomons).

3%. Eye large. Antenna clubbed in both sexes, more distinctly in 2 than in d.
Foretarsus (except distal segments) and foretibia broad in ¢ ; scent-organ of
forecoxa very strongly developed. First segment of hindtarsus longer than tibia,
and in ¢ a little longer than segments 2 and 3 together, in 2 as long as segments
2to5. In colour individually variable; the 2? from the Indo-Malayan Subregion
constantly different from the ? ? from the Papuan Subregion.

g. Tenth tergite peculiar (P]. XLIV. f. 21): strongly compressed, hooked,

( 504 )

dilated dorsad at the curvature ; sternite nearly like that of Detlephila nerit in
lateral and ventral aspect. Clasper with more than twelve friction-scales, which
are pointed ; harpe ending in a long and pointed hook (PJ. XLVIII. f. 28). Penis-
sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 24) produced apically into a blunt process directed distad,
bearing at the right side a non-dentate projection pointing proximad, and at the left
side a short process ending in some teeth.

?. Highth tergite feebly chitinised mesially, sinnate. Vaginal plate mem-
branaceons, except rounded-triangular postvaginal part ; orifice large, without special
armature.

Larva brown or green ; horn long and straight in first stages, simply curved in
later stages ; eight eye-spots of equal size from third to tenth segments, all with
white centre, which is surrounded by a blue (in green form) or green (in brown form)
ring; a pale line from fourth ocellus to eleventh segment ; sides below this line
pale in brown form ; pale oblique ventro-lateral bands, the first beginning ventrally
on fourth segment and extending backwards to the fourth eye-spot (described from
drawings by Miss Barnard).

Pupa with a series of black stigmatical spots ; cremaster see above.

Hab. Oriental Region : Ceylon to Tahiti.

Two subspecies :

a. Ch. erotus erotus.

Sphinx erotus Cramer, l.c.

Chromis erotus, Hiibner, /.c.

Choerocampa erotus, Cram,, var. andamanensis Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, p. 242 (1877)
(Andamans).

Chaerovampa erotus, Snellen, Tijdschr, Ent. xxii. t. 66. n, 14 (1877) (S. Celebes).

Chacrocampa andamanensis, Waterhouse, Aid Ident. dns. ii. t. 141. £. 1 (1884).

Theretra erotus var, ¢. Choer. erotus, var, andamanensis Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 659, n, 113 (1892),

39%. Underside less reddish than in the Papuan form, though not in all
specimens ; marginal band of hindwing broad in ?, dark cinnamou-rufous proximally.

Hab. Southern and eastern parts of the Indo-Malayan Subregion.

In the Tring Museum 20 specimens from: Ceylon ; Andamans ; Nicobars ;
Sarawak (Pryer); Mt. Gede, Java; Toli-Toli, N. Celebes, Nov. Dec. 1895
(Fruhstorfer) ; Tambora, Sambawa, 2500—4000 feet, June 1896 (W. Doherty) ;
Sumba.

b. Ch. erotus eras.

*Deilephila eras Boisduval, in Voy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 185. 0, 4 (1832) (Tahiti ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir) ; Peisth., in Guér., Mag. Zool. ix. Ins. t. 21. £. 2 (1839); id., in Voy. Favorite, Zool.
Lép. p. 19. t. 5, £. 2 (1839).

Chaerocampa erotus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 146. n. 34 (1856) (Australia; Navigator I.);
Koch, Jndo-Austr. Lep. Fauna p. 53 (1865) (= sapor = eroides) ; id., Stet. Ent. Zeit, xxxi
p. 239 (1871) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 566, n. 76 (1877) (Australia ; Solomon Is.)
Tepp., Nat. Ins. S. Austr. ii. p. 15 (188?) ; Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xli. p. 108. n. 208
(1888) (Amboina) ; Misk., Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii. p. 14. n. 22 (1891) (Newcastle
Brisbane to C. York) ; Lidg., Transf. Aust. Lep. p. 12 (1898) (life hist.) ; Pagenst., in Chu
Zool. xii. 29. p. 13. n, 8 (1900) (Ralum, viii. ; N. Lanenberg ; N. Georgia), ?

Darapsa eras, Walker, /.c. viii. p. 186, n. 2 (1856).

Gnathothlibus erotoides Wallengren, Wien. Ent. Mon, iv, p. 43, n. 44 (1860) (Australia) ; id., Res
Eugenie p. 362. t. 7. £. 4 (1864), q

Choerocampa erotus, Walker, l.c. xxxv, p. 1852 (1866) (= erotoides) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hé
i, p. 250, n. 31 (1875) (N. Caled. ; Tahiti ; Austral.).

Chaerocampa sapor Koch, Siett. Ent. Zeit, xxxii, p. 239 (1871) (Australia).

( 505 )

Chacrocampa ervides (1), id. lc. Xxxii. p 240 (1871). a

Choerocampa erotus var. sapor, Boisduyal, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. 1. P. 250 sub n. 31 (1875).

Chaerocampa erotoides, Butler, lc. ix, p. 566. n. 77 (1877) (Australia ; Navigator i)\ na

Chaerocampa eras, id., le. n. 78 (1877) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p, 22. n, 84 (1892)
(Sydney).

Theretra erotus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 659, n. 113 (1892).

Theretra erotus var. a. Gnathothlibus erotoides, Kirby, l.c.

Theretra erotus var. b, Deil. eras, Kirby, Lc.

3?. Underside generally more reddish tawny than in the western form ;
marginal band of hindwing narrow in @, individually variable in width, never so
broad as in western 9 9. ee

Hab. Papuan Subregion : Moluccas and Tenimber Islands eastwards to Tahiti.

2 4 1 Ose aD 7

In the Tring Museum 3 pupae, 120-odd specimens from : Guam, eet
German N. Guinea; Ron I., Dutch N. Guinea, vii. (Doherty) ; Milne Bay, Brit.
N. G. (Meek); Louisiades; Trobriand and d’Entrecasteaux Is. (Meek), i. ili. iv. ee 3
Florida, Guadalcanar, Isabel, and Kulambangra, Solomon Is. (Meek); New
Hanover (Webster) ; Lifu ; Apia, Upolu (Woodford).

425. Chromis heliodes.

Deilephila heliodes Meyrick, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 456 (1889) (N. Guinea).
Theretra heliodes, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 659. n. 114 (1892). ‘
*Theretra alberti Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. ii. p. 162. t. 9. £.9 (gd) (1895) (Fergusson I.;—Mus. Tring).

d?. Antenna much slenderer than in erofws, not incrassate distally. Fore-
tarsus of d normal, scent-organ of forecoxa vestigial ; first segment of hindtarsus
in both sexes as long as segments 2 to 5 together. Distal margin of forewing
straight ; hinder angle far less obtuse than in erotus. Mesonotum with a yellow
spot in front on each side. , :

d. Tenth tergite as strongly compressed as in erotus, but not dilated before
end, being sabre-shaped ; sternite broader than in the preceding, apex evenly
rounded. Harpe as in erofus. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 25) with the two
processes found in Detlephila nerii, but both short.

?. Vaginal plate more evenly rounded distally than in erotus.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Papuan Subregion. be

In the Tring Museum 2 dd, 2 2? from: Fergusson I., d'Entrecasteanx
Islands, ix. x. 1894 (A. S. Meek); Aroa R., Brit. N. Guinea (Weiske); Bongu,
Huon Golfe, and Stephansort, German N. Guinea.

CXV. DEILEPHILA.—Typus: nerve.

Sphing Linné, Syst, Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1856) (partim).

Spectrum Scopoli, Intr. Hist. Nat. iii. p. 413 (1777). (partim). } Z
Deilephila Laspeyres, Jenaische Allg. Literatur-Zeit. iv. p. 99 (1809) (partim ; type: nerié).
Llpenor Oken, Lehrb. Nat. iii. 1. p. 760 (1815) (partim ; type: nerié).

Daphnis Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 134 (1822) (partim ; type: eacus = megaedicus). ¢
Choerocampa Duponchel, in God., Lep. Prance, Suppl. ii. p. 159 (1835) (partim Fi type : nerii).
Metopsilus Duncan, in Jardine, Nat. Libr. xl. p. 154 (1836, 1843) (partim ; type: nevi).
Darapsa Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 182 (1856) (partim). z

Chaerocampa (1), Ménétriés, Enum. Corp, Anim, Mus, Petr., Lep. ii. p. 92 (1857).

$%. Genal process triangular, obtuse, shorter than pilifer. Head broad,

. hl oe ry I. ) JUS “i

somewhat crested transversely on occiput. Hye large, not lashed. Palpus obt nee
large. Antenna 2 setiform, heavier than in Acosmeryx, somewhat clubbed in % ;

( 506 )

hook rather abrupt and short, subserriate in lateral aspect, end-segment prolonged
into a long filiform process. Spines of abdomen in several rows, elongate, weak;
first tergite large, olive-green. Hinder edge of midcoxal merum subcariniform.
Tibiae simple ; spurs very unequal, long terminal one of hindtibia much longer
than second tarsal segment; midtarsus with comb, the spines of which are,
however, not much prolonged. Wings entire, apex of forewing pointed ; R? of
hindwing before centre of cell.

3. Tenth segment simple, tergite (Pl. XLIV. f. 18. 19) not or little narrowed
to end, convex above at end and concave below ; sternite (P]. XLIV. f. 19. 20)
elongate-triangular, sides sometimes nearly parallel (in dorsal aspect), apex more
or less pointed, upperside concave, transversely ribbed or tuberculate at end.
Clasper with less than ten large friction-scales, rounded-dilated dorsally ; harpe
(Pl. XLVIII. f. 16—21) with two processes, one proximal, the other distal, both
dorsal. Penis-sheath with one or two left processes, and a longer right process.
(Pl. LV. f. 27—88).

?. Vaginal plate suddenly narrowed at end (Pl. XLI. f. 14), here concave,
the apical margin raised and somewhat projecting ventrad.

Larva tapering in front; a pale dorso-lateral stripe ending at horn; third
segment with ocellus in some species; horn long and curved twice in first stages,
shorter and simply curved in later stages.—Food-plants: Neriwm;° Vinca ;
Cinchona ; ete.

Pupa clayish brown, with a lateral series of black stigmatal spots ; head-case
not enlarged, tongue not projecting; sheaths of wings, legs and tongue smooth ;
dorsum densely but finely shagreened, venter more transversely striate ; abdominal
segments 5 and 6 with a basal lateral space of sharp, short, transverse keels ;
cremaster bifid at extreme end.

Hab. Aethiopian and Oriental Region, one species extending northward far into
the Palaearctic Region.

Seven species.

Key to the species :
a. Green discal area of forewing above externally
deeply excised between R? and R*, the
sinus more or less filled in with white . 426. 1). dohertyi.

Green discal area without that sinus. : ; b.
b. Pale apical line of forewing widened to a
spot close to apex. : : : : : e.
Pale apical line of forewing simple : : . d.
c. Green subbasal area of forewing above ex-
ternally sinuate at SC. é : . 429. D. layardi.
Green subbasal area of forewing above ex-
ternally not sinnate . : ‘ é . 428. D. hypothous.

d. Distal marginal area of forewing below
chestnut, strongly contrasting with rest

of wing . : ; : ; 3 . 432. D. protrudens.
Distal marginal area of forewing below not
chestnut . ; : : : ‘ ‘ ‘ 0.
e. Abdomen with pale subbasal belt above ; cen bide
Abdomen without pale subbasal belt above . 431, 1), minima,

( 507 )

Jj. Tegulae, subbasal band of forewing, ete.,
bright olive-green . : : : 5 BRN, LD) aa:
Tegulae, sabbasal band of forewing, etc.,
blackish or brownish olive-green . 430. D. placida.

426. Deilephila dohertyi.

*Daphnis doherty’ Rothschild, Noy, Zoo. iii, p. 307. n. 2 (1897) (Kapaur, Dutch N. G. ;—Mus.
Tring) : Pagenst.,in Chun, Zoologica xii. 29, p. 242. fig. (1900).
Daphnis hypothous, id. lc. p, 14. n 12 (1900) (N. Pommern).

d?. A very remarkable species, differing from the others in the green area of
the forewing being externally deeply incised between R? and R*, while it is as
broad between R* and M! as between R! and R’, a green oblong patch R*—M'
being merged together with the band; the white spot at base and that at apex
heayy; antemedian line irregular, distinct only in and near cell. Collar green,
first two abdominal tergites green.

3. Tenth tergite rounded at end; sternite tapering, apex obtusely pointed.
Large scales of clasper black at midrib and edges; harpe (Pl. XLVIII. f. 18)
peculiar, the discal process produced into a long finger, which is slightly twisted
at the end, proximal process narrow, outline of dorsal margin of clasper somewhat
undulate. Penis-sheath (Pl. LV. f. 33) with ¢wo left processes, one pointing
proximad, the other dextrad, and a longer right process.

Early stages not known.

Hab. New Guinea; Bismarck Archipelago; Solomon Islands.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd, 2 2? from: Kapaur, Dutch N. Guinea, xii. “96
(Doherty), type; Bongu, Huon Golfe; Kinignnang, N. Pommerania (Ribbe) ;
N. Mecklenburg (Ribbe); Kulambangra, Solomon Is., 25. ii. 1901 (Meek and
Eichhorn); Isabel, Solomon Is., 4. vi. to 9. vii. 1901 (Meek and Hichhorn).

427. Deilephila nerii.

Frisch, Jusect. vil. p. 5. t. 3 (J, p., ¢.) (1722) ; Rosel, ei Belust. iii. p. 85, t. 15. £. 1. Bite Ut
£. 4.5. 6 (1755) ; Hemm., Coll. Cur. Ins. t. 4. £. a. b. (U., 2.) (175—?) ; Schiff, ou ae
t. 100. f. 3. 4 (1766-69) ; Ern, & Engr., Pap. Eur. a p. 77. t. 104. £. 153, a—f. (1782).

Sphina nerii Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 490. n. 2 (1758) ; id., /.c. ed. xii. p. 798, n. 5. (1767) ; Hufp.,
Berl. Mag. ii. 2. p. 176. nu. 2, p. 191. n. 2 (1766) ; Beckm., He p. 160. n. 4 (1767) ; Mull,
Naturs. v. 1. p. 636. 0. 5 (1774); Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 538, n. 5. (1775) ; Den. & Schiff., Verz.
Schm, Wien p. 42 (1776) ; Beckm., Phys. Ovk. Bibl. v. p. 156 (1774) ; ae ed. Kleem.,
Raupenkal. p. 63. 0, 178, p. 80. n. 129 (1777) ; Cram., Pap. Exot. iii. p. 51. 294, f. p (1779)
ee ence) i Msp wacker Up aaont. At. 1. 2. gyiplOo) teeta te Ue Wite Blum.,
Handb, Nat. p. 364. n. 2 (1780) ; Goeze, Mut. Beye iii. 2. p. 145. n. 5 (1780) ; Fabr., Spee.
Ins, ti, p. 142. n. 11 (1781) ; Fuessl., N. Mag. ii. p. 371 (1785) ; Fabr., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 93. n. 12
(1787) ; Borkh,, Eur, Schm. ii. p. 74. 0. 188, p. 178. n. 5 (1789) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2374.
n. 5 (1790) ; View., Verz. Brand. i. p. 4. n. 4 (1790) ; Rossi, Puuna Et. ii. p. 162. n. 1052. tab.
(1790) (life hist.); Brahm, Jvs, Kal. p. 524, n. 383 (1791) ; Schwarz, Raupenkal. p. 196. 350.
500 (1791) ; Fabr., Mut, Syst. iii, 1. p. 360. n. 13 (1793); Hiibn., Bur. Schm., Sphing. p. 95,
t. 11. f. 63 (1795) ; id., Gesch. Eur. Schm. ii. Sphing. Leg, B. wa £.1, a. b (180-2) ; Fabr., in
Iilig., Mag. Ins. vi. p. 288 (1807) ; Ochs., Schm. Eur. ii, p. 201. n. 1 (1808) ; Na ae Tiilfsb.
Schm. p. 149 (1818) ; Latr,, Nour. Dict. Hist, Nat. xxii. p. 27 (1819) ; God., Hist. Nat. at
France iii. p, 12. n. 1. t. 13 (1821) ; Lep. & Serv., Enc. Méth, x. p. 466. t. 63. f, 5—8 (1825)
Meig., Handb. Sch, i. p. 98 (1827) ; ; id., Syst. Baie Schm. ii, p, 182. n, 1. t, 63. ‘. 3 (1830) ;
Beske, in Silberm., Rev. Ent. ii, p. 177, (1834) (Hamburg) ; Friv., ‘bid. ii, p. 181 (1834)
(Hungary) ; Thon, Nat. Schm. p. 104. t. 52. f, 725, 726. 727 (1837) ; Brallé, Exp. Morea, Artic,
; 286, n, 603 (1832) ; Luc., Lép. Eur. p. 110. t. 42 (1834) ; Blanch., ist. Nat. Ins, iii, t, 20.

f. 1 (1840) ; Treitschke, Hiilfsb. p. 162, n. 5 (1844) ; Keferst., Wien, Ent. Mon, ii, p. 225 (1858) ;

( 508 ) ;

Speyer, Stett. Ent, Zeit. xxx, p. 234 (1869) (gynandr, specim.) ; Brutt., Progr. Gymn. Dorpat
p. 24. n. 9 (1872) (vi. vii.) ; Breuk., Tijdschr. Ent. xv. Versl. p. 59 (1872).

Deilephila nerii, Laspeyres, Jenaische Allg. Lit-Zeit. iv. p. 90 (1809) ; Ochsenh., Schm. Hur. iv.
p- 43. n.1 (1816) ; Boisd., Ind. Meth. p. 82 (1829) (Pedem. ; Gall. m.) ; id., Fuune Mad. Bourb.
p. 74 (1833) (Maur. ; Bourb. ; Madag.) ; Cant., in Silberm., Rev. nt. i. p. 77 (1833) (Dépt.
Var) ; Dup., Bull, Soc, Ent. France p. 64 (1835) (Amiens) ; Dorm., ibid. (1835) (Epernay) ;
Lepell., ‘bid. p. 73 (1835) (Paris) ; Dorm., Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 363 (1836) (nord de la Fr.,
grand nombre de chen.) ; Ducell., Bull, Soc. Ent. France p. 9 (1839) ; Grav., ibid. p. 45 (1837) ;
Pierr., ibid. p. 64 (1835) (Gisors) ; Blanch., Hist, Nat. Ins. iii. p, 479. n. 3 (1840) ; Boisd, &
Pierr., Bull. Soc, Ent. France p, 104 (1846) ; Pierr , ibid. p. 113 (1846); Bruand, ibid. p. 54
(1847) ; Assm., Zeitschr, Ent. Breslaw i. p. 5 (1847) ; Pierr., lc. p. 75 (1849) (Paris) ; Fairm.,
ibid. p. 76 (1849) (Abbéville) : Blanch,, in Orb., Dict. Hist. Nat. xi. p. 756, Atlas Lép. t. 16.
f. 2 (1849) ; Ghil., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 70 (1850) (Piémont) ; Douz., Ann. Soc. Ent.
France p, 225 (1850) (indigénéit¢) ; Boisd., Bull, Soc. Ent. France p. 74 (1851) ; Lue., ‘bid.
p- 51 (1852) (St. Germ.-en-Laye) ; id., 1c. 73 (1852) (Paris ; Epernay): id., in Chenu, Ene.
Hist. Nat., Pap. i. p. 263. fig. 465. 466. 467 (1, p., ¢.) (1853); Bruand, Bull. Soc. Ent. France
p. 18 (1858) (Besancon ; Miihlhausen) ; Wilde, Ruwp. ii. p. 82. t. 9. £. 74 (1860) ; Czeg., Sitz.
Ber. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien x. p. 18 (1860) ; Staud. & Wocke, Cut. Lep. p. 16. n. 22 (1861);
Maur., Tijdschr. Ent. ix. p, 174 (1866) (Limburg) ; Kiink., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 62 (1867)
(Aisne) ; Gav., Tijdschr. Ent. x. p. 197. n. 75 a (1867) (Groningen) ; Snell., Viind. Ned. p. 93.
n. 1 (1867) ; Kawall, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xi. p. 193 (1867) ; Tengstr., Act. Soc, F. I’. Fenn. x.
p- 6 (1869) ; Staud. & Wocke, Cat, Lep. id. ii. p. 37. n. 479 (1871) ; Siebke, Hn. Ins. Norv, iii.
p. 24. n. 4(1874) ; Koll., Jahrb, Nat. Ges. Graub, xxiii. p. 45 (1880) ; Rom., Wém. Lép. i. p. 71
(1884) (Borjoum, vil. ; /. on Vinca major); Lampa, Ent. Tidshkr, vi, p. 27. 0.118 (1885) : id., Le.
1. p. 115 (1885) (Gotland) ; Fallou, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 226 (1885) (Paris); Amel., Berl.
Ent. Zeitschy, Xxxi. p. 261 (1887) (Dessau) ; Mina-Pal. & Failla-Ted., Nat. Sicil. vii. p. 42
(1889) ; Hom., Raup. Grossschm. p. 30. t. 8. £. 3 (1893) ; id., Grossschm. p. 30. n. 13. t. 18. f.2
(1894) ; Kall. & Cafl., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub, xxxviii. App. p. 20 (1895); Schaus & Clem.,
Sierra Leone Lep. p. 18 (1893); Holtz, Iilustr, Zeitschr. Ent. ii. p, 63 (1897) (Cilicia, viii.) ;
Schulz, ‘bid. ii, p. 393 (1897) (gynandr. specim.) ; Bartel, in Rithl, Grossschm. ii. p. 133 (1900)
(“ Java” ea err.).

Elpenor nerii, Oken, Lehrh, Naturg. ii. 1. p. 760. n. 1 (1815).

Sphynx (!) nerii, Vogel, Schmett.-Cub. ii. p. 16, t. 5. f. 1. a. b. (1822).

Daphnis werii, Hitbner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 134.n. 1441 (1822) ; Stepb., Cat. Brit, Ins. ii. p, 29 (1829);
Cart., lustr. Brit. Ent. xiv. t. 626 (1837) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 188. n. 1 (1856)
(Italy ; Athens; S. Leone ; Canara; Natal ; non Ceylon, = hypothous); Moore, in Horsf. &
Moore, Cut. Lep. Ins. Mus. E, I, C. i. p. 272. n. 628. t. 10, £. 3. 8a (/., p.) (1857) (Dukhun;
Madras) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 794 (1865) (Bengal) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix.
p- 572. n. 1 (1877) (Italy; Athens; Canara; Mauritius; Natal) ; Plotz, Stett, Ent. Zeit, xli-
Pp. 76, n. 282 (1881) ; Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p- 613 (1881) (Kurachi, jii—v.) ; Moore,
Lep. Ceylon ii. p. 14. t. 82. f. 1. 1a (/., 1) (1882); Fors., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 390 (1884) ;
Butl., 2c. p. 494. nm. 47 (1884) (Aden) ; Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 513. n, 2 (1884)
(Karachi, larva on leaves of wild oleander, on flowers of double garden-oleander ; three broods —
apparently) ; id., /.c. p. 288. n. 9 (1885) (Poona, iv. xi, ; Bombay, viii—xi. ; larva on Vaberna
montana) ; id., lc. p. 435. n. 10 (1886) (Mhow, ix.) ; Cot. & Swinh.. Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 21
n. 112 (1887) (South India; Calcutta; Sikhim); Druce, in Moloney, West Afr. Forestry
p. 493. n. 8 (1887) ; Swinh., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. iii. p. 119, n. 11 (1888) (Kurachi,
iii.—v.) ; Holl., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, xvi. p. 64. n. 20 (1889) (Kangwe ; Benita); Karseh,
Ent. Nachr. xvii. p. 295. n, 8 (1891) (Cameroons) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Hut, Mus. Ow, i. p. 28:
n. 87 (1892); Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 671. n. 1 (1892); Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind,
Moths i. p. 94. n. 146. £. 54 (9) (1892); Joann., Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 432. n. 25 (1894)
(Mahé, Seych.) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 415. n. 146 (1898) (“not seen”);
Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 100. n. 733 (1901).

Metopsilus nerii, Duncan, Brit. Moths t. 9 (1836).

Choerocampa nerii, Duponchel, in God., Lép. France, Suppl. ii. p. 160 (1835) (Piémont ; France
mérid.; Paris); Westw. & Humphr., Brit. Moths p. 21. t.5.f. 1. 2. 3 (1843); Bond, Proc
Ent. Soc. Lond, (3). i. p. 92 (1862); Kent, Zoolog. xx. p. 8172 (1862) ; Guen., in Vins.
Voy. Madag. p. 30 (1865); Bow., Entom. iv. p. 162 (1869) ; Enock, Ent. Mo. Mag. vii. p. 41.
(1870) ; id., Hntom, v. p. 144 (1870) ; Boisd., Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 224. n. 1 (1875) ; Fry,
Trans. Watford N. H, Soc. i. p. 174 (1878); Porr,, Ent. Mo. Mag. xiv. p. 41 (1878) ; Vins)
Pap. Bourbon p. 13 (1891),

Chaerocampa (!) nerii, Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. ii. Suppl. p. 92. n. 1525 (1857)
(Gall. mer, ; Odessa) ; Ramb., Lép. Andal. p. 132 (1858) ; Mab., Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 298
(1879) (Madag.); Barrett, Lep. Brit. Ins. ii. p. 62. n. 4. t. 53. £, 1. a. b. c (1895),

Daphnis nerii var. infernelutea Saalmiiller, Lep. Mad. p. 123. n. 294 (1884) (Madag.) ; Kirby, Cat.
Lep. Het. i. p. 672. sub n. 1 (1892).

3%. First segment of posterior tarsus considerably longer than the tibia
and than segments 2 to 5, long apical spur of hindtibia as long as segments
2 and 3 together.

g. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIV. f. 18. 19) long, rather strongly curved, apex
rounded-truneate ; sternite (P]. XLIV. f. 19. 20) much shorter than tergite, broad,
somewhat rounded at the sides, narrowed from middle to apex, which is pointed.
jasper rather strongly dilated dorsally before apex; large scales somewhat spotted
with brown at and before end ; harpe (PI. XLVIII. f. 16): basal process prominent,
apical process obtuse, densely dentate on the upper surface. Penis-sheath (Pl.
LY. f. 28, as seen from the right side): apical margin dorsally produced into
a rounded lobe which bears the left process; this process short, triangular,
‘pointing proximad; the right process horizontal, shorter than in the allied
species.

%. Vaginal plate (PI. XLI. f. 1) regularly folded distally of mouth of vagina,
the edges of the latter raised, much wrinkled, a semicircular, antevaginal ridge
rather prominent.

Larva green, with a large ocellus on third segment in adult stage, the
ocellus smaller in young larva; a white dorso-lateral line from fourth segment
to horn, accompanied by white dots; anterior segments generally pale; horn
long in early stages, becoming short and stumpy later on.—Food-plants :
Nerium; Vinea ; Taberna.

Pupa clayish brown, about five times as loug as broad; a series of more
or less rounded black spots in which the stigmata are situated, a black mesial
line on thorax, and minute black dots on thorax and abdomen ; cremaster black,
conical, ending in two short points ; visible part of profemur very small.

Hab, Aethiopian Region inclusive of Malagassic Subregion, eastward to Ceylon
North India, Caucasia ; northward as a wanderer to the northern parts of the
temperate zoue.

Fresh specimens are purer green than worn ones. The green colour fades
easily into yellow.

In the Tring Museum 4 larvae, 3 pupae, 70-odd specimens from: various
places in Europe; Beirut, Syria; Sierra Leone, southward to Cape of Good
Hope, eastwards to Abyssinia ; N.W. India; S. India ; Ceylon ; Sikhim.

428. Deilephila hypothous.
Sphing hypothous Cramer, Pap. Evot. iii, p, 165, t. 285. f, » (1780) (Amboina).
Daphnia hippothous (!), Hiibner, Verz. beh. Schum. p. 134, 0. 1440 (1822).

3%. Antenna thicker than in nerd, especially in d. First segment of hind-
farsos as long as tibia and as segments 2 to 5. In pattern similar to nerd/, but
very much darker olive-green ; pronotum not green ; forewing with a white apical
spot above and below, the white apical line SU'—SC*, which borders the olive-
green triangular patch, not prolonged beyond SC? as in neri?.

d. Tenth tergite shorter and broader than in xerié; sternite nearly as long
as the tergite, more strongly chitinised and narrower than in nerdi. Large scales

( 510 )

of clasper brown or black on midrib and at edge; harpe (P1. XLVIIT. f. 17) shorter
than in the other species of the genus, dayardi excepted, distal margin angnlated,
upper margin somewhat flattened, with two rows of teeth (only one row visible
in side-view). Penis-sheath (Pl. LV. f. 27) armed with two slender processes :
the left horizontal, the right obliquely curved towards the ventral side.

?. The distal portion of the vaginal plate nearly smooth; the chitinised
halfring-shaped plate in front of the vaginal aperture not raised to a carina
or ridge.

Larva green (or red), with small ocellus on third segment, a pale dorso-lateral
line from head to horn; the latter granulose, curved, rather long (much longer
than in adult xer??).—Food-plant : Cinchona.

Pupa less slender than in ver?/, lateral spots of abdomen larger on segments
3 and 4; cremaster elongate-triangular, deeply biconcave ventrally, being carinate
mesially ; apex trancate, with the angles produced dorsad and Jaterad each into
i prominent tooth.

TTab. Oriental Region, from Ceylon and North India eastwards to the Solomon
Islands.

Two subspecies :

a. D. hypothous hypothous.

Sphine hypothous Cramer, 1.c,

Daphnis hippothous (1), Hiibner, /.c. (1822).

Daphuis nerii, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 188. n, 1 (1856) (partim ; Ceylon),

Darapsa hypothous, id., Le, viii. p. 185. n. 6. (1856) (Java; partim) ; Moore, in Horsf. & Moore,
Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C.i, p. 271, n. 627. t. 10, f. 2, 2a (/., p.) (1857) (partim ; Java) ; id.,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 676 (1867) (Caleutta ; 1. & p, mentioned).

Choerocampa hypothous, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 226. n. 3 (1875) (Moluccas ; Philippines; —
Java) ; Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xli, p. 105, n, 199 (1888) (Amboina) ; Piep., Tijdschr,
Ent. x), p. 98. t. 1. f, 21, 22 (horn of 1.), p. 100. t, 2. f. 6. 7 (larva) (1897) (Java).

Daphnis hypothous, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 572. 0, 2 (1877) (Ceylon ; Java; Labuan;
Sarawak) ; Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii. p. 15. t. 8. 3. f. 1. 1a (1, p., 7.) (1882) (various stages of larva);
Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 21. n, 118 (1887) (Sikhim ; Sibsager ; Caleutta ; Ceylon ;
Andamans) ; iid., /.c. p. 727, v. 113 (1889) (Andamans); Swinb., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 23,
p, 88 (1892) (Assam ; Nepaul ; Ceylon ; Amboina) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het.i. p. 672. n. 2 (1892) ;
Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 95. n. 147 (1892) (India ; Ceylon; Java;
Borneo) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xi. p. 366. n. 34 (1895) (Java); Semp., Schm. Philipp. it
p. 401, n. 42 (1896) (Cebu, vii.—ix., xii—xiii. ; Palawan) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe, xi.
p. 415. n, 147 (1898) (Sikhim, Bhutan, up to 6000 ft. ; larva on Cinchona ace. to Elwes).

Otus hypothous, Snellen, Tijdschr. Ent. xx. p, 2. n. 11 (1877) (Java).

32%. The interspace M'—M? of the upperside of the forewing outside the olive-
green area more or less greyish, the triangular projection M*—SM? of the green
area bordered by a fine white line, the rhomboidal green spot near anal angle also
with a white line at the innerside. Left process of penis-sheath long (PI. LY.
f. 27), reaching the base of the right process.

Hab. Ceylon to North India, eastwards to the Moluceas and the Tenimber and
Key Islands.

In the Tring Museum 50 od, 18 2? from: Ceylon; Sikhim; Perak;
Penang ; Sumatra ; Borneo ; Java; Sumba ; Celebes ; Amboina ; Sjerra (= Seira)
and Larat, Tenimber Is.; Little Key.

The individual (2) from Sjerra has the white lines of the forewing and the
buffish band of the hindwing prominently marked.

( 511 )

b. D. hypothous pallescens.

*Daplinis pallescens Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 6.0.19. (1875) (Queensland ;—Mus. Brit.) : id.,
Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 572. nu. 3 (1877) (Queensland) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 672.
n. 4 (1892) (Queensland) ; Rothsch., Nov. Zoot. i. p. 85 (1894) (= magnifica).

*Daphnis magujica Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4). xix. p. 461 (1877) (Rockhampton ;—Mus. Brit.);
Swinh , Cut. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i, p. 24. n. 89 (1892) (N. Guinea) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. 1.
p. 672. n. 3 (1892) (Rockhampton).

Daphnis hypothous, Miskin, Prov. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii. p. 19. n. 33 (1891) (partim).

*Daphnis gloriosa Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 85 (1894) (** N. Borneo ” err. loci ;—Mus. Trin 3) ; 11.,
Le. ii. t. 8. f. 8 (1895) ; Pagenst., in Chun, Zoologica xii. 29. p. 15. n. 13 (1900) (Ralum, ii. ;
N. Meckl.).

32. The interspace M'—M? of the upperside of the forewing outside the green
area nearly as dark as this area itself; no white lines behind M? ; the border C—R®
of the green area less white than in the western subspecies ; the two lines between
the subbasal band and the antemedian olive-green line not distinct ; buff band of
the hindwing on the whole broader than in /. hypothous. Left process of penis-

sheath shorter than in the preceding, not reaching the base of the right one.
In some of the Queensland individuals the base of the hindwing above is more
extended buff than in ordinary specimens, and the under surface is also much
less red.

Tab. Queensland ; New Guinea ; Bismarck Archipelago ; Solomon Islands.

In the Tring Museum 39 3d, 12 2? from: Queensland; New Guinea:
Bongu, Huon Golfe, Milne Bay, xi. i. ii. (Meek); Fergusson, ix.—xii. (Meek);
St. Aignan, xi. (Meek); N. Mecklenburg (Ribbe); Kulambangra, Solomon Is., ii.
(Meek and Hichhorn).

It is worthy of special note that the Moluccas and the Key Islands are inhabited
by the Indo-Malayan and not by the Papuan form.

429. Deilephila layardi.
*Daphnis layardi Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii. p. 16. t. 84. f. 1 (g) (1882) (Ceylon ; —Mus. Brit.) ;

Cot. & Swinh., Cut. Moths Ind. i. p. 22. n. 117 (1887) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 672. n. 5
(1892) (Ceylon) ; Hamp:., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 96. n. 149 (1892) (Ceylon).

3%. Subbasal band of forewing, above, broader than the interspace between it
and the dark discal area ; autemedian line distinct only in front, almost touching at
M?* the olivaceous line which runs parallel with the outer edge of the subbasal
band; proximal edge of discal area straight ; a white dot at apex of forewing above
aud below.

g. Sexual armature similar to that of Aypothous, but the harpe smaller (PI.

XLVILL f. 19).
Harly stages not known.
Hab, Ceylon.
In the Tring Museum 6 3d.

430. Deilephila placida.

Darapsa lypothous, Walker (non Cramer, 178), List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 185. n. 6 (1856) (partim);
Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Inv. Mus. E. 1, C.i. p. 272. n. 628 (1857) (partim ; Java),
*Darapsa placida Walker, 1.c. p. 186, n, 8 (1856) (Sumatra ;—Mus. Oxford).

3%. Antemedian line of forewing above midway between subbasal and discal
bands; the latter band not wider between M! and M® than at hinder margin,

( 512)

externally rounded or angled at R®, the most distal point on R?, not on R*, no white
apical spot above or below; the costal portion of the subbasal band often reduced.

3. Tenth segment as in /ypothous. Large scales of clasper rather strongly
rounded at the sides; clasper not strongly dilated dorsally, apex rounded; harpe
(Pl. XLVIIL. f. 20) longer than in any of the preceding species, not or feebly dentate,
the teeth especially often developed at the hinder edge of the upper margin, shape
of the two processes rather variable indiyidnally. Penis-sheath (Pl. LY. f. 30)
with a short left process, which is often dentate, the proximal edge of the incrassate
apex of the sheath also dentate, the right process long, oblique, curved ventrad,
more or less dentate at end.

?. Vaginal plate without semicircular ridge proximally of the vaginal aperture.

Larva with a pale dorso-lateral stripe from pronotnm to horn, a pale line on
anal segment; stigmata orange; horn tubercled, longer than anal segment, curved.
—Food-plant : Vaberna montana.

Pupa tawny-ochraceous, spotted with black on abdomen, slenderer than that
of hypothous. cremaster almost identical.

Hab. Andaman Islands, Singapore, eastward to Fiji; not in India ?

Two subspecies, individually rather variable.

a. D. placida placida.

Darapsa hypothous, Walker, /.c.

*Darapsa placida Walker, 1c.

*Daphnis angustaus Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 76. f. 6 (1874) (Moluccas ;—Mus. Tring) ; Butl.,
Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 572. n. 5 (1877): Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 236 (1877)
(Brisbane) ; Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver, Nat. xliii. p. 101. n. 180 (1890) (EB. Java, v.); Kirby,
Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 672. n. 8 (1892) (Amboina ; Australia); Semp., Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 401.
n. 43. t. vr. f. 10. 11 (/., p.) (1896) (Luzon ; Cebu ; Mindanao).

Choerocampa angustans, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i, p. 228. n, 4 (1876) ; Pagenst., Jahrb.
Nass. Ver. Nat. xli. p. 106. n, 200 (1888) (Amboina).

*Choerocampa hesperus Boisduval, Spec, Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 228. n. 5 (1875) (Philippines ;—coll.
Charles Oberthiir).

*Daphnis horsfieldi Butler, Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 572. n. 6 (1877) (Java ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 672. n. 9 (1892) (Java) ; Huwe, Berl, Ent. Zeitschr. xl. p. 366.
n, 35 (1895) (Java). :

*Daphnis andamana Druce, Ent. Mo, Mag. xix. p. 16 (1882) (Andamans ;—coll. Druce) ; Cot. &
Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 22. n. 116 (1887) ; Pagenst., /ris iii. p. 2. 0. 3 (1890) (Palawan) ;
Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 672. n. 10 (1892) (Andamans) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Indy
Moths i, p. 96. u. 148 (1892) (Andamans) ; Semp., Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 401, n. 44 (1896)
(Palawan).

Daphnis placida, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond, ix, p. 573, n, 8 (1877) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Tet,
Mus. Ox. i. p. 24, 0. 90, t. 1. f, 8 (1892) (Sumatra, type ; Singapore ; ‘‘ India !”)

Daphnis hypothous, Miskin, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. vii, p. 19, n, 33 (1891) (partim),

Daphnis hesperus, Butler, l.c. p. 631 (1877); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 672. n. 6 (1892) (Philippines).

Daphnis (2) placida, Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 672. n, 13 (1892) (Sumatra).

3%. Proximal edge of olive-green discal area of forewing, above, deeply
incurved in front; antemedian live distinct.

Larva: see above.

Hab. Andamans, Singapore, Sumatra, Philippines, eastwards to the New
Hebrides.

In the Tring Museum 80-odd specimens from: Andamans ; Java; Lombok ;
Sambawa; Sumba; Amboina; Key Is.; N. Guinea; Queensland ; Guadalcanar and
Florida, Solomon Is. (Meek and Eichhorn); N. Hebrides.

ia

( 513 )

b. D, placida torenia.
*Daplis torenia Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. xix. p. 16 (1882) (Fiji ;—coll. Druce); Waterh., Aid Ident.
Ins. ii. t. 126. £. 1 (1883) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 672. n. 11 (1892).
*Daphnis torenia Druce subsp. rosacea Rothschild, Noy Zoot, i. p. 85 (1894) (Lifu ;—Mus. Tring).
3 ¢. Proximal edge of olive-green discal area of forewing straight, very feebly
or not at all incurved in front; antemedian line quite absent or barely visible.
Hab. Lifa; Fiji.
In the Tring Museum 3 3g, 4 22% from Lifu.

431. Deilephila minima.

*Daphnis minima Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 573, n. 7. t. 92. £. 5 (1877) (S. India ;-—

Mus. Brit.); Cot. & Swinh., Cat, Moths Ind. i. p. 21. n. 114 (1887).
Daphnis (2) minima, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 672. n. 12 (1892) (S. India).
Daphnis minimus, Hampson, in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 97. n. 152 (1892) (S. India).

3. A small species, representing placida in South India and Ceylon, and
doubtfully distinct. Abdomen without white subbasal dorsal belt. Forewing :
antemedian line curvel in front; discal band less oblique than in placida, wider
behind and narrower before middle. Sexual armature as in placida, but proximal
tooth of the boat-shaped process of the harpe higher, and the long process of the
penis-sheath of placida represented in mznima by a very short one (PI. LY. f. 31, 32).

Larva described by Butler, /.c.

Hab. South India and Ceylon.

Two subspecies ; but see Appendix.

a. D. minima minima.

*Daphnis minima Butler, l.c.

3. Very small and pale. Discal lines of forewing not obviously dentate.
Process of penis-sheath in one of the two specimens dissected longer (PI. LY.
f, 32) than in the other.

Hab. South India.

Two dé in the British Museum.

b. D. minima ernestina.

*Daphnis ernestina Moore, Lep, Ceylon iii. p. 534, t. 211. f. 1 (1887) (Pundoloya, December ;—Mus.
Brit.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p, 672. 0, 15 (1892) (Ceylon) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit.
Ind., Moths i. p, 96. n. 150 (1892) (Pundoloya, Ceylon).

3. Larger than the preceding, darker in colour, especially the hindwing above
and the basi-discal area of the forewing below. Process of penis-sheath shorter
(Pl. LY. f. 31).

Hab. Ceylon.

Two 34 in the British Museum. Another specimen in coll. Druce.

432. Deilephila protrudens.

*Daphnis protrudens Felder, Reise Novara Lep. t. 76. £. 7 (1874) (Gilolo ;—Mus. Tring) ; Butl.,
Trans. Zool, Soc, Lond. ix. p. 572. n. 4 (1877); Misk., Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii. p. 20.
n. 34 (1891) (Brisbane ; Rockhampton ; Cardwell; Halmeira [?] ; “Cape of Cood Hope [?]”
err. loci); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 672. n. 7 (1892) (Gilolo) ; Pagenst., in Chun, Zoologica
xii, 29. p, 15. n. 14 (1900) (Bismarck Archipelago).

Choerocampa protrudens, Boisduyal, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 225. n. 2 (1875) (Halmahera),

Choerocampa neriastri Boisduval, 1c.

LL

(514 )

3d. This species is easily distinguished from all the others by the marginal
area of the forewing below, bordered by the pale, oblique, discal line, being
chocolate-brown. The discal area of the upperside of the forewing is not sharply
defined proximally ; it extends often, in front and behind, to the sharply marked,
straight, antemedian line, externally it is much produced between R? and R3, the
most distal point lying between the two veins ; no white apical dot above or below ;
the brown discal area of the hindwing reduced in size and depth of tint.

3. Tenth segment as in placida, sternite rather slender, sides almost parallel,
rounded at end, tip obtusely pointed. Harpe (Pl. XLVIII. f. 21) with long distal
process, not dentate. Penis-sheath (Pl. LY. f. 29) with a short left process and a
very long right one, the left process differing from that of placida especially in not
being dentate.

Early stages not known.

Hab, Papuan Subregion : Moluccas to Queensland, the Bismarck Archipelago,
and the Solomon Islands.

In the Tring Museum 3d, 8 3? from: Queensland; Gilolo; Tugela,
Solomon Islands (Woodford).

CXVI. PHILODILA gen novy.—Typus: astyanor.
Bveryx Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 208 (1875) (partim ; type : myron).

?. Pilifer long; genal process narrow and long. Palpus large, rather slenderer
than in Detlephila. Hye large, not lashed. Antenna slender, faintly incrassate
distally, with slender hook; end-segment long, with three very long apical bristles ;
last but one segment conically produced ventrally. Spines of abdomen numerous,
rather stiff, pale tawny. Legs wanting except one middle leg, which has, however,
only three tarsal segments left; midtibial spurs egual in length, about twice as
long as the tibia is broad at end; midtarsus with prominent comb. Apex of
forewing produced, distal margin obtusely angulate at R?; lower angle of cell of
hindwing about 75°; SC? and R! stalked, R? before centre of cell, Dt longer than
D?, and longer than in Delephila.

Karly stages not known.

Hab. ? Probably Oriental Region.

One species.

Differs from Deilephila and Ampelophaga in the midtibial spurs being equal in
length, ete.

433. Philodila astyanor (PI. VI. f. 3, 9).
* Every astyanor Boisduyal, l.c, p. 211. n. 3 (1875) (Mexique?) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p, 673,
n. 4 (1892).

2. Upperside: see figure.

Underside very much paler; wings with a brown distal border, which is
indented at the veins on the forewing; between this band and the subcostal fork
there are on the forewing two brown parallel bars extending from costal margin to
R'; the border of the hindwing gradually narrows from R? backwards.

Tab. ?

The only specimen known (in coll. Charles Oberthiir) is labelled “ Mexique?”
We believe it to be Oriental.

( 515 )

CXVII. DAHIRA.—Typus : rubiginosa.

Dahira Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 390 (1888) (type : rubiginosa).
Ambulyx, Butler, lllustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. vii. p. 2 (1889),

3. Genal process large, triangular, curved backwards. Head with mesial
cariniform crest, which is most distinct between antennae. Hye lashed. Palpus
rounded, somewhat projecting. Antenna fusiform, narrowed at base, gradually
fining to a slender hook, strongly compressed, fasciculated ciliae long; end-segment
short. Spines of abdomen weak. Midcoxal merum somewhat angulate. Tibiae
unarmed; spurs sort, midtibial ones equal in length, long terminal one of
hindtibia shorter than the tibia is broad; no comb; pulvillus and paronychium
not reduced. Wings entire; forewing elongate, subfalcate, apex acute; cross-veins
of hindwing slightly oblique, D* longer than Dt.

3. Tenth tergite elongate, convex above, concave beneath, apex entire; sternite
nearly as long as the tergite, broader, triangular, extreme tip sinuate. Clasper
sole-shaped ; with large friction-scales, irregularly arranged in four rows, besides
some additional enlarged scales, extreme tip of these scales truncate; harpe
(Pl. IL. f. 6) produced into a long ventral process, which is spatulate and
somewhat twisted. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 30) with a long dentate and curved
process at the right side, ending in two points, and a much shorter, also dentate,
lobe at the left side.

? and early stages not known.

Hab. N.W. India.

One species.

Allied to Ampelophagqa.

434. Dahira rubiginosa.

*Dahira rvubiginosa Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 391 (1888) (Mundi, N.W. Himal. ;—Mus.
Brit.) ; Cot. & Swinb., Cut. Moths Ind. p, 726. n. 61. A (1889) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 662.
n. 1 (1892).

Amlulyx rubiginosa, Butler, Illustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. vii. p. 2 (1889) ; Hamps., in
Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 78. n. 105 (1892).

Ambulyx rubrescens Butler, /.c. p. 26. t, 121. f. 2 (1889) (nom. nov. loco rubiginosa).

3. In wing-form reminding one of Oxyambulyx, with which it has erroneously
been associated by Butler and Hampson.

Hab. N.W. India.

Only one specimen known, which is in the British Museum.

OXVIII. AMPELOPHAGA.—'Typus : rudbiginosa.

Deilephila, Walker (non Laspeyres, 1809), List Lep. Jus. B. M. viii. p. 163 (1856) (partim).

Chaerocampa, Ménétriés (non Duponchel, 1835), Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. Suppl. ti. p. 91
(1857).

Elibia, Boisduyal (non Walker, 1856), Spec. Gén. Lép. [Hét, i. p. 178 (1875).

Ampelophaga Bremer & Grey, in Motsch., Lt. Ent. i. p. 61 (1852) (nom. indeser.) ; Butl., Papilio i.
p. 104 (1881) (typus : rubiginosa),

Acosmeryx, Holland (non Boisduval, 1875), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. TL (1889).

Deilephila (Ampelophaga), Staudinger, in Rom., Mém. Lép. iii. p. 230 (1892).

( 516 )

é¢. Genal process triangular. Palpus rather long, rounded in lateral and
dorsal aspect, closely appressed to head. Eye not lashed. Head with the scaling
a little raised to a rounded crest. Antenna very slender, filiform, gradually fining
distally, hook very gradual, end-segment short, triangular or conical, about twice
the length of the previous segment. Spines of abdomen numerous, weak, pale.
Merum of midcoxa not carinate behind; tibiae not spinose: spurs very unequal,
longer ones over half the length of the first tarsal segment, this as long as the
four other segments together, and a little shorter than the tibia; midtarsus with
comb of more or less prolonged spines; pulvillus present, large ; paronychium
with two pairs of lobes. Wings entire.

3. Friction-scales of clasper large. Tenth segment simple. Clasper sole-
shaped; harpe spatulate, dilated part dentate on upperside, or reduced, without
process. Penis-sheath with a right and a lett apical process, the left one always
dentate at the edges.

2. Highth tergite sinuate. Vaginal plate suddenly narrowed as in Dedlephila;
orifice large, free, edges slightly raised.

Larva (of rubiginosa), tapering in front, head small, horn slightly curved;
a pale dorso-lateral line from horn forward, pale oblique side-bands connected with
this line —Food-plant : Vitis ; Ampelopsis ; Convolvulus.

Pupa (of rzbiginosa), stout, rounded at both ends, cremaster apparently thin.

Hab. Japan and Amurland southward to North India and the Philippines ; not
yet known from the Sunda Islands.

Four species.

The name Ampelophaga appeared first in 1852. Bremer & Grey, when
describing “‘ Ampelophaga” rubiginosa, did not give any generic distinctions, nor
did they even mention that Ampelophaga was meant to be a new generic term.
They were again entirely silent on these points in 1854, d.c., so that we believe they
did not mean to create a new term, but intended to write PAilampelus, a name then
employed for a variety of species, especially for American vine-feeders. However
that may be, Ampelophaga remained a nomen indescriptum up to 1881, when Butler
gave a kind of definition, and dates therefore from that time.

The genera Ampelophaga, Berutana, Ampeloeca, and Darapsa are very closely
allied with one another, agreeing especially in the antenna being slender and haying
a short end-segment. The caterpillars are also almost the same; the peculiar
dentition of the harpe of some of the species, and the armature of the penis-sheath
point in the same direction. The affinities are so strong that we were at first
inclined to unite these forms under one generic term (Darapsa). However,
the American species on the one side and the Eastern ones on the other form two
distinct groups; these two groups are natural ones, z.e. the differences express
closer blood-relationship of the respective members, as the morphical dis-
tinctions are corroborated by the geographical distribution, and therefore we
have to treat the groups as genera. Within the Old World as well as in the
New World group there is one species more specialised than the others, showing
the same kind of specialisation so often observed among the Acherontiinae and
especially the Ambulicinae, namely the appearance of spines on the tibia (pholus)
and the reduction of the paronychium and acquisition of dentate wings (syriaca).
To emphasise this development, and (as said below) to facilitate the construction of
a satisfactory key to the genera—generally a weak point in systematic works—we
treat these specialised forms also as generically distinct.

( 517 )

Close to these insects comes the large Oriental libia dolichus, which might
very well be considered generically identical with the other species mentioned, if all
these were treated as being generically the same.

Key to the species :

a. Forewing with sharply marked, parallel,
greyish white lines at nearly equal dis-
tances between base and outer margin. . ic
Forewing with brown bands, which are often
barely vestigial, interspaces sometimes
shaded with white scaling; no sharply

marked greyish white lines. é 40%
b. Underside of abdomen and hindwing trent
rufous-testaceous ‘ : . 436. A. khasiana.
Underside of abdomen and ecg salmon-
buff or clayish . : < . : . 435. A. rubiginosa.
ce. Hindwing, above, blackish-brown . 3 437. A. dolichoides.
Hindwing, above, glaucous-blue in basal area
(as in 2, dolichus) . : 6 : . 438. A. linigera.

435. Ampelophaga rubiginosa.
Ampelophaga rubiginosa Bremer & Grey, in Motsch., Ht. Ent. i. p. 61 (1852).

3?. No comb to mid- and hindtarsus. R? and R® of hindwing much farther
apart than R* and M?. Forewing, above, with an indistinct basal band, a sub-
basal line, an antemedian band, an abbreviated disco-cellular band, followed by a
broad discal one, a discal line, mostly dentate, and an oblique apical line, more or
less indistinctly continued, in zigzag form, to hinder margin; interspaces greyish,
distal marginal area glossy; all these lines and bands sometimes quite indistinct.

3. Tenth sternite truncate, feebly sinuate in distal view. Harpe (Pl. XLVIIL.
f. 15) rather regularly ladle-shaped. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 23): long left
process irregularly and sparsely dentate and notched at the proximal edge; the short
right process mostly simple, but sometimes with one or two minute teeth.

Larva: see above.

Hab. Sapan to North India.

Two subspecies :

a. A. rubiginosa rubiginosa.

Ampelophaga rubiginosa Bremer & Grey, 1.c.; iid., Schm. Nordl. China’s p. 11. n, 52 (1853); Butl.,
Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 546. n. 1. t. 91. f. 4. 5 (1, p.) (1877) (Pekin; Japan) ; Staud., in
Rom., Wém. Lép. iii. p. 158 (1887) (= romanori) ; Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 683. n. 10
(1888) (Oiwake ; Yokohama) ; id., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 119. n. 93 (1889) (Siukiang) ;
Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 673. n. 1 (1892 (China; Japan) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ow.
i. p. 10. n. 40 (1892) (Shantung, China) ; Leech, Zrans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p, 281. n. 46 (1898)
(Yokohama ; Oiwake ; Kiukiang ; Ichang) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 100, n. 732
(1901).

Deilephila rubiginosa, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 173. n. 18 (1856) ; Fixs., in Rom., én.
Lép. iii. p. 321. n. 97 (1887) (Corea, ©. vi—x. viii.) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. il, p. 137
(1900).

Chaerocampa rubiginosa, Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. ii, Suppl. p. 91. n. 1613.
t. 12, f. 2 (1857) (Pekin) ; Oberth., Zt. Ent. v. p. 28. n. 69" (1880) (Askold, vii.) ; id., Bull,
Soc. Ent. France p. 56 (1886) (vii. ; larva on Vitis, Convolvulus).

Elibia rubiginosa, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 178, n. 1 (1875).

( 518 )

*Deilephila romanovi Staudinger, in Rom., Mém. Lép. iii. t. 9. f. 1 a. b (1887) (Amurland ;—coll.
Staudinger).

Acosmeryx ienobhw Holland, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 71 (1889) (Japan); Kirby, Cat. Lep.
Het. i. p. 649. n. 5 (1892); Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. London p. 282. n. 48 (1898) (“ not seen”).

Deilephila (Ampelophaga) rubiginosa, Staudinger, /.c, vi. p. 230, n. 216 (1892) (Amur).

3%. Scaling of tip of antenna buff, not black. Tawny-olive bands of forewing
rather prominent. Distal margin of hindwing more or less russet, especially before
anal angle. Bred specimens more reddish as a rule than worn ones.

Hab. Japan, Amurland, China.

In the Tring Museum 20 3d, 26 2? from: Yokohama, iv. viii. ix.; Muko-
yama, vii.; Oiwake; Hakodate, vi. vii.; Corea; Amurland; Kiukiang, vi. vil. viii;
Ta-tsien-lu, vii.; Wa-ssu-ku ; Hongkong.

b. A. rubiginosa fasciosa.

*Ampelophaga fasciosa Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 391 (1888) (Dharmsala ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
Butl., Zdlustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. vii. p. 25. t. 121. £. 3 (1889) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat.
Moths Ind. i. p. 9. n. 49 (1887) (Kulu ; Simla ; Sikhim) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 673. n. 2
(1892) (Dharmsala).

Ampelophaga rubiginosa, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 83. n. 117. £. 52 (1892)
(partim ; N.W. Himal. ; Sikhim ; Nagas ; larva erclusa).

Ampelophaga harterti Rothsebild, Iris vii. p. 299. n. 9 (1894) (Margherita, Assam ;—coll. Stand-
inger) ; Hamps., Jown. Bombay N. H. Soc. xiii. p. 39. n. 117 (1900).

3. Paler than the previous form, more uniform in colour, less reddish above,
the bands of the more elongate forewing less distinct; fringe of hindwing almost
pure white; scaling of tip of antenna blackish at anterior side.

The larva described by Hampson, bearing an ocellus on the fourth and fifth
segments, belongs to Vheretra.

Hab. North West India to Upper Assam.

In the Tring Museum 9 dd, 6 2? from: Karo Hills, vii.; Dalhousie, vii. ;
Kuln.

436. Ampelophaga khasiana.

*Ampelophaga khasiana Rothschild, Nov. Zoot. ii. p. 482. n. 1 (1895) (Khasia Hills ;—Mus, Tring).
Ampelophaga rubiginosa, Dulgeon, Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 409, n. 117 (1898) (Sikhim, vii.);
Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 281. n. 46 (1898) (partim).

3%. Upperside deeper in tint, mesial line less pale and sides of body and
under surface far more red than in rwdiginosa. Scaling of end of antenna black.
——Forewing, above: interspaces between bands glossy whitish grey, discal band
rather narrower and more sharply defined than in rwdéginosa, discal line broad, not
dentate, band-like. First segment of palpus not greyish white.

3. Tenth sternite not sinuate in distal aspect. Dilated apical part of harpe
longer than in rudiginosa, more heavily spined proximally. Right process of
penis-sheath longer.

Hab. North India; China.

In the Tring Museum 3 3d d,2 29% from: Khasia Hills; Jaintia Hills.

In the British Museum 1 $ from Mupin, coll. Leech; this is rather paler on
the underside than our North Indian specimens.

437. Ampelophaga dolichoides.

* Philampelus dolichoides, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep, t. 76. f. 8 (1874) (Sikhim :;—Mus. Tring).
Pergesa dolichoides, Moore, Proc. Zool, Soc, Lond. p. 577 (1874).

( 519 )

Elibia dolichoides, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 180. n. 3 (1875) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc.
Lond. ix. p. 547, n. 2 (1877).

Metopsilus dolichoides, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 661, n. 21 (1892).

Ampelophaga dolichoides, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 84. n. 118 (1892)
(Sikhim) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 410. n. 118 (1898) (Sikhim, vii. viii.,
1800 ft.).

3%. Midtarsus with the spines of the fourth row prolonged, but not so much
as in Elidia. R* and M' of hindwing less close together than in the preceding
species, D* not being longer than D‘. Forewing with four grey lines, which
are the proximal borders of tawny-olive bands; between the two discal lines
there is a feebly marked brown zigzag line.

3. Tenth sternite sinuate in distal aspect. About sixteen large friction-scales,
rounded-truncate, broad at end. Process of harpe short, not dentate. Apex of
penis-sheath asymmetrical, both processes dentate.

Hab. Sikhim; Assam.

In the Tring Museum 3 ?? from: Sikhim (type); Cherrapunji. A o in
coll. Swinhoe from Silhet.

438. Ampelophaga linigera.

*Blibia linigera Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 180. n. 4 (1875) (Manila ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i, p. 662. n. 2 (1892) ; Semp., Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 403. n. 49
(1896) (‘‘ not receiv.’”).

od. Under surface far more reddish than in dolichoides. RR? of hindwing before
centre of cell, D® being much longer than D* ; SC? and R! on a stalk. Forewing,
above, similar to that of dolichoides, but lines in basal half quite indistinct, and
second discal line more distal, ending at apex of wing, there being no separate
oblique apical line. Hindwing similar in colour to that of £ibia dolichus.

Tenth tergite long, narrow, slightly curved, not compressed ; apex truncate ;
sternite compressed, boat-shaped in side-view, apex transversely ribbed above,
rounded-truncate in dorsal aspect. Clasper with large friction-scales ; harpe as
in Lidia, short, broad, obtuse, not produced into a dentate process (P]. XLVIII.
f.11). Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 22) almost symmetrical in dorsal aspect, with
a longer right and a shorter and broader left process, both dentate.

%. Not known.

HTab. Manila, Luzon.

One ¢ (type) in coll. Charles Oberthiir. Not seen in other collections.

This species connects Ampelophaga with Llibia.

CXIX. BERUTANA gen. noy.—Typus: syriaca.

Deilephila, Lederer (non Laspeyres, 1809), Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien v. p. 195 (1855).
Pergesa, Walker (non id., 1856) List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxi, p, 32 (1861).

Everyc, Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. i. p. 20 (1870) (partim ; nom. indescr.).

Otus, Butler (non Cuvier, 1800), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 545 (1877).

Metopsilus, Staudinger (non Duncan, 1836), in Staud. & Rebel, Cat. Lep, ed. iii. p. 104 (1901).

3%. Closely allied to Ampelophaga. Head more obviously crested. Hye
slightly lashed. Long terminal spur of hind- and midtibia less than half the
length of the first tarsal segment, which is shorter than the tibia; no comb to
midtarsus ; pulvillus small, paronychium with one lobe at each side, SC? and I!

( 520 )

of hindwing shortly stalked, R* before centre of cell, lower angle of cell acuminate.
D‘ less than half the length of D*.

3. Sexual armature nearly exactly the same as in Ampelophaga rubiginosa,
the two processes of the penis-sheath thinner, not dentate.

?. Vaginal plate very feebly chitinised, shaped as in Ampelophaga. Bighth
tergite see P]. XLI. f. 13.

Larva as in Ampelophaga, Ampeloeca, and Darapsa, strongly tapering in front;
green or brown, with pale dorso-lateral line, and below this pale oblique bands.—
Food-plant: V7¢ts.

Pupa dotted with brown on the wing-cases, legs, antenna, and tongue
(not seen).

Hab. Syria ; Mesopotamia ; Persia.

One species.

439. Berutana syriaca.
Deilephila syriaca Lederer, Verh, Zool, Bot. Ges. Wien v. p. 195. t. 2. £. 9 (1855) (Beirut).

3. This species bears a close resemblance to Darapsa pholus; the inner
edge of the discal band of the forewing is, however, not straight, but concave
before middle. Some individuals are much more tawny than others; there is
also obvious variation in size.

Hab, Syria; Mesopotamia ; Persia.

Two subspecies :

a. B. syriaca syriaca.

Deilephila syriaca Lederer, | c.; Staud. & Wocke, Cat. Lep. p. 16, n. 21 (1861) ; iid., Lc. ed. ii. p. 37.
n. 478 (1871) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 139 (1900) (Beirut, B. vii. viii.).

Everyx syriacus, Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. i. p. 20 (1870).

Otus syriacus, Butler, l.c, p. 545, n. 1 (1877).

Chaerocampa syviaca, Weism., ed. Meldola, Stud. Theory Desc. p. 191. t. 9. f, 29 (1882) (larva).

Metopsilus (?) syriacus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 660. n. 2 (1892).

Metopsilus syriacus, Staudinger & Rebel, Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p, 104. n. 762 (1901) (Syr. ; Palaestina ;
Antiochia),

3. Band and lines of forewing distinct; distal margin sometimes almost
even, the teeth being barely indicated. ¢ paler than °.

Hab. Syria.

In the Tring Musenm 2 larvae, 15 dd, 15 2 from Beirut.

b. B. syriaca kotschyi (Pl. VI. f. 4, 3, type).

*Deilephila kotschyi Kollar, Denkschr. K. K, Ak. Wiss. Wien, Math. Nat. Cl. i. p. 53. 0. 11 (1850)
(Schiraz ;—Mus. Vienna).

Choerocampa kotschyi, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 234, n. 11 (1875).

Theretra kotschyi, Kirby, Cat Lep, Het. i. p. 654. n. 49 (1892).

Metopsilus syriacus var, mardina Staudinger, in Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed, iii. p. 104. sub n. 762.
(1901) (Mardin, Mesopotamia).

3. Mach larger than the preceding ; wings not obviously denticulate. Per-
haps distinet.
Hab. Persia ; Mesopotamia,

CXX. ELIBIA.—Typus : dolichus.

Sphinx (Choerocampa), Westwood (non Linné, 1758 ; non Duponchel, 1835), Cab. Or. Ent. p. 61

1848).
oa a List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 148 (1856) (type: dolichus).

3%. Palpus large, rounded in side-view, third segment above frons. Eye
very large, not lashed. Abdomen very long. ‘Tarsi long, hind ones twice the
length of the cell of hindwing; first segment of hindtarsus a little longer than
tibia; comb of midtarsus very prominent, the spines much prolonged and accom-
panied on the hinder side by another row of slender prolonged spines. Apex of
hindwing very obtuse ; SC? and R! shortly stalked.

3. Tenth tergite slightly narrowed in middle, apex truncate, angles rounded ;
sternite as long as the tergite, strongly compressed, broad vertically, ventral line
strongly curved upwards in lateral aspect, apex rounded in distal view. Large
friction-scales of clasper acuminate, not truncate ; harpe short (PJ. XLVIII. f. 10),
represented by a rather thin ridge, which is truncate distally and feebly angulate
dorsally. Penis-sheath nearly symmetrical (P]. LIV. f. 21), both the right and left
processes denticulate at the edges and on the surface, the dentition of the left
process continued on the sheath.

?. Vaginal plate as in Ampelophaga and Deilephila, but broader apically.

Larva. Three stages figured by Piepers: a round dorsal ocellus on fourth
segment; horn curved frontad in younger stages, reduced to a button-like
prominence in last stage.

Hab. North India to Java and Palawan.

One species.

440. Elibia dolichus.

*Sphine (Choerocampa) dolichus Westwood, Cab. Or. Ent. p. 61. t. 30. £. 1 (1848) (Silhet ;—Mus,
Oxford).

Elibia dolichus, Walker, List Lep, Ins. B. M. viii. p. 149. n. 1 (1856) ; Moore, in Horsf. & Moore,
Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C.i. p- 273. n. 631 (1857) (Silhet) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.
p. 675 (1867) (Silhet) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 179. n. 2 (1875) ; Butl., Trans. Zool.
Soc. Lond. ix. p. 547. 0. 1 (1877) (Silhet) ; Snell., Vijdschr. Ent. xx. p. 67 (1877) (Sumatra) ;
Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 9. n. 50 (1887) (Sikhim ; Sibsagar ; Silhet) ; Swinh., Cat.
Lep. Het. Mus, Ox. i. p. 10. n. 41 (1892) (Silhet ; Singapore ; Cambodia) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep.
Het. i. p. 662. n, 1 (1892) (Silhet) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 100.
n. 159. f. 57 (g) (1892) (Sikhim ; Assam ; Sumatra) ; Pagenst., Juhrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xlvii.
p. 38 (1894) (E. Java) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xl. p. 365. n. 30 (1895) (Java) ; Semp.,
Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 403. n. 48 (1896) (Palawan) ; Piep., Tijdschr. Ent. xl. p. 97. t. 1. £. 5. 10,
15 (horn of /.), p. 101. t. 4. f, 1. 2. 3 (1) (1897) (Java); Dudg., Journ, Bombay N. H. Soe. xi.
p. 415. n. 159 (1898) (Sikhim, Bhutan, up to 4000 ft., v. xii.).

Chaerocampa dolichus, Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. ii. Suppl. p. 93. 0, 1545
(1857).

3%. Forewing with seven lines between lower angle of cell and outer margin,
first and fifth heavy, the others often weakly marked, second, third, fourth, and
sixth sometimes distinctly accentuated by vein-dots ; lines between lower angle of
cell and costal margin feeble, that traversing the large, black, white-centred stigma
the most obvious. Abdomen white below, with ferruginous-tawny or brown mesial
markings on the proximal sternites.

Hab. Sikhim to Java and Palawan.

In the Tring Musenm 18 34,8 22 from; Sikhim; Khasia Hills; Penang ;
Sumatra ; Java ; Bunguran, Natuna Is. (Hose) ; Borneo; Palawan.

CXXI. AMPELOECA gen. noy.—Typus : versicolor.

Sphinx, Cramer (non Linné, 1758), Pap. Evot. iii. p. 91 (1779).

Otus, Hiibner (non Cuvier, 1800), Verz. bek. Schm. p. 142 (1822).

Smerinthus, Serville & Lepelletier (non Latreille, 1805), in Enc. Méth. x. p. 441 (1825).

Choerocampa, Harris (non Duponchel, 1835), in Sillim., Journ. Se. Art xxxvi. p. 301 (1839).

Darapsa Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 182 (1856) (partim ; type : pholus=choerilus),

Every Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. ii. Suppl. p. 93 (1857) (nom. indeser.) ;
Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 208 (1875) (partim; incl. type of Darapsa).

Elibia, Butler (non Walker, 1856), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 637 (1877).

Ampelophaga, id., Papilio i. p. 104 (1881) (partim ; type : rubiginosa).

3%. Genal process rounded or triangular, in the latter case enrved backwards.
Head with high rounded crest. Eye lashed. Long terminal spur of hindtibia less
than half the length of the first tarsal segment ; no comb to midtarsus. In other
characters similar to Ampelophaga.

3. Clasper with small and numerous friction-scales.

?. Highth tergite truncate; vaginal plate nearly evenly rounded laterally and
distally.

Larva strongly tapering in front; head small and granulose like pronotum
and horn, dispersed pale granules or dots all over the body ; a dorso-lateral pale line,
to which are joined pale oblique side-bands.—Food-plants : Ampelopsis ; Vitis ;
Epilobium ; Cephalanthus ; Nesaea ; Hydrangea.

Pupa stout, rounded at both ends, opaque, rather finely rugose, dispersedly
punctured, punctures denser and deeper on last segments ; clayish, variegated with
brown ; wing-cases, legs and antenna dotted with black ; anterior femur not visible ;
cremaster slender.

Hab. Atlantic district of Nearctic Region.

Two species:

Dise of wings below bright yellow externally . 441. A. versicolor.
Disc of wings below reddish tawny-ochraceous,
concolorous with basal area . i ; . 442. A. myron.

441. Ampeloeca versicolor.

Choerocampa versicolor Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sc. Art xxxvi. p. 303. n. 3 (1839); Harr., ed.
Flint, Ins. Inj. Veg. p. 328 (1862) ; Grey, Canad. Ent. xi. p. 140 (1879) (Albany, N.Y).

Choerocampa? versicolor, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 131. n. 6 (1856) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén.
Lép. Hét. p. 210. 284. n. 84 (1875).

Darapsa versicolor, Clemens, Journ. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 148. v, 29 (1859) ; Morris, Cat. Lep.
N. Am. p. 19 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 169. n. 4 (1862) ; Thaxt., Payche
i, p. 29 (1874) (Newton, Mass., vii.) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se, i, p. 22 (1874) ; id., he
li, p. 225. n. 36 (1875); Peck, Canad. Ent. viii. p. 239 (1876) (Maine ; larva notic.) ; Streck.
Lep. Tthop. Het. p. 113. t. 13. £. 9g) (1876) ; id., Uc, p. 142 (1877) ; Dimm. & Mann, Psyche ii.
p. 68 (1877); Hulst, Canad. Ent. x. p. 64 (1878) (life hist. ; 7. on Cephalanthus occid.; Long 1);
Bunk., ‘hid. x. p. 211 (1878); Fleteb., Canad. Ent. xv. p. 204 (1883) (on Nesaea verticillata) ;
Fish., iid. xvii. p. 78 (1885) (Buffalo, larva on Cephalanthus occ.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. 1.
p. 671. n, 5 (1892).

Otus versicolor, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 81 (1865); id. & Rob., ibid. vy. p. 154. 0. 32
(1865) ; Beth., Canad. Ent. i. p. 10 (1869) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 546. 0. 4

(1877). _
Llibia versicolor, Butler, l.c. ix. p. 637 (1877) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. ix. p. 120 (1877) (1. Erie) ; id.,
Lc. ix, p. 131 (1877) ; id., Bull. Buffalo Soc. N, Sc. iii. p. 222. n. 36 (1877) (Mass. ; N York;

Ohio).\

( 523 )

Ampelophaga versicolor, Butler, Papilio i. p. 104 (1881) (congeneric with rubiginosa) ; Grote,
Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 30 (1886) ; Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 149. t. 7. £. 2 (genit.)
(1888) (Canada to Maryland, westward to the Mississippi); Dyar, in Riley, Jns. Life iii. p. 322
(1891) (N.Y., electr. light).

Everyec versicolor, Fernald, Sphing. N. Engld. p. 67. n. 32 (1886); Holl., Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 104
(1886) (on Hydrangea arborescens) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. N. Mus. xxxv. p. 43 (1889) (liter. rel. to
metam.); Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H, vii. p. 293. t. 2. f. 10 (1895) (N.Y. ; rare ; two
broods, vi. beg. vii., viii. ; on Cephal. occid. ; Nesaea).

3¢?. A beautifully coloured insect, especially on the underside. External
spines of first protarsal segment slightly prolonged, but mostly concealed in the
sealing. Genal process triangular, somewhat curved backwards. Thorax and
abdomen with a pale mesial line as in Ampelophaga.

g. Tenth tergite and sternite somewhat shorter and stonter than in Darapsa
pholus. Friction-scales of clasper truncate not far beyond the widest point ; harpe
(Pl. XLVIII. f. 14) long, slender, horizontal, curving a little upwards at end,
without dentition. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 20) with a broad ventral Jobe which
is dentate at the edges, and a small right process.

?. Highth tergite membranaceous for the greater part, the chitin-plate reduced
to a narrow transverse band. Vaginal plate shaped as in myron; the edge of the
orifice raised to a rather strongly chitinised and triangularly sinuate ridge.

Larva green or brown ; a pale dorso-lateral line from head to fourth segment,
followed by seven oblique pale side-bands extending each over two segments, the
last ending at horn, which is rather long and is marked with a black stripe in
front ; the pale lines with dark upper edges ; a dark dorsal line.—Food-plants :
Cephalanthus ; Hydrangea : Nesaea.

Pupa abruptly rounded behind ; cremaster thin, almost cylindrical.

Hab. Canada to Maryland (probably farther south); westward to the
Mississippi basin.

Rather rare everywhere.

In the Tring Museum 3 larvae, 2 pupae, 8 dd,9 ?% from: Canada; Long
Island.

442. Ampeloeca myron.

Sphine myron Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 91. t. 247. f. c (1779) (Virginia).

Spline pampinatriz Abbot & Smith, Jus. Georgia i, p. 55. t. 28 (1797).

Otus myron, Hiibner, Verz. beh. Schm. p. 142. n. 1524 (1822) ; Grote, Proc. Ent, Soc. Philad. v. p. 81
(1865); id. & Rob., ibid. p. 153, n. 31 (1865) ; Beth., Canad. Ent. i. p. 10 (1869); Butl., Zrans.
Zooi. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 546. n. 3 (1877) ; id., Papilio i. p. 104 (1881).

Otus cnotus Hitbner, Zutrige p. 23. £. 321, 322 (1823).

Smerinthus myron, Serville & Lep., Enc. Meth. x. p. 441 (1825).

Choerocampa pampinatric Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sc. Art xxxvi. p. 301. n. 1 (1839); Harris,
ed. Flint, Jus. Inj. Veg. p. 327. fig. 152. 153, 154, t. 5. £. 4 (1862) (life hist.) ; Morris, ibid.
note (1862) (=myron = cnotus) ; Saund., Canad. Ent. iii. p. 66. £. 25, 26. 27 (L., p., i.), £. 28.
29 (paras.) (1871) ; Pack., Common Ins. p. 57. £, 47. 48 (1873).

Darapsa myron, Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 183. n. 2 (1856) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se.
Philad. iy. p. 147. n. 27 (1859) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 19 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris,
Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 168. n. 2 (1862) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. iii. p- 93 (1864) (Mass.) ;
Lintn., Proc. Lnt, Soc. Philad. iii. p. 663 (1864) (life hist.) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. iii, p, 101
(1871) (Alabama) ; Lint., Znt. Contr. i. p. 192 (1872) (N. Y., vi. viii.) ; Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 29
(1874) (Newton, Mass., vi. beg. vii.); Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se, i. p. 22 (1874); id.,
Le, ii. p, 225, n. 37 (1875) ; Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii. p. 241 (1875) (Montreal, vi, vii.) ; Dimm.
& Mann, Payche ii. p. 69 (1877); Hulst, Bull, Brookl. Ent. Soc, ii. p. 35 (1879); Pilate, Papilio
ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, O.); Edw. & BLL, Pupilio iii. p. 126 (1883) (larva, diff, from choerilus);
Saund., /ns. Inj. Fruits p. 244, fig. 253—257 (1883).

( 524 )

Eweryx myron var. ? an sp., Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. p. 20 (1870).

Everyx myron, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 209. n. 1 (1875) ; Grote, l.c. iii. p. 222. n. 38
(1877) ; id., Canad. Ent. ix. p. 131 (1877) ; Fern., Sphing. N. Engld. p. 65. n. 31. t. 5. £. 1, 2. 3.
(1., p.,7.) (1886) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. N. Mus. xxxv. p, 42 (1889) (liter. rel, to metam ); Kirby,
Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 673. n. 3 (1892); Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus, N. H. vii. p. 292. t. 2.£. 9.
(1895) (N.Y. ; common, two broods ; on Ampelopsis and Vitis); Rowl., Ent. News ix. p. 191
(1898) (Miss. ; common on Vine, wing rust-red in summer brood).

Ampelophaga myron, Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 182 (1886); id., Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 30 (1886);
Smith, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xv. p. 148. t. 6. f. 9 (genit.) (1888) (Canada to Georgia, westward
to Missouri, Iowa); Dyar, in Riley, /ns. Life iii. p. 322 (1891) (N.Y., electr. light) ; Cross,
Ent. News vii. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampshire) ; Trum., Ent, News viii. p. 27 (1897) (S. Dakota).

3%. External row of spines of first protarsal segment irregularly doubled in
basal half. Spurs shorter than in versicolor, crest of head higher, apex of forewing
and angle SM? of hindwing more projecting. The individuals in which the pale olive-
green colour has nearly or totally disappeared from the upperside of the forewing
are rarer in the north than the south. Itis possible that a greater percentage of
the individuals of the second brood than of the first belong to the uniformly coloured
f. cnotus ; observations on this point are a desideratum.

3. Tenth segment as in Varapsa pholus. Friction-scales of clasper numerous,
truncate ; harpe (Pl. XLVIII. f. 12) with a short stout process which is thinnest
at the base ; the upperside of this process covered with minute teeth, the underside
also rough with teeth, the sides finely rugose. Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 19):
right process smaller than left, simple or dentate, the left dentate at the edges.

?. Highth tergite as in Darapsa pholus, the sides somewhat produced. Vaginal
plate narrower apically than in J). pholus, the raised edge of the vaginal orifice less
chitinised.

Larva green or brown, in various shades, a pale dorso-lateral line from fourth
segment to horn, to which line are joined oblique pale side-bands which terminate
at the line and are each restricted to one segment; horn with black granules; a
dorsal series of pale patches with dark (brown or reddish) centres.—lood-plants :
Ampelopsis ; Vitis.

Pupa slenderer than in versicolor, with vestige of anteocular tabercle; cremaster
long, conical, tip bifid.

Hab. Canada to Florida, westward to the Mississippi basin.

In the Tring Museum 9 larvae, 7 pupae, 54 5d, 26 $2 from: Florida, y. vili.; |
N. Carolina, vii.; W. Virginia, vii. viii.; Illinois, vi.; Iowa; Long Island;
Massachusetts, vi.

CXXII. DARAPSA.—Typus : pholus.
Sphinz, Cramer (non Linn’, 1758), Pap. Exot. i. p. 137 (1776).
Otus, Hiibner (non Cuvier, 1800), Verz. beh. Sehm. p. 142 (1822) (type: choerilus=pholus).
Smerinthus, Serville & Lepelletier (non Latreille, 1802), Enc. Méth, x. p- 441 (1825).
Choerocampa, Harris (non Daponchel, 1835), in Sillim., Journ. Se. Art xxxvi. p. 302 (1839).
Darapsa Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 182 (1856) (partim ; type: choerilus =pholus).
Everyx Boisduval, Spee. (én, Lep. Hét. i. p. 208 (1875) (partim ; incl. type of Darapsa).
Ampelophaga, Smith (non Butler, 1881), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 146 (1888).

3%. Differs from Ampeloeca in all the tibiae being spinose. SC? and Rt of
hindwing on a short stalk.

Hab. Atlantic district of Nearctic Region.

One species,

( 525 )

We keep pholus (= choerilus) generically separate from myron and versicolor,
(1) because the species is, in the spinose tibiae, one step farther advanced than its
American and Oriental allies, and (2) because the separation of pholus on account of
such a conspicuous character as the spinosity of the tibiae will facilitate the con-
struction of a workable key to the genera.

443. Darapsa pholus.

Sphine pholus Cramer, Pap. Exot, i. p. 137. t, 87. f. B (1776) (Ind. oce.” err. loc.) ; Goeze, Ent.
Beytr. iii. 2. p. 221. n. 60 (1780); Fabr., Spec. Ins, ii. p. 143. n, 20 (1781); id., Mant. Ins. ii.
p. 94. n. 23 (1787); Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2376. n. 65 (1790); Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 363.
n, 24 (1793).

Sphine choerilus Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 91. t. 247. f. a (1779) (Virginia).

Sphina azaleae Abbot & Smith, Lep. Georgia i. p. 53, t. 27 (1797).

Sphinx chlorinda Martyn, Psyche t. 25. f. 66. 67 (1797).

Otus choerilus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 142. n. 1523 (1822); Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v,
p. 81 (1865) ; id. & Rob., ibid. v. p. 153. n. 30 (1865); Beth., Canad. Ent. i. p. 10 (1869) ;
Bowl., Canad. Ent. iii, p. 145 (1871) (Quebec, vi.) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. i. p. 22
(1874) ; id., 1c. ii, p. 225. n. 35 (1875); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 545. n. 2 (1877)
(= clorinda) ; id., Papilio i. p. 104 (1881).

Smerinthus choerilus, Serville & Lep., Enc. Méth. x. p. 441 (1825).

Choerocampa choerilus, Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sc. Art xxxvi. p. 302. n. 2 (1839) (= azaleae).

Darapsa chaerilus (!), Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 182. n. 1 (1856); Clem., Journ. Ac.
N. Sc. Philad. iv. p. 147. n. 26 (1859).

Darapsa choerilus, Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 19 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N, Am.
p. 168, n. 1 (1862); Lint., Ent, Contr. i. p. 192 (1872) (N.Y., vi.) ; id., dc. iil. p. 179 (1872)
(N.Y.); Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 29 (1874) (Newton, Mass., vi. vii.) ; Peck, Canad. Ent, viii.
p- 239 (1876) (Maine ; larva notic.) ; Dimm. & Mann, Psyche ii. p. 68 (1877) ; Hulst, Bull.
Brookl. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 35 (1879) ; Weism., ed. Meld., Stud. Theor, Desc. i. p. 192. t. 4. £. 34
(1882) (larva) ; Edw. & Ell., Papilio iii. p. 126 (1888) (larva, diff. from myron).

Davapsa pholus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 184. n. 3 (1856); Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se,
Philad. iv. p. 148. n, 28 (1859) ; Morris, Cut, Lep. N. Am, p. 19 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn.
Lep. N Am. p. 169. n. 3 (1862).

Otus pholus, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 81 (1865) ; id. & Rob., ibid. v. p. 154. n. 33 (1865).

Beeryx choerilus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét, i. p. 210. n. 2 (1875) ; Grote, l.c. p. 120 (1877)
(L. Erie) ; id., Canad. Ent. ix. p. 131 (1877) ; Hill, Papilio iii. p. 27 (1883) (Adirondacks,
2200 ft., vii.) ; Fern., ibid. xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Maine, rare, vii.) ; Grote, /.c. xviii, p. 132. n. 30
(1886) ; Fern., Sphing. N. Engld. p. 64. n. 30 (1886) ; Grote, Hawh Moths N. Am. p. 30 (1886) ;
Edw., ibid. iii, p. 126 (1886) ; id., Bull. U. St. N. Mus. xxxv. p. 42 (1889) (Liter. rel. to metam.) ;
Kirby, Cat. Lep. Hel. i. p. 673. n. 1 (1892); Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 291, t. 2.
f. 8 (1895) (N. Y., common, double-brooded ; on Viburnum, Nysa, Azalea) ; Rowl., Ent. News
ix. p. 191 (1898) (Miss. ; two broods ; 7. on Viburnum).

Ampelophaga choerilus, Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 147. t. 6. £. 8 (genit.) (1888) (Canada
to Georgia, westward to Missouri, Iowa) ; Dyar, in Riley, /us. Life iii. p. 322 (1891) (N.Y.,
electr, light) ; Cross, Ent. News vii. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampshire) ; Hanh., Canad. Ent. xxxi,
p. 50 (1899) (Manitoba) ; Heath, ‘bid. xxxii. p. 94 (1900) (Manitoba, E. of vi.).

Everyx pholus, Kirby, lc. p. 673, n. 2 (1892).

The figure of pholus given by Cramer is very rough ; it does not agree with
any specimen of the present species which we have seen. But one must not be too
exacting ; many of Cramer’s figures bear only a superficial resemblance to the
insects they are meant to represent, especially in the first volume. We think
it was not so much the roughness of the figure which prevented it being
referred to the common North American species known as choerilus, but the locality,
Which is given as the West Indies. ‘The individual figured came from the collection
of B.de Marre. In the same collection was the type of Cramer's japix figured on
the same plate, and said to be from New York, where it does not occur. On
Pl. XXIV. Cramer figures two butterflies from the said collection, and remarks

( 526 )

on p. 38 in respect to Callicore clymena: “. . . on rencontre des taches qui ont du
rapport avec les chiffres 88. Si de la on se plairait & prendre un nom pour ce
Papillon, on le nommerait le Porte nombre des Indes occidentales. . . . Il est
d’Essequebo.” [Black type onrs.] On the same page he gives the West Indies as
habitat of the South American Hunica eurota, which he figures also from the
collection E. de Marre.

From this it is quite clear (1) that the localities in BE. de Marre’s collection
were not reliable (the same applies to other collections from which Cramer received
specimens for his work); (2) that the localities of japix (N. York) and pholus
(W. Indies) got changed, the Neotropic japix having come from “the West Indies,”
and the Nearetie pholus from New York ; (3) that the term “ West Indies” was
used so loosely as to include Surinam, where japix occurs. (See also Protoparce
brontes.)

3%. The external discal line of the forewing becomes sometimes more distinct
and loses the teeth.

3. Tenth tergite rounded-truneate ; sternite rather slender, obtusely pointed.
Friction-scales of clasper truncate, not large ; harpe (PJ. XLVIII. f. 13) ending in a
nearly straight, oblique process, which is somewhat flattened on upperside at end
and here armed with numerous minute teeth. Right and left processes of penis-sheath
dentate (Pl. LIV. f. 18), the left one much the smaller; dentition individually
variable ; apical edge of sheath not always oblique as in figure, but often equally
curved right and left.

?. Highth tergite truncate, not sinuate (Pl. XLI. f. 12). Vaginal plate
(Pl. XLI. f. 11) evenly rounded at the sides and apex ; lateral and anterior edges
of orifice raised into a smooth ridge.

Larva like that of Ampeloeca myron, but thorax with white dorso-lateral line,
and the pale dorsal mesial patches with dark centres found in A. myron abseut.—
Food-plants : same as those of A. myron.

Pupa as in A. myron.

fab. Atlantic district of Nearctic Region: Canada to Georgia (probably farther
south), westward to the Mississippi basin.

In the Tring Museum 3 larvae, 1 pupa, 27 dd, 14 ¢? from: Iowa,
Massachusetts, Long Island, Pennsylvania.

CXXII. ACOSMERYX.—Typnus : anceus.
Sphinx, Stoll, in Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. p. 124 (1781),
Enyo Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 132 (1822) (partim; type: japix).
Philampelus, Walker (non Harris, 1839), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 173 (1856).
Zonilia id. (non id , 1856) lc. xxxi. p. 34 (1864).
Daphnusa Murray (non Walker, 1856), Cist. Ent. i. p. 178 (1873).
Acosmeryx Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i, p. 214 (1875) (type: anceus).

32%. Genal process anguliform, curving backwards, nearly reaching tip of
pilifer. Palpus large, rounded in side-view. Antenna setiform, slender, eradually
thinning apicad, hook long, gradually curved; end-segment very long, filiform,
rough-scaled, penultimate one longer than vertically broad. No eyelashes. Spines
of abdomen numerous, the short ones pale, rather weak, the long ones stronger.
Midcoxal merum rounded behind; long spurs twice the length of the short
ones ; midtarsus with comb, spines of same not long ; hindtibia heavily scaled——

Forewing sinuate between SC! and SC’.

( 527 )

g. Praecoxal scent-organ vestigial. Sexual armature not very different in
the various species, that of ancews being the best characterised (in both sexes).
Tenth tergite simple, long, slender, slightly curved; sternite shorter, broader,
somewhat one shaped, with the apex always sinuate (PI. XLIV. f. 23. 24). Clasper
large, sole-shaped, with three or four rows of large friction-scales; harpe
. (Pl. XLVI. f. 22—27) dilated at end, the dilated part armed with spine-like teeth
which are directed upwards. Penis-sheath with a dentate lobe at left side,
continuous with a slender, acute process at right side (PI. LV. f. 19—26).

?. Vaginal plate (PI. XLI. f, 8—10) suddenly narrowed distally ; orifice
transverse, postmedian, sometimes covered by a bilobate ridge. Eighth tergite
deeply sinuate, separate from sternite.

Larva tapering in front; head small, horn acute, curved anad; a white,
lateral, subdorsal stripe from head to horn, yellow and indistinct on four or
five anterior segments; below stigmata a yellowish oblique band on segments
5 to 9 or 10; thorax with ventro-lateral line which ends in a patch on fourth
segment.—Food-plants: Cissus ; Nerium.

Pupa with two frontal tubercles, tongue-case somewhat enlarged ventrally.

Hab. Oriental Region: from Japan to Ceylon, eastward to New Guinea
and Australia.

Seven species, some of which are easily confounded, if not carefully examined,
the genus being very uniform in structure and pattern.

Key to the species :
a. Grey submarginal line or band of forewing,

above, straight, extending to SM? 5 . 445. A. naga.
Grey submarginal line or band of forewing,
above, curved, ending at Ror a little beyond : b.
4. Fore- and hindwing distinctly dentate . : P C.
Fore- and hindwing not dentate p : ; d.
c. First discal line of forewing straight from Re
to SM*, heavy . . 446. A. sericeus.

First iveal line of freee it iniereapied . 447. A. omissa.
d. Hindwing below nearly all ferruginous tawny
or vinaceous, ground-colour of upperside of
forewing tawny cinnamon to chestnut-brown : é.
Hindwing below much shaded with olive-grey,
ground-colour of upperside of forewing grey-
ish olive . ; wif
e. Underside ochraceous clay-colour, hone distal
border of hindwing indistinct ; or underside
more or less vinaceous, with pinkish grey
submarginal scaling on the forewing . . 444. A. anceus.
Underside of wings ferruginons tawny on disc,
distal marginal brown border broad and
heavy, pale submarginal tern of forewing
almost white : F 448. A. castanea.
- Lobe SC° of forewing as promine ae as lobe sc! 449. A. mishini.
Lobe SO’ of forewing less prominent than lobe
St, 3 - : ; é ; . 450. A. socrates.

( 528 )

444. Acosmeryx anceus.

Sphinx anceus Stoll, in Cramer, Pup. Exot, iv. p. 124. t. 355, f. A (1781) (Amboina),

. Sphine ancetus (!) id., lc. Index (1781).

Enyo anceus, Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 132. n, 1423 (1822); Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. MW. viii,
p. 119. n, 13 (1856).

Acosmeryx anceus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p, 215, 0. 1 (1875) (Amboina) ; Butl., Trans
Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 544, n. 3. t. 90. f. 11. 12 (/., p.) (1877) (Amboina ; Java) ; Kirby, Cat.
Lep. Het. i. p. 648. n. 1 (1892).

Acosmeryx ancea (!), Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 81. n, 115 (1892) (partim).

3°. The smallest species of the genus, variable in tint. Palpus, breast and
first two abdominal sternites paler than in the other species, more pinkish. Wings
not dentate, or the teeth very faintly indicated, but forewing distinctly angulate at

R*. Forewing : the oblique distal band diffused posteriorly ; the first discal line

rather heavy, continuous ; the greyish costal subapical area either stopping at Ri},

or extending beyond this vein ; the curved pinkish grey submarginal line broad,
generally continuous with the apical lunules of the same colour.

Underside: both wings different from those of all the other species.
Forewing : a subapical, costal, triangular, chestnut patch extending to R’, straight
proximally, where it is bordered by a grey or pinkish grey line or patch ; the outer
dise between R! and SM? ferruginous tawny or pinkish vinaceous, or vinaceous
cinnamon, not so dark as the subapical patch; pinkish grey submarginal scaling
extended, diffuse, basal half of costal margin mostly of the same colour as the
hindwing. Hindwing: brown marginal border vestigial, narrow, sometimes
better marked, reaching at R? only half-way to the second pair of discal lines.

3. Harpe (Pl. XLVIII. f. 25) remarkably different from those of the other
species, being much prolonged. Penis-sheath (PI. LY. f. 24) with a broad left
process which is rounded at end and is dentate at the distal and proximal edges;
f, 23 represents the sheath in a dextro-lateral view. -

?. Vaginal plate (Pl. XLI. f. 10) widely different from that of most other
species, the difference corresponding to that found in the harpe of the d ; sides of
the plate nearly parallel, suddenly converging near end, apical part narrow, deeply
coneaye ; orifice of vagina covered by a half-cylinder, the apical edge of which is
sinuate, the prominent lobes obliquely rounded ; proximal part of the plate sub-
membranaceous, almost regularly folded, while the lateral parts are smooth and
deeply concave at the sides of the half-cylinder.

Larva, as figured by Butler, differs from that of socrates in the narrower lateral
line ; the figure given in Horsfield & Moore, /.c., has a broad line, and may be that
of socrates f. cinerea.

Hab. North India to New Guinea and Queensland.

Two subspecies :

a. A. anceus subdentata subsp. nov.

Philampelus anceus, Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus, E. 1. C. i. p. 270. n. 624. t. 9. £. 4, da
(l., p.) (1857) (Java; Penang ; on Cissus) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. T94 (1865) (Bengal).

Acosmeryx anceus, Butler, Lc. (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind, i, p. 8. n. 46 (1887) (Silhet ;
Sikhim) ; Swinh., Cut. Lep. Iet. Mus. Ox, i. p. 9. n. 35 (1892) (India) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent.
Zeitschr. x\, p. 364. n. 14 (1895) (Java).

Acosmeryx mixtura, Pagenstecher (non Walker, 1864), Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xlix. p. 15d, 0. 115
(1896) (Sumba).

Acosmeryx ancea £. ancea, Dudgeon, Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 409. n. 115 (1898) (Sikbim
Bhutan, 2000 ft., viii.).

Acosmeryx acteus (1), Pagenstecher, /.c. li, p. 194 (1898) (Sambawa).

( 529 )

¢. Forewing more elongate than in the eastern form, more distinctly angulate
at R*, often with traces of teeth, rather deeper in tint and more sharply marked, the
oblique discal band more produced distad behind R2: black submarginal line of
underside better marked, more projecting basad at R?, dise as well as underside
of abdomen brighter red.

Hab. North India to Sambawa.

In the Tring Museum 14 33, 5 2? from: Sikhim; Bhutan: Cherrapunji ;
Khasia Hills ; Sumatra ; Java.

b. A. anceus anceus.

Sphine anceus Stoll, lc.
Enyo anceus, Hiibner, 1c.
*Zonilia mixtura Walker, 1.c. xxxi. p. 34 (1861) (Aru ;—Maus. Oxford),
*Acosmeryx daulis Boisduval, /.c. p. 218. n. 5 (1875) (bab. ?).
Enyo cinnamomea Herrich-Schiiffer, Ausser. Schmett. ii. £. 558 (1869) (N. Austral.).
Acosmeryx anceus, Boisduval, l.c, p. 215. 0. 1 (1875) (Amboina) ; Pagenst., Jahrb. Nuss. Ver. Nat.
xli. p. 105. n. 198 (1888) (Amboina).
- Enyo ? cinnamomea, Butler, l.c. p. 542. n. 5 (1877).
Acosmeryx mixtura, id., lc. p. 545. n. 5 (1877); Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus, Ox. i. p: 9. n. 36. t. 1.
f. 7 (1892) (Aru, type); Pagenst., Abh. Senk. Nat. Ges. xxiii. p. 443. n. 422 (1897) (Uliasser Is.).
Acosmeryx miskini, Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 234 (1877) (Austral.) : Misk., Proc. Roy. Soe.
Queensld. viii. p. 8. n. 8 (1891) (partim ; Newcastle ; Rockhampton ; Brisbane).
Acosmeryx cinerea, Pagenstecher, Iris i. p. 86. u. 2 (1886) (Aru); id., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xxxix.
p- 109. n. 2 (1886) (Aru).
Acosmeryx meskini (!), Maassen, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 54 (1880) (= cinnamomea).
Acosmerye sericeus, Miskin, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii. p. 8. n. 9 (1891) (partim ; Brisbane ;
Cardwell).
Alcosmerye cinnamomea, id., lc. n. 10 (1891) ; Kirby, Lc. p. 648. n. 2 (1892).
3%. Variable ; stigma of forewing generally conspicuous. Two forms. One
dark, similar to anceus subdentata; the other much paler, forewing less variegated.
_ The two forms occur together and graduate into one another.
Hab. Moluccas eastwards to German New Guinea, the d’Hntrecasteanx Islands,
Woodlark I. ; Queensland and N. 8. Wales.
In the Tring Museum 30 od, 21 2? from: Amboina; Little Key (Kiihn) ;
Larat, Tenimber (Kiihn); Queensland, from Brisbane to Cape York; British and
German N. Guinea; Trobriaud Is. (Meek); Fergusson, d’Eutrecasteaux Is. (Meek) ;

Woodlark (Meek).

445, Acosmeryx naga.

*Philampelus nuga Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. E. I. C. i. p. 21. n. 626 (1857)
(Darjiling ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p, 794 (1865) (Bengal).

Acoxmeryx naga Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Het. i, p. 217. n. 13 (1875) (Darjiling) ; Cot. & Swinh.,
Cat. Moths Ind, i, p. 9, n. 48 (1887) (Sikhim ; Simla); Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus, Ox, i. p. °.
n. 37 (1892) (India) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 649. n, 8. (1892) (Darjiling) ; Hamps., in
Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p, 83. n. 116 (1592) (N.W, & E. Himalayas) ; Leech, 7rans.
Lint, Soc, Lond, p. 282. n. 49 (1898) (Hakodate, vi.) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N, H, Soe. ix.
p. 409, n. 116 (1898) (Sikhim, 3000 ft., common).

* Acosmerye shervilli Boisduyal, lc. n. 13 (1875) (coll, Charles Oberthiir),

*Neoxmeryx metanaga Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). iv. p. 350 (1879) (Japan ;—Mus, Brit.) ; Kirby,
Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 649. n. 10 (1892),

Avoxmerye anceus, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 585. 0, 19 (1888) (partim).

3 %. The most conspicuously marked species of the genus, easily distinguished
from all the others by the pattern of the forewing; brown discal band extending

from costa towards middle of distal margin, sharply defined in front, the triangular
MM

( 630 5

area limited by it grey ; a rather sharply defined grey submarginal band from S0*
to tip of SM*, nearly straight, not undulate.

3. Antenna long. Tenth sternite with parallel sides. Process of harpe rather
acute distally (Pl. XLVIII. f. 23), resembling a hand with the thumb lying against
the forefinger and tke other fingers curved back- and upwards. Penis-sheath
(PI. LY. f. 19): left lobe shorter than in all the other species.

?. Vaginal plate resembling that of anceus.

Larva not known.

Hlab. North India ; Japan.

In the Tring Museum 16 dd, 1 ? from: Kumaon; Kulu; Sikhim ; Bhutan.

446. Acosmeryx sericeus.

*Philampelus sericeus Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 181, n. 13 (1856) (Silhet ; partim ;—
Mus. Brit.) ; Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E1.C, i, p. 271. n. 625 (1857)
(Silhet ; Darjiling) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 675 (1867) (Silhet).

*Acosmeryx anceoides Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 216. n. 2 (1875) (Borneo ; Philipp,
N. India ; partim ¥ ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

Acosmeryx sericeus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 544. n. 2 (1877) (Silhet) ; id., Z//ustr. Typ.
Specim. Lep. Het. B. M.v. p. 1, t. 76. £. 2 (1881); Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 8. n. 45
(1887) (Silhet; Sikhim); Swinh., Cat. Lep, Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 8. n, 34 (1892) (Assam); Semp.,
Schmett. Philipp. ii. p. 393. n. 26 (1896) (Luzon, vii.).

Acosmeryx sericea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 649. n. 7 (1892) (N. India).

Leosmeryx ancea, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind , Moths i. p. 81. n. 115 (1892) (partim).

sAcosmeryx ancea £. sericea, Dudgeon, Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p, 409. n. 115 (1898) (Sikbim,
Bhutan, 2000 ft., vi. viii.).

3. Metanotum chocolate-tawny at sides; chestnut-brown markings of
abdominal tergites rather promiuent. Forewing, above, much shaded with
violaceous grey, the brown lines more prominent than in the other species ; first
discal line heavy, straight from R* to inner margin, anteriorly merged together with
an oblique band which reaches distal margin just before hinder angle ; grey sub-
marginal band ending at or just beyond R*; distal margin dentate.——Hindwing:
an indistinct brown discal line, followed by a likewise indistinct paler band, which is
slightly tawny.

Underside of abdomen, of nearly the whole hindwing, and dise of forewing
along marginal band bright tawny ; white scaling at costal margins between the

lines conspicuous.
3. Antenna shorter than in naga, agreeing with those of all the following

species. Tenth sternite (Pl. XLIV. f. 23) widest in middle. Process of harpe
(Pl. XLVIIL. f. 26) distally more rounded than in naga, the ventral ridge higher
and not dentate. Left process of penis-sheath broad (PI. LY. f. 20).

?. Not dissected.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. North India to the Philippines.

In the Tring Museum 12 d¢ from: Sikhim; Bhutan ; Khasia Hills.

447. Acosmeryx omissa spec. nov.
Acosmeryx ancea, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 81, n. 115 (1892) (partim) ;
Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H, Soc. xi. p. 409. n. 115 (1898) (partim).
3%. Basily confounded with sericeus ; upperside far more uniform in colour,
much less variegated with grey and chestnut. Forewing: antemedian euryed
band less extended brown than in sericeus, the two lines composing it being

CSB)

separated for the greater part ; first discal line thin, broken at the veins like the
following lines, bars M'—M? of lines 3 and 4 heavier and closer together, often
forming a single patch ; oblique band as in sericews in position, narrower in front,
more or Jess dilated distad at R®. Tle discal and submarginal obscure bands of the
hindwing of sericeus are also marked in omissa.

Jostal margins less marked with greyish white on underside than in sericeus,
the tawny colour more restricted and less bright ; brown distal border of hindwing
with a distinct white line as in serécews, the border widest between R? and R3, not
upon R?. Abdomen, below, less bright tawny, and breast more olivaceous than in
the previous insect.

3. Tenth sternite (PI. XLIV. f. 24) slightly widened apically. Process of
harpe (PI. XLVIIL f. 24) less triangular than in the preceding species, the hinder
edge not so heavily dentate, the teeth being confined nearly to the very edge of the
process. Left process of penis-sheath (Pl. LV. f. 21) nearly horizontal, less
obliqne than in ser’cews and the following species.

2. Not dissected.

Early stages not known.

Hab. North India.

In the Tring Museum 18 dd from: Buxa, Bhutan (type) ; Sikhim.

448. Acosmeryx castanea spec. nov.

Acosmeryx anceus, Leech (non Cramer, 1781), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 585. n. 19 (1888) (partim) ;
Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 648. n. 1 (1892) (partim); Leech, 7rans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 281.
n. 47 (1898) (partim ; Yokohama; Kiukiang, vii.).

3. Chestnut-brown above, shaded with grey, the dark markings of thorax
aud abdomen quite indistinct ; breast olivaceous cinnamon-rufous, underside of
abdomen ferruginous.

Wings not dentate, or the teeth barely vestigial ; less elongate than in omissa.
Upperside, forewing: resembling omissa, oblique discal band widened distad
between R? and M!, its proximal edge more curved than in oméssa, first discal line
also weak, barely more distinct on the dark ground, bars M!—M? of discal lines
3 and 4 not heavier than the others, nor closer together; grey subapical area sharply
limited at R? in a similar way as in xaga, not extending beyond this vein ; antemedian
band more or less filled in with brown. Hindwing less olive-grey than in naga
and omissa; disc somewhat cinnamon-rufons along the rather distinctly marked
ehestnut-olive distal marginal band ; a faint discal line from costa to anal angle.

Underside : outer disc of forewing and dise of hindwing more reddish tawny
than in sericens, and far more so than in omissa; grey costal scaling not more
Conspicuous than in omissa ; grey scaling within distal marginal border of forewing
diffuse, less distinct than in the previous species.

3. Lobes of tenth sternite almost pointed. Process of harpe similar to that:
of sericeus, the ventral edge dentate (P]. XLVIIL. f. 27). Penis-sheath more
strongly and obliquely rounded than in the other species, the armature helmet-like
(PI. LV. f. 22).

%. Vaginal plates (P]. XLI. f. 8) transversely folded; orifice free, subapical.

Narly stages not known.

Hab. Japan ; China.

In the Tring Museum 7 dd, 4 2% from: Yokohama, vi. viii; type: 25. vi.
1896,

(Ro aD

449. Acosmeryx miskini.

*Daphnusa miskini Murray, Cist. Ent. i. p. 178 (1873) (Queensland ;—Mus. Brit.).

Acosmerye miskini, Buuler, Trans. Zool, Soc. Lond. ix. p. 544. n. 4 (1877) (type in B. M.) ; Misk.,
Proc. Roy. Soc, Queensid, viii. p. 8. n. 8. (1891) (partim) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 649, n. 3
(1892) (partim) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i, p. 9. n. 38 (1892) (Moreton B.).

(?)Acosmeryx sericeus, Miskin, l.c. n. 9 (1891) (partim ?).

$?. Similar to A. socrates f. cinerea, but forewing more deeply sinuate at
apex, lobe SC® being as much produced as lobe SC*, margin below SC* rather
deeply concave, upper surface more uniformly grey, discal band less black.
Abdomen pale grey above, with blackish triangular lateral patches at the bases
of tergites 3 to 5.

3. Process of harpe (PI. XLVIII. f. 22) much less triangular than in socrates,
coming nearest that of om7ssa, teeth not prominent. Left process of penis-sheath
(Pl. LY. f. 26) triangular; f. 25 representing the sheath from the right side.

Harly stages not known.

Hab. Queensland ; New Guinea.

In the Tring Museum 3 dd from: N. 8. Wales (ex coll. Felder); Milne
Bay, Brit. N. Guinea, xii. 98 (A. S. Meek).

A fine d in the Museum at Budapest from Stephansort, German New Guinea,

450. Acosmeryx socrates.
Philampelus sericeus Walker, 1.c. (1856) (partim).
*Acosmeryx shervilli Boisduval (non id., lc. n. 3), Spec. Gén, Lép, Heét. p. 217. n. 4 (1875)
(Darjiling ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir),
* Acosmeryx socrates id., l.c. p. 219. n, 6 (1875) (Manila ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

32. Differs from all the other species in the less deeply sinuate apex of
the forewing, the lobe SC® being less produced than the apical lobe. Grey like
miskini.. \Vings not dentate. Forewing, wbove : markings nearly as in omissa;
third discal line M'—SM® faint or absent. Hindwing blackish in apical third,
this area not divided, the dark discal line of the other species being visible only
near anal angle.

Underside less ferruginous tawny than in sericeus, omissa, ete. ; marginal
band of forewing widest at R*, this projection generally rounded or sinuate.

3. Sexual armature as in méshini, differing in the harpe, which is shaped
and armed as in sericeus.

9. Vaginal plate (Pl. XLI. f. 9) as in castanea and naga, orifice rather
more proximal, with a concave space in front surrounded by a fold.

Larva figured by Moore and Semper (J./.c.c., see below): the figures do not
quite agree, but that may be due to individual variations in the caterpillars, or
in the artistic talent of the authors.

Pupa also figured, but details not recognisable.

Hab. North India, Ceylon, eastwards to the Philippine Islands and Java.

There are two forms, occurring together and being apparently not specifically
distinct :

a. A. socrates f. socrates.
*Acosmeryx socrates Boisduval, I.c. (1875) (Manila); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 649. n. 4 (1892);
Semper, Schmett, Philipp. ii. p. 393, n. 27. t. p. £. 6.7 (L, p.). t. 51. £6 (@é.) (1896) Cliazon ;
Cebu).

’
q

( 533 )

*Acosmeryx pseudonaga Butler, llustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p. 2. t. 78. £. 3 (1881)
(Bhutan ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 9. n. 47 (1887); Swinh., Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond, p. 162. 0. 6 (1890) (Bassein, viii. ).

Acosmeryx ancea, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 81, n. 115 (1892) (partim),

Acosmeryx ancea £. pseudonaga, Dudgeon, Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 409. n. 115 (1898)
(Sikhim, Bhutan, 2000 ft., vi. vii. ix.).

32. Oblique discal band of forewing widened behind R?. Subapical costal
patch of forewing below bright chestnut.
In the Tring Museum 7 dd, 10 3? from: Ceylon; Cherrapunji; Khasia

Hills; Benkoelen, W. Sumatra (Hricsson); Kuching and Busan, N. Borneo; Mt.

Dulit, Sarawak.

b'. A. socrates f. cinerea.

Acosmeryx shervilli Boisduval (non id., l.c. sub n. 3), lc. (1875); Butl., Lrans. Zool. Soc. Lond.
ix, p. 631 (1877) (=?cinerea) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 649. n. 11 (1892) (Darjiling) ;
Huwe, Berl, Ent. Zeitschr, xl. p. 364. n. 15 (1895) (Java).

*Acosmeryx cinerea Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 245 (1875) (Silhet ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans.
Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 544. n. 1 (1877) ; id., Lllustr. Typ. Specim. Lep, Het. B. M.v. p. 1. t. 76.
f, 2 (1881); Moore, Lep, Ceylon ii. p. 24. t. 89. f. 2. 2a (1, p., 7.) (1882) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat.
Moths Ind. i. p. 8. n, 44 (1887) (syn. partim ; Sibsagar ; Sikhim) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus.
Ox. i. p. 9. n. 39 (1892) (Darjiling ; Silhet) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 6 (1892).

Acosmeryx ancea, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind,, Moths i, p. 81, n. 115. £. 51 (g) (1892)
(partim).

sleosmeryx ancea f. cinerea, Dudgeon, Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 409. n. 115 (1898) (Sikhim,
Bhutan, 2000 ft., iii.).

3%. Oblique band of forewing a little more distal at costal margin than
in f, socrates, not dilated distad behind R*, therefore narrower and more straight
than in the previous form; disc of fore- and hindwing, below, less ferruginous
tawny, subapical costal patch of forewing shaded with olive, less bright than in
f. socrates.

In the Tring Museum 9 dd, 9 22 from: Sikhim; Silhet; Cherrapunji ;
Andamans ; Java.

As Boisduval gives the name shervilli as a synonym of xaga under No. 3,
he was not justified in using the same name for No. 4.

CXXIV. PANACRA.—Typus : automedon.

Panacra Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 154 (1856) (type : automedon).

Thyreus, Herrich-Sch. (non Swainson, 1821), Ansser. Schm. (1856).

Choerocampa, Boisduval (non Duponchel, 1835) Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 282 (1875).

Chaerocampa, Hampson, in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 90 (1892).

Angonyx, Butler (non Boisduval, 1875), IMustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M, v. p. 6 (1881); Kirby
Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 662 (1892).

3%. Genal process large, triangular, concave behind, reachiug nearly tip of
pilifer. Palpus rather large, obtusely triangular in dorsal aspect ; second segment
nearly as broad as long. ye-lashes vestigial. Head not crested. Antenna
setiform in 4, slightly incrassate distally in ?, hook short, abrupt, end-segment
arrow, elongate-conical, not produced into a long filiform process, clothed with
long bristles, the segment similar to that of 7/eretra and allies. Abdomen ending
in a simple tuft; spines weak. Merum of midcoxa not angulate ; tibiae simple ;

spurs of midtibia almost the same in length; those of hindtibia very unequal;

( 534 )

longer terminal one about as long as second tarsal segment; midtarsus with
comb ; paronychium and pulvillus present.

3. Tenth sezment simple (Pl. XLIV. f. 25—28) ; tergite narrow, sides parallel
or slightly slanting distad, apex sinuate, truncate, or entire ; sternite boat-shaped,
shorter than tergite. Clasper with friction-scales, which vary in size and number;
harpe (PI. IL. f. 1—5) slender, simple, mostly somewhat spatulate. Penis-sheath
with a right and a left process, the one or the other sometimes not detached, being
replaced by a series of teeth.

?, Vaginal plate elongate triangular, tip truncate, edges somewhat incrassate $
orifice large, free, with the edges somewhat raised but simple.

Larva tapering in front ; a small lateral ocellus on fourth segment ; horn first
long, in later stages short and strongly curved.—Food- plants : Aroideae; Caladium;
Philodendron.

Pupa with tongue-case somewhat enlarged ; cremaster rounded, flattened,
with hooks at end, a deep cavity before it (Pl. LXIV. f. 19).

Hab. Oriental Region.

Twelve species.

The most interesting character of this genus is the Theretra-lke end-segment
of the antenna.

Key to the species :—
. Forewing with a broad yellowish creamy line
from near base to near apex; hindwing

orange rufous, with brown border. . 451. P. micholitz.
Forewing without this conspicuons line . : : ae

b. Interspace between the antemedian and the
discal lines of forewing green, like head
aud thorax : : é é c . 452. P. busiris.
Median interspace not green . c : é 5 oie ist
c. Forewing with a conspicuous semitransparent
spot SC°—R! midway between base of Rt and
outer margin, besides the submarginal spots 453. P. splendens.
Forewing wiibou that spot . : é F : seats
d. Third oad fourth discal lines of forewing
heavily dentate, mesothoracic tegula with
pale golden metallic seales at hinder edge . 462. P. mydon.
Third and fourth diseal lines of forewing not
dentate behind . 5 ; : : : wigs
e. Median interspace (between the dreninet aute-
median lines and the first discal line) pale,
band-like, a pale shade crossing the discal
lines between R? and R®*, distal margin not

angulate, not denticulate . 5 . 458. P. variolosa,
Median interspace not band-lke, antemedian
lines indistinet . : : 5 ; 3 ; Se
J. Distal border of hindwing below dilated before
middle , : : : ‘ : : ; eh
Distal border of hindwing below not dilated
before middle. : : : : , ; ait

g. Distal margin of forewing below clay-colour or
brown, second white submarginal mark an
acute angle or a triangular spot . ; . 456. P. doherty’, and
457. P. tiridates.
Distal margin of forewing below pale-
ochraceous ; second white submarginal
mark an angle of 90° or more ; : 5. lee
h. Postdiseal tawny or ochraceous area of hod
wing below extended from costal to ab-
dominal margin, interrupted before middle ;
forewing not distinctly sinuate, submarginal
double-line of forewing below extended to
hinder margin, interspace pale, the lines
not dilated in middle, but not joined to
first discal line by a brownish black streak 461. P. perfecta.
Hindwing below as before ; forewing sinuate,
submarginal lines of forewing below dilated
basad, joined to first discal line along R?,
pale band of hindwing above much broader
than brown marginal border. ° . 460. P. metallica.
Postdiscal area of hindwing below almost
entirely replaced by olive brown in upper
half, greater part of hindwing brown ; fore-
wing sinuate ; pale band of hindwing above
very narrow : 0 : f : . 459. P. sinuata.
?. First discal line of forewing, above and below,
in the direction of apex of wing, none of the

lines reaching costal margin. : : . P. automedon.
First discal line of forewing reaching costal
margin just outside fork. 5 : . 454. P. malayana.

451. Panacra micholitzi.

- *Panacra micholitzi Rothschild and Jordan, Ann. Vag: N. H. (6). xii. p. 456, n. 2 (1893) (Simbang) ;

Kirby, Noy. Zoor. i. p. 101. n. 16 (1894) ; Rothsch., ‘Did. ii. t. ix. f. 12 (1898).

3. The most conspicuously coloured species. Abdomen and thorax with pale
dorsal double line: underside white, abdomen with a broad brown mesial line,
narrowing basad on each segment. A broad line on forewing from near base to
near tip yellow cream-colour, or nearly buft-yellow ; hindwing orange-rufous, with
brown border.

3. Tenth tergite slender, not sinuate ; sternite rather long for a species of this
genus, not essentially fide raul in shape from that of dohertyi. Clasper with few
(four) large friction-scales ; harpe comparatively broad, not narrowed to end,
reaching middle of ventral edge of clasper, tip narrower and twisted ventrad.
Penis-sheath subacuminate, right process replaced by a row of teeth at the edge of
the sheath, left process detached, very slender, cylindrical, pointed, not dentate.

? and early stages not known.

Hab. New Guinea and neighbouring islands.

In the Tring Musenm 3 3d from: Simbang, Hnon Golfe (Micholitz) ; Fergus-
son, d’Entrecasteaux Is., xi, 94 (Meek); Milne Bay, Brit. N, Guinea, ii. "09 (Meek):

( 536 )

452. Panacra busiris.

*Panacra busiris Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 158. n. 6 (1856) (Silhet ;—Mus. Brit.); Moore,
in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins, Mus, E. I. C. i. p. 270, n, 622 (1857) (Silhet ; Canara) ; id.,
Proc, Zool, Soc. Lond. p. 793 (1865) (Bengal); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 285. n. 1
(1875) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p, 549. n. 1 (1877) (Silbet) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soe.
Lond. p. 595 (1877) (St. Blair) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 11. n. 62 (1887) ; Swinh.,
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 163. n, 8 (1890) (Rangoon) ; id., Cat. Lep. Het, Mus. Ow. i. p. 13.
n. 53 (1892) (Silhet).

Angonyx busiris, Butler, Illustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M.v. p. 6. t. 79. £. 2 (1881); Kirby, Cat.
Lep, Het, i, p. 663. n. 1 (1892) (Silhet).

Chaerocampa busiris, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit, Ind., Moths i. p. 89. n. 129 (1892) (Sikbim ;
Silhet) ; Swinh., Trans. Ent, Soc, Lond. p. 149, n. 21 (1894) (Khasia Hills ; syv. excl.) ; Dudg.,
Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe. xi. p, 410. n. 129 (1898) (Sikhim, 1800 ft.).

3%. Distal margin of forewing deeply sinuate, apex more produced than in
the other species; angle R? more acute in dd than in most ? 2; interspace between
antemedian and discal lines green like upperside of head and thorax, contrasting
with the rest of the wing. Hindwing narrow, costal margin rather obviously
dilated near base.

¢. Tenth tergite rather short and broad, not much longer than the sternite,
sinuate ; sternite acuminate. Clasper with numerons rather small friction-scales ;
harpe nearly as in doherty? in lateral aspect, less curved. Penis-sheath: the two
processes of nearly the same width, the left much longer than the right, both
dentate, and situated upon a short common stem as in Giganteopalpus mirabilis,
i.e., the mesial apical part of the sheath narrowed and produced distad before giving
off the two processes.

Karly stages not known.

Hab. Indo-Malayan Subregion.

In the Tring Museum 93d, 9 $ ? from: Sikhim; Khasia Hills; Cherrapunji;
Annam; Nicobars ; Sarawak.

453. Panacra splendens,
Panacra automedon, Miskin (non Walker, 1856), Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensid. viii, p. 61 (1891) (partim;
Mackay).
*Angonyx splendens Rothschild, Noy. Zoot, i, p. 82. t. 5, £. 15 (1894) (Queensland ;—Mus, Tring).
$%. Hasily recognised by the semitransparent discal spot SC°—R! of the
forewing which stands midway between outer margin and base of R! and is
generally followed by a smaller whitish spot; and by the broad pale ochraceous-
rufous band of the hindwing, which nearly reaches costal margin. Forewing
angulate at R*, not quite so deeply sinuate as in dusiris. The o is paler than the
¢, and has mostly a broader band to the hindwing. In some cases the brown
colour of the hindwing above is much reduced.

d. Tenth tergite midway between those of malayana (Pl. XLIV. f. 25) and
dohertyi (Pl. XLIY. f. 27), sinnate ; sternite curving upwards, acuminate. Clasper
with numerous rather small friction-scales ; harpe about as long as in dohertyé
(Pl. IL. f. 3), twisted and somewhat spatulate. Right and left processes of
penis-sheath of nearly the same width, broader than in doherty.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Papuan Subregion: Queensland; New Gninea; Solomon Islands ;
Moluceas.

In the Tring Museum 13 3d, 8 2% from: Queensland ; Sudest L, 26. v. 08

( 537 )

(Meek); Rossell I., ii. “98 (Meek); Kiriwini, Trobriand Is., iv. v. “95 (Meek) ;
Milne Bay, Brit. N. Guinea, xii. 98 (Meek) ; Dorey, iv. 97 (Doherty) ; Amboina ;
Shortland I., Solomon Is. (Ribbe).

454. Panacra malayana spec. nov. (PI. VII. f. 24, 2).

3%. Forewing deeply sinuate between apex and R?, strongly angulate at R?,
not denticulate; first discal line crossing subcostal 1 or 2 mm. distally of fork,
the following one or two lines also crossing SC’, white anguliform mark SC!—SC°
contiguous with a brown spot which does not extend beyond SC’, white anguliform
spot SC°>—R! indistinet, little more proximal than the spot SC'—SC’.

Underside: distal border greyish clay-colour or drab in ¢, dark brown in .
—Forewing more (?) or less (d) brown from base to dise (costal edge excepted);
this area including the discal line, which is distinct in d, obscure in $, and is
parallel to outer margin but not angulate, crossing SC? close to base of this vein.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIV. f. 25) rather broad, flat, very slightly convex
aboye, apex truncate, very faintly sinuate; sternite (Pl. XLIV. f. 26) rouaded
at end. Clasper with four large friction-scales ; harpe ending in a long, very
slender, feebly spatulate process (PI. 1L. f. 1). Penis-sheath: left process long
and free, denticulate at apex and proximal edge (PI. LV. f. 6); right process
(Pl. LY. f. 5) broad, short, broadest at end, both angles produced into a tooth
curving towards each other, between these teeth one or two more.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. Java ; Sumatra.

In the Tring Museum 2 34,2 2? from: Java merid., 1500 ft. (rec. from
H. Fruhstorfer, type); Java (v. d. Capellen, ex. coll. Felder).

Not difficult to distinguish from automedon by the position of the lines of
the forewing. In Mus. Miinchen from Sumatra.

455. Panacra automedon (PI. LXVI. f. 8, ¢).

*Panacra automedon Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 154. n. 1 (1856) (Silhet ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C. i. p. 269. n° 620 (1857) (Silhet) ; id.,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 675 (1867) (Silhet) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét, i. p. 286. n. 2 (1875) ;
Butl., Yrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 550. n. 6 (1877) (Silhet) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cut. Moths Ind.
i, p. 12. n. 65 (1887) ; Swinh., Zrans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 163. a. 9 (1890) (Rangoon) ; id., Cut.
Lep. Het, Mus. Ov, i. p. 11. 0. 46 (1892) (Assam ; Silhet).

*Panacra truncata Walker, L.c. p. 160. n. 8 (1856) (Silbet, @ ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Moore, Proc. Zool.
Soc. Lond. p. 675 (1867) (Silbet) ; Boisd.. /.c, p. 288. n. 5 (1875) ; Butl., /.c. p. 550. n. 5 (1877).

Angonye automedon, Butler, [llustr, Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B, M. v. p. 6. t. 79. f. 1 (1881) ; Kirby,
Cat. Lep, Het, i. p. 663. n. 2 (1892).

Chaerocampa automedon, Hampson, in Blanf., Panna Brit. Ind., Mothsi. p. 90. n. 132 (1892) (Sikhim ;
Silhet ; Pegu; Rangoon).

Chaerocampa antomedon (1). Dudgeon, Journ, Bombay N. H., Soc. xi. p. 410. n. 132 (1898) (Sikhim, v.).

3%. Discal lines of forewing more longitudinal than in malayana, almost
parallel to costal margin, the first line running in the direction of the apex of
the wing, the lines closer together than in malayana, stopping behind SO’, not
curving towards costa ; white angle SC!—SC® preceded costally by an elongate
brown shade which is longer and less distinct than the respective brown spot
of malayana; the augle formed by the white mark and vein SC° is filled in with
4 blackish dot ; white angle SU’—R! more proximal than in malayana.

Underside; first discal line of forewing as above directed towards apex

( 538 )

of wing, far more longitudinal than in malayana, white submarginal spot SC’—R!
distinct.

3. Tenth segment narrower than in malayana; tergite subcarinate above,
being compressed, apex subsinuate; sternite as in doherty’. Clasper with four
large friction-scales ; harpe nearly as in malayana, but shorter, a little broader,
and more curved (PI. IL. f. 2). Penis-sheath: left process as in malayana ; right
process (Pl. LY. f. 7) also shaped as in that species, but densely dentate at end, the
teeth long, pointed, generally bearing smaller teeth.

Early stages not known.

Hab. North India to Borneo and Java.

In the Tring Museum 1 3, 4 22 from: Silhet; Borneo; Java (ex coll.
Felder)

Our Borneo ¢ has the lines of the forewing close together; they form a
conspicuous and narrow bundle.

456. Panacra dohertyi (PI. LXVI. f. 4, ?).
*Paunacra dohertyi Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 81 (1894) (Gunong Tjau, Perak ;—Mus. Tring).

3%. Discal lines of forewing in the same position as in automedon, but
curving costad in front and reaching costal margin, at least the distal ones ;
the two white subapical anguliform markings distinct, the second far more proximal
than in the preceding species, its tip being 4 mm. distant from edge of wing;
posterior part of mark obscure in d, as clearly white as upper part in ?; di tal
margin of both wings denticulate.

Underside much more extended brown on forewing than in aztomedon, first
discal line heavy, extended to costal margin, crossing subcostals just outside
fork; clayish or brown distal border of both wings ill-defined, dilated between
R! and R5, reaching the external discal lines. ¢ much paler than ? above
and below.

3. Tenth tergite (PI. XLIV. f. 27) longer than in malayana and automedon,
only half the width, apex incised; sternite (Pl. XLIV. f. 28) more acuminate
than in malayana. Clasper with eight to ten friction-scales arranged in three
rows; harpe (Pl. IL. f. 3) shorter than in malayana and automedon, and
broader, more distinctly spatulate. Penis-sheath: left process (Pl LY. f. 4)
narrow, short, dentate ; right process (PJ. LV. f. 8) curved distad and laterad, more
projecting than in the other species, narrow, with a few heavy teeth at the end.

Hab. Malayan Subregion.

In the Tring Museum 1 d, 2 2? from: Gunong ITjau, Perak (Doherty);
Mt. Dulit, Sarawak (Hose) ; Nias (figured).

457. Panacra tiridates.

*Panacra tiridates Boisduval, Spec. Gén, Lép. Hét. i. p. 286. n.3. . 7. £. 4 (1875) (Philippines ;—
coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 632 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat, Lip. Het.
i. p. 663. n. 3 (1892).

Chaerocampa tiridates, Semper, Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 398, n. 36. t. He £. 3.4 (l, p.) (1896) (Luzon
V. Vii. Viii.).

3. Like the preceding, the discal lines of the forewing less curved in front ; a
black costal spot outside subcostal fork, followed by a smaller costal dot ; second
white subapical mark a triangular spot, not regularly anguliform as in dohertyi——
Tenth segment, clasper and harpe essentially as in dohertyi, but penis-sheath very

different : left process (Pl. LY. f. 2) replaced by two series of teeth, there being
no free process ; right process (PI. LV. f. 1) nearly as broad as in wutomedon, with
long teeth at the apical margin.

Larva green, opaque, a ventro-lateral longitudinal patch on thoracical segments
and greater part of eleventh segment brown; a small ocellus on fourth segment
(Semper’s figure and description do not well agree with one another).

Hab. Philippine Islands.

In coll. Charles Oberthiir from Manila.

In coll. Georg Semper from Luzon.

458. Panacra variolosa.

*Panacra variolosa Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 156. n. 4 (1856) (Silhet ;—Mus. Oxford) ;
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 675 (1867) (Silhet) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 550.
n. 11 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat, Moths Ind.i. p. 12. n. 69 (1887); Swinh., Cut, Lep, Het.
Mus. Ox, i, p. 13. n. 50. t. 1. £. 4. (1892) (type); Kirby, Cat. Lep., Het. i. p. 662. n. 6 (1892)
(=vagans).

Choerocampa ? variolosa, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 284. n. 83 (1875).

*Panacra vagans Butler, Ilustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M.v. p. 4. t. 78. f. 7 (1881) (Borneo :
Bhutan ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Cot. & Swinh., /.c. p. 13. n. 74 (1887).

Chaerocampa variolosa, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 89. n. 130 (1892) (Sikhim ;
Bhutan ; Borneo) ; id., lc. iv. p. 453 (1896) (=hamilton’) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc.
xi. p. 410. n. 130 (1898) (“not seen”).

*Panacra hamiltoni Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 82 (1894) (Khasia Hills ;—Mus. Tring).

Chaerocampa busiris, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 149. n. 21 (1894 (busiris=hamilloni ex err.).

3%. Forewing less sinuate than in dohertyi ; above: subbasal and antemedian
lines more distinct than in the other species; median interspace pale, this pale
shade extended towards outer margin behind R?; discal lines reaching costal
margin, here nearer apex of wing than in the allied species, the most distal of them
touching the black border of the white submarginal spot SC°—R', a pale costal spot
at the outer side of this line ; hinder angle of wing very obtuse, the outer margin
being more oblique than in the allies. Pale band of hindwing short and narrow.

Underside: exterior discal lines distinct on both wings, touching the sub-
marginal line.

3. Tenth segment as in doherty’, sternite rather-more pointed. Clasper with
more than eight friction-scales; harpe nearly as in automedon, rather more
spatulate. Right process of penis-sheath intermediate between the respective
processes of doherty aud automedon, left process broader than in dohertyi, obliquely
rounded proximally, the penis-sheath agreeing almost with that of s’nwata and allies.

Hab. Silbet to Borneo and Java.

In the Tring Museum 4 33,2 2% from: Khasia Hills ; Bulsit Besar, Malay
States, Siam (Robinson) ; Sarawak; EH. Java.

Our only Java specimen (¢) is small and pale.

459. Panacra sinuata spec nov. (PI. VI. f. 13, 2).

3. Middle of thorax and proximal abdominal tergites of the same pale colour
as in cariolosa, a blackish brown stripe underneath the tegula continued to abdomen.
——Forewing sinuate below apex, slightly scalloped like hindwing ; fringe
prominently dotted with blackish brown ; a bundle of five discal lines, first and
second fused to a band, ending at a spot at costal margin, the other three thin but
sharply marked, extended to costal margin but faint in front, and nearly quite
straight up to SC*, then curved costad like the others. Pale band of hindwing not

( 540 )

broader than the brown (double) border of the wing, often a mere line which does
not reach costad beyond R*.

Underside: basal two-thirds of forewing and greater part of hindwing drab
brown. First diseal line of forewing broad, ending at a costal patch situated partly
within subcostal fork ; a large brown submarginal patch, extended proximad along
R? to first discal line ; a conspicuous blackish brown spot near hinder angle behind
M?*. Brown border of hindwing dilated before middle and merged together with the
brown basi-discal area, costal edge, abdominal margin and a narrow submarginal
band, which stops at RS, clayish ochraceous speckled with tawny and brown; three
more or less dentate discal lines, second and third distinct, first the heaviest.

3. Tenth segment similar to that of automedon. Clasper strongly convex
dorsally beyond middle; friction-scales large, asymmetrical, obliquely rounded-
truncate, four or five in number ; harpe (PI. IL. f. 4) ending in a stout process
which is spatulate in dorsal aspect. Penis-sheath: right process nearly as in
automedon, rather narrower and less truncate ; left process also broad, much more
proximal, apex obliquely rounded, heavily dentate.

? and early stages not known.

Hab. North India.

In the Tring Museum 7 3d from: Sikhim (type); Khasia Hills, Assam,
Confounded in collections with metallica.

460. Panacra metallica.

Panacra mydon Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 155. n. 2 (1856) (partim).

*Panacra metallica Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 6. 0. 9 (1875) (North India ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,
Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 550. n. 9 (1897) ; Cot. & Swinb., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 12. n. 68
(1887) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. 1. p. 662. n. 2 (1892).

Chaerocampa metallica, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 89. 0. 131 (1892) (partim) ;
Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 410. n. 131 (1898) (partim; Sikhim, 4000 ft., v.).

32. Like sinuata, but differs as follows : more ochraceous in tint ; side-stripe
of thorax and proximal segments of abdomen tawny: discal lines of forewing less
longitudinal, not reaching costal margin, slightly curved distad between SC? and
R?; clayish buff band of hindwing broader.

Underside less extended brown, basal area of forewing paler, with obvious
traces of brown markings ; hindwing buff for the greater part, tinged with tawny ;
submarginal buff area broader than brown marginal band, continued to costal
margin, more tawny in front, interrupted before R?.

3. Harpe (Pl. IL. f. 5) much shorter than in sénwata, resembling that of
dohertyi, but more strougly spatulate.

Karly stages not known.

Hab. North India.

In the Tring Museum 5 33,1 2 from: Sikhim, 20. iv. 1889 (O. Moller), and
July to September 1901 (from H. Fruhstorfer) ; Buxa, Bhutan.

461. Panacra perfecta.

*Punscra perfecta Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 391 (1875) ( Darjiling, vi. ;—Mus, Brit.) ; id.,
Trans. Zool, Soc, Lond. ix. p. 637 (1877) ; id., [/lustr. Typ, Specim. Lep. Het, BM. vy. p. &
t. 78. f. 6 (1581) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat, Moths Ind. i. p. 13. n. 73 (1887) (Sikhim) ; Kirby, Cat.
Lp. Het. i. p. 662. u. 1 (1892) (Darjiling),

Chacrocampa metallica, Hampson, in Blanf,, Pawna Brit, Ind., Moths i. p. 89. 0. 131 (1892) (partim);
Dudg., Jowrn. Bombay N. H. Soe. xi. p. 410, n, 131 (1898) (Sikbim ; partim ; 4000 ft., v.).

( 541 )

3. Similar to metallica in colour. Forewing: sinus below apex vestigial
or quite absent, discal lines a little more longitudinal than in sinwata, the first
being at hinder margin nearer the base than in séxwata, the three outer ones
not reaching SC®, first and second also obsolescent near costal margin ; a distinct
double submarginal line, parallel to outer margin. Pale band of hindwing a
little wider than in stvwata, nearly reaching costal margin, but much obscured
by brown scaling in upper half.

Underside as in metallica, but discal line of forewing more oblique, abbreviated,
a pair of more distinct submarginal lines with whitish interspace, brown sub-
marginal patch R!—R* smaller, far less produced proximad. Third discal line
of hindwing as heavy as or heavier than first (accentuated by vein-dots).

3. Tenth tergite rather broader than in sénzwata and metallica, less convex
above, apex more broadly sinuate. Harpe slenderer than in metallica, agreeing fur
better with that of automedon (PI. IL. f. 2), but being shorter.

2 and early stages not known to us.

Hab. North India: Sikhim ; Bhutan.

In the Tring Museum 3 dd from: Sikhim, 1. vii. 1887 (O. Miller); Buxa,
Bhutan.

462. Panacra mydon.

*9. Panaera mydon Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 155. n. 2 (1856) (Silhet ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 675 (1867) (Silbet) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 550.
n. 7 (1877) (Silhet ; Barrackpore) ; id., [/lustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p. 5. t. 78. £. 9
(1881) (Silhet) ; Cot. & Swinb., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 12. n. 66 (1887) (Sibsagar) ; Swinh., Cut.

Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i, p. 11, n. 47 (1892) (Silhet) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 662. n. 3 (1892)
(Silhet).

*4. Panacra scapularis Walker, l.c. p. 157. n. 5 (1856) (Silhet ; Java ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Moore,
Proc. Zool, Soc, Lond. p. 675 (1867) (Silhet ; = elegantulus); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond, ix.
p. 551, n, 12 (1877) (Java; Silhet); Cot. & Swinh., Cut. Moths Ind. i. p, 12. n. 20 (1887) ;
Kirby, Cat Lrp. Het. i, p. 662. n. 7 (1892) (Silhet ; Java).

Choerocampa scapularis, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p, 282. n, 81 (1875) (Java; Ind. bor.).

Choerocampa gasion id., le. (= scapularis).

Choerocampa jasion var. arachtus id., l.c.

Choerocampa jasion var. mydon id., L.c.

Chaerocampa mydcn, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 90. 0. 133 (1892) (Sikhim ;
Caleutta ; Silhet ; Assam ; Java ; = /rewr).

3%. The sexes rather different in colour. Mesothoracic tegula with metallic,
pale golden, apical fringe, these metallic scales few in number, but large. Middle
of thorax and first abdominal tergites broadly greyish clay-colour; a few white
battledore-shaped scales laterally at the apices of the third to sixth tergites.

Wings somewhat scalloped, fringe heavily dotted with black. Forewing
slightly sinnate below apex; first discal line not quite straight, ending in a
black costal spot situated just in front of the subcostal fork, third and fourth
lines dentate, accentuated by vein-dots, generally vestigial between veins ; a brown
triangular marginal cloud from KR! backwards, separating a pale, more or less
triangular, area from distal margin.

Underside : brown distal border of fore- and hindwing dilated before middle ;
external discal line parallel to outer margin, but curving costad in front, dentate,
accentuated by vein-dots.

dg. Tenth segment as in doherty’, tergite a little broader. Olasper with
tumerons friction-seales ; harpe slender, nearly as in automedon.

Penis-sheath :

( 542 )

right process projecting as in doherty’, but broader at end and more heavily
dentate ; left process as long as in malayana, but broader.

Larva green or brown, a pale dorso-lateral line from head to horn, bordered
brown above; a small ocellus on fourth segment; horn first straight, in later
stages short and strongly curved.—Food-plants : Caladium ; Philodendron.

Pupa clayish buff; last segments see Pl. LXIV. f. 19.

fab. Indo-Malayan Subregion, inclusive of the Philippine Islands.

Two subspecies :

a. P. mydon mydon.

*®, Panacra mydon Walker, /.c. ; Butl., Uc. t. 78. £. 9 (1881).

*@. Panacra scapularis Walker, /.c.

Choerocampa scapularis, Boisduval, .c, (partim).

*Panacra frena Swinhoe, Gat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ov. i. p. 12. n. 48. t. 1. #5 (g) (1892) (Silhet ;—
Mus. Oxford).

Chaerocampa mydon, Hampson, l.c.; Dudg., Journ, Bombay N. 1. Soc. xi, p, 411. n, 133 (1898)
(Sikhim ; Bhutan ; up to 4000 ft., ii. v.— viii. ; descr, of larva & pupa; Arosdeue),

3%. Forewing much shaded with brown in both sexes, d not much paler
than , brown distal marginal area not sharply defined.

Underside of abdomen vinaceous hazel shaded with grey, without distinet
black dots. Right process of penis-sheath scarcely longer than broad ; harpe not
distinetly spatulate.

Hab. Continental India: Assam; Sikhim ; Bhutan; Burma; Tonkin.

In the Tring Museum 9 3d, 9 2% from: Van-bu, Tonkin ; Khasia Hills ;
Northern Shan States, x. 1900 (Bingham).

b. P. mydon elegantulus.

*Punacra scapularis Walker, 1.c. (partim) ; Moore, in Horsf, & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. BIC.
i. p. 269. n. 621. t. 9. f. 5. 5a (lL, p.) (1857) (Java) ; Walk., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. vi, p. 84,
n. 13 (1862) (Sarawak) ; Semp., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xvii. p. 699. n. 10 (1867) (Bohol,
larva) ; Saell., Tijdschr. Ent. xx. p. 67 (1877) (Sumatra) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeit. xl. p. 366.
n. 31 (1895) (Java).

* 4. Thyreus elegantulus Herrich-Sch., Ausser. Schm. f. 479 (1856) (Java ;—coll. Staudinger).

*9. Panacra regularis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 247, n. 22 (1875) (Java ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
id., Trans. Zool, Soc. Lond. ix. p. 551. n. 14. t. 92. f. 4 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 663.
n. 9 (1892) (Java).

Chaerocampa mydon, Hampson, l.c. (partim); Semp., Schmett. Philipp. ii. p. 397. n. 35. t. P. £. 3. 4.5
(L, p.) (1896) (Luzon ; Bohol ; 1. ii, iv. vi. viii).

* 2. Panacra variegata Rothschild, Noy. Zoo. i, p. 81 (1894) (Philippines ;—Mus, Tring).

*9. Panacra perakana id., l.c. (1894) (Gunong Tjau, Perak ;—Mus. Tring).

Panacra elegantulus, Piepers, Tijdschr, Ent. x1. p. 98. t. 1. £. 16.17 (horn of /.), p. 102. t. 4. £. 5. 6
(larva) (1897).

3. Sexes obviously dissimilar, ¢ being much paler than ¢ Abdomen
below creamy buff in d, with two rows of black dots, and a large black spot
on the seventh segment, in ? also paler than in the Continental form, but the
black dots not very distinct. Forewing of ¢ much paler than in mydon mydon,
the first and second discal live more prominent; distal marginal brown area
rather sharply defined in both sexes. Right process of penis-sheath longer than
in the preceding; harpe more spatulate ; tenth sternite narrower.

Hab. Malay Peninsula to Sumba and the Philippines.

In the Tring Museum 14 3d, 32 2? from: Penang, xi. (Curtis); Perak;
Sarawak; Kina Balun; Kuching ; Luzon; Java; Lombok; Sambawa; Sumba.

( 543 )

CXXV. ANGONYX.—Typus : testacea.

Perigonia Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 100 (1856) (partim ; type: lusea).

Tylognathus Boisduval, Spec. én, Lép. Het. i. p. 293 (1875) (partim ; type : japi.).

Perigonia ? id., 1c. p. 329 (1875).

Angonyzx id., 1.c. p. 317 (1875) (type : emilia = testacea).

Panacra, Butler (non Walker, 1856), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 246 (1875) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soe.
Lond. ix. p. 550 (1877).

Agony (1), Cotes & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 11. n. 2 (1887) (sub syn.).

Unzela, Kirby (non Walker, 1856), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 641 (1892).

¢ 2. Genal process large, but rounded, not triangular. Palpus large, projecting,
obtuse, terminal surface on a level with frons, second segment longer than first.
Bye large, not lashed. Antenna long, in ¢ longer than in ?, setiform, gradually
fining to a long and gradually curved hook ; end-segment triangular, short. Spines
of abdomen elongate. Spurs unequal, long terminal one at least half the length of
the first tarsal segment, first segment of hindtarsus longer than that of midtarsus,
and considerably shorter than tibia, both mid- and hindtarsus with comb. Apex of
forewing obtusely pointed, distal margin convex before middle, sinuate in front ;
apex of hindwing rounded, D? transverse, D* straight and very oblique, lower angle
of cell acute.

3. Scent-organ of forecoxa strongly developed. Tenth abdominal segment
yery long, narrow, simple, tergite compressed, especially at end, pointed, apex
rather abruptly curved downwards ; sternite with nearly parallel sides, rather flat,
evenly and slightly convex below, apex narrowed, sinuate, with the short angles
curved upwards, so that the sternite appears hooked in lateral aspect. Clasper
large, concave dorsally, convex ventrally, broadly sole-shaped ; an erect crest of
moderately large friction-scales, lanceolate, not truncate, about 14 in number,
arranged in a single row, situated at the ventral side of an ellipsoid patch of small,
glossy, dentate scales ; inner surface of clasper densely clothed with long hairs ;
process of harpe small, either triangular (PI. IL. f. 13. 14), or slender and more
or less spatulate or lanceolate. Penis-sheath (Pl. LY. f. 8) with a right free
process curving ventrad, often round the sheath, and a shorter left process which is
not separate from the sheath, both processes dentate, their ends often close together,

%. Vaginal plate triangular, regular in shape, feebly chitinised, apex rounded,
edges incrassate, orifice at the end of a stronger chitinised half-cylinder.

Larva afd pupa not known.

Hab. Oriental Region.

Three species.

Key to the species :
a. Dise of hindwing yellow ‘ ; : . 465. A. meehi.
Dise of hindwing not yellow . : : b.
b. White discal band of forewing aon A mm.
broad at R*, or hindwing with orange
rufous band. : ; ; ‘ . 463, A. testacea.
White discal band of forewing gradually
shading off distally, except at costal
margin, hindwing without distinct band . 464. A. bodsduvali.

( 544 )

463. Angonyx testacea.
*Perigonia testacea Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 102. n, 3 (1856) (hab. ? ;—Mus. Brit.) ; d.,
le, xxxi, p. 29 (1864) (Ceylon).

3%. Individually variable. Metanotum often russet. Forewing: grey or
white discal band mostly narrow: most specimens with black submarginal spots
between R* and M’, often extended to margin, Hindwing sometimes entirely
blackish umber-brown, with a grey spot before anal angle, sometimes with a clearly
marked orange-rufous band, which is purest in colour in individuals from the
Solomon Islands. Underside russet brown, or yellow, shaded with pale green in
fresh specimens. Penis-sheath see Pl. LV. f. 8.

Hab. Ceylon and North India eastwards to the Solomon Islands.

Two subspecies, which differ apparently only in the genital armature of the ¢é.

a. A. testacea testacea.

*Perigonia testacea Walker, I.c. (1856).

*Tylognathus emus Boisduval, lc, p. 294, n. 2 (1875) (Sylhet? Amer, mér.? ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir).

Perigonia ? testacea, id,, l.c. 1. p. 329. n. 15 (1875).

*Angouys emilia id., le. i, p. 318. t. 8. f. 1 (g@) (1875) (Ternate ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ;
Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xli. p. 109. n. 211 (1888) (Amboina) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent, Zeit.
xl. p. 366. n. 33 (1895) (Java).

*Panacra ella Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 246. n. 21. (1875) (Silhet ;—Mus, Brit.) ; id.,
Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 550, n, 3. t. 92. £. 7 (2) (1877) (Silbet) ; Kirby, Zvans, Ent, Soe.
Lond, p. 235 (1877) (Silhet, 3).

Ponacra testacca, id., Lee ix: p- 550. n. 2 (1877) (Ceylon) ; Kirby, Le. (1877) (Andamans) ; Cot. &
Swinh., Cat. Woths Ind. i. p. 11. n. 63 (1887) (Silhet ; Ceylon) ; Hamps., J//ustr. Typ. Specim.
Lep. Het. B. M. viii. p. 1. 0, 16 (1891) (Nilgiris, 6000 ft.); Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ow. i.
p. 13. n. 52 (1892) (Nilgiris).

Angonyx testacea, Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii. p. 26. t, 89. f. 1 (g¢) (1882) (=emilia=ella) ; Hamps., in
Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 101. n. 160. £58 (g¢) (1892) (Silbet ; Nilgiris ; Ceylon);
Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 663. p. 4 (1892) (E. Ind.).

Unzela emus, Kirby, lc. p. 641, n. 2 (1892) (Silhet ?).

Harpe (Pl. IL. f. 13) ending in a conical process which bears one tooth
ou the underside and is finely granulose beneath proximally.

Hab. Ceylon and North India to the Moluccas.

In the Tring Musenm 5 6d, 5 2? from; Khasia Hills ; Java merid., 1500 ft.

(Fruhsterfer) ; Amboina, ii. vill. (Doherty).

b, A. testacea papuana subsp. nov.
Panacra testacea, Miskin, Proc. Roy, Soc, Queensld. viii. p. 9. n. 13 (1891) (partim ; Cairns),
Angonyx testacea, Pagenstecher, in Chun, Zoologica xii. 29, p. 16. n. 15 (1900) (Kinigunang).

Harpe (PI. IL. f. 14) ending in a very slender process, which is often somewhat
lanceolate or spatulate, and has the hinder edge (ventral in figure) serrate.

The ¢ from New Pommern has a non-dentate harpe. We have no d from the
Solomon Islands ; all our 2 2 from there have a conspicuous orange-rufous band on
the hindwing.

Hab. (Queensland, Tenimber Islands ; eastward to the Solomon Islands.

In the Tring Museum 8 ¢d,7 22 from: Queensland ; Selarn, Tenimber Is.,
iii. iv. (Micholitz) ; Ron L, Geelvink Bay, vii. (Doherty); Milne Bay, Brit. N.
Guinea, ii. (Meek); Kinigunang, N. Pommern (Ribbe); Florida, i., and Guadaleanar,
y., Solomon Is. (Meek).

Type: 3, Cedar Bay, Queensland.

( 545 )

464. Angonyx boisduvali (PI. Il. f 11, 3).
*Angonyx boisduvali Rothschild, Noy. Zoo. i. p. 82 (1894) (2, Guadalcanar ;—Mus. Tring) ; id.,
le. iii. t. 14 f. 14 (2) (1895).

3%. Larger than festacea, more uniform in colour, greenish grey, greyish
white discal area of forewing gradually fading away distally between R* and hinder
margin, no black submarginal spots R°—M? ; hindwing much paler, greenish grey
from base to discal line, outside this more or less cinnamon. Underside of wings
pale greenish grey.

36. Harpe nearly as in A. testacea papuana, rather more regularly lanceolate,
and tenth tergite less abruptly bent downwards.

Hab. Solomon Islands.

In the Tring Museum 10 dd,2 2% from: Guadaleanar ; Florida, i.; Isabel,
yi. vii. ; Kulambangra, ii. (Meek and Eichhorn) ; Shortlands (Ribbe).

465, Angonyx meeki spec. nov. (PI. Il. f. 6, 3).

3. In size and shape like testacea, but hindwing yellow, with a brown distal
border, which is sinuate in middle, and an ill-defined basi-discal brown patch
between cell and abdominal margin. Underside of wings yellow from base to disc,
forewing with a blackish brown spot upon cross-veins, longitudinal, no brown cloudy
patch on disc behind cell. Harpe as slender as in the preceding, but distinctly
spatulate ; tenth tergite as in festacea, sternite less sinuate.

Hab. Solomon Islands.

In the Tring Museum 15 ¢¢ from: Guadalcanar, April, type; Florida L,
January ; Kulambangra, February ; collected by Messrs. A. S. Meek and Hichhorn ;
Bougainville (Ribbe) ; Guadaleanar (Woodtord)

CXXVI. ENPINANGA gen. nov.—Type: vigens.
Panacra Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 154 (1856) (partim ; type: wutomedon).
Angonyx, Butler (non Boisduval, 1875), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, p. 261 (1879).
Chaerocampa, Hampson (non Duponchel, 1835), in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i. p. 90 (1892).
3%. Differs from Angonys in the following characters. Palpus and eye
smaller ; antenna much shorter in both sexcs than the cell of the forewing ; first
segment of foretarsus much shorter than foretibia ; spurs short, longer terminal one
of hindtibia about one-third the length of the first tarsal segment, this not shorter
than the first midtarsal segment ; comb of the latter less distinct than in Angonyx.
dg. Tenth segment much shorter than in Angonyw ; tergite slender, slightly
cnrved, not compressed; sternite broader than tergite, much shorter, truncate-
sinuate. Clasper short, rounded sole-shaped, dorsal margin rounded dilated, concave
at base; seven to nine large truncate friction-scales, arranged in three rows, situated
in a depression. Penis-sheath with one dentate process projecting distad.
Warly stages not known.
Hab. Iudo-Malayan Subregion.
_ Four species :
Forewing with two black contiguous patches
behind costal margin, the external one
being the costal portion of a discal band
which is vestigial between R? and M'. . 466, Le. vigens.

NN

( 546 )

As before, no pale patch R*—M! on underside of

forewing. : . 467. 1. assamensis.
No distinct band Beiwean extemal qratoh and

hinder margin . ‘ : . 468. 2. borneensis.
A broad but not sharply denned ditzeal band

from costal to inner margin 5 2 . 469. 2. labuana.

466. Enpinanga vigens (Pl. LXVI. f. 6, 3).

*Angonye vigens Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 262 (1879) (Philippines ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Kirby,

Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 664. n. 7 (1892).
Angonix (1) virens, Semper, Schin. Philipp. ii. p. 403. n. 50 (1896) (‘not rec.’’).
3. Butler meant to name this species .wivens, as the label of the type proves.
Distal margin of forewing crenulate beyond R*; external costal patch
narrower than in dorneensis, continued backwards by a line which is first faint but
becomes prominent beyond M!. Hindwing more distinctly dentate than in
borneensis.

Underside : less uniform in colour and distal marginal band more prominent
than in the following, disc of forewing broadly clay-colour at this band.

dé. Tenth tergite slightly spatulate, feebly curved; sternite shallowly sinuate
at end. Harpe produced into a slender, acute, curved process (PI. IL. f. 15).
Penis-sheath armed with a spatulate dentate process which projects far beyond the
mouth of the sheath (Pl. LY. f. 9).

Hab. Philippines ; Borneo ; Penang ; probably more widely distributed in the
Indo-Malayan Subregion.

In the Tring Museum 2 66 from: Kina Balu, N. Borneo (Waterstradt) ;
Penang (C. Curtis).

467. Enpinang'a assamensis.

*Panacra assamensis Walker, List Lep, Ins. B. M. viii. p. 160. n. 9. (1856) (Silbet ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 675 (1867) (Silhet) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 287.
n, 4 (1875) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 550, n. 4 (1877); Cot. & Swinh,, Cat. Moths
Ind. i. p. 11. n. 64 (1887),

Angonyx assamensis, Kirby, /.c. p. 664. n. 5 (1892) (Silbet).

Chaerocampa assamensis, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i, p. 90. n. 134 (1892)
(partim ; Silhet ; Lorneensis is a race of ass. ).

3. Only one bad specimen known.—Forewing somewhat dentate, as in
vigens ; a line behind the external costal spot; no clayish patch R*—M!' on
underside of forewing. Penis-sheath as in the following. Harpe more like that of
the preceding. Perhaps only a form of the preceding.

Hab. Silhet.

468. Enpinanga borneensis.
*Angonyx borneensis Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 261 (1879) (Borneo ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Kirby,
Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 664. n. 6 (1892).

3 2. No pale postdiscal patches ou underside of forewing.

3. Tenth tergite stronger curved at end than in the previous species ; sternite
less obviously sinuate. Harpe short, variable individually, generally obliquely
truncate (Pl. IL. f. 16). Process of penis-sheath (Pl. LY. f. 10) short.

Hab. Malacca; Borneo; probably all over the Indo-Malayan Subregion.

In the Tring Museum 14 od from: Sandakan, N. Borneo, ii. iii, v. vil
(D. Cator) ; Gunong Ijau, Perak, 2000—3000 ft., iii. °98 (Butler).

( 547 )

469. Enpinanga labuana.
*Daphnis labuana Rothschild, /ris vii. p. 299. t. 5. f. 3 (9 ) 1894) (Labuan ;—coll. Staudinger).

?. The similarity with dorneensis and vigens is, apart from structure, especially
evident on the underside, where the abdomen has the red and creamy lateral
dots of borneensis, and the forewing a similar brown border and a costal patch
of short discal andulate lines.

Hab. Borneo.

Three $2 known to us, one from Labuan in coll. Staudinger (type), another
from “ Borneo” in the K. K. Hofmuseum in Vienna, a third in the Tring Museum
from North Borneo (D. Cator).

CXXVII. RETHERA gen. nov.—Typus : homarov?.

Deilephila, Christoph (non Laspeyres, 1809), in Rom., Mém. Lép. ii. p. 169 (1885).
Choerocampa, Swinhoe (non Duponchel, 1835), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, p. 346 (1885).
Theretra, Kirby (non Hiibner, 1822), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 660 (1892).

3. Genal process large, triangular; a tuft of scales beneath it (scales of
labial palpus). Palpus obtuse, rounded in dorsal and in lateral aspect. Head
with indication of crest. Eye lashed, but not heavily. Antenna incrassate
before hook; this rather abrupt, not compressed, with the seriated ciliae (¢)
yestigial ; end-segment three times the length of the previous, but not produced
into a filiform process. Spur of foretibia reaching beyond tip of tibia; mid- and
hindtibial spurs unequal, longer ones less than half the length of the respective
first tarsal segments; these without comb; first hindtarsal segment longer than
first midtibial one, and about as long as the hindtibia; no pulvillus, xo
paronychinm. Wings entire; SC? and R! of hindwing on a stalk.

3d. Tenth segment elongate, simple; tergite and sternite horizontal, little
eurved, both obtuse. Clasper elongate sole-shaped; a patch of rather small,
truncate, friction-scales; harpe ending in an obtuse process with parallel sides
and concave upper surface (PI. IL. f. 12). Penis-sheath with an oblique series of
teeth (PI. LV. f. 11).

2. Not known to us.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Western Asia.

One species.

470. Rethera komarovi.

Deilephila komarovi Christoph, in Rom., Mém. Lép. ii. p. 169, t. 15. £. 2. a. b (9) (1885) (Askhabad ;
near Cizara) ; id., l.c. iii. p. 54 (1887) (= stipularis) ; id., Le. v. p. 11. n. 37 (1889) (Germol);
id., Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 130 (1900) (Borshom, v.—vii.).

*Choerocampa stipularis Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. p, 346. n. 6. t. 9. £. 1 (1885) (Choman,
May ;—Muzs. Brit.).

Chaevocampa stipularis, Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 16. n. 87 (1887).

Vheretva komarovi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p, 660. n. 115 (1892).

Chaerocampa komarovi, Staudinger & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii, p. 103. n. 760 (1901) (Pont.; Taur. ;
Arm.; Tura; Afghanist.).

6. Individually somewhat variable. In the pattern of the body and wings
close to Cizara.

Hab. Afghanistan westwards to Amasia, northwards to Transcaucasia.

In the Tring Museum 2 6 from: Askhabad; Amasia.

( 548 )

CXXVILIL. CIZARA.—Typus: ardeniae.

Sphine, Lewin (von Linné, 1758), Prodr. Ent. p. 3 (1805).

Deilephila, Boisduval (non Laspeyres, 1809), Voy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 183 (1832).

Cizara Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 120 (1856) (type: ardeniae).

Zonilia, Boisduval (non Walker, 1856), Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i, p. 148 (1875).

Microlophia Felder (non Newman, 1842), Reise Novara, Lep. t. 75 (1874 (nom. indeser.); Boisd., Lc,
p. 329 (1875) (type : sculpta).

Abrisa Kirby, Cat. Lep. Tet. i. p. 641 (1892) (type: sculpta).

«lngonyx, Hampson (von Boisduval, 1875), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Tud., Moths i. p. 102 (1892).

3%. Closely ~allied to Lnpinanga, but eye heavily lashed, genal process
triangular, first segment of hindtarsus as long as segments 2 to 5 together, clasper
without friction-scales.

Larva (of ardeniae) tapering in front, minutely dotted with white all over; head,
pronotum and the large horn granulose ; a pale dorso-lateral line from head to
horn, bordered with brown ; five anterior segments and part of sixth black or brown
ventrally and laterally up to that line, a broad oblique band on ninth segment and
the side of the tenth and eleventh the same colour, four pale oblique side-lines on
segments 6 to 10, beginning at the dorso-lateral line and running downwards and
backwards to the next segment.—Food-plant : Girevillea.

Pupa known to us only from Lewin’s figure.

Hab. Oriental Region.

Two species, both with a green forewing which is traversed by a sharply
marked white band and bears within this a large semitransparent stigma.

Basal area of hindwing yellow. : : . 472. C. sculpta.
Basal area of hindwing not yellow. : 5 . 471. C. ardeniae.

471. Cizara ardeniae.

Sphinz ardeniae Lewin, lc. p, 3. t. 2. £. 1. a—d (1, p., ¢.) (1805) ; Thon, Ent. Arch. i. p, 5 (1829),

Deilephila ardenia-(!), Boisduval, Voy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 183. n. 1 (1832).

Cizara ardeniae Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 120. n. 1 (1856) (Austral.) ; Butl., Trans. Zool.
Soc. Lond. ix. p. 552 (1877) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 648. n. 1 (1892); Swinh., Cat. Lep.
Het. Mus. Ow. i. p. 14. n. 56 (1892) (Moreton Bay). j

Zonilia ardenia (!), Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 148. n. 17 (1875) (Sydney).

Cizara ardenia (!), Miskin, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensid. viii, p. 10. n. 14 (1891) (Sydney ; Brisbane).

3%. Antenna long and slender in both sexes. Abdominal spines strong.
D* of hindwing barely twice the length of D‘. There is little variation in the
colour of this species.

d. Tenth tergite compressed, gently curved, pointed, not distinctly hooked ;
sternite broader, not much narrowed to end, apex rounded, but appearing sinuate
in distal aspect owing to the lateral edges being turned upwards and somewhat
dilated just before apex. Clasper elongate sole-shaped, dorsal margin concave;
harpe as in Rethera homarovi It slenderer, very much slenderer than in seulpta.

Penis-sheath (Pl. LY. f. 12) produced into a prominent pointed apical process

of rather variable width, curved towards the right side and bearing a tooth at the

proximal edge.
¢. Vaginal plate shaped as in Detlephila ; orifice large, surrounded in front
and at the sides by a ridge which is broadly sinuate mesially (Pl. XLI. f. 18).
Larva see above.

( 549 )

Hab. Australia: Queensland and New South Wales.
In the Tring Museum 9 dd, 6 2% and 2 larvae from Queensland : Mackay, xi.
(furner) ; Toowoomba, i. (Dodd).

472. Cizara sculpta.
*Microlophia sculpta Felder, Reise Novara, Lep, t. 75. £. 9 (8) (1874) (Siam ;—Mus. Tring); Boisd.,
Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 330 (1875) (Siam) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p- 552 (1877)
(S. India); Cot. & Swinh., Cut. Moths Ind. i.p. 13. n. 76 (1887) (type in coll. F. Moore ex err, !),
_ Abrisa sculpta, Kirby, Cat Lep. Het. i. p. 641. n. 1 (1892).
Angonyx sculpta, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 102. n. 161 (1892) (Siam ;
8. India).

3. First segment of palpus rather more obviously incrassate at end than in
ardeniae, subangulate. Antenna much shorter and also slenderer. D®* of hind-
wing very oblique, three times as long as D‘, lower angle of cell more acuminate
than in the previous species.

3. Tenth tergite not compressed, rather slightly convex above, hollow beneath,
‘narrowed in middle, being slightly dilated from middle to apex, which is feebly
sinuate ; sternite short, triangular, acuminate. Clasper of almost even width from
before middle to apex, ventral margin slightly convex, apex rounded; harpe rather
large (Pl. IL. f. 11), of about the same shape as in ardeniae, but much broader,
the process situated below the ventral edge of the clasper. Penis-sheath (P]. LY.
f, 13) ending in a prominent forked process, which projects distad.

2. Not known.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Siam and South India; probably of wider distribution in the Indo-
Malayan Subregion.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ (type) from Siam (coll. Felder).

CXXIX. MAASSENIA.—Typnus : heydeni.

Zonilia, Saalmiiller (non Walker, 1856), Ber. Senk. Nat. Ges. p. 89 (1878).
Sphing, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent, France p. 295 (1879).
Maassenia Saalmiiller, Lep. Madag. p. 126 (1884).

3%. Differs from Nephele essentially in the slenderer antenna, the end-segment
of which is not produced into a filiform process, being elongate-triangular, com-
pressed; the non-spinose spurs; and in the somewhat undulated distal margin
of the forewing.

d. Tenth tergite as in Nephele, pointed ; sternite not much shorter than
tergite, minutely sinuate, resembling the sternite of Acosmeryx Clasper with a
patch of large friction-scales, arranged in several ill-defined rows ; harpe of the
type found in Acosmeryx, being dilated at end and armed with spine-like teeth
(Pl. IL. f. 21). Penis-sheath (Pl. LV. f. 34) with an indication of an apical
process ; penis-fonnel with broad, truncate, apically dilated, ventral lobe, which is
clothed at end with very short hairs.

Early stages not knoww.

Hab. Madagascar.

One species.

This genus combines characters of Nephele and Acosmeryx.

( 550 )

473. Maassenia heydeni.
Zonilia heydeni Saalmiiller, Ber. Senk. Nat. Ges. p. 89 (1878).
Sphins heydeni, Mabille, Ann, Soc. Ent. France p. 295 (1879) (Madag.).

Maassenia heydeni Saalmiiller, Lep, Madag. p. 126, n, 299. t. 3. £. 38 (1884) (Nossi-bé) ; Kirby,
Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 681. n. 1 (1892).

32. Besides the angnliform silvery mark on the forewing, there is sometimes
a silvery dot upon D* in front of the base of M!.
Fab. Madagascar.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd, 1 2 from: Madagascar.

XXX. NEPHELE.—Typus : didyma.

Sphinx, Fabricius (non Linné, 1758), Syst. nt. p. 543 (1775) (partim).

Nephele Hiibner, Verz. bek, Schm. p. 133 (1822) (type: morpheus = didyma).

Deilephila, Boisduyal (non Laspeyres, 1809), Faune Madag. Bourbon p. 71 (1833) (partim),
Zonilia Walker, List Ins. B. M, viii. p. 192 (1856) (partim ; type: funebris=viridescens).

3%. Patch of fine hairs at each side of base of tongue conspicuous. Genal
process acuminate, longer than pilifer. Palpus prominent, second segment widened
from base to apex, rounded-truncate at end; inner surface of first segment carinate
ventrally. Eye large. Antenna slightly clubbed in ?, not incrassate distally in
3, end-segment long, rough-scaled. Spines of abdominal tergites and sternites
numerous, in several rows, all elongate, flattened, strong ; ¢ with three-cornered
anal tuft, 9 with a simple truncate one, which consists, as in d, of stiff (mostly
reddish) brittle scales. Forecoxal scent-organ of ¢ feebly developed; legs slender,
hindtibia with dorsal and ventral scaling prolonged, the tibia appearing compressed:
first protarsal segment with external row of spines doubled or trebled; comb of
mid- and hindtarsus strongly developed, the spines of hindtarsal comb long; spurs
very unequal, the short spur of midtibia and the short terminal one of hindtibia
with a comb of stout spines, which extends on the midtibial spur from the base to
the naked apical point, while it is more reduced on the hindtibial spur (Pl. LXIY.
f. 8); fifth tarsal segment shorter than fourth ; hinder edge of merum of
midcoxa carinate, subangulate. Distal margin of forewing entire ; D? of hindwing
curved or angulate. |

3. Sexual armature nearly the same in all the species; no appreciable
difference in these organs between allied species. Tenth tergite very slender,
simple, curved downwards, long; sternite short, horizontal, with almost parallel
sides and rounded apex, not strongly chitinised (PI. XLIV. f. 29. 30). Clasper
sole-shaped ; large friction-scales arranged in one or two rows (Pl. LVILL. f. 38);
harpe (PI. IL. f. 36) ending in a sharply pointed, more or less evenly curved
hook. Penis-sheath (PI. LY. f. 35) armed at end with two dentate processes,
the proximal one long, curving round the mouth of the sheath (as in several
Macroglossum), the other short and obtuse ; the armature reminding strongly of
that found in Macroglossum.

2. Eighth tergite truncate-sinuate. Vaginal plate small, weakly chitinised,
excepting postero-lateral edges which are somewhat incrassate ; orifice free, a little
projecting. Seyenth sternite broader than long, apical margin short, with strongly
rounded angles,

( 551 )

Larva green or reddish brown. We have four stages of the larva of
N. accentifera from Mr. Leigh, Durban.

First stage (one specimen): green, a reddish shade from horn to thorax ;
fading away in front; horn black, paler towards end. Head large ; thoracic
segment not smaller than following ; five bristles: two dorso-lateral, one above
stigma, two ventro-lateral ; horn about half the length of the body, curved
upwards, densely hairy, sinuate at tip, each angle with a stout bristle.

Second stage (one specimen): head large, thoracic segments somewhat smaller
than the following ones ; horn reduced in length, densely tuberculated, reddish,
tip pale, sinuate ; upperside greenish, rest of body reddish ; head pale frontally,
with a pale lateral line; a pale line from horn to eighth segment, widening
behind ; densely covered with pale dots.

Third stage (one specimen): pale-dotted, reddish; pro- and mesothorax
small, metathorax enlarged; a dark dorso-mesial line ; pale line from horn
frontad bordered by deeper red above and below, triangularly widening behind,
a pale oblique side-stripe over segments 4 and 5; horn curving upwards, obtusely
pointed, granulose.

Fourth stage (two specimens, one green, one brown): strongly tapering from
fourth segment frontad ; pale-dotted ; markings as before ; horn stout, 6 mm. long,
depressed, somewhat u-shaped, of even width, suddenly narrowed at end to a short
point (which is dorsal), tubercles numerous but small.

The larvae of the Oriental species are very close to that here described.—
Food-plant : Carissa (in India).

Papa long, pale brown ; spiracles, an interrupted mesial line above and below,
eremaster and a series of ventro-lateral abdominal spots brown; glossy ; tongue-
case projecting forward, compressed, the frontal part (from eye onwards) about
twice as long as the head vertically high, no ventral carina ; labrum flat ; clypeus
convex; abdomen densely rngate-punctate above, more dispersedly punctured
beneath ; praespiracular area of fourth and fifth somites rough with short carinae,
corresponding to the raised anterior edges of the umbilicate punctures of the
following segments; cremaster short, broadly triangular, rugate, ending in two
strong points which curve upwards.

Hab, Aethiopian and Oriental Region.

Fifteen species, two Oriental, the others Aethiopian.

Most of the species resemble each other closely in pattern. The antemedian
and discal lines of the forewing are disposed as in most Macroglossum. Nearly all
the species occur in two forms, one with, one without white spot or spots on the
forewing. Owing to the variation in these spots, the absence, in some species,
of yery striking distinguishing characters in pattern, and the great similarity,
or practically identity, in the sexual armature, the determination of the species
presents great difficulties.

The forms with the white spots developed are the easiest to discriminate, and
we advise the reader who is trying to name some obscure species of Nephele to
begin with spotted individuals, and then compare the not spotted ones with
them,

The variously formed stigma of the forewing is derived from four white dots ;
the development of these in scme species is illustrated on Pl. LXV. Dot 1 is
situated in the cell upon the fold corresponding to R*, dot 2 at upper angle of cell
upon D*, dot 3 at lower angle of cell upon D*, and dot 4 at R® outside cell ; in the

( 552 )

allied genus Maassenia there is often a small dot present behind R*. The four dots
are all marked in V. densoi (P]. LXV. f. 4).

The distal marginal area of the forewing is generally limited by a curved line

running from apex to hinder angle ;
5 5

this line, which we call postdisco-submarginal,

is composed of a submarginal line and a postdiscal one joining each other; the free
costal portion of the postdiscal line is often vestigial.

Key to the species :
a. Forewing, above, with a white submarginal

b.

d.

line forming a right angle with an
oblique white line crossing wing from
middle of costal margin to hinder angle.
Forewing with a black band from middle
of costal margin to hinder angle ;
abdomen without black side-patches
Abdomen with black side-patches :
Forewing with a white curved discal and
a white antemedian band, converging
posteriorly ; stigma large, triangular
Forewing with a straight discal band which
is at right angles to hinder margin
Forewing without that band

. The band edged with white proximally,

4 mm. from lower angle of cell

The band edged with white proximally,
at least 6 mm. from lower angle of cell .

The band not edged with white proximally ;
stigma consisting of several dots

A large triangular brown discal area on
forewing, inner edge oblique, outer edge
sharply marked, quite straight from R? to
hinder margin of wing, stigma V-shaped

A blackish band across wing from middle
of costa to distal margin before angle,
space between this band and distal
margin blackish, excepting patches in
costal area, contrasting sharply with
middle area of wing ; no stigma 5

Forewing not so; with or without stigma .

. Postdisco-submarginal line straight from

R? backwards, sharply marked
Postdisco-submarginal line obviously den-
tate; irregular, often very feebly marked
Forewing with sharply defined clayish patch
in middle of hinder margin
Comb of short terminal spur of handle
vestigial ; Oriental species =
Comb of short terminal spur of indivi
well developed ; African species

483.

476.

480.

477,

ie

NG

AVE

. rectangulata.

. aequivalens.

b.

. argentifera.

C.
d.

/. rosae. ©

oenopion.

y. densoi.

van.

. bipartita,

é.

h,

discifera.

comma,

( 553 )

g. Hindwing bright ferruginous —. 475. N. subraria.
Hindwing ahs russet, or raw umber eae 474. N. didyma.
hk. Antemedian pair of lines of forewing,
above, and first and second discal line
conspicuous, more or less filled in with
black, interspace between second and
feeble third discal line grey in front
and behind, postdisco-submarginal line
suddenly projecting basad between R?
and R*® to near third discal line; no
blackish shadowy band from costal mar-
gin to hinder angle : : . 482. NV. accentifera.
Forewing with feeble blackish paade from
costal margin to hinder angle, or very
uniform in colour . 2 : 5 5,
7. Palpus below scaled white and wae ws
brown), contrasting with the breast . 478. V. funebris.
Palpus below of nearly the same dark
colour as. breast and abdomen : . 481. NV. peneus.

“3 to the forms with stigma of V. peneus, comma, accentifera, funebris :
7. One comma-shaped spot, upon cross-

veins, widest behind . i . ATT. N. comma.
One ovate spot upon cross-veins . 478. N. funebris maculosa.
Two or three spots, often confluent. : c b.
b. A triangular spot along R* pointing
distad, another above it. . 478. N. funebris funebris.

Three spots placed in a half-ring,
second and third often confluent,
third at R* : ‘ 481. 1
Three spots, 1 in cell, 2 and 3 ace
cross-veins, one above the other. 482. N. accentifera.

=

r, pencus.

474. Nephele didyma.

*Sphinx didyma Fabricius, Syst. Ent, p. 543. n. 23 (1875) (Ind. or. ;—Maus. Brit.).

Nephele didyma, Wiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 133. n. 1433 (1822) (partim) ; Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i.
p. 680. n. 16 (1892) (India ; “ Austral.” alia spec.). :

Zonilia morpheus Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. p, 84. t. 149. f. D (1777) (Coromandel) ; Walk., List Lep.
Ins, B. M. viii. p. 194. n. 5 (1856) (Nepaul ; Landoor ; N. India ; Canara ; Ceylon ; ‘ Aus-
tralia” alia spec.) ; Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus, B. I. C.i, p. 269, n, 619
(1857) (Dukhum ; N. India; Canara; Ceylon); id., Proc. Zool, Soc, Lond. p, 793 (1865)
(Bengal = obliterans) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het.i. p. 139. n. 1 (1875) (larva ; “Madagascar”
alia speec.).

Nephele hespera, Butler, Trans, Zool, Soc, Lond. ix. p. 624. n, 14, t. 91. f. 20. 21 (1. p.) (1877)
(“ Australia” error loci); Moore, Lep, Ceylon ii. p. 2. t. 72. f.1. 1a. b (/, /) (1882) ; Swinh.,
Proe, Zool. Soc, Lond, p. 287. n. 4 (1885) (Poona, vii, ix.—xi. ; Sattera, vi, xi. ; Bombay, x.—
xii.) ; Swinh., /.c. p. 435. n, 17 (1886) (Mhow, iv.—vi.) ; Cotes & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i,
p. 34. n, 185 (1887) ; Swinh., Journ, Bombay N. I, Soc, iii, p. 119, n, 15 (1888) (Kurachi, viii. ;
= chiron = didyma = morpheus = obliterans) ; Warr., Proc. Zool, Soc, Lond, p, 293, 0, 1 (1888)
(Campbellpore, vi.) ; Swinh., V'rans, Ent, Soc, Lond. p. 165, n, 24 (1890) (Mandalay) ; Hamps.,
Mustr, Typ, Specim, Lep. Het. B. M, viii. p. 2. n. 33 (1891) ; Swinh,, Cat, Lep, Het. Mus. Ov. i,

( 554 )
p. 34. n. 136 (1892) (Canara ; Bengal ; Ceylon) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths
i, p. 108. n, 172 (1892) (India ; Ceylon) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc, xi. p. 416, n. 172
(1898) (Sikbim, 1800 ft., iii, iv.).
Nephila (!) hespera, Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 379, n, 96 (1886) (Campbellpore, xi.).

3. The two Indo-Australian species (which may eventually prove to be
geographical forms of one species only) differ from nearly all the others in the short
terminal spur of the hindtibia being provided with few and rather thin spines
only, which stand in the distal half of the spur; comb of hindtarsus also less
developed than in the African species of Nephele-——Hindwing raw umber colour,
with a tint of russet, or more russet ; outer marginal area darker in tint.

There are two forms :—

a. N. didyma £. didyma.
Sphine didyma Fabricius, l.c.; Goeze, Ent. Beytr, iii. 2. p. 207. n, 14 (1780) ; Fabr., Spec, Ins. ii,
p. 148. n. 41 (1781) (syn. exel.) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 96. n, 45 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5.
p. 2381. n. 79 (1790) (syn, excel.) ; Fabr. vt, Syst. iii. 1 p. 371. n, 48 (1793) (syn. excl.)
Sphinz morpheus Cramer, /.c. ; Goeze, l.c. p, 224. n, 75 (1780).
Nephele morpheus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm, p. 133. n. 1432 (1822).
Sphinx quaterna Charpentier, in Esp,, Ausliind. Schm., Zus, t. 1. £. 2 (1830).
Nephila (!) hespera var. morpheus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 379.n. 96 (1886) (Campbell-
pore, xi.).
3%. Forewing with two silvery spots, separated by D*, the second the larger,
somewhat elongate and curved, the first rounded ; there is, besides, often a small
dot in upper angle of cell.

U’. N. didyma f. hespera.

Sphing hespera Fabricius, Syst, Ent. p. 546, n, 33 (1875) (Ind. or.) ; Goeze, /.c. p. 208. n, 18 (1780) ;
Fabr., Spec. Jus, ti. p. 152, n, 54 (1781) ; id., Want. Ins. ii, p. 91. n. 59 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat,
i. 5, p. 2384. n. 87 (1790) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p, 372. n, 49 (1793); Auriv., Ent. Tidskr.
Xvili, p. 152 n. 82 (1897).

Sphinx chiron Cramer, Pap, Exot, ii, p. 62. t. 137. £. B (1777) (Coromandel) ; Goeze, /.c, p. 222. n. 67
(1780).

Nephele chiron, Hiibner, /.c., p. 133. n. 1434 (1822),

Zonilia chiron, Walker, /.c. viii. p. 196. n. 8 (1856) ; Boisd., /.c. p. 145. n. 11 (1875).

Zonilia peneus, Walker, /.c. viii. p, 193. n, 2 (1856) (sub syn.).

Perigonia obliterans Walker, /.c. xxxi. p. 28 (1864) (N. Hindostan).

Nephele chyron (!), Smith, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xv, p. 60 (1888).

3. Forewing without silvery spots, or only with a minute dot.

Hab. Ceylon to North West India, eastwards to Java.

In the Tring Museum :—

f. didyma 13 38, 11 22 from: Ceylon; Canara; Peermand; Nilgiris ;
Sabathu; Radakheit ; Jaya.

f. hespera 11 33,6 22 from: Ceylon; Nilgiris; Dalhousie; Sikhim;
Bombay ; Burma; Penang; Java.

No representative of Nep/ele has as yet been found in Borneo, the Philippines,
Celebes, the Moluccas, the lesser Sunda Islands, New Guinea and neighbouring
groups of islands. In this area occurs perhaps a form connecting didyma with
subvaria.

475. Nephele subvaria.

*Zonilia subvaria Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p, 196. n. 9 (1856) (Australia ;—Brit. Mas.) ;
Misk., Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld, viii, p. 26. n, 45 (1891) (Swan R.; Brisbane ; Rockhampton),

( 555 )

3%. Differs from ddyma in the upperside of the hindwing and the basal
half or two-thirds of the underside of the forewing (excepting costal area) being
ferruginous.

Larva (adult): pale side-band conspicuous, reaching from apex of fourth
segment to middle of sixth.

There are two forms, as in didyma :

aw. N. subvaria f. subvaria.

*Zonilia subvaria Walker, l.c.; Boisd., Spec. Grén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 148. u. 6 (1875) (Swan R.).

Zonilia antipoda Walker, /.c, xxxi, p. 34 (1864) ; Boisd., /.c. p. 143. sub n. 6 (1875).

Nephele subvaria, Butler, Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 624, n, 15 (1877) ; Swinh., Cat, Lep. Het,
Mus, Ox. i. p. 35, n. 1387 (1892) (Cape York) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 680. n. 19. (1892)
(Austral.).

Nephele hespera, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 108. n. 172 (1891) (partim).

3%. With silvery spot on forewing (Pl. LXY.f. 15). The spot within cell
and that outside D* are generally completely fused to a long curved comma-shaped
mark, which is preceded by a white dot ; in one of our specimens this dot also joins
the comma.

b’. N. subvaria f. metapyrrha.

*Zonilia metapyrrha Walker, 1.c, viii. p. 196. n. 10 (1856) (Moreton Bay ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Boisd.,
Le, p. 143. n. 7 (1875).
*Deilephila dalii Newman, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (2). iv. p. 54 (1857) (Mus. Brit.).
Nephele metapyrrha, Butler, l.c. ix. p. 625. n. 16 (1877); Swinh., /.c. n. 138 (1892) (Moreton Bay) ;
Kirby, /.c. p. 681. n. 20 (1892) (Austral.).
3%. Forewing without a silvery spot, or only with a minute dot.
Hab. Australia: Queensland.
Both forms in the Tring Museum: 2 larvae, 15 dd, 13 9? 2 from: Mackay ;
Dawson R.; Brisbane; Cape York.

476. Nephele vau.

*Zonilia rau Walker, List Lep, Ins, B. M. viii. p. 197. n. 11 (1856) (hab. ? ;—Mus, Brit.) ; Oberth.,

Ann, Mus, Civ. Genova xv. p. 172. n. 62 (1879) (Abyss. ;=raffray?).
*Zonilia schimperi Lucas, Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 605. t. 13. £. 1 (1857) (Abyss. ;—Mus. Paris).
Nephele vau, Butler, Trans. Zool, Soc. Lond, ix. p. 625. 0. 17 (1877) (=schimperi ; Abyssinia) ;

Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. p. 239 (1877) (Ambriz, Congo) ; Méschl., Abh. Senk. Naturf. Ges,

xv, p. 71. n. 160 (1890) (Accra) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 680 n. 17 (1892) (Congo ; Abyss.).
"Zilia raffrayi Oberthiir, Lt. @ Ent. iii. p. 31. t. 3. £. 2 (1878) (Abyss. ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

3%. The short terminal spur of the hindtibia has the comb as feebly developed
as in the Oriental species. Mesothoracic tegula with a thin grey fringe ; black
lateral patches of abdomen reduced in size. Underside of body pinkish, a pinkish
tint also often on wings. The silvery mark of the forewing is V-shaped and
generally somewhat yellowish (P1. LXV. f. 12); the olive-green discal area is
triangular, narrowing to a point behind close to hinder angle of wing ; its inner
edge very oblique, crossing M at or near base of M'; the outer edge of the area is
quite straight from R? to M%, nearly at right angles to the veins, while it slants
distad from R? to SC, being somewhat curved between the veins ; the marginal
area is densely shaded with pinkish grey, except at edge of wing. The distal
margin of the hindwing is blackish, with a reddish tint coming through.

Hab, West and Bast Africa,

( 556 )

In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 5 2 from: Gold Coast ; Congo; Loanda, vy.
(Mocquerys) ; Natal ; Kikuyu Escarpment, Brit. E. Afr. Feb. 1901 (Doherty).
A long series from Ambriz, Congo, in the Dublin Museum.

77. Nephele comma.

*Zonilia viridescens Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 192. n. 1 (1856) (partim ;—Mus, Brit.),
*Nephele comma Hopfter, Monatsber. Ak. Wiss, Berlin p. 421 (1857) (Mus. Berlin) ; id., in Peters,
Reise Mozamb., Zool. v, p. 424. t. 27. f. 12 (1862) (Mozambique ; Guinea).

3%. Black side-patches of abdomen reduced in size, those on segments 2 and 3
not distinct, pale dorsal area of segment 4 as wide (transversely) as the black side-
patch. Submarginal line of forewing very sharply marked, almost straight from
R® backwards, the marginal area limited by this line shaded with grey, especially
at the line. Combs.of tarsi and spurs heavy. Stigma of forewing absent, or
represented by a minute dot, or by a comma-shaped spot which is widest behind,
being here dilated proximad and distad, or only distad (Pl. LXIV. f. 13. 14).

a. N. comma f. derasa nov.

Zonilia viridescens var., Walker, /.c. (partim).
Zonilia penaeus, Boisduval (non Cramer, 1776), Spec. Gén, Lép. Hét. i, p. 140. n. 2 (1875) (partim ;
,non 9).

ae oe Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 623, n. 12 (1877) (Natal) ; Westw., in
Oates, Matabeleland p. 355 (1881) ; Druce, in Moloney, West Afr. Forestry p. 493. n. 20 (1887) :
Kirby, /.c. p. 680, n. 14 (1892) (Africa).

Nephele hespera ?, Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 68. n, 31 (1889) (Benita).

Nephele funebris, Butler (non Fabricius, 1793), Ic. p. 624. a, 13 (1877) (Congo) ; Butl., Proc, Zool.
Soe, Lond. p. 674. n. 158 (1893) (Zomba, Jan.) ; Kirby, Zc. p. 680. n. 15 (1892) (partim);
Schaus & Clem., Sierra Leone Lep. p. 19 (1893).

Nephele charoba, Méschler, Abh, Senk. Naturf. Ges. xv. p. 71, n. 159 (1890) (Accra).

Nephele charoba Kirby, Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond. p, 239. 243 (1877) (Madag. ; partim).

Nephele hespera, Saalmiiller (non Fabricius, 1775), Lep. Madag. p. 133. n. 310, t. 3. f. 42 (1884)
(syn. excl.),

3¢. Forewing without white spot, or only with a minute dot.
Hab. Africa south of the Sahara ; Madagascar.

We cannot find any constant difference between Malagassic specimens and
Aethiopian ones. ¥

b’, N. comma f. comma.

Zonilia viridescens Walker, /.c. (partim).

*Nephele comma Hopffer, 1.c.; Butl., Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 623.n, 11 (1877) (Natal) ;
Westw., in Oates, Matabeleland p. 355 (1881) ; Druce, in Moloney, West Afr. Forestry p. 493.
n. 19 (1887) ; Kirby, Cut, Lep. Het. i. p. 680. n, 12 (1892) (Africa).

Zonilia comma, Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Heét.i. p. 142. n, 4 (1875) (Natal) ; Dew., Mitth. Miinch.
Ent, Ver, iii. p. 25 (1879) (Cuinchoxo).

Nephele comma 4, Holland, Trans, Amer, Ent, Soc, xvi. p. 68, n. 30 (1889) (Benita).

3%. Forewing with a white comma-shaped spot (Pl. LXIV. f. 13).

Hab. This and the previous form occur commonly in West and East; Africa as
far south as Natal (probably also in Cape Colony).

ce’. N. comma f. loc. charoba.

Deilephila morpheus, Boisduval (non Cramer, 1777), Paune Mad, Bourb. p. 75 (1833) (Madag.).

Zonilia didyma, Guénee (non Fabricius, 1775), in Vins., Voy. Madag. p. 30 (1865) (=morpheus).

Zonilia morpheus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het, i, p. 139. n. 1 (1875) (partim ; Madag.) ; Mab.,
Ann. Soc, Ent. France p. 296 (1879) (Madag.).

( 557)

Nephele charoba Kirby, l.c. (partim) ; Mab., Ann. Sov. Ent, France p, 296 (1879) (Madag.) ; Waterh.,

Aid Ident. Ins. ii. t. 141. £. 3 (go) (1884) ; Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 133. n, 309 (1884) ; Kirby,
Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 679. n. 7 (1892).

_ Nephile (!) charoba, Butler, Cist. Mint, ii. p. 393 (1879) (Madag.).

Nephele morpheus, Saalmiiller, /.c, p. 133. n. 310 (1884).

3%. Like comma, but the white spot anteriorly thinner and posteriorly rather
more dilated distad (PI. LXILYV. f. 14).

The reddish tint of Kirby’s type is due to discoloration ; Continental comma as
well as other Vep/ele assume the same tint.

Hab. Madagascar.

In the Tring Museum :—

60 dd, 40 2 of f. derasa from: Sierra Leone; Ogrugu, Niger; Benguella, i.
(Penrice) ; Cape Colony; Natal; Nyassaland; Kiloa; Dar-es-Salaam ; Kikuyu
Escarpment, Brit. E. Afr. (Doherty); Madagascar.

24 $d, 14 2% of f. comma from: Sierra Leone ; Gold Coast ; Ogrugu, Niger;
Benguella, 1. (Penrice); Natal; Zomba, Likoma, and Bandawe, Nyassaland ;
Kikuyu Escarpment, Brit. E. Afr. (Doherty) ; Masindi, Uganda, i. (Ansorge).

14,1 ? of f. loc. charoba from: Madagascar.

478. Nephele funebris.
Sphinx funebris Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iti. 1. p. 371. n. 47 (1893) (Guinea) ; Auriv., Ent, Tidskr.

xviii. p. 152. n. 81 (1897).

*Zonilia viridescens Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 192. n. 1 (1856) (partim ;—Mus. Brit.).

*Nephele infernalis Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. p. 239, 244 (1877) (Ashanti ;—Mus. Dublin) ;
Waterh., Aid Ident. Ins. ii. t. 141. f. 4 (1884) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 680. n. 13 (1892) ;
Auriv., Ent. Tidskr. xiii. p, 183. n. 234 (1892) (Kamerun).

Nephele peneus, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xvii. p. 297. n. 15 (1891) (Cameroons).

No more appropriate name, we think, could be found for this insect than
infernalis, considering the time we spent over it without coming to a very satisfac-
tory result; however, the name must sink as synonym of funebris. The type of
Junebris is in Copenhagen. Dr. Meivert has kindly sent us a photograph of it,
which shows it to be the same as infernalis. The species occurs in West and
East Africa in a form without conspicuous white stigma, and also in a form
with white spots. On the Upper Congo another dichromatic insect is found
which seems to intergraduate with ordinary /vnedris, though it has, in the
spotted form, an entirely different stigma. We treat this Congo insect as a
subspecies of funebris; but we must express our doubt of the two being
specifically the same.

3%. Black lateral patches of abdomen large, proximal ones rectangular, not
narrowed above as in dipartita; underside of palpus scaled white and brown,
contrasting with the uniformly clayish buff breast and underside of abdomen.
Combs well developed.c—Forewing similar in shape to that of comma ; greenish
aboye in fresh specimens; a faint shadowy band from middle of costa to outer
margin just before angle.

Hab. Acthiopian Region, exclusive of the Malagassic Subregion.

a. N. funebris funebris.
Sphins funebris Babricius, Lc.
*Zmilia virescens Walker, lc. (Natal).
*Nephele infernalis Kirby, l.c.

( 558 )

$?. Forewing uniform in colour, lines thin, not prominent; stigma, if
present, consisting of two spots—namely, dots 2, and 3 + 4, the latter forming
a horizontal triangular spot which points distad (Pl. LXIY. f. 8).

a. N. funebris funebris f. funebris.

Sphinx funebris Fabricius, /.c.
*Zonilia viridescens Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 192. n. 1 (1856) (partim).
* Nephele infernalis Kirby, 1.c.

3%. Stigma represented by a minute dot, which is sometimes abseut.

bY. N. funebris funebris f. contmacula nov.

3%. Forewing with two white spots (Pl. LXIV. f. 8)—Rare.

Hab. Both forms in West and East Africa.

In the Tring Museum :—

18 dd, 22 23 of f. funedris from: Sierra Leone; Ogrugu, Niger; Mikindani,
Germ. Ei. Afr. ; Mpapwa ; Mombasa.

265,429 of f. cominacula from: Sierra Leone (type); Dar-es-Salaam.

b. N. funebris maculosa subsp. nov.

do. Larger than the preceding. Forewing variegated with tawny-olive
patches between the lines, especially between the subbasal, second and third diseal
lines, and distally of the postdisco-submarginal one; the latter patches generally
very conspicuous, sometimes, however, blackish, and then contrasting less with the
ground-colour ; stigma, if present, a rather large ovate spot, being the enlarged dot 3.

ce. NN. funebris maculosa f. maculosa.

3%. Without white spot on forewing.

d’. N. funebris maculosa f. ovifera nov.

3. Forewing with white ovate spot (PI. I-XIV. f. 9).

Hab, Congo.

In the Tring Museum :—

933,229 of f. maculosa from Yakusu, Stanley Falls, May, July, August
(Rev. K. Smith); Bopoto (Rey. K. Smith) ; Upp. Congo; type: Yakusu, May.

4 3¢ of f. ovifera from Yakusu, May, July (Rev. K. Smith); type: May.

479. Nephele bipartita.

*Nephele bipartita Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). ii, p. 455 (1878) (Old Calabar ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 679. n. 2 (1892); Schaus & Clem., Sierra Leone Lep. p. 19 (1893)
(partim ?),

3%. Scaling of antenna buff distally, not grey ; underside of palpus scaled
white and black, strongly contrasting with the tawny-ochraceous underside of
the body; black side-patches of abdomen narrowed at upper end, those on third
segment more or less distinctly connected with one another at base. Forewing,
above, much variegated with tawny-olive; a blackish band from middle of costa
to hinder angle, not very prominent, but quite distinct, the area between this
band and outer margin dark brown, including tawny-olive spots, which are often
enlarged and merged together at costal margin to a large patch, which extends

( 559 )

to apex of wing; median area proximally of oblique band tawny-olive, traversed
by the posterior portions of the discal lines; antemedian pair of lines generally
merged together to a blackish band, which is curved costad in front, constricted
in cell ; between it and base there are a thin line, a broad patch and a small
basal spot, separated by tawny-olive scaling, but often merged together. Stigma
represented by a minute dot (there occurs probably a form with distinct stigma,
as in most species of Vephele).

Hab. West and East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 6 dd, 3 ?? from: Ogragu, Niger; Yakusu, Congo,
vii. 1900 (K. Smith) ; Bopoto, Congo (K. Smith) ; Delagoa Bay ; Dar-es-Salaam.

480. Nephele discifera.
*Nephele peneus (Cr.), forma discifera Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xvii, p. 298 (1891) (Cameroons ;—Mus.
Berlin).
Nephele a var. a. Neph. p., forma discifera, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i1.-p. 680. sub n. 11 (1892)
(Cameroons).
*Nephele aureomaculata Rothschild, Noy. Zoou, i. p. 88 (1894) (Upp. Congo ;—Maus. Tring) ; id.,
Le. ii. t. 9. £. 8 (@) (1895).

3%. Upperside very uniform in colour, No distinct lines on forewing; a
minute stigma; a rounded orange-tawny patch at hinder margin just before
middle ; distal marginal area grey, limited by the irregular line which runs
from apex to hinder angle ; this line very indistinct in this species.

Underside of body tawny olive (Ridgway, Nomencl. Colowrs t. 38. n. 17),
palpus below with grey and olive scales, whitish at the sides.

Hab. West Africa : Cameroons ; Congo.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢, 1 ? from the Upper Congo, the d caught at
Yakusu, Stanley Falls, in July 1900 (Rev. Kenred Smith).

481. Nephele peneus.

Sphine peneus Cramer, Pap. Evot.i. p. 139. t. 88. £. p (1776) (Sierra Leone) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr.
iii, 2. p. 220. n. 58 (1780).

Sphine didyma Fabricius, Spec, Ins. ii. p. 148. n. 41 (1781) (partim) ; id., Want. Jns. ii. p. 96. n. 45
(1787) (partim) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p.2381. n. 79 (1790) (partim) ; Fabr., Lat. Syst. iii. 1.
p. 371. n. 48 (1793) (partim). ‘

Spline penaeus (!), Fabricius, J./.c.c. (sub syn.).

Nephele didyma, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 133. n. 1433 (1822) (partim).

3%. Black lateral patches of abdomen large, that of third segment as distinct
as the patch of the fourth; palpus with a large second segment, underside scarcely
paler than breast. Combs of spurs large. Forewing less elongate than in the
allied species, distal margin strongly convex; a blackish shadowy band from middle
of costal margin to hinder angle, posteriorly a little more proximal than in départita;
area outside this band traversed in middle by the third discal line, which is dentate
and is followed by a fourth line, also dentate, corresponding to the postdisco-
submarginal line of other species, the halfmoons between these two lines brown or
olive tawny, the one between SC° and R! large; three white dots (Pl. LXIY.
f, 6. 7), namely 1 + 3, 2, and 4; often 1 + 3 + 4, and 2 separate; seldom
2+1+3+4;0r2+1+3, and 4 separate; 1 and 3 apparently never
separate; sometimes all three spots obscured, having assumed the ground-coloar
of the wing, seldom all absent, Discal lines of underside of forewing curved
twice, S-shaped.

( 560 )

a. IN. peneus f. peneus.

Sphinx peneus Cramer, |.c.

Zonilia peneus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 193. n. 2 (1856) (partim) ; Dew., Mitth. Minch.
Ent. Ver, iii. p. 25 (1879) (Chinchoxo).

Nephele peneus, Hopffer, in Peters, Reise Mozamb., Zool. v. p. 422. t, 27. £. 11 (1862) (Inhambane);
Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Loud. ix. p. 623. n. 10 (1877) (W. Afr, ; Sierra Leone) ; Westw., in
Oates, Matabelelind p. 355 (1881); Druce, in Moloney, West African Forestry p. 493. n. 18
(1887) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 679. n. 11 (1892) (Africa).

Zonilia penacus (!), Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 140. n. 2 (1875) (partim ; 2, non 3).

Nephele penaeus (!), Méschler, Abh. Senk, Naturf, Ges, xv, p. 71. 0, 157 (1890) (Accra).

Nephele peneus ?, Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi, p. 67. n. 29 (1889) (Benita ; Kangwé).

*Nephele pachyderma Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xviii. p. 180. n. 62 (1892) (Baliburg ;—Mus. Berlin) ;
Kirby, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 102 (1894),

(?) Nephele bipartita, Schaus & Clem., Sierra Leone Lep. p. 19 (1893).

3%. Forewing with white spots as described above.

b'. N. peneus f. innotata nov.

3¢. White spots absent. This form is apparently rare, while the white-

spotted one is common.
Hab, Aethiopian Region, exclusive of the Malagassic Subregion.
In the Tring Museum :—
38 dd, 20 2? of f. peneus from: Sierra Leone; Gold Coast; Ogrugu, Niger;
Congo; Delagoa Bay ; Nyassaland; German and Brit. East Africa ; Uganda.
43,1 % of f. innotata from: Sierra Leone (type) ; Gold Coast.

482. Nephele accentifera.
Sphinw accentifera Beauvois, Ins, Afr, Amér, p. 264. t. 24, f. 1 (1805) (Afr.).
Sphinx (Deilephila) tridyma Hoeven, Tijdschr. Naturl. Gesch. vii, p. 278. n. 2. t. 5. £. 2. a, b. (1840)

(Guinea),

Deilephila ranzani Bertoloni, Mem. Ac. Bologna ii, p, 183. n. 21. t. 9. £. 6 (1850) (Mozambique).

Zonilia peneus, Walker (non Cramer, 1776), List Lep. Jus. B. M. viii. p. 193. n. 2 (1856) (partim),

Zonilia tridyma, Boisduval, Spec. Gén, Lép, Hét. i. p. 141. n. 3 (1875) (Guinea).

Nephele accentifera, Hopfter, in Peters, Ieise Mozamb., Zool. v, p. 423 (1862) (= tridyma=ranzani);
Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 623. n. 8 (1877) (Sierra Leone); Holl., Trans. Amer. Ent.
Soc. xvi. p. 67. n. 28 (1889) (Benita; Kangwé); Moéschl., Abh. Senk. Naturf. Ges. xv. p. 71.
n. 158 (1890) (Accra) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 679. n. 6 (1892) (S. Africa) ; Auriy., nt.
Tidsky, xiii. p. 183. n, 233 (1892) (Cameroons ; Gabun).

Nephele variegata Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 15. nu. 31 (1875) (Congo; Africa) ; id., Trans,
Zool, Soc. Lond. p, 623. n. 7. (1877) (Congo ; Africa ; Abyss.) ; Druce,in Moloney, West Afr.
Forestry p. 493. n. 17 (1888); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 679. n. 10 (1892) (Congo) ; Schaus &

Clem., Sierra Leone Lep, p. 19 (1893). '
Zonilia accentifera, Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. iii. p. 25 (1879) (Chinchoxo) ; Plotz, Stett. Ent. Zeit.

xli. p, 76, n. 284 (1880) (Cameroons),
Nephele accentifera var. variegata, Karsch, nt. Nachr. xvii. p. 297. n. 14 (1891) (Cameroons) ; id.,

lc, xviii, p. 180. n. 61 (1892) (Baliburg).

$%. Combs of tarsi and spurs heavyy.—Forewing more variegated than in
the allied species : the antemedian and discal lines irregular, rather distinct, second
and third discal dentate, interspace between them more or less grey, a band
proximally of the pair of antemedian lines also grey or clayish, and a triangalar
costal patch in front of the white spots clayish ; black line bordering marginal area
very irregular, projecting proximad at R?, with tawny-olive patches at its proximal
side, especially between SC° and R?; three white spots (Pl. LXIV. f. 10. 11): one
in cell, rounded, nearer SC than M, two at cross-veins, one above the other, the

( 561 )

upper thin, the second the largest of the three, more or less widened behind and
curved outward, sometimes joined to the upper spot, or to the inner, seldom to
both. Underside of palpus little paler than breast. Tenth segment see PI. XLIV.
f. 29. 30 ; harpe Pl. IL. f. 36; penis-sheath PI. LY. f. 35.

Hab, Continental Africa ; common.

In the Tring Museum 120-odd specimens from Sierra Leone to Natal, and
eastwards to British Hast Africa ; 1 larva, 2 pupae from Durban (Leigh),

483. Nephele argentifera.

*Zonilia argentifera Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 194. n. 4 (1856) (Natal ;—Mus. Oxford) ;
Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 146. n, 12 (1875).

Nephele argentifera, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 622. n. 6 (1856) ; Kirby, Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond. p. 239 (1877) (Natal) ; Westw., in Oates, Mutubeleland p. 355 (1881) ; Kirby,
Cat. Lep. Het. i, p, 679. n. 5 (1892) (Natal); Pagenst., Julrb. Hamb. Wiss. Anst. x. 2. p- 38.
n. 103 (1893) (Mozambique, 8. i.; Quilimane, 8. iii.).

g%. A conspicuous insect, recognised at a glance by the two silvery, posteriorly
converging bands of the forewing: the first subbasal, straight, at right angles
to costal margin, the other discal, somewhat curved, widened behind and in front ;
fringe of hinder margin white between the bands; stigma large, oblique, sub-
triangular, upper distal edge longest ; the spot consists of the dots 1 and 2, the
two being sometimes nearly separated ; spot 3 is generally present as a minute dot.

Hab. Bast Africa: from Natal to British East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 12 dd, 12 22% from: Delagoa Bay; Kiloa; Lindi ;
Dar-es-Salaam ; Mombasa.

484. Nephele densoi.

Zonilia densoi Keferstein, Jahrb, Ak. Erfurt (2). vi. p. 14. t. 2. f. 5 (1870) (Madag.) ; Mab., Ann.
Soc. Ent. France p. 296 (1879) (Madag. ; = malgassica = rhadama).

*Zonilia malgassica Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 76. f. 2 (1874) (Madag. ;—Mus. Tring) ; Boisd.,
Le. p. 147. n. 14 (1875) (Nossi-bé).

*Zouilia rhadama Walker, List Lep, Ins, B. M. viii. p, 33 (1864) (Madag. ; nom. nud.) ; Boisd.,
Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 146. n. 13 (1875) (Madag. ;—coll, Charles Oberthiir).

Nephele densoi, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 622. n. 3 (1877); Saalm., Lep, Maduay. p. 135.
n. 311. t. 4. f. 43. 43a (1884) (= malgassica = rhadama) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 679. n. 8
(1892) (Madag.).

Nephele malgassica, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 623. n, 9 (1877) (= densoi ?) ; Kirby, Le.
n, 9 (1892) (Madag.).

Nephele rhadama, Butler, l.c. p. 630 (1877).

3%. Stands midway between oenopion and accentifera. Discal lines of
forewing, above, straight, slightly curved, not dentate, interspaces forming a pale
inconspicuous band, similar to that of oenopion, but as much proximal as in
vosaec, not edged with white; stigma (PI. LXIV. f. 4. 5): dot 1 rounded, 2
forming a right angle, the outer arm of it extending along R', often interrupted,
spot 3 minute.

Hab. Madagascar.

In the Tring Museum 10 6d, 11 2% from: Madagascar, one of them from
Autauambé, Baie d’Antongil, iii. iy. 1897 (A. Mocquerys).

A pair from Grande Comore in the Tring Museum represents perhaps a
subspecies confined to the Comoro Islands; the two specimens, one of which is
in fairly good condition, are darker than our Madagascar individuals, and have
the pale discal baud of the forewing more curved in frout.

oU

( 562 )

485. Nephele oenopion.

Orneus oenopion Hiibner, Samml. Ex. Schm. ii, t. 159 (1806— ?).
Zonilia oenopion, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 149. n. 18 (1875) (Mad, ; Maurit.; Bourb. ;

“ Natal ” alia spec. ?).

3%. Forewing with two bands; one subbasal, edged with white proximally
and distally, the other discal, 6 or more mm. from lower angle of cell at R*,
straight, or slightly concave proximally, widest in front, its inner edge white,
outer edge also white, or pale cinnamon ; fringe of hinder margin white between
the bands. No stigma, or only a small white spot.

Palpus concolorous with under surface of body, first segment with a small
pale lateral spot.

Hab. Aethiopian Region.

Three subspecies :

a. N. oenopion oenopion.

Orneus oenopion Hiibner, l.c.

Deilephila oenopion, Boisduval, Faune Mad. Bourb, p. 75. n. 8 (1833) (Bourbon ; Mauritius).

Philampelus denopion, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 182. n. 14 (1856).

Zonlia venopion, id., l.c. xxxi. p. 33 (1864) (Bourbon ; Madagascar); Mab., Ann, Soc. Ent. France
p- 296 (1879) (Madag.) ; Vins., Pap. Bowrbon p. 13 (1891).

Nephele aenopion (!), Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 622. n. 2 (1877) (Bourb. ; Madag.).

Nephele oenopion, Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p, 239 (1877) (Madagascar); Saalm., Lep. Wadag.
p. 183. n. 308 (1884) (Nossi-bé); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 679. n. 3 (1892) (Madag.; Bourbon).

3%. Discal band of forewing broad, the dark line within it thin, dividing
the band into a broad proximal and a thin outer portion, the latter only a
third the width of the former at R* and not white, as is the proximal edge of
the band.

Hab. Bourbon ; Mauritius ; Madagascar.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd, 1 ? from Bourbon.

b. .N. ocnopion stictica subsp. uov.

d. Like the preceding, but forewing with a small but distinct rounded
white stigma.

Hab. Grande Comore.

In the Tring Museum 1 d from Grande Comore (type).

c. iV. oenopion continentis subsp. nov.
Zonilia cenopion, Boisduyal, in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 595. n. 111 (1847) (Natal ; nom. indeser. 5
haee spec. ? an rosae?); Mab., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 221 (1890) (Congo).
Nephele oenopion, Schaus & Clem., Sierra Leone Lep. p. 19 (1893).

3%. Somewhat smaller than the preceding ; discal band of forewing narrower,
the dark line within it broader, dividing the band into two lines, of whieh the
external one is not much thinner than the inner one, and is also more or less white.
Few specimens have a minute white stigma on the forewing.

Hab. West Africa, apparently not rare. We have not seen specimens from the
eastern side of the Continent, where the species occurs without doubt.

In the Tring Museum 19 63,13 2? from: Sierra Leone, type, June 1896
(Capt. Stevens) ; Agberi, Niger, 9. xi, 1901 (Dr. Ansorge).

( 563 )

486. Nephele rosae.
** Nephele rosae Butler, Proc. Zool, Soc, Lond. p. 14. n. 30 (1875) (Boma ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans.
Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 622. n. 4. t. 94. £. 3 (1877) ; Dew., Mitth. Minch. Ent. Ver. iii. p. 25

(1879) (Chinchoxo) ; Druce, in Moloney, West Afr. Forestry p. 493. n. 16 (1887); Kirby,
Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 679, n. 4 (1892) (Boma).

3%. Similar to oenopion. Pale discal band of forewing broad, its white
proximal border-line only 4 mm. from lower angle of cell at R*; the subbasal band
not edged with white, nor is the fringe of the hinder margin white between subbasal
and discal bands ; a thin, longitudinal, comma-shaped stigma, which is sometimes
reduced to a dot, seldom absent (from our ouly Hast African individual). Underside
of body paler than in oenopion ; first segment of palpus with white scales.

Hab. Africa; apparently rarer in the east than in the west of the Continent.

No representative known from Madagascar and neighbouring islands.

In the Tring Museum 16 dd, 9 2% from: Sierra Leone; Old Calabar ;
Bopoto and Yakusu, Congo, vii. (KX. Smith) ; Nguelo, Germ. E. Africa.

487. Nephele rectangulata.

*Nephele rectungulata Rothschild, J7/s vii. p. 300, n. 12 (1894) (Sierra Leone ;—coll, Staudinger) ;
id., Noy. Zoot. ii. t. 9. £..7 (go) (1895).

32%. Comb of short terminal spur of hindtibia not heavy. The species is
easily recognised by the angle of about 90° formed at hinder angle of forewing by
two white lines, one submarginal, slightly curved, ending at tip of wing, the other
running straight across the wing to costal margin, entering the cell at lower angle.
The hindwing and under surface are brighter tawny in our fresh ? than in the ¢
figured ; the submarginal line is too obviously dentate in the figure.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

In the Tring Museum 1 d, 1 ? from Sierra Leone.

488. Nephele aequivalens.

*Pachylia aequivalens Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 191. n. 5 (1856) (Sierra Leone ;—Mus.
Brit.).

*Zonilia zebu Boisduval, /.c, p. 148. n, 16 (1875) (= aequivalens ? ; Sierra Leone ;—Mus, Brit.).

Nephele acquivalens, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 622, n. 1 (1877) (Sierra Leone) ; Druce, in
Moloney, West Afr. Forestry p. 493. n, 15 (1887) ; Méschl., bh. Senk. Naturf. (res. xv. p. 71.
n. 161 (1890) (Accra) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 679. n. 1 (1892) (Sierra Leone) ; Schaus &
Clem., Sierra Leone Lep. p. 19 (1893).

3%. The largest species of the genus. Combs of spurs and of tarsi strongly
developed. Hindtarsus exactly twice the length of the tibia, first segment as long
as the four others together. Abdomen without distinct black side-patches. Fore-
wing with a black band from costal margin near end of cell to end of M? ; postdisco-
submarginal line almost evenly enrved from tip of wing to tip of M*; one discal
line, beginning at costal margin midway between oblique band and apex of wing.

d. Tenth sternite rather shorter than in the other species, aud the harpe more
abruptly hooked.

Hab. Coutinental Tropical Africa: Sierra Leoue to the Congo and Hast Africa.

In the Tring Museum 7 dd,5 $ ? from: Sierra Leone ; Gold Coast ; Ogrugu,
Niger; Dar-cs-Salaan.

( 564 )

CXXXI. TEMNORA.—Typus : natalis.

Sphine, Cramer (now Linné, 1758), Pap. wot. iii, p. 23 (1779).

Enyo Hiibner, Verz. bek. Sch. p. 132 (1822) (partim ; type : japix) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M,
viii. p, 112 (1856) (partim).

Temnora id, lec. p. 114 (1856) (type: natalis) ; Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. G40 (1892),

Panacra id., Le. p. 151 (1856) (partim ; type: automedon).

Diodosida id., l.c, p. 163 (1856) (type: murina): Kirby, Le. p. 642 (1892).

Darapsa id., Le. p. 182 (1856) (partim ; type: chaerilus=choerilus =pholus)

Zonilia id., le. p. 192 (1856) (partim ; type: viridescens= Nephele funebris).

Lophuron Boisduval, in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 594 (1847) (nom. indeser.) ; Wallengr., K. Vel,
lk, Hand, (2). v. 4. p. 17 (1865) (type: pylas ?) ; Kirby, /.c. p, 641 (1892).

Lophura Herrich-Schiiffer (non Flemming, 1822), Avss, Schmett. p. 59 (1858) (wom, indeser.),

Ocyton Boisduyal, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 303 (1875) (type: murina=tyrrhus).

Aspledon id, l.c. p. 305 (1875) (type : zanlus = dorws).

Choerocampa, Mabille, Ann. Soc, Ent. France p. 299 (1879).

Gurelea Kirby, Proc. Roy. Dublin Soe. (2). ii. p. 330 (1880) (partim ; xom. indescr., loco Lophura).

Eulophura Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 58 (1889) (type : atrofasciata).

Chaerocampa, id., l.c. p. 63 (1889).

Pseudenyo, Karsch (on Holland, 1889), Ent. Nachr. xvii. p. 291 (1891) ; Kirby, /.c, p. 644 (1892)
(partim),

Metopsilus, Kirby (non Duncan, 1836), /.c. p. 660 (1892) (partim).

Pterogon, Rothschild (von Boisduval, 1836), Nov. Zoou. i. p. 69 (1894).

do. Genal process obtusely triangular, not reaching end of pilifer. Palpi
with some hair-scales laterally, more or less triangular together in dorsal aspect.
Head with mesial crest, which is mostly rather prominent. Eye lashed. Antenna
slightly incrassate distally in ¢, distinctly clubbed in ?, end-segment (ong, rough-
scaled. Abdomen with elongate spines, which are never very strong ; anal tuft of
3 truncate, of 2 very thin. Tibiae not armed; spurs not spinose, two pairs to
hindtibia ; midtarsus with comb ; paronychium with two pairs of lobes ; merum of
midcoxa angulate and somewhat carinate at hinder edge, or simple. Ik? of hindwing
in or before centre of cell, R* and M' rather close together, cross-veins oblique, lower
angle of cell acute; distal margin of wings often dentate, of forewing always
sinuate below apex.

3d. Tenth tergite elongate-triangular ; sternite generally elongate, sometimes
truneate or even sinuate, but uot divided into long lobes. Clasper sole-shaped,
always with 4 or 5 large friction-scales, situated at the lower edge of a more or less
conspicuous groove, which they cover ; harpe ending geuerally in a simple process,
sometimes curved and pointed as in Nephele, or spatulate, often broad and short.
Penis sheath with stiff hairs inside ; the external armature consists of oue or two
series of teeth, or a dentate lobe, or a more or less elevate elongate patch of teeth,
etc., as illustrated by Pl. LY. f. 45—55 and Pl. LVI. f. 1—13.

Larva. We have all stages of marg/nata, received from Mr. Leigh, Darban.

First stage (one specimen): green, reddish on back ; head large ; horn black,
very long, densely hairy (tip not preserved), almost straight; five bristles: two
dorso-lateral, onc above stigma, and two below.

Second stage (two specimens): covered with pale dots, each bearing a very
short hair; a yellow dorso-lateral shade from horn forward ; horn long, red, tip
pale, sinuate.

( 565 )

Third stage (one specimen): yellow, reddish at sides ; slightly tapering in
front, but the granulose head rather large; pale dots present, hairs vestigial ;
horn red at base, tubercles black, tip narrowed to an almost smooth point; a
yellow dorso-lateral line from mesonotum to horn, annulets obviously raised within
this line.

Fourth (last) stage (one specimen): like the previous, bnt tapering in front,
horn comparatively shorter.

Pupa (of marginata) pale clay colour, punctures and grooves brown, labrnm
black, dorsal line brown; tongue-case not carinate, very little projecting frontad ;
labrum terminal ; head rounded ; anterior femur not visible ; abdomen punctured,
praespiracnlar area of fourth and fifth segments not carinate, but the anterior edges
of the punctares here more raised ; anal segments deeply impressed ventrally ;
eremaster somewhat flattened, dispersedly punctured at base, smooth, conical in
dorsal view (tip broken ; Pl. LXIY. f. 23).

Hah. Aethiopian Region inclusive of Madagascar.

Thirty-one species ; many more will be discovered when the heterceerous
Lepidoptera of Africa become better known.

Allied to Nephele, from which it is easily distinguished by the spurs being
without comb of spines.

The species with entire wings and those with dentate or lobate distal margin
are connected by intergradations ; the same applies to the forms with acute aud
with obtuse or truncate apex of forewing.

From this genus several others have originated by the loss or reduction of
organs and the acquisition of new structures. The reduction of the antennal end-
segment and the loss of the d friction-scales characterises Temnoripais ; Odontosida
agrees with this, but is further advanced in having lost the ventral lobes of the
paronychium and the patch of sensory hairs at the base of the palpus, and acquired
the terminal claw to the foretibia ; Sp/ingonaepiopsis is still more specialised in the
fan-like scaling of the first palpal segment, the more strongly clubbed antenna,
which is dentate or pectinate in d, and the acquisition of spines to the tibiae ;
and Microsphinx represents the end of this series, having the distal segments of
the antenna unusually broad and short, and being without the proximal pair of
hindtibial spurs (the only instance among the Sphingidae semanophorae where
these spurs are absent). From Yemnora pylas and allies (respectively their
ancestor) branched off Gvrelca in which the distortion of the costal margin of the
hindwing, indicated in Temnora pseudopylas, is carried ont in a similar way as in
the Ambulicine genus Degmaptera, and in which the antennal end-segment has
become short and the tibiae acquired spines. These lines of development are quite
similar to those found in the subfamily Amdulicinae, resulting in weak forms.
Entirely different is the line Yemnora—Atemnora—Macroglossum. Here we
observe the same kind of specialisation which we found in the higher American
Sesiinae, beginning with forms characterised by slender antenna, weak abdominal
spines, rounded midcoxal merum, truncate tail, ete., and ending with forms with
strongly clubbed antenna, strongly angulate mid- and hindcoxal merum,
strongly spined abdomen, compressed hindtarsus with densely spinose outer
surface, large fantail, ete. A side-branch of this line is Antinephele—Iypae-
dalia (compare diagram, facing p. 499), the latter genus showing in one species
a yellow abdominal side-patch homologous to the side-patches observed in most
Macroglossum,

( 566 )

Key to the species :

a

b.

d.

y-

h.

k.

Hindwing red or brown : 5 Q

Hindwing yellow.

Abdomen with glossy eolden ae

Abdomen without glossy golden spots, fore-
wing with conspicuous buftish white lines

Abdomen without glossy golden spots, fore-
wing without conspicuous buffish white
lines ; ! :

. Forewing olive- Drown, with iaamevecris dispel

band : ; :
Forewing grey, with cemaveie aed baud
or trace of it, distal margin not dentate
Forewing grey or brown, with large costal
discal patch or oblique band. ;
Hindwing with brown border 3
Hindwing more or less uniformly brown
Abdomen with white lateral dots below
No such dots ; fringe of forewing sharply
marked white and brown ;
A larger species ; fringe almost rie igulorons:
at least on underside ; : :
Forewing with costal discal patch, sharply
limited by R*. ; : :
Forewing with similar patch eh is inter-
rupted by grey lines

Forewing with oblique band . 3 :
Apex of forewing acuminate : : ;
Apex of forewing truncate-sinuate —. :

Band of forewing very broad, well defined
proximally and distally, not including
grey lines, distal margin of forewing not
dentate :

Band of forewing not so. ; : :

Oblique band of forewing sharply limited on
distal side by a pale line. 5 :

Obliqne band of forewing gradually aise
away distally . 3 ‘ : 5 :

First segment of palpus with conspicuous
white line ; : ' F

First segment of palpus without eqhites line .

Forewing dentate, apex acuminate :

Forewing entire, apex acuminate.

Forewing dentate, apex truncate-sinuate .

Hindwing bright orange-rufous, both wings
denticulate . ‘ ; é :

Hindwing brown ; if ferruginous, wings not
dentate . ; ‘ c : : :

502,

S05.

* A similar species described in the Appendix.

w.
T. aureata

T. radiata.

C.
T. fumosa.
d.
T. murina.
eC.
T. grandidieri.
7. griseata.

T. livida.

gy:

T. natalis.*
h.

T. plagiata.

T. spiritus.

T. atrofasciata.
Bs

J

T. palpalis.
kh.

T. crenulata.

T. ‘nornatum.

7. zantus.

T. elegans.

m.

m.

n.

p

rT.

&.

Ww.

¥

Forewing, above, with a brown subapical
costal patch, often developed to a band,
separate from the obliqne band

Forewing without that patch —. : :

Forewing aboye and below with a creamy
dash before M? near hinder angle

Forewing above and below without that dash

Forewing above with a pale round dot on
disc before R*. ;

Forewing above without this pale round dot

Oblique band of forewing narrow, sharply
defined proximally, being limited by a
straight pale line

Band very broad, but proxinially phaely
defined . 3 : : ‘ : :

Band broad, but proximally not sharply

defined . ; : ;
Forewing angulate at R*®; underside
olivaceous ‘ d : : : 5
Forewing rounded in middle ; underside

more or less cinnamon-rafous . :

First segment of palpus with conspicuons
white scales, external surface of hindtibia
also white at end

This white scaling absent

Basi-discal area of forewing below brighter
ferrnginous than disc :

Basi- digeal area of forewing darker iran
than disc : : ; ;

Fringe of forewing, above, ae between

Mand SM’ . ; : . :
Fringe of forewing, above, not white ieee
M'and SM’ . : i

Marginal space of matlerside between sub-
marginal line and fringe of the same
colour as dise, at least in middle.

This space filled in with cinnamon-brown

Antemedian double line of forewing, above,
conspicuous, filled in with brown

Antemedian double line of forewing thin,
not filled in with brown . :

Costal margin of hindwing with a distinct
subbasal lobe . .

Costal margin of hindwing oat oe sub-
basal lobe vestigial . ; i ; :

Marginal band of hindwing bordered broadly
with ferruginous . i ;

Marginal band of hindwing all oe ;

513.

514.

512.

498,

515.

503.

497.

n.

q-

0.
p-

T. scitula.
T. eranga.
T. reutlinger?.
T. subapicalis
T. iapygoides.

T. sardanus.

T. argyropesd.

Se
T. namaqua.
les

T. stevensi.

T. marginata.
T. funebris.

T. pylas.
aw,
¥y.

T. pylades.

ihe pseudopylas,
7. leptis.

( 568 )

459. Temnora livida.

*Chaerocampa livida Holland, Trans. Amer, Ent, Soe. xvi. p. 63, n. 19, t. 3. £. 4 (2) (1889) (Benita; —
coll. Holland),

Metopsilus lividus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Hel. i, p, 660. n, 8 (1892) (“ Cameroons” ex errore).

3%. The largest species of the genus. Palpi obtusely triangular. Hye-lashes
short. Midcoxal merum with the carina and angle vestigial. Long terminal spur
of hindtibia more than double the short one, and half the length of the first
tarsal segment, which equals 2 to 4; external row of spines of foretarsus simple.
Spines of abdomen weak. Crest of head as in /wmosa, not prominent. Body
and upperside of forewing smoky grey, upperside of hindwing and basal half of
underside of forewing blackish olive brown; rest of underside of wings russet:
drab, Forewing, above, with a faint large median costal patch, a smaller one
half-way to apex, continued backwards by a series of vein-dots, and a third at
hinder margin before angle, blackish brown ; fringe pale between veins above,
unicolorous below ; apex acuminate, distal margin entire, rounded from SC* to M2
—Fringe of hindwing creamy buff, except at veins.

3. Tenth tergite narrow, truncate, strongly curved (Pl. XLIV. f. 51, lateral
view; f. 50, ventral view); sternite short, broad, truncate, incised, resembling
the sternite of atrofasciata and marginata. Clasper with large groove as in
Junosa, covered by large friction-scales ; harpe of the type of Nephele, and of
JSumosa and palpalis, being produced into a slender curved process (PI. IL. f. 35).
Penis-sheath (Pl. LV. f. 45) with the left apical ventral edge raised to a enrved
dentate ridge.

Hab. West Africa: Niger to Ogowé.

In the Tring Musenm 1 ? from the Niger, Akassa to Onitsha (Dr. Cook).

490. Temnora griseata spec. noy. (Pl. VII. f. 9, 2).

?. Palpi obtuse. Hye-lashes not dense. Midcoxal merum not angulate ;
external row of spines of foretarsus doubled or trebled from base to apex ; first
segment of midtarsus nearly as long as segments 2 to 5; long terminal spur of
hindtibia half the length of the first tarsal segment (hindtarsus not complete):
Abdominal spines weak.

Upperside of body and forewing grey, almost fawn-colour, “nderside of body
paler, slightly pinkish. Forewing shaped as in /ixda, but hinder margin less
sinuate ; indistinctly variegated with brown, a subapical costal brown patch is
the only distinct marking, it is continued backwards by a series of indistinct
brown vein-dots ; fringe cream-colour, sharply spotted with brown at the veins ——
Hindwing blackish olive-brown ; fringe cream-colour, with minute brown dots.

Underside of both wings pinkish buff, but forewing shaded over for the
greater part with blackish olive-brown ; fringe spotted brown and cream-colour—
Forewing : a broad brown marginal band, shaded with grey, widest at R*, including
a broken oblique line between SC! and SC*; at the costal margin traces of four
zigzag lines are visible, the third continued backwards by vein-dots. Hindwing
uniform in colour, except at onter margin, where there is a trace of a brown
band ; one interrupted line, postdiscal, accentnated upon veins.

Length of forewing: %, 27 mm.

Hab, Tvoko, Congo (Moreels), 1 $ in Musée d’Hist. Nat., Bruxelles,

( 569 )

Very close to rida, distinguished hy the sharply spotted fringe and more
yariegated colour of the forewing, the almost salmon buff under surface, and the
more distinct and irregular marginal band of the forewing below.

491. Temnora aureata (PI. VII. f. 7. 2, cotype).

*Ocyton aureata Karsch, Hint. Nachr. xvii. p. 293, n. 3 (1891) (Barombi, Cameroons ;—Mus. Berlin).
Diodosida aureata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 642. n. 7 (1892).
*Lophuron brevipenne Rothschild, ris vii. p. 296. n. 2. t. 5. f. 5 (1894) (Cameroons ;—coll.

Staudinger).

3%. A short-winged species, differing from all other Temnora in the glossy
golden spots of the abdomen. Hye-lashes rather dense. Spurs of midtibia little
longer than fourth tarsal segment; first midtarsal segment as long as 2 to 4
together. Merum of midcoxa not angulate. Forewing, above, with a band
of three almost straight parallel lines; submarginal line beginning at apex
of wing, evenly curved to R*, then irregular ; fringe brown, with two pale spots
behind. Fringe of hindwing brown at, and vinaceous between, veins, white
between M! and SM?.

Underside with a sharply defined brown marginal band to both wings ;
forewing brown from base to third discal line, except costal margin, then
ferruginous, speckled with tawny ; hindwing pale ferruginous, speckled with tawny,
two evenly curved discal lines.

é. Tenth tergite truncate-sinuate ; sternite broad, rounded-triangular (PI. XLIYV.
f. 49). Harpe resembling that of murina, apex more pointed. Penis-sheath
(PJ. LVI. f. 8) with a row of teeth at the dorsal side and an apical process
at the right ventral side.

Ilab. Cameroons ; Zanzibar.

Several specimens in the Berlin Museum, of which a ? has been given in
exchange to the Tring Museum ; also in coll. Staudinger.

A ? from Zanzibar (Fischer) in the Berlin Museum differs in being deeper
brown (less reddish) above and below.

492. Temnora radiata.

*Oryton vadiala Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xviii. p. 116, 0. 3 (1893) (Bismarckburg, Togoland, January ;—
Mans, Berlin).
Diodosida radiata, Kirby, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 100. n. 14 (1894),

d. Easily recognised by the peculiar buffish white markings of the forewing,
namely : a Jongitudinal line from base to disc, crossed by two subbasal lines, which
are obsolete in front ; from lower angle of cell two dentate lines to hinder margin
and a straight one to hinder angle; on disc three dentate lines between costal
margin and longitudinal line, and an oblique subapical costal line.

Hab. Togoland.

One g in the Berlin Museum ; not seen in other collections.

493, Temnora inornatum.
*Lophuron inornatum Rothschild, Noy. Zoor, i. p. 71. t. 5. f. 8 (4) (1894) (Namaqualand ;—Mus,
Tring).
3%. Palpi obtuse, not much projecting. Bye-lashes long, but not very
dense. Hinder margin of mideoxal merum rounded, not carinate. Longer
terminal spur of hindtibia more than half the length of first tarsal segment,

( 570 )

Similar to murina in colour, and to xamaqua in shape, but easily distinenished
by the following characters: interspace between first and second discal line of
forewing filled in with brown at costal and at hinder margin, this costal patch
continued distad behind R* to near outer margin, and the space between R#
and hind-margin also more or less shaded with brown and showing three
dentate lines; posterior portion of interspace between the pair of antemedian
lines also filled in with brown; distal margin bisinuate as in namaqua-—
Hindwing with traces of ferruginous lines, the second and third brown behind.
Second and third discal line of underside dentate, if distinctly marked.

3. Abdominal scent-tuft creamy buff. Tenth segment as in plagiata;
tergite slender, apex rounded; sternite of nearly the same length, broader,
widest at end, which is rounded. Harpe with broad, flat process, which is sinuate
ventrally, the portion distal of the sinus ovate (Pl. L. f. 5). Penis-sheath
(PI. LY. f. 52) with a dentate ridge similar to that of plagiata, palpalis, ete.

Hab. South Africa.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢, 2 22% from: Little Namaqualand, Cape Colony ;
Natal (Spiller).

494. Temnora murina (PI. VII. f. 1, 3).

Lophuron tyrrhus Boisduval, in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 594 (1847) (Zululand) (20m, nud ; haee
spec. teste Boisd. 1875).

*Diodosida murina Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 163. n. 1 (1856) (Natal ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
Wallengr., Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. v. 4 p. 18 (1865) (Caffr.) ; Butl., Zans. Zool. Soe, Lond.
ix. p. 553. n. 1 (1877) (Natal) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p, 642. n. 1 (1892).

*Ocyton tyrrhus Boisduval, Spee. Gén, Lép. Hét. i. p, 303. n. 1 (1875) (Natal; Caffraria ;—coll.
Charles Oberthiir).

Ocyton murina, id,, l.c. p. 304. n, 2 (1875) (Natal).

Diodosida tyrrhus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 632 (1877) (= murina).

3%. Palpi obtuse; eye-lashes not dense ; first segment of foretarsus equalling
2 to 4 in length, or longer, outer row of spines doubled at base; hinder edge
of merum of midcoxa rounded, carina vestigial. Upperside of tibiae whitish
grey. First and second discal line rather more distinct than usually in this
genus, the interspace anteriorly filled in with brown. Underside of body and
wings almost uniformly vinaceous cinnamon (Ridgway, Nomencl. Colours t. 4.
no. 15), discal lines brown, marginal band brownish, not distinct.

3. Tenth tergite and sternite of nearly equal length, both slender, rounded
at tip. Clasper with five friction-scales; harpe (Pl. L. f. 20) slender, apex
curved upwards, somewhat spatulate in dorsal aspect. Penis-sheath (Pl. LY.
f. 47) with a free process at the right side, dentate, continuous with a dentate
ridge situatediat the left side.

Hab. South Africa.

In the Tring Museum 6 3d, 2 ? 2 from Natal.

495. Temnora grandidieri (PJ. VII. f. 8, 3).
*Diodosida grandidieri Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). iv. p. 234 (1879) (Madag. ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
Saalm., Lep, Madag. p. 121. n. 279 (1884) ; Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 642. n. 10 (1892).
d. Closely allied to murina ; underside much more grey; abdomen below
with two rows of minute white dots. Hinder angle of forewing more produced,
a brownish basal posterior patch, fringe with two white spots behind Hindwing

@ Sil)

almost as in marginata, olive-brown, the tawny ground-colour appearing on dise ;
no sharply defined marginal band ; anal angle grey ; fringe almost pure white.
Forewing 4elow olive-brown from base to disc, distal margin also brown, dise
more or less tawny ; postdiscal dots conspicuous on both wings.

Sexual armature as in murina, but the tenth segment slenderer, the sternite
more acuminate and curved upwards at end, and the free process of the penis-
sheath acute, not dentate.

Hab. Madagascar.

Three dd in the British Museum.

Two $¢ in coll. Charles Oberthiir from Betsileo (Cowan), one of them here
fignred.

496. Temnora namaqua spec. noy. (Pl. VII. f. 2, 3).

3%. Intermediate between murina and marginata. Ground-colour of body
and forewing above nearly as in mwrina. Upperside of tibia not greyish white.
—Forewing, above, with an oblique discal band from costal to outer margin,
rather well defined proximally and concave, gradually fading away distally ;
distal margin bisinuate, convex in middle, apex produced, hinder angle more
produced backwards than in murina. Hindwing reddish ferrnginous, purer in
colour than in -mwrina, brown marginal band well defined, not much narrowed
behind ; fringe buffish white, darker at end of veins.

Underside as in murina, but basi-discal area of forewing cinnamon-rufons,
brighter than the rest of the wing.

d. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIV. f. 47) slender, truncate ; sternite very much
shorter than the tergite, rounded-truncate. Harpe (Pl. L. f. 18) much broader than
in murina and narrower than in marginata, compressed, irregular, apex somewhat
eurved downwards. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 5) similar to that of plagiata, bearing
a dentate ridge.

Hab. South-West Africa; probably more widely distributed oyer South and
Hast Africa.

In the Tring Museum 1 d, 5 22 from Little Namaqnaland, Cape Colony ;
type: 3.

497. Temnora stevensi spec. nov. (PI. VII. f. 15, 3).

3. Intermediate in the shape of the forewing between maryinata and funebris ;
differing from both as follows: the brown oblique discal band of the forewing,
above, restricted in breadth and length, ill-defined both proximally and distally,
not extended to outer margin, not broader in front than at M!; brown marginal
area SC'—]R? tapering in front and behind, irregular, being incised at the veins ;
grey scaling at this short band more distinct than in the allied species ; fringe
white between K® and SM* on the upperside. Underside as in marginata, the
lines less distinct.

Sexual armature quite distinct. Abdominal scent-tuft pale vinaceous buff.
Tenth tergite as broad as in /wnedris, but much shorter; sternite gradually
merging into the anal cone, without free process (Pl. XLIV. f. 44). Friction-
scales and groove as in /unebris; harpe short (PI. L. f. 1), broad, curved upwards.
Penis-sheath (P]. LY. f. 49) with a very short, dentate, double ridge some distance
before end,

lah. Sierra Leone.

In the Tring Museum 3 d¢ from: Pt. Lokkoh, Suza Country, Sierra Leone,
July 1899 (Capt. Stevens), type; Sierra Leone.

Named in honour of Capt. Stevens.

498. Temnora subapicalis spec. nov. (Pl. VII. f. 14, ?).

2. Closely resembling marginata, but differs as follows:

Upperside of tibiae less white; apex of forewing more projecting, brown band
much broader in middle, the interspace between second and third discal line less
distinctly filled in with brown in costal area ; a subapical costal brown patch, at the
distal and hinder sides of which the wing is somewhat cinnamon-rufons ; fringe buff
behind between the veins; hindwing darker and more uniformly brown than in
marginata, brown marginal band vestigial.

Underside: both wings dark brown between submarginal line and edge of
wing, while in marginata the marginal area is for the greater part of the same
colour as the dise.

Hab. Kikuyu Escarpment, British East Africa, 6500 to 9000 ft., February 1902,
(W. Doherty), 1 2, in the Tring Museum.

499. Temnora marginata (Pl. VII. f. 3. 4, 3).
*Darapsa marginata Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 185. n. 5 (1856) (Natal ;—Mus, Brit.).
Aspledon marginatum, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép, Het, i. p. 307. n. 5 (1875) (Natal).
Diodosida marginata, Butler, Trans, Zool. Soe, Lond. ix. p, 553. n. 2 (1877) (Natal).
Lophuron marginatum, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 642. n. 5 (1892) (Natal).
*Diodosida brunnea, Rothschild, Noy. Zoor. i. p. 72 (1894) (Namaqualand ;—Mus. Tring).

3%. Similar to murina and namaqua. Upperside of tibiae white; edges of
abdominal sternites blackish laterally. Forewing, above, with a broad discal
band which is broadest at costal margin, narrowed to M', and somewhat widened
again at distal margin, which it reaches between R® and SM?.-—--Hindwing
cinnamon-rufous, brown distal marginal border not conspicuous.

3. Tenth tergite long and slender, gradually narrowed to end, which is rounded
off ; sternite very much shorter than tergite, that means, not reaching so far distad,
broad vertically and horizontally, truncate, bisinuate, mesial lobe short (Pl. XLIY.
f. 45). Harpe broad, obtusely acuminate, compressed, upper surface somewhat
concave (PI. L. f. 21). Penis-sheath curved at end, the concave side with a long
patch of teeth which is conyex proximally ; the teeth sparser towards apical edge
of sheath (PI. LV. f. 48), or there are only a few subapical teeth and, a little towards
the right side, a short dentate carina (PI. LVL. f. 6).

Larva and pupa see above, p. 564.

Hab. South Africa ; Comoro Is.

Two subspecies.

a. T. marginata marginata (P1. VII. f. 3, 3).
*Darapsa marginata Walker, /.c.
3%. The grey line within the brown discal band of the forewing above zigzag.
Penis-sheath with a long patch of teeth (PI. LY. f. 48).
Hab. South Africa.
In the Tring Musenm 7 larvae, 2 pupae, 7 od, 4 22 from: Durban and
Mooi R., Natal; Little Namaqualand, Cape Colony.

—_—
Or
=
os

WY

b. 1. marginata comorana subsp. uoy. (Pl. VIL. f. 4, 3).

d. Grey line in brown discal band of forewing not zigzag; distal marginal
area a little more extended brown below near apex. Penis-sheath: the patch of
teeth vestigial ; a short dentate carina towards the right side (PI1. LVI. f. 6).

Hab. Grande Comore.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Grande Comore (¢yye); in coll, Charles
Oberthiir 1 ¢ also from Grande Comore (Humblot).

500. Temnora argyropeza (PI. VIIs f. 5, d).
*Chaerocampa wrgyropeza Mabille, Bull. Soe. Philom. (7). iii. p. 135. n. 9 (1879) (Nossi-bé ; —coll.
Mabille).
Ocyton tyrrhus, id., Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 299 (1879) (= argyropeza ex errore).
Diodosida tyrrhus, Saalmiiller, Lep. Mad, p. 121. 0, 278 (1891) (= argyropeza ex err.).
Diodosida argyropexa, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p, 642. n. 11 (1892).

3. Differing from marginata especially in the first segment of the palpus and
the hindtibia being marked with white scales, in the forewing having a grey stigma,
more distinct discal lines and a posteriorly more restricted oblique shade-band ; in
the hindwing having no marginal band, being thinly edged with blackish brown and
grey only behind; and in the basi-discal area of the forewing below being brighter
cinnamon-rufous than the rest of the wing.

Tenth tergite strongly compressed, hence much narrower in ventral or dorsal
aspect than in murina; sternite as broad as in murina, but simply truncate, not
bisinuate. Harpe very much narrower than in murina. Penis-sheath similar, but
less curved.

Hab. Madagascar.

In coll. Oberthiir 2 dd from: Antsianaka (Perrot, in first half of 1892).

Typus from Nossi-Bé in coll. Mabille.

501. Temnora funebris (PI. VII. f. 12, d, type).

*Diodosida funebris Holland, Ent. News iv. p. 340. n, 7. t. 15. £. 4 (1893) (Benita ;—coll. Holland) ;
Kirby, Nov. Zoot. i. p. 100, n. 8a (1894).

3%. Resembling fumosa in the elongate shape of the forewing, but nearer
related to marginata, from which it differs in the much more oblique distal margin
of the forewing, the proximally less sharply defined oblique discal band, and the
¢immamon-brown distal border on the underside of both wings.

d. Tenth tergite rather broad and flat, not much narrowed from middle
fo end, which is rounded; sternite shorter than tergite, triangular (Pl. XLIV.
f. 48), rather broad proximally. Clasper as in /mosa, with four large triction-
scales, covering a large groove clothed with minute scales ; harpe as in /wnosa, but
longer and less pointed, differing widely from the broad harpe of marginata.
Penis-sheath (PJ. LVI. f. 7) without external armature, but the membranaceous
duct bears a curved dentate ridge, a kind of saw, which becomes visible when the
duet is pushed out a little.

Hab. West Africa.

In coll. Holland from: Benita, Gabun.

Ju the British Masewu 8 ¢¢ from Old Calabar.

( 574 )

502. Temnora fumosa (PJ. VIIL f. 5, 3).

*Zonilia fumosa Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 193. n. 3 (1856) (Congo ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
_ Boisd., Spee. Gen. Lép, Hét, i, p. 144. n. 9 (1875) (Guinea).
Diodosida fumosa, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 553. 0, 3 (1877) (Congo) ; Holl., Zrans.

Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 62. n. 13 (1889) (Kangwe, Ogowé).

$%. Palpus rather acuminate. Eye scarcely lashed. Spines of abdomen
stronger than in the other species. Hinder edge of meram of midcoxa cariniform,
angulate. Long terminal spur of hindtibia at least half the length of the first
tarsal segment. Forewing more distinctly banded in ¢ than in ?, a large
subbasal costal patch, an antemedian, nearly straight band of even width, and
a broader diseal band, which is widened in front, brown; a triangular grey costal
patch at the outerside of the discal band ; apex acute, distal margin even, sinuate
below apex.

3. Basal lateral scent-tuft of abdomen scarlet-pink. Tenth tergite narrow,
tip a little curved downward, strongly convex, rounded ; sternite a little broader
than the tergite, pointed. Friction-scales of clasper large ; harpe (PI. L. f. 19)
ending in a long, evenly curved, thin process. Penis-sheath (Pl. LY. f. 46)
without process, but the left edge continued proximad as densely serrate ridge.

Hab. Aethiopian Region, inclusive of Madagascar.

Two subspecies :

a. T. fumosa fumosa.
*Zonilia fumosa Walker, lc.
Diodosida fumosa, Butler, I.c.; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 642, n. 8 (1892) (W. Africa),
Diodosida peckoveri, Méschler, Abh, Senk. Natu. Ges. xv. p. 68. n. 151 (1890) (Acera, v.).
Diodosidu fallax Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i, p. 72 (1894) (nom. nud.).

3%. The commonest form of the genus. It has not yet been found on the
eastern side of the Continent, but occurs most likely also there in the wooded
districts. Fresh specimens have a greenish tint, which fades into dark brown,

Hab. West Africa: Sierra Leone to Angola and the Aruwimi Forest.

In the Tring Museum 60-odd specimens from: Sierra Leone; Gold Coast;
Niger ; Congo; Angola ; Aruwimi R. (Ansorge).

b. T. fumosa peckoveri.
* Diodosida peckoveri Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 637 (1877) (Madagascar ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
Saalm., Lop, Mad. p. 121. n. 280. t, 4. £. 41 (1884) (Nossi-bé) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 642
n. 12 (1892) ; Joann., Ann. Sov. Ent. France p. 432. n, 22 (1894) (Mahé).
Choerocampa peckoveri, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 299 (1879) (Madag.).

32. Underside of body deeper brown and wings rather broader than in the
Continental form.

Hab. Madagascar; Seychelles ; Comoro Islands.

In the Tring Museum 1 % from: Grande Comore.

503. Temnora sardanus (PI. VII. f. 15, 3).

* nyo sardanus Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M, viii. p. 116. 0. 7 (1856) (Sierra Leone ;—Mus. Brit.).

.Lspledon (?) sardanus, Boisduval, Spec. Grén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 308. 0. 7 (1875).

Lophura sardanus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Sov. Lond, ix. p. 537. n. 2 (1877) (Sierra Leone).

Aspledon sardanus, Plotz, Stet’. Ent. Zeit, xii. p, 76. n. 281 (1880) (Ening, W. Afr.). :

Eulophia sardanws, Holland, Vrans. Amer, Ent. Soc, xvi. p. 58 (1889); Kirby, Cat. Lup. Het. i.
p. 643. n, 2 (1892) (Sierra Leone).

* Diodosida uniformis Rothschild, Nov. Zoou. i, p. 72 (1894) (Sierra Leone ;—Mus. Tring).

( 575 )

3d ¢%. Hye-lashes not dense. External row of spines of foretarsus simple,
with scarcely any additional spines at and near the normal ones, which are
slightly prolonged ; upperside of foretibia brown like the body, abdominal sternites
with a series of white dots towards each side, no dots at the lower edges of
the tergites,

Body olivaceous drab brown, underside with a russet tint, palpus below
somewhat paler, underside of tarsi pale buff. Forewing, above, drab with
ereyish flush, a minute dirty white stigma, lines blackish olive ; a broad shadowy
band of this colour obliquely across wing, its proximal edge rather well defined,
concave behind and ending at tip of SM’, distally the band gradually fades
away, with the pale interspaces of the lines more or less distinct ; apex of wing
acute, distal margin bisinvate, angulate at R*, fringe paler between veins.——
Hindwing uniformly brown, lines vestigial in side-light, fringe buff, with brown
vein-dots.

Underside russet-olive, basal half of forewing blackish olive, disc more or less
walnut-brown, especially in %, three discal lines on both wings, first of forewing
indistinct, distal margin with brown band, which is more distinct in 2 than in @.

3. Tenth tergite (PI. XLIV. f. 40) feebly convex above, apex trauncate-sinuate ;
sternite obtusely acuminate. Friction-scales large, four in number ; harpe (Pl. L.
f. 6) ending in a broad compressed process. Penis-sheath (PI. LVI. f. 2) with
the edge incrassate, the right edge proximally prolonged into a free, pointed process,
the left edge dentate, without free process. Scent-tuft at base of abdomen pink.

Hab, Sierra Leoue; probably more widely distributed over the West Coast
of Africa.

In the Tring Museum 6 dd, 8 ? ? from Sierra Leone.

504. Temnora plagiata (PI. VII. f. 20, d; 21, 2).

Lophuron dicanus Boisduyal, in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 594 (1847) (Natal ; nom. mud. ; haee,

spec. teste Boisd, 1875).
*Temnora plagiata Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p, 105. n, 2 (1856) (Natal ;—Mus, Brit.).
*Panacra confuse id., 1.c. viii. p. 161, n. 10 (1856) (Natal ;—Mus. Brit.),
Ocyton confusum, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i, p. 304. n. 3 (1875) (Natal).
*Aspledon dicanus id., |.c. i, p. 307. 0. 4 (1875) (Caffaria ; Zululand ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).
Lophura plagiata, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 537. n. 1 (1877) (Natal ; = confusa).
Lophuron plagiata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 641. n. 4 (1892) (Natal).
*Lophuron maculatum Rothschild, Noy. Zoo. i, p. 71 (1894) (Natal ;—Mus. Tring).

3%. Palpi obtuse. Antenna of ¢ heavy. Eye-lashes not dense. Hinder
edge of midcoxal merum not cariniform. Upperside of tibiae like breast. Under-
side of abdomen with two series of brown dots. Forewing, above: the pair
of antemedian lines strongly curved, conspicuous, more or less filled in with
brown; a brown ‘stigma divided by a pale line; a large costal discal patch
sharply“defined, stopping at R*, quadrangular, a smaller subapical costal patch,
a submarginal spot R®’—M!; distal margin bisinuate, strongly convex in middle,
feebly denticulate, apex more or less acuminate. Hindwing : olivaceous cinnamon
rufous, or, almost mummy brown, a more or less distinct brown postdiscal line,
distal margin also brown; fringe white, with brown vein-dots.

Underside nearly like upperside of hindwing, rather more grey, third discal
line dentate on both wings, and distal marginal band olivaceous brown, but not
conspicuous ; basal half of forewing rather more olivaceous than disc.

3. Abdominal scent-tuft clayish. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIV. f. 42) slender,

( 576 )

gradually narrowed to end, which is obtuse; sternite not much shorter than
tergite in lateral view (appearing shorter in figure, which gives the segment in
a distal ventral aspect), widest at the rounded apex. Harpe (PI. L. f. 2) ending
in a rather broad, apically incised and pointed process, which is much slenderer than
in znornatum, marginata, sardanus, ete., but broader than in murina. Penis-sheath
(Pl. LY. f. 51) with a dentate ridge as in several other species.

Hab. South and East Africa.

Two subspecies.

a. 1. plagiata plagiata (Pl. VIL. f. 20, 3).
*Temnora plaugiata Walker, lc.

32%. Body and forewing above russet, shaded with grey; distal margin of
forewing very faintly deuticulate-——Hindwing olivaceous cinnamon-rufous, post-
discal line distinct, interspace between it and marginal band brighter rufous.

Hab. Natal.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd, 2 2 #.

b. T. plagiata fuscata subsp. noy. (Pl. VIL. f. 21, 2).

2. Darker brown than the preceding ; proximal posterior angle of the large
costal patch of the forewing rounded ; distal margin distinctly dentate ; upperside
of hindwing and under-surface olivaceous vandyke-brown, postdiscal line of hind-
wing, above, not distinct.

Hab. Kikuyu Escarpment, Brit. Hast Africa, 6500—9000 ft. January 1901
(W. Doherty), 1 & in the Tring Museum.

505. Temnora atrofasciata.

Eulophura atrofasciata Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent, Soc. xvi, p. 59. n. 6. t 2. £3 (dg) (1889)

(Benita ;—coll. Holland) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. //et. i. p. 643. n. 1 (1892).

*Lophuron umbrinum Rothschild, /ris vii. p. 297. n. 1, t. 5. f. 4 (1894) (Sierra Leone ; Cameroons ;
—coll, Staudinger).

3%. Palpi obtusely triangular. Eye-lashes rather heavy. Midcoxal meram
somewhat angulate. Long terminal spur of hindtibia half the length of the
first tarsal segment. First palpal segment white laterally. Forewing ahove
without markings, except a large oblique discal band of an olivaceous mummy-
brown colour, this band sharply defined, straight proximally, broadly sinuate
distally, widest in front, no lines within band ; distal margin entire, rounded,
excised in front, apex obtuse. Underside of forewing cinnamon-rufons, basi-discal
area blackish brown, marginal baud vestigial at apex. Hindwing paler than
forewing. é

3. Scent-tuft of abdomen buff. Tenth tergite slender, convex above, not
compressed, apex rounded; sternite broad, much shorter than tergite, truncate,
incised, rough apically (Pl. XLIV. f. 41). Clasper with five large frietion-seales :
harpe short, trnneate (PI. L. f. 4). Penis-sheath (Pl. LY. f. 90) before apex with
a lobe, diréeted proximad, free ouly at its extreme end and here denticulate, this
lobe corresponding to the patch of teeth of other species.

Hab. West Africa: Sierra Leone to Ogowe QR.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd, 1 ? from Sierra Leone.

( 677)

506. Temnora zantus.

Lophuron dorus Boisduval, in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 594 (1847) (Natal; nom, nud. ; haec
spec. teste Boisd. 1875) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 641. n. 1 (1892).

*Lophura zantus Herrich-Schiiffer, Ausser. Schmett, i. t. 23. £. 105 (1854) (Cape Colony ;—coll.
Staudinger) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxi. p. 29 (1864).

*Enyo excisa Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p, 119. n. 13 (1856) (Natal ;—Mus. Oxford).

*Aspledon dorus Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 305. n. 1 (1875) (Caffraria ; Natal ;—coll.
Charles Oberthiir).

Aspledon zanthus (!), id., lc. p. 306, n. 2 (1875) (Caffraria).

Lophura? excisa, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 537. n. 3 (1877) (Natal).

Lophura zanthus, id., lc. 0.7 (1877).

Lophura dorus, id., lc. p. 632 (1877) (= nana! ex err.).

Lophuron zantus, Kirby, lc. n. 2 (1892).

3d ¢. Hye rather heavily lashed. External row of spines of first protarsal
segment double or treble, at least at base. Hinder edge of merum of midcoxa
cariniform, but not angulate. Long terminal spur of hindtibia not quite half
the length of the first tarsal segment; this nearly equalling 2 to 4. Abdominal
tergites with a white dot at lower edges; sternites with two rows of blackish
spots. Apex of forewing truncate, distal margin lobate at R*, M! and SM2,
hinder margin deeply concave before angle; apical area greyish, limited by a
blackish brown band, which is straighter in ? than in d, and includes a brown
costal spot generally followed by some dots; between this spot and the oblique
band there are two lines, often fused to one.

3. Scent-tuft of abdomen pale pink. Tenth tergite rather flat, feebly widened
at end, which is rounded-truncate ; sternite shorter than tergite, stout, vertically
broad ; apex acuminate, somewhat curved upwards, its upper surface carinate
mesially, transversely ribbed. Clasper with five large friction-scales; harpe
(Pl. L. f. 7) broad, obtuse, slightly spatulate. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 13):
membrauaceous ventral area extending very far proximad ; the chitinised dorsal
area narrow, with a short apical carina at the left side.

Hab. Continental Africa.

Two subspecies :

a. T. zantus xantus.

Lophura xantus Herrich-Sch., lc.

3%. Underside of body and wings russet, basi-discal area of forewing olive-
brown. The distal edge of the oblique brown band of the forewing is generally
incurved in 3, seldom straight.

Hab. South and Bast Atrica: Cape Colony to German East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 6 dd, 7 9? from: Knysna, Cape Colony ; Mooi R.,
Natal; Delagoa Bay ; Mikindani, Germ. E. Afr.; Chipaika Estate, Bandawe,
Nyassaland, i. 99 (Watkinson).

b. 1. 2xantus apiciplaga.
*Pxeudenyo apiciplaga Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xvii. p. 291. n. 1 (1891) (Cameroons ;—Mus. Berlin) ;
Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 644. n. 2 (1892).
g. Under surface much more reddish than in the eastern form. Not dissected.
Hab, Cameroons, 1 3 in the Berlin Museum ; not seen in other collections.
PP

( 578 )

507. Temnora natalis.

*Temnora natalis Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 104.n. 1 (1856) (Natal ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Butl.,
Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 536. n, 1 (1877) (Natal) ; id., lc. p. 632 (1877) (= natalii) ;
Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 640. n. 1 (1892).

Temnora natalii (!), Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 290, n. 2 (1875) (Natal).

6%. Palpi short-triangular in dorsal view. Merum of midcoxa subcarinate.
First hindtarsal segment as long as 2 to 4, twice the length of longer terminal
hindtibial spur. Abdomen beneath with two series of brown dots, distal sternites
variegated with brown. Distal margin of forewing irregular, deeply sinuate in
front, dentate, the teeth rounded, apex and lobe R*—R* truncate-sinuate ; ante-
median lines very oblique, straight, curved only at costal margin ; a large, divided,
discal costal patch and two arrowhead-shaped submarginal spots R'—M? black.
Lines of under surface irregular, strongly dentate, more or less interrupted,
conspicuous.

3. Tenth tergite slender, gradually narrowing to end, which is obtuse ; steriiite
also slender, rather flat, shorter than the tergite, rounded at end. Clasper with
five large friction-scales ; harpe long, slender (Pl. L. f. 16), of the same type as
in fumosa and palpalis. Penis with a broad dentate lobe which projects distad
(Pl. LVI. f. 4).

Hab. South Africa: Natal.

In the British Museum 3 dd from Natal ; also in coll. Distant.*

5U8. Temnora spiritus (PI. VIL. f 22, 3, type).

*Ocyton spiritus Holland, Ent. News iv. p. 339. n. 4. t. 15. £.9 (¢) (1893) (Kangwé, Ogowé R. ;—
coll. Holland).
Diodosida spiritus, Kirby, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 100. n. 13 (1894).

3. A pale insect, the four specimens known to us looking as if they were
discoloured. Allied to plagiata in shape and markings. Long terminal spur of
hindtibia about one-third the first tarsal segment, this nearly as lone as the other
four together. Clayish buff ; forewing above and under surface of body and wings
creamy buff. Abdominal sternites without spots. Forewing, above, with a large
costal discal patch of an olivaceous clay colour, triangular, followed behind by a
narrow band of the same colour ; a dentate submarginal line beginning at costal
margin before apex, forming the border-line of a brownish marginal band ; distal
margin denticulate, apex truncate-sinuate. Hindwing much shaded with burnt
umber-brown, postdiscal interspace pale, two brown lines more or less distinct,
marginal baud brown.

Underside of forewing brown from base to disc, marginal bands of both wings
pale brown, that of forewing distinetly dentate, discal lines also dentate.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLV. f. 1. 2) strongly compressed, widened vertically
near apex, curved downwards, pointed ; sternite much shorter than tergite, slender,
pointed, curved. Clasper with five or six friction-scales; harpe (Pl. L. f. 13)
ending in a rather long, curved, somewhat twisted and spatulate process. Penis-
sheath armed before end with a broad, lanceolate, flat process which projects
obliquely distad and is dentate at the edges (P1]. LV. f. 54).

Hab. West Africa: Lagos ; Niger ; Ogowé.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from: Warri, Niger Coast, July 1897 (Dr. F. Roth).

* An allied species described in the Appendix,

(tite) ))

In the British Museum 1 d from: Sapele, Niger. Another 3, from Lagos, in
coll. Druce.

The truncate apex of the forewing and the pale colour distinguish this species
easily from plagiata.

509, Temnora elegans (PJ. VII. f. 6, 3).
*Diodosida elegans Rothschild, /iis vii. p. 298. n. 3 (1894) (Sierra Leone ;—coll. Staudinger).

32%. One of the prettiest species of the genus. Palpi triangular, pointed.
Bye-lashes rather dense. Merum of midcoxa not carinate. Long terminal spur of
hindtibia about one-third the length of first tarsal segment. Upperside of tibiae
the same in colour as breast. Abdomen beneath with two rows of black dots.
Distal margins of wings dentate ; that of forewing bisinuate, apex acute. Hind-
wing bright orange-rufous, with a sharply marked marginal band. Underside of
wings dull orange-rufous, hindwing shaded with grey: both wings with brown
distal marginal band, which is half as wide again on the forewing as on the
hindwing ; three discal lines on hindwing, distinct.

3. Abdominal scent-tuft scarlet. Tenth tergite slender ; sternite very broad,
sinuate, the lobes rounded (Pl. XLIV. f. 46). Harpe broad (PI. L. f. 9), flattened,
obtuse, of the same type as in zantus, inornatum, ete. Penis-sheath with an
elongate patch of teeth (PI. LV. f. 55); the duct, which is pushed out in the
specimen figured, bears some setae at end and a strongly chitinised dagger-like
spine.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

In the Tring Museum 3 63, 2 3? from: Sierra Leone; one of the dd in
August 1898 (Capt. Stevens).

510. Temnora palpalis spec. nov. (PI. VI. f. 10, 3).

3. Similar to cvenvlata, rather more cinnamon-brown above, tawny-brown below.
Antenna somewhat longer. First protarsal segment not longer than second and
third together. Hind edge of midcoxal merum not distinctly cariniform. First
segment of palpus with conspicuous white line at eye; abdomen below without
spots. Forewing, upperside: apex rounded ; oblique discal band without pale
distal border, widened at costal margin, its proximal edge sharper defined than in
crenulata. —Hindwing : postdiscal line distinct behind ; costal margin obviously
dilated near base.

Underside far more tawny than in crenulata, no buftish spots, lines feebly
marked, obsolete in posterior half on both wings.

g. Scent-tuft of base of abdomen scarlet. Tenth segment (Pl. XLV. f. 3)
long ; tergite densely hairy, gradnally narrowed to end, which is rather flat and
rounded ; sternite longer than tergite, very slender, dilated at end and somewhat
curved, hollowed out, ladle-shaped. Clasper with more than four large friction-
scales, besides several small ones ; harpe (PI. L. f. 14) similar to that of fumosa,
ending in a gently curved, slender, pointed, minutely notched process. Penis-sheath
(Pl. LY. f. 53) with the left edge incrassate and dentate.

%. Not known.

Hab. Avtanambé, Baie d’ Antongil, Madagascar ; 2 dd in the Tring Museum,
March and April 1897 (A. Mocquerys).

Hasily recognised by the white line on the first segment of the palpus,

( 580 )

511. Temnora crenulata (Pl. VII. f 11, 2, type).

*Ocyton crenulata Holland, Ent. News iv. p. 338, n. 3. t. 15. £. 8 (1893) (Batanga, Cameroons ;—
coll. Holland).
Diodosidn crenulata, Kieby, Noy. Zoou, i. p. 100 (1894).

32%. Drab, flushed with grey. Eye-lashes not dense. Palpus pointed. Hinder
edge of mesocoxal merum cariniform ; first row of spines of foretarsus simple, or
proximally doubled. Underside of palpus, middle of breast, and legs greyish, tibiae
without white stripe. Edges of abdominal sternites ferruginous, paler in middle,
with a white dot at each side. Crest of head and thorax brown. Oblique discal
band of forewing sharply defined distally, discal: lines dentate, more or less
interrupted ; distal margin angulated at R*, dentate-——Hindwiug grey at anal
angle; margin denticulate, fringe pale buff with dark vein-dots. Underside with
two conspicuous buff dots on forewing, one subapical, the other subanal.

3. Scent-tuft at base of abdomen scarlet pink. Tenth tergite rather broad,
not much narrowed to end, apex rounded, upperside feebly convex ; sternite shorter
than the tergite, obtuse, not pointed. Friction-scales large, four in number ; harpe
(Pl. L. f. 8) short, obtuse, apex somewhat recurved, upper edge concave, dilated
and raised proximally into a pyramidal prominence. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVL. f. 3)
with a slender process curved proximad and bearing a tooth at base.

Hab. West Africa: Sierra Leone ; Cameroons.

In the Tring Museum 1 3,2 2? from: Sierra Leone, June and Aug, 1898
(Capt. Stevens) ; Pt. Lokkoh, Snuza country, Sierra Leone, July 1899 (Capt. Stevens).

The specimen figured is the type lent to us by Dr. Holland.

The distally sharply defined oblique band of the forewing, together with
the dentate distal edges of the wing, enable one to distinguish this species easily
from sardanus, while it can be differentiated at a glance from zantus by the acute
apex of the forewing, the more evenly dentate distal margin, the darker under
surface, etc.

512. Temnora reutlingeri (PI. VII. f. 16, 3, type).

*Ovyton veutlingeri Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent, Soc. xvi. p. 61, n. 9. t. 2. £. 6 (1889) (Benita ;—coll.
Holland).
Diodosida reutlingeri, Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 642. n. 4 (1892).

3. Palpus less pointed than in crenulata ; eye-lashes denser. Tarsi slender,
first segment of hindtarsus as long as 2 to 4 together. Underside of abdomen
slightly pinkish, with a series of brown apical dots at each side; scent-tuft pale
pink. Upperside of forewing more cinnamon than in crenulata ; distal margin less
angulate, not distinctly denticulate, fringe buff between veins, especially behind ;
oblique band more proximal than in crenulata; proximally sharply limited
by a pale line ; a conspicuous subapical, costal, brown patch. Fringe of hind-
wing buff, except at tips of veins. Underside without conspicuous markings,
pale russet hazel ; forewing olive brown from base to beyond cell, margin also
brown, but this colour not forming a sharply defined and conspicuous band.

?. Not known.

Hab. Benita, Gabun ; 1 ¢ in coll. Holland ; not seen in other collections.

( 581 )

513. Temnora scitula (PJ. VII. f. 19, d, type).

*Ocyton seitula Holland, Trans, Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 60. n. 7. t. 2. f. 4 (1889) (Benita ;— coll.
Holland).
Diodosida scitula, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p, 642. n. 2 (1892).

3%. Palpi rather obtuse. Hye-lashes not heavy. Hinder edge of midcoxal
mernum not cariniform. Long spur of hindtibia about half the length of the first
tarsal segment. First segment of palpus, middle of breast, and two basal abdominal
sternites more or less grey, sternites 3 to 6 with a conspicuous white apical mesial
spot, which is also present on second sternite, but here less conspicuous owing to
the greyish white scaling of this segment ; tergites with pale edges, which almost
develop ventrally into white tufts. Distal margins of wings entire, hindwing with
vestiges of teeth. Forewing bisinuate, rounded in middle, apex acuminate ; inter-
space between pair of antemedian lines posteriorly filled in with brown ; an oblique
brown discal band, sharply defined proximally, narrowed in middle ; at its proximal

edge there stands before M? a creamy dash, followed beyond M? by vestiges of one

or two dots ; a round creamy dot outside the band before R*; a postdiscal costal
brown triangular patch, sometimes prolonged to end of M’, a brown marginal
triangular spot SC'—SC° followed by a broader marginal band ending in a point at
QR. Hindwing dark walnut brown, with a paler postdiscal narrow band, distal
margin deeper brown.—— Underside: a greyish brown border to both wings ;
forewing deeper brown than hindwing, with a subapical costal tawny-buff lunnle, a
round creamy dot before R*, and an interrupted creamy line between M' and SM?
—Hindwing more greyish ferrnginous, postdiscal interspace brighter.

d. Abdominal scent-tuft butt. Tenth tergite (PI. XLIV. f. 53) rather broad,
not compressed, apex round ; sternite triangular, apex obtuse. Harpe (PI. L. f. 17)
with a slender and straight process. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 9) with a raised and
enrved patch of teeth, the right edge of the patch projecting, cariniform, dentate,
the patch not extended to apex at left side.

Hab. West Africa.

In coll. Holland and the British Museum from Benita. In coll. Oberthiir one
small ¢ from Lolodorf, Cameroons (Conradt). In the Berlin Museum 1 ¢ from
Togoland. Also in coll. Druce.

Easily recognised by the round dot R’—R* on forewing.

514. Temnora eranga (PI. VII. f. 17, 3, type).

*Ocyton eranga Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 61. n. 10. t. 2. f. 7 (9) (1889) (Kangwé,
Ogowé ;—coll. Holland).
Diodoxsida evanga, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het, i. p. 642. n. 5 (1892).

3 ?. Rather close to seitula. Underside of palpus, breast, and first two abdominal
sternites whitish; the other sternites with white apical mesial spots. Torewing less
elongate than in scéfula ; oblique discal band narrower posteriorly ; no round creamy
diseal dot, but there is a pale mark resembling the number 7 at the proximal side
of the band before hinder angle; antemedian lines not distinctly filled in with
brown, discal lines more obviously dentate than in scitula. Underside paler,
especially along marginal band, where there is a series of pale spots, of which the
costal one on forewing is enlarged.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIV. f. 52) very much slenderer than in seétuda.

( 582 )

compressed. (Harpe not preserved in the only specimen at disposal.) Penis-
sheath with a patch of teeth nearly as in elegans, only shorter, differing from
that of sc/tula in being almost symmetrical, narrow, well defined,

Hlab. West Africa: Sierra Leone ; Ogowé R.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Sierra Leone.

515. Temnora iapygoides (Pl VII. f. 18, 3, type).
*Ocyton iapygoides Holland, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xvi, p. 60. n. 8. t. 2. £. 5 (gd) (1889) (Benita,
Gabun ;—coll. Holland). F
*Ocyton preussi Karsch, nt. Nachr. xvii. p. 292. n. 2 (1891) Barombi, Cameroons ;—Mus. Berlin).
Diodosida iapygoides, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.i, p. 642. n, 3 (1892); Schaus & Clem., Sierra Leone Lep,
p. 18 (1893).
Diodosida preussi, Kirby, /.c. n. 6. (1892).
*Pterogon clementsi Rothschild, Noy, Zoon, i. p. 69 (1894) (Sierra Leone ;—Mus. Tring).

3?. Similar to eranga. Underside of body less pale, abdominal sternites
without distinct white spots, but the fringe grey except at sides. Band of forewing
less sharply defined proximally ; no creamy mark before hinder angle, distal lines
less dentate. Upperside of hindwing deeper cinnamon-rufous. Underside of wings
without creamy buff spot along marginal band.

3. Scent-tuft of abdomen creamy buff. Tenth tergite rather short, elongate-
triangular, pointed; sternite characteristic, being sinuate (Pl. XLIV. f. 43).
Harpe elongate, almost straight, tapering, with a dentate crest on upperside
(P]. L. f. 3). Penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 1) with two rows of teeth, one left, apical,
the other right, longer and more proximal.

Hab. West Africa: Sierra Leone ; Cameroons ; Ogowé.

In the Tring Museum 6 dd, 5 ? ? from Sierra Leone.

A g from Cameroons in coll. Charles Oberthiir, a ¢ from the same country 1m
Museum Stockholm.

T. clementsi is based on an exceptionally pale 3.

516, Temnora pylas.

Sphine pylas Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 23. t. 206, f. A (1779) (Surinam !).

Enyo pylas, Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p, 132. 0. 1417 (1822).

Lophuva pylas, Walker, List Lep, Ins. B. M. viii, p. 106. n, 1 (1856) (Surinam!) ; Butl., Trans.
Zool, Soc. Lond. ix. p. 538, u. 11 (1877) (partim).

*Lophura brisacus Walker, l.c. n, 2 (1856) (partim).

* Aspledon brisaeus Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Wet. i. p. 308, n. 6. t. 8. £.-2 (@) (1875) (partim) ¢
Moschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxxiii. p. 288. n. 84 (1884) (partim ?).

Lophuron pylas, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 641. n. 3 (1892) (partim).

3%. The pair of antemedian lines of forewing, upperside, is distinct and more
or less filled in with brown, forming a conspicuous, evenly curved band; first
and second discal lines vestigial in middle, angulate, filled in with brown at
costal margin and also behind, the costal band-like portion less oblique than in
the other species, and forming the proximal border of a grey triangnlar space,
which includes two brown lines, area outside this triangular patch and dise of a
vinaceous rufous tint; apex rather obtuse; no distinct tooth at SC. Brown
marginal band of hindwing with a broad ferruginous border, which is, at R', abont
twice the width of the brown band ; postdiseal line marked only behind.

Underside uniformly ferrnginons, with brown border, abdominal fold of
hindwing yellowish near base,

( 583 )

d. Abdominal scent-tuft vinaceons cinnamon. Tenth tergite nearly as in
namaqua (Pl. XIV. f. 47), slender, compressed, subprismatical, tip trancate-
rounded ; sternite about one-fourth shorter than tergite, with parallel sides in
yentral aspect (Pl. XLIV. f. 55), tip truncate with the angles rounded. Harpe
(PI. L. f. 10) compressed, more or less suddenly narrowed to a short hook. Penis-
sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 10) with a free process at right side, dentate at end, and a longer
process at left side, this one not separate from the sheath, dentate all over.

Hab. Natal ; Cape Colony.

In the Tring Museum 16 ¢¢,8 2? from: Natal ; Grahamstown, ix. x. 1901.

°17. Temnora pylades spec. nov.

Lophura brisaews Walker, /.c. (partim) ; Butl., /.c. (partim).
Aspledon brisaeus, Boisduval, |.c. (partim).

Lophura pylas, Butler, /.c. (partim).

Lophuron pylas, Kirby, l.c. (partim).

_ Lophuron pseudopylas Rothschild, /.c. (1894) (partim ; no, 2).

3%. Like pylas, antemedian lines of forewing less distinct, not filled in
with dark brown ; an oblique brown discal band from costal to outer margin,
straight proximally, the greyish costal space outside this band less distinct and
smaller than in pylas, the submarginal area and the dise less vinaceous rufous ;
apex of wing more acute, angle R* more prominent and hinder angle more produced
backwards ; no distinct tooth at SC*.

g. Tenth segment shorter than in pylas, the sternite (PI. XLIYV. f. 5)
obyionsly broader, slightly but distinctly sinuate, angles rounded. Harpe
(Pl. L. f. 11) much slenderer than in pylas. Penis-sheath essentially the same as
in pylas.

Hab. South Africa.

In the Tring Museum 11 dd, 4 2? from: Natal and Cape Colony. Type:
3, Natal.

518. Temnora pseudopylas.

Lophuron brisaeus, Boisduval, in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 594 (1847) (Natal ; nom. nud.) ;
Wallengr., Kongl. Sv, Vet. Ak. Handi. v. 4. p. 17 (1865) (Caffr. or, ; partim ?).

Lophura brisaeus Walker, |.c. (partim).

Aspledon brisacus, Boisduval, Spee. Géu. Lép, Het. i. p. 306, n. 3 (1875) (partim); Méschl., /.e.
partim 7).

Lophura pylas, Butler, /.c. (partim).

Lophuron pylas, Kirby, I.c. (partim).

*Lophuron pseudopylas Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 71 (1894) (partim ; no. 1 ; hab ?—Mus. Tring).

3%. Body above amd below and upperside of forewing deeper brown than in
pylas and pylades. Forewing similar in pattern to that of pylades, the grey post-
discal line outside the brown band angulate at SC, distal margin with distinct tooth
80°, Brown marginal band of hindwing with umber-brown border; the veins
streaked with brown. Under surface brighter in tint, more variegated with bright
chestnut and yellow, on forewing especially along marginal band ; costal areas
of both wings obviously deeper brown than dise ; costal margin of hindwing more
dilated near base than in the previous species.

3. Tenth segment as in pylas. Harpe much longer than in pylas, spatulate ,
curved (PI, L. f. 12). Penis-sheath (PI. L. f. 10, 12) differing in the right process

( 584 )

being broader and more extended dentate, or in the left one being more restricted
dentate.

Hab, South and Bast Africa ; Comoro Islands.

Two. subspecies :

a. T. pseudopylas latimargo subsp. nov.

3. Marginal band of hindwing broader than in the continental form, the
brown line situated within band not only in front bat also between R* and SM’.
Under surface bright reddish chestnut, with little ochreous yellow scaling. Harpe
shorter than in two continental subspecies ; penis-sheath (PI. LVI. f. 12) with the
left dentate ridge short, the teeth few in number,

Hab, Grande Comore.

One ¢ in coll. Oberthiir, collected by L. Humblot.

b. T. pseudopylas pseudopylas.
* Lophuron pseudopylas Rothschild, /.c.

d?. Marginal band! of hindwing, above, bordered by the postdiscal line
between R* and SM*. Underside of fore- and hindwing much variegated with
ochreous yellow.

3. Harpe long (Pl. L. f. 15). Penis-sheath with the left ridge as densely
dentate as in pylas (Pl. LVI. f. 10).

Hab. South and Hast Africa.

In the Tring Musenm 21 3d, 7 2? from: Namaqualand ; Natal ; Delagoa
Bay ; Kikuyu Escarpment, Brit. B. Afr., iii. iv. (Doherty); Masindi, Uganda, xii. i.
(Ansorge) ; Butiti, ‘Toru, iv. (Ansorge).

Our individuals from British East Africa have a slightly narrower and more
heavily dentate forewing, and some have the ferruginous border to the brown
marginal band of the hindwing replaced by brown as in the following species.

519. Temnora leptis spec. nov.

3%. This may ultimately turn out to be the West African representative of
pseudopylas ; but as:-it comes nearer pylades in the shape of the tenth abdominal
sternite of ¢, we keep it sspecifically separate. Agreeing in the shape of the
forewing with narrow-winged Hast African pseudopylas, apex truncate-sinnate,
more produced at SC° than in psewdopylas; border of hindwing all brown;
posterior three-quarters of hindwing, on underside, prominently marked with
ochreous buff ; submarginal band of forewing the same colour, or ochraceous rufous,
conspicuous ; costal margin of hindwing as in pseudopylas.

3. Tenth sternite (PI. XLIV. f. 56) rather deeply sinwate, the lobes acute.
Harpe irregularly notched before end (Pl. L. f. 15). Right process of penis-sheath
(Pl. LVI. f. 11) with teeth nearly all over.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 3 2? from: Sierra Leone; type: &.

No representative of this group of Temnora has as yet been found in West
Africa between Sierra Leone and Cape Colony.

CXXXII. PSEUDENYO.—Typus : Jdenitensis.
Pseudenyo Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 57 (1889) (type: benitensis) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep.
Het. i. p. 644 (1892) (partim).

3?. Palpus longer than in Zemnora, first segment twice as long as broad,
second longer than first, acutely pointed. Fourth protarsal segment not longer than
broad. Forewing with apex truncate, distal margin sinnate between SC and R?’,
angulate at R* (not at R°).

We have seen only the ? in the British Museum, presented by Dr. Holland.
This specimen has the last four segments of the antenna (one only perfect) strongly
eompressed and broader than the fifth (from the tip), the last segment being the
largest of the four. This peculiar structure is doubtless not normal for the species.

Hab. West Africa.

One species.

Perhaps not generically different from Temnora.

520. Pseudenyo benitensis.
Pseudenyo benitensis Holland, 1.c. t. 2. f. 2 (3) (1889) (Benita) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 1 (1892),

3?. Abdominal margin of the brown hindwing broadly yellow.
Hah. Benita, Gabun.
A ? (cotype) in the British Museum from : Benita.

CXXXII. TEMNORIPAIS gen. nov.—Typus : last.
Pterogon, Rothschild (non Boisduval, 1836), Nov. Zoou. i. p, 70 (1894).

3. A development of Vemnora ; antenna not incrassate distally, hook gradual,
end-segment short; hindtibia without comb (middle legs wanting in the only
specimen known) ; clasper z?thout friction-scales. Differs from Antinephele in the
much shorter palpus, sunken head, shorter pronotam, short basal spines of the third
row of the first segment of the hindtarsus, the less obtuse apex of the forewing,
distinctly angulate outer margin, and not rounded hinder angle. Differs from
Odontosida in the not armed foretibia.

? and early stages not known.

Tab. Madagascar.

One species.

521. Temnoripais lasti.
*Pterogon lasti Rothschild, /.c. t. 5. £. 5. (g) (1894) (S.W. Madagascar ;—Mus. Tring),

3. In appearance somewhat like Temnora pylas. Forewing with a rather
broad subbasal brown band, a brown discal line obliquely from costa to R*,'then
backwards to middle of hinder margin, the brown scaling extended distad behind
R®; a minute white stigma. Hindwing orange-ochraveous; a broad blackish
brown maginal band, bordered proximally with chestnut-tawny.

Tenth tergite and sternite of nearly equal length, both slender; tergite strongly
convex above; sternite gradually narrowed. Clasper without friction-scales,
agreeing in this respect with Odontosida, Gurelca, and Sphingonaepiopsis ; harpe

( 586 )

(Pl. IL. f, 33) with a broad process which is proximally produced into a enrved
tooth, and is apically carved upwards, the upper hinder surface densely denticulate.
Penis-sheath (P]. LV. f. 36) with a short, pointed, nearly horizontal process at the
right side, and a broad flat truncate process on the dorsal side towards the left, this
broad process directed proximad, truncate, being widest at the end, with the angles
produced laterad, and the edges dentate.

Hab. S.W. Madagascar (Last), one ¢ in the Tring Museum ; not seen in other
collections.

CXXXIV. ODONTOSIDA gen. nov.—Typus : pusillus.

Smevinthus, Felder (non Latreille, 1802), Reise Novara, Lep. t. 82 (1874).
Lophuron, Kirby (non Wallengren, 1865), Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 641 (1892).

3%. Genal process very obtuse, shorter than pilifer; a tuft of scales below
pilifer as in the allied genera. Palpus not projecting, with rough hair-scales at
sides ; patch of sensory hairs on innerside at the base vestigial. Head sunken, with
mesial crest. Eye small, lashed. Antenna setiform in d, slightly incrassate beyond
middle in 2; end-segment sior¢. Spines of abdomen weak, numerous. Merum of
midcoxa not angulate; foretibia ending in a thorn; midtarsus without comb; spurs
of midtibia nearly equal in length. Distal margins of wings uneven or denticulate ;
hinder angle of cell of hindwing more or less acuminate.

3. Clasper without friction-scales. Tenth sternite somewhat longer than the
tergite.

@. Vaginal plate trancate, angles rounded, orifice large, its anterior edge raised,
smooth.

Barly stages not known.

Tab. South Africa.

Rasily recognised by the claw of the foretibia and the short end-segment of the
antenna.

Two species :*

Base of hindwing yellow ; forewing with

blackish brown triangular patch including

stigma : 5 : : : 523. O. magnifieum.
Hindwing pale rufous, basal area not yellow . 522. 0. puséllus.

522. Odontosida pusillus.
*Smerinthus pusillus Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 82. £. 1 (1874) (Caffraria, Tsamo R. ;—Mus.
Tring) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. IHét.i, p. 46. n. 38 (1875).

Triptogon? pusillus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 588. n. 17 (1877).
Lophuron pusillum, Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 642. n. 6 (1892 .
* Lophuvon pulchervimum Rothschild, Noy. Zoo. i. p- 70 (1894) (Namaqualand :—Mus. Tring).

3%. Some specimens are far more grey on body and forewing, and have more
conspicuous markings than others. The two forms intergraduate, however, as the
series now in the Tring Museum shows, and are the same in structure ; pulcherrt-
mum sinks, therefore, as a synonym.

3. Tenth tergite mesially grooved above, rather flat, convex at end which is
rounded (Pl. XLIV. f. 37); sternite (Vv) broader than the tergite, not strongly
chitinised, rather suddenly acuminate. Casper rounded sole-shaped (PI. IL. f, 28) 5

* For a third species see Appendix,

( 587 )

harpe very large, somewhat resembling the clasper in shape, at end near the dorsal
edge densely beset with short spines. Penis-sheath with a heavy, triangular,
horizontal process before end (P]. LY. f. 38); penis-fannel with a slender process
on each side.

Hab. South Africa: Cape Colony ; Natal ; Transvaal.

In the Tring Museum 19 63,4 2 ? from: Grahamstown ; Weenen and Mooi R.,
Natal, i.; Barberton, Transvaal.

523. Odontosida magnificum.
*Lophuron magnificum Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 71. t. 5. £. 7 (2) (1894) (Namaqualand ;—Mus,
Tring).

3%. Palpus smaller than in pyszl/vs. Distal margin of forewing not
erenulate, bisinuate, beg convex in middle, apex obtuse ; basal area of forewing
below and of hindwing above orange.

3. Tenth tergite flatter than in pusil/ws ; sternite obviously longer, strongly
compressed, narrow, curved upwards at end (Pl. XLIV. f. 38. 39, lateral and dorsal
aspects). Clasper as in pustl/us ; harpe (PI. IL. f. 29) much smaller, but of the
same type, its upper edge spinose. Penis-sheath with process at apical edge and
some teeth near base of process (Pl. LY. f. 37); penis-funnel somewhat produced
ventrad ; no processes.

Hab. South Africa: Cape Colony ; Natal.

In the Tring Museum 9 dd, 4 22 from: Little Namaqualand and Grahams-
town, Cape Colony ; Natal.

CXXXV. GURELCA.—Typus : Ayas.
Lopluwa Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 105 (1856) (partim; type: brvsaeus = pylas).
Perigonia id., lc. xxxv. p. 1851 (1866) (partim ; type: stulta).
Gurelea Kirby, Roy. Dublin Soc. (2). ii. p. 330 (1880) (partim ; nom, nov. indescriptum loco
Lophurae Herr.-Sch., indescriptae, type: zantus) ; id., Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 643 (1892) (nom, nov.
loco Lophurae Boisd, 1875 descriptae ; type: yas).

3%. Genal process triangular, obtuse, not reaching tip of pilifer. Palpus
projecting, terminal surface triangular, almost quadrangular; scales laterally at
apex of first segment prolonged, forming a kind of fan ; basal patch of sensory
hairs of inner surface absent. Hye strongly lashed ; head crested, the crest divided
into two carinae which converge behind. Antenna short, filiform in both sexes,
strougly compressed in d, cylindrical in ? ; end-segment short, conical. Spines
of abdomen numerous, in several rows, all elongate and weak; d with expansible
obtusely triangular anal tuft, 2 with smaller truneate tuft. Merum of midcoxa not
carinate ; all the tibiae with some syéxes ; paronychium with the ventral lobes
obliterated ; no comb on tarsi, hindtarsus with few spines at base; spurs of midtibia
almost the same in length, long terminal one of hindtibia about as long as third
tarsal segment, or shorter, about a third or a fourth longer than the second terminal
spur. Distal margin of forewing denticulate, deeper sinnate behind M' ; R® and M!
close together, M* from near middle of cell ; costal margin of hindwing broadly
excised, © incurved at the sinus, approaching SC; this on a short stalk with R? ;
I* from before centre of cell, lower angle of cell acute ; D® longer than D*.

d. Tenth tergite compressed, slender, simple, pointed ; sternite broad, triangular

( 588 )

or truncate. Clasper without friction-seales. Penis-sheath ending in a dentate
process.

?. Vaginal plate triangular distally, the distal edges somewhat incrassate and
more or less elevate ; orifice free.

Larva tapering in front, with a dorso-lateral line, and below this oblique bands;
horn figured by Butler as being very long and filiform, by Semper and by Moore
as being rather stout and shorter than two segments: are, perhaps, Butler’s figures
representations of masuriensis instead of hyas ?

Hab. North Western India (known as far sonth as Mhow) to Japan, the
Philippines and Java.

Two species.

Kirby proposed, without giving a definition, the name (rwrelea in 1880 to
replace the likewise nondescript name “ Lophura, Herr Schiiff. nom. preoce.,” and
enumerated under it three African and one Indian species. Herrich-Schiiffer
mentioned the name Lophura—corrupted from Boisduval’s nondescript name
Lophuron—only in connection with his Lophura zantus from Hast Africa. The
type of the nondescript name of 1880 is, therefore, snus for all those who, like
Mr. Kirby, accept nondescript names as valid, and not /yas, as given by Kirby in
his Catalogue.

For us nondescript names have no standing ; Gwrelca of 1880 is not valid,
while Guwrelea of 1892 being said to replace Lophura as defined by Boisduval
in 1875 (type: dyas) is the first not preoceupied defined term for the present Indian
genus, and, therefore, the correct name.

524, Gurelca hyas.

*Lophura hyas Walker, List Lep. Ins. B, M. viii. p. 107. 0. 3 (1856) (Silhet ; Hongkong ; Jaya;
N. India ;— Mus. Brit.); Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cut. Lep. Ins, Mus. EB. I. C. i. p. 203. 0. 607,
t. 8. f. 4. 4a (/., p.) (1857) (Java) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 794 (1865) (Bengal) ; Boisd.,
Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 310. n, 1 (1875) (Silhet ; Java ; Philippines) ; Butl., Trans. Zool.
Sov. Lond. ix. p. 588. n. 8. t. 90. £. 1. 2. 3 (l. p.) (1877) (Hongkong ; Silhet ; Java) ; Swinh.,
Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. p. 434. n. 4 (1886) (Mhow, xi.); Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Lep. Moths Ind. i.
p. 7. n. 40 (1887) (Sikhim ; Mhow) ; Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xliii. p. 101. n, 171
(1890) (E. Java, xi.).

Macroglossum geometricum Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I, C. i. p. 265.0. 607
(1857).

* Perigonia macroglossoides Walker, List Lep. Ins. B, M, xxxv. p. 1851 (1866) (Darjiling ;—coll.
Atkinson, now in coll. Staudinger) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 676 (1867).

Pergesa ? macroglossoides, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. re 10) 548. n. 9 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh.,
Cat, Moths Ind. i. p. 10. n. 56 (1887).

Gurelea hyas, Kirby, Proc. Roy, Dublin Soc, (2). ii. p. 330 (1880) ; Swinh., Cat, Lep, Tet. Mus. On.
i, p. 8 n. 33 (1892) (Silhet ; Assam ; Java); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 643. n. 1 (1892);
Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit, Ind., Moths i. p. 110. 0, 173 (1892) (Hongkong ; Sikbim ;
Silhet ; Mhow ; Java) ; Huwe, Berl, Ent, Zeitschr. xl. p. 359. n, 12 (1895) (Java) ; Semp.,
Schm. Philipp. ii, p. 405. n. 54. t. j. f. 1. 2 (1, p.) (1896) (Luzon ; Camiguin de Mindanao ;
Palawan ; viii—ix.); Leech, Zrans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p, 291. n. 73 (1898) (partim) ; Dudg.,
Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe, xi. p. 417. n. 178 (1898) (Sikhim and Bhutan, up to 5000 ft., v.—Vil.,
xi, xii.).

Metopsilus (2?) macroglossoides, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 661. n. 22 (1892).

Gurelea macroglossoides, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i, p. 110. n. 175 (1892) ;
Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. IH. Soc. xi. p. 417, n. 175 (1898) (not seen ”).

3%. Border of hindwing of even width.
3. Tenth tergite carinate above in middle ; sternite trapeziform, truncate,
feebly impressed mesially on underside, edges only stronger chitinised, Harpe

( 589 )

(Pl. IL. f. 31) broadly spatulate, curving upwards at end. Penis-sheath with an
apical process which projects obliquely distad and is dentate at the ventral edge.
Gide iy. f. 39).

¢. Distal edge of vaginal plate very slightly raised ; orifice proximal.

Larva see above. Further research is necessary to explain the difference in
the figures of Moore, Butler, and Semper.

Hab. North-Western India ; Mhow; eastwards to Java and the Philippines.

In the Tring Museum 16 od, 5 2? from: Kelong, Formosa, viii. 96 (Jones) ;
Kbasia Hills, ii. iii. ; Madras ; Silhet : Java.

The type of macroglossoides isin coll. Staudinger (e coll. Atkinson) ; it is yas.

525. Gurelca masuriensis.

*Lophura masuriensis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 244. n. 16. t. 36. £. 3 (1875) (Masuri ;—Mus.
Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 537. n. 4 (1877).

3%. Border of hindwing narrowing behind ; D* rather Jonger than in hyas.
Fourth abdominal tergite with a large, interrupted, grey apical patch.

3. Tenth sternite narrower at end than in Ayas. Harpe (PI. IL. f. 32) with
a basal process which is hollow, open above ; distal part of harpe raised to a sinuate
ridge ; above this there is on the clasper a hairy prominence. Penis-sheath
(PL LY. f. 40) with a long flat process, curving proximad and round the sheath,
lying flat upon this ; proximal edge with vestige of denticulation.

?. Distal edge of vaginal plate projecting; orifice beyond middle, transverse.

Hah. North-West India to Japan.

Two subspecies.

a. G. masurrensis masuriensis.

*Lophura masuriensis Butler, Lc. ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 7. n. 387 (1887) (Sibsagar).

*Lophura himachala Butler, Proc, Zool, Soc. Lond. p. 621. n. 1 (1875) (N.E. Himalayas ;—Mus.
Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Loud. ix, p. 636 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., l.c. i. p. 8. n. 42 (1887).

*Lophura erebina Butler, Proc. Zool. Sov. Lond. p. 621. n. 3 (1875) (N.W. India ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 636 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., /.c. i. p. 8. n. 43 (1887).

Gurelea masuriensis, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i, p. 8. n. 32 (1892) (Masuri); Kirby, Cat.
Lep. Het. i. p. 643, n. 2 (1892) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 110. n. 174
(1892) (=himachala=erebina) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe. xi. p. 417, n. 174 (1898)
(Sikhim, from 1000 ft. upwards, v. vii.).

Gurelew himachala, Kirby, lec. n, 5 (1892).

Gurelca erebina, id., lc. 0. 7 (1892).

Gurelca hyas, Hampson, lc. f. 65 (1892).

3%. The dark Indian form, with broad distal border to hindwing.

Hlab. North India: Massuri to Burma.

Iu the Tring Museum 33 dd,2 2? from: Darjiling; Buxa, Bhutan; Khasia
Hills, iv. ; Cherrapunji, x.

b. G. masuriensis sangaica.

*Lophura sangaica Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 621. n, 2 (1875) (Shanghai ;—Mus, Brit.) ; id.,
Trans, Zool, Soc. Lond, ix. p. 6386 (1877); Leech, Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. p. 583. 0. 9 (1888)
(Satsuma, v. ; Nagasaki, vi.; Fushiki & Shimonoseki, vii. ; Gensan, viii.).

Gurelea sangaica, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 643. n. 6 (1892).

Lophura hyas, Alphéraky, in Rom., Wém. Lép, vi. p. 3. n. 69. t. 1. £. 2 (gd) (1892) (China),

Lophura maswriensis, id., lc. ix. p. 119 (1897) (Se-tschuen).

Gurelva hyas, Leech, Trans. nt. Soc. Lond. p. 291, n, 73 (1898) (partim).

Gurelea masuriensis, id., lc. p. 201. n. 74 (1898).

( 590 )

3%. Forewing paler than iu the Indian form; distal border of hindwing
narrower, more strongly tapering behind.

Hab. China ; Japan; Corea; apparently all the summer.

In the Tring Museum 22 dd, 18 22 from: Nagasaki, vi.; Satsuma, v.;
Yokohama, vi. vii. viii.; Taipeh. Formosa; China.

CXXXVI. SPHINGONAEPIOPSIS.—Typus: nanum.

Sphinv, Esper (non Linné, 1758), Schmett., Suppl. ii. p. 49 (1806).

Proserpinus Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 132 (1822) (partim ; type : proserpina=oenotherac).

Pterogon Boisduval, Ind. Meth. p. 32 (1829) (nom. indescr.) ; id., Icon. Lép. ii. p. 14 (1884) (partin,
incl. type of Proserpinus).

Lophura Walker (non Flemming, 1822), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 105 (1856) (partim).

Sphingonaepiopsis Wallengren, Oefv. Vet. Ak. Forh. xv. p. 138 (1858) (type: nanwn = gracilipes).

Gurelea Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i, p. 643 (1892) (partim).

3%. Anear relative of Gurelca, uot of Proserpinus. Palpus rough-sealed, first
segment with lateral apical fan as in Guwrelea. Antenna (PI. LX. f. 23. 24. 25, 29)
dentate or pectinate in d, simple and clubbed in ? ; end-segment very short. Hye
lashed. Head with scaling raised to a large tuft. Spines of abdomen very weak.
Merum of midcoxa not angulate behind; tibiae with some long spines ; spurs of
midtibia of nearly the same length; midtarsus with basal comb, hindtarsus with
few basal spines ; paronychium with the lateral lobes very small, the ventral ones
absent ; tarsi long. Distal margin of forewing irregular, M? at apical third of cell,
M' and R* close together; costal margin of hindwing nearly straight, convex near
base, M' and M? close together, some distance from angle of cell, D? and D* straight,
lower augle of cell not acuminate.

6. Tenth tergite elongate triangular, apex more or less rounded-truneate ;
sternite either similar to that of Hypaedalia butleri (P1. XLIV. f. 36), strongly
chitinised, with the upperside transversely ribbed distally, or short, broad, mem-
branaceous. Clasper without friction-scales; harpe different in the various species.
Penis-sheath without or with apical process.

?. Vaginal plate triangular, apical edge projecting.

Larva cylindrical, with numerous short hairs ; head deeply impressed mesially ;
horn short ; on each side two dorsal and a ventro-lateral line from head to last
segment resp. horn.—Food-plant : Rubiaceae, especially Galium.

Hab. South Russia to the Malay Peninsula and Madagascar.

Five species. -

In the practical absence of both pairs of paronychial lobes SpAéngonaeptopsis
—a good mouthful, for such small insects too—is further advanced than (rurelea,
in which the lateral lobes are preserved. The position of M' of hindwing close
to M? is peculiar.

Boisduval’s Pterogon of 1834, when he defined the genus, comprised several
genera of Hiibner’s. His first section is identical with Proserpinus, containing the
same species ; the second section is Hiibner’s /xyo ; while the third was probably
meant to comprise some African wVephelicae and Choerocampinae.

Key to the species :
a, Hindwing brown . 4 2 : ; : A b.
Hindwing yellow or orange . : , ‘ : d.

( 591 )

4, Abdomen with conspicuous white dorso-lateral
spots 5 : ¢ 5 ; 7 » 926. S. gorgon.
Abdomen without such spots F : ; 5 ¢.
c. Brown triangular patch of forewing above
with pale line : é 5 c
Brown triangular patch of forewing above
without pale line : , :
d. Forewing angulate at M', marginal band
of hindwing thinning toa line behind =. 527.
Forewing as before, abdomen withont grey
spots, margival band of hindwing of even
width : h ; : ; 5 » O28. S. pumilio.

R

929. 0S. nanum.

or
o°

S. obseurus.

ri
wn

. huldjaensis.

526. Sphingonaepiopsis gorgon.

Sphinx legitima gorgon Esper, Schmett., Suppl. i. p. 49. n. 86. t. 47. £. 5 (1806) (Wolga) ; Hiibn.,
Eur. Schm., Sphing. t. 21. f. 102. t. 27. £. 124 (180-?).

Sphinx gorgon, Ochsenheimer, Schmett. Hur, ti. p. 119. n. 6 (1808).

Maeroglossa gorgon, id. l.c. iv. p. 42. 175. n. 6 (1816) ; Treitschke, in Ochs., Schmett. Eur. x. p. 260
(1834).

Proserpinus gorgoniades Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 132. n. 1415 (1822); Walk., List Lep. Ins.
B. M. viii. p. 98. n. 2 (1856).

Pterogon gorgoniades, Boisduval, Jud, Meth. p. 32 (1829) ; id., con. Lép. ii. p. 15. t. 48. £. 6 (1834) ;
Mill., Zeon. iii. t, 117. f. 3—5 (1870) ; Staud. & Wocke, Cat. Lep. ed. ii. p. 38. n. 492 (1871)
(Ross. m. or., Pont. ; Alt. ; “ Amur” evr. loci) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 313, n. 3
(1875) (Wolga); Staud., Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xiv, p. 300 (1878) (Asia min.); Rom., Mém. Lep.
i. p. 72 (1884) (Derbent) ; Christ., ‘bid. v. p. 11. n. 39 (1889) (Askhabad) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep.
Het. i. p. 640. n. 6 (1892) (S. Russia) ; Hofm., Raup, Grossschm. p. 31 (1893) (vy. vi.) ; id.,
Grossschm. t. 18. f£. 8 (1894) (Wolga) ; Holtz, lust. Zeitschr. nt. ii. p. 63 (1897) (Cilicia,
viii.) ; Bartel, in Rithl, Grossschm. ii. p. 208 (1900) (Sarepta to Altai, southwards to N. Persia
and Cilicia); Staud. & Reb., Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p. 104. n. 767 (1901) (Ross. m. or. ; Pont. ;
Taur. m.; Arm.; Tura; Alt.).

Plerogon gorgon, Duponchel, Lép. France, Suppl. ii. p. 25. n. 6. t. 3. £. 2a. b (1835); Lucas, in Chenu,
Ene, Hist. Nat., Pap. i, p. 256 (1853) ; Mén., Exum. Corp, Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. ti. Suppl.
p. 95. n. 1576 (1857) (Russ. m.) ; Staud. & Wocke, Cat. Lep. p. 17. n. 31 (1861).

Macroglossum gorgon, Byersmann, Fauna Volgo-Ural. p. 108 (1844) (Sarepta, v. vi.).

Proserpinus gorgon, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 536. n. 4 (1877).

Deidamia gorgoniades, Kirby, Proc. Roy. Dublin Soc, (2). ii. p. 330 (1880).

3%. Body and forewing grey; abdomen with three prominent white lateral

dots ; forewing sinuate behind M’.

3d. Antenna dentate (PI. LX. f. 23. 24. 25), the teeth short. Tenth tergite

Yather flat, convex above, apex rounded; sternite narrow, pointed. Clasper

(Pl. IL. f. 22) sole-shaped ; harpe short, dilated dorsad and distad at end. Penis-

sheath with a long flat process just before apical edge, curved proximad and laterad,

not dentate (Pl. LV. f. 41).

Larva green, with 6 white stripes, which are more or less edged with red.

Hah. South Russia to the Altai district and southward to North Persia and
the Cilician Taurus.

Jn the Tring Maseum, | larva, 13 ¢d¢,8 % 2 from South Russia; Kisyl Art.

527, Sphingonaepiopsis kuldjaensis (Vl. VII. f. 25, 3).
Pterogon kuldjuensis Graeser, Berl, Mut. Zeitschr. xx xvii. p. 299 (1892) (Kuldja) ; Kirby, Noy, Zoou.
i. p. 100 (1894) ; Bartel, in Rithl, Grossschm. ii. p. 210 (1900).
Plerogon yorgoniades var. Ieuldjaensis, Staudinger & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii, p. 104, n. 767a (1901)
(Thian, oc. ; Iss, K, 8. oc ;? Arm. trans.).

( 592 )

3. Very near the preceding, but doubtless distinct. Larger ; hindwing orange
ochraceous, with brown border which is irregularly dentate and is almost restricted
to the fringe behind, tapering very strongly. Harpe (PI. IL. f. 37) curved upwards
at end, flattened, with the apex recurved ventrad.

Hab. Central Asia: Kuldja; Thian-shan, and neighbouring districts.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Kuldja, beginning of July.

528, Sphingonaepiopsis pumilio.

*Lophura pumilio Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 311, n. 2 (1875) (Silbet ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Sov. Lond. ix. p, 632 (1877) ; Cotes & Swinh., Cat. Voths Ind,
i. p. 7.0. 39 (1887).

*Lophura pusilla Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 244. n, 17 (1875) (Silbet ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,
Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix, p. 537. n. 5 (1877) ; Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Nii. 2. p. 234, n. 5
(1884) (Cachar) ; Cotes & Swinh., l.c. i. p. 7. n. 88 (1887) (Cachar),

Lophura minima id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 310, n. 4. t, 22. f. 4 (1876) (Ayerpanas, Malacca ;—
where type ?) ; id., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 637 (1877).

Gurelea pusilla, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 643, n. 3 (1892); Hamps., in Blanf, Fauna Brit. Ind,
Moths i. p. 111. 0, 176 (1892) (Cachar ; Silhet ;= pumilio).

Gurelca pumilio, Kirby, lc. n. 4 (1892).

Gurelca minima, id., lc. n. 8 (1892).

3. Marginal band of hindwing of nearly even width. Body and forewing
much more brown than in gorgon and huldjacnsis, no white spots on abdomen.

Tenth tergite compressed, sharply pointed ; sternite also pointed. Clasper
(Pl. IL. f. 25) strongly narrowed in apical half, almost pointed, longitudinally
grooved along dorsal edge ; harpe broad, densely beset with long spines distally,
these spines flat upon the harpe except some at the apex. Penis-sheath without
armature, or with short transverse subapical ridge, bent proximad.

Hab. Silhet ; Malay Peninsula; Penang.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from: Penang, Nov. 1896 (C. Curtis).

529, Sphingonaepiopsis nanum.

*Pterogon nanun Boisduval, in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 594. n. 98 (1847) (non indeser.) ; id.,
Spee. Gén. Lép. Heét.i. p. 314. n, 4 (1875) (Zululand ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Kirby, Cal.
Lep. Het. i, p. 640. n. 8 (1892) (Natal).

Lophura nana, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 107. n. 4 (1856 (Natal); Butl., Zrans, Zool.
Soc. Lond. ix. p. 537. n. 6 (1877) ; id., Prov. Zool, Sov. Lond, p. 494. n, 43 (1884) (Aden, iv.).

Sphingonaepiopsis gracilipes Wallengren, Wien. Ent. Mon. iv. p. 42. n. 39 (1860) (Caffraria) ; id.,
Kongl. Sv. Vet. Al. Handl. (2). v. 4. p. 19 (1865) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 588
(1877) (‘not seen”) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 705. n. 1 (1892).

(?) Proserpinus nana, Moschler, Abh. Senk. Naturf. Ges. xv. p. 67. n, 149 (1890) (Acera).

3%. Much more uniform in tint than gorgon, markings of abdomen vestigial.

3. Tenth tergite similar to that of gorgon; the sternite, however, short,
broad, membranaceous, irregularly rounded-truncate, broader than long. Clasper
sole-shaped (Pl. IL. f. 23); harpe large, ventrally produced into a finger-like,
flattened process, which is visible from outside, the apex of the harpe armed
with spines which point ventrad and distad; from a fold along dorsal margin
of clasper, long bristles project obliquely ventrad. Penis-sheath without armature.

Hab, South Arabia to Natal ; and ? Gold Coast.

In the Tring Museum 15 63,5 2? 2 from: Aden, iii. ; Dar-es-Salaam ; Delagoa
Bay ; Natal.

( 593 )

530. Sphingonaepiopsis obscurus (PI. VII. f. 25, 2).

*Pterogon obscurus Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. France (5)
Mabille).

Proserpinus obscurus, Saalmiiller, Lep. Madag. p. 118. n. 274 (1884).

Pterogon (?) obscurus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 640. n. 7 (1892).

. ix. p. 344. n. 7 (1880) (Madag. ;—coll.

3?. Deeper brown than nanum.
yeius within brown triangular patch.

3d. Antenna pectinated, branches long and slender, scaled above, the inner ones
rather shorter than the outer ones (PJ. LX. f. 29). Tenth tergite sharply
pointed ; sternite long and narrow, similar to that of gorgon. Clasper narrowing
towards apex (PI. IL. f. 24); harpe slender, horizontal, ending in a spatulate
process. Penis-sheath with dentate apical process pointing obliquely distad (PI.
LY. f. 42).

Hab. Madagascar.

In the Tring Museum 1 d from: Antanambé, pute dAntongil (A. Moequerys).

In coll. Oberthiir from Tananarivo, 3 dd, 2 22 (Cambonc) ; Imerine, 1 3
_(Camboue).

Forewing without pale line upon cross-

CXXXVII. MICROSPHINX gen. nov.—Typus : pumilum.
Plerogon Boisduval (non id., 1834), Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i, p. 312 (1875) (partim).

3. Differs from Sphingonaepiopsis in the following points : autenna obtuse
at end, without hook, the end-segment being broader than long ; hindtibia with
one pair of spurs, the longer one equalling in length the second tarsal segment.

Hab. South Africa.

One species.

531. Microsphinx pumilum.

*Pterogon pumilum Boisduval, in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 594. n. 99 (1847) (Zululand, nom.
indeser.) ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 312. n. 2. t. 9, £. 2 (1875) (Zululand ; Caffraria ;—coll.
Charles Oberthiir) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i. p. 640, n. 9 (1892).

*Lophuron minulum Distant, Ann Mag. N. H. (7). xix. p. 580 (1897) (Pretoria;—coll. Distant).

Sphingonaepiopsis pumilum, id., Ins. Transv. t. 3. £. 7 (1902).

3. Forewing not angulate at M!; marginal band of hindwing of even width ;
abdomen with distinct lines and grey dots.

Hab. South East Africa: Cape Colony ; Caffraria; Zululand; Transvaal.

One ¢ in the British Museum from the Cape Colony.

CXXXVIIL. EURYPTERYX.—Typus : molucca,

Darapsa, Moore (non Walker, 1856), Proc. Zool. Sov. Lond, p. 794 (1865).

Burypterys Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 74 (1874) (nom. indeser./) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén, Lép. Het.
i, p. 46 (1875) (type : molucea).

Burypteryx (Pachylia), Felder, |.c. expl. of plates p. 5 (1874).

Aleuron, Oberthiir (non Boisduval, 1875), Lt, Mut. xix. p. 32 (1894).

3%. Genal process very large, reaching tip of pilifer. Eye slightly lashed.
Head feebly crested. Palpus large, prominent, second segment longer than first,
nearly as broad as long. Antenna long, setiform, compressed and grooved, and

QQ

( 594 )

furnished with fasciculated seriated ciliae in doth sexes ; hook long and gradual;
end-segment conical, not prolonged into a filamentous process. Abdomen conical,
ending in ¢ ina fan-tail which is truncate or triangulate; spines elongate, rather
strongly chitinised. Merum of midcoxa angulate; tibiae simple, spurs unequal,
long terminal one of hindtibia less than half the first tarsal segment, this equal to
segments 2 to 4; midtarsus with moderate comb. Wings entire; apex of forewing
produced, hinder margin deeply sinuate, D* shorter than D! ; R° of hindwing in or
before centre, D® longer than D*.

6. Tenth segment simple; tergite densely hirsute (Pl. XLIV. f. 22), not
compressed, slightly curved, apex rounded ; sternite almost as long as tergite, much
broader, compressed, curved, higher than broad, apex transversely ribbed. Clasper
broad, dorsal and ventral margin convex; a patch of slender friction-scales ; harpe
small (Pl. IL. f. 7.8). Penis-sheath peculiar ; a very large flap covers the apex of
the sheath dorsally, armed with two or more long teeth at the edge (Pl. LY.
f. 15. 17); this flap is connected with the sheath by a short, subeylindrieal stalk,
and breaks easily off; beneath the flap the sheath is dilated at the left side, sub-
globiform, and armed with short conical teeth (Pl. LV. f. 16).

?. Vaginal plate narrow at end ; orifice large, edges raised.

Karly stages not known.

Hab, Oriental Region.

Two species :

Forewing above with a large, buftish white, bean-

shaped, costal discal patch — . : : . 533. 12. molucea.
Forewing above without this patch 5 , . O82. LL. bhaga.

532. Kurypteryx bhaga.

*Durapsa bhaga Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 794 (1865) (N.E. Bengal ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Walk.,
List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxv. p. 1854 (1866).

Daphnis bhaga, Butler, Truns. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 573. n. 9 (1877); Cot. & Swinb., Cat. Voths
Ind. i, p. 22. n. 115 (1887) (Sikhim); Kirby, Cut. Lep. Hct. i, p. 672. n, 14 (1892) (Bengal) ;
Hamps., in Blanf., Pua Brit. Jnd., Moths i. p. 96. n, 151 (1892) (Sikhim ; N.E. Bengal;
Singapore) ; Swinh., Cut. Lep. Het. Mus. Ov. i. p. 24. 0. 81 (1892) (Darjiling ; Singapore) ;
id., Vrans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 150. 0, 30 (1894) (Shillong; Cherrapunji); Dudg., Journ, Bombay
N. HW. Soc. xi, p. 415. n. 151 (1898) (Sikhim ; Bhutan ; common at low elevat., 3000 ft,
v.—Vvii.).

3%. This species resembles in colour the species of Deilephila, hypothous ant
placida especially, and has always been considered generically identical with them.
However, bhaga belongs with molucca in one genus, being a distant derivation
from Nephele.

3. Tenth seement represented in lateral aspect by Pl. XLIV. f. 22. Harpe
(PJ. IL. f. 7) truneate ; dorsal margin of clasper strongly convex. Penis-sheath
(Pl. LY. f. 15, dorsal view): lobe with long slender teeth all round; globose
dentate part of sheath large (Pl. LV. f. 16, ventral aspect).

?. Not dissected. Antenna little thinner than those of ¢.

Hab. North India to Celebes.

Two subspecies :

a. Ii. bhaga bhaga.

*Darapsa bhaga Moore, Lc.

Daphnis bhaga, Butler, l.c.

32. Deep brown discal area of forewing not extended to subcostal fork ;

( 595 )
antemedian band with an obyious pale proximal border-line. Apex of hindwing
evenly rounded, feebly pointed at SC*.

Underside : forewing ‘with a pair of rather heavy discal lines, the interspace
between which is more or less filled in with brown, grey submarginal area rather
well defined proximally by a brown line.

Hab. North India to Nias ; will perhaps be discovered on Java and Borneo.

In the Tring Museum 18 dd, 1 ? from: Buxa, Bhutan ; Sikhim ; Khasia
Hills; Nias.

b. 2. bhaga obtruncata subsp. nov.

3. Distal margin of forewing more convex than in the previous; antemedian
band without obvious pale proximal border ; brown discal area extended to subcostal
fork ; black basal dot conspicuous.—Hindwing : costal margin straight from base
to beyond middle, then rather sharply receding to tip of SC*, the apex of the wing
being obliquely truncate ; anal angle more produced than in bhaga bhaga.

Underside: grey submarginal area of forewing sharply limited proximally
only down to R®*, discal lines not distinct.

Not dissected.

Hab. Minahassa, N. Celebes (Platen), 1 ¢ in coll. Staudinger.

533. Kurypteryx molucca.

*Burypleryx molucca Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 76. £.1 (9) (1874) (Ternate ;—Mus. Tring) ;
Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 47 (1875) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 677. n. 1 (1892) ; Huwe,
Berl. Ent. Zeit. xl. p. 363 (1895).

Philampelus 2 molucca, Butler, Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 578. n. 3 (1877).

*Aleuron biovatus Oberthiir, Et. Ent. xix. p. 32. t. 3. £. 16 (g) (1894) (Andai ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir) ; Huwe, /.c. (1895),

Lurypteryx moluccae (!), Rothschild, Iris vii. p. 300 (1894)

3%. Distal margin of forewing slightly convex in ?, straight in d, apex
somewhat produced, but far less than in é/aga. Hindwing more rounded than in
bhaga. Palpus more pointed. The buffish white costal patch of the forewing stands
beyond the common stem of SC! and SC°.

g. Tenth sternite broader than in dhaga, the lateral edges widened laterad.
Clasper less convex dorsally; harpe (Pl. IL. f. 8) ending in a short conical
process, which is not pointed. Penis-sheath (PJ. LV. f. 17): the apical flap
armed distally with a long curved tooth, another tooth at the distal margin more
proximal, small teeth at the right and left edges, the proximal part of the flap
clothed with fine bristles (the most proximal portion of flap broken off).

%. Vaginal plate small, edges incrassate ; orifice not covered, edges raised
but simple, neither dentate nor sinuate.

Hab. Northern Moluccas ; New Guinea.

Tn the Tring Museum 1 3,2 ¢ 2 from: Ternate (type, coll. Felder) ; Kapanr,
Dutch N. Guinea, Dec. 96 to Jan. 97 (W. Doherty) ; Sudest I., Louisiade Archi-
pelago, April 1898 (A. S. Meek).

The ¢ype is much patched up, and the figure is very gross. It is a %, but to
the end of the abdomen—which is stuck on and is not that of a Spinghid—are glued
some d-segments, of which uot much is left now, though, judging from lelder’s
figure, these end-segments were complete when the figure was drawn. The tuft has
disappeared, but the penis is plainly visible, and this shows an armature which is
certainly that of the d molucca, though it does not quite agree with the figure we

( 596 )

give, which is drawn from our Sudest d. The flap bears a number of spiniform
teeth, and is narrower and longer, approaching 4/aga a little in dentition. We do
not venture to explain when these d-segments were stuck on, and whence they
came ; but their presence is inso far of interest as they show that the armature of the
penis-sheath is either individually or geographically variable. Further material must
decide which alternative is correct, but it seems to us that the difference will turn
out to be geographical, as our two New Guinea individuals are far more red beneath
than the type of molucca.

IXXXIX. GIGANTEOPALPUS.—Typus : mirabilis.
Eurypteryx, Rothschild (non Boisduval, 1875), Jris vii. p. 300 (1894).
(riganteopalpus Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeit. xl. p. 360 (1895) (type : capito= mirabilis).

3?. Differs from Lurypteryx chiefly in the following points: palpus much
larger, second segment broader than long ; eye more heavily lashed, proportionally
smaller; abdominal spines weaker ; midcoxal merum not angulate; costal
margin of hindwing produced into a prominent antemedian lobe.

3. Tenth tergite and sternite the same in length and breadth, with the sides
parallel, the upperside of former and underside of latter slightly convex, and the
apex of both rounded. Clasper small ; a large patch of obliquely erect friction-
scales ; harpe of the type found in Deélephila, upperside concave, inclining towards
clasper, apex somewhat curved upwards, obtuse (Pl. IL. f. 9). Penis-sheath
(Pl. LY. f. 18) with a right and left process of nearly the same length, each
shaped almost like the tail of a shark, dentate.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Sunda Islands.

One species.

534. Giganteopalpus mirabilis.
*Eurypteryx mirabilis Rothschild, lc. n. 11. t. 6. £. 3 (2) (1894) (Kina Balu, ¢ ; Sumatra, 9;
—coll. Staudinger).
Giganteopalpus capito Huwe, l.c. n. 13. t. 3. f. 1 (1) (1895) (South Java, 1500 ft.).
The differences relied upon by Huwe are not constant.
Hab. Borneo ; Sumatra; Java.
In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Java merid., 1500 ft. (rec. from H. Fruhstorfer).
A % from Sarawak, Borneo (Pryer) in the British Museum.
Two 63,1 from I'jampea, West Java, in coll. Suellen.

CXL, ANTINEPHELE.—Typus : anomala.
Nephele, Butler (non Hiibner, 1822), Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). x. p. 434 (1882).
Antinephele Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 68 (1889) (type : anomala) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep.
Het. i. p. 642 (1892) (partim).

3%. Genal process broad, obtuse, not reaching to end of pilifer. Palpi
prominent, rounded in dorsal and in lateral aspect. Antenna filiform in both sexes,
in d strongly, in ? feebly compressed, basal seriated ciliae present in ?, hoolt very
gradually curved, end-segment short, conical, about three times as long as basally
broad (side-view). Hye lashed. Abdomen somewhat flattened, rather suddenly

( 597 )

acuminate, in ¢ with a slender and long mesial tuft ; spines numerous, elongate,
weak. Merum of midcoxa not carinate behind; mid- and hindtarsus with comb of
long spines.

6. Tenth segment not divided; tergite narrow, long. Clasper with a small
number of large friction-scales, the midrib of which is brown. Penis-sheath without
external armature, but with a sharp stiletto inside, which can be pnshed ont
(Pl. LY. f. 44).

2. Vaginal plate rounded triangular ; orifice free, somewhat raised.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Aethiopian Region, exclusive of the Malagassic Subregion.

Six species.

Key to the species :
a. A sharply marked oblique band on forewing
from costal margin outside fork to onter

margin before angle . 5 : > : c b.
Forewing without this band . ; : : : d.
4. Forewing clayish ochraceous . . : . 935. A. marcida.
Forewing mummy brown : C2

c. Distal line of antemedian band of dooming
curving distad in front towards the post-

discal band : c 536, A. anomala.
Distal line of antemedian pand curving eeeiad
like first and second line . : 537. A. achlora.
d. Abdomen below white, with brown mesial
spots. : - . 540. A. maculifera.
Abdomen below Saint oe ose saaite : c é.
e. Brown distal marginal area SC°—M of fore-
wing limited by a straight white line. . 539. A. lunulata.
Brown distal marginal area irregular ; no
white line, or the line also irregular . . 938. A. muscosa.

535. Antinephele marcida (PI. VII. f. 23, type).
*Antinephele marcida Holland, Ent. News iv. p. 340 n. 6. t. 15. f. 7 (¢) (1893) (Benita ;—coll.

Holland) ; Kirby, Noy. Zoon. i. p. 100 (1894).

3. The pale line on the posterior part of the mesonotum has the appearance
of being the fringe of the tegula, which it is not; it is present in all species,
bnt the pale colour encrosches upon the edge of the tegula generally only in
maculifera. Abdomen below without spots. Not dissected. Dr. Holland kindly
lent us the type, of which we give here a figure.

Hab. Benita, Gabun.

One specimen (d)) in coll. Holland.

536. Antinephele anomala.

*Nephele anomala Butler, Ann. Mag. N. IT. (5). x. p. 434 (1882) Ne zens. Brit.).
Antinephele anomala, Holland, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 69, n. 32 (1889) (Benita) ; Kirby,
Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 642. n. 1 (1892) ; Schaus & Clem., Sierra Leone ag. p. 18 (1893).
3%. The antemedian band of the forewing resembles somewhat the band
of marcida, Wut is very much narrower; the proximal line of the postdiseal
band is white and continuous, uot broken up into distinctly separate Innules.

( 598 )

3d. Tenth tergite as slender as in muscosa, more evenly curved, far less
eurved than.in achlora ; sternite (Pl. XLIV. f. 33) with the lobe much smaller
than in achlora, slightly spatulate. Harpe as in achlora, but quite straight.

Hab. West Africa.

In the Tring Museum 3 2? from: Ogrugu, Niger; Moy, Sierra Leone,
14. xi. 1901 (D. Cator).

537. Antinephele achlora.

* Antinephele achlora Holland, Ext. News iv. p. 340. n. 5 (1892) (Benita) ; Schaus & Clem., Sierra

Leone Lep. p. 18 (1893) ; Kirby, Nov. Zoot, i. p. 100 (1894),

3%. Differs from the preceding in the three pale lines of the antemedian
band of the forewing curving costad, in the proximal line of the postdiscal band
being more or less separated into lunules, two of which are larger and white,
in the russet underside of the abdomen, and some other points. The proximal
abdominal sternites have a dark brown spot at the base.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIV. f. 31. 32) long, strongly curved downwards,
subeylindrical, not being strongly prismatically compressed ; sternite (\») very
much shorter than the tergite, flattened, tongue-shaped (Pl. XLIV. f. 32, ventral
aspect). Harpe long (Pl. IL. f. 26), slender, straight, slightly curved upwards
at end. Penis-sheath (Pl. LY. f. 44) on the innerside with a patch of sharp
teeth (/), shining through.

Hab. West Africa.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd, 3 % from Sierra Leone.

538. Antinephele muscosa (PI. VI. f. 14, ¢ ; 15, ?),

*Antinephele muscosa Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 70. n. 34, t. 2. f. 8 (9) (1892)
(Benita ;—coll. Holland) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 643. n. 3 (1892).

3%. We figure a cotype (?) kindly lent to us by Dr. Holland, and a ¢ from
the collection of Mons. Charles Oberthiir. There are on the forewing a subbasal
and an antemedian band, besides an oblique discal band crossing wing from
costa just proximally of subcostal fork to outer margin, reaching this at end
of M?, from which band run backwards two more bards, all brown like hindwing ;
the brown marginal area is irregularly dentate, and in the ¢ figured bordered by
a white line, which is not present in the other two individuals examined by us.

3. Tenth segment as in the following, the tergite rather stouter and more
evenly curved, and the sternite more obviously spatulate. Harpe as in achlora,
much longer than in lvnudata.

Hab. West Africa.

In the British Museum 1 ¢ from Benita presented by Dr. Holland.

A & from Cameroons, Johann Albrechts Hohe (Conradt) in coll. Charles
Oberthiir.

539. Antinephele lunulata spec. nov. (PI. VI. f. 16, 9; 17, ¢).

3%. Differs from mscosa as follows :

Underside of body paler—-Forewing shallowly sinuate below apex in d;
upperside: dark discal shade less distinct, at costal margin more proximal, at
distal margin more frontal, the pale apical area reduced distally, no distinct bands;
a basal and two discal spots brown, but not conspicuous, one distally of cell, the
other between M' and M®; discal lines strongly concave from apex of cell to hinder

( 599 )

margin, the first rather more distinct; a small brown apical halfmoon, followed
by an elongate triangular marginal patch, pointed behind, proximally bordered by
a white, feebly dentate line. On underside the pale postdiscal area of the forewing
does not extend backwards beyond M’, it includes proximally two brown dentate
lines the angles of which point basad, and distally another more distinctly zigzag
line, the angles upon the veins pointing distad; this line is separated from the
brown border of the wing, while in muscosa it is merged together with it.

3d. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLIV. f. 34) slender, not strongly curved; sternite
nearly as long as the tergite, narrow, pointed (Pl. XLIV. f. 35, ventral aspect)-
Harpe (Pl. IL. f. 27) short, ending in a sharp, evenly but not strongly curved
hook. Penis-sheath without a patch of teeth on inner surface.

Hab. Mikindani, German East Africa, January to May 1897 (Reimer), 1 3,
type ; Lolodorf, Cameroons (Conradt), 1 2 in coll. Oberthiir.

540. Antinephele maculifera.

Antinephele maculifera Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, xvi. p. 69. n. 33. t. 3. £. 2 (¢) (1889)
(Benita) ; Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xvii. p, 294, n. 4 (1891) (Cameroons) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.
p. 642. n, 2 (1892),

3. Dark brown mesothoracic tegula with a pale spot in front; abdominal
tergites ochraceons, first with a dark brown mesial patch. A large triangular basal
costal patch on forewing, two discal spots R°—M? preceded by a smaller spot, an
apical marginal halfmoon, and behind it a large marginal half-crescent dark brown.
Underside of palpus and abdomen and middle of breast white, abdomen with
conspicuous mesial spots.

Not dissected.

Hab. West Africa.

Tn the Tring Museum 1 ? from Lagos.

CXLI. HYPAEDALIA.—Typus: znsignis.
Hypacdalia Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 397 (1877) (type : insignis).

3%. Genal process acute, about as high as pilifer. Palpus peculiar: scaling
of second segment cariniform or anguliform laterally at apex, apical surface
triangular, anterior (ventral) angle more or less projecting ; third segment long,
thin, scaled, close to the inner edge of the second segment. Scaling of head
raised in front and projecting forward, lateral scaling forming a heavy eye-brow,
a tuft at anterior lateral corner projecting forward upon palpus. Antenna filiform
in both sexes ; compressed also in $, with short seriated basal ciliae ; end-sezment
short as in Antinephele. Abdomen broad, flattened, spines weak, in several rows ;
6 with a broad and rounded, ? with a narrow, anal tuft. Hinder edge of merum
of midcoxa not carinate; external row of spines of first foretarsal segment
irregularly doubled ; mid- and hindtarsus with comb of rather- long but thin
spines. Forewing sinuate below apex; hindwing strongly rounded-dilated costally,
the lobe widest in middle, quite gradually narrowing to base and apex, SC? and
It on a short stalk, R? a little before centre of cell.

3. Tenth segment of abdomen of the same type as in Antinephele. Clasper
with a patch of numerons friction-scales, which are much smaller than in

( 600 )

Antinephele and Nephele. Penis-sheath with two dentate apical processes,
resembling those of .Vephele.
2. Not dissected.
Early stages not known.
Hlab. West Africa.
Two species :
Abdomen blackish above, with a large, sharply

defined, lateral, yellow patch . : . . d41. HL. insignis.
Abdomen yellowish tawny olive above . : . 542. WM butleri.

The costal lobe of the hindwing projects beyond the costal margin of the
forewing when the insect is at rest. The frennlum is well developed. -

541. Hypaedalia insignis.

*TTypaedalia insignis Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 398. t. 9. £.3 (2) (1877) Sierra Leone ;—
Mus. Dublin) ; Holl., Zvans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 56. n. 3 (1889) (Benita, 9); Kirby, Cut.
Lep. Het. i. p. 633. n. 1 (1892).

2. Underside of palpus and body, base of hindwing below, and a large lateral
patch on third and fourth abdominal tergites orange. Basal area of forewing above
and dise marked with conspicuous brownish black interrnpted lines, separated by
greyish interrupted lines, two larger acutely triangular spots more prominent,
one between M! and M? close to cell, pointing basad, the other before end of SM?,
pointing distad: with these variegated areas contrast strongly a large, ovate,
greyish patch before middle of hinder margin, a longer median costal olivaceous
area, including the minute stigma, and the olivaceous apical area, which is divided
by an oblique line.

Fab. Sierra Leone.

In the Tring Musenm 1 ? from Sierra Leone.

542. Hypaedalia butleri.
*Hypaedalia butleri Rothschild, Nov. Zoot, i. p. 69. t. 6. £. 4 (2) (1894) (Aburi ;— Mus. Tring).

3. The lines of the forewing are not conspicuous, the median area between
the antemedian and discal lines is not separated into a costal and posterior portion,
the whole wing almost uniform in colour. The underside of the forewing is
cinnamon-rufous on dise ; there is a sharply defined, irregularly dentate, brown
marginal border; the costal margin of the hindwing is less dilated than in
insignis ; the costal area greyish ; disc tawny, gradually shading into ochraceous
towards base ; hindwing longer than in /nségnis. Thorax above with a large
green mesial patch which extends on head and is laterally bordered by a brown
line. Palpus more pointed than in insignis, greyish cinnamon below. Breast
and underside of abdomen buff-yellow ; upperside of abdomen nearly gallstone-
yellow.

3. Tenth tergite shorter than in Antinephele, truncate; sternite broad,
elongate, triangular (PJ. XLIV. f. 36). Clasper broad, sole-shaped ; harpe
(PI. IL. f. 30) long, enrved upwards and twisted at end, which is flattened and
dilated. Penis-sheath (Pl. LV. f. 48) with two processes, which are dentate at end
and curved proximad, the distal one short, the proximal one long.

Hab. Sierra Leone to Congo.

In the Tring Museum 2 36, 5 @ from: Sierra Leone; Aburi, Ashanti;
Bopoto, Congo (Rey. KX. Smith),

( 601 )

CXLI. RHODOSOMA.—Typus : triopus.

Macroglossa, Westwood (non Ochsenheimer, 1816), Cah. Or, Ent. p. 14 (1848).
Rhodosoma Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 534 (1877) (typus: triopus).

3%. Genal process large, triangular, reaching tip of pilifer. Head with an
indication of a mesial crest, smoothly scaled like thorax and abdomen. [ye lashed.
Palpus broad but rather short, obtuse, resembling the palpus of Macroglossum, but
not pointed. Antenna long and slender, setiform, cylindrical in ?, hook gradually
euryed ; end-segment short, conical, with a number of long bristles, not produced
into a filamentous process. Abdomen flattened, more so than in C/zara ardeniae,
stumpy, appearing truncate, segments short, especially the last ones, sternites
emarginate ; spines flat, very strong on tergites and sternites, those of first row
about half as Jong again as broad, rounded, this armature approaching that of
Macroglossum. Merum of midcoxa not angulate or carinate; tibiae simple,
spurs unequal, longer terminal one of hindtibia | ss than half the first tarsal
segment; this as long as segments 2 to 4 togetler; hindtarsus with additional
externo-lateral spines; spines of comb of midtarsus slightly prolonged, stont ;
pulyillus and paronychiam normal. Wings entire; hindwing short, cell about
half as long again as apically broad, cross-veins oblique, R* before centre, R* and
M almost from a point.

3. Tenth segment elongate, slender, tergite scarcely curved, apex rounded ;
sternite a little broader than tergite and somewhat shorter, with almost parallel
sides, apex rounded, the apical edge curved a little upwards and appearing feebly
sinuate in distal aspect. Clasper little curved, apex rounded, no friction-seales ;
harpe of the same type as in Rethera and Cizara, the process nearly as broad as
in Cizara sculpta, its ventral margin, which is bent upwards, serrate. Penis-sheath
ending in a long, pointed, curved process (Pl. LY. f. 14).

2. Vaginal plate narrowed at end ; orifice covered by a prominent proximal
ridge, which is sinuate in middle.

Early stages not known.

Hah. North India.

One species.

543. Rhodosoma triopus.
*Macroglossa triopus Westwood, Cab. Or. Ent. p. 14. t. 6. £. 4 (1848) (Assam, ? ;—Mus. Oxford) ;
Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 95. n. 18 (1856) (Silhet) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond.
p- 676 (1865) (Bengal) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. M1 ét. i. p. 361. n. 48 (1875).
Rhodoxoma triopus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 534 (1877) ; Maass., Stet. Ent. Zeit. xli.
xli. p. 53 (1880) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 7. 0. 36 (1887); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.
i. p. 633. n. 1 (1892) (N. India) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 122. n. 208
f. 71 (J) (1892) (Sikhim ; Assam); Swinh., Cut. Lep. Het. Mus. Ow. i. p. 8. n. 31 (1892)
(Assam, type); Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. 1H. Soc. xi. p. 419. n. 208 (1898) (Sikhim ; Bhutan).
3%. The creamy white stripes of the metanotum, the red interrupted belt and
side-spots of the abdomen, the short ochraceous-yellow abdominal tufts, the square
Semivitreous spot of the forewing and the large white costal patch of the hindwing,
as well as the rufous-red underside of the body and hindwings, give the insect a
peculiar appearance.
Hab. Assam ; Bhutan ; Sikhim.
In the Tring Museum 16 6d, 1 ? from; Buxa, Bhutan ; Sikhim ; Khasta

Hills,

( 602 )

CXLIT. SPHECODINA.—Typnus: abbott.

Thyreus, Swainson (non Panzer, 1806), Zool. [llustr. iii. t. 60 (1821).

Pterogon, Thon (non Boisduyal, 1834), Natwrg. Schm. p. 104 (1837) (partim).

Sphecodina Blanchard, Hist. Nat. Ins. iii. p. 478 (1840) (type : abbott),

Brachynota Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guatemala p. 66 (1870) ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. 330 (1875).
Maredus Kirby, Journ. Roy. Soc. Dublin (2) ii. p. 330 (1880) (type : abbotti),

3%. Abdomen flattened, with prominent side-tufts, tail broad in 3, consisting
of two broad side-tufts and a smaller mesial tuft, tail of 9 not fan-like, consisting of
a single prominent conical tuft. Midtarsus without comb, /.e. spines of fourth row
not prolonged. Plate of seventh abdominal sternite very short, transverse. Fore-
wing narrow, irregular. Only addotti dissected.

3. Tenth tergite and sternite simple, the latter incised at end (Pl. XLIV. f. 9).
Clasper without friction-scales, narrowly sole-shaped, elongate, dorsal margin
concave, curved inwards distally ; process of harpe short (PJ. XLVIL. f. 11), more
or less truncate and somewhat dilated at end. Penis-funnel (PJ. LIIL f. 31) armed
with a rounded-dilated flat process, which is somewhat fan-like and is dentate at
the edge.

?. Vaginal plate similar to that of Pachygonia; triangular, apical edges
incrassate, orifice proximal,

Larva in first stage with horn, which is lost later on, being replaced by a
polished tuberele ; colour variable, green or brown, sometimes brown with large
green patches above and at the sides (addotti), or with two dorsal rows and an
infero-lateral one of vinaceous-cinnamon patches (caudata).—Food-plants : Vitis ;
Ampelopsis.

Pupa (addott’) with obtuse frontal end, non-prominent caputal tubercles ; pro-
and mesonotum finely rugose, not rough, mesial line slightly raised ; abdomen
punctate-rugate, middle segments ventrally and laterally transversely irregularly
multiplicate before the minutely granulose apical border, ninth tergite smooth, glossy,
cremaster rough, triangular, ending in two minute points.

Hab. Eastern parts of Nearetic Region ; Amurland and China.

Two species.

544. Sphecodina abbotti.

Thyreus abbotti Swainson, Zool. Ilustr, iii. t. 60 (., p., i.) (1821) (Georgia) ; Hall, in Riley, Jus.
Life i. p. 319 (1889) (Ohio).

Pterogon abboti, Thon, Naturg. Schm. p. 104, t. 52. f. 722. 723. 724 (1837).

Thyreus abboti (!), Harris, in Sillim., Jowrn. Sci. Art xxxvi. p. 307. n. 2 (1839) (Southern Sts. ;
Mass.) ; Blanch., /Zist. Nat. Ins. iii. p. 478 (1840); Chenu, Enc. Hist. Nat. i. p. 257. f. 476
(1). 456 (f) (1851-53): Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 99, n. 1 (1856) (N. York;
Georgia) ; Clem., Proc. Ac. N. Se. Philad, iv. p. 135. n. 12 (1859) (larva, pupa; N. York;
Penn. ; Georgia ; Mass. ; Ohio) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860); Clem., in Morris,
Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 156. n, 1 (1862) ; Harris, Ent. Corresp. p. 284. t. 3. £. 9 (1863) ; Grote
& Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 151. n. 11 (1865) ; Pack., Guide p. 276. f. 203 (1869) ;
Lintn., Rept. N. York State Cab. N. H. xxiv. p- 114 (1870) ; id., Ent. Contr. i, p. 191 (1872)
(N. York); id., /.c. iii. p. 179 (1872) (N. York) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se, i. p. 19
(1874); Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 29 (1874) (Newton, Mass., v. vi.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.
p. 331 (1875) ; Grote, Jc. ii, p. 225. n. 21 (1875); Whitn., Canad. Ent. viii. p. 75 (1876) (fo
from brown larvae) ; Grote, ‘hid. viii. p. 100 (1876) (¢ 9 from brown larvae) ; Butl., Trans.
Zool. Soc, Lond. ix, p. 534 (1877) (Georgia; N. York) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se. iii.
p. 221. n. 23 (1877) (N. York ; Penn. ; Mass.) ; id., Canad. Ent. ix. p. 120 (1877) (Lake Erie);
French, V'rans. Dept. Agric. Illin. xv. p. 164 (1877); Saund., Canad, Ent, x. p. 130, figs (1)

( 603 )

(1878) ; Perk., Rept. Verm. Agric. Soc. v. p. 281. fig. (/.) (1878) ; Riley, Rept. Ins. Missouri
ii. p. 78. fig. 54 (1879) (life hist.) ; Moff., Canad. Ent. xii. p. 211 (1880) (Lond., Can. ;
Hamilton, Can.); Saund., Rept. Ent. Sov. Ontario p. 42. fig. (1880); Mart., rans. Dept. Agric.
Tilin. xviii. App. p. 100 fig. (1880) ; Saund., Canad. Ent, xiii. p. 2. fig. 2 (1881) (life hist.) ;
Pilate, Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, O,, common) ; Sand, ibid. ii. p. 147 (1882) (larva
beginn. June ; descr. first stage; Grape, Ampelops.) ; Edw., hid. iii. p. 25 (1883) (N. Jersey);
Saund., /ns. Inj. Fruits p. 253. n. 135. fig. 263 (I., 7.) (1883); Fern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 23.
n. 8. t. 4. f. 4 (/., 7.) (1886) (Maine) ; Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 28 (1886) ; id., Canad.
Ent. xx. p. 154 (1888) (larva, noise) ; Smith, Zvans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 127. t. 5. f. 5. 6
(genit.) (1888) (Canada; Hastern U. Sts., westward to Iowa) ; Edw., Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus.
xxxv. p. 39 (1889) (liter. rel. to metam.) ; Fiske, Hnt. News vii. p. 178 (1896) (sound of larva);
Cross, ibid. vii. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampshire) ; Rowl., ibid. x. p. 12 (1899) (Missouri) ; Peale,
ibid. x. p. 1, figs. (1., p., 7.) (1899).

Sphecodina aboti (!), Blanchard, l.c. t. 20. £. 4 (1840).

Brachynota abboti, Boisduval, Cons. Lép. Guatemalu p. 66 (1870).

Maredus abboti, Kirby, Journ. Roy. Dublin Soe, (2). 11. p. 330 (1880).

Sphecodina abboti, id., Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 638. n. 1 (1892) (N. Am.) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus.
N. H, vii. p. 283. t. 2. f. 6 (1895) (N. York, common),

3%. Apex of forewing truncate, distal margin deeply bisinuate, denticulate at
the veins. The extent of the primrose-yellow area of the underside of the hindwing
variable.

Larva and pupa see above.

Hab. Wastern States of North America: from Canada east- and southwards to
Georgia and the Mississippi basin.

In the Tring Museum 4 larvae, 2 pupae, 9 dd, 12 22 from: Massachusetts ;
N. Jersey ; Lowa.

It is strange that abdotti does not occur in the Pacific parts of the Nearctic
Region, considering that the other species of Sphecodina inhabits the Pacific side
of the Asiatic continent. What is the cause of the two peculiar moths having so
widely separated ranges ?

545. Sphecodina caudata.

Maeroglossa caudata Bremer & Grey, in Motsch., Ht. Hint. i. p. 62. n. 18 (1852) (Pekin).

Thyreus caudata iid., Schm. Nérdl. China’s p:13. n. 56 (1853) ; Mén., Enum. Corp. Anim, Mus.
Petr., Lep. ii. p. 95, n. 1578. t. 12. f. 4 (1857) ; Staud., in Rom., Mém. Lep. vi. p. 238. n. 229.
t. 6. f. 4 (/.) (1892) (Ussuri ; Sutschan ; larvaon Vitis) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 105.
n. 75 (1901).

Temnora (?) caudata, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. MW. viii. p. 105. n. 3 (1856) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc.
Lond. ix. p. 537. n. 9 (1877).

Macroglossa (?) caudata, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i, p. 332. n, 1 (1875); Bart., in Ruhl,
Grossschm. ii. p. 214 (1900),

Specodina (?) caudata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 638.0. 2 (1892).

3%. Distal margin of forewing even, slightly concave in front and behind, not
at all lobed. Abdomen more broadly tufted at end than in the preceding species ;
the tail is too small in the figure given by Ménétriés, /.c.

3. Not dissected.

Larva figured by Staudinger, /.c.; at each side with a row of dorsal patches and
a row of larger subventral ones.—Food-plant : V7f/s.

Hab, Amurland and China.

Rare in collections.

A ? in the British Museum from loochow,

( 604 )

CXLIV. DEIDAMIA.—Typus : inseriptum.
Ptergon ?, Harris, in Sillim. Journ. Sc. Art xxxvi. p. 306 (1839).
Thyreus ?, Walker, List Lep, Ins. B. M. viii. p. 100 (1856).
Deidamia Clemens, Journ, Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 137 (1859) (type : imseriptum).
Proserpinus, Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860).
Trichocolon Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 302 (1875) (type : inseriptum).
Pterogon, Strecker, Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 112 (1876).

3%. Genal process triangular, narrower than in Amphion, nearly reaching
end of pilifer. Head sunken, with a large mesial crest ; eye lashed ; palpus rather
small, but projecting, rongh-scaled. Antenna filiform, long and heavy in d,
narrowed towards base and apex, gradually curved, no distinct hook ; end-segment
quite short, not prolonged to a filament, densely scaled above, the scales projecting
beyond apex of segment. Spines of abdomen elongate, weak, especially those
of underside ; anal tuft small, triangular in d, truncate in ? ; seventh sternite
of 2 small, without spines, rounded. Merum of midcoxa not carinate or angulate ; _
tibiae not spinose, rough-scaled, spurs unequal: no comb to midtarsus ; par-
onychinm with two pairs of lobes, pulvillus present. Apex of forewing trancate-
sinuate, distal margin sinuate between SC° and R*, and again between R* and
hinder angle, with a small lobe at M!; cross-veins of hindwing obliqne, D* at
least twice the length of D', upper angle of cell obtuse, lower angle acute.

3. Tenth segment simple, tergite and sternite clongate, the latter broader
and shorter than the former, somewhat boat-shaped. Clasper broadly sole-shaped,
withont friction-scales ; harpe small, ending in a slightly curved, slender, somewhat
spatulate process (Pl. IL. f. 10). Penis-sheath (Pl. LIV. f. 17) with a broad,
apically wider left lobe, which is dentate at the edges, and with a simple
pointed right process.

?. Highth tergite short, membranaceous in middle. Vaginal plate (Pl. XLL
f. 7) feebly chitinised, distal edge more strongly chitinised, apex narrowed ;
orifice subapical, large, anterior edge raised, sinuate.

Larva green, tapering in front, with a pale dorso-lateral line ending at the
horn, which is granulose.—Food-plant : Ampelopsis ; Vitis.

Papa variegated with pale testaceous on the thorax and wing-cases; head
with three prominent tubercles, mesial one pointed; tongue-case prominently
keeled ; thorax and abdomen with dispersed large punctures, which are denser
together on the last segment, and the bases of the tergites, apex of segments
4 to 6 smooth ventrally ; anal segment with a lateral prominence ; cremaster
shorter than in Amphion, less gradually tapering, conical part smooth.

Hab. Atlantic district of the Nearctic Region.

One species.

546. Deidamia inscriptum.

Pterogon ? inscriptum Harris, in Sillim,, Journ. Se. Art xxxvi. p. 306 (1839) (Indiana).

Thyreus ? inseviptus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 100. n. 4 (1856).

Deidamia inseripta, Clemens, Journ. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 137. n. 14 (1859) (Indiana ; Long 1;
N. York ; Penn.) ; id., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 159. n. 1 (1862) ; Grote & Rob., Proe.
Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 151. n. 13 (1865) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se. i. p. 20 (1874) ; id.
Le. ii, p. 225 (1875) ; Butl., Z'rans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 535 (1877) ; id., Papilio i. p. 103
(1881) (affinities ?) ; Pilate, ibid. ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, 0.); Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii, p. 131.
n, 29 (1886) (Can., southward) ; Fern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 69. n. 33 (1886) ; Grote, awh Moths

( 605 )
N. Am. p. 29 (1886) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer, Mus. N. H. vii. p. 284, t. 2. £. 7 (1895) (N. York) ;
Moff., Cunad. Ent. xxx. p. 204 (1898).

Proserpinus inscriptum, Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860).

Trichocolon inscriptum, Boisduval, Spec. Grén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 302 (1875).

Pterogon inscriptum, Strecker, Lep, Rhop. Het. p, 112. t. 13, f. 8 (g) (1876) (Middle and N. Engl,
States, Maryld., Virg., Ohio, Ind.) ; Maass., Stett, Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 53 (1880) (Deidamia=
Pterogon).

Deidamia inseriptum, Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 129. t. 7. £. 3 (genit.) (1888) (Canada to
Virginia, westward to the Mississippi Valley); Kirby, Cut. Ley. Het. i. p. 639. n. 1 (1892)
(Indiana !).

3%. Resembles in colour and shape the South African Odontosida pusillus. |

The abdomen bears a row of brown dorso-lateral spots, corresponding to the

dark markings found in Acosmeryx.

Hab, Canada to Virginia, westward to the Mississippi basin.
In the Tring Museum 2 larvae, 2 pupae, 11 dd, 12 2? from: Long I.; New

York ; Illinois.

CXLY. ARCTONOTUS.—Typus : lucidus.
Aretonotus Boisduval, Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 319 (1852) (nom. indeser.) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins:

B. M. viii. p. 264 (1856) (type : lucidus).

Proserpinus, Edwards (non Hiibner, 1822), Proc. Calif. Ac. Sc. vi. p. 90 (1876).

$2. Very close to Luproserpinus and Proserpinus, though different in aspect
owing to the more woolly scaling. Anteuna not clubbed, narrowed to base and°
apex, very strongly compressed in d, hook gradually curved and narrowed, end-
segment elongate-triangular, broader basally than in the allied genera. Palpus
short, not projecting. Armature of tibiae as in /uproserpinus, spines of foretibia
yery long, apical thorn short ; xo pulvillus, paronychium vestigial.

3. Sexual armature (of (ucidus) as in Proserpinus; tenth sternite rather
slenderer than in /?. clarkiae (Pl. XLY. f. 4). Clasper elongate sole-shaped,
curved as in Proserpinus ; harpe vestigial, represented by a tapering ridge as
in P. gaurae (Pl. IL. f. 19). Penis-sheath with apical tooth as in clarhiae.

Early stages not known ; most likely similar to those of Proserpinus.

Hab. Pacific district of Nearctic Region, southward to Mazatlan, West Mexico.

The similarity to “ Bombyctdae” is quite superficial.

Two species :

Forewing with green subbasal patch; basal two-

thirds of hindwing pale vinaccous-ciunamon . 447. iL. lucidus.
Forewing without green subbasal patch ; hindwing

dull claret-red . ‘ ; : : . . O48, A. terlooi.

547. Arctonotus lucidus.

*Aretonotus lucidus Boisduval, Le. p. 319, n. 85 (1852) (8. Francisco ;—coll. Charles Obertbiir) ;
Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 265. n, 1 (1856) (Calif.); Clem., Journ. Ale. N. Se. Philad.
iv. p. 188. n. 95 (1859) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep.
N. Am. p, 217. n. 1 (1862) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 169, n. 117 (1865) ;
Boisd., Ann. Soc. Lnt. Belg. xii. p. 27. 0, 86 (1869) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc, N. Seoi. p. 17
(1874); id., Lc. ii. p. 225. n. 16 (1875); Boisd., Spee. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 293 (1875) (8. Francisco);
Streck., Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 115. t. 13. f. 7 (1876); Edw,, Proc. Calif. Ac. Sci. vi. p. 87 (1876
(Sacramento ; Oregon); Butl., Z'rans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 627 (1877); Grote, /.c. iii,
p. 221. n. 18 (1877) ; Rivers, Papilio iii. p. 65 (1883) (Berkely, Cal. ; Jan. 7th and 8th at light) ;
Grote, Canad, Ent. xviii. p, 131.0.19 (1886) ; Smith, Z'rans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 232 (1888) ;
Kirby, Cat. Lop. Het. i. p. 71d. m. 1 (1892),

( 606 )

3. This insect flies early in the year, in Southern California early in January,
in Oregon in February, in Washington in March; it comes to the light late at
night. A specimen from South Arizona is dated September. This would show
that there are either two broods, or that the imago hibernates. The Arizona
example is paler than our other specimens.

Hab. Avizona northward to Washington Territory ; perhaps also in British
Columbia, from where it has not yet been recorded.

In the Tring Museum 18 3d from: So. Arizona, ix.; Los Angelos,
California, i. ; Gold Hill, Oregon, ii. ; Pullman, Washington, iii.

548. Arctonotus terlooi.

Proserpinus terlooi Edwards, Proc. Calif. Ac. Se. vi. p. 90 (1876) (Mazatlan, Mexico) ; Druce, in

Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het.i. p. 5. n. 1 (1881) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 640. n. 5 (1892).
Pterogon terlooi, Strecker, Lep. Rhop, Het. i. p. 125. t. 14. f. 2 (1877).
Arctonotus (2) terlooi, Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 109 (1888) (an ally to Arctonotus).

3. The much redder hindwing distinguishes this species at a glance. We
cannot understand why Edwards put it into Proserpinus.

Hab. Mazatlan, Mexico.

In the collection of the California Academy at San Francisco.

CXLVI. AMPHION.—Typus : nessus.
Sphinv, Cramer (on Linné, 1758), Pap. Evot. ii. p. 16 (1777).
Amphion Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 135 (1822) (partim ; typus: nessus).
Thyvreus ?, Harris, in Sillim, Jowrn. Se. Art xxxvi. p. 308 (1839).
Thyreus, Walker (non Swainson, 1821), List Lep, Ins. B. M, viii. p. 99 (1856).

32%. Genal process large. Palpus pointed, projecting forward. Hye strongly
lashed. Antenna filiform, slightly incrassate beyond middle, hook long, gradually
narrowed, not or little compressed, end-segment quite short, not produced into a
filamentous process. Merum of midcoxa rounded ; foretibia with slender spines
externally, irregularly arranged, midtibia also with some spines; no comb to
midtarsus ; paronychium with two pairs of lobes ; spurs very unequal. Spines of
abdemen all elongate, strong above and below, flat; fan-tail broad in d, trilobate,
the middle lobe thin ; in $ more truncate, with the middle lobe a little projecting.
Distal margin of forewing bisinuate ; cross-veins of hindwing transverse, not oblique,
lower angle of cell a little more than 90°, R* and M? rather close together.

3. Tenth segment of abdomen simple, sternite shorter than tergite, both
slender, slightly narrowed to apex, which is rounded. Clasper without friction-
scales, ventral edge convex, dorsal one concave; harpe ending in a short, flat,
obtuse process, projecting ventrad beyond the edge of the clasper (Pl Ih.
f. 17). Penis-sheath (PI. LIV. f. 15) with prominent, recurved, and pointed
apical process.

9. Highth tergite five times as broad as mesially long, sides projecting as
broadly rounded lobes. Vaginal plate feebly chitinised, distal edge somewhat
incrassate, apex suddenly narrowed ; orifice large, median, with the edges slightly
raised.

Larva (adult) brown, thorax with three darker brown dorsal lines, following
segments with a dorsal mesial row of brown spots and oblique brown side-bands ;

( 607 )

young larva paler, with a pale dorso-lateral line from head to horn; this colour
sometimes retained by the later stages. Horn short, pointed ; thorax somewhat
tapering frontad, especially in adult larva.—Food-plants : Epilobium; Ampelopsis ;
Vitis.

Pupa opaque, rugose, abdomen very strongly punctured, punctures of last
segments deep; head at each side with a smaller tubercle at the base of the
tongue-case, and a larger but less projecting prominence before the eye ; cremaster
long, bifid, very strongly rugate at base, smooth at apex.

Hab. Atlantic district of Nearctic Region.

One species ; rather common ; flying at day-time, rarely at dusk,

Near Proserpinus, from which it differs in the antenna, the armature of the
tibiae, and the direction of the cross-veins of the wing, ete.

549. Amphion nessus.

Sphinx nessus Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. p. 16. t. 107. f. p (1777) (Virginia) ; Fabr., Spec. Zus. ii. p. 140,
n. 2 (1781) ; id., Mant, Ins, ii. p. 92. n, 2 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2372. n. 91 (1790) ;
Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 355, n. 2 (1793); Lep. & Serv., Enc. Méth. x. p. 465, t. 66. £. 1 (1825).

Sphinz ocypete, Houttuyn (non Linné, 1758), Naturl. Hist. i. 11. p. 408. n. 4. t. 90. f. 1 (1767) ;
Miill., Naturs, v. 1. p. 636. n. 4. t, 20. f. 1 (1774) (N. York); Auriv., Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak.
Handl. xix. 5, p. 129 (1882) (= nessus).

Amphion nessus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 135. n. 1444 (1822) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc.
Philad. v. p. 151. n. 12 (1865) ; Beth., Canad. Ent. i. p. 10. 47 (1869) ; Bowl, ibid. iii. p. 143
(1871) (Quebec, vii.) ; Lintn., Ent. Contr. i. p. 192 (1872) (N. York, vi.) ; Thaxt., Psyche i.
p- 29 (1874) (Newton, Mass., £. v.—m. vi.); Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. i. p. 19 (1874) ;
id., /.c. ii, p. 225. n. 20 (1875): Caulf., Canad. Ent. vii. p. 241 (1875) (Montreal, vi. vii.) ;
Butl., Vrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 535 (1877) ; Grote, lc. iii. p. 221. n, 22 (1877) (N. York ;
Can. ; Mass. ; Penn.) ; Jew., Canad. Ent, xii. p. 231 (1880) (Ohio, larva on Epil. color.) ;
Pilate, Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, O.) ; Sand., /bid. 1. p. 147 (1882) (larva, first stage) ;
Fern., Canad. Ent. xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Orono, Maine) ; id., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 20. n. 7 (1886) ;
Holl., Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 102 (1886) (Pittsburgh) ; Grote, ‘id. p. 131. n, 24 (1886) (Can.,
southward) ; id., Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 28 (1886) ; Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, xv. p. 125.
t. 5. f. 3. 4 (genit.) (1888) (Canada to Georgia ; westward to Missouri, Iowa, Illinois) ; Edw.,
Bull. U, St. N. Mus. xxxv. p. 38 (1889) (liter. rel. to metam.) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 638.
n. 1 (1892) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer, Mus. N, H. vii. p. 282. t. 2. f. 5 (1895) (N. York, v. vi.) ;
Soule, Psyche vii. p. 212 (1895) (larva on Aimpel. vertchi ; Massachusetts) ; Cross, Ent. News,
vii. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampshire).

Vhyreus ? nessus, Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sc. Art xxxvi. p. 308. n. 3 (1839),

Thyreus nessus, Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 99. n. 2 (1856) (N. York ; Orilla) ; Clem.,
Journ, Ac. N. Sc. Philad. iv. p. 136. n.13 (1859) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860) ;
Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep, N. Am, p. 157. n. 2 (1862); Dimm. & Mann, Psyche ii. p. 67
(1877).

Pogocolon nessus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 316. n. 3. t. 1. £. 5. 6 (L, p.) (1875).

Thyreus (Amphion) nessus, Andrews, Canad. Ent. ix. p. 19 (1877) (larva).

3%. The yellow basal belts of the abdominal tergites 5 and 6, and the white
fringe of the fourth tergite distinguish this insect easily from all other Sphingidae.
Tn the pattern of the wings essws comes near the species of Proserpinus.

The southern individuals, especially those from Florida, are on the whole
deeper in tint than the northern ones.

Hab. Canada to Florida, westward to the Mississippi basin.

In the Tring Museum 4 larvae, 1 pupa, 22 dd, 16 29 from: Maine;
Massachusetts; Long Island; N. Jersey: W. Virginia; Sanford, Vlorida, vi. ;
Titusville, Florida, viii.

( 608 )

CXLVII. PROSERPINUS.—Typus : proserpina.

Sphinx, Pallas (non Linné, 1758), Spice. Zool. ix. p. 26 (1772).

Sesia Fabricius, in Illig., Mag. Ent. vi. p. 88 (1807) (partim).

Macroglossa Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur. iv. p. 42 (1816) (partim).

Proserpinus Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 132 (1822) (type: proserpina = oenotherae).
Pterogon Boisduval, [con. Lép. Eur. vi. p. 14 (1834) (partim).

Thyreus, Walker (non Swainson, 1821), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 100 (1856) (partim).
Lepisesia Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 38 (1865) (type : flanofasciata).

Pogocolon Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 814 (1875) (type: gaurae).

Dieneces Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) viii. p, 308 (1881) (type: clarkiae).

3%. Genal process large, triangular, nearly reaching to tip of pilifer. Eye-lashes
heavy. Antenna clubbed; hook suddenly narrowed; end-segment conical, at
least three times as long as basally broad. Abdominal spines weak; anal tuft
truncate, preceding segments with side-tufts. Hinder edge of merum of midcoxa
rounded, neither angulate nor cariniform; tibiae spinose; foretibia ending in a
thorn, a lateral row of heavy spines, the basal ones the shortest ; spurs of mid-
and hindtibiae unequal, longer ones equalling or surpassing in length second
tarsal segment; no comb to mid- and hindtarsus ; ventral lobes of paronychiam
very small; pulvillus present. R? of hindwing central; R* and M! rather close
together; D? transverse, slightly concave, D* oblique, lower angle of cell little
produced.

g. Tenth tergite and sternite simple, of the same type as in JJacroglossum.
Clasper without friction-scales ; harpe vestigial. Penis-sheath with a horizontal,
apical, pointed process, directed dextro-laterad.

Larva: head small, not granulose, but hairy ; a pale dorso-lateral line, and
another ventro-lateral, at least in early stages, with these are connected oblique
bands running in the same direction as in Pholus, dorso-frontal—ventro-distal ;
horn short, or in later stages vestigial.

Chrysalis slender, glossy ; two frontal tubercles ; mesonotum with transverse,
mesially interrupted ridge ; abdominal segments with large punctures at base,
last segments punctured nearly all over; cremaster long, slender, ending in
two points.

Hab. Palaearctic and Nearctic Regions.

Five species.

Since the genus as conceived by us contains material closely related ¢nter se
in pattern and structure, and is sharply defined, we do not see the necessity of
dividing the few species into several genera. On the contrary, we think it highly
opportune to keep the five species under one generic head and thus impress upou
the student the facts (1) that we have here, as in the case of /Haemorrhagia, a
development common to the Northern temperate regions (except the eastern parts
of the Palaearetic Regions, where as yet no representative has been found), and
(2) that the bombiform /vofusciata is a derivation from a gawrae-like insect,
owing its similarity with Haemorrhagia to mimicking the same model.

If one separates the Palaearctic proserpina from the Nearctic forms, it becomes
necessary to further divide these, and there would then be even justification for
keeping each single species in a genus of its own. In this case a generic term
will have to be invented for jvanita, which differs essentially from gaurae in the
larval state. Eyerybody may please himself in this matter, but we state with

( 609 )

emphasis that in onr opinion the true position of the five species in question will
be far better understood if kept together, than if distributed over at least four
genera. To serve the understanding of the true relationship, to show the true
connection between the species, is the ideal object of classification of animated
nature, as opposed to mere baptism of the different forms and groups of forms.
Key to the species :
a. Breast and legs black . 5 5 . do4. P. favofasciata.
Breast and legs not black : ¢ ; 5
b. Distal margin of forewing deeply Sime
below apex, trilobate at R*®, M’ and SM’ 552
Distal margin of forewing very faintly or
not all concave below apex . F
c. Underside of abdomen, basal area of fae
wing below, and marginal band of
hindwing above, cinnamon-rufonus. . 9d0.
Marginal band of hindwing black, under-
side of abdomen and base of hindwing

. P. proserpind.

P. gaurae.

below olive-green or greyish green. : eds
d. Basal area of forewing below ea
- orange . ‘ . dol. P.juanita.
Basal area of gestae val the orange
colour absent or petal c : . 503. P. clarkiae,

550. Proserpinus gaurae.

Sphing gaurae Abbot & Smith, Jus. Georgia i, p. 61. t. 31 (L, p
Natural. Libr. xxxvii, p. 103. t. 6. f. 3 (/.) (1843).

Proserpinus gaurae, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 182. n. 1414 (1822); Clem, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci.
Philad. iv. p. 133. n, 9 (1859) (partim) ; id., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 153. n. 1 (1862) ;

Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 151. 177 (1865) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se. i.
p. 20 (1874) (Georgia) ; id., dc. ii. p. 225. n. 19 (1875); Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix.
p- 536. n. 3 (1877) (Georgia ; ? Texas) ; Grote, /.c. ill. p. 221. n. 21 (1877) (= ? juanita) ;
Dimm. & Mann, Psyche ii. p. 66 (1877).

Setia gauvae, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. 1. p. 750. sub n. 4 (1815).

Pterogon gaurae, Harris, in Sillim., Journ, Sc, Art xxxvi. p. 306 (1839) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.
p- 639. n. 3 (1892) (partim) ; ide in Allen, Nat. Libr., Moths ii. t. 97. £. 3 (4). 4 (7) (1897).

» ?-) (1797) ; Dune, in Jard.,

| TPhyreus gaurac, Walker, List Lep. The BM. vii. p. 100. n, 3 (1856).

Pogocolon gaurae, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 315. n. 1 (1875) (Georgia) ; Edw., Bull
U. St. Nat. Mus. xxxv. p. 38 (1889) (liter. rel. to metam. ).

Proserpinus circac Edwards, Papilio ii. p. 9 (1882) (Georgia ; coll. Neumoegen).

Pogocolon circeae (1), Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 131. n. 22 (1886).

Lepisesia. gaurae, id., lc. xviii. p. 131. p. 23 (1886) (partim); Smith, Zrans, Amer. Ent, Soc. xv.
p. 115 (1888) (partim).

Lepisesia virceae (1), Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 51 (1886) ; Smith, /.c. xv. p. 114 (1888).
Lepisesia circac, Ottolengui, Ent. News vi p. 218 (1895) (¢ in coll. Neumoegen).

3%. Palpus longer than in the other species, somewhat projecting. Fore-
wing distinctly sinuate before hinder angle, sometimes with faint indications of
teeth at the middle veins. Hindwing orange, washed with ferruginous, especially
at base; marginal band reddish cinnamonu-rafous ; fringe white, with the short
‘orewing below without black stigma ; basal areas of both wings
chestunt, but that of forewing more or less ferruginous in and behind cell; a
triangular apical costal patch including a white oblique apical line cinnamon-rufous.
Abdomen beneath also this colour, with pale edges to the segments.

KA

( 610 )

3. Sexual organs not essentially different from those of clar/iae, only the
“tooth of the penis-sheath is shorter and the harpe less distinct.

Larva green, beautifully marked with red; a dorso-lateral, interrupted, broad
line, oblique side-bands (dorso-frontal—ventro-distal), a series of ventro-lateral
elongate spots, a ventral mesial series of minute spots and the abdominal legs, red ;

a dorsal mesial row of dots and another above the red Jateral markings, black; horn
black, pointed.—Food-plant : Gaura biennis.

Hab. Southern part of Atlantic district of Nearctic Region : Georgia to Texas.

Edwards, considering the following species to be the true gaurae, described a
specimen of the present species as circae.

In the Tring Museum 3 larvae, 3 pupae, 3 dd, 2 2? from Texas.

551. Proserpinus juanita.

Proserpinus gaurae, Clemens (non Abbot & Smith, 1797), Journ. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 133. n. 9
(1859) (partim ; Texas, iv., vii.) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris,
Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 153. n. 1 (1862) ; Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 151. 177
(1865) (Clem.’s gawrae not that of Abb. & Smith?) ; Grote, Bull. Bugfulo N. Se. iii. p. 221,
n. 21 (1877).

Pterogon juanita Strecker, Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 112. f. 13. £. 6 (¢) (1877) (Rio Grande) ; Kirby,
Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 640. n. 4 (1892).

Proserpinus juanita, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 636 (1877).

Lepisesia gaurae var. juanita, Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 131. sub n. 23 (1886); Smith, Trans,
Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 114 (1888) (two broods).

3%. Differs from gaurae in the forewing being purer olivaceons green, in the
hindwing being brighter orange and having a sharply marked black band; in
the basal area of the forewing below being for the greater part ferruginous-orange,
while the basal area of the hindwing is olive-green; in the pale olive-green (not
chestnut or cinnamon-rufous) underside of the abdomen, which is blackish at the
base ; and in the forewing being marked below with a black stigma and having
no cinnamon-rufous costal apical patch.

3. Sexual armature as in gaurae, but the tooth of the penis-sheath as long as
in clarkiae.

Larva red ; two whitish lateral lines, one above, the other below, the upper
crossed by oblique dorsal bands which encircle a large dorsal area on each segment ;
the dorso-lateral line and oblique markings vestigial on eleventh segment ; stigmata
black ; horn obliterated as in proserpina and flavofasciata—Food-plant: Gaura.

Hab. Texas ; Colorado ; Arizona.

Two subspecies :

a. P. juanita juanita.
Pterogon Juanita, Strecker, l.c.
Hab, Texas and Colorado.
In the Tring Museum 4 larvae, 8 pupac, 15 dd, 20 2% from : Texas, iii. iv. 5
Colorado, Arbotes, 15. vi. The Colorado is ¢ a transition to the following subspecies.

6. P. juanita oslari subsp. noy.

3%. The green as well as the orange areas obviously paler than in the
preceding ; the stigma of the forewing smaller above and quite indistinct below :
fringe of forewing above more distinctly dotted.

Hab, Verde R., Arizona, June 1902 (Oslar).

In the Tring Museum 7 dd, 3 $2; type: do.

( 611 )

502. Proserpinus proserpina.

Ernst & Engr., Pap. Eur. ii. t. 121. f. 161 a—i (1782).
Sphyne (!) proserpina Pallas, Spic. Zool. ix. p. 26. t. 2. £. 7 (1772) (Germania).
Sphinx oenotherae Denis & Schiff., Syst. Verz. Schm. Wien p. 43. n. 1. p. 239. fig. frontisp. (1776).

$$. Palpus shorter than in gaurae; end-segment of antenna and hindtarsus
also shorter,while the thorn at the end of the foretibia is longer; distal margin of
forewing far less oblique, irregularly trilobate at R*, M', and SM’. In these
characters, proserpina is more specialised than the American species. Hindwing
paler yellow than in clarkiae.

3. Tenth segment as in clarhiae (PI. XLY. f. 4), sternite rather longer and
slenderer. Harpe short, often dilated at end (Pl. IL. f. 20), sometimes as
gradually narrowed to a point as in gaurae.

Larva green or brown, paler below than above; stigmata in brown oblique
patches ; pale dorso-lateral line more or less vestigial; back dotted with brown ;
horn represented by a smooth prominence encircled with black.—Food-plants :
Ocenothera ; Epilobium ; Lythrum.

Hab. Central and South Europe, eastward to Buchara.

Two subspecies :

a. P, proserpina proserpina.

Sphinx proserpina Pallas, l.c.

Sphinx oenotherae Denis & Schiff., /.c.; Fuessly, Mag. Ent. ii. 1. p. 65. t. 1. £. 9. 10 (1779) ; Esp.,
Schmett. ii. p. 167. t. 20, p. 198, t. 26. f. 2. 3 (1779) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii, 2. p. 212. n. 29
(1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 141. n. 10 (1781) (=proserpina) ; Fuessly, N. Mag. Ent. ii. p. 210
(1784) ; id., Lc. iii. p. 146 (1786) ; Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 93. n. 11 (1787) ; Borkh., Eu. Schmett.
li, p. 59. 135. 177 (1788) ; Lang, Verz. Augsb. ii. p. 71. n. 572. 573 (1789) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat.
i, 5. p. 2374. n. 54 (1790); Rossi, Fauna Etr. ii. p. 15. n. 362 (1790) ; Schwarz, Raupenkal.
p. 364 (1791); Brahm, Jnsectenkalend, ii. 1. p. 422. n. 297 (1791); Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1.
p. 399. n. 12 (1793); Schrank, Fauna Boica ii. 1, p. 229. n. 1393 (1801) ; Hiibn., Hur. Schmett.,
Sphing. £. 58 (180-?) ; id., Gesch. Schmett. ii. Sphing. iii. (180-?) ; Ochs., Schmett. Eur. ii. p. 196.
n. 5. (1808) ; Nagel, MWiilfsb. Schm. p. 148 (1818); Latr., in Nouv. Dict. d Hist. Nat, xxxii.
p- 27 (1819) ; God., Lép. France iii. p. 52. t. 19. f. 2 (1823) ; Luc., Lép. Eur. p. 109, t. 44 (1834).

Sphinx schiffermilleri Fuessly, Mag. Ent. ii. p. 69 (1779) (=oenotherae).

Sesia venotherae, Fabricius, in Ilig., Mag. Ent. vi. p. 88. n. 44 (1807).

Sphine aenotherac (), Latreille, Gen. Ins. Crust. iv. p. 210 (1809).

Scetia oenotherae, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. 1. p. 750. n. 4 (1815).

Macroglossu cenotherac, Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur. iv. p. 42 (1816) ; Friv., in Silberm., Rev, Ent. ii.
p- 181 (1834) (Hungary) ; Eversm., Munna Volgo-Ural. p. 107 (1844) (vi.) ; Assm., Zeilschr.
Ent. Breslau i. p. 5 (1847) ; Standf., hid. v. p. 15 (1851) (larva).

Proserpinus oenotherae, Hiibner, Verz. bel:, Schm. p. 132.0, 1413 (1822) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. ML.
viii. p. 97. n. 1 (1856) (S. France) ; Butl., vans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 535. n. 1 (1892).

Sphyne (!) cenotherac, Vogel, Schm. Cubin. iv. p. 21. t. 7. £. 4. a. b (1823).

Pterogon oenotherac, Boisduval, Ind. Meth. p. 32 (1829) (Gall, m., vi.) ; id., Coll. Leon, Chen. t. 18.
f, 1 (1832) ; Cant., in Silberm., Mev. Ent. i. p. 76 (1833) (Dept. Var); Boisd., Spec, Gén. i.
t. 15. £. 3 (1836) ; Thon, Nat. Schm. p. 103. t. 52. £. 719—721 (1837) ; Lue., in Chenu, Luc.
Hist, Nat., Pap. i. p. 255. £. 452 (1853) ; Ménétr., Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. Suppl.
ii. p, 95. n. 1575 (1857) ; Wilde, Ruup. ii. p. 80, t. 1. £. 9 (1860); Staud. & Wocke, Cut. Le.
p. 16. n. 30 (1861) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén, Lép. Hét. i. p. 312. n. 1 (1875) ; Weism., ed. Meld., Stu.
Theor. Desc. i. p. 256. t. 7. £. 63. 64. 65 (1882) (larva) ; Schiitze, Jris ix. p. 323, n. 14 (1896)
(Oberlausitz),

Ptevogon aenotherae (1), Blanchard, //ist. Nat. Ins. iii. p. 478. t. 20, £. 2 (1840).

Sphine aetherioe (!), Lalanne, Man, Ent. p. 122. n. 2 (date ?).

Pterogon proserpina, Staudinger & Wocke, Cat. Lep. ed. ii, p. 38. n. 491 (1871) ; Weil., Progr. Ober-
realech, Innsbr, p. 16 (1880); Kill., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub. xxiii. p. 46 (1880); Rom., Wén,
Lip. i. p. 72 (1884) (Borjoum, vi. vii.) ; Mina-Pal. & Failla-Ted., Nat. Sicél. vii. p. 12 (1889) ;

( 612°)

Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 639, n. 1 (1892); Hofm., Raup. Grossschm. p. 31. t. 8. £. 8. a. b. (1893);
id., Grossschm. p. 31, t. 18. £. 7 (1894) (v. vi.) ; Kill. & Cafl., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Grawh. xxxviii,
App. p. 20 (1895); Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 204 (1900) ; Staud. & Reb., Cut. Lep. ed,
iii. p. 104. n. 765 (1901).

*Proserpinus aenotheroides, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 621 (1875) (“ Brazil,” err. loc. ;—
Mus. Brit.).

Pterogon oenotheroides, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 639. n. 2 (1892) (Brazil ?).

3d 2. Length of forewing 17—23 mm. There is little variation observed.
p=} to}
Hab. Central Germany southward to Portugal and Spain, Sicily, eastwards
fo) ? P)
to Caneasia.
In the Tring Museum 3 larvae and 36 specimens.

b. P. proserpina japetus.

*Pterogon proserpina var. japelus Grum-Grsch., in Rom., Mém. Lép. iv. p- 513. n, 209 (1890)
(Kabadian, v. ;—Mus. Tring) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 639. sub n. 1 (1892) ; Bartel, in Riihl,
Grossschm. ii, p. 208 (1900) ; Staud. & Reb., Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p. 104. sub n. 765 (1901) (Buch.
or. ; Ferg. m.).

?. Forewing measuring 25mm. On the whole paler than Huropean specimens,
the marginal band of the hindwing below narrower.

Hab. Bokhara: Kabadian ; Turkestan: Ferghana.

In the Tring Museum 1 2 (type) from Kabadian, ex coll. Grum-Grschimailo.

553. Proserpinus clarkiae.

*Pterogon clarkiae Boisduval, Ann. Soe. Ent. France p. 318. n. 84 (1852) (Calif. ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir) ; id., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. p. 26. n. 85 (1869) ; Streck., Lep. Rhop. Het, p.111.t. 13.
f.5 (2 ) (1877) (Oregon ; Northern Calif.) ; Maass., Stett. Lint. Zeit. xli. p. 51 (1880) (=victoria);
Butl., Papilio i. p. 103 (1881) ; Rivers, Papilio iii. p. 65 (1883) (March, April, at flowers of
wild turnip).

Thyrius (1) clarkiae, Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 262 (1856).

Proserpinus clarkiae, Clemens, Journ. Ac. N. Sc. Philad. iv. p. 134. n. 10 (1859) (Calif.) ; Morris,
Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 18 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn, Lep. N. Am. p. 154. n. 2 (1862) ; Grote
& Rob., Proce. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 151. n. 15 (1865) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se. i. p, 20
(1874) ; id., Le. ii, p. 225. mn. 18 (1875) ; Edw., Proc. Calif. Ac. Se. vi. p. 89 (1876) (May,
June; =victoriae); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 536, n. 2 (1877) (Calif.) ; Grote, Le.
iii, p. 221. n, 20 (1877) (=victoria).

Lepisesia victoria Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. ii. p. 147 (1874) (Brit, Colomb.) ; Butl., Zrans.
Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 517, n. 2 (1877).

Pogocolon clarkiae, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p 316, 0. 2 (1875).

Dieneces clurkiae, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). viii. p. 308 (1881) ; Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 635.
n. 1 (1892).

Lepisesia clarkiae, Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 131. n. 21 (1886) ; Smith, Trans. Amer. But. Soe. XY,
p. 112 (1888) (N. Calif. ; Iowa; Oregon).

Pterogon clarkei (1), Smith, /.c. xv. p. 241. t. 4. f, 3 (tenth tergite). 4 (foretib.) (1888).

3%. Palpus short, obtuse. Wings in colour and shape like those of gaurae,
but less elongate, hindwing especially less acuminate, with the outer margin convex
and the anal angle not projecting. Spines of foretibia comparatively stouter than
in gaurae and juanita (the figure given of the foretibia by Smith, .c., is not correct,
the row of spines not being widely interrupted, and further, the apical process not
being a spine as represented, but a prolongation of the tibia). Hindwing paler
yellow than in jvanita, almost agreeing in colour with that of proserpina.

3. Tenth segment (Pl. XLV. f. 4) essentially the same as in the other
species ; sternite much shorter and broader than the tergite, obtusely boat-shaped.
Harpe (Pl. 1L. f. 19) without free process, but notched just before end. Pents-
sheath as in /avofasciata.

( 613 )

Early stages not known. Larva said by Boisduval to feed on Clarkia.

Hab. Pacific district : California ; Oregon ; British Columbia. “Iowa”
according to Smith: error !

In the Tring Museum 22 dd, 1 2 from: Ozoyoos, Brit. Col. (Reynolds) :
Almots, Washington; Gold Hill, Oregon (Biedermann); California; Berkeley,
California.

554. Proserpinus flavofasciata.

*Maeroglossa favofasciata Walker, List Lep. Ins. B, M. viii. p, 87. n. 3 (1856) (Hudson’s B. Territ.;—
Mus. Brit.).

3. Palpns short, obtuse. Upperside of head and thorax and end of abdomen
(except middle) straw-yellow, rest of body deep black, edge of pronotum and sides
of metanotum also more or less extended black. Distal margin of forewing
slightly sinuate behind; a black submedian band corresponding to the band of
gaurae, followed by a pale band ; the scaling of this pale band is dispersed and
most of the scales are grey ; hindwing with a yellow discal band, which is seldom
vestigial only.

3. Tenth segment as in the other species; tergite slender, faintly spatulate ;
sternite much shorter, more than twice as broad, boat-shaped, obtuse, gradually
enrved upwards at end in side-view. Harpe (PI. IL. f. 18) represented by a
straight tapering ridge which is not detached from the clasper. Penis-sheath (P1
LIY. f. 16) with a prominent, horizontal, fecbly curved, pointed process.

Early stages not fully known, larva of fav. rachel noticed by Bruce ; see below:

Hab, Nearctic Region, from Hudson’s Bay to Vancouver, southward to Colorado.

Three subspecies. The characters by which the three “species” have been
differentiated by the respective authors are not so constant as they have been
represented to be. A rare insect, of which we have not seen many specimens.

a. P. flacofasciata flavofasciata.

*Macroglossa flavofasciata Walker, I.c. (1856); Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 131. n. 4
(1859) (Albany R., Huds. Bay); Morris, Cai. Lep. N. Am. p. 17 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris,
Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 151, n. 1 (1862); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 364. n. 51 (1875) ;
Streck., Lep. Rhop. Hct. p, 110. t. 13. f. 4 (9) (1877) (Canada ; Holyoke, Mass.).

Lepisesia flavofasciata, Grote, Proc, Ent. Soe. Philad. vy. p. 39 (1865) (Canada) ; id. & Rob., ibid. v.
p. 149, n. 1 (1865); Beth., Canad. Ent. i. p. 10. n. 7 (1869); Grote, Bull Buffalo Soc. N. Se.
i. p. 17 (1874) (Canada) ; id, /.c. ii. p. 225. n. 17 (1875) ; id., Zc. iii. p. 221. n. 19 (1877)
(Canada) ; Butl., 77 ans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 517. n. 1 (1877) ; Fish., Canad. Ent. x. p. 140
(1878) (Maine, one specim. May 28th); Fern., ‘bid. xvi. p. 21 (1884) (Orono, Maine) ; id.,
Sphing. N. Engl. p. 19. n. 6 (1886) (Maine; June, midday) ; Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 27
(1886) (Can.; East. States ; Northern N. York, iv. v.) ; Smith, Zrans, Amer. Ent. Soc. xv.
p. 111 (1888) (Hudson’s Bay Territ.; Canada; Maine; Mass.); Lym., Canad. Ent. xxiii. p. 8
(1891) (Ormstown, Chateauguay Co., Albany R., Hudson’s Bay territory; Strecker’s fig. too
pale yellow); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 628. u. 1 (1892); Hanh., Canad. Ent, xxxi. p. 50
(1899) (Manitoba, 1! specim., v.).

3%. Yellow band of hindwing reaching to abdominal margin.
Hab. astern Canada and New England.
In the British Museum 1 ¢.

b. P. flavofasciata ulalume.
Macroglossa ulalume Strecker, Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 135. t. 15, £, 3 (9) (1878) (Oregon).

Lepisesia ulalume, Smith, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, xv. p. 111 (1888); Edw., Lut, Amer. iii, p. 223
(1888) ; Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i, p. 628, n. 2 (1892) ; Gibs., Canad, Ent. xxxi. p. 370 (1899)

( 614 )

(N. Westminster and Enderby, Brit. Col.) ; Jones, Rept. Ent. Soc. Ontario xxx. p. 58 (1900)
Westminster, Brit. Col.).

3%. Yellow band of hindwing triangular, narrowing behind, not reaching
abdominal margin, or (typical wlalwme) hindwing above black, with a vestige of a
greyish band. Basal area of forewing below black or shaded with orange. Palpus
black or somewhat greyish beneath.

Hab. Oregon ; British Columbia.

In the Tring Museum 4 ¢d,1 $ from: Westminster, Brit. Col. ; Keith Road,
N. Vancouver, 14. y. 1902 (N. C. Rothschild).

These five specimens have a yellowish band on the upperside of the forewing.
Another ?, also from the Keith Road, has a trace of agreyish band. This specimen
has kindly been presented to the Tring Museum by Mr. Wilson, who says that he
has kept it, together with some other Lepidoptera, in memory of his little danghter
Rose Annette, to whom he had given it shortly before her death. We gratefully
acknowledge the gift.

The obvious differences between the specimen of Rose Annette Wilson and that
caught by N. C. Rothschild render it probable that the distinctions between

Havofasciata, ulalume and rachel, are merely individual, not subspecific.

ce. P. flavofasciata rachel.
Lepisesia ulalume var. rachel Bruce, Ent. News xii. p. 19 (1901) (Colorado ; larva on Epilobinm).

One specimen known ; sex not stated. It is said to differ from w/a/ume in the
band of the wings being “lighter in colonr, wider and more distinct,” and in
the collar and thorax not being black. The author attributes, however, an intense
black collar and thorax to w/alwme, in which he is wrong. Judging from the short
description, rachel seems to stand intermediate between /. flavofasciata and
Jt. ulalume.

Mr. Bruce says: “I was collecting larvae of Alypia lorquini on Epilobium
and found a large Sphinx larva looking very much like that of 7. abbot. The anal
horn was absent, anda shining button was in its place. I fed it carefully and it
pulled a leaf or two over itself on the soil and pupated, and appeared as a moth in
February. The specimen is therefore from Colorado, and is now in the collection
of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.”

CXLVIII. EUPROSERPINUS.—Typus : phaeton.

Euproserpinus Grote & Rob.,Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 177 (1865) (type : phacton).
Maecroglossa, Boisduval (non Ochsenheimer, 1816), Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. p. 65 (1868).
Lepisesia, Smith (non Grote, 1865), Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. xv. p. 112 (1888).

3%. Differs from Proserpinus in the more abrupt hook of the antenna, the
last three or four segments being quite suddenly reduced in width, and in the
pulvillus and paronychium being adsent. Sexual armature of ¢ similar to that of
Proserpinus clarkiae, tooth of penis-sheath shorter.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Pacifie District of Nearctie Region.

Two species, which are easily distinguished from Proserpinus by the white
hindwing and the white underside of breast and wings.

Abdomen with creamy white side-tufts . ; . 555. 2. phaeton.
Abdomen without creamy white side-tufts — , , 506, LE, euterpe.

( 615 )

555, Euproserpinus phaeton.

Buproserpinus phaeton Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 151. 178 (1865) (Calif., from
figure) ; iid., Trans. Amer. Ent, Soc, ii. p. 181 (1869) (Calif.) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc
N. Sc. i. p. 19 (1874) ; id., Lc. ii. p, 225. n. 15 (1875) (erato) ; Edw., Proc. Calif. Ac. Se. vi.
p. 89 (1875) (Los Angeles) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. viii. p. 28 (1876) ; id., Bull. Buffalo Soc. N.
Se. i. p. 221. n. 17 (1877) ; id., Canad. Ent. xi. p. 94 (1878) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix.
p. 536 (1877) ; Grote, /.c. xviii. p. 131. n. 17 (1886) ; Edw., Eut. Amer. iv. p. 25 (1888) (sexes
confounded) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 685, n. 1 (1892).

*Vacroglossa erato Boisduyal, nn. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. p. 65 (1868) (Los Angeles ; ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir) ; Butl., /.c. ix. p. 529. n. 41 (1877) ; Streck., Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 125. t. 14. f.1 (1878)
(Los Angeles).

Macroglossa phacton, Boisduval, Spec. Gén, Lép. Het. i. p. 362. n. 49 (1875) (= erato).

Macroglossum phaeton Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii. p. 174 (1870).

Lepisesia phaecton (1), Smith, ibid. xv. p. 112 (1888).

3%. Black band of hindwing quite straight, tapering behind, veins R*, M' and

M with some black scales.
fab. South California.

In the Tring Museum 1 6, 2 ?? from: Los Angeles, March ; San Diego ;

Plumas Co., March.

556. Euproserpinus euterpe.

Enproserpinus euterpe Edwards, Ent. Amer. iv. p. 25 (1888) (San Diego, Calif.) ; Smith, Trans.
Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 235 (1888) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 635. n. 2 (1892); Beutenm.,
Bull. Amer. Mus. N, HI. iv. p. 170 (1892) (1 @, type, ex coll. Hy. Edwards).

3. Abdomen without pale side-tufts. Scaling of antenna white, Marginal
band of hindwing convex in middle.

The tibial armature is essentially the same as in phacton; we received a
drawing of the forelegs through the kindness of Mr. Beutenmiiller. The antennae
are said by Edwards to be of equal size throughout, not clubbed as in phaeton : is
this statement correct?

Hab. South California.

CXLIX. ATEMNORA gen. nov.—Typus : ewestermanni.

Macroglossa Boisduyal (non Ochsenheimer, 1816), Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 332 (1875) (partim).
Aellopus, Kirby (non Hiibner, 1822), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 634 (1892) (partim).

3%. Genal process very large, almost reaching to the tip of the pilifer.
Palpus projecting, pointed. Head with slight mesial crest. Hye-lashes short.
Antenna slender, feebly incrassate distally in ?, hook sharply curved, end-segment
long, filiform, rough-scaled. Abdomen broad, flattened, resembling that of
Hypaedalia, seventh (¢) resp. eighth (3) segment much narrower than preceding ;
anal tuft truncate, the scales diverging at end in 2; spines strong as in Macro-
glossum, above and below, but the proximal spines of each segment longer than
broad (PI. LXIL. f. 10). Merum of midcoxa produced backwards into a sharp
process. Tibiae unarmed ; spurs unequal, long terminal one half the length of the
first tarsal segment ; midtarsal comb extending from near base to near middle of
first segment ; paronychium with two pairs of lobes ; posterior tarsus somewhat
compressed, the two external rows of spines closely together, with an additional row
in between, so that the lower part of the outer surface is nearly as densely spinose
as in Macroglossum,

( 616 )

g- Tenth abdominal segment of the same type as in Macroglossum and in
Temnora funebris, scitula, ete. ; the tergite and sternite of nearly the same length,
the sternite the broader, acuminate, slightly curved, long, boat-shaped. Clasper
with four large truncate friction-scales over a groove; harpe (Pl. IL. f. 34)
ending in a short and narrow process. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 14) armed in
a similar way as in some species of Zemnora, there being a left, semi-detached,
densely dentate process or ridge, and a free right process which is pointed and
bears few teeth; within the sheath there is a dense bundle of very lone spines,
homologous to the spines found in Temnora.

Early stages not known.

TTab. Acthiopian Region.

One species.

A connecting link between Temnora and Macroglossum, agreeing with the
latter in many respects, but differing markedly in the spines of the abdomen, the
anal tuft, the hindtarsus, ete.

557. Atemnora westermanni.

* Vacroglossa westermanni Boisduval, lc. p. 355. n. 38 (1875) (Guinea ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir),

* Macroglossa falkensteini Dewitz, Mitth. Minch, Ent. Ver. iii. p. 23. t. 1. f. 1 (1879) (Chinchoxo ;—
Mus. Berlin) ; Holl., Trans. Amer. Ent, Soc, xvi. p, 56. n, 2 (1889) (Kangwé) ; Kirby, Cat.
Lep. Het. i. p. 633. n. 63 (1892) ; Schaus & Clem., Sierra Leone Lep. p. 17 (1893).

Acllopus westermanni, Kirby, lc. p. 635. n. 6 (1892).

3%. A widely distributed species, which does not seem to vary geographically.
It is easily recognised by its Macroglossum-like appearance, especially by the pointed
palpus, the yellow-spotted abdomen and the strong abdominal spines.

Hab. Sierra Leone to Angola, eastwards to the coast of Gérman Hast Africa ;
Madagascar ; probably all over the Aethiopian Region, except the southern parts
of Cape Colony.

In the Tring Museum 22 6,9 ?? from: Sierra Leone, viii.; Gold Coast ;
Cameroons; Bopoto and Yakusu, Congo, viii (K. Smith); Angola, iv.; Baie
ad Antongil, Madagascar, iii. iv. (Mocqnerys).

CL. MACROGLOSSUM.—Typns : stedlatarum.

Sphine Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim ; type: ocellat).

Sesia Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 547 (1775) (partim ; type: tantalus).

Macroglossum Seopoli, Inti. Hist. Nat. p. 414 (1777) (type : stellatarum).

Macroglossa Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur. iv. p. 41 (1816) (partim ; includes stel/atarum).
Hemuris Dalman, Kongl. Vet. Ak. Mandl. p. 207 (1816) (partim ; includes stellatarwm).
Macrogossum (!), Latreille, in Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat. xxxi. p. 105 (1819).

Psithyros Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm, p. 131 (1822) (partim ; type: stel/atarum).
Rhamphoschisma Wallengren, Oefv. Vet. Ak. Pérh. xv. p. 139 (1858) (type: trochilus).
Bombylia Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 629 (1892) (sub syn. ; type: stel/atarum).

3%. Genal process very large, triangular. Tongne long. Bye lashed.
Palpns broad, pointed, projecting, end-surface triangular. Head feebly crested.
Antenna clubbed, hook short and rather abrupt, variable in length ; end-segment
slender, different in length in the various species. Spines of abdomen flat, very
strong, those of first row broader than long (Pl. LXII. f. 11), excepting
proximal segments, where they are longer than broad ; plate of sternite of seventh
segment triangular in $, without spines; fau-tail large in both sexes, previous

( 617 )

segments with lateral tufts. Meram of midecoxa produced backwards into a sharp
tooth : npperside of mid- and hindtibia and underside of hiudtibia at apex with long
scaling ; ; shorter midtibial spur on innerside with comb of more or less heavy
spines ; midtarsal comb present, but the spines not long ; spurs of hindtibia very
unequal ; paronychium with two pairs of lobes, pulvillas: present ; first segment of
hindtarsus somewhat compressed, with additional spines on outer surface. Distal
edges of wings entire ; SC? and R' of hindwing from upper angle of cell, R? central,
R and M! rather close together but always separate.

Larva tapering in front, head rather small, horn long in first stages, shorter
later on ; ground-colour green or brown, sometimes nearly black, pale dots more or
less obvious ; a dark dorsal line, and two pale lateral lines, one subdorsal, the other
subyentral, these lines often disappearing, except the subdorsal ; horn granulose.—
Food-plants : Rubiaceae ; Galium; Paederia; Morinda ; ete.

Pupa with compressed tongue-case, which is carinate ventrally ; cremaster
variable, conical, slender, smooth, or flattened, broad, bifid, dentate at the edges
(very few pupae known) (Pl. LXIV. f. 20. 21. 22).

Hab. Old World.

59 species: 1 Palaearetic, 1 African, 5 Malagassie, 52 Oriental.

As these species are partly very difficult to distinguish we give three keys, and
hope that these, together with the descriptions and the plates, will enable the reader
to name the species. Macroglossum is one of those genera of which the material
contained in collections is nowhere correctly separated into species. The literature
on these insects, excepting a few easily recognised forms, is of little value, as one
does not know with certainty which species the respective author meant to designate
by a certain name. This is unfortunate in respect to the larvae, for very few have
been figured, and we are not sure in every case to which species the larva belongs.

I. Key to the species, referring to colour :—
a. Hindwing below white at base like
breast ; or yellowish white, but
in this case there is no yellow
band on the upperside 2 ; ; ; b.
Hindwing below reddish tawny, or
yellow at base, or with a yellow
patch before abdominal margin . ; ; é.
Hindwing below mummy-brown,
with a trace of yellow atthe base 613. If. phocinum (PI. ILL. f. 1).
4. Abdomen without yellow — side-

patches. : ; : d e.
Abdomen with yellow pide: pate hes. ; : d.
c. Hindwing above in middle and
abdomen glossy whitish blue . 616. J/. splendens.

Hindwing above yellow before
abdominal margin; abdomen
with white lateral spots on
segments 3 and 4 , ; 615. If. micacea.
Hindwing above neither whitish
blue in middle nor yellow before
abdominal margin F . 614, ML, buruensis (Pl. IV. f. 4).

e.

h.

kh

m.

( 618 )

. Hindwing with yellow band above,

often interrupted; breast greyish
white : : : :
Hindwing without yellow band
above ; breast yellowish white
Costal margin of hindwing dilated
into an antemedian lobe
Costal margin of hindwing simple .

. A band from middle of costal

margin of forewing to hinder
angle. :

No such band. P

No distinct antemedian and faaeal
lines .

These lines aitince :

Forewing above with two shieply
defined creamy bands, one median,
one postdiscal

No such bands

. Antemedian band of forewing bore

strongly oblique, with a pale
proximal border which is straight
from costal margin to SM?.

Antemedian band curved in front,
or transverse

. Interspaces of lines a rere

marked with bluish white sealing

No such white scaling

Tail and preceding tergite yellows
the latter with black mesial
spot .

Not so; head and Theta with a
broad grey stripes contrasting
sharply with the greenish olive-
black colour of head and thorax

Not so :

. Basal area of forewing abet, acs

or greenish black, sharply limited
by the straight antemedian band
Basal area much paler than ante-
median band
Yellow band of hindwing cntemaplet
Yellow band of hindwing not inter-
rupted ; abdomen below brown .
Yellow band of hindwing not inter-
rupted ; abdomen below tawny

. Hindwing with very narrow tawny-

brown border; abdomen with
creamy white side-patches ,

566.

602.

608.
607.

589.

606,

604.

612.

611.

610,

5. M. bombylans.

M. avicula.

M. aquila.
die

h.

M. hemichroma.

M. tinnuneulus.

M. dohertyi.

ds

7, M. fritzei (Pl. IIT. f. 4).

597.

Up
M. multifascia (Pl. VI. f. 7).
: k.

M. eichhorni (P1. ILL. f. 14).

M. mitchelli.
ts
mM.

5 0:
M. meeki (Pl. IV. f. 2).

M. faro (PI. IV. f. 14).

M. passalus.

8. VW. stellatarum.

>

p-

( 619 )

Hindwing without distinctly darker
border, entirely chrome-yellow ;
abdominal side-patches yellow

Hindwing uniformly orange-rufous

Hindwing tawny, with yellow ante-
median band

Hindwing with more or less ihent
tawny or black border, or nearly
entirely black.

. Hindwing tawny, without yellow

band ; or if such a band present,
then distal border gradually
shading off proximally (PI. IV.
f. 5. 6. 9—18) : < E

Hindwing with sharply defined
brownish black distal border,
often produced basad in middle ;
or the yellow band vestigial

Hindwing tawny (Pl. IV. f. 5. 6. 11

Hindwing with yellow-tawny band
(PI IV. f. 9. 10: 12. 13); the
band too pale in fig. 12)

. Fifth abdominal segment without

yellow sicde-patch 5
Fifth abdominal segment with
yellow side-patch

, Antemedian band of forewing filled

in with black
Antemedian band of faa a
filled in with black

. Breast more or less mummy-brown,

at least laterally
Breast yellowish white .

. Forewing above with a sharply

defined grey costal discal area ;
antemedian band very oblique
Not so

. Yellow abdominal side-patches

separate ; : 3
Yellow abdominal — side-patches
conflnent

. Brown postdiscal spot SO _} of

forewing above very prominent .
Brown postdiscal spot SC’—R? of
forewing above not prominent

w. Tail below for the greater part

tawny, tip pale . 5 :
Tail below brown; forewing with
stigma

o09.

960.

561,

569.

567.

564.

M. alluaud.
M. soror (P1. IV. f. 19).

M. milvus (PI. IV. f. 18).

p:

qY-

w

r.
M. vacillans (P1. IV. f. 5).

M. regulus (Pl. IV. f. 11).

. M. gyrans (PI. IV. f. 6).

A t.
M. trochilus.

71. M. particolor (PI. IV. f. 18).

u.

w.

73. M. assimilis.

62.

72. M. belis.

38. M. pachycerus (P1. TV. f. 9).

M. aesalon (P1. 1V. f. 10).

b’

ae

( 620 )

Tail below greyish brown ; forewing
without stigma .

. Abdomen with four neler side-

patches :
Abdomen with three ce CS) side-
patches

. Antemedian band of few very

broad, including cross-veins
Antemedian hands of forewing not
including cross-veins .

. Forewing above: discal lines aa

distinct ; no grey costal subapical
area; no grey streak R'; no
subapical brown spot SC°—R';
no brown dorsal spots on abdomen
One or the other of these markings,
or all, distinct : 2
Tail not yellow; yellow band of
hindwing interrupted; _ side-
patches of abdomen vestigial ;
palpus below blackish grey
Tail not yellow; yellow band of
hindwing not interrupted ; side-
patches of abdomen reduced;
underside of abdomen blackish
brown, with whitish grey mesial
patches, seventh sternite grey in
2; yellow area of hindwing
below sharply defined, restricted
Abdomen greyish yellow or tawny
beneath

. Greyish median area Ge ae

with distinct stigma .
No such conspicuous stigma .
Forewing above with greyish white
median band, interrupted or not
(PIA a3 PL SediG)h
No such band

. Yellow band of hindwing en ampted

Yellow band of hindwing not inter-
rupted

. Forewing below withont brown

distal border

Forewing below with brown distal
border

. Forewing above with a costal apical

grey area strongly contrasting
with the brown scaling behind

570. M. affictitia (Pl. IV. f. 12).

600.

596,

59

60

605.

58

59

590.
ie

59

9.

3.

3.

M. joannisi (PI. IIL. f. 2).
tip

M. godeffroyi.

M. vidua (V1. 11. f. 15).

M. sylvia.

M. corythus (P). IV. f. 1. 7).

M. stigma (V1. IV. f. 15).
an

,
é.
,

gy.

. M. albiqutta (PI. 11. f. 3).

i fe

M. hirundo and
AM. rectans (P1. TV. f. 8).

587. MV. mediovitta (P|. TV. f. 16).

N.

K.

/
m.

( 621 )

it; R1 not grey behind the black
subapical spot SC°—R?

Nosuch greyarea, or R' streaked with
grey behind the subapical spot .

Antemedian band filled in with
black in posterior half only ;
underside of wings blackish
mummy-brown .

Antemedian band not filled in in
front; discal lines distinct ;
underside reddish tawny

Antemedian band not filled in, or
entirely black

. Antemedian band and discal nes

more or less merged together

Antemedian band and discal lines
separated by a more or less
greyish interspace

. Yellow abdominal area of Seach

below very sharply defined

Yellow abdominal area of hindwing
below gradually fading away

An interrupted greyish outer discal
lineon forewing above from costal
to hinder margin

Grey lines all interrupted

. Palpus whitish grey

Palpus blackish grey

Forewing above with a grey earl
subapical patch extending behind
Ri to distal margin ; antemedian
band not filled in with brown

The grey patch not extended beyond
R1; this vein with grey streak ;
yellow band of hindwing not
obviously curved

No grey streak R!, or sclloms baal
of hindwing incurved .

6 Grey streak R! present; palpus dirty

ciunamon-grey, not greyish white
Grey streak R! absent, or Sala
greyish white

. Antemedian band of forewing filled in

with black, its distal edge straight;
median fii area grey, band-like;
second discal line dilated behind
Rt! ; palpus greyish white ; body
above olive-brown

O99. MM. saga.

hi.

GUL, MW. semifasciata.

279. ML tnstpida poecilum (PI, IL.

falta)

576. MM. castaneum (PI. ILL. f. 16).
975. ML. calescens (PI. IIL. f. 5).

D98. M. glaucoptera.
d74. VM. fruhstorferi.

593. MM. nubilum (Pl. LV. f. 17).

592. J. prometheus (PI. LV. f. 3).

,

Mt.

ood, MM. variegatum (PI. IL. f. 13).

,

0.

M. heliophita (P1. LL. f. 6).

pp

II. Key to the species here not figured (incl.

( 622°)

As before ; body blackish brown

Like heliophila, but forewing above,
outside the grey postdiscal one,
with a black line which is as
broad as the second discal line .

Not so

Disc of forewing below and peaentee
of abdomen bright tawny, or
the latter black with eas
spots . :

Underside less bright hoe more
cinnamon .

. A small species ; harpe of 3 aa

divided :
As before, but harpe divided .
Larger, greyish median interspace
of forewing wider ; harpe divided

. Yellow band of hindwing deeply

incurved : :
Yellow band of ae tae not
strongly incurved

. Antemedian band of fouawitle rety

prominent ; second discal line
not dilated distad behind R!

Antemedian band less prominent;
second discal line somewhat
dilated distad behind R!; wing
shorter, distal margin more
couvex

a. Costal margin of hindwing dilated

b.

into a prominent lobe

No prominent lobe.

Forewing above with two SS
prominent creamy bands, one
median, the other postdiscal

Forewing with a straight brown
band from middle of costal

margin to hinder angle

Not so

‘. Transverse lines of frewine ee

vestigial or absent ,
Mepiieyuie lines of forewing above
distinct

. Thorax and head with tivo sttongly

marked broad pale stripes .
No such stripes. ;

O80.

o86.

581.

AM. melas (P1. ILL. f. 19).

M. divergens.
,

yp.

q-

,
Te

. MM. insipida (PI. III. f. 9. 10),
3. M. troglodytus (P1. III. f. 11).

. M. pyrrhosticta (P|. I1.f.12).

. Md. alcedo (PI. III. f. 8).

,

Ss.

. AL. sitiene (PI. III. f. 18).

AM. ungues (P|. II. f. 7).

of fruhstorfer?) :—

602.

589.

608.

607.

612.

AM. aquila.
b.

M. doherty.
Cs
d.
M. hemichroma.

M. tinnunculus.

M. mitchelli.

(a

eC.

h.

kh.

Me

( 623 )

Hindwing with very narrow tawny-
brown border; -no conspicuous
yellow abdominal side-patches

Border to hindwing absent or very
narrow ; abdomen with yellow

side-patches :

Border to hindwing brown or pine ia
or hindwing all black

. Hindwing below yellow at base or

before abdominal margin
Hindwing below white at base
Hindwing below white at base, with

a feeble yellow tint; no yellow

band on upperside of hindwing .

. Abdomen without yellow side-

patches, hindwing without yellow
band .
Abdomen with white sides pareneay ;
hindwing with yellow band
Abdomen with yellow side-patches ;
hindwing with yellow band
Forewing above greenish black from
base to straight antemedian band
Forewing above not greenish black
from base to that band

. Antemedian band very broad, in-

cluding cross-veins ; :
Antemedian band not including
cross-vells

. Tawny-yellow pid etontetiea of ae

domen merged together
Tawny-yellow side-patches of ab-

domen not merged together
Antemedian band narrow, posterior

half filled in with black, con-

spicuous ; discal lines indistinct
Not so

. Yellow band of hindwing interrupted

Yellow band of hindwing not in-
terrupted

. Palpus whitish grey

Palpus greyish brown , :

A large costal apical patch on fore-
wing, sharply defined; ante-
median band prominent .

No such patch; tail above partly
ochraceous ; discal lines of fore-
wing not obviously elbowed

Not so

601.

d98,

os. MV.
509. MM.
566. J.
616. MM
615. I
565. MW
609. J
596. MM.
664.

. Stellatarum.

alluaudi.

h.

avicula.

. splendens.
. micacea.
- bombylans.

. passalus.

godeffroyi.

Jj

MM. trochilus.

Ve

M

kh.

. semifasciata.

l.

mM.

Ne
glaucoptera.

» Jruhstorfer’.

» SAG.

M. glaucoptera.

0.

yp

ivi]

( 624 )

. Underside of abdomen black, with

white mesial patches .
Underside of abdomen grey, or
clayish tawny
Yellow area of hindwing’ below very
sharply defined . 3
Yellow area of hindwing below ne
sharply defined .

. Inner edge of distal border of bari

wing convex
Inner edge of distal borden of hind:
wing straight

. Distal border of hindwing Grader

at RS than yellow paral

Distal border of hindwing not
broader at R*® than yellow
band .

. Brownish black subapical spot

SC°—R! of forewing very promi-
nent . : ; : ,

Brownish black subapical spot
SC°—R! of forewing not promi-
nent .

603.

O90.

590.

586.

d72.

III. Key to the do as far as they are known
armature and colour :—

a. Harpe divided into two processes

b,

(Pl. LI. f. 13)

Harpe not divided .

Upper edge of upper process af
harpe not densely dentate (PI.
LI. f. 13. 14)

Upper edge of upper process a
harpe dentate (Pl. LI. f. 15)

. Penis without process, or with a

very short one
Penis with two processes at ee
side (Pl. LVI. f. 50. 51. 52)
Penis with one process

. Subapical brown spot Sco_Rt of

forewing distinct -
Subapical brown spot SC°—R’ of
forewing vestigial

. A band from middle of costal margin

to hinder angle of forewing

No such band; distal process of
penis-sheath Hone

No such band; distal process of
penis-sheath rather long

GUS. 4

582. J

asl.

AM.

JM.

M.

M.

5 HE

M.

to

sylvea.
p

q-

ae,
hirundo.

hirundo.

divergens.

assimilis.

belis.

us, based on the sexual

b.

C.

. ML. pyrrhosticta (Pl. 111.12).

3. MM. troglodytus (P1. ILL. f. 11).

d.

CQ

I

. alcedo (PI. IL. f. 8).

. castaneum (PI. LIT. f. 16).
. hemichroma.

. sitiene (PI. ILL. f. 18).

. ungues (PI. IIT. f. 7).

h.

WN.

( 625 )

. Harpe short, triangular .

Harpe produced into a slender
process of variable length .

Harpe short; hindtibia with large
tuft (scent- organ)

. Harpe pointed, dentate eeu

Harpe obtuse, or not dentate beneath
Hindwing with tawny band
Hindwing with yellow band; distal
edge of band not sharply defined
Hindwing with yellow band ; distal
edge of band sharply defined

. Base of hindwing below white,

or feebly yellowish

Base of hindwing below yellow;
yellow band of hindwing above
sharply defined ; basal area of
forewing above not blackish

Base of hindwing below yellow;
band sharply defined ; basal area
of forewing greenish black

Base of hindwing below yellow;
band not sharply defined

. Harpe gradually thinning to a fine

point . é : : ;
Harpe straight, not dentate, not
pointed
Harpe spatulate, or aenineulete at or
near end, generally curvedupwards

. Base of hindwing below yellow;

harpe nearly reaching end of
clasper

Base of GPE hehe rallowe:
harpe much shorter; process of
peuis-sheath long and acute

Base of hindwing below yellow ;
harpe much shorter; process of
penis-sheath obtuse; an ante-
median abbreviated band on
forewing

As before ; no nck ial

Base of hindwing below white

. Process of penis-sheath short .

Process of penis-sheath long, pointed

At least one of the internal processes
(love-daggers) of the penis-
sheath pointed .

Both love-daggers obtuse . :

gy.
J:

596. ML. godeffroyi.

; h.

: . ae
569. A. vacillans (Pl. IV. f. 5).
572. M. belis.
D94, I. variegatum (Pl, III. f. 13).

565. MM. bombylans and 566. M.
avicula.

592. IL. prometheus (PI. 1V. f. 3).

00d. ML. saga.
S71. MJ. particolor (Pl. 1V. f. 13).

hk.

m.
605. MM. corythus (PI. LV. f. 1. 7.
570. JM. affictitia (PI. 1V. f. 12).
601. ML. semifasciata.
593. WM. nubilum (P1. IV. f. 17).
616. JM. splendens.

567. MV. regulus (Pl. LV. f. 11).
568. I. gyrans (PI. IV. f. 6).

nN.

( 626 )

n. Abdominal side-patches confluent .

p:

Abdominal side-patches separate

. Costal edge of hindwing strongly

lobate

Not lobate ; forewing ay pferely
marked creamy bands :

Not lobate; head and thorax with
two pale conspicuous stripes

Not lobate ; base of hindwing below
white, not yellow

Not lobate ; forewing above g¢ rectal
black from base to straight ante-
median band

Not lobate ; wings and bats not
as in preceding .

Abdomen below without pale nee
ceous mesial patches .

Abdomen below with pale oc ae
ceous mesial patches .

Band of hindwing interrupted

. Forewing with a number of in-

complete white interstitial bands
No such bands

. Process of penis-sheath ead ties in a

long slender point :
Process of penis-sheath obtuse, or
acute apex very short

. Hindwing with narrow distal

pare :
Hindwing with broad eee Boiler

. Harpe broad (PI. LI. f. 8)

Harpe slender; antemedian and
discal bands of forewing separate

Harpe slender; antemedian and
discal bands not separate

Harpe slender; band of hindwing
tawny

. Proximal tooth of penie-ahenth large

and triangular
Proximal tooth of pe niesheath 66
large and triangular .
Yellow band of hindwing inter-
rupted :
Yellow band of binclgeiie not tee
rupted

», Distal border-of hindwing tae ny

564. M/. trochilus.
d98. A. glaucoptera.

602. ML. aquila.
589. J. doherty?.
612. AL. mitchell’.

615. J. micucea.

yp
q-
609. ML. passalus.

610. Mf faro (Pl. 1YV. f. 14).
611. JL. meehi (PI. IV. f. 2).

606. MJ. multifascia (PI. VL. f. 7),

’.

d08. JL. stellatarum.
: : itn
590. M. hirundo, and 591, WM.
rectans (Pl. LY. f. 8).
584. WM. heliophila, 585 M. melas,
587. M. mediovitta (PI. IL. &
19; Pl. IV. f. 16).
575. JL. calescens (P). LIL. f. 5).
563. J. pachycerus (Pl. 1V. f. 9).
979, Md. insipida (Pl. ULL £9. 10),
v.

574. ML fruhstorferi fruhstorfert.

w.

561. ML. milous (Pl. LV. f. 18).

(.627 )

Distal border of hindwing brown,
not sharply defined, being tawny
proximally. :
Distal border of hindwing hart
sharply defined . : ; . 603. MM. sylvia.
x. Process of penis-sheath short . . 973, MW. assimilis.
Process of penis-sheath long . . 562. J. aesalon (PI. LV. f. 10).

° . a.

558. Macroglossum stellatarum.

Hoefn., Archetyp. t. 14 (1592); id., Zns. Volut. t. 3 (1630) ; Monff., Zins. Theatr. p. 105 (1634) ;
God., ed. List., /us. p. 20. fig. 14 (1682); Merian, Eur. Ins. ii, p. 41. t. 79 (1683) ; Raius, Hist.
Ins. p. 133. n. 1 (1710) ; Bradl., Works of Nature t. 26. f. 1. \ (1721); Réaum., Hist. Ins. i.
t. 12. f. 5. 6 (1734) ; Roes., ns. Belust. i. Nachtv. i. p. 57. t. 8. f. 5. 6 (1746) ; Gronoy., Act.
Helv. v. p. 141. n. 313 (1762) ; Geoffr., Hist. Ins. ti. p. 83. n. 6. t. 11. f. 5 (1762) ; Sepp, Neder.
Ins. ii. t, 1. f. 1—11 (1762) ; Schaeff., /con, Ratisb. t. 16. £. 2. 3 (1766) ; Degeer, Mém. Ins. ii.
1. p. 226. n. 1 (1771) ; Ernst & Engr., Pap. Eur. iii. p. 21. t. 89. £. 116. t. 90, £. 116 (1782).

Sphing stellatarum Linné, Syst. Nut. ed. x. p. 803. n. 27 (1758) ; id., Fauna Suec. p. 288. n. 1091
(1761) ; Poda, Mus. Graec. p. 82. n. 8 (1761) ; Scop., Ent. Carn. p. 187. n. 474 (1763) ; Hufn.,
Berl. Mag, ii. 2. p. 182. n. 11 (1766); Beckm., Epit. p. 161. n 12 (1767); Mein., Naturf. i.
p- 234 (1774); Miill., Natwrs. v. 1. p. 643. n. 27 (1774); Fuessl., Schweiz. Ins. p. 33. n. 622
(1775) ; Harris, Engl. Lep. p. 14. n. 86 (1775); Schiff. & Den., Verz. Ween p. 43. n. 2 (1776) ;
Mad., ed. Kleem., Raupenkal. p. 53. n. 146, p. 72. 204 Cas Blum., Handb. Naturg. p. 365.
4 4 (1779) ; ae Eur. Schm. ii. p. 114. t. 13. f.1. 2. 3, p. 204. t. 28. f. 3, p. 254: t. 40.

5. 6 (1779) ; Leske, Anfangsgr. Nat. i. p. 457. n. 6 (1779) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii, 2. p. 177.
7 (1780) (excl. var. 8); Barb., Geni. Ins. Linn. p. 179 (1781): Lang, Verz. Augsb. ii. p. 71.
n. m7 575 (1782) ; Fourer., nt. Paris, ii. p. 83. n. 6. t. 11. f. 5 (1785) ; Borkh., Eur. Schm.
li. p. 56. 134. 177. np. 3 (1789); Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2387. n. 27 (1790) ; Schwarz,
Raupenkal. p. 358. n. 635 (1791) ; Borkh., Rhein. Mag. i. p. 314, n. 139 (1793) ; Walk., Maune
Paris. ii. p. 280 (1802) ; Schrank, Fauna Boica ii. 1. p. 229. n. 1394 (1804) ; Hiibn., Summ/,
Bur, Schm.,; Sphing. t. 9. £. 57 (180-?); id., Gesch. Bur. Schm. ii. Sphing. iii, Leg. a. b. ¢
£. 1. a. b (180-?); Ochs., Schm. Eur. ii. p. 193. n. 4 (1808); Nagel, Hiilfsb. Schm. p. 159
(1818) ; God., Lép. France i. p. 55. t. 19. f. 3 (1821) ; Beske, in Silberm., Rev. Ent. ii. p. 177
(1834) (Hamburg); Luc., Lép. Ew. p. 109. t. 44 (1834).

Sesia slellatarum, Fabricius, Syst, Ent. p. 548. n. 3 (1775) (“‘ Schaeff., Elem, t, 116” alia spec.) ;
id., Spee. Ins. ii. p. 154. n, 6 (1781) (* belis” alia spec.) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 99. £. 6 (1787) ;
Rossi, Fauna Ltr. ii. p. 164. n. 1058 (1790); View., Zab. Verz.i. p. 13. n. 1 (1790) ; Fabr.,
Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 380. n. 5 (1793); Latr., in Nowe. Dict. Hist. Nut. xxxii. p. 28 (1819); Lep,
&Sery., Enc. Méth. x. p. 465. t. 67. £. 3 (1825).

Sphine atellataris (!), Cramer, Pap. [Mxot. i. p. 147 (1776).

Macroglossum stellatarum, Scopoli, Intr. Hist. Nat. p. 414 (1777) ; Latr., Gen. Jus. Crust. iv. p. 210
(1809) ; Sam., Ent. Comp. p. 244 (1819) ; Blanch., Hist. Nat. Jus. iii. p. 478 (1840).

Bphine flavida Betzins, Gen. Ins, p. 33, n. 22 (1783).

Setia stellatarum, Oken, Lehrb, Naturg. iii. 1, p. 750. n. 3 (1815).

Maeroglossa (1) stellatarum, Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur. iv. p. 42 (1816) ; Steph., Lusty. Brit. Ent,
Haust. i. p. 133 (1828) ; id., Cat, Brit, Ins. ii. p. 34 (1829) ; Boisd., Znd. Meth. p, 45. n. 471
(1829) ; Cant., in Silberm., Rev. Ent. i. p. 76 (1833) (Dépt. Var) ; Friv., in Silberm., ibid. ii.
p. 181 (1834) (Hungary) ; Thon, Nat, Schmett. p. 102. t. 51. £. 716—718 (1837) ; Curt., Brit.
Ent, xvi. t. 747 (1839) ; Ramb., Paune Andal. p. 334 (1842); Westw. & Humphr., Brit. Moths
p. 24, t. 6. £. ie 2.3 (1843); Eversm., Mauna Volgo-Ural. p, 107 (1844); Assm., Zeitschr. Lent,
Breslau i. p. 5 (1847) ; Lucas, Expl. Sc. Algérie, Art, iii. p. 870. n. 64 (1849) (v. vi.) ; Walk,
List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 86. n. 1 (1856) ; Mann! Wien. Ent. Mon, iii. p. 91 (1859) (Sicily) ;
Biev., Bull. Moscow p. 140 (1862) (St. Petersb,) ; Mann, Le, vi. p. 366 (1862) (Brussa) ; Pioch,,
Ann. Soe. Ent, France p. 666 (1863) (albinistic 2, Yonne) ; Ball., Bull. Moscow p. 364 (1864)
(Gorki) ; Girard, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 49 (1865) (Paris, in Ep Maur., 7ijdschr. Ent, ix.
p. 174 (1866) (Limburg) ; Snell., Vlind. Nederl. p. 92 (1867) (v. ix.) ; Orza, Lep. Japon p. 35.
Dn. 77 (1868) ; Bien., Lep. Erg. Reise Pers, p. 33 (1869) (Asterabad ; T'schehar-deh ; iv.) ; Heyl.,
Vijdechr. Ent. xiii. p. 146. n. 78 (1870) (Breda); Brutt., Progr, Gymn. Dorpat p. 24. n. 13
(1872) ; Christ., Hor, Soc, Ent. Moss, x. p. 31 (1873) (N. Persia, common) ; Siebke, Hawn. Lie.

( 628 )

Norv. iii, p. 25. n. 1 (1874); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 337. n. 8 (1875) ; Oberth., Et.
Ent.i. p. 31 (1876) (Algérie) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 524. n. 1 (1877) ; Staud.,
Hor. Soc, Ent. Ross. xiv. p. 300 (1878) (As. min.) ; Oberth., /.c. v. p. 28. n. 71 (1880) (Mongolia,
vi.); Weil., Progr. Oberrealsch. “Innsbruck p. 15 (1880); Kill, Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub. xxiii.
p. 46 (1880); Albr., Bull, Moscou p. 379 (1882) (Moscow) ; Weism., ed. Meld., Stud. Theor.
Desc. i. p. 245. t. 3. f. 1—12 (1882) (larvae) ; Rom., Mém. Lép. i. p. 72 (1884) (Caucasia) ;
Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 514. n. 8 (1884) (Kurrachi, vii.) ; Lampa, Ent. Tidshr. vi.
p. 27. n. 122 (1885); Poult., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 298 (1885) (postembr. developmt.) ;
*Swinh, ‘bid. p. 347. n. 7 (1885) (S. Afghanistan, common) ; Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 378.

n. 1 (1886) (Murree, viii. ix., not uncommon); Fixs.,in Rom., M/ém. Lép. iii. p. 322. n. 100
(1887) (Corea, vi.) ; Amel., Berl. Ent. Zvitschr. xxxi. p. 261 (1887) (Dessau) ; Swinh., Journ,
Bombay N. H. Soc. iii. p, 117 (1888) (Karachi, vii.) ; Graes., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxxii. p. 106,
n. 194 (1888) (Amurland) ; Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 582. n. 8 (1888) (Japan ; China) ;
Mina-Pal. & Failla-Ted., Nat. Sicil. vii, p. 42 (1889) ; Christ., in Rom., Wém. Lép. v. p. 11.0. 40
(1889); Alph., ibid. v. p, 224. n. 21 (1889) (Teneriffe) ; Gr.-Grschm., ‘Lid. iv. p. 514. n. 212
(1890) (Pamir, up to 8000 ft.) ; Baker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p 204 (1891) (Madeira) ; Swinh.,
Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i, p. 3. n. 9 (1892) (Cochinchina) ; Hamps.,in Blanf., Fauna Brit.
Ind., Moths i. p. 113. n. 183 (1892) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 629. n. 3 (1892) ; Alph., in
Rom., Mém. Lép. vi. p. 3, n. 70 (1892) (China); Staud., ibid. vi. p. 239. n. 230 (1892) ; Hoffm.,
Raup Grossschm. p, 31. t. 8. £. 9 (1893) ; id., Grossschm. p. 31. n. 1. t. 18. f. 9 (1894) ; White,
Butt. Moths Teneriffe p. 70 (1894) ; Riff., Iris viii. p. 170 (1895) (aberr.) ; Bartel, Lep. Brit. Is.
ii. p. 66. n, 1. t. 54. £. 1. 1a—e (1895); Holtz, Zdlustr. Zeitschr. Ent. i. p. 63 (1897) (Cilicia,
common) ; Schultz, bid. ii. p. 395 (1897) (gynandr. spec.) ; Vos, Tijdschr. Ent. xli. p. 80 (1898)
(Apeldoorn) ; Schultz, Uc. iii. p. 11 (1898) (gynandr. spec.) ; Hamps., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond.
xxvii. p. 412 (1899) (L. Urmi, N.W. Persia); Nurse, Journ, Bombay N. H. Soc. xii. p. 513
(1899) (Cutch) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 215 (1900) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii.
p. 104. n. 768 (1901).

Hemaris stellatarum, Dalman, Kongl. Vet. Ak. Handl. p. 207 (1816).

Sphynx stellatarum, Vogel, Schm. Cabin. 11. p. 20. t. 8. f. 6. a. b. e. (1820).

Psithyros stellatarum, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 182. n. 1409 (1822).

Ramphoschisma (!) stellatarum, Wallengren, Skand. Het. Fjiér. p.10 (1863).

Rhamphoschisma stellatarum, id., lc. p. 51 (1863): Tengstr., Act. Soc. F. F. Fenn. x. p. 7. 0. 100
(1869) ; Theden., Ent. Tidskr. ii. p. 105 (1881).

Macroglossa nigra Cosmoyici, Le Natural. xiv. p. 280 (1892).

Macroglossa nicra (!), Kirby, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 99 (1894).

3. Antenna strongly clubbed, hook short ; end-segment not much prolonged.
Conspicuous aberrations are rare; hindwing sometimes tawny; forewing octa-
sionally with blackish median band. There is no apparent geographical variation.

d. Tenth tergite slender, gradually narrowed to a point, slightly hooked, not
dilated before tip either vertically or horizontally ; sternite round at end. Clasper
without friction-scales ; harpe slightly curved, rounded-dilated at end, here rough
with short spines and teeth. Penis-sheath with one long, slender, pointed process,
which is densely and heavily dentate on the proximal surface ; base of process also
heavily dentate, dilated distad ; internal rods obtuse, one clubbed and armed with
a notched ridge, the other flat, concave on one side, with the edge finely serrate.

Larva green or reddish brown, dotted with white ; stigmata and tubercles of
horn black ; a dark dorsal line ; a white dorso-lateral line and a yellow yentro-~
lateral one, both bordered with brown; these lines sometimes indistinet.—Food-
plant : Galium and other Rubiaceae.

Cremaster of pupa conical. 3

Hab. Europe (except the far north), east and southwards to Japan, Cochin-
china, South India, and North Africa.

In the Tring Museum 6 larvae, 1 pupa, 120-odd specimens from: various
places in Europe; Mazagan, Morocco, vii. viii. (Riggenbach); Ajmere, vii. ; Kandahar;
Quetta; Foochow, iv.; Nanchuen, Setschuen ; Wladimir Bay, viii.; Wei-hai-wei, 1X5
Yokohama, vii. ; Tsushima, x. xi.

( 629 )

559. Macroglossum alluaudi.

*Maeroglossa alluaudi Joannis, Bull. Soc. Ent, France p. 52 (1893) (Seychelles ;—Mus. Paris) ; id
Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 430. n, 21. t. 15. f. 1 (2 ) (1894) (Mahé, Seychelles ; deser. of larva).
Macroglossa (?) alluardi “ All.” (!), Kirby, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 99. n. 64 (1894).

a)

3?. A peculiar insect, with chrome-yellow hindwings, which are slightly
shaded with orange distally ; base of hindwing not brown, fringe brown; sometimes
a narrow brown marginal band. Abdomen with three orange-yellow side-spots ;
two discal lines of forewing heavy, straight, no stigma; delow, basal half of
forewing, cell excepted, and the greater part of the hindwing washed with pale
chrome-yellow.

Not dissected. :

Larva shortly described in Ann. Soc. Ent. France, lc.

Hab. Mahé, Seychelles. Type in Mus. Paris; another specimen in coll.
Joannis ; a third in coll. Staudinger.

560. Macroglossum soror spec. nov. (Pl. IV. f. 19, 2).

?. Differs from MW. milvus in the following points: abdomen with four large
side-patches which are vot separated from one another and are of a deep ferruginous
colour; stigma of forewing rather large, first antemedian line straighter, second
more distal, touching stigma; hindwing orange-rufous, shaded with ferruginous
distally, without a yellow band, base vot darker than middle of wing, fringe pale
brown. From allwandi it is distinguished by the almost obliterated first discal
line of the forewing, the curved second discal line, the conspicuous stigma, the
much deeper coloured hindwing and under surface, and the four large abdominal
side-patches.

Hab. Bourbon (isle de France), 1 ? in Mus. Paris, type; another in the
Dublin Museum.

561. Macroglossum milvus.

*Macroglossa milvus Boisduval, Faune Mad. Bourb. p. 78. n. 1. t. 10. f. 3 (1833) (Bourbon ;
Mauritius ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 90. n. 10 (1856)
(‘ Madagascar” ex err.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 336. n. 7 (1875) (Bourbon ;
Mauritius) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Sor. Lond. iv. p. 524. n. 7 (1877) (‘‘ Madagascar” alia spec.) ;
Mabille, Ann. Soe. Ent. France p. 299 (1879) (‘‘ Madagascar ” ex err.) ; Saalm., Lep. Mad. p. 118,
n, 269 (1884) (Maurit.; Bourb. ; “ Madag.” ex err.) ; Vins., Pap. Bourbon p. 18 (1891) ;
Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 631, n. 36 (1892) (“ Madagase.” ex err.).

Macroglossa pandora, Guérin (non Fabricius, 1793), Icon. Regne Anim. ii. p. 495 (1844) (=mileus).

Maeroglossa mylvus (!), Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Petr, Lep. p. 95. 0. 1582 (1857) (Mauritius).

Maeroglossa melwus (!), Rothschild, Noy. Zoon. i. p. 66 (1894).

3%. Head and thorax with a darker mesial line ; mesothoracie tegula chestnut
laterally in fresh specimens. Abdomen with four orange side-patches, of which the
first is the smallest. Hindwing bright tawny, without dark border ; an antemedian
ill-defined yellow band ; extreme base brownish black. Underside of thorax clayish
Vinaceous cinnamon ; palpus more grey, with a purer white side-stripe ; abdomen
tawny. Wings bright tawny beneath, with a duller brown inconspicuous distal
border, extreme bases more or less yellow, especially near abdominal edge of
hindwing.

3. Sexual armature as in WV. wesalon, but dentate process of penis-sheath more
obtuse, and the broader internal rod wider apically.

( 680 )

TTab. Bourbon ; Manritins.
In the Tring Museum 6 dd, 3 ? 2? from Bourbon and Mauritius.

The species does not occur in Madagascar ; the specimens recorded from there
as milrus are not this species, but J/. aesalon.

562. Macroglossum aesalon (PI. IV. f. 10, 9).
Macroglossa milvus, Pollen & Vandam (non Boisduval, 1833), Faune Madag., Ins. p. 5 (1868)
(Nossi-bé) ; Walk., Jc. (1856) (Madagascar) ; Butl., Yrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 524. 0. 7

(1877) (partim ; Madagascar) ; id., Cist, Mnf. ii. p. 392 (1879) (Antananarivo) ; Saalm., /.c. (1884)
(partim ; Madag.).

*Maeroglossa aesalon Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 299 (1879) (S.E. Madag. ; partim ;—eoll-

Mabille) ; Saalm., Lep. Mad. p. 118. n. 270 (1884) (Madag,); Kirby, /.c. p. 631. n. 42 (1892)
(Madag.). °

(2) Macroglossa trochilus, Saalmiiller (on Hiibner, 1824), /.c. p. 118. n. 273 (1884) (Mauritius),

3%. Abdomen with four orange side-patches, the first and fourth generally
small; a black mesial spot at the base of the anal brush ; underside tawny, a series
of more or less confluent brown patches at each side, or nearly all tawny, or brown
with three series of tawny patches. Palpus white, shaded with brown scales.
3reast vinaceous brown, clayish in middle.

Wings, adove. Forewing: two antemedian lines, oblique, curving basad
behind, slightly converging in front, interspace more or less filled up with black
scaling, especially in ¢ : median interspace grey, with a distinct but minute black
stigma; first and second discal line distinct, curved costad in front, the second
almost angulate behind R!, the black scaling extending distad from this line to the
third faint one, limiting a trapezoidal grey costal space, distally of which there are
two elongate dark patches, the upper less distinct than the lower. Hindwing
with a broad blackish brown border which becomes purple-brown on disc; yellowish
orange median band broad, base brownish black.

Hindwing, de/ow, with the abdominal area and extreme base yellow, three
discal lines.

3. Tenth tergite convex at tip, not pointed (Pl. XLY. f. 8) ; sternite simple,
Clasper without friction-scales ; harpe (PI. L. f. 27) slender, spatulate, the dilated
apical part denticulate. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 15) with a rather broad, obtuse,
dentate, horizontal process, the series of teeth of the proximal edge extending far
proximad on the sheath ; two obtnse internal rods.

Hal. Madagascar ; Mauritius ; Comoro Islands.

In the Tring Museum 14 6d, 13 ? 2 from: Mauritius (Trimen, vii. 1865, ex
col]. Felder) ; and Madagaiscar.

The two individuals ($, 2) from Grande Comore in the collection of Mons.
Charles Oberthiir differ in the median interspace of the forewing being narrower
than in the ordinary Madagascar individuals, in the distal border of the hindwing
being angulate before SM, which is seldom the case in specimens from other
localities, and in the dentate process of the penis-sheath being longer.

563. Macroglossum pachycerus spec. nov. (Pl. IV. f. 9, d).
Macroglossa aesalon Mabille, /.c. (1879) (partim).

3. Similar to aesalon, but distinguished by the following characters : antenna
obviously longer and thicker, end-segment shorter, not longer than the three
preceding segments together; abdomen with three orange side-spots, segments
5 to 7 black, contrasting sharply with the preceding segments, base of sixth white

( 631 )

tips of longest scales of anal brush cream-colonr or buff; underside of palpus,
middle of breast, and first and second pair of legs cream-colour, mesial patches on
first three sternites of abdomen nearly the same colour, rather more tawny.

Wings, above. Forewing deeper in colour than in aesalon, the markings
less prominent; second discal line heavier, interspace between first and second
nearly filled up with blackish scaling; no stigma. Orange band of hindwing
narrower. :

Underside: yellow colour of hindwing less extended distad than in aesalon,
more sharply defined, discal lines less distinct or absent.

3. Tenth tergite (Pl, XLV. f. 7) narrower at end than in aesalon; the sternite,
however, broader. Harpe (Pl. L. f. 26) broader, apex curved basad and densely
spinose. Dentate process of penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 16) long, acute ; only one
internal rod, three-edged. :

?. Not known.

Hab. Madagascar.

In coll. Charles Oberthiir from Tamatave (type) and Fianarantsoa; also in coll.
Mabille.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd from: Madagascar.

564. Macroglossum trochilus.
Psithyros trochilus Hiibner, Samml. Ex. Schm. ii. t, 158 (1824).

3%. Antenna long, reaching in ¢ to the fork SC’, or beyond. Orange-buff
side-patches of segments 2 to 4 of abdomen large, merged together ; underside of
abdomen and wings ferruginous ; breast, extreme base of wings, and side-tufts of
abdomen pale maize-yellow, palpus purer white ; distal margin of wings below with
a russet-brown border. The brownish black distal marginal band of the hindwing
above proximally bordered with chestnut-purple ; median area orange-buff, rather
sharply defined.

3. Tenth tergite pointed ; sternite rounded at tip. Clasper without frict’on-
scales ; harpe short, curved upwards, obtuse, the broader apical part hollowed out
at the proximal side, the convex side densely beset with teeth (Pl. L. f. 25). Penis-
sheath (P]. LVI. f. 54) with a longer sharply pointed and a shorter apically
rounded internal rod ; apical process horizontal, long, its proximal edge denticulate.

Cremaster of pupa flattened, triangular, dentate laterally, ending in a point
(Pl. LXIV. f. 20).

Hab. Africa; Comoro Islands.

Two subspecies :

a. M. trochilus trochilus.

Psithyros trochilus Hiibner, 1.c.

Maeroglossa trochilus, Boisduval, in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 594. n. 97 (1847) (Natal) ; Walker,
List Lep. Ins, B. M, viii. p. 90. n. 8 (1856) (Cape ; Natal); Mén., Enum. Corp. Anim. Petrop.,
Lep. p. 95. n. 1584 (1857) (Natal) ; Boisd., Spec. Gién. Lép, Hét. i. p. 1. p. 835 (1875) (Natal ;
Zululand) ; Butl., Z'rans, Zool, Soe. Lond. ix. p. 525. n. 13 (1877) ; Oberth, Anu. Mus. Civ.
Genova xviii. p. 735, n. 85 (1883) (Shoa, x.); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 629. n. 1 (1892) (8S.
Afr.) ; Dist., Nat. Transvaal p. 236 (1892) (Pretoria, ii.).

Macroglossa sitiene Walker, lc. p. 92. n. 13 (1856) (partim ; Natal ; haec spec. ? err. loci’).

Rhamphowhisma fasciatum Wallengren, Ocfv. Vet, Alc, Handl. xv. p. 139 (1858).

Rhamphoschisma trochilus, id., Kongl. Sv. Vet. Al. Handl. vy. 4. p. 17 (1865) (aftr. or. ; Natal).

Macroglossa lysithous Boisduyal, L.c.

Macroglossa trochiloides Butler, Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. p. 843, n, 122 (1896) (Nyassaland, 7400 ft. 5
perfectly typical !),

( 632 )

3 ¢. The purplish border of the marginal band of the hindwing, above, rather
broad as a rule.

Fab. South and East Africa, from Cape Colony to Abyssinia ; Comoro
Tslands.

In the Tring Museum 5 larvae, 2 pupae, 130-odd specimens from: Cape Colony;
Natal ; Delagoa Bay; Transvaal; Barotse country ; Nyassaland ; German and
British East Africa ; Uganda ; Grande Comore.

b. M. trochilus trochiloides.

*Macroglossa trochiloides Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 5. n. 6 (1875) (Sierra L. ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 525. n, 14 (1877) ; Ploetz, Stett. Hut. Zeit. xi. p. 76, n. 280
(1880) (Mungo) ; Holl., Zrans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 56. n. 1 (1889) (Ogowé, Benita) ;
Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 619, n. 2 (1892) (Sierra L.).

Macroglossa trochilus, Dewitz, Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver, iii. p. 23 (1879) (Chinchoxo) ; Druee, in
Jameson, Story Rear Col. p. 446 (1887) (Aruwimi, iv.).

62. The differences between this and the preceding race are very slight. The
median band of the hindwing is paler yellow, and the marginal band more extended
black, less brown-purple.

Fab, Sierra Leone to Angola and the Upper Congo.

In the Tring Museum 16 dd, 10 ¢? from: Sierra Leone, vi. vii. (Capt.
Stevens); Ogrugu, Niger; Yelwa, Borgu, Niger ; Calweha R., Angola, v. (Penrice),

565. Macroglossum bombylans.

Macroglossa gilia, Walker (non Herrich-Sch., 1854), List Lep. Ins. B. M. vii. p. 93. n. 15 (1856)
(partim).

* Macroglossa bombylans Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 334. n, 2 (1875) (Centr. Asia ;—coll-
Charles ObertLiir) ; -Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 525. n. 10 (1877) (N. India ; Dehra
Dun ; Hongkong) ; Saalm., Lep. Wad. p. 118. n. 272 (1884) (‘* Mad.” loc, err.) ; Leech, Prov.
Zool. Soe. Lond. p. 582. n. 6 (1888) (Satsuma, v.; Nikko, ix.; Oiwake, x.; Kiukiang) ; id,
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 120. n. 105 (1889) (Kiukiang); Swinh., Cut. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i.
p. 3. n, 12 (1892) (India) ; Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 630. , 14 (1892); Alph., in Rom., Mém.
Lép. ix. p. 119 (1897) (Szé-tcehuen, viii.) ; Leech, /.c. p. 292. n. 78 (1898) (Japan ; China).

*Macroglossa walkeri Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 4 sub n. 3 (1875) (= gilia Walk. ;—Mus.
Brit.); Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i, p. 116. n. 191 (1892); Dudg., Journ.
Bombay N. H. Soc. xi, p. 418. n, 191 (1898) (Sikhim, 3000—70C0 ft., rainy seas.).

32. The base of the sixth abdominal tergite and the side-tuft of the third
segment are pure white; the breast has no yellow tint, the first two or three
abdominal sternites have a white mesial patch. The hindwing of the ? has @
more or less complete yellow median band, while the band of the d is reduced
to an abdominal and a costal patch.

3. The sexual armature is as in aricula, but the dentate process of the

penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 41) is decidedly shorter and the harpe (Pl. L. f. 24) 8
little more obtuse.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Japan ; China; North India.

This and avicula are most likely only geographical forms of one species.
There is no material in collections from Burma, Malacca, Sumatra, and Borneo,
where either avieula or bombylans must be expected to occur.

In the Tring Musenm 60-odd specimens from: Asamayama, vill.: Satsuma, V5

Kiushiu ; Nanchuen, Setchuen: Ta-tsien-ln; Hongkong; Baxa, Bhutan; Khasia
Hills.

( 633 )

566. Macroglossum avicula.

Macroglossa gilia, Walker (non Herrich-Schiiffer, 1854), List Lep. Ins. B. MV. viii. p. 93. n. 15 (1856)
(partim ; Java).

*Vacroglossa avicula Boisduval, Spec. (én. Lép. Hét. i. p, 834. n. 3 (1875) (“Inde centrale” err,
loc, ; Java :—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 240 (1875) (Java) ; id.,
Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 525. n. 9 (1877) (Java) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox, i. p. 3.
n. 13 (1892) (Java); Hamps.,in Bianf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths. i, p. 116. n. 192 (1892)
(Java) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 630. n. 12. (1892) (Java ; non India”) ; Pagenstecher,
Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xlvii. p. 30 (1894) (Palawan) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xl. p. 357.
n. 3 (1895) (Java) ; Piep., Tijdschr. Ent. xl. p. 102. t. 4. f. 8 (larva) (1897) (Java).

Macroglossa obscuripennis Butler, l.c. p. 633 (1877) (= avicula!).

3%. The long scales at the base of the sixth tergite yellow; breast, bases
of wings below and side tufts of abdomen with a yellow tint, not pure white.
The yellow median band of the hindwing of other Macroglossum is indicated at the
abdominal margin in the d, while in the ? there is also some yellow scaling
behind and before the cell. Antenna strongly clubbed.

3. Tenth tergite narrow, pointed; sternite sinnate at end in an apical view.
Clasper without friction-scales; harpe as in Jozylans, a little more pointed,
Penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 42) with two obtuse internal rods; apical dentate
process short, but longer and slenderer than in dombylans.

Larva: figured by Piepers, /.c.

Fab. Malayan Subregion: Java; Palawan.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd, 4 $ ? from Java.

567. Macroglossum regulus (Pl. LV. f. 11, 3).

Macroglossa gyrans Walker, l.c. (partim ; Canara).

*Macroglossa regulus Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 335. n. 5 (1875) (Coromandel ;—coll.
Charles Oberthiir) ; Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 630. n. 9 (1892).

*Macroglossa fervens Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 4. n. 3. t. 1. £. 3 (1875) (Canara ;—Mus.
Tring) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 525. n. 8 (1877); Kirby, /.c. n. 11 (1892); Hamps.,
in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 112. n. 179 (1892) (= regulus ; Canara ; Nilgiris).

3%. Antenna stout and long. Upperside of head, thorax, and first three
abdominal segments greenish ; orange side-spots on segments 2 to 7 large and
confluent; rest of tergites deep brownish black, base of seventh pure white, this belt
not interrupted, tips of long scales of anal brush tawny ; side-tuft of third segment
white, of fifth black with buff tip. Underside of palpus nearly pure white, breast
and legs (posterior tarsus excluded), the greater part of the first sternite and
a mesial spot on the second and third creamy ; extreme base of wings maize-colonr,

Wings, upperside. Forewing : two antemedian lines curved basad behind,
interspace black ; no stigma ; first discal line thin, second widened, angulate behind
R', the dark scaling extended along hinderside of R! to subapical double spot,
a subquadrate grey patch at proximal side of these spots. Hindwing chestnut-
red, not darker at base, but distal margin slightly blackish, this colour not forming
a well-defined border.

Underside of wings like upperside of hindwing.

8. Tenth tergite pointed, slender at end; sternite subtrancate, black at end.
Clasper without friction-seales; harpe (Pl. L. f. 36) slender, simple, straight,
shorter than in gyrans (Pl. L. f. 35), but similar in shape. Penis-sheath
(P). LVI. f. 17) with short process, which is denticulate at the distal edge ;
two obtuse internal rods.

Hab. South India and Ceylon.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 2 3% from: Nilgiris ; Ceylon.

( 634 )

568. Macroglossum gyrans (PI. IV. f. 6, 3).
*Macroglossa gyrans Walker, /.c. viii. p. 91. n. 11 (1856) (partim ; Madras ; Ceylon ; N. India ;
Hindosian ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cut. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C.i. p. 262.
n. 601 (1857) (N. India) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép, Het. i. p, 236. n. 6 (1875) ; Butl., Trans. Zool.
Soc. Lond. ix. p. 524. n. 5 (1877) ; Snell., Tijdschr. Ent. xx. p- 1. n. 1 (1877) (Java) ; Moore,
Lep. Ceylon ii. p. 30, t. 93. £. 1 (1882) ; id., Journ. As. Soc. Bengal liii. 2. p, 234. n. 4 (1884)
(Cachar) ; Swinh, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. p. 287. n. 2 (1885) (Poona, v.; Bombay) ; il., Journ.
Bombay N. H. Soc. iii. p- 117. n. 2 (1888) (Karachi, vii.) ; id., Proc. Zool, Soc. Lend. p. +34.
n. 2 (1886) (Mhow, vii. ix. xi.) ; id., Cut. Lep. Het. Mus. Ov. i. p. 7.0, 29 (1892) ; Kirby, Cut.
Lep. Het. i. p. 630. n. 8 (1892); Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 113. n. 181

(1892) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. x1. p. 357. n. 2 (1895) (Java) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H,
Soc. xi. p. 417. n, 181 (1898) (“not seen”’).

*Maeroglossa zena Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p- 387, n. 9 (1875) (Simla ;—coll .Charles
Oberthiir).

*Macroglossa bombus Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 347 (1880) (“ Madagascar ” err, loci) ; Saalm.,
Lep. Mad. p. 118. n. 271 (1884).

*Macroglossa burmanica Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 68. t. 5. £. 3 (1894) (Burma).
Macroglossa fervens ?, Pagenstacher, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xlix. p. 155. n. 113 (1896) (Sumba).

3%. End-segment of antenna shorter than the three preceding segments
together. Upperside of head, thorax, and basal half of abdomen of the same
grey colour as the forewing ; posterior abdominal tergites not much darker, except
a basal spot on each side, which spots are sometimes enlarged; three orange
side-patches on segments 2 to 4, large, confluent ; first tergite and metanotum
also tawny at side ; base of seventh white, the belt interrupted in middle by a
black spot; wnderside of palpus and breast almost pure white, legs included,
except last tarsus ; sides of breast and legs shaded or speckled with brown scales ;

abdomen drab, side-tuft of third segment white, of sixth brownish black with
buff tip.

Wings, upperside.

Forewing varying in length from 16 to 23 mm.; two
antemedian and two discal lines distinct, with the interspaces not filled up with
black, the two discal lines strongly curved costad at R, concave between R* and
hinder margin. Hindwing xot darker at base than in middle, tawny-ferruginous,
gradually becoming brown distally, the brown border not being sharply defined.

Underside dull ochraceous tawny, shaded with drab, bases more ferruginons,
abdominal area of hindwing pale yellow at base, ochraceous rufous distally ; lines
not prominent.

3. Tenth tergite slightly dilated before the end, which is pointed; sternite
flattened, thin, sides oblique before end. Harpe elongate, straight, simple (PI. L.
f. 35); clasper without friction-scales, Penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 18): dentate
process pointed, long, oblique in position, its base projecting distad, no spines
at or near base ; internal rod obtuse, dentate at one edge.

Hab. Ceylon, N.W. India, eastwards to Letti and Kisser.

In the Tring Museum 15 dd, 15 2? from: Nilgiris; Madras, xi. Xi.3
Bombay ; Ajmere, vii.; Burma; Sarawak; Java; S. Flores, xi. 1896 (Hverett) ;
Sumba, ii. 1896 (Doherty) ; Letti, vii, 1892 (Doherty) ; Kisser, vi. 1901 (Kithn).

The individual described as bombus by Mons. Mabille was said to be from
Madagascar. It is certainly an Indian specimen picked up in India by a captain
or a doctor, and brought to Madagascar, where it became mixed up with trae
Madagasear insects. The same happened, doubtless, with the individuals of ///ppo-
tion boerhaviae recorded from Madagascar by Mons. Mabille. The type of bombus
does not differ from gyrans,

( 635 )

It is very curious that in this species and several others the variation in
size is considerable, and especially that the intermediate sizes seem to be rarer
than the more extreme individuals. We have here cases of imperfect dimorphism.
The name of dur manica is based on a very small specimen.

569. Macroglossum vacillans (PI. IV. f. 5, 3).

* Wacroglossa vacillans Walker, 1.c. xxxi. p. 27 (1864) (Timor ;—Mus. Oxford) ; Butl., Trans. Zool.
Soc. Lond, ix. p, 524. n. 2 (1877); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 630. n. 6 (1892) ; Swinh., Cat.
Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 8. n. 30. t. 1. £. 3 (type) (1892).

*Macroglossa approximata Walker, l.c. xxxi. p. 27 (1864) (N. Australia ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Butl., /.c.
n. 6 (1877); Kirby, /.c. n. 10 (1892).

*Waeroglossa pseudogyrans Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 68. t. 5. £. 23 (1894) (Dili, Timor; Flores;—
Mus. Tring).

*Macroglossa similis id., l.c. (1894) (Oinanisa, Timor ;—Mus. Tring)
*Macroglossa affictitia, Pagenstecher (non Butler, 1875), Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xlix. p. 154. n. 112

(1896) (Sumba).

3. End-segment of antenna longer than the three preceding segments
together. In colour similar to a/fictitia, forewing nearly as in gyrans ; essentially
different from both in the abdomen being marked with fow7 pale cadmium-yellow
side-patches which are separated from one another by brownish black basal
patches ; the second and third patch the largest ; seventh tergite as in a/ffctitia,
without the extended white base of gyrans; abdomen below and wings rather more
tawny than in affictitia, the former with vestiges of pale mesial patches, side-tuft
of fourth segment buffish, not white.

Wings, above. Forewing : lines not prominent, two antemedian ones almost
straight, first two discal ones much less curved than in gyrans. Hindwinge russet-
mummy-brown at base, an ill-defined distal border of the same colour, middle of
wing paler, especially between apex of cell and anal angle, where there is generally
a distinctly yellow shade if the long yellow hair-scales are not rubbed away ; in
fresh specimens the whole median area is covered with such yellow hair-scales.

Underside: Wasal area of forewing, especially at costal vein, shaded with
yellow hair-scales; abdominal area of hindwing more extended yellow than in
gyrans.

3. Tenth tergite obtusely pointed, not dilated laterally before end; sternite
black distally, narrow, sides parallel, end rounded, somewhat incrassate. Clasper
with friction-scales ; harpe short, acutely triangular, ventral edge denticulate
(Pl. L. f. 34). Process of penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 19) ending in a long point,
distal edge with a few teeth in middle, proximal edge dentate at least in basal
half, base projecting distad.

Length of forewing varying from 16 to 23 mm.

Hab, Sambawa, eastwards to Queensland.

In the Tring Museum 16 3 d,12 9? from: Tambora, Sambawa, iv. y. 1896
(Doherty) ; Dili, Portug. Timor, v. 1892 (Doherty) ; Oinanisa, Dutch Timor, xi. xii.
1891 (Doherty) ; Larat, Tenimber (Kiihn) ; Queensland.

M. similis is based on small individuals.

570. Macroglossum affictitia (Pl. IV. f. 12, 2).
"Vacroglossa affictitia Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 240. n. 4, t. 36. £.7 (1875) (Canara ; Mus.
Brit.) ; id., V'rans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 524. n. 3 (1877) ; Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii. p. 30. t, 90.
f. 3 (1882); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 629. n, 5 (1892) (partim) ; Hamps., in Blanf,, Pauna

( 636 )

Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 113. n. 182 (1892) (partim) ; Nurse, Jowrn. Bombay N. 11. Soe, xii,
p. 513 (1899) (Cutch),

“WMacroglossa vialis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 240. n. 5. t. 36. f. 5 (1875) (Canara ;—Mus.
Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 524. n, 4 (1877); Kirby, lc. p. 630. n. 7 (1892);
Hamps,., /.c. p. 112. n. 180 (1892) (Canara).

3%. End-segment of antenna longer than in gyrans. Similar in colour to
M. gyrans, base of seventh abdominal tergite less pure and less extended white, this
belt generally not visible or only indicated, unless the segment is removed ; sides
of breast and legs of the dull drab-russet colour of the underside of the abdomen,
the latter without white mesial patches ; underside of tail of the same dull tint.

Wings, above-—— Forewing: antemedian double line prominent, black, close
together ; interspace more or less filled up with black ; median interspace grey ;
discal lines thin, not prominent, a dark shade on dise between R! and M?,——
Hindwing : base and broad distal border-band blackish umber-brown, median band
ochraceous orange or more tawny (too pale in our figure). Forewing varying in
length from 16 to 22 mm.

d. Tenth tergite somewhat rounded at the sides just before the pointed tip ;
sternite not black, rather flat, apex rounded. Clasper without friction-scales ; harpe
(Pl. L. f. 37) sharply pointed. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 20) with two
rather broad internal rods; apical process dentate at proximal edge, long, acute,
not dentate at and near base, basally projecting distad.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Ceylon ; 8. India.

In the Tring Museum 9 3d,9 2? from; Ceylon; Nilgiris; Madras, iv. ;
Sangli.

Butler’s vals is based on a small individual.

571. Macroglossum particolor spec. nov. (Pl. IV. f. 13, ¢).

3%. Upperside of body and forewing drab-grey ; mesial line of head and
thorax russet-brown, a large lateral patch on mesothoracic tegula of the same
colour, edged with grey. Abdomen with three orange side-patches, rather small,
not separated from one another, the second the largest; fifth and sixth tergites
laterally, seventh mesially, tawny-olive, third and fourth with two blackish basal
dorsal spots, not visible if the segments are telescoped too much into one another.
Underside of palpus greyish white, with a white side-line ; breast grey, shaded with
wood-brown ; abdomen wholly wood-brown.

Wings, upperside. Forewing: a broad costal abbreviated subbasal band,
separated distally by a thin grey line from a narrower band ; two antemedian lines,
oblique, especially the first, interspace filled up with dark scaling ; first and second
discal line rather sharply angled behind Rj’, first line touching (or almost) second
antemedian, the grey median interspace therefore hourglass-shaped or separated
into two patches ; second discal line much heavier than first, anterior half of inter-
space between the two filled up with blackish sealing, this scaling extended distad
behind R!, only separated from the conspicuous subapical dark patch SO’—R? by
the grey vein R’, dark apical marginal halfmoon conspicuous, grey costal space
proximally of these patches sharply defined, separated by the grey border of the
indistinct third discal line into a paler proximal and a slightly darker and sometimes
a little rufous distal portion. Hindwing: base and a broad distal border blackish
brown, somewhat olive, median band cadminm-yellow, shaded with tawny along
the distal border, especially in 2.

( 637 )

Underside hazel, shaded with grey, distal border brown, abdominal area of
hindwing yellow, sharply limited in front.

End-segment of antenna as long as the five preceding seryments together.

3. Tenth tergite truncate, angles rounded , sternite incrassate at apex and here
transversely carinate. Clasper cc7t/ friction-scales ; harpe pointed, flat above, free
part short (Pl. L. f. 33). Process’of penis-sheath (PI. LVI. f. 44), long, evenly
eurved, pointing proximad, its distal surface denticulated, a longer subbasal tooth ;
internal rods flattened, rounded at end.

Length of forewing: ¢,19mm.; 3, 23 mm.

Cremaster of pupa (Pl. LXIV. f. 21) flattened, triangular, bifid, dente
Hab. 8. India.

In the Tring Museum, 1 pupa, 2 dd, 3 2? from: Madras (type), Oct. and
Noy. 1896, Feb. and March 1897 (Watson); Mahé, Deschamps (received from
Mons. Chas. Oberthiir).

In the collection of Charles Oberthiir from Mahé; also in the collection of
Mousieur l’Abbé de Joannis.

572. Macroglossum belis.

(2) Sphine helis Linné, Syst. Nut. ed. x. p. 493. n. 31 (1758) (hab. 2).
Sphine belis Cramer, Pap, Evot, i. p. 147. t. 94. £. © (1776) (China).
Sesia stellatarum f., Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 155, sub n, 6 (1781) ; Gmel., Syst. Nut. i. 5. p. 2387.
sub n. 27 (1790).
_ Macroglossa stellatarum, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 86. n. 1 (1856) (partim).
Maeroglossa passalus, id. (non Drury, 1773), /.c. p. 92. n. 12 (1856) (partim).
Macroglossa pyrrhula, Boisduyal, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 338. n. 10 (1875) (hab. ?).
__-Macroglossa belis, id., 1.c. p. 343. n. 17 (1875) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 526. n.17. + 90.f. 6.
© .7(L, p.) (1877) (=assimilis ex err.) ; Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal liii, 2. p. 234. n. 1 (1884)
(Cachar) ; Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 287. n. 3 (1885) (Belgaum ; Sattara, vi.; Bombay);
id., lc. p. 434. n. 3. (1886) (Mhow, vi. ix. xi.) ; id., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe. iii. p. 117. n. 3
(1888) (Karachi ;=assimilis= zena, ex err.!); id., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 7.0. 23 (1892)
(partim) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 630. n. 21 (1892) (partim) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Fawu Brit.
Tnd., Moths i, p. 113. n, 184. fig. 67 (1892) (syn. partim); Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H, Soc.
. xi. p. 417. n. 184 (1898) (Sikhim & Bhutan, up to 3000 ft., v. vii. ix.) ; Nurse, Journ. Bombay
N. H. Soc. xii. p. 513 (1899) (Cutch).
* Macroglossa opis Boisduyal, /.c. p. 345. n. 21 (1875) (Silhet ; Darjiling ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

ave

3?. End-segment of antenna about as long as the five preceding segments
together. Abdomen with three cadmium-yellow side-patches, separated from each
other, the first smallest, transverse, fifth segment with a lateral, sixth with a
dorso-lateral, and seventh with a mesial patch of a dark brown or black colour ;
tips of side-tufts white ; breast and legs russet-wood-brown, middle of prosternum
_ more grey; palpus white, with some brown scales; abdomen beneath clayish
cinnamon-rufous, basal sternite and a large indistinct mesial apical patch on
each of the two following ones of the colour of the breast.

Wings, above. Forewing: two anutemedian lines, slightly converging in
front, interspace filled up, but the band not prominent; first and second discal
line evenly curved costad in front, the second line heavier than the first, interspace
partly filled up with dark se Bice especially in front, the lines straight behind,
or ineurved; dark subapical patches vot prominent, grey costal space at its
proximal side sharply limited at R'—Hindwing with cadmium-yellow median
band, base and distal border blackish brown, the border somewhat shaded off along
the yellow band, beiug here less deep in tint.

( 638 )

Underside hazel-chestnut, rather brighter than abdomen ; abdominal area of
hindwing cadmium-yellow.

3. Tenth segment similar to that of vacillans. Olasper with friction-scales ;
harpe and penis-sheath also not essentially different from that of eacillans.

Larva (ace. to Butler) black; head and a series of lateral stigmatical spots
red ; a white dorso-lateral line.

Hab. Ceylon, N.W. India to China and the Tee Choo Islands.

In the Tring Museum 64 specimens from: Ceylon; South India ; Ajmere ;
Dalhousie; Sikhim ; Bhutan; Khasia Hills ; Cherrapunji; Tonkin; Loo Choo.

A close ally of J. racillans, distinguishable by the absence of a yellow patch
from the fourth abdominal segment aud the much paler yellow band of the
hindwing.

Linné’s description of his dedis is so short that it is impossible to say which
species of Macroglossum he had before him. Cramer’s figure agrees best with
the present insect.

The type of pyrrhula is not preserved.

573. Macroglossum assimilis.

Macroglossum assimilis Swainson, Zool. Lllustr. t. 64 (4, 2) (1821) (hab. ?).

*Macroglossa gilia Herrich-Sch., Ausser. Schm.i. £. 107 (1854) (Java ;—type now in coll. Staudinger).

*Macroglossa bengalensis Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 341. n. 14 (1875) (Pondicheri ;—coll.
Charles Oberthiir); Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 115. n. 138 (1892); Kirby,
Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 630, n. 19 (1892); Hamps., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xiii. p. 40, n. 187
(1900) (= belia).

* Macroglossa taxicolor Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 387 (1879) (Ceylon ;—Mus. Dublin) ; id., Lep.
Ceylon ii. p. 29. t. 90. £, 3, 3a (1., p., ¢) (1882) ; Kirby, /.c. p. 632. n. 45 (1892).

* Macroglossu belia Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 114. n. 185 (1892) (Trincomali,

@ ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id., /dlustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het, B. M. ix. p. 58, t. 157. £. 15 (1893).

3%. Similar to ded’s ; dark side-patches of fifth and sixth abdominal segments
less black, underside of abdomen and wings less reddish ; upperside of forewing
with a whitish grey flush, the antemedian band broader behind, dilated basad
at hinder margin, first discal line vestigial behind, second strongly angled at R*,
concave between R? and hinder margin, interspace between the two lines filled up ;
subapical dark: spot SC?’—R! ovate, prominent, nearly black, the grey costal
space at its proximal side not sharply limited behind, continuous with the grey
submarginal area; the grey median interspace rather conspicuous ; yellow band
of the same colour as in delés, 7.c. deeper in tint than in corythus and allies.

3. Tenth tergite truncate-sinuate ; sternite transversely multicarinate on the
upperside, raised in the mesial line, appearing pointed in an apical view, apical
half black. Clasper wth friction-seales ; harpe (Pl. L. f. 38) elongate, spoon-
shaped at end, the small widened part dentate. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 21)
with a long apical process, which is somewhat widened and dentate before end ;
from its projecting base proximad extend two series of long teeth on to the sheath ;
internal rods obtuse at end.

Larva (acc. to Moore, ic.) brown or green, a dorso-lateral pale line from
end of ninth segment to horn, continued frontad by a series of thin brown dashies,
or by a vestigial line ; a series of dorsal dots.

Hab. Ceylon ; 8. India ; “ Java” (ace. to Herrich-Sch.).

In the Tring Museum 9 33,8 32 from: Ceylon; Nilgiris ; Madras, vi. Xi.

Swainson’s figures apply to this insect; the grey tint of the forewing, the

( 639 )

broad antemedian band, the strongly curved second discal line and the prominent
ovate subapical spot are well reproduced in the figures. Herrich-Schaeffer’s figure
is overcoloured.

574. Macroglossum fruhstorferi.
Maeroglossa fruhstorferi Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xl. p. 357. n. 10. t. 3. £. 4 (¢) (1895) (Sava),

3 2%. Similar to calescens. Underside of palpus and middle of breast blackish
erey, speckled with white scales; posterior side-tufts of abdomen tipped with
yellowish buff, not white; between the grey postdiscal costal space of forewing
and the grey space at internal margin there is a third grey patch, these three
forming a band divided by two blackish brown streaks R? and M!', the grey
postdiscal line at the outer edge of the upper two grey patches continuous down
to M! or to hinder margin ; hindwing below yellowish in basal area, pale yellow
abdominal area ill-defined.

do. Tenth tergite narrowed apically ; sternite longer, slenderer in side-view,
broadly rounded at end in dorsal view, not distinctly acuminate. Clasper without
friction-scales ; harpe (Pl. LI. f. 6) gently curved upwards, tip denticulated.
Process of penis-sheath (PI. LVI. f. 32) short, obtuse, denticulate at and near
the proximal edge and at apex.

Hab. Java; Obi.

Two subspecies :

M. fruhstorferi fruhstorferi.
Macroglossa fruhstorferi Huwe, l.c.

3?. Grey postdiscal line of forewing interrupted at M’; the grey area outside
the blackish brown discal band divided into three patches ; yellow band of hind-
wing interrupted.

Hab. Java.

In the Tring Museum 1 d from Jaya.

In coll. Oberthiir 1 d from Mt. Gede (Ledru).

M. fruhstorferi latifascia subsp. nov. (Pl. VI. f. 6, ¢).

%. Only one rather worn example known. It oo we think, to this
species. Differing from Java specimens in the blackish brown discal band of the
forewing being broader, in the grey space outside it and the grey postdiscal line
not being interrupted, and in the yellow band of the hindwing being much broader,
‘not interrupted (the black basal scaling partly rubbed away in the specimen).

Hab, Laiwui, Obi, September 1897 (W. Doherty), 1 ? in the Tring Museum.

575. Macroglossum calescens (PJ. Ill. f. 5, &.

*MVacroglossa calescens Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). x. p. 156 (1882) (N. Britain ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 632. n. 47 (1892) ; Pagenst., in Chun, Zoologica xii. 29. p. 18. n, 19
(1900) (“ not seen”),

¢d. Body above and forewing black, with a chestnut tint, especially the
former. Head above dark grey with a blackish mesial stripe; a distinct white
line above eye; anterior part of thorax speckled with white-tipped scales; two
yellow side-patches on abdomen sitnated on segments 8 and 4, seventh segment
with white scales at base, dorsal and ventral basal scales of tail white-tipped,

( 640 )

side-tufts all white-tipped ; palpus and middle of breast white, speckled with black
scales, sides of breast, legs, and abdomen maroon-chestnut, middle of abdomen
darker brown, shaded with white scaling.

Wings, above. Forewing: antemedian and discal lines filled in, the two
bands contiguous except in front; subbasal area, median and postdiscal costal
spaces, a space before anal angle, and a submarginal space between R! and R%
filled in with bluish white scales forming lines, the external line of the postdiscal
costal patch and the inner line of the submarginal patch continuous with one
another; ontside the postdiscal whitish space there is a reddish black trapezoidal
patch divided by vein SC’. Hindwing: yellow band narrow, constricted behind
cell, the broad black border being angulate or produced basad.

Underside reddish chestnut on disc, proximal area deep brown, extreme base
of both wings slightly yellow, yellow abdominal area of hindwing sharply defined.

3. Tenth tergite obtuse, less slender than usually in this genus; sternite

short, subspatulate, mesially carinate above, apex acuminate. Clasper without
friction-seales; harpe (P1. LI. f. 7) rather long, curved upwards and twisted beyond
middle, tip acute. Process of penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 33) very long, ending in a
long thin point, base prominent, denticulate, no teeth upon sheath proximally of
base of process, proximal edge of latter denticulate, apical margin of sheath
triangularly dilated distad at the side opposite the process ; internal rods broad.

Early stages not known.

Hab. New Britain ; New Guinea.

In the Trivg Museum 2 ¢¢ from: Milne Bay, British N. Guinea (Meek); —

Fergusson, d’Entrecasteaux Is. (Meek).

576. Macroglossum castaneum spec. nov. (Pl. III. f. 16, 3).

&d. Only one moderately preserved specimen. Upperside of body brownish
black, head and anterior part of thorax olivaceous, posterior abdominal segments
somewhat chestnut; two restricted yellow side-patches on abdomen. Underside of
palpus grey, much speckled with brown ; breast olivaceous, abdomen burnt-amber
colour, chestnut laterally; side-tufts with small white tips.

Wings, above. Forewing brownish black, markings indistinct, except the
grey border of the postdiscal line, this convex in middle, concave behind; antemedian

and discal brownish black bands appearing merged together, their outlines barely

traceable, two subapical brown -spots SC'—R! followed by a third spot R'—R*
Border of hindwing broad, convex, sinuate behind.

Underside bright chestnut; brown distal borders distinct ; bases yellow ;
yellow abdominal area of hindwing rather sharply defined, 1} mm. short of tip.
of SM’.

3. Tenth tergite truncate ; sternite somewhat acuminate, upperside elevate in

mesial line. Clasper without friction-scales ; harpe (PI. L. f. 48) short, obtuse,
slightly incrassate, strongly dentate. Penis-sheath zéthouwt process, only with @
few teeth (P]. LVL. f. 48); internal rods rounded at end.

Length of forewing: ¢, 21 mm.

Hab. Florida 1., Solomon Islands, January 1901 (A. 8. Meek and Hichhorn).

1 3 in the Tring Museum.

In the structure of the penis-sheath nearest to alcedo. The non-interrapted
vrey postdiscal line of the forewing distinguishes this species easily from calescens.

( 641 )

577. Macroglossum pyrrhosticta (PI. LI. f. 12, 3).

Macroglossa corythus var., Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 92, n. 14 (1856) (partim).

Maeroglossa gilia, Boisduval (non Herrich-Scb., 1854), Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p, 841. n. 15 (1875)
(partim) ; Moore, Jowrn. As. Soc. Bengal liii. 2. p, 234. n. 3 (1884) (Cachar) ; Hamps., in
Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 117. n. 195 (1892) (partim) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr.
x1, p. 357. n. 5.(1895) (Java) ; Alph., in Rom., IWém. Lép. ix. p. 119 (1897) (Szé-tehuen, vi.) ;
Dudg Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 418. n. 195 (1898) (Sikhim & Bhutan, 2000—5000 ft.,
Vi. Vil.

ee oyiosse corythus, Boisduval (non Walker, 1856), Spee. Grén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 339. n, 11 (1875)
(partim: 9).

*Macroglossa pyrrhosticta Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 242. n. 11, t. 36, £. 8 (1875) (Shanghai ;
—Mnus. Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 527. n. 24. t. 90 f. 8 (larva) (1877) ; Leech,
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 120, n. 104 (1889) (Kiukiang) ; Semper, Schmett. Philipp. ii. p. 406.
n. 56 (1896) (Luzon, viii.).

* Yacroglossa catupyrrha Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 243. n. 13. t. 36. £. 6 (1875) (N. India ;
—Muz, Brit.) ; id. Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p, 528. n, 28 (1877) (partim) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het.
i. p. 631. n. 34 (1892),

32. Very close to troglodytus, larger, the antemedian band and the first discal
line of the forewing generally wider apart, all the grey interspaces more olivaceous,
duller than in troglodytus, and not so prominent, the wing appearing less variegated,
though the number of lines and interspaces is the same in both species. Underside
as bright ferruginous as in ¢roglodytus, abdomen very often with two rows of
blackish patches as in many specimens of ¢roglodytus. Underside of palpus and
middle of breast rather variable in tint.

3. Sexual armature as in troglodytus, but the upper lobe of the harpe
acuminate, without teeth at the upper edge or only with a few (PI. LI. f. 13. 14),
and the process of the penis-sheath longer and pointed (P]. LVI. f. 36),

Larva (fig. by Butler, /.c.) : greenish white, anterior segments green ; a white
dorsal and a dorso-lateral line edged with green ; thin green side-bands.

Hab. North India to Japan, eastwards to Lombok. A common species :
apparently not occurring in South India and Ceylon.

The bright ferruginous underside distinguishes it easily from crariegatwm and
heliophila.

In the Tring Museum 100-odd specimens from: North India; Annam ;
Tonkin ; China ; Japan ; Loo Choo Is. ; Lombok.

578, Macroglossum troglodytus (Pl. Il f 11, d).
Macroglossa sitiene Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 92, n. 13 (1856) (partim).
Maeroglossa corythus var., id., lc. n. 14 (1856) (partim).
* Macroglossa troglodytus Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. 1. p. 344, n. 19 (1875) (Assam ; Darji-
____ ling ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir),
()) Macroglossa gilia, Rober, Tijdschr, Ent. xxxiv, p, 323 (1801) (Flores).
Macroglossa belis, Hampson, in Blanf,, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i, p. 113. 0, 184 (1892) (sub. syn).
Maeroglossa gilia, id,, l.c., p. 117. n. 195 (1892) (partim) : id., Z//ustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M.
ix. p, 59. t. 175. f. 6 (larva) (1893) (this species ?),
Macroglossa belis var. troglodytes, id,, Le. p. 58. t. 157, £. 6 (1893) (Ceylon).

3%. A small species, generally confounded with ¢nsipida. Forewing much
Variegated with slaty grey, the lines rather prominent, the antemedian band
oblique, not always completely filled in with black, often touching first discal line ;
second discal line heavy, dilated distad behind R'. Underside of abdomen and dise
of wings ferruginons ; bases of wings more or less shaded with yellow; palpus
dirty grey, middle of breast vinaceous olive. There are probably several subspecies,

ry

( 642 )

South Indian and Ceylonese specimens have the yellow band of the hindwing deep
in tint, Chinese ones have it pale, and the former possess rather heavier antennae.

dé. Tenth tergite sulcate beneath, convex above, truucate-rounded ; sternite
rather flat, apex rounded, feebly acuminate in middle, transversely carinate above.
Clasper without friction-scales ; harpe forked like that of pyrrhosticta, but upper
lobe flat, rounded in dorsal view (PI. L. f. 15), dentate at edges, lower lobe clubbed,
tuberculose. Process of penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 37) obtuse, dentate at apex, basal
dentition extending on to the sheath, the most proximal tooth enlarged; internal
rods broad, rounded at end, sharp side-edge denticulate.

The larva figured by Hampson may belong to this species.

Hab. Ceylon to China, eastwards to Java ; probably all over the Indo-Malayan
Subregion. .

In the Tring Museum 44 specimens from: Ceylon ; South and North India ;
China ; Java.

579. Macroglossum insipida (Pl. III. f. 9. 10. 17, dd).
* Macvroglossu insipida Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 242, n. 12 (1875) (Ceylon ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
id., Trans. Zool, Soc, Lond. ix. p. 527. n,. 25 (1877).

32. Very close to troglodytus, with which it agrees in size. Antemedian band
of forewing above rather suddenly narrowed in anterior half and curved costad,
being less oblique than in troglodytus.

3. Harpe quite different from that of troglodytus and pyrrhosticta, resembling
that of fwro ; cylindrical, a little curved upwards at end, tip denticulate (PI. LI.
f. 16). Process of penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 38) obtuse, \dentate at end and at
proximal edge, dentition extending on to the sheath in one row, proximal tooth
enlarged, triangular, except poecilum.

Larva (adult) brown, with a dark dorsal line throughout, and thin side-bands,
a subdorsal reddish line, interrupted except on thorax ; this line yellow in green
form of larva, and white in young larva.

Hab. Ceylon to the Loo Choo Islands, eastwards to Australia.

Three subspecies, perhaps four :

a. M. insipida insipida (Pl. III. f. 10, 3).
* Macroglossa insipida Butler, l.c.; Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii, p. 30. t. 92. £. 3. 3a. 3b (1, p., ¢.) (1882) 5
Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ov. i. p. 4. n. 14 (1892) (Ceylon) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 631.
n. 35 (1892); Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit, Ind., Moths i. p. 117. n. 194 (1892) (partim) ;
Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 418. n, 194 (1898) (larva & pupa descr.).
* Vacroglossa limata Swinhoe, Jc. p. 4. n. 15. . 1. £. 1 (¢) (1892) (Java),

32. Distal margin of forewing more convex and apex less acute than in
troglodytus. Penis-sheath with very few teeth proximally of base of process, but
the most proximal one large, triangular (Pl. LVI. f. 38).

Hab. Ceylon to North India, eastwards to Borneo and Java.

In the Tring Museum 40-odd specimens from: Ceylon; South and North
India ; Andamans ; Penang ; Borneo; Java.

The specimens from the various places present some slight differences which
may prove local, the Malayan individuals forming perhaps a separate subspecies.

b. M. insipida papuanum subsp. noy. (Pl. IIL. f. 9, 3).

3%. Darker than western examples ; the two yellow patches of the abdomen
obviously larger.

( 643 )

Hab. D’'Entrecasteaux Is. ; Louisiade Archipelage ; Queensland ; Mysol.
Probably on all the Papuan Islands.

In the Tring Museum 13 33,13 ? ? from: Fergusson (type), VEntrecasteanx
Is. (Meck) ; Sudest, iv. (Meek); St. Aignan, viii. (Meek) ; Queensland (Weiske) ;
Mysol, i. (Kiihn).

ce. M. insipida poecilum subsp. nov. (Pl. IIL. f. 17, 3).

g. Perhaps distinct. Resembling in size and in shape of the forewing large
specimens of M. troglodytus. Body and wings with a reddish flush on upperside.
Subapical spot SC’—SC° of forewing dark rufous, dark dorsal geminate spots of
abdomen rather prominent, yellow side-spots reduced. Teeth on penis-sheath near
base of process more numerous than in the preceding forms, the proximal tooth not
much enlarged, being much smaller than in either papuanum or insipida.

Hab. Loo Choo Islands.

Two dd in the Tring Museum from: Loo (‘hoo Is. (type) ; Okinawa, 12. vii.
1891 (Dr. Fritze).

The abdomen of these two examples has no black patches beneath.

M. insipida, pyrrhosticta and troglodytus ave so similar in colour that it is
difficult to distinguish them from one another; the dd can be recognised by the
sexual armature, but the ??, especially if not in good condition, are sometimes
impossible to name with certainty.

580. Macroglossum alcedo (PI. III. f. 8, 3).
* Macroglossum alcedo Boisduval, Voy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 188. n. 2 (1832) (Dorey;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir) ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i, p. 347. n. 24 (1875).
6%. In colour and pattern closely resembling wngwes, antemedian band of
forewing less distinct, grey postdiscal line distinct only in front, the marginal band
of the hindwing obviously broader, angulate near M', not evenly convex, underside
of wings brighter chestnut, with the darker brown distal border more distinct.

3. Clasper without friction-scales ; harpe (Pl. L. f. 47) short, recurved at
end, this part dilated, concave, densely denticulate. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 39)
with the internal rods rounded at end; xo process, it being replaced by a short
longitudinal dentate ridge.

Hab. Queensland ; Key ; N. Guinea.

In the Tring Museum 7 dd from: North Queensland (Weiske) ; Little Key,
January to March 1895 (Webster).

The type of alcedo is in bad condition ; it is a 2 and belongs apparently here
and not to the following species. The distal border of the hindwing is, however,
rather too narrow, approaching that of wngues. Nobody will be able, we think, to
prove that Boisduval’s a/cedo is not the species here figured as such.

581. Macroglossum ungues spec. noy. (PI. IIL. f. 7, b, ¢ype, Burn).
*Macroglossa gilia, Pageustecher (non Herrich-Sch., 1854), Jahrb. Nuss. Ver, Nat. xxxvii. p. 210

(1884) (Amboina) ; id., /.c. xli, p. 109, n. 213 (1888) (Amboina) ; Semp., Schm. Philipp. ii.

p. 406. n. 55 (1896) (Luzon vy. vi.).

3%. A smaller species than s/t/ene, but nearly identical with it in pattern,
Forewing more obtuse, outer margin more convex, first discal line more curved,
nearer the antemedian band in middle, subapical spot SC'—SC° more prominent ;
hindwing below more washed with yellow in basal area. Antenna of dc ompara-
tively longer and stouter.

( 644 )

3. Harpe longer (PI. LI. f. 11) than in sitiene. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVL. f. 51)
with two processes: the upper much longer than in sétéene, the lower shorter, the
latter dentate. :

Hab. Java, Philippines, eastwards to the Moluccas and Sumba.

In the Tring Museum 16 dd, 22 22 from: Java (Piepers) ; Bali, iii, iv.
(Doherty) ; Lombok, iv. (Fruhstorfer); Sumba; Dongala, Palos Bay, Celebes,
vii. ix. (Doherty) ; Amboina, ii. viii, (Doherty) ; Buru, iii. (Doherty); Philippines.

It is possible that further material of I/acroglossum from the larger Sunda
Islands will prove wngues and sitiene to be forms of the same species. The
3d from the Philippines which we have been able to dissect belong all to
ungues, but some of the ? ? are apparently not different from sétiene, being rather
larger and more greyish on the forewing than wnguwes.

582. Macroglossum sitiene (Pl. ILI. f. 18, 3).

* Vacroglossa sitiene Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 92. n. 13 (1856) (partim; ‘“ Natal” err. loc,;
Silhet ; Moulmein ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 527. n. 23 (1877)
(Silhet) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het, i. p. 4. n. 16 (1892) (Siam ; Silhet) ; Kirby, Cat, Lep, Het, i.
p- 630, n, 22 (1892); Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 115. n. 189 (1892)
(partim =nigrifusciata=orientalis) ; Semper, Schmett. Philipp. ii. p. 406. n. 57 (1896) (Luzon,
vii., partim) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi, p. 418. n, 189 (1898) (Sikhim, x.).

*Macroglossa sinica Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 340. n, 12 (1875) (Hongkong ;—coll,
Charles Oberthiir).

Macroglossa sitiens id., l.e. p, 343. n, 18 (1875) (partim) ; Kirby, dc. n. 631. n. 41 (1892).

*Macroglossa nigrifasciata Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 241, n. 8, t. 37. f. 3 (1875)
(Ceylon ;—Mus. Brit.); id., Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 526. n. 16 (1877) ; Moore, Lep. Ceylon
li. p. 28. t. 92. f. 1 (1882) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 631. n. 38 (1892).

*Macroglossa orientalis Butler, lc. ix. p. 528. n. 30 (1877) (Moulmein ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Moore, Proc.
Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 844 (1878) (Ahsown, Upp. Tenass,) ; Swinh., Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond. p. 162.
n. 5 (1890) (Tenasserim) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 33 (1892).

3%. Body above and forewing paler than in heléophila, clayish ; dorsal basal
dots of abdominal tergites vestigial, seventh segment pale, with a very conspicuous
black mesial patch ; side-tufts all prominently tipped with white ; underside of
palpus, middle of breast and mesial patches on the proximal abdominal sternites
or on all, dirty grey, much less white than in heliophila. Antemedian band of
forewing very prominent, sharply dilated basad behind ; first and second discal
line curved as in heliophila, but the second not dilated distad behind R4. Yellow
band of hindwing deeper yellow than in heliophila, edge of black border less
convex. Underside rather more greyish distally ; lines of hindwing prominent.

3. Tenth tergite prismatical, rounded above, sulcate below, tip truncate ;
sternite rounded at end. Clasper zwith friction-scales ; harpe (PI. Ll. f. 12) almost
straight, sharply pointed. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 52) with two processes: one
(a) broad, hook-shaped, dentate at the concave edge; the other (J) very slender
and long, horizontal ; long internal rod broad, terminating in a long point.

Hab. Ceylon to the Philippines.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 72% from: Ceylon; Nilgiris ; Manila.

583, Macroglossum stigma spec. noy, (PI. IV. f. 15, ?).

?. Head and thorax with dark middle line; mesothoracic tegula with large
blackish area, anteriorly bordered by an oblique greyish line ; abdomen with one
yellow side-patch, situated on third segment, seventh tergite with two conspicnous
white basal spots, black in middle ; anal tuft blackish brown, all side-tufts tipped

( 645 )

with white ; underside of palpus, middle of breast, mesial patches of abdominal
segments greyish white, sides of breast, legs, and abdomen deep brown.

Wings, adove. Forewing: two antemedian lines filled in with black, this
band broad, slightly curved, dilated basad behind, basal area shaded with vinaceous
grey, median area also vinaceous grey, with a prominent black stigma; first and
second discal line slightly concave at M!, gently curved costad in front, first very
weak, just proximal of fork SC*’, obliterated behind, second prominent, more distal
than in other species, crossing SC’ 2 mm. distally from fork SC} and reaching
hinder margin about 2 mm. from angle, being only 14 mm. distant from the
prominent oblong subapical spot SC’—R', and being contiguous with the postdiscal
line between R* and M’. Hindwing: black border very broad, strongly angulate
at M’, the yellow colour not extending beyond C.

Underside blackish mummy-brown, a few greyish scales in submarginal region;
hindwing with the first discal line almost obliterated, the second distinct, the third
close to it, vestigial ; yellow abdominal area reduced, not sharply defined, extending
about halfway to end of SM’.

Length of forewing: 2, 26 mm.

Hab. Dorey, Dutch N. Guinea, April 1897 (W. Doherty), 1 ? in the Tring
Museum.

The distal position of the second discal line of the forewing distinguishes this
species easily from s/tiene, heliophila and others, besides the stigma of the forewing
and the white spots on the seventh abdominal tergite.

584. Macroglossum heliophila (Pl. III. f. 6, 2).
* Wacroglossa heliophila Boisduval, Spec. Grén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 354. n. 36, t. 11. f. 2 (1875) (Halmahera;
—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 631. n. 23 (1892).
*Macroglossa fringilla Boisduval, /.c. p. 352. n, 33 (1875) (India ;—Mus. Paris) ; Kirby, l.c. p. 632
n. 60 (1892).
Macroglossa nigrifusciata, Butler (non id., 1875) ; Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 670. n. 31 (1880)
(Formosa),

*Macroglossa kanita Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox, i. p. 5, n. 17. t. 1. £. 2 (1892) (Sumatra ;—
Mus, Oxford).

* Macroglossa loochooana Rothschild, Noy. Zoot, i. p. 67 (1894) (Loo Choo Islands ;—Mus, Tring),
(7) Macroglossa divergens, Huwe (non Walker, 1856), Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xl, p. 357. n. 4 (1895)
(Java).

3%. Head and thorax with a prominent dark mesial stripe ; a rather sharply
marked triangular area on mesothoracic tegula the same colour ; abdomen with a
pair of prominent black dorsal basal spots on fourth tergite ; side-tufts all tipped
with white; underside of palpus, middle of breast, and a mesial patch on first
abdominal sternites greyish white, rest of abdomen dull burnt-umber-brown ; tail
rather darker.

Wings, wpperside.—Forewing : two antemedian lines filled in, forming a
very prominent band which is nearly straight distally and dilated basad at hinder
margin ; first and second discal lines curved costad in front, concave between It!
and hinder margin, the first thin, the second heavier, interspace not quite filled in,
the lines remaining quite distinct, the second dilated distad behind R' till reaching
postdiscal line, this spot-like dilatation prominent, R' in front of it grey, bordering
a sharply defined postdiscal costal grey patch, subapical spot SC°—R! prominent,
while the space SC'—SC?° in front of it is more or less grey. Black border of
hindwing convex, more or less angulated near M’.

Underside \ike abdomen, basal central area of forewing darker, distal border

( 646 )

duller, darker brown; bases shaded with yellowish buff, yellow abdominal area
sharply defined, about 14} mm. short of tip of SM’.

3d. Tenth tergite rather broad, rounded-truncate, flattened at end ; sternite
spatulate, upperside elevated in mesial line, apical margin acuminate. Clasper with
friction-seales; harpe (Pl. LI. f. 4) incrassate distally, obtuse; often with a
subapical lateral tubereulated hump, as in f. 3, Penis-sheath almost exactly as in
melas (Pl. LVI. f. 31), but the teeth near the base of the process larger.

Hab. South India to the Loo Choo Islands, eastwards to the Moluccas.

In the Tring Museum 13 dd, 14 22 from: Nilgiris ; Tonkin ; Hongkong ;
Loo Choo Is.; Formosa; Java; Sarawak; Philippines ; Batjan.

It is possible that there are at least two subspecies; but the material in
collections, especially from the Moluccas, is not yet large enough to allow us to form
a definite opinion.

The white underside of the palpi and of the middle of the breast distinguishes
heliophila at a glance from sitiene and variegatum, while the less black colour of
the body and wings separates it from melas.

585. Macroglossum melas spec. nov. (PI. III. f. 19, ).

3%, Similar to M. heliophila, but body and wings much deeper in tint, almost
black above and below; yellow spots of abdomen small, fourth and fifth tergite
with a pair of black basal spots above ; underside of palpus, middle of breast and
mesial patches of abdomen white, side-tufts of abdomen tipped with white. A thin
white line above eye. Pattern of forewing as in heliophila, individually somewhat
variable, pale median interspace less prominent and less vinaceous. Black border
of hindwing broader than in heliophila, angulate between R* and M’, the yellow
band here constricted or interrupted. Wings éelow grey at extreme base; yellow
area of hindwing restricted, about 3 mm. short. of tip of SM*.

3. Sexual armature not essentially different from that of Aeliophila, harpe
slenderer (PI. LI. f. 3. 5), dentition at the base of the penis-sheath not quite so
heavy (Pl. LVI. f. 31).

Hab. Key Islands; N. Guinea ; Woodlark I. ; Queensland.

In the Tring Museum 3 6d, 6? ? from: Little Key (type, H. Kiihn), Dee.
and Jan.; Milne Bay, Brit. N. Guinea, Jan. and Feb. (A. 8. Meek); Woodlark
(A. 8. Meek) ; Queensland (Weiske).

This may be the Papuan representative of /eliophila. Further material is
necessary to decide the question.

586. Macroglossum divergens.

* Vacroglossa divergens Walker, List Lep, Ins. B. M, viii. p. 94. n. 17 (1856) (Ceylon ;—Mus. Brit.)
Butl., Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 528. n. 31 (1877) (“ Canara” alia spec.) ; Moore, Lep.
Ceylon ii. p. 27. t. 92. £. 2 (1882) ; Kirby, Cut, Lep. Het. i. p. 630. n, 18 (1892) ; Hamps,, in
Blanf., Pana Brit. Ind., Moths i. p- 117. n, 196 (1892) (Ceylon ,

?. Only one specimen known. It may be an extreme variety of hel/ophila.—
Forewing, above : first discal line vestigial, second heavy and dilated distad between
R' and R’; a distinct black line outside the grey postdiscal line as broad as the
second discal one.

Hab, Ceylon.

In the British Museum 1 ? (type).

( 647 )

587. Macroglossum mediovitta spec. noy. (Pl. IV. f. 16, 3).

3. Differs from heliophila in the following points : Forewing more elongate,
distal margin less convex, proximal edge of antemedian band not distinct, the basal
area being darker than in heliophila ; pinkish white median band very prominent,
more oblique, sharply defined, the first discal line being well marked, forming the
discal border of the white band, the line not elbowed anteriorly, second diseal line
scarcely visible, the dise outside the white band being so deep brown that the line
is obscured, the blackish brown area gradually shading off distally ; no sharply
defined postmedian costal grey space, I not grey, subapical spot SC°—R! small, grey
postdiscal line vestigial. Hindwing : distal border evenly convex, narrower than in
heliophila.msStructure of genital armature of d as in heliophila.

Hab. Loo Choo Islands : Okinawa.

In the Tring Museum 3 3 collected by Dr. A. Fritze on Okinawa in July and
August 1891. Also in the British Museum.

588. Macroglossum albigutta spec. nov. (Pl. Ill. f. 3, 2).

?. A very dark-coloured species. Abdomen with two prominent white basal
spots on seventh tergite, side-tufts of sixth and seventh segments brownish black
or burnt-umber-brown ; seventh sternite with white mesial dot or line. Underside
of palpi and middle of breast greyish white, sides of breast dark brown. White
line above eye distinct.

Wings, wpperside.—Forewing : a white or grey, narrow, straight, median band
asin JV. hirundo hirundo, the olive-black band at its proximal side dilated basad
at hinder margir, not sharply defined proximally; the discal band at the distal side
of the median white band broad, ill-defined distally, dilated distad between R' and
R’, thus joined to a rather broad postdiscal band which extends from the two
subapical patches SM'—R'! to hinder margin, bordered proximally by a grey line
which is interrupted between R! and R%, area outside this band slightly greyish like
the postmedian costal space and the basal area.x——-Hindwing: distal border
convex, broader than yellow band, this interrupted or entire.

Wings delow dark muammy-brown, or Mars-brown, with the distal borders
darker, lines quite indistinct, third the best marked ; abdominal area of hindwing
yellow, sharply defined.

Length of forewing : ¢, 28 to 25 mm.

Hab. Solomon Islands : Guadalcanar and Florida.

Two subspecies :

a. M. albigutta albigutta (Pl. IIL. f. 3, 2).

2. White median band of forewing very prominent. Yellow band of hindwing
broadly interrupted. Underside of wings deep mummy-brown. Abdomen with a
yellow side-patch on segment 3, and a few yellow scales on segments 2 and 4;
seventh sternite with a white mesial dot.

Length of forewing : 23 mm.

Hab. Guadaleanar.

In the Tring Museum 19, March 1901 (A. 8. Meek).

b. M. albigutta floridense subsp. nov.

%. Median band of forewing less distinct. Yellow band of hindwing not
interrupted. Abdomen above and underside of wings Mars-brown, Abdomen with

( 648 )

the yellow side-patch of segment 4 as large as that on 3; seventh sternite with
white mesial line, the other sternites with more or less distinct white mesial dots.
Length of forewing : 25 mm.
Hab. Florida Island.
In the Tring Museum | , 2. i. 1901 (A. 8. Meek).

589. Macroglossum dohertyi.

*Macroglossa dohertyi Rothschild, Nov. Zoou. i, p. 67. t. 5. £. 2 (g) (1894) (Amboina ;—Mnus.
Tring).

6. In this remarkable insect the median interspace and the grey postdiscal line
of the forewing of the other Macroglossum have developed into two narrow, sharply-
defined, buffish white bands. Tenth tergite rounded-truncate ; sternite narrowed
towards the end, which is rounded. Clasper with rather large friction-scales ; harpe
rather broad, compressed, subacuminate, upper edge denticulate distally (Pl. L.
f. 31). Process of penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 49) short, obtuse, densely denti-
culate at the proximal edge and at end; internal rods rounded at end.

Hab. Amboina and New Guinea.

In the Tring Museum 2 6d from: Amboina, February 1892 (W. Doherty,
type) ; British New Guinea.

590. Macroglossum hirundo.

*Macroglossa hirundo Boisduval, Voy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 184 (1832) ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i.
p. 346. n, 23. t. 9. £. 4 (1875) (Tahiti ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

3%. A geographically and individually variable species. The median inter-
space of the forewing grey, generally prominent, straight, sometimes separated
into two patches ; first and second discal lines not or feebly curved costad, not
obviously elbowed, more or less concave. Yellow abdominal area of hindwing
below sharply defined.

3. Tenth tergite compressed, pointed; sternite rounded at end. Clasper
with friction-scales; harpe (Pl. LI. f. 8) broad, flattened, more or less rounded
at end, apex densely denticulated. Process of penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 27)
horizontal, slender, dentition variable, no teeth upon sheath near base of process,
except in Jifwensis; internal rods rounded at end, the longer one dentate at
one edge.

Hab. Papuan Subregion: Key to Tahiti and Fiji.
Five subspecies :

a. M. hirundo hirundo.

*Macroglossa hirundo Boisduval, in Voy. Astrolabe, Lép, p. 184 (1832) (Taiti ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir) ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 346. n. 23. t. 9. f. 4 (1875) ; Butl, Trans. Zool. Soe.
Lond. ix. p. 529. n. 37 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 632. n. 58 (1892).

3%. The yellow area of the hindwing is far too broad in Boisduval’s figure,
the base of the wing being black in Tahiti specimens, not yellow. Grey
median band of forewing very narrow, oblique, being a little more distal at
hinder than at costal margin, the dark lines and bands indistinct, grey border
of postdiscal line and a grey submarginal shade extending from apex to neat
hinder margin distinct, less regular than in Boisduval’s figure. Yellow band of
hindwing rather broader than the basal black area, Abdomen with a small

( 649 )

transverse yellow side-mark on second segment, spots on third and fourth larger.
Underside of body and wings Mars-brown. Harpe spatulate, dilated part rather
deeply concave,

Hab. Tahiti.

1 3 and 1 $ in coll. Charles Oberthiir ; 1 d in Mus. Paris.

b, M. hirundo vitiense subsp. nov.
(?) Macroglossa spec., Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 220. n, 2 (1888) (Fiji).

3. Like the preceding, but yellow side-patch on fourth abdominal segment
yestigial or absent, grey median band of forewing not distinct, yellow band of
hindwing narrower in middle than black basal area.

Hab. Fiji.

In the Tring Museum 2 d¢ from Fiji.

c. M. hirundo lifuensis.
* Macroglossa lifuensis Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 67 (1894) (Lifu ;—Mus. Tring).

3%. One yellow side-spot on abdomen, situated on segment 3; black side-
patches on segments 4 and 5 prominent. Antemedian and discal dark bands of
forewing conspicuous, the discal one somewhat curved costad in front, postdiscal
line distinct, dentate, with a distinct grey border, subapical patches SC'—R? distinct,
the second darker, rounded ; grey median band variable. Yellow band of hindwing
somewhat deeper yellow than in evans, and narrow, almost as broad as in hirundo
hirundo.

Underside of wings as in Air. hirundo, much more rufous than in errans.
Process of penis-sheath more densely denticulate basally, the dentition extending
on to the sheath. Harpe much more elongate, less spatulate, than in the other
subspecies, almost pointed.

Hab. Lifu, Loyalty Is., and New Caledonia.

In the Tring Museum 3 3,1 ¢ from Lifu and N. Caledonia.

d. M. hirundo errans.

*Mucroglossa errans Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 96. n. 21 (1856) (Australia ; Moreton
Bay :—Mus. Brit.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 352. n, 32 (1875) ; Butl., Trans. Zool.
Soc. Lond. ix. p. 529. n, 88 (1877) (type from Moreton B., with white band, ex errore!) ; Misk.,
Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii. p. 6. n. 4 (1891) (Brisbane ; Rockhampton ; Bowen) ; Kirby,
Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 632. n, 59 (1892) ; Swinb., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus, Ox. i. p. 7. n. 27 (1892).

*Rhamphoschisma scottiarum Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 75.£. 8 (1874) (Australia ;—Mus. Tring) ;
Boisd., /.c. p. 354. n. 35 (1875) ; Butl., /.c. p. 529. n. 35 (1877).

* Macroglossa belinda Pagenstecher, in Chun, Zoologica x. 29. p. 19. n. 22 (1900) (N. Pommern, ? ;
—Mus. Tring).

3%. The distribution of this subspecies is extensive ; the area occupied includes
the Solomon Islands and the Bismarck Archipelago. We cannot find any difference
between the few individuals from those localities and Queensland examples.
Pagenstecher’s belinda, of which we have the type, must sink as a synonym.
M. errans is very variable as regards some of the markings, but the prominent
grey flush is always present upon the upperside of the forewing and abdomen ; the
dark dorsal spots of the latter are well marked, the yellow band of the hindwing
is broad, with the outer edge straight, the deuticulate postdiseal grey-bordered line
of the forewing is conspicuous, the triangular area of the mesothoracic tegula
bordered in front by an oblique line is more or less obviously russet, always well

( 650 )

circumscribed. The abdomen has generally only one yellow vatch, on segment 3;
sometimes there is another vestigial on segment 2, and seldom a third on the fourth
segment. The grey median band of the forewing is often interrupted, seldom
completely obliterated in consequence of the extension of the brown antemedian and
discal bands.

Hab. Queensland, Solomon Islands and Bismarck Archipelago.

In the Tring Museum 6 Jarvae, 80-odd specimens from: Qneensland; Kini-
eunang (type of belinda) ; Guadalcanar, v. (Meek).

e. M. hirundo cinerascens.

* Macroglossa cinerascens Butler, Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. Rep. Eclipse Exp. p. 94 (1884) (Caroline Is.;—
Mus. Brit.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i. p, 632. n. 48 (1892).
3%. Thorax above and forewing with a peculiar opalescent gloss, except an
externo-marginal band of the latter 5 mm. broad in front, tapering behind.
Hab. Caroline Islands ; in the British Museum.
From Palisa, Caroline Is., in the Vienna Museum.

591. Macroglossum rectans spec. nov. (PI. IV. f. 8, 2).

3. Less grey than errans; a small transverse yellow side-mark on second
abdominal segment, a large one on the two following ; side-tufts of segments 5 and 6
not white, but tawny-ochraceous. Grey median band of forewing as oblique as
in hir. hirundo, narrow, quite straight, subapical spot SC°—R! small. Yellow band
of hindwing narrowing costad, much narrower than in evans, at R? about half
the width of the black distal border, which is distinetly convex from C to SM.
‘Underside of wings more rufous than in errans.

Hab. Kei Islands and N. Guinea.

In the Tring Museum 2 6¢ from: Little Kei, 9. ii. °97 (H. Kiihn, type);
Samarai, Brit. N. Guinea. In the British Museum from Queensland.

592. Macroglossum prometheus (PI. IV. f. 3, 2).

Macroglossa corythus Walker, l.c. viii. p. 92. n. 14 (1856) (partim ; Java).
Macroglossum arcuatum Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cut. Lep. Ins. E. I. C. i. p. 262. n. 599 (1857)
(partim ; nom. nud.).

* Macroglossa divergens, Boisduval (non Walker, 1856), Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét, i. p. 355. n. 37 (1875)
(Java).

* Vacroglossa prometheus id., l.c. (1875) (Java ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

3. Boisduval’s description gives the essential characters. Mesothoracie
tegula with grey fringe in fresh specimens. Abdomen above with two dark dots
at the bases of segments 3 and 4; anal tuft dark, tip often paler, vinaceous, not
yellow or tawny. Grey streak R! of forewing, upperside, distinct, grey costal
space in front of it prominent, black apical halfmoon joined to the submarginal
patch SC’—R}, which is black distally and somewhat russet proximally, subapical
patch SC*—SO* russet ; lines not prominent, the interspaces grey, the median
interspace not more grey than the interspace between the subbasal and the double
antemedian lines. Yellow band of hindwing very sharply defined, costal margin
not yellow. Underside of wings vandyke-brown, shaded with drab, dull in tint,
yellow abdominal area contrasting sharply. See p. 660 for nomenclature.

3. Tenth tergite as in glaucoptera, rather more flattened at tip and less
truncate-sinnate. Friction-scales of clasper prominent; harpe (PI. L. f. 43, 49)

( 651 )

with a very short triangular, acuminate, free process. Process of penis-sheath
different in the two subspecies ; no teeth upon the sheath near the base of the
process.

Hab. Ceylon to Australia (not in N. India and China ?).

Two subspecies :

a. M. prometheus prometheus.

Macroglossa corythus Walker, /.c. (1856) (partim) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 527. n. 26
(1877) (Java) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 7. n. 25 (1892) (Java); Kirby, Cut. Lep.
Het, i. p. 631, n. 28 (1892) (partim).

Maeroglossum arcuatum Moore, Uc. (nom. nud.).

Macroglossa divergens, Boisduval (non Walker, 1856), l.c.

* Macroglossa prometheus id., l.c. (Java).

(?) Macroglossa catapyrrha, Huwe (non Butler, 1875), Berl. Ent. Zeitschr, xl. p. 357. n. 9 (1895)
(Java).

*Macroglossa passalus, Semper (non Drury, 1773), Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 406. n. 58 (1896) (partim).

3. The prominent grey costal subapical patch of the forewing, with the
grey streak R! behind, and the sharply defined distal border of the hindwing,
distinguish this western form easily from all the species with which it occurs
together.

3. Process of penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 23) with a single basal tooth which
points distad, and a number of teeth at and near the proximal edge:

Hab. Ceylon to Java and the Philippines.

In the Tring Museum 6 3d,17 2? from: Ceylon; Malay Pen.; Penang
(Curtis) ; Nias ; Java; Borneo.

6. M. prometheus inusitata.

Maeroglossa approtimata, Miskin (non Walker, 1864), Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii. p, 7. n. 5
(1891) (Cardwell).

Maecroglossa approvimans Lucas, Queenslander xxxix. p. 834 (May 1891) (abdomen only !) ; Misk.,
Le. 64 (1891).

Macroglossa lineata Lucas, l.c. (1891) (abdomen excepted ; Mackay).

*Macroglossa inusitata Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Ov. i. p. 6. n. 20 (1892) (Dorey, 2 ;—Mus. Oxford).

* Macroglossa inconspicua Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 68 (1894) (N. Guinea ;—Mus. Tring).

3%. On the whole smaller than the preceding ; distal margin of forewing

shorter ; underside of body and wings more grey, middle of breast more whitish ;

grey colour of upperside of forewing also more prominent, the antemedian lines
tesp. band mostly less oblique, often contiguous in middle with the first discal line,
grey postdiscal line at the distal side of the grey subapical costal patch prominent,

dentate at SC%, the double patch distally of this line more rufous.

Width of marginal band of hindwing fairly constant in Queensland examples ;
the band rather narrower in the individuals from the Louisiade Archipelago and
the d’Entrecasteaux Islands.

3. Process of penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 25) variable in dentition, sometimes
multidentate upon the surface and at the distal (not proximal) edge, sometimes
only with a few prominent basal teeth at the distal edge. Harpe (PL L. f. 45)
shorter than in the preceding subspecies.

Hab. Queensland ; N. Guinea and the islands near its south-eastern end.

In the Tring Museum 14 3d, 17 22 from: Queensland; Rossell L., ii.
(Meek) ; St. Aignan, ix. (Meek); Milne Bay, Brit. N. Guinea, iii, (Meek) ;

( 652 )

Fergusson and Trobriand (Meek); Humboldt Bay, Dutch N. Guinea, ix. x.
(Doherty).

This form might be confounded by a casual observer with JM. errans errans,
especially with such specimens of the latter in which the grey median interspace
is reduced to two small patches in consequence of the antemedian and discal bands
being merged together mesially. The first and second discal lines of errans are,
however, straight in front, the abdomen is grey above, and shows dark basal
dots also on segments 5 and 6 (the two dots of the latter segment being often
merged together to a large mesial patch), the white side-tufts are larger and
the palpi are longer, the triangular patch of the mesothoracic tegula is more
prominent, ete.

Lueas’s description of approximans applies to I/. corythus pylene as regards
wings, to the present species as regards abdomen ; while the abdomen described
under IM. lineata is that of pylene and the wings, we believe, those of the sub-
species we have just characterised. Neither of the two names approximans and
lineata can be applied (see Introduction, “ Nomenclature”).

Lucas says, l.c., of lineata: “Near M. trochilus, Hubn., M. sitieul, Boisd.,
M. corythus, Boisd.”

593. Macroglossum nubilum spec. nov. (PI. IV. f. 17, d).

3%. Resembling M. prometheus inusitata, but is deeper brown, the grey
postmedian costal patch of the forewing extended beyond R' towards the distal
margin, the distal border of the hindwing convex, twice the width of the yellow
band, which widens behind a little. Head without white line above eye, brown
triangular lateral area of palpus not sharply defined above ; first yellow side-pateh
of abdomen just vestigial, second and third prominent, with deep black patches at
the proximal side.

Wings, wpperside——Forewing: antemedian lines not conspicuous, not distinctly
filled in with dark brown, more strongly curved than in prometheus ; first discal line
very indistinct, except at costal margin, strongly angulated in front like the second,
which is distinct, interspace filled in with brown from costal margin to angle of
lines ; grey costal space following this line continued beyond R?, reaching more
distally R? or even R*; subapical patches SC'—R’ dark russet, the second blackish
distally. Hindwing : black basal area continued along SM°, joining the black
distal border, the yellow band in consequence proximally convex ; this band not
reaching costal edge, at R? barely half the width of the distal border.

Underside: Mars-brown or mummy-brown, deeper in tint than in M.
prometheus; the yellow abdominal area of the hindwing very sharply limited
distally.

3. Tenth tergite truncate; sternite rounded-dilated at end. Clasper with
friction-scales ; harpe short, curved upwards at end, tip acute (Pl. L. f 46):
Process of penis-sheath (PI. LVI. f. 26) obtuse at end, its dentate base
projecting also a little at the left side, the whole process boomerang-shaped ;
internal rods obtuse at end.

Hab. British New Guinea and neighbouring islands.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢, 6 22 from: Milne Bay, Brit. N. Guinea, i. 09
(Meek), type ; Holnicote Bay to Owen Stanley Mts. (Rohn) ; Kiriwini, Trobriand
Is., iii, iv. "95 (Meek) ; Woodlark, iii. °97 (Meek).

( 653 )

594. Macroglossum variegatum spec. nov. (PI. III. f. 13, 3).

Maeroglossa sitiene Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p, 92. n. 13 (1856) (partim) ; Hamps,, in
Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 115, n, 189 (1892) (partim).

3%. Ditters from /eliophila, with which it agrees best, in the following points :
abdomen with pairs of black dots at the bases of tergites 3, 4, and 5; underside of
palpus and middle of breast clayish, very much darker than in heliophila, abdomen
generally deeper brown, without whitish grey patches on the first sternites.
Antemedian band of forewing not so prominent, much more curved, almost at right
angles to costal margin ; first and second discal lines also obviously more curved,
S-shaped, median interspace less pale than in /eliophila, shaped like an hour-
glass, but upper part larger than lower, second discal line dilated distad behind R4,
but this projection not very conspicuous ; R! grey; postdiscal line and its grey
border distinct, continuous from costal to hinder margin; distal edge feebly
scalloped in fresh specimens, with darker dots at the tips of the veins; a pale
stigma with a dark spot at its proximal side in fresh individuals.

3. Tenth tergite truncate ; sternite less acuminate than in heliophila. Clasper
without friction-scales ; harpe (Pl. LI. f. 1) short, acuminate, curved upwards and
then distad, underside often with teeth. Process of penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 35)
short, obtuse, slender, dentate at end as well as at proximal edge, the dentition of
the base extending on to the sheath ; internal rods rounded at end.

Hab. North India ; Borneo; Sumatra. Probably more widely distributed in
the Indo-Malayan Subregion.

In the Tring Museum 10 dd, 8 2% from: Cherrapunji (type); Khasia Hills ;
Shillong ; Sikhim ; Borneo.

In many collections, mixed up with specimens of other species.

595. Macroglossum saga.
*Macroglossa saga Butler, Eut. Mo. Mag. xiv, p, 206 (1878) (Japan ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id., Zilustr.
Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. ii, p. 3. t. 21, £. 1 (1878) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p, 632. n. 44

1892),

Bc icace pyrrhosticta, Leech (non Butler, 1875), Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 582. n. 7 (1888)
(China, Japan).

*Macroglossa kiushiuensis Rothschild, Noy, Zoot. i. p. 66 (1894) (Kiusbiu ;—Mus. Tring), ; id., Jc.
iii. t. 13. f. 2 (1896).

* Macroglossa glaucoplaga Hampson, Journ, Bombay N. H. Soc. xiii, p. 40. n. 184 a, t. b. f, 13 (1900)
(Sikhim, 1300 ft. ;—Mus. Brit.).

3 ?. No white line above eye ; palpi long, beneath white, speckled with black
scales ; breast greyish wood-brown ; head and thorax above with darker mesial
vitta, abdomen with two yellow side-patches, besides a vestige of a patch on second
segment, a double series of dark dorsal spots ; tail above blackish brown; side-tufts
of posterior segments with dark buff tips, those of proximal sezments with white
tips, underside of abdomen uniform in colour.

Wings, upperside. Forewing with the grey and the brownish black parts
rather sharply contrasting ; antemedian lines curved, filled in with brownish black,
this band dilated basad at hinder margin ; median interspace grey ; first and second
discal lines angulated at R', concave between R! and hinder margin, interspace dark
except behind, first line generally not prominent behind; grey costal space extended
to apex of wing, the subapical rufous patch SC'—SC° being shaded over with grey,
grey postdiscal line within this area conspicuous, R! grey between second and third

( 654 )

line, the area behind the grey patch blackish, the grey area limited by the apical
triangular halfmoon, by the subapical patch SC’—R? and the grey line R’'_—Hind-
wing : yellow band somewhat variable in width, at R? barely half the width of the
black border ; fringe vinaceous cinnamon.

Underside dark russet, more or less shaded with grey on hindwing; yellow
abdominal area of hindwing not very sharply defined distally.

3. Tenth tergite somewhat prismatical, truncate at end; sternite rounded at
end. Clasper with friction-scales ; harpe (PI. L. f. 44) very short, obtusely pointed,
conical. Process of penis-sheath dentate only at base, this dentition variable,
slightly extending on to the sheath ; internal rods obtuse at end.

Hab. Japan to North India.

In the Tring Museum 8 dd, 8 $ ¢ from: Kiushiu ; Sikhim.

In coll. Charles Oberthiir several specimens from Sikhim.

The yellow band of the hindwing is narrower in the type of glaucoplaga than
in other specimens.

596. Macroglossum godeffroyi.
*Rhamphoschisma godefroyi Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). x. p. 157 (1882) (Duke of York ;—Mns.
Brit.).
aes godeffroyi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 632. n. 52 (1892) ; Pagenst., in Chun, Zoologica
x. 29. p. 19. n. 21 (1900) (“not seen”),

3. Under and internal surface of foretarsus with long scaling, especially the
first segment. Mid- and hindtibia with very long hairs on underside which form a
large tnft similar to the tuft of the abdominal scent-organ ; first segment of tarsi
with long scales on ventral side, the tarsi not longer than the respective tibiae.
Dorso-lateral black spots of abdomen very prominent. Antemedian band of fore-
wing very broad, disco-cellular veins within this band, which touches in middle
a large disco-marginal area of the same colour, thus separating the grey median
space into a costal and a posterior patch; a grey postdiscal subapical patch,
extended distad to outer margin.

Tenth sternite broad, feebly sinuate. Harpe short, obtuse, compressed. Penis-
sheath with long and proximally broadened process which is dentate all over; a
large patch of teeth at the left side of the sheath.

Hab. Neu Lanenburg = Duke of York Island.

One ¢ in the British Museum ; not seen in other collections.

The tufts of the mid- and hindtibia are a very peculiar character not found
anywhere else among Sphingidae.

597. Macroglossum fritzei spec. nov. (Pl. III. f. 4, 2).

?. Head and thorax dark grey, with a brown mesial line ; a large triangular
mummy-brown patch on mesothoracie tegula conspicuously edged with grey ;
abdomen blackish brown, two large yellow side-patches on segments 2 and 3, and
a smaller one on 4; underside of palpus vinaceous grey, dark triangular lateral
patch not sharply marked; breast pale vinaceous in middle, darker at sides;
abdomen bright tawny, apical margins brown, a lateral series of conspicuous buff
yellow spots.

Wings, above. Forewing : antemedian lines much more oblique than in
other species, filled in with deep brown, the band reaching costal margin in front
of apex of cell, conspicuously bordered with greyish white proximally; first and

( 655 )

second discal line irregularly dentate, curved costad in front, interspace not filled
in, a pale space M'—SM? between second discal and postdiscal line, the latter line
dentate, with a sharply marked buffish border ; subapical spot SC'—SC* somewhat
rufous, the next spot blackish. Hindwing: yellow band broad, black border of
wing correspondingly narrow, its inner edge almost straight.

Underside peculiar. Forewing : rnfous-chestnut, blackish brown border very
distinct, owing to a series of irregular buff-yellow postdiscal patches, patch R'—R?
vestigial ; within these patches there are two thin dentate lines; extreme base
yellowish. Hindwing: reddish anteriorly, base and abdominal area yellow, this
colour gradually shading off on disc, only 1 mm. short of tip of SM’; brown border
sharply marked, indications of pale yellow spots at its inner edge; discal lines
reddish.

Length of forewing : ?, 21 mm.

Hab. Loo Choo Islands and China.

In the Tring Museum 1 ? from Okinawa, July 1891 (Dr. A. Fritze), type.

Another specimen ($) in the British Museum trom Hongkong.

Differs from all other species in the very oblique antemedian band of the
forewing.

598. Macroglossum glaucoptera.

* Macroglossa glaucoptera Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 241. n. 7. t. 36. £. 9 (1875) (Ceylon ;—
Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p, 525. n. 15 (1877) ; Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii. p. 30.
t, 93. f. 3. 3a ((L., p., 7.) (1882) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 631, n. 37 (1892) ; Hamps., in Blanf.,
Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 115. n, 190 (1892) (Ceylon).

Macroglossa obscuriceps Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 309. n. 3, t. 22. f.5(1876) (Ayerpanes,
Malacea) ; id., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 635 (1877); Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i.

; p. 7. n, 26 (1892) (Singapore) ; Kirby, /.c. p. 630. n, 15 (1892).

*Macroglossa lepsha Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 635 (1877) (Caleutta ;—coll. Atkinson,
now in coll. Standinger),

Macreglossa fuscata Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr, xl. p. 358. n. 11. t. 3. £. 5 (gp) (1895) (Java).

3%. Similar to small specimens of M/. corythus luteata.

Wings, upperside. Forewing deep in tint, dark brown in basal area, the
two antemedian lines little darker, filled in with dark brown ; median interspace
greyish, wider in front than behind, discal lines not prominent, first and second
very feebly curved, more or less filled in with dark brown. Hindwing : yellow
band narrow, more or less interrupted in 6, sometimes only vestigial; distal border
very broad, broader behind than in western corythus. Basal areas of both wings
shaded with yellow beneath, yellow abdominal area of hindwing not sharply
limited distally.

dg. Tenth tergite (Pl. XLY. f. 6) truncate, slightly sinuate, the angles
somewhat projecting laterad. Clasper with a few friction-scales ; harpe (PI. L f. 39)
similar to that of seméfasciata, much shorter than in corythus, extreme tip truncate
and notched (P]. L. f. 40). Process of penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 22) very long,
dentate at the proximal edge, very long teeth upon the sheath near the base of the
process, besides numerons small ones ; internal rods both acuminate.

Hab. Ceylon to Java.

In the Tring Museum 1 3,1 ? from Penang and Ceylon.

There is probably an eastern Indo-Malayan and a western Indo-Ceylonese
subspecies.

( 656 )

599. Macroglossum vidua spec. nov. (Pl. III. f. 15, 2).

?. Colour of body above not well preserved, apparently no dark middle stripe
on head and thorax, mesothoracic tegula darker brown behind, without a sharply
defined triangular patch ; abdomen with three small yellow side-patches, second
the largest, tail dark, a black mesial patch at base; underside of palpus and
middle of breast dirty grey, the white scaling being much mixed with drab-brown
scales, sides rather darker, abdomen also grey (much rubbed).

Wings, upperside. Forewing : antemedian band filled in with black, broad,
deeper black at outer edge, dilated basad behind; median interspace greyish ;
discal lines indistinct, situated in an ill-defined broad shadowy band ; area between
this and distal edge of wing faintly greyish, excepting costal part, which is brown ;
no distinct subapical spots, no grey postdiscal costal patch. Hindwing : yellow
band interrupted, reduced, ill-defined.

Underside of both wings dark waluut-brown, dull, somewhat olivaceous distally,
without distinct brown border, bases faintly greyish, yellow abdominal area of
hindwing restricted, sharply defined.

Length of forewing : °, 22 mm.

Hab. Waigeu I.

One 2? in coll. Charles Oberthiir, received from Messrs. Staudinger &
Bang-Haas.

Resembling glaucoptera and small specimens of J/. corythus luteata and
AM. sylvia ; recognisable by the dirty grey colour of the palpi below, the greyish,
not distinctly yellow, bases of the wings below, the broad antemedian band of
the forewing, etc.

600. Macroglossum joannisi spec. nov. (PI III, f. 2, 2).

?. Head and thorax olive-grey, the scales with pale tips; without dark mesial
stripe ; mesothoracic tegula somewhat deeper brown behind, like metanotum ;
abdomen shaded with grey mesially, four yellow side-patches, transverse diameter
of second nearly as long as the diameter of the dorsal interspace ; sixth tergite
blackish brown at sides and base, seventh black in middle, yellowish buff at base,
chestnut at sides, tail tawny at end. Underside of palpus white, middle of breast
clayish grey, sides vinaceous clay-colour, abdomen cinnamon-rufous, paler in middle,
tail the same colour, side-tufts yellow, that of seventh segment black at base, then
yellow, and white at the tip.

Wings, upperside. Forewing : subbasal and median interspaces obviously
grey, disc also shaded with grey; antemedian band curved, black ; discal lines
very slightly curved, not distinctly angulated at R, interspace not quite filled in
with black ; postdiscal line complete, the interspace between second discal and
postdiscal line grey, this colour extended distad between R' and SM’, not reaching
margin, no separate costal postdiscal patch ; dark subapical spots SC'—R! of other
species here vestigial, barely deeper in tint than the brown marginal border.——
Hindwing: yellow band interrupted, much suffused with black, not sharply marked,
except in cell.

Underside of forewing dark walnut-brown, yellow at base ; no distinct distal
border. Hindwing bright cinnamon-rufous, brighter than the abdomen, base and
abdominal area yellow, the latter not sharply limited distally, extreme edge of wing
and fringe deeper brown.

( 657 )

Length of forewing: 2, 22 mm.

Hab. Queensland.

One # in the collection of Monsieur ’Abbé de Joannis, who kindly lent it us
for description and figuring.

Abundantly distinct from all other known Macroglossum by the four yellow
abdominal side-patches and the bright underside of the hindwing, together with the
pattern and colour of the upper surface of body and wings.

601. Macroglossum semifasciata.

*Macroglossa semifasciata Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 115. p. 187 (1892)
(E. Pegu ; Labuan ;—Mus. Brit.).

* Macroglossa furo, Piepers (non Cramer, 1780), Tijdschr. Ent. xl. p, 48. n. 120, p. 101. t. 3. £. 10
(1.) (1897) (Sava).

3%. Yellow side-patches of abdomen very small, vestigial, the black patches
prominent, seventh segment with a black mesial patch, anal tuft dark, side-tufts
white-tipped; palpus grey, breast darker, abdomen with ill-defined buffish grey
mesial patches ou proximal segments, seventh sternite more or less grey in @.
Forewing, above, with the interspace between the two oblique antemedian lines
filled up with black in posterior half, this band narrow, curved basad behind ;
first and second discal lines not very distinct, interspace not filled up with black,
—Base of hindwing more extended black than in the allied species, especially in
a2? from Java, joined along abdominal margin to distal border. In this ¢ the
yellow area of the hindwing below not reaching halfway to tip of SM’, while
it extends to the third discal line in specimens from other places.

3 from Java. Tenth tergite truncate; sternite rounded at end, carinate
aboye. Olasper with friction-scales ; harpe (PI. L. f. 32) slender, pointed. Process
of penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 47) obtuse, dentate, its base projecting, two rows of
teeth at its base; longer internal rod acuminate, but not produced into a needle-
like process.

Larva (fig. by Piepers), when adult, blackish brown, dotted with grey, a
pale dorso-lateral line on head and pronotum; a dark dorsal line from head to
horn; this long. Stage before last: head and anterior segment (or segments),
‘sometimes also the middle part of the back, green.

Hab. Burma to Borneo and Java.

In the Tring Museum 2 ¢¢ from: Borneo; Java (Piepers).

Tn coll. Staudinger from $8... Borneo (Wahnes) and Kinabalu (Waterstradt).

602. Macroglossum aquila.

*Macroglossa aquila Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 340. n. 30 (1875) (Cochinchina ; Silhet ;—

___ coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 631, n. 29 (1892).

*Macroglossa interrupta Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 242. n. 10. t. 37. £. 2 (1875) (Darjiling ;-
Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 526. n, 21 (1877) ; Kirby, /.c. n. 32 (1892) ;
Hamps., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 119. n. 201 (1892) (= aquila) ; Dudg., Journ.
Bombay N. H. Soc. xi, p. 419. n. 201 (1898) (Sikbim, 1000 ft., ix.).

d %. Subapical spot SC’—R'! of forewing above as prominent as in ass/milis,
antemedian lines more proximal than in other species ; costal edge of hindwing
dilated into a lobe before middle.

d. Tenth tergite gradually narrowed, apex obtuse, slightly curved downwards ;
sternite rounded at end. Clasper with friction-scales; harpe short, stout (Pl. Ll.
f, 2), with the upperside excavated, and the edges dentate, looking like a tooth-

vl

>

( 658 )

brush in a side-view. Process of penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 34) slender, denticulate
at the proximal edge, also at the rather obtuse tip, a large patch of teeth at and
near its base upon the sheath.

Karly stages not known.

Hab. North India to the Philippines.

In the Tring Museum 6 6d, 2 22% from: Silhet; Khasia Hills ; Cherrapunji,
xi; Padang Rengas, Malay Pen.; Mt. Muln, Sarawak, viii—xii. (Hose);
Manila, ii.

603, Macroglossum sylvia.

*Macroglossa sylvia Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 350. n. 29 (1875) (partim ; Celebes ;—
coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 632. n. 51 (1892).

* Macroglossa obscura Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 5. n. 5. t. 1. £. 2 (1875) (Java ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
id., Trans. Zool, Sov. Lond, ix. p. 528. n. 29 (1877); Kirby, /.c. p. 631. n. 39 (1892) ; Swinh,,
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, p. 162.0. 3 (1890) (Upp. Tenass.) ; Huwe, Berl, Ent. Zeitschr. xl. p.357.
n. 7 (1895) (Java). :

Macroglossa prozima, Hampson (nox Butler, 1875), in Blanf., Puuna Brit. Ind., Mothsi. p. U4.
n. 186 (1892) (partim).

32. Close to corythus luteata in colour. Three small pale yellow side-spots
on abdomen, the first reduced to a transverse line, barely vestigial in type, the
second smaller than the dark brown patch at its basal side, the third again more
or less linear. Abdomen below with the seventh segment grey, proximal segments
with grey mesial patches ; side-tufts tipped with white, last two often somewhat
ochraceous. Yellow area of hindwing below reduced, not extending so close to
distal margin as in most specimens of corythus, more sharply defined distally.

3. Harpe nearly exactly as in the otherwise widely different J/. alcedo (PI. L.
f. 47), being very short, hooked at end, obtuse, with the apical part denticulate.
Process of penis-sheath (PI. LVI. f. 45) shorter than in corythus, obtuse, dentate
at the proximal and distal edges ; the tecth upon the sheath near the base of the
process very numerous, extending far proximad, sometimes arranged into long rows ;
rods within sheath both obtuse.

Hab. Celebes to Ceylon and Formosa.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd, 7 $? from: Ceylon; Khasia Hills; Formosa;
Perak; Java.

The yellow band of the hindwing is narrowest in Ceylon specimens and
sometimes interrupted.

604. Macroglossum eichhorni spec. noy. (PI. III. f. 14, 2).

?. Head and thorax hair-brown, with a dark mesial stripe, a large dark
triangular space on mesothoracic tegula; a white line above eye; abdominal
tergites almost black, a pair of basal black spots on fourth segment ; a small
transverse side-spot on second, a large patch on third and fourth segments, orange-
ochraceous, seventh tergite more tawny or the same colour, with a black mesial
patch, tail entirely pale orange-ochraceous, side-tufts all pale ochraceous at end *
underside of palpus whitish grey, middle of breast buff, sides darker, abdomen
tawny-ochraceous, with the sides darker.

Wings, upperside. Forewing : a broad antemedian band, completely filled in,
narrowing costad, dilated basad behind, outer edge scarcely curved, basal area
blackish, but not so deep as the band ; median interspace greyish ; discal lines very
feebly curved costad in front, first thin, vestigial, second heavy, bund-like, indistinetly

( 659 )

dilated distad behind R', brownish black subapical spot SC’—R# distinct, a rufous spot
in front of it, grey postdiscal line as close in front to second discal as this is to first.
—— Yellow band of hindwing constricted, the black border strongly convex, broad.

Underside chestnut, distal margins brown, base of forewing and basal third of
hindwing yellow, abdominal area of the latter deeper yellow, sharper defined
distally, about 2 mm. short of tip of SM’.

Length of forewing: ?, 24—25 mm.

Hab. Solomon Islands: Guadalcanar and Florida.

In the Tring Museum 3 ?? from: Guadaleanar, March and May, type;
Florida, January (Messrs. A. S. Meek & Hichhorn).

Reminding one by the yellow tail of MZ. corythus fulvicaudata, but distinguished
by the tail being entirely yellow, the preceding segment being of about the same
colour, with a black median patch, and by the different pattern of the forewing.

605. Macroglossum corythus.

*Macroglossa corythus Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 92. n. 14 (1856) (partim ; Ceylon,
Canara ;—Mus. Brit.); Pagenst., Abh. Senk. Nat. Gesellsch. xxiii. p, 443. n, 421 (1897)
(Celebes; Batjan).

62. Geographically, sexually, and individually variable in the amount of
yellow on body and wings; not difficult to recognise by the pattern of the forewing.
Head and thorax with a distinctly darker mesial line in fresh specimens; abdomen
with three yellow side-patches, variable in size, separate from each other, the first
always transverse; tail below yellow or tawny, never all black.

Wings, upperside. —Forewing with the antemedian lines straight, the basal
area darker than the greyish median interspace, but not so dark as in passalus ;
first and second discal lines rather far apart, very slightly curved; third line

estigial, a grey submarginal space from R?! backwards, often blue in side-light,
arated from or almost joined to a small discal costal space of the same

Bie: ; no distinctly marked dark subapical spots. Hindwing: median band

deep chrome, base and distal margin black, inner edge of distal border covered

ton hairs and scales, median veins more or less black, the yellow band often

Mermpted, especially in dd.

Underside variable, abdominal area of hindwing yellow.

g. Tenth tergite truncate or rounded at end; sternite long, sole-shaped,

ded at end, here incrassate, upperside transversely carinate, somewhat raised

mesial line. Clasper with friction-scales; harpe (PI. L. f. 41) long and
ted in all forms, reaching nearly to the end of the clasper, differing obviously
that of all other Macroglossum. Penis-sheath with two internal rods, generally

t visible without the sheath being opened, one of the rods produced into an

mte point (PI. LVI. f. 46), the other obtuse; dentate process somewhat

‘ariable in length and dentition, tip and apical part of distal edge apparently

always dentate, the proximal edge dentate from base to apex, a number of teeth

pou the sheath near the base of the process.

Length of forewing varying from 20 to 30 mm.

Larvae and pupae figured by Moore and Semper (see below sub J/, corythus
luteata and corythus).

Hab. Japan, China, N. India and Ceylon, eastwards all over the Indo-Australian
Islands to New Caledonia.

The seven subspecies are not sharply defined ; in a long series of specimens

t

( 660 )

intergradations turn up rather frequently. The Indo-Malayan specimens are
generally dark-tailed, those from the Papuan Subregion as a rule yellow-tailed, but
the subspecies from Lifu, Loyalty Islands, is again dark-tailed.

A more than usual amount of nomenclatorial muddle attaches to this species.
Boisduval named in manuscript as corythus a small species dealt with in the
present Revision as pyrrhosticta. Walker adopted Boisduyal’s name, but applied
it to a motley of at least three widely different species, treating as “var. B”
what Boisduval had named corythus in the Museum’s collection. This was in 1856.
Moore, in 1857, in the Catalogue of the Lep. of the East India Company, p. 262,
applied the name of corythus to individuals from Java, Canara, Darjeeling, and
Ladakh, probably a mixture of species, aud added a manuscript name of Horsfield’s,
AM. arcuatum. In 1875 Boisduval published his notes made about thirty years
before at the British Museum, regardless of which species Walker had actually
described, taking it for granted that Walker had in every case applied the
manuscript name to that species for which it was originally intended by Boisduyal.
In this work corythus is the insect described shortly afterwards by Butler as
pyrrhosticta, agreeing with Walker’s “var. 8.” of corythus. In the Revision of
the Sphingidae in 1877 Butler says that the labels to gilia and corythus were
transposed in the cabinet ; but as he gives under gilia only the locality Silhet
(Stainsforth), which Walker mentioned under corythus var. 8 and not under gilia,
Butler was evidently wrong in the supposition of the labels having become changed,
ie. the alteration of the labelling carried out by Butler was erroneous. Further,
the specimens first enumerated by Walker under corythus were described by Butler
in 1875 as proxima, coming from Canara and Ceylon, to which localities he added
in 1877 Silhet, having, however, described in 1875 as Zuteata another Silhet
individual of the same species. Thus Butler restricted corythus to the two Java
individuals “e. 2’ under Walker’s description. In Hampson, 1892, the name of —
corythus appears as a synonym of a species totally different again from all the —
forms covered by Walker’s name corythus. This is not all—the Java insect to
which Butler restricted the name of corythus in 1875, was shortly before wrongly
identified and described by Boisduval as Walker’s divergens, and then renamed —
prometheus, Boisduval always adding his beloved manuscript names to the names
already published by others.

Now to which insect must Walker’s name of corythus be restricted? Certainly
not to his “var. 8,” as the variety cannot be typical. Then there remain two
species. The second was named prometheus by Boisduval, and the first proxima
by Butler shortly after. Walker’s description agrees with both species and others
besides except in one point, namely in the remark that the luteous band of the
hindwing is occasionally interrupted. This character only fits the species of which
various subspecies have subsequently been described as pylene, luteata, fulvi-
caudata, ete., ete., aud not the species called by Boisduval prometheus and treated by
Butler as corythus. Besides, Ceylon and Canara are the first localities mentioned
by Walker, which alone would settle the question for us in this sense that corythus
of Walker (1806, Ceylon, Canara) and Butler’s procima (1875, Canara, Ceylon)
are identical.

a. M. corythus platycanthum subsp. nov. (Pl. LV. f. 1, 3).

3%. Similar to J/. corythus luteata, ut the yellow band of the hindwing
broader, the black border narrower at anal angle; the basal area below shaded with

ee a

( 661 )

yellow, less deep in tint than in /ufeata, In one of our ? ? the hindwing has very
little black at the base. The yellow abdominal spots vary in size.

Hab. Okinawa, Loo Choo Islands.

In the Tring Museum 9 33,8 ? 2, mostly collected by Dr. Fritze on Okinawa
from the middle of July to the middle of August 1891.

b. M. corythus luteata.

Maeroglossa corythus Walker, l.c. (partim).

*Vacroglossa luteata Butler, Proc. Zool, Soc, Lond. p. 241. n. 9. t. 37. £. 5 (1875) (Silhet ;—Mus.
Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 526. n. 18 (1877); Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond,
p. 844 (1878) (Ahsown, Upp. Tenass.) ; id., Journ. As. Soc. Bengal liii. 2. p. 234. n. 2 (1884)
(Cachar) ; Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 162. n, 2 (1890) (Tenasserim).

Maeroglossa proxima Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 526. n. 20 (1877) (partim) ; id., Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 815. n. 42 (1877) (Formosa) ; Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 162. n, 4
(1890) (Moulmein); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 630. 0. 17 (1892) (partim); Hamps., in Blanf.,
Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 114. n. 186 (1892) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi, p. 417.
u, 186 (1898) (Sikhim & Bhutan, up to 2000 ft., vii.).

(2) Macroglossa corythus, Snellen, Tijdschr. Ext. xxii. p. 67, n. 19 (1879) (S, Celebes) ; Huwe,
Berl, Ent. Zeitschr. xl. p. 357. n. 6 (1895) (Java).

*Macroglossa sylvia, Semper (x0n Boisduval), Schmett. Philipp. ii. p. 407, n. 59. t. 3. £. 3. 4. 5 (1., p.)
(1896) (Luzon ; Camiguin de Mindanao; N. Mindanao; Palawan ; vi.—x.) ; Pagenst., Jiis
iii. p. 2. n. 4 (1890) (Palawan).

3%. Anal tuft black above, or tawny only at the tip; underside of abdomen
inclusive of tail dull chestnut-hazel, or deeper brown, side-tuft of third segment
white.

Larva (see Semper, d.c.) brown or green ; a dorso-lateral line, black in brown
form, with white speckles, red and white in green jorm; no obliqne side-bands.

Hab. China, Formosa, N. India, Andaman Islands, eastwards to the Philippines,
Celebes, Flores, and Sumba. Apparently common everywhere.

In the Tring Museum 50-odd specimens from: Formosa; Tonkin; Khasia
Hills ; Cherrapunji; Andaman Is.; Penang; Perak; Borneo; Mindanao; Java ;
Flores; Sumba; Celebes.

ce. M. corythus corythus.

*“Maeroglossu corythus Walker, lc. (1856) (partim ; Ceylon; 8. India ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Moore, in

Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C. i. p. 262. n. 599 (1857) (partim ; Canara).
*Macroglossa provima Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 4. n. 4. t. 1. £.1 (1875) (Canara ; Ceylon ;—

Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. 526. n. 20 (1877) (partim ; Ceylon, Canara) ;

Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii. p. 29. t. 91. f. 1. 1a. 1b (/., p.,/.) (1882) ; Hamps.,in Blanf., Fauna Brit.

Ind., Moths i. p. 114. n. 186 (1892) (partim) ; Kuby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 630, n. 17 (1892).

3%. Abdomen paler below than in luteata, the anal tuft often more extended
tawny, the side-tuft of the third segment buff, only with the extreme tip white.

Larva (see Moore, /.c., where three forms are figured ; are they one species ?)
clayish brown or blackish ; a dorso-lateral line which is feebly marked, or absent,
on the middle segments ; white spots beneath stigmata ; black form speckled with
white ; a third form with complete side-line and reddish lateral patches.

Hab. Ceylon and South India.

In the Tring Musenm 3 3d, 4 ? 2% from Ceylon and South India.

d. M. corythus \pylene (Pl. IV. f. 7, 3, type).
*Macroglossa pylene Felder, Sitz. Ber, Ak. Wiss, Wien xliii, p. 29 (1861) (Amboina ;— Mus.
Tring); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 525. n 11 (1877) ; Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat.
xli. p. 109. n, 215 (1888) (Amboina) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep, Het, Mus.Ovr.i. p. 6.0. 21 (1892)
(Ceram ; Waigeu).

( 662 )

*Macroglossa phlegeton Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 346, n. 22 (1875) (N. Guinea ;—coll,
Charles Oberthiir) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 631. n. 27 (1892).

*Vacroglossa motacilla Boisduval, /.c. p. 347. n. 25 (1875) (Dorey ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ;
Kirby, Zc, n. 25 (1892).

*“Vacroglossa cyniris Boisduval, lc. p. 350. n. 30 (1875) (Halmahera ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ;
Kirby, Z.c. n. 26 (1892).

* Macroglossa rolucris, Be aves (non Walker, 1856), Jahrb, Nass. Ver. Nat. xxxvii. p. 210
(1884) (Amboina) ; id., lc. xxxix. p. 112. n. 7 (1886) (Aru) ; id., Dis i, p. 86. n. 7 (1886)
(Aru) ; id., Jahrb, Nass. Vere Nat. xii. p. 109. n. 212 (1888) Mie chesany:

Maeroglossa approximans Lucas, The Queenslander xxxix, p. 834 (1891) (Mackay; excluding
abdomen),

Macroglossa lineata id., 1.c. (1891) (Mackay ; abdomen only !).

* Macroglossa labrosa Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i, p. 5. n. 19 (1892) (Buru ;—Mus. Oxford).

* Wacroglossa moluccensis Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 67 (1894) (partim ; N. Guinea ; Moluceas ;
—Mnus. Tring).

$2. Anal tuft with about the apical half orange-ochraceous or pale tawny ;
underside of tuft as a rule as pale yellow as the mesial patches of the abdomen ;
side-tufts of third to fifth segments of the same colour as underside of tail, often
more yellow at the tips, not white; middle of breast shaded with ochraceons,
base of hindwing more or less yellow.

The individual variation in our long series of specimens from Little Key
and Dutch New Guinea is considerable, and we have not found a character by
which to separate the examples from the Moluccas from those obtained in various
other places. But the specimens of one locality taken as a whole are rot always
identical with the set of specimens from another island. The Mefor individuals,
for instance, are more yellow on the underside of the abdomen than most examples
from other localities. In British New Guinea and dependent islands the yellow
band of the hindwing is much reduced even in the females, while the band is
more often complete than interrupted on the Southern Moluccas.

Hab. Southern and Northern Moluccas; Key; Aru; all over New Guinea
and the adjacent islands ; Queensland.

In the Tring Museum 60-odd specimens from: Halmahera; Batjan ; Obi;
Burn; Amboina; Ceram; Tiandoe; Key; Aru; Dorey; Mefor; Kapaur; Milne
Bay; Woodlark ; Queensland.

M. corythus xanthurus subsp. nov.

32. Close to pylene, especially to the individuals from Mefor. Tail more
extended yellow and generally paler; breast more ochraceous in middle, and
palpus also shaded with ochraceous, being much less greyish white than in the
other forms.

Hah, Tenimber Islands.

In the Tring Museum 8 od, 15 22 from: Larat (Kiihn, type); Seira
(= Sjerra), vi. vii. (Doherty) ; Selaru, iii. iv. (Micholitz).

J. M. corythus fulvicaudata.

*Macroglossa fulvicaudata Butler, Ann. Mag. N. IT. (5). x. p. 155 (1882) (N. Britain ;—Mus. Brit.);
Druce, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. p. 571. n. 1 (1888) (Aola, Guadale,) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Hel. i.
p. 632. n. 46 (1892) ; Pagenst., in Chun, Zoologica xii. 29. p. 18. n. 18 (1900) (N. Pommern).
3%. Side-patches 2 and 3 of abdomen large, anal tuft as extended yellow
as in wanthurus, breast and all the tibiae ochraceous, abdomen below more or
less extended yellow; basal area C—(SM') of hindwing yellow as far as first
discal line, this colour sometimes reaching second line behind cell,

( 663 )

Hab. Bismarck Archipelago and Solomon Islands.

The most yellow form. The specimens from the Bismarck Archipelago are
not quite so yellow as those from the Solomons, approaching a little the Papuan
subspecies pylene.

In the Tring Museum 12 dd, 22 ?¢ from: Guadalcanar, iv. v. (Meek &
Hichhorn); Florida, 1. (iid.); Isabel, vi. vii. (lid.); N. Georgia, iii. (iid.); Shortland
Is. (Ribbe): Kinigunang, N. Pommern (Ribbe); Mioko (Ribbe) ; St. Gabricl,
Admiralty Is. (Webster).

g. M. corythus fuscicauda subsp. nov.
*Macroglossa moluccensis Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 67 (1894) (partim ; Lifu).

32. Anal tuft above ochraceous only at the tip or quite brownish black,
more or less tawny on underside; side-tufts of segments 4 to 6 yellow; underside
of abdomen nearly as dark hazel as the wings, middle of segments sometimes
somewhat paler; side of breast and tibiae Jike abdomen, middle dirty grey ; palpus
greyish white. Yellow band of hindwing above broad, marginal border narrower
behind than in pylene ; underside rather less extended yellow than in pylene on an
average.

Hab. Lifa, Loyalty Islands.

In the Tring Museum 16 dd, 3 2%.

606. Macroglossum multifascia spec. nov. (PI. VI. f. 7, 3).

6%. Dark chocolate; head and thorax with a greyish flush : abdomen with
one yellow transverse spot situated on third segment, a white dorso-lateral spot
on fourth segment and some white scaling on last segments, side-tufts tipped with
white ; tail chocolate-tawny above in d, paler beneath, paler in ? than in 3, tip
not paler than base. Palpus below dirty grey like forecoxae, being clothed with
a mixture of black and white scales ; abdomen ferruginous tawny beneath, middle
fuscous and shaded with grey.

Wings, above. Forewing: three lines in basal half, three parallel discal
lines curved costad in front, a scalloped postdiscal line (2, type), which is barely
yestigial in 3, interspaces more or less white, a conspicuous white submarginal line
in 3, stopping at R.——Yellow band of hindwing not interrupted, broader in ?
than in d.

Underside ferruginous-tawny on dise, brown distal border rather prominent ;
hindwing shaded with yellow from base to marginal band in ?, less extended
yellow in %.

3. Clasper without friction-scales; harpe small, process straight, horizontal,
obtuse, finger-shaped, but more conical. Penis-sheath (not perfect, no process
preserved) with internal rods rounded at end.

Hab, Sarawak, Borneo (Pryer), 1 % (type) in British Museum; Java?
(Flesch), 1 d in Mus. Budapest, here figured.

The pecnliar striping of the forewing distinguishes this species abundantly from
any other Macroglossum.

607. Macroglossum tinnunculus.
* Macroglossa tinnunculus Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 344. n. 20 (1875) (Saigon ;—coll.
Charles Oberthiir) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 632. n. 57 (1892).
%. Similar to hemichroma, but the ordinary Mucroglossum-lines of the fore-
wing much more distinct ; a shadowy band extending from near middle of costa!

( 664 )

margin to hinder margin, which it reaches not far from angle, divides the wing as in
hemichroma, but the line of division is less sharp and the outer half of the wing is
much shaded with grey, the two halves not contrasting so sharply as in hemichroma ;
a trapeziform subapical costal patch C —R? and a distal marginal band not grey.
Tab. Saigon.
One 2 (type) in coll. Charles Oberthiir.

608. Macroglossum hemichroma.

*Macroglossa hemichroma Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 243. n. 14. t. 37. £. 1 (1875) (Silhet ;—
Mus, Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 528. n. 33 (1877); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.
p. 632. n. 53 (1892) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 118. n. 200 (1892).

Macroglossa tinnunculus, Semper (non Boisduval, 1875), Schmett. Philipp. ii. p. 407. n. 60. t. 51. £. 7
(1896) (Cebu).

3%. Forewing sharply divided into a pale basal and a darker distal area, the
line of separation running straight across the wing, beginning at costal margin just
proximally of upper angle of cell and reaching hinder margin several millimetres
proximally of angle ; antemedian and discal lines vestigial, the former curved, the
latter almost straight, little curved costad in front. Head and thorax with a dark
mesial line.

do. Tenth tergite slightly dilated at end, truncate, angles rounded ; sternite
incrassate at end, apical edge curving upwards, mesially acuminate, upperside
transversely carinate, mesial line elevate. Clasper wth friction-scales ; harpe
ending in a very short triangular pointed process (PI. L. f. 30). Process of
penis-sheath long and slender (Pl. LVI. f. 50), directed proximad, lying close
aloug the sheath, not denticulate, armed with a single long basal tooth whieh
projects distad ; internal rods rounded at end, longer one dilated into a kind of
tooth.

Hab. North India to Java and the Philippines.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd from: Borneo; Java (Piepers).

609. Macroglossum passalus.
Sphing passalus Drury, Illustr. Ex. Ins. ii. p. 52. t. 29. £. 2 & Append. (1773) (China).

3%. Drury’s fignre is rather misleading : it is far too large, the expanse being
correctly given in the description as only 2 inches, and has three conspicuous yellow
spots on the abdomen instead of two, as described. The dark basal area of the
forewing and the pattern of the outer half of the same wing as indicated in the
figure apply only to the present species, not to pylene, with which passalus has
often been confounded.

Head and thorax mouse-grey, a dark mesial stripe and posterior half of
mesothoracic tegula dark slate-colour, edge of tegula and metanotum russet,
greenish in certain lights; yellow side-spot of second abdominal segment small,
of third and fourth larger, with conspicuous black spots at the proximal side, sixth
tergite almost black, seventh with conspicuous black mesial patch, proximal side-
tufts with white tips, those of sixth and seventh segments tipped with yellow or
tawny ; abdomen below chestnut-hazel, side of breast and legs nearly the same,
middle of breast and anterior tarsus clayish buff.

Wings, above. Forewing: basal area up to first antemedian line rather
darker than head, interspace between the slightly curved first and the straight
second antemedian lines filled in with black, the two lines as such just vestigial ;

( 665 )

median interspace more or less russet, palest at antemedian band, first discal line
thin, more or less vestigial, second heavier, both curved costad in front, with the
upper part of the interspace filled in with brown, often a vestige of another line
between the two, second line joined behind R' to subapical spot SC°—R! and apical
halfmoon, a broadish black cloud from R! towards outer margin near angle.
Yellow band of hindwing concave distally, the black border of wing almost evenly
convex.

Underside of wings cinnamon-rafous, abdominal area of hindwing more or
less yellow.

3. Tenth tergite convex at end, obtuse ; sternite-round at end. Clasper ziti
friction-scales ; harpe (Pl. LI. f. 10) slender, gradually and slightly curving
upwards, obtuse, feebly denticulate at the extremity. Process of penis-sheath
relatively short, obtuse, multidentate at end, teeth at base long (Pl. LVI. f. 29).

Hab. South Japan to Ceylon ; not observed in the Malayan countries.

Two subspecies :

a. M. passalus passalus.

Sphinx passalus Drury, /.c.

Sphinx pandora Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 380. n. 6 (1793) (Ind. or. ;= passalus).

Maeroglossa passalus, Westwood, in Drury, /.c. ed, ii. t. 29 (1837); Walk., List Lep. Jus. B. M, viii.
p- 92. n. 12 (1856) (partim) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 349. n. 27 (1875) ; Butl., Trans.
Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 527. n. 22 (1877) (Shanghai ; Hongkong) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.
p- 632. n. 49 (1892).

Maeroglossa sturnus Boisduyal, 1.c. p. 849. n. 28 (1875) (Cochinchina ; type not preserved).

3%. The brighter coloured northern form. Median area of forewing and
nuderside more rufous, first discal line of forewing above vestigial, base of hindwing
below yellowish, yellow abdominal area extended, yellow band of upperside often
as broad at R* as the marginal border.

Hab. Loo Choo Islands ; Formosa ; China; Cochinchina (this form ?).

In the Tring Museum 9 3d, 10 2? from: Okinawa, viii. °91 (Dr. Fritze) :
Taipeh, Formosa, vi. ’96.

b. Ml. passalus rectifascia.
*Rhamphoschisma vectifascia Felder, Reise Novara Lep. t. 75. £. 7 (1874) (Ceylon ;—Mus. Tring).
Macroglossa rectifascia, Butler, Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 528. n. 34 (1877) ; Moore, Lep. Ceylon
ii. p. 27. t. 90. f. 2, (1882) ; Hamps., Jl/ustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het, viii. p. 1. n. 14 (1891)
(Nilgiris, 6000 ft., iv.—viii.). ; Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het, i. p. 632. n. 54 (1892) ; Hamps., in Blanf,,
Fauna Brit, Ind., Moths i. p. 118. n. 198 (1892) ; id. [/lustr, Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. ix.
p. 4. n. 67 (1893) (Colombo, Ceylon).

3%. Yellow band of hindwing on the whole narrower, first discal line of
forewing more distinct, median interspace and under surface less bright in tint, and
yellow colour of hindwing below generally more restricted than in the preceding
subspecies.

Hab. Ceylon and South India.

Will doubtless be discovered in N. India.

In the Tring Museum 7 33,1 % from: Ceylon ; South India.

610. Macroglossum faro (Pl. IV. f. 14, ¢).

Sphing faro Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 165. t. 285 £. ¢ (1780) (Coromandel).
Macroglossa passalus?, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 92. n. 12 (1856) (partim).
Mavroglossa favo, Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins, Mus, 2. I, C. i. p. 263 n, 606 (1857)

( 666 )

(Java) ; Walk., /.c. xxxi, p. 27 (1864) ; Boisd., Spec. Grén. Lép, IHeét. i. p. 348. n. 26 (1875) ;
Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 528. n. 32 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 632. n. 50
(1892) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. x). p. 357. n. 8 (1895) (Sava).

Cramer’s figure agrees best with the insect characterised below ; the thorax
of the specimen from which the figure was taken was discoloured, the yellow
abdominal spots are too large, the sinus before the abdominal angle of the hindwing
is too deep, and there is only one discal line present in the figure instead of two,
the outer half of the forewing being altogether too roughly drawn, though the
curved black submarginal band of the insect is rather well represented in the figure.
The peculiar curve of the costal margin of the forewing is well indicated in the fignre.
So far no specimen from South India has come to our notice, but that does not
prove the locality “‘Coromandel ” given by Cramer to be erroneous.

32. The largest Macrog/ossum known. Resembling passalus in the dark base
of the forewing, the prominent straight antemedian band, the vinaceous grey median
area, the feeble first discal line, the dark band-like shade extending from apex
of forewing to R? and then curving distad, ending at distal margin before angle, ete.
It differs in the yellow abdominal side-patches being comparatively smaller, in the
abdominal sternite bearing large pale mesial patches, at least the proximal ones,
in the antemedian lines of the forewing being more distinctly separate from one
another, the second discal line being much thinner, the interspace between the first
and second discal lines not being filled in with black anteriorly, and the black euryed
submarginal shade being more distinctly band-like. Besides, the underside is
deeper brown and the base of the hindwing obviously shaded with yellow, and the
upperside of the thorax (sometimes also the first abdominal tergites) is green
without a darker sharply defined area on the mesothoracic tegula.

3. Genital armature similar to that of passadus, but the harpe (Pl. L.
f. 42) longer, with the tip more strongly recurved and more obviously denticulated ;
the process of the penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 30) longer, more acute, with the
patch of teeth at and near its base as in passaluvs, but the teeth smaller, and the
underside of the process densely denticulated.

Hab. South India (Cramer) to Java, Borneo, and the Loo Choo Islands.

In the Tring Museum 5 3d, 8 2? from: Okinawa, viii. 91 (Dr. Fritze) ;
Penang and Perak (Curtis) ; W. Java.

The Loo Choo specimens are smaller and haye the costal edge of the forewing
a little less curved.

A 6 from Borneo in coll. Pagenstecher.

611. Macroglossum meeki spec. nov. (P1. IV. f. 2, d).

$. Similar to passalus and faro. Head slate-colour, with darker middle line ;
thorax above olivaceous green, mesothoracie tegula unicolorous as in /a7o, without
the oblique line of passalus bordering a darker area ; abdominal tergites without
dark dorsal basal dots, third with two white spots, three yellow side-patches on
segments 2 to 4, separated from one another, side-tufts all tipped with yellow, not
white, anal tuft also with yellow tip; palpus below slaty grey, speckled with white,
breast and legs clayish ochraceous, femora and sides of breast brownish ; three
basal abdominal sternites yellow, with side-patches of burnt umber colour, the
following segments burnt-umber.

Wings, upperside. Forewing: second antemedian line quite straight,
forming a band with the first line, this barely traceable on account of the basal area

( 667 )

being nearly as dark as the band, median area vinaceous grey, eradually shading off
distally, first discal line scarcely visible, second a little more prominent, evenly
enrved in front, followed by a broad black band which extends from costal margin
near tip to hinder margin at anal angle, distal edge of the band well defined,
concave, marginal area drab. Hindwing: yellow band interrupted, not reaching
costal edge, not produced to near apex of wing (see figure), brown border broad,
convex in middle.

Underside walnut-brown, distal borders mummy-brown, extreme base of
forewing, base and abdominal area of hindwing, yellow, dise of hindwing also
shaded with yellow posteriorly.

3. Genital armature as in /a7o, but tip of harpe not denticulate.

Length of forewing : ¢, 27 mm.

Hah. Milne Bay, British N. Guinea, February 1899 (A. S. Meek).

1 ¢ in the Tring Museum.

Distinguished from passalus and favo by the broad black postdiscal band of
the forewing extending from costal to internal margin, by the interrupted yellow
band of the hindwing, by the antemedian band of the forewing being more distal
behind, the white spots on the second abdominal segment, ete.

612. Macroglossum mitchelli.

*Macroglossa mitchelli Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Petr., Lep. p. 95. 0. 1580 (1857) (Java ; nom.
indescr.) ; Boisduval, Spec. Gen. Lép. Hét. i. p. 351. n. 31. t. 8. £. 5 (1875) (Java ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir).

3%. This conspicuous insect is easily recognised by the head and thorax being
marked with a very dark broad median stripe which divides the pinkish grey surface
into two stripes. The black discal band of the forewing is triangularly dilated
behind R’, joining the subapical and apical black spots.

6. Tenth tergite truncate-sinuate, angle rounded ; sternite incrassate at the
rounded apex. Clasper with friction-scales ; harpe (Pl. LI. f. 9) similar to that
of heliophila, obtuse, somewhat curved upwards at end, not dentate. Process of
penis-sheath nearly as in heliophita, more curved proximad, thin apical part not
quite so long (Pl. LVL. f. 28).

Hab. \ndo-Malayan Subregion.

Two subspecies :

a. M. mitchelli mitchelli.
*Macroglossa mitchelli Boisduval, l.c. ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 632. n, 56 (1892).

%. Median band of hindwing very pale yellow, narrow, slightly shaded with
black in middle, at R* barely half the width of the black marginal border.

Hab, Java,

One % in coll. Charles Oberthiir (type).

b. M. mitchelli imperator.

*Macroglossa imperator Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 243. n. 15. t. 37. £. 4 (1875) (Ceylon ;—
Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 529. n.36. (1877) ; Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii. p. 682.
n. 55. t. 90. f. 1 (1882) ; Hamps,, Lllustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Met. B, M. viii. p. 1.n. 13 (1891)
(Nilgiris, 6000 ft.); Kirby, /.c. n. 55 (1892); Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i.
p- 118. n. 197 (1892) (Sikhim ; Niigiris ; Ceylon) ; id., /Ilust. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. Mix,
p. 4. n. 66 (1893) (Kandapolla, Ceylon) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N, H, Soe. xi. p. 418, nm. 197
(1898) (Sikhim, 5000 ft.).

( 668 )

3%. Median band of hindwing deeper yellow, much broader, at R*® about as
wide as the marginal border.

Hab. Ceylon ; 8. and N. India.

In the Tring Museum 6 6d from: Cherrapunji ; Khasia and Jaintia Hills.

613: Macroglossum phocinum spec. nov. (PI. III. f. 1, 2).

9. Head and thorax deep olive, with a dark mesial stripe ; abdomen blackish
olive, a pair of black basal spots on third segment; large black side-patches,
enlarged on fourth and fifth segments, no yellow patches; underside of palpus
and middle of breast and of basal sternite of abdomen dirty grey, sides of breast
and legs broccoli-brown, abdomen blackish brown, side-tufts tipped with buffish
white, except last.

Wings, above.—Forewing deep olive, lines not very distinct, the two antemedian
ones more or less filled in with dark scaling, curved, the band dilated basad
behind, its outer edge at lower angle of cell more distal than usually; first
discal line vestigial, fused with second antemedian, except in front, second discal
broad, angled and dilated distad behind R1; costal postmedian grey patch distinct,
longer than broad, R? grey ; postdiscal line and its grey border distinct, dentate,
two blackish brown subapical patches SC'—R'. Hindwing dark seal-brown,
without yellow band, shaded with burnt-umber colour at and before abdominal
margin.

Underside Prout’s brown, base of hindwing shaded with cinnamon and grey,
abdominal area dark burnt-umber, not yellow.

Length of forewing: ?, 25 mm.

Hab. Guadaleanar, Solomon Islands, March and April 1901 (A. S. Meek «
Hichhorn).

2 ¢ 2 in the Tring Museum.

There is nothing known with which this species could possibly be confounded.
It comes nearest to prometheus in the pattern of the forewing.

614. Macroglossum buruensis (PI. IV. f. 4, ?, type).
* Macroglossum buruensis Holland, Noy. Zoot. vii. p. 556. n. 159 (1900) (Buru ;—coll. Holland).

9. A very peculiar species. Abdomen black; no side-patches (the tawny
spots in figure being due to the scales being rubbed off); third tergite with
a buffish dorso-lateral apical transverse spot as in meek? ; last white side-tuft large;
underside contrasting sharply with the chalky white breast, this white colour
extending triangularly to the base of the third segment (second sternite), a minute
mesial dot on sternite of seventh segment. Fore- and midlegs and hindfemur
like breast, hindtibia and -tarsus like abdomen. Forewing above with the bands
not prominent, but distinct (see figure); hindwing unicolorous; base of both wings
below white, this colour restricted, reaching on hindwing about halfway te
end of SM’.

Tab. Buru.

Only one ? known, in coll. Dr. Holland.

615. Macroglossum micacea.
* Macroglossa micacea Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 96. n. 21 (1856) (partim :—Mus. Brit.) ;
Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét, i. p. 356. n, 39 (1875) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 52%
n, 39 (1877) (Moreton Bay) ; Misk,, Proc. Roy. Soe. Queensld, viii. p. 7. n. 6 (1891) (Brisbane;

( 669 )

Rockhampton ; = nor) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 632. n. 61 (1892) ; Swinh.. Cut. Lop. Het.
Mus. Ox, i. p. 7. n. 28 (1892) (Moreton Bay).
* Macroglossa nox Newman, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (2). iv. p. 54 (1857) (Queensland ;—Mus. Brit.).
Macroglossa ethus Boisduval, /.c. (= micacea).

3%. Without the blue gloss of splendens. Abdominal tergites 3 and 4 with
a transverse apical side-patch which is buffish white; a trace of a similar patch
also on the second segment; the three basal sternites have a white or buftish
white mesial patch; the prevaginal sternite is more or less white or grey.
Underside of palpus and breast purer white than in splendens. Patch and streak
before anal angle of hindwing above buff colour, not white; white basal area
of the same wing below sharply limited distally in abdominal region and here
shaded with buff at the edge. Fan-tail unicolorons, often fading into clayish tawny
beneath and at the tip ; the ends of the scales never white.

3. Clasper with friction-scales ; harpe (Pl. L. f. 29) elongate, curved upwards,
obtuse at end, denticulated. Penis-sheath (PI. LVI. f. 40) with a long horizontal
process, which is dentate at and near the end; two rows ofteeth near its base,
uearly as in assimilis; inner rods flattened, rounded at end, the broader one
denticulate at one edge.

Hab. Queensland and Louisiade Archipelago.

In the Tring Museum 11 64,18 2% from: Queensland; Sudest, iv. (Meek).

616. Macroglossum splendens.

Maeroglossa micacea Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 96. n. 21 (1856) (partim) ; Pagenst., in
Chun, Zoologica xii. p. 19. n. 20 (1900) (Mioko ; Kinigunang).

*Macroglossa nox Butler (non Newman, 1857), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 5. 7. t. 1. £. 6 (1875)
(Rockingham B. ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 529. n. 40 (1877) ; Misk.,
Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii. p. 7. 0. 7 (1891) (Mackay : Cardwell).

Macroglossa splendens Butler, Entom. xxv. p. 20 (1892) (= now Butl. non Newm.); Kirby, Cat. Lep.
Het. i, p. 633. n, 62 (1892).

3%. Upperside of head and thorax green when fresh; abdominal tergites
without white side-patches, glossy bluish grey in side-light, some black patches
excepted; tips of lateral tufts white. Hindwing above bluish white before anal
angle ; a bluish white streak before SM*; pale costal area also bluish white behind,
and centre of wing with a blue gloss in side-light. Basal areas of both wings
below bluish white. The scales of the anal brush tipped with buffish white as a
rule, sometimes all black with the tips faintly tawny, seldom quite black in
(Jueensland individuals, nearly always so in the specimens from the Solomon
Islands; our only specimen from Buru has also no white tips to the fan; the
underside of the abdomen of these dark-tailed individuals has scarcely any white.
End-segment of antenna very long, equalling in length (apical bristle excepted)
the eight preceding segments.

3. Harpe (PI. L. f. 28) elongate, acute, without teeth. Penis-sheath with a
long horizontal process curving round the mouth of the sheath, dentate at the lower
edge, two dentate ridges upon the sheath at the base of the process (Pl LVL. f.53) ;
an acutely pointed process within the sheath. No friction-scales on clasper.

Cremaster of pupa broad, triangular, bifid (Pl. LXIV. f. 22).

Hab. Papuan Subregion.

In the Tring Museum 1 pupa, 20 dd, 20 29 from: Mt. Mada, Burn, ix. 98
(Dumas); Illo, Ceram; Queensland; Milne Bay, Brit. N. Guinea (Meek); Kiriwini,
Trobriand Is., iv. v. (Meek); Kinigunang, N. Pommern (Ribbe); Mioko (Ribbe) ;
Isabel, vi. vii. (Meek & Hichhorn) ; Guadaleanar, vy. (iid.).

( 670 )

CLI. RHOPALOPSYCHE.—Typus: nycteris.

Macroglossa, Kollar (non Ochsenheimer, 1816), in Hiigel, Kuschmir iv. 2. p. 468 (1844).
Rhopalopsyche Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 239 (1875) (type: nycteris).

3¢. Antenna very thin at base, strongly clubbed, proximal segments scaled
also ventrally, no prolonged ciliae in either sex, the antenna of d being like those
of 2, only longer and rather more strongly clubbed.

Hab. India and China.

Closely allied to J/acroglossum.

Two species.

617. Rhopalopsyche nycteris.

Macroglossa nycteris Kollar, in Hiigel, Kaschmir iv. 2. p. 458. t. 19. £. 5 (1844) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén.
Lép. Hét. i. p. 342. n. 16 (1875) (Silhet ; Darjiling ; Kashmir ;=volucris).

*Macroglossa volucris Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 94. n. 16 (1856) (Silhet ; N. India ;—
Mus. Brit.).

Rhopalopsyche nycteris, Butler, Trans. Zool, Soc. Lond. ix. p. 523. n. 2 (1877) (Silbet ; N. India ;
Barrackpore) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 378. n. 92 (1886) (Murvee ; viii. ix., common ;
Campbellpore, xi.); Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 2. n. 8 (1887) (Sikhim ; Khasia Hills ;
Shillong ; Kulu; ete.) ; Swinh., Cut. Lep. Het. Mus. Ov. i. p. 2. n. 8 (1892) (Silhet) ; Hamps.,
in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 111. n. 177. fig. 66 (g) (1892) (Himalayas ; Khasis ;
Burma) ; Kirby, Cut, Lep. Het. i. p. 634. n. 2 (1892) (N. India) ; Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.
p- 291. n. 75 (1898) (W. China, July) ; Dudg., Jowrn. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 417. n. 177
(1898) (Sikhim ; Bhutan, 5000—10,000 ft., v. vii.).

3%. Abdominal side-patches and band of hindwing maize-yellow.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite slender, pointed, of the same general form as in
Macroglossum; sternite rounded at end. Clasper without friction-scales; harpe
slender, pointed, somewhat grooved longitudinally on the upperside. Penis-sheath
with a very long pointed process, curving at least half round the sheath; base of
process projecting, with few teeth, proximal and distal edges of process denticulate;
internal rods obtuse at end, the longer one clubbed, denticulate at one edge.

Hab. N.W. and N. India; Burma; China.

In the Tring Museum 17 dd, 17 22 from: Kulu; Sabathu; Allahabad;
Sikhim; Khasia Hills; Buxa, Bhutan; Ta-tsien-lu, China; Loo Choo Is.

618. Rhopalopsyche bifasciata.
*Lthopalopsyche bifasciata Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 239. n. 3. t. 36. £. 4 (1875) (8. India ;—
Mus. Brit.) ; id., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 523. n. 1 (1877); Cot. & Swinh., Cut. Moths
Ind. i. p. 2. n. 7 (1887) (8. India) ; Hamps., JUustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M, viii. p. 1

(1891) (Nilgiris, 6000 — 7000 ft., i. ii. vi.) ; id., in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i, p. 112. 0.

178 (1892) (Nilgiris) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 634. n. 1 (1892) (S. India).

3%. Abdominal side-patches and band of hindwing deep chrome ; underside of
wings ferruginous tawny.

Hab. Ceylon and South India.

In the Tring Museum 8 3,1 % from Ceylon and South India.

Perhaps not specifically distinct from nycteris.

( 671 )

CLIT. LEUCOSTROPHUS gen. noy.—Typus: commasiae.
Mucroglossa, Walker (von Ochsenheimer, 1816), List Lep. Jus. B. M. viii. p. 90 (1856).
Aellopus, Butler (on Hiibner, 1822), Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 530 (1877).
3%. Difters from Macroglossum in the end-segment of the antenna being short,
in R? of the hindwing arising from below centre of cell, and in R* and M! being
stalked together.
Early stages not known.
Hab. Africa.
Two species.
; Erroneously associated by Butler and others with the American Seséa tantalus on
account of the white abdominal belt. The two insects are true Macroglossum except
in the points mentioned above. The white belt is an exaggerated development
of the grey side-spots found in Macroglossum stellatarum, which species comes also
in the shortness of the last antennal segment nearest to Leucostrophus The pattern
of the forewing, above, is as in J/acroglossum. The hindwing is shorter than in
| Macroglossum, with the costal vein distinctly curved in front of the end of the cell,
following the curve of the subcostal. The tarsi and the small (external) spurs are
also rather shorter.
q Key to the species :

White abdominal belt on tergites 3 and 4 . « 619. L. commasiae.
: White abdominal belt on tergites 4 and 5 . . 620. L. hirundo.

619. Leucostrophus commasiae.

*Mucroglossa commasiae Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 90. n. 9 (1856) (W. Africa ; S. Leone ;

“S. Africa” alia spec. ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 357. n. 41 (1875)

(S. Leone) ; Méschl., Abh. Senk. Nat. Ges. xv. p. 67. n. 148 (1890) (Aburi).

Acllopus commasiae, Butler, Trans. Zool. Sov. Lond. ix. p. 530. n. 5 (1877) (S. Leoae) ; Holl.,
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 56. n. 4. Pl. IL. f. 1 (1889) (Kangwé) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i,
p. 635. n. 5 (1892) (Africa).

lopus hirundo, Druce, in Moloney, W. Afr. Forestry p. 492. n. 2 (1887) (Gambia).

3%. The belt is bluish white and mesially excised in front. The bluish white

area of the fourth tergite does not quite reach the apical margin ; it is of even

fidth, narrowing, howeyer, a little laterally. There is a medio-basal and apici-
feral bluish spot on the fifth tergite.

g. Tenth tergite sinuate at end as in Airundo (PI. XLY. f. 5), long, slender

with long hairs; sternite also long, simple. Clasper without friction-scales ; harpe

Hab. West Africa : Gambia to the Congo basin.
In the Tring Museum 9 3d, 1 ? from: Sierra Leone; Ogrugu, Niger ;

620. Leucostrophus hirundo.

Mavroglossa commasiae Walker, lc. (1856) (partim ; 8. Africa).

*Macroglossa hirundo Gerstaecker, in Wiegm., Arch. Natury. xxvii, p. 360 (1871) ; id., in Decken’s
Reisen iii. 2, p, 375. n. 30. t. 15. £.7 (1873) (Mombasa, ix. ;—Mus. Berlin) ; Westw., in Oates,
Matabeleland p. 355 (1881) (Zambesi).

Aellopus hirundo, Butler, Trans. Zool, Sov, Lond. ix. p. 631. 0, 6 (1877); Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het, i.
p. 635. n.7 (1892); Butl., Proc. Zoot Soc. Lond. p. 674, un, 156 (1893) (Zomba, xii.).

( 672 )

3%. The belt is situated upon tergites 4 and 5 and is excised mesially in front —
as well as behind; it is chalky white, assuming a bluish tint only where some of —
the upper white scales are rubbed away. The underside of the abdomen is also —
remarkably different from that of commasiae, the white colour gradually fading
away and the posterior half being more or less clayish, not black. ‘The wings are
paler slate-colonr than in commasiae.

6. Sexual armature as in commasiac, but the harpe longer, more hook-shaped,
with the edge densely dentate (PI. L. f. 23). End of tenth tergite sinuate (Pl. XLY.

f. 5). Penis-sheath see PJ. LVI. f. 43.

Hab, Bast Africa: Natal to British East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 40-odd specimens from: Natal; Nyassaland; German
and British Hast Africa.

Supramity Choerocampinae.—Typus : Pergesa elpenor.
Sphine Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim).
Sphingides Leech, in Brewst., Edinb. Encycl. ix. p. 130 (1815) (partim).
Sphingidae Samouelle, Ent, Compend. p. 243 (1819) (partim).
Lumorphae Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schn. p. 133 (1822) (partim).
Deilephilae id., Lc. p. 136 (1822) (partim).
Chaerocampini Grote & Robinson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 153 (1865) (partim ; nom. nud.).
“ Déiléphilides ” Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 168 (1875) (partim).
Chaerocampinue Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 516, 544 (1877) (partim ; type : elpenor).
Deilephilidae Burmeister, Descr, Rép. Argent. v. p. 336 (1878) (partim).
Philampelidae id., /.c. p. 345 (1878) (partim).

3 ?. Pilifer consisting of an apical part bearing short (or vestigial) bristles
and a proximal part bearing long ones (Pl. LXII. f. 2). Genal process short,
not much projecting. Inner surface of second segment of palpus more or less
naked (Pl. LIX. f. 14—27). End-segment of antenna elongate, but not filiform,
with six or more very long bristles (Pl. LX. f. 12).

Larvae cylindrical, tapering in front, or third and fourth segments enlarged ;
a dorso-lateral aud an infrastigmatical stripe, the upper often replaced by a series:
of ocelli; the number of ocelli variable, often only one present (on fourth segment) ;
horn not always present in adult stage.

Pupa with compressed or carinate tongue-case, which is mostly large, in one
instance (Lthyncholaba) projecting free and resting with end against breast.

Hab. Cosmopolitan. :

This is a very sharply circumscribed group of genera. It is a development
from a Pholus-like ancestral form, deviating from all other Sphingidae in the
peculiar structure of the pilifer and palpus. The pilifer does not vary mueh within
the subfamily, while the palpus exhibits various modifications in structure whieh
are of generic value. We have here in respect to the palpus an instance of
progressive specialisation ; the modified palpus in which the branch now repre-
sented by a group of genera originally differed from the allied forms became farther
specialised in several directions and to a various degree.

The antennae are more or less clubbed, especially in the ? 2, with an abrupt
hook, or setiform with a slender gradual hook ; the end-segment, though somewhat
varying in length, is never very short, remaining always elongate-conical or
cylindrical ; it is shortest in Celerio. Its long bristles are either all terminal and
subterminal (PI. LX. f. 12), or there are some additional ones more proximally
on the ventral side; the segment has no or few scales dorsally. The antennae are

[To face p. 672.

CENTROCTENA.
idtibial spur with comb.
s 2 of palpi contiguous.

BE eects LA. RHYNCHOLABA.

e Xylophanes. - fore ith

Seid segment Se palp aus wT ah pee resting wit
apical tuft on inn Segments 2 of palpi contiguous; seg-

ment | triangular in side-view.

XYLOPHANES. |

Antenna not distinctly incrass|——_ —

Eye-lashes vestigial or distind |

Palpus : first segment, on inn} ~HR_RETRA.
Perma Secor cond segment of palpus with

Abdominal spines uni- or mul Paar aaa always with

Larva cylindrical, tapering in|*Y"'Y Me

Tongue-case of pupa compres BASIOTHIA.

First segment of palpus strongly convex
externally at apex; no tuft on
second.

a i

t clubbed in ¢, clubbed in 9.

short.

ment of palpus without tuft on innerside.
segments 3 and 4 enlarged.

ie of pupa strongly compressed,

apex of first segment of
on innerside, regular.

SESIIN

RHODAFRA
Like Pergexa
Second segment of palpus orested,
Friction-scales small, numerous,

PERGESA
dir
ally in

tenna not clubt slightly in

crassate dist
Eye strong ed

Palpus hairy; first segment,

with irregular apical scaling ;
without apical tuft

of aba

ree TOS.

Larva with se

Tongue

abdominal s

f shay

innerside
second
nal tergites in more thar
nents 3 and 4 enlarged
pupa feebly compressed
ments 5, 6, 7 with

Scalin
n innerside, irre

at apex of lirst

gment of palpus
cular

SESHINAE PHILAMPELINAE

|

SPHINGIDAE SEMANOPHORAE

CECHENENA
ment of palpus much narrower
in side-view than first; spical tuft
small
CELERIO.
Antenna clubbed
Eye lashed.

Spines of abdominal tergites in three

RHAGASTIS
Second segment of palpus not narrower
than first, with large apical tuft on

first segment nnerside

s not hairy witl
irregular scaling apically or
innerside ; second without tuft

Pulvillos often vestigial.
Larva cylindrical, segments

Segments 2 of palpi not contiguou

e and 4
not enlarged
Tongu

ase of pupa carinate

CHAEROCINA
segments of
tiguous,

Second palpus nc
naked on innerside
apical tuft; apical scaling of
irregular

first

EUCHLORON
Scaling at apex of segment 1 of palpus
irregular on innerside naked area
of se pent with small
onnded scales; the segment nar

ond st

rowed to ape

(ANCESTRAL FORM.)

Antenna setiform ; end-segment long, with long bristles.

Palpus with small dispersed scales on innerside of second segment
Abdominal spines uniseriate on posterior tergites

Larva cylindrical, tapering in front

Tongue-case of pupa compressed

CHOEROCAMPINAE,
|

CENTROCTENA
Shorter midt
Segmen

bial spur with comb,
palpi contiguous.

end against breast
Segments
ment | triangular ii

PHERETRA

As before nd

ment
uft rside ; firs
pical ¢ externally

First

HIPPOTION
Jubbed in J’, clubbed in 9
Eye-lashes short

Antenna not
Second segment of palpus without tuft on innerside
Larva with segments 3 and 4 enlarged.

Tongue-case of pupa strongly compressed

Scaling at apex of first segment of
palpus, on innerside, regular

ond.

BASIOTHIA
ment of palpu
externally

at ape

1e-Case

RHYNCHOLABA

resti

tig
side

no

tuft

strongly conve

on

( 673 )

always different in the sexes; they are never dentate or pectinate, but the
segments of the hook are as a rule conically produced ventrad. The eye is lashed
pr not. The first segment of the palpus has often a more or less regular apical
cavity i in the scaling of the outer surface exposing the joint ; the mf scaling of
the innerside of ue first segment is irregular or regular; the naked surface of the
econd segment, which is sometimes covered with Saialildpented scales (Luchloron),
aries in size ; the upper apical angle of this segment, on the innerside, bears often
: tuft of long scales directed proximad and ventrad. The length and width of the
econd segment is variable in the subfamily ; in several instances the segment is
arrowed and short-scaled, the base of the tongue being exposed (PI. LIX. f. 10. 11).
he transverse crest in Basiothia at the apex of the first segment, on the outerside,
nds one of a similar crest of Sphingonaepiopsis (Nephelicae). The tongue is
ys functional, never much reduced, often twice the length of the body.

The abdomen is conical in all forms, generally rather long and ending in a
imple pointed tuft, bearing besides the apical tuft a rudimentary tuft at each side
3); the spines are multiseriate, seldom uniseriate on the last tergites (Nylophanes
‘on, crotonis, etc.), resembling in the latter case the spines of Pholus ; the basal
es bear occasionally weak spines (Celerio lineata) ; the seventh sternite is
s without spines, obtusely triangular, membranaceous at end. The sexual
ature is always rather simple; the friction-scales, which are never absent,
e generally enlarged, mostly few in number, seldom only one present ; in
lodafra they are numerous and small (reduced). The scent-organ of the forecoxae
more or less distinct. The merum of the midcoxa is not angulate. The tibiae
1 ever spinose, The midtibial spurs are normally unequal in length, the outer
@ being the shorter ; in Nylophanes and Cechenena we find species in which the
is are equal and also species in which the inner one is the shorter. The hindtibia
always two pairs of spurs. The external spines of the first protarsal segment
sometimes enlarged. The midtibial comb is not very prominent. The paro-

cies (Celerio euphorbiae, etc.).

There are 144 species known, which we bring into 14 genera. One genus is
mopolitan (Celerio) ; two are American (Xylophanes and Phanoxyla); five are
ean (hodafra, Basiothia, Centroctent, Chaerocina, Euchloron); three are
ental (Rhagastis, Cechenena, Rhyncholaba) ; one is Palearctic, extending to North
ia (Pergesa) ; while two are Oriental and African (/iippotion, Theretra). The
re distributed as follows : Neotropical and Nearctic (including 2 from the
ich Is.), 56; Holarctic, 1; Palaearctic (two extending into North India), 9 ;
tal, 48; Aethiopian, 28 ; Oriental and Aethiopian, 1 ; Cosmopolitan, 1. North
lerica is very poor in species of this subfamily, possessing in the temperate zone
y one cosmopolitan species (/ineata), one Holarctic species (galli/), and one
rican species (tersa), which latter occurs also all over South America, besides
¢ Neotropical stragglers in the Southern States.

The American genus Xylophanes is the most generalised of the Choerocampine
era in the structure of the palpus and antenna. It is worthy of note that in this
tis we find in many species an abdominal spination resembling that of the
stral form, which had, like the American Pholus, slender antenna aud uniseriate
lominal spines. The genus which comes next as to the degree of specialisation is
mopolitan, while all the other, more specialised, genera are confined to the Old
d, with the exception of the American Panoxyla, which is # derivation from
x

( 674 )

Xylophanes. his genus Phanoxyla is of special interest inasmuch as it differs
from Nylophanes in a specialisation of the palpus which recurs in several Old
World genera.

Key to the genera :
a. Shorter midtibial spur with comb of prominent

spines. é . CLXIV. Centroctena.
Shorter midtibial os raoue ary a, eb é : sae
b. Base of tongue exposed, second segments of
palpi not contiguous . ; : natGs
Base of tongue not exposed, sete commen
of palpi contiguous. : : , ys

c. Second segment of palpus apa narrower
in ee view than the first, more or less

narrowing apically. : 4 : she
Second segment of pany not narrower “than
the first. : : BCE

d. Inner surface of second seg ait of lve faked CLXVI. Cechenena.
Inner surface of second segment of palpus
covered with dispersed small scales ; fore-
wing and body above bright green, hindwing

Sales and black . : ‘ : CLIX. Euchloron.
e. Second segment of palpus narrowing Eeaarde
end ; Africa c : E ' , . CLVIIIL. Chaerocina.
Second segment of palpus not narrowing
towards end; India . 5 CLXYV. Rhagastis.
J. Scaling at apex of first segment of fae on
innerside, dense and regular : a : wih
Sealing at apex of first segment of palpus, on
innerside, not dense, irregular. : : atts

g. Second segment of palpus, on innerside, An
apical tuft of scales directed proximad and

ventrad : 5 ; ; : ; 5 : anys
No such tuft . 5 ; Co
h. Scaling of first segment cf Shee, on omrerailes
longest just below the apical cavity . . CLXII. Rhyncholaba
Sealing longest proximally. : CLXIL. Theretra.

i. First segment of palpus strongly convex Be
apex on outerside, bearing a transverse crest

of scales, or a fringe of hairs along eye . CLX. Basiothia.
First segment of palpus not obviously convex
at apex : CLXI. Lippotion.
j. Second segment of penne veil apical tuft on
innerside . : CLIV. Phanoxyla.
Second segment of palpua ihiout nal tuft
on ‘guextide 2 : : ‘ 3 he

k. Second segment of palpus on onterside with a
lateral crest as a continuation of the eye-
lashes . ; ; 5 : , . CLVIL. Rhodafra.

( 675 )

Without this crest . ‘ d ‘ ‘ é a eth

(. Palpus rough with long dispersed ieee ‘ . CLYI. Pergesa.
io onan these hairs, or with very few . : Be
. Antenna setiform . ‘ ; . CLI. Xylophanes.
Anteuna distinctly incrassate aieeanly : . OLY. Celerio.

CLUI. XYLOPHANES.—Typus : anubus.
Sphine Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim ; type : ocellata).
Theretra Hiibner, Verz. bel:. Schm. p. 135 (1822) (partim ; type: nessus=equestris).
Lsoples id., l.c. (1822) (partim ; type: eson).
Befophanes id., .c. (1822) (partim ; type : anubus).
Oreus id., Lc. p. 136 (1822) (partim ; type : guoma=butus).
Chacrocampa, Harris (non Duponchel, 1835), in Sillim, Jowrn. Sc. Art xxxvi. p. 300 (1839).
Metopsilus Duncan, in Jard., Nat. Libr. xxxvii. p. 99 (1843) (non 1835, type: merit).
Philampelus Burmeister (non Harris, 1839), Sphing. Bras. p. 58 (1856).
Calliomma Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 108 (1856) (partim ; type: nomius).
_ Chacrocampa, id., l.c. p. 125 (1856) (partim).
Pergesa id., 1.c. p. 149 (1856) (partim ; type: parcellus).
Darapsa id., l.c. p. 182 (1856) (partim ; type: choerilus = pholus).
Buchery« Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 219 (1875) (partim ; type: licastus).
Deilonche Grote, Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 30 (1886) (type: tersa).
Gonenyo, Rothschild, Iris vii. p. 298 (1894).

3%. Palpus simple externally, no indication of a cavity in the scaling at the
end of the first segment; on the innerside the scaling at the end of the first
Segment quite irregular, not dense, and second segment without brush of hair-
scales at upper angle. Antenna slender, not incrassate distally ; hook rather
long and gradual ; antenna of ¢ often with seriated ciliae. Hye-lashes vestigial
or distinct. Spines of abdominal tergites numerous, small and weak ones mixed
with strong ones, or, on the last segments, only one row of long and strong
conical spines (chiron, tersa, etc.). Spurs of hindtibia always unequal, the outer
one short; spurs of midtibia unequal or equal, the outer one shorter or longer than,
or as long as, the inner one, the relative length varying sometimes in the same
species. Midtarsal comb geuerally distinct, that of hindtarsus less obvious, but the
spines found to be somewhat prolonged when the scales are removed. Pulvillus
always large ; paronychium with two pairs of long lobes.

3. Tenth tergite simple, truncate-sinuate at end, divided into two processes in
chiron ; sternite boat-shaped, transversely ribbed above at end. Clasper broadly
sole-shaped ; friction-scales large, few in number as a rule, but sometimes numerous
and rather small ; harpe ending in a generally small process. Penis-sheath with
dorso-apical edge incrassate, developed to a dentate ridge which is produced into one
or two processes in most species, one right, the other left.

?. There is no special armature in the ?, the vaginal plate being simple,
triangular.

; Larvae, as far as they are known, tapering in front ; with one or more ocelli.—
Food-plants : Rubiaceae as a rule.

Pupa: tongue-case not very prominent.

Hab, America.

Fifty species.

The genus is a very natural one. It is found only in America, and all the
4 American species beloug to it,” no representative of the allied Old World genera

* Hystrix is so aberrant that we have to put it into a genus of its own,

( 676 )

Theretra, llippotion, ete., occurring in the Nearctic and Neotropical Regions. There
is no question of mistaking an American species for an Old World one (or the
reverse), if the palpi are examined.

The development of the midtibial spurs is most peculiar in so far as the inner
spur is in many species obviously shorter than the outer one, while normally the
outer spur is the shorter. This abnormal relation of length is due to the reduction
of the inner spur. Some species are very interesting in this respect, showing
individual and sometimes geographical variation in the length of the spurs (amadis,
nechus, etc.).

The venation of the hindwing is not quite constant in the genus, the position
of the ecross-veius and the central veins being affected by the obvious difference
in the shape of wing observed in some more distantly related species (compare
for instance tersa, pistacina, depuiset/). SC? and R* are sometimes stalked
(ceratomioides, etc.).

Key to the species :

a. Lines of forewing transverse, their posterior
parts not close together in middle of
inner margin, never longitudinal ; pale
band of hindwing not eae into

spots . : ; ‘ F moe
Lines of forewing Sahat more or less
converging coaane apex of wing . : : aby
6. Band of hindwing ochre-yellow . ; . 624. X. pluto.
Band of hindwing not ochre-yellow . : ‘ nee
c. Body and forewing ferruginous or uniformly
pale cinnamon-rufous . 5 ; . : 5th
Body and forewing not so coloured . : - 40d.

d, Forewing with more than one line, hind-
wing with conspicuous creamy patch or

band . ; . 627. X. rufescens.
Only one distinct ie on poe ; hind-
wing without creamy patch . : . 628. X. trrorata.

e. First discal line of forewing forming a
heavy band which is more or less straight,
gradually shading off distally, while

being rather sharply defined proximally : a Jf
First discal line thin, often indistinct i é 3 Uf
/. Bright greyish green above, hindwing
black with green band . . 625. X. tyndarus.
Dirty greenish buff, band of iene fie
same colour . 5 626. X. pistacina.
g. Abdomen with an isolated ine haa faecal
patch, wings without green . : 630. X. rhodocera.
Abdomen without an isolated black basi
lateral patch : : WE

h, Inner edge of forewing white. except at
base ; fringe of hindwing even, without
sharply arked dots. 2 4 : ¢ oye

k.

( 677 )

Inner edge of forewing not white; fringe
of hindwing with distinct vein-dots

. Forewing with a smali apical patch, three

or four discal lines followed by a row
of dots; pale band of hindwing very
obscure but continued to R? or further
costad . :

Forewing without apical aie Fall Fas
indistinct

. Discal lines of forewing dentate

Discal lines of forewing not dentate, except
second, ground-colour green, fringe of
hindwing with conspicuous white dots .

Only one line present, ground-colour green ;
fringe of hindwing not distinctly spotted

Forewing without green, abdomen without
middle line

Forewing with green, abdomen =a middle
line

. External spur of midtibia longer than

internal ;
External spur of midtibia chaviee aha
internal

. Distal margins of wings not dentate:

hindwing without distinct yellow band .
Distal margins dentate; hindwing with
yellow band .

. Stigma of forewing black .

Stigma of forewing white .

; on, with black submarginal patch

R— :
ee without black ermestadl peat
R?—R?

. Hindwing black, with elmree vale pub bacal

mesial patch, besides a discal band, or
all creamy buff with a discal and a
submarginal black band :

Hindwing without pale snbbasal mesial
patch, basal area not creamy

. Hindwing creamy, base not black — . F

Hindwing black at base, with large Be
subbasal mesial patch

*. Distal margins of wings distinctly scalloped:

forewing below with a straight and
narrow pale band between It* and SM’,
dorsal lines of abdomen parallel

Distal margins entire or very faintly

scalloped; pale band on underside of

forewing undulate or vestigial

629.

. NX. schausi.

. X. pores.

ake

2 fis
NX. gundlacht.
a Ut

~~ Mm,

. X. germen.

. X. juanita.

535, NV. fusimacula.

640.

644,

X, curcheri.
oD

. X. ploetzi.

X, adalia.

. X. depu'seti.

« Vv.

NX, faleo.

NX. quianensis.

w.

a.

o.

“ie

( 678 )

. Forewing, above, with a distinct black

costal spot about 12 mm. from apex
This spot vestigial

. Disc of fore- and ip ae below, raReee

cinnamon, forewing with five well-
marked lines below, line 4 feebler on
disc; dorsal lines of abdomen con-
verging basad on each segment :

Dise of fore- and hindwing, below, much
redder, with a buff space on forewing
between R? and SM°; dorsal lines of
abdomen parallel .

. Forewing, above, with a single prominent

line from near base at inner margin to
apex, bordered proximally with pale
scaling, the other lines indistinct .

Forewing with a greater number of distinct
lines

Abdomen with dark sited fin:

Abdomen without mesial line

. Line of forewing geen between tip and

base of SC’ .

Line of forewing edit nearer ip then
base of SC’ .

Line of forewing ending at apex

y. Hindwing with a prominent band of rringtls

triangular or ovate spots
Band of hindwing not interrupted, or BIese

. Head and thorax without pale lateral stripe

Head and thorax with pale lateral stripe .

Abdomen with distinct black basal lateral
patch '

Abdomen without black basal feel patch

Diseal lines of forewing four in number,
indistinct, ending in or near a brown or
black patch, situated at hinder margin
near angle of wing 4

No brown patch at inner fharein near anes

. Abdomen yellowish at sides, with dorsal lines;

7 or 8 lines in outer half of forewing
Abdomen not paler at sides than above,
no dark dorsal lines; lines of forewing
reduced in number :
The upper spots of the pagennan above!
merged together, nearer cell than outer
margin
The upper spots more or “less completely

separate, much nearer outer margin
than cell

643.

641.

646.

648,

647.
650.

662.

651.

645,

A.

2, X.

DG

pap.

X.

ceratomiotdes.
wats

media.

. cylobotes.

- Ww,

oe

docilis.

o @
. epaphus.

. amadis.
Y. rothschildi.

. hydrata.
2m.

wh ee
ths

.. chiron.

tersa.

. SUaNd.

anubus.

Kk.

( 679 )

. Abdomen with two very sharply marked

grey dorsal lines, which are about
2 mm. distant from each other in middle
of abdomen .

These lines close fosetnens or fased ao one
single stripe, or absent .

One broad grey mesial stripe on ppdanieee
or no line; midtibial spurs unequal

This stripe distinct only on basal segments ;
discal line 1 of forewing heavier than
line 4 . ¢

Two sharply mace fence ie pire
close together

No distinct dorsal lines on nidodien ae
tibial spurs equal ; underside of wings
red

. Upperside of tate al wings oes, eel

half of hindwing black .
Colour different

. All the discal lines of forewing shompy

dentate, composed of lunules
At least the first line even

. Outer margins of wings not dentater >; no

distinet band on hindwing ;
Outer margins dentate, a distinct band on
hindwing

. A sharply marked pale Ae on Sc a

forewing, and a pale stripe from base
to apex bordering a chestnut costal
area

Forewing not so

Discal lines 1 and 2 of Grewine fain
a band which reaches tip of wing ;
lines 4 and 5 not prominent .

Discal lines 1 and 2 not reaching tip of
wing

. Discal lines 1 aad 2 (oaning a “prominent

band which is abbreviated in front, and

lines 4 and 5 another which reaches

apex but is evanescent behind
Forewing not so marked

. Underside of wings and body and hae

from base of forewing to palpus red ;
upperside of forewing a with silky
grey interspaces

Forewing above not green ; pale band of
hindwing indistinct or absent

Forewing above not green ; pale band of
hindwing distinct . ; ; ;

655. NX. titana.
oni
652. X. crotonis.
656. X. resta.
654. Y. eumedon.
658. YX. rhodochlora.
660. X. elara
Me
Se
a
635. NX. fusimacula.
637. X. undata.
670. NX. thyelia.
Rk.
659. YX. turbata.
Rae
663. X. robinsont.
ier
G49. NX. belti.
Bite
29:

( 680 )

n’. Forewing above with a number of thin
parallel lines before hinder margin close

together : : . ; 5 Pepe
Withont this bundle of fares : : GOS. NV. swana.
p’. Border of fore- and hindwing below con-
nected with basi-discal area . ‘ 639. XV. godmani.
Border of fore- and hindwing not connected
with basi-discal area. : 638. X. rhodina.
qy’. Mesothoracic tegula with a blackish dorsal
border which extends to palpi. . 665. X. maculator,
Mesothoracic tegula without this border . ‘ Aart
”, Forewing with seven lines in outer half,
line 7 indistinct, line 4 the heaviest : mSie
Forewing with eight lines in outer half,
line 5 the heaviest : : ; Bute

s’. Distal marginal border of forewing pelos
feebly marked ; lines 1 and 2 of By into

above forming a prominent band . . 661. X. tsaon.
Distal marginal border well marked,
strongly angulate behind R?. b . 664. X. damocrita.
¢. Discal lines 1 to 6 of forewing close
together, all thin . F 666. X. aglaor.
Discal line 5 obviously Braeden Sn die
others . : ; ; : 4 a Whe
wu’. Band of hindwing buat zed : ; . 669. X. neoptolemus.
Band of hindwing pale red or buff. : 4 hele

ve. Band of hindwing reaching costa; distal

marginal border of forewing below not

distinctly angulate behind R? : . 668. X. loelia.
Forewing below more buff, not reaching

costa ; distal marginal band of forewing

below sharply angulate behind R?. . 667. X. libya.

621. Xylophanes depuiseti.
*Eucheryx depuiseti Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 222. n. 4 (1875) (Brazil ;—coll. Charles

Oberthiir) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 631 (1877).

Calliomma depuiseti, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 647. n. 11 (1892); Bonningh., Zris xii. p. 123. n. 43

(1899) (Rio).

This and the next two species agree closely in appearance. The upperside
of the forewing and body is green, more or less olivaceous. The fringe of the
hindwing and that of the forewing behind is conspicuously dotted with white, giving
the wing the appearance of being dentate, while it is in fact only very feebly
sinuous. The antenna of the 2 is somewhat compressed and shows vestiges of
seriate ciliae at the bases of the segments. Exterior spurs of midtibia shorter than
interior, or nearly the same in length.

3%. In depuiseti the abdomen bears two dorsal rows of very feeble brown
dots and on each side a row of pale, more or less golden, apical dots. Forewing
two antemedian lines, external one or both vestigial ; stigma black ; three parallel
discal lines, thin, eurving costad in front, the second feeble, the third accentuated

( 681 )

by minute vein-dots ; oblique apical line barely vestigial ; a trace of a postdiscal
line behind, ending at hinder angle.

g. Tenth abdominal tergite of the same type as in pistacina and allied
species, rather broader than in pluto, truncate, very feebly sinnate ; sternite narrow,
transversely ribbed above. Friction-scales of clasper rather numerous ; process
of harpe simple, slender, with vestiges of notches at end, short, compressed distally
and somewhat twisted, gently curved upwards. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVII. f. 1)
resembling that of pistacina: a right pointed process without dentition, and a
narrow left dentate lobe.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Brazil: Espirito Santo to Santa Catharina.

In the Tring Museum 5 3 from Espirito Santo and Santa Catharina.

622. Xylophanes adalia.
*Calliomma adalia Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 6. n. 3. t. 2. £. 1 (1881) (Chiriqui ;—
coll. Staudinger) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 647. n. 13 (1892).

3?. The lines of the forewing more distinct than in depurseti, especially the
oblique apical one ; a black patch between R? and R* outside diseal line 4, fringe
white-spotted to apex of wing, which is less produced than in depuiseti, margin
not distinctly sinuous between R* and SM’. Underside of body and wings more
golden-yellow.

d. Process of harpe shorter than in depuiseti. Penis-sheath differently armed :
the dorsal apical edge beset with teeth (Pl. LVII. f. 2), a left, narrow process,
near the base of which stand some more teeth corresponding to the left lobe of the
preceding species, the dentition quite variable in detail ; a short tooth projecting
dextro-laterad corresponds to the right-side process of depuiseti.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Chiriqui, Panama ; probably more widely distributed.

In the Tring Museum 4 33,1 % from Chiriqni.

623. Xylophanes ploetzi.

*Choerocampa (?) ploetzi Mischler, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 350. t. 4. f. 35 (1876)
(Surinam ;—type, 3, in coll. Staudinger).

*Callioma drucei Rothschild, Nov. Zoot. i. p. 73 (1894) (R. Demerara ;—Mus. Tring) ; id., /.c. iii.
t. 13. £. 7(9) (1896).

3%. Underside of hody and wings yellowish green. Abdomen above with a
thin mesial line. Lines of forewing as distinct as in adalia, apical one less so, no
postdiscal patch R’—R°, stigma w/ite, fringe with white dots between R* and SM’,
Underside of wings without russet-ferruginons scaling, the marginal areas of both
Wings a little more greenish than the dise, that of hindwing shaded with olive.

Not dissected.

flab. Surinam ; British Guiana.

In the Tring Museum 1 ? from: Rio Demerara.

624. Kylophanes pluto.
Sphing pluto Fabricius, Gen. Ins. p. 274. n, 22-23 (1777) (Amer. mer.) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. ili.
p- 209. n. 25 (1780) ; Fabr., Spec.-Jns. ii. p. 148. n. 40 (1781); Zschach, Mus. Lesk. p. 95. t.
n, 184 (1788) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2386. no. 161 (1790). a Nie.
Sphine boerhaviae Fabricius, Mant. Ina. ii. p. 96. 0, 43 (1781) (partim) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat, i. 5,
2381 n. 77. 8 (1790),

( 682 )

Sphinx eroesus Dalman, Anal. Ent. p. 48. n, 22 (1823).
Oreus thorates Hiibner, Zutr. Samml. Eve. Schm. iii. p. 30. £. 525. 526 (1825) (Antilles).
Calliomma pluto, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 111. n. 3 (1856) (sub syn.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep.

Het. i. p. 646. n. 10 (1892) (= thorates = crocsus) ; Hamps,, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7). vii. p. 251
(1901) (Nassau).

Chaerocampa eson, Walker, l.c. p. 137. n. 17 (1856) (sub syn.).

Pergesa thorates, id., l.c. viii. p. 151. n, 2 (1856) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 145. n. 25
(1859) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860); Clem., in Morris, Sy. Lep. N. Am. p. 166.
n. 1 (1862) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 49 (1865); id. & Rob., ibid. vy. p. 154. n. 35
(1865) (Cuba) ; Grote, /.c. vi. p. 328 (1867) ; id., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii. p. 184 (1871)
(Cuba); Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 198 (1881) (deser. of larva & pupa).

Choerocampa thorates, Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 294 (1856) (Cuba ; St. Thomas).

Eweheryx croesus, Boisduval. Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 221. n. 3 (1875) (= thorates) ; Mischl, Verh.
Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxyi. p. 350 (1876) (Surinam).

Calliomma thorates, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 540. n. 8 (1877) (Haiti ; St. Thomas ;
St. Vincent ; Oaxaca) ; Maass., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 54 (1880) (= croesus = pluto) ; Druce, in
Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 5. n. 2 (1881) (Mexico; Guatemala ; Panama) ; id., /.c.
Suppl. p. 301 (1896) (Mexico ; Costa Rica ; Chiriqui; Guatemala).

‘aliomma croesus, Bouninghausen, Jris xii. p. 123. n. 42 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

3%. Basal ciliae of antennal segments of 2 very feebly prolonged. External
spur of midtibia donger than internal. Spines of abdominal tergites uniseriate:
The green colour of the thorax and forewing often fading to russet or ferruginous.
Abdomen with a thin mesial line, interrupted at the bases of the segments by
metallic yellow dots, another line laterally ; underside of thorax and abdomen more
or less maize-yellow, with metallic yellow scales ; a few such scales also dorso-
laterally. Forewing: a subbasal patch or band, 4 or 5 antemedian lines ; first
discal line straight, curved costad anteriorly, second line mostly absent, third and
fourth evenly dentate ; apical line curved, even, ending in a patch at R*, followed
by a dentate line; the basal and disto-marginal interspaces more or less shaded
with silvery grey. The ochre-yellow band of the hindwing distinguishes pluto from
all the other American Xylophanes.

3. Friction-seales of clasper few in number, large, truncate, midrib prominent.
Tenth tergite very narrow, truncate-sinuate ; sternite with parallel sides, rounded
at end, upperside concave, transversely ribbed, middle line somewhat raised.
Process of harpe curved as in pistacina, but somewhat stouter, not narrowed to
end, with some teeth before tip. Penis-sheath peculiar: a right dentate lobe, and
a left ridge bearing the teeth at the distal edge (Pl. LVII. f. 3. 4), this dentition
recalling the armature of adalia.

Larva deseribed by Gundlach, U.c.; a dark and a pale form, both with an
ocellus on the fourth segment.—Food-plant : Lrythroxylon.

Hab. Neotropical Region: Bahamas, Florida, southward over the Antilles and
the Continent to Southern Brazil.

In the Tring Musenm 80-odd specimens from: Cuba; Haiti; Nassan,
Bahamas (Sir G. Carter); Florida ; Mexico ; southward to Peru and South Brazil.

625. Xylophanes tyndarus.

*Choerocampa tyndarus Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i, p. 264, n, 51. t. 4. £. 5 (1875) (Brazil ;—
coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 306. n, 13 (p) (1896)
(Mexico ; Honduras) ; Kaye, Trans. Bunt. Soc. Loud. p. 138 (1901) (Trinidad),

Chaerocampa tyndarus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 631 (1877).

Darapsa tyndarus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 671. n. 6 (1892).

Darapsa (Choerocampa) tyndarus, Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 84 (1894) (Venezuela ; Trinidad ;
Costa Rica),

Theretra tynandarus (!), Bonninghausen, Jris xii, p. 129, n, 59 (1899) (Rio de Jan.)

( 683 )

3%. Structurally almost the same as pistacina. Body and wings greyish
olivaceous green, often very bright ; underside of body whitish green.

Wings, above. Forewing: three antemedian lines, the two distal ones close
together ; first discal line heavy, straight, gradually shading off externally, second
and third line not marked, line 4 distinct anteriorly though weak, more or less
obviously joining the postdiscal cloud between R1 and R%, some very small vein-dots
forming a continuation of the line, oblique apical line short, often not reaching the
postdiscal cloud. The green band of the hindwing not reaching costal margin, the
distal margin also often green, in which case the black submarginal band is reduced.
The oblique apical line of forewing, below, forms an angle behind R® with the
irregularly undulate postdiscal line, the marginal area bordered by these lines as
broad as in schausi. :

3. Genital armature not apparently different from that of pistacina, except
that the harpe is rather stouter, less curved, and dentate at end, and the proximal
edge of the left process of the penis-sheath more regnlarly and strongly dentate.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region, exclusive of the West Indies, from Mexico to
Southern Brazil.

In the Tring Musenm 8 dd, 8 2? from: Jalapa and Orizaba, Vera Cruz,
Mexico, iii. iv. (Schaus); Aroa, Venezuela.

A small d from Theresopolis in the British Musenm is on the underside more
yellow and has no discal line, the apical line of the forewing is less oblique; the
tenth abdominal sternite is also narrower and is pointed.

626, Xylophanes pistacina (PI. IX. f. 11, 3).

*Philampelus pistacina Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i, p. 199. n. 8 (1877) (Minas Geraés —coll.
Charles Oberthiir) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p, 630 (1877).

*Calliomma diogenes Maassen, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 54 (1880) (hab. ? ;—Mus. Berlin) ; Kirby, Cat.
Lep. Het. i. p. 646. n. 9 (1892).

*Choerocampa jocasta Druce, Ann, Mag. N. H. (6). ii.p. 237 (1888) (Guatemala ;—coll. Staudinger) ;
id., in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl.p. 306. n. 13 (B). t. 65. f. 6 (1896) (Mexico ; Guate-
mala; Peru).

Theretra jocasta, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 658. n. 106 (1892).

Ambulyx ? pistacina, id., l.c. p. 674. n, 1 (1892),

Theretra pistacina, Schaus, Ent. News ix, p. 135 (1898) (= jocuste).

3%. Basal ciliae of antennal segments of ? distinctly prolonged, External
spur of midtibia somewhat sorter than internal one. No lines on abdomen.
Forewing : antemedian lines vestigial, the two distal ones forming a band at apex
of cell, angulated at M!; the two proximal discal lines more or less merged
together to a band, the inner line often straight ; third discal line very feebly
marked ; fourth rather more distinct, generally accentuated by yein-dots, lines 2 to
4 dentate ; line 5 from apex curved, continuous with a greenish olive patch k?—R ;
ground-colour variable, the wing being occasionally much greener than in ordinary
individuals. Pale band of the hindwing much suffused with olive-brown. Brown
border of underside of forewing broad, less angulate behind R? than in schaus?.

g. Tenth tergite truncate-sinuate ; sternite rounded at end. Process of harpe
long, very slender, pointed, somewhat curyed twice, as in schaus?. Penis-sheath :
right process short, pointed ; left one also short, dentate, less projecting than in
schausi.

Barly stages not known,

( 684 )

Hab. Neotropical Region, exclusive of the Antilles, from Mexico to Southern
Brazil and Paraguay.

In the Tring Museum 11 dd, 3 2? from: Honduras; Paraguay (Dr. Bobls) ;
Rio de Janeiro; Bauru, 8. Paulo (Dr. Hempel).

627. Xylophanes rufescens.
*Theretra rufescens Rothschild, Noy. Zoor. i. p. 75. t. 6. f. 11 (2) (1894) (British Guiana ;—Mus,
Tring).

3. A large-eyed species. Antenna of 2 compressed, with basal rows of
prolonged ciliae. External spur of midtibia shorter than internal——Brownish
ferrnginons ; forewing with a buftish ground which is densely shaded and irrorated
with brownish ferruginous ; hindwing black, a creamy submarginal band shaded
with black, abbreviated in front, not reaching beyond R’*, dilated basad upon SM?,
followed by a marginal patch at anal angle ; both wings ferruginous below.

é. Tenth abdominal tergite gradually and not strongly narrowed to end,
truneate, feebly sinuate, slightly dilated at end ; sternite triangular, curved in side-
view, strongly convex below, apex obtusely pointed. Process of harpe horizontal,
cylindrical from middle to end, extreme end curved upwards and armed with teeth.
Dorsal margin of penis-sheath produced dextro-laterad into a rather long horizontal
process, dentate on the proximal side, the edge sinistro-laterally continued as an
oblique, slightly raised ridge, which bears some rather prominent teeth (Pl. LVII.
feyelsli)s

Early stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region: British Guiana ; Amazons ; Peru.

In the Tring Museum 1 6,6 2 2 from: British Guiana; Venezuela ; Carabaya,
Inambari R., 8.E. Peru, 3000 ft., April 1901, dry season (Ockenden).

In coll. Charles Oberthiir from 8. Paulo d’Olivenga, Amazons.

628, Xylophanes irrorata.

Chaerocampa spec,, Herrich-Sch., Corresp. Bi. iii. p. 58 (1865) (Cuba).

Chaerocampa irrorata Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 52. t. 1. £. 2 (g) (1865) (Cuba) ; id. &
Rob., ibid. v. p. 154. n. 37 (1865); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 564. n. 65 (1877);
Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 195 (1881).

Choerocampa irrorata Grote, lc. vi. p. 328 (1867) (Cuba) ; id., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii. p. 184
(1871) (Cuba) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 278. n. 74 (1875) (Cuba).

Everyx irrorata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 674. n. 5 (1892).

3. Upper and under surface of body and wings uniformly pale cinnamon-
rnfous, underside paler than upper. White lateral border of mesothoracic tegula
continued to end of palpus. A darker cinnamon-rufous line on forewing, a little
nearer distal margin than cell, with a pale proximal border. Basal area of hindwing
olive-brown. External spur of midtibia shorter than internal.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite gradually narrowed, apex convex above, truncate-
sinuate; upper surface of sternite transversely folded distally, apex rounded-
truncate. Process of harpe (Pl. LIII. f. 3) compressed, short, elongate-triangular,
somewhat like the blade of a pointed knife. Process of penis-sheath (Pl. LVII.
f. 10) projecting distad at base, the free part somewhat fin-shaped and dentate,
curving proximad and sinistro-laterad ; this process is the left one of other species,
there being no right process in 7rorata.

Larva mentioned by Gundlach as feeding on Psychotria; not described.

Hab. Cuba ; Bahamas ; doubtless also on Haiti.

In the Tring Museum 2 3 from ; Cuba ; Abaco, Bahamas (Sir G. Carter).

( 685 )

629. Xylophanes gundlachi.
*Chaerocampa gundiacht Herrich-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 149 (1863) (Cuba ;—coll. Staudinger) ; id.,
Le. p. 58 (1865); Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 51 (1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob., ibid. v.
p. 154. n. 36 (1865); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 554. n. 64 (1877); Gundl., Contr. Ent.

Cubana p. 194 (1881).

Choerocampa gundlachi, Grote, l.c. vi. p. 328 (1867) ; id., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, iii. p. 184 (1871)
(Cuba) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 277. n. 73 (1875).
Darapsa gundlachi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 671. n. 4 (1892).

3%. Resembling rhodocera in the shape of the wings. Abdomen almost
unicolorous, without markings, paler below than above, greeu. Forewing, above,
brown at base ; one discal line, which is green and ends in a brown spot at hinder
margin; costal edge and fringe reddish, the latter brownish behind and here with
a very few white scales; stigma black with white centre, small ; fringe of hindwing
pale, not distinctly spotted. Underside of forewing in basal three-fifths brown like
upperside of hindwing.

3. Harpe similar to that of rhodocera, irregularly dentate distally. Penis-
sheath (Pl. LVII. f. 9) with a rather long truncate right process and a short
left one.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Cuba (doubtless also on Haiti).

In the Berlin Museum 1 ¢; in coll. Staudinger 1 3 (type, ex coll. Herrich-
Schiffer).

630. Xylophanes rhodocera.

*Daraupsa rhodocera Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 184. n. 4 (1856) (Haiti ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 81 (1865) ; id. & Rob., ibid. v. p. 154. n. 34 (1865) ; Butl.,
Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 567 (1877) ; id., Lllustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M.i. p. 1. t. 15,
f. 2 (1877) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 671. n. 1 (1892) (Haiti).

Choerocampa rhodocera, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 276. n. 72 (1875).

3%. External spur of midtibia longer than internal one. Distal margin of
forewing strongly convex ; a vestige of the discal line of ‘vrorata; a slightly
brownish patch near end of cell; another smaller one occasionally in middle of
cell ; disco-marginal area dusted with brown scales, especially behind. Scaling
of antenna pink. External spines of first protarsal segment very numerous in
this species, and in érrorata and rufescens. Spines of abdominal tergites uniseriate.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite long and slender, truncate, feebly sinuate; sternite
slightly dilated distally, apex rounded. Process of harpe (PI. LILI. f. 2) suddenly
narrowed in middle, somewhat concave at end. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVII. f. 8)
with a central process as in érrorata, projecting proximad, slightly curving
sinistro-laterad, produced distally into a short dentate hook homologous to the
right-side process of other species.

Early stages not known.

Hab, Haiti.

In the Tring Museum 2 dd.

631, Xylophanes porcus.
Oreus porcus Hiibner, Samml. Ex. Schm. ii. t. 162, £. 1—4 (1824 7). ;
Darapsa porcus, Walker, List Lep, Ins. B. M. viii, p. 187. n. 10 (1856) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i.
671. n. 2 (1892).
3%. Antenna of % with very feebly prolonged ciliae near the base of the
segments, External spur of midtibia obviously longer than internal. Hxternal

( 686 )

spines of first protarsal segment numerous only at base, reduced distally to one
row. ‘The white lateral border of the mesothoracical tegula not marked on
occiput, indistinct anteriorly on pronotum, reappearing as a fine line in front of
the antenna. Forewing with a single row of dots distally on disc; a dark
transverse cloud indicating another line about 3 mm. from cell at R*, two more
clouds occasionally in basal half. Abdomen without traces of lines, the distinct
blackish basi-lateral patch of rodocera also absent from porcus.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite long and slender, apex gradually narrowed,
obtusely pointed; sternite also long, feebly spatulate, apex obtusely rounded.
Dorsal edge of penis-sheath projecting in the shape of a halfmoon, both horns
free, pointing proximad, the right one narrow, the left one broader, dentate.

Harly stages not known; larva feeding on LJamelia patens according to
Gundlach, /.c.

Hab. Neotropical Region.

Two subspecies :

a. NX. porcus porcus.
Oreus porcus Hiibner, /.c.
Davrapsa porcus, Walker, 1.c.
Chaerocampa porcus, Herrich-Seh., Corresp, Bl. p. 58 (1865) (Cuba) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad.
v. p. 53 (1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob., ‘bid. v. p. 154. n. 38 (1865) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond
ix. p. 561. n. 39 (1877) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 195 (1881).
Choerocampa porcus Grote, l.c. vi. p. 328 (1867) ; id., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ili. p. 154, n. 38 (1871) ;
Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 278. n. 75 (1875).
3¢. Stigma of forewing distinet. An obvious olivaceous cloud beyond apex
of cell. Processes of penis-sheath slender, the left one dentate proximally,
comb-like.
Hab. Cuba.
In the Tring Museum 1 ¢.

b. X. porcus continentalis subsp. nov.

Choerocampa porcus, Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 9. n. 4 (1881) (Chiriqui ; Eeuador) ;
id., lc. Suppl. p. 304 (1896) (Mexico).
Theretra porcus, Bonninghausen, Jris xii. p. 129. n. 58 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

3%. Stigma smaller, olive-green cloud outside cell less obvious, distal dots
a little more pronounced ; otherwise the same in colour as the insular form.

3. Armature of penis-sheath obviously different from that of the insular
porcus : the left process especially broader, more or less rounded, the right process
shorter, stouter.

Hab. Continental South and Central America, as far south as Sta. Catharina.

Type from Colombia,

In the Tring Museum 13 dd, 8 $2 from: Sta. Catharina; Rio de Janeiro ;
Espirito Santo; Minas Geraés, xi. (Kennedy); Aroa, Venezuela; Rio Dagua,
Colombia, type (Rosenberg); Costa Rica; Orizaba and Jalapa, Mexico, ii. iii. iv.
(Schaus).

632. Xylophanes schausi (PI. 1X. f. 15, %, ¢ype).
*Darapsa schausi Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 84 (1894) (Petropolis ;—Mus. Tring).
*Theretra arpi Schaus, Ent. News ix. p. 135 (1898) (Rio de Janeiro ;—coll. Schaus).
Theretra spec. B., Bonninghausen, Iris xii. p. 129. n. 60 (1899) (Rio de Janeiro).

32. Antenna of % prismatically compressed, basal rows of ciliae prominent.
External spur of widtibia much shorter than internal. White lateral border of

( 687 )

mesothoracic tegula continued to palpus. No lines on abdomen. Distal margin
of forewing strongly convex; discal lines dentate, the two proximal ones faint,
but traceable from costal to inner margin, the third barely indicated, the fourth
marked by dots on the veins ; an apical halfmoon SC!—SC’, generally continuous
with a weak oblique line, which ends at a patch or cloud between R! and R?*.
The pale band of the hindwing always much shaded with olive. The oblique
apical band of the underside of the forewing, bordering the marginal band, about
7 mm. distant from onter margin at R?, the band then suddenly narrower.

3. Tenth tergite narrowed to middle, then yery faintly widened to apex,
which is truncate-sinuate; sternite of the usual type, rounded at end, mesially
very faintly pointed. Process of harpe long, cylindrical, somewhat Q)-shaped.
Penis-sheath (Pl. LVII. f. 5) with an acute right process and a left dentate lobe.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Brazil, Provinz Rio de Janeiro; Venezuela (doubtless more widely
distributed in South America).

In the Tring Museum 4 dd, 2 ? 2 from: Petropolis, Rio de Janeiro ; Espirito
Santo; Aroa, Venezuela.

635. Xylophanes germen.
*Calliomma germen Schaus, Ent. Amer. vi. p. 20 (1890) \Coatepec, Mexico ;—coll. Schaus) ; Kirby,
Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. G47. n. 12 (1892); Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het, Suppl. p. 301.
n. 5. t. 66. £. 10 (1896) (Mexico).

3%. Antenna of ? with prolonged basal ciliae to the segments. External
spur of midtibia much longer than internal. Distal margin of forewing more or
less dentate, sometimes nearly even, apex acute, prominent ; two indistinct ante-
median lines ; discal lines dentate, not clearly defined asarule. Fringe of hindwing
white, interrupted at the veins. The lateral border of mesothorax somewhat pinkish
in front. Scaling.of antenna pink mesially, black laterally. Size variable.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite rounded at tip, sinuate ; sternite boat-shaped in
side-view, apex rounded ; the segment essentially as in /rrorata, rufescens, and
many others. Process of harpe horizontal, curved upwards at end, cylindrical, with
apex somewhat concave, minutely dentate or notched before end, tip simple or bifid.
Penis-sheath (PJ. LVIL., f. 7): a right and a left process ; not identical in the
two individuals examined.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Mexico to Ecuador and Venezuela.

In the Tring Museum 4 3d, 1 ? from: Jalapa, Mexico, iv. (Schaus) ;
Colombia ; Merida, Venezuela (Briceno).

In coll. Dognin 1 ¢ from Loja, Kenador.

634, Xylophanes juanita nom. nov.
*Pergesa mexicana Schaus (on Erschott, 1876), Ent, Amer. vi. p. 20 (1890) (Paso de San Juan, Vera
Cruz ;—coll. Schaus) ; Druce, in Biol. Cent. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 303. n. 1. t. 68. £8
(1896).
Davapsa mewicana, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 671. 0, 8 (1892).

3. External spur of midtibia a little shorter than the internal. First row of
first and second protarsal segments irregularly doubled. Scales of antenna blackish
brown, more or less pink basi-laterally. Abdomen with two rows of dots representing
the dorso-lateral lines of other Yylophanes. As in germen uo very conspicuous

( 688 )

lateral border to the tegulae, the border becoming pinkish in front, continued to
base of antenna. Forewing : traces of one or two antemedian lines, four transverse
discal lines, 1 and 2 distinctly undulate, 3 and 4 faint, but 4 accentuated by dots on
veins, followed by a patch at R?, an indistinct apical line. Hindwing darker brown
than forewing, becoming paler behind, fringe white, minutely interrupted at veins.
Underside with the series of vein-dots across both wings as in the allied species.

3. Sexual armature of the same type as in the other species of the genus.
Tenth abdominal tergite rather broad basally, narrowed to middle, apex rounded,
feebly sinuate ; sternite rounded at end, very feebly angulate in middle of apical
margin (in the single specimen examined), Process of harpe (PI. LIII. f. 1)
slender, somewhat spoon-shaped. Penis-sheath (PI. LVII. f. 6) with a right curved
process and a left dentate lobe.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Vera Cruz, Mexico.

In coll. Schaus, coll. Druce, and coll. Dognin.'

635. Xylophanes fusimacula.

*Pergesa fusimacula Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. p. 8. t. 76. £. 4 (2) (1874) (Brasilia ;—Mus. Tring);
Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 549. n. 14 (1877).

Sphinx fusimacula, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 118. 0. 60 (1875).

Philampelus (2) fusimacula, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 669. n. 10 (1892).

2. Basal ciliae of antennal segments shorter than the segments are long.
Outer spur of midtibia about one-fifth shorter than the inner one. Body similarly
striate with long pale scales as in ceratomioides. Discal lines of the forewing
consisting of lunules.

3 and early stages not known.

Hab. Brazil ; Peru.

In the Tring Museum 2 2 ? from: Brazil (type, ex coll. Felder) ; Cuzco, Pern.

636. Xylophanes zurcheri.
*Calliomma zurcheri Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6). xiii. p, 352 (1894) (Costa Rica ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
id., Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 301. n, 6. t. 66. £. 2 (1896).

3%. External spur of midtibia shorter than internal. Basal ciliae of antennal
segments feebly prolonged. Markings of wings agreeing more with those of
fusimacula than of undata ; outer margins dentate.

Not dissected.

Harly stages not known.

Hab, Costa Rica.

637. Xylophanes undata nom. nov.
*Gonenyo ivrorata Rothschild (non Grote, 1865), Lris vii. p, 298. n. 4. t. 7. £. 3 (1894) (Chuchuras,
Peru ;—coll. Staudinger).

2. Ciliae of antenna somewhat shorter than in the preceding species. Spurs
of hindtibia shorter than in ceratomioides, hindtarsus very long, as long as cell of
forewing. The discal lines of the forewing strongly dentate, the portions beyond
SM? straight, parallel, more oblique than in ceratomioides ; outer margin strongly
dentate. The mesial line of the abdomen rather strongly marked, the lateral ones
vestigial, ending in rather large spots at the apices of the segments. The ventral

( 689 )

edges of the tergites with tufts of long scales, which are gradually dilated distally ;
under surface of abdomen white.

¢ and early stages not known.

Hab. Peru: Chuchuras.

Type in coll. Staudinger; another specimen from the same place in the
Tring Museum.

638. Xylophanes rhodina spec. nov. (PI. Il. f. 13, 3).

d. Body above olive-walnut-brown ; a line above eye pale, mesothoracic tegula
with a thin pale lateral border and a walnut-brown mesial band ; abdomen with
dispersed long pinkish grey scales, a triple dorsal line, the mesial one darker
brown, accentuated at the bases of the segments ; underside pale buff, cinnamon-
rnfous at sides, abdomen near the stigmata with tufts of spatulate creamy scales ;
spines of tergites uniseriate. (Middle legs wanting.)

Wings, upperside, greenish olive, hindwing somewhat greyish. Forewing :
stigma black, a dark cloud distally of it, basal area shaded with pinkish grey scales,
the same scales between the discal lines near hinder margin ; first discal line heavy,
straight up to SC”, where it is vestigial, dilated at costal margin into a spot, line
2 dentate, 3 vestigial, also dentate, 4 more straight, accentuated by vein-dots,
marked at costal margin by a spot, 5 from apex, vestigial, except at apex, lines
2 to 5 turned basad from SM* to inner margin, accentuated by a dash upon M’, (SM),
aud SM*, line 5 dilated into a patch at inner margin, 6 and 7 vestigial and parallel
to distal margin. Hindwing : a vestigial brown discal line in an ill-defined, not
yery distinct, pinkish band.

Underside ferruginous red, basal half of both wings brown, disto-marginal band
greyish or buffish brown. Forewing ; three discal lines curving costad in front,
the first continuous, the sccond indistinct, marked only in front, the third less
oblique behind than the first, indicated by vein-dots, marginal band dentate between
veins, projecting most between R! and R*; costal edge ochreous distally ; hinder
angle a little projecting. Hindwing : marginal band dentate between veins,
preceded by a row of vein-dots, discal line present or not ; abdominal fold buff.

3d. Tenth abdominal tergite narrow, apex rounded, feebly truncate-sinuate ;
sternite evenly rounded at end. Process of harpe broader than ordinarily in this
genus, obtuse, compressed, thin, twisted (Pl. LIII. f. 6). Penis-sheath with
a fin-shaped, dentate, recurved process as in falco, and a short conical process
pointing to the right side (Pl. LVII. f. 12).

? and early stages not known.

Hab. Chiriqui.

Two d¢ in the Tring Museum; not seen in other collections.

639. Xylophanes godmani.

*Choerocampa godmani Druce, Ent. Mo, Mag. xix. p. 16 (1882) (Chiriqui ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id., in
Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. ii. t. 3. £. 2 (1883) ; id., Le. Suppl. p. 806. n.-16 (A) (1896)

%. Wxternal spur of midtibia much shorter than internal. Basal ciliae of
Forewing more strongly faleate than in dof

antennal segments prolonged.
rubrata, distal margin dentate, lines mostly less distinct, discal line 1 nearer base
posteriorly, curved ; hinder angle more strongly produced, Hindwing obviously
harrower, dentate, a pale subanal patch divided by a transverse line, continued very
indistinctly to 1%.

( 690 )

Underside : margin of forewing buffish, a broad, submarginal, chocolate-brown
band from apex to R*, broadly joined to basi-discal area. Brown marginal band of
hindwing also joined to basal area between R! and R°.

3 and early stages unknown. ss

Hab. Chiriqui.

One specimen known, in the British Museum.

640. Xylophanes falco.

*Chaerocampa falco Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 182. n. 8 (1856) (Mexico :—Mus. Brit.) ;
Clem., Jown. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 151. n. 34 (1859); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix.
p. 562, n. 51 (1877); Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep, Het. i. p. 12. n. 17, t. 1. £. 8 (1881)
(Mexico ; Honduras).

Choerocampa fulco, Morris, Cut. Lep. N. Am, p. 20 (1860); Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am.
p. 172. n. 3 (1862); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 275. n. 69 (1875) ; Druce, lc. Suppl.
p. 307 (1896) (Mexico ; Guatemala).

*Choerocumpa fugaz Boisduval, Consid. Lép. Guatemala p. 70 (1870) (Honduras ; Mexico ;—coll
Charles Oberthiir) ; id., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. 1, p. 274, 0. 68 (1875).

Choerocampa mexicana Erschoff, Trud. Russk. x. p. 62. t. 1. f. 2 (1876) (Mexico).

Chaerocampu fugax, Butler, /.c. ix. p. 565. n. 69 (1877).

Chaerocampu talco (!), Méschler, Stett. Lut. Zeit. xii. p. 57 (1880) (= fugue).

Theretra falco, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 656. n, 77 (1892) (= meaicana = fugue).

3. Antenna of ? without prolonged basal ciliae to the segments. External
spur of midtibia shorter than internal. Abdomen with long pale hair-scales as in
ceratomioides. Forewing with seven lines converging towards apex, besides distinct
traces of two more antemedian lines proximally near hinder margin ; discal lines
1 to 4 curved behind, 4 almost following the curve of the hinder margin, 5 from
apex, distinct to R', then vestigial and represented by more or less dispersed
scales, which form a patch along hinder margin, lines 6 and 7 parallel with 5 and
with outer margin. The pale wood-brown hindwing has two discal lines, the
proximal one broad, the other thin, more or less joined to the first, the two
forming a central band, which is followed by a third line indicated by vein-dots ;
a distinct submarginal band is separated from the margin by a greyish wood-brown
marginal band, the black band touching the edge of the wing only at SC? and SM’.

3. Tenth abdominal segment of the usual form ; the tergite truncate-sinuate.
Process of harpe rather short, pointed, slightly curved. Penis-sheath with a
rather long dentate process, which is produced distally towards the right side
into another, short, dentate lobe.

Early stages not known. ;

Ina ? from Guatemala in the British Museum the two autemedian lines of the
forewing are longer and stand close to the discal ones ; the discal lines 1 to 4
are straight bebind, not curved; the patch of black scales at internal margin,
near angle, is less distinct. The black discal band of the hindwing is broader
and the ground-colour of the wing more pinkish.

Hab. Central America: Mexico to Guatemala and Honduras (extending
doubtless farther south).

In the Tring Museum 2 dd, + ?9 from Mexico, one labelled Tacubaya,
Aucust.

641, Xylophanes xylobotes.

Choerocampa cylobotes Burmeister, Descr. Rép. Argent. v. p. 355. n, 2 (1878) (Arica, Peru) ; id.,
Le. Atlas p, 28. t. 10. £. 2 (1879).

( 691 )
Theretra xylobates (!), Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 658. n. 105 (1892) ; Bonningh., Tris xii. p. 128.
n. 55 (1899) (Rio de Janeiro ; partim ?).
Chaerocampa ceratomioides, Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 12. n. 18 (1881) (partim).
Chaerocampa wylobates (1), id., lc. Suppl. p. 307 (1896) (not distinct from ceratomioides)

6. Paler than ceratomioides, the dorsal lines of the abdomen continuous
as in guéanensis ; the black apical line of the antenna very short. Forewing :
costal spots vestigial ; the most distal one of the subbasal lines running along M
to base of R*, discal and postdiscal lines decidedly straighter than in ceratomioides,
not dentate between SC’ and R*, the fifth line nearly as heavy as in the allied
species, but almost straight ; the feebly marked submarginal line straighter than
in ceratomioides, not following the curve of the discal margin so obviously as in
that species; distal margin even, not undulate, without distinct internervular
spots; the pale discal space broader before inaer margin than in ceratomioides,
Leing posteriorly somewhat widened and rounded. On the underside the ochraceous
tawny or buff narrow postdiscal zigzag space of the forewing of ceratomioides
much broader in xylobotes.

dg. Tenth abdominal sternite somewhat shorter than in ceratomioides; the
harpe slenderer ; the process of the penis-sheath much longer and narrower.

Larva see Appendix.

Hab. Pern; Argentina ; Southern Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 2 ¢d,4 ?? from: Rio de Janeiro; Leopoldina.

642. Xylophanes media spec. nov. (PI. Il. f. 1, ?).

2. Close to ceratomioides. The dorsal lines of the abdomen converging basad

on segments 2 to 5.
; Wings, upperside. Forewing : tlie spot at apical fourth of costa vestigial ;
the discal and postdiscal lines curved and dentate as in ceratomioides, but the
fourth line very distinct within the pale area R*—M?’, the fifth line much less
Diack, and vestigial to M?; within the pale area there is an additional, feebly
marked line between the fourth and fifth; outer margin evenly coloured, more
oblique and consequently longer than in ceratomioides, very faintly undulate ; the
interspaces of the lines paler than in that species. Hindwing: the pale discal
and central areas shaded with brown, the band separating them narrower and
more clearly defined than in the allied species.

Underside of wings more uniform in ground-colour, the ochraceous and buff
postdiscal space of forewing and the disc of hindwing russet-cinnamon, the disc
of the forewing without the reddish tint of the three allied species, the costal area
as pale as in ceratomioides. Forewing: five lines on disc, curving costad, the
first reaching SC*!, the second stopping at SC’, the three others, of which the
middle one is faint, converge, and are continued as a single line from R® to SC',
ending in a spot. Hindwing: two parallel lines on disc, the proximal one
crossing R® and M! close to cell, vestigial to costal margin, S-shaped, the second
distinct only behind, then continued to costa by a series of nerve-dots.

Z and carly stages not known.

Hab. Venezuela; Peru.

One ? from Aroa, Venezucla, in the Tring Museum, ¢yye ; another ¥ in the

| collection of Charles Oberthtir, from Chanchamayo, Peru.

(
'

.

( 692 )

643. Kylophanes ceratomioides.

Pergesa anubus, Walker (non Cramer, 1777), List Lep. Ins. B. AM. viii. p. 151. n. 3 (1856) ; Grote
& Rob., Vans. Amer, Ent. Soe. ii. p. 75 (1868).

Choerocampa ceratomioides iid., Ann. Lyc. N. Y. viii. p. 358. t. 14. f. 2 (1867) (Mexico) ; Boisd.,
Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 264, n. 52 (1875) (Cayenne; Brazil; Colombia; Guatemala ;
Mexico) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 307 (1896) (Mexico; Guatemala ;
Chiriqui).

Chaerocampa ceratomioides, Boisduval, Consid. Lép. Guatemala p. 70 (1870) (Honduras) ; Butl.,
Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 567. n. 70 (1877) (Rio de Jan. ; Venezuela ; partim) ; Druce, lc.
i, p. 12, n. 18 (1881) (partim).

Choerocampa minos, Ménétries, Enum. Corp, Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. ii. Suppl. p. 93. n. 1546 (1856)
(nom. nud. ! Cayenne) ; Boisd., /.c. p. 70 (1870).

Anceryx capreolus Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. p. 16 (1870) (Venezuela).

Theretra ceratomioides, Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 658. 0. 104 (1892).

Theretra xylobates (!), Bénninghausen, Iris xii. p. 228. n. 55 (1899) (partim ?).

3%. In this species and its close allies the presence of some long, narrow,
whitish scales gives the body a peculiar striated appearance. The pale discal band
of the hindwing is quite variable in length and width, sometimes it reaches the
costal margin and is connected with the anal patch, in other specimens it does not
reach SC? ; the veins traversing it are occasionally all or nearly all black. External
spur of midtibia shorter than internal ; antennal segments of ? with prolonged
fasciculated ciliae.

d. Tenth tergite gradually narrowed to middle, the sides almost parallel from
middle to end, upper surface of the distal portion evenly convex, under surface
concave, apex slightly curved downwards, with a faint vestige of a sinus ; sternite
twice as broad as apical part of tergite, obtusely rounded, upper surface almost flat,
transversely rugate. Harpe narrow, twisted, slightly spatulate, irregularly dentate.
Apical margin of penis-sheath produced at the right-hand side into a very short
tooth, denticulate or simple, at the left side into a longer, broader, dentate process
GEY bVail tf 3):

W. Schaus gave us the following description of the larva: “75 mm. long, not
very stout, and tapering towards the head, which is very small and brown. Body
rich brown dorsally, paler laterally. A subdorsal black streak, and on fourth
seginent a small round pale brown spot representing an ocellus. Caudal horn long,
pointed, thick, slightly rough, brown. Laterally the pale brown is mottled with a
darker shade.”

Hab, Neotropical Region, excl. of Antilles, from Mexico to Southern Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 40-odd specimens from: Vera Cruz, Mexico ; Honduras;
Costa Rica; Bogota, Colombia ; Chimbo, Ecuador, 1000 ft., viii. °97 (Rosenberg);
8. Domingo, Carabaya, S.E. Pera (Ockenden) ; Rio Cachyaco, Peru (Stuart) ; Aroa,
Venezuela ; Nova Friburgo, Rio de Janciro.

644, Xylophanes guianensis.
Theretru guianensis Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 77 (1894) (British Guiana ;—Mus. Tring).

3%. Basal ciliae of antennal segmeuts of ? longer than in the allied species.
External spur of midtibia shorter than internal. Dorsal lines of abdomen parallel
as in «ylobotes.

Wings, upperside. Forewing : pale antemedian area almost narrowed to a
point before internal margin, discal lines 2 to 4 not dentate, except at Mand (SM’),
less curved before M? than in ceratomioides, distinct within pale area, this not

( 693 )

so sharply defined, deeper in colour, with a straight pale band, margin much more
strongly scalloped than in ceratomioides. Hindwing: pale discal band narrower
than the black band separating it from the subcentral patch.

Underside : pale postdiscal band of forewing as narrow as in ceratomioides, \ut
straight.

3. Both the tergite and sternite of the tenth abdominal segment longer and
narrower than in ceratomioides ; the harpe more compressed and somewhat stronger
dentate ; left process of penis-sheath broader than in the allied species.

Early stages not known.

Hab. South America: British Guiana ; Ecuador.

In the Tring Museum 1 3,2 ?2 from: Rio Demerara; Paramba, Henador.

645. Xylophanes anubus.

Sphine anubus Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. p. 46. t. 128. f. c (1777) (Surinam) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. ili, 2.
p. 221. n. 61 (1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 152. n. 55 (1781); id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 98. n. 60
(1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5, 2384. n. 88 (1790); Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 376. n. 62 (1793).

Xylophanes anubus, Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 136. n. 1456 (1822),

Chaerocampa anubus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p, 134, n. 13 (1856) ; Butl., Trans. Zool
Soc. Lond. ix. p. 562. n. 50 (1877) (Rio de Jan.) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i.
p- 10. n. 6 (1881) (Nicaragua).

Chaerocampa nitidula Clemens, Journ. Ac. N. Sc. Philad, iv. p. 151. n, 37 (1859) (Mexico) ; Butl.,
Le. p. 564. n, 58 (1877) (Mexico) ; Druce, Jc. i. p. 11, n. 12 (1881) (Mexico ; Guatemala ;
Nicaragua ; Chiriqui; Ecuador).

Choerocampa nitidula, Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am.
p. 173. n. 6 (1862) ; Druce, lc. Suppl. p. 305 (1896) (Mexico ; Guatemala ; Costa Rica).

Choerocampa laevis Grote & Robinson, Ann. Lyc. N. York viii. p. 356. t. 14. f. 1 (9) (1867)
(Mirador, Mexico) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 265. n. 53 (1875) (Mexico),

Choerocampa miradoris id., l.c. sub n. 53 (1875).

*“Choerocampa alcides id., l.c. p. 266. n. 54 (1875) (Cayenne). ni

Choerocampa anubus id., lc. p. 266. n. 55 (1875) (Cayenne) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien
xxvi. p. 350 (1876) (Surinam).

Chaerocampa alcides, Butler, l.c. p. 631 (1877) (= anubus).

Theretra anubus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 652. n, 23 (1892). ;

Theretra alcides, id., lc. n. 24 (1892) ; Booningh., Zris xii, p, 128. n. 54 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

Theretra nitidula, Kirby, 1.c. p. 658. n. 94 (1892).

Theretra nitidula var. a. Choer, laevis, id., Lc. sub n. 94 (1892).

3%. The large material of this species which we have examined exhibited
considerable variation. The more extreme individuals have been described as
distinct species, and we admit that the differences are so obvious that one might
easily be induced to consider them of specific value. But the numerous specimens
which connect the extremes with one another show this conclusion to be invalid.

As in ceratomioides the external spur of the midtibia is somewhat shorter than
the internal one. Fresh specimens have a grecnish tint. Abdomen with three
dorsal lines of which the middle one is more distinct, or with a mesial line
accompanied by two series of dots, or with only these series of dots ; the type of
alcides has lines. Spines of posterior tergites uniseriate.

Wings, abore. Forewing: with or without a dark cloud on dise beyond
7 oblique lines of which the third is the heaviest, the lines posteriorly some
more, sometimes less, oblique, the three proximal ones often vestigial or indicated
by dots on the veins, the three external ones also feeble or even absent, the most
distal one, however, at least indicated by more or less heavy nerye-dots ; the

) ; Nghe : ‘eal third
fourth: line the heaviest, reaching hinder margin in middle or at apical third.—

Hindwing : the black colour variable in extent, the pale discal patch being often

cel

times

( 694 )

much reduced; Cramer’s figure is certainly exaggerated ; the pale spots R1—R®
generally confluent, very rarely separated.

Sonth American ? 2? on the whole more distinctly striped than the od, and
than Mexican individuals of both sexes.

Length of forewing : 32 to 58 mm.

3. Tenth abdominal segment slenderer than in ceratom/oides, the tergite
rounded at end, feebly spoon-shaped, concave below; the sternite concave above,
very feebly sinuate in dorsal view. Process of harpe curved upwards, basally
cylindrical or prismatical, distally irregularly compressed, its sharp upper edge
notched and denticulate. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVII. f. 14) peculiar: a patch of
teeth at the left side, not distinctly raised or separated from the rest of the sheath
as a process ; a short dentate right-sided process directed proximad.

Karly stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region, from Mexico to Southern Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 24 od, 22 2? from: Vera Cruz, Mexico ; Honduras ;
Costa Rica; Popayan, Colombia (Lehmann) ; Paramba and Lita, Henador ; Onaca,
Santa Marta (Engelke) ; Aroa and Puerto Cabello, Venezuela; Rio Demerara;
Rio de Janeiro ; Sao Panlo.

646, Xylophanes docilis.
*Chaerocampa docilis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 9 (1875) (Ecuador ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,

Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 564. n. 62, t. 94. £. 1 (1877).

Choerocampa docilis, Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 305. n. 13 (A) (1896) (sub
sSyn.).
ouiee ek Kirby, Cat. Lep. IMet, i. p. 658. n. 96 (1892).

3. Perhaps only a form of amadis, from which it differs in the following
particulars : abdomen with distinct mesial line, outer margin of forewing more
straight, discal line also straighter, a vestigial, dentate, pale submarginal line
proximally of the submarginal dots; the brown marginal border of the forewing
below narrower, the black postdiscal dots upon the veins rather more distal.
Midtibial spurs equal in length.

Sexual armature as in amadis amadis.

? and early stages not known.

Hab. Benador ; Bolivia.

In the Tring Museum 2 ¢¢ from: R. Songo to R. Suapi, Bolivia, 1100 mm.,
March, April 1896 (Garlepp); S. Domingo, Carabaya, S.E. Peru, 6000 ft, June
1902, dry season (Ockenden).

647. Xylophanes amadis.
Sphine amadis Stoll, in Cram., Pap. Exot, iv. p, 216. t. 394. £. c (1782) (Surinam).
Oreus amadis, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 136. n. 1464 (1822). ;
Chaerocampa amadis, Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 134. n. 11 (1856) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe:
Lond. p. 564. n. 63 (1877).

$2. Ground-colour varying from green to brown-red. A single prominent
line on the forewing, ending at the apex, olive-green or olive, gradually shading off
distally, sharply defined by a pale border proximally, which border is generally
more prominent near internal margin; proximally of the pale border there are
vestiges of two or three lines curving costad in front, mostly indicated by dots
on the veins ; a submarginal line of dots is also present in most examples ; & dark

( 695 )

posteostal clond beyond cell ; two feebly marked antemedian lines, curving costad.
Hindwing : a single broad pale band, greenish, often with a reddish tint, entire
or interrupted ; distal margin also pale. Abdomen blackish olive-green dorso-
laterally at the base ; this colour more or less occupying also the tergites of the
first two segments, two rows of dots on back. Spines of abdomen very strong,
single on last segments and long in this and several of the following species (the
same in docilis).

3. Sexual armature much like that of anxwbus, slightly variable geographically;
left side-patch of teeth of penis-sheath with fewer teeth than in anus.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region, excl. of Antilles.

Four subspecies.

Stoll’s figure is doubtless meant for the Veneznela-Surinam form of this
species. Clemens’s description of thalassina applies also to the present insect,
though it is quite impossible to say with certainty to which special subspecies the
description refers ; under these circumstances we can do nothing with the name but
treat it as a synonym of amadis. Though we have kept docélis separate from
amadis, we are not sure that it is a distinct species. On the other hand, further
researches and more material from different localities may prove that amad/s,
stuarti, and cyrene are not only specifically distinct from docélis and epaphus, but
also from one another.

a. X. amadis amadis (Pl. 1X. f. 15, 3).

Sphine amadis Stoll, Lc.

Chaerocampa amadis, Walker, 1.c. _

Choerocampa amadis, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 273. n. 66 (1875) (Cayenne) ; Méschl.;
Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 350 (1876) (Surinam).

(?) Chaerocampa thalassina Clemens, Jowrn. Ac. N. Sc. Philad, iv. p. 150. n. 33 (1859) (bab. ?)
Butl., /.c. ix. p. 564. n. 6 (1877).

(?) Choerocampa thalassina, Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860).

(?) Theretra thalassina, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 658. n. 103 (1892).

3%. Inner midtibial spur reluced, as long as or shorter than onter spur.
Pale band of hindwing more or less interrupted, the black colour extending along
veins R* to M’.

3. Tenth tergite rounded-truneate at tip; apex of sternite very obtusely
pointed.

Hab, Surinam ; Venezuela.

In the Tring Museum 13 3d, 7 9% from Merida, Venezuela (Briceno).

6. XN. amadis cyrene.

*Chaerocampa cyrene Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i, p. 11. 0. 13. t. 1. £. 5 (2) C1881)
(Chiriqui ;—coll, Druce).

Theretra drucei Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 658. 0. 95 (1892) (nom. nov. loco eyrene).

Vheretra epaphus, Schaus (von Boisduval, 1875), Lut. News ix. p. 134 (1898) (= eyrene = drucei).

Choerocampa drucei, Druce, Lc. Suppl. p. 805. 0. 13 (1896). ’

Choerocampa docilis, id. (non Butler, 1875), lc. Suppl. p. 305, n. 18 (A) (1896) (Mexico ;
Honduras ; Chiriqui ; = staudingeri = stuarti). ’

*Theretra staudingeri Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 76 (1894) (Chiriqui) ; id., 4c. tii, p. 600. n. 3.
t. 13. £. 10 (4) (1896),

3%. Inner spur of midtibia longer than outer one. Basal segments of abdomen
florsally less extended green or brown than in the preceding race. Submarginal

( 696 )

dots of forewing above generally much less distinct. Pale band of hindwing duller
in colour, less sharply defined, not incised or interrupted at veins R*, M!, or M®,
mostly with a slight reddish tint. Black basi-discal area of forewing below more
restricted.

X. cyrene is based on a reddish 2, staudingeri on a green &.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite truncate-sinuate ; sternite more acute than in
amadis amadis.

Hab, Central America: Mexico to Colombia.

In the Tring Museum 8 3d, 4 2% from: Chiriqui; Jalapa, Orizaba and
Teocelo, Vera Cruz, Mexico, ii. iv. vii. ix.

A ¢& nearly as red as the type of cyrene in coll. Charles Oberthiir from
Cundinamarca, Cananche, Colombia (M. de Mathan).

; c. X. amadis stuarti.
*Theretra stuarti Rothschild, Novy. Zoou. i. p. 665 (1894) (Peru :—Mus. Tring) ; id., Le. ii. t. 9.
f. 10 (9) (1895).

?. The pale line of forewing from base to apex white, broad; pale band of
hindwing as in cyrene, rather nearer the margin ; under surface less reddish than in
the green specimens of cyrene. (Mid- and hindlegs wanting.)

Hab, Rio Cachyaco, afl. of Rio Huallaga, Peru.

One 2 in the Tring Museum, collected by C. Maxwell Stuart.

d. X. amadis goeldi subsp. noy.

2. Similar to stuart? ; lateral stripe of mesothoracic tegula white ; discal line
of forewing broader, almost pare white, widening apically, strongly contrasting with
the olivaceous green ground-colour ; pale band of hindwing dull green, becoming
gradually faint and narrower costad, interrupted at the veins, consisting of triangular
spots, of which the last is by far the largest, portion M1—C of the band vestigial ;
brown irroration of underside denser than in sfwarti. Miditibial spurs equal in
length. :

Hab. Pava, at the electric light, May (Dr. Goeldi).

1 ? in the Bern Museum,

648. Xylophanes epaphus (PI. VI. f. 1, %).
*Chocrocampa epaphus Boisduval, Spec. Gén, Lép. Met. i. p. 267. n. 56 (1875) (Cayenne ;—coll,
Charles Oberthiir).
Chaerocampa epaphus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond, ix. p. 631 (1877).
Theretra epaphus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 652. n. 26 (1892): Schaus, Ent. News ix. p. 134 (1898)

(= cyrene ex err.).
*“Theretra bittgeri Rothschild, Tris vii, p. 298. n. 5 (1894) (Chuchuras, Peru ; Sao Paulo ;—coll.

Staudinger).

3%. A reddish species, resembling in colour the type of X. amadis eyrene.
The two antemedian lines of the forewing much wider apart than in cyrene, the -
proximal one midway between base and distal one at M?; discal line obviously
more proximal than in the forms of amadis, being at R*® midway between cell and
outer margin and at SC° midway between base of this vein (fork) and outer margin;
postcostal patch beyond apex of cell transverse, smaller than in amadis. Thorax
with broad pale median stripe which is rubbed away in the specimen figured.

3. Harpe similar to that of mewicana. Penis-sheath nearly as in anubus, but
right process broader, patch of teeth smaller and less densely denticulated,

( 697 )

Early stages not known.

Hab. South America: French and British Guiana; Peru; Sao Paulo.

In the Tring Museum 1 ? from Christianburg, R. Demerara.

In coll. Oberthiir type (¢) from Cayenne.

In coll. Staudinger 1 d from Sao Paulo; 1 ¢ (type of déttger?) and 1 ? from
Chuchuras, Peru.

649. Xylophanes belti.

*Chacrocampa belti Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. xiv. p. 248 (1878) (Chontales, Nicaragua ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
id., in Biol. Cent. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 11. n. 11. t. 1. f, 3. 4 (1881).

Theretra belti, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 657. n. 91 (1892).

Choerocampa belti Druce, 1.c. Suppl. p. 305 (1896) (Orizaba, Chiriqui).

32. One of the finest species. External spur of midtibia little shorter than
internal. A stripe from base of forewiug to palpus, a lateral patch on abdomen and
underside of body and wings vinaceous brick-red. Aldomen with traces of two rows
of dorsal dots. Upperside of wings olive-green, interspaces with a silky grey gloss;
three antemedian lines, 2 and 3 merged together ; discal lines not distinct, 3 and 4
separated by a straight, conspicuous, silky interspace. Band of hindwing either
pale green or pinkish. Underside somewhat variable.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite as in the allied species. Process of harpe suddenly
curved upwards at end, compressed, the acute upper edge notched and dentate.
Penis-sheath similar to that of anuwbus, the dentate right process broader than
in anubus, and the patch of teeth on the left side not quite so prominent, the
proximal teeth more regularly arranged in a row.

Early stages not known.

Hab, Central America: Mexico to Chiriqui.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ without locality.

650. Xylophanes rothschildi.
*Theretra vothschildi Dognin, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. 107 (1895) (Loja ;—coll. Dognin).

2. Upperside of forewing quite green, with one line (line 4), which ends at
apex of wing. Hindwing rosy for the greater part, respectively shaded with rose-
colour, Underside of body greenish clay-colour, sides reddish tawny like wings.

Hab, Loja, Keuador.

One specimen in coll. Paul Dognin.

651. Xylophanes chiron.

Drury, Ilustr. Ev. Tns.i. p. 56, t. 26. £, 3 (1771) (Jamaica).

Sphinx chiron id., lc. Indew (1773).

Sphine sagittata Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 1, p. 216. n. 42 (1780) (Jamaica).

Sphine butus Fabricius, Mant, Ins. ii. p, 98. n. 62 (1787) (“ India” !) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2889.
n. 90 (1790).

Sphine batus (!) Fabricius, Mint, Syst. iii, 1, p. 377. n. 94 (1793).

Chaerocampa chiron, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 132. n. 7 (1856) (= nechus).

3%. Antenna of ? feebly compressed, basal ciliae of segments not distinctly
prolonged, External spur of midtibia longer than internal, or of the same length.
External row of spines of first protarsal segment regular, single, only here and
there with an additional spice, Camb of midtarsus strongly developed,

( 698 )

The colour of the upper surface varies from parrot-green to tawny-russet. The
russet specimens are much rarer on the Continent than in Jamaica. The green
colour often changes to russet when the insect becomes damp in the relaxing box.
The discal lines of the forewing are not very distinct ; four are marked in middle
of hinder margin; the line from apex is short, but reappears generally beyond R*.
The hindwing has, besides the anal patch and a larger square spot M’—SM®, four
or five ovate spots ; spot SC?—R? is always small, the next is generally the largest
of the five, but is occasionally reduced to a streak. The abdomen is marked on
the upperside by an extremely faint mesial line, which is seldom plainly visible,
and by two rows of dots. Spines of tergites of abdomen very strong, uniseriate on
last segments.

3. The sexual armature remarkably different from that of all the other
Xylophanes. Tenth abdominal tergite broad, flat, deeply sinnate, the sinus rounded,
the lobes feebly curved downwards, slightly concave beneath, apex rounded
(PI. XLV. f. 9. 10); sternite (PI. XLV. f. 11) compressed basally, dilated at end,
truncate-sinuate, the angles rounded, the upper side concave. Harpe (PI. LII. f. 4)
rather widened dorsad, the upper margin angulate, the process compressed, feebly
curved, apex rounded, mostly armed with a tooth, upper margin more or less
notched. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVIT. f. 18. 19): dorsal margin abruptly ending at
the right side in a comb of from three to seven teeth; a regular row of long,
sharply pointed teeth parallel to the edge, extending from near the comb to the
left side—these teeth break off very easily except the two small proximal ones,
so that one does not find many canght specimens which show the armature intact.

?. Highth abdominal tergite rather deeply sinnate. Vaginal armature more
strongly chitinised than is ordinarily the case in this genus ; the proximal edge of
the mouth of the vagina more prominent.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region, inclusive of the West Indies.

Two subspecies :

a. XN. chironnechus.

Sphinx nechus Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. p. 125. t. 178. £. 8 (1777) (W. Indies) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. ii.
2. p. 224. n. 76 (1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 152. n. 56 (1781) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii, p. 98.
n. 61 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2384. n. 89 (1790) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 377. n. 68
(1793) ; Lep. & Serv., Ene. Méth. x. p. 466, t. 67. f. 1 (1825).

Theretra nechus, Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm, p. 135. n. 1447 (1822); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p.
658, n. 101 (1892) ; Bonningh., Jris xii. p. 127. n. 52 (1819) (Rio de Janeiro).

Chaerocampa chiron, Walker, lc. (1856) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se. Philad. iv, p. 150, n. 32 (1859) ;
Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 565. n. 67 (1877) (Brazil; Montevideo) ; Druce, in Biol.
Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 12. n. 15 (1881).

Choerocampa chiron, Morris, Cat. Lep. N, Am. p. 20 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am.
p. 172. n. 2 (1862); Grote, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. iii. p. 184 (1871) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool.
Bot, Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 350 (1876) (Surinam),

Choerocampa nechus, Lucas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 294 (1856) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soe. Philad.
vi. p. 328 (1867) (Cuba); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 271. n. 62 (1875) ; Druce, /c. Suppl.
p. 306 (1896) (Mexico ; Guatemala; Costa Rica; Chiriqui).

Chaerocampa nechus, Herrich-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 58 (1865); Grote, Lc. v. p. 50 (1865) (Cuba) ,
id. & Rob., ibid. v. p. 155. n. 39 (1865); Butl., 7rans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 565. n. G8 (1877);
Dew., Mitth. Minch. Ent. Ver. i. p. 91 (1877) (Porto Rico); Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer, Lep.
Het. i. p. 12. n, 16 (1881) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p- 194 (1881).

Choerocampa chiron a. nechus, Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, iii. p. 184 (1871).

*Chaevrocampa haitensis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 9. n. 18 (1875) (Haiti ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
id., 7 ans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p- 565. n. 66 (1877),

Theretra haitensis, Kirby, l.c, n. 102 (1892),

( 699 )

We donht that Cramer’s figure was taken from a West Indian specimen, unless
the owner of the type included Surinam in the West Indies (see p. 525). Body
and forewing, above, green, very seldom tawny.

3%. Forewing with a clay-colonred patch at costal margin near apex and
another larger one posteriorly on dise.

Hab. Central and South America, from Mexico to Urugnay ; Bahamas ; Cuba ;
Haiti ; ? Porto Rico.

In the Tring Musenm &80-odd specimens from: Haiti; Cuba; Nassan, Bahamas
(Sir G. Carter); Florida ; various places in Central and South America.

6. NX. chiron chiron.
Sphinz chiron Drury, /.c. (1773).
Sphinx sagittata Goeze, l.c. (1780).
Chaerocampa chivon, Walker, l.c. (1856) (sub syn.); Butl., Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 483, n. 51 (1878)
(Jamaica) ; Maass., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 57 (1880) (= nechus discoloured !).
Choerocampa chiron, Lueas, in Sagra, Hist. Cuba vii. p. 294 (1855) (Jamaica).
Choerocampa druryi Boisduval, /.c. p. 267. n. 57 (1875) (Cuba evr. loe.).
Theretra chiron, Kirby, l.c.i. p. 658. n. 100 (1892).
3 ¢?. Differs from nechus constantly in the following points :—
Upperside: the discal lines of the forewing are less distinct, the clayish
patches near apical and posterior angles of wing not or feebly marked.
Underside: ody and wings more yellow, brown basal area of forewing
more restricted and paler.
The green form apparently rarer than the tawny one.
Hab. Jamaica ; St. Lucia (and probably the other Lesser Antilles).
In the Tring Museum 9 3d, 10 ?¢ from Jamaica.
In the British Museum from St. Lucia.

652, Xylophanes crotonis.
*Chaerocampa crotonis Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 133. n. 10 (1856) (Venezuela ;—Mus.
Brit.).

3%. Antenna of ¢ yariable in length and thickness, scaling in most specimens
brown on anterior side of upper surface ; antenna of 2 without prolonged seriated
ciliae. Outer spur of midtibia longer than inner one; spines of posterior abdominal
tergites uniseriate, single, heavy, conical. Upperside of body and forewing varying
from green to russet, underside from tawny to dirty ochre-yellow. | Mesothoracic
tegula with or without pale middle line. Discal line 4 of forewing above heavy,
the three lines proximal of it sometimes vestigial only, line 5 ending at tip of wing,
vestigial behind, 6 straight except in front, often accentuated by vein-dots,
7 indistinct. Distal margin of forewing below with an indication of a brown
border as on hindwing, or this band absent, only the line corresponding to its
inner edge being marked. Shape of wings not quite constant. Abdomen with
yellowish white basal lateral patch extending on to metanotum, followed by a
black patch, after which comes a distinct yellow stripe.

3. Tenth tergite of abdomen truncate-sinuate (PI. MUuV. £, 12. los 14)
Process of harpe (PI. LIL. f. 5) little curved, comparatively stout, notched or dentate
above. Penis-sheath with a short marginal right process which is occasionally
dentate, and a subapical dentate and somewhat fin-shaped left ridge or process.

Early stages not known.

There are two forms oceurring in the same countries and being connected by
intergradations :

( 700 )

w. X. erotonis f. crotonis.

*Chaerocampa crotonis Walker, /.c. (1856) (partim ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Boisd., Consid. Lép. Guatemala
p. 70 (1870) (Nicaragua ; Colombia); Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 10. n. 8
(1881) (Chiriqui ; Nicaragua).

Choerocampa crotonis, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét. i. p. 270. n. 61 (1875).

*Chaerocampa viridescens Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 9. n. 16 (1875) (Bogota ;—Mus. Brit.)
id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 563. n. 57. t. 94. £. 2 (2) (1877) ; Maass., Stett. Ent, Zeit.
xli. p. 56 (1880) (= erotonis).

Chaerocampa aristov, Butler (non Boisduyal, 1870), /.c. p. 563. n. 56 (1877) (Venezuela).

Theretra crotonis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.i, p. 657. n, 81 (1892) (partim).

Theretra virescens, id., l.c.n. 90 (1892).

Walker describes under crotonis both the form with abdominal dorsal stripe
and the form without it. As he calls the former “var. 8” and “var. y,” Butler
was certainly wrong in figuring it as typical croton’s. Maassen, /.c., has already
drawn attention to the mistake. Walker described four varieties, but had only
three specimens (a—c), le.

3%. Dorsal stripes of abdomen absent or vestigial. Upperside of body and
forewing varying from green to russet, especially bright green in some of the
?% ; mesothoracic tegula occasionally with mesial line.

, b’. X. crotonis f. aristor.

Chaerocampa crotonis Walker, /.c. var. B. var. y. (1856) (Venezuela).

*Choerocampa aristor Boisduval, Consid. Lép. Guatemala p. 69 (1870) (Guatemala ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir).

Chaerocampa hortulanus Schaufuss, Nung. Otios, i. p. 18 (1870) (Venezuela).

Choerocampa aristor Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 270. n. 60 (1875).

Chaerocampa crotonis, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 563. n. 55 (1877) (Venezuela) ; id.,
Illustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. Mi. p. 1. t. 15. £. 1 (1877) ; Maass., Stedt. Ent. Zeit. xii, p, 56
(1880) (=aristor = crotonis var.).

Chaerocampa nechus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 565. n. 68 (1877) (sub syn.).

Chaerocampa aristor, Druce, /.c.i. p. 10. n. 9. t. 1. f. 7 (1881) (syn. partim).

Theretra crotonis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 657. n. 84 (1892) (partim),

Theretra aristor, id., l.c. 0. 89 (1892) (partim).

Theretra nechus, id., l.c. p. 658. n. 101 (1892) (partim).

3%. Thorax and abdomen with a broad and distinct grey mesial stripe,
often more or less divided. A specimen in the Felder collection from “ Venezuela,
Moritz,” is labelled hortulanus “vou chiron Drury wesentlich verschieden.” This
is undonbtedly the true hortwlanus.

Hab. Neotropical Region, known from Venezuela, Colombia, Panama, Costa
Rica, and Guatemala.

In the Tring Museum :—

f. crotonis, 28 33,6 22 from: Costa Rica ; Popayan, Colombia (Lehmann) ;
Santo Domingo, Carabaya, S.E. Peru, 6000 ft., iii—vi. dry and wet seasons
(Ockenden) ; Merida, Venezuela (Briceno).

f. aristor, 7 $8 from: Popayan, Colombia (Lehmann); Merida, Venezuela
(Briceno) ; Venezuela (Moritz).

653. Xylophanes rhodochlora spec. nov.
d. Somewhat smaller than crotonis. Upperside of body and forewing bright
olive-green ; thorax with grey mesial stripe shaded with olive-green like side-stripe
of head and thorax ; yellow tuft of metanotum and of base of abdomen bright in

(701 )

colour ; abdomen above as in crotonis f. crotonis, but side-stripe (from black patch
backwards) narrower, shorter, paler, and speckled with olive and rufous ; underside
of abdomen more pink than in crofonis, sides of breast more orange. Midtibial
spurs equal in length.

Wings above as in green specimens of crofonis, but forewing decidedly shorter
and broader, apex less produced ; first discal line distinct, rather heavy, second and
third barely traceable, fourth heavy, rather broader than in crofonds, with a broad
whitish green ill-defined proximal border, the following lines (5. 6. 7.) quite
indistinct, the sixth slightly accentuated by vein-dots.

Underside of wings ferruginous red, distal border of both wings bistre-brown or
brownish grey, strongly contrasting with the red disc.

3. Harpe slenderer than in croton/s, strongly tapering apicad, curved upwards.
Penis-sheath as in crotonis, but the broad left dentate process with some larger
teeth at the base.

Length of forewing : ¢, 40—43 mm.

Hab. Santo Domingo, Carabaya, 8.E. Peru, 6v00 ft., December to June, wet
and dry seasons (Ockenden) ; R. Inambari, S.E. Peru, 6000 ft., Nov. (Ockenden).

In the Tring Museum 12 dd ; type: June.

This species was collected together with cvoton’s in some numbers at the same
time and place. asily recognised by the red underside of the wings.

654. Xylophanes eumedon.

*Choerocampa eumedon Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 272. n. 64 (1875) (Mexico ;—coll.
Charles Oberthiir) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 305. n. 7 (A). t. 66. £. 9
(1896) (Mexico ; Guatemala).

Chaerocampa eumedon, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 631 (1877).

*Chaerocampa ortospana Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6). iv. p. 77 (1889) (Mexico ;—coll. Druce) ;
Schaus, Ext. News vi. p. 141 (1895) (= eumedon).

Theretra ortospuna, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 657. n. 82 (1892).

Theretra eumedon, id., l.c. n. 85 (1892).

$2. External mesotibial spur longer than inner one. The pale mesial band

of the abdomen is much narrower than in crotonis f. aristor, and divided by a

sharply defined thin brown line. Mesothoracic tegula with a pale mesial line.

The first discal line of the forewing very heavy, the second fused with it, except

in front, interspaces between lines 1 and 3 very pale. Upper three spots of hindwing

more or less fused together.
Not dissected.
Early stages not known.
Hab. Mexico, southward to Brazil.
In the Tring Museum 1 d from Jalapa, Mexico, April 1897 (W. Schaus).
In the Paris Museum | ¢ from Guatemala, a ? from Brazil.

655. Xylophanes titana.

*Choerocampa tituna Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. xiv. p. 249) (1878) (Chiriqui ;—coll, Druce).

Choerocampa aristor, Burmeister (non Boisduyal, 1875), Descr. Rép. Argent. vy. p. 355 (1878) ; id.,
lec. Atlas p. 28. t. 10. £.3 (9), t. 15. £. 4. (U.). 8 (p.) (1889) (Petropolis). ee

Chaerocampa titana Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 11. 0. 10. t, 1. £, 6 (1881) (Chiriqui).

Theretra aristor, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 657. n. 89 (1892) (partim).

Vheretra titana, id., Le. n. 92 (1892).

3%. External spur of midtibia longer than inner one. Thorax and abdomen
with two grey lines above, the interspace between which is about 2 mm, wide

( 702 )

in the middle of the abdomen, the lines merged together on pronotum. Meso-
thoracic tegula with a tawny mesial line. Forewing, above, nearly as in ewmedon
Spots SC°—M? of hindwing separate, but the upper ones generally close together ;
they are sometimes reduced in size and shaded over with black (in a 2 from
Sta. Catharina).

3. Tenth abdominal segment strongly convex at end, not sinuate. Process
of harpe sharply pointed, curved upwards, irregularly notched. The right process
of the penis-sheath curved proximad, rather broad and dentate, the left ridge or
process dentate, isolated, not being connected with the right process by a fold.

Larva and pupa figured by Burmeister, /.c. The larva with one ocellus,
situated on the fourth segment ; horn slender, curved.—Food-plant : ?

Hab. Neotropical Region: Mexico to Santa Catharina.

In the Tring Museum 16 od, 5 29 from: San José, Costa Rica, viii.
(Underwood): Paramba, Ecuador; Aroa, Venezuela, iv.; Merida, x. (Briceno) ;
Sta. Catharina.

656. Xylophanes resta spec. noy.

32. Closely resembling large ¢evsa, intermediate between this and crotonis.
External spur of midtibia longer than inner one. Thorax with a grey mesial
band which is continued on to the abdomen, being distinct on the two first
segments and then becoming vestigial, divided by a faint brown mesial line and
bordered by a similar line on each side; a clearly marked ochraceous ochreous
lateral stripe on abdominal segments 3 to 6, the stripe much more distinct than
in tersa, preceded by a conspicuous black patch, before which stands a patch of pale
yellow hairs ; abdominal sternites without distinct lines.

Wings, upperside. Forewing : somewhat broader than in fersq, discal line
1 very heayy, disappearing in front, line 2 fused with it behind, there being ouly
two distinct oblique lines in middle of hinder margin outside line 1; lines 3 and 4
close together, 4 thinner behind; 5 beginning at apex, the heaviest, especially
heavy in front, ending in a cloud at hinder margin ; the latter with whitish hairs
near base and middle. Hindwing: spots larger than in ¢ersa, the upper ones
closer to the margin, all separate, except spots M’*—SM’*, marginal spot at anal
angle small.

Underside brighter in colour than in fersa, the brown markings therefore
more prominent.Forewing: a straight brown line parallel to outer margin,
crossing R* only 1$ or 2 mm. from cell, often not distinct, marginal area not,
or not much, darker than the disc, an ill-defined costal apical patch ochreous.
Hindwing: the brown marginal band divided by the ochreous or tawny veins.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite sinuate, subearinate above as in ¢ersa; sternite
broader than in fevsa. Harpe (PJ. LIL. f. 30) narrowed to a point, rather
strongly curved upwards at end, Penis-sheath (Pl. LVII. f. 16) much more
resembling that of crotonis than the sheath of tesa; a short right-sided marginal
tooth, and a deutate, somewhat hand-shaped, left-sided process.

Length of forewing : 36—41 mm.

Barly stages not known.

Hab, Neotropical Region: Venezuela ; Peru; Tucuman.

In the Tring Museum 24 dd, 2 2? from; Merida, Venezuela (Briceno),
type 3 : Santo Domingo, Carabaya, 8.E. Peru, iiivi., wet and dry seasons, 6000 ft
(Ockenden) ; Tucuman.

)

( 703 )

657. Xylophanes tersa.

Drury, /lustr. Ex, Ins. i. p. 61. t. 28. f. 3 (1770) (Maryland; Jamaica; St. Christopher; Antigoa).
Sphine tersa Linné, Want. Plant. p. 538 (1771) ; Drury, /.c. Indee (1773) ; Fabr., Syst. Ent, p. 537.
n. 2 (1775); Miil., Vaturs. Suppl. p. 302. n. 24 (1776) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr, iii. 2. p. 203. n. 3

* (1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Jus. ii. p. 153. n. 59 (1781) ; Stoll, in Cram., Pap. Exot. iv. p. 226. t. 397.
f. ¢ (1782); Fabr., Want. Ins. ii. p. 98. n. 65 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nut. i. 5. p. 2379. n. 7
(1790) ; Fabr., Lut. Syst, iii. 1. p, 378. n. 69 (1793); Abbot & Smith, Ins. Georgia i. p. 75.
t. 38 (1. p. i.) (1797).

Theretra tersa, Hiibner, Verz. bel:. Schm. p. 135. n. 1449 (1822); Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 657,
n. 81 (1892); Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. S. vii. p. 287. t. 3. f. 4 (1895) (N. York) ;
Bonningb., /ris xii. p. 128, n. 53 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

Choerocampa tersa, Harris, in Siilim., Jown. Se. Art xxxvi. p. 303. n. 4 (1839); Lucas, in Sagra,
Hist. Cuba vii. p. 293 (1856) ; Morris, Cut, Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn.
Lep. N. Am. p. 171. n. 1 (1862) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vi. p. 328 (1867) ; id., Trans.
Amer, Ent. Soc, iii. p. 184 (1871) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. iii. p. 101 (1871) (Alabama) ; Boisd.,
Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p, 268. n, 58 (1875); Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 350
(1876) (Surinam) ; Burm., Deser. Rép. Argent. v. p. 354 (1878) (Buenos Ayres) ; id., lc. Atlas
p. 37. t. 15. f. 3 (/.) (1879) (Nova Friburgo ; Buenos Ayres); Reed, Rept. Ent. Soc. Ontario
xii. p. 57 (1882); Fern., Sphing. N. Engl. p. 62. n. 29 (1886) ; Grote, Canad. Ent. xviii. p. 132.
pn. 33 (1886) ; Smith, Zrans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xv. p. 135. t. 6. f. 7 (genit.) (1888) ; Edw., Bull.
U, St. N. Mus, xxxv. p. 42 (1889) (liter. rel. to metam.); Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep.
Het. Suppl. p. 304 (1896); Rowl., Ext. News ix. p. 191 (1898) (Missouri, at light); Kaye,
Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond. p. 138 (1901) (Trinidad).

Deilephila tersa, Drury, ed. Westwood, T/lust. Ex. Ins. i. p. 56. t. 28. £. 3. (1837) ; Grey, Canad.
Ent. xi. p. 140 (1879) (N. York).

Philampelus tersa, Burmeister, Sphing. Bras. p, 60. n. 4 (1856) (larva deéser.).

Metopsilus tersa, Duncan, in Jard., Nut. Libr, xxxvii. p. 99. t. 5.£.1( 92), t 6. f. 1 (/.) (1843) ;
Grote. Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. i. p. 22 (1874); id., Lc. ii. p. 226. n. 33 (1875) ; id., Le. iii.

7 Chaerocampu tersa, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 131. . 5 (1856) ; Clem., Journ. Ac. N. Se.

Philad. iv. p. 150. n. 31 (1859) ; Herr.-Sch., Corresp. Bl. p. 58 (1865) (Cuba) ; Grote, Proc.
Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 56 (1865) (Cuba): id. & Rob., ibid. v. p. 155. n. 43 (1865) ; Butl.,
Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 563. n. 53 (1877) (sagittata excl.) ; Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent.
Ver. i. p. 91 (1877) (Porto Rico) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 191 (1881) (deser. of larva
and pupa) ; Butl., Papilio i. p. 104 (1881) (Florida) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr. Amer, i. p. 10.
n. 7 (1881) ; Pilate, Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) (Dayton, Ontario); Weism., ed. Meld., Stud. Theor.
Desc. i. p. 196. t. 4. £. 35 (1882) (larva) ; Edw., nt. Amer. iii. p. 163 (1887) (pupa).
Deilonche tersa Grote, Hawk Moths N, Am. p. 30 (1886).

3%. External spur of midtibia longer than inner one. Spines of abdominal
_tergites uniseriate. Abdomen with three faint lines above, the middle one very
thin, a double line beneath, accompanied on each side by two more lines, which
however are extremely faint ; no black lateral patch. The spots of the hindwing
‘yariable in size, spot SU?—R! often absent; this is the case in nearly every

specimen from Jamaica and Cuba, but occurs also in individuals from other
localities, while in individuals from St. Vincent the spots are more or less contiguous
and stand closer to the margin. Barbados specimens in the British Museum are
pale and have the spots of the hindwing large and non-confluent, while a % from
Guadeloupe has the upper spot shaded with tawny.

g. Tenth abdominal tergite sinuate ; sternite rather slender, pointed. Process
of harpe of nearly even width to near end, dentate above. Armature of penis-
sheath (Pl. LVII. f. 17) reminding one of that found in axvbus and allies ; the
incrassate dorso-apical edge terminating dextro-laterally in a short dentate process,
aud continued on the left side into a low ridge, extending proximad and bearing
4 single row of teeth.

Larva with a row of seven round ocelli from fourth segment to horn, situated

( 704 )

generally in a pale stripe, the ocelli filled in with black or red according to figures.
A specimen in the Tring Museum from Jamaica has the horn vestigial —Food-
plants : Spermacoce, Manettia.

Pupa almost grey ; stigmata in black spots.

Hab. Canada to Argentina, including the West Indies (not on the Bahamas ?) ;
a common species.

In the Tring Museum 1 larva (Jamaica), 150-odd specimens from: Virginia ;
N. Carolina; Florida; Cuba; Jamaica; Dominica; Tobago; various places in
Central and South America.

658. Xylophanes suana.

*Choerocampa suana Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6). iv. p. 77 (1889) (Bahamas ;—coll. Druce).
Darapsa suana, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 671. n. 3 (1892).
Choerocampa evana (!), Hampson, Ann, Mag. N. H. (7). vii. p. 251 (1901) (Nassau ; Andros),

3¢%. Body and upperside of forewing more uniform in colour than in fersa,
ash-colour ; abdomen not yellowish and tawny at the sides or below, spines of
tergites much weaker. Forewing less elongate ; spots of hindwing reduced in
size and number. Sexual armature the same as in fevsa. One of our dd and
another in the British Museum have the upperside of the thorax chestnut, the sides
of the abdomen, the under surface of the body, and part of the wings reddish
cinnamon-rufous, and the upperside of the forewing and the spots of the hindwing
washed with the same colour.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Bahamas.

In the Tring Museum 2 3,1 2 from Nassau, Bahamas (Sir G. Carter).

This is perhaps only a local race of fersa. Ordinary tersa occurs on Cuba,
Florida, etc., and is apparently a wanderer in the Nearctic Region.

659, Xylophanes turbata.

Choerocampa turbata awards, Ent. Amer. iii. p. 89 (1887) (Vera Cruz) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer.
Mus. N. H. iv. p. 170 (1892) (three specim. ex coll. Hy. Edwards) ; Druce, in Brol. Centr.
Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 304. n. 3 (A). t. 66. £. 6 (1896) (Vera Cruz ; Belize, Brit. Honduras).

Theretra tubata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 656. n. 78 (1892).

9. External spur of midtibia shorter than internal. Head and thorax with a
dark olive shade along the white lateral stripe. Pattern of forewing distinctive :
discal lines 1 and 2 forming together a prominent band which reaches to the tip of
the wing ; lines 3 to 7 thin, 4 being barely more prominent than 3 and 6.

3 and early stages not known to us.

Hab. Central America: Mexico ; British Honduras.

In the Tring Museum 1 ?, ex coll. Hy. Edwards, received from the American
Museum of Natural History.

660. Xylophanes elara.

*Choerocampa clara Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. xiv. p. 24 (1878) (Paraguay ;—coll, Druce).

*Chaerocumpe elicius Moschler, Verh. Z. B. Ges, Wien xxxii. p. 332. t. 18. £. 47 (9) (1882) (Suri-
nam ;—coll. Staudinger).

Theretra elicius, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 657. n. 93 (1892).

Darapsa elara, id., Lc. p. O71. n. 7 (1892).

*Theretra perviridis Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 77. t. 9, f. 12 (¢) (1894) (Aroa, Venezuela :—Mus.
Tring).

( 705 )

dg. Sealing of antenna brown, creamy before hook. Wings and body yellowish
olive-green above, olivaceous ochre-yellow beneath, underside of abdomen whitish
grey. Thorax unicolorous ; abdomen with thin greenish olive mesial line. Fore-
wing : stigma black, discal lines straight, oblique, lines 1 to 3 feebly marked, 4 much
heavier, 5 from tip, not distinct except in front, 6 scarcely traceable ; outer margin
strongly concave below apex, then convex. Basal half of hindwing black. On
underside there is a greyish black triangular patch behind cell, entering cell a little,
a discal line corresponding to line 4 of upperside accentuated by a dot at costa, the
apical line indistinct. Hindwing with two discal lines, the first touching cell
indistinct, the second a continuation of the line of forewing, not so strong.

3. Tenth tergite truncate, distinctly sinuate ; sternite narrow, tapering to a
point, distally narrower than tergite. Process of harpe rather stout, extreme end
curved upwards, upper edge irregularly notched. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVII. f. 15):
a right-side process, dentate, directed proximad, a long row of teeth on the left side,
the incrassate dorso-apical margin rounded.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region : Paraguay to Venezuela and Surinam.

In the Tring Museum 1 d from Aroa, Venezuela.

In the Paris Museum 1 d,1 2 from Brazil.

In coll. Druce from Paraguay (type of elara); in coll. Staudinger from
Surinam (¢ype of elicius).

661. Xylophanes isaon (PI. V1. f. 11, d).

*Chocrocampa isaon Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét.i. p. 272. 0, 65 (1875) (Brazil ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir).

Theretra isaon, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 657. n. 86 (1892) ; Schaus, Hint. News ix. p. 135 (1898)
(= olivacea).

*Theretra olivacea Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 77 (1894) (Sao Paulo ;—Mus. Tring).

3%. Antenna of ? with rows of prolonged ciliae. Spurs of midtibia equal in
length. _Mesothoracic tegula with a tawny line in middle; a grey mesial line on
thorax, widening behind, continued on the abdomen by two widely separated and not
yery distinct bands, bordered dorsally each by a series of dots, which are often

connected by an indistinct line ; a distinct brown mesial line on abdomen. Of the

lines on the forewing the first and second are more or less merged together to a
heavy band, line 3 thin and separated from 2 and 4 by pale interspaces ; line 4 very
heavy, reaching the tip of the wing together with 5. Pale band of hindwing with
a faint reddish tint, not sharply defined. The obviously diverging grey lines of the
upperside of the body are a very distinctive character.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite truncate-sinuate ; the sternite very slender, being
Harrower than the tergite, obtusely pointed. Process of harpe very slender, curved
upwards, snbeylindrical, apex compressed and more or less dentate. Dorsal edge of
penis-sheath incrassate, forming an irregular horseshoe, of which the left arm is
the louger ; each arm ending in a dentate ridge or lobe (P1. LVI. f. 20).

Barly stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region : Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 3 dd, 6 ?%2% from: Sao Paulo; Leopoldina, Espirito
Sauto.

\ 706 )

662. Xylophanes hydrata spec. nov. (Pl. VI. f. 2, 2).
(2) Theretra spec. A, Bonninghausen, /ris xii. p. 129, n. 59 (1898) (Rio de Jan.).

?. Body above and discal band of hindwing pale reddish ferruginous ;
forewing washed with the same colour. Palpus, breast, stigmatal region of
abdomen and wings ochraceous ochre, underside of abdomen buff. Midtibial spurs
of the same length. Last abdominal tergites with weak spines besides longer and
stronger ones; spines uniseriate. Thorax without pale stripes ; abdomen with a
thin mesial line and at cach side a broader but less distinct line somewhat deeper
reddish. Antenna with seriated ciliae; scaling ferruginous in basal half, grey
in distal half.

Wings, above. Forewing : a black stigma ; six lines in outer half, fourth
the most prominent, sixth weak and broad, seventh accentuated by miuute vein-
dots ; distal margin strongly convex, apex acute and produced. Hindwing :
basal half brownish black (costal area excepted), the black colour extending to
apex of wing, where it meets a brownish black submarginal band, which does
not quite reach to anal angle, being much shaded with ferruginous behind.

Wings delow finely irrorated with cinnamon-rufous; markings extremely
faint. Forewing: brownish black from near base to beyond cell, except costal
area; no distinct marginal band, but there are traces of four lines, the most
proximal one 7 mm. from end of R', barely vestigial, the second a little more
distinct between SC*® and R’, accentuated upon SC’ and R! by tiny vein-dots,
the third visible down to R*, the fourth quite indistinct. Hindwing: a slightly
darker distal border, a vestigial line touching cell, followed by an equally weak
second line, and then by a series of tiny vein-dots ; cross-veins strongly oblique,
D! little more than half the length of D*.

Length of forewing: 38 mm.

Hab. Brazil.

A ? in the Oxford Museum.

Another 2 in the Vienna Mnseum labelled: ‘ Heyne, India? 1872,” and
bearing a second label with the name in pencil : ““hydrata Plotz i.1.” The species
is easily distinguished by the absence of pale stripes from head and thorax, the
shape and pattern of the forewing, etc. The Vienna specimen is partly discoloured,
and redder than the type figured.

663. Xylophanes robinsoni.

Chaerocampa falco, Herrich-Sch. (non Walker, 1856), Corresp. Bl. p. 148 (1863); id., Le. p. 58
(1865) (Cuba).

Chaerocampa robinsoni Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 54. t. 1. f£. 2 (1865) (Cuba) ; id. & Rob.
ibid, v. p. 155, n. 44 (1865) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soe. Lond, ix. p. 563. n, 52 (1877) ; Gund,
Contr. Ent. Cubana p. 193 (1881).

Choerocampa robinsoni Grote, lc. vi. p. 828 (1867) ; id., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii, p. 184 (1871) ;
Boisd., Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 269. n. 59 (1875).

Choerocampa curvatus Schaufuss, Nung. Otios. p. 17 (1870) (Cuba).

Chaerocampa curvata, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 557. n. 17 (1877).

Theretra robinsoni, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 656. 0. 79 (1892) (= curvatus).

3%. Spurs of midtibia rather short, equal in length; long proximal spur
of hindtibia reaching base of distal spurs. Mesothoracic tegula with a buffish
middle line ; sides of abdomen pale dorso-laterally, with some white scales, dorsal
surface brown, sharply defined, narrowing behind, with an indistinct, thin, deeper

onal

( 707 )

brown, mesial line. Forewing, above, with eight lines, of which 1 to 3 form
a heavy proximal band, twice gently curved, line 3 free in upper half or two-thirds,
4 very thin, 5 heavier, reaching together with 6 the tip of the wing, all the lines
except 1 to 3 faint behind.

g. Tenth abdominal segment similar to that of ésaon, the tergite more
compressed apically, the sternite more sharply pointed. Process of harpe straight,
eylindrical, extreme end narrowed to a point, compressed, curved upwards. Penis-

sheath (Pl. LVII. f. 21) without lobe and teeth dextro-laterally, with a row of
teeth on the left side.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Cuba.

In the Tring Museum 2 3d.

Also in coll. Staudinger and the Paris Museum.

664. Xylophanes damocrita.

*Choerocampa damocrita Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6). xiii. p. 168 (1894) (Jalapa ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
id., in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 304. n. 2 (a). t. 66. £. 8 (1896).

3?. Antenna of with very faint indications of combs of ciliae. Spurs
of midtibia nearly equal, the external one very little shorter than the internal.

_ Thorax without grey middle line, mesothoracie tegula with tawny line. Abdomen

with a lateral band on segments 3 or 4 to 7, tawny, streaked with ochreous scales.

A blackish postcostal cloud near apex of cell, fourth line the heaviest, lines 1 to 3

abbreviated in front, less so behind, line 5 rather heavy, broken at R*, interspace

between 5 and 6 from R* to SM? somewhat ochraceous. Underside of wings reddish
_ tawny, more or less shading into ochreous distally, brown marginal band sharply
- defined, prominent.

3. Tenth tergite broader than in the preceding species, much less compressed
apically, truncate-sinuate, angles rounded ; sternite also broader, obtusely rounded,
middle of apical margin projecting a very little. Process of harpe curved upwards
at end, compressed, slender. Dorso-apical margin of penis-sheath produced into a
sharp dextro-lateral tooth ; on the left side there is a small ridge bearing a few
teeth, the armature being similar to that of germen (P1l.. LVIL. f. 7).

Barly stages not known.

‘Hab. Mexico.
In the Tring Maseum 4 dd, 2 29 from Jalapa and Orizaba, Vera Cruz

(W. Schaus).

665. Xylophanes maculator.

*Choerocampa maculator Boisduyal, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 274. n. 67 (1875) (Venezuela ;—coll.
Charles Oberthiir).

6%. Antenna of 2 andromorphic. External spur of midtibia a little shorter
than internal one. Colour of thorax and head characteristic: the dark brown
dorsal border of the mesothoracic tegula continued over pronotum and head,
Mesonotum and abdomen with a brown mesial line; abdomen, besides, with a
snbdorsal line and a broad dorso-lateral band. Forewing with a blackish pateh
hear apex of cell ; line 4 heavy, ending with 5 at tip of wing; there are sometimes
four instead of three lines proximally of the main line ; line 5 interrupted, heavy,
stopping at R* ora little beyond, and reappearing behind, internal margin shaded
with black in distal half, especially between lines 4 and 6.

( 708 )

d. Tenth tergite narrow, truncate-sinuate ; sternite broader than tergite,
rounded at end. Process of harpe rather stouter than in the preceding species,
gradually narrowed, a little dilated before the acutely pointed eud. Penis-sheath
(Pl. LVII. f. 22): apical margin produced at the right side abruptly in a short,

multidentate process; on the left side there is a slight elevated band of two
rows of teeth.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Venezuela; Colombia ; Eeuador.

Two subspecies :

a. X. maculator maculator.
*Choerocampa maculator Boisduval, l.c.; Kirby, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 269. n. 1 (1886) (Colombia;
= moeschler?).
Choerocampa moeschleri Erschoff, Trud. Russk. x. p. 62. t. 1. £. 1 (1876) (Colombia).
Chaerocampa maculator, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 632 (1877).
Theretra maculator, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 652. n. 25 (1892).

3%. Three distinct brown dorsal lines on abdomen within the pale dorsal area
bordered laterally by the broad blackish stripes. Discal line 1 of forewing, above,
not dentate upon veins R! and R?. Band of hindwing reddish, indented proximally,
veins R'—M? being more or less obviously black.

Hab. Venezuela ; Colombia.

In the Tring Museum 1 d, 1 ? from Venezuela.

b. NX. maculator wolf.
*Choerocampa wolfi Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 778. t. 60. £. 1 (1882) (ecuador ;—coll. Druce),
Theretra wolfi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 658. n. 98 (1892) (“ t. 9” ex err.).

3. Dorsal lines of abdomen indistinct. Patch near apex of cell of forewing
also indistinct ; four discal lines proximally of the main line, line 1 dentate upon
R! and R*. Band of hindwing less reddish than in the preceding, broader, not
indented.— Proximal series of teeth on the penis-sheath heavier than in mae,
maculator, while the distal row is vestigial (in the specimen examined).

Hab. Kenador and Peru.

In the Tring Museum 2 ¢¢ from Perené R., Pern, March 1900 (Simons).

666. Xylophanes aglaor (PI. II. f. 8, %).
*Choerocampa aglaocr Boisduval, Spec. (rén. Lép. Het. i. p. 275. n. 70 (1875) (hab. ? ;—coll. Charles
Oberthiir).
Chaerocumpa aglaor, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, 1x. p. 632 (1877).
Theretra aglaor, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 657. n. 80 (1892) ; Schaus, Mut, News ix. p. 135 (1898)
(= libya = laelia ex err.).
Theretra spec. A., Bonninghausen, /iis xii. p. 129. n. 59 (1898) (Rio de Jan.).

3%. Spurs of midtibia equal_in length. Body adove olive, sides of head and
pronotum grey, middle of meso-metanotum and sides of abdomen shaded with
long greyish hair-seales, dorsal edge of mesothoracie tegula dark olive, abdomen
with a thin dark olive mesial line, base of abdomen a little darker dorso-laterally,
this dark shade very indistinctly continued anad, below which shade there is a very
faint pinkish ochraceous longitudinal band; scaling of antenna pale brown,
greyish towards hook; under surface of body pinkish fawn-colour in middle,
ochraceous at sides, abdomen with a longitudinal band across stigmata of ochraceous
and creamy scales, legs wood-brown, striped with olive-green ; spurs of midtibia
of the same length ; basal ciliae of antenual segments (?) prolonged.

( 709 )

Wings, wpperside. Forewing: greyish olive, palest at end of cell and
before apex, six lines close together, 1 to 5 turning costad between SC" and SC*,
® the most pronounced, but not essentially broader than the others, 6 running
to tip of wing ; two more lines, 7 straight, accentuated upon the veins, 8 indicated
by more or less dispersed scales ; between lines 6 and 7 there is posteriorly a
vestige of an additional line ; internal margin as a rule blackish olive outside line

5 and 6. Hindwing black ; a pinkish buff band, somewhat variable in width,
not distinctly indented.
Underside clayish buff, more or less shaded with red-tawny.—Forewine :

more than the basal half olive-cinnamon, a dark brown line about 4 mm. from
cell at R®, straight, oblique, curving costad before SC%, followed by one or two
less distinct lines, a third line parallel to the first indicated by vein-dots, ending
at costal margin in a conspicuous, black, somewhat halfmoon-shaped spot ;
marginal band pale isabella-colour or drab, paler towards edge of wing, with
three vestigial lines, the proximal one forming the inner edge of the band
abbreviated at R*. Hindwing: costal margin shaded with brown from base
to discal lines; four discal lines, the first two fused together to a rather broad
one, which touches end of cell, the fourth indicated by vein-dots ; marginal band
drab or isabella-colour; extreme margin of wing more or less yellowish from
apex to M’.

3d. Not dissected.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. Brazil.

In the Tring Museum 1 d, 3 2 2 from Leopoldina, Espirito Santo.

Type (3) in coll. Charles Oberthiir.

A ? in coll. W. Schaus from Tijuea, Prov. Rio de Janeiro.

667. Xylophanes libya (PI. XIV. f. 5, £).
*Choerocampa neoptolemus, Boisduyal (non Stoll, 1782), Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 276. n. 71 (1875)
(Cayenne).
*Choerocampa libya Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. xiv. p. 249 (1878) (Chiriqui ;—coll. Druce) ; id., in Biol.
Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 804 (1896) (Mexico ; Belize).
*Chaerocampa libya Druce, l.c. i. p. 9. n. 2. t. 2. f. 5 (1881) (Nicaragua ; Chiriqui).
Theretra libya, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 652. n. 21 (1892).
Theretra aglaor, Schaus (non Boisduval, 1875), Ent. News ix. p. 135 (1898) (=laelia = libya ex err.)
3%. Antenna of ? andromorphie. Spurs of midtibia variable: in ? $ they
are sometimes of equal length, while in other ? % and in the dd the external one
is longer than the internal one. Forewing with eight lines, the first four in
pairs, line 5 heavier, mostly accentuated upon the veins by dots or dashes ; cell
with a black dot opposite M? in most individuals ; a black subapical costal spot.
Band of hindwing clayish pink-buff, of almost the same width throughout, coneave
proximally between R® and M2, not reaching apex of wing or costal margin,
sometimes stopping at R'; the black outer border of the wing widest between
R? and R%, here as broad as the pinkish band, mostly distinetly dentate near R’.
The underside more heavily marked with black and brown than in the two
following species. Forewing: the discal band emanating from the brown
subdiscal area heavy, interrupted at the veins, mostly ending at SC', spot SC'—SC°
about 6mm. from the conspicuous black subapical dot ; a brown line from apex
to R* (or nearly to that vein), another to inner margin, interspace between the
two lines pale drab, sometimes almost of the colour of the dise ; interspace between

(ALD)

second line and margin of the colour of the dise or a little paler ; fringe ochraceons
and more or less brown. Hindwing : two discal lines, the inner one the heavier,
more or less separated into triangular or angle-shaped spots; the brown marginal
border also separated into spots from C to M!, spot R?—R more projecting disead
than the others, spot C-—SC? small, sometimes vestigial.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite truncate-sinnate. Process of harpe slender, curved
at end, pointed. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVII. f. 23) with a short dentate process
which projects proximad as in the allied species; at the left side there is an
oblique, slightly raised band of irregularly dispersed teeth.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region : Mexico to Pern and Surinam.

In the Tring Museum 8 6d, 5 22 from: Vera Cruz, Mexico; Chiriqui ; Rio
Dagua, Colombia (Rosenberg).'

In coll. Charles Oberthiir from Balsapamba, Bolivar (M. de Mathan).

668. Xylophanes loelia (Pl. XIV. f. 6, 2).

*Choerocampa loelia Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. xiv. p. 249 (1878) (Chiriqui ;—coll. Druce).
Chaerocampa laclia id., lc. i. p. 9. n. 3. t. 2. £. 4 (1881) (Mexico ; Chiriqui).

Choerocampa laelia (!) id., in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 304 (1896) (Costa Rica),
Theretra loelia, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 652. n. 20 (1892) (Chiriqui).

Theretra aglaor, Schaus (non Boisduval, 1875), Ent News ix. p, 135 (1898).

(?) Theretra neoptolemus, Bénninghausen, /ris xii. p. 128. n. 56 (1899) (Rio de Jan.).

3%. Intermediate between /ibya and neoptolemus, agreeing better with the
latter than with the former, except in the pale colour of the band of the hindwing.

Wings, adore. Forewing: no dot in cell, subapical costal dot seldom
indicated. Hindwing rather narrower and band more red than in /édya ; the band
much paler than in neoptolemus, reaching costal margin, its inner edge rather
irregular and ill-defined, concave from R? to M’; the black border of the wing
much more even than in /isya, broadest between R? and M?, much narrower than
the pink band, sharply defined, not dentate near R*, stopping at C, where it is
narrowed almost to a point.

Underside.——F orewing : the discal band emanating from the brown subdiscal
area, which is not so dark as in Zééya, thin and not interrupted, more oblique than
in libya, pointing towards the subapical costal dot, the line sometimes absent;
beyond it follow three or two faint continuous lines, occasionally absent; the
nerve-dots not quite so conspicuous as in lélya; the two lines from apex of wing
closer together; the angle formed between R? and R* much more obtuse than in
libya ; outer margin less bright than dise ; fringe ochraceous. Discal lines of
hindwing straighter than in diya, not divided into spots, outer marginal border
more even, continuous, less projecting discad between R1 and R*; no marginal spot
before SC2. External spur of midtibia apparently always longer than the internal
one, but the difference is sometimes not conspicuous, especially in ? 2.

3. Process of penis-sheath (P1. LVII. f. 24) obviously longer than in libya.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region : Mexico to the Amazons, perhaps farther south.

In the Tring Museum 20 63,7 2? from: Rio Dagua, Colombia (Rosenberg):
Paramba, Ecuador ; Amazons (Bates); Venezuela; British Guiana,

In the Bern Museum from Para (Dr. Goeldi).

(7a)

669. Xylophanes neoptolemus.

Sphinx neoptolemus Stoll, in Cram., Pap. Evot. iv. p. 23. t. 301. f. F (1782) (Surinam).

Isoples neoptolemus, Hitbner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 136. n. 1464 (1822),

Chaerocampa neoptolemus, Walker, List Lep, Ins. B. M, viii. p. 134. n. 12 (1856) ; Méschl., Verh.
Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxvi. p. 350 (1876) (Surinam); Butler, Z'rans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 556.
n. 16 (1877).

*Chaerocampa trilineata Walker, /.c. xxxi, p. 30 (1864) (Venezuela ;—Mus. Brit.); Butl., 7c. n. 15
(1877) ; Maass., Ste/t. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 56 (1880) (= neoptolemus) ; Druce, in Biol. Centr.
Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 9. n. 1 (1881) (Nicaragua; Venezuela; Trinidad) ; Schaus, Ent. News
ix. p. 135 (1898) (= trilineata).

Theretra neoptolemus, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 652. n, 18 (1892).

Theretra trilineata, id., l.c. n. 19 (1892).

Choerocampa trilineata, Druce, l.c. Suppl. p. 304 (1896) (Jalapa ; Belize ; Guatemala).

Choerocampa neoptolemus, Kaye, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 138 (1901) (Trinidad).

3%. Stoll’s figure is far from being exact. In fact, the breadth of the red
band of the hindwing of the figure points to the preceding species instead of the
present. However, as Stoll was more likely to be fairly correct in the colour than
in the width of the band, we accept his name for the bright-red-banded species.

The three lines of the abdomen, above, are more distinct than in the two
preceding species ; meso-metanotum with grey mesial band. The poppy-red band of
the hindwing varies little in colour; it is broader than in /ébya and loelia, reaching
costal margin, or almost, tapering costad, its inner margin conyex, more sharply
defined than in loedia.

The wnderside of the wings more red than in the other species. The discal
line of the forewing distinct to near inner margin, a little less oblique than in
loelia, more so than in Libya, thin, continuous ; black subapical costal dot mostly
very small ; submarginal lines forming a sharp angle before R* as in Uibya.
Hindwing: discal lines continuous as in /oe/ia, marginal band not interrupted,
dentate between R? and R*, no marginal spot C—SC*.

3d. Sexual armature as in doelia.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region : Mexico to Surinam.

In the Tring Museum 19 3d, 8 ? 2% from: Vera Cruz, Mexico ; Costa Rica ;
Chiriqui ; Aroa, Venezuela ; Rio Demerara.

670. Kylophanes thyelia.

Sphinw thyelia inns, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 492, n. 22 (1758) (“India”) ; id., Mus. Lud. Ulr, p. 260
(1764) ; Clerck, Icon. Ins. ii. t. 46. £. 4 (1764) ; Houtt., Naturl. Mist. i. 11, p, 456. n. 22 (1767);
Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 547. 0. 37 (1775) (India err. loc?) ; id., Spee. Ins. ii. p. 153. 0, 60 (1781) ;
id., Mant. Ins. ii. p, 98. n, 67 (1787); id., Ent, Syst. iii, 1. p. 378. n. 70 (1793) (partim) ;
Auriy., Kongl. Sv. Vet, Ak. Handl. xix. 5, p. 140. 0, 178 (1882) (recensio crit. ; not theylia of
Cramer).

Sphins theylia Linné, Syst. Nat. ed, xii. p, 803. n. 24 (1767) ; Miill., Naturs. v. 1. p. 642. n, 24 (1774);
Goeze, Ent, Beytr. iii. 2. p. 176. n. 24 (1780) (partim) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2386, n. 24
(1790) (partim).

Chaerocumpa eson, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 137. n, 17 (1856) (sub syn.) ; Butl., Trans.
Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 566. n, 13 (1877) (sub syn. ).

*Choerocampa salvini Druce, Ent. Mo, Mag. xiv. p. 249 (1878) (Guatemala ; —coll. Druce).

Chuerocampa salvini id., in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. i. p. 9, n. 5. t. 1, £. 2 (1881) (Guatemala ;
Nicaragua ; Chiriqui).

Theretva thyelia, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 651. 0. 16 (1892) (partim).

Theretra salvini, id., Lc, p. 657. n, 83 (1892) (Guatemala),

Theretra spec, D, Bénninghausen, Jris xii. p. 130. n, 62 (1898) (Rio de Jan.).

( 712 )

d. External spur of midtibia shorter than internal ; hindtibia of ¢ long-sealed
dorsally and ventrally, consequently appearing very broad and compressed. Dark
brown middle line of mesothoracical tegula continued to palpus ; abdomen with an
ochraccous middle line bordered by thin grey lines, a brown lateral line bordered
below by a pale buff one on segments 3 to 7. Hinder angle of forewing extremely
obtuse ; discal line 1 not distinct, within a chocolate-brown area, which is bordered
distally by a white line upon SC° and posteriorly by discal line 2; discal lines
3 and 4 close together, 5 broad from apex to R*, then vestigial, 6 parallel to
margin, obsolete behind ; interspaces between 2 and 4 pale, more or less buff.
Hindwing uniform in colour, with traces of two series of discal vein-dots.

Underside: the brown marginal area of the forewing joined to discal area
between R*® and R*; three or four discal lines, more or less abbreviated in front,
3 and 4 merged together behind and bordered here distally by a creamy buff line ;
costa more or less yellowish buff at apex. Distal marginal area of hindwing
irrorated with creamy buff and brown scales, with the former especially before M? ;
three discal lines, the first abbreviated, often absent, the other two close together,
reaching R? or SC.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite truncate-sinuate, of the usual form; sternite also
not differing from that of the allied species, minutely pointed in middle. Process
of harpe slightly spatulate, feebly curved upwards at end. Incrassate dorso-apical
margin of the penis-sheath terminating at the right side in a dentate process,

which is preceded by a few teeth; at the left side the sheath bears a regular
row of teeth.

Karly stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region: Guatemala to Rio de Janeiro and Peru.

Though the present insect was well figured by Clerck and _ recognisably
described by Linné as thyedia, this name has been applied to a very different insect
of the Indo-Anstralian fauna by all recent authors, who, blindly following Fabricius
and Walker, did not trouble to compare Linné’s description or Clerck’s figure.

In the Tring Museum 19 3d from: Merida, Venezuela (Briceno) ; Rio Dagna,
Colombia (Rosenberg) ; Santo Domingo, Carabaya, S.E. Pern, 6000 ft., xii, 1901,
i.—vi. 1902 (Ockenden), during the dry and wet seasons.

CLIV. PHANOXYLA gen. nov.—Typus: hystriz.

3. Differs from Xylophanes in the second segment of the palpus haying a large
apical tuft of scales on the inner surface as in Hippotion. Distal margin of fore-
wing irregular, excised between R? and M’.

Palpus and eye large. No eye-lashes. Comb of midtarsus prominent. Spines
of posterior abdominal tergites uniseriate, strong and long, with some weak spines

between them. Sexual armature similar to that of Xylophanes ; friction-scales ~~

very humerous. :

Early stages not known.

Hab. Neotropical Region.

One species.

An exaggerated development of the group of Xylophanes to which belong
ceratomioides, media, etc. The species is of particular interest, as the second segment

of the palpus is on the innerside as in some Old World genera, while the first
segment is like that of the New World genus Xylophanes,

( 713 )

671. Phanoxyla hystrix.
*Ohaerocampa hystrix Felder, Reise Novara, Lep.t. 76. £. 5 (1774) (Amazons ;—Mus. Tring).
Choerocampa hystrix, Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p, 271. n. 63 (1875).
Chaerocampa (2) hystrix, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p, 563. n. 54 (1877).
Theretra (2) hystrix, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 658, n. 99 (1892).

d. In pattern nearest to Yylophanes ceratomioides. Pale discal band of hind-
wing separated into spots. Tenth tergite narrow, truncate-sinnate at tip ; sternite
slightly acuminate. Harpe larger than in Y. ceratomioides, but of nearly the same
structure. Penis-sheath with a rather long and broad dentate process at the right
side, and a shorter, hand-shaped, dentate left process.

Hab. Amazons.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ from the Amazons (Bates), ex coll. Felder, type.

Tn coll. Charles Oberthiir a splendid ¢ from Sao Paulo d’ Olivenca, Amazons,
yi. vii., 1883 (M. de Mathan).

CLY. CELERIO.—Typus: galli.

Sphine Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim; type : ocellata).

Spectrum Scopoli, Jutr, Hist. Nat. p. 414 (1777) (= Sphina, includes type of Sphinx).
Deilephila Laspeyres, Jenaische Allg. Literatur-Zeit. iv. p. 99 (1809) (partim ; type : veri’).
Celerio Oken, Lehivb. Naturg. iii. 1. p. 761 (1815) (type : gallii).

Phrycus Wiibuer, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 137 (1822) (partim ; type: //meata).

Dilephila, Hampson, in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 97 (1892).

3.%. First segment of palpus on inner surface without regular dense scaling
at apex, second segment without apical tuft of long scales on innerside. Eye
lashed. Antennae incrassate distally, club-shaped in @. Abdominal spines rather
strong, especially on tergites, in three sizes, with some intermediate ones, generally
triseriate, never uniseriate, much fewer in number than in Pergesa. External spines
of foretarsus more or less prolonged, always longer than the respective spines on
the innerside of the tarsus ; comb of mid- and hindtarsus vestigial, the spines
not being much prolonged ; first segment of hindtarsus shorter than the tibia,
abont twice the length of the long tibial spur, this more than twice the length
of the short spur; pulvillus present or vestigial. Distal margin of wings entire :
SC? and R' of hindwing separate or from a point, occasionally shortly stalked ;
H’ central, or a little before centre; D* longer than D'.

3. Sexual armature nearly the same in all the species. Tenth tergite simple,
narrowing apically, convex above, feebly curved at end, almost straight in side-view,
tip rounded or truncate, sometimes feebly emarginate ; sternite broader than

- tergite, boat-shaped, being prismatically compressed, apex rounded or obtusely
acuminate. Clasper broadly sole-shaped ; friction-scales numerous and in* most
species small ; harpe ending in a thin, more or less curved, simple, tapering
process (PI. LIL. f. 8). Penis-sheath (PI. LVI. f. 56): dorsal apical edge incrassate,
dentate, produced at the left side (right in figure) into a short process ; the length
of the brim-like incrassation, as well as the dentition, slightly different in the various
species.

J ?. Hight tergite sinuate mesially. Vaginal plate obtusely triangular, without
special armature ; orifice large, mesial.

( 714 )

Larya cylindrical, somewhat tapering in front, with a dorso-lateral line, or
a complete series of dorso-lateral ocelli, which are sometimes vestigial.—Food-
plants: Luphorbiaceae; Rubiaceae ; ete.

Pupa: tongne-case feebly prominent basally in most species, more enlarged
in lineata, not keeled; abdomen punctured and rugate, without spine-like
tubercles ; cremaster bifid at tip.

Hab. A cosmopolitan genus, but absent from the Indo-Malayan and Papuan
countries, Australia excepted.

Thirteen species.

Key to the species :

a. Pulvillus present . ; : : rel
Pulvillus vestigial, Pores mea a very
small process or flap. ; : mes

b. Veins traversing brown band of eemite
pale ; pale band sharply defined . . 683. C. lineata.
As before, but pale band not sharply defined

proximally . : : ; ; .. 684. C. calverleyi.
Veins not pale . 3 : 2G.
ce. Abdomen with two eaeeale fuaneed (black
side-patches . : : 3 ade
Abdomen with more than two bleck rae
patches, sometimes not sharply marked : nae:
d, Costal area of forewing, above, brown
from base to apex, sharply marked . 675. C. gallii.

Costal area of forewing pale, with a large
patch beyond apex of cell, a sharply
defined broad basal band. : 679. C. nicaea.
No sharply marked costal area, basal fad
vestigial, the whole wing shaded with
brown . 5 ; : ; : . 676. C. biguttata.
e. A sharply marked brown costal area
from base to apex, incised at the

veins . . 677. C. euphorbiarum.
No. sharply pried brown asta area,
from base to apex ‘ : a
J. Underside of wings orange- ee teat
base to dise . : . ag:
Underside of wings grey ad rane! ah
a more or less obvious red tint . . 678. C. annei.
g- Orange-chrome area of hindwing above
extending to base. é . 672. C. calida.

are
ine

- Hindwing black from base to and of cell . 673. C. wilsoni.

h, Forewing; above, unicolorous, with barely

a trace of markings . E ; . 681. C. vespertilio.
Forewing, above, with brown discal
band. : ‘ ‘ once

?. Black or brown ee patch of toning
aboye, not extending to costa ; , 682. C. hippophaes.

(ims)

Black or brown basal patch extending to
costa, or the whole costal area brown . : oi
j. Costal area of forewing, above, brown
from base to apex, sharply defined,
veins not pale within brown discal
band ; distal marginal band little paler
than discal band; underside not rosy
Teds =: ; : : ; : . 680. C. zygophylli. .
If costal area all brown, then discal band
traversed by pale vein-streaks, or distal
marginal band pale, or underside rosy
el : : : ; : . 674. C. euphorbiae.

672. Celerio calida.

*Deilephila calida Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H,. (5). vii. p. 317 (1831) (Oahu ;—Mus, Brit.) ; Kirby,
Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 666.n. 14 (1892) ; Rothsch., Noy. Zoor. ii. t. 9. f. 1 (1895) ; Meyr., in Sharpe,
Fauna Hawaii. i. 2. p. 192. n. 3 (1899).

3%. Pulvillus present, large. Spines of first row of first protarsal segment not
essentially prolonged, numerous. Antenna brown-scaled, except at tip, where the
sealing is white. Abdomen with white lateral spots. Brown discal band of
forewing, above, curving costad in front. Hindwing above and the greater part
of under surface of wings, orange-chrome, sides and under surface of body washed
with the same colour; base of hindwing, above, a large anterior discal patch and
the distal border brownish black, often nearly the whole basal area black.

3. Friction-scales large and few in number ; harpe pointed as in ewphordiae.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. Sandwich Islands : Oahu ; Hawaii.

In the Tring Museum 1 d, 1 ¢ from: Mauna Kea, Hawaii.

673. Celerio wilsoni.
*Deilephila wilsoni Rothschild, Noy. Zoon. i. p. 83 (1894) (Hawaii ;—Maus. Tring) ; id., /.c. ii. t. 9.
f, 2 (1895) ; Meyr., in Sharp, Fauna Hawaii. i. 2. p. 192. n. 4 (1899).
*Deilephila pyrias Meyrick, /.c. p. 191. n. 2 (1899) (Oloa and Hilo, Hawaii; 2000 ft., i. vi. ix, xi.
xii. ;—Mus. Brit.).
3%. Hasily distinguished from the preceding by the base of the hindwing
_ being entirely black and the different pattern of the upperside of the forewing, the
middle of the wing being oceupied by a broad, ill-defined, brown-black band, which
is forked in front and merged together behind with the likewise ill-defined externo-
discal band. The forewing of calidais of the euphorbiac type, while that of ceilsoni
has qnite a different aspect in consequence of the presence of the median band ; the
pattern of forewing of wilsoni is more generalised. Abdomen with interrupted
yellowish belts.
Not dissected.
Hab. Sandwich Islands : Hawaii.
In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ (damaged, type) from Hawaii.

674. Celerio euphorbiae.
Sphing euphorbiae Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 492. n. 17 (1758).

3%. Pulvillus vestigial. Scaling of antenna white, External row of spines of
first protarsal segment simple, the spines denser at the base, sometimes reduced in

( 716 )

number and then partly prolonged. A geographically and individually variable
insect. Apex of antenna see Pl. LX. f. 12.

3. Harpe rather long, thin, slightly curved (Pl. LII. f. 8). The incrassate
dentate rim of the penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 56) narrow, generally dentate all
along the edge.

Larva variable geographically and individually : head red, with or without a
black patch on each side above; pronotal shield generally red in middle, a red
dorsal line, sometimes replaced by a grey one, seldom vestigial; a row of dorso-
lateral rounded spots, yellowish white or reddish, below it there is often another
series of smaller spots ; a dorso- and a ventro-lateral yellowish band, often absent ;
ground-colour very variable, from yellow to black, the dark forms mostly finely
dotted with pale yellow or grey.—Food-plant : Euphorbia.

Pupa rather stout, clay-colour.

Hab. Palaearctic Region, from the Canaries eastwards to Transbaikalia, south-
ward to N.W. India.

The caterpillar is a very interesting subject for the study of the evolution
of pattern. A long series of each brood from the various countries should be
compared. The absence of the second lateral row of spots from some geographical
forms is a curious feature.

a. OC. euphorbiae dahli.

Sphine dahlii Geyer, in Hiibn., Sammi. Eur, Schm., Sphing. t. 36. f. 161—164 (1827) ; Frey., Beitr.
Schm. ii. p. 71. t. 69. £ 2 (1829) ; Meig., Syst. Beschr, Schm. p. 141. n. 11. t. 65. £. 5 (1829).
Deilephila dahlii, Rambur, Ann. Soc, Ent. France p. 266 (1832) (Corsica) ; Boisd., Ramb, & Grasl.,
Hist. Icon. Chenill., Sphing t. 5. £. 1. 2 (1832) ; Boisd., Zcon. Hist. Lép. ii. p. 28. n. 6. t, 50, £, 2,3
(1834) ; Friv., in Silberm., Rev. nt. ii. p. 181 (1834) (“ Hungary ” err, loci) ; Treit., in Ochs.,
Schm. Eur. x, p. 132 (1834) ; Dup., in God., Lép. France, Suppl. ii. p. 7. n. 1. t. 1. £. 1 (1835) ;
Pierr., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 38 (1842) ; id., Lc. p. 64 (1842) (larva) ; id., Le. p. 72 (1847)
(var.); Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 169. n. 8 (1856) (partim) ; Mab., Am. Soc. Ent.
France p. 556 (1866) (Corsica) ; Boisd. Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 165, n. 8 (1875) ; Bull,
Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 569. n, 11 (1877) ; Weism., ed, Meld., Stud. Theor. Desc. i, p. 208
(1882) (larva) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 665. n. 11 (1892) ; Hofm., Grossschm. p..30. n. 7. t. 17.
f. 7 (1894) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 96 (1899) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii,

p. 102, n. 748 (1901).
Deilephila dathii (!), Hofmann, Raup. Grossschm. p. 29. t. 13. £. 3 (1893).

3%. Abdomen with three black side-spots, instead of two, having an additional
one on the fourth seement. Mesothoracical tegula with white upper border. Dise
of forewing generally with a line from the costal patch backwards.

Larva with two rows of rather small lateral spots, densely and very minutely
dotted with grey, dorso-lateral spot of eleventh segment long. Spines of first
protarsal segment not obviously prolonged.

Tab, Corsica and Sardinia.

In the Tring Museum 2 larvae, 17 dd, 11 ? 2% from Corsica and Sardinia.

b. C. euphorbiae tithymali.

Deilephila tithymali Boisduval, Icon, ITist, Lép. ii. p. 30, n. 7. t. 51. f. 1 (1834) (“ Andalusia ” ex err!
Canary Is.) ; Dup., in God., Lép. France, Suppl. ii. p. 117, t. 10, £. 1. a. b. (1835) ; Herr.-Seb.,
Schm. Bur. ii, p, 87. n. 16. t. 1, f. 1. 2 (1843) (Canary Is, ; ‘‘ Andalusia” err. loci) ; Walk.,
List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 168. n. 5 (1856) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 167, n. 9 (1875)
(partim) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 570, n, 12 (1877); Christ, IWitth. Schweiz. Ent.
Ges, vi. p. 346 (1882) ; id., /.c. viii. p. 100 (1889) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 666, n. 15 (1892) 5
Reb, & Rog., Ann. Hofmus. ix. p. 43 (1894) ; White, Butt. Moths Teneriffe p. 67. t. 4. £. 4 (1894) ;
Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii, p. 93 (1899) ; Staud, & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 102, n, 746
(1901).

(717)

Sphine galii, Borg, in Silberm., Rev. Ent. ii, p. 179 (1834) (Canaries).

Sphine tithymali, Rambur, Paune Andal. p. 333 (1842) (? Spanish).

Deilephila lathyrus ?, Baker, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. p. 204 (1891) (Madeira).

Deilephila tithymali ?, id., .c. p. 204 (1891) (Madeira).

Deilephila dahli var, tithymali, Alphéraky, in Rom., Mém. Lép. vy. p. 223. n. 19 (1889) (Teneriffe).

3 ¢?. Body and wings below much more brown than in the other forms, wings
densely speckled with brown. Brown costal area of forewing above generally
broad. Upper edge of mesothoracie tegula white. Abdominal sternites with
white edges.

Larva with one row of side-spots, the second row vestigial ; densely dotted
with grey.

Hab. Canary Islands : Teneriffe ; Orotawa.

In the Tring Museum 1 larva, 7 3,7 22.

c. C. euphorbiae mauretanica.

Deilephila tithymali, Bellier (non Boisduval, 1834), Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 45 (1848) (larva) ;
Luce., ibid. p. 47 (1848) (larva); Bell., An. Sov. Ent. France p. 488, fig. (1848) (larva) ;
Oberth., Et. Ent. i. p, 32. t. 2. f. 1, a. b. ¢. (1876) (Lambeze ; Biskra) ; Oberth., /.c. vi. p, 63
(1881) (=mauritanica ; discussed nicaea, dahli, ete.).

Deilephila euphorbiae, Lucas, in Expl. Sc. Algéric, Zool. p, 370, n. 65. t, 2. £. 8. a—d (1849) ; id., in
Chenu, Enc. Hist, Nat., Pap. i. p. 259. fig. 460 (1853) ; id., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 13 (1858)
(Algiers, pale),

Deilephila mauretanica Staudinger, in Staud. & Wocke, Cut. Lep. ed. ii, p. 36, n. 466 (1871) (nom.
nov. loc. tithymali et euphorbiae auct,; Maur ; “ Mad.” loc. err.) ; Oberth., Et. Ent. i, p. 32
(1876) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 570. n. 13 (1877) ; Aust., Le Nat. viii. p, 260
(1886) ; Kirby, Cut. Lep, Het. i. p. 666. n. 16 (1892) (“ Madeira ” loc. err.) ; Bartel, in Riihl,
Grossschm. ii. p. 77 (1899) ; Staud, & Reb., Cat, Lep. ed. iii. p. 102. n. 747 (1901).

Deilephila mauretanica ab. deserticola Bartel, in Rithl, Grossschm. ii, p. 79 (1899).

Deilephila maurctanica var. (et ab.) deserticola, Staudinger & Rebel, Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p, 102. n. 747.0
(1901).

3. A pale form. Abdominal segments edged with white above and below.
Costal area of forewing above extended brown, veins within brown discal band
generally more or less pale. Outer spines of first protarsal segment stout.

Larva with one row of dorso-lateral spots. Side-bands rather bright yellow.

Hab. North Africa: Morocco ; Algiers. '

In the Tring Museum 8 larvae, 16 ¢d,7 ¢ % from: Morocco ; Algiers.

d. C. euphorbiae euphorbiae.

Hoefn., Archet. ii. t. 8 (1592); id., Div. Ins. t. 8. £. 3 (1630) ; Mouf., Theatr. Ins, p. 93. fig. 3
(1634) ; Merian, Hur. Jus, iii, t, 22 (1683) ; Frisch, /ns. ii, p. 43. 0. NOY RRM ie ee (ula) S
Réaum., Hist. Ins. i. p. 289. t. 13. f. 4—7 (1734) ; Roer., Jus. Belust. i. p. 17. t. 3. £. 4.5
(1746) ; Lederm., Nuchlese p. 48. t. 26—29 (1762) ; Geoffr., Hist. Ins. ii. p. 87. n. 11 (1763) ;
Gronov., Zoophyl. p. 202. n, 822 (1764) (partim ?) ; Seba, Thesaur. iv. t..53. £. 11 (1765) ;
Harris, Aurel. p. 87. t. 44. f. a. ¢ (1766); Schaeff., eon. Ratisb. t. 99. f. 3. 4 (1766) ; Ernst
& Engr., Lép. Ew. iii. p. 86. t. 107, f. e—f (1782). :

Sphinu euphorbiae Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 492. 0. 17 (1758) (partim) ; id., Fauna Suee. ed, il.

p. 287. n. 1086 (1761); Poda, Mus. Graec. p. 81. n. 5 (1761) (partim) ; Scop., Hut, Carn,

p. 186. n. 471 (1763); Mill, Fauna Mrid. p. 37. n, 343 (1764); Houtt., Nat. Hist. i, 11.

p. 445. n. 17 (1767) (partim) ; Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 802. n. 19 (1767) ; Beckm., pit.

p. 161. n. 11 (1767) (partim) ; Goeze, in Bonnet's Abhandl. p. 93. n. 1 (1773); Drury, Alluatr

Ex. Ins. i. p. 64. t. 29. £. 3 (1773) ; Mill, Naturs. v. 1. p. G41. mn. 19 (1774) 5 Fabr., Syst. Lint,

p. 541. n. 17 (1775) (partim) ; Fuessly, Verz. Schweiz. Ins. p. 32. n, 620 (1775); Mill, Zool.

Dan. Prodr. p. 116. n, 1340 (1776); Den. & Schiff., Vers. Schmn. Wien p. 42. n. 1 (1776) ;

Gron., Naturf. x. p. 110 (1777); Mad., ed. Kleem., Ranpenkal, p. 52. 0. 141, p. 70. un, 109

(1777) ; Meyer, in Fuessly, Mog. Ent. i. p. 226 (1778) ; Blumenb., Handb. Naturg. p. 805, a. 9

( 718 )

(1779) (partim) ; Esp.. Schmett. ii, p. 100. n. 11. t. 11 (1779); Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 170,
n. 19 (1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 146. n. 32 (1781) (partim) ; id., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 95. n. 35
(1787) ; Borkh., Sehm. Eur. ii. p. 77. n. 6 (1789); Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2383. n. 19 (1790)
(partim) ; Rossi, Fauna Etr. ii. p. 161. n. 1051 (1790) ; Brahm, Jnsectenhal. ii. 1. p. 426. n. 298
(1791) ; Borkh., Rhein. Mag. i. p. 316 (1793); Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 367. n. 37 (1798) ;
Don., Brit. Ins. iii. p. 51. t. 91 (1794); Prunn., Lep. Pedemont. p. 85. n. 172 (1798) ; Schrank,
Fauna Boica ii. 1, p. 226. n. 1390 (1801) ; Illig., Mag. Ins. ii. p. 35 (1803) (Linné’s deser. crit.);
Walck., Maune Paris. ii. p. 278 (1802) ; Hiibn., Samml. Eur. Schm., Sphing. t. 12. £. 66 (180-?);
id., Gesch. Ewr, Schm. ii. Sphing. iii. Leg. B, d. £. 2. a. b. (180-2) ; Ochs., Schin. Hur. ii. p. 223,
n. 4 (1808) ; Nag., Hiilfsb. Schm. p. 156 (1818); Latr., in Nowe. Dict. Hist. Nat. xxii. p. 25
(1819) ; Sam., Ent. Comp. p. 244 (1819); God., Lép. France iii. p. 33. t. 17. £. 2 (1823) ;
Lep. & Sery., Enc. Méth. x. p. 465. t. 64. f. 4—6 (1825) ; Boisd., Ind. Meth. p. 33 (1829) ;
Meig., Handb. Schm. p. 97. 0. 11 (1827) ; id., Syst. Beschr. Sch. p. 138. n. 7. t. 65. £. 2 (1830) ;
Brullé, Exp. Morée, Zool. p. 285. n. 602 (1832) (larva v. vi. ix.) ; Luc., Lép. Eur. p. 114. t. 43
(1834); Thon, Nat. Schm. p. 106. t. 53. £. 731—734 (1837); Ramb., Manne Andal. p. 333 (1842);
Eversm., Mauna Volgo-Ural. p. 111 (1844) (v. vi.) ; Herr.-Sch,, Ev. Schm. ii, p. 88. n. 19,
f. 7. 8 (1847) ; Brutt., Progr. Gymn. Dorpat p. 23. n. 6 (1872) (vi.—viii.).

Sphinx esulae Hufnagel, Berl. Mag. ii. p. 180, n. 9 (1766).

Sphinw euphorbii (1), Hoffmann, Naturf. i. p. 244 (1774).

Sphina esulae, seu cuphorbiae, Rottenburg, Naturf. vii. p. 105 (1775),

Sphinw euphorbiae: (cyparissius), Gleditsch, Hinleil. Morstwiss. ii. p. 196. n. 5 (1775).

Celerio euphorbiae, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. 1. p. 761, n. 2 (1815).

Deilephila euphorbiae, Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur, iv. p. 43. n. 9, p- 181. n. 2 (1816) ; Curtis, Brit,
Ent, i. t. 3 (1823) ; Steph., 7Ulustr. Brit. Ent., Haust. i. p. 124. n. 1 (1828) ; id., Cat. Brit. Ins,
ii, p. 32 (1829) ; Boisd., Ramb. & Grasl., Hist. Icon. Chenill., Sphing. t. 1 (1832) ; Cant,, in
Silberm., Rev. Ent. i. p. 77 (1833) (Dept. Var, vi., ix.) ; Treit.,in Ochs., Schm. Eur. x. p, 131
(1834) ; Dup., con. Chenill. t. 4. f. 1. a. b (1832—42) ; Blanch., Hist. Nat. Ins. iti. p. 479
(1840) ; Westw. & Humphr., Brit. Woths i, p. 16. t. 4. f. 1. 2.3 (1843) ; Treit., Hiilfsb. Schm.
p. 107. n, 11 (1844) ; Assm., Zeitschr, Ent. Breslau i. p. 5 (1847) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M.
viii, p. 165, n. 2 (1856); Batho, Ent. Weekly Intellig. viii. p. 171 (1860) (Britain); Wilde,
Raup. ii. p. 82. 0, 9. t. 2. £. 29 (1860); Wallengr., Shand. Het. Hjiér. p. 38. 2. 1 (1868);
Led., Wien. Ent, Mon. vii. p. 22 (1863) (Bulg.; Rumel.) ; Maur., Tijdschr. Ent. ix. p. 174
(1866) (Limburg) ; Gay., ‘bid. x. p. 197. n. 72 (1867) (Groningen) ; Snell., Viind. Nederld.
p. 96 (1867) (vi. vii.) ; Led., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xiii. p. 28 (1869) (Cauc. ; Talysch ; this
subsp. ?); Heyl., Tijdschr. Ent. xiii, p, 146. n, 71 (1870) (Breda); Gooss., Ann. Soc, Ent.
France p. 118 (1871) (var. of larva) ; Weston, nt. Mo. Mag. viii. p. 162 (1872) (Southampton) ;
Higgins, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 26 (1873) (Harwich); Buckl., Ent. Mo. Mag. xi. p. 73
(1874) (deser. of larvae) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén, Lép. Hét. i. p. 162. n. 4 (1875) ; Higgins, /.c.
p- 30 (1876) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 570, a. 15 (1877) ; Weir, Entom. xiii, p, 218
(1880) (sound of pupa) ; Kill, Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub. xxiii, p, 44 (1880) ; Weism., ed. Meld.
Stud. Theor, Desc. i. p. 201. t. 5, £, 37—44 (1882) (larvae); Rom., IWém. Lép. i. p. 70 (1884)
(Borjom ; Tiflis) ; Lampa, Lt. Tidskr. vi. p. 27. n. 114 (1885) ; Berth., Bull. Soc. Ent. France
p. 157 (1888) (larva on Vitis in captiv.); Mina-Pal. & Failla-Ted., Nat. Svci/. vii. p. 42 (1889) ;
Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 666, n. 17 (1892) ; Hofm., Raup. Grossschm. p. 29. t. 7. £. 6 (1898) ;
id., Grossschm. p. 30. n. 5. t. 17. £,5 (1894) ; Barrett, Lep. Brit. /s. ii. p, 36. n. 1. t. 48 (U., 4)
(1895) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 79 (1899) ; Staud. & Reb., Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p, 102.
n. 749 (1901).

Sphine euphorbia (1), Harris, Engl. Lep. p. 24. n. 159 (1775).

Sphynx euphorbiae, Vogel, Schmett. Cab. i. p. 26. t. 7. £. 6. a. b (1821).

Hyles euphorbiae, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 187. n. 1475 (1822).

Dislephila (!) euphorbiae, Guérin, Icon. Regne Anim. ii, p. 494 (1844).

Deilephila mauritanica, Mina-Pal. & Failla-Ted., Nut. Sicil. vii. p. 41 (1889) (Sicily ?).

Deilephila euphorciae (1), Thierry-Mieg, Le Nat. xi. p. 181 (1889).

Dilephila euphorbiae, Kirby, in Allen, Nat. Libr., Moths iv. p. 32. t. 101 (1897).

3%. Underside of wings and body rosy red. Abdominal sternites with pale
edges. Outer spines of first protarsal segment partly stout and somewhat prolonged.
Costal area of forewing above as a rule not extended brown, the patch beyond apex
of cell isolated. Mesothoracical tegula seldom with white upper border.

Larva with a double row of lateral spots, the dark parts densely dotted with

(719 )

yellow. Ina black specimen from Saratow the second row of spots vestigial ; two
pale examples from the same place have two rows of spots.

Hab. Kurope ; from Spain to Morea and the Caucasus, northward to the South
Coast of England, Southern Sweden.

In the Tring Musum 22 caterpillars, 2 pupae, and 80-odd specimens.

It is quite possible, even probable, that at least the caterpillars from the various
districts are different. A series should be compared especially from Spain, Italy,
Greece, and Southern Russia.

This subspecies is individually variable. The principal varieties are the
following :

a’. C. euphorbiae euphorbiae f. paralias.
Deilephila euphorbiae var, paralias Nickerl, Bohm. Tag. p. 22. £, 2 (1837) (Venedig) ; Kirby, Cat.
Lep. Het. i. p. 666, v, 17. a (1892),
Deilephila euphorbiae ab. paralias, Romanoff, Wém. Lép.i. p. 70 (1884) (Borjom) ; Staud. & Rebel,

Cat. Lep. ed. iii, p. 102. n. 749, a (1901).
Deilephila euphorbiae var. (et ab.?) paralias, Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii, p, 85 (1899).

A large, sharply marked, reddish form.

b’. C. euphorbiae euphorbiae f. rubescens.

Deilephila euphorbiae ab, rwhescens Garbowski, Sitz. Ber. Ak. Wiss. Wien p. 917 (1892) ; Bartel, /.c.
p. 86 (1899).

Differs from ordinary specimens in being more red.

ce. C. euphorbiae euphorbiae £. grentzenbergi.
Sphing nicaea?, Ochsenheimer, Schin. Hur. ii. p. 225 (1808) (Portugal).
Deilephila euphorbiae var. grentzenberyi Staudinger, Ent. Nach. xi. p. 10 (1885) (Capri) ; Austaut,

Le Nat. viii. p. 259 (1886) ; Kirby, lc. (1892) ; Stand. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii, p. 102. n, 749. b
(1901).

Deilephila euphorbiae var. (et ab.) “grentzenbergi, Bartel, Lc. ii, p. 86 (1899) (Capri ; Lissabon ;

Toulouse).

Upperside of wings brighter rosy red than in the preceding.

It would perhaps be wise to keep forms a’, 6’, and c’, under one head ; they
intergraduate so completely that it is impossible to say where the one begins and
the other ends.

The following forms have more the nature of true aberrations :

d! C. euphorbiae euphorbiae ab. helioscopiae.

Sphinz euphorbiae, Selys-Longch., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 110 (1856) (var.) ; Boisd., ‘bid. (1856).
Deilephila euphorbiae var. helioscopiae Selys-Longeb., Ann. Soc. Hut. Belg. i. p. 40 (1857).
Deilephila euphorbiae, Calberla, Iris i p. 141 (1887) (Firenze).

Deilephila euphorbiae ab. helioscopiae, Bartel, lc. ii. p. 88 (1899).

Deilephila euphorbiae ab. defecta id,, Lc. ii. p. 88 (1899).

Hindwing without black submarginal band.

é. C. euphorbiae euphorbiae ab. lafitole?.

Deilephila cuphorbiae ab, lufitelvi Thierry-Mieg, Le Nat. xi. p. 181 (1889) (Pyrenees) ; Bartel, /.c. il,
p. 87 (1899).

Deilephila euphorbiae ab, lafitchii (1), Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i, p. 666, n. 17. b (1892) (laps, eal.),

Deilephila euphorbiae ab. lutifolii (!), Staudinger, in Staud, & Reb, Cal, Lep. ed. iti, p. 102, sub
n. 749 (1901) (laps. cal.).

Yellow instead of' red.

( 720 )

J. C. euphorbiae euphorbiae al. nigrescens nom. nov.
Deilephila esulae Boisduval (non Hufnagel, 1766), Zeon. Hist. Lép. ii. p. 26. t. 50. £. 1 (1834) (Ltaly);
Dup., in God., Lép. France, Suppl. ii. p. 18. n. 4. t. 2. f. 1 (1835) ; Frey., NV. Beytr. iv. p. 5.
n, 475. t. 291. £. 1 (1842) ; Herr.-Sch., Hur. Schm. ii. p. 88. £. 3 (1847) ; Led., Verh. Zool. Bot.
Ges. Wien ii. p. 91 (1852) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 166. n. 3 (1856); Dep., Bull
Soc. Ent. France p. 28 (1868) (painted specim.) ; Kiink., bid. p. 39 (1868) ; Selys-Longeh.»
C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. xi. p. 16 (1868) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p, 163. n. 5 (1875) ; Butl.,
Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 571. n. 19 (1877) ; Curo, Bull. Soc, Ent. Ital. xxi. p. 80 (1890).
Deilephila euphorbiae ? ab? esulac, Staudinger & Wocke, Cut. Lep. p. 16. n. 16. b (1861).
Deilephila euphorbiae ab. esulae, Romanoff, Wém. Lép. i p. 70 (1884) (Tiflis, 1 do); Mina-Pal. &
Failla-Ted., Nat. Sicil. vii. p. 42 (1889) ; Bartel, /.c. ii. p. 87 (1899).
Deilephilu cuphorbiae, Ribbe, Iris ii. p. 186. t. 4. f. 4 (1889).
Deilephila euphorbiae var, esulae, Staudinger & Rebel, Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 102. n. 749. ¢ (1901).
Costal area of forewing above extended blackish brown, brown discal band
also deeper in tint than in the ordinary ewphorbiae.
The specimen figured by Ribbe is an extreme development, the pale area

of the forewing being reduced to a narrow band.

g. C. euphorbiae euphorbiae ab. restricta (Pl. VIL. f. 11, 3).

A ¢ in the Tring Museum has the forewing entirely tawny-olive above, except
a small spot at end of cell, and a series of small elongate, hastate or linear, spots
on the dise upon the veins ; fringe of hinder margin buffish white, that of distal
margin clay-colour; marginal band deeper brown. Disc of hindwing, above,
yellowish red, far less bright than in ordinary ewphorbiae. Underside of body
aud wings much shaded and speckled with brown, especially the wings ; forewing
with very little red, hindwing yellow-red on dise.

The specimen was caught on the drilling-ground at Bamberg ; we received
it from A. Heyne.

e. C. euphorbiae conspicua subsp. nov.

Deilephila euphorbiae, Mann, Wien, Ent. Mon. vi, p. 66 (1862) (Brussa).

Deilephila euphorbiae ab. paralias, Staudinger (xon Nickerl, 1837), Hor. Soc, Ent. Ross. xiv. p. 297
(1878) (Asia Minor) ; Hofm., Grossschm. p, 30. sub n, 5 (1894).

Deilephila euphorbiae var, (ab,) paralias, Holtz, Jllustr. Zeitschr. Ent. ii. p. 63 (1897) (Cilicia, B. vii.).

Deilephila euphorbiae, Bartel, in Rithl, Grossschm. ii. p. 79 (1899) (partim).

Deilephila euphorbiae var. lathyrus, Staudinger (won Walker, 1856), in Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep.
ed, ili, p, 103. n. 749. £ (1901) (partim).

3. A large and pale form resembling small specimens of nicaea. Meso-
thoracic tegula with vestige of white upper border. Costal margin of forewing
with little brown scaling, patch beyond end of cell isolated, very sharply marked,
distal marginal area as pale as disc. Underside of body and wings as pale as
in centralasiae. Spines of first protarsal segment stout.

Larva varying from yellow to black ; two rows of large lateral spots; very
few or no dots, differing in this respect very conspicuously from ewph. euphorbiae.

Hab. Syria and Asia Minor.

In the Tring Museum 3 dd and 7 larvae from: Beirut (type) ; Haifa.

J. C. cuphorbiae sicher.
Deilephila sichei Pingeler, Berl, Ent. Zeit. xvii, p. 235. t. 3 (gS, 2) (1903) (Bulghar Dagh).
3%. Mesothoracic tegula with pale upper border. Costal median patch ot
forewing much reduced on upperside, not distinct below. External spines of first

Cai)

protarsal segment few in number and large, agreeing best with those of the
following form.

Hab. Bulghar Dagh, Cilicia, June.

In the Tring Museum 1 3,1 ? received from Herr M. Holtz.

gy. C. euphorbiae centralasiae.

Deilephila euphorbiae, Bienert, Lep. Erg. Reise Persien p, 32 (1869) (Teheran, v.; this form 2)
Christ., in Rom., Wém. Lép. iii. p. 54 (1887) (Askhabad, 1 9, pale).

Deilephila euphorbiae var. centralasiae Staudinger, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xlviii. p. 64 (1887) (Samarkand ;
Namangan) ; Grum-Grsch., in Rom., Mém. Lép. iv. p. 511. n, 204 (1890) (Osch, v., common) ;
Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 666. n. 17. d (1892) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 89 (1899).

3%. Very pale. Abdominal sternites without distinct pale borders. White
upper border of mesothoracie tegula generally vestigial, sometimes distinct.

Submarginal band of hindwing less black than in the other subspecies. Distal

marginal area of forewing rather darker than the disc, therefore the olivaceous band

not very sharply defined distally. Outer spines of first protarsal segment long and
few in number, the segment shorter than in the other subspecies. Sometimes the
body and wings rosy red.

Larva with one row of lateral spots.

Hab. Transcaspia.

In the Tring Museum 1] larva, 3 dd, 4 22 from: Askhabad ; Achal Tekke ;

Proy. Kuliab, Afghanistan.

h. C. euphorbiae roberts.

Deilephila euphorbiae, Bienert, Lep. Erg. Reise Persien p. 32 (1869).

(7) Deilephila spec., Christoph, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. x. p. 31 (1873) (Shahrud).

Deilephila robertsi Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 411. n, 25. t. 39. f. 9. 10 (L., p.) (1880) (Kandahar,
larva common on Luphorbia) ; Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 346 n. 1, (1885) (Kandahar,
vii. common) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. 1. p. 21, n. 111 (1887).

Dilephila dahlii, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 99. 0, 156 (1892) (Kandahar ;
Simla).

Deilephila peplides Christoph, Ent. Nachr. xx. p. 333 (1894).

Deilephila euphorbiae var. peplidis, Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 88 (1899).

Deilephila euphorbiae var. robertsi, Staudinger & Rebel, Cat. Lep, ed. iii. p. 102. n, 749. d (1901).

3%. A dark form, occurring in the same countries as centralasiae but probably
in other stations. First protarsal segment with more and shorter external spines
than in centralasiae. Further observations are necessary to show the true geo-
graphical relation of peplidis and centralasiae. They are not seasonal forms
judging from the data given by the collectors.

Under surface of wings much speckled with brown, reminding one of (¢hymali.

Larva with a double series of lateral spots.

Hab. Transcaspia southward to Kandahar, Afghanistan.

In the Tring Museum 6 3d, 5 2% from: Askhabad; Merw, iii. iv.; Gr.

Balkan, Turem.

i. C. euphorbiae nervosa subsp. nov.

3. Mesothoracic tegula with white upper edge. Abdomen: two black lateral
spots ; fringe of tergites not white in middle.
W ings, upperside.

Forewing: costal area clay-colour from base to near apex,
hroadly shaded with black behind from base to M’, then sinuate ; in this sinus an
indistinct black patch ; the patch beyond apex of cell merged together with costal
AAA

( 722)

area, less rounded than in euph. tithymali, more so than in costata, edged with black
behind ; veins traversing discal band pale like median area as in costata ; marginal
band pale.

Underside of wings speckled with brown ; cell of forewing brown, the area
ending in a blackish patch; disc of forewing slightly pink, that of hindwing pale
pink.

Hab. Sabathu, N.W. India.

Two do in the British Museum. ’

Resembling exphorbiae costata ; third abdominal segment without indication of
a black patch ; underside of wings more pink.

k. C. euphorbiae costata (Pl. IX. f. 10, 2).

Sphinx (Deilephila) costata Nordmann, Bull, Moscow xxiv. 2. p. 444. t. 11. £. 3. 4 (1851) (Kiachta),
Deilephila costata, Staudinger & Wocke, Cat. Lep. ed. ii. p. 37. n. 470 (1871) ; Butl., Trans. Zool.

Soc. Lond. ix. p. 569. n. 10 (1877); Graes., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxxv. p. 211 (1892) (Raddefka, ¢);

Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 665. n. 10 (1892) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 95 (1899) (Gouv.

Jenisseisk and Irkutsk ; Kiachta; Raddefka) ; Staud. & Reb., Cut. Lep. ed. iil. p. 103. n, 751

(1901) (Kiachta ; ‘ Amur false ”’).

3d. We do not believe that this insect is specifically distinct. We have seen
only a few. Nordmann’s figure is not very exact. Mesothoracic tegula with white
upper border. Body above and forewing deep cinnamon-brown ; abdomen with a
small brownish black side-patch on fourth segment as in dali, Costal area of
forewing broadly brown, sharply marked, patch beyond apex of cell merged together
with it, narrower than in most forms of euphordiae ; veins traversing brown discal
band pale as in xervosa and certain mauretanica ; inner edge of brown band more
straight behind than in the other forms of ezphorbiae. Hindwing below with the
black submarginal band (so sharply marked in Nordmann’s figure) vestigial ; body
and wings with little red on the under surface.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Transbaikalia ; Kiachta ; Raddefka.

In the Paris Museum 1 2 from Kiachta (Popoff), here figured.

675. Celerio gallii.
Sphina galli Rottenburg, Naturf. vii. p. 107 (1775).
Deilephila galii, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 166. n. 4 (1856) (partim) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén.
Lép. Hit. i. p. 169. n. 12 (1875).

3%. Confounded with euphorbiae by the early writers. First protarsal
segment with the external row of spines complete, double at base, the spines little
prolonged. Pulvillus present. Antenna above white only at end.

3. Harpe more curved than in exphorbiae.

Early stages similar to those of exphorbiae.

Larva very variable, with few dots on back; pale spot near base of horn
always elongate; pronotal shield often quite red.—Food-plants: Epilobium,
Asperula, etc. ; said to occur also on Luphorbia.

Hab. Palaearctic and Neartic Regions, as far south as the Himalayas and
Georgia.

Two subspecies.

The larvae found on Luphorbia may be the product of hybridisation between
gall and euphorbiae.

( 723 )

a. C. gallii gallii.

Roes., Ins. Belust. ii. p. 33. t. 6, f. 1. 2 (larva) (1746); Uddm., Dissert. p. 57 (1753) (partim) ;
Harris, Aurel. p. 87. t. 44. £. b (1766); Schaeff.. Icon. Rat. t. 78. £. 1. 2. (1766); Deg., Mém.
Hist. Ins. i. t. 8. £. 6B—11 (1752) ; id., lc. ii. 1 p. 236 (1771) ; Mad., ed. Kleem., Raupenkal,
p. 52(1777) ; Gladb., Besehr. Eur. Schm. p. 18. t. 9.4.1.2 (¢.), p. TL. t. 32. £. 1.23 (L, p.) (1777) ;
Ernst & Engr., Pap. Bur. iii. p. 91. t. 109. f. 156. a.—f. (1782).

Sphinx euphorbiae Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 492. n. 17 (1758) (partim ; larva) ; Poda, Mus, Graec.
p. 81. n. 5 (1761) (partim) ; Linné, Mus, Lud. Ulr. p.356. n. 16 (1764) ; Fabr,, Syst. But. p. 541.
“n. 17 (1775) (partim) ; Blumenb., Handb. Nuturg. p. 365. n. 9 (1779) (partim) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins.
li, p. 146. n. 32 (1781) (partim) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5 p. 2383. n. 19 (1790) (partim).

Sphinx esulae var., Hufnagel, Berl. Mag. ii. p. 197. n. 9 (1766) (partim) ; Rott., Naturf. vii. p. 105
(1775).

Sphina euphorbii (!) var., Meinecke, Naturf. i. p. 244 (1774) (larva) ; Kiihn, ibid. iii, p. 22 (1774).

Sphins gallii Rottenburg, /.c. vii. p. 107 (1775) ; Fabr., Gen. Ins. p. 273. n, 17—18 (1777) ; Lue.,
Lép. Eur. p. 112 t. 46 (1834).

Sphine galii Denis & Schiff., Verz. Schm. Wien p. 42. n. 2 (1776); Fuessly, Wag. Ent. i. p. 113

(1778) ; Esp., Schm. ii. p. 173. n. 27. t. 21 (1779) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 210. n. 27 (1780) ;

Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 147. n. 33 (1781) ; Lang, Verz. Augsb. p. 68. n. 563. 564 (1782) ; Retz.,

Gen. Ins, p. 34. n. 28 (1783) ; Fabr., Mant. Ins, ii. p. 95. 0. 36 (1787) ; Borkh., Eur. Schm. ii.

p. 81. 140. 179. n. 7 (1789) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2383. n. 82 (1790) ; Rossi, Fauna Etr. ii.

p. 162. n. 1053 (1790) ; View., Verz. Brandenb. i. p. 7. n. 8 (1790) ; Brahm, Jnsectenkal. ii. 1.

p. 314. n. 200 (1791) ; Schwarz, Raupenkal. p. 362. 495 (1791); Borkh., /thein. Mag. i. p. 316.

n. 143 (1793) ; Fabr., nt. Syst. iii. 1. p. 368. n. 38 (1793) (partim) ; Illig., in Den. & Schiff.,

Verz. Schm, Wien ed. ii. p. 14. n. 2 (1880) ; id., Mag. Ins. ii. p. 35 (1803) (Linné’s descr. of exph.

critic.) ; Hiibn., Samml. Eur. Schm., Sphing. p. 66. n. 6. t, 12. £. 64 (180—?) ; id., Gesch. Schm.

li. Sphing iii. Leg. B. d. f. 1. a (180—?) ; Ochs., Schm. Eur. ii. p. 217. n. 2 (1808); Haw.,

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. i, p. 99, t. 4 (1812); Nag., Hiilfsb. Schm. p, 157 (1818) ; Sam., Ent.

Comp. p. 244 (1819) ; Meig., Handb. Schm. p. 96. n. 10 (1827) ; Boisd., Ind. Meth. p. 33 (1829) ;

Meig., Syst. Beschr. Schm. ii. p. 137. n, 6. t. 65. £. 1 (1830); Treit., Wiilfsb. Schm. p. 167. n. 10

(1844); Brutt., Progr. Gymn. Dorpat p. 23. n. 5 (1872) (v. vi.)

() Sphinw galii, Fuessly, N. Mag. Ent. ii. p. 70, iii. p. 156. n. 122 (1785) (perhaps phileuphorbic 1).

Celerio galii, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. 1. p. 761. n. 1 (1815)

Deilephila galii, Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur. iv. p. 43. 0. 6 (1816); Steph., lustr. Brit. Ent., Haust.

i. p. 125. t. 12. f. 2. (1828) ; id., Cat. Brit. Ins. ii. p. 32 (1829) ; Westw. & Humphr., Brit.

Moths i. p. 18. t. 4. £. 4. 5. 6 (1843); Eversm., Fauna Volgo-Ural. p. 110 (1844) (v. vi.) ,

Assm., Zeitschr. Ent. Breslau i. p. 5 (1847) ; Herr.-Sch., Schm. Eur. ii. p. 87. n. 18 (1857) ;

Wilde, Raup. ii. p. 83. n. 10. t. 2. £. 29 (1860); Siev., Bull. Moscow p, 140 (1862) (St.

Petersb,) ; Wall., Skand. Het. Fijiir. p. 40. n. 2 (1863); Maur., Vijdschr, Ent. ix. p. 174

(1866) (Limburg); Snell., Viind. Nederld. p. 95 (1867) (vi. vii.); Gav., Tijdschr. Ent. x.

p- 197. n. 71 (1867) (Groningen) ; Tengstr., Act. Soc. FP’. I’. Fenn, x. p. 6. n. 93 (1869) ; Heyl.,

Tijdschr. Ent. xiii, p. 146, n. 70 (1870) (Breda) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 569, n. 6

(1877) ; Kill., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Giraub. xxiii. p. 44 (1880) ; Staud., Hor. Soc. Mut. Ross, xiv.

p. 297 (1878) (Asia Minor ?) ; Thed., Aut. Tidskr. ii. p. 105 (1881) ; Albr., Bull. Moscou. p. 379

(1882) (Moscow) ; Weism., ed. Meld., Stud. Theor. Desc. i. p. 211. t. 5. f. 45. 46, t. 6. £, 47, 48

(1882) (larvae) ; Rom., Wém. Lép. i. p. 70 (1884) (Borjoum, 1 specim,) ; Lampa, Ent, Tidskr.

vi. p. 26. n. 113 (1885) ; Leach, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 583. n. 12 (1888) (Fujisan, vi. ;

‘Tsuruga, vii.) ; Mina-Pal. & Failla-Ted., Nat. Sicil. vii, p. 41 (1889) (Sicily ?) ; Kirby, Cat.

Lep. Het. i. p. 665, n. 6 (1892) ; Hofm,, Raup. Grosaschin. p. 28. t. 7. £.5 (1893) ; id., Grossschin.

p. 30, t. 17. f, 4 (1894); Kill. & Cafl., Jahrb. Nat. Gres, Graub, Xxxvilil, App. p. 20 (1805) ;

Barrett, Lep. Brit. Is, ii. p, 42. n. 2. t. 49 (1895); Vos, Tijdschr. Ent, xh, p. 80 (1898)

_ (Apeldoorn) ; Leech, rans. Ent. Soc, Lond. p. 285. n, 58 (1898) (Fujisan, vi, ; Tsuruga, vii.),

Mylesgalii, Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 137, 0. 1470 (1822).

Sphynx galii, Vogel, Schmett. Cab, ii, p. 18. t. 7, £. 4. a, b (1822).

Deilephila philenphorbia Miitzell, in Wiegm., Arch, Naturg. viii. p. 171. t. 8 (1840). :

Deilephila gallii, Staudinger & Wocke, Cat. Ley. ed. ii. p. 36. n. 464 (1871) ; Siebke, awn. Ins. Nove,

iti. p. 24. n. 1 (1876) ; Graes., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxii. p, 104. n, 182 (1888) (Amurld,) ; Staud.,

in Rom., Mém. Lép. vi. p. 227. n. 213 (1892) (Amur); Herz, /rix x1. p. 250. n. 90 (1808)

(N.E. Siber.); Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 71 (1899) 5 Staud. & Reb,, Cat. Lep, ed. ili.

p. 102. n. 745 (1901). oes

Dilephila galii, Hampson, in Blanf., Mauna Brit, Ind., Moths i. p. 98. n. 105 (1802) (Gurais Valley,

(724 )

6000 ft.); Kirby, in Allen, Nat. Libr., Moths iv. p. 30. t. 102. f. 1 (1897) ; Dudg., Journ,
Bombay N. H. xi. p. 415. n. 155 (1898) (Chumbi Valley, 13,000 ft.).

Deilephila gallii hibr. phileuphorbia, Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 75 (1899).

Deilephila gallit hybr. phileuphorbia, Staudinger & Reb,, Cat. Lep. ed. iii, p. 102. n. 745. a (1901).

3%. A very constant insect. Discal area of hindwing above with a red
patch behind middle, the red colour often extending along black basal area and
postdiscal band ; below there is seldom a trace of red.

Hab. Palaearctic Region, from Western Europe to Japan and the Himalayas.

In the Tring Museum 10 larvae, 2 pupae, 50-odd specimens from various
places of Europe, Transcaucasia.

b. C. gallii intermedia.

Sphinw epilobii Harris (non Boisduval, 1829), in Hitche., Rept. Massachus. iv. p. 590 (1833); id
lc. ed. ii. p. 591 (1835).

Deilephila intermedia Kirby, Fauna Bor. Amer. iv. p. 302 (1834); Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 20
(1860) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 40 (1865) ; id, & Rob., ibid. p. 156. n. 46 (1865) ;
iid., Jc. p. 179 (1865) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix p. 569. n. 8 (1877); Beth., Canad.
Ent. xi. p. 152 (1879).

Deilephila chamaenerii Harris, in Sillim., Jowrn Se. Art xxxvi. p. 305. n. 2 (1839); id., in Agass.,
Lake Sup. p. 387. t. 7. £. 2 (1856); Morris, Cut. Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris,
Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 165. n. 2 (1862) ; Harris, ed. Flint, Ins. Inj. Veg. p. 328 (1863) ; Lintn.,
Proc, Ent. Soc. Philad. iii. p. 661 (1864) (life hist.) ; Grote, ‘bid. v. p. 40 (1865) ; id. & Rob.,
ibid. p. 156. n. 47 (1865) ; Beth., Canad. Ent. iii. p. 83 (1871) (Lake Superior) ; Bowl., ‘hid. iii.
p. 143 (1871) (Quebec) ; Streck., ‘bid. iv. p. 206 (1872) Lintn., Ent. Contr. i. p. 192 (1872) ;
(N. York, v., larva in viii.) ; id., /.c. iii. p, 179 (1873) ; Thaxt., Psyche i. p. 29 (1874) (Newton,
Mass., vi. vii.) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Se. i. p. 20 (1874) ; Edw., Proc. Calif. Ae. Se. vi.
p. 90 (1875) (Vancouver I.; Oregon; N. Calif.) ; Caulf., Canad. Ent. viii. p. 241 (1875)
(Montreal, vi.) ; Saund., ‘bid. p. 64. fig. 2 (7) (1876) (descr. of larva); id., Rept. Ent. Soe.
Ontario vi, p. 37 (1876); ButlL, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 569. n. 7 (1877) ; Saund., Canad.
Ent, ix, p. 63. fig. 2. 4 (1877) (Quebec ; larva, food-plants) ; Maass., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 58
(1880) (= intermedia = galii) ; Saund., Ins. Inj. Fruits p. 256. n. aoe fig. 267 (1883) ; Fern.,
Canad. Ent. xiv. p. 21 (1884) ; id., Sphing. N. Engld. p. 55. n, 24. t. 2. £.1 (1886) ; Grote, Hawk
Moths N. Am. p. 31 (1886) ; id., Conud: Ent, xviii, p. 132. n. 34 (1886) ; Trum., Lut. News viil.
p. 27 (1887).(S. Dakota); Edw., Bull. U. St. N. Mus, xxxv. p. 39 (1889) (liter, rel, to
metam.) ; Dyar, in Riley, Jus. Life iii. p. 322 (1891) (N. York, at electr. light)

Deilephila galii, Walker, l.c. (1856); Clem., Journ. Ac, N. Sc. Philad. iv. p. 144. n. 23 (1859);
Grote & Rob., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 75 (1868) (= chamaenerii) ; Boisd., Ann. Soc. Ent.
Belg. xii. p. 66. n. 69 (1868) ; Méschl., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xxxv. p, 157 (1874); Boisd., lc. (1875)
(partim) ; Méschl., Verh. Z. B. Ges. Wien xxxiv. p. 283 (1885) (= gali‘).

Deilephila oxybaphi Clemens, l.c. iv. p. 145. n. 24 (1859) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 665. n. 7
(1892).

Deilephila canadensis Guenée, Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 7 (1868) (= chameneriz).

Lyles chamaenerii, Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. ii. p. 225, n. 24 (1875) ; id., Lc. iii, p. 221. nm. 26
(1877) (= inter ied? 2 = oxrybaphi ? = canadensis).

Deilephila ee aie Lep. Rhop, Het. p. 79 (1874) ; Smith, Trans. Amer: Ent. Soe. xv. p. 131.
Lee et Fe Gane poe (Canada to Georgia; westward to Calif.; Labrador); Hanh.,
Canad. Ba. aS p- 52 (1899) (Westminster, Brit. Col.) ; Heath, ‘bid. xxxiii. p. 99 (1901)
(Manitoba).

Deilephila galii var. intermedia, Beutenmiiller, Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 286. t. 3. £. 3 (1895).

Deilephila gallii var. chamaenerii, Hanham, Canad. But. xxix. p. 292 (1897) (Manitoba).

3%. There is no other difference from the Palaearctic form of gallii than the
more extended red colour of the hindwing, and the darker tint of the brown
marginal and basal parts of the under surface of the wings. The pale border
of the hindwing above is generally narrower than in European examples, but

the character is not constant.

.

(725 )

Hab. Nearctic Region, from Canada to Colorado and Georgia, extending in
the northern district westward to Vancouver, Oregon, and Northern California.

Tn the Tring Museum 6 larvae, 50-odd specimens from various parts of Canada
and the United States.

676. Celerio biguttata.

*Deilephila biguttata Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 172. n. 15 (1856) (Madag. ;—Mus.
Brit.) ; Guen., in Vins., Voy. Madag. p. 30. (1865); Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 160
n. 2 (1875); Butl., Vrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 568 n. 3 (1877) ; id., Cist, Ent, ii. p. 393
(1879) (Antananarivo) ; Mab., Ann. Soe. Ent. France p. 296 (1879) (Madag.); Saalm., Lep.
Mad. p. 123 n, 293 (1884) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 664 n. 3 (1892).

Deilephila eleagni Boisduval, /.c.

*Deilephila euphorbioides Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 22 n. 8 (1892) (“ Japan ” err. loci ;—
Mus, Oxford) ; Leech, Vrans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 285 n. 59 (1898) (* not seen”).

3%. Pulvillus present. Spines of first protarsal segment not obviously
prolonged. Upper edge of mesothoracic tegula not white. Abdomen with two
large black lateral spots. Upperside of body dark olive-brown, underside somewhat
paler ; underside of wings cinnamon-brown, much speckled with deep brown, dise
somewhat reddish. Forewing above with a pale line from apex to basal third of
hinder margin, area outside this line darker brown than the area between the line
and costal margin ; a brown postcostal patch beyond apex of cell more or less
distinct generally followed by a narrower patch at fork ; hinder edge of wing
couspicuonsly white.

3. Friction-scales large, and less numerous than in exphorbiae, lineata, ete. ;
harpe of the exphorbiae-type, process stouter and shorter, much stronger curved.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. Madagascar.

In the Tring Museum 9 dd, 9 29.

677. Celerio euphorbiarum.

Sphinz: euphorbiarum Guérin & Perch., Gén, Ins. t. 3. f. 1 (1835).

Deilephila celeno Boisduval, Spec. Gén, Lép. Hét. i. p. 170, n. 13 (1875) (Buenos Ayres ; Uruguay ;
Chili).
*Deilephila spinifascia Batler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 81 (1871) (Buenos Ayres ; Patagonia ;—

Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool, Sor. Lond. ix. p. 568. n. 5 (1877).

Deilephila euphorbiarum, Berg, Bull. Moscou p. 206, n. 17 (1875) (Patagonia i descr. of larva) ;
id., Act. Ac. Nac. i. p. 83. n. 17 (1876) ; Butler, /.c. p, 630. 638 (1877) (= spinifascia — celeno) ;
Burm., Deser, Rép. Argent. v. p. 337. n, 1 (1878); id., Le. Atlas p. 38. t. 16. f. 1--3. 5—8
(/., p., 4) (1879); Bartl.-Calv., Cat. Lep. Chile p. 12. 0. 91 (1886) ( = spinifascia =celeno) ;
Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 665. n. 3 (1892) (B. Ayres ; Patagonia ; Chili).

2. Pulvillus present. Outer spines of first protarsal segment stout and long.
Body as in annei, the fourth and fifth black abdominal spots often absent or
vestigial. Brown costal area of forewing sharply defined, incised at the veins,
Red area of hindwing variable in width. Hindwing below with two black
patches before abdominal edge, one at base, the other at anal angle.

g. Sexual armature of the same type as in exphorbiae, gallit, ete.; tip of
harpe less acute.

Larva varying from greyish green to black; a pale dorsal line, absent ol
vestigial in the dark forms ; a series of black, round, dorso-lateral spots encircled by
a pale yellow ring.——Food-plants : Mirabilis jalappa 3 Cestrum ; ele.

( 726 )

Hab. Southern district of South America: Tucuman to Patagonia ; Chili ;
Southern Brasilia.

In the Tring Museum 14 dd, 12 2? from: Chili ; Buenos Ayres ; La Gama,
Argentina, xii. ; Province of Rio de Janeiro.

678. Celerio annei.

Sphinx annei Guérin, Mag. Zool. (2). i. Ins, t. 2. (1839) (Santiago).

Deilephila annei, Walker, List Lep, Ins. B, M. viii. p. 171. n. 14 (1856) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép.
Heét.i. p. 161, n. 3 (1875) (Chili ; Peru; @, 2); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 571. n. 18
(1877) ; Bartl-Calv., Cat. Lep. Chile p. 12. n. 92 (1886) ; Kirby, Cat: Lep. Het. i. p. 667. n. 20
(1892) (Peru ; Chili).

3%. Pulvillus present. Spies of external row of first protarsal_ segment
stout. Upper edge of mesothoracie tegula white. Abdomen with five black side-
patches, first the largest. Costal area of forewing above shaded with brown, not
sharply defined, a brown patch beyond end of cell ; discal area grey, becoming paler
towards base, somewhat buffish or creamy along the brown discal band.

Not dissected.

Early stages not known.

Hab, Chili; Bolivia ; Peru.

In the Tring Museum 6 29 from: Raneagua, Chili; La Paz, Bolivia;
Carobas, Peru, xii. 1899 (Simons).

679. Celerio nicaea. . .
Sphina nicaea Prunner, Lep, Pedem. p. 86 (1898).

3%. Pulvillus present. First protarsal segment with external spines not
prolonged, the row doubled or trebled at base. Spines of comb of midtarsus little
prolonged. Abdominal sternites unicolorous, the apices being barely paler than the
rest of the segments. Upper and under surfaces of legs not contrasting strongly,
the under being nearly as pale as the upper. Mesothoracie tegula without white
upper fringe.

g. Harpe stronger curved than in exphordiae, similar to that of gall.

Larva: head and pronotum of the pale colour of the other segments; two
dorsal series of large black patches (also on head), a round yellow or red spot in
these patches, spot at base of horn elongate; a series of ventro-lateral patches
including similar yellow or red spots and extending on the under surface ; horn
black.—Food-plant : Muphorbia. :

lab. Mediterranean district, eastwards to Transcaspia and North West India.

Three subspecies :

a. C. nicaea nicaea.

Sphinx nicaea Prunner, /.c.; Hiibner, Samml. Eur. Schm., Sphing. £. 149. 150 (180-?); God., Lép.
France iii. p. 171, t. 17. f. 1 (1823); Meig., Syst. Beschr. Schm. ii. p. 139. n. 8 (18380).

Sphina eyparissize Hiibner, Samml. Bur. Schm., Sphing. £. 115 (180-7?) ; id., Gesch. Bur. Sehm. ii.
Sphing. iii. Leg. B. e. £. 1. a. b. ¢ (180- ?).

Deilephila nicaea, Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur. iv. p. 43. n: 8. p. 178. n. 8 (1816) ; Frey., N. Beytr. ii.
p. 143. n. 120. t. 92. 93 (1829) ; Boisd., Jnd. Meth. p. 33 (1829) ; Boisd., Grasl. & Ramb., Jeon.
Chenill., Sphing. t. 1. £. 3. 4 (1832); Cant., in Silberm. Rev. Ent. i. p. 77 (1883) (Dept. Var,
vi. viii. = cyparissiae) ; Treit., in Ochs., Schm. Eur. x. 1. p. 130 (1834) ; Dup., Zeon. Chenill.
t. 9. f. 1. a—d (1832-42); Herr-Sch., Hur, Schm, ii. p. 88. n. 20 (1845) ; Lue., in Chenu, Wne.
ITist. Nat., Pap. i. p. 258. fig. 457. 458. 459 (1853); Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 168.
n. 7 (1856) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 164. n. 6 (1875); Lue., Bull. Soc. Ent. France

( 727 )
p. 173 (1875) (Crimea); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 570, n. 17 (1877); Weism., ed.
Meld., Stud. Theor. Dese.i. p 207. t. 6. f. 51 (1882) (larvae); Rom., MWém. Lép. i. p. 70 (1884)
(Brivan, 1 specim.) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 667. n. 19 (1892); Hofm., Raup. Grossschm.
p- 29. t. 7 f. 7 (1893); id., Grossschm. p. 30. n. 6. t. 17. f. 6 (1894); Bartel, in Riihl, Girossschm.
ii. p. 90 (1899) ; Stand. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 103. n. 750 (1901) (Gal. m.; It. s. oc. ;
Crim. ; ? Ili).
Hyles nicea (!), Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p, 137. n. 1474 (1822).
Deilephila nicea (!), Lucas, Lép. Eur, ed. ii, p. 138. t. 45. f. 1a (1864).
3¢?. Pale median area of forewing above more or less speckled with brown
scales ; marginal area less pale than median area.
Hab. South France ; Spain ; Italy; Greece ; Crimea ; Caucasia ; Transcaspia.
In the Tring Museum 2 larvae, 9 dd,8 22 from South France, and a pair
from Askhabad, one of these latter specimens agreeing with the following sub-
species.

4. C. nicaea castissima.

Deilephiia nicaea, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. vi. p. 63. t. 3. f. 9, 9a (1881) (Sebdou ; larva var.).

*Deilephila nicaea var. castissima Austaut, Le Nat. y. p. 360 (1883) (Mus. Tring) ; id., /.c. viii.
p. 260 (1886) ; id., Zc. xi. p. 232 (1889) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 667. sub n. 19 (1892) ;
Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 92 (1899) ; Stand. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 103. n. 750. a
(1901) (Maur. oc.).

*Deilephila nicaeca var. castissima ab. carnea Austaut, l.c, xi. p. 232 (1889) (Mus. Tring) ; Bartel, /.c.
(1899).

Deilephila nicaea var. carnea “ Mab.,” Kirby, 1.c.

32: Paler and often more pinkish than the preceding, with no or few speckles
on the pale middle area of the forewing ; distal marginal area of forewing as pale
or nearly as pale as middle area.

Hab. Morocco ; Algiers.

In the Tring Musenm 3 dd, 5 2? from Morocco and Algiers, including
specimens of castissima and carnea from Austaut’s collection, labelled “ type.”

c. C. nicaea lathyrus.

*Deilephila lathyrus Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 172. n. 16 (1856) (N. India ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cut, Lep. Ins. Mus. BE. I. C. i. p. 274. n, 632 (1857) (N. India) ;
Boisd., Spec. Gén, Lép. Het. 1. p. 165. n. 7. t. 6. f. 2 (1875) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix.
p. 570. n, 16 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat, Moths Ind. i, p. 21. n. 110 (1887).

Dilephila euphorbiae, Hampson, in Blanf., Pauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 98.0, 154 (1892) (partim ;
N.W. Himalayas to Naini Tal).

Deilephila euphorbiae var. lathyrus, Staudinger & Rebel, Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 103, n. 749, f. (1901)
(partim). ;

3%. This form has nothing to do with exphorbiae, but is the N.W. Indian
representative of wicwea, from which it differs in being more densely speckled with
brown on the forewing, in having on the hindwing a broader black postdiscal band
and a paler red discal one, and in being smaller.

Hab. N.W. India; doubtless occurring farther north-west.

Two 32 from Kumaon in the Tring Museum.

680.-Celerio zygophylli.

Sphine zygophylli Ochsenbeimer, Schm. Eur, ii. p. 226. n, 5 (1808) (S. Russia) ; Hiibn., Samm.
Eur. Schm., Sphing, t. 27. £. 125 (180-7); Bieb., Bull, Moscou ii. p. 4. t. 2 (1809).

Celerio zygophilli, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. 1. p. 761. sub n, 2 (1815).

Deilephila zygophylli, Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur, iv, p.43.n. 10, p. 181. 0. 10 (1816): Boisd,, /eon,
Hist. Lép. ii. p. 82. n, 8, t. 51. f. 2 (1834) (8. Russia) ; Treit., in Ochs., Sehm. Bur, x. p. 182

( 728 )

(1834) ; Dup., in God., Lép. France, Suppl. ii. p. 20. t. 3. f. 1 (1835) ; Eversm., Fauna Volgo-
Ural. p. 110 (1844) ; Herr.-Sch., Ew. Schin. ii. p. 87. 0. 17 (1847); Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M.
viii. p. 168. n, 9 (1856); Christ., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xxxiii. p. 216 (1872) (Derbent) ; Boisd.,
Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 168. n. 10 (1875) ; Weism., Stud. Desc. ii. p. 34. t. 3. £. 50 (1876) ;
Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 570. n. 14 (1877); Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 236
(1877) (S. Russia) ; Weism., ed. Meld., Stad. Theor. Desc. i. p. 217. t. 6. £. 50 (1882) (larva) ;
Rom., Mém. Lép. i. p. 70 (1884) (Derbent; Ordubad ; Tiflis; Eldar; Djielfi; iv.—ix.) ;
Alph.. in Rom., ibid. v. p. 83. n. 20 (1889) (Lob Nor, var.) ; Grum-Grsch., in Rom., ibid. iv.
p- 511. n. 203 (1890) (Ferghana) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 665. n. 8 (1892) ; Hofm., Raup.
Grossschm. p. 285. t. 48. £. 9 (1893); Teich, Stett. Ent. Zeit, lvii. p. 30 (1896) (Araxes, larva
common); Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 69 (1899); Stand. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 102.
n. 744 (1901). ‘
Deilephila zigophylli (!), Hofmann, Grossschm. p. 29. n. 3. t. 17. £. 3 (1894).

3. First protarsal sezment with few and long external spines. Pulvillus
vestigial. Mesothoracic tegula mostly with white fringe above, but not always.
Abdominal sternites without distinctly white edges. White discal band of forewing
restricted, the cinnamon-clay-coloured costal area more extended than in ewphorbiae,
patch beyond end of cell merged together with this area, less rounded than in
euphorbiae.

3. Process of harpe relatively long, curved at end.

Larva variable, green, grey, or brown, dotted with white, a black dorsal
line, a white dorso-lateral one which shows sometimes vestiges of the round spots
of other species ; horn black.—Food-plant : Zygophyllum.

Hab, South Russia eastwards to the Lob-Nor.

In the Tring Museum 13 dd, 9 2? from: Astrachan ; Ordubad ; Merw;
Ruschke, Afghanistan.

681. Celerio vespertilio.

Ernst & Engr., Pap. Ew, iii. p. 98. t. 111. f. 159 (1782).

Sphinx vespertilio Esper, Schmett. ii. p. 178. n. 28, t. 22. £. 4 (1779) (Verona) ; Fuessly, Arch. Ins.
t. 2. f. 1.2 (1781) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 504 (1781); id., Mant. Ins. ii. p, 96. n. 38 (1787) ;
Borkh., Eur. Schm. ii. p. 87. n. 4, p. 142. n. 9, p. 179. n. 9 (1789) ; Vill., Wnt. Linn. ii. p. 97.
n. 17. t. 4. f. 17 (1789) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat, i. 5. p. 2384. n. 84 (1790) ; Rossi, Fauna Etr. ii.
p. 160. n. 1049 (1790) ; Fabr., Hut. Syst. iii, i. p. 369. n. 40 (1793) ; Prunn., Lep. Pedem. p. 87.
n. 175 (1798); Hiibn., Samml. Eur. Schm., Sphing. p. 97. n. 9. t. 11. f. 62, t. 21. f. 103. 104
(180—2) ; id., Gesch. Eur. Schm. ii. Sphing. iii. Leg. B. b. f. 1. a. b (180— ?) ; Ochs., Selim. Hur.
ii. p. 228. n. 6 (1808) ; Latr., in N. Dict. Hist. Nat. xxii. p. 27 (1819); God., Lép. France in.
p. 178. t. 17. f. 2 (1823); Frey., V. Beitr. Schm. i. p. 73. t. 39 (1829); Meig., Handb. Schm.
p. 97. n. 12 (1827) ; id., Syst. Beschr. Schm. p. 142. n. 12. t. 66. f. 1 (1830) ; Lue. Lép. Bur.
p. 113. t. 43 (1834)

Celerio vespertilio, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii, 1. p. 761, sub n. 2 (1815),

Deilephila vespertilio, Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur. iv. p. 43. n. 11 (1816); Boisd., Ramb, & Grasl.,
Hist. Icon, Chenill., Sphing. t. 6. £. 4. 5 (1832); Cant., in Silberm., Rev. Ent. i. p. 77 (1833)
(Dept. Var, vi.) ; Boisd., Hist. Icon. Lép. ii. p. 22. n, 3. t. 49. £. 3-(1834); Treit., in Ochs., ”
Schm. Eur. x. p. 135 (1834) ; Duponeh., Zeon. Chenill. i. tewte. t. 3. £. 2 a—d (1832—42) ; Herr.-
Sch., Schm. Eur. ii. p. 89. n. 24 (1847); Mill., Bull. Soe. Ent. France p. 14 (1852) (Ichneum.) ;
Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 170. n. 10 (1856); Lue., in Chenu, Enc. Hist. Nat. Pap. 1.
p. 260. fig. 460 (1853) ; Wilde, Raup. ii. p. 84 (1860) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 174. n. 17
(1875) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p, 571. n. 22 (1877) ; Staud., or. Soc, Ent. Ross. xiv
p. 296 (1878) (Asia Min. ? ?); Kill., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub. xxiii. p. 44 (1880); Rom., Mém.
Lép.i. p. 70 (1884) (Borjoum ; Lagodekhi) ; Kill., /.c. xxix. p. 7 (1886) ; Weism., ed. Meld.,
Stud. Theor. Desc. i, p. 209. t. 3. £, 13. 14. 15, t. 6. £. 49 (1882) (larvae) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.
i. p. 667. n, 23 (1892) ; Hofm., Raup. Grossschm. p.'28. t. 7. £. 3 (1893) ; id., Grossschm., p. 29. D. 1.
t. 17. f. la (1894) ; Kill. & Cafl., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub. xxviii. App. p. 19 (1895) ; Kirby, in
Allen, Nat. Libr., Moths iv. p. 35. t. 102. f. 2 (1897); Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 58
(1899) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat, Lep. ed. iii. p. 101. n, 742 (1901) (Alp. val. ; Austr. ; Gal. m.
mont. ; It. c.; Arm.).

(7298)

Thaumas vespertilio, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 188, n, 1476 (1822).
Sphynx vespertilio, Vogel, Schmett. Cab. vii. p. 15. t. 7. £. 2 (1825).
Deilephila vespertilio var. burckhardti Mory, Mitth. Schw, Ent. Ges. x. p. 349. t. 1 (1901).

$?. The uniformly brownish forewing, which shows only a vestige of the
discal line, distinguishes this species from all the others. External spines of first
protarsal segment not much prolonged, the row complete, double at base. Pulvillus
vestigial.

do. The thin part of the harpe short, little curved.

Larva, adult, without horn, dorso-lateral spots not quite round, last one
elongate ; back with a network of thin brown lines somewhat resembling the
minute pattern of the back of e/penor.—Food-plant : Epilobinm.

Pupa longer and slenderer than in gal/ii and euphorbiae.

The following forms are doubtless hybrids between vespertilio on one side and
euphorbiae and hippophaes on the other. As the hybrids have not yet been reared
in confinement we do not know which species served as d and which as ?. The
larvae of these supposed hybrids live on Epilodivm, that of hybr. amelia also on
Ilippophaé. Of the four possible combinations two only seem to be known ; but
the hybr. amelia may be the offspring of a different combination from that of
vespertilioides, in one case vespertilio serving perhaps as d, in the other as 9.

a. hybr. hippophaés x vespertilio, or vespertilio x hippophaés.

Sphine amelia Feisthamel, Bull. Sc. Nat. ii. p. 162 (1827); Boisd., Ind. Meth p. 33 (1829)
(= vespertilioides).

Deilephila amelia, Duponchel, in God., Lép. France, Suppl. ii. p. 11. t. 1. £, 2 (1835).

*Sphing vespertilioides Boisduval, Ann. Soc. Linn. Paris vi. p. 114. t. 6. £. 4 (1827) ; id., Ind. Meth.
p. 33 (1829) (= amelia ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Boisd., Ramb. & Grasl., Jeon. Hist. Chenill.,
Sphing. t. 9. £. 1 (1832); Ramb., Ann, Soe. Ent. France p. 426 (1832) (= hybr. vespertilio x
hippophaés) ; Treit., in Ochs., Schm. Eur, x. 1. p. 1385 (1834) ; Herr.-Sch., ibid. ii. p. 89. n, 23+
f. 10. 13 (1847) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 170, n, 12 (1856) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép.
Hét. i. p. 175. n. 18 (1875) ; Hofm., Raup. Grrossschm. p. 284 (1893) ; id., Grossschm. p. 29
(1894),

Deilephila vespertilio bibr. vespertilicides, Staudinger & Wocke, Cat. Lep. ed, ii. p. 36. n. 461. a
(1871) ; Bartel, in Riih], Grossschm. ii. p. 61 (1899) (Grenoble ; Istre).

; b. hybr. vespertilio x euphorbiae, or euphorbiae x vespertilio.

*Sphing epilobii Boisduval, Ramb. & Grasl., Icon. Hist, Chenill., Sphing. t. 9 £. 2 (1832) (coll.

p Charles Oberthiir).

Deilephila epilobii Rambur, Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 426 (1832) ( = hybr. vespertilio x euphorbiae) ;
Boisd., /con. Lép. ii. p. 24. n. 4. t. 51. £. 3 (1834) (Lyon) ; Herr.-Sch., Schm. Eur. ii. p. 89. n, 21.£.9
(1847) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 170. n. 11 (1856) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 177.
n. 19 (1875) ; Rou. & Reyn., Bull. Soc. Lint. France p. 84 (1877) (Lyon, viii.) ; Hofm., Raup.
Grossschm. p. 285. t. 48. £. 11 (1893) ; id., Grossschm. p. 29. t.27.£.1. b (1804) , Standf., andb,
Schm. p. 54 (1896) ; Schlumb., itth. Miinch Ent. Ver. xii. p. 1 (1897) ; id., /.c. xiti. p. 2 (1898),

Deilephila vespertilio hibr. epilobii, Staudinger & Wocke, Cut. Lep. ed. ii, p. 36. n. 461, b (L871) 5
Bartel, in Riihl., Grossschm. ii. p. 63 (1899) (Blsass; Basel ; Wallis ; Bozen ; Wien ; Lyon).

Hab. South France northward to Baden, eastward to Cancasia and Armenta,
not recorded from Spain and North Africa.
In the Tring Museum 3 larvae, 1 pupa, 80-odd specimens.

682. Celerio hippophaés.
Sphine hippophats Esper, Schmetl. ii. Suppl. 2. p. 6. n. 65, t. 38. £. 1—3 (1789) (Wallachei).

2%. Pulvillus vestigial. First protarsal segment with few spines externally,
but most of these spines prolonged. Abdominal segments without white fringes,

( 730 )

Inner edge of brown band of forewing straight, at least less bent behind than
in the forms of ewphorbiae ; pale discal area gradually shading off into the darker
costal area, no costal patch beyond apex of cell, or this patch rather small, separate
from costal margin. Mesothoracic tegula not fringed white above.

3. Sexual armature not obviously different from that of respertilio.

Larva without ocelli, there being one large elongate spot at the base of the
rather thin horn, the round spots of the other species represented by a pale
dorso-lateral line ; below stigmata a broad white continuous band.—Food-plant :
TTippophace.

Pupa slender, as in vespertilio, the head-case slightly broader.

Hab. From Spain northward to Baden, eastward to Central Asia.

Two subspecies :

a. C. hippophais hippophais.

Sphinx hippophaés Esper, /.c. ; Hiibn., Samml. Bur. Schm., Sphing. p. 97. n. 8. t. 22. £. 109 (180- ?) ;
id., Gesch. Eur, Schm. ii. Sphing. iii. Leg. B.b. ¢. £. 1. a—e (180—?) ; God., Lép. France iii-
p. 173. t. 17> (1823) ; Lucas, Lép. Ew. p. 118. t. 43 (1834).

Sphinx hippophaees (!), Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur. ii. p. 221. n. 3 (1808).

Deilephila hippophaés, id., Lc. iv. p. 43, 0. 7, p. 178. n. 7 (1816) ; Frey., Beytr. i. p. 65. 66. t. 20
(1828) ; Meig., Syst. Beschr. Schm. p. 140. n. 10, t. 65. f. 4 (1830); Boisd., Ramb. & Grasl.,
Hist, Icon. Chenill., Sphing t. 9 (1832); Treit., in Ochs., Schm. Eur, x. p, 180 (1834) ; Dup.,
Icon, Chenill. i. teawte. t. 4. £. 2. a. b (1832—42) ; Herr.-Sch., Hur. Schm., ii, p. 89. n. 22 (1847) ;
Walk., List Lep. Ins. B, M. viii. p. 169. n. 9 (1856) (“ Corsica, Sardinia” ad C. euph. dahli dict.
refer.) ; Luc, Lép. Eur. ed. ii. p. 138. t. 43. £. 1 (1864) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p, 159.
n. 1 (1875) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 571. n. 21 (1877) ; Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond, p. 236 (1877) (=amelia) ; Kill., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub. xxiii. p. 44 (1880) ; Weism.,
ed. Meld., Stud. Theor. Desc. i. p. 218. t. 6. £58, t. 7. £59. 60. 61 (1882) (larva) ; Rom.,
Mém. Lép.i. p. 70 (1884) (Tiflis ; Derbent) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 667. n, 22 (1892) (syn.
partim) ; Hofm., Raup. Grossschm. p. 28. t. 7. £. 4 (1893) ; id., Grossschm. p. 29. n. 2. t. 17. £. 2
(1894) ; Bartel, in Riihl, ‘did. ii, p. 65 (1899) ; Stand. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 102. n. 743
(1901).

Hylas hippophaés, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 137. n. 1473 (1822).

Sphinx hippophaees (!), Vogel, Schmett. Cab. x. p. 9. t. 5. £. 1 (1829) (larva).

Dilephila hippophaes, Kirby, in Allen, Nat. Libr., Moths iv. p. 34. t. 102. f. 3 (1897).

3%. Upperside of body and band of forewing blackish olive; underside also
much shaded with olive.

Hab. Spain to the Caucasus.

In the Tring Mnsenm 2 larvae, 1 pupa, 25 specimens from Switzerland.

We have not seen Caucasian examples.

b. C. hippophais bienerti.

Deilephila hippophaés, Bienert, Lep. Erg. Reise Persien p. 32 (1869).

Deilephila spec., Christoph, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. x. p. 31 (1873) (Shahrud).

Deilephila bienerti Staudinger, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xxxv. p. 91 (1874) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix,
p. 571. n. 20 (1877) ; Aust., Ze Nat, viii. p. 260 (1886); Alph., in Rom., JJém. Lép., v. p. 83.
n. 21 (1889) (Lob Nor); Kirby, Cut, Lep. Het, i. p. 667, n, 21 (1892); Bartel, in Rithl,
Grossschm. ii. p. 67 (1899).

Deilephila insidiosa Erschoff, in Fedsch,, Reise Turkest., Lep. p. 25 (1874) ; Kirby, Ent. Mo. Mag.
xxy. p. 361 (1889) ; Grum-Grsch., in Rom., Mém. Lép. iv. p. 510. n. 202 (1890) (Ferghana ;
=bienerti).

Deilephila hippophaés var. bienerti, Staudinger & Rebel, Cat. Lep. ed. iii, p. 102. n. 743, a (1901).

3%. Much paler than the preceding form, clayish, underside almost cream~-
colour ; the patch beyond end of cell of forewing absent or vestigial.
A & from Merw in the Tring Museum paler than the other individuals.

_———

Cel)

Hab, Transcaspia, eastwards to the Issyk-knl; North Persia; ? Naryn, S.
Russia.
In the Tring Museum 6 33,5 2? from: Margelan; Merw.

683. Celerio lineata.

Sphinz vitis, Houttuyn (non Linné, 1758), Naturl. Hist. i. 11, p. 434. n 14. t. 90. £. 4 (1767) (partim).

Sphine lineata Fabricius, Syst, Ent. p. 541. n. 18 (1775) (America) ; id. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 96. n. 37
(1787) ; id. Spec. Ins. ii. p. 147. n. 34 (1781); Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2383. n. 83 (1790) ;
Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 368. n. 39 (1793).

Deilephila lineata, Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur. iv. p. 42. n. 5 (1816).

Phryxus livornica, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 137. u. 1468 (1822).

Deilephila livornica Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 98 (1900).

3%. Pulvillus present, smaller in the American subspecies than in the two
of the Hastern Hemisphere. Outer spines of foretarsus prolonged, at least partly,
their number often obviously reduced. Mesothoracic tegula with white upper
fringe. Abdomen with a double series of black dorsal dots. Veins of forewing
above pale from cell to marginal band. Enud of abdomen see PI. LXIII. f. 3, and
mouth-parts Pl. LXIL. f. 2.

Sexual armature of the ordinary type ; process of harpe comparatively short,
acute, curved.

Larva very variable; green to black; a dorsal line, a dorso-lateral one
traversing the eye-spots and a line below the stigmata: these lines sometimes
absent; eye-spots often vestigial.—Food-plants: Galium; Vitis; Rumex ; Oenothera ;
Portulaca ; Prunus ; ete., ete.

Pupa long; tongue-case enlarged basally, two frontal tubercles above at
its base.

Hab. America; Africa ; South Europe, eastwards to China and South India ;
Australia.

The distribution is very remarkable, inasmuch as the species does not occur
in the countries between North India and Australia, while it reappears in the
latter.

Three sharply defined subspecies :

a. C. lineata lineata.

Sphine vitis, Houttuyn (non Linné, 1758), Naturl. Hist, i, 11. p. 438, n. 14. t. 90. f£. 4 (1767)
(partim) ; Miill., Naturs. v. 1. p. 640, n. 16, t, 20. f. 4 (1774) (partim).

Sphinx lineata Fabricius, Syst, Ent. p. 541, n. 18 (1775) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr, iii, 2. p. 206. n, 11
(1780) ; Abb. & Smith, Ins. Georgia i. p. 77. t. 39 (1797) ; Don., Brit. Ins. vi. p. 59. t. 204, f. 1
(1797).

Sphinx daucus Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. p. 41, t. 125. £. p (1777) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr, iii. 2, p. 223, n. 69
(1780) ; Lep. & Serv., Enc. Méth. x. p. 465. t. 66, £. 5 (1825).

Deilephila lineata, Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur. iv. p. 42. n. 5 (1816) (partim) ; Steph., Cat. Brit. Ins.
ii. p. 33 (1829) ; Harris, in Sillim., Journ. Sc. Art xxxvi. p. 304. n. 1 (1839); Clem., Journ, Ae.
N. Se. Philad. iv. p. 143. n. 22 (1859) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N, Am. p. 20 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris,
Syn. Lep. N. Am. p. 164. n. 1 (1862) ; Harris, ed. Flint, Jns. Inj. Veget. p. 328 (1863) ; Lintn.,
Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. iii. p. 662 (1864) (life hist.) ; Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vy. p. 58
(1865) ; id. & Rob., ibid. v. p. 156. n. 49 (1865) ; Grote, l.c. vi. p. 828 (1867) ; Riley, Lut. Amer,
ii. p. 257. fig. 162—164 (1870); Dimm. & Mann, Psyche ii. p. 67 (1871) (liter. rel. to metam,) ;
Riley, Rept. Missouri iii. p. 141 fig. (1871) ; Lintn., Mut. Contr. i. p. 192 (1872) ; id., Le. ii. p. 179
(1873) ; Grote, Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc. i. p. 21 (1874) ; id., Le. ii, p. 225, n. 25 (1875) ; Thaxt.,
Psyche i. p. 29 (1874) (Newton, Mass., vi. ix.) ; Saund., Rept. Lut. Soc. Ontar, iv. p. 28 fig.
(1874) ; Riley, Rept. Missouri viii. p. 122. fig. 42—44 (1876) ; Saund., Le. vi. p. 87. fig. (1876) ;
Butl., Vrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 568. n. 2 (1877); Dew., Mitth, Minch, Ent. Ver. i, p. 92

( 732 )

5 (1877) ; Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 483. n. 52 (1878) (Jamaica); Mart., Z'rans. Dept.
Agric. Illin, xvii. App. p. 100, fig. (1880) : Butl., Papilio i. p. 104 (1881); Gundl., Contr. Ent,
Cubana p. 196 (1881) ; Pil., Papilio ii. p. 66 (1882) ; Reed, Rept. Ent. Soc. Ontar. xii. p. 55. fig.
(1882) ; Saund., Jus. Znj. Fruits p, 254. n. 136. fig. 264—266 (1883); Fern., Canad. Ent. xvi.
p. 21 (1884) (Maine, ix.) ; Bowl., ‘did. p. 39 (1884) (Montreal) ; Lintn., Papilio iv. p. 145 (1884)
(R. Grande) ; Fern., Sphing. N. Engld. p. 56. n. 25. t. 2. £. 2. 3. 4 (1886) ; Grote, Canad, Ent.
xviii. p. 152. n. 35 (1886) ; id., Hawk Moths N. Am. p. 31 (1886) ; Hulst, Ent. Amer. iii. p. 219
(1888) (larvae gathered for food by Indians) ; Smith, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xv. p. 133. t. 5.£. 9
(genit.) (1888) ; Edw., Bull. U. St. N. Mus. xxxv, p. 40 (1889) (liter. rel. to metam.) ; Dyar,
in Riley, Jus, Life ini. p. 322 (1891) (N.Y., at electr. light) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 664. n. 2
(1892) ; Alb., Hut. News vi. p. 145 (1895) (Los Angeles) ; Beutenm., Bull. Amer. Mus. N. Se.
vii. p. 285. t. 3. f. 2 (1895); Cross, Ent. News, vii. p. 297 (1896) (N. Hampshire) ; Soule,
Psyche vii. p. 458 (1896) (Lowa, life hist.) ; Peale, Hn. News viii. p. 49. plate (1897) (life hist.);
Hanh., Canad. Ent. xxix. p. 292 (1897) (Manitoba) ; Grant, Canad. Ent. xxx. p. 264 (1898)
(Orillia, Ontar., 20. ix.) ; Brown., Ent. News x. p. 46 (1899) (huge numbers of larvae wandering ;
Utah) ; Rowl., Ent. News x. p. 11 (1899) (Missouri),

Deilephila daucus, Stephens, Ilustr. Brit. Ent., Haust.i. p. 126 (1829) ; Wood, ed. Westw., Ind. Ent.
p- 246 t. 53 f. 27 (1854) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B.. M. viii. p. 171. vn. 13 (1856) ; Lueas, in
Sagra, Vist. Cuba vii. p. 295 (1857); Boisd., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. p. 65. n.68 (1868) ; Herr.-
Sch., Corresp. Bl. iii. p. 58 (1865) (Cuba) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 173 n. 16 (1875) ;
Edw., Proc. Calif. Ac. Se. vi. p. 91 (1875) (food-plants : Rumex ; Epilob. ; Polygon.) ; id., Le.
vii. p. 20 (1877); Burm., Deser. Rép. Argentin. v. p. 338 n. 2 (1878) ; id., Uc. Atlas p. 38. t. 16,
f, 4 (1879).

Deilephila lineata yar daucus, Behr, Papitio ii. p. 2 (1882) (Calif. ; larva ; common).

Deilephila linearis (!), Lucas, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii. p. 73 (1891).

3%. Pulvillus smaller than in the other two subspecies. First protarsal
segment with some additional spines at the base above the first row. Mesothoracie
tegula with white middle stripe. Abdominal tergite without white spots laterally
of the double row of black dorsal dots, and with five black side-patches which
gradually diminish in size ; a white spot in front of the black side-spots. Scaling
of antenna brown, tip always white, often the white colour more extended.

Caterpillar on the whole much less densely chequered with yellow and black
than in the Old-World Zin. livornica.

Hab. America, from Canada to Argentina, but not found in Brazil, though it
occurs east of the La Plata.

In the Tring Musenm 13 larvae, 12 pupae, 140-odd specimens from : Canada ;

3ritish Columbia ; various places of the U.S. ; Cuba; Haiti ; Jamaica ; Galapagos ;
Colombia ; Mexico ; Venezuela ; La Soledad, Argentina, near border of Uruguay.

b. C. lineata livornica.

Ernst & Engr., Pap, Eur. iii. p. 96. t. 110, f. 158. a. b. c., t. 111. f, 158. d. e. (1782).

Sphing livornica Esper, Schinett. ii. p. 88 (1779) ; id., p. 196. n, 87 (1779) ; id., dec. Suppl. ii. p. 41.
t. 46. f. 3—7 (1806) (larva ; syn. partim) ; Hiibn., Samml. Bur. Schm,, Sphing. p. 96. n. 5. fig. 65.
112 (180— 1) ; id., Gesch. Eur, Schm. ii, Sphing. iii. Leg. B.c. f. a. b. c. (180—?); Lue., Lép.
Kur. p, 112. t. 42 (1834) ; Eversm., Fauna Volgo-Ural. p. 110 (1844) (v.).

Sphinx celerio var., Esper, l.c. t. 8. f. 4. (1779).

Phinx (!) koechlini Fuessly, Arch. i. p. 1. t. 4. f. 1—4 (1, p., 7.) (1781) (Miihlhausen).

Sphinx koechlini id., le. vi. p. 15. t. 33. £. 1—5 (1, p.) (1785) ; id. N. Mag. Ent. ii. p. 371 (1785) ;
Lang, Verz, Augsb. ed, ii. p. 69, n. 566 (1789) ; Borkh., Hur. Schm. ii. p. 83, p. 141, p. 179. n. 3
(1789) ; Schwarz, Raupenkal. p, 204, n. 364 (1791) ; Schrank, Fauna Boica ii. 1. p. 225. n, 1388
(1801).

Sphinx lineata Fabricius, Mant. Ins. ii. p. 96. n. 37 (1787) (partim) ; Vill., Ent. iv. p. 440 (1789)
(= koechlini) ; Rossi, Fauna Etr. ii. p. 14, n. 359 (1794) ; Ochs., Schm. Eur. ii, p. 214. n, 1. (1806)
(partim) ; Sam., Lxt. Comp. p. 243 (1819) (fig. of Donoy. distinct, not Brit.?); God., Lép.
France iii. p. 40, t. 18. £. 1 (1823) ; Lep. & Serv., Enc, Méth. x. p. 465. t. 66. £. 5 (1825) ; Meig.,

|

G33)
Handh. Schn. p. 95. n. 9. t. 10, f. 2 (1827) ; id., Syst. Beschr. Schm. ii. [PENNY Woah wees oe, th)
(1830) ; Friv., in Silberm., /’ev. nt. ii. p. 181 (1834) (Hungary); Ramb., Faune Andalous.
p. 333 (1842); Treit., Hiilfsb. Schm. p. 166. n. 9 (1844) ; Herr-Sch., Hur. Schm. ii. p. 88. n. 44
(1847).

Deilephila lineata, Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur. iv. p. 43. n. 5 (1816) ; Steph., lusty, Brit. Ent., Haust.
i. p. 126. n. 3. t. 12. f. 1 (1829) ; Boisd., Ramb. & Grasl., Hist. Icon. Chenill. t. 5. f. 3. 4, t. 111
(1832) ; Cant., in Silberm., Rev. But. i. p. 77 (1833) (Dépt. Var, vi. vii.) ; Treit., in Ochs., Sehm.
Lur. x. p. 129 (1834) ; Dune., in Jard., Nat. Libr. xl. p. 152 (1843); Assm., Zeitschr. Ent.
Breslaw i. p. 5 (1847); Lucas, Bull, Soc. Ent. France p. 109 (1847) (Djebel-Anur) ; id,
Expl. Se. Algérie, Art. iii. p. 371. n. 67 (1849); Wilde, Raup. ii. p. 83. n. 11 (1860) ; Lucas,
Lép. Eur. ed. ii. p. 139. t. 42. f. 3. (1864) ; All, Ann. Soe. Ent. France p. 315 (1867) (Biskra) ;
Mab., ‘bid. p. 638 (1867) (Corsica) ; Obertbh., Lt, Hut. i. p. 32 (1876) (Algiers) ; Boisd., Spec.
Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 172. n. 15 (1875) ; Lucas, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 68 (1879) ; Mab., Ann.
Soc. Ent. France p. 296 (1879) (Madagascar).

Phryaus livornica, Hibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 137. n. 1468 (1822).

Sphynx koechlini, Vogel, Schmett. Cab. vii. p. 13. t. 7. £. 1. a. b (1825).

Celerio lineata, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii, 1. p. 761. sub n. 1 (1815) (= koechlini = livornica).

Deilephila livornica, Stephens, Cat. Brit. Ins. ii. p. 32 (1829); Westw. & Humphr., Brit. JVoths
p. 19 t. 4. f. 7. 8. 9 (1843) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 164. n. 1 (1856) ; Mann, Wien.
Ent. Mon, ii. p. 32 (1859) (Sicily) ; id., Lc. vi. p. 66 (1862) (Brussa); Led, ibid. vii. p. 22
(1863) (Bulg.; Rumel.) ; id., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xiii. p. 28 (1869) (Elbrus, 12,000 ft.) ;
Bien., Lep. Erg. Reise Persien p. 33 (1869) (Alburs, iv.) ; Bign., Entom. v. p. 169. 180. 214
(1870) (life hist.) ; Hell., ut Mo. Mag. vii. p. 99 (1870) ; Staud. & Wocke, Cat. Lep. ed. ii.
p. 87. n. 471 (1871); Christ., Hor. Soe. Ent. Ross. x. p. 31 (1873) (Shahrud ; Hadschyadabad ;
common) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p, 568. n. 1 (1877) ; Staud., Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross,
xiv. p. 297 (1878) (Amasia ; Tokat) ; Kindb., Ent. Tidshr. i. p. 153 (1880) (Ostgotland) ; Kill.
Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub. xxiii. p, 45 (1880); Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 613 (1881)
(Kurrachi, iii.) ; Weism., ed. Meld., Stud. Theor, Desc. i. p, 215. t. 7. £. 62 (1882) (larvae) ; Albr.,
Bull. Moscou p. 379 (1882) (Moscow) ; Butl., /.c. p, 494. n. 46 (1884) (Aden) ; Rom., Mém. Leép.
i. p. 71 (1884) (Tiflis ; Borjoum ; Derbent ; iv.—viii.) ; Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 513.
n. 3 (1884) (Kurrachi, iii. iv.) ; Méschl. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxxiii. p. 287. n. 78 (1884)
(Caffraria) ; Lampa, Ent. Tidskr. vi. p. 27. n. 115 (1885); Swinh., lc. p. 287. n. 6 (1885)
(Bombay) ; id., rans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 346. n. 2 (1885) (Quetta, vii.) ; Butl., Proc. Zool. Soe,
Lond. p. 379. 0. 95 (1886) (Campbellpore, v.) ; Swinh., ‘bid. p. 435. n. 9 (1886) (Mhow, vi.) ;
Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 20. n. 109 (1887) ; Kill. Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub. xxix. p. 7
(1886) ; Warr., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 293. n. 5 (1888) (Campbellpore, v. vii.) ; Swinh.,
Journ, Bombay N. H. Soc. iti. p. 118. n. 10 (1888) (Karachi, iii. vii—ix.) ; Mina-Pal. & Failla-
Ted., Nat. Sicil. vii. p. 42 (1889) ; Swinb., Cat. Lep, Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 23. n. 86 (1892) ; Kirby,
Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 664. n. 1 (1892); Hofm., Raup. Grossschm. p. 29. t. 7. f. 8 (1893) ; id.,
Grossschm. p. 30. t. 17. £. 8 (1894) ; Leech, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 285 n. 57 (1898) (Wa-shan
vii.) ; Nurse, Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xii. p. 513 (1899).

Sphine livormica (!), Lalanne, Man. Ent. p. 115. n. 4 (date ?).

Deilephila libornica (!), Weiler, Progr. Obervealsch. Innsbr. p. 15 (1880).

Dilephila livornica, Hampson, in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 97. n. 153. fig. 55 (go) (1892).

Deilephila lineata var. livornica, Staudinger & Rebel, Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 103. n. 752. a (1901).

3%. Mesothoracical tegula without white middle stripe. First two black side-
patches of abdomen large, the following represented by small dots ; black dorsal
dots accompanied laterally by white spots; no white spots at the base of segments
4 to 6 in front of the black dots, but fringe again white beneath the black side-
spots ; edges of sternites also obviously white ; the abdomen thus appearing much
more chequered than in lineata lineata. Antenna scaled brown, except at end. Indian
and Chinese specimens are on the whole darker than African and Central Asiatic ones.

Hab. Africa, northward to Southern Hurope, occasionally wandering to Central
Europe, South Sweden, eastwards reaching into China and South India,

In the Tring Museum 4 larvae, 40-odd specimens from: China; Calentta
Persia ; Afzhanistan ; Transcaucasia; Natal ; Morocco; Algiers ; various places
in Europe.

( 734 )

ce. Cy lineata livornicoides.

Deilephila livornica Miskin, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii. p. 119. n. 32 (1891) (partim ; Brisbane) ;
id., Uc. p. 63 (1891) (Mackay); Lower, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. xxii. p. 32 (1897); id., Le.
xxii. p. 54 (1898) (Adelaide ; Brisbane ; Mackay).

Deilephila livornicoides Lucas, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensid. viii. p. 73 (1891) (Toowoomba ; Rock-
hampton).

3?. Asmall and pale form. Antenna wholly creamy white above. Abdomen
with two black side-spots, no black side-dots on the following segments. First
protarsal segment with four long spines, mostly without smaller spines between,
second segment with one long spine at end and often a shorter one more basal.

Hab. Australia.

In the Tring Museum 14 od, 12 2? from: Dawson R., Queensland ;
Roebourne, Derby, and Sherlock R., West Australia.

Apparently much rarer in N. 8. Wales and Queensland than in West Australia.

684. Celerio calverleyi.
Deilephila calverleyi Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. v. p. 56. t. 1 £. 4 (¢) (1865) (Cuba) ; Grote
& Rob., ibid. v. p. 156. n. 48 (1865) ; Grote, ibid. vi. p. 828 (1867) ; id., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe.
ili. p. 184 (1871); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 569. n. 9 (1877) ; Gundl., Contr. Ent.
Cubana p. 198 (1881) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 665. n. 9 (1892),

3. Thorax with white stripes as in lineata, forewing nearly as in gallii.
Antenna pale. No dorsal markings on abdomen.

Hab. Cuba.

Not seen.

CLVI. PERGESA.—Typus : porcellus.

Sphine Linné, Syst. Nat. ed, x. p. 489 (1758) (partim ; type : ocellata).

Spectrum Scopoli, Intr. Hist. Nat. 414 (1777) (partim ; includes type of Sphini).
Deilephila Laspeyres, Jenaische Allg. Literatur-Zeit. iv. p. 99 (1809) (partim ; type: veri).
Elpenor Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. 1. p. 760 (1815) (partim ; type: veri’).

Theretra Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 134 (1822) (partim ; type : equestris = nessus).

Oreus id., L.c. p. 136 (1822) (partim ; type: guoma = butus).

Choerocampa Duponchel, in Godart, Lép. France, Suppl. ii. p. 159 (1835) (partim ; type : nevi).
Metopsilus Duncan, in Jardine, Natural. Libr. xl. p. 154 (1836) (partim ; type: nei).
Chacrocampa (!), Walker, List Lép. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 125 (1856) (partim).

Pergesa id., 1.c. viii. p. 149 (1858) (partim ; type : porcellus).

Smerinthus, Oberthiir (non Latreille, 1802), Et. Ent. v. p. 25 (1881).

Cinogon Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 1 (1881) (type : askoldensis).

3%. Similar to Celerio. Palpus hairy at the sides. Hye strongly lashed.
Antenna very feebly incrassate distally, almost filiform in d, slightly clubbed
in ?, hook gradual, consisting of seven to ten segments. Spines of abdomen weak,
more numerous than in Ce/erto. First row of spines of first protarsal segment
doubled at base ; pulvillus normal.

3. Tenth tergite slender, much narrower than the sternite ; this flat, or slightly
convex beneath, not keeled or boeat-shaped, rounded-truncate or rounded at end.
Clasper broadly sole-shaped, with a dozen or more friction-scales ; harpe (Pl. LIL.
f. 9) ending in a more or less spatulate process, which is concave on the
upperside and is slightly curved upwards, Penis-sheath without apical process,
but with a subapical oblique dentate ridge (Pl. LVI. f. 55).

( 735 )

Larva with the fourth segment swollen; strongly tapering in frout, variegated
with short brown divided lines which border pale dots, these brown markings
vestigial in the green form of the larva; an ocellus on segments 4 and 5; horn
short or vestigial.—Food-plants : Galium: Epilobium; Vitis; Fuchsia ; ete.

Pupa rough, without gloss; tongue-case keeled in basal fifth; a distinet
tubercle in front of eye; abdominal segments 5 to 7 with a subbasal belt of sharp
tubercles, except on underside: cremaster broad at base and flattened, terminating
na slender process, the extreme tip of which is notched.

Hab. Palaearctie Region ; China; North India.

Five species :
a. Fringe of hindwing not dotted with brown
at the veins :
Fringe of hindwing dotted le ie uy
fe veius . ‘ : 5 : é @
}. Marginal area of ehileta pees rosy red . 685. P. elpenor.
Marginal area of hindwing red shaded with
cinnamon : . 686. P. rivularis.
ce. Pronotum with pale re acell margin of
hindwing below mottled with grey and

brown. ° ; : 5 C.
Pronotum uniformly fle ; eostall margin of
hindwing below red. ¢ : : . 687. P. porcellus.
d. Abdominal segments with white edges . 689. P. askoldensis.

Abdominal segments without white edges . 688. P. suellus.

685. Pergesa elpenor.
Sphinw elpenor Linné, l.c. p. 491. n. 15 (1758).

3%. This species is not generically different from porcellus as nearly all
authors have maintained ; the two insects agree very closely and, what is just
as important, disagree with all the other Choerocampinae, rivularis, suellus and
asholdensis excepted.

The three subspecies of edpenor are not very sharply defined. While the
Indian race is fairly well marked, the Japanese individuals are not always different
from large Enropean examples.

3. Tenth tergite a little sleuderer than in porcellus, sternite more roundel
at end; friction-scales more numerous; process of harpe somewhat longer
(PI. LIL. f. 9); dentate ridge of penis-sheath also longer (PI. LVI. f. 55).

Larva: ocelli kidney-shaped, being concave at the ventral side; horn longer
than in porcellus.

Pupa stout, three times as long as broad.

Hab, Palaearctic Region ; China; North India.

Three subspecies :

a. Pergesa elpenor elpenor.

Mouf., Theatr. Ins. p. 93. . 2 (1634) ; Merian, Hur. us. ii, p. 38. t. 73 (1683); Raj., Mist, Tua,
p. 145. n. 2, p. 146. n. 3, p. 281. n. 16 (1710); Mevian, Eruc. Ortus p. 54. t. 22 (ly Py by
Oe Petiv., ast: t. 40, f. 11. 12. 13 (1711); Alb., Engl. Ins. t. 9 (1720) ; Friseh,
_ Ins. xii. p. 1, t. 1. f, 1. 2. 3 (1736) ; Roes., ns. Belust. i, p. 25. t. 4 (1746) ; id, iv. p. 59 (1761) ;

( 736 )

Wilke, Engl. Moths p. 11. t. 7 (1773); Deg.. Mém. Hist. Ins. i. p. 154. 158. 694. t. 9. £. 1. 2.8.9
(1752) ; id., Lc. ii. p. 236. n. 3 (1771); Geoffr., Hist. Ins. it. p. 86. n. 10 (1762) ; Gronov, Act-
Helv. v. p. 140. n. 312 (1762) ; id., Zooph. p. 202. 819 (1764) ; Seba, Thesaur. iv. t. 53. £. 9,
t. 55. f.1.2 (1765) ; Harris, Aurel, p. 14. t. 7. £. 5. a—h (1766) ; Schaeff., Zcon. t. 96. f. 4. 5. (1766) ;
Ernst & Engr., /ns. Eur. iii, p. 99. f. 112. fig. d. e (1782).

Sphine elpenor Linné, Fauna Suec. p. 288. n. 1089 (1746) ; id., Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 491. n. 15
(1758) ; id., Fauna Suec, ed. ii. p. 288, n. 1089 (1761) ; Scop., Ent. Carn. p. 186. n. 472 (1763) ;
Linné, Mus, Lud. Ulr. 355. n, 15 (1764) ; Hufn., Berl. Mag. ii. p. 180. n. 7 (1766) ; Beckm.,
Epit. p. 160. u. 17 (1767); Houtt., Nat. fist. i. 11. p. 4389. n. 15 (1767) ; Lioné, Syst. Nat.
ed. xii, p. 543. n. 25 (1767) ; Mein., Naturf. i. p. 243 (1774) ; Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 543. n. 25
(1775) ; Harris, Engl. Lep. p. 24. 0. 157 (1775) ; Fuessly, Verz. Schweiz. Ins. p. 32. n. 618 (1775) ;
Gled., Porstwissensch. Vi. p. 195. n. 4 (1775) ; Miill., Zool. Dan. p. 116. n. 1378 (1776) ; Den.
& Schiff, Verz. Sch. Wien p. 43. p. n. 3 (1776) ; Mader, ed. Kleem., Raupenkal. p. 52. n. 142,
p. 71. n. 200 (1777) ; Meyer, in Fuessly, Wag. Ent. i. p. 265 (1778) ; Fisch., Naturg. Livland
p. 153. n. 344 (1778); Esp., Schmett. ii, p. 91. t. 9. £. 1—4, p. 200. t. 27. f. 3, t. 45.
f. 1 (1779); Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2 p. 165. n. 17 (1780); Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. ii,
p. 148. n. 43 (1781) ; Lang, Verz. Augsb. p. 69. n. 567. 568 (1782); Fourer., Ent. Paris. ii.
p. 254. n. 10 (1785) ; Fabr., Want. Ins. ii. p. 97. n. 47 (1787) ; Borkh., Eur. Schm. ii. p. 66. 136.
178. n. 2 (1789) ; Gmel., Syst. Nut. i. 5, p. 2382. n. 17 (1790) ; View., Verz. Brandenb. i. p. 8.
n. 9 (1790) ; Rossi, Fauna Etr. ii. p. 162. n. 1054 (1790) ; Schwarz, Raupenkal. p. 353. 0. 494
(1791) ; Brahm, Jusectenkal. ii. 1. p. 528. n. 386 (1791) ; Borkh., Rhein. Mag. i. p. 315. n. 141
(1793) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 372. 0. 51 (1793) ; Don., Brit. Ins. iv. p. 39. t. 122 (1795) ;
Cederh., Fauna Ingr. p. 214. n. 654 (1798); Prun., Lep. Ped. p. 89. n. 178 (1798) ; Hoftm.,
Naturf. xxviii. p. 78 (1799) ; Schrank, Fauna Boiea ii. 1, p. 227. 0.1391 (1801); Hiibn., Sammi.
Eur. Schm., Sphing. pe 96. n. 3. t. 10, £. 61 (180—?); id., Gesch. Eur. Schm. ii. Sphing. iii. Leg.
B. b. f. 2. a. b (180— ?) ; Sepp, Nat. Jus. iii. p. 65. t. 18. £. 6, 78 (180— ?) ; Walck., Faune Paris.
ii. p. 278 (1802) ; Ochs., Schm. Hur. ii. p. 209. n. 3 (1808) ; Nag., Hiilfsh. Schm. p. 155 (1818) ;
Sam., Ent. Comp. p. 243. t. 6. £. 2 (1819) ; God,, Pap. Hur. ili. p. 99. t. 112. f. 160 a—g (1823) ;
Lep. & Serv., Enc. Wéth. x. p. 466. t. 64. £. 7—9 (1825) ; Meig., Handb. Schm. p. 95. 0. 7 (1827) ;
Boisd., nd. Meth. p. 32 (1829) ; Meig., Syst. Beschr, Schm. p. 134. n. 3. t. 64. £. 2. 3. (1830) ;
Lucas, Lép. Ew. p. 111. t. 46 (1834); Thon, Nat. Schm. p. 106. t. 52. £. 728—30 (1837) ;
Zett., Ins. Lapp. p. 917 (1840) ; Ramb., Faune Andal. p, 334 (1842) (Malaga) ; Eversm., Fauna
Volgo-Ural. p. 109 (1844) ; Herrich-Sch., Hur. Schm. ii. 1. p. 85. n. 9 (1847); Brutt., Progr.
Gymn. Dorpat p. 24, 0. 7 (1872) (v. vi.) ; Auriv., Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. xix. 5. p. 136,
n, 173 (1882) (recensio critica),

Sphine celerio Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 491. n. 10 (1758) (sub syn.).

Sphine elenor (1), Miiller, Naturs. v. 1. p. 640. n. 17 (1774).

Sphina porcus Retzius, Gen. Ins. p. 34, n. 29 (1783).

Deilephila elpenor, Laspeyres, Jenaische Allg. Literatur-Zeit. iv. p. 103 (1809) ; Ochs., Schm. Bur. iv.
p. 43. n. 3 (1816) ; Steph., ///ustr. Brit. Ent., Haust. i. p. 181 (1828) ; id., Cat. Brit. Ins, ii. p. 33
(1829) ; Cant., in Silberm., Rev. Ent. i. p. 77 (1833) (Dept. Var, vi. ix.) ; Treits., in Ochs., Sch.
Bur, x. p. 129 (1834) ; Blaneh., Hist. Nat. Ins. iii. p. 479. n. 2 (1840): Assm., Zeitschr. Ent
Breslau i. p. 5 (1847) ; Rom., Bull. Soe. Ent. France p. 40 (1850) (caught by a flower !);
Mann, Wien. Ent. Mon. iti, p. 92 (1859) (Sicily) ; Wilde, Rawp. ii. p. 81. n. 6. t. 1. £. 8 (1860) ;
Siey., Bull. Moscow p. 140 (1862) (St. Petersb.) ; Gir., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 49 (1866) (pupa); .
Maur., Tijdschr. Ent. ix. p. 174 (1866) (Limburg) ; Snell., Vlind. Nederld. p. 95 (1867) (v. vi.)
Tengstr., Act. Soc. I’. FP’. Fenn. x. p. 6. n. 94 (1869) ; Heyl., Tijdschr. Ent. xiii. p. 146. n, 73
(1870) (Breda) ; Siebke, Mn. Ins. Norv. iii. p. 24. n. 2 (1874) ; Kill., Jahrb. Nat. Ges. Graub
xxiii. p. 45 (1880) ; Albr., Bull. Moscou p. 379 (1882) (Moscow) ; Weism., ed. Meld., Stud. Theor.
Dese, i. p. 177. t. 4. £. 17—23, 30—33 (1882) (larvae); Rom., Mém. Lép. i. p. 71 (1884)
(Borjoum ; Lagodekhi ; vi. vii.); Lampa, Mut. Tidskr. vi. p. 27. n. 116 (1885) ; Haar, Tijdschr.
Ent. xxix. p. 30 (1886) (Alblasserwaard) ; Fixs., in Rom., Mém. Lép. iii. p. 321. n. 96 (1887)
(Corea, vii.) ; Amel., Berl, Ent. Zeitschr. xxxi. p. 261 (1887) (Dessau) ; Graes., Berl. Ent.
Zeitschr. xxxii. p. 105, n. 183 (1888) (Amurland) ; Leech, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 584.
n. 17 (1888) (Japan ; China ; =macromera= fraterna= lewisi) ; Mina-Pal. & Failla-Ted., Nat.
Sicil. vii. p. 42 (1880) ; Staud., inRom., Wém. Lép. vi. p. 229. n, 215 (1892) (Amurld.) ; Hofm.,
Raup. Grossschin. p- 29: t28.£. 2 (1893) id., Grossschm. p- 29: te 13s te a (1894) ; Uff., Tris
xiii. p. 170 (1895) (aberr.) ; Schultz, /W/ustr. Zeit. Ent. ii. p. 702 (1897) (aberr.) ; Vos, Tijdschr.
Ent, xli. p. 80 (1898) (Apeldoorn) ; Herz, /iis xi. p. 250. n. 91 (1898) (Witim, Sib.) ; Bartel,
in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 116 (1900).

Elpenor vitis Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. 1. p, 760, n. 3 (1815) ( = elpenor).

Cian)

Oreus elpenor, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 136. p. 1463 (1822).

Sphyne elpenor, Vogel, Schmett. Cab, x. p. 10. t. 5. £.3 (1) (1829).

Choerocampa elpenor, Duponchel, in God., Pap. France, Suppl. ii. p. 160 (1835); Westw. &
Humpbhr., Brit. Moths i. p. 22. n. 3. t. 51 f. 7. 8 (1843); Wallengr., Skand. Het. Fiyér.
p- 44. n. 1 (1863) ; Fust, Hntom. iii. p. 71 (1867) (northward to Edinbg.) ; Newm., ibid. iii.
p. 127 (1867) (life hist.) ; id., /.c. vi. p. 81 (1873) (var.) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i.
p. 279. n. 76 (1875) ; Thed., Ent. Tidskr ii. p. 105 (1881) ; Kane, Entom. xv. p. 234 (1882)
(larva); Kroul., Bull, Soc. Oural. xi. p. 213. n, 88 (1885) (Sarapoul, v.) ; id. dc. p. 239. n. 58
(1885) (Ourjoum).

Chaerocampa (!) elpenor, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 127. n. 1 (1856) ; Butl., Trans. Zool.

¢ Soc. Lond. ix. p. 554, n. 1 (1877) ; Hamm., Entom. xiii. p. 280 (1880) (larva) ; Buckl., Larva
Brit. Lep. ii. p. 113. t. 25. f. 3 (1887) ; Poult., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 206 (1887) (larva) ;
Swinh., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. iii. p. 117. n. 4 (1888) (Karachi) ; Barr., Lep. Brit. Is, ii.
p. 59. t. 52. f. 1. 1 a—c (1893) ; Kirby, in Allen, Nat. Libr., Moths iv. p. 18. t. 98. £. 1 (1897) ;
Staud. & Rebel, Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 103. n. 759 (1901).

Metopsilus elpenor, Duncan, in Jard., Nat. Libr. xl. p. 161. t. 11. £. 1 (1836-43),

Deilephila porcellus x elpenor, Huguenin, Mitth. Schweiz. Ent. Ges. iii. p. 510 (1872).

Theretra elpenor, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 650. n. 1 (1892).

Deilephila elpenor hybr. standfussi Bartel, 1.c. ii. p. 122 (1900) (type now in Mus. Tring).

| Metopsilus porcellus hybr. elpenorellus Staudinger, in Staud. & Reb., Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p. 104.
n. 761. b (1901).

3%. Underside of wings: costal margin dark wax-yellow, this area dilated
posticad on disc, forming generally one broad or two narrow discal bands.

Hab. Europe, eastwards to Amurland.

A series of larvae, pupae, and imagines in the Tring Museum from various
localities.

The curious specimen figured by Hsper, /.c. f. 27, may have been artificial.

b. P. elpenor lewisi.

Choerocampa elpenor, Orza, Lép. Japon p. 36. n, 78 (1868) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 279.
n. 76 (1875) (partim).

*Chaerocampa lewisi Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 247. n. 23 (1875) (Japan) ; id., Trans. Zool.
Soc. Lond. ix. p. 554. n. 2, t. 90. £. 13. 14. 15 (/., p.) (1877) ; Maass., Stett. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 56
(1880) (= elpenor = macromera = ? fraterna).

Chaerocampa elpenor, Leech, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 120. n. 101 (1889) (Kiukiang) ; id., Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 282. n. 50 (1898) (Japan ; China).

| Theretra lewisi, Kirby, 1.c. p. 650. n. 2 (1892).

_ Deilephila elpenor var. lewisi, Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 121 (1900).

3%. On the whole more extended red on the underside than in the previous.

Hab. Japan ; China.

In the Tring Museum 1 larva, 11 dd, 9 $% from: Yokohama, ix.; Hakodate,

vi.—vii. (Leech) ; Kiukiang, viii. ; Ta-tsien-lu, W. China.

c. P. elpenor macromera.
Chaerocampa elpenor var., Walker, l.c, viii. p. 127. sub n, 1 (1856) (N. India; Silhet) ; Moore, Proc.
Zool, Soc. Lond. p. 675 (1867) (Bengal). ,
*Chaerocampa macromera Butler, Proc, Zool, Soc, Lond. p. 7. 0. 12 (1875) (Silhet ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
id., Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond, ix, p. 554, n, 3 (1877); id., Tilust. Typ. Spec. Lep, Het, B. M. v.
p. 7. t. 79. f, 3 (1881) ; Cot, & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i, p. 14, n, 80 (1887) (Shillong) ; Swinh.,
Cat, Lep. Het, Mus, Ov. i, p. 14. 0. 57 (1892) (Silhet).

Chacrocampa elpenor, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i, p. 84. n, 119 (1892) (macro-
mera = fraterna = lewisi = rivularis).

Therctra macromera, Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p, 650, n, 3 (1892) (syn, partim).

| 3%. Red marginal area of hindwing obviously broader than in the previous

forms.
Hab, Assam.

In the Tring Museum 3 ¢d,7 %% from: Khasia Hills ; Shillong.
BBB

( 738 )

686. Pergesa rivularis.

*Choerocumpa rivularis Boisduyal, Spec, Gén, Lép. Hét, i. p. 280, n, 77 (1875) (Simla ; Darjiling ;—
coll, Charles Oberthiir).

*Chaerocampa fraterna Butler, Proc, Zool, Soc, Lond. p, 247, n, 24 (1875) (Simla ; N. India ;—
Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 554. n, 4 (1877) ; id., Z/lustr. Typ. Specim. Lep.
Het, B. M. v. p, 7. t. 79, £. 4 (1881); Cot. & Swinh,., Cal, Moths Ind. i. p, 14. n. 81 (1887)
(Simla ; Sikhim),

Chaerocampa elpenor, Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Sor, Lond. p. 514. n. 6 (1884) (Kurachi); Cot, & Swinh.,
Cat, Moths Ind. i, p. 14. n. 79 (1887) (Simla ; Karachi).

Deilephila elpenor, Butler, Proc, Zool. Soe, Lond, p, 613 (1881) (Kurrachi).

Theretra macromera, Kirby, 1.c. i, p. 650, n. 3 (1892) (partim).

Theretra fraterna, id., lc. 0, 4 (1892).

3%. Like elpenor, but the rosy red parts of body and wings shaded over
with cinnamon, being far less bright red than in edpenor, especially on the wings;
marginal area of hindwing as broad as in macromera.

Hab. N.W. and N. India: Sikhim to Chitral, southward to Kurachi.

In the Tring Museum 3 ? 2 from: Chitral; Simla ; Sikhim.

687. Pergesa porcellus.

Ros., Ins. Belust. i, p. 33, t. 5 (1746) ; Hemm., Coll. Cur. Ins. t. 9. £. d (175- ?) ; Geoffr., Hist. Abr,
Ins. Paris ii. p. 88. n. 12 (1762) ; Deg., Mém. Hist. Ins. ii. p. 237, n, 4 (1771) ; Ern, & Engr,,
Pap. Eur. iii, p, 102. t, 113, £. 161.a—i (1782).

Sphinz porcellus Linné, Syst, Nat. ed, x. p, 492. n. 16 (1758); id., Fauna Suec. ed. ii, p. 288.
n, 1090 (1761); Hufn., Berl. Mag. ii. p. 180, n. 8 (1766); Houtt., Naturl. Hist. i. 11,
p. 439. n, 16 (1767); Linné, Syst. Nat. ed, xii. p. 801. n. 18 (1767); Beckm., Syst. Nat.
in Epit. red. p. 161. n. 10 (1772) ; Miuil., Naturs. v. 1. p. 641. n. 18 (1774) ; Fuessly, Vere.
Schweiz. Ins. p. 32. n, 619 (1775) ; Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 544, n. 26 (1775) ; Harris, Engl. Lep.
p. 24. n, 158 (1775) ; Gled., Forstwissensch. ii, p. 196. n. 5 (1775) ; Miull., Zool. Dan. p. 116.
n, 1339 (1776) ; Den. & Schiff., Verz. Schm. Wien p. 43. p. n. 4 (1776); Mad., ed. Kleem.,
Raupenkal. p. 50. n. 144, p. 71. n, 201 (1777) ; Fisch., Vers. Gesch. Livl. p. 150, n. 345 (1778) ;
Esp., Schmett. ii. p. 97, t. 10. f. 1. 3 (1779); Blum., Handb. Naturg. p. 365. n. 8 (1779) ; Goeze,
Ent, Beytr, ii, 2. p. 168. n. 18 (1780) ; Fabr., Spee, Ins. ii, p. 149. n. 44 (1781) ; Lang, Verz.
Augsb. p. 70. n. 569, 570 (1782) ; Fabr., Want. Ins. ii. p. 97. n, 48 (1787) ; Borkb., Bur, Sch.
ii, p. 64. 135. 178. n. 1 (1789); Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p, 2382. n. 18 (1790) ; Schwarz,
Raupenkal. p. 355. 494. 633. 748 (1790); View., Verz. Brandenb. p. 8. n. 10 (1790); Rossi,
Fauna Etr, ii, p. 15, n, 361 (1790) ; Brahm, Zns. Kal. p. 313. n. 199 (1791) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst.
iii, 1. p, 3875. n. 52 (1793) ; Borkh., Rhein. Mag. i, p. 314. n. 140 (1793) ; Cederh., Fauna Ingr.
p. 214. n. 655 (1798); Schrank, Fauna Boica ii. 1. p. 228, n. 1392 (1801); Walek., Faune
Paris. ii, p. 279 (1802) ; Hiibn., Sammi. Eur, Schm., Sphing. p. 95. n. 2. t. 10. £. 60 (180-2) ;
id., Gesch. Ewr. Schm., Sphing. ii. Leg. B. b. f. 1. a. b (180-2); Ochs., Schm. Eur. ii. p, 211.
n. 4 (1808) ; Nag., Hiilfsb. Schm. p. 156 (1818) ; Latr., in Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat. xxxi. p. 25
(1819); Sam., Ent. Comp. p. 243 (1819) ; God., Lép. France iii. p. 50. t. 19. £. 1 (1823);
Lep. & Serv., Enc. Méth. x. p. 466, t. 64. f. 10—12 (1825); Meig., Mandb. Schm. p. 95. n. 8
(1827) ; Boisd., Ind. Meth. p. 32 (1829) ; Meig., Syst, Beschr. Schm. p. 135. n. 4. t. 64. f. 4
(1830) ; Lucas, Lép. Eur. p. 111. t. 45 (1834) ; Zett., Jus. Lapp. p. 917 (1840) ; Eversm.,
tae Volgo-Ural. p. 109 (1844) (v. vi.) ; Brutt., Progr, Gymn, Dorpat p. 24. n. 8 (1872)

V. Vi.).

(?) Sphine bombyliformis Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 493. n. 27 (1758).

Elpenor porcellus, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. 1. p. 761. n. 4 (1815).

Deilephila porcellus, Laspeyres, Jenuische Allg. Literutwr-Zeit. iv. p. 99 (1809) ; Ochs., Schm. Bur,
iv. p. 43, n. 4 (1816) ; Steph., ZUlustr. Brit. Ent., Haust. i. p. 131. n. 8 (1828) ; id., Cat. Brit.
Ins. ii. p. 33 (1829) ; Cant.,in Silberm., Rev. Ent. i. p. 77 (1833) (Dept. Var, vi.) ; Blanch.,
Hist. Nat. Ins, ivi. p. 478 (1840) ; Assm., Zeitschr. Ent, Breslau i. p. 5 (1847) ; Lue., Bull. Soe.
Ent. France p. 107 (1847) (veget. paras.) ; Guér,, ‘bid. p. 108 (1847) (veget. paras.) ; Rom.,
ibid. p. 40 (1850) (caught by a flower !) ; Vill., ibid. p. 102 (1858) ; Siev., Bull. Moscow p. 140
(1862) (St. Petersb.) ; Mann, Wien. Ent. Mon, vi. p- 66 (1862) (Brussa) ; Maur., Tijdschr. Wut.
ix, p. 174 (1866) (Limburg) ; Snell., Vind. Nederld. p. 94 (1867) (v. vi.) ; Tengstr., ct. Soe.

( 739 )

F. FP. Fenn, x. p. 6. n. 95 (1869) ; Heyl., Tijdschr. Ent. xiii, p. 146. n. 74. t. 6. £. 1 (1870)
(Breda, var.) ; Voll., ibid. p. 158 (1870) (same var.) ; Gooss., Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 118 (1871)
(larva var.) ; Siebke, En, Ins. Norv. iii. p. 24. n. 3 (1874); Megn., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p- 53
(1875) (grey var.; Digne) ; Bell., ibid. p. 78\(1875) (grey var. ; Digne) ; Staud., Hor. Soc. Ent.
Ross. xiv. p. 298 (1878) ; Fall., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 76 (1879) (var. ; not red) ; Kill., Jahrb.
Nat. Ges. Graub, xxiii. p. 45 (1880) ; Albr., Bull. Moscou p. 379 (1882) (Moscow) ; Rom., Meém.
Lép.i. p. T1 (1884) (Tiflis; Borjoum; v. vi.); Lampa, Hut, Tidskr. vi, p. 27. n. 117 (1885) ;
Kill, /.c, xxix. p. 8 (1886) ; Amel., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxxi. p. 261 (1887) (Dessau) ; Hofm.,
Raup. Grossschm. p. 29. t. 8. £. 2, t. 50. £. 18 (1893) ; id., Grossschm. p. 30. n. 12. t. 18. f. 1
(1894) ; Kill. & Cafl., Jahrb. Nat. Ges, Graub. xxxviii. App. p. 20 (1895); Vos, Tijdschr. Ent.
xli. p. 80 (1898) (Apeldoorn) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 123 (1900).

Theretra porcellus, Hibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 135. n. 1448 (1822).

Sphynx porcellus, Vogel, Schmett. Cab. ii. p. 19. t. 7. £. 5. a. b (1822).

Choerocampa porcellus, Duponchel, in God., Pap. France, Suppl. ii. p. 160 (1835); Westw. &
Humphr., Brit. Moths i. p. 23. t. 23. £. 9. 10 (1843) ; Wallengr., Shand. Het. Fjdr. p. 46. n. 2
(1863) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 280. n. 78 (1875).

Pergesa porcellus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 150. n. 1 (1856); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe.
Lond. 1x. p. 547, n. 1 (1877).

Chaerocampa porcellus, Barrett, Lep. Brit. Is. ii, p. 55. t. 52. £. 2. 2a (1893) ; Weism., ed. Meld.,
Stud. Theor. Desc. i. p. 184. t. 4. £, 24—28 (1882) (larvae).

Metopsilus porcellus, Duncan, in Jard., Nat. Libr. xl. p. 163. t. 11. f. 2 (1843); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het:
i. p. 660. n. 11 (1892) ; id., in Allen, Nat. Libr., Moths iv. p. 26. t. 98. £ 2. 3 (1897) ; Staud.
& Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 104. n. 761 (1901).

Deilephila porcellus var, suellus, Oudemans (non Staudinger, 1878), Tijdschr. Ent. xi. p. 21 (1899)
(Holland).

3%. The three insects porcellus, suellus, and askoldensis come so near each
other that we were at first inclined to treat them as geographical races of the same
species. Suellus connects porcellus completely with askoldensis when closely
compared, combining characters of the one with characters of the other. However,
porcellus and suellus occur together and are always different. From this we must
conclude that they are independent of one another, 7.e. are specifically distinct. If
the differences between porcellus and suellus are of specific value, then we have no
right, we think, to regard the differences between swed/us and askoldensis otherwise
than being also specific, although the similarity of swel/us with askoldensis is a
little more marked than between swellus and porcellus. Sexual armature scarcely
different in the three insects.

Red colour of forewing occasionally absent. Marginal band of hindwing, above,
rarely blackish.

3. Tenth tergite convex at tip, feebly hooked in lateral aspect, about half the
width of the sternite; this truncate with the angles rounded. Clasper broad ;
about a dozen friction-scales ; process of harpe rather shorter than in elyenor
elpenor ; dentate ridge of penis-sheath also shorter.

Ocelli of larva rounded ; horn vestigial.

Pupa much slenderer than that of e/penor, more than three times as long as
broad ; tubercle in front of eye pointed ; abdominal belts of tubercles curved basad
in middle, the tubercles here less high and more numerous than laterally.

Hab. Burope, eastward to Asia Minor and Transcaucasia.

A series of larvae, pupae, aud imagines in the Tring Museum from various
places.

688. Pergesa suellus.
Deilephila porcellus var., Leder, Aun. Soc, Ent, Belg. xiii. p. 28 (1869) (Hanky nda; As. m.).
Deilephila porcellus var. ? suellus Staudinger, Hor, Sov, Mnt. Ross. xiv. p. 298 (1878) (Amaria ).
Deilephila porcellus var. suellus, Romanoff, Mém, Lip. i. p. 71. t. 4, f. 1 (1884) (‘Tiflis ; Borjoum ;
Lagodekhi ; Istissu ; Suanetie ; together with porcellus 1).

( 740.)

Metopsilus porcellus var. a. Deil. p., var. suellus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 660. sub n. 1 (1892).

Deilephila poreellus var. et ab, suellus, Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 127 (1900).

Metopsilus porcellus var. sucllus, Staudinger & Rebel, Cat. Lep, ed. iii, p. 104, n. 761a (1901) (Pont.;
Arm. ; Ferg. m.).

3%. Pronotum edged with grey as in asholdensis, but not quite so’ distinctly ;
tergites 5 and 6 of abdomen with yellowish lateral apical spot. Body and wings
cinnamon, with very little red colour. A prominent olivaceous median band on
forewing. Costal margin of forewing below grey, irrorated with brown. Pale lateral
border of mesothoracic tegula continued to frons, more or less distinct on pronotum,

Early stages not known.

Hab. Transcaucasia ; Asia Minor.

In the Tring Museum 2 6d, 3 ? 2 from: Borshom.

689. Pergesa askoldensis.
*Smerinthus askoldensis Oberthiir, Diagn. Lep. Ask. p. 5 (1879) ; id., Ht. Pnt. v. p. 25. n. 64. t. 1.
f. 3 (1880) (Askold ;—coll. Oberthiir).
*Cinogon cingulatum Butler, Trans, Ent. Soc, Lond, p. 2 (1881) (Japan ;—Mus. Brit.).
Deilephila askoldensis, Graeser, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. xxii. p. 105. n, 184 (1888) (Amurland) ; Staud.,
in Rom., Mém. Lép. vi. p. 230. v, 217 (1892) (Amurld,); Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii, p. 128

1900).

ieee Eee Kirby, Cut, Lep, Het. i, p. 639, n. 1 (1892); Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.
p. 584, n, 18 (1888) (= cingulatum ; Oiwake ; Hakodate); Staud. & Reb., Cut. Lep, ed. iii,
p. 104. n. 764 (1901).

32%. Abdominal segments with white fringe all round. Wings more distinctly
dentate than in the two preceding species. Pale side-stripe of head and thorax
distinct on prothorax; pale fringe of the latter also distinct.

Karly stages not known.

Hab. Amurland ; Japan.

In the Tring Museum 3 dd from: Sidemi ; Japan.

CLVII. RHODAFRA gen. nov.—Typus : opheltes.
Sphinz, Cramer (non Linné, 1758), Pap. Exot. iii. p. 164 (1780).
Hyles Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 137 (1822) (partim ; type : galli/).
Deilephila, Walker (non Laspeyres, 1809), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 173 (1856).

3. Antennae less clubbed than in Celerio. Second segment of palpus
peculiar : scales mesially short, long right and left, the lateral ones especially long
and hair-like, forming a kind of crest appearing as a continuation of the eye-lashes,
the segment looking as if it were shorn mesially. Spines of abdomen weak as in
Pergesa.

3. Friction-scales small and numerous, process of harpe broad, rounded at end,
hollowed out on the upperside (PI. LIL. f. 10), resembling the process of Pergesa.
Penis-sheath with incrassate dentate apical edge ending at both sides in a short
process.

Karly stages not known.

Hab. South Africa.

As distinct from Celerio as is Pergesa.

Two species :

Forewing with broad creamy buff band from
apex to hinder margin near base : . 690. R. opheltes.
Porewing without this band d : 3 . GOL. R. marshall.

( 741 )

690. Rhodafra opheltes.

Sphinx opheltes Cramer, Pap. Ex. iti. p. 164, t. 285. £. B (1780) (Cape ; “ Coromandel ” err, loci).

Hyles opheltes, Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 137. n. 1471 (1822).

Deilephila opheltes, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B, M, viii. p. 173. n. 17 (1856); Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe,
Lond. ix. p. 568. n. 4 (1877) ; Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 236 (1877) (Cape).

Deilephila mariae Wallengren, Oefv. Vet. Ak. Férh. xxxii. 1. p. 93 (1875).

3 ?. Abdomen with one large black basal side-patch. Cinnamon-tawny costal
area of forewing, above, incised at the veins ; median vein pale. Underside more or
less rosy red ; hindwing with black spot behind at base.

Hab, South Africa.

In the Tring Museum 15 od, 5 22 from: Grahamstown, Cape Colony ;
Neweastle and Mooi R., Natal.

691. Rhodafra marshalli spec. nov.

dg. Occiput and thorax cinnamon, with a pale side-stripe ; abdomen (like
upperside of forewing) pale buff, a black basal side-patch ; underside of abdomen
somewhat deeper in tint; palpus and breast washed with cinnamon.

Wings, upperside. Forewing densely irrorated with brown speckles ; ¢
conspicuous blackish brown stigma ; a blackish brown straight line from apex, where
it is a little curved, to inner margin, which it reaches 3 mm. from angle ; area
outside this line more densely speckled ; a black basal posterior patch. Hindwing
rosy red; a large black basal patch from cell to abdominal margin, triangular,
widest behind, not reaching to end of cell; cross-veins and M with some black
seales ; a black postdiscal band from costal margin to end of SM?; marginal area
buff, speckled with black ; anal angle creamy.

Underside uff, shaded with pink and ochraceous, densely irrorated with brown
except in middle ; postdiscal line of upperside vestigial below ; marginal area more
brown than dise.

Harpe more obliquely rounded at end than in opheltes, slightly acuminate.
Dentate ridge of penis-sheath oblique, less symmetrical than in opheltes.

Length of forewing : 25 mm.

Hab. Mashonaland.

One specimen in the British Museum, collected by G. A. K. Marshall.

CLVII. CHAEROCINA gen. noy.—Typus: dohertyi.

3%. Allied to Cechenena and Euchloron. Second segments of palpi separate
as in those genera, smoothly scaled, without apical tuft on innerside, naked surface
longer than broad; xo cavity at end of first segment externally ; sealing of this
segment very rough, appearing as if the greater number of the longer scales were
rubbed away ; very few scales at apex of first segment on /nnerside.

Hab. Bast Africa.

One species.

In the absence of dense scaling from the end of the first segment of the palpus
on innerside and in pattern similar to Celervo.

( 742 )

692, Chaerocina dohertyi (Pl. VI. f. 5, 2).

69. Head and thorax above green-brown, changing into tawny-olive on
abdomen ; a creamy white lateral stripe on head and thorax ; a stripe on first
segment of palpus, and upperside of legs creamy white ; scaling of antenna creamy
buff; breast orange-rufous, abdomen below ferruginons.

Wings, above. Forewing greyish olive-green, darkest at base, on disc
beyond end of cell, and between discal Jine and anal angle ; a creamy streak at inner
margin between base and middle ; a black line beginning at costal margin close to
apex and ending at apical third of inner margin, bordered pale proximally; traces
of two antemedian lines and of a line from stigma to inner margin; stigma an
olive-black circle; distal margin concave in front, then convex ; apex acute.——
Hindwing geranium-pink, basal area black to apex of cell ; a black postdiscal band,
shading off distally, not reaching anal angle, connected along SM? with basal area;
marginal area less bright pink.

Underside ferruginous, speckled with olive. Forewing : basal area red, a
broad black basal stripe behind ; two olive discal lines, parallel, somewhat S-shaped,
curving costad-in front, sometimes vestigial ; a broad greyish brown border, not
very conspicuous, widest behind R? where it reaches distal discal line. Hind-
wing : not quite so bright as forewing ; abdominal area pink, a somewhat S-shaped
discal line corresponding to the second line of the forewing.

3. Sexual armature of the usual type of the allied genera. Tenth tergite ; first
slightly, in apical third more suddenly narrowed, tip rounded, feebly sinuate ;
sternite rather flat beneath, apex truncate with the angles strongly rounded.
Clasper with a great number of rather large friction-scales; process of harpe
slender, horizontal, extreme end curved upwards. Penis-sheath with a right and
left process, asymmetrical, the left process flat and somewhat twisted, the right one
slightly curved, projecting, with some teeth at proximal edge.

Length of forewing: ¢ 44—48 mm.; 2 49 mm.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Kikuyu Escarpment, British East Africa, 6500—9000 ft., January and
March 1901 (W. Doherty).

Twelve dd, one ? in the Tring Museum.

One of the finest discoveries of our late friend in this family.

CLIX. EUCHLORON.—Typus : megaera.

Sphinc Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p, 489 (1758) (partim ; type : ocellata).

Deilephila, Boisduval (non Laspeyres, 1809), Faune Madag. Bourb. p, 73 (1833).
Choerocampa, id. (non Duponchel, 1835), in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 596 (1847).
Philampelus, Walker (non Harris, 1839), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 179 (1856).
Chlorina Guenée (non Desy., 1830), in Maill., Zle Réunion p. 32 (1862).

Euchloron Boisduyal, Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 213 (1875) (type : megaera).

3%. Second segments of palpi divergent, touching one another only
proximally, where their ventral scaling is long and tuft-like ; outer side of palpus
simple, joint xot open, xo cavity at end of first segment; inner surface of second
segment vot naked, being clothed with thin and rounded scales, which, however, do

( 743 )

not quite cover the mesial part of the surface, which is longitudinally impressed at
each side (Pl. LIX. f. 24),

Early stages not known.

Hab. Aethiopian Region.

One species.

693. Kuchloron megaera.
Sphinx megaera Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 492. n. 19 (1758).
Euchloron megaera, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 214 (1875) (Guinea ; Madag. ; Bourbon).

3%. The underside of the body and hindwing is either green or tawny, with
intergradations, irrespective of locality. The mesothoracic tegulae have the same
long pale fringe as those of Cechenena mirabilis.

3. Tenth tergite long, pointed ; sternite rounded at end, sides parallel.
Friction-scales of clasper numerous ; harpe (PI. LII. f. 7) forming a strong pointed
hook ; inner surface of clasper densely clothed with lone bristles. Penis-sheath
of the same type as in /’/agastis: a slender right process, dentate at end, sub-
eylindrical ; a broad flat left process, dentate at the edges (Pl. LVL. f. 57. 58).

2. Lateral edges of vaginal plate raised; vaginal cavity covered in front and
at the sides by a high ridge, which is minutely folded longitudinally, feebly
chitinised, incised in middle, the two lobes strongly and broadly rounded.

Hab. Aethiopian Region.

Two subspecies :

a. EE. megaera lacordaire?.

*Deilephila lacordairei Boisduyal, Faune Madag. & Bourb. p. 73, t.11, f. 1 (1833) (Madag.; Bourb, ;
—coll. Charles Oberthiir).

Chlorina lacordairei, Guenée, in Maill., lle Réunion p, 32 (1862); id., in Vins, Voy. Madag.
p. 29 (1865) (=Jacordairei) ; Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 297 (1879)(=lacordairei) ;
Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 124. n. 295 (1884) (Nossi-bé) ; Vins., Pap. Bourbon p. 13 (1891).

Euchloron meqaera, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 214 (1875) (partim).

Euchloron lacordairei, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 671.n. 2 (1892) (Madag. ; “ Bombay ”’ loci error /).

3%. Differs from the Continental race in the outer margin of the hindwing
being distinctly shaded with green up to R' or SO”, and in the black discal band of
the same wing being narrower.

Hab. Madagascar and neighbouring islands.

In the Tring Museum 4 dd, 1 ? from Madagascar.

b. EE. megaera megaera.

Sphinx megaera Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 492. n. 19 (1758); id., Mus. Lud. Ulr, p. 358. n. 18
(1764) ; Clerck, Icon. Ins. ii. t. 47. £. 2 (1764) ; Houtt., Naturl, Hist. i. 11. p. 450. n, 19 (1767) ;
Linné, Syst. Nat, ed. xii. p. 802. n. 21 (1767) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 173. n, 21 (1780)
(syn. partim) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2385. n. 21 (1790) ; Auriv., K. Sv. Vet, Ak, Handl,
xix. 5. p. 139. n. 176 (1882) (recens. crit.).

Choerocampa megaera, Boisduval, in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 595, a. 109 (1847) (Natal),

Philampelus megaera, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 179. n. 11 (1856) (Ashanti ; Natal) ;
Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 577. n. 16 (1877); Plotz, Stett, Ent. Zeit. xii, p. 76, n, 283
(1880) (Cameroons) ; Druce, in James., Story Rear Col. p. 446 (1887) (Arawimi).

Deilephila megaera, Hopffer, in Pet., Reise Mozamb. p. 422 (1862).

Euchloron megaera, Boisduyal, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét, i. p. 214 (1875) (partim) ; Oberth., Ht, Hut. iii.
p. 31 (1878) (Zanzibar) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 670. n. 1 (1892) ; Pagenst., Jahrb, Ham-
burg. Wiss, Anst. x. 2. p. 38. n. 102 (1893) (Sansibar, vii.).

Chlorina megaera, Dewitz, Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. iii, p. 26 (1879) ; Karseh, Ent. Nachr, xvii, p. 209,
n. 9 (1891) (Cameroons).

( 744 )

3%. Our two St. Thomé specimens are rather small and have the black discal
band of the hindwing narrow. Specimens with ferruginous underside of body and
hindwing occur in West and Hast Africa.

Hab. Continental Africa and islands near the coast.

In the Tring Museum 15 3 d,8 2 from: St. Thomé, xii. i. (Mocquerys) ;
Bopoto and Yakusu, viii., Congo (K. Smith) ; Natal ; Kilwa, Germ. IE. Afr., v.
(Reimer) ; Mombasa, v. (Dr. Ansorge); Ran, Nandi, ii. (Ansorge) ; Masindi,
Uganda, xil. (Ansorge).

CLX. BASIOTHIA.—Typus : medea.

Sphinx, Fabricius (non Linné, 1758), Spec. Ins. ii. p. 143 (1781).

Deilephila, Boisduval (non Laspeyres, 1809), Faune Madag. Bourb. p, 73 (1843).
Choerocampa, id, (non Duponchel, 1835), in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 595 (1847).
Basiothia Walker, List Lep, Ins. B. M. viii, p. 124 (1856) (type: idvicus = meded).
Chaerocampa, Ménétriés, Enum. Corp, Anim. Mus, Petr., Lep. p. 91 (1857).
Basiothea (!), Butler, Trans. Zool, Soc. Lond. ix. p. 552 (1877).

Guathostypsis, id. (non Wallengren, 1858), Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). iv. p. 233 (1879).
Antinephele, Kirby (non Holland, 1889), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 643 (1892).

3. Inner surface of palpus: scaling at apex of first segment dense and
regular; second segment without apical tuft. On the outer side the first segment
is strongly convex and bears a transverse crest of scales, resembling the crest found
in Sphingonaepiopsis, but being much smaller, or this crest represented by a fringe
along eye. Hye very strongly lashed. Antenna strongly clubbed in both sexes.
Abdomen with weak and numerous apical spines.

Larya strongly tapering in front ; with seven ocelli.Food-plant : Spermacoce.

-Pupa: tongue-case compressed, but not very prominent.

flab. Aethiopian Region.

The four species are in shape rather similar to some Temnora.

Key to the species :

a. Hind orange . : : . - : . 694. B. medea.
Hind brown . i ‘ 3 : ‘ . 695. B. laticornis.
Hind red ; a white double line on abdomen . 696. B,. charis.
Hind red; a simple line on abdomen : . 697. B. schenki.

694. Basiothia medea.

Sphing medea Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 143. n. 19 (1781) (Afr. aequin.) ; id., Jant. Ins. ii. p. 94.
n. 22 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. p. 5. p, 2376. n. 64 (1790) ; Fabr., Lnt, Syst. iii. 1. p. 363. n. 23
(1793): ;

Sphine idrieus Drury, Tilustr, Ex. Ins, iti. p. 2. t. 2. £. 2 & Index (1782) (Africa).

Sphinx clio Fabricius, /.c. iti. 1. p. 377. n. 65 (1793) (Guinea) ; Auriv., xt. Tidskr, xviii. p. 153.
n, 85 (1897) (= idrieus).

Sphinz onotherina Martyn, Psyche t. 23. £. 59. 60 (1797).

Deilephila idrieus, Boisduval, Faune Mad. Bourb. p. 73. n. 4. t. 10. £. 5 (1833) (Bourbon ; Mauritius ;
Madag. ; Senegal ; Guinea ; = clio).

Choerocampa idriaeus (1), id., in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr, p. 595. n. 110 (1847) (Natal) ; Guén.,
in Maill., /7e Réunion, App. p. 21 (1862) ; id., in Vins., Voy. Madag. p. 29 (1865) ; Vins., Papill.
Bourbon p. 13 (1891).

Basiothea idvicus (1), Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 125. n. 1 (1856) (Natal ; 8. Leone) ;
Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxxiii. p. 288. n. 83 (1884) (Caffraria).

Sphina ? medea, Walker, l.c. viii. p. 263 (1856).

( 745 )

Chaerocampa idrieus, Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep. p. 92. n. 1520 (1857) ; Mab.,
Ann. Soe. Ent. France p. 299 (1879) (Madag.).

Choerocampa transfigurata Wallengren, Wien. Ent. Mon. iv. p. 42. n. 42 (1860); id., Kongl. Sv. Vet.
Ak. Handi. v. 4. p. 18 (Separ.) (1865) ; id., Ofv. Vet. Ak. Forh. p, 913 (1871) (= idrieus),

Choerocampa idrieus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét, i. p. 282. n. 80 (1875) (= elio = medea ?).

Basiothea (!) idricus (!), Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 552 (1877) ; id., Proe. Zool. Soc. Lond.
p. 494. n. 44 (1884) (Aden) ; Druce, in Moloney, W. Afr. Forestry p. 492. n. 3 (1887) ; Holl.,
Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 62. n, 12 (1889) (Benita ; Gaboon ; Kangwé) ; Karsch, Hit.
Nachr. xvii. p. 294. n. 5 (1891) (Cameroons) ; Butl., /.c. p. 843. p. 123 (1896) (Nyassald., Febr.).

Chaeracampa idreus (!), Saalmiiller, Lep. Madag. p. 13 (1884).

Basiothea idrieus, id., Le. p. 120, n. 276 (1884); Méschler, Abh. Senk. Nat. Ges. xv. p. 67. n. 150
(1890) (Gold Coast).

Choerocampa idrieus, Dewitz, Mitth. Miinch. Ent, Ver. iii. p. 26 (1879).

Basiothia medea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 648. n. 1 (1892) (= idricus = idrieus = clio = onotherina
= trausfigurata).

Chaerocampa idricus (1), Fawcett, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond.. xv. p. 310, t. 49. f. 1° 2 (1, p.) (1901).

3%. The green colour of this small insect fades easily into brown. The
antenna of the ¢ is not much longer and thicker than that of the ?. There is no
constant geographical variation ; the Madagascar specimens haye apparently the
two distinct discal lines of the forewing never dentate.

3. Tenth tergite elongate-triangular, subearinate basally, bi-impressed, sinuate
at end and slightly curved ventrad ; sternite triangular, obtusely rounded at apex.
Process of harpe long, slender, compressed, feebly spatulate, apex obtuse ; similar
to the harpe of 7. eson. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVIL. f. 25.26) with a process right
and left, both dentate, the right one longer.

Larva with seven triangular dorso-lateral spots which are brown above and
yellow below, spot of eleventh segment elongate, extended on to the horn.

Hab. Aethiopian Region: Africa; Madagascar and neighbouring islands ;
Aden.

In the Tring Museum 150-odd specimens from: Sierra Leone; Ogrugn,
Niger; Cape Colony; Natal; Nyassaland; German and British E. Africa;
Uganda and Toru (Ansorge) ; Great Comoro ; Madagascar.

695. Basiothia laticornis (Pl. V. f. 14, 3).

*Gnathostypsis laticornis Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). iv. p. 233 (1879) (Madag. ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 121. n, 277 (1884).

*Chaerocampa bifasciata Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 345. n. 8 (1879) (Madag. ;—coll, Mabille) ;
Saalm., /.c. p. 123. n. 292 (1884).

Antinephele laticornis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 543. n. 4 (1892).

Metopsilus (2) bifasciatus, id., lc. p. 660, n. 7 (1892).

3%. Antenna strongly clubbed in both sexes, obviously longer and thieker
in 3 than in 2. Body above greyish mars-brown, without pale lateral line on
head and thorax, underside paler.

Wings above like body, somewhat vinaceous cinnamon.—Forewing : three
antemedian lines, 2 and 3 closer together, a burnt-umber-brown patch beyond
apex of cell; three discal lines, 1 distinct behind, 2 indistinct, interspace between
1 and 2 burnt-umber-brown, line 3 as in medea parallel to margin, curving costad ;
interspace between 2 and 3 vinaceous cinnamon, a trace of an oblique apical line.
—Hlindwing : margin and basal half somewhat deeper brown than dise ; marginal
band vestigial.

Underside: dise of forewing and the whole hindwing, except outer margin,

( 746 )

pale ferruginous, rest burnt-umber-brown ; marginal band of both wings vestigial ;
no lines, but both wings with minute, short, transverse, burnt-umber-brown bars.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite similar to that of medea, but very feebly sinnate ;
sternite more pointed than in medea. Process of harpe, in side-view, gradually
narrowed to a point, slender, gently curved, sabre-shaped, slightly dilated apically
in ventral view. Penis-sheath with both the right and the left process prolonged,
Pee pointing somewhat distad, the left one slender (P1. LVIL. f. 27).

Early stages not known.
Hab. Madagascar.
In the Tring Museum 2 dd, 1 ? from: Sirabe ; Madagascar.

696. Basiothia charis.

Choerocampa charis Boisduyal, in Deleg., Voy. Afr, Austr. p. 595. n. 10. b (1847) (Natal ; nom. wud.!):
Wall., K. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. v. 4. p. 18 (Separ.) (1865) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Heét, i. p. 236.
n, 15. t. 6. £. 4 (1875) (Natal) ; Westw., in Oates, Matabeleld. p. 354 (1881).

*Chaerocampa charis Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 136. n. 15 (1856) (Natal ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
Mén., Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr., Lep, p. 93. n. 1540 (1857) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond.
ix, p. 557. n. 20 (1877); Mab., Ann. Soc, Ent. France p. 298 (1879) (Madag. ex errore !) ;
Saalm., Lep. Mad. p. 122. n. 286 (1884) (‘‘ Madag.” err. loci); Holl., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe.
xvi. p. 63. n. 15 (1889) (Benita ; Kangwé).

*Chaerocampa celerionina Walker, l.c.n. 16 (1856) (Congo ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Butl., /.c. n. 21 (1877).

Choerocampa celerina (!), Boisduval, l.c. p. 238, n. 17 (1875).

Theretra charis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 652. n. 28 (1892) GNatal):

_ Theretra celerionina, id., l.c. n. 29 (1892).

3?. Similar to schenki; abdomen with a double line above. First segment
of palpus very strongly convex at end ; fringe near eye rather more prominent than
in schenki.

The type of celerionina is a discoloured specimen of this species.

3. Tenth segment similar to that of schenhi, but the tergite more curved and
distinctly sinnate, and the sternite rather shorter, subearinate below. Process
of harpe subeylindrical, straight, smooth, obtuse. Armature of penis-sheath
(Pl. LVII. f. 29): the apical margin produced on the left side into a dentate
process, a similar, but shorter, process on the right side, besides some submarginal
teeth.

3. Edge of vaginal aperture more strongly chitinised than in schenfi, forming
a semicircular ridge.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Africa: Sierra Leone, Gaboon, South and East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 80-odd specimens from: Sierra Leone; Cape Colony ;
Natal ; German E. Africa ; Masindi, Uganda, i. (Ansorge).

697. Basiothia schenki.

*Chaerocampa schenki Méschler, Stett. Ent, Zeit. xxiii. p. 339 (1872) (Natal ;—coll. Staudinger) ;
Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 557.* n. 19 (1877) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien
xxxill. p. 287. n. 80 (1884) (Caffraria) ; Westw., 'in Oates, Matabeleld. p. 354 (1881) ; Dist.,
Natural. Transvaal p. 236 (1892) (ix., Pretoria),

Chaerocampa protocharis Méschler, Stett, Ent. Zeit. xxxiii. p. 340 (1872).

Theretra schencki (!), Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 652. n. 27 (1892).

3%. First and second segment of palpus strongly convex, first with a fringe
along eye representing the crest of medea. Antenna very thick in ¢ ; hook abrupt.
External row of spines of first protarsal segment doubled. White mesial line of
abdomen always simple.

( 747 )

g. Tenth abdominal segment of the type of Nylophanes; tergite gradually
narrowed, rounded at tip; sternite concave above, convex beneath, apex obtusely
rounded, upper surface transversely rugate. Process of harpe slender, feebly
u-shaped, compressed, apex somewhat dilated, with upper surface concave. Penis-
sheath (Pl. LVIL f. 28): a short row of teeth on the left side, a short, dentate,
apical, process on the right side.

?. Edge of vaginal opening feebly chitinised, not distinctly raised ; ante-
vaginal cavity large.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Africa: South and South East.

In the Tring Museum 30 dd, 10 2 ? from: Cape Colony; Natal; Transvaal.

CLXI. HIPPOTION.—Typus : celerio.

Sphinx Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim ; type: ocellata).

Spectrum Scopoli, Intr. Hist. Nat. p. 414 (1777) (partim ; inel. type of Sphinx).

Deilephila Laspeyres, Jenaische Allg. Literatur-Zeit. iv. p. 99 (1809) (partim ; type: eri’).
Elpenor Oken, Lehrb, Nat. iii. p. 760 (1815) (partim ; type: ner//).

Amphion Hiibner, Verz. bel, Schm. p. 134 (1822) (partim ; type: vessus).

Hippotion id., l.c. (1822) (type: celerio).

Tsoples id., l.c, (1822) (partim ; type: eson).

Choerocampa, Duponchel, in Godart, Lép. France, Suppl. ii. p. 159 (1835) (partim ; type: neri).
Metopsilus Duncan, in Jard., Natur. Libr. xi. p. 154 (1836) (partim ; type : vers’).

Pergesa Walker, List Lep. ip B. M. viii. p. 149 (1856) (partim ; type: porcellus).
Panacra id., l.c., p. 154 (1856) (partim ; type : automedon).

Diodosida, Butler (non Walker, 1856), Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). x. p. 433 (1882).

Darapsa, id. (non Walker, 1856), /.c.

Theretra, Kirby (non Hiibner, 1822), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 649 (1892) (partim).

3. Second segment of palpus without apical tuft of scales, and first segment
densely scaled at apex, on inner side.

Antenna clubbed in ?, not clubbed and longer in d. Palpus simple externally,
with the exception of érregularis, in which the first segment has a regular apical
cavity as in Theretra.

Larva strongly tapering in front, fourth segment generally swollen ; one or
more ocelli.

Pupa with compressed tongue-case.

Hab. Old World.

Nineteen species.

Key to the species :

a. Hindwing not red j ; j ; b.
Hindwing red or ferruginous at least in
basal area ; F ; i.
4. One or more complete cae on Sir aig
oblique . é : ; : e.
No distinct eaepleis: Lies on forewing,
scaling of antenna pink . ; : . 714. ZT. rosae.

No distinct complete lines on forewing,

sealing of antenna cream-colour 715. I. rebeli.

d.

h.

m.

( 748 )

», Forewing with a grey shadowy angulate

band from apex to inner margin, which it
reaches close to outer angle, no other lines

A line from apex to inner margin, not
augulate, or more lines on forewing, or
body and forewing ashy grey -

Head and thorax without pale side-stripe

Head and thorax with pale side-stripe .

A sharply marked pale band from apex of
forewing to (a little before) middle of
hinder margin, within the band two thin
lines ; scales of antenna pink ; abdomen
with conspicuous black subbasal lateral
patch 5

The band absent, or gratualy aie away
distally

. Palpus with cavity at a ee af fir st seg eee

Palpus without cavity at apex of first
segment .

. Forewing with whitish or peices tau ws

apex to middle of inner margin, sharply
defined costally; or with a conspicuous
black discal band; or with scarcely any
lines; or abdomen with pale dorso-lateral
spots. Oriental Region .

Forewing with one or more eaent ace
from apex to inner margin; abdomen not.
spotted ; mesothoracic tegula without pale
mesial line. Aethiopian Region

Hindwing with a pale band from costal to
abdominal margin :

Hindwing with a pale patch at smal anne

. Thorax above russet-brown .

Thorax above clayish isabella-colour, or "pa
cinnamon

. Hindwing with black aise nee tee is

posteriorly abbreviated ; base red
Hindwing without black discal band

. Abdomen with black basal lateral patches

Abdomen without black basal lateral patches;
forewing with pale band .

Abdomen without black patches ; eine
without pale band

. Lines in outer half of forewing, above, more

or less straight
Lines in outer half of Pa
irregular or absent . <
Mesonotum without greyish white eraati cia
Mesonotum with greyish white mesial stripe

above,

~)
—
wo

698,

716.

699,

. LH. butlera.

d,

2. IT. roseipennis.

eC

IT. geryon.

f.

IT. irreqularis.

TT. velox.

h.

709. HH. balsaminae.

701.

702.

703.

oD

3. IL. batsehi.

. EH. saclavorum.

h.
.

. LT. ostris.

IT. celerio.

II. isis.

mM.

p-
IT, eson.
iv.

( 749 )

n. Base of hindwing black ; a large pale anal

area : : : : : : . 7104. H. echeclus.
Base of hindwing red, or no pale anal area. 5 0.
o. First segment of palpus with conspicuous
white lateral line close to eye . 5 . 705. ML rafftesi.
First segment of palpus without conspicuous
white lateral line close to eye . : . 106. HL. boerhaviae.

p. Forewing with some antemedian and severa
discal lines, the first line outside the cell

widened toa band . : 5 A . 707. LL. brennus.
Forewing without lines, except an oblique
apical one ‘ é 5 , : . 708. I. scrofa.

698. Hippotion geryon.
*Choerocampa geryon Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het, i. p. 241. n. 21. t. 7. £. 3 (1875) (Antananarivo ;
Nossi-bé ;—coll. Charles Oberthiir).
Chaerocampa geryon, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Loud. ix. p. 631 (1877) ; Mab., Ann. Soe. Ent. France
p. 298 (1879); Saalm., Lep, Maday. p. 123. n, 289 (1884) (Nossi-bé).
Theretra geryon, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 653. n. 36 (1892).

3%. The pink colour of the scaling of the antenna is a very conspicuous
character of this species.

3d. Tenth abdominal segment of the same type as in \ylophanes: the tergite
gradually narrowed, truncate, feebly sinuate ; sternite with parallel sides, convex
beneath, rounded-truncate. Process of harpe obtuse, irregularly curved, pointing
dorso-distad, apex somewhat flattened. Penis-sheath with two subdorsal series
of teeth, both longitudinal, one at the right, the other at the left side, the latter
a little more proximal than the former.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Malagassic Subregion: Madagascar ; Comoro Is.

This stands in a similar relation to velox as ostris does to celerio.

In the Tring Museum 12 dd, 11 2 from: Madagascar; Great Comoro.

699. Hippotion velox.

Sphine velox Fabricius, Ent, Syst. iii. 1, p. 378. n, 68 (1793): Auriv., Ent. Tidskr. xviii. p. 153. n, 86
(1897) (= vigil).

Sphinx {Deielphila (!)] vigil, Guérin, in Deless., Voy. Ind. ii, p. 89. t. 25. f. 1 (1843) (Pondicherry),

Chacrocampa velox, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 146. n. 3 (1856) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc.
Lond, ix. p. 561. n. 40 (1877).

*Panacra lignaria Walker, lc. viii. p. 156. n. 3 (1856) (Ceylon ; Cape York ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Boisd.,
Spee. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 288. n. 6 (1875) (= vigil on p. 246!); Butl., Ze, ix. p. 551.
n. 16 (1877 (syn. partim) ; Maass., Sfett. Hint. Zeit. xli. p. 55 (1881) (= vigil) ; Misk., Proe.
Roy. Soc. Queensid. viii. p. 9, 0. 11 (1891) (Brisbane ; Mackay ; ©. York); Swinh., Cat. Lep.
Het. Mus. Ox. i, p. 13. 0, 51 (1892) ; Kirby, (ec. . 11 (1892) (= yorkii).

*Sphins phoenye Herrich-Seb,., Aussercur. Schm. £. 478 (1856) (Java ;—coll, Staudinger),

Panacra vigil, Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cut. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C. i. p. 270. n. 622 (1857) ;
Walker, /.c. xxxi. p. 32 (1864) ; Moore, Prov. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 793 (1865) (Bengal); Semp.,
Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xvii. p. 699. n. 9 (1867) (larva) ; Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soe, Lond, ix-
p. 551. n. 15 (1877); Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p, 287. n. 5 (1885) (Poona, ii, ; Bombay,
ix.; descr, of larva); Swinh., 7’rans. Ent. Soc. Lond, p. 163. n. 10 (1890) (Rangoon ; Mandalay);
Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver, Nat. xiii. p. 101, 0. 174 (1890) (E. Java); Kirby, Cat. Lep, Hit,
i. p. 663. n, 10 (1892),

*Chaerocampa awinhoei Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond, p. 362. n. 3 (1862) (Formosa ;—Mus, Brit, ).

Ancerys phoenyx, Walker, lc, xxxi. p, 36 (1864).

( 750 )
‘ Choerocampa phoenix (!), Koch, Indo-Austr. Lep, Fauna p. 53 (1865).

Choerocampa phoenyx, Boisduval, Spec, Gén. Lép. Hét, i. p. 246. n. 25 (1875) ; Snell., Tijdschr. Ent.
xx. p. 2.n. 8 (1877) (Java) ; id., /.c, xxii. p. 65, n. 13 (1879) (S. Celebes); Piep., ibid. x1. p. 97,
t. 1. f. 1 (horn of /.) (1897).

Choerocampa vigil, Boisduyal, l.c. p. 246. n, 26 (1875) (= lignaria).

*Choerocampa yorkii id., lc. p. 248, n. 28 (1875) (Mus, Brit. ).

Pergesa swinhoei, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 548. n. 8 (1877).

Choerocampa yorkii, id., lc. ix. p. 631 (1877) ; Kirby, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 236 (1877) ; Misk.,
Le. p. 13. n. 20 (1891),

Chaerocampa vigil, Pagenstecher, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xli. p. 107, n, 206 (1888) (Amboina) ; id.,
Le, xliii. p, 101. n, 175 (1890) (E, Java); Hamps,, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 86.
n. 127 (1892); Semp., Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 396. n. 34, t, vw. f. 9.10, 11 (1, p.) (1896) (Luzon;
Cebu ; Mindanao) ; Pagenst., in Chun, Zoologica xii, 29. p. 12. n. 7 (1900) (Kinigunang).

Theretra velox, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 655. n. 58 (1892).

Metopsilus swinhoci, id. le. p. 661. n. 16 (1892).

*Panacra rosea Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 79. t. 6. £. 14 (1894) (Lifu ;—Mus. Tring).

*Panacra lifuensis id., le. (1894) (Lifu ;—Mus, Tring) ; id., /.c. iii. t. 14. f. 13 (1896).

*Panacra griseola id., l.c. p. 80 (1894) (Lifu ;—Mus, Tring) ; id., /.c. iii. t. 14. f. 12 (1896).

* Panacra pscudovigil id., l.c. (1894) (hab. ? ;—Mus. Tring).

3?. A very variable species both in size and pattern, especially on Lifu, the
Fiji Is., Christmas I. and most likely other outlying districts. The markings of
the body and wings disappear often almost entirely. Occasionally body and wings
are washed with rosy red. The type of dégnaria is the same specimen as the type
of yorki.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite gradually narrowed as in geryon, but apex sharply
sinuate, the angles acute (Pl. XLV. f. 15); sternite (Pl. XLY. f. 16) suddenly
narrowed distally into a triangular, pointed, slender, mesial process, which is
somewhat curved upwards. Process of harpe slender, apex somewhat dilated,
spoon-shaped. Penis-sheath with a right apical row of teeth, and a shorter left
row, which is subapical (Pl. LVI. f. 37). Specimens from different localities the
same in structure.

?. Vaginal aperture narrow, a feebly chitinised, rather prominent lobe on each
side (Pl. XLI. f. 16).

Larva green or brown ; an eye-spot on the fourth segment.

Pupa not glossy ; head-case not much projecting, compressed, the tongue-case
being cariniform proximally; stigmata black; abdomen transversely striate near
the stigmata, somewhat granulose dorsally, last two segments densely and finely
punctured ; cremaster narrow, divided, with several recurved hooks.

Hab, Indo-Australian Region, from Ceylon to Fiji.

In the Tring Museum 1 pupa, 150-odd specimens from: Ceylou ; South and
North India; Andamans; Nicobars; Penang; Java; Christmas I.; Lombok ;
Sumba; Tenimber Is.; Amboina; Burn; German and British N. Guinea;
d’Entrecasteaux Is.; Louisiade Archipelago ; N. Pommern ; Queensland ; Lifu.

700. Hippotion osiris.

Deilephila osiris Dalman, Anal. Entom. p. 48. 0, 21 (1823) (Africa) ; Bartel, in Riihl, Grosssehm. i
p- 102 (1900).

Deilephila osyris (1), Boisduval, Jeon. Hist. Lép. ii. p. 18. 0. 1. t. 49. f. 1 (1834) (Spain) ; Dup., in
God., Lép. France, Suppl. ii. p. 120. n. 48. t. 15, £. 5 (1835); Boisd., Spec. Gén, Lép, i. t. 10.
f, 2 (1836).

Sphinx osyris, Rambur, Faune Andal. p. 332 (1842) (indig. ?).

Chaerocampa osiris, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B, M. viii. p. 135. n. 14 (1856); Butler, Trans. Zool.
Soc. Lond. ix, p. 557. n. 22 (1877); Dew., Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver, iii. p. 26 (1879) ; Saalm.

(15)

Lep. Madag. p. 122, n. 287 (1884) ; Druce, in Moloney, W. Afr. Forestry p. 493. n. 6 (1887) ;
Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 674. n, 157 (1893) (Zomba, vii.); Fawe., Trans. Zool, Soc. Lond.
xv. p. 309. n, 11, t. 58. f. 3. 4. 5. 6 (I, p.) (1900).

Choerocampa osyris, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét, i. p. 237. n. 16 (1875); Staud. & Reb., Cut.
Lep. ed, iii, p. 103. n, 754 (1901).

Chaerocampa osyris, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 298 (1879) (Madag.).

Theretra osivis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 653. n. 30 (1892).

3%. Hindtibia nearly as long as hindwing. Antenna of 3 very stout in
proportion to that of 2. Abdomen with two black side-patches.

3. Tenth segment as stout as in celerto, but the sternite much more gradually
narrowed to a point and rather obtuse. Harpe (PI. LII. f. 25) compressed, feebly
curved upwards at the extreme end, which is rounded ventrally ; dorsal edge
notched. Penis-sheath (P]. LVII. f. 36): a feebly arched and rather long left row
of teeth, the right row reduced to one subapical tooth.

Larva: a very large ocellus on fourth segment, followed by a smaller one on
fifth ; horn short ; a pale dorso-lateral line on abdomen.

Pupa: not glossy; tongue-case very large, very prominent; abdominal
segments transversely rngate, striate at the sides, with large punctures before
the stigmata, posterior segment more smooth; stigmata black ; cremaster narrow,
conical, divided at end; a series of black ventral spots on abdomen.

Hab. Aethiopian Region, northward occasionally to Spain.

In the Tring Museum 3 pupa-cases, and 2 pupae, 19 dd, 16 2 2 from: Sierra
Leone (Dr. Clemens) ; Warri, Niger, iv. v. (Dr. Roth) ; Congo (Bentley) ; Toru, vi.
(Dr. Ansorge) ; Kilwa, ii. (Reimer) ; Madagascar.

701. Hippotion celerio.

Petiver, Guzoph. t. 12. £. 9 (1702) ; Frisch, Jus. xiii, p. 4. t. 2. f. 1. 2. 3 (1738) ; Roes., Jus. Belust.
iv, p. 59. t. 8 (1746) ; Ernst & Engr., Pap. Eur. iii, p. 94. t. 110. f. 157. ¢. d (1782).

Sphinx celerio Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 491. n. 10 (1758) (syn. partim) ; Hufnag., Berl. Mag. ii,
p. 182. n, 12 (1766) ; Houtt., Naturl. Hist.i, 11. p. 434, n. 10. t. 90. £. 3 (1767) ; Linnd, Syst.
Nat. ed. xii. p. 800. n, 12 (1767) ; Forster, Cat. Anim. N. Am. p. 29 (1771) ; Beckm., Epit. i.
p. 160. n. 8 (1772) ; Mull., Naturs, v. 1. p. 639. n. 12, t. 20. f. 3 (1774) ; Mein., Naturf. i.
p- 243 (1774) ; Fuessly, Verz. Schweiz. Ins. p. 32. n. 617 (1775) ; Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 545, n, 30
(1775) ; Den. & Schiff., Verz. Schm. Wien p. 42. n. 2 (1776); Cram., Pap, Evot. ii. p. 42.
t. 125. f. © (1777); Mad., ed. Kleem., Raupenkal. p. 53. n, 143, p. 71. n. 200 (1777) ; Esp.,
Schmett. ii. p. 83. 176, 201. t. 8. f. 1. 2. 3, t. 22. f.1, t. 28.f.1, t. 45. f. 3 (1779-82); Fabr.,
Spec. Ins. ii. p. 151. n, 50 (1781) ; Goeze, Hut. Beytr, iii, 2. p, 161, n, 12 (1780); Lang, Vere.
Augsb. p. 69. 0, 565 (1782) ; Fuessly, NV. May. Lut. ii. p, 371 (1785) ; Fabr., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 97.
n. 54 (1787) ; Borkb., Zur. Schm. ii. p. 70. n. 3 (1789) ; View., Verz. Brandenb. p. 10. n. 13
(1790) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat, i. 5. p. 2379. n, 12 (1790) ; Schwarz, Raupenkal. p. 509. n. O34
(1791) ; Borkh., Rhein. Mag. i. p. 315, n. 142 (1793); Fabr., Hat. Syst. iit, 1. p, 370, n. 43
(1793) ; Donoy., Brit. Ins. vi. p, 25, t. 190 (1797) ; Prun., Lep. Pedem. p, 88. 0, 176 (1798) ;
Shaw, Viv. Nat. xx. t. 160 (180— ?); Hiibn., Samml. Eur. Schm., Sphing. £. 59, 146, 167, 168,
(180—2) ; id., Gesch. Eur. Schm. ii, Sphing. iii. Leg. B. a. b. £. 1. a. b (180—?) ; Ochs., Schum.
Eur. ii, p. 205. n, 2 (1808) ; Nagel, Wiilfsb. Schm. p. 154 (1818) ; God., Lép. France iii. p. 43,
t. 18. f, 2 (1823) ; Lep. & Serv., Enc. Hist. Nat. x. p. 466. t. 65. £. 7. 8 (1825) ; Meig., Mandb,
Schm. p. 94. n. 6 (1827) ; Boisd., Ind. Meth. p, 32 (1829) ; Meig., Syst. Beschr. Schm, p. 134. n. 2-
t. 60. f. 1 (1830) ; Lue., Lép. Ewr. p. 110. t. 45 (1834) ; Bory, in Silberm,., Mev, Lunt, it. p. 179
(1834) (Canaries) ; Friv., ibid. ii. p. 181 (1834) (Hungary) ; Lucas, Lép. Mur, p. 110. t, 15. a
(1834); Ramb., Faune Andalous. p. 332 (1842); Guér,, in Lef., Voy. Abyss. p. 386 (1845) ;
Herr.-Sch., Eur. Schm. ii. p. 86. n. 12 (1847) ; Frey., N. Beytr. vi. p. 62. n, 990, p. 106, n, 1006,
t. 518. 548 (1852); Lue., in Chenu, Hue. Hist. Nat., Pap. i. p. 204. fig. 468 (1853) ; Keferst.,
Wien. Ent. Mon. ii. p. 225 (1858) ; Auriv., Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Mandl, xix, 5. p. 189 n, 177
(1882) (recens. crit. ; = tisiphone inquilinus = ocys).

Sphinz tisiphone Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 492. n, 2 (1758) ; id. Mus, Lud. Ulr. p. 369 (1769) ;

( 752 )

Houtt., /.c. i. 11. p. 456. n. 21 (1767) ; Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 803. n. 23 (1767) ; Miiller,
Naturs. v. 1. p. 642. n. 23 (1774) ; Gmel., Lc. i. 5. p. 2386, n. 23 (1790).

Phalaena inquilinus Harris, Exp. Engl. Ins. p. 93. t. 28, Lep. £. 1 (1781).

Elpenor celerio, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. 1, p. 760. n. 2 (1815).

Elpenor phoenix, id., l.c. sub n. 2 (1815).

Deilephila celerio, Ochsenheimer, Schm. Eur. iv. p. 48. n. 2 (1816); Steph., Z//ustr. Brit. Ent.,
Haust. i. p. 128 (1828) ; id., Cat. Brit. Ins, ii. p. 33 (1829) ; Boisd., Fuune Madag. Bourb. p. 72
(1833) ; Cant., in Silberm., Rev. Ent. i. p. 77 (1833) (Dept. Var, vii.); Boisd., Ramb. &
Grasl., Icon. Hist. Chenill., Sphing. t. 13 (1834) ; Treit., in Ochs., Schm. Eur. x. p. 128 (1834) ;
Pierr., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 86 (1846) (Paris) ; id., l.c. p. 91 (1846) (Clermont Ferrand) ;
Lucas, Hupl. Se. Algérie, Artic. iii. p. 371. n. 66 (1849) ; Donz., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 225
(1850) (indigen. ?) ; Bruand, ‘bid. p. 54 (1857) ; Wilde, Raup. ii. p. 81. n. 7 (1860) ; Oberth.,
Et. Ent.i. p. 32 (1876) (Algiers ; Oran) ; Staud., Hor, Soc. Ent. Ross. xiv. p. 298 (1878) (As,
min.) ; Oberth., Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. xv. p. 172. n. 60 (1879) (Abyss.) ; Kill., Jahrb. Nat. Ges.
Graub. xxiii. p. 45 (1880) ; Oberth., Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. xviii. p. 733. n. 83 (1883) (Bogos) ;
Rom., Wém. Lép. i. p. 71 (1884) (Borjoum, 1 specim.) ; Oberth., Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 215
(1885) (Bretagne) ; Dem., ‘bid. p. 55 (1886) (Reims) ; Mina-Pal. & Failla-Ted., Nat. Sicil. vii.
p. 42 (1889) ; White, Butt. and Moths Teneriffe p. 69. t. 4. £.2 (1894) ; Hofm., Raup, Grossschn,
p. 29. 285. t. 7. £. 9 (1893) ; id., Grossschm. p. 30. n. 9. t. 17. f. § (1894) ; Bartel, in Riihl, bid.
ii. p. 104 (1900),

HHippotion celerio, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 135, n. 1450 (1822); Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii. p. 16.
t. 84. £. 4 (1882) ; Warr., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 23. n. 4 (1888) (Campbellpore, vii.) ; Kirby,
in Allen, Natur. Libr., Moths iv. p. 20. t. 99. £. 1, 2. 3 (1897).

Hippotion ocys Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 135. n. 1451 (1822),

Sphyna celerio, Vogel, Schmett. Cab. iv. p. 22. t. 8. f. 6. a. b (1823).

Choerocampa celerio, Duponchel, in God., Lép. France, Suppl. ii. p. 160 (1835) ; Westw. & Humpbr.,
Brit. Moths i. p. 21. t. 5. £. 1. 2. 3 (1843); Boisd., in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 595, n. 107
(1847) (Natal) ; Wall., Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. v. 4. p. 18 (1865) (Caffraria) ; Maur.,
Tijdschr. Ent. xiii. p. 124 (1870) (Venlo) ; Heyl., ‘bid. p. 146, n. 72 (1870) (Breda, viii. ix.) ;
Snell,, ibid. xv. p. 33 (1872) (Congo) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 238. n. 18 (1875) ; Dew.,
Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. iii. p. 26 (1879) ; Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 513, n. 4 (1884)
(Poona, Kurachi ; 3 or 4 broods ; 1. on Caladium) ; Fors., Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond. p. 388 (1884)
(Mhow, life hist.) ; Méschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xxxiii. p, 287. n. 79 (1884) (Caffr.) ;
Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xxxvii. p. 209 (1884) ; Waterh., Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 25
(1885) (Ramsgate) ; Stev., ‘bid. p. 26 (1885) (Brighton) ; Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 434.
n. 7 (1886) (Mhow, ix.—xi.) ; Pagenst., /.c. xxix, p. 111. n. 4 (1886) (Aru) ; id., L.c. xli. p. 107.
n. 203 (1888) (Amboina) ; Vins., Pap. Bourbon p. 13 (1891) ; Pagenst., lc. xlix. p, 155. n. 116
(1896) (Sumba) ; id., in Chun, Zoologica xii. 29. p. 11. n. 6 (1900) (Ralum ; ii. f, viii. ix.). 4

Chaerocampa celerio, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 128. n, 2 (1856) ; Moore, in Horsf. &
Moore, Cut. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. G. i, p. 274, n, 634. +, 11. £. 1. 1a (1857) (fig. of larva
incorrect) ; Koch, Indo-Aust. Lep. Fauna p. 53 (1865) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 194
(1865) (Bengal) ; Semp., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges, Wien xvii. p. 700. n, 12 (1867) (larva) ; Boisd.,
Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét, i. p. 238. n. 18 (1875) ; Snell., Tijdschr. Ent, xx. p. 1. n. 2 (1877) (Java);
id., Lc. p. 67 (1877) (Sumatra) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 557. n. 23 (1877); Snell,
lc, xxii. p. 65. n. 10 (1877) (S. Celebes) ; Mab., Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 298 (1879) ; Green,
Entom. xiv. p. 255 (1881); Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 613. n. 55 (1881) (Karachi, xi. xii);
Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 123. n. 288 (1884); But, Zc. p. 494. 0, 45 (1884) (Aden) ; Swinh,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 288, p, 12 (1885) (Poona, vi.—xi. ; Bombay) ; Butl., /.c, p. 379. n 94
(1886) (Campbellpore, v.) ; Pagenst., Jris i. p. 86. n. 4 (1886) (Aru) ; Buckl., Larv. Brit. Lep.
ii, p. 113. t. 25. f. 2 (1887) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 16. n. 88 (1887); Druce, in
Moloney, W. Afr. Forestry p. 492. n. 5 (1887).; Swinh., Jowrn. Bombay N. H. Soe. iii. p. 118.
n. 6 (1888) (Karachi ; xi. xii.) ; Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 220. n. 3 (1888) (Fiji) ; Holl.,
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 63. n. 16 (1889) (Benita) ; Alpb., in Rom., Wém. Lép. v. p. 224.
n. 20 (1889) (Teneriffe) ; Misk., Proc. Roy. Soc, Queensld. viii. p. 13. n, 19 (1891) (8. Aust.;
N.S. W.; Queensld.); Snell, lc, xxxiv. p. 253 (1891) (Flores); Swinh., Cat. Lep, Het. Mus. Ox.

i. p- 17. n. 68 (1892) ; Hamps., in Blanf.. Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p, 87. n. 123 (1892) ; Barr.,
Lep. Brit. Is. ii. p. 51. £. 1, a. b. (1895); Semp., Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 395. n. 31, t. B. £5. 6
(1.) (1896) (Luzon ; Bohol; Cebu; Mindanao; Sulu); Dudg., Journ. Bombay Nat. H. Soe, xi
p. 410. n. 123 (1898) (Sikhim, Bhutan, vii—xii., up to 5000 ft.) ; Nurse, Journ. Bombay N. MH. —
Soc, xii. p. 513 (1899) (Cutch); Staud. & Reb., Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p. 103. n. 1 (1901); Sharpe,
Ann. Mag. N, H. (7). viii, p. 284. n. 49 (1901) (Karonga T.). i

beh s

—

Lt li ALAS ALG AP A

( 753 )

Deilephila inquilinus, Walker, /.c. viii. p. 128. n. 2 (1856) (sub syn.).
(?) Sphing spec., Saunders, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3). iv. t, 13. £. 2 (/.) (1858) (Natal).
Deilephila albo-lineata Montrouzier, Ann. Soc, Linn. Lyon (2). xi. p. 250 (1864) ( Kanala).
Deilephila inquilina, Butler, Trans. Zool. Sor. Lond. ix. p. 557. n. 2 (1877) (sub syn.),
Phalaena inquinalis (!), Swinhoe, Cat, Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 17. n. 68 (1892) (sub syn.).
Theretra celerio, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 652. n. 31 (1892) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent, Zeit. xl. p. 365.
n, 20 (1895) (Java) ; Holl., in Smith, Through Unkn. County, Afr. p. 412 (1897) (Somalild.).
3%. There is little variation in this wide-spread species. The lines within
the silvery band of the forewing are sometimes nearly absent; the rosy discal
spots of the hindwing are occasionally reduced in size. There is no difference
between Aethiopian and Indo-Australian individnals. Some fresh specimens from
the Trobriand Islands have a rosy flush over body and wings, while another
individual from the same place has very little red on the hindwing. External
row of spines on the first protarsal segment accompanied by a row of smaller spines.
3. Sexual armature similar to that of redox. Tenth segment shorter, stouter,
the sternite much more abruptly narrowed into a sharp hook. Harpe much
stouter, almost straight, compressed, upperside hollowed out apically, with the
edges raised. Penis-sheath with two rows of teeth as in relo.r.
?. Vaginal aperture ovate, the edges raised to a low horseshoe-shaped ridge ;
no processes.
Larva green or brown; a large eye-spot on segment 4, a smaller one on 5;
a pale dorso-lateral line, broad, distinct on thorax and last sezments, generally
vestigial on middle segments.—Food-plants : Vitis ; Rubiaceae.
Pupa glossy ; tongue-case large, strongly compressed, prominent; stigmata
black ; cremaster long, conical, thin, with some teeth.
Hab. Old World, everywhere except the far north and New Zealand.
In the Tring Museum 9 larvae, 3 pupae, 300-odd specimens from: various places
in Europe ; Continental Africa ; St. Thomé; Comoro Is.; Madagascar ; Oriental
Region, eastwards to the Solomon Islands and Lifu.

702. Hippotion isis spec. noy.

3. Dirty clay-colonr, a lateral stripe on head and the under surface paler, no
pale side-stripe on thorax. Wings, aove.—Forewing like body, a blackish basal
cloud posteriorly ; a trace of an antemedian angulated line anteriorly, a small
stigma, and a short discal dash R’—R* black ; five parallel discal lines, the three
first faint, the fourth accentuated by vein-dots and continuous with the rather
prominent oblique apical line ; an ill-defined brownish patch at hinder margin before
angle; distal marginal area with black speckles. g
red; a blackish median band, not extended to abdominal margin, anteriorly dilated
basad and joining also the blackish postdiscal band; veins streaked with black
within rosy discal area.

Underside \ike upperside of forewing, speckled with brown seales ; forewing
from base to dise and a distal marginal band brown; this band feebly dentate ;
some larger costal speckles indicate a discal line on fore- and hindwing ; the latter
without distinct marginal band. SC? and R! of hindwing separate.

Tenth tergite cleft at end ; apex of sternite rather suddenly narrowed and
produced into an acute hook; ninth tergite ending mesially in a short process.
‘lasper with one trancate friction-scale ; harpe similar to that of osiris, apex
concaye above. Penis-sheath with one tooth at the left side before end, and au
apical patch of teeth at the right side.

Hindwing as in celerio, rosy

CQO

Length of forewing: ¢, 29 mm.

Hab. ? Doubtless African.

One ¢ in the Stockholm Mnsenm (ex coll. Schénherr).

Similar to //. vose/pennis in the forewing, and to //, celerio in the hindwing.

703. Hippotion eson.

Sphinw eson Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 57. t. 226. £. ¢ (1779) ; Cog. & Lue., Bull. Soe. Ent. France
p. 57 (1865) (parasite).

Isaples eson, Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p- 135. n. 1452 (1822).

Deilephila eson, Boisduval, Paune Madag. Bourb. p. 71 (1833) (Maurit. ; Bourb, ; Madag. ; Cap. b.
sp.; “ Coromandel ” alia spec, ; larva, pupa).

Choerocampa eson, Boisduval, in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr, p. 595 (1847) (Natal) ; Guen., in Vins.,
Voy. Madag. p. 29 (1865) ; Boisd., Spec. Grén. Lép. Het. i. 232. n. 9 (1875) (larva) ; Vins., Pap.
Bourh, p. 13 (1891) ; Schans & Clem., Sierra Leone Lep. p. 18 (1898).

Chaerocampa eson, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. MM, viii. p. 157. n, 17 (1856) (partim); Wallengr.,
Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. vy. 4. p. 18 (Separ.) (1865) ; Batl., Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix, p. 555.
n. 10 (1877); Mab., Ann. Soe. Ent. France p. 299 (1879) (Madag.); Saalm., Lep. Madag.
p. 122. n. 282 (1884) ; Druce, in Moloney, W. -lfr. Morestry p. 492. n. 4 (1887) ; Holl., Trans.
lmer. Ent. Soe, xvi. p. 63, n. 14 (1889) (Benita) ; Karseh, Hut. Nachr. xvii. p. 294. n. 6 (1891)
(Cameroons) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Iid., Moths i. p. 85. n. 121 (1892) (partim).

*Chaerocampa gracilis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 8, n. 13. t. 2. f. 2 (1875) (Congo ; Sierra
Leone ,— Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 556. n. 11 (1877); Maass., Stett, Ent
Zeit. xii. p. 56 (1881) (= eson) ; Saalm., /.c, n. 283 (1884).

Chaerocampa thyelia, Westwood (non Linné, 1758), in Oates, Matabeleld. p. 355 (1881).

Theretra eson, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. 1. p. 651, n. 13 (1892); Holl., in Smith, Through Unkn. Countr,
A/y, p. 412 (1897) (Somaliland).

Theretra gracilis, Kirby, lc. n. 14 (1892).

Chaerocampa eson var. gracilis Butler, Proc. Zool, Soe, Lond. p. 843. n, 124 (1896) (Nyassaland, ii.),

3%. Widely distributed over the Aethopian region. Variable in size. Fore-
wing with nine lines. The pale subanal cloud of the hindwing sometimes absent,

rarely enlarged to a submarginal band.

3. Tenth tergite gradually narrowed, rounded at end, not sinuate (PI. XLY.
f, 18); sternite parallel at sides, apex obtusely rounded, almost truncate.
Process of harpe (Pl. LII. f. 26) long, slender. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVII. f. 35)
armed at the left side with a short row of teeth, on the right side with a prominent
dentate process, which points obliquely disto-laterad.

?. Anterior and lateral edges of the vaginal aperture somewhat raised to
a ridge which terminates abruptly posteriorly on each side of the opening
(BIS XTLIS tele);

Larva with ocellus on fourth segment.

Cremaster of pupa flattened, triangular, with some acute lateral teeth pointing
anad, two apical ones recurved.

tab. Aethiopian Region ; common.

In the Tring Museum 2 larvae, 2 pupae, 150-odd specimens from: Sierra
Leone; Gold Coast ; Niger; Congo; Toru and Uganda (Dr. Ansorge) ; British
and German BH. Africa; Nyassaland; Delagoa Bay ; Natal ; Cape Colony ; Great
Comoro ; Madagascar ; Manritius ; Bourbon.

704. Hippotion echeclus.

Chaerocampa eson, Walker (non Cramer, 1778), List Lep. Ins. B, M. viii, p. 137. n, 17 (1856)
(partim) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i, p. 85. n, 121 (1892) (partim) ; Semp.,
Schm, Philipp. ii. p. 394. 0, 29 (1896) (Luzon ; Bohol ; Cebu ; iii. x. xi.).

*Choerocampa echeclus Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 233. n, 10 (1875) (Philippines ;—coll,
Charles Oberthiir) ; Snell., 7ijdschr, Ent. xxii. p. 65. n, 9 (1879) (S. Celebes),

( 755 )

*Chaerocampa elegans Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 8, n. 14. t. 2. £. 1 (1875) (Java ; Silhet ;—
Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 556. n. 12 (1877) : Cot. & Swinh., Cut, Weths
Ind. i. p. 15. n. 84 (1887); Swinh., Trans, Ent. Soe. Lond. p. 163. n. 11 (1890) (Bassein ;
Rangoon); Hamps., //ustr. Typ. Specim. Lep, Het. B. M. viii. p. 1. n. 18 (1891) ; Swinh.,
Cat. Lep. Het. Mus, Ov. i. p. 16. 0. 63 (1892) (Java).

Theretra clegans, Kirby, Cat, Lep. Tet. i. p. 651. n. 15 (1892) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeil, xl. p. 364.
n, 17 (1895) (Java).

3 ?. Thorax with whitish grey mesial stripe. Closer allied to boerhariae than
to eson.

g. Tenth tergite much stouter than in eson, sinuate (Pl. XLV. f. 17);
sternite triangular, narrowed to a point, apex curved upwards, almost hooked
Process of harpe (P]. LU..f. 27) short, rounded, armed dorsally at end with a tooth,
one or more teeth at the ventral edge, dorsal edge clothed with long scales.
Penis-sheath (Pl. LVI. f. 34): a curved row of teeth on the left side, and a few
subapical teeth on the right, no process.

?. Vaginal plate as in eson, but the ridge at the opening not so distinct and
gradually fading away.

Karly stages not known.

Hab, Oriental Region : India to the Philippines, Celebes and Sumba.

In the Tring Museum 10 dd, 14 22 from: South India (Madura district) ;
Bassein ; Sumatra: Java ; Lombok; Sumba.

705, Hippotion rafflesi.

Sphine theylia, Cramer (non Linn’, 1767), Pap, Exot. iii. p, 58. t. 226. £. p (1779) (Coromandel).

Chaerocampa eson, Walker (non Cramer, 1779), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 137. n 17 (1856)
(partim).

Chaerocampa thyclia, Boisduyal, Spee. Gén. Lép, Hét, i. p. 231, n. 8 (1875) (partim).

*Chaerocampa vafflesi Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 556.n. 14 (1877) (Java ; Canara ;—
Mus. Brit.) ; Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 289. 0.13 (1885) (Poona, xi, xii. ; Bombay, ix.) ;
Cot. & Swio., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 45. n. 86 (1887) (partim) ; id., Trans. Ent, Soc, Lond. p, 163.
n, 12 (1890) (Mandalay) ; id., Cul. Lep. Het. Mus. Or. i, p. 17. n. 66 (1892) (partim),

Chaerocampa theylia, Hampson, in Blanf., Mamma Brit. Iid., Moths i, p. 85. n. 122 (1892) (partim ;

J form vinacea).

| Theretra rafflesi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 651. n, 17 (1892) ; Wuwe, Berl. Mnt. Zit. x, p, 865.0, 19
< (1895) (Java),

—*Chaerocampa vinacea Hampson, Ilust. Typ. Specim. Lep, Met. B. M. ix. p. 57. t. 157, £, 26, t. 179,

f, 2, 2a (1, p.) (1893) (Ceylon ;—Mus. Brit.).

3%. The differences in colour between this species and doerhariae are very
slight. 7. rafflesi has the body and wings more red than oerhaviae, at least than
western specimens of this ; the palpus is more washed with vinaceous, except a
sharply marked white line on the first segment along the eye; the discal lines
1 and 2 of the forewing above are merged together in a band which is anteriorly
“more prominent than in Jocrhariae, the interspaces following are paler, line 5 is
again heavier; there is no distinct clayish subanal patch on the hindwing ; the
base of the latter often clayish brown.

3. Tenth tergite sharply sinuate as in echeclus, the lobes rather gtidtiee pis in
boerhaviae ; sternite suddenly narrowed to a sharp hook (PI. LVIII. f. 28).
Process of harpe (PI. LI. f. 28) short, rounded, with a short subterminal tooth
nearly as in echeclus ; a tuft of scales as in echeclus. Penis-funnel short, triangular ;
penis-sheath nearly as in echeclvs, 0 to 3 teeth on the right side, and a row of teeth
on the left.

( 756 )

?. Proximal and lateral edges of vaginal opening raised to a somewhat lyre-
shaped ridge.

Larva with an eye-spot on segments 4 to 10, the spots of nearly the same size,
except the first, which is larger ; horn long.

Tab. Ceylon to North India, eastwards to Java and Celebes.

Our single Celebes specimen is large, deep in colour, and has the basal area of
the hindwing brown, a character found also, but less pronounced, in individuals

from other localities.
In the Tring Museum 1 larva, 30 specimens from: Ceylon ; South and North
India ; Sumatra; Java ; 8. Celebes.

706, Hippotion boerhaviae.

Zschach, Mus. Lesh. p. 95, t. 3. (1778),

Sphine theylia, Cramer (non Linné, 1767), Pap. Exot. iii. p. 58. t. 226 f. 5 (1779 (Coromandel) ;
Goeze, Ent. Beytr, iii. 2. p. 176. n. 24 (1780) (partim).

Sphine boerhaviae Fabricius, Syst. Ent, p. 542. n, 22 (1775) (E. Indies) ; Sulz., Abg. Gesch, Ins. ii.
p- 40. t. 20. f. 3 (1776) ; Leske, Anfangsgr. Nat. i. p. 457, n. 57 (1779) ; Goeze, Ent, Beytr. iii,
2. p. 207. n, 13 (1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii, p. 148 n, 39 (1781) ; id., Mant. Ins, ii. p. 96. n. 43
(1787) (partim ; err. typ.!) ; Roem., Gen. Ins, p. 72. t. 20. f. 3 (1789) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 1,
p. 371, n, 46 (1793) (partim ; descript. spec. boerh. et pluto dict, commixtae) ; Turt., Syst. Nat,
iii, 2. p. 175 (1806).

Sphine vampyrus Fabricius, Mant, Ins, ii, p, 98, n, 66 (1787) (India) ; Gmel., /.c, i, 5, p. 28, 79, n. 72
(1790).

Sphinw boerhaaviae (1), Gmelin, Syst, Nat. i. 5, p, 2381. n. 77 (1790) (partim).

Sphinx octopunctata Gmelin, lc. 1. 5, p. 2386. n. 162 (1790).

Sphinx theylia, Fabricius, Ent, Syst. i. 1. p. 378, n, 70 (1793) (partim).

Isoples theylia, Hiibner, Verz, bek. Schm, p. 135. n, 1455 (1822) (partim) ; Moore, Lep, Ceylon ii.
p. 19. t. 84, f, 5 (1882).

Chaerocampa eson, Walker (non Cramer, 1779), List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 137. n. 17 (1856) (partim),

Sphine boechaviae (4), Walker, lc. (1856) (sub syn.).

Sphinx (?) vampyrus, le. p. 263 (1856).

Chaerocampa thyelia, Moore, in Horsf, & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus, E. 1, C.i, p. 276. 0. 638 (1857)
(partim) ; Walk., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. vi. p. 84. n. 7 (1862) (Sarawak ; “ Africa ” alia spec.) ;
Snell., 7ijdschr Ent. xx. p. 1. n. 4 (1877) (Java) ; id., /.c. p. 67 (1877) (Sumatra) ; Mab., Ann,
Soc. Ent. Prance p. 298 (1879) ( Nossi-bé” err. loci!) : Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 670,
n. 33 (1880) (Formosa); Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 122, n, 285 (1884) (‘ Madag.” err. loc/) ;
Swinb., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 288. n. 12 (1885) (Poona, vii—xi, ; Bombay, viiii—xi.) ;
Pagenst., Zris i, p. 86. n. 3 (1886) (Aru) ; id., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xxxix. p. 110, n. 3 (1886)
(Aru) ; Swinb., Journ. Bombay N, H. Soc. iii. p. 118. n. 5 (1888) (Karachi ; vii. ix.) ; Pagenst.,
Le. xli. p. 106. n, 201 (1888) (Amboina); Miskin, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensid. viii. p. 10, n. 15
(1891) (partim) ; Snell., in Snellem., Widden-Sumatra ii. p. 29 (1892) ; Piep., Tijdschr. Ent. xl.
p- 97. t. 1, £.3 (1897) (horn of larva, bad) ; Pagenst., in Chun, Zoologica xii, 29, p. 10. n. 4
(1900) (syn. partim).

Choerocampa thyclia, Boisduval, Spec. Gén, Lép, Het. i, p. 231. n. 8 (1875) (partim) ; Fors., Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 389 (1884) (Mbow, life hist.) ; Swinh,, Proc, Zool, Soc. Lond. p. 4384, n. 6,
(1886) (Mhow, ix.—-xi.)

Pergesa vampyrus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 549. n, 11 (1877).

Chaerocampa theylia, id., lc. ix. p. 556, n. 13 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat, Moths Ind. i, p. 15. n. 85
(1887) (partim) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 16, n. 64 (1892) (partim) ; Hamps., in
Blanf., Payna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 85. n. 122. fig, 53 (1892) (partim) ; Hamps., ///ustr, Typ.
Specim, Lep. Het. B. Mix. p. 56, t. 175, £. 1 (1893) (larva) ; Dudg., Journ, Bombay N. H. Sov.
xi, p. 410. n. 123 (1898) (Sikhim ; Bhutan ; larva) ; Nurse, ibid. xii, p. 513 (1899) (Cutch),

Chaerocampa ? thyelia, Snellen, Tijdschr, Ent. xxii. p. 65, n. 8 (1877) (S. Celebes).

*Choerocampa rosetta Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Mus, Ox. p. 16. 0. 65 (1892) (Ceram ; Melville T. ;—
Mus, Oxford).

Theretra thyelia, Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het, i. p. 651. n, 16 (1892 (partim) ; Huwe, Berl. nt, Zeit. x1.
p. 364. n. 18 (1895) (Java) ; Pagenst., Ah. Senk. Nat, Ges, xxiii. p. 443. n, 423 (1897) (Celebes ;

* Borneo).

( 757 )

Chaerocampa rafiesi, Hampson, lc. t. 175, f. 3 (larva) (1893).

Chaerocampa boerhaviae, Semper, Schm, Philipp. ii. p. 394. n. 30 (1896) (Luzon ; Bohol ; Cametes ;
Cebu ; ii.).

Tsoples thyelia, Kirby, in Allen, Nut. Libr., Moths iv. p. 24 (1897).

o%. There is a good deal of individual variation in this species as regards
colour and size. It is not always an easy matter to distinguish certain individuals
from raffles. Some Papuan specimens are fully as vinaceous as raffles? on the
wings and body ; but also here the first palpal segment is paler and does not show
the white line so well. A band or patch on the upperside of the forewing near
hinder angle beyond lines 5 or 6 is in western individuals often somewhat ochraceous,
in eastern specimens, however, mostly as reddish as in many raflesi.

od. Tenth segment as in raffles’, but the apical hook of the sternite obviously
longer (P]. LVIII. f. 27). Process of harpe (PI. LIL. f. 29) stout, rounded at end,
with a long dorso-apical tooth curved towards the clasper. Penis-funnel clongate-
triangular ; penis-sheath as in ra/f/esi, but the row of teeth on the left side with
more teeth, which are either simple or divided.

?. Edges of vaginal aperture less raised than in ra/flesi.

Larva with a large eye-spot on segment 4, the eye-spots on the following
segments gradually smaller; much less regular than in raffles, often vestigial ;
horn short, pale.

Hab. Ceylon to North India, eastwards to the Solomon Islands.

In the Tring Museum 1 larva, 200-odd specimens from: Ceylon ; South and
North India ; Malay Pen. ; Penang ; Bunguran, Natuna Is. ; Borneo ; Sumatra ;
Java; Lombok; Sumba:; Celebes; Kisser; Larat ; Key; Queensland; New
Guinea; Trobriand Is. ; Louisiade Archipelago; Woodlark ; N. Pommern; N.
Lauenburg ; N. Hanover; Kulambangra and Guadalcanar, Solomon Is. (Meek aud

Eichhorn).

707. Hippotion brennus. ~

Sphine brennus Stoll, in Cramer, Pap, Exot. iv, p. 233. t. 398 £. & (1782) (Amboina).

Amphion brennus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 185 n, 1445 (1822).

Chaerocampa brennus, Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p. 144. n. 29 (1856) ; Butl., Trans. Zool, Soe.
Lond. ix. p. 566. n. 74 (1877) ; Pagenst., Juhrb. Nuss. Ver, Nut. xii. p. 108. n, 207 (1888) ; id.,
in Chun, Zoologica xii. 29, p. 11, n. 5 (1900) (Ralum, vi.). :

— Choerocampu brennus, Boisduval, Spee. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 248. 0, 29 (1875) (Aru).

Theretra brennus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 659. n. 111 (1892).

3¢. This is a variable insect. The markings of the forewing are often very

prominent, while in other individuals the lines are vestigial and the median band
widened, being straight proximally and gradually shading off distally ; the postdiscal
interspaces R?—SM? are not rarely rufous. The base of the hindwing is sometimes
blackish. ‘The genital armature varies in detail, but this variation does not
correspond to that, of the wings. Extreme individuals have the appearance of
belonging to distinct species. The variation is not local. However, there is a
form in Queensland which we have not seen from other localities. This form is
rather pale, has the forewing sharply marked, does not possess a white mesial
stripe on the thorax, and has the white lateral stripe of the head and thorax shaded
with vinaceous ; in structure it agrees with the form which has the white mesial
stripe of the thorax. The two forms occur together in Queensland; they have
been bred, but nothing is published of the larvae as far as we are aware + and both
have been sent to this country as johanna by the collector who bred them. ;

( 758 )

We have only one bad specimen from Amboina, the locality where the type
of drennus came from. Stoll’s figure shows a distinct white mesial stripe on the
pronotum. In somewhat rubbed specimens the stripe is indeed apparently confined
to the pronottm, while it is continued on to the mesonotum in good individuals.

3. Sexual armature not yery obviously different from that of raflesi, but there
are very few teeth on the left side of the penis-sheath, sometimes none ; the tooth
on the right side is small or prominent according to individuals.

?. Sides of vaginal aperture slightly raised.

Barly stages not known.

aw. LL. brennus f. brennus.
Sphine brennus Stoll, Lc.

3 ¢. Thorax with white mesial stripe.

b'. H. brennus f. johanna.
*Chacrocampa johanna Karby, Lrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 241 (1877) (Brisbane ;—Mus. ee
Waterh., .lid Ident, Ins. i. t. 38 (1881).
Punacra joanna (1), Miskin, Proc. Roy, Soc. Queensld. viii. p. 9. n. 12 (1891).
Panacra maculiventris id., Lc.
Theretva johanna Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 659. n. 110 (1892).
Miavia johanna id., Allen, Natur, Libr., Moths iv. p, 25, t. 100. £. 3 (1897).

3. Thorax without white mesial stripe.

/Iah. Papuan Subregion : Southern Moluccas ; N. Guinea; Bismarck Arechi-
pelago ; Queensland.

In the Tring Museum :

f. brennus, 12 63, 6 2% from: Queensland ; Milne Bay, Brit. N. Guinea, —
xii. 1. (Meek); Fergusson, ix.—xii. (Meek); Kapaur, ii. (Doherty); Ron L,
Geelvink Bay, vii. (Doherty) ; Amboina, viii. (Doherty) ; Bongu, Germ, N. Guinea,
xi. 1.3; Florida L., Solomon Is., i. (Meek & Eichhorn).
f. johanna, 7 33,5 2% from: Queensland.

708. Hippotion scrofa.

*Deilephila scrofa Boisduval, Voy. Astrol., Lép. p. 185. n. 3 (1832) (Austral. ;—Mus. Paris).

Chacrocampy scrofa, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 147. 0. 35 (1856) (Austral.) ; Butl., 7rans.
Zool. Sov. Lond. ix, p. 566. n. 72 (1877) ; Misk., Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii, p. 14. n, 21
(1891) (=ignea) (Tasmania; South Austral.; Victoria ; Newcastle ; Brisbane; Rock-
hampton) ; Swinh., Cul. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox, i. p. 16. n. 62 (1892).

Deilephila porcia Wallengren, Wien. Ent. Mon. iv, p. 42 (1860); id., Eugen. Resa p. 362 (1864).

Chacrocampa bernardus Koch, Indo-Austr. Lep. Fann p. 53 (1865) (= serofu from India !—this |
spec. or. boerhuviue ?) ; Misk., l.c. (1891).

Choerocampa scrofa Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép, FHeét. i, p. 285 n. 14 (1875).

*Chacrocampa ignea Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 10. n. 19. t. 1. £. 4 (1875) (Moreton Bay ;—

Brit. Mus.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix, p. 566 n. 73 (1875) ; Rothsch., Nov, Zool. i. p. 5
(1894) (not distinct).

Theretra scrofa, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 659, n. 108 (1892).
Theretra ignea, id., Le. n. 109 (1892).

¢% As in the allied species there occur brighter and paler specimens of either
sex; the ? are asa rule brighter than the ¢d. The lines of the forewing are
generally absent, except the oblique apical one, which is seldom faint ; sometime
there are three or four lines vestigial.

d. Tenth segment resembling that of eson: tergite rounded at tip, oI
sinuate; sternite narrow, elongate triangular, obtuse at end. Process of har

Ph om

( 7159
rather stouter than in eson, of nearly the same form. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVII.
f, 33): a row of teeth transversely over the sheath, ending in a dentate ridge on
the right side, the row curved and oblique.

?. Vaginal aperture more distal than in eso, with slightly raised semi-
circular edge.

Harly stages not Saat

Hah. nsiredlin - : Tasmania to Queensland.

In the Tring Museum 5-odd specimens from : Mackay, Queensland ; Dawson
R. ; Brisbane ; Adelaide ; Victoria.

700, Hippotion balsaminae.

*Chaerocampa balsuminae Walker, List Lep. lus. B. AM. viii, p. 138. n. 18 (1856) (Natal ;—Mus.
Brit.) ; Guér., in Vins., Voy. Madag. p. 29 (1865) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond, ix. p. 560,
n. 33 (1877) ; Mab., Ann. Soc. Ent. France p. 299 (1875 I); Saalm., tp Madag. p. 123. n, 291
(1884) (Nossi-bé) ; Druce, in Moloney, W. Afr. Forestry p. 493. 0. 7 (1887); Holl, Zrans.
Amer. Ent, Soc. xvi. p. 63. n. 17 (1889) (Benita); Fawe., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. xv. p. 309.
n. 12. t. 48. £. 1, 2 (., p.) (1901),

Chaerocampa balsaminac, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p, 252. n. 34 (1875).

Theretra balsaminae, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 654, n. 46 (1892); Pagenst., Jahrb. Wiss. Anst.
Hamburg x. 2. p. 37, n. 101 (1893) (Quilimane, 19. i. 93),

3¢?. Both wings narrow, sharply pointed. Striping of forewing resembling
that of 7. eson and H. boerhaviae ; first and second line forming a band, line 5
generally accentuated by vein-dots. Hindwing blackish from base to dise ; then
¢layish, margin again brown, this marginal band narrow and rather sharply defined.
Underside of wings somewhat more yellowish than upper, sometimes with distinct
reddish tint.

3. Tenth tergite sharply sinuate, the lobes acute ; sternite gradually narrowed,
ending in an acute hook. Process of harpe horizontal, slightly ay-shaped, rather
stout, dilated at end and here somewhat concave on the upperside. Penis-sheath
(Pl. LVII. f. 30) with a curved series of teeth on the right side and one or two
teeth on the left.

Larva green; with a brown dorsal mesial line, interrupted, and green on
thoracic segment ; a black ocellus on fourth segment, a red ove on fifth, both with
white ring. = Migad-plant : Jussieud.

Tongue-case of pupa prominent ; cremaster short, pointed, with dentate.

Hab. Acthiopiau Region.

In the Tring Museum 60-odd specimens from: Sierra Leone ; Gold Coast ;
Niger; Toru and Uganda (Aunsorge) ; British and German HE. Africa: Nyassaland ;
Delagoa Bay; Natal ; Madagascar.

710. Hippotion saclavorum (PI. V. f. 9, d).
FDeilephila saclavovum Boisduyal, Laune Maday. Bourb. p. U1. 0. 1. t. 10. £, 6 (1833) (Madag. ;—
coll, Charles Oberthiir).
Choerocampa saclavorum id., Spec. Gen, Lép. Hct. i, yp. 251. 0. 33 (1875).
Chaerocampa saclavorum, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 558, n, 27 (1877); Mab., Ann, Soc.
Unt. France p. 298 (1879).
Theretra saclavorum, Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het, i. p. Gd4. n. 47 (1892),

3%. Body and forewing above clayish isabella-colour ; abdomen yellowish at
sides, except on basal segments. Underside of body almost white.—— Forewing,
Ecte; with three faint discal lines followed by a heavier double line which ends at
tip of wing ; between it and outer margin traces of two more lines. indwing

( 760 )

blackish brown, isabella-colour at anal angle-——Underside of wings clay-colour,
forewing brown from base to first discal line.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite rather stout, feebly sinuate ; sternite broad and
short, rounded at end, but mesially produced into a point. Process of harpe long,
subeylindriecal, pointed, horizontal, feebly curved dorsad at end. Penis-sheath with
a slender process on each side, the left one dentate at the distal and proximal edges,
the right one only at the distal edge (Pl. LVII. f. 32).

Early stages not known.

Hab, Madagascar.

In the Tring Museum 2 ¢¢ from Madagascar.

711. Hippotion batschi (Pl. V. f 10, 3).
Chaerocampa batschi Keferstein, Jahrb, Al. Exfurt (2). vi, p. 14. t. 2. £. 4 (1878) (Tamatave) ; Mab.
Ann, Soc. Ent. France p. 299 (1879) ; Saalm., Lep. Madag, p. 122. n. 281 (1884).
Chaerocampa ? batschi, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 567. n, 79 (1877).
*Choerocampa humilis id., Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). iv. p. 234. n. 18 (1879) (Madagascar ;—Mus. Brit.);
Saalm., /.c. n. 282 (1884).
Metopsilus batschi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 660. n. 4 (1892).
Metopsilus humilis, id., lc. n. 5 (1892).

The type of umilis is a discoloured specimen.

3%. Very close to saclavorum; perhaps not distinct. Abdomen without
yellowish lateral area; underside russet-brown like upper, much darker than in
suclavorum. Forewing with only one distinct line and this not quite so oblique
as In that species. Sexual armature not different.

Hab. Madagascar.

In the Tring Museum 3 33,1 % from Madagascar, without special locality.

712. Hippotion butleri.

Panaera butleri Saalmiiller, Lep. Madag. p. 118, n. 275. t. 5. £. 51 (2) (1884) (Nossi-bé).
Metopsilus butler’, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 660. n. 5 (1892).

%. Not seen. According to figure, differing from batschi especially in the
forewing having from apex to inner margin near angle an irregular whitish band
which shades off proximally.

Hab. Nossi-bé: 1% in Mus. Frankfurt a/M.

713. Hippotion roseipennis Vl. V. f. 11, ¢).

*“Diodosida roseipennis Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H, (5). x. p. 433. n. 3 (1882) (Delagoa Bay ;—Mus.

Brit.) ; Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 642. n. 9 (1892).

¢%. Head and thorax without pale lateral stripe. External row of spines of
foretibia double. Antenna obviously clubbed in both sexes. Wings similar in
shape and pattern to those of datschi and saclarorum ; but prominent discal line
of forewing more curved, more distal behind, and hindwing with a pale submarginal
band from anal angle to near costa nearly as in balsaminae. The tropical specimens
have the pale band of the hindwing rather broader than those from Delagoa Bay.

d. Tenth tergite rounded-pointed, not sinuate ; sternite broad, rounded-
truncate, distinctly incised mesially. Process of harpe rather short, stout, little
curved, compressed at end. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVLL f. 31): one or two small
subapical teeth on the left side, a pointed, triangular, apical process on the right.

Harly stages not known.

I _ hh TE TT SS A Nr OR

( 761 )

Hab, Bast Africa: from Delagoa Bay to British Hast Africa.

In the Tring Museum 4 3d, 2 22% from: Delagoa B. (Monteiro); Ft.
Johnston, Brit. C. A. (Dr. Rendall); Uluguru, Germ. BE. Afr.; Mombasa, x.
(Dr. Ansorge).

714. Hippotion rosae.

*Darapsa rosae Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). x. p. 433. n. 5 (1882) (Delagoa B. :—Mus. Brit.).
Metopsilus rosae, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 660. n. 9 (1892).

¢. A broad-winged and large species, easily recognised by the pink antenna
and the whitish grey upperside of body and forewing. Black stigma of forewing
prominent ; a patch of blackish and brown speckles at inner margin. Body stout.
Palpus simple, second segment as broad as long, truncate. External spur of
midtibia considerably shorter than inner one. Antenna clubbed, short for such a
large species.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Delagoa Bay.

In the Tring Museum 2 ? ? from Delagoa Bay (Monteiro).

715. Hippotion rebeli spec. nov. (Pl. V. f. 12, ).

3%. Antenna rather strongly clubbed in 2. Body above clay-colour, underside
creamy buff, no markings.

Wings, upperside, clayish buff, hindwing faintly pinkish.
speckled with brown, a faint brown transverse line at base of M*; a clayish
cinnamon patch just beyond apex of cell, another at inner margin close to outer
angle, bordered proximally by a vestigial line, a short postdiscal band between SC’
and R*, and a short blackish oblique apical dash; a minute black stigma.——
Hindwing : an indistinct border of brown speckles.

Underside buff, hindwing a little paler than forewing, both speckled with
brown ; no markings, except a short apical dash and the vestige of a line midway
between subcostal fork and apex of forewing, and a faint brown border to the
hindwing.

3. Tenth tergite slender, convex above, apex acuminate ; sternite with almost
parallel sides, rounded at end, with a small mesial incision. Clasper with one large
friction-scale ; harpe ending in a broad asymmetrical process (Pl. LII. f. 22).
Penis-sheath armed with one conical pointed process which projects towards the
right side (Pl. LVII. f. 38).

Early stages not known.

Tah, N.B. Africa: Sudan; Obock.

In the Hofmuseum in Wien 1 % (type, figured) from Bahr-el-Seraf, Sudan ;
a d in the Museum in Paris from Obock.

This Obock 3 has the forewing less distinctly marked, but it shows better than
the @ that the line on the dise and that before inner margin are portions of one
discal line.’

Forewing :

716. Hippotion irregularis.
*Pergesa irregularis Walker, List Lep. Ins, B, M. viii, p. 152. n. 4 (1856) (W. Afr, ;—Mus, Brit.) ;
ButL, Vrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 548, n, 4 (1877),
Choerocampa ? irreqularis, Boisduyal, Spee, Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 283, n. 82 (1875),
Choerocampa irrveqularis, Holland, Trans. Amer, Ent, Sov. Xvi, p, 03. ns 18. b, 3. £. 3 (1889),
Chaerocampa ivvegularis, Kavsch, Ent. Nachr. xvii. p. 294, 0.7 (1891) (Cameroons),
Metopsilus irreqularis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i. p. 661. n. 10 (1892),
*Theretra crossei Rothschild iii. p. 22. n. 3 (1896) (Assaba ;—Mus. Tring).

( 762 )

3%. Opening of palpus sharply defined, the scaling bordering it very regular.
External rows of spines of first protarsal segment doubled and trebled. Lines
2 and 4 of forewing generally absent, sometimes vestigial, line 5 represented by
vein-dots, closely followed by 6, which ends at tip of wing, lines 7 and 8 not
marked ; a brown postdiscal cloud between R? and R*. The brown marginal border
of the underside of the forewing joined along R® to the brown basal area ; a series
of prominent discal dots over both wings.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite rather broad, little narrowed to end, concave
below, convex above, apex rounded, slightly sinuate; sternite narrow, curving
upwards, pointed, forming a hook. Clasper with four large friction-seales ; harpe
(Pl. LIT. f. 17) with two heavily chitinised processes shaped like ox-horns, one
horizontal, the other vertical. Penis-sheath (PI. LVIII. f. 13) with a singie and
rather heavy subapical tooth.

Karly stages not known.

Hab. West Africa.

In the Tring Museum 4 3d, 1 ? from the Niger: Warri, vi. (Dr. Roth);
Agberi, vii. (Dr. Ansorge) ; Assaba (Dr. Cross) ; Ogrngu: also 1 ¢ from the Congo
(Bentley).

CLXU. THERETRA.—Typus : nessus.

Sphinw Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 489 (1758) (partim ; type: vcellata),

Thevetra Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 135 (1822) (partim ; type: nessus = equeslris ).

Isoples id., l.c. (1822) (partim ; type: eso).

Xylophanes id., l.c. (1822) (partim ; type: anubus).

Oreus id., L.c. p. 136 (1822) (partim ; type: gnonw).

Thaumas id., l.c. p. 138 (1822) (partim ; type : vespertilio).

Deilephila, Stephens (non Laspeyres, 1809), 2lustr. Brit. Wnt., Haust. i. p. 123 (1829) (partim).
Choerocampa Duponchel, in God., Pap. France, Suppl. ii. p. 159 (1835) (partim ; type: veri’).
Darapsa Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p, 182 (1856) (partim ; type: choerilus).
Gnathostypsis Wallengren, Ovfv. Vet. Ak. Forh. xv. p. 137 (1858) (type : capensis).

Pergesa, Moore (non Walker, 1856), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 566 (1872).

Panacra, Butler (non Walker, 1856), Trans. Zool, Soc. Lond. ix. p- 550 (1877) (partim).
Hathia Moore, Lep, Ceylon ii. p. 19 (1882) (type : lutreillei).

Gnathothlibus, id. (non Wallengren, 1858), l.c. p. 21 (1882).

Metopsilus, Kirby (non Duncan, 1836), Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 660 (1892) (partim).

$?. Second segment of palpus on innerside with apical tuft of scales directed
ventrad (Pl. LIX. f. 27) ; apex of first segment densely and regularly scaled on
innerside, with cavity at apex on outerside (Pl. LIX. f. 16).

Larva strongly tapering in front, one or more ocelli.

Pupa with strongly compressed and prominent tongue-case.

Hub, Oriental and Aethiopian Regions, a few species northward to Japan,
two ranging to the Caspian Sea and Constantinople respectively,

‘Twenty-nine species.

Key to the species :
a. Hindwing red. , ' : ‘ : Sas
Hindwing not red, or only with a
narrow, ill-defined, reddish tawny
band F : - 5 : ; Serie
4. Base of hindwing black — . : : E Re
Base of hindwing red like disc . é ; sinks

d.

h.

( 763 )

. Thorax with grey middle stripe ;

abdomen without black basal side-
patch : 5

Thorax without grey aici sep 3
abdomen with black basal side-
patch : ; : :

Cavity at end of first segment of
palpus regularly defined, thorax
without mesial stripe

Cayity at end of first segment of
palpus not sharply dbaned: thorax
with white middle stripe

. Abdomen above with lines, or sithi a

dorso-lateral tawny-ochraceous or
ochreous stripe beginning on seg-
ment 3; no obvious black basal
side-patch

Abdomen without peel fee) or ath
black basi-lateral patch, without
yellowish dorso-lateral stripe .

> Cavity of palpus large and sharply

defined . ; ‘ é

Cavity of palpus more or ness con-
cealed or rendered irregular by
rough scaling

. A large species, with fend ochreous

dorso-lateral stripe on abdomen
A small species, no such es ou
abdomen

. Forewing with a Prva orey ae

atareinal band :
Forewing without such a band .

. Stigma of forewing isolated, followed

by a dark straight oblique band
which consists of two. or three
distinct lines .

Stigma situated in a black or heaps
patch, which is not very distinct ;
the discal band is curved, or in-
distinct except at internal margin,
where it forms a square patch
together with an antemedian acy
or wings nearly all brown

Discal band of forewing above forming
three black contiguous patches be-
tween SC* and R®; the pale inter-
space distally of it narrow and
sharply marked ; mesothoracie
iegula with pale middle stripe

751.

729,

744.

741.

Th. suff usa.

. Th. alecto.

Th. capensis.

Th. pallicosta.

. Th. nessus.
. Th. orpheus.

2. Th. griseomarginua.

J:

h.

Th, insignis.

m.

nh.

0.

jp

( 764 )

Discal band of forewing distinct only
behind, where it forms a square
patch, interspace distally of it dull
grey like base of wing; mesothoracic
tegula with pale middle stripe

Mesothoracic tegula without
middle stripe . : : C

Pale mesial line of abdomen simple,
white ; : ‘ :

Pale mesial line of abdomen (white-
grey or clayish) more or less
completely separated into two lines

Discal interspace of forewing silvery
white ; ‘ ; 5

Discal interspace of forewing clayish .

Blackish brown discal band of fore-
wing consisting of lines 1, 2, and 3,
the last heavier than line2 . :

The band consisting of lines 1 and 2,
line 3 standing separate and not
being so heavy as line 2, especially
behind ; ; 3 :

Hindwing above with a blackish olive
discal line ; abdomen with a dorso-
lateral stripe of irregular white
scaling (not at base). ; :

Hindwing above without a distinct
discal line; abdomen with ochra-
ceous lateral stripe ; ;

Middle line of mesothoracie tegula
buffish grey ; forewing with a
brown triangular spot at inner
margin near anal angle. Africa .

Middle line of tegula tawny ; fore-
wing without that spot. Oriental
Region . : : :

Line 4 of forewing curving basad
behind, pale band of hindwing
clayish buff 5 :

Line 4 of forewing straight, very
heavy, pale band of
reddish . ; : 5 :

Cavity at end of first segment of
palpus partly concealed by rough
sealing . - ; i :

Cavity at end of first segment of
palpus sharply defined .

Body above olive-chestnut,
ferruginous or red .

pale

hindwing

below

740. Th. turneri,

739. Th. brunnea.
‘ eos
é red 5

738. Th. margarita.

737. Th. pinastrina.

. . 0.
: yp
735. Th. cajus.

), Th. oldentandiae.

734. Th. monteironis.
emg
732. Th. japonica.
733. Th. lycetus.
. s.
t.
745. Th. castanea.

(765 )

Body above drab, below buff or
vinaceous buff ; : - 726. Th. latreillei.
¢, Thorax without pale lateral stripe : a Uh
Thorax with pale lateral stripe .

u. Forewing below with a distinct drab-
grey dentate marginal band ; fringe
unicolorous. Africa. 5 . 728. Th. jugurtha.

Forewing below without a distinct
marginal band; fringe spotted.

. v.

Papnasia : : . 727. Th. tryoni.
v. Wings and body vinaceons red. . 723. Th. tnearnata.
Wings and body not vinaceons red, : Ce:

w. Forewing below without vestige of lines 725. Vh. inornata.
Forewing below at least with a costal
spot about 10 mm. from apex
representing adiscal line . . . , x,
x, Forewing with a single broad line
measuring about 2mm. behind =. 720. Th. queenslandi.
Forewing with one, thin, or more lines : oy,
y. Forewing above with several discal
lines ; that ending at tip of wing
accentuated by vein-dots : 5 TAG); Gay
The line ending at tip of wing not
accentuated by vein-dots, or the
line curved towards costa; ab-
domen without dorsal lines. : : Sp ste
The line ending at tip of wing broad,
not accentuated by vein-dots, the
two preceding lines close together ;
abdomen striped above . 3 . 718. Th. rhesus.
2. Forewing below without traces of a
line between cell and subapical
costal spot. ‘ 3 : . 724. Th. indistincta.
Forewing below with traces of a line
between cell and subapical costal
spot. ; : j : ; : aie,
w’. Apical line of forewing joining a
distal line with which it forms a
single line running from tip to

. boisduvali.

inner margin . : : : . 721. Th. elotho.
Apical line, if present, separate from

the respective discal line, which

curves towards costal margin » 722. Th. gnoma.

717. Theretra nessus.

Sphine nessus Drury, IMlustr. Ex. Ins, ii. p. 46. t. 76. £1 & Index (1773) (Madras) ; Cram, Pap
Exot. iii. p. 58. t. 226. f. » (1779) (Java) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii, 2. p. 218. n. 48 (1780).

Sphing equestris Pabricius, Ent. Syst, iii. 1, p. 365, 0, 29 (1793) (Ind, or.) ; Auriv., at Tidshy,
xviii. p. 152. n. 80 (1897) (= nessus).

( 766 )

Theretra equestris, Hiibner, Verz. bel:. Schm. p. 135. 0. 1446 (1822).

Chaerocampa nessus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 140. n. 22 (1856) (Canara ; Ceylon ;
Silhet; Hongkong ; Java); Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. B. I. Ci. p. 276.
n, 640, t. 11. f. 2. 2a (7., p.) (1857) (Java); Butl., Trans, Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 565. n. 71
(1877) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 595 (1877) (Pt. Blair) ; Butl., ibid. p. 618. n. 54
(1881) (Belgaum, x.) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cut. Moths Ind. i. p, 19. n. 105 (1887) ; Swinh., Jou,
Bombay N, H. Soe, iii. p. 118. n, 9 (1888) (Karachi, x.) ; Leeeh, Proe. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 584.
n. 16 (1888) (Yokohama) ; Swinh., Z'rans. Ent. Soe, Lond. p. 164. n. 17 (1890) (Moulmein) ;
Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver, Nat. xliii. p. 101, n. 179 (1890) (E. Java); Misk., Proc. Roy. Soe.
Queensid, vill. p. 15. n, 23 (1891) (Brisbane) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 18. n. 69
(1892); Piep., Tijdschr. Ent. xl. p. 98. t. 1, £. 13. 14 (horn of 7.) (1897).

Chaerocampa nessus vax. rubicundus Schaufuss, Ning. Olios. i. p. 18 (1870) (Java).

Choerocampa equestvis, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét, i. p. 260. n. 45 (1875).

Pergesa nessus, Snellen, Tijdschr. Ent. xx. p. 2. n. 10 (1877) (Java).

Choerocampa equestris, id,, lc. xxii. p. 67. n. 18 (1877) (S. Celebes) ; Pagenst., Jahrb. Nass. Ver.
Nat. xii, p. 108. n. 210 (1888) (Amboina).

Vheretra nessus, Moore, Lep, Ceylon ii. p. 22. t, 86. f. 1 (1882); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 659, n. 107
(1892) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i, p. 99. n. 157. fig. 56 (1892); Huwe,
Berl. Ent. Zeit. xl. p. 365. n. 28 (1895) (Java) ; Semp., Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 401. n. 45. t. G.
f. 1, 2. 3 (1, p.) (1896) (Luzon: Mindanao; Palawan ; Penlan ; ii, vii—ix. xi); Pagenst.,
Abh. Senk. Nat. Ges. xxiii. p. 444. n. 425 (1897) (Celebes) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. I, Sor.
xi. p. 412. n. 157 (1898) (Sikhim ; Bhutan, 2000 ft.; vi—viii. ; /. & p. deser.) ; Leech, Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond. p, 286. n, 60 (1898) (Yokohama ; Kiushiu).

Choerocampa nessus, Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 514. n. 5 (1884) (Karachi); id., Zc. p, 288.
n, 10 (1885) (Belgaum ; Bombay, ix.—xi.).

32. Second segment of palpus more triangular than in the allied species of
Theretra, the opening of the palpus large, some single long scales protruding from
it. External row of spines of first protarsal segment doubled and trebled. The
lines on the forewing, above and below, are rather variable in detail; the first
discal line of the underside is generally thinner and more obviously dentate in the
Japanese, Chinese and Indian specimens than in the individuals from the Malayan
and Papuan Subregions. The dirty yellowish buff area of the hindwing is often
very much reduced in length as well as in width. The dorsal area of the abdomen
shows vestiges of lines.

¢. Tenth tergite of the usual type, sinuate; sternite slightly spatulate, rounded
at end, Clasper with 20-odd large scales ; harpe (PI. LII. f. 21) peculiar, very
stout, short, curved at end, the upperside somewhat concave, the externo-dorsal
edge of the upperside irregularly notched, raised proximally into a broad, compressed
tooth, tip of harpe acute in side-view, obtuse in subproximal view. Penis-sheath
(Pl. LVIII. f. 14) armed with an elongate kidney-shaped, multidentate, apical lobe.

?. Kdge of vaginal cavity not obviously raised to a ridge.

Larva with rather small ocellus on fourth segment, followed by a still smaller
spot on fifth segment ; a pale dorso-lateral stripe from head to horn, area beneath
this stripe with oblique bands or stripes.—Food-plants : Dioscorea ; Barringtonia.

Hah. Oriental Region : Ceylon, N.W. India to Japan, eastwards to Lifu.

In the Tring Museum 100-odd specimens from: Ceylon; Bombay ; Khasia
Hills: Sikhim; Buxa, Bhutan; Yokohama, vii. viii.; Kanagawe near Tokio, y. ;
Malay Pen.; Borneo; Sumatra: Nias; Java; Lombok; Alor; Tenimber ;
Amboina; Dutch, German, and British N. Guinea; Louisiade Is. ; d’Mntrecasteanx
Is.; Trobriand Is. ; Queensland ; Lifu.

718. Theretra rhesus.
*Choerocampa rhesus Boisduval, Spec, Gén. Lép. Hét, i. p. 254, n, 36 (1875) (Philippines ;—coll,
Charles Oberthiir).

op oss

Chaerocampa lueasi, Snellen (non Walker, 1856), Tijdschr. Ent. xxii. p. 66, n. 16 (1877) (partim ;
S. Celebes),

*Chaerocampa insularis Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het, Mus, Ov, i. p. 18. n. 71 (1892) (Ceram; Key ;—
Mus. Oxford). .
Theretra rhesus, Kirby, Cat, Lep. Met, i. p. 656. n. 70 (1892) - Semp., Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 402, .

n. 46. t. 52. f. 2 (1896) (Luzon; Cebu).
*Theretra javanica Rothsehild, Noy. Zoor. i. p. 76 (1894) (Java :—Mus, Tring).
Theretva insulavis, Kirby, ‘hid, p. 101, n. 75 a (1894),
Theretra cyrene, Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zcit. xl. p. 365. n. 25 (1895) (Java).

3 ?. Agrees closely with heavily marked specimens of boisdurali ; the lines
on the abdomen are more distinct and those on the forewing much heavier,
especially line 4 ; lines 2 and 3 stand close together, 3 being wider separated from 4
than in doisdural’. Structurally not different from clotho and boisdurali.

Larva agreeing with that of vessvs, according to Semper.

Hab. Oriental Region, from Sumatra eastwards to the Solomon Islands.

In the Tring Museam 1 3,8 2? from: Benkoelen, W. Sumatra (Ericsson) ;
8. Java, 1500 ft. (Fruhstorfer) ; Little Key, ii. 94 (Kiihn); Fergusson, d’Entre-
easteaux Is., xi. “94 (Meek); Treasury 1, Solomon Is., viii. 1901 (Meek and
Kiehhorn).

719. Theretra boisduvali.

*Sphinex cretica Boisduval, .tnn. Soc. Linn. Paris vi. p. 118 (1827) (partim ; “ ¢ ";—eoll, Charles
Oberthiir) ; Herr.-Sch., Schm. ur. ii. p. 85. f. 6 (1844).

Deilephila eretica Boisduval, Icon. Hist. Lép, p. 20. t. 49. £. 2 (1834).

Sphine boisduvali Bugnion, Ann. Sov. Ent. France p. 115 (1839) (nom, nov, pro g Boisd. cretieae).

Chaerocampa evetica, Walker, List Lep. Luis. B. AM, viii. p. 130. n. 4 (1856) (eit. partim).

Deilephila boisduvali, Staudinger & Wocke, Cat. Lep. ed. ii. p, 37. n. 475 (1871) ; Bartel, in Rithl,

Grossschm. ii, p. 112 (1900).

Choerocampa clotho, Boisduyal, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét, i. p. 253. n. 35 (1875) (partim).

*Chaerocampa punctivenaia Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 248. n. 27 (1875) (Masuri; Silhet ;—
Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 562. n. 44 (1877) ; Swinh., Proc. Zool. Sov. Lond.
p. 288. n. 18 (1885) (Bombay, vii, viii.).

Chaerocampa boisdurali, id., lc, p. 558. n. 24 (1877).

Chaerocampa butus, Hampson (non Cramer, 1777), in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i, p. 93. n. 141.
(1892) (partim) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. I. Soc. xi. p. 412. n. 141 (1898) (partim ; Sikhim ;
Bhutan).

Theretra boisduvali, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 654. n. 48 (1892).

Theretra punctivenata, id., lc. p. 656. n. 68 (1892).

Chaerocampa (?) hoisduvali, Staudinger & Rebel, Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 103, n. 758 (1901).

This is the species of which Boisduval considered in 1827 a specimen to be
the dg of his eretica; Boisduval’s figure of this ¢ is not correct.

3%. Black dots at stigmata of abdomen distinct. Forewing with six lines,
line 4 accentuated by vein-dots. Abdomen mostly with five dorsal lines, which
are seldom quite absent, the middle one the feeblest. The buff patch on the
hindwing always reduced in size, never larger than in ordinary Indian e/otho.

Larva not known with certainty.

Hab. Ceylon to North India, westward to Asia Minor and Turkey (st raggler),
eastward to Borneo and Lombok.

In the Tring Museum 7 dd, 5 2% from: Sikhim, vii. viii. (Pilcher) ; Khasia
Hills ; Benkoelen, W. Sumatra, (Bricsson); Mt, Gede, Java, 4000 ft. (Irahstorfer);
Lombok, vi. (Everett) ; N. Borneo,

( 768.)
720. Theretra queenslandi.

Chaerocampa queenslandi Lucas, Queenslander xxxix. p, 894 (1891) (Brisbane).

(2) Chaerocampa clotho, Miskin (non Drury, 1773), Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii, p. 15. n, 24 (1891)
(partim).

*Choerocampa potentia Druce, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) xiii. p. 169 (1894) (‘‘ Mexico” loci error ;—coll.
Staudinger) ; id., in Biol. Centr. Amer., Lep. Het. Suppl. p. 306. n. 13. t. 66. £. 5 (9) (1896)
(‘ Mexico ” loci error).

The type of potentia in coll. Standinger came from coll. Sommer, and was
without locality ; unfortunately Staudinger labelled it ‘‘ Mexico ?” and thus misled
Druce to describe it as an American insect. We append the following description.

3%. Resembling Indian clotho ; mesothoracie tegulae darker than notum,
the whitish lateral border continued to tip of palpus ; abdomen basi-laterally with
an olive-brown patch which is continned as an indistinct band, gradually fading
away on segments 4 and 5. Sealing of antenna pinkish.

Wings, above. Forewing: costal edge pinkish ochraceous, costal area from
base to beyond middle like tegula, a broad line of the same colour from apex
of wing to middle of hinder margin, extending along the latter to near base, not
quite reaching an indistinct black basal patch, the line feebly curved on dise, more
obviously at apex, externally shading off; stigma distinct; marginal and apical
areas dusted with black scales. Hindwing black, abdominal margin and a patch
before SM? creamy buff, marginal area also pale, but much dusted with black;
fringe pinkish buff.

Underside pinkish buff, hindwing rather more pinkish than forewing, both
wings much sprinkled with black scales. Forewing : basal half brown, except
costal area, the line of the upperside vestigial apically, a series of minute discal
dots, costal one heavier, about 9mm. from tip of wing. Hindwing: a discal —
series of indistinct vein-dots, parallel to margin, curving costad in front ; costal
margin more, abdominal area less speckled with olive than dise.

3 not dissected.

Early stages not known.

Hab, Queensland.

In the Tring Museum 3 ? 2 from: Brisbane.

A o anda & in the collection of Dr. Turner at Brisbane.

721. Theretra clotho.
Sphine clotho Drury, Illustr. Ex. Ins. ii. p. 48. t. 28. £. 1 & Index (1773) (Madras).

3%. A widely distributed and rather variable insect.——Forewing above with
a conspicnons line ending at tip of wing—this line consisting of the obliqne apical
line with which a discal line is merged together. In Drury’s figure the line is too
heavy. The stigmatical dots of the abdomen are obsolete, only the dot at the
stigma of the third segment being distinctly black.

3d. Sexual organs similar to those of indistincta. Tenth tergite sinuate;
sternite pointed. Friction-scales of clasper numerous and narrow; harpe without
free process, truncate, dorsal edge more or less notched. Patch of teeth on penis-
sheath (Pl. LVIII. f. 7) long, the teeth pointing proximad; the central point of
each tooth much longer than the lateral ones and curved (Pl. LVIIL. f. 8).

Larva: green or brown, one large ocellus on fourth segment, followed by six
small blind ocellii—Food-plant ; Cissus,

769 )

Hab. Oriental Region: from Ceylon and N.W. India to Japan, eastwards to
the Solomon Islands and New Caledonia.
Two subspecies :

a. Th. clotho clotho (Pl. XIV. f. Shy teh

Sphinx clotho Drury, Ic. (1773) ; Goeze, Ent. Beylr. iii. 2. p. 206. n. 9 (1780) (partim).

*Deilephila cyrene Westwood, Cub. Or. Ent. p. 13. t. 6. £. 1 (1848) (C. Ind. ; Ceylon ;—Mus. Oxford),

Chaerocampa clotho, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 141. n. 23 (1856) (partim) : Horsf. & Moore,
Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C. i. p. 277. n. 641 (1857) (Java : China ; syn. partim) ; Feld., Wivn.
Ent. Mon. vi. p. 30. n. 32 (1862) (Ning-po); Moore, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. p. 794 (1865)
(Bengal) ; Semp., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xviii. p. 700. a. 14 (1867) (larva): Butl., Trans.
Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 561. n. 43 (1877); Snell., Vijdschr. Ent. xxii. p. 66. n. 15 (1877)
8. Celebes) ; Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. p. 289. n. 15 (1885) (Bombay, viii.—x. : Belgaum) ;
Cot. & Swin., Cut. Moths Ind. i. p. 18. n. 98 (1887); Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 584. n. 13
(1888) (Satsuma, v.); Swinb., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 164, n. 16 (1890) (Moulmein
Mandalay) ; id., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ov. i. p. 20. 0. 79 (1892) (“ batus” excl.) ; Semp., Selina:
Philipp. ii. p. 399. n. 38. t. vr. £. 8. 9 (1, p.) (1896) (Luzon; Bohol: Cebu: Palawan : Vi'.—xii.);
Piep., Tijdschr. Ent. xl. p, 97. t. i. f. 11. 12 (horn of /.), p. 100. t. 5. f. 6 —9 (larva) (1897)
(Java) ; Leech, Vrans. Ent. Sov. Loud. p. 284 n, 54 (1898) (syn. partim: Satsuma).

Chaerocampa clotho, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Mét. i. p. 253. n. 135 (1875) (partim),

*Chaerocampa bistrigata Butler, Proc. Zool. Soe. Loud. p. 249. n. 28 (1875) (Java :—Mnus. Brit) ;
id., Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 562. n. 45 (1877).

Chaerocampa cyrene, id., l.c. ix. p. 561, n. 42 (1877) (Java).

*Chaerocampa aspersuta Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 241 (1877) (Andamans ;—Mus. Dublin)
Waterh., Aid Jdent, Ins. i. t. 97 (1882).

Iathia clotho, Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii. p. 20. t. 87. £. 1 (1882),

Theretra clotho, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 655 n, 63 (1892) (syn. partim) ; Huwe, Berl. ut. Zeit.
xl, p. 365. n. 26 (1895) (Java).

Chaerocampa butus, Hampson (non Cramer, 1777), in Blanf., Muwa Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 93 0.141
(1892) (partim) ; id., //lust. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. p. 3, p, 42. t. 175. £. 10 (7) (1893) : Dudg.,
Journ. Bombay N, I, Soc. xi, p. 412. n. 141 (1898) (Sikhim, Bhutan, vii—x., up to 4000 ft. :
partim).

3%. Abdomen with black lateral patch at base. Buff band of hindwing
abbreviated in front, not reaching further costad than R*, the anterior part being
more or less completely suppressed in consequence of the extension of the black
scaling.

Hab. Ceylon and N.W. India to the Philippines, Celebes, and Timor.

In the Tring Museum 70-odd specimens from: Ceylon; Sonth and North
India; China; Malay Pen.; Andaman Is.; Sumatra; Borneo; Java; Lombok ;
Snmba ; Dili, Timor; N. Celebes.

b. Th. clotho celata (PR). XIV. f. 2. 3, 3).

*Chacrocampa celata Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 472 (1877) (C. York ; —Mus. Brit.).

Chaerocampa luteotincta Lucas, Queenslander xxxix. p. 84 (1891) (Brisbane).

Chaerocampa cloucina Miskin, Proc, Roy. Soc. Quecnsld. viii. p. 16. n, 26 (1891) (Brisbane ;
Cardwell).

Chaerocampa queenslandi, id. (non Lucas, 1891) Le. p. 64 (1891).

Theretra celata, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i, p. 655, n. 60 (1892),

Thereta cloacina, id., Le. p. 656, n. 65 (1892).

*T hereta lifuensis Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 78 (1804) (Lifu ;—Mus. Tring).

Theretra queenslandi, Kirby, ibid. i. p. 101 (1894).

3%. On the whole more yellowish than clotho clotho, Aldomen without
distinct black basal patch. Buff area of hindwing broad, more or less extended
to costal margin, the black area being reduced. Blackish brown area of underside

of forewing generally less extended than in the western form,
ppp

© m0)

TTab. Papuan Subregion : Moluccas, eastwards to Australia and New Caledonia,

In the Tring Museum 11 dd, 11 ?? from: Mackay, Queensland ; Aroa R.,
British N. Guinea (Weiske); Daru I.; Fergusson and Trobriand (Meek); St. Aignan
(Meek) ; Bongu, Huon Golfe; Great Key ; Larat, Tenimber (Kiihn) ; Amboina ;
Ceram ; Tugela and Treasury, Solomon Is. ; Lifu.

Timor individuals and some from Sumba are intermediate between typical
celata and typical clotho.

722, Theretra gnoma (PI. XIV. f. 1, 3).

Sphine gnoma Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 546. n. 32 (1775) (India ;—Mus. Kopenhagen) ; Goeze,
Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 208. n. 27 (1780) ; Fabr., Spee. Jus, ii. p. 152. n. 53 (1781) (= butus) ; id.,
Mant. Tns. ii. p. 97. n. 58 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat, i. 5. p. 2384. n. 86 (1790) ; Fabr., Hnt, Syst.
iii. 1. p. 376. n. 61 (1793) (= batus!) ; Auriv., Ent. Tidshkr. xviii, p. 153, n. 84 (1897) (= butus ;
=“clotho” err.).

Sphinx butus Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii, p. 88. t. 152. f£. a (1777) (Coromandel) ; Goeze, /.c, p. 221.
n, 63 (1780).

Oreus gnoma, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 136. n. 1461 (1822),

Chaerocampa clotho, Walker (non Drury, 1773), List Lep. Ins. B. IM. viii. p. 23 (1856) (partim) ;
Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 561, n. 43 (1877) (partim).

Davapsa butus, Walker, List Lep, Ins. B. M. viii, p. 186. n. 7 (1856) (= gnoma).

Choerocampa butus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p, 255. n. 88 (1875).

*Chaerocampa gonograpta Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 249. n, 29 (1875) (Bombay ; 8. India ;—
Mus. Brit.) ; id., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 562. n. 46 (1877) ; Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soc.
Lond. p. 288. n. 17 (1885) (Poona; Belgaum ; Bombay) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i.
p. 19. n. 101 (1887) (Poona ; Belgaum ; Bombay) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 20.
n, 78 (1892) (Nilgiris ; Canara ; Bombay).

Chaerocampa butus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 561. n. 41 (1877) ; Hamps, in Blanf.,
Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 93. n. 141 (1892) (partim).

Theretra gnoma Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 655, n, 59 (1892).

Theretra butus, id., lc. n. 61 (1892) (= gonograpta).

A photograph of the type of groma kindly sent to us by Dr, Meinert agrees with
hutus of Cramer.

3%. Paler than Indian specimens of clotho. Abdominal stigmata without
black dots. Forewing with one discal line, which is almost parallel to the outer
margin and curves costad at SC*, being accentuated upon the veins and sometimes
absent ; a second line often vestigial, situated nearer cell. The pale marginal
area of the hindwing more extended than in clotho clotho, nearly as much as in
clotho celata. We have not noticed any constant differences in the sexual armature
between gnoma and clotho.

Early stages not known.

Hab. South India ; Ceylon.

In the Tring Museum 5 3d, 5 9 2 from; Ceylon; 8. India.

723. Theretra incarnata spec. nov. (Pl. VI. f. 12, 2).

?. First protarsal segment with a simple external row of spines. Cavity of
palpus as sharply defined as in ¢nornata, butus, ete.

Body and wings rufous-testaceons, upperside much shaded with brown. The
white lateral border of the thorax is continued to the tip of the palpus, but is
not very distinct on the head.

Wings, above-——Forewing : basal half shaded with brown; a black stigma ;
a single black line (in one of the three specimens barely vestigial), about 5 mm.
from outer margin at SC*,a short apical line, separate or joining the discal line ;
outer margin conyex, fringe unicolorons, Hindwing : the greater part brown,

Gian

the reddish colour appearing at anal angle and along outer margin, but not forming
a band ; apex obtuse.

Underside : basal half of forewing clayish olive, rest of forewing and the whole
hindwing rufous-testaceous, covered with minute, transverse, brown speckles; a
discal line, parallel to outer margin, curving costad in front, vestigial on forewing,
in one individual altogether absent.

Vaginal cavity partly filled up by a carinate tubercle.

Karly stages not known.

flab. Sumba.

Three ? ? in the Tring Museum.

This and ‘ndistincta may be forms of the same species. Considerine, however,
that ¢vornata and ‘ndistincta are doubtless distinct in spite of the great similarity,
we think it safer to treat ¢ncarnata also as distinct.

724. Theretra indistincta (P1. XIV. f. 11, 2).

*Chaerocumpa indistincta Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4). xix. p. 460 (1877) (Rockhampton ;—Mus
Brit., 2).

Chaerocampa cleopatra Miskin, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii. p. 15. n. 25 (1891) (Brisbane).

Chaerocampa curvilinea Lucas, (Queenslander xxxix. p. 834 (May, 1891) (Brisbane) ; Misk., /.c. p. 64

1891).

Ss Tee Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 656. n, 64 (1892).

Theretra indistincta, id., /.c, n. 72 (1892).

Theretra curvilinea, id., Nov. Zoou., i. 101 (1894).

3. Palpus and foretarsus as in the preceding species. A grey-olive insect,
somewhat silvery grey. Scaling of antenna, costal edge of forewing and abdomen
(especially below) more or less pinkish, foretibia and -tarsus almost white. Fore-
wing with a single, not very prominent line as in ‘vornata, separated at SC* from the
short, indistinct, apical line; there are proximally traces of one or two more discal
lines, one of which stands close to the main line; in the % the wing is speckled
with brown scales.

d. Tenth segment as in zxornata and dutus. Harpe as in dutus, but more
obviously dentate ; friction-scales of clasper narrow, as numerous as in /nornata.
Patch of teeth of penis-sheath prolonged proximad, the teeth pointing proximad as
in butus.

Early stages not known.

Tlab. Queensland.

In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 3 ? 9? from: Mackay; Bongu, Huon Golfe.

725, Theretra inornata (PJ. XIV. f. 10, 3).
*Chacrocampa inornata Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxi. p. 31 (1864) (N. Austr. ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
Butl., vans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 561. n, 38 (1877) ; Misk., Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensid. viii
p. 18. n. 31 (1891).
Chaerocampa pallida Miskin, /.c. n. 29 (1891) (Brisbane).
Theretra pallida, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 655. 0. 54 (1892).
Theretra inornata, id., lc. n. 56 (1892).

3%. Cavity of palpus as sharply defined as in ¢ryoni, the scaling regular, First
protarsal segment with a single external row of spines. Scaling of antenna pinkish
white ; a black apical patch. The pale Jateral band of thorax vestigial on pronotum,
indicated by a fine line (often abbreviated) on head. lorewing, adove, with a
single, straight, line, which is 5 mm. distant from outer margin at SO* and then

( 772)
curves towards tip of wing, the upper end mostly vestigial. Wings neither with
lines or dots on the wnrderside, nor with a brown border ; hindwing and costal edge
of forewing somewhat pinkish.

o. Sexual armature nearly as in ¢ryon?, but the modified scales on the onter
side of the clasper narrower and much more numerous, the hairs on the harpe
longer, and the patch of teeth on the penis-sheath narrower.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. Queensland.

In the Tring Museum 6 dd, 6 9 from: Mackay (Turner); Duaringa,
Dawson R. (Barnard, Meek).

726. Theretra latreillei.

Sphinwx latreillei MacLeay, in King, Surv, Austr. ii, p. 464. n. 165 (1827).
Chacrocampa latreillei, Miskin, Proc. Roy. Soe, Queensid. viii, p, 17. n. 27 (1891) (= lweasi = com-
minuens = deserta = tenebrosa = spilota).

32. Cavity at end of first segment of palpus partly concealed by the irregular
sealing (P1. LEX. f. 13), the palpus differing in this respect remarkably from that of
tryoni + scaling at end of first segment on innerside less regular (Pl. LIX. f. 14)
than in ¢ryon? (PI. LEX, f. 15). External row of spines of first protarsal segment
double, at least at the base. Head and thorax with a pale lateral band. Diseal
row of vein-dots of forewing less heavy than in fryon/ ; fringe not distinctly spotted.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite much longer and slenderer than in ¢ryon? ; apex of
sternite rounded-truncate. Clasper as in fryon? ; harpe prolonged into a free,
straight, obtuse, somewhat tapering process (PI. LI. f. 19). Tip of penis-sheath
(Pl. LVIII. f. 6) acute; patch of teeth broader and shorter than in tryonz, the
teeth mostly three-pointed, few four-pointed.

Larva with one large ocellus on fourth segment.—Food-plant : Cissus ; Leea;
ete.

Hab. Oriental Region.

Two subspecies, which intergrade completely.

a. Th. latreille? latreille?.

Sphine latreillei MacLeay, 1.c.

*Chaerocampa comminuens Walker, /.c. xxxi, p. 31 (1864) (Moreton Bay ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Butl., Le
ix. p. 561. n. 37 (1877) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. et. Mus. Ov. i. p. 21. n. 80 (1892) (Queensland ;
Aru ; Buru).

Diludia ? latreillei, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 614. n. 12 (1877).

*Chaerocampa deserta id., l.c. ix. p. 638 (1877) (Hunter R., Austr. ;—Mus. Brit.).

*Chaerocampa walducki id., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, p. 398. t. 9. £. 2 (1877) (Austral. ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
Misk., /.c. p. 18. n. 30 (1891); Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus, Ox. i. p, 21. n. 81 (1892) (Batchian ;
Ternate).

Chaerocampa latreillei, Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. p- 235 (1877) (= comminuens) ; Misk., 1c. p, 17.
np. 27 (1891) (Queensland ; larva on Fuchsia and Vitis),

Chaerocampa lucasi, Pagenstecher, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat, xxxvii. p. 209 (1884) (Amboina) ; id., .c.
xxxix. p. 112. n. 6 (1886) (Aru) ; id., Zris i. p. 86. n. 6 (1886) (Aru) ; id., Jahrb. Nass. Ver.
Nat, xii, p. 108. n, 209 (1888) (Amboina) ; id., Abh. Senk, Nat. Ges. xxiii. p. 444. n, 424 (1897)
(Ternate ; Halmahera) ; id., in Chun, Zoologica xii. 19. p. 14. n. 11 (1900) (Ralum, vii. xii. ;
N. Lauenburg).

Chaerocampa latreilii (1), Miskin, /.c. p, 18. sub n. 28 (1891).

Chaerocampa luteotincta Lucas, Queenslander, xxix, p. 894 (May 1891) ; Misk., /.c. p. 64 (1891).

*Chaerocampa amara Swinhoe, lc. p. 17, n, 82. t. 1. f. 9 (g) (1892) (Mysol; Amboina ;—Mus
Oxford),

Theretra latreillei, Kirby, l.c. n. 52 (1892).

Theretra walducki, id., lc. n. 55 (1892).

Theretra deserta, id., l.c. n. 57 (1892).

Theretva amara, id., Noy. Zoou. i. p. 101. n. 52. a (1894).
Theretra luteotincta, id., 1c, n. 118 (1894).

3%. Abdomen without vestiges of dorsal lines. Wings and body a little paler
than in the following form, the lines of the forewing less prominent, mostly only
lines 1 and 4 distinct, therefore the wings more uniform in colour ; ground-colour
sometimes slightly vinaceous. Penis-sheath see Pl. LVIIL. f. 6.

Hab. Papuan Subregion : Moluccas eastward.

In the Tring Museum 50-odd specimens from: Amboina; Ceram; Burau ; Obi;
Key; Aru; N. Guinea; W. Australia: Queensland; Bismarck Archipelago ;
Solomon Is.

b. Th. latreillei lucasi.

*Chucrocampa lucasi Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 141. n. 24 (1856) (N. India ; Silhet ;—
Mus. Brit.) ; Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cut. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. 1. C. i. p. 277. n. 642. t. 11.
£. 3.3.a(L, p.) (1857) (Java; Canara) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 794 (1865) (Bengal) ;
Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 560. n. 36 (1877) ; Snell., Tijdschr. Ent. xxii. p. 66. n. 16
(1877) (S. Celebes ; partim); Swinh., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 288. n. 1) (1885) (Bombay,
ix.—xi.) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i, p. 17. 0. 95 (1887) ; Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.
p- 164. n, 15 (1890) (Rangoon, xii.) ; Pagenst., Jahrb. Nuss. Ver. Nat. xliii. p. 101, n. 178
(1890) (E. Java) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het, Mus. Ox, i. p. 18. u. 83 (1892) (Java ; Sarawak ;
Silhet) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Puna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 92. n, 140 (1892) (syn. partim) ;
Semp., Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 398. n, 37. t. ¥. f. 6. 7 (U., p.) (1896) (Luzon ; Bohol ; Cebu ;
Mindanao) ; Piep., Z'ijdschr. Ent. xl. p. 99. t. 2. f. 1, 2. 3 (/.) (1897) (Java).

Chaerocampa leucasi (1), Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, [.c. (1857).

Deilephila spilota id., lc. (1857).

Chaerocampa procne Clemens, Journ. Ac. Nat. Se. Philad. iv. p. 151, n. 33 (185%) (* California ”
loci error) ; Morris, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 20 (1860) ; Clem., in Morris, Syn. Lep. N. 1m. p. 173.
n. 4 (1862) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxi. p. 30 (1864); Grote & Rob., Proc. Ent. Sov.
Philad, v. p, 155. n. 42 (1865) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 564. n. 60 (1877) ; id., Le.
p. 638 (1877) (probably Asiatic) ; Maass., Steff. Ent. Zeit. xli. p. 56 (1880) (= lucast) ; Smith,
Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xv. p. 137 (1888).

Choerocampa lucasi, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. vi. p. 84. 0. 8 (1862) (Sarawak) ; Boisd., Spec.
Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 254. 0, 37 (1875) (Luzon ; Java ; N. India).

Metopsilus (?) procnue, Grote, Bull. Buffalo S, N. Se. i. p. 22 (1874).

Metopsilus procne, id., lc. ti. p. 226. n. 34 (1879).

Choerocampa procne, Strecker, Lep. Rhop. Het. p. 114. t. 13. £, 10 (1876) (“ California ”).

Chacrocampa velox, Suellen (non Fabricius, 1775), Tijdschr. Ent. xx. p. 2. n. 7 (1877) (Java ;
= lucasi) ; id., lc. p. 67 (1877) (Sumatra),

*Chucrocampa tenebrosa Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 595 (1877) (St. Blair ;—Mus. Brit.) ;
Cot. & Swinb., lc. p. 18. n. 96 (1887).

Hathia lucasi, Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii. p. 20, t. 86. £. 3 (1882).

Hathia tenebrosa id., lc, 2, 2a (1., p., /.) (1882).

Vheretra tenebrosa, Kirby, Cat, Lep, Het. i. p. 655. n, 50 (1892).

Theretra lucasi, Kirby, lc. n. 51 (1892) ; Hawe, Berl. Ent. Zit. xi. p. 365. n, 24 (1895) Java) ;
Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. H, Soc. xi. p. 412. n. 140 (1898) (“not seen ”’).

Theretra procne, Kirby, lc. p. 657, u, 88 (1892) (“ California”).

3%. Dorsal lines of abdomen more or less plainly marked.——lorewing: a
black basal patch at internal margin, more or less vestigial ; six discal lines, the
first nearly always dilated uear apex of cell———First segment of protarsus with a
single external row of spines in most individuals.

Hab. Wndo-Malayan Subregion; Ceylon to North India, eastwards to the
Philippines, Celebes, Java.

In the Tring Museum 60-odd specimens from: Celebes ; Dammer ; Sumba ;

(774)

Lombok ; Java; Borneo; Sumatra; Nias; Andamans ; Malay Pen.; North and
South India ; Ceylon.

A sketch of the palpus of Strecker’s specimens sent to us by Mr. Franck proves
procne as figured by Strecker to be datrecllez lucas?, as suggested by Maassen, Z.c.

727. Theretra tryoni.
Chaerocampa butus, Herrich-Schiiffer (on Cramer, 1777), Aussereur Schm. £. 559 (1869).
Chaerocampa tryoni Miskin, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensld. viii. p. 17. n. 28 (1891) (Brisbane).
Theretra tryout, Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i, p. 655. n. 53 (1892).
Theretra herrichi id., l.c, n. 62 (1892) (nom, noy. loco “ butus Herr.-Sch.”).

3%. Mesothorax without a pale lateral stripe; second abdominal tergite
distinctly black at the sides, this colour extending backwards in some individuals
to the third or fourth segment. Line 4 of forewing strongly accentuated by nerve-
dots, and fringe also with black nerve-dots. External row of spines of first pro-
tarsal segment single. Cavity of palpus sharply defined, the scaling. round it
regular (Pl. LIX. f. 16) ; Pl. LIX. f. 15 represents the end of the first segment as
seen from the inner side, the second segment broken off; Pl. LIX. f. 27 gives
a view of the inner surface of the entire palpus. Scaling of antenna olive
towards base.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite gradually narrowed, convex above, apex sinuate,
the angles rounded ; sternite obtusely pointed. Clasper with a patch of about ten
enlarged scales, arranged in two or three oblique rows, nearer apex than base of
clasper ; harpe short (Pl. LIL. f. 20), obtuse, without free process, no teeth.
Penis-sheath (Pl. LVIII. f. 4. 5): the teeth mostly four-pointed, few of them
three-pointed.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Papuan Subregion : Queensland ; N. Guinea ; Moluccas ; Solomon Is.

In the Tring Museum 10 3d, 14 2? from; Brisbane, Rockhampton,
Cooktown, Mackay; Milne Bay, Brit. N. Guinea (Meek); Fergusson I. and
Trobriand Is. (Meek); Rossel I. (Meek); Little Key (Kiihn); Amboina; Buru
(Doherty) ; Isabel I., Solomon Is. (Meek & Eichhorn).

728. Theretra jugurtha.

*Choerocampa jugurtha Boisduval, Spec, Gén. Lép. Heét, i, p. 256, n. 39 (1875) (Senegal ;—coll.

Charles Oberthiir),
Theretra jugurtha, Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i. p. 656, n. 67 (1892).
Choerocampa clotho, Schaus & Clemens, Sierra Leone Lepid, p. 18 (1893).
*Theretra obliterata Rothschild, Noy, Zoot. i. p. 75 (1894) (Sierra Leone ;—Mus, Tring) ; id., /.c.

ii. t. 14. f, 11 (1896),

3 ?. Cavity at end of first segment of palpus sharply defined, the scaling

regular, External row of spines of the first protarsal segment single, or doubled
at base. Of the lines on the forewing only lines 1 and 5 are marked, seldom

also line 2, besides the oblique apical line, which joins line 5. The pale lateral’

band of head and thorax is obliterated, being vestigial before the antenna ; no
lines on the abdomen, but a black basal lateral patch sometimes indicated.

d. Tenth abdominal segment as in capensis, but the sternite rather more
triangular. Friction-scales of clasper not numerous, large; process of harpe
(EDDIE tf: 24) very long, slender. Armature of penis-sheath similar to that

of the following species, but the left row of teeth less extended (Pl. LVILL. f. 12),
not beginning apically, but laterally.

ow OG 6 Me! Maser

(775 )

?. Apical and lateral edges of the vaginal plate raised a little, as in the allied
species ; edge of mouth of vagina rather feebly chitinised.

Early stages not known.

Hab. West Africa : Senegal to the Congo.

In the Tring Museum 22 ¢d,15 2? from: Sierra Leone; Ogrueu, Niger ;
Congo.

729. Theretra capensis.

Zschach, Mus, Lesh. p. 95. n. 183, t. 31 (1788).

Sphine capensis Liuné, Mus. Lud. Ulr, p, 349. 0. 9 (1764) ; Houtt., Naturl. Hist. i. 11. p. 451. t. 90,
f. 5 (1767); Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 800. n. 10 (1767) ; Mart., Allg. Gesch. Nat, i. p. 84
(1774) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii, 2. p. 160, n. 10 (1780) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. 1, 5, p. 2379. n. 10
(1790) ; Auriv., K. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handi. xix. 5. p. 132. n. 167 (1882) (recens. crit. ;= aeas
= immaculata = ostracina) ; id., Ent, Tidshr. xviii. p. 153. sub n. 84 (1897) (= clotho Fabr.).

Sphine megara Miller, Naturs. v. 1. p. 642. n. 21, t. 20, f. 5 (1774 (India !).

Sphinx aeas Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 57. t. 226. f. A (1779).

Sphinx cecrops id., l.c. p. 57. t, 226, f. B (1779).

Sphinx clotho, Fabricius (xon Drury, 1773), Mant. Jus, ii. p. 97. n. 57 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst. Nat. 1. 5.
p. 2384. n. 85 (1790) ; Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii, 1, p. 376. n. 60 (1728).

Sphinx immaculata Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. 5, p. 2386. n. 160 (1790).

Eumorpha elegans capensis, Hiibner, Samml. Ex. Schm. i. t. 168 (A806—?).

Thaumas capensis, id., Verz. bel. Schm. p. 138. 0, 1477 (1822).

Thaumas cecrops, id., l.c. p. 138, n. 1478 (1822),

Choerocampa capensis, Boisduval, in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr. p. 595. n. 104 (1847) (Natal) ; id.,
Spec. Gén, Lép. Hét. i. p. 234. n. 12 (1875); Westw., in Oates, Matabeleld. p. 355 (1881).

Chaerocampa capensis, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 139. n. 21 (1856) (Cape ; Natal ; Zululd.) ;
Butl., Zrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 555. n. 9 (1877); Moschl., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien
XxXxiii. p, 287. n. 82 (1884) (Caffraria) ; Fawe., Zrans. Zovl. Soc. Lond. xv. p. 308. n. 10. t. 47.
£. 17. 18. 19 (1., p.) (1900).

Chaerocampa cecrops, Walker, l.c. p. 145, n. 30 (1856) (var. of capensis?) ; Butl., Le. p. 500, n. 8
(1877).

Gnathostypsis ostracina Wallengren, Wien. Ent. Mon. iv. p. 42. n. 43 (1860) (Caffraria) ; id., Kongl.
Sv. Vet. Al. Handi. v. 4. p. 18 (Separ.) (1865) (Caffraria).

Choerocampa cecrops, Boisduval, l.c. p. 235. n. 13 (1875).

Theretra capensis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 651. n. 9 (1892).

Sphinx 8-maculata (!), id., l.c. p, 651. sub n. 9 (1892) (laps. cal.).

Theretra ostracina, id., I.c. n, 10 (1892).

Theretra cecrops, id,, lc. nu. 12 (1892).

3%. Rather variable. Body and wings sometimes all red. No dorsal lines
ou abdomen, basi-lateral patch red. Forewing with a dark subcostal cloud at
apex of cell; just beyond there is occasionally a line curving costad, abbreviated
behind, another discal line further distal, about parallel to margin, also curving
costad, to which is joined an oblique apical line; if the costal, curved part of this
discal line is absent, the apical and second discal lines form one single straight
line; the area outside the discal line is often brown. The buff border of the
hindwing is sometimes replaced by a brown border, or becomes reddish. Cavity
of palpus sharply defined, there being no single long scales projecting into or
over the opening. ; :

3. Tenth tergite narrower than in alecto, not sinuate ; sternite broad, sides
parallel, apex rounded-trancate, with the sides somewhat bent upwards, so that
the apex appears sinuate in a distal view. Friction-scales of clasper pumerous,
but rather large; process of harpe horizontal, curving upwards distally, apes
spoon-shaped, being concave above. Penis-sheath essentially as in the preceding
species, the right-side process rather slenderer.

( 776.)

?. The edge of the mouth of the vagina rather high, elevated to a thin smooth
ridge, which gradually fades away distally.

Larva with one large eye-spot on fourth segment; a pale stripe from fifth
segment to horn, vestigial or absent from thorax ; horn short and stout in adult
larva, long and -shaped in younger stages ; ground-colonr green or tawny.—
Food-plants: WV7tis ; Cissus.

Hat. South and South-East Africa.

Tn the Tring Museum several larvae, 80-odd specimens from: Cape Colony ;
Natal ; Transvaal.

730. Theretra alecto.

Sphine alecto Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 492. n, 18 (1758); Auriy., A. Sv. Vet. Ak, Handi. xix. 5.
p. 138. n. 175 (1882) (ree. crit.).

Lsoples alecto, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 135. n. 1453 (1822).

Chaero-ampa alecto, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 130. n. 3 (1856) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lup.
ed, iii, p. 103. n. 757 (1901).

Choerocampa alecto, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 229. n. 6 (1875).

Theretra alecto, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 650. n. 6 (1892).

Deilephila alecto, Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. ii. p. 113 (1900).

3%. Cavity of palpus not well defined proximally, owing to some long scales
projecting over it. External row of spines of first protarsal segment single, or
partially doubled. Line 5 of forewing heavy, sometimes also 1, lines 2 and 4 weak,
G and 7 vestigial or absent. Dorsal lines of the abdomen often absent, sometimes
rather plainly marked.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite rather narrow, underside feebly concave apically,
clothed with erect hairs, apex rounded, feebly sinuate ; sternite obtusely pointed,
apex curved upwards, strongly convex beneath. Clasper with numerous friction-
scales ; harpe slender, feebly ~s-shaped, pointed. Penis-sheath (PJ. LVIII. f. 11)
at the right side with a short multidentate process, and at the left with a long
oblique row of teeth situated upon a slightly elevated ridge, which ends in a slender
process that lies closely upon the sheath.

?. Vaginal armature of the same type as in eson (Pl. XLI. f. 15); the
ridge before the mouth of the vagina rather thin, but well chitinised and smooth,
becoming gradually lower postically, forming a kind of halfmoon.

Larva: seven eye-spots, the five posterior ones often reduced and incomplete ;
pale dorso-lateral stripe of thorax not so prominent as in JZ. celerio; horn rather
short and stout in last stage.— Food-plants : Vitis ; Psychotria ; Pacderia ; ete.

Chrysalis : tongue-case strongly compressed, prominent ; cremaster conical,
somewhat depressed.

Hab. Oriental Region, extending into the Palaearetic Region: from the
Caspian Sea and Asia Minor to the Key Islands; not in China, Japan, and Ceylon,

‘Two subspecies :

a. Th. alecto alecto.

Sphine alecto Linné, |e, (1758) (India) ; id., Mus. Lud, Ul. p. 357 (1764) ; Houtt., Naturl. ist, i.
11. p, 450. n, 18 (1767) ; Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. xii, p, 802. n. 20 (1767) ; Drury, Z/lustr, Bax
Ins, ii, p. 48. & Index t. 27. £. 4 (1771-73) (Madras) ; Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 546. n. 31 (1775) 5
Cram., Pup. Exot. ii, p. 62. t. 137. f. p (1777) ; Goeze, Ent. Beytr, iii. 2. p. 173, n. 20 (1780) ;
Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 152. n. 52 (1781) ; id., Mant. Jus. it. p, 97. n. 56 (1787) ; Gmel., Syst.
Nat. i. 5. p. 2384. n. 20 (1790) ; Fabr., Ent, Syst. iii. 1. p. 376. 0, 59 (1793) ; Herr.-Seh., Hur
Schm, ii. p. 85. 0, 10, Sphing. t. 2. £. 4. 5 (1847),

(777)

Sphinx alecta (!), Miller, Naturs. vy. 1. p, 641, n. 20 (1774).

Tsoples alecto, Hiibner, l.c. (1822).

Chaerocampa. alecto, Walker, /.c, (1856) (partim) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus, EB. 1. C. i.
p. 275, n. 635. t. 10, f. 4. 4a. (/., p.) (1857) (Java ; Darjiling) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Sov. Lond.
p. 794 (1865) (Bengal) ; Semp., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xvii. p. 700. n. 13 (1867) (larva) ;
Butl., Lrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 555, n, 6 (1877) ; Snell., Tijdschr. Ent. xx. p. 1.0. 3 (1877) ;
id., lc. p. 67 (1877) (Sumatra) ; Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 670. n. 32 (1880) (Formosa) ;
Swinh., ‘bid. p, 288. n. 11 (1885) (Poona, ii. xi. ; Bombay, vilii—x.) ; Butl., /.c. p. 879. n. 93
(1886) (Murree, viii.) ; Swinh., /.c. p. 434. n, 5 (1886) (Mhow, iii. ix.) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cut.
Moths Ind. i. p. 15. n. 83 (1887) ; Pagenst., Juhrb. Nuss. Ver. Nat. xli. p. 106. n. 202 (1888)
(Amboina) ; Swinh., Jowrn, Bombay N. I, Soc. iii. p. 118. n, 8 (1888) (Karachi, vii. ix.) ;
Pagenst., /.c. xliil. p. 101. n. 176 (1890) (I. Java) ; Swinh., Cut. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox, i. p. 15.
n. 59 (1892); Hamps., in Blanf., Faun Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 85. n. 120 (1892); Semp.,
Sch. Philipp. ii. p. 394. n. 28. t. E. £. 1—4 (/., p.) (1896) (Luzon ; Bohol ; Cebu ; Mindanao ;
vi. vill.—ili.) ; Staud. & Reb., /.c. (1901) (partim).

Chaerocanipa cretica, Butler, Prov. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 411. n. 24. t. 39. £. 8 (1880) (Kandahar ;
deser. of larva) ; Swinh., Vans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 346. n. 4 (1885) (Kandahar, vi., common).

Theretra alecto, Kirby, 1.c. (1892) (partim) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeit. xl. p. 364. n. 16 (1895) (Java) ;
Dudg., Journ. Bombay N, H. Sov, xi. p, 412. n, 120 (1898) (Sikhim, Bhutan, v.—x., up to
8000 ft.).

Deilephilu alecto, Bartel, /.c. (1900) (partim).

3%. The tropical subspecies is deep in tint ; the difference between it and the
following form is very obvious if a series of both subspecies are viewed side by side.

Hub. N.W. India, South India, Formosa, eastward to the Key Islands,
northward to Formosa.

In the Tring Museum 120-odd specimens from: Sikhim; Bhutan; Khasia
Hills ; Borneo; Nias ; Java ; Sambawa ; Sumba ; Celebes ; Larat, Tenimber; Key.

hb. Th. alecto cretica.

*Sphine cretica Boisduval, Ann. Soc. Linn, Paris p. 118. t. 6. £.5 (2) (1827) (2; go alia spec. —
coll. Charles Oberthiir) ; Bugn., Ann, Soc. Ent. France p. 113 (1839).

Deilephila cretica Boisduyal, Icon. Hist. Lép. ii. p. 20 (18343 (2, non g) ; Dup., in God., Pap.
France, Suppl. ii. p. 15. t. 1, £. 3 (1835) ; Treit., in Ochs., Schm. Eur, x. p. 138 (1834) ; Frey.,
N. Beytr. v. p. 34, t. 404. £. 1 (1843).

Sphinx alecto, Ménétriés, Cat, Obj. Zool. Caucase p. 258. n, 1237 (1832) ; Hiss, in Silberm., Zev.
Ent. ii. p. 169 (1834) (Gsteig, Senaar, Alps). :

Dellephila (1) alecto, Rousin, Bull. Soc. Ent. France p. 27 (1846) (Constantinople).

Chaerocampa alecto, Walker, l.c. (1856) (partim) ; Mén., Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus, Petr, Lep, ii.
Suppl. p. 91. n. 1517 (1857) (Graecia ; Daghestan) ; Staud. & Reb., /.c. (1901) (partim),

Deilephila alecto, Bienert, Lep, Erg. Reise Pers, p. 32 (1869) (vii, viii.) ; Led., lun. Soc, But. Belg.
p. 28 (1872) (Casp. Sea) ; Christ., Svett. Mint. Zeit. xxiii. p. 206 (1872) (Baku) ; id., Hor. Soc.
Tent. Ross. x. p. 31 (1873) (Shabrud ; Baku) ; Staud., ibid. xiv. p. 298 (1878) (Rhodus, v. ;
Brussa; Anatolia); Rom., Jém. Lép. i, p. 71 (1884) (iv.—vii.; west coast of Casp. 5. ;
Helenendorf, Lagodekhi) ; Led., Verh. Zool. Bot. Gres, Wien p. 197 (1885) ; Christ., /.¢. iti.
p. 54 (1887) (Askhabad); Mina-Pal. & Failla-~Ted., Nat. Sicil. vii. p. 42 (1889) (Sicily ?) ;
Grum-Grsch., in Rom., Wém. Lép. iv. p. 511. 0. 206 (1890) (Ferghana, common, viii.) ; Hofm.,
Raup. Grossschm. p. 29. t. 48. £. 10 (1893) ; id., Grossschm. p. 30. n, 10. t. 17. f. 10 (1894) ;
Holtz, /Wustr. Zeitschr. Ent. ii. p. 63 (1897) (Cilicia, ix.) ; Bartel, /.c. (1900) (partim).

Chaerocampa alecto vax ?, Butler, vans. Zovl. Soc. Loud. ix, p. 555, sub n. 6 (1877) (‘Turkey).

Theretra alecto, Kirby, le. (1892) (partim).

Vheretra freyeri id., lc. 0. 7 (1892).

3%. Paler than the tropical form ; body above and forewing less deep brown

and the hindwing less bright red.

Hab. Verghana ; Transcaucasia ; Asia Minor; Syria; North Persia,
In the Tring Museum 1 larva, 1 pupa, 8 dd, 18 %% from: Beirut ; Haifa 5
Taschkent; Merw ; Kacadian, Oxus.

CdSe)
Boisduyal described and figured a Palaearctic ? of alecto as cretica ; at the
end of the description he referred to another insect as being perhaps the ¢ ; this

latter he figured later on as the ¢ of cretica. The name cretica must of course
stand for what it was originally intended, namely the Palaearctic form of a/ecto.

731. Theretra suffusa.

*Chaerocampa suffusa Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 146, n, 32 (1856) (Hongkong ;—Mus.
Brit.) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. E. I. C. i. p. 275, n, 636 (1857) (China ; Borneo) ;
Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 555. n. 7 (1877) (Hongkong; Borneo); Salv., Proc. Zool.
Soc. Loni. p. 642 (1878) (Billiton I.) ; Butl., Zdlustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. iii. p. 1. t. 41. £.1
(1879) ; Snell., Vijdschr. Ent, xxviii. p. 254. t. 9. f. 2 (1885) (Java); Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het.
Mus. Ow. i, p. 15. n. 58 (1892) (Sarawak ; Penang ; Singapore : Silhet ; Assam).

Choerocampa suffusa Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. vi. p. 84. n. 11 (1862) (Sarawak) ; Boisd.,
Spec. Gén. Lép. Het, i. p. 280, 0, 7 (1875) (Assam).

Choerocampa hector id., l.c.

Theretra suffusa, Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het. i. p. 650. n. 8 (1892) (China ; Borneo).

3%. Closely allied to the preceding species. A greyish mesial band from
mesonotum to end of abdomen ; the latter brown above, without black basal patch,
an obscurely marked greyish dorso-lateral stripe from segment 3 backwards. Lines
1 and 5 of forewing heavy, 2 fused with 1, lines 6 and 7 also rather heavy, inter-
spaces between 1 and 5 pale, between 5 and 6 dark. The black basal area of the
hindwing much more restricted than in a/ecto, not dilated distad before abdominal
margin.

Genital armature as in a/ecto, but the tenth sternite rather broader, more
obtuse, less curved ; process of harpe less slender, somewhat spoon-shaped, twisted.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Indo-Malayan Subregion : China, North India to Borneo and Java.

In the Tring Museum 19 33,9 $2 from: China; Penang and Perak, il,
(Curtis) ; Singapore, v.; Loeboe Rajah, W. Sumatra (Hriesson) ; Sarawak.

732. Theretra japonica.

*Choerocampa japonicu Orza, Lép. Japon p. 36. n. 79 (1869) ; Boisd., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 241.
n. 20 (1875) (coll. Charles Oberthiir).

Chaerocampa japonica, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 560. n. 34. t. 91. £. 7. 8. 9 (0. p.) (1877)
(Hakodate ; Japan ; Shanghai) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 815. n, 44 (1877) (Formosa) ;
Staud., in Rom., Mém. Lép. iii. p. 159 (1887) ; Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 584. n, 14 (1888)
(Satsuma, y.; Nagasaki, vi. ; Hakodate, viii. ; Yokohama) ; id., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 120.
n. 99 (1889) (Kiukiang) ; id., lc. p. 283, n. 52 (1898) (Yokohama; Satsuma; Hakodate :
Kiukiang ; Chang-Yang ; Corea) ; Staud. & Reb., Cat. Lep. ed. iii. p. 103, n. 756 (1901).

Deilephila japonica, Fixsen, in Rom., Mém. Lép. iti. p. 820. n. 95 (1887) (Corea, vii.; = gortys err.) 5
Bartel, in Riihl, Grossschm. 11. p. 110 (1900).

Theretra japonica, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 654. n. 43 (1892).

3%. Dorsal lines of abdomen obscure. Discal band of forewing formed by
two separate lines, lines 1 and 2 being merged together, interspaces between lines
1 + 2 and 5 of nearly the same breadth.

According to the dated material from Japan there is some seasonal variation, —
the spring specimens being on the whole paler than the summer specimens. The
Amur individuals which we have seen in collections are unfortunately not dated,*
but both forms occur in Amurland as well as in China.

* Collectors of l’alaearctic Lepidoptera generally do not care to have the specimens exactly labelled.
The bad influence in this respect of certain dealers is everywhere felt. Our American brethren in
Entomologicis are mostly more advanced, even some of the dealers. One of the latter was quite
astonished that we, being Wuropeans, wanted the date of capture of the specimens; such a request had
never been made of him by a European Continental Lepidopterist.

(We) >)

d. Tenth tergite very slender, rounded at end, upperside convex, but not
subcarinate ; sternite broad, sides parallel, apex truncate with the angles rounded.
Process of harpe short, broad, hollowed out distally, the ridges bordering the cavity
notched (PJ. LII. f. 18). Penis-sheath (Pl. LVII. f. 41): the band-like armature
narrow, the proximal edge of the left-side lobe dentate; the right-side process
short, dentate.

Larva green or brown ; a white dot on third thoracic segment; a white ocellus
with brown centre and black edge on fourth segment, a similar but smaller ocellus
on the fifth and a small blind white ocellus on the sixth; a pale stripe from the
fifth or sixth segment to horn, gradually fading away below, the pale sides with
darker oblique shades.—Food-plant : Cissus.

a. Th. japonica ft. vern. suifuna.

* Deilephila japonica var.? suifuna Staudinger, in Rom., Mémn. Lép. vi. p. 228. n. 214. t. 4. £.2(¢)
(1892) (Amur ;—coll. Staudinger).

Deilephila japonica var. suifuna, Bartel, /.c. ii. p. 110 (1900) ; Kirby, Noy. Zoon. i. p. 101 (1894).

Chaerocampa japonica var. suifuna, Staudinger & Rebel, /.c. n. 756a (1901).

d?. A pale form; sides of thorax, base and discal interstices of forewing
more whitish than in the summer specimens, external area of hindwing also paler.

hb’, Th. juponica f. aest. japonica.

J} Gs
*Choerocampa japonica Orza, 1c.

6%. A darker form. The differences are very slight and the two forms inter-
grade completely.

Hab. Japan ; Corea; Amurland; China; Formosa.

In the Tring Museum 8 larvae and 80-odd specimens from: Hakodate ;
Yokohama; Amurland; Wei-hai-wei ; Ta-tsien-lu, W. China; Taipeh, Formosa,

733. Theretra lycetus.

Sphine lycetus Cramer, Pap. Evot. i. p. 96. t. 61. f. p (1775) (Bengal ; Coromandel ; Ceylon) ;
Goeze, Ent. Beytr. iii. 2. p. 220. n. 57 (1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 148. n. 38 (1781) ; id.,
Mant. Ins. ii. p. 96. n. 42 (1787); Gmel,, Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2381. n. 76 (1790) ; Fabr., 2nt.
Syst, iii. 1. p. 371. n. 45 (1793) ; Lep. & Serv., Linc. Méth. x. p. 466. t. 66. f. 6 (1825).

Xylophanes lycetus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 136. n. 1457 (1822).

Chaerocampa lycetus, Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M. viii. p, 148. n. 26 (1856) ; Horsf. and Moore,
Cat. Lep Ins. Mus. E. I. C. i. p, 277. n. 643 (1857) (N. India) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths
Ind. i. p. 17. n. 94 (1887) ; Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit, Ind., Moths i. p, 87. n. 124 (1892)
(= rosina = prunosa ; “ drancus” alia spec. ; Mussorie ; Sikhim; Ceylon).

Choerocampa lycetus, Boisduval, Spec. Gién. Lip. Hét. i, p. 262. n. 48 (1875).

*Chaerocampa rosina Butler, Proc. Zool. Sov. Lond, p. 248, n. 26. t. 37. £. 6 (1875) (Masuri ;—Mus.
Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p. 559 n. 31 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., lc. i. p, 17. u. 91
(1887) (Sikhim).

*Chaerocampa prunosa Butler, Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. p. 622 (1875) (Ceylon ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,
Trans. Zool, Soc. Lond. ix. p. 637 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh,, /.c. p. 20, n. 108 (1887).

Xylophanes prunosa, Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii, p. 1. t. BA. £. 2 (1882).

Theretra lycetus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 653. n. 32 (1892) ; Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. IL, Soe, xi.
p. 412. n. 124 (1898) (Sikhim, 1800 ft., iv, vi. viii, x.).

Theretra rosina, Kirby, l.c. n. 33 (1892) (N. India) ; Huwe, Berl, Ent. Zeit. xl, p. 365, n, 21 (1895)
(Java).

Theretra prunosu, Kirby, l.c. n, 34 (1892) (Ceylon).

Chuerocampa japonica, Piepers (non Orza, 1867), Tijdschr, Ent. xi. p. 42. n, 86, t. Lf. 6.7, tL 7
(1897) (Java, larva ; cit, Boisd, excl.),

( 780 )

3 %. The pale dorsal double line of the abdomen becomes indistinct posteriorly.
The brown discal band of the forewing is formed by two separate lines, lines
land 2 being fused together; line 5 heavy, 7 also rather prominent. The reddish
band of the hindwing varies in width; if the reddish scaling is extended in a
basal direction, one or two, seldom three, brown lines become visible. External
row of spines of first protarsal segment trebled by additional spines.

3. Tenth tergite stout, rather strongly curved at end, apex sinuate; sternite
pointed, broadly triangular, sides obliquely rounded. Process of harpe horizontal,
apically slightly dilated. Armature of penis-sheath peculiar (PI. LVILL. f. 9, 10):
the right process enlarged, with two ridges of teeth, the left lobe reduced to a long
pointed process which bears traces of teeth.

?. Vaginal armature asymmetrical (Pl. XLI. f. 17), the ridge in front and
at the sides of the vaginal cavity at the right side gradually fading away, while
at the same side another ridge extends into the cavity.

Larva with a complete series of ocelli; the ocelli are pale with a black ring
in the stage figured by Piepers, /.c.

Hab. Ceylon to N.W. India and eastwards to Java.

In the Tring Museum 9 3g, 3 2 ? from: Ceylon ; Sikhim ; Bassein ; Penang, i.
(Curtis) ; Java.

734. Theretra monteironis.
*Chacrocampa monteironis Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5). x. p. 433 (1822) (Delagoa B. ;—Mus. Brit.).
Lheretra monteironis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p, 652. n. 45 (1892).

3%. The blackish discal band of the forewing is formed by two separate lines
only, line 1 being fused with 2; line 5 heavy. On the hindwing there is a vestigial
pale band, including mostly a very indistinct brown line, proximally of which
another line is occasionally visible. The dorsal lines of the abdomen are quite as
obscure as in japonica.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite slender, rather strongly curved, apex rounded,
upperside convex but not carinate ; sides of sternite almost parallel, apex truncate,
with the angles rounded. Process of harpe first horizontal, then curving evenly
and slightly ventrad and distally dorsad, apex slightly widened in dorsal view.
Armature of penis-sheath: the right process a pointed conical tooth, the left
band-like, widest distally, narrowing towards the end, being elongate-triangular,
resembling the blade of a knife, the proximal edge minutely and densely dentate,
the distal edge without teeth.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Bast Africa: Natal ; Delagoa Bay.

In the Tring Museum 5 gd, 1 2 from Natal.

735. Theretra cajus.
Sphine cajus Cramer, Pup, Evot. ii. p. 80, t. 146, £. (1777) (Cap. b. sp.).

3%. The two white lines of the abdomen are fused together at the base and
apex of each segment, as is sometimes the case in oldenlandiae, forming a kind of
chain. The forewing has a black subbasal streak behind M. On the hindwing
there is a distinct discal line preceded proximally by another line, which is, however,
generally lost in the brown discal area ; the submarginal line is in most specimens
distinct, the marginal band being shaded with grey.

3. Teuth tergite shorter and broader than in the preceding species, less convex

_

eee 2s «ay

68h}

above, apex rounded; sternite broad, sides somewhat obliquely rounded, apex
narrowed to an obtuse point. Process of harpe slender, horizontal, distally
gradually curved dorsad. Band-like armature of penis-sheath: the left lobe rather
shorter than in oldenlandiac, with heavy teeth at the proximal edge, with few teeth
at the distal edge (Pl. LVII. f. 42).

?. The anterior and lateral edge of the cavity raised, smooth, halfmoon-
shaped.

Larva not known.

Hab. Africa,

Two subspecies :

a. Th. cajus perkeo subsp. noy.

d. Paler than the following form; discal line 5 of forewing above not distinctly
heavier than line 6; hindwing without distinct brown discal line. Tenth abdominal
tergite slenderer.

Length of forewing: 22 mm.

Fab. Ogrugu, Niger.

One ¢ in Tring Museum.

Another specimen, also a J, in the British Museum from Pt. Lokkoh, Sierra
Leone, differs from the tye in the fourth discal line of the forewing being thinner,
vestigial, in the white dorsal line of the abdomen not being divided, and in the
hindwing being paler.

b. Th. cajus cajus.
Sphinx celaeno Esper, Ausl. Schm. ii. p. 203. t. 28. f. 2 (1782).

Sphinx gordius Stoll, in Cram., Pap. Evot. iv. p. 147. t. 367. f. 4 (1782).
Xylophanes gortys Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm, p. 136, n, 1458 (1822).

| Xylophanes caius, id., l.c. p. 136, n. 1459 (1822).

Chaerocampa gordius, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 138. n. 19 (1856).

Chaerocampa cajus, id., Le. viii. p. 139. n, 20 (1856) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 558. n. 26
(1877) (= celaeno ?).

Choerocampa epicles Boisduval, in Deleg., Voy. Afr. Austr, p. 595. n. 108 (1847) (Zululd., nom.
nud.); id., Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i. p. 244. n. 23 (1875) (Cape; Caffr.); Mischl., Verh. Zool. Bot.
Ges. Wien xxxiil. p. 287. n. 81 (1884) (= gordius ; Caffraria).

Choerocampa cajus, Boisduyal, /.c. i, p, 245. n. 24 (1875).

Chaerocampa celaeno, Butler, lc. ix. p. 558. n. 25 (1877) (Natal ; Zululd. ; Cape).

Theretra cajus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 653. 0. 35 (1892) (= celaeno = gordius = qorlys = epicles),

3%. Line 5 of forewing above much heavier than line 6 ; brown discal line of
hindwing above distinct.

Hab. South and South East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 24 dd, 12 ° ? from: Cape Colony ; Natal.

736. Theretra oldenlandiae.

Sphinx oldenlandiae Vabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 542. n, 21 (1775) (Ind.); Goeze, Lat, Beytr, ili, 2.
p. 207, n, 12 (1780) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins, ii, p. 148. n. 37 (1781) ; id., Mant. Ina, ii. p. 96. n, 41 (1787);
Gmel., Syst. Nat. i. 5, p. 2381. n. 75 (1790) ; Fabr., Lut. Syst. ili. 1. p. 870. n. 44 (1793) ; Lewin,
Ins. N.S. Wales p. 4. t. 3 (1822); Thon, nt. Arch. i, p. 6. t. 1. f. 3 (1828).

Sphing drancus Cramer, L.c, ii, p. 56. t, 132, £. v (1777) (BE. Ind.).

Chaerocampa oldenlandiae, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 142. n. 25 (1856).

Choerocampa oldenlandiae, Boisduval, Spee. Gén, Lép. I1ét. i. p. 241. 0. 22 (187)

Chaerocampa drancus, id., Le. p. 263. n. 49 (1875).

Theretra drancua, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. G54, n. 8B (1892).

Chaerocampa lycetus, Hampson, /.c, p. 87. 0. 124 (1892) (sub syn.),

( 782)

3%. The two lines of the abdomen are sometimes partly fused together ;
oceasionally there are only a few brown scales separating them here and there.
Lines of forewing as in margarita, but line 4 nearly always distinct, interspace
between 4 and 5 not quite so pale as that between 3 and 4, which is more or less
silvery ; line 5 always heavy, 6 thin but distinct. The pale band of the hindwing
varies in tint and distinctness ; it is sometimes very faint.

Cramer’s figure of drancus applies to this species; the type specimen is
preserved in the Tring Musenm (ex coll. Felder from coll. Lennep); the single
white abdominal line drawn by Cramer is excusable, as the lines are very incom-
pletely separated in the specimen, being, in fact, merged together except here
and there ; the hindwing has no distinct pale band; both hindwings are repaired. °

6. Tenth segment as in margarita, the sternite with an obvious mesial tooth.
Process of harpe feebly curved, spatulate in dorsal view. Band-like armature of
penis-sheath broader than in margarita and longer, the teeth less prominent, the
process at the right side rather short.

Larya black, with a row of yellow spots on each side of the thoracic tergites ;
a series of seven eye-spots of about the same size, the first two with black centres ;
horn long and slender.

Hab. Oriental Region.

We have not seen oldenlandiac from the Bismarck Archipelago and the
Solomons, where one should expect it to ocenr.

Two subspecies :

a. Th. oldenlandiae oldenlandiae.

Sphinx oldenlandiae Fabricius, 1c. (1775).

Sphinw drancus Cramer, /.c. i, p. 56. t. 132. f. r (1777).

Sphine argentata Haworth, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond, i. p. 334 0, 12 (1812) (nom. nud.).

Xylophanes drancus, Hiibner, Verz. beh. Schm. p. 136. n, 1460 (1822).

NXylophanes gortys id., Summl. Exot. Schm., Zutr. iii. p. 28. n. 257. fig. 513. 514 (1825) (Bat.).

Deilephila argentata, Stephens, Illustr, Brit. Ent., Haust. i. p. 130. note (1828); id., Cat. Brit.
Tus. ii. p. 33 (1829) ; Wood, Ind. Ent. p. 247. n. 28. t. 53. £. 28b (1839).

Chaerocampu drancus, Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 133. n. 9 (1856) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe.
Lond. ix. p. 559, n. 28 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., /.c. p. 16. n. 89 (1887).

Chaerocampa oldentandiae, Walker, l.c. (1856) (partim) ; Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cut. Lep. Ins,
Mus. EB. 1. C. i. p. 278. n. 644. t. 11, f. 4. (1.) (1857) ; Walk., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. vi. p 84.
n, 9 (1862) (Sarawak) ; Semp., Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xvii. p. 700. n. 1 51867) (larva) ;
Snell., Tijdschr. Ent. xx. p. 2.n. 5 (1877) (Java) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 559.
n. 29. t. 91. f. 1 (1.) (1877) ; Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 235 (1877) ; Snell, /.c. xxii. p. 65.
n. 12 (1877) (S, Celebes) ; Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 670. n, 34 (1880) (Formosa) ; id., /.c.
p. 613 (1881) (Kurachi, xii.) ; Fors., Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. p. 390 (1884) (Mhow, life hist.) ;
Swinh, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 514. n. 7 (1884) (Kurachi, xii.) ; id., Uc. p. 289. n, 14 (1885
(Poona, vi.; Bombay ; Belgaum) ; id., dc. p. 434. n. 8 (1886) (Mhow, vii. ix.) ; Pagenst.,
Tris i. p. 86. n. 5 (1886) (Aru) ; id., Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xxxix. p. 111, n. 5 (1886) (Aru);
Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 16. n. 90 (1887) ; Swinh., Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe, ii.
p. 118. n. 7 (1888) (= gortys ; Karachi, xii.) ; Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 584. n. 15 (1888)
(Yokohama) ; Pagenst., Jahrb, Nass. Ver. Nat, xli. p. 107. n. 204 (1888) (Amboina) ; Swinh.,
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 163, n. 13 (1890) (Thyetmyo) ; Pagenst., lc. xiii, p. 101. mn. 177
(1890) (. Java); Swinh., Cat. Lep, Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 20, n. 76 (1892) ( White Nile and
Melville I.” excl.) ; Hamps.,in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 87. n, 125 (1892) ; Pagenst.,
Le. xlvii. p. 58 (1894) (Sumba) ; id., Ze. xlix. p. 155. n. 117 (1896) (Sumba); Semp., Schm,
Philipp. ii. p. 395. n. 32. t. B. £7, 8 (0, p.) (1896) (Luzon; Bohol; Mindanao) ; Piep.,
Tijdschr. Ent. x1. p. 97. 99. f. 226 (horn of 1.) (1897); Leech, Zrans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 283.
n. 51 (1898) (= prowima) ; Nurse, Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xii. p.513 (1899) (Cuteh) ; Staud,
& Reb., Cat, Lep. ed. iii. p. 103. n. 755 (1901),

(2) Chaerocampa sobria Walker, l.c, viii. p. 148, sub n. 36 (1856),

( 783 )

Choerocampa oldenlandiae, Boisduval, 1.c, (1875) (partim),

*Chaerocampa puellaris Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 623. n, 2 (1875) (Rawul Pindi ;—Mus.
Brit.) ; id., Trans, Zool, Soc. Lond. ix. p. 638 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Lc. i. p. 17. n. 92 (1887).

Aylophanes oldenlandiae, Moore, Lep, Ceylon ii. p. 17, t. 85. £. 1. 1. a (1883).

Deilephila proxima Austaut, Le Natural. p. 69 (1892) (Japan).

Theretra oldenlandiae, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Tet. i. p. 653. n. 37 (1891); Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeit. xl.
p. 365. n. 22 (1895) (Java); Dudg., Journ. Bombay N, H. Soe. xi. p. 412. n. 125 (1898)
(Sikhim, 1800 ft. ; Bhutan, 2500—3000 ft. ; vii—ix.),

Theretra puellaris, Kirby, 1.c. i. p. 654. n. 39 (1892).

Theretra proxima, id., 1.c. p. 931. n. 116 (1892).

Deilephila oldenlandiae, Bartel, in Riihl, (rrossschm. ii. p. 108 (1900).

32. Individuals from Celebes are mostly darker in tint than those from other
logalities, both the fore- and the hindwing being much shaded with blackish brown.
Individually variable in size. In Japan, China, and the Himalayas there is possibly
a smaller and paler spring form.

Hab. Ceylon, N.W. India to Japan, eastwards to New Guinea.

In the Tring Musenm 3 larvae, 1 pupa, 120-odd specimens from: Ceylon ;
South, N. West, and North India; China ; Japan ; Formosa ; Penang ; Sumatra ;

Borneo ; Philippines ; Celebes; Java; Samba; Amboina; Kei; German and
British N. Guinea.

b. Th. oldenlandiae firmata.

Deilephila oldentandiae, Boisduval, in Voy, Astrolabe p. 184 (1832) (Sidney ; larva descr.) ; Feisth.,
in Voy. Favorite p. 18 (1839) (Austral.).

Chaerocampa oldentandiae, Walker, |.c. (1856) (partim); Koch, Zndo-Austral, Lep. Fauna p, 53
(1865) H Misk., Proc. Roy. Soc. (Jueensld. vill. p- 12. n. 18 (1891) (partim),

*Chaerocampa firmata Walker, /.c. p. 148. n. 36 (1856) (Australia ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep.
Het. Mus. Ox. i. p. 20, n. 77 (1892) (N. 8. Wales).

Chaerocampa lycetus, Herrich-Sch, (non Carmer, 1775), Ausserewr. Schm. ii, f. 557 (1869),

Choerocampa oldenlandiae, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p, 242. n. 22 (1875) (partim).

*Chaerocampa argentata Butler (non Stephens, 1828), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 8. n, 15, t. 2. f. 3
(1875) (Moreton B.; Sydney ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id., Trans, Zool. Soc, Lond. ix, p. “559, n, 30
(1877) (Moreton B,; Sydney ; N. Austr.).

Theretra firmata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 654. n, 40 (1892).

3%. Rather reddish in-tint, especially the pale band of the hindwing ; sides of
abdomen tawny ; interspace between lines 4 and 5 on the forewing above generally
more white than in the preceding.

Flab. Australia: N.S. Wales ; Queensland ; N.W. Australia.

In the Tring Museum 5 larvae, 8 dd, 17 $2 from: Mackay ; Dawson River;
Townsville ; Brisbane; Pt. Darwin.

737, Theretra pinastrina.

Sphinx pinastrina Martyn, Psyche t. 29, f. 81. t. 30, f. 85 (1797) (hab. ?).
Choerocampu silhetensixs, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i, p. 240, n, 19 (1879) (India; Java ;

Manila ; Celebes).

Chaerocampa pinastrina, Miskin, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensid. viii. p. 11. n. 16 (1891) (Brisbane ;

Rockhampton ; Java ; India; Ceylon).

3%. Upperside, forewing : a brown oblique discal band as in oldentandiae ;
line 4 more distinct ; interspace between 3 and 4 more or less silvery, the broader
interspace between 4 and 5 nof silvery. The amount of black on the hindwing
variable ; there is sometimes a narrow discal band consisting of two indistinet
lines, besides the marginal band, One white line on abdomen,

( 784 )

3. Tenth tergite less curved than in margarita, more, strongly compressed
apically ; sternite also ribbed at the edges above, and the apical margin notched,
less distinctly bisinuate. Harpe slenderer and longer than in margarita, less
enrved. Band-like armature of penis-sheath narrower and longer.

Larva: a green and a brown form; seven eye-spots of equal size, with
green resp. black centres ; dorso-lateral line not interrupted into dots on thorax.—
Food-plants : Balbas ; Boerhavia.

Hab. Oriental Region.

Two subspecies, which are not very conspicuously different.

a. Th. pinastrina pinastrina.

Sphine pinastrina Martyn, /.c.

*Chacrocampa silhetensis Walker, List Lep. Ins. B, M, viii. p. 143. n. 27 (1856) (partim ;—Mus.
Brit.) ; Walk., Jown. Linn. Soc. Lond. vi. p. 84. n. 10 (1862) (Sarawak) ; Schauf., Nung. Otios.
i. p. 17 (1870) (this spec. ?); Butl., Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. ix. p. 560. n. 32, t. 92. £. 8 (1, p.)
(1877) (Ceylon ; N. India ; Silhet; Borneo; Java); Snell, Tijdschr, But, xx. p, 2. n. 6
(1877) (Java) ; id., lc. p, 67 (1877) (Sumatra) ; Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 815. n, 43
(1877) (Formosa) ; id., Z/ustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het, B. M.y, p. 8. t. 79. £. 6 (1881) ; Cot.
& Swinb., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 17. n. 93 (1887) ; Leech, 7rans. But. Soc, Lond, p. 120, n, 100
(1889) (Kiukiang) ; Swinh,, ‘Jad. p. 163. n. 14 (1890) (Pegu) ; id., Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i,
p- 19. n. 74 (1892); Snell. in Snell, Mauna Midden-Sumatra ii. p. 29 (1892); Hamps., in
Blanf., Fauwa Brit. Ind., Moths i, p. 88. n. 126 (1892); Piep., Tijdschr. Ent. xl. p. 97. £ 4.
(horn of 7.) (1897) ; Leech, lc, p. 284, n, 53 (1898) (Kiukiang ; Loo Choo Is.),

*Chaerocampa bisecta Moore, in Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Lep. Jns. Mus. BE. I. C.i. p, 278. n. 645, t. 11,
f. 5, 5a (1857) (Java ; N. India ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id., Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 794 (1865) (Bengal).

Choerocampa silhetensis, Boisduval, /.c. (1875) (partim).

Xylophanes pinastrina, Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii, p. 18. t. 87. f. 2 (1882).

Theretra pinastrina, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Met. i. p, 654, n. 44 (1892); Huwe, Berl, Ent. Zeit. x1, p. 365,
n. 23 (1895) (Java).

Theretra silhetensis, Dudgeon, Journ. Bombay N. H, Soe. xi. p, 412. n. 126 (1898) (“not seen”’),

3. Interspace between lines 4 and 5 on the upperside of the forewing broad ;
line 5 heavier than 6.

Hab. Ceylon to Japan, eastwards to Borneo and Java.

In the Tring Museum 60-odd specimens from: Ceylon; N. India ; Burma;
Formosa ; Penang ; Sumatra; Borneo; Java,

b. Th. pinastrina intersecta.

*Chaerocampa intersecta Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 623, n, 3 (1875) (Queensland ;—Mus, Brit.);
id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p. 638 (1877

Chaerocampa silhetensis, Snellen, Tijdschr. Ent. xxii. p. 65, n. 11 (1877) (S. Celebes) ; Pagenst.,
Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. xli. p. 107. n. 204 (1888) (Amboina).

Theretra intersecta, Kirby, Cat, Lep. Het. i, p. 654. n. 42 (1892).

Chaerocampa pinastrina, Miskin, l.c, (1891) (partim ; Rockhampton; Brisbane); Semper, Se/m.
Philipp. ii. p. 396. n. 33. t. v. f.1, 2 (/., p.) (1896) (Luzon; Bohol; Sulu; Palawan).

Theretra sithetensis, Pagenstecher, Abh, Senk. Nat. Ges. xxiii, p. 444. n. 426 (1897) (Celebes) ; id.,
in Chun, Zoologica xii. 29. p. 13. n. 9 (1900) (Mioko ; Shortland Is.).

3%. Interspace between lines 4 and 5 on upperside of forewing narrower than
in preceding form ; line 5 not heavier than 6.

Hab. Papuan Subregion, westward to the Philippines, Celebes, Sumha.

In the Tring Museum 4 larvae, 40-odd specimens from: Queensland ; New
Guinea; Solomon Is.; Bismarck Archipelago; Amboina; Manila ; Celebes ;
Djampea ; Sumba,

(785 )

738. Theretra margarita.
*Chacrocampa margarita Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, pp. 235. 240 (1877) (Queensland :—Mus

Dublin) ; Waterh., Aid Ident. Ins. ii. t. 140. f. 2 (1883).

Chaerocampa phoenix, Miskin (non Koch, 1865), Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensid. viii. p. 12. n. 17 (1891)

(Brisbane ; Rockhampton),

Chaerocampa marginata (!), Swinhoe, Cat, Lep. Het. Mus. Ox. i, p. 19. m. 73 (1892) (cit. falsa !).
Theretra margarita Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het, i, p. 654. n. 41 (1892),

Miskin says that this is phoenix of Koch (not Oken, 1815); he receiyed
the name to specimens sent by him to Koch. However, in 1865 Koch himsell’
says that phoenix is the same as vigil (= velox = lignaria = yorki, ete.). But
even if the insect named by Koch phoenix in 1865 was not the phoenyx of Herrich-
Schiffer (= vigil = lignaria = velow, etc.), but the present species margarita,
the name phoenix could not be employed instead of margarita, as there was 10
description given in 1865, and as Koch did not mean to publish a new name
for a new insect, but simply applied Herrich-Sehiffer’s name phoenyx (which is
not Oken’s phoenix = celerio) to the insect which he identified as Herrich-Schiiffer’s.
Koch may very likely have misidentified later on the present species as phoenix.
He was not very careful in this respect. Sce his remark about scrofa.

3d. Very close to the following insect. Forewing: lines 1, 2,3 forming a
brown band, 4 obsolete, interspaces between lines 3 and 5 silvery white, at least
behind, line 5 heavy, stigma vestigial. Grey mesial band of thorax much broader
than in pinastrina.

3. Tenth tergite slender, rather strongly curved, snbcarinate above, apex
conyex above, rounded-truncate, not distinctly sinuate ; sternite traneate, slightly
bisinuate, the middle lobe dentiform, upperside transversely ribbed at the margins.
Process of harpe widened in middle, then evenly and rather strongly curved,
spatulate in a dorsal view. ‘The ribbon-like armature of the penis-sheath (PI. LVII.
f, 39. 40) broad, dentate at both edges sinistro-laterally.

Early stages not known.

Tlab. Australia: Queensland.

In the Tring Museum 4 34,4 9% from: Brisbane ; Dawson R. (Barnard) ;
Townsville (Dodd).

739. Theretra brunnea.
*Chaerocampa brunnea Semper, Schm. Philipp. ii. p. 400. n. 40. t. 52, f. 1 (9) (1896) (S.B.
Mindanao ;—coll, Semper).
*Panacra buruensis Rothschild, Noy, Zoot, vi. p. 69. n, 7 (1899) (Burn ; —Mus, Tring); id., Lc,
vii. p. 274. n. 4. t. 5. £.3(@) (1900),

?. The slight differences between Semper’s and our specimen are most likely
individnal. The species differs from farneri and insignis especially in the mesothoracic
tegula being devoid of a pale median stripe. Antenna incrassate distally as in the
allied species.

/Iab. Mindanao ; Buru.

Inthe Tring Museum 1 & from Burn.

740. Theretra turneri.

Panaera turneri Gueas, Queenslander xxxix, p. 894 (May, 1891); Misk., Proce, Roy. Soe, Queensid.
viii. p. 62 (1891) (Mackay) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. /Tet. i. p. 663, n, 16 (1892); id., Noy, Zoot, i.
p. 37. n. 17 (1894); Rothsch., ‘h/d, iil, p. 23 (1896) ( mira),

*Panacra mira Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het. Mus, Ov. i, p. Vn, SAA 1, f. G (1892) (CG. York ;—Mus,
Oxford) ; Kirby, /.c, nm, 120 (184),

( 786 )

3%. Cavity of palpus partly concealed by rough scaling. Antenna somewhat
clubbed, especially in 9. External spines of first protarsal segment rather long,
the row doubled, with some additional short spines.

3. Tenth segment as in margarita, the apex of the sternite more rounded,
not distinctly bisinnate. Friction-scales of clasper large: process of harpe long,
slender, feebly spatulate, curving upwards at end. Penis-sheath similar to that of
margarita and allies, the right process short, narrow, pancidentate, the ribbon-like
armature broadest at its most distal point, the dentate ridge beginning close to
the right process (Pl. LVIIT. f. 26, dorsal view), the distal edge of the ribbon
dentate as in margarita.

?. Vaginal plate rounded triangular, very obtuse; anterior edge of the vaginal
cavity raised into a smooth ridge, which forms a kind of half-eylinder over the
cavity, and gradually disappears distally.

Harly stages not known.

Hab. Queensland.

In the Tring Museum 8 dd, 10 2 ? from: Brisbane and Townsville (Dodd) ;
Cooktown; Mackay (Turner),

741. Theretra insignis.

*Panacra insignis Butler, Ann. Mag. N. IH, (5). x. p. 432 (1882) (Andamans ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Kirby,
Cal, Lep. Het. i, p. 663. n, 12 (1892) (Andamans),

32. Structurally not different from ¢wner?, except that the right process
of the penis-sheath is longer in zvsignis. The sharply marked narrow pale band —
which runs from near the apex of the forewing to the middle of the hinder margin,
and forms an obtuse angle in middle, is a conspicuous distinguishing character
of insignis.

Early stages not known.

Flab. Andamans to Tenimber.

Two subspecies :

a. Th. insignis insignis.

*Panacra insignis Butler, 1.c, ¢

3. Differs from the following form in being larger, having the forewings more —
pointed and the pale band less enrved in middle.

Tlab. Andamans.

One 3 in the British Mnsenm.

b. Th. insignis huehni.

*Theretva. insignis, Snellen, Tijdschr, Ent. xxviii, p. 252. t. 9. f. 1 (1885) (Java). «

*Chaerocumpa. kithni Rothschild, Noy. Zoot, vii. p. 274. n. 2. t. 5. £..2 (4) (1900) (Dammer I. ;—
Mus. Tring).

The Java specimen figured by Snellen approaches a little the Andaman form,

Tlab. Tenimber; Dammer I.; Java. :

In the Tring Museum 36d, 4 2? from: Dammer L, xii, (Kiihn); Larat,

Tenimber (Kiihn). {

742. Theretra griseomarginata.

*Chaerocampa griseo-marginata Hampson, Journ, Bombay N. IT, Soc, xi. p. 281. n. 130a. t. A. f. 1
(2) (1898) (Sikhim, 1800 ft. ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Dudg., Jown, Bombay N, IT. Soe, xi. p. 411,
n, 130a (1898) (Sikhim, at light, 1800 ft.)

( 787 )

$%. A rare insect; we have seen only two specimens. Antenna long,
reaching beyond end of cell of forewing. External row of spines of first segment
of foretarsns double. White mesial line of abdomen simple. A whitish sub-
marginal band on forewing above nearly straight from apex to near hinder angle,

Early stages not known. '

Tlab. Sikhim.

A ? in the British Museum; a ¢@ in coll. Charles Oberthiir.

143. Theretra orpheus.

*Chaerocampa orpheus Herrich-Schiifter, Avsserenr. Sch. i. £. 104 (1854) (Cape of Good Hope —
coll. Staudinger).

8%. Antenna clubbed as in the three preceding species. Cavity of palpus
sharply defined, the scaling around it more regular than in fturneri, ete. Long
spurs of hindtibia shorter than usual ; bristles of midtarsal comb long. Cross-veins
of hindwing straight, D? not or very feebly cnrved.

3. Tenth tergite as in the allied species, but fecbly dilated at the end, which
is rounded-truncate and faintly sinuate; sternite narrow, rounded at end, with a
minnte mesial tooth. Clasper with one single large scale, which is obtuse at
end; harpe short, withont free process (Pl. LIT. f. 23). Penis-sheath without
armature ; the dorsal edge produced into a lobe, which is bent into the interior
of the eylinder.

?. Vaginal plate triangular, narrowly truncate ; vaginal cavity a little before
middle, its anterior edge raised, more strongly chitinised than the sides, with some
longitudinal wrinkles ; no separate lobes.

Early stages not known.

Hab. Aethiopian Region : Continental Africa; Comoro Is.

Three subspecies :

a. Th. orpheus pelius subsp. nov.

Chaerocampa orpheus, Mischler, Abh, Senk, Nat. Ges, xv. p. 68, n. 152 (1890) (Acera, v.).

3. A pale and narrow-winged form. Sides of basal segments of abdomen
scarcely deeper brown than the other segments; middle stripe of mesothoracie
tegula greenish olive-——Virst discal line of forewing thin, not heavier than second ;
lines in basal third of wing thinner than in the following subspecies, dise washed
with greenish olive, this colour more obvious between upper angle of cell and

discal lines, where the wing is russet or Pront’s brown in orp. orpheus.
Hindwing and underside of both wings paler than in the following.

Ilab. West Africa.

In coll. Charles Oberthiir 1 d (¢ype) from Johann Albrechts Hohe, Cameroons
(Conradt).

b. Th. orpheus orpheus.

Chaerocampa orpheus VWerrich-Schiiffer, Lc. (1854) (Cape) ; Walk., List Lep. Ins, B. M, xxxi. p. 30
(1864), 2

Choerocampa orpheus, Boisduval, Spee. Gén, Lép, Hét. i, p. 247. n. 27 (1875).

Panacra orpheus, Butler, Trans, Zool, Soc, Lond. ix. p. 550, 0, 10 (1877).

Panacra (2) orpheus, Kirby, Cat, Lep, Het, i. p. 662, n, 5 (1802).

*Panacra natalensis Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i, p. 79. t. 5, f. 18 (1894) (Natal ;—Mus, Tring),

Panacra orphacus (‘), Distant, Ann, May. \. 1, (7). t, ili, p. 180 (1899) (Delagoa Bay ; = variolosa
= vayans ex errore !),

( 788 )

3%. Forewing washed with Prout’s brown or russet at inner margin proximally
and distally of pale discal double line, and also between upper angle of cell and
discal lines.

Hab. South Africa: Cape Colony ; Natal.

In the Tring Museum 7 dd, 2 2? from Natal.

ce. Th. orpheus intensa subsp. nov. (Pl. V. f. 13, ¢).

dé. Darker and broader-winged than the previons. Lines of upperside of
abdomen and forewing less distinct; pale band of forewing conspicnons behind,
where it is creamy, and costal margin not pale beyond apex of cell. Underside of
wings: ground-colonr cinnamon-rufous, lines of forewing thinner than in the
preceding forms.

Hab. Grande Comore (L. Humblot).

One ¢ (type) in coll. Charles Oberthiir, here figured ; a second ¢ kindly given
to the Tring Museum.

744. Theretra pallicosta.

*Chaeroeampa pallicosta Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 145. n. 31 (1856) (Silhet ; Hong-
kong ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Moore, Proc, Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 676 (1867) ; Butl., Trans. Zool. Soe.
Lond. ix. p. 566. n, 75;(1877) ; id., Must, Typ. Specim. Lep, Het, B. M. iii. p. 1. t, 41. £. 2 (1879) ;
Cot. & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind. i. p. 20. n. 106 (1887) ; Swinh., Cat, Lep, Het, Mus. Ox. i. p, 15.
n. 60 (1892) (Silhet ; Assam ; Ceylon); Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 94.
n, 144 (1892) (Ceylon ; Assam; Silhet ; E, Pegu ; Hongkong).

Chaerocampa callicosta (!), Ménétriés, Enum, Corp. Anim, Mus, Petr., Lep. ii, Suppl. p. 91 n. 1515
(1857).

Gnathothlibus pallicosta, Moore, Lep. Ceylon ii, p. 21. t. 84. £. 6 (1882).

Theretra pallicosta, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 659, n, 112 (1892) ; Dudg., Jowrn. Bombay N. H. Soe,
xi, p. 415. n. 144 (1898) (‘not seen”).

3%. Opening of palpus partly covered by single long scales of the first and
second segments. External row of spines of the first protarsal segment doubled
and trebled. Thorax with a white mesial line. Lines of forewing straight, nearly
parallel to margin, one only distinct and this dentate ; costal edge and stigma
buffish white.

3. Tenth abdominal segment of the ordinary shape, tergite feebly sinuate,
sternite rather narrow, pointed. Clasper with 10-odd large scales ; harpe long,
slender, horizontal, apex rounded in dorsal view, flattened. Penis-sheath: apical
edge dorsally rounded-prodneced, symmetrical ; on the right and the left side a
dentate process pointing proximad, the left process the slenderer and slightly
longer.

Karly stages not known.

Hath. Ceylon to Burma and Hongkong.

In the Tring Museum 9 3d, 6 99 from: Ceylon; Karwar; Khasia Hills ;
Jaintia Hills, Burma.

745. Theretra castanea.

* Py rgesa, castanea Moore, Proc, Zool. Soc, Lond, p- 566 (1872) (Bombay :-—Mus. Brit.) ; Butl.,
Trans. Zool. Lond, ix. p. 549, n. 10 (1877) ; Waterh., Aid /dent. Ins. i. t. 56 (1881) ; Swinh.,
Proc. Zool, Soc, Lond. p. 288, n. 7 (1885) (Sattara, vi.) ; Cot, & Swinh., Cat. Moths Ind, i, p. 10.
n. 57 (1887),

Metopsilus castaneus, Kirby, Cat, Lep, Het. i, p. 661. n, 17 (1892) (Bombay).

( 789 )

Chaerocampa castanco, Hawpson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 92, un. 138 (1892)
(Bombay ; Satara).

*Chaerocampa hyporhoda Hampson, Journ. Bombay N. H, Soc, xiii, p. 39. n, 138a. t, . £, 12 (1900)
(Karwar ;—Mus. Brit.).

3?. Somewhat variable in colour above and below. Palpus as in pallicosta.
External row of spines of first protarsal segment single, except at base, where
there are some additional spines. The upperside sometimes more, sometimes
less reddish ; underside varying from orange-rufous to pale tawny. Forewing,
above, with greyish marginal area, which is widest at R®; stigma black, discal
lines very indistinct, the distal one indicated by more or less vestigial vein-
dots. Hindwing nniformly dark tawny-olive or blackish, fringe white between
- Mand SM’.

Hab. South India.

The species leads over to Rhagastis, which it resembles very much in shape
aud in the style of coloration.

In the Tring Museum 3 2 % from Trayaucore ; 1 ¢ from Karwar.

CLXIL. RHYNCHOLABA gen. nov.—Typus : acteus.
Sphinw, Cramer (non Linné, 1758), Pap. Exot. ii, p. 93 (1779).
Oreus Hiibner, Verz. bel. Schm. p. 136 (1862) (partim ; type: gnome).
Pergesu Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 153 (1856) (partim ; type : porcellus).
Choerocampa, Boisduval (non Duponchel, 1835), Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét.i. p. 257 (1875) (partim).
Metopsilus, Kirby (non Duncan, 1836), Cat, Lep, Het. i. p. 660 (1892) (parti).
Theretra, Hampson (non Hiibner, 1822), in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 100 (1892) (partim)
Punucra, Rothschild (non Walker, 1856), Nov. Zoot, i. p, 80 (184) (partim).

3%. Second segment of palpus triangular; the joint widely open, some
dispersed long scales on the naked space of the opening; scaling of first segmeut
longest just below the opening, the palpus thus differing in outline (PI. LIX.
f, 25) from that of every other Sphingid. Mid- and hindtibia short-scaled ; basal
spives of midtarsal comb prolonged, longer than the segment is thick; hindtarsus
also with prominent comb. |

Larva: anterior segments small; a very large eye-spot ou fourth segmeut,
followed by a series of smaller, oblique, ovate spots ; horn short.

Pupa with a long free tongue-case, the end of which rests against the breast
fitting in a groove.

Hab. Indo-Malayan Subregion.

One species.

Connected with the bulk of Theretra by Th. nessus, with which Rhyncholaba
agrees in many respects. The free tongue-case of the pupa is a character not found
anywhere else among the Sphingidae semanophorae.

746. Rhyncholaba acteus.

Spline acteus Cramer, Pap, Exot, iii. p. 3. t. 248, £. 4 (1779) (Java).

Oreus actens, Hiibner, Verz. bel. Sch. p. 136. 0, 1464 (1822).

Pergesa acteus, Walker, List Lup. Ins. B. M, viii. p. 153. 0. 6 (1856) (Borneo ; Java ; Moulmein ;
Silhet ; N. India ; Ceylon) ; Horsf. & Moore, Cat, Lep. Ins. Mus. B. 1. C. p. 272. 0, 629, t. 10,
f. 1. 1a (J, p.) (1857) (Java; N. India) ; Moore, Proc, Zool. Soe, Lond. p. 794 (1865) (Bengal);
Semper, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien xvii. p. 69. n, 11 (1867) (larva) ; Buth, U'rana. Zool. Soe.
Lond. ix. p. 548. 0. 3 (1877) ; Moore, Proc. Zool, Sov. Lond. p. 695 (1877) (Pt. Blair) ; Snell.,
Tijdschr. Ent, xx. p- Ve at] (1877) (Java) ; ButlL, Proc, Zool, Soe, Lond, p O18 (1881)

(790 )

(Belgaum) ; Moore, Lep, Ceylon ii. p. 23, t. 88. £. 1, La (1, p., 1.) (1882) ; Swinh., Proc. Zool.
Soc, Lond. p, 288. n. 8 (1885) (Poona, i. ii. ; Belgaum ; Bombay) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cut, Moths
Ind. i. p. 10. n. 53 (1887) ; Swink., Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond, p. 162. n, 7 (1890) (Moulmein) ;
Pagenst., Jalurb. Nass. Ver, Nat. xiii. p. 101. n, 178 (1890) (E. Java) ; Swinh., Cut Lep. Het.
Mus. Ox, i. p. 10 n, 44 (1892) (Silhet ; Assam ; Java ; Sarawak).

Chaerocampa acteus, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. i, p. 257, n. 42 (1875) (Philipp. ; Java:
Bengal) ; Snell., /.c. xxii. p. 67. n. 17 (1877) (8. Celebes) ; Piep., ‘bid, xl. p. 97. t. 1. £.8.9
(horn of /.), p. 100. t. 3. f£, 1—3 (larvae) (1897) (Java).

Aetopsilus acteus, Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het, i, p. 661. n, 11 (18092) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeit. xl. p. 365. n.

29 (1895) (Java).
Theretra actea (1), Hampson, in Blanf., Puma Brit. Ind., Moths i. p, 100. n. 158 (1892); Dudg.,
Journ, Bombay N, HL, Sov. xi. p. 412. n. 158 (1898) (Sikhim, Bhutan ; up to 6000 ft, vii—ix,;

/, and p. deser.).

*Punacre butleri Rothschild, Noy. Zoot. i. p. 80 (1894) (hab. ?;—Mus. Tring). ;

Theretra acteus, Semper, Schin, Philipp. ii, p. 402. n. 47. t. G. f.4—7, t. u. £1, 2 (1, p.) (1896)
(Luzon ; Cebu; Bohol ; Mindanao ; Palawan).

: Panacra butleri is based ou a detective specimen in which the green colour has
changed into reddish tawny.

3. Tenth abdominal tergite as in most Theretra, gradually narrowed to end,
truncate, feebly sinuate, the edge rounded ; sternite as long as the tergite, gradually
narrowed to a point, apex somewhat curved upwards. Clasper with more than
twelve large scales ; harpe elongate, subcylindrical, horizontal, very feebly curved,
apex concave on upperside, slightly spoou-shaped in dorsal view. Penis-sheath with
a single dentate process (?1. LVIII. f. 15).

Hab. Ceylon to North India, eastwards to the Moluccas.

In the Tring Museum 1 larva, 1 pupa, 50-odd specimens from: Loo Choo Is, ;
Ceylon; Travancore ; Sikhim ; Assam; Penaug; Borneo; Nias ; Java; Lombok ;
Sambawa; Sumba; Buru.

CLXIV. CENTROCTENA gen. noy.—Typus : rutherford.

3%. Differs from Vheretra in the shorter spur of the midtibia bearing a
comb of stiff bristles as in Nephele (Pl. LXIV. f. 8). Cavity at end of first
segment of palpus large and well-defined; second palpal segment broader than
long. Abdomen with conspicuous tufts at the ventral edges of tergites 4 to 6.
Distal margins of wings somewhat scalloped. ;

Abdomen peculiarly striate above and below, reminding one of the American
Xylophanes ceratomioides and allies.

Barly stages not known.

Hab. Africa.

Two species :

External discal lines of forewing above undulate 747. C. rutherford.
External discal lines of forewing quite straight 748. C. cmitans.

747. Centroctena rutherfordi (PI. X. f. 9, 2).

*Panacra rutherfordi Drace, Ent, Mo. Mag. xix. p. 16 (1882) (Cameroons ;—coll. Druce) ; Kirby,
Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 663. n. 14 (1892).

*Panacra saalmiilleri Méschler, Abh. Senk. Nat. Ges, xv. p. 68, n. 153, £. 23 (1890) (Accra ;—coll.
Staudinger) ; Holl., Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 62. n, 11 (1889) (Benita).

*Chaerocampa undulata Aurivillius, Oefy. Vel. Ak. Forh. lvii. p. 1050 (1900) (Congo ;—Mus,
Stockholm).

Cul)

3%. Interspaces between discal lines 3 to 6 of forewing buff, shaded with
brown in front, undulate (like the brown lines) from R* apicad.

3. Tenth abdominal segment of the usual type, as generally found in Vheretra:
tergite rather narrow and obviously curyed, tip faintly sinuate; sternite rounded
at eud. Clasper with about a dozen large scales; harpe with a long, slender,
horizontal, cylindrical process, which is slightly curved upwards at end. Penis-
sheath peculiar (PI. LVILL. f. 16), reminding one of that found in Vheretra lucasi
and clotho (and allies); a large dorsal patch of erect, somewhat curved spines,
the tips pointing distad ; the spines breaking off easily.

?. Vaginal plate resembling that of 7%. lycetus (Pl. XLI. f{ 17), but more
triangular, the edge of the vaginal cavity also asymmetrical, not so prominent as in
lycetus.

Hab. West and East Africa.

In the Tring Museum 1 d, 39% from: Gold Coast; Congo (Bentley);
Yakusu, Congo (K. Smith); Negnela, German Hast Africa.

748. Centroctena imitans.

* Punacra imitans Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H, (5). x. p. 432 (1882) (Delagoa b. ;—Mus. Brit.) ; Kirby,
Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 663. n, 13 (1892),

3. Differs from the preceding in the grey mesial double line of the abdomen
being much clearer marked, in the forewing being narrow, more strongly dentate,
tooth R? beiug much more prominent than tooth R', and in some details of pattern :
forewing, discal line heavy, 2 faint, 3 heavy, 4 faint, 5 heavy, interspace 4—5 white
also costally, line 6 thin, none of the lines lunate as in rvtherford/, a black patch
R'—F? outside line 6: hindwing, pale discal area more distinct, with a rather
conspicuous blackish line. On the waderside the discal lines of the forewing are
less oblique than in the preceding species, almost parallel to margin.

3. Tenth sternite obtusely pointed. Harpe as before, but broader before apex,
ending in a slender point. Penis-sheath very different from that of ruther/ordi,
the armature consisting of a broad flat right-sided process which is deutate at
the end (PJ. LVIIL. f. 17).

?. Unknown.

Hab, Bast Africa.

Only 2 3d known to us, one in the British Museum from Delagoa Bay, the
second in the Tring Museum from Uluguru, German Hast Africa.

CLXV. RHAGASTIS gen. novy.—Typus : velata.
Pergesa Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii, p. 149 (1856) (partim ; type + porcellus).
Zonilia id., lc. p. 192 (1856) (partim ; type : Nephele funebris).
Choerocampa, Boisduyal (non Duponchel, 1835), Spec. Gén, Lép, Hét. i. p. 228 (1879) (partim).
Deilephilu, Staudinger (non Laspeyres, 1809), in Rom., Mén. Lep. vi. p. 230 (1892).
Metopsilus, Kirby (non Duncan, 1836), Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 660 (1892) (partim),
Theretra, Dudgeon (non Hiibner, 1822) Journ. Bombay N. 1. Soc, xi, p, 411 (1508) (partim).

3%. Differs from Vheretra in the second segments of the palpi not touching
one another, the base of the tongue remaining visible; from Cechenena in these
segments not being so narrow, bearing a large apical tuft on the innerside, and
having a much smaller naked area.

¢ 792")

Larva known only of mongoliana; of the Theretra-type, with oue ocellus.

Hah. Oriental Region, northward to Amurland and Japan, eastward to Borneo
and Java.

The genus is a connecting link between Theretra aud Cechenena, and is itself
connected with, Theretra by Th. castanea and pallicosta. Some of the species
resemble each! other rather closely; but there is really uo great difficulty in
distinguishing* them, if one has once grasped the essential characters. The
differences in the palpi, which we illustrate by some figures, will, we hope, convince
even the most confirmed lumper of the distinctness of the insects.

Key to the species :
a. Hindwing below with conspicuous black
stigma. : 758. Bh. albomarginatus.
Handwink below matiout a pick sents 2 ou OS
6. Second segment of palpus strongly :
narrowed to base (Pl. LIX. f. 17) 751. RA. acuta.
Second segment of palpus not narrowed
to base (Pl. LIX. f 1s). : . ale (eh
c. Upperside of thorax flushed with aa
underside of wings and body aaclmeine
of palpus rosy ea : ; : 797. Rh. gloriosa.
Upperside of thorax not flushed with red : Bait
/, Forewing aboye with a single series of
sharply defined white submarginal
lunules : 5 : : ;
Forewing above with two series of
white spots or a broad ill-defined
band, or without white submarginal
markings : ¢ eee:
ec. Forewing aboye with a series of ie
submatginal spots, preceded by a
straight white line from apex to R*
and by a Innate line between R* and
SM*: underside of body and wings

750. Rh. lunata.

ochreous . c igiak : . Tob. Rh. olivacea.
Not so coloured. : : isa'y
J. Cavity at end of first palpal cath
distinct. : ef
Cavity at end of first iealpal poet
vestigial . 8. 749. Rh. mongolians.

y: Underside of wings paneels peciciedl
with brown, mareival band of fore-
wing not joined to brown basal area;
no white submarginal scaling on
forewing above; abdomen without
yellow lateral stripe . 750. Rh. velata.
Underside less densely spelea with
brown; marginal band of forewing
joined to basal area between R? and R* : pe lh

(193)

h, Costal half of cell of forewing below of
the reddish colour of the disc;
abdomen without yellowish lateral
stripe; costal edge of forewing very
pale, creamy. . tad. Rh. confusa.
Cell of forewing below pagel Hare inv 9
abdomen rosy beneath, a conspicuous
ochraceous side-stripe ; a broad white
submarginal band on upperside of
forewing . : ; Tod. Rh. castor.
Cell brown as before ; Stoner bel ow
buftish white; the stripe connecting
basal area with marginal band of
forewing heavy - : : . 102. Rh, aurifera.

749. Rhagastis mongoliana.

*Pergesa mongoliana Butler, Proc, Zool, Soc, Lond. p, 622. n. 1 (1875) (Nankow Pass, China to
Mongolia ; Japan ; larva descr. ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id., Lrans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix, p. 637. t. 91.
£14) 15 (1. p-) (1877) ; id., Ldlustr. Typ. Specim. Lep, Het. BM, iii. p. 4. t. 21. £5 (1878) ;
Staud,, in Rom., JJém, Lép. iii. p. 159 (1887) ; Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond, p. 583, n. 11
(1888) (Yokohama, common ; Kiukiang).

Metopsilus mongolianus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 660. n, 3 (1892) (Mongolia) : Leech, Trans. ut.
Soc. Lond. p. 268. n, 61 (1898),

Deilephila mongoliana, Staudinger, /.c. vi, p. 230, n. 218 (1823) ; Bartel, in Rithl, Grosssehm. 1.
p. 129 (1900) (Amur ; Corea ; China ; Japan).

Metopsilus mongoliana, Staudinger & Rebel, Cut. Lep. ed. iii. p. 104, n. 763 (1901).

3%. Second segment of palpus about as long as broad, not narrowed to
base ; cavity of first segment vestigial. External row of spines of first protarsal
segment doubled and trebled. White lateral band of head and thorax distinct ;
metanotum with a patch of tawny and ochreous scales laterally, the patch extending
on to the mesonotum, no black mesial dot ; abdomen without lateral stripe. Distal
margin of forewing more convex than in the other species, the fringe distinctly
spotted, the four discal lines (or rows of dots) more distinct behind, followed
at internal margin by a small brown patch, a similar patch at apex of wing. The
brown border of the underside of the forewing dilated behind *, mostly reaching
the basal area. As in velata, aurifera, and acuta, there occur specimens in which
the outer dise of the forewing above is buff-colour near costal and internal margins.

3. Process of harpe slender, somewhat oy-shaped. Penis-sheath intermediate
between those of relata and aurifera, the right process long, multidentate at and
near proximal edge, especially near end, the left process slenderer, also multi-
dentate at and near proximal edge (P1, LVIIL f. 19).

Larva with one ocellus.—Food-plant : Balsamina.

Hab. Japan; Corea ; Amurland ; China. : y

In the Tring Museum 5 dd, 10 $¢ from: Yokohama and Tokio, vit. ;
Kinkiaug and Chu-su, China.

750. Rhagastis velata (PI. XIV. f. 4, ¢).

*Pergesa velata Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. xxxv. p. 1853 (1866) (Darjiling ;—Mus, Brit.) ; Butl.,
Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 548. 0, 5 (1877) ; id., Lusty, Typ. Specim. Lep. Het, B. M. vy,
p. 3. t. 78. £.5 (1881) ; Cot. & Swinh,, Cat, Moths id. i, p. 10, 0, 54 (1887) ; Swinh., Cat. Lep,
Het, Mus. Ox, i. p, 10, n. 42 (1892),

( 794 )

Metopsilus velutus, Kirby, Cat, Lep, Het. i. p. 661. n, 12 (1892).

Chacrocampa velata, Hampson, in Blanf., Puuna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 91, n. 137 (1892) (partim).

Thevetra velata, Dudgeon, Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 413. n. 137. A. a. (1898) (Sikhim, Bhutan H
v. vi., up to 4000 ft.).

3%. Second segment of palpus (Pl. LIX. f. 20) not narrower towards
base, longer than broad, but not so long as in aurifera, cavity of first segment
distinct. xternal row of spines of first protarsal segment simple, or doubled
only at base. Metanotum without black mesial dot; abdomen without ochreous-
tawny lateral stripe, or (rarely) the stripe vestigial on the last segments. The four
discal lines of the forewing above, of which two or three are generally strongly
dentate, form at internal margin a conspicuous patch, which is often continued
costad, joining the patch situated near stigma, this latter patch not always marked.
Underside of both wings much mottled with brown scales, forming mostly short
transverse lines ; the brown border of the forewing widened before R*, sometimes
almost extended to basal area. The clayish buff band on the upperside of the
hindwing always narrow; it is best marked in the individuals which have the
distal part of the dise of the forewing above buttish and the marginal border distinet,
while it is vestigial or absent from the more evenly coloured individuals. It
is peculiar that aurifera, acuta, velata and mongoliana each have two forms differing
iu the same way.

3. The large scales of the clasper stand in pairs ; harpe as in qeufa, rather
more curved. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVIIL. f 20) symmetrical, both processes with
several irregular rows of small teeth at the proximal edge. Tenth sternite long,
sides parallel, apex obtusely rounded.

Hab. North India: Sikhim; Bhutan; Assam.

In the Tring Museum 30 dd, 4 2? from: Sikhim ; Bhutan ; Khasia Hills.

751. Rhagastis acuta (Pl. XIV. f. 13, 2).

*Zonilia ucula Walker, l.c. viii. p. 195. n. 7 (1856) (Hindostan ;—Mus. Oxford).

Pergesa? acuta, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 547. 0, 7 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cut, Moths
Ind. i. p. 9. 0. 52 (1887) (partim ; Silhet) ; Swinh., Cut. Lep, Het. Mus. Ow. i, p. 10, n. 43 (1892)
(India ; Silhet).

Metopsilus acutus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. p. 661. n. 13 (1892).

Chaerocampa velata, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. 91, n 137 (1892).

Theretra spec., Dudgeon, Journ. Bombay N. H, Soc. xi. p. 414. n, 137. c. a. (1898) (Sikhim; Bhutan ;
v.—vili., up to 4000 ft).

3%. Second segment of palpus strongly narrowed towards base, triangular
(Pl. LIX. f. 17), entirely different from the segment of velata, aurifera, ete. ;
compare also the inner surface of the palpi of acuta, velata and aurifera
(Pl. LIX. f. 19. 20. 21) ; cavity of first sezment large. External row of spines of
the first protarsal segment doubled and trebled. In colour resembling aurifera,
the subdorsal tawny-ochreous stripe of the abdomen at least vestigial; underside of
thorax and abdomen buff, less white than in awrifera, the discal dots of the
forewing below smaller, the marginal area not joined to the basal one; the
marginal area of the hindwing narrower, not so much dilated before R*. There
are two forms connected by intergradations, but the intermediate examples are
comparatively rare. In one form the ochreous-buff band of the hindwing is reduced,
being often just indicated near anal angle; the forewing has scarcely a yellow
tint, and the underside of both wings is dull clayish ochraceous with a tint of
brick-red. In the other form the forewing bas here and there an olive-yellow

melt Whi

Lad

( 795 )

tone ; the band of the hindwing is vestigial between SC? and M?, and the uuder-
side of both wings is brighter reddish and ochreous.—The marginal border of the
underside of the forewing appears often above.

d. Large scales of clasper (5 to 7) in two irregular rows appearing as one
row ; harpe longer and slenderer than in avrifvra. Penis-sheath (Pl. LVIIL. f. 21)
asymmetrical, the right process long, multidentate at end, rather broad, somewhat
hand-shaped, the left process narrow, often yery short.

Hab. North India; Penang.

In the Tring Museum 48 33, 3 22 from: NSikhim; Bhutan; Assam ;
Penang, 26. ii. 99 (C. Curtis).

752. Rhagastis aurifera (PI. XIV. f. 7, 3).

(?) Choerocampa castor, Boisduval (won Walker, 1856), Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 297. n. 41 (1875)
(Darjiling ; Cochinchina).

*Pergesa aurifera Butler, Prov. Zool. Sov. Lond. p. 7. n. 11 (1875) (Sikhim ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,
Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 549, n. 13 (1877); id., Must. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M, v.
p. 2. t. 78. £. 4, (1881) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cut. Moths Ind. i. p. 11. n. 60 (1887).

Metopsilus auriferus (1), Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het. i. p. 661, n. 19 (1892).

Chaerocampa velata, Hampson, in Blanf., Puuna Brit, Ind., Moths i, p, 91. a. 137 (1892) (partim).

Theretra aurifera, Dudgeon, Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 413. n. 137. a, b (1898) (Sikhim ;
Bhutan ; vii.—x., up to 7000 ft.).

3%. Cavity of first segment of palpus distinct ; second segment broadest at
base, longer than broad (Pl. LIX. f 21). Black apical scaling of antenna
extending over 1U-odd segments. External row of spines of first protarsal segment
double. Metanotum with black mesial dot. Abdomen with a distinct ochre-buff
lateral stripe from segment + to 7, the stripe often extending basad to segment 3 ;
underside of abdomen, and meso-metasternum creamy white. Wings more elongate
than in celata and acuta, the marginal area of the underside of the forewing joined
to the basal area by a streak situated behind R*, the row of dots of the same wing
heavy. In some individuals the dise of the forewing above is buffish distally near
apex of wing and posterior angle, and the brown marginal area of the under surface
becomes also clearly marked above.

3. Large scales of clasper arranged in one row ; harpe short, somewhat twisted.
Penis-sheath asymmetrical (P]. LVIII. f. 19), the right process rather long, broad,
multidentate at end, the left process more proximal, short.

Hab, North India: Sikhim ; Bhutan ; Assam.

In the Tring Museum 36 gd from: Sikhim; Bhutan; Assam.

753. Rhagastis confusa spec. nov. (Pl. XIV. f. 12, 3),

*Theretra velata var, albomarginata, Hampson (non Rothschild, 1894), Journ. Bombay N, H, Soe.
xiii. p. 39. n, 137. t. B. f. 4 (1900).

3. Palpus as in avrifera. External row of spines of first protarsal segment
double only at base. Head and thorax with a sharply defined whitish pink lateral
band, which is shaded with brown near the base of the forewing. Metanotum with
indistinct black mesial dot. No tawny-ochreous subdorsal stripe on abdomen,
Middle of sterna and underside of abdomen buff-pink, dusted with a few
black scales.

Wings rather broader than in aurifera. Upperside.——Vorewing as in
aurifera, but darker in tint, costal margin pale; fringe of hinder margin white

( 796 )

in middle, continuous with the pinkish white, lougitudinal, subbasal line indicated
in aurifera and other species. Hindwing: pale band more pinkish and broader
than in aurifera.

Underside. Forewing: anterior half of cell reddish, not brownish black, of
the same colour as dise; the brown discal band just outside the basal area absent
or only vestigialtat costal margin of fore- and hindwing ; the discal dots as large
as in aurifera ; marginal band of forewing and the stripe connecting it with basal
area less prominent than in aurifera.

g. Penis-sheath (PI. LVILL. f. 25) differing from that of awifera in being
tore asymmetrical, and in the right process being broader and having teeth along
the proximal and apical edges.

The total absence of a tawny-ochreous subdorsal stripe from the abdomen
together with the other characters mentioned distinguish this insect obviously from
aurifera.

Hab. Novth India: Assam; Sikhim.

In the Tring Museum 5 3d from: Khasia Hills (¢ye); Sikhim (Moller,
Maundelli).

754, Rhagastis castor.
*Pergesa castor Walker, List Lep. Jus. BM. viii. p. 153. 0, 5 (1856) (partim ; Java ;—Mus. Brit.)

Metopsilus castor, Kirby, Cut. Lep. Het.i. p. 661. 0, 14 (1892) (syn. partim).
* Metopsilus aurantiacus Rothschild, Noy, Zoou, i. p. 78 (1894) (hab. 2—Mus, Tring).

%. Allied to dunata, but easily distinguished from it by the broad, diffused,
ill-detined, whitish, submarginal band of the forewing and the blackish brown basal
half of the underside of the same wing. Metasternum white in middle.

Hab. Java.

In the Tring Museum 2 ? 2 from Java.

755. Rhagastis lunata (Pl. VI. f. 8, 3).
*Chaerocampa lunata Rothschild, Noy. Zoo. vii. p. 274. n. 3 (1900) (Khasia Hills ;—Mus. Tring),

d. Secoud segment of palpus not narrowed towards base; cavity of first
segment distinct, but not large. External row of spines of first protarsal segment
simple, or irregularly doubled at base. Antenna longer and thicker than in velata,
acuta, etc., the black apical scaling confined to the last 2 to 6 segments. Sides of
abdomen with a broad blackish stripe, broadest and most distinct at base, dorsally
bordered on segment 3 to 7 by an ochreous stripe which is more or less shaded
with rufous red, as in castor and aurifera, these stripes absent from velata,
albomarginata, and acuta. Forewing, above, with a single white submarginal line,
which consists of halfmoons, the horns of which point discad. Hindwing with a
sharply defined butf band, reaching to SC2, indented at R*, including a series of
clots. Underside pinkish red, the wings showing distally traces of the ochreous
ground-colour, black basal area of forewing reduced to a streak or patch behind cell.
Metanotum with a black mesial dot.

Harpe nearly as in ol/racea. Penis-sheath also as in that species, but the left
process much shorter.

Hab. North lndia: Khasia Hills and Sikhim.

Two subspecies ;

a. Rh. lunata lunata.
*Chaerocampa linata Rothschild, 1c,

3. Metanotnm with a reddish tawny lateral spot. Lateral stripe of abdomen
rufous red. Pale band of hindwing with four brown dots, the last one or two (upon
M? and M!’) touching the black basal area or fused with it ; fringe with white scales
at least between M! and M?’, besides the white scaling at anal angle. Underside
of wings very little or not ochreous distally, the black scaling before internal margin
not entering cell. Left process of penis-sheath (Pl. LVIII. f. 24) redneed to a
few teeth.

Hab, Khasia Hills.

In the Tring Musenm 4 dd.

b. Rh. lunata sikhimensis subsp. nov.

¢d. Metanotum withont reddish tawny spot. Lateral stripe of abdomen less red
than in the preceding. Wings broader; pale band of hindwing with six brown dots,
the last upon M° distinct, fringe without white scales between R' and M?’; underside
of wings more distinctly ochreous distally, the brownish black basal area of the
forewing just entering cell, continnous with the black discal dash situated between
R? and R*. Left process of penis-sheath longer and more hand-shaped than in
the preceding. j

Hab, Siklim, 22. vi. 89 (G. P. Pilcher).

One ¢ in Mus. Tring.

756. Rhagastis olivacea.

Pergesa castor var., Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p, 153. n. 5 (1856).

Pergesa castor, Moore, in Horsfield & Moore, Cat. Lep, Ins. Mus. E. I. C. i. p. 273. n. 630
(1857) ; id., Prov. Zool, Sor, Lond. p. 794 (1865) (Bengal) ; id., Lc. p. 676 (1867) (= velata
ex errore).

*Pergesa olivacea id., Proc. Zool. Sor, Lond. p. 566 (1872) (Simla :—Mus. Brit.) ; Butl., Trans.
Zool. Soe. Lond. ix. p. 548. n, 7 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat, Moths Ind. i. p. 10. n. 255 (1887)
(Simla ; Sikhim; Silhet ; Shillong),

Melopsilus olivaceus, Kirby, Cat, Lep, Het. i, p. G61, n. 15 (1892),

Chacrocampa olivacea, Hampson, in Blant,, Mauda Brit, Ind, Moths i. p. 91. n. 136 (1892) (Simla ;
Sikhim ; Silhet ; Khasia ; Shillong),

Chaevocampa castor, id., lc. iv. p. 453 (1896) - Dudg,, Journ, Bombay N. JT, Soe, xi. p. 411, n, 136
(1898) (= olivacea),

Theretra spec., Dudgeon, /.c p. 413, n, 137, 8. a, (1898) (Sikhim ; Bhutan ; 3000 ft., vii.),

3%. Structurally nearly the same as glortosa ; harpe shorter and stonter,
right process of penis-sheath more curved, left process longer and slenderer.
Upperside of body and forewing of a peculiar greenish yellow colour, like the
upperside of the abdomen and the irregular patches and bands of the forewing
(ground-colour) of gloriosa. Worewing with a round black stigma, a white sub-
marginal line consisting of more or less straight bars, preceded by another white
line, which is broadened from tip of wing to R*, and then luniform between the
veins ; discal lines reddish tawny, antemedian lines obscure, olivaceous. Underside
orauge-ochraceons, not dragon’s-blood red as in gloriosa, the three discal lines
distinct on both wings, except the second, which is often barely vestigial. Peuis-
sheath see Pl. LVIII. f. 22.

Hab. North West and North India.

In the Tring Musenm 40-odd specimens from: Massuri; Sikhim ; Bhutan ;
Khasia Hills.

( 798 )

797. Rhagastis gloriosa.

*Pergesa gloriosa Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 246, n. 20 (1875) (Darjiling ;—Mus. Brit.) ;—
id., Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond, ix. p. 549, n. 15, t. 92. f. 3 (1877) ; id., (Must. Typ. Spee. Lep, Het.
B, Mv. p. 3, t, 78. f. 6 (1881) ; Cot, & Swinh., Cat, Moths Ind. i, p. 11. n. 61 (1887).

Metopsilus gloriosus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 661. n. 20 (1892).

Chaerocampa gloriosa, Hampson, in Blanf., Pana Brit, Ind. Moths i, p. 91. n. 135 (1892) (Sikhim) ;
Dudg., Journ. Bombay N. IT. Soe, xi. p. 411 n, 135 (1898) (“not seen” ! Elwes: vii.).

3%. Second segment of palpus not narrowed towards base; cavity of first
segment distinct. First protarsal segment with a simple external row of spines.

d. Tenth tergite feebly dilated at apex, which shows a trace of a sinus;
sternite narrow, obtusely pointed. Clasper with about half a dozen very large
scales ; harpe slender, horizontal, slightly spatulate (in dorsal view), feebly curved
at end. Penis-sheath resembling that of od/racea (Pl. LVILL. f 22), the left
process broad and short.

Tlab. N. India.

In the Tring Musenm 10 62, 1 2 from: Sikhim, vi. vii—ix.; Bhutan ;
Jaintia Hills.

758. Rhagastis albomarginatus (PI. XIV. f. 8, d).

* Metopsilus albomarginatus Rothschild, Noy. Zoou. i. p. 78 (1894) (Khasia Hills ;—Mus. Tring).
Chacrocampa velata, Hampson (von Walker, 1866), in Blanf., Panna Brit, Ind., Moths iv. p. 453 (1898).

3. Antennal scaling pinkish white, not brown or black on the anterior side
from near base to near hook as it is in all the preceding species, the black apical
patch rather long ; basal ciliae slightly prolonged in 2. Second segment of palpus
not narrowed to base (PI. LIX. f. 22. 23.); cavity of first distinct. External
row of spines of first protarsal segment simple, with or withont a yery few
additional spines at the base. Metanotum with a conspicuous tawny patch at
each side. Abdomen without dorso-lateral stripe. The external discal dots of
the forewing aboye and below heavy; fringe of forewing spotted, a black spot
near anal angle as in mongoliana. Pale band of hindwing reduced to an ill-
detined patch or cloud near anal angle, fringe feebly dentate, white, with brown
vein-dots. Hindwing below with a conspicuous stigma, which is not found in
any of the allied species.

3. Clasper very broadly rounded at end; process of harpe slender (PI. LIT.
f. 16). Penis-sheath (P]. LVIII. f. 23) with a short paucidentate right process, —
and a more proximal left process which is dentate at the proximal and apical
edges and bears also one or two teeth at the distal edge, the right process or both
sometimes absent.

Loh, North India and Borneo.

Two subspecies :

a. Rh. albomarginuatus albomarginatus.
* Metopsilus albomarginatus Rothschild, 7.

3%. Second segment of palpus (Pl. LIX. f. 22) about as long as broad.
Costal edge of forewing at least partly creamy white.

Hab. Khasia Hills ; Sikhim.

In the Tring Museum 7 3d, 6 2? from: Khasia Hills; Sikhim,

( 799 )

b. Rh, albomarginatus everetti subsp. nov.

3?. Second segment of palpus (Pl. LIX. f. 23) longer than broad. Costal
edge of forewing not creamy; basal area with white hair-scales, especially before
hinder margin ; brown basal area of underside of forewing rather more restricted
than in the Continental form. Penis-sheath withont processes.

Tlab. Kina Balu, N. Borneo (A. Everett), 1 9; Benkoelen, Sumatra, 1 ¢ in
bad condition (Bricsson) ; in the Tring Museum.

The difference in the palpus between the two inseets is very obvious, but we
think it does not indicate specific distinctness,

CLXVI. CECHENENA gen. noy.—Typus: helops.

Chaerocampa, Walker (non Duponchel, 1835), List Lep, Ins, B. A. viii. p. 144 (1856) (partim).
Philampelus, id. (non Harris, 1839), /.c. p. 180 (1856) (partim).

Pergesa, Butler (0 Walker, 1856), Proc, Zool, Soc, Lond. p. 246 (1875).

Theretra, Kirby (von Hiibner, 1822), Cut. Lep. Het. i, p. 656 (1892) (partim).

Metopsilus, id. (non Dunean, 1836), /.c. p. 660 (1892) (partim).

Daphnis, Rothschild (von Hiibner, 1882), Noy, Zoorn, i, p. 86 (1892),

3%. Second segments of palpi divergent, narrower in side-view than first
segment (PI. LIX. f. 11), not covering base of tongue (PI. LIX. f. 10), the
apical tuft of inner surface small, the naked space longer than broad (Pl LIX.
f. 26).

TTab. Oriental Region.

Six species.

There are three types of development in this genus, which perhaps represent
each a separate genus.

a. Abdomen and forewing striped, the external stripes of the latter converging

apicad ; bristles of comb of midtarsus nomerous and long: first
segment of hindtarsus as long as tibia and as segments 2 to 9.
Midtibial spurs eqnal, outer one often longer than inner, Tlere belong
lineosa, minor wid pollu.

4. Abdomen without lines ; markings of forewing transverse ; bristles of comb
of midtarsus rather short and stout, less numerons ; first segment of
hindtarsus as before; antenna of @ incrassate distally. Midtibial spars
unequal. Resembles ?hagastis gloriosa in the style of coloration and
in shape. One species: mirabilis.

c. Eye large ; antenna not incrassate distally in either sex ; spines of comb
of mid- and hindtarsus long, thin, and numerous; first segment of
hindtarsus as long as segment 2 to 4 only, shorter than tibia;
prothorax long, mesothorax also projecting more than usnally beyond
the forewing, stout. Reminding one by the robustness of the body of
Pholus and Rhagastis gloriosa. Two species: helops and wegrota,

Key to the species :
a. Forewing above with five to seven almost
straight lines in outer half, abdomen striped
above. . ; , ‘ ; ‘ : ; b,

( 800 )

Forewing above without these lines, abdomen

not striped above . ; é ence
. Hindwing above with a sells defined Genes

yellow band which nearly reaches costal

margin, underside not pinkish — . : 764. C, pollu.
Band of hindwing buff or pinkish buff, aie e=
viated, ill- defined 6 : pies

ce. Mesonotum without a pale mesial band) freaice
with seven lines (inclusive of ie feebly

marked submarginal one). ; : 762. C. minor.
Mesonotum with a pale mesial band, core
with eight lines, there heing an additional

line between lines 6 and 7. ‘ 763. C. lineo a.
d. Forewing with a broad subbasal pair or
mummy-brown band or pateh . : . 761. C. helops.
Forewing without that band — . . F wl a
0. Forewing dark green in basal area like fore.
mnderside red . ’ : é . 759. C. mirabilis.

Base of forewing with a bine spot, otherwise
of the same clayish colonr as the rest of the

-

wing . i : : : ; : . 760. C. aegrota.

799. Cechenena mirabilis.

*Chaerocampa mirabilis Butler, Proc. Zool, Soe. Lond. p, 248. n, 25 (1875) (N.W, Himal. 3—Mus, —
Brit.) ; id., Trans, Zool. Soe, Lond. ix, p. 554. n. 5, t. 92. f. 1 (1877); Cot. & Swinh., Cat, —
Moths Tal i. p, 14. n, 82 (1887); Hamps., in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind,, Moths; p. 93. n. 142 —
(1892) (N. W, Him.).

Thevetra mirabilis, Kirby, Cat, Lep, Het, i. p. 650. n, 5 (1892),

3%. Antenna inerassate distally in 2. External row of spines on first —
protarsal segment double at base; short spur of midtibia shorter than in the |
following species, spines of comb of midtarsns stont and rather short, those of comb
of hindtarsus very little prolonged. Mesothoracic tegula with a long pale pink —
apical fringe. we

3. Tenth abdominal segment of the ordinary form as in Rhagastis velata, ete.
Process of harpe much longer than in RA. albomarginatus (P). LIL. f. 16), but
of the same shape. Penis-sheath resembling that of 7h. anata (Pl. LVIIL. f. 24),
the right process rather longer, the left short and paucidentate. The number of
large scales on the clasper larger than in RA. velata and allies.

Tab. N.W. India.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢, 2 ? 2 from Simla.

760. Cechenena aegrota (PI. X. f. 10, 3).

*Pergeso, aegrota Butler, Proc, Zool, Soc, Lond. p. 246. n, 19 (1875) (Silhet ;—Mus. Brit.); id.,
Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p, 549, n, 12. t. 92. £. 2 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinh., Cat, Moths Ind. i,
p. 11, n, 59 (1887).

Metopsilus aegrotus, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het, i. p. 661. n. 18 (1892).

Chaerocampa velata, Hampson, in Blanf,, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 91. n. 137 (1892) (partim).

*Theretra catori Rothschild, Noy, Zoot, i, p. 75 (1894) (N. Borneo ;—Mus, Tring).

*Daphnis chimaera id,, 1c, p, 86, t, 6. £. 16 (1894) (hab, ? :—Mus, Tring),

( 801 )

$%. The type of aegrota is in very bad condition, but on comparison we
find it to be the same species as chimaera, of which catori is only a peculiar
aberrant individual, also in a bad state of preservation.

Abdomen with a black lateral line widening towards base, not distinctly
marked on the first segment, thin on the posterior segments ; two rows of dorsal
dots as in the allies of Rhagastis velata. Cavity of palpus almost closed.

3. Tenth abdominal segment of the same type as in Rh. velata, acuta, ete.
The harpe (Pl. LI. f. 11) compressed, dorsal margin notched, apex acute, curved
upwards. Penis-sheath : apical edge produced at both sides into a dentate process
(Pl. LVIII. f. 1), the right process (Pl. LVIII. f. 2) irregularly toothed, the
teeth prominent, the left process (Pl. LVIII. f. 3) long, with minute teeth at
both edges at end.

Hab. North India to Borneo and Java.

In the Tring Museum 2 ¢d,2 2% from: Java (Piepers) ; Borneo (D. Cator) ;
Perak, viii. (Curtis).

761. Cechenena helops.

*Philampelus helops Walker, List Lep. Ins. B. M. viii. p. 180. n. 12 (1856) (“ Natal” error Loci ;
Moulmein teste Boisduval ;—Mus, Brit.).
Choerocampa helops, Boisduval, Spee, Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 259. n, 43 (1875) (Moulmein, in Brit, Mus.).

3%. Cavity of palpus sharply defined. Sides of metanotum tawny, centre
grey, this grey patch extended on to the mesonotum and abdomen. First and
second segments of the latter with black patch at the sides. Stigma of forewing
preceded by another small spot ; a broken apical line borders a tawny olive-brown
costal band which stops sharply at R'. The pattern of the underside of the same ~
type as in Rhagastis velata and allies.

d. Tenth tergite flat at end, truncate, very feebly sinuate; sternite compressed,
outline of under surface strongly curved in lateral view. Process of harpe almost
cylindrical, apex obtuse, rounded (PI. LII. f. 12. 13). The two processes of the
peuis-sheath (Pl. LVII. f. 48—53) much shorter than in C. aegrota.

?. Side-edges of the vaginal plate rather sharply raised ; vaginal cavity large,
the edge feebly raised, lyre-shaped.

Hab. Oriental Region.

Two subspecies :

a, C. helops helops.

Philampelus helops Walker, /.c, (1856); Butl, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond, ix. p. 577, un, 15 (1877)
(Penang ; N, India ; “ Natal ” ; = orientalis). :

* Philampelus orientalis Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. t. 77, £. 1 (1874) (Java ;—Mus, Tring).

Chocrocampa helops, Boisduyal, /,c, (1875).

Choerocampa orientalis, id,, l.c. p. 259, 0, 44 (1875).

Philampelus (?) orientalis, Cotes & Swinhoe, Cat. Moths Ind. i, p, 24, 0, 130 ( 1887).

Daphnis (2) helops, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het, i, p. 672, 0, 16 (1892), ? : ay

Chaerocampa helops, Hampson, in Blanf., Mauna Brit. Ind., Moths i, p. 927. n, 139 (1892) (Sikhim ;
Penang ; Borneo). 2

Theretra helops, Dudgeon, Journ, Bombay N. H, Soc. xi. p. 412, n. 139 (1898) (“ not seen”),

2%. For differences in colour from following see below.
FEE

( 802 )

3. Free process of harpe (PI. LIL. f. 12) three to four times as long as
broad in middle. Processes of penis-sheath (Pl. LVII. f. 48. 49. 50) of nearly
equal length, dentate, somewhat projecting away from the sheath.

Hab. N. India to Borneo and Java; most likely all over the Indo-Malayan
Subregion.

In the Tring Museum 10 ¢¢, 5 22 from: Sikhim; Shillong ; Jaintia
Hills; Khasia Hills ; Perak ; Dinding, vi.. and Pankor, ii. (Curtis) ; Benkoelen,
W. Sumatra (Ericsson) ; Java.

b. C. helops papuana subsp. nov.

Daphnis helops var., Rothschild, Noy. Zoot, ii. p. 482 (1895) (Germ. N, Guinea).
Theretra helops, Pagenstecher, in Chun, Zool, xii, 29. p. 13. n. 10 (1900) (Ralum, xii.).

d. Abdomen more white beneath than in /elops helops. Auterior tibia
blackish brown externally.

Wings, upperside. Forewing: distal margin more distinctly scalloped,
apex more acute and more produced, fringe pure white between veins, especially
near apex, black oblique apical line almost entirely replaced by a white line,
upper discocellular spot larger than stigma. Hindwing: pale anal patch
larger, at M! 5 mm. from outer margin, which is narrowly olive.

Underside.——Forewing: black basi-discal area reduced to a large discal
patch and a streak behind M*; postdiscal costal spot larger than in /. helops,
fused with another black patch which is situated between it and the heavy apical
line. Hindwing: dots on veins much more proximal than in 4. helops, dots R*
and M! being situated nearer cell than outer margin.

3. Harpe (Pl. LIL. f. 13) shorter than in helops helops. The processes of
the penis-sheath also shorter (PI. LVIL f. 51. 52. 53), the right one much slenderer,
simple.

Hab. New Guinea and Neu Pommern.

In the Tring Museum 1 ¢ (type) from: Milne Bay, xi. 98 (Meek). A ? in
coll. Staudinger from German New Guinea. In the Berlin Museum from Ralum.

762. Cechenena minor (PI. X. f. 11, 2).

Chaerocampa minor Butler, Proc, Zool, Soc. Lond, p. 249, 0, 30 (1875) (Masuri ;—Mus. Brit.) ; id.,
Trans. Zool, Soc, Lond. ix. p- 562. n. 47 (1877) ; Cot. & Swinb., Cat. Moths Ind, 1. p. 19,
n, 102 (1887) (Sibsagar) ; Swinh., Cut. Lep. Het, Mus, Ov, i, p, 18, n, 70 (1892) (Laos, Siam).

Theretva. minor, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i. 656, n. 73 (1892) ; Rothsch., Nov. Zoov. i. p. 75 (1894)
(= lineosa exterr.).

Chaerocampa lincosa, Hampson, in Blanf., Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths i, p. 93, 0, 143 (1892) (partim),

Theretra lineosa, Dudgeon, Journ. Bombay N. H, Soc. xi, p. 412. n. 143 (1898) (Sikhim ; Bhutan ;
y.—vill. ; partim); Leech, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 284. u. 55 (1898) (Omei-shan ; Chang-Yang).

*Theretra striata Rothschild, lc. i, p. 76 (1894) (Japan ;—Mus, Tring); Leech, Trans. Ent, Sov.
Lond, p. 285. n, 56 (1898).

3%. Thorax without pale mesial band; lines of abdomen less prominent than
in /ineosa. Forewing with seven lines in outer half, the short line 6—or line 3
counted from outer margin—completely merged together with 7, the latter
generally blacker behind and somewhat undulate. The exterior spur of the

( 803 )

midtibia is generally of the same length as the inner one, but often longer,
and sometimes a little shorter.

g. Tenth sternite less triangular at end than in lineosa. Large scales of
clasper asymmetrical, the proximal side of each scale enlarged, longitudinally
folded or ribbed, darker than the distal side ; process of harpe (PI. LIL. f. 15)
with indications of teeth. Penis-sheath almost symmetrical, apex rounded in a
dorsal view; the right process somewhat widened at end, dentate (GEG LNA, 3% 258),
the left process (PI. LVII. f. 44) vestigial only, there being but a few teeth on
that side and no free projecting process.

Hab. North India to Japan and Siam.

In the Tring Museum 18 ¢d,2 2? from: Sikhim; Bhutan; Khasia Hills ;
Shillong ; Formosa ; Japan.

763. Cechenena lineosa (Pl. X. f. 3, 3).

*Chaerocampa lineosa Walker, List Lep. Ins, B. M, viii. p, 144, n, 28 (1856) (Silhet ;—Mus, Brit.) ;
Moore, in Horsf, & Moore, Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus, BE. I. C.i. p, 276. 0. 639 (1857) (Darjiling) ; id.,
Proc, Zool. Soc, Lond, p, 794 (1865) (Bengal) ; Butl., Trans, Zool. Soc. Lond. ix. p. 562. n. 49
(1877) ; id., Mustr. Typ. Specim. Lep. Het. B. M. v. p. 9. t. 79. £. 7 (1881) ; Cot. & Swinb., Cut.
Moths Ind. i, p. 19 n. 104 (1887) (Cherrapunji ; Silhet ; Sikhim) ; Hamps,, in Blanf, Panna
Brit. Ind., Moths i. p. 93, 0. 143 (1892) (partim),

Choerocampa lineosa, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Het. i. p. 264. n. 46 (1875).

*Chacrocampa major Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 249. n. 31 (1875) (Darjiling ; Silhet ;—Mus.
Brit.) ; id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond, ix. p, 562. n, 48 (1877); Cot. & Swinh,, Cut. Moths
Ind. i. p. 19. n. 103 (1887) (Sikhim ; Silhet).

Theretra major, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het, i, p. 656. n. 74 (1892).

Theretra lineosa, Kirby, l.c. p. 656. n. 75 (1892) ; Rothsch., Nov. Zoou. i. p. 75 (1894) ; Dudg

5+)

Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 412. n, 143 (1898) (Sikhim ; Bhutan ; v.—viii. ; partim),

3%. Midtibial spurs as in minor. Thorax with a pale mesial band. Inter-
spaces between the dorsal lines of the abdomen pale. Forewing with e/gh¢ lines
in outer half, third line from distal margin short, more or less undulate, abbreviated
in front, or here joining the preceding line ; the three proximal lines of the same
distinctness, or the middle one indistinct, which is generally the case when the
interspaces are very pale ; intergradations between examples with pale interspaces
—hence the lines conspicuously marked—and more uniformly coloured individuals
are numerous ; those prominently striped individuals were described as distinet
(major) by Butler. Sometimes the forewing and body as green as in pollu. The
width of the pale band on the hindwing is variable individually, and its upper
portion is mostly narrower and less distinct in Sumatra and Borneo specimens.
Palpus see Pl. LIX. f. 10. 11. 26.

3. Tenth sternite rather more pointed than in minor. Harpe (Pl. LIL. f. 14)
simple, not dentate, somewhat spoon-shaped. Penis-sheath (PI. LVI. f. 45)
asymmetrical, the right process (PI. LVII. f. 46) slender, paucidentate, the left one
broader, tongue-shaped, dentate at the edges (PI. LVIL f. 47). The large scales
of the clasper almost symmetrical, not heavily folded.

Hab. North India to Sumatra and Borneo.

In the Tring Museum 47 3d, 8 9 2 from: Kumaon; Sikhim; Bhutan; Assam ;
Talum, Mal. Pen., i. (Robinson) ; Benkoelen, W. Sumatra (Hricsson).

The individuals from North West India seem to us to represent a separate
subspecies, but we have not enough material to decide the question.

( 804 )

764. Cechenena pollux.

*Choerocampa polluc Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép, Hét. i. p. 261. n. 47 (1892) (Java ; Philippines ;—
coll, Charles Oberthiir) ; Semp., Sehm. Philipp. ii, p. 400. n. 41 (1896) (“not receiv.”),

Chaerocampa pollux, Butler, Trans, Zool. Soc, Lond. ix. p, 631 (1877).

Theretra polluc, Kirby, Cat. Lep, Het, i. p. 656. n. 71 (1892) ; Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeit. xl, p. 365. *
n. 27 (1895) (Java) (= pseudonessus). a

*Theretra pseudonessus Rothschild, ris vii. p. 299, n. 6. t, 5. f. 2 (1894) (Sumatra j—eoll f
Staudinger).

3%. Resembling green individuals of ene but easily distinguished by the
band of the hindwing and the under surface being ochre-yellow.

Hab. Jaya; Sumatra ; Philippines.

In the Tring Museum 3 2 2 from Java.

( 805 )

APPENDIX.

Psilogramma menephron (p. 42).

Pupa: tongne-case free, resting with end against breast. Glossy, smooth ;
abdominal segments punctured at base; metanotum with double or treble
carina on each side. Cremaster broad, short, reversed cordiform ; sides basally
somewhat projecting; tip with two thin pointed processes.

Protoparce sexta (p. 67).

A series of pupae from North America exhibits considerable variation in
the length of the free tongue-case. In a few specimens the “nose” is not
straight but evenly curved, differing from that of P. guinquemaculatus only in
being considerably shorter.

Protoparce leucoptera (p. 7%).

Two 22 from 8.. Albemarle, collected by Mr. Beck on March 26th and 27th,
1902, are rather better preserved than the specimen described and figured. The
forewing bears the antemedian lines of the allied species, and three dentate discal
ones, besides the postdiscal one. On the underside there are two discal lines on the
hindwing, and one or two on the forewing.

Ceratomia undulosa (p. 107).

The short description of the pupa given on p. 108 is not correct. We have
now received more material, and find that the pupa is, on the whole, slenderer
than that of C. amyntor, coming near that of C. catalpae. It is rather more
roughly and densely punetured than in either species, especially on the abdomen.
The tongue is somewhat longer than the second pair of legs, but does not reach
to the end of the wings, as it (always ?) does in amyntor.

Hyloicus libocedrus (p. 132).

We have lately received a series of 10 dd of lid. libocedrus collected by
Mr. Oslar near Prescott, Arizona. These fresh specimens all show a trace of
yellow in the abdominal patches, but the yellow tint is much less distinet than
in our rather old specimen of Uébocedrus insolita.

Kentochrysalis streckeri (p. 163).

We have received a larva and a pupa-case of this species from Messrs.
Standinger and Bang-Haas. We give the following description of the pupa:
Hlongate, length 47 mm., width 11 mm. ; with very little gloss. Clypeus produced,
forming a large prominence which is shallowly sinuate, with the lateral edges
projecting and dentate, the upperside slanting, and the underside in a plane with
the tongue. Pilifer tuberculiform, a similar but lower tubercle on each side of
the tongue at the base. Tongue a little longer than first pair of legs. Anterior
femur not visible. The series of tubercles on the antenna prominent. Mesonotum
granulose ; a pointed tubercle on each side; two smaller tubercles on the forewing
at the base. Abdominal segments dorsally densely and ragosely punctured, the
punctures large; segments 5 and 6 finely rugose beneath, punctured at base,
each laterally with two tubercles about 3 mm. distant from the spiracle. These
tubercles resemble a shark’s tooth; the upper one is the smaller. The segments
slightly flattened ventrally between the two pairs of tubercles. Segment 7
ventrally heavily punctate at base, then rugose, the following segments with

( 806 )

large round punctures. Anal segment ventrally at each side with an obtuse
conical prominence directed backwards. Cremaster long, slender, ending in two
teeth, and bearing some small sharp teeth at each side.

The pupa is very unlike that of Phyllosphingia.

The larva is similar to that of Sphina ocellata, but the head is less triangular,
the granules are somewhat sparser; there are no enlarged granules in the last
side-stripe, and the anal tergite is pointed. The rough horn is red, with pale
upperside. Hach tubercle bears a short hair. The annnlation of the seements
is not very distinct.

765. Marumba nympha spec. nov.

3. Clay-colour, with a flush of pale vinaceous buff, especially on the thorax
and forewing ; sides of palpus, upperside of legs and scaling of antenna brownish
black, mesial line of head and thorax also somewhat blackish ; thorax crested ;
abdomen without mesial vitta ; underside of body more ochraceous than upper.
Antenna rather short, thickest before middle.

Wings, above. Forewing : four lines between base and apex of cell, third
and fourth closer together, all straight, but curving costad in front; a rather
conspicuous whitish stigma, no brown bar upon cross-veins ; first discal line
situated as in dyras or nearer cell, second very faint, third rounded-angulate at
M', here 7 mm. distant from outer margin, curving costad in front, crossing
SC° about 24 mm. from subcostal fork ; fourth line not double, parallel to third
from costal margin to M', then continued straight to hinder margin ; all the lines
tawny, not prominent ; spot M® encircled by a line; hinder margin and fringe of
scalloped distal margin brownish black; costal area from base to fourth discal
line, interspaces between third and fourth proximal lines, and between first and
third discal ones, and broad distal marginal area, which narrows in front and
behind, without vinaceous grey. Hindwing : burnt-umber, darkest behind,
where it is flushed with grey; anal spots separate ; fringe pale in front, dark
behind, here pale between veins.

Underside similar in ground-colour to upperside of forewing.— Forewing :
a brown shade in middle at lower angle of cell, continned as a band towards
costa; two faint lines on disc, corresponding to third and fourth discal lines of
upperside, more straight from costa to M', situated in a vinaceous grey shade
which extends from costal to distal margin. Hindwing with three lines, first
heaviest, at apex of cell, third weakest, almost parallel to outer margin.

pe:
Fria. 4. Pia. 5-

Tenth tergite quite different from that of any other species (Fig. 5): each
lobe divided horizontally by an irregular sinus; sternite without mesial lobe.
Dorso-apical process of harpe pointed, curved downwards ; harpe (Fig. 4) with
two curved processes, one proximal (pb), the other distal (pd), reminding one

( 807 )

of the harpe of Rhodoprasina floralis and Agnosia orneus. The two processes
above penis-sheath pointed (7).

Length of forewing: 3, 40 mm.

Hab. Karwar, N. Canara, S. India.

Three bred specimens known ; two in the British Museum, type 17. vili. ’97 ;
the third, somewhat crippled, in the Tring Museum.

Easily recognised by the pattern of the forewing.

Mimas tiliae (p. 304).

The larva of M. tiliae christophi, of which Messrs. Standinger and Bang-
Haas have sent us a specimen, agrees with that of I. tiliae tiliae.

Sphinx ocellata (p. 317).

On p. 320 we have referred to three hybrids as “females” with d-antennae.
Prof. Standfass informs us 7x /itt. that the two specimens populi x ocellata
bred by him are not females. We have now re-examined our two individuals
in question, and find that we have been taken in by the thin antennae and the
contracted abdomen. The two specimens prove on dissection to have a male
sexual armature, and to possess eight external abdominal segments like normal
od. There is, therefore, nothing remarkable in the antennae as stated, except
that they are too thin for dg, a sign of the weakening influence of hybridisation.
We add that the 3 populi x ocellata has the spikes of the penis-sheath nearly
as heavy as the d popult.

Amorpha populi populi (p. 333).

Add to the synonymy :
Amorpha populi ab. subflava Gillmer, Allg. Zeitschr. Ent. p. 875 (1902).
Amorpha populi ab. decorata Schultz, Berl, Ent. Zeitschi. xivii, p. 288 (1903).

Phyllosphingia dissimilis (p. 338).

We have now 2 pupae and 1 larva, bought from Messrs. Staudinger and Bang-
Haas.

The pupa is very close to that of Cressonia juglandis. Black-brown, very
rongh, opaque. Head: two tubercles between bases of antennae ; frons produced
into three prominences, each sinuate at tip, one mesial and the others near eyes.
Tongue much shorter than foreleg. Anterior femur not visible. Granules of
antenna pointed. Mesonotum and base of forewing with a few tubercles. Abdomen
flattened beneath, especially the last segments, irregularly grooved, minutely and
densely granulose; upperside with sharply pointed granules, which are densest
on the proximal segments; segments 4, 5 and 6 with a subapical belt. of pointed
tubercles, these tubercles vestigial or small on underside. The belt reminds
one of that of Pergesa elpenor (ete.), but has quite a different position. ‘Trace
of horn distinct. Pointed lateral granules of eighth segment directed forward.
Cremaster flattened, truncate, broad, the angles produced laterad each into a tooth.

Larva granulose, the granules dispersed ; lateral granules denser and higher
than the dorsal ones and each with a red wing round its base. Seven oblique
side-stripes of enlarged granules, the stripes extending over two segments and

( 808 )

being bordered with red proximally, except on dorsnm. Head large, conical,
with few granules laterally ; a blackish brown frontal stripe on each side; top
of head incised. Thoracical legs red and black. Horn red, black above, with
large dispersed granules. Anal tergite large, with dark-pointed dispersed tubercles.

Deilephila minima (p. 513).

The British Museum has lately received a series of specimens from Karwar.
The individuals agree in colour and size best with the type of min. ernestina,
while the armature of the penis-sheath, which is variable, conforms to that of
min. minima, the right-side process being prominent and dentate. The occurrence
of such dark-coloured specimens in South India renders it probable that the
two individuals of minima minima, which is all that is known of that form, are
accidentally small and pale. Bred specimens of Detlephila are often pale in tints.

Deilephila protrudens (p. 513).

,

The type (¢) is labelled “ Moluccas, Lorquin ” ; not Gilolo.

Xylophanes xylobotes (p. 690).

Among the unpublished drawings of Peters there is a figure of the larva
and pupa of this species. The larva is green and agrees in shape with that of
X. ceratomioides, tapering strongly in front and having a small head. An
interrupted dorsal line and on each side a subdorsal one deeper green, the latter
ending at horn and forming posteriorly the upper border of a white stripe which
extends from horn to the tenth segment. A small white eye-spot on fourth
segment. Traces of dark green oblique side-bands. Pupa green; a brown
ventral mesial line ; stigmata also brown.

Xylophanes ceratomioides (p. 692).

Peters found on the plant (a small tree) on which he discovered the larva
of xylobotes the larva of another species, which is doubtless that of ceratomioides,
his figure agreeing fairly well with Schans’s description, except in the figure
showing six oblique greyish side-bands and a small black ocellus encircled
with pale.

Xylophanes hydrata (p. 76).

There is now in the Tring Museum a d from the Province of Rio de Janeiro.
The specimen agrees with the 2 ? in all essential points.

Celerio (p. 713).
Add :

Hyles Hiibner, lec. (type: gallii).
Celerio vespertilio (p. 728).
Add the following hybrids :
Deilephila hybr. eugeni Mory, Mitth. Schw. Ent, Ges. x. p. 336. t. 1. £. 4. 5. 6 (1901).
Deilephila hybr. lippei id., Lc. p. 344. t. 1. £. 7. 8. 9 (1901).
Deilephila hybr. pauli id., Le. Pp. 350: t..1. tal (1901),
Hippotion rebeli (p. 761).

We have lately received a ? from S. Arabia.

( 809 )

The following five new species were discovered in North-Hast Africa by
Baron Carlo von Erlanger during his expedition from Addis Abeba to Kismayo :—

766. Poliana micra spec. nov.

3. A duodez edition of P. buchholzi, in appearance like Praedora marshalli
(Pl. V. f. 16). Legs as in P. buchholzi, but first segment of hindtarsus not longer
than segments 2 to 5 together ; clasper with a similar patch of friction-scales.

Antenna longer than cell of forewihg, stout, strongly compressed, slightly
incrassate beyond middle. Oceiput and thorax olive above, mesothoracie tegula
with ill-defined black lateral line which is bordered with creamy white beneath ;
abdomen with dorsal mesial row of black spots; fringe of tergites chequered
black and creamy white; sides of proximal tergites with ill-defined blackish
patches ; underside of abdomen dirty white, a series of small black mesial spots,
standing at the bases of the segments ; breast greyish brown, palpus brown ;
tarsi blackish, tips of segments and of mid- and hindtibia white.

Wings, upperside, similar to those of Poliana buchholzi and Praedora
marshalli. Forewing with white stigma, the pair of antemedian lines joined
in middle to the pair of discal lines as in Praedora marshalli ; a postdiscal line
more or less interrupted at the veins, parallel to the discal pair, slightly bordered
with grey proximally; a submarginal zigzag line ; fringe blackish brown and
white. Hindwing brown, greyish just behind cell, a very indistinct trace of
a pale discal band ; fringe white, brown at ends of veins.

Fia. 6.

Underside greyish brown, base of hindwing grey, a pair of vestigial diseal
lines across both wings. ‘Tenth tergite slender in dorsal view, very strongly
compressed, being very much higher before end than broad, resembling in side-
view fig. 27 of Pl. XXI.; sternite very short, somewhat narrowed distad, apex
sinnate. Clasper (Fig. 6) broad, dorsal and ventral margins almost parallel, apex
rounded, slightly acuminate; harpe raised into a slender, strongly chitinised,
sharply pointed process, which stands some distance away from the ventral edge
of the harpe, and projects dorsad and then distad, being dilated before the end,
which is somewhat twisted; friction-scales erect, forming a conspicuous crest,
above which there is an impression covered with minute scales.

Length of forewing: ¢, 21 mm.

Hab. Ganale R., 13. iv. 1902.

ELLENBECKIA gen. nov.—Typus : monospila.

?. Tongue vestigial, represented by two short lobes, covered with long scales.
Pilifer long, with a few hair-scales besides the bristles. Genal process obtuse,
short. Palpus small. Antenna incrassate distally, without distinctly prolonged

( 810 )

sériated ciliae. Foretibia armed with some long spines externally, first segment of
foretarsus about as long as the following three together, with some basal spines
and a very stout apical one, second segment very short, also with a long apical
spine; midtibia not spinose ; spurs of mid- and hindtibia short. Pulvillus and
paronychinm adsent. Spines of abdomen very weak. D! of forewing little longer
than D*; hinder angle of forewing completely rounded ; R? of hindwing central.

3 and early stages not known.

Hab. East Africa.

One species.

767. Ellenbeckia monospila spec. nov.

?. Smoky grey ; middle of head and thorax, above, blackish grey, underside
nearly white: no markings.

Wings, upperside, grey, no transverse lines. Forewing : a streak in middle
of cell and one each on veins R! to M?! from cell halfway to outer margin, and
one on basal half of SM‘, very thin and black; a minute black stigma, and
a rounded conspicuous black spot before hinder angle between M? and SM2——
Hindwing : whitish grey towards base, veins deeper brown on disc.

Underside greyish white, forewing slightly darker grey distally ; no markings

Length of forewing: ?, 21 mm.

Hab. Fader Gumbi, 22. iv. 1901.

768. Polyptychus erlangeri spec. nov.

3?. Palpus of 3 rather prominent, obtuse, second segment elliptic in side-
view. Antenna stout and long in d, reaching beyond end of cell of forewing,
very strongly compressed and laterally impressed, not pectinate, in $ simple,
slightly triangular in transsection. Spurs short, not spinose. Abdomen spinulose
all over the tergites. No organ of friction. Head and thorax above grey,
abdomen somewhat clayish ; palpus beneath and breast mummy-brown; mid-
and hindtibiae and -tarsi whitish above.

Wings, upperside, like thorax. —Forewing: a minute subbasal blackish
brown dot behind cell; two antemedian lines, suddenly curved costad before M,
the first just outside base of M?, the second barely traceable, near base of M!,
space between them posteriorly filled in with brown (bistre), this colour extending
distad to discal lines and gradually fading away towards M and M!; a very
small brown ring as stigma; a double discal line situated nearly as in fudgurans
(Pl. IL. f. 14), followed halfway to outer margin by another line, parallel to
the first except behind, where it does not follow the slight curve of the former,
but remains nearly straight; this outer line with pale distal border, beyond
which there is posteriorly a faint brown double spot ; distal margin even, convex
in middle, apex somewhat projecting, hinder angle a little more than 90° ; outer
area shaded with brown in ¢.——Hindwing grey in d (rather rubbed), with
traces of a discal double line, cinnamon-brown in ?, without lines ; apex rounded ;
distal margin slightly scalloped, long scales of fringe white between the veins.

Underside greyish cinnamon, an evenly curved, slightly denticulate, postdiscal
line on both wings, approaching anal angle of hindwing.

3. Tenth tergite slender, simple, slightly eurved downwards, coneaye beneath,

( sii )

apex rounded-truncate ; sternite broad, triangular, simple. Clasper short, broad,
apex strongly rounded ; harpe not distinctly separate from clasper except at
end, the apex projecting as a small triangular process separated from the ventral
edge of the clasper by an incision. Penis-sheath without external armature ;
the innerside rough with a dense covering of minute teeth.

Length of forewing: 3,25 mm.; 2, 28—31 mm.

Hab. Dahele, 25. iv. 1901 (d, type) ; Gorgorn, 23. ii. 1901 ; Daroli, 6. iii. 1901.

769. Temnora stigma spec. nov.

2. Allied to 7. natalis, but forewing almost regularly dentate, not deeply
sinnate between R! and R*. Grey, middle of thorax black; abdomen slightly
streaked with black above ; a minute black dot behind each stigma.

Wings, above, grey. Forewing blackish at costal margin; a small buat
very prominent black stigma; from costal margin near apex to basal third of
hinder margin run some faint parallel lines, the first beginning at an obvious
black costal spot, the last, which is the most distinct, at a smaller spot ; beyond
these discal lines comes a black band, beginning at SC°, becoming faint at R’,
and widening behind into a large black triangular patch which reaches to outer
angle at hinder margin; a black submarginal and a marginal band from R! to
SM?, separated from one another by a thin grey line, which is nearly 3-shaped
behind; the marginal band is the broader ; distal margin shallowly sinnate between
R? and M?, tooth M! less projecting than the others; fringe blackish, but creamy
between veins SC‘—R!, tips of veins excepted. Hindwing: shaded with
blackish brown ; a blackish, ill-defined, submarginal band, fading away in front,
reaching outer margin behind; distal margin denticulate.

Underside grey, shaded with brown. Forewing: a black stigma; two
vestigial discal lines from costal margin backwards, beginning each with a
minute costal dot; first line not reaching R*, second more distinct, extended
to M?; beyond them a blackish vestigial band, somewhat widened behind,
corresponding to band of upperside which ends at a triangular patch; onter
marginal area speckled with small transverse striae. Hindwing with dispersed
black speckles, which are denser near anal angle, forming here a black patch ;
two discal lines close together, confluent behind, black, abbreviated in front.

Length of forewing: 9, 28 mm.

Hab, Between Addis Abeba and Kismayo ; no special locality given.

Differs from natalis especially in the forewing, which is almost evenly
dentate, has a prominent black stigma, is devoid of the double antemedian line
and of the large black postmedian patch C—R?, and is marked with a large
black patch at hinder margin, which patch narrows in front and is continued
as a band towards apex of wing.

770. Odontosida erlangeri spec. nov.

Similar to O, pusillus, a little larger. Antennal segments more strongly
dilated dorso-laterally, subserrate in dorsal or ventral view.

Wings, upperside. Forewing : grey, subbasal dot minute ; the two ante-
median lines wider apart than in pusédlus, the second standing at base of M';
first discal line as in pusillus, second a dark shade, third dentate at the veins,

( 812 )

with very small yein-dots, fourth and fifth lines geminate, not very distinct,
accentuated by vein-dots, dots of fifth line heaviest on M* and SM?, spot M?
corresponding to the upper part of the oblique double spot of pusil/us, no subapical
costal spot ; distal margin evenly dentate, teeth R* and M' not more prominent
than the others ; a brownish marginal area as in puséllus, but this area of about
the same width between SC’ and R’, not being obviously narrowed costad, the

brown submarginal halfmoon SCt—SC° of puséllus not marked in the present
species.

Hindwing more elongate than in pusd/us, anal angle less projecting ;
clayish creamy buff, a pair of discal lines filled in with russet-brown, the first
close to cell, even, the second dentate ; a third line about halfway between first
and distal margin, convex from C to M?, then almost straight, slightly dentate
on M' and M? (the teeth pointing basad), the line most distant from onter
margin at R'; distal area, outside the pale distal border of the third line, russet-
brown, with small deeper brown spots on M!, M2, SM2,

Underside grey, shaded with pinkish russet, costal margin of forewing, basal
area and second discal interspace of hindwing pinkish grey, basal area of forewing
isabella-colour ; both wings with four lines across disc, second very faint, the
others quite distinct also on forewing, parallel, the first on forewing 4 mm. from
cell at R*, on hindwing at lower angle of cell. Harpe broad, short, the obtuse
apical portion produced dorsad into a very large tooth. Penis-sheath armed at
end with a heavy, somewhat compressed, process, which projects sinistro-laterad
and is obliquely ronnded at apex, but ends in a minute point.

? and early stages not known.

Length of forewing : 23 mm.

Hab. Webi Maki, 1. x. 1900.

771. Hippotion aurora spec. nov.

?. Upperside of head and thorax dark olive-brown, with a conspicuous pale
side-stripe ; mesothoracic tegula with a prominent pale yellowish middle line ; a
pale, simple, mesial vitta from pronotum to end of abdomen, accompanied on the
latter by a blackish brown line at each side ; abdomen paler than thorax, except at
base, speckled with dark olive dorso-laterally, no black basal side-patch. Underside
pinkish cream-colour, faintly speckled with olive ; second segment of palpus and
sides of breast dark olive.

Wings, upperside.

Forewing as in //. eson, much more grey, less clayish ;
discal lines | and 2 forming a band as in //. eson, but this band continned to the
very base, being proximally almost black ; line 6, which is as prominent from R? to
apex as in eson, is very thin between R? and hinder margin, and accentuated by dots
on the veins. Hindwing nearly as in H. osirs, purplish red, deeper coloured than
in osiris ; the black discal area larger, its posterior portion not separated from the
anterior portion, the red band-like space traversed by black vein-streaks ; the post-
discal black band less sharply defined than in oséris, tapering behind; the pale
distal marginal border speckled with black.

Underside almost exactly as in /. celerio ; no red colour and‘no distinct lines ;
brown distal marginal band of forewing more distinct than in //. osiris, and
obviously broader than in //. eson.

Length of forewing : 38 mm.

Hab. Diego Suarez, Madagascar.

( 813 )

Received from Mons. H. Douckier, who also sent us a 2 of Temnora argyropeza
collected at Diego Suarez.

Agrees with //. eson in the upperside of the body and forewing, apart from the
grey mesial vitta of the former and the conspicuous middle line of the mesothoracic
tegula ; while the upperside of the hindwing reminds one strongly of that of /1/. osivis.

This species stands in a similar relation to osiris and eson as does LH. isis to
H. celerio and roseipennis.

772. Eurypteryx shelfordi spec. nov.*

?. Antenna cream-colour above, brown towards base. Body above russet-
brown, perhaps greenish when fresh. Abdomen very broad, flattened, reminding
ne of Rhodosoma in shape, except in the seventh segment, which is conical and
prominent, though much narrower than the sixth. Underside of body with a
grey flush ; tibiae cinnamon.

Wings, wpperside.-—-Forewing like body, middle area and distal marginal
area deeper brown, a round white stigma with a white dot in front; single creamy
white scales dispersed over the wing, slightly denser in middle from R* backwards ;
a small creamy costal spot midway between cell and apex; a purplish grey ill-
defined submarginal band from SC° to end of R?, indistinctly continued to apex
of wing; shape of wing as in diaga, but the apex less produced and less acute,
and the distal margin proportionately longer. Hindwing mummy-brown, cinnamon
distally at and near anal angle ; fringe paler.

Underside wmummy-brown, with single widely separated creamy scales.
Forewing: a creamy stigma, twice as long as broad ; a chalky costal spot midway
between cell and apex, continued backwards as a cloudy band; a grey oblique
apical line bordered with brown in front from apex of wing to near R? ; marginal
area limited by this line purplish grey, gradually fading away behind. Hind-
wing : a purplish grey discal ill-defined cloudy area, within which there is a trace
of a brown band ; posterior half of wing from this area to base slightly shaded
with the same purplish grey colour ; D‘ about half the length of D*; wing shaped
as in bhaga, costal margin rather more dilated near base.

Length of forewing 46 mm.; breadth 20 mm.

Hab. Kuching, N. Borneo, December 1896,

1 ? in the Sarawak Museum. Named in honour of Mr. R. Shelford, the
curator of the Sarawak Museum.

In the same Museum there are North Bornean specimens of :

Panacra malayana, §, not typical, from Kuching, December 1901 ;

Macroglossum passalus, 3, from Matang, 3600 ft., June 1900, differing
in several points from pass. passalus and pass. rectifascia ;

Rhagastis acuta %, trom Paku, February 1899 ;

Cechenena lineosa, 3, from Mount Sibau, May 1902.

* Species Nos. 771. 772 came too late to hand to be included in the general account given on pp. vii.
LO*CXXXY. |

*
.
‘

>
F} ;
7
‘
2
-
.
‘ i

SAE RS
RACES
SS

~

a
i
4
a